Ars Chirurgica. A COMPENDIUM OF THE THEORY and PRACTICE OF SURGERY.  
In Seven BOOKS.  
CONTAINING 

I The INSTRUMENTS and OPERATIONS of the ART.  
II The Removal of DEFILEMENTS.  
III The Cure of TUMOURS.  
IV. The Cure of WOUNDS.  
V The Cure of ULCERS.  
VI The Cure of FRACTURES.  
VII. The Cure of DISLOCATIONS.    
SHOWING The Names, Causes, Signs, Differences, Prognostics, and various Intentions of CURING all kinds of Chirurgick Diseases, from Head to Foot, happening to Human Bodies.  
To which is Added, Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica; or, The Medical Store, Latin and English: which contains an absolute Sett of Choice Preparations or Medicaments, fitted for the Complete and Universal Practice both of PHYSIC and CHIRURGERY.  
The whole Work Galenically and Chemically performed. The like yet never Published in any Language whatsoever.  
BY WILLIAM SALMON, M. D. Living at the Great House by Black-Friers-Stairs, LONDON.  
LONDON, Printed for I Dawks, in Wardrobe-Court, in Great Carter-lane: And sold by S. Sprint, G. Conyers, in Little Britain; Roger Clavel, in Fleetstreet; J. Jones, and R. Knaplock, in St. Paul's Churchyard; B. Aylmer in Cornhill; and E. Tracy on London-Bridge, M.DC.XCVIII.   

To the Honourable, THOMAS GARDNER, Esq Serjeant-Chirurgeon to His Majesty, AND Chirurgeon to His Household. Present MASTER of the Company of SURGEONS: AND To the Honoured ASSISTANTS, And the rest of the Worthy Members of that Honourable Society.  
SIRS,  
THAT I might approve myself grateful, and worthy of the Honour of being received into, and entertained as a Member of your Honourable Society; I, like the Widow in the Gospel, come with all the Cheerfulness imaginable, to cast my Mite into the Corban. The Offering is not great, nor may I commend it, but submit it to your more serene Judgements; who, I am very confident, will pass a Censure upon it according to Truth.  
IF you disapprove of it, it must sink like a dead Weight, into its own Abyss, and be for ever lost; as that which never yet had a being in the World. But if you like and approve of it, I know it will live, and grow up under your benign Rays, to be a Tree of great magnitude, bringing forth desirable Fruit; and be in after-Ages a Monument of your Goodness: which neither the Malice of the present or future Times shall ever be able to obliterate.  
IN this short Practice of Chirurgick Physic, I have endeavoured to present you with the direct Line of Practice, laid down not from Opinion only, Prejudice, or Custom; but from Principles of Art, superstructed upon the solid Foundations of Reason and Truth, and confirmed by the Experience of all precedent Ages.  
THE Direct Line of Practice. This I say, because I have not go about the Circle, where I could go directly over; nor crooked, where I could go straight: this Adage was present in my Mind, Frustra fit per plura, quod fieri potest per pauciora; to go the nearest Way to the Wood  
LAID down from Principles of Art I thought it reasonable, that we should walk by the Precepts of that Art which we profess: if we walk by them, than it is as reasonable, that all Methods should be squared according to their Directions: and where there is an aberration in the Method, it is just that we should descent, and endeavour to come again into the Right Way.  
IF we aught not to walk by them, (as some great Doctors maintain) it than renders the Principles fallacious, and the Art precarious; and makes the Professors and Doctors of such a Science, to be little lesle than Fools or Knaves, and possibly to be both.  
BVILT upon Solid Foundations. That is built upon a Rock, upon such a Foundation, where though the Rain of Ignorance may descend; and the Floods of Malice shall beaten; though the Warwick-Lane Wind of swelling and vain Titles may blow, and the Storms of Incogitancy assault; yet shall Our Building be secure from Danger, and contemn the utmost Force.  
FOUNDATIONS of Reason. This I say, because they agreed with the Intellectual Sense and Understanding, deduced from a Chain of Consequences; by comparing and laying things together, till that which is sought after, becomes self-evident.  
AND Truth. That is, such a Certainty, as is confirmed to us by an infinite number of Experiences, from the Nature of the Things themselves; showing and pointing forth with the Hand, to those Methods, which both agreed with the Principles of the Science, and the Safety and Health of the Patient.  
AND Confirmed from the Experiences of all preceding Ages. That is, excerpted and gathered out of the Leaves of Antiquity, and the continued Observations of the Great Men and Professors of these Arts, through the Series of all Times. This is that which is the Duty of every Professor; and without the Knowledge of which, as no Great Works can ever be performed; so none can attain to any Honour or Glory in their Profession.  
THESE Things being said, I profess that I have opposed nothing of Ancient or Modern Practice, but what disagrees with the Fundamentals of Our ART: nor have I laid down any thing, for Doctrine and Practice, but what I conceive may easily be made good (from the best Authorities) in the Face of the whole World.  
I KNOW to whom I speak; to Men of Sense, Learning, and great Experience; to Men of Honesty, Integrity, and Honour; to Men that are the true Physicians, and greater than Doctors; and without whom, the latter are a kind of Precarious and Useless Animals, the Mighty Encumbrance of the Learned World.  
I HAVE Studied the Arts of Physic and Surgery for above Forty Years, and have go through the Practice of them for above Thirty-four Years last passed; and I believe that I understand both the Theory and Practice of the same. I Build upon Principles, and Square all my Practice upon these Foundations.  
I PURSUE Truth as fast and as far as I can: and therefore if I differ in any thing from others, it is not for Difference-sake: I profess the contrary: for were the opposite Opinions to mine Truth, it would be not lesle my Interest to pursue them, than those I now do.  
THE Health of the Sick, and Welfare of the Patient, is that which aught to be Our greatest Aim, so far as relates to Our Art And therefore it aught to be all one to us, by what Methods it is attained, so that the poor Patient is but secure. And this I think aught to be the great Endeavour of every good Man.  
AND upon this Accounted it is, that I have Laboured at the Oar here, to Advantage the Public, as much as may be; and to open the Eyes of such as have been lulled asleep under the Shadows of Authority, without Reason, and settled upon the Leeses of blind Obedience. That this may be accomplished, is my great Design, and to promote as much as may be the Prosperity, Honour, and Glory of this your Ancient and most Honourable Society, (of which I am one but of the lest Members,) and from which I shall not desist, but with the last Period of my Life; who am,  
Honoured SIRS, Your Faithful And Humble Servant, W. SALMON.   

THE PREFACE.  
I ALtho' I have been continually worried for almost Six Years together by a Company of Warwick-lane D's, yet it has pleased God singularly to assist me in performing this following Work, nor has the Persecution, Abuses, or fear of my Adversaries, had any such Influence upon me, as to deter or hinder me from effectually going on with the same; but I have endeavoured with all my might to bring it forth to public View, for the general Good of Mankind.  
II I have not Personally, or by Letter, consulted with any Man, living or dead, concerning the Composure of the same, as to the whole, nor any Part or Paragraph thereof; and therefore 'tis possible it is not so perfect, as it might be desired; yet this we say of it, that it is so well completed in all its Parts, that an Intelligent Artist may be sufficiently directed to do any thing thereby, intended by it.  
III I have not been sparing through the whole Work in consulting variety of Authors, (with whom I am not slenderly stored) and observing their Sentiments in most particulars. And that the young Artist might not take with my Opinions only, I have generally Quoted them, and mostly in their own words, that I might not impose upon the unwary Reader; nor have I quoted any Author in this whole Work, or any of my other Books, but what I have by me of my own, and in my own Possession and Library.  
IV. I know I have Detractors enough, and such as will be lavish with their scandalous Tongues, to asperse me for Writing this, as well as several other of my Books, but the Happiness of it is, that I lie not within the reach of their Lash; and these kind of Men are such a Contemptible Sort of Ignorant, Malicious, and Mean-spirited Animals, that their Obloquy deserves no Observation, but like their Eulogies, to be slighted with Contempt.  
V It is not unknown to me, that there are many other Species of Chirurgick Diseases, the which I have not so much as named in these Discourses, more especially in the Book of Tumours: But as we have been Copious in handling the Generick Kind's, so we think enough may be educed from them, for the Cure of any of their Species not here mentioned, for as much as the Indications of Cure, and particular Intentions, are for the most part one and the same.  
VI I aim in this, as in all the other things I have done, only at the Public Good; and if that is but served by me, I have all that I desire; I value not what the Monopoly-men say of me, nor how much they envy or spite me, for they are such a vain sort of Blades, as are only fit to play with Cockle-shells and Hodmon●ods: If they aim at any higher things, it is at no greater Discoveries than the Metaphysical Consideration to know what NOTHING is made of.  
VII. And though the Sparks of the Monopoly, still continued basely and maliciously to Persecute me only for their Malice sake, yet (through God's Assistance) I shall still proceed on in my Duty: For as I have no reason to love such a sort of Ignorant and Malicious Fellows, so I thank God I fear them lesle; nor shall I ever stoop or bow, so much as the breadth of a Hair, to the Gods they so much adore, their Envy, Folly, Ignorance and Pride.  
VIII. It was not long since discoursed to me by some of their Gang, that I aught to have come to them for a Licence to this my Ars Chirurgica: But alas! How should they approve of any thing of mine, whilst they so basely Abuse and Persecute me who am the Author? And endeavoured with all their might to seize and suppress the Sheets of my Seplasium or Druggist's Shop, and of my Pharmacopocia Bateana: But after all, I see no reason for such a vain Application, it being to such as have nothing to do with the Art: And pardon me (if I think or say amiss) when I think and say, that I faithfully believe, they understand little or nothing of the Matter; and yet I will include into the number the Caution-Doctor also.  
IX. I would not have them be offended, that I call them Mandamus Doctors, Grace Doctors, Proxy Doctors, ad eundem Doctors, Caution Doctors, Master Doctors, and No Doctors, because these are their proper Epithets or Titles: Nor did the most of them Commence with any other Degree, as appears by a Catalogue of Doctors lately emitted into the World: None of these thus Qualified, ever did their Exercises for their Degree in any University, but only by the Virtue of Purchase Money, or Partial Favour, came out with this pitiful Feather in their Caps. And some of them having been Graduated in a Foreign University for two or three Crown Pieces, as your Miserable Milan Doctors, and Leaden Doctors, under the pretext of such a Foreign Diploma, come vaunting out ad cundem in one of our Universities here.  
X. This is the plain and naked Truth of the Business; so that I see no other difference between one of these Fellows, and an Honest, Ingenious and Industrious Physician, who has served his time with some Able Apothecary, or Skilful Chirurgeon, but this, that this latter may be much the more Learned and Skilful Man in his Profession, and I think, a Thousand times more to be trusted to, in the Cure of any Disease, than any of the former; for that these latter have the Practical Knowledge of Pharmacy, Chemistry and Surgery to boot, which the others generally want.  
XI. Those Monopoly-men are for the most part pitiful Fellows, and know little or nothing at all of Physic to which they pretend, being the most Impudent Quacks that are in Nature, and yet under the Titles of Doctors of Physic, they strut up and down, and who but they; and think an Honest Physician not good enough to be one of their Fellows; though God knows, notwithstanding their Pride and their Ignorance, (being much alike equal) they are not worthy to keep an ordinary Farrier Company.  
XII. These are the Men who call all but themselves Quacks, though indeed it is truly a Scandal to be one of their Monopoly or Conventicle: The most Ignorant Man living, may come out a Doctor of Physic after their manner and way of Doctorizing, and be (I verily believe) as good a Doctor as any of them: This is truly an abuse upon the People of this Great City of London, and an Impudent Cheat which is put upon the whole Nation; under the burden of which, the Great and the Rich are destroyed, and the Wretched and Miserable groan.  
XIII. Whatever their Qualifications were before, whether a Preacher, a Reader of Prayers, an Atheist, a Public Debauchee, a Barber-Surgeon, a Servingman, a Footman, or a Bellows-blower, or Nothing at all, it matters not much, for at once, in the twinkling of an Eye, as it were, after a Miraculous manner, they can mount from the profoundity of Ignorance to the Pinnacles of Knowledge; from the Abyss of Nothing, to the Altitude of being Doctors of Physic, intruding into Our Business with all the Impudence imaginable, to the great Abuse and Scandal of the Medical Art  
FOURTEEN. I have for my Supporters, against the Deluge of their Fury, two Invincible Pillars, Charity and good Success, which bid defiance to all the Torrents of their malice: I know they have threatened to Rivet me, as of late they did one, (which is a sending a Man to Newgate without Bail or Mainprize, if three or four of them shall think fit, unless he will pay them 20 l. down upon the Nail;) and not long since another: But they have had such ill Success in Riveting this latter, that I am persuaded, they will be very Cautious for the future, how they use any more those Instruments of a Foolish Shepherd.  
XU. Now what a sad thing it is, that nothing but downright Blows will beaten us into any better Manners; and yet when they do come to that way of Fencing, they are always so unhappy, that though they strike even boldly and home too, yet they ever miss the Mark, and strike besides, to the great Damage of the unfortunate Paw, that grasped the untoward Weapon.  
XVI. What a wretched thing is it, that Fools and Fiddlers (I mean fiddling Fellows) should be put in such Posts of Management, that know not in Truth how to manage themselves; that such sorry, mean, low-spirited, sneaking, cautionary Fellows or Fops should be trusted with the Key, who know not so much as how to put it into the Lock, much lesle which way to turn it, so as to manage their Mystery of Iniquity, to the best advantage.  
XVII. But all this, is that they may show, not their Skill in, but their Zeal to the Mysteries of their God Dagon, who is neither good Flesh, nor good Fish, but a Heterogeneous Mixture of part Brass, and part Day, which makes the Compositum of their Hellish Monopoly: Concerning which I ask this Question, Whether it is not upheld by the feeble Props of Subornation and Perjury; or by the Scandalous Helps of Mercenary and Hired Witnesses?  
XVIII. When they Sue a Man at Law for Practising, do they ever prove his Practice by any Patient of his? Or, do they not PROCURE some Mercenary Fellows or People, and sand them, who are to pretend themselves to be Sick, and require some Medicaments for their feigned Disease, which Medicines being obtained, they carry away; and this One Adventure, do they not bring in as a proof of One whole Months Practise, though the Mercenary Fellow was in Truth, never any Patient, nor than ailed any thing, nor ever took so much as one Grain of the Medicaments he carried away?  
XIX. What can any Honest and Ingenious Man think of this way of Dealing? Is it not Wicked with a Vengeance? Can there be any Practice of Physic without a Patient? And can any One be a Patient, who ails nothing, or takes none of the Physic? And if such a Person as this is brought to prove Practice, who is Originally PROCURED for Money (for certainly no prudent People would Forswear and Damn themselves for Nothing, or Swear a Lie for no Profit, only for their sweet Faces sake;) I only ask, Whether such a One is not PROCURED and Suborned? And whether that is the Practice which the Law intends? And whether the playing of such Pranks as these with an Honest and Innocent Man, will make him guilty of the Breach of any Law?  
XX. If such a Person who is not Sick, nor ever took any of the Physic, can be no Patient, how can such a Witness as this be brought in, to Swear himself such a One, and be made a proof of the Practice of Physic? And how can such a Man as this (who goes to the Physician but one Day in a Month) truly Swear a whole Month's Practice, when (if it was truly Practise) it could prove the Practice but of One Day?  
XXI. I suppose the Law never called the Selling of Medicines (especially to such as are not Sick, nor ever took any of them) the Practice of Physic; nor do these Impudent Fellows Practise that way themselves. If so, What are such Witnesses as these? Are they not Suborned and Perjured Witnesses? What can any Honest Jury man think of this Barbarous and sticked way of Dealing? And may they not justly think that those People who can PROCURE such Evidences, are Wicked in the highest degree; and aught indeed to be Indicted and Prosecuted for Subornation of Perjury?  
XXII. May we not suppose the Skill of these Monopolizers in Physic, to be equal to their Honesty, and both to their Religion, who make no Conscience of such Deal as these? Where is the Honour of these Men, who can bow and submit their Souls to such Meanness and Vileness as this? And what trust can a Man who wants a Physician, put in Men of such base Minds as these are, who can do Acts infinitely below the Barbarism and Baseness of Pagans' or Heathens?  
XXIII. And yet notwithstanding all their Malice, they are not become their Crafts-masters in their New Trade of Justicing or Mittimus-making: 'Tis necessary that a Man should serve some time to his Business or Calling, before he pretends to be Master of it; but these Blades have taken up the Trade of Warrant-making, just as Monsieur Caution took up the Trade of Doctorizing, viz. to pretend to Commence Doctor, without coming to the University; and to pretend to be a Vniversity-man, without being of any College: As 'tis possible I can give Instances by Name, of a full Hundred, all of whom live within a Mile of an Oak.  
XXIV. 'Tis probable that some may think this to be hard Language, yet it is certain, that it is nothing but Truth: However I think, they aught to give the Loser's leave to speak: I know they will not spare me to the utmost of what lies in their Power; for what Reason than, (since it may do Service to the World) should I spare for speaking Truth of them? They have continually done their worst to me, and why should not I publish it? Unless you will say, that it may be lawful for them to do some Damnable and Villainous ill things, which are not fit afterwards to be told again. But the Truth of it is, I speak of a sort of Profligates, who I fear are past Grace, and count nothing a shame, which is not enough to hung them.  
XXV. There is no Reason, but that I should be even with them; 'tis natural for a Man who goes but to Market, to have a Pennyworth for his Penny; why than should not I have some Satisfaction, for all the Money I have spent? If I say nothing, they will do not lesle, nor be in the lest more respectful to me; and if I say and do all this, and a thousand times more, they can do me no more Prejudice; so that since I am like to have none of their Favour, nor can fear not more or greater Mischief, I am Ignorant for what Reason I should be silent, and not lay them open to the whole World.  
XXVI. 'Tis a foolish thing for Dogs to grin, and show their Teeth, when they cannot by't; but it is the Nature of some Curs always to be Curning; but thanks be to God, I never saw a Cursed Cow, but she had ever short Horns. It may be, that some may think by this, that I call my Malicious Adversaries Beasts; truly I do not, though I think, by their thus continually worrying me for almost these Six Years together, they act like Beasts; and if Men will make Beasts of themselves, how can I help that? 'Tis my Duty to defend myself, as much as I can, from their Claws, their Teeth, and their Horns.  
XXVII. I would gladly know of them, for what Reason it is, that they call Men Quacks: Whether it is from their Ignorance of the Art of Physic; or, from their not being Members of their Damnable Monopoly? If it is from the first Cause, than a great many Learned Gentlemen whom they so call, they abuse; because they cannot be such, for that they very well understand the whole Art of Physic in all its various Parts: And those Learned People think, that upon this score, that Scandalous Term of Quack, belongs properly to the greatest part, if not almost to the whole of their own Conventicle: But if from the latter Cause, than since truly to know the Art of Physic is no proper Qualification of a Monopoly Doctor, any Man, though he abounds never so much with Ignorance, so he has but Money enough, and will but part with it to them, may be immediately abscinded from his old Title of Quack, and presently become as Venerable a Monopoly-man as any of them all.  
XXVIII. I do not think I am obliged to subsede to the proudest Fellow of the Pack; my Skill and Abilities in my Profession are manifest by what I have already done; and my Books already published, speak more for me than I can do for myself, they being an evident demonstration of what I can do in the Faculty: I have Composed and Published more Books of the Arts of Physic, Surgery, Pharmacy, Chemistry and Anatomy, than all the Monopoly-men have done, ever since they have been a Body to this day, and I believe the greatest part of them may yet learn and inform themselves, out of my Write, unless they be absolute Dunces. 'Tis possible I was better fitted and qualified, and more able to Compose and Publish those great Works, than any of them, as being Master and Possessor of a larger and better Library than any other Physician or Doctor in England, that Worthy and very Learned Gentleman Dr. Francis Barnard only excepted.  
XXIX. And I hereby Challenge all those Pragmatic Fellows, not to outdo, but only to equal any thing of mine; let them show themselves, and their Parts, if they have any, and make a proof to the World, that they do understand some few things in the Art they pretend to: Let them cease from their Rhodomontading, and Hectoring, and Worrying, those who are better than themselves, and from their Malicious Prosecuting at Law, such as are more Excellent, and have more Judgement in the Faculty (and 'tis possible in all other Natural Learning too) than ever the best of them dare to pretend to: Let them show themselves Men, and come upon the Square; let them try their Skill to the utmost, and let us see whether they do indeed understand the Books which I have already wrote, and which in a great measure I have leveled even to low Capacities: If they would do this, it would look something like: But as they and their Case now stand, it is impossible for the greatest Orator to defend them: Nor can the Tongue of an Angel be able truly to speak the lest word in their Defence.  
Thus much upon the Grievance of the Nation, now to the Work in ●and.  
XXX. At the Conclusion of Our Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica, the Cista Chirurgica, or Chirurgeons Chest, aught to have followed, fitted up with Medicaments from that Storehouse; but through overmuch haste of the Work, was there forgot: Now that we might not deprive the young Artist of such a helpful Compendium, so useful as well at Home as Abroad, in all Foreign Expeditions, whether by Land, or Sea, in the Camp, or in the Navy, we shall here give you the same: 'Tis true it is out of its proper place, yet better so, than to be totally omitted.  
XXXI. As for the Instruments, whether Small or Great, and the Accessaries, they are the same here which we have named in Our Repository, lib. 1. cap. 5. sect. 69, 70, and 71. of this Work following: and the Chief Simple Medicaments, whether Vegetable, Mineral, or Animal, are those which we have enumerated in lib. 1. cap. 56. sect. 4. ad 33. or from sect. 34. ad 36. or this following in the three next Sections, which differs something therefrom.  

The REFORM CHEST.  
1. Vegetable Simples. Aloes fine, Balsams natural, Cambogia, Camphir, Cream of Bohemian-tartar, Bayberries, Elecampane, Frankincense, Gum Guajaci, jalap, Jesuite's Bark, Liquorice whole and in ponder, Liquorice juice, Mechoacan, Nutmegs, Opium, Pot-ashes, Rhubarb, Rosin, Saffron, Scammony, Sena, Tobacco in small rowls, Turpentine.  
2. Mineral Simples. Alum Roch, Antimony, fine Bole, Catechu Chalk, Filing of Iron, Nitre, Osteocolla, Oil of Peter, Quicksilver Tutia, Vitriol white, Common, and Roman.  
3. Animal Simples. Blood dried, Cantharideses, Civet, Cochinele Crabs Eyes, Honey, Ox Gall, Sal Armoniac, Wax.  
4. Tinctures. Antimonii Purgans, Cordialis, Exfolians, Martis, Mirabilis, Opii, Stomachica.  
5. Spirits. Cordialis, Mirabilis, Opiatus Compositus; Salis, Salis Armoniaci, Universalis.  
6. Oils. Anisi, Limonum, Succini, Sulphuris, Tartari per deliq. Terebinthinae, Vitrioli.  
7. Balsams. Mirabilis, Saturni Sulphuris.  
8. Elixirs. Antepilepticum, Cranii Humani, Proprietatis, Sanguinis Humani, Viperarum.  
9 Potestates, or Powers. Anisi, Carui, Caryophyllorum, Cornu Cervi, Juniperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, Salviae, Succini, Terebinthinae, Virtutum.  
10. Salts. Aluminis, Armoniaci Volatilis, Lapis Infernalis, Nitratum, Prunellae, Succini Volatilis, Tartari, Bohemian-tartar Emeticum, Tartari Vitriolati, Vitriolatum.  
11. Mineral Preparations. Amalgama of Jupiter and Mercury, Bezoar Minerale, Ceruse, Copper burnt, Crocus Metallorum, Crocus Martis Astringens, Crystalli Lunae, Flores Sulphuris, lethargy, Minium, Mercurius Vitae, Saccharum Saturni, Sal Martis, Vitrum Antimonii, Verdigrise.  
12. Mercurial Preparations. Arcanum Corallinum, Arcanum Jovis, Argentum Vitae, Aurum Vitae, Cinnabar Artificial, Gryphs Mercurii, Mercurius Dulcis, Prince's Powder, Precipitate Read, White, & per se, Sublimate Corrosive, Turpethum Minerale.  
13. Syrups. Simplex, Volatilis, Antifebriticus, Limonum, Catharticus, de Meconio Mel Rosarum.  
14. Powders. Antimonii, Antifebriticus, Cachecticus, Catharticus, Cornachini, Emeticus, Herculeus  
15. Electuaries. Catarrhale, Theriaca Chymica, Stomachicum ad Tussim.  
16. Pills. Catharticae, Family, Hystericae, ad Luem, Laudanum Specificum nostrum, Laudanum Catharticum nostrum, Laudanum Volatile nostrum, Laudanum Samech, Mirabiles.  
17. Externals, and first of Waters. Regulata, or Ophthalmica, Styptica, Calcis cum Mercurio, Mercurialis, Lac Mercurii.  
18. Oils. Calefaciens, Refrigerans, Anodynum, Diacolocynthidos, ad Vermes, Butyrum Antimonii.  
19 Balsams. Anodynum nost. Amicum nost. Arthriticum nost. Gummi Elemi, Mel Saponis, Ophthalmicum, de Sapone, Vulnerarium nostrum.  
20. Ointments. Aegyptiacum, Album, Basilicon, Cosmeticum, Mercuriale, Nicotianae nostrum, Populeon, ad Scabiem, Tutiae.  
21. Powders. Errhina, ad Hypersarcosin, Mercurii Coagulati, Stypticus, pro Ulceribus, pro Ulceribus Venereis.  
22. Cerates. Album, de Galbano, Gummi Elemi, Nigrum, ad Tophos, Viridum.  
23. Emplasters. Album, Arthriticum, Diachylon Simplex, Diachylon cum Gummi, Epispasticum, de Meliloto, de Minio cum Sapone, Mercuriale, ad Strumam, Vulnerarium.   
Thus much for the Reform Chest. Some it's possible may desire to know why I writ the Pharmacopoeia part, in Latin as well as English, the Answer is, it's probable it may fall into other Hands than English, who understand nothing at all of our Language, to whom, if it had been only English, it would have proved wholly useless; therefore considering the very great usefulness of the Work, and that it might be universally serviceable to Mankind, we determined to make it speak also the Learned Language.  
Thus have we at length, through the Blessing of God, brought this Great and Good Work to an End, and in some measure completed a System of Surgery, which no Language, not the profluent Latin could ever boast of before: I pray God his Blessing may go with the use of it, and make such as Study and Practise it, highly Beneficial to Mankind, that this may be accomplished, you have the earnest Desires and Prayers of  
W. Salmon.   

THE VIRTUES and USES OF THE BALSAM de CHILI,  
1. IT is an excellent Balsam, differing both from that of Peru and Tolu, but no ways inferior in Virtues and Excellency. It is without doubt, the most precious of all Natural Balsams, by reason of its great Virtues, and admirable Odour, excelling all others, even the most fragrant.  
2. It eases all manner of Pains in any part of the Body, coming of Cold or Wind, chief Pains of the Stomach, Indigestion, and want of Appetite, corroborating and strengthening of it, after a wondered manner. It Cures all Ulcers of the Breast and Lungs, Reinss, Bladder, or Womb, inward Bruises, Spitting of Blood, and such like. It helps Shortness of Breath, Coughs, Consumptions, Wheesing, Hoarseness, Asthmas, and other Diseases of those Parts.  
3. It is excellent against Convulsions, Palsy, lethargy, Tremble, old Headaches, Migraines, Vertigo's, and other cold and moist Diseases of the Brain and Nerves, being inwardly taken, as shall be hereafter directed; and outwardly anointed upon the Part. It strengthens the Brain, comforts the Memory, and fortifies all the Senses both internal and external, beyond any other Natural Balsam.  
4. It kills Worms, Cures Ruptures, and dissolves the Stone, and expels it; as also Sand, Gravel, or Slime, or any other thing which may obstruct the Urine, or stop up its passages; so that it is believed there is scarcely a better Remedy for that purpose upon Earth, for it gives Ease in the most vehement Pain.  
5. It eases also all Colic Pains, Gripe, Wind in the Stomach or Bowels, and perfectly Cures Deafness, Pain and Noise in the Ears to a wonder, a Drop or two being put into the Orifice of the Ear, and kept in with a little Cotton dipped in the same.  
6. It provokes the Terms in Women, Cures also Barrenness, promotes Conception, and causes easy and speedy Delivery to Women in Travel; and in a great measure prevents or takes away those After-pains, being taken in a Glass of Iuniper or Cinnamon Water.  
7. It heals all manner of Green Wounds, Rotten Ulcers, Fistula's, new or old Running Sores in any part of the Body; as also Punctures or Hurts of the Nerves and Tendons, Aches, Pains, Lameness, Weakness of the Limbs or Joints, being dropped into the Wound or Puncture, or otherwise applied thereupon, with a Tent, Lint, or Leather, etc. and so bound up, and not stirred in twenty four Hours. It commonly Cures at four or five times Dressing, sometimes at two or three times, and sometimes at the first Dressing, though the Wound be very deep, contused, or large.  
8. It is an assured Remedy to Cure the Palsy, (if not inveterate) Trembling, Gouts of all Sorts, and any Weakness of the Nerves and Joints coming of a cold and moist Cause, by anointing the afflicted Parts therewith; and taking of it inwardly, as shall be immediately directed.  
9 The Way and Manner of taking it inwardly: In Diseases of the Head, Brain, and Nerves, give it in Rosemary, or Iuniper Water, or in Canary. For the Stone, and other Diseases of the Reinss and Bladder, you may give it in Rhenish-wine: For the Colic, and Diseases of the Reinss and Bowels, you may give it in Juniper-water: For Palsies, Gouts, and Weaknesses of the Nerves and Joints, you may give it in some Antiparalytick Wine. First, grind or mix it with a little of the Yolk of an Egg to open its Body, and than mix it with the Liquor you would give it in.  
10. It may be given mixed with any proper Syrup, or it may be made up into Pills with some fit Powder, as of Zedoary, Cinnamon, Bayberries, Cubebs, Liquorice, or what the Physician shall think more proper, and so gilded. You may give it from ten Drops to twenty five or thirty Drops, according to Age and Strength; and it may be given Morning and Night for a Month, or two, or three together, without any prejudice.  
11. It aught to be constantly given, and in a due Dose, and with those Advantages that it may not nauseate the Stomach: So taken, it performs more than any other Balsam: And it is certain, that this Balsam is one of the greatest Specificks in the Cure of the Palsy, Scurvy and Gout, that is, it transcending all other Medicaments.  
12. It cleanses the whole Body of all Impurities, mundifies the whole Mass of Blood, heals all inward Bruises, Wounds, Ulcers, or Excoriations, whether in the Bowels or Lungs; and otherwise restores decayed Nature to a Miracle, carrying of all its Foeculencies by Urine and Stool. Price 18 d. the Ounce, or 24 s. the Pound.  
This Balsam de Chili is Sold only by Dr. Salmon at the Great House by Black-Friars-Stairs. London.   

ERRATA.  

PAg. 172. a. lin. 33. r. Sinapi, Pimentum.  
PAg. 173. b. l. 35. r. Mustardseed, Jamaica- Pepper.  
PAg. 179. a. l. 32. and 34. r. vivae.  
PAg. 184. a. l. 16. for Utitur r. usurpatur.  
PAg. 190. a. l. 10. r. librae tres.  
PAg. 191. a. l. 26. r. per optimum.  
PAg. 191. a. l. 32. r. malignas.  
PAg. 228. a. l. 18. r. diffectorum &.  
PAg. 245. a. l. 12. r. ascenderit in.  
PAg. 301. a. l. 7. r. libram unam & semis.  
PAg. 301. b. l. 10. r. lbjss lbjss.  
PAg. 303. a. l. 7. r. addantur Sacchari.  
PAg. 306. a. l. 32. r. lentigoes.  
PAg. 312. a. l. 32. r. Aloes, Mastiches.  
PAg. 312. b. l. 32. r. ℥ vi. Aloes, Mastic.  
PAg. 321. a. l. 19 r. Boli Armenae.  
PAg. 322. a. l. 22. and 23. for Racides. r. folia & foliorum.  
PAg. 322. b. l. 24. r. Asarabacca Leaves.  
PAg. 323. b. l. 26. r. Asarum Leaves.  
PAg. 445. b. l. 28 r. Palliatives.  
PAg. 561. a. l. 2. r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
PAg. 574. a. l. 25. and 26. r. Haematitis.  
PAg. 602. b. l. 27. r. upon the.  
PAg. 602. b. l. 28. r. Sacred Majesty.  
PAg. 637. a. l. 20. r. cortex Peruanus.  
PAg. 699. b. l. 37. r. many Medicines there are.  
PAg. 731. arg. l. 13. r. X. Of Curing by the Second Intention.  
PAg. 732. arg. l. 8. for Thorax, r. Neck or Throat.  
PAg. 816. b. l. ult. r. place, is filled.  
PAg. 858. b. l. 27. r. feels; as also.  
PAg. 969. a. l. 2. for ULCERS, r. WOUNDS.  
PAg. 1104. b. l. 5. for Spirit, r. Syrup.  
PAg. 1122. b. l. 39 r. Rape Root.  
PAg. 1123. b. l. 44. r. ʒij. ad ʒiv.    

The Medicinal CHARACTERS.  

lb A pound.  
℥ An ounce.  
ʒ A dram.  
℈ A scruple.  
gr. A grain.  
M. A handful.  
P. A pugil.  
p. A part.  
Nᵒ. Number.  
A. Ana, of each a like.  
ss. ss. half any quantity.  
q.s. quantum satis.  
q.u. quantum vis.  
℞ Recipe.  
S.A. Secundum Artem.  
♄ Saturn or Lead.  
♃ Jupiter or Tin.  
♂ Mars or Iron.  
☉ Sol or Gold.  
♀ Venus or Copper.  
☿ Mercury or Quicksilver.  
☽ Luna or Silver.  
♁ Antimony or Stibium.  
🜺. arsenic Arsenic.  
🜍 Sulphur.  
🜭 Cinnabar.  
🜔 Salt.  
🜕 Niter.  
vitriol vitriol 🜖 Vitriol.  
alum. alum Alum.  
⊕. 🜹 Sal Armoniac.  
🜿 Tartar.  
🜘 Sal Gem.  
🝗 Ashes.  
🝕 Urine.  
glass Glass.  
🜊 Vinegar.  
talc. Talc.  
🝞. Sublimate. Spirit.  
🝁 Quicklime.  
🜂 Fire.  
🜄 Water.  
🝆 Oil.  
B. Balneum.  
BM. Balneo Mariae.  
BU. Balneo Vaporis.  
🝪. Alembick.  
🜅. AF. Aqua fortis.  
AR. Aqua Regia.  
AU. Aqua Vitae.  
SU. Spirit of Wine.  
SSS. Stratum super stratum, or lay upon lay.   
Note, 

Twenty Grains make a Scruple. ℈  
Three Scruples make a Drachm. ʒ  
Eight Drachms make an Ounce. ℥  
Twelve Ounces make a Pound. lb     

 depiction of the facade of a Greek gymnasium 
ΚΑΙΝΟΝ ΓΥΜΝΑΣΙΟΝ ΙΑΤΡΙΚΟΝ.  
ARS CHIRURGICA, A GUIL. SALMONE. M.D.    


ARS CHIRURGICA. LIBER PRIMUS. Of Instruments and Operations.  

I Of the INSTRUMENTS.  

CHAP. I Of Surgery in General.  
I THIS Art is called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, operatio quae fit manibus, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Ars Chirurgica, Ars quae manibus exercetur, seu quae manus opera indiget: in Latin, Chirurgia: in English, Surgery and Surgery: and the Artist is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, qui manu opus facit: Chirurgus, a Chirurgeon, or Surgeon.  
II Surgery therefore is an Art, which teaches the way of removing and curing Diseases of the Body, by the Assistance of the Hands.  
III 'Tis true, says Barbet, that External Accidents require not only the help of the Hands, but also Internal means, therefore it is no wonder for a part of Physic to require the whole; so that it was that great Man's Opinion, That a Chirurgeon aught to understand so much of Physic, as to know how to give internal Remedies upon any occasion which falls in his way, otherwise, in my Opinion, he cannot be said to understand his Art, or be thought fit to Practise the same.  
IV. Surgery being a Part which depends upon the Body of Physic, the internal Medicines we impart to you not as Chirurgeons, But as Physicians. So that it is necessary for a Chirurgeon to understand the Medical part of Curing, and to be withal a Physician; and that this is true, is as apparent as that the Sun is up at Noonday; for produce me any Book of Surgery, or Work teaching that Art, which does not instruct its Pupils in giving Internal Remedies in all such Cases where they are required, and I will immediately give up the Cause.  
V 'Tis certain, that a Chirurgeon is a Man having a Rational Soul, and Reasonable Understanding, as well as any He, who pretends to be a Doctor of Physic, and if so, I see no reason why he with Labour, Pains, Reading, and Industry, may not attain the Medical part of the Art as well as another: and to reverse the Tables, I affirm 'tis possible for a good Chirurgeon to be Master of the whole Art of Physic, (and I think, 'tis his proper Province only) whereas a Doctor, simply considered, can pretend to nothing more but one part of the Art; which part also he can never perfectly understand, without a substantial knowledge of Chirurgick Operations; so that a Doctor (simply a Doctor in Physic) is at best but a piece of a Physician, whereas an able and truly Learned Chirurgeon, such as Sennertus, Paul Barbet, Fabritius Hildanus, etc. are the only complete Physicians, whatever the REVELATION-MEN may say to the contrary, let them talk till Doomsday.  
VI Surgery consists of two parts, 1. That which respects the OPERATION. 2. That which respects the DISEASE.  
VII. As to the Operation, it is considered with relation to the Instruments performing, and Medicaments to be applied; or to the Action itself. The Instruments are, 1. Small, which are mostly proper for the Pocket. 2. Large, fit only for the Repository; of all which in their order.  
VIII. The Medicaments to be applied are those selected ones contained in the Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica, here following, which are to be fitted and proportioned to the Arca Chirurgica, or Chirurgeons Chest; this we have done English and Latin for the sake of Strangers.  
IX. The Operations of Surgery, singly considered, as to the Action itself is sixfold, viz. 1. Synthesis. 2. Diaeresis. 3. Exaeresis. 4. Aphaeresis. 5. Diarthrosis. 6. Prosthesis. To which six we have added as an Appendix, 7. The Order and Method of making Reports. 8. The way of Embalming.  
X. Synthesis teaches how to unite Parts which are disjoined: Diaeresis teaches the separation of what was united together: Exaeresis teaches the removing of things hurtful: Aphaeresis teaches the removing of things superfluous: Diarthrosis teaches the Reduction of Parts disordered by ill conformation: Prosthesis teaches how to supply Parts which are wanting. The making of Reports, is the Relation made before a Magistrate upon the view of a wounded Person. Embalming is the Preserving of dead Bodies.  
XI. The Operations of Surgery simply considered, we have made to be six; whereas some other Authors make them but five, making Exaeresis and Aphaeresis but one part, and comprehending both under the former Title.  
XII. The second part of Surgery, which has respect to Diseases, is also sixfold, viz. 1. Defedation. 2. Tumours. 3. Wounds. 4. Ulcers. 5. Fractures. 6. Dislocations; of all which we shall (God willing) treat in order. Wherein we show the Medicinal Part, of giving proper internal Remedies, which every Chirurgeon aught to know, maugre the snarling and Usurpation of the REVELATION-MEN, who, in truth, know nothing at all of the Matter.  
XIII. It is true, that some Authors make but five Divisions of this part of the Art, bringing Defedation or Defilement, under some of the other Titles; but as that is a force upon the Method, so we thought good to separate all things of that nature, and put them in a Title apart, which as they offer themselves first to consideration, and are the easiest part of the Art, we have put them in the first place.   

CHAP. II Of the Small Instruments.  
I THE Incision Knife is used to cut the Skin or Flesh, where need is; to pair away the putrid part of a gangrenous Member; in making Issues; opening Apostems; in Scarifications and Cupping. Tab. 6. Let. F.  
II The Scissors are to cut Cloth for Rulers, Lint and Emplasters: to clip of proud Flesh, or putrid lose Skin, ends of Sinews, etc. See Tab. 5. Let. R.  
III The Spatula is used to spread Emplasters, mingle Unguents on the palm of your Hand, or otherwise, cover the Pledgets, and to stir and mingle Ointments and Emplasters in the Composition. Tab. 5. Let. E.  
IV. The small Probes are with one end to sound the depth of a Wound or Ulcer: with the other end (by arming the Eye thereof with Lint) to wipe or dry a Sore or Ulcer: Or by dipping it in some Oil or Liquor, to convey it to the bottom of the Ulcer or Fistula, thereby to mundify, corrode, or heal it, according as need requires. Tab. 5. Let. N. O.  
V The Wula Spoon serveth to put Powder or the like to the palate of the Mouth, (if it be sore, raw, or inflamed) blowing the Powder into the Cavity behind it, through the hollow Pipe: as also to melt Unguents, to dip Tents in: and to pour scalding Oil or Liquor into a Wound. Tab. 6. Let. Q.  
VI The Levatory is an Instrument to raise up a depressed Skull, (but be not too rash on hasty in using of it, for if no evil Symptoms appear, the depressed Skull may rise, and scale of itself:) it serves also to take of the scale of a Bone after Amputation. Tab. 5. Let. LL. Tab. 6. Let. M. N.  
VII. The Director is to guide and direct the Incision Knife in dilating or enlarging of a Wound, when you are near any Vessels, it is also used in Cutting for the Stone. Tab. 4. D.  
VIII. The Forceps are used to take of Emplasters, Pledgets, and Tents, the Spill of a Bone, to hold up the Flesh or Skin, the better to cut it with the Scissors or Incision Knife; to take out any thing which lies in the Ears, Nostrils, Mouth or Throat, or a Bullet lying within reach. Tab. 6. Let. G. H. I  
IX. The Speculum Linguae; the one end thereof is to hold the Tongue down, when you inject any Liquor into the Throat or Mouth, or apply any Medicine thereto; or when you would make any Inspection into the Mouth or Throat, as in Quinsies, Cankers, etc. The other end thereof is to scrape the Tongue, if it is furred in Fevers, etc. Tab. 5. E.  
X. The Fleame is used to open the Gums, and to separate them from the Tooth which you mean to pull out, compassing the Tooth with the round sharp end thereof, close to the Tooth; and piercing deeper by little and little, until you feel it as low as the Jawbone.  
XI. The Razor is used in shaving the Crown of the Head; and cutting Hair of of other places, where you intent to lay a Plaster, that so it might not hurt in pulling of. Tab. 5. F. G.  
XII. The Stitching Quill is that which holds the Needles; the Needles must be ready armed with green or read Silk oiled, to sew up the Lips of Wounds, to fasten Rulers, and other things which need sewing. Tab. 5. C.  
XIII. The Case of Lancets must always be in a readiness, clean, well set, not too square pointed, nor too thin, for than they will not make a good Orifice; their use is to let Blood withal.  
FOURTEEN. The Salvatory is to keep Ointments in; and aught always to be furnished with these following, 1. Basilicon. 2. Apostolorum. 3. Aureum. 4. Album. 5. Dialthaea. 6. Linimentum Arcaei. If you design eight places in your Salvatory, you may supply the two last with de Minio and Diapompholigos.  
XU. The Plaster Box consists of two principal parts. The first and largest place is to hold the aforementioned Instruments; which is the upper part of the Box: The lower and lesser part is to hold Emplasters ready spread, with Lint and such like. The Emplasters most usual here are, Diacalciteos, Sticticum Paracelsi, de Gummi Elemi, de Lapide Calaminari, Oxycroceum, de Meliloto simplex, de Mastiche, Catagmaticum.  
XVI. The Incision-Knife is commonly put in the Case of Launcets; so also the Razor, or in a Case by itself.   

CHAP. III Of the Larger Instruments for the Closet and Chest.  
I THE Dismembering Knife, has an use according to the Title, viz. in Amputation, or to take of any Member or part of Man's Body, so far as respects the fleshy or soft parts, even to the Bone. One may serve for the Chest, provided it be sharp, well ground, of good Metal, and not too thin edged Tab. 8. F.  
II The Trepan is of use for Fractures of the Skull, where there is Contusion, and a depression of both the Tables. §1. Be sure the Instrument be good, and without faults, and clean from Rust. §2. The place where the blow was given is not always to be chosen to set the Trepan upon, sometimes the Fracture is found at a good distance of, and therefore you must consider the complaint of the Patient, with respect to the feeling of your Fingers. §3. When the place is found, the Hair is to be shaved of about the breadth of four Fingers round. §4. This done, have in a readiness all fit Medicines and Instruments to apply to, and bind up the Wound again, as Sponges, Ligatures, Hot-water, etc. and if a Flux of Blood hinder not, foment with Posca, or Wine and Honey. §5. It will do also well to have a Restrictive ready made with Bole, Water, Vinegar and an Egg; or the Pulvis Astringens, as also Oleum & Mel Rosarum, Linimentum Arcaei. §6. The Germane seldom or never use this Instrument: nor is it to be used too hastily; for we daily see many dangerous Fractures healed without it; there is not one in ten that justly requires it. §7. Therefore by reason of the danger, the young Artist may first make Experience upon a Calves or Sheep's Head, till he can well and easily take out a piece of the Bone. See the further use hereafter. The Instrument, see Tab. 1. Let. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I M. The Male Trepan E. F. The Female G. H. I M. the point of the Male. A. B. the head of the Trepan.  
III The Trafine is an Instrument only of Iron; the use thereof is necessary in pricking of the Skull, that does not penetrate both the Tables, that with them the print made upon the Skull may be taken away. See Tab. 1. Let. K. L. Tab. 7. Leu. K. which is the Instrument itself. One of the Shanks may be Triangular, and than it may be used for the small Trepan.  
IV. The Levatory large. It is an Instrument used in the depression of the Skull: this raises with more force than that little one before described for the Plaster Box; because it hath firmness, not only in the Hand of him that raiseth it, but also in its Head. See Tab. 5. L. L. Some make the Levatory with three parts, having three spears or points to thrust forwards.  
V The Head Saw. It is an Instrument with which a vent may sometimes be given through the Cranium, whereby the use of the Trepan is sometimes happily forborn. Sometimes a small ragged piece of the Skull may so hung, that this Instrument may be used to saw it away. But the young Artist aught not to be too busy in sawing, plucking away, or raising the tractured Bone, more than mere Necessity urges to, jest dreadful Accidents (not to be remedied) follow: If the Bone be nearly lose, or in sight, take it away, if not, forbear to pluck much at first; for Nature is exceeding helpful in ejecting unnatural things in that part. See Tab. 5. H. I Tab. 7. A. B.  
VI The small Head Saw. It is that with which some Men cut away the distances between the holes made in the Skull with the Trepan, as also rifts like Hairs that do not penetrate, and scrape away the rottenness of the Cranium. Tab. 3. L.  
VII. The Dismembering Saw. It is a great and terrible Instrument, ordained only for Amputation, or dismembering: It aught always to be ready and clean kept, with two Blades thereunto, though one good Blade well used, may serve the Artist his whole Life. Tab. 8. E. E.  
VIII. The Lenticular. It is an Instrument which Levigates the Brims of the Hole made, jest pricking the Membranes, they might 'cause Pain and Inflammation. See Tab. 7. I  
IX. The Rasour-Knife, or Penknife. It is used as an Incision-knife, and when there is no fear of the parts underneath, namely in dividing the Scalp of the Head as far as the Skull, and in opening Nodes of the French Pox, especially upon the Shinbones and elsewhere, and in dividing the Caruncles of the Matrix. See Tab. 2. O.  
X. The Membrane Preserver. It is a Silver Plate (for it must never be made of Iron, because of the Inbred cold thereof, which is hurtful both to the Dura and Pia mater, which cover the Brain) made firm, somewhat crooked and smooth on the outside, used in great depressions of the Skull three or four times with the Trepan, and to cut forth the spaces between the holes: for than the Plate is let down between the Skull and Dura matter, that the outward part of it may be nearest the Brain, jest by the sharpness of Pincers and Saws, the Membranes of the Brain should either be pricked or cut unawares. Celsus calls it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Meningophylax. See Tab. 5. K.  
XI. The Dismembering Pincers. They are intended for the immediate separation of Fingers and Toes. See Tab. 3. Let. G. They are now much out of use, because they often introduce ill Accidents, a fine little See being introduced in their place.  
XII. Dismembering Chizel. Their use is the same with the former, and much more commendable: but a fine See as aforesaid, is used in place of them both, being much more safe. See Tab. 3. I Tab. 8. D. G. H.  
XIII. The Mallet or Hammer. It is commonly made of Wood, some have them made of Lead, and some of Iron: it is generally used with the Chizel, See Tab. 3. K. You may also have it made of the common fashion.  
FOURTEEN. Speculum Oris. It is an Instrument which takes hold of the Tongue, and under the Chin at once, being a very necessary Instrument to hold open the Mouth for the better applying Medicines to the Throat, as also to the Uuula, and other parts. Tab. 8. O. P. Q.  
XU. Speculum Ani. It is an Instrument by which the Diseases of the Intestinum Rectum, and Neck of the Womb are seen by opening of those parts. If there hap in the Orifice of the Fundament, or Neck of the Matrix any excoriation or exulceration, Medicaments cannot well be brought to the grieved part, but by the help of this Instrument; nor can the grief be seen without it. See Scultetus Tab. 17. fig. 2. and 3. Yet let not the young Artist be too busy in using of it, without Necessity, or where an Injection may do the feat. For if the Sphincter Muscle should not easily give way, but make resistance, (as in many Patients it will against their Wills) it may easily be bruised or hurt, and so thereby you may created a new Disease. It has a Male part for Men, and Female for Women. Tab. 8. M. N.  
XVI. Speculum Matricis. It is an Instrument only used for Women, when the dead Child is to be cut out, or some Ulcer of the Matrix is to be viewed, for which purpose it is of excellent Service. Tab. 7. C.  
XVII. Actual Cauteries. The Use of these are very needful in Amputation, for the Cauterizing of any Vein or Artery, in strong fluxes of Blood, which cannot otherwise be stayed. In the Epilepsy, or Falling-sickness, they are often used with good success; as also to make a Fontanel or Issue in the Neck or hinder part of the Head, and in the Cure of the Lethargy and Apoplexy. Anciently they were used for the opening of Apostems, but now that practice is quite laid aside. When a Member is amputated, sometimes the whole end of the Stump is Cauterised, and sometimes but the great Vessels only. Tab. 6. A. B. C. Tab. 8. A. B. C.  
XVIII. Actual Seton Cautery. It is also called the Needle for the Seton, which must neither be too long, jest the point should miss the opposite hole, (but about a Hand breadth in length:) neither must it be very small or gross, but answerable to the Holes of Seton Pincers, only a little smaller, and so being made very read hot, it passeth through most nimbly, making the Seton without almost any pain. See Tab. 3. E.  
XIX. Cautery for the Ranula. The Ranula is a Tumour under the Tongue which corrupts the Speech: this if it be any otherwise abated, except by the burning Iron, it will grow again: It is thus used, first frame a plate of Iron (hollowed on the inside) having a hole in the midst, which (the Mouth being wide open) apply to the Tumour, so that the hole therein may fall just upon that part of the Tumour which you would open: than with this Instrument read hot pierce the Tumour, which with your Thumb under the root of the Chin, a little bear up by strength and force, that it may pierce the deeper. Tab. 5. S. T.  
XX. The Catheter. It is a kind of Probe, by which being thrust into the passage of the Yard, and into the Bladder, way is made for the Urine, or the Stone is felt and removed: When therefore you have occasion to use it, put it in gently, so far as it can well go, being first anointed with Oil of Almonds or of Roses: thrust it in without much force; than feel by the root of the Yard near the Fundament, where the Catheter resteth or bears out, and so by guiding, thrust it in farther towards the Fundament, pressing or bearing down (as it were) a little, the lower part of the Instrument, with the upper hand, which stays the Catheter, than (with the help of the lower finger of the other hand) turn the Catheter upwards, putting it also withal forward a little, so will it slip into the Bladder. Than draw out the inner Wire, and the Urine will come forth; keeping still the Instrument carefully within the Bladder till all be run out, which will come without forcing; moreover, you may by putting up your finger in Anum, the Catheter being in the Bladder, and the Water drawn out, easily feel the Stone in the Bladder, if any be, the Sick standing and bending his Body also forwards. It is made of Silver that it may be bend; and very smooth that it might not hurt; with many little holes perforated at the end, that the Pin being drawn back, the Urine may freely come forth. Tab. 4. A.  
XXI. The Directory. It is a Silver Probe, which must be so bend, that its fissure, which it hath in the middle, as far as the end of it, may be on the backside, or Gibbous part thereof. It is called a Directory, because being thrust into the Yard, it doth most exactly show the Neck of the Bladder; and upon that must Incision be made, to take out the Stone. See Tab. 4. D.  
XXII. The Dilatatory. It is an Instrument used for enlarging of a Wound, when Arrow-heads, Bullets, or other Foreign matters are to be taken forth, out of the Fleshy or Brawny parts. Tab. 7. H.  
XXIII. The Wound Hook. It is of use in all such Wounds where there may be some pieces of a Link of a Chain, or Mail, or other like matter lodged therein, to pull them out. It is called the Hooked Probe, and is useful in Wounds made with Gunshot. Tab. 6. O.  
XXIV. Terebellum Hildani. The Wimblet of Hildanus for bringing forth Bullets, and such like. It consists of three Parts, to wit, a Piercer, in a double case: We shall mention it, and show the Use thereof hereafter, See the Figure itself. Tab. 2. A. B. C. D. and E. F. G. H.  
XXV. The Scalpra. Scraping Tools, to scrape or shave Bones withal, where there is occasion; you aught to have divers of them, and of several Fashions: Those for the Head are commonly of one Fashion, those for other Bones of another. When a rotten Bone is to be scraped in the extreme Parts, as the Thigh Bone, Shin Bone, Shoulder Bone, Arm-bone, greater and stronger rasping Tools must be provided for them. Now every rasping Instrument is made of most pure Steel, that it may have an Edge, that will perfectly rasp away. The Ancients did fit proper hafts to every scraping Instrument; but our modern Artists provide one handle of Wood, Bone, or Ivory, which they fasten to the Instrument by a Screw. See Tab. 2. N. Tab. 7. N.  
XXVI. The File. It is an Instrument of common Use in cleansing, smoothing, and making even the Teeth. See Tab. 4. H.  
XXVII. The Pliers. It is an Instrument to take out an Arrow head, or the head of any Weapon which is hollow, for the shanks being divided in that hollowness, will hold the Arrow head firm and fast, and so draw it out. Tab. 7. G.  
XXVIII. Pliers with a Screw. It is an Instrument having a Screw running though its handles, or cross its shanks. The end of which is like the Crow's Bill, or a little flatter. This Screw doth open and close the Crow's Bill, as you please to take hold of the Head of the Weapon, though it be buried in the Flesh. See Tab. 7. D.  
XXIX. Hooks to draw out the dead Child. They are made of various Fashions, according to the Use and Place of application; but are never to be made use of, unless the Child be dead; nor than, if Nature be able to expel it, as many times she is. See Tab. 2. I K. L. M.  
XXX. Hook to draw Stones out of the Bladder. It is to be used when the Stones are many, or little, or in pieces, or cannot be easily brought to the Neck of the Bladder. See Tab. 4. E.  
XXXI. Decussorium, an Instrument to press down the Dura Mater. It is used after Trepanning the Skull, as often as you dress the Wound; wherein, pressing it down to the Dura Mater, you must bid the Patient to strive to put forth his breath, stopping his Mouth and Nose, so that the Matter may more easily be evacuated. This Tool must have the end round, polished and smooth. See the Fig. Tab. 7. M.  
XXXII. The Gouge or hollow Chizel. It is of use to make an entrance into the Bone, for the fixing of other Instruments, as the Trepan, etc. The use hereof is common with Carpenters and Joiners. See the Figure, Tab. 3. H.  
XXXIII. Seton Forceps. They are of several Forms, the two principal of which we have exhibited Tab. 3 A. and Tab. 4. P. The first is a pair of Pincers, having holes in their upper Part, with a certain Cavity, which is closed by the Chirurgeons hand; with these hold is laid on the Skin of the Neck, and with the Needle Tab. 3. E. being read hot, the Skin is perforated through the holes at B. The latter are of the same use as the former, save they have a holdfast at R. which of its self binds, or holds close the Instrument or Pincers. These are only of use when the Chirurgeon has no Servant, which may deliver to him the read hot Needle.  
XXXIV. Seton Needles. These are to be used, either read hot, or cold: that which is used read hot, is that before mentioned, Tab. 3. E. That which is used cold, is sharp and with edges, being only first anointed with Oil of Roses. See it Tab. 3. F.  
XXXV. Needles for a Hare Lip. They aught to be made of Steel, sharp, three square, and of about two inches and a half long. The thread must be well waxed, that it break not; the Needle must be run through both sides of the Wound or Breach, taking up all the Flesh of both Lips, and in the same manner, another short Needle (as the place will bear) must be thrust in the midst, cross the former, and under the Flesh as the former is. Than the Thread which was in the Eye of the first Needle, must be strained cross about all the four ends of the two Needles, 7 or 8 times or more, to hold the Lips of the Breach firmly together, till the union be perfected, after which the Needles must be taken away, and the Wounds they made, healed according to Art See Tab. 8. I K. L.  
XXXVI. Needles for Wounds. These are chief for Wounds of the Peritonaeum, but they are made use of in other Wounds also. The manner of the using of these Needles, we have at large declared in Cap.. Sect.. following, and in other places. Tab. 6. D. E.  
XXXVII. Needles for Couching Cataracts. They are often made of Silver, but in my Opinion those made of Steel are much better. See Tab. 4. L M N O. they are commonly inserted into a handle of Silver, which is an Octagon, that on both sides has a perforated glans or Ivory head, through which the Needle passes. L. is a Silver Case; M. is the Needle with a Haft and Case of Silver, fitted for the curing of a Cataract or Suffusion; OH the Needle in its haft, and its Capsula or Cover. The way of using see Cap. 31. Sect.. following.  
XXXVIII. Hollow scraping levatory. It is of singular use after trepaning to take away the Splinters, and smooth the inward edge of the Skull, lest the little bits or splints should hurt or prick any of the Membranes: It is smooth on the outside, and hollow within, that it may receive and hold whatever it shaves of, from falling in upon the said Membrane. See Tab. 6. K.  
THIRTY-NINE. Forceps to break of Bones of the Skull. These may supply in part the use of the former, for want thereof, as also to take out bits, splints, and such like, which are already fallen down upon the Membranes: See Tab. 1. N. The Crow's Bill, without Teeth. And P Q. the Hollow Forceps, or Parrots Bill.  
XL. The Crow's Bill Forceps with Teeth. They may be for the former use in Fractures of the Skull: But their chief Intention is in Amputation, to draw the Vessels out of the Flesh, that thereby they may be tied up to stay their Bleeding, which is done with a double and strong thread: after which you shall with a sharp Needle and Thread, take four stitches deep into the Flesh, which makes a cross, like the Letter X; sow up the Flesh and Skin, somewhat loosely to cover the end of the Bone, that it take not the Air; for if you should endeavour to draw it close to make the Skin meet, the Skin would break, and your work would be spoiled. See Tab. 1. O. and Tab. 5. M.  
XLI. Crane's Bill Forceps strait. They are the strait Instrument of Hieronymus Fabritius ab Aquapendente, for to draw forth a Polypus, being made of Steel, Convex outwardly, but inwardly Concave, having an edge inwardly bend backwards, wherewith we can cut nothing but the Polipus now laid hold on. They are of use also to take forth small Bullets, and other strange Bodies, gotten into Wounds. See Tab. 6. I, L. and Tab. 2. P.  
XLII. Goose Bill Forceps. Their general use is in Wounds, to take forth Bullets which are large, and other things of an Orbicular or round form. Their Magnitude and Forms may be various, according to the diversity of the occasion, and situation of the Wound, as little, great, strait, crooked, broad, narrow, toothed or smooth. See Tab. 4. F. G. Tab. 6. G.  
XLIII. Crooked Forceps or Pliers. They are an Instrument wherewith the Polipus is cut and drawn forth, which by the holes of the Nostrils, leads in the Pallet to the Throat, thereby threatening to choke the Sick: They are also of use in taking Bones or Splints out of Wounds, whose Cavities make an Obliqne Angle. Tab. 6. H.  
XLIV. Crooked Toothed Cranes Bill. It is an Instrument, altogether like the strait Crane's Bill at Sect. 41. save the Bill of the Instrument makes with the shanks an obliqne Angle: The uses of it also are the same, though used in different kinds of Wounds: The strait Crane's Bill, is only used in strait Wounds; the crooked Crane's Bill in such as are the Obliqne, being directed to take forth Bullets, or other strange Bodies from Wounds having an obliqne Angle.  
XLV. Myrtle Leaved Penknife. It is a Knife with two edges; and resembling the form of a Myrtle Leaf, used with its proper Pincers, to cut a Seton in the Neck. Tab. 4. I K.  
XLVI. Seton Point. It is a long narrow Point, to the end of which is fastened a Seton, or round line of Purple Silk, which being, drawn to the middle, is left in the hole: to the point at D. is fastened a small button of Wax, that it may pass through without delay or pain. See Tab. 3. C. D.  
XLVII. Terebellum for the Head, or Head Piercer. It is used in the same manner as is the Trepan or Trefine; but chief in those cases where a single hole may be of service enough to discharge the purulent Matter from the meanings of the Brain. Tab. ●. K. L.  
XLVIII. Lapidillum. It is a Spoon made of Latin, wherewith the Stone is taken forth out of the Urinary Passages; namely a Probe, which on that part, where it is made hollow like a Spoon for the Ears, is put into the Conduit of the Yard, so that it may pass beyond the small Stone above it, and may lay hold on it with its Lips and Cavity. This done, Oil of sweet Almonds is poured through the hollow Passage (which hath a large Orifice) into the Urinary Passage, that it may become slippery: Afterwards the Probe is gently drawn forth, and the Conduit is pressed behind the Stone with the finger, till it be driven forth. Tab. 3. M.  
XLIX. The Goose Bill Spatula. It is an Instrument provided to receive and take forth Bullets, or other round Bodies, out of Wounds, for such like Intentions. See it Tab. 4. B.  
L. Fistula Syringe, with a long slender Pipe. It is used to inject Lotions, into hollow Wounds, Ulcers and Fistula's, and to wash other obscure Parts, which can not otherwise be come at. Tab. 9 D.  
LIVELY The Ear and Yard Syringe. It is altogether like the former, save the Pipe at the end is all of one piece with the Body of the Syringe, short, viz. about an inch long, and so thick as to fill the Cavity of the Ear and Yard. The chief uses of it, are to inject liquid Bodies into the Ears, Nose and Yard. By this Instrument, if well made, you may inject into the Bladder itself. Tab. 9 A.  
LII. The Womb Syringe. It is a strait hollow Cane, made of Pewter, of about seven or eight inches long; smooth, equal, and about the thickness of a Man's Thumb; having its end perforated with five or six small holes. It serves to cast in injections to wash the Womb, cleanse it, and to deterge Ulcers, Fistulas, and such like, stop the Whites, etc. Tab. 9 B.  
LIII. The Clyster Syringe. It is a Syringe with a long Pipe, like that at Sect. 50. save the Pipe is much thicker, and has a larger Orifice: And the Body of the Syringe is so large, as to hold near a Pint: It is a most admirable Instrument to exhibit a Clyster with, casting it in much farther than can be done by any Clyster-pipe. You may have them of several sizes. Tab. 9 C.  
LIU. Clyster Pipe. It is an Instrument made of Box, Bone or Ivory, about three Inches and a half long, hollow, having its least end (which enters into the Anus) perforated in the sides thereof with five or six holes: the larger end is tied fast to a Bladder with a Cork and thread; which Bladder holds the Clyster till it is administered: It's use is to exhibit Clysters, instead of the Clyster Syringe, if it be wanting.  
LU. Weights and Scales. These are Instruments so necessary, that the Artist can in no ways be without them, the Life of the Patient often lying at stake, for a little fault or error, committed by a Mistake in the Dose of a Medicament. The Scales aught to be Gold Scales, bright, smooth, equal, with a delicate Beam, which may turn with the tenth part of a Grain. The Weights are gr. ½ j ij. iij. iv. u vj. half Scruple ℈ ss. ℈ j ℈ ij. half a Dramʒss. ʒj. ʒij. half Ounce ℥ ss. ℥ j ℥ ij. all which Weights aught to be double, jest any should be lost.   

CHAP. IU. Of the Form of the Chirurgeons Chest  

I THE old form of the Chest was this: It was first divided into three parts, 1. The Left Hand part. 2. The Middle part. 3. The Right Hand part; and each part has an Upper and a Lower division: The upper of which is to be taken out, and put in again at pleasure, to make way to come at the things which are in the lower part.  
II If the length of the Chest be five Feet, from inside to inside, the breadth may be 20 Inches, and the depth 20 Inches; and this is the best proportion, whether it be greater or lesser than the numbers limited: and the upper and lower parts may be divided one from another just in the middle.  
III If the length be five Feet, the Left Hand may be two Feet of the length, the middle part one Foot of the length; and the Right Hand part two Feet of the length; which divisions may aptly enough serve both for upper and lower parts.  
IV. The breadth of the Chest at either end (both for upper and lower parts) may be divided into five divisions; and the length of each end may be divided equally into seven parts; leaving the middle part to contain the Instruments, Weights, Scales, Tow, Rulers, etc. as the Chirurgeon shall think most fit for his Occasions.  
V According to this division, each end of the Chest will have twice thirty five divisions, viz. 70 parts, and both ends one hundred and forty; for 5 × 7 = 35 × 2 = 70 the number in either end, and 70 × 2 = 140 the contents of both ends, and such a number of Medicines an ordinary Chest may contain.  
VI But if the Chest be larger, you may increase the number of the Divisions in proportion to its largeness, to make it receptive of what quantities and numbers you please.  
VII. This is the old form of the Chirurgeons Chest, which is well enough known to most, but the Contrivance thereof not so absolutely convenient and useful as might be wished for; for which cause sake we shall here propose a new form, having greater conveniencies, more security, lesle trouble, and vastly more useful.  
VIII. Let it be made absolutely in the form of a Nest of Drawers; two Feet and eight Inches high; 20 Inches deep backwards: and three Feet three Inches from inside to inside in length; or four Feet four Inches, or five Foot five Inches, according to the number and quantity of the Medicines it shall contain: and let the divisions go all perfectly home to the Back.  
IX. Let the length, (if it be but three Feet three Inches) be divided into six equal parts, and the height into five, dividing the uppermost row into two divisions only, for keeping of Instruments, Box of Weights, Tow, Rulers, and other Necessaries belonging to the Chirurgick Practice.  
X. The four under rows than being divided into six equal parts, will make the whole Nest of Boxes to consist of twenty four several Drawers: let each Drawer be divided broadways into two equal parts, and backwards into six equal parts (so as to take the divisions out if you think convenient) so will the whole Nest contain 288 several Boxes, nearly 2¾ Inches square.  
XI. If you make it four Feet four Inches in length, than divide it into eight equal parts, which multiplied by four, the number in height, makes thirty two several Drawers; each of which being divided, as the former broad-ways, exactly in the middle, and backwards into six equal parts, will make your Nest of Drawers to contain 384 several Boxes, which will hold as many several Medicines, or half as many, (by diminishing their numbers, and augmenting their quantities) or a quarter of the number, according as your Occasions may require.  
XII. To this Repository thus constituted, let be affixed two substantial Doors, which may open in the middle, one of which is to have Bolts above and below on the inside to keep it fast and firm. The other a substantial Lock in the middle, to keep them closely shut, that the Drawers may not fall out of their places.  
XIII. Thus have you a Receptacle large enough for any ordinary Practice whatever, which may contain (though of the lest size) 288 several Medicines; or 144 if you double their quantities; and 72 if you Quadruple them; which is a thing very considerable, to be kept in order in so small a place; and the top of it will serve as a Table to lay your Instruments on, dispense Medicines, spread Plasters upon, etc.   

Of the Vessels holding the Medicines.  
FOURTEEN. Let all Liquid Things, as Waters, Spirits, Tinctures, Wines, Vinegars, Menstruums, Oils, Syrups, and Salts, be put up in Glasses; let the Glasses be made purposely in a Mould, for this design, nearly 2¾. Inches square, and five Inches and half high, and all of them stopped with Corks (except the Syrups) and covered with Pewter Screws, upon the Neck of which let be Engraven or Written the Name of the Medicine.  
XU. Let Powders, Electuaries, Extracts, Pills, Troches, Balsams, Ointments, be put up into Pewter Pots with Pewter Covers; and let the Pewter Pots be also cast, or made nearly 2¾ Inches square, and near six Inches high, with square Covers, to slip on and of; and upon the sides of these Pewter Boxes, (and on their Covers) let be Engraven or Written the Names of the Medicaments contained.  
XVI. Cerates and Emplasters, may be rolled up in Papers or Bladders; Roots, Herbs, Seeds, and Flowers, wrapped up in Paper, or put into small Paper Bags; all which may be made of a just length, viz. near six Inches long, and of such a bigness as to go easily into the Receptacle, upon each of which set the Name fairly, and at length: Thus will the Repository be easily and completely furnished, and fitted for a present and ready use.    

CHAP. V The Furniture of the CHIRURGEONS CHEST.  
I THat we might as well fit the Camp as the Court, and as well accommodate the Physician by Sea as by Land, we thought good here to exhibit several Repositories according to the Institution of the most excellent and approved Men Learned in this Art  
II The first which we shall here present you with, shall be the Arca Chyrurgica, or Cista Militaris of the Famo is Gulielmus Fabritius Hildanus. The second shall be the Viaticum of that Able Chirurgeon John Woodall our Countryman. The third shall be an Institution of Our own, which we wrote some Years since, at the request of a Worthy and Ingenious Man of Our own Nation.  
III The reason of all this Variety is to satisfy the Curiosity of the Industrious Student of Our Art; for as much as the Institutions of One Man, which may please one Artist, may displease another; we have therefore exhibited this variety, that by various Exemplars of this kind, if nothing which we shall here say, can please, or be without exception; the Judicious Professor may from hence take a Pattern, and furnish his Repository with such things as may best fit his Intentions, or Answer his desired End.  
IV. For as all Men are not alike wise, so no one Man can know all things: every Artist may have some one particular Secret or another, for which he may have a particular estimation, and with which he desires his Chest to be furnished; so also his Judgement or Experience, or both, may lead him to choose several things which we have rejected, from his certain knowledge of their more powerful effects; and to reject many things which we have chosen, from his own knowledge of the imbecility of their Powers, being compared with those he intends to substitute.  
V In all these Cases every Man is left free: nor do I know any reason why any Man should be bound up to things Opposite to his Knowledge. For this Cause sake I here show you variety: forasmuch as others may differ as much from us, as we here differ one from another.  

I CISTA HILDANI.  
VI Purging Simples. Agarick, Aloes, Rhubarb, Cassia, Crocus Metallorum, Colocynthis, Diagridium, Sena, Hermodacts, Manna, Mecoachan, Myrobalans, Juice of Damask Roses, Troches Alhandal, Turbith.  
VII. Purging Compounds. Benedicta Laxativa, Confectio Hamech, Diacarthamum, Diaphenicon, Diaturbith, Electuarium de Succo Rosarum, Electuarium Lenitivum, Pulvis Senae Brassavoli, Syrup of Roses solutive, Pilulae aggregativae, Pilulae Auraeae, Cochiae, de Agarico, Lucis majoris, Ruffi, Extractum Rudii, Species for Suppositories.  
VIII. Cordial Powders and Electuaries: Aromaticum Rosatum, Fine Bole, Camphir, Confectio Alkermes, Confectio de Hyacintho, Coral prepared, burnt Hearts horn prepared, Cream of Bohemian-tartar, Diaireos, Diamargariton frigidum, Diarrhodon abbatis, Diatragacanthum frigidum, Diatrion Santalinum, Flos Sulphuris, Bezoar Stone, Pearl prepared, Mithridate, Meconium, Opium, Laudanum Opiatum, Osteocolla prepared for inward use, Philonium Romanum, Pulvis ad Epithemata Cordis, Hartshorn rasped, Lapis Prunellae, Tartar Vitriolate, Terra Sigillata, London Treacle, Venice Treacle, Diatessaron.  
IX. Aromatic Spices. Calamus Aromaticus, Cloves, Cinnamon, Saffron, Galingal, Mace, Nutmegs, Pepper, Ginger, Sugar.  
X. Waters distilled. Of Sorrel, Aniseed, borage, Bugloss, Marigolds, Cinnamon Distilled without Wine, Bawm, Plantain, Roses, Aqua Vitae, Wormwood-water, Mint-water, Treacle-water, of Juices of Barberries, of Citrons, of Pomegranates, Wine Vinegar, Vinegar of Roses.  
XI. Syrups. Of Sorrel, unripe Currans, Barberries, Bugloss, Citrons, Quinces, Pomegranates, Lemons, Liquorice, Poppies, Read Roses, dried Roses, Violets, Honey of Roses, Oxymel simple and with Squills, Diamorum.  
XII. Roots. Of Althaea, Angelica, Birthwort long, round, Bistort, Briony, Avens, Onions, Succory, Comfrey, Showbread, Elecampane, Eringo, Fennel, Gentian, Swallow-wort, Orrice, White Lilies, Liquorice, Parsley, Burnet, Plantain, Polipody, Squills, Tormentil.  
XIII. Herbs or Leaves. Wormwood common, Roman, Agrimony, Lady's Mantle, Jack by the Hedge, Althaea, Betony, Carduus Ben. Centaury, Knotgrass, Cuscuta, Dittany of Crect, Horse-tail, Eye-bright, Fumitory, Hypericon, Marjoram, Bawm, Mint, Mercury, Nep, Origanum, Plantain, Selfheal, Winter-green, Ribwort, Rosemary, Rue, Sage, Sanicle, Scabious, Scordium, Goldenrod.  
FOURTEEN. Flowers of Betony, borage, Bugloss, Camomile, Dill, Elder, Marigolds, Melilot, Mullein, Pomegranates, Primrose, Roses, Rosemary, Sage, Violets.  
XU. Seeds. Of Anise, Coriander, Carraways, Cummin, Dill, Foenugreek, French Barley, Line, Parsly, Plantain, Quinces, Radish, Mustard.  
XVI. Fruits. Almonds, Bay-berries, Acorns, Acorn Cups, Figs, preserved Cherries, Quinces, Galls, Cypress-nuts, Oranges, Lemons, Pomegranates, Lupins, Myrtleberries, Rose-hips, Prunes, Tamarinds, Raisins.  
XVII. Oils, Natural and Artificial. Of Almonds sweet, bitter, Dill, Aniseeds, Balsam of Tolu, Vigo's Balsam, Oil of Carraways, Cloves, Wax, Camomile, Cinnamon, Quinces, Fennel Seed, Hypericon, Juniper-berries, white Lilies, Earthworms, Mastic, Mint, Myrtles, Nutmegs, Olives, Roses, Scorpions, Turpentine, Violets, yolks of Eggs, Petroleum, Foxes, Elder, Linseed.  
XVIII. Ointments Simple and Compound. Aegyptiacum, Album Rhasis, Apostolorum, Aureum, de Minio Camphoratum, Defensivum Chalmetaei, Dialthaeae, Diapompholigos, Nicotianae, Populeon, Rosatum, ad Ambussa Hildani, Basilicon, Linimentum Arcaei, Martiatum.  
XIX. Fats, Suet or Grease. Of Geese, Beef, Capons, Deer, Goats, Men, Hens, Hogs, Bears.  
XX. Emplasters. Apostolicum, Basilicum, de Betonica, Diapalma, Diachylon simplex, Diachylon compound, de Meliloto, de Mucilaginibus, Oxycroceum, de Ranis, Paracelsi.  
XXI. Gums and Rosins. Ammoniacum, Benjamin, Wax, Colophony, Elemi, Euphorbium, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Pitch, Styrax Calamita, Turpentine, Tragacanth.  
XXII. Minerals and such like. Alum crude, Alum burnt, Antimony crude, Arsenic, Lime washed, Ceruse, Crocus Martis, Gypsum, Lapis Calaminaris, Lapis Causticus, Medicamentosus Crollii, Sabulosus, Litharge of Gold, of Silver, Quicksilver, Mercury Sublimate, Praecipitate, Nil praeparatum, Niter crude, prepared, burnt Lead, Realgar, Seif album, Brimstone, Tutia prepared, Vitriol crude, Vitriol burnt.  
XXIII. Meals or Flowers. Of Bay-berries, Beans, Barley, Lentils, Darnel, Lupins, Wheat, Mill-dust, Powder stopping Blood.  
XXIV. Small Instruments for the Pocket. 1. A Plaster-Box. 2. A Razor. 3. A pair of Scissors. 4. Incision Knife. 5. Four Lancets. 6. A crooked Knife to open Apostems. 7. A Fleam to divide the Gums with in the Toothache. 8. An Extractor to take things out of Wounds. 9 A pair of Forceps for the same use. 10. Needles great and small to stitch up Wounds. 11. A stitching Quill. 12. Spatula's great and small. 13. Probes. 14. Speculum Oris, one end whereof is to depress the tongue, the other to scrape it. 15. Uuula Spoon. 16. A Borax quill, to sprinkle Powders on Wounds or Ulcers. 17. A Hook single at one end, double at the other. 18. A small Hone to set the Incision Knives and Lancets.  
XXV. The Salvatory. Furnished with, 1. Unguentum Basilicum. 2. Aureum. 3. Apostolorum. 4. Nutritum. 5. Album Rhasis. 6. de Minio, or Desiccativum rubrum.  
XXVI. Large Instruments for the Chest, 1. Trepans. 2. Levatories. 3. Scalpras. 4. Great Speculum Oris. 5. A Speculum Oris to force open the Mouth. 6. Tooth-drawer's. 7. Forceps to draw forth Bullets. 8. Great Saw for Amputation. 9 Little Saws for dismembering Fingers and Toes. 10. Amputating-Knife. 11. Crooked Knife. 12. Cauterizing Knife. 13. Catheters. 14. Syringes. 15. Paraeus his Poultry, with Girdle and Remora, for reducing broken Bones and Dislocations. 16. Clyster Pipes. 17. Mortars. 18. Strainers or Sieves. 19 Skillets. 20. Splints.  
XXVII. Accessaries. Linnen-cloth, Linnen-Rowlers, Bolsters, Tow, Pledgets of Tow, Lint, Tents of Lint, Tents of Gentian Roots, Sponges, Ox-bladders. Thus far Hildanus.   

II WOODALL's VIATICUM.  
XXVIII. Large Instruments, 1. Incision Knives. 2. Dismembering Knives. 3. Catlings. 4. Razors. 5. Trepans. 6. Trafine. 7. Levatories. 8. Head Saws. 9 Dismembering Saws. 10. Dismembering Nippers. 11. Chizel and Mallet. 12. Speculum Oris. 13. Speculum Oris, with a Screw. 14. Speculum Linguae. 15. Speculum Ani. 16. Cauterizing Irons. 17. Storks Bills. 18. Raven's Bills. 19 Crow's Bills. 20. Terebellum. 21. Incision Shears. 22. Probes or Flamules. 23. Spatula's great and small. 24. Spatula Mundani. [25. for Teeth, Paces. 26. Pullicans'. 27. Forcers or Punches. 28. Crow's Bills. 29. Fleames 30. Gravers. 31. Small Files.] 32. A Bundle of small Germane Instruments. 33. Clyster Syringes. 34. Small Syringes. 35. Catheter. 36. Wax Candles. Those for the Lid of the Chest, till the Chirurgeon see cause of removal.  
XXIX. Salvatory. Furnished with the aforenamed usual Ointments, specified at Sect. 23.  
XXX. Pocket Instruments. 1. Plaster-Box. 2. Scissors. 3. Forceps. 4. Spatula. 5. Capital Instrument. 6. Probe. 7. Stitching Quill. 8. Needles. 9 Lancets. 10. Borax Pipe. 11. Levatory. 12. Uuula Spoon.  
XXXI. Accessaries. Cupping Glasses, Brass Bason, Blood Porringers, Diet Pot, Skillet, Chafing Dish, Clyster Pot, Funnel, Cups to give Potions in, a Board to spread Plasters on, Pestle and Mortar, Weights and Scales, Sieves, Searces, Strainers, Splints, Junks, Tape, Tow, Sponges, Clouts, Rulers, Paper white, Brown, Empty Pots, Glasses, Needles and Thread, Wax Candles, Lantern, Tinderbox furnished, Ink, Quills, Close-stool, Bed-stood, Brass Pail, Bricks to heat, Pipkins, empty Bags, Skins of Leather.  
XXXII. Emplasters. Stycticum Paracelsi, Diachylon cum Gummis, Diachylum simplex, Diacalciteos, Oxycroceum, de Meliloto pro Spleen, de Meliloto simplex, de Lapide Calaminari, de Minio, Calidum.  
XXXIII. Ointments. Basilicon, Apostolorum, Aureum, Aegyptiacum, Album Camphoratum, Diapompholigos, Pectorale, Rosarum, Nutritum, Populeon, de meal & Sapo, contra Ignem, contra Scorbutum, Dialthaeae Compositum, Simplex, Potabile, Mercurii, Linimentum Arcaei, Arragon, Martiatum, Axungia Porcinae, Cervi, de Melle simplex.  
XXXIV. Waters or Liquors. Aqua Composita, Coelestis, of Dr. Stephens, Rosa Solis, of Cinnamon, Lemons, Rosemary, Sassafras, Aniseed, Wormwood, Bawm, Angelica, Mint, Carduus, Treacle-water, [Simplo of Damask Roses, read Roses musked, Plantain] Aqua Fallopii, Aqua Viridis, Aqua Fortis, Lotions, Lixivium strong and common, Wine Vinegar, Vinegar of Roses, Verjuice, Liquid Caustick.  
XXXV. Spirits, of Wine, of Vitriol, of Turpentine.  
XXXVI. Salts, of Wormwood, of Niter, Sal Gem, Lapis Infernalis.  
XXXVII. Oils Galenical, of Roses, Dill, Camomile, Worms, Lilies, Hypericon simple, cum Gummis, of Elder, of Linseed, of Eggs, Bays, Wormwood, Poppies, Scorpions, sweet Almonds, bitter Almonds, Petroleum, Balsam natural, artificial.  
XXXVIII. Oils Chemical. Of Vitriol, Sulphur, Cloves, Cinnamon, Mace, Bricks, Anise, Turpentine, Iuniper, Spike, Antimony, Amber, Wormwood, Origanum.  
THIRTY-NINE. Syrups. Of Wormwood, Lemons, Poppies, Cinnamon, Roses simple, Solutive, Violets, Oxymel simple, Honey of Roses, Diamorum, Horseradish, Prunellas.  
XL. Conserves. Of Roses, Rosemary-flowers, Barberries, Quinces, Woodsorrel, Sloes.  
XLI. Electuaries. Catholic Extract purging, Extract of Rudi●s, Di●catholicon, Diaphenicon, Diapranum, Confectio Hamech, de Succo Rosarum, Diatrion Piperion, Theriaca Londinensis, confectio Alkermes de Ovo, Mith●idatum, Venice Treacle, Diatessaron.  
XLII. Opiates. Laudanum Paracelsi, Diascordium, Diacodium, Philonum Romanum, Persicum, Tarsense, Aureae, Alexandrinae.  
XLIII. Juices. Of Wormwood, Liquorice, Lemons, Pulp of Tamarinds, Acacia.  
XLIV. Pills. Of Agarick, Aureae, Cochiae, de Euphorbio, de Cambogia, Ru●….  
XLV. Troches. Of Wormwood, Alhandal, de Spodio, de Minio.  
XLVI. Powders. Aurum Vitae, Pulvis Sanctus, Arthriticus.  
XLVII. Purging Simples. Scna, Rhubarb, Agarick, Scammony, Aloes, Hermodacts, Polypody, Euphorbium, Turbith, Myrobalans, Cambogia, Cassia Fistularis.  
XLVIII. Simples Alteratives. Saffron, Opium, China, Sarsa, Sassafras, Guajacum, Cortex Guajaci, Liquorice, Common Barley, French Barley, Aniseeds, Fennel seeds, common, sweet, Carraways, Cummin seed, Parsley seed, Line seed, Foenugreek seed, Dill seed, Poppy seed, Plantain seed, the four greater Cold Seeds, the four lesser, Sugar, Almonds, Raisins, Starch, Sumach, Galls, Bayberries, Iuniper Berries.  
XLIX. Spices. Cinnamon, Mace, Pepper, Cloves, Nutmegs.  
L. Gums. Camphir, Guajaci, Opoponax, Bdellium, Ammoniacum, Sagapenum, Galbanum, Myrrh, Mastic, Labdanum, Styrax Calamita, Liquida, Benjamin, Tragacanth, Ship Pitch, Rosin, Amber, Sanguis Draconis.  
LIVELY From Animals. Ivory, Hartshorn, Wax, Mummy, Album Graecum, Sperma Ceti, Wolf's Blood, Cantharideses, Spodium.  
LII. Minerals and Earth's. Antimony crude, Stibium, Sulphur, Roch Alum, Burned Alum, Vitriol Common, White, Burned, Lapis Prunellae, Venetian Ceruse, lethargy, Verdigrise, Tutia, fine Bole, common Bole.  
LIII. Flower or Meals. Of Wheat, Beans, Barley, Brancha, Flower, White Starch.  
LIU. Herbs most fit to be chosen. Rosemary, Marjoram, Mint, Melilot, Sage, Time, Wormwood, Carduus Ben. Bawm, Savin, Scordium.  
LU. Roots. Of Althaea, Horse Radish, Pyrethrum, Angelica, Comfrey.   

III WOODALL's EPITOME.  
LVI. Instruments. 1. Dismembering Saw. 2. Dismembering Knife. 3. Incision Knife. 4. Head Saw. 5. Trefine. 6. Clyster Pot. 7. Clyster Pipes. 8. Small Syringes with Pipes. 9 Catheter. 10. Speculum Oris. 11. Cauterizing Buttons. 12. Flamula, 13. Forceps strait. 14. Forceps crooked. 15. Paces for Teeth. 16. Forcers or Punches, 17. Crow's Bills. 18. Spatula's, 19 Weights and Scales. 20. Pestle and Mortar. 21. Strainers. 22. Sponges. 23. Skillets. 24. Chafing dish. 25. Pankin. 26. Chizel and Mallet. 27. Blood Porringers. 28. Cupping-Glasses. 29. Potion Cup. 30. Large Spoon. 31. Tow. 32. Funnels. 33. Cap Paper. 34. Skins of Leather. 35. Large Skillet. 36. Clouts and Rulers. 37. Bladders. 38. Bags. 39 Pots. 40. Glasses.  
LVII. Emplasters. Sticticum Paracelsi, Diacalciteos, Oxycroceum, de Minio, de Meliloto, de Cumino.  
LVIII. Ointments. Basilicon, Viride, Populeon, Album, Triapharmacum, Dialthaeae, Diapompholigos, Egyptiacum, Linimentum Arcaei, Digestive, Mel S●ponis, Hog's Lard.  
LIX. Oils Galenical and Chemical. Of Whelps, Hypericon with Gums, Roses, Camomile, Dill, Lilies, Linseed, Chemical Oils of Vitriol, Turpentine, Origanum.  
LX. Powders. Restringens majus, Defensative, Pulvis Sanctus, Arthriticus, Barley Meal, Bean Meal, Aurum Vitae.  
LXI. Herbs. Wormwood, Mint, Rosemary, Time, Centaury, Hypericon, Scordium.  
LXII. Syrups. Of Violets, Lemons, Mint, Roses Solutive, Diamoron, Oxymel, Mel Rosarum.  
LXIII. Conserves. Of Roses, Sloes, Barberries, Scurvygrass.  
LXIV. Electuaries. De Ovo, Diascordium, Mithridatum, Philonum Persicum, Venice Treacle, London Treacle, Treacle Diatessaron, Confectio Hamech, Confectio Alkermes, Diatrion Piperion, Diacatholicon, Diaphenicon, Lohoch Sanum, Laudanum, Aquila Vitae, Catholic Extract purging.  
LXV. Pills. De Euphorbio, Ruffi, Cochiae, Auraeae.  
LXVI. Liquids'. Aqua Coelestis, Cinnamomi, Rosarum, Mint, Carduus Ben. Plantain, Aqua Vitae, Angelicae, Lotions, Spirit of Wine, Wine Vinegar.  
LXVII. Purging Simples. Fine Aloes, Sena, Rhubarb, Colocinthis, Cambogium, Stibium.  
LXVIII. Simples. Fine Bole, common Bole, Lapis Calaminaris, Alum crude, burnt, Vitriol white, green, burnt, Precipitate, Sublimate, Ceruse, Juice of Liquorice, Juice of Lemons, Mastic, Myrrh, Greek Pitch, Opium, Turpentine, Lupins, pomegranate Peels, Galls, Roots of Liquorice, Seeds of Anise, of Fennel, of Cummin, of Line, of Foenugreek, Bayberries, Iuniper berries, Barley Common, French or Hulled, Flowers of Camomile, of Melilot, Cantharideses, Hartshorn rasped, Hartshorn burnt, Mummy.   

IU. SALMON's REPOSITORY.  
Lxix Small Instruments. 1. Salvatory. 2. Plaster-box. 3. Scissors. 4. Forceps. 5. Probe. 6. Spatula Linguae. 7. Uuula Spoon. 8. Borax Pipe. 9 Fleam. 10. Stitching Quill. 11. Needles. 12. Lancets. 13. Incision Knife. 14. Razor.  
LXX. Larger Instruments. 1. Dismembering Knife. 2. Dismembering Saw. 3. Head Saw. 4. Trepan. 5. Trefine. 6. Terebellum. 7. Cauterizing Irons. 8. Crow Bills. 9 Forceps straight. 10. Crooked. 11. Paces for Teeth. 12. Directory. 13. Levatory. 14. Bone Scrapers. 15. Files. 16. Plyers. 17. Catheter. 18. Clyster Syringe. 19 Fistula Syringe. 20. Yard Syringe. 21. Womb Syringe. 22. Large Spatula's. 23. Cupping-Glasses. 24. Dismembering Chizel.  
LXXI. Accessaries. 1. Blood Porringers. 2. Searces. 3. Strainers. 4. Pestle and Mortar. 5. Weights and Scales. 6. Tape. 7. Junks. 8. Tow. 9 Clouts. 10. Sponges. 11. Wax Candle. 12. Leather.  
LXXII. Roots. Asarum, Elecampane, Liquorice, Mechoacan, Rhubarb, Snake root. Barks. Guajaci, Mace, Peruanus. Woods. Guajacum, Nephriticum. Herbs. Carduus, Sena. Flowers. Saffron. Fruits. Winter Cherries, Cloves, Figs, Nutmegs. Seeds. Cardamums, Granadillas. Meals. Beans, Barley, Bayberries, Orobus. Ashes. Pot-ashes.  
LXXIII. Gums. Aloes, Balsams of Chili, Peru, Tolu, Cambogia, Colophony, Guajaci, Opium, Scammony, Strasburgh Turpentine. Juices. Chermes, Liquorice. Oils. Olive, Petroleum.  
LXXIV. Animals, and their Parts. Cantharideses, Cochinele, Feathers burnt, Hartshorn calcined white, Hogs or Ox Gall, Honey, Hoglice dried, Musk, Ox Blood dried, Ox-horn, Shall Armoniac, Suet, Wax.  
LXXV. Minerals. Amber, Alum, Antimony, Bole, Nitre, Quicksilver, Steel or Iron, Terra sigillata, Vermilion, Tin, Vitriol white, Hungarian, Roman, Sal Gem, Tartar.  
LXXVI. Metalline Preparations. Burned Led, Ceruse, Saccharum Saturni, Arcanum Jovis, Crocus Martis Astringens, Vitriolum Martis, Sal Martis, Verdigrise, Aurum Vitae, Angelus Mineralis, Crystals of Luna. Mercurial Preparations. Read Precipitate, White Precipitate, Arcanum Coralinum, Prince's Powder, Turpethum Minerale, Corrosive Sublimate, Mercurius Dulcis.  
LXXVII. Preparations from Antimony, Bezoar Minerale, Crocus Metallorum, Vitrum Antimonii, Butter of Antimony. From Salts. Volatile Sal Armoniac, Sal Prunellae, Nitre Vitriolated, Bohemian-tartar Emetic, Bohemian-tartar Vitriolated, Salt of Tartar Vitriolated, Nitre Vitriolated. Salt of Vitriol, Burned Alum, Lapis Infernalis. From Sulphurs', Flowers of Sulphur. From Stones. Pulvis Ostiocollae.  
LXXVIII. Spirits. Spirit of Wine Tartarized, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, Spiritus Vulnerarius, Spirit of Nitre. Spirituous Waters. Angelica, Wormwood, Aqua Bezoartica. Tinctures. Antimony, Aurea, Castorei, Cathartica. Elixirs. Proprietatis, Vitae nost.  
LXXIX. Oils distilled. Anise, Cinnamon, Cloves, Iuniper, Mint, Turpentine. Powers of Amber, Carraways, Hartshorn, Iuniper, Lavender, Lemons, Mint, Mercury, Pennyroyal, Rosemary, Sassafras, Sage, Turpentine. Oils from Minerals. Of Amber, Sulphur, Vitriol, Balsam of Sulphur common and Anisated.  
LXXX. Liquors. Mercurii Sublimati, Salis Tartari. Wines. Benedictum, Antimoniale. Vinegars. Squills, Spirit of Vinegar. Syrups. Acetosus simplex, Limonum, Violarum, de Spina Cervina, Poppies, Mint, Volatile.  
LXXXI. Quiddonies. Barberries. Extracts. Pectorale nost. Laudanum Vol. nost. Aloes, Opium. Electuaries. Theriaca nostra, New London Treacle, Diacatholicon.  
LXXXII. Powders. Antifebritick nost. Royal nost. Hercules' nost. Styptic, Bezoartick. Rosins. Jalap. Pills. Family-Pills, Panchymagogue.  
LXXXIII. Waters, Lotions. Aqua Regulata, Styptica, Ophthalmica. Oils. Anodynum, Paralyticum, Refrigerans. Balsams. Amicum, Arthriticum, Lucatelli, Vulnerarium, Polychrestum.  
LXXXIV. Ointments. Album, Aegyptiacum, Basilicum minus, Fuscum Wurtzii, Narcoticum, Nicotianae. Cerates. De Ammoniaco, de Galbano. Emplasters. Cephalicum, Diapalma, Diachylon cum Gummis, Diasulphuris, Epispasticum, ad Herniam, Meliloto simplex, de Minio, Oxycroceum, de Ranis cum Mercurio, Sticticum Paracelsi.  
LXXXV. Hitherto of the matter of the Repository, out of which the Ingenious Artist may choose what likes him best, towards the furnishing of his Chest. But it is not necessary that he should have all things that are here enumerated; if he has any thing more excellent of his own, he has the liberty of substitution. We have but delivered these things as Exemplars, from whence he may form new ad libitum. But these we have here insisted on, are the very choice and best of those things now in Use.     

II OPERATIONS CHIRURGICAL.  

I SYNTHESIS.  

CHAP. VI Of FRACTURES.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Compositio, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, quod est, componere. Synthesis or Unition is that which teaches how to unite parts disjoined, and it is twofold, 1. What regards the hard and bony parts. 2. What regards the soft and fleshy parts.  
II The Unition of Bones, is either the Setting of Broken Bones; or the Reduction of Bones out of Joint: the first is called a Fracture, the other a Dislocation.  
III A Fracture, is the Solution of Unity in the hard or bony Parts of the Body, caused by some external Violence upon the Part. Yet sometimes a Fracture may come without any such external force, as when a Bone is corrupted by the Scurvy, Pox, Gout, or Leprosy.  
IV. The general Causes, are either Falls or Blows, and by whatsoever is able to break, bruise, or cut.  
V The Differences. 1. From the manner, some being transverse, which are properly called Fractures: others according to the length of the Bone, called Fissures: others Comminutions, when the Bone is broken into small parts.  
VI 2. From the Part, it being sometimes in the Head, Shoulder, Clavicula, Arm, Cubit, Ribs, Thighs, Legs, etc.  
VII. 3. From Accidents, as being sometimes accompanied with a Wound, Dislocation, Inflammation, Gangrene, etc.  
VIII. The Signs. If a Bone be transversly or obliquely broken, it may be known by handling it, wherein you will found an inequality, the Patient being scarce able to move the part affected, and sometimes that part is shorter than the other.  
IX. If the Thigh, Leg, or Foot be broken, the Patient cannot stand at all (but he may a little, though with pain, in a Dislocation,) and this is the surest difference, between a Fracture and a Luxation.  
X. A Fissure is discerned by the thickness, pain, and unevenness of the part, which a skilful Chirurgeon is only fit to judge of.  
XI. A Comminution or Bruising, wherein the Bones are shattered, is perceived by the Bones being very unequal, and yielding here and there to the Fingers.  
XII. The Prognostics. A transverse Fracture is more easy to Cure than an Obliqne, or when accompanied with apparent inequalities.  
XIII. A Fracture where but one Bone is broken, is easier to Cure than where there are two, or where the Bones are much shattered.  
FOURTEEN. A Fracture in the midst of a Bone, is also easier to be Cured, than that which happens to the Head, or lower end of the Bone; so also a single Fracture more easy than a Compound.  
XU. If it remains undressed beyond the seventh Day, there will be danger of Mortification; so also many times, if the Part is too hard bound.  
XVI. In Setting of a broken Bone, there is Extension, Conjoining, Ligature, and well Placing.  
XVII. 1. Extension is an Operation performed with pain; which being done aright, must be greater or lesser, according to the time of the Fracture, age of the Patient, and magnitude of the Bone. A new Fracture, tender or young Patient, and a small Bone, require a gentler Extension; an old Fracture, strong Patient, and a big Bone, a greater.  
XVIII. This Extension is to be so done, that the Muscles do not labour; for than it will be with much lesle pain: The Part must be so laid, as when in Health, they could longest endure it without tiring: But the exact manner of doing this, is better learned by Practice than by many Words.  
XIX. 2. Conjoining the Bones is the next Operation; in doing of which, be cautious jest the Muscles be wrested from their natural Position and Figure: It is well done, if the Bone be any thing firm, and all the places about the Fracture be found equal.  
XX. 3. Ligature is done with a double Rowler: The first is to be thrice rolled about the Fracture, and than upwards: The second (which must be twice as long) is to be once wound about the Fracture, proceeding downwards, and than upwards again, a little higher than the first Rowler; to which you may add convenient splints (of Wood or Pasteboard) round about the Member.  
XXI. Let not the bandage be too straight, jest it cause pain, or endanger a Gangrene, by robbing the part of its Nourishment: nor too lose, jest the Bones slip out of their Places: This you will found to be well done, if the Patient soon after he is dressed finds his Pain abated, and on or after the third day, the ligatures seem lose, and the place a little below the binding be a little swelled.  
XXII. At the second Dressing, it must be bound somewhat closer, and afterwards changed yet but once every four, five, or six days.  
XXIII. 4. Well placing is the last of the prescribed Operations, which aught to be softly, evenly, and a little raised; if you lay it too low, the Bone will bend outwards; if too high, it will bend inwards: This you will found to be well done, if in the second dressing you found all even.  
XXIV. Before you roll the Ligature about the Member, bath the Part with S.U. or with Oil S.U. and Vinegar mixed together: Or lay Oxycroceum, Opodeldoch, Catagmaticum upon it; or lay a Cataplasm of fine Bowl, Wheat, Meal, Whites of Eggs, Bole, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, and a little Camphir, which let go round the Part, and about three Inches below the Fracture.  
XXV. But at any time you may apply this following, ℞ Mastich, Catechu, a. ʒiij. Olibanum, Frankincense, a. ʒij. Aloes, sanguis Draconis, fine Bole, Gum Tragacanth, Lapis Haematitis, Talc calcined, a. ʒj. Whites of Eggs and Oil of Roses, a. q. s. make a Plaster.  
XXVI. If there is an Inflammation in the Fracture before Extension, foment it with an Emollient Oil; or lay the part in warm Cowdung, which will digest and ease pain.  
XXVII. If the Fracture is accompanied with a Wound, than extend the Part first, (but gentler than in a simple Fracture) next join the Bones together; than have respect to the Wound, to unite the Lips thereof with Plasters, rather than with the Needle, and to guard it with a defensative; lastly, bind up the Part with Rulers, and lay it conveniently, or easily.  
XXVIII. If it be a Comminution, or shattering of the Bones, joined with the Wound; those which are small and lose remove with the Forceps: Those which are any ways fixed, leave to Nature, for she will throw them out of her own accord, though somewhat later; and if they be not too much displaced, she will sometimes unite them again (by a Callus) to the whole.  
XXIX. But to make the matter the more easy, you may assist Nature with the following things, ℞ Ashes of Earthworms, Bone-ashes, a. ʒiv. Olibanumʒij. Myrrhʒi. Honey ℥ ij. mix, and make an Ointment. Or this, ℞ Powder of Comfrey roots, round Birthwort, a. ℥ ss. Olibanum, Mastich, a. ʒiij. Euphorbiumʒijss. Aloes, Myrrh, Catechu, a. ʒjss. Wax, Turpentine, a. q. s. which with a little Oil of Ben, make into an Ointment.  
XXX. If the Bone itself be naked, cover it with its own Skin and Muscles, and defend it from the Air as much as is possible.  
XXXI. If it be naked and started out, endeavour to reduce it again into its place; but if be naked, and too far, take away the piece or pieces thus started out with a proper Saw, or a pair of Nippers.  
XXXII. These four Manual Operations being this well performed, you must now come to act the Part of a Physician, prescribing to the Patiented a good Diet, and some proper Purge, according to the Quality of the Humour abounding.  
XXXIII. In Fractures of the lower Parts, Purging is not so convenient; but if the Patient is Costive, a Suppository may be exhibited.  
XXXIV. But in Fractures of the upper Parts, Purge and Clysters may be often necessary, according to the following Directions, and which you are to observe in all other Accidents and Cases, wherein the skilful Artist sees need of Purging.  
XXXV. These among Simples are said to Purge Choler, Rhubarb, Cassia, yellow Myrobalans, Tamarinds, Manna, Scammony. Among Compounds, Syrup of Succory with Rhubarb, washed Aloes, Angelic Pills of Grulingius, Diacatholicon, Hiera Picra, Lenitivum, Pilulae de Aloe Rosata, Rudii, Ruffi, etc.  
XXXVI. Among singular Compounds we have these; ℞ Lenitive Elect. Cassia extracted a. ʒ ij. Cremor Tartariʒ j Spirit of Sulphur gut. x. ad xx. black Cherry-water q. s. mix, and make a Potion.  
XXXVII. Or this, ℞ Rhubarb, Sena a. ʒ ij. Cremor Tartariʒ i Aniseedsʒ ss. Water q. s. mix and Infuse scalding hot for two hours, and at last give it a walm or two; strain out and give it.  
XXXVIII. Our Family Pills are inferior to no other for this purpose; but if the Sick is in great pain, and wants rest, you may give this: ℞ Angelic Pills of Grulingius à gr. xv. ad ℈ i of our Volatile Laudanum gr. ij. iij. or iv. mix for a Dose. Give it over Night, it will give pleasant Rest, and a Stool, two, or three the next day.  
THIRTY-NINE. A Purging Powder may be thus made: ℞ Resinous, Scammony a gr. vi. ad x. or xij. Sal Prunellae, Cream of Tartar Antimony diaphoretic a. gr.xij. Bohemian-tartar vitriolated gr. vi. mix for a Dose.  
XL. These following Purge Phlegm and Watery Humours: Roots of Asarum, Mechoacan white and black, Colocynthis, Myrobalans Belliric, Emblic and Chebuls, Agarick, Turbeth. Among Compounds these, Syrup of Diacarthamum, Electuary of Hiera with Agarick, Diaphoenicon, Diacarthamum, Confectio Hamech, Pilulae Cochiae minoris, ex duobus; our Family Pills, our Panchymagogue Pills, Troches of Agarick, of Alhandal.  
XLI. Among singular Compounds we have these: ℞ blue Flower-de-luce Roots, Troches of Agarick, Sena a. ʒ i Aniseeds ℈ ij. Mechoacanʒ ss. Water, or Parsly-water q. s. Infuse three hours, boil a little, strain, and sweeten with Syrup of Roses solutive, or with Manna ℥ i, and than give it for a Dose.  
XLII. Or this: ℞ Syrup of Roses solutive ℥ i Powder of jalap ℈ i Cream of Tartar ℈ ij. Scammony gr. vi. Decoction of Aniseeds q. s. mix, and make a Potion.  
XLIII. Or you may give Our Family Pills from ℈ i and ij. Or this, ℞ Scammony in fine Powder à gr. x. ad xuj. plus minus; of our Volatile Laudanum à gr. ij. ad iv. or vi. mix, and make Pills: Give it over Night, it will make the Patiented easy, and not work, or but rarely, till the next Day.  
XLIV. Or thus; ℞ Pilulae ex duobusʒ ss. of our Laudanum Volatile gr. ij. ad vi. mix for a Dose. Or, ℞ Scammony gr. viij. Troches Alhandal gr. ij. ad iv. of our Laudanum Volatile gr. ij. ad vi. mix, and with the Pap of a reasted Apple make a Dose to be given overnight.  
XLV. These among simple Medicaments are said to Purge Melancholy; Sena, Roots of black Hellebor, Indian Myrobalans, Lapis Lazuli. Among Compounds, Syrup of Roses solutive with Sena, Diacatholicon, Confectio Hamech, Pulvis Diasena, Troches Alhandal.  
XLVI. Among singular Compounds we have these. ℞ Senaʒ ij. Indian Myrobalansʒ i Aniseeds ℈ ij. Liquorice bruisedʒ ss. Water q. s. Infuse two hours, than boil a little, strain out, and add Syrup of Roses with Senaʒ vi. Tartar vitriolate gr. x. mix for a Potion.  
XLVII. Or this, ℞ Syrup of Sena ℥ i Scammony, jalap, a. gr. x. Cremor Tartari ℈ ij. Decoction of Aniseeds ℥ iv. mix and make a Potion.  
XLVIII. Or you may Purge with our Family Pills à ℈ i and ij. Or you may give this, ℞ Sena in Pouderʒ i ad ʒ iss. Ginger gr. xij. Sal Gem gr. vi. Laudanum volatile gr. ij. ad vi. mix, and with Honey, or pap of an Apple, make Pills, to be given over Night, which will work kindly the next Day.  
XLIX. Or thus; ℞ Sena in Pouderʒ ss. Scammony gr. vi. Colocynthis gr. iij. Aniseeds, Ginger a. gr. viij. Sal Gem gr. iv. Volatile Laudanum gr. ij. ad vi. mix and with Honey make a Dose of Pills, to be given over night, if the Patient be in much Pain.  
L. Lastly, this is to be noted, that in all these Prescriptions, the Dose is to be proportioned according to the Age and Strength of the Patient; the Quantities here in these Recipes prescribed, being for Men, and such as are grown to their full Strength.   

CHAP. VII. Of DISLOCATIONS.  
I A Dislocation is the forcing of a Bone out of its Place or Cavity, or natural location, into another hindering voluntary Motion.  
II The Causes. They may be said to be twofold, 1. External, from Falling, Beating, Running, Wrestling, vehement Extension and over-straining, as it often happens in flinging of Stones, Leaping; and to Women in Labour, through the unskilfulness of Midwives, etc.  
III 2. Internal, by the Afflux of Humours, which falling upon the Joints, relax, and resolve the Ligaments, thereby causing the Bones to slip, or fall out of their places.  
IV. The Differences, 1. From the manner; for sometimes the Bone is altogether forced out of its place, and that is properly called a Luxation or Dislocation: Sometimes it's out but a little, or half way, and that is called Subluxation, or Elongation.  
V 2. From the Cause, some are from external Accidents, as Falls, Wrestle, etc. some are from internal Causes, as the Afflux of Humours.  
VI The Signs. If the Dislocation be in a lean Body, it is plain enough. The Bone causes a Tumour to be in the place to which it is forced; and a Cavity in that from whence it is forced.  
VII. If there is a perfect or complete Dislocation, the Member will be drawn up as it were, and shorter, unless it be caused from the Laxity of the Ligaments, and than it will be longer; the part is painful, chief in motion.  
VIII. In a Subluxation or Elongation, the Accidents are lesser, and not often all together.  
IX. The Prognostics. In Children and other delicate and tender Bodies, the Bones may be reduced the more easily; but are kept in with more trouble and difficulty, & è contra, in full grown and strong persons.  
X. If the Dislocation be of the Head, it is mortal; that of the Vertebrae is dangerous; and that which is inveterate, or of long standing, is hard to be cured.  
XI. If it proceeds from an inward cause, the Cure is very slow; and when restored, it is apt to come to its old state again.  
XII. The Cure. In Dislocations or Bones out of Joint, you make the reduction, by those four manual Operations used in Fractures, which you must perform either by Hand or Instrument, as the nature of the part affected will declare to you.  
XIII. Extension must be made so great, that there may be a Cavity between the Bones disjointed; to the end that in Setting, the one may not rub against the other, whence oftentimes arises extreme, and sometimes incurable Accidents.  
FOURTEEN. In the Conjoining, you must be careful not to wrist the Bones or Muscles, but that they may keep their natural Figure.  
XU. Before binding up, be sure to preserve the part from Inflammation, and Flux of Humours, by applying Emplasirum Metropropto icon, Gummosum Paracelsi, or ad Herniam Schroderi.  
XVI. Or this which is excellent: ℞ Olibanum, Mastich, Frankincense, Dragon's blood, Catechu, Terra sigillata a. ʒ vi. white Starch ℥ i Comfrey roots ℥ ss. Goat's suet ℥ iv. Wax q. s. mix and make a Plaster.  
XVII. Or thus; ℞ Ceruse, Wax, Frankincense a. ℥ iv. Olibanum, Mastich a. ℥ i Turpentine ℥ ij. Oil of Ben ℥ iij. mix and melt, and add to them Comfrey roots in Powder, Catechu, white Starch, Terra sigillata a. ℥ iij. Tragacanth ℥ i mix and make a Plaster.  
XVIII. If the vehemency of the pain, or other Symptoms, do not require it, you are not to unbind it before the fifth, sixth, or seventh day; and than it is to be done with as little trouble or motion, as possibly may be.  
XIX. And the part is to be laid in such an even and easy posture, as the Patient can found most repose in, which is mostly that, when sound, it can remain longest in without trouble.  
XX. If the Dislocation is accompanied with Inflammation at first, beware of extending the Part, or making any progress to the reduction, before that be removed, which you must first do with Emollients, as Balsamum Vulnerarum Samaritanum, Vng. de Althaea Compositum, or Laurinum Vulgar, and than with Discutients, as Emplastrum de Minio Simplex, de Mastiche, or de Lapide Calaminare.  
XXI. An Emollient Ointment: ℞ Veal fatʒ vi. Sperma Cetiʒ iij. Oil of Ben q. s. mix and make a Lineament, adding Oil of Fennel-seeds gut. thirty. A Discutient Emplaster: ℞ Frankincense, Rosin, Gum Elemi, Mastich, Pitch a. ℥ i Galbanum, Ammoniacum a. ʒ vi. Cummin and Fennel seeds a. ℥ i Wax, Oil a. q. s. mix and make an Emplaster.   

CHAP. VIII. Of RUPTURES.  
I RVptures are of several kinds, of which some be Proper, some Common, others Remote.  
II Proper Ruptures are threefold, viz. 1. Hernia Intestinalis seu Enterocele, a falling down of the Bowels into the Cod. 2. Hernia Inguinalis, seu Bubonocele, a Rupture or falling down into the Groin. 3. Hernia Omentalis, seu Epiplocele, a falling down of the Cawl, called also Hernia Epiploica.  
III Common Ruptures are sixfold, 1. Hernia Aquosa, seu Hydrocele, when Water falls down into the Cod: 2. Hernia Ventosa, seu Pneumatocele, or the Wind-Rupture: 3. Hernia Carnosa, seu Sarcocele, a fleshy Rupture: 4. Hernia Varicosa, seu Circocele, a dilatation of the Veins which nourish the Testicles: 5. Hernia Humoralis, seu Hygrotocele, a repletion of the Testicles by a defluxion of unnatural Humours falling on the Cod: 6. Hernia Vasis deferentis, seu Spermatocele, which is when the Vasques deferens falls twisted into the Scrotum.  
IV. The Remote are chief two, 1. Hernia Gutturis, seu Bronchochele, a Swelling in the Throat: 2. Hernia Vmbilicalis, Exomphalos, seu Omphalocele, a Rupture of the Navel.  
V Now of all these there are but four, which are the proper Subjects of this Chapter, viz. the three Proper, and the last, viz. the Hernia Vmbilicalis: The other Eight belong to another place; where we intent to describe and treat of them.  
VI We shall begin with the Synthesis, or Re-unition of the broken Peritonaeum, which sometimes gives way to the Intestines, sometimes to the Cawl, and often to both, letting them fall out of their natural places into the Groins or Cod; where if the Guts come out, it is called Enterocele. or Hernia Intestinalis, as abovesaid: But if the Cawl be out, it is called Epiplocele, or Hernia Omentalis.  
VII. The Causes of a Rupture are either Proximate or Remote. The Proximate is the stretching, enlarging, or bursting of the Peritonaeum, which is made up of two strong, yet soft Membranes, which so hold in, all that is included in the Abdomen, or Belly, that nothing may fall out: In Women it terminates as it were at the Os Pubis: In Men, its outermost Membrane reaches farther, and constitutes the first proper Coat of the Testicles; and in the Groins, it comprehends the Seminal Vessels as in a sheath, called Processus seu Productio Peretonaei. The Groins than, and this Process, are the usual places of Ruptures; but a Rupture may hap (though seldom) above the Navel, also beneath it, and on either side of it; which Barbett says he has often seen, and which some Chirurgeons mistaking, have dressed like an Abscess, as not thinking them to be the places of a Rupture.  
VIII. The Remote or External Causes of a Rupture of the Peritonaeum, are Falling, Leaping, Wrestling, Blows, violent Straining, carrying heavy Burdens, vehement Coughing or Vomiting, straining at Stool, and Wind penned up that it cannot get out, with other vehement Motions of the Body.  
IX. Most commonly it is the Ileon which falls down, yet sometimes the other Guts fall with it, and press into the Scrotum; in this case, it cannot be a simple distension of the abovesaid Process; but certainly, in all such great Ruptures it must be broken.  
X. The Signs. A Rupture is known by the Tumour being sometimes bigger, sometimes lesser, sometimes wholly go, but easily returning upon the lest Motion.  
XI. And though the Intestines or Cawl, be never so much fallen down, they may easily, without any pain, be thrust in again, unless Wind or Excrements hinder, in which case it is very painful.  
XII. If it proceeds from Wind, it is known by hardness of the Belly, and breaking Wind upwards, and downwards, and the swelling, weight, and hardness gradually increase.  
XIII. If the Peritonaeum be only stretched and relaxed, the Tumour or Swelling is but little at first, and grows bigger by degrees; but if it be broken, it suddenly descends.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. Ruptures happening in Infants and little Children, are easily cured, and Nature many times does the work alone. But in middle aged, or old People, it is slowly cured, and many times not at all.  
XU. If the Bowels be filled with Wind or Excrements, so that there is vehement Pain, and no Reduction can be hoped for, or that it cannot suddenly be removed, Inflammation and Gangrene is to be feared, and at last Death itself.  
XVI. The Cure. In this Case you must lay the Patient upon his Back, with his Legs elevated, and a little opened, by which the Cawl of the Intestines may return of its own accord, or otherwise be pressed up gently with your Fingers.  
XVII. But if through hardened Excrements or Wind, you cannot do this, you must first exhibit Enema ad Iliacam Passionem Mynsichti (See Our Pharmac. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 8. sect. 5.) once or twice, giving mean season Diacassia with Manna ℥ iss. or ℥ ij. Bath the Bowels for half an hour with Oil of Roses, applying over the Bowels and Tumour Cataplasma Resolutivum Foresti (Pharm. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 7. sect. 11.)  
XVIII. If Wind seems to afflict, anoint with this Ointment against Flatulency: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Veal suet ℥ i distilled Oil of Juniperʒ vi. mix them. Or this, ℞ Oil of Nutmegs by expression, Oil of Mace a. ℥ i Oil of Fennel ℥ ss. mix them. And inwardly give the Powers of Anise, Carraways, Fennel, or Juniper-berries, in whatsoever they drink.  
XIX. After anointing with the former Ointment or Oil, you may apply the Cummin Plaster, or this following: ℞ Sticticum Paracelsi, Tacamahacca, Galbanum, Ammoniacum a. ℥ i melt and mix; to which add Chemical Oil of Fennel seed ℥ ss. and make an Emplaster.  
XX. This done, after some 12 hours, attempt the reducing of it: which being performed, with convenient Bands or Trusses, keep the Bowels so long up, till the broken Peritonaeum be firmly knit together, or conjoined to the Muscles of the Belly, that nothing may fall out any more.  
XXI. For this purpose you must apply over the Rupture Empl. ad Herniam, or Catagmaticum, first or second, or ad Herniam Schroderi, or ad Herniam Nostrum, removing and applying a new Plaster once a week, or when it ceases sticking.  
XXII. Inwardly let the Patient take Blood of Comfrey, Morning, Noon and Night, in a glass of good Alicant, or Balsam of Sal Gem, Powder of Parsly-seeds, shell, or black field Snails, or Rupture-wort.  
XXIII. To this purpose also, a continual Diet of Jelly of Ho s, Calves, or Neat's Feet, made strong, sweetened with Sugar, and aromatized with Cinnamon, is inferior to no one thing yet known.  
XXIV. Let the Sick eat Bread well baked with Anise, Fennel or Caraway-seeds; his Food light, meat roasted; and let his drink be Alicant, Rod-wine, Tent, or some such astringent Liquor; let his Diet be slender and sparing, keep his Bed during the Cure, and if it be an old Rupture, lie on his back for the space of forty days.  
XXV. If his Belly should be bound, give him new damask Prunes raw, taking once a week the Angelic Pills of Grulingius. After forty days are past, let the Patient rise, yet continuing his Plaster and Truss, for at lest sixty days longer.  
XXVI. This Emplaster is much commended: ℞ Catechu, fine Bole, Myrrh, Mastic, Olibanum, Galls, powder of Comfrey Roots, a. ℥ i Dragons-blood, Aloes, powder of Earthworms, Sarcocol, Mummy, a. ℥ iss. Loadstone, Crocus Martis, Rosin, a. ℥ ij. Pitch ℥ iv. Frankincense ℥ viij. Turpentine q. s. make an Emplaster.  
XXVII. Barbett commends this Apozem to be taken ℥ v. at a time, and two or three times a day. ℞ Osmund Royal, Rupture-wort a. M. i Roots of Comfrey, Bistort a. ℥ iss. Flowers of Hypericon M.i. Aniseedsʒij. Read Wine q. s. boil to a pint and half, than strain, and add Fernelius his Syrup of Comfrey ℥ ij. mix and make an Apozem.  
XXVIII. He also commends these Pills: ℞ Galbanum dissolved in Vinegar. ʒij Mummyʒi. powder of Earthworms ℈ ij. Myrrh, filing of Steel, dried. Hares-dung a. ʒss. make them into Pills about the bigness of great Pease.  
XXIX. This Cure in old Ruptures and aged People is seldom or never performed, because the edges of the burst Peritonaeum are many times Callous, that though they be never so well brought close to one another, yet they will never grow together; in this Case Bands will do the best.  
XXX. But in young Children they easily grow together, and here Trusses are better than the best Bands. Those made with Steel Springs are best; which if they be well fitted to the Patient's Body, are of good use.  
XXXI. If by a Wound the Intestines come out, reduce them before the natural heat is exhausted, if you intent to preserve Life: If the Bowels themselves be wounded, stitch the Lips together with a waxed thread, and gently return them into the Body.  
XXXII. So also the Omentum being slipped out, unless it has lost its natural Colour and Heat; in which case, tie it in the place which is sound, cutting of the part which is putrid, than reduce it into the Belly, leaving the thread hauging out of the Wound, that being suppurated, it may be drawn out without trouble.  
XXXIII. This being done, stitch together the Wound and Peritonaeum, thus; Thrust a needle with a waxed thread, from without, through the Skin and Muscles, into the very Peritonaeum, leaving it on this side untouched, but laying hold on the other side: and pierce it through, the Muscles and Skin also; draw the Lips together; and passing over the space of an Inch, put in the Needle on the same side again, on which it was drawn out last, leaving again the Peritonaeum, on the same side untouched; but holding it on the other side, thrust it through the Skin and Muscles, and so onwards.  
XXXIV. Now, by reason of the motion of the Belly, and haste here used, the stitches may easily be undone; for which cause sake, you must always apply over the wound a sticking Emplaster.  
XXXV. Exomphalos seu Hernia Umbilicalis, a Rupture of the Navel: It may be, 1. From Blood, Aneurisma; 2. From Flesh, which is hard; 3. From the Caul, where the Tumour is soft; 4. From the Guts, which is unequal.  
XXXVI. The two first admit no Cure: the latter two must be reduced, by laying the Patient backwards, and proceeding as at Sect. 16. aforegoing.  
XXXVII. But it is to be observed, that the Peritonaeum seldom breaks in this part; for the learned Barbett divers times found, and shown in Dissected Bodies, that the Navel, together with the Intestine following, stood out bigger than a Man's Head; insomuch, that the right Muscles of the Belly were pressed to the side, and severed from one another; and yet the Peritonaeum was but stretched, and no where broken.  
XXXVIII. Dr. Thomas Gardner, chief Chirurgeon to the King's Household, healed a famous Exomphalos, of so great a Magnitude, that it is almost incredible; It was done upon one Mr. Styles, at the Lock and Key in Smithfield: It mortified, and broke of its own accord outwardly, out of which a Worm peeped, which he taking hold of, pulled out about 38 Feet in length, which than breaking of, was alive, and crawled upon the ground; (Mr. Horse-nail a Chirurgeon being also present:) his Food and Excrements coming forth of the Wound, for some Weeks. That Excellent Artist, Dr. Gardner, healed it up, and he walked several times after it, to Ha●nstead on foot; after which giving him a Specific Medicament against Worms, viz. a strong Infusion of Garlic, he voided about 20 Yards, or 60 Feet more of the same Worm dead, (which kind are called Lati) and so become well beyond all expectation.  
THIRTY-NINE. After the Exomphalos is reduced, you are here to observe, that upon the Emplaster, which aught to be round, you must put Bolsters of Leather or Wax, or some other hard thing, according to the bigness of the Rupture; for so by this means it will with good Bandage or a Truss, be sufficiently and perfectly kept in.   

CHAP. IX. STRUTTING out of the EYE.  
I IT is said to strut out when it comes forth beyond its C●…it, so as the lid cannot cover it, or not well cover it.  
II It is known by Sight: The Causes are mostly inward, as Inflammation, Blows, hard Labour, Straining vehemently, Strangling.  
III The Cure. Let it be gently put into its place (otherwise, if it cannot be reduced, it is to be removed:) and being reduced, let it be kept in its place by a fit Bandage; a Bolster being also applied, dipped in our Aqua Ophthalmica, described in our Pharm. Lond. Lib. 5. Cap. 1. Sect. 14.  
IU. Or you may dip it in our Aqua Regulata, described in our Phylaxa, Lib. 1. Cap. 1. Others advice to dip it in a Decoction of Sloes; or in this: ℞ pomegranate Peels and Flowers, Nut-galls, Sumach Berry's a. ℥ i read Wine q. s. boil and make a Decoction.  
V The Bolster you may make of read Rose-leaves, Rosemary-flowers and Camomil-flowers; which being put into a Bag, may be moistened with any of the aforenamed things.  
VI Apply to the Forehead a Defensative; for which purpose you may use Mymsichts Cataplasm of a Swallows Nest: Afterwards apply to the Forehead and Temples Emplastrum Cephalicum.  
VII. An Eye hanging out of its Orbit the breadth of a Finger, was put into its place, and cured with the following Cataplasm, without offence to the Sight. ℞ leaves of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Rue, Housleek a. M. i whites of Eggs Nᵒ iv. Meals or Flower of Barley, Beans, and Linseed a. ℥ ss. Camphir, Saffron a. ʒss. Oil of Rosesʒiss. Breast-milk ℥ ij. Rose-water q. s. mix and make a Cataplasm, by only mixing, without boiling; and apply it warm.  
VIII. At opening of it, drop into the Eye our aforementioned Aqua Regulata; or put in this Ointment: ℞ fine Aloes, Camphir, long and round Birthwort-roots a. ʒi. read Coral, Pearl prepared a. ʒiss. Sief Albumʒij. Crocus Martis, levigated Calx of Flints a. ʒiij. Glass of Antimony ℈ i white Sugar-candy ℥ ij. clarified Honey ℥ iv. boil a little, and make an Unguent.   

CHAP. X. FALLING out of the WOMB.  
I PRolapsus seu procidentia Vteri, is next to be considered: But the Womb does not easily fall down by Relaxation, much lesle by Laceration of its broad Ligaments, as most Authors imagine.  
II But by hard Labour, or a violent and unskilful bringing away of the Afterbirth; it has been of ten seen, that the bottom of the Womb has been plainly inverted, so as the most inward Parts have showed themselves outwards.  
III Or rather, the wrinkled part of the Sheath, whose innermost wrinkled Tunicle, by Relaxation, may fall down, which is often taken for the Womb itself.  
IV. The Causes. They are, 1. External, from the Rash laying hold of it by the Midwife, mistaking it either for the Child or the Afterbirth, and so drawing it strongly, causes it to recede from its proper place.  
V 2. Internal, by the vehemency of the Pangs, or the Child's Head being bigger than ordinary, displacing it; which happens in diseased Bodies, and where there is much weakness, and a great Flux of moist, watery, slippery and slimy Humours, flowing to it; whereby it is made to sink more and more, till at length by its bigness, it comes forth of the Body.  
VI It is known by sight, and feeling of the Part, with the Hand of the Midwife, or the Patients own hand.  
VII. The Prognostics. In the beginning some think it to be easily cured, by Astringents used for a Month, the part being put up for a Month: But this is very rare to be seen; for though taken in the beginning, the Cure is very difficult to be performed.  
VIII. If it is great, and the Protrusion far out, and of long continuance, it can never be cured; but being replaced, it may be kept up with a Pessary.  
IX. If it cannot be put up, by reason of its bigness, but shall chance to Gangrene, it is to be cut of; which you may do thus: Draw out the hanging part, so far as to tie it with a Tape, or Silk string, to hinder bleeding; which done, cut it of at once with a Knife, which will be with little effusion of Blood: Than it is to be healed with such things as digest, cleanse, and resist Putrefaction.  
X. That this thus cut of, is not the Womb, appears from these Words of Barbett. We have found (says he) especially in those who were subject to Costiveness or Belly-ach, that the Membranes of the Pudenda, or Vagina, were so far stretched out, that the Unskilful had taken it for the Womb itself, and do so still. But though many Authors have dared to writ, that the Womb may be cut of, without danger of Life, seems altogether Impossible to a Skilful Anatomist.  
XI. To reduce it, lay the Patient on her Back, her Knees high, and Legs asunder, and so, if possible, put it up gently with your Hand; if it be tumified or inflamed, so as it will not go up, follow our Directions for a Rupture, Sect. 16. Ch. 8. aforegoing. Than reduce it; putting up a Pessary, that may in bigness and proportion answer the end.  
XII. Make it with Cork, which cover, with Wax, mixed with a little Castoreum and Assafoetida: Let it not be too thick, but perforated long ways for the Humour to pass through: This continued there, and let it be kept with a fitting Bandage, applying over the Belly Emplastrum ad Herniam, Catagmaticum, or that of Schroder.  
XIII. Let the Patient be still for ten or twelve days, with her Legs a cross, forbear loud speaking, and as much as may be Coughing or Sneering, or whatever may occasion violent Expulsion. Inwardly observe the Method in Ruptures, except in the time of the Courses.  
FOURTEEN. Barbett, after he has advised the Patient to be laid on her Back, as before directed, orders to take a Wax Candle of a competent thickness, and to mix therewith some Castoreum, or Assafoetida, and with it gently to press the Womb inwards; and having fastened the Candle with a Bandage, to apply outwardly to the Belly Emplastrum Barbarum, or this following: ℞ Roots of Cypress, Bistort a. ʒi. Galls, Acacia a. ʒss. Cypress-nuts, D●te-stones, Myrtleberries a. ʒi. Pitch, Colophony a. q. s. mix and make a Plaster.  
XU. Great care is also to be taken, that your Wax-Candle be not too thick: jest by its continual Friction it should 'cause the Whites, and so weaken the Body.  
XVI. Others advice (after it is put up with the Hand) to support it with a Ball of the bigness of a Duck's Egg, or bigger, dipped twice or thrice into some strengthening Emplaster, in which there may be a hole to discharge the Menses; through which may also be put a Copper Wire, with a string fastened to it, to draw it the more easily out of the Body.  
XVII. But that which exceeds all these things, almost a thousand fold, is a Ring which may be made of Silver, Pewter, or Wood, as of Box, Cocus or Elder-wood, from an Inch and half to two Inches and a quarter in Diameter, from outside to outside; and the turned Substance of the Limb of the Ring, aught to be as thick as the round part of the largest Swans Quill, or rather thicker.  
XVIII. This Ring thus made, may be smeared with some proper Emplaster, and so put up: It is without trouble; nor will it fret or gall the Part, or obstruct the Act of Generation, and withal may easily be taken forth when the Patient pleases. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 5. Cap. 72. throughout.  
XIX. This (though the Cure is never performed) so absolutely serves the Patient, that she goes up and down, and performs all her other Duties, and lives as much at Ease, as if she ailed nothing at all, and answers all the Ends and Intentions of any prescribed Medicine whatsoever: So that now, it would be labour lost to use them.   

CHAP. XI. FALLING out of the FUNDAMENT.  
I PRolapsus seu Procidentia Any, is known by Sight, and it proceeds from the Looseness, or Relaxation of the Sphincter Muscle.  
II The Cause. It is from Cold, or Weakness of the Tone of the Part, too much straining, etc. usual in Tenesmus, Dysenteries, Diarrhaeas, etc. As also from Blows, Leaping, and Ulcers in or near the Part; and is common to Children.  
III Prognostics. It is not of difficult Cure if it be recent, or in one young, and of a good Habit of Body.  
IU. But if it be of long standing, accompanied with a perpetual Costiveness, or a constant Diarrhaea, and in aged People, of a cold and moist Constitution, it will be of Difficult Cure, and sometimes not to be done at all.  
V The Cure. The Gut being fallen down, anoint it with Oil of Roses and Myrtles, mixing a little Powder of Sumach, Galls, or Catechu with it; and than with your Fingers, and a small Linen Rag, put it up.  
VI If there be Pain, Tumour, and Inflammation, which may hinder the reducing of it, than bath or anoint the Anus with this mixture. ℞ Oil of bitter Almonds ℥ ss. Oil of Mace by expression, ʒij. Oil of Amberʒj. mix. them. Or with this; ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ i Oil of Nutmegs by expression ℥ ss. Oil of Rue Chemical, or of Aniseedsʒiss. mix them.  
VII. Being well anointed, strew over it astringent Crocus Martis, or Catechu in fine Powder, and than endeavour its Reduction. If all these things will not do, you must foment it an hour or longer with read Wine, by the help of Sponges, applying them as hot as the Patient can well endure.  
VIII. But you must take great care that the Part takes no cold, jest Putrefaction or a Gangrene ensue, with which you may be surprised sooner than you are ware of; for which cause you must do your utmost to put it up again with all imaginable speed; endeavouring in the mean time, with the former Prescribed Medicines, by Bathing, Fomenting, and Anointing, to preserve its Natural Heat.  
IX. Being put up, wipe the Part very clean, and apply a Sponge dipped in this following Liquor: ℞ Red Wine ℥ viij. Alum ℥ ss. Tincture of Catechu ℥ ij. mix, and dip the Sponge therein, being warm, and apply it as hot as may be endured.  
X. And bind it on with a Swath, which put about the middle, and from the same let fit Ligatures come between the Legs, and fastened well to the Swath, both before and behind.    

II DIAERESIS.  

CHAP. XII. The OPENING of a VEIN.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, divido) Diaeresis, a dividing asunder, is the second part of the Operations of Surgery, and shows the separation of Parts, whether naturally or unnaturally joined, by Manual Operation.  
II It teaches the opening of Veins and Arteries, the Windpipe, Breast, Belly, closed Orisices, Ustion, making of Issues, applying the Seton, Scarification, opening of Abscesses or Apostems, dividing of Bones by Perforation, Excision, Scraping, Filing, or Sawing, together with the Application of Cupping-Glastes, for the drawing forth of Blood out of the fleshy Parts, etc.  
III The Way and Manner of opening a Vein. Make a Ligature about the Arm, about 2 Inches above the place you intent to cut, of a Woman's Fillet, or the like, so as it may be easily loosed, if need be; than put a thick Staff into the Patient's hand to gripe fast, and with your hand, chafe well the Vein, that it may rise full. If it lies deep and small, foment it with warm water, rubbing it hard with a Linen Cloth, till it sufficiently appear; make the Orifice large, not deep: If it be too small, it will soon puff up with Wind. Strike the Vein (not just along, nor quite overthwart, but) slanting. If it be not deep enough at first, quickly thrust into the same place again deeper; but before you cut it, lay your thumb gently upon the Vein, just by the place, and with the Lancet, between the finger and thumb, in the other hand (the other singers leaning upon the Arm, to keep your hand the more steadier) gently thrust in the Lancet, as far as you think may reach the Vein, a little stretching up your hand, by which you shall enlarge the Orifice.  
IV. Bleed as much as may be convenient; than by losing of the Ligature, the Blood will stay. with your Finger squeeze the thickened Blood out of the Orifice, lay on a Pledget of Lint, dipped in cold water, and a Linen Cloth, two or three times double upon that, (which aught to be in a readiness beforehand;) than with a Band or Ligature, bind up the Arm, going across above and below the Elbow, making the Band to cross upon the Bolster: than pin or tie it fast, so as the Patient may endure it, which let remain till the next day, letting the Arm be held up, or with a Linen Cloth be fastened to the Breast.  
V It is in vain to tell you all the particular Uses and Intentions, for which Our WARWICK-LANE BLOODSUCKERS institute Bleeding: 'Tis a General and Universal Remedy with them, against all Diseases, at all Times, and in all People, of what Age, Sex, or Constitution soever: So that should we particularly enumerate them, from their admired Practice, it would not only be Labour in vain, but also cost me many Sheets of Paper to do it, which now I have saved in these very few words; and told you in a Sentence, whatever you are to expect from it, according to the REVELATION-MENS' way of Quacking.  
VI What our own Thoughts are of it, we have in part told you in the Third Edition of our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 1. Cap. 77. Sect. 20. and 46. Where we have laid down several Propositions, self-evident, against the received way of using it; but because possibly that way of arguing, may be above the Capacity of OUR WARWICK LANE SPARKS, and that Discourse not thought satisfactory in every respect: We, for the Satisfaction of every sincere Inquirer, will here resume the Argument again; and, by a new Set of Propositions, demonstrate that to the very external Senses, which before we proved only to the Internal.  
VII. Prop. 1. Thou we deny not, but that there may be a Vacuum in Nature; yet Nature generally abhors it. This is evident in Water Pumps, and in many other things, where there is a violent Suction, by reason of the Protrusion of the Air.  
VIII. Prop. 2. That in any long and narrow Cylindrical Body, if it be filled with a continued and liquid Matter, that Matter will not easily run out, unless it may receive a supply at the other end, or some other parts of the Cylinder, where there are Pores or Passages. This Children demonstrate with a Reed, where, putting it end-ways into the Water, it will fill, and than nipping the upper part of it close, though they take it out of the Water, yet will not the Water easily fall out of it, unless they open it at the other end again.  
IX. Prop. 3. That the Veins and Arteries may not unfitly be compared to Cylindrical Bodies, yet with many capillary Pores or Passages into their larger Cavities. This is manifest from the Capillary or small Twigs of Veins and Arteries, derived from the greater Stocks, Arms and Branches.  
X. Prop. 4. That these Cylindrical Bodies are filled with a continuous and flowing Liquor, which is the Blood. This is evident in Phlebotomy and Dissection.  
XI. Prop. 5. That there are no anastomosis between the Arteries and Veins, yet discovered by any Anatomist, except that famous one of the Splenetic Artery, with the Ramus Splenicus of the Vena Porta; and possibly some of the Arteria, with the Vena Pulmonaris of the Lungs. This all the latter Scrutinators of Anatomy affirm and maintain; and why we should believe that to be, which was never yet seen, I see no reason for.  
XII. Prop. 6. That there being a Circulation of the Blood, proved by the Experience of these last Ages, and Ocular Demonstration, if there be no general anastomosis over the whole Body (as none have yet been discovered;) the Arteries in this Circulation, must cast their Blood every where, into the Substance of the Flesh. For the Flesh being any where cut, bleeds.  
XIII. Prop. 7. That to maintain and continued this Circulation, the Blood must be protruded, out of the fleshy Mass or Substance, into the Capillary ends of the Veins; where filling them, it smoothly slides out of the smaller Veins into the greater; and from them into the Vena Porta and Cava; and out of the Vena Cava into the right Earlet of the Heart; from thence into the right Ventricle, and so by the Arteria Pulmonalis into the Lungs, out of which it is sent by the Vena Pulmonalis into the left Earlet of the Heart, and so into the left Ventricle of the same; where, by the Motion or Pulsation of the Heart, it is obtruded into the Aorta.  
FOURTEEN. Prop. 8. That this Liquid Substance or Blood contained in the aforenamed Vessels, is generated of the Nourishment we daily receive; which if it be irregular, corrupt, or not well concocted, receives into its Substance several heterogene and corrupt Particles. This is evident; for if the Matter of which any thing is made be corrupted, the thing constituted must have some of the Particles of that corruption.  
XU. Prop. 9 That the Blood consists of a grumous Matter, a watery Substance, and a Spirit or Life; by the latter of which it is agitated and stirred up, to make a separation of those corrupt Particles it may contain, which in its Circulation are cast forth into the Substance of the Flesh, and from thence sent in a humid form into the Skin, Cuticula, and Habit of the Body. This is evident from the Small Pox, Botches, Boils, Scabs, Erysipelas, Tetters, Ringworms, Herpes', Morphew, Scurff, Leprosy, and other defilements thereof.  
XVI. Prop. 10. That this Corruption remains in the Substance of the Flesh, and Habit of the Body, till Nature is able to expel it, and cast it totally forth, or till she is assisted with proper Medicines to do the same. This is evident in all such as are troubled with Scorbutes, Botches, Boils, Scabs, Leprosies, etc.  
XVII. Prop. 11. That the Blood having once cast forth this Heterogenous and Corrupt Matter into the Substance of the Flesh, by virtue of its Vital Potency, is not apt to receive it in again of its own accord; but on the contrary, still continues its Action, of expelling and casting out. This is apparent from the long continuance, and increase of the aforesaid Habitual Defilements: For if that which was once cast out was wasted and go, the evil would cease; which we see it does not; and therefore must be continued by that means, by which it first began.  
XVIII. Prop. 12. That since Nature willingly admits not of a Vacuum, by Prop. 1. That by taking away the Blood out of the Veins, such a Vacuum would necessarily follow, unless they were supplied with other Juices, out of the Substance of the Flesh, by Prop. 2. This is evident by the Construction of that second Proposition: And by Prop. 5. and 6. where it is proved, that there being no anastomosis, the Veins receive their bloody Juice out of the Flesh.  
XIX. Prop. 13. That than to avoid such a Vacuum in the Veins, if the Veins (upon Blood letting) receive in of the Corrupted Juices of the Body, through the whole Universal Habit, to replete them; it follows, that the Universal bloody Mass must be at once Corrupted, and defiled with an almost indelebile Pollution. This is so manifest of itself, that it needs no other Explication.  
XX. Prop. 14. The Blood, by this diminution in Quantity, and loss of Spirits therewith, is so depauperated in Quality, and so truly enfeebled, that by many such Outlets, it seems to be overcome, yield up its active Potency, and submits to the overpowering Tartarous and Corrupt Matter brought in. By which it is clear, that Blood-letting pollutes the bloody Mass, and causes it to imbibe the corrupt Juices of the fleshy Substance which it had before cast out; whereby Diseases are, after that Operation, made ten times more rebellious and difficult to Cure, than they were before; and the universal human Nature becomes ten times (as I may say) more depraved, whereby those Patients are left in a deplorable, and sometimes in an incurable State. Which, before the many repeated Acts of BLOOD SUCKING, were in a very tolerable and hopeful Condition; which is the thing that was to be demonstrated, in opposition to the horrid Practices of the BLOOD SUCKERS of our Times.  
XXI. Besides, their drawing Blood in all sorts of Fevers, to me is a Paradox, not to be unfolded: For a Fever may rationally enough be compared to a boiling Pot: Now when a Pot, through the Fury of the Heat, is ready to run over, what Course is to be taken to quell its Outrage, and stop the boiling over? To this the greatest Country Clown that is, will make you a ready Answer; viz. either to put in some cold Water into the Pot, or to diminish and take away the Fire: For if you take away any of the Liquor out of the Pot (which answers to Blood Sucking and Blistering) the rest of the Liquor must needs boil the faster, because the same fire or heat, has a lesle quantity of Matter to exercise its fury upon.  
XXII. So that in the main, this is found to be an Operation of as little use as any, in the whole Art of Surgery; and if it is to be used at all, these four cases are the chief, viz. 1. A Quinsey: 2. A Pleurisy: 3. A Peripneumony: 4. An inward Bruise, or Hurt in the Thorax: Which yet, if a Skilful Physician has the Matter in hand, he will easier, safer and sooner perform, by the administration of some inward Specific, as Spirit or volatile Salt of Man's Blood, or Flesh, or Urine, etc. than any BLOOD SUCKER of them all can do by Bleeding. But of this, at present, enough.   

CHAP. XIII. OPENING of an ARTERY.  
I THE former Reasons which have been just now offered against Bleeding of a Vein, may serve here: To which add the dangerous and frightful Operation, by reason of which, none of the Moderns but dislike it; yet for the Curiosity of such as desire to know how it is to be done, and whom substantial Reason cannot persuade out of their Road, we will here show the way.  
II Some tie a Bandage about the Neck, but seeing, when it is hard bound, it is very troublesome; others think it better th●… the Ligature be made under the Armholes, which must be so straightened, that the Jugular Veins and Carotid Artery, may appear both by swelling and touch; than let the Arteries be compressed by the Thumb, a little below where you intent to make the Incision.  
III Being opened (which must be done by a steady and strong hand) take forth what Blood you intent; which done, strew some Astringent Powder upon the Wound, than put over it a double Linen Cloth, with a Plate of Lead, after bind it up with a fit Bandage, which in five or six days will be perfectly well.  
IV. The Intentions for which these kinds of Artists open an Artery, are against inveterate Headaches, Migraines, Palsies, Madness, Epilepsies, Inflammation of the Eyes or Ears; for which purpose they open the Arteries of the Forehead, Temples, or those behind the Ears, or Arteria Puppis, all of them Branches of the external Carotid.  
V In the Inflammation of the Liver and Diaphragma, the Arteries between the Thumb and forefinger. In Palpitation of the Heart, either that, or the Saphena, is to be opened.  
VI Other Arteries are not to be opened, except a Bone lies under them, for fear of an Aneurisma.  
VII. The motion of the Blood in the Arteries, is by leaping, as it were forwards, by reason it goes out of the greater Arteries into the lesle; whereby it is by a struggling motion forced to make its way; and this struggling leaping motion is that, which where it may be felt, is called the beating of the Pulse; by which is known the State and Affections of the Heart and Vital Spirits.  
VIII. Whereas the Motion of the Blood in the Veins, is smooth and flowing, because it goes out of the lesser Veins into the greater, in its return to the Heart, whence it follows, that if the; Blood be taken too liberally out of them, the Heart is rob of so much of its Pabulum, that the Vital Spirits thereby fail.   

CHAP. FOURTEEN. OPENING of the WINDPIPE.  
I BRonchotomia seu Laringotomia, is the opening of the Windpipe, when People are troubled with that kind of Quinsey, called Cynanche, where the Sick is in danger of Suffocation, that Disease being more dangerous than this Operation.  
II Let the Sick bend back his Head, both to stretch out, and better show the Aspera Arteria: Draw a Line with Ink from the middle of the Neck before, almost to the Cavity of the Jugulum: Divide the Skin, according to the length of the Larinx unto the hollow: let him that stands by to assist, pluck by the Skin on each side, that the Artist may see and remove the two long Muscles, called Sternohyoides, with a Knife made either with Wood or Bone: The Larinx than appearing, make an Incision in the middle, between the third and fourth Annulary Cartilege, taking heed that you hurt not the Cartilages themselves.  
III When you found the Breath to come forth, take out the Incision Knife, and put into the place a Pipe of Silver or Lead, yet not so deep as to reach the hinder part of the Windpipe, jest it 'cause a continual Cough.  
IV. The danger of Suffocation being over, which is generally about the third or fourth day, take forth the Pipe and cure the Wound, as you do others.  
V Before you do this Operation, beware jest the Lungs, Pleura, Gullet, etc. be not also inflamed, or already full of Matter: An Inflammation and Corruption of the Larinx, is most commonly mortal: If therefore upon these Accidents, you attempt this work, the death of the Patient may prove matter of Scandal.  
VI The Epiglottis may sometimes be so indurated, that it may not only hinder speaking, but also hinder swallowing, except of great pieces of Meat; for Drink, and all other liquid things, run into the Wind pipe, as not being well closed by the indurated Epiglottis: This Affect is incurable.  
VII. The Glottis, or Chink of the Larinx, either from Food or Physic, is sometimes so straight wrung together, that the Patient cannot make any Noise: for this purpose some commend this; ℞ Cows Milk lbi lbi. Yolks of Eggs N oij. triple refined Sugar ℥ i mix and dissolve, of which the Patient may often take three or four Spoonfuls.  
VIII. Or you may give this; ℞ English Saffronʒss. Olibanum in fine Pouderʒi. Juice of Liquoriceʒiss. white Sugarʒij. Gum Tragacanthʒiij. mix, and with Damask Rose-water make Troches, to be continually chewed in the Mouth, and swallowed.  
IX. This following is of good use, and has been often proved; ℞ Syrup of Sugar, Oil of sweet Almonds new drawn ana ℥ iij. put them into a Glass, and shake them well together; of which let the Patient swallow a spoonful at a time, five, six, or eight times a day.  
X. If it be inveterate, and not easily Cured, you must mix with the former Composition Powers of Aniseeds ℥ iss. or, for want thereof, of the Oil of Aniseedsʒij. which mix well by shaking together, and let it be given as the former.   

CHAP. XU. OPENING of the BREAST.  
I THIS Operation is performed in two Cases: 1. In a Hydrops Pectoris vel Pulmonis, wherein Water is collected into the Cavity of the Thorax, either by Rupture of the Lymphducts, or too great a waterishness of the Blood. 2. In an Empyema, which follows an Inflammation of the Throat, Lungs, Pleura, etc. where in Matter is collected; which upon the breaking of the Apostem, falls also into the Cavity of the Thorax.  

I Of a Dropsy of the Breast.  
II Signs. It is known by a dry Cough, a painful heaviness, and a difficulty of Breathing, even to Suffocation; there is also great Thirst, little Appetite, and a paleness of the Countenance; sometimes there is a swelling of the Legs; and now and than it is accompanied with a Fever.  
III The Causes. They are before declared, to which add an Obstruction of the Lymphducts, as it often happens.  
IV. The Prognostics. If it be recent, it is easier cured than when inveterate: So also, if it be in a Person Young than in one Old: But in whom soever, and though Recent, yet it is a thing of difficult Cure.  
V It often degenerates into an Ascites; and if the Bowels be hurt, it is incurable.  
VI If the Water cannot be expelled by Diaphoreticks, Diuretics, nor by Purging Medicines, than we must come to the Manual Operation, as at Sect. 18. following. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 4. Cap. 26. throughout.   

II Of an Empyema.  
VII. The Signs. When the Inflammation of the Lungs or Pleura, will not, upon Bleeding or other fit means, be removed, you may than judge a Collection of such Matter to come, within 12, 14, or 16 days.  
VIII. The Patient finds a great heaviness in his Breast, without considerable Pain; but if it be with Pain, it is commonly with a new Afflux of Humours, which they divert by Revulsion.  
IX. There is a difficulty of Breathing, and in Motion the Patient finds a rumbling; and is sensible that the Matter changes place, and the side affected is hotter than the other.  
X. He casts up, with violent Coughing, a purulent Matter, having a continual Fever, or rather a Continent; (for such as I have seen afflicted with this Disease, had no remission of the heat:) The Appetite is depraved or weak, and he finds Anxiety or Pain at Heart.  
XI. The Cause. It proceeds from a Fever, which many times putting the Blood and Humours into violent Motions, lodges them in the Lungs, Membranes of the Pleura, or Parts adjacent.  
XII. The Differences. One is in the Lungs itself; another in the Membranes of the Pleura: Or, One arises from a Peripneumonia; another from the Pleurisy. One is from a Rupture of some preceding Apostem, as aforesaid. Another from a Vein opened, broken, or gnawn asunder; whence comes Blood, which issuing forth, is converted into Pus, forming itself a Cystis. Another from an afflux of Rheum, or Humours, into the Thorax.  
XIII. The Prognostics. All Empyema's are dangerous, and Death is rather to be feared, than Life hoped for. But that, in a strong Person, and on the right side, and where the Pus is voided white, and without any great Pain or Coughing, it is the more hopeful.  
FOURTEEN. So also, if, upon opening, the Sick has an Appetite to Meat, the Thirst goes away, and the Fever leaves the Sick the same Day, there is hopes; and contrariwise.  
XU. Between the thirtieth and fortieth day, the Apostem commonly breaks; and if it be not spit forth in Forty Days, it commonly turns into a Consumption.  
XVI. But, if upon opening, the Pus be of an ill Colour or Savour, somewhat Bloody, or Water flows forth in great quantity, or it colours the Probe read, the Sick, for the most part, dies. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis, Lib. 4. Cap. 22.  
XVII. The Cure. If now the Humours collected cannot be expelled by Expectoration, nor by Urine, or Medicines, we must than come to Manual Operation, which is performed according to this following Method.  
XVIII. The way and manner of Opening the Breast, both in a Hydrops Pectoris, and an Empyema. The place of opening, is said, by some, to be between the third and fourth Rib; by others, between the fourth and fifth; and others say, between the fifth and sixth (reckoning upwards;) this last is thought safest; for if higher, the Pericardium may be hurt, if lower, the Midriff.  
XIX. But as in other Tumours, so in this, the most raised place is most fit. So that if a Tumour appear on either side, make the Apertion four or five inches from the Sternon, and nearer to the lower, than the upper Rib, because under each Rib there lies an Intercostal, Vein, Artery, and Nerve.  
XX. First, mark the place to be cut, with Ink; and charge the Sick to hold his Breath, as long as he can, mean season make an Obliqne, but small, Orifice, into which put a Pipe of Silver or Lead; at which suffer ℥ iv. or u to run out in a day.  
XXI. If the Matter run not well, place the Sick on the wounded side, and make him Cough. If yet it will not come, by reason of its toughness, inject into the Cavity some abstersive, healing, and drying Medicine, as Decoctum Vulnerarium, Decoctum Fumaria compositum. See Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 14. Sect. 8, and 17. or Infusum seri Lactis Mesuae; letting the Patient take inwardly, Decoctum Vulnerarium Mynsichti (at Sect. 30. of the aforecited place) of which he may drink often in a day, about two ounces at a time.  
XXII. If the Sick be weak, and the inward parts corrupted, this Operation is more dangerous, otherwise it has proved more effectual, than in the Paracentesis, for a Dropsy in the Belly. But before you do it, first try all other means, as Expectoration, Purging by Vomit, Stool and Urine, Sweeting, etc. and if they fail, than make use of Surgery.  
XXIII. If the Matter runs not, by reason of its toughness, Barbett advises to inject this: ℞ Goats Whey ℥ xviij. Honey of Roses ℥ iv. Juices of Celandine and Smallage a. ʒvi. mix.  
XXIV. Or this; ℞ Comfrey-roots ℥ i Roots of Sanicle ℥ ss. Leaves of Agrimony, Betony, Burnet, Periwinkle a. Mss. the Cordial-flowers P. ij. Seeds of Hypericon, Carduus, Roman-Nettle a. ʒss. boil in Water and Honey q. s. to a pint and half, than strain out; with which Inject, letting him drink also a little of it twice or thrice a day.  
XXV. Sometimes the collected Matter is contained in a Membrane of its own, and by its rising, manifests itself from without. This the Latins call Vomica Pulmonis. In this case, you must not stay till the Membrane breaks of itself: For, by delay, the Matter flowing up and down, will be more difficulty got out of the Breast; but it aught presently to be opened, choosing no other place for the Apertion, but the most raised part of the Tumour.   

III Of a Pleurisy.  
XXVI. And because an Empyema mostly follows a Pleurisy, I shall show in this place, so much concerning it, as is necessary for a Chirurgeon to know, because many of them are apt to mistake any Pain in the Side, though arising from Wind only, for a Pleurisy.  
XXVII. A Pleurisy than is an Inflammation of the Pleura, and many times of the Lungs themselves (but that is rather a Peripneumony) arising from an Afflux of Blood, attended with, 1. Pain; 2. Cough; 3 Shortness of Breath; 4. Spitting of Blood; 5. Continent Fever; 6. And a quick Pulse.  
XXVIII. The Cause. It is chief from Blood, or Blood and Humours, overheated, and put into a violent Fermentation in the Lungs or Pleura.  
XXIX. The Differences. It is, 1. Sincere, when it proceeds from Blood alone. 2. Bastard, when it comes from Blood mixed with other Humours. 3. Of the Lungs. 4. Of the Pleura.  
XXX. The Prognostics. If the Patient Spit not the third or fourth day, he will scarcely live to the seventh: And therefore the sooner the Matter is concocted, and the whiter and easier it is ejected, the sooner and safer will be the Cure.  
XXXI. And if upon a plentiful Expectoration, the Cough and Difficulty of Breathing lessen not, it is an evil Sign: So also, if upon Bleeding, or other proper applications, the Pain ceases not; for than the Sick must either die, or the Pleurisy will turn to an Empyema, or a Consumption.  
XXXII. The Cure. Authors prescribe Bleeding largely, as one of the most necessary and safest means of Cure. However, Experience has confirmed the admirable use of the volatile Salt, or Spirit of Man's Blood, or Man's Flesh, and for want thereof, the same Preparations from Bull's Blood or Flesh; Spirit of Sal Armoniac, and many other things of like nature.  
XXXIII. But if a Vein be opened, let it be on the same side the Pain is of; for thereby the Sick is much more and sooner relieved, than when it is done on the opposite side: If the Pain ceases not in twenty four hours, they sometimes Bleed twice or thrice on the same Arm, but with respect to the Patient's strength.  
XXXIV. After Bleeding, sometimes Purging, Sweeting, and Expectorating Medicines are very good; this is commended by Barbett, (after once Bleeding) by an Experimental Success: ℞ Juice of Dandelion ●iss. Plantane-waterʒij. Waters of Carduus and Scabious, Syrup of Corn Poppies a. ℥ i Crabs Eyesʒss. mix them: and give the Sick every half hour, two Spoonfuls of it, for some time: The rest of the Cure seek out in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 4. Cap. 27.    

CHAP. XVI. OPENING of the BELLY.  
I THIS Operation is called Paracentesis; and although it signifies all sorts of Punctures, yet Custom has only appropriated it to the opening of the Breast, in an Empyema, and of the Belly in a Dropsy; yet more to the latter, than to the former.  
II This Work is generally performed upon such as have a Dropsy of the Belly, called Ascites, or Tympanites; thus,  
III If the Navel stands forth, make the Apertion there; but if not, which is usual in this Case, than make it three inches below the Navel, on the Muscles, called Obliqua descendens, near the side of the right Muscle, but so much, whether on the right or left side of the Belly, as the breadth of two fingers or more.  
IV. Than mark the place with Ink, and make the Operation according to the Ductus of the Fibres, a little obliquely thus [/] on the right side, and thus [\] on the left side; piercing the Skin, Muscles and Peritonaeum, taking great care, that the Omentum or Guts be not wounded.  
V As soon as you perceive the Water come forth, put in a Pipe of Silver or Lead, which is smooth, fixed at Head with broad Wings, perforated with three or four small holes on the sides of that end which is put into the Apertion, not longer than the thickness of the dissected part, which is about an Inch, somewhat crooked at the end, and exactly fitting the size of the Orifice; which put into it, laying over it a sticking Emplaster, and upon that a sponge, or fourfold doubled rag, all which bind on very well, and let the Sick rest for two or three hours.  
VI Than open the Bandage, and take away one, two, or three quarts of water, and sometimes more at a time; this repeat once or twice a day, till the Water is almost discharged: For to take away all at once, would so i'll the Parts, as to endanger the Life of the Patient. The Pipe is to remain all the time of the Cure, at last remove it, and Cure the Apertion as an ordinary Wound.  
VII. But this Operation is better performed by the Steel Pipe of Paul Barbett, made with an end like a Lancet, and sharp, with holes on the sides: This is to be thrust into the Cavity of the Belly, through the right Muscle, where the Orifice is soon healed, taking out but a Gallon or two of water at a time.  
VIII. This done, take out the Instrument, and lay upon the hole only dry Lint, with a sticking Emplaster over it, which will keep the Water in, two, or three, or more days; after, according to the Strength of the Sick, repeat it, either by opening the first Orifice again, or making a new one, if the Artist found the Water to be drawn another way.  
IX. But before these Operations be performed, consider, that the Body be not too much emaciated or wasted. 2. That the Dropsy be Recent, at lest, that the great bulk of the Tumour be but of short standing. 3. That the Patient have no Fever, nor difficulty of Breathing. 4. That the Noble Parts be sound and uncorrupted. 5. That the Person be of middle Age, or at lest very strong; because in Children and aged People, it succeeds not well. 6. Take care to preserve the natural Heat, for after Opening, the Parts easily Gangrene or Mortify.  
X. In an Hydrocele (when the Water falls into the Scrotum) you may make a discharge of the Humour, by the last mentioned Instrument, so dexterously, that the next day, you shall hardly be able to found where the hole was.  
XI. You may apply this Instrument very facetiously to an Empyema, and to a Dropsy of the Breast, in Chap. 15. aforegoing.  
XII. This Operation is of Ancient Use, yet full of Danger, but many times preserves the Life of the Patient, and the Success which has been in the Use of it, emboldens us now and than, to draw it into Practice.  
XIII. But we found Experimentally, 1. That the Parts debilitated, and deserted of their natural Heat, after opening, do easily Mortify. 2. That, together with the Water, the Spirits do also Issue out.  
FOURTEEN. However, after all has been said that can be said, the Apertion is best to be made at the Navel; where it is certainly done with the lest trouble to the Artist, and without any Pain to the Patient, and with lesle danger than in any other place.  
XU. It may be opened with a Lancet, where the Water will issue forth, without the help of a Pipe; and when you think a sufficient quantity is taken away, you may stop it with a little dry Lint, and a sticking Emplaster, gently binding it on with a Swath.  
XVI. If therefore the Navel struts out of its own accord, that is the certain place to be chosen for this Operation; but if otherwise, it is best to be done (as is practised upon Negroes in many Places of both Indieses) by raising it into a Bladder with Cupping-glasses, and than pricking it, as is before directed, and as if it was raised naturally of itself.  
XVII. I remember that once I saw Dr. Gardner, Chief Chirurgeon to the King's Household, open the Belly of one that had an Ascites. He did it at the Navel, without any Pipe, as before directed; and it was done with that dexterity, and easiness, that I never saw the lest Operation in Surgery performed with the like Facility, and not the lest Pain to the Patient.   

CHAP. XVII. OPENING of Closed ORIFICES.  
I WE shall begin with them that are highest, or in the Upper Parts of the Body; of which, those of the Eyes offer themselves first to consideration.  

I Closed Eyes.  
II Ancyloplepharon, Coalitus, the Eyelids growing together, or else, to the white and horny Coat, or both together. If before Birth, or naturally so, they are carefully to be divided by an Incision-Knife; on the Point of which is to be a little Knob; after which they are to be kept asunder with Lint, and fit Medicines.  
III If after a Wound, not being healed according to Art, so that the Eyelids grow together; put in a small Probe by degrees, at the Corner next the Nose, and bearing it up, divide the joined Lids all along: Or you may do it with an Incision-knife, after the manner of the former Operation.  
IV. If the Eyelids should adhere to the Coats, by reason of Ulcers ill cured, etc. they are carefully to be divided with the like Incision-Knife, rather leaving some of the Eyelid on the Coat of the Eye, than cut the Tunicle, for that what remains may be taken of afterwards.  
V This done, ℞ Rose-water and Whites of Eggs, beaten them together, and dip Pledgets therein, which apply, to hinder growing together again: Than let the Sick be often moving their Eyelids, and wash often with our Aqua Regulata, or Aqua Ophthalmica.  
VI Or, you may wash with this; ℞ Rhenish-wine, Red-wine, Damask-Rose-water a. ℥ iij. Tutid preparedʒiij. Myrrh in pouderʒij. Scammony in pouderʒi. boil till a third part is wasted; strain, and hung in a Nodule, Verdigrise, Camphir a. ʒi. digest a Week-strain again, and keep it for use.   

II Orifice of the Ears closed.  
VII. The Passages of the Ears may be stopped, either visible, or scarce so: If they be visible, they may easily be divided, and after Cicatrized with fit Medicines, done round about a Pipe, which may be put into the Ear.  
VIII. If they be so deep, as that they are scarcely to be seen, it is dangerous so to open them; and they are rather to be eaten away with eroding Medicines, but you aught to apply them with that Caution, as to save harmless the Drum of the Ear.   

III The Nostrils closed.  
IX. They may be closed up, either almost, or altogether. They are both cured one and the same way; first open them with an Incision-Knife, and than dilate them with prepared Elder Pith, or Puff-balls, or Sponge prepared, etc. which done, put up a hollow Pipe, anointed with Vnguentum Diapompholigos.   

IV. The Mouth closed.  
X. It is either almost closed, or quite closed; in both Cases it is to be opened with an Incision-Knife, than dressed with Balsam de Chili, Peru, or Tolu, applied upon dry Lint, and so gently bound up; which will heal them at one Intention.   

V The Praeputium closed.  
XI. Whether it be from ill Conformation, or Ulcers, closed at the end, or sticking to the Glans; 'tis first to be divided with a crooked Incision-Knife; after which, a thin plate of Lead is to be put between, sprinkled with Ceruse, lethargy, or burnt Lead in fine Powder.  
XII. The first dressing may be Lint dipped in Whites of Eggs; afterwards for three or four days, with some digestive Mixture; as this, ℞ Honey, Turpentine a. ℥ ss. Yolk of one Egg, mix them together by grinding; lastly, apply the Lead, Ceruse, etc. to dry and heal.   

VI The Glans not perforated.  
XIII. It is to be carefully opened with a Lancet, after which you may put a small leaden Pipe dressed with some fit Balsam or Ointment into it, where it is to be kept till it is well.  
FOURTEEN. If it be not rightly perforated, having a small hole near the Fraenum only, so as that neither the Urine nor Semen, can pass directly out, whereby Procreation may be hindered: In this case, you are to extend the Praeputium with the left hand, and divide the Glans to the hole, using a Pipe as before.  
XU. If in Infants the Orifice be too little, make use of Elder Pith compressed, anointing it with Vng. Rosatum, not using Incision, as in the former.   

VII. The Anus in Infants not Perforated.  
XVI. This may either be in part, a small hole remaining, or else closed all together: If in part, it is carefully to be opened with a Lancet and Scissors, on both sides; after which you may do it with Tents or Pledgets dipped in Vnguentum Tutiae, or any other drying Ointment, to prevent Bleeding: Thus it will be cured in a few Days, without a Leaden Pipe.  
XVII. But if it be wholly shut, and the end of the Intestinum Rectum is covered with a Membrane; if it be thin, it may sometimes be opened with the Fingers; but if thick, with a Lancet, or small Incision-Knife, long-ways, (taking great care of the Sphincter Muscle) and than kept open with a small Leaden Pipe, and drying Unguents; or an Elder Pith dressed with the same.   

VIII. Pudenda Virginum closed.  
XVIII. This is many times external, wherein the Vulva is quite closed with a preternatural Membrane, or only a very small hole left: And this is either naturally so from the Birth, or joined together upon an ill affected Ulcer: These you must open long-ways with a sharp Incision-Knife, in part wound about with Linen Rags, and than the Wound is to be cured the common way.  
XIX. Sometimes a preternatural Caruncle shuts the Os Vulvae; here you must have a Speculum Matrices; and in the latter end of the Cure, a small Pipe, perforated throughout, in length, to help the Cicatrizing.  
XX. If there be a Membranous Coalition of the four Carneous Monticuli, whereby the fore Parts of the Vulva are shut up, sometimes very close; it may easily be perceived by the Eye or Touch. Let the Legs be held a sunder upwards, than make Incision, beginning from beneath, not making the opening too small, jest in time it should hinder delivery, (yet carefully taking heed not to hurt the Bladder) than dress the Wound with thick flat Pledgets (that cannot easily fall out) dipped in cooling and drying Ointments; and so managed, that what has been parted, may not grow together again.   

IX. The Vagina closed.  
XXI. This may be closed either in part, or wholly; if in part, whether naturally, or through an Ulcer, it may be either in the beginning, or the middle, a hole being in the midst to discharge the Menses, and for admission of Seed.  
XXII. If it be wholly closed, it is in many caused through hard Labour; in which it may be hurt, inflamed, and made raw, and by that means grow together: Sometimes it is also caused by some fleshy Excrescence, arising in the French-Pox, or otherwise.  
XXIII. The Signs. It may easily be known by feeling of a skilful Chirurgeon or Midwife; the Husband also, by his not being able to enter. The Patient also complains of great Pain in the lower Ventricle and Loins, on that side where the broad Ligaments are connected with the Os Ilium. The Colour is pale and unhealthful; and at the New Moon they are apt to Vomit Phlegm mixed with Blood, because they want their Menses.  
XXIV. The Cure. The Patient is to be laid on her Back, with her Head low, her Loins raised with Cushions or Bolsters, her Knees high, and separated wide asunder; than with the Hands, the Vulva being kept open, a crooked Incision-Knife is to be conveyed to the upper part of the Membrane, cutting it through downwards towards the Intestinum Rectum, going in a direct Line, and shunning the other way, for fear of hurting the Bladder.  
XXV. Being thus opened, there is to be put up a Pessary, made of a dry Sponge, and moistened with Oil of Eggs, Earthworms, or Nervinum, mixed with Oil of Mastich.  
XXVI. The Place being widened with the Sponge, you may than put in a Pessary of Wax, moistened with Oil of Eggs, applying a thick Bolster and Bandage, not to be removed, but upon making Water, or to use an Injection to cleanse the Part of the Pus, which is so long to be used, till it is perfectly healed. The Pessary may also be made hollow like a Pipe, and of Silver or Lead, as you see occasion.  
XXVII. Or the Woman being put into a due posture, the part may be dilated with the Speculum Vaginae, or Matricis, and so be divided with a crooked Incision-knife tied to the Forefinger, cutting from the upper part downwards, etc. as before directed.   

X. The Inward Orifice of the Womb closed.  
XXVIII. It may be so closed as not to admit of a small Probe, caused through cold Humours, Seed, or Menses long kept, whereby when they are heaped upon it, it becomes so swelled, as to close the Mouth thereof: In some the Mouth of the Womb is hard, from Wind, and Humours heaped up therein, which cause great pain both in the Belly and sides thereof.  
XXIX. If it be very hard, tapering out, and sunk down, so that little good can be done by Emollient and Discussive Fomentations and Ointments, 'tis than to be enlarged with Gentian Root, or prepared Sponge, by which it may be widened, and come to its due purgation.  
XXX. Being thus widened, there may easily be put in an Instrument of Silver or Ivory, after the fashion of a Screw, the one end thicker than the other, and within hollow, through which the Menses may flow, being assisted by Coughing, Sneezing, Laughing, or some other violent Motion.  
XXXI. This may be carried without any trouble or inconveniency, and 'tis better than Incision, which is certainly dangerous, though sometimes (all other means failing) it may be attempted: But if there is an insensibility in the part, or no sharp pain, or there is a thin, fluid, or stinking, black Matter, the affect is Incurable.    

CHAP. XVIII. OPENING of APOSTEMS.  
I AN Abscess or Apostem, is a Tumer containing a Matter cast forth by Nature for its relief, and gathered together into one place, which if Nature herself perfects not, is brought to suppuration or ripeness by Art, except in some cases, wherein we dare not stay for a perfect Maturation; as, 1. When the Matter is very sharp or malign, so as it may corrupt the neighbouring Parts, as Nerves, Tendons, Bones. 2. When it may affect a more noble Part. 3. When it is in the Joints. 4. When cast forth by a Crisis.  
II Before you come to the Work itself, you must consider of the Instrument with which it is to be done: Some open it with a Lancet or Incision-knife, others with a Potential Cautery.  
III If with the Lancet or Incision-knife, the Apertion is made as l●ng, and as deep as you think fit, (yet you are not to thrust the Lancet in too deep, nor farther into the Cavity than to the Matter,) and the undigested Matter remaining will be sooner Concocted by Application of fit Medicines, given both Internally, and applied Externally; nor will there be any long Gleet, which if it happens, is certainly the fault of the Chirurgeon.  
IU. First, consider whether the Matter be contained in its own proper Cistis or Tunicle, or not. If it be in a Tunicle, and be small, make the Incision long-ways; and as soon as you perceive the Cistis, draw the Incision-knife a little back, and turn the point upwards, making your opening through the Skin so big as may afford the Pus a free vent. If it be big, make a double Incision; viz. Cross-ways; but beware of touching the Cistis, jest you have a foetid, and almost incurable Ulceration.  
V The Apertion being made wide enough, press out with your Fingers the whole Vesicle, or Body of the Apostem, which seldom or never sticks to the Skin, and will easily come forth: but have a care, that not the lest particle of the Bag remain behind, jest it gather again.  
VI Those Apostems which hap behind the Ears, in the Neck, Armholes, or in the Groin, spring from Indurated Glandules, replete with a preternatural Humour, comprehended in their own Membranes, which being touched either with Instrument or Caustick Medicines, there follows a Gleet of the contained Humour, which will continued till the whole Glandule and Tunicle are both consumed, and it may be also in the mean season corrupt some of the adjacent Parts.  
VII. If it be without a Tunicle, than make the Apertion in the right Line, observing the Fibres of the Muscles: In the head, according to the position of the Hair, long-ways: In the Eyelids transverse: In the Nose, Neck, Breast, Back, Arms, Feet, Joints, long-ways: In the midst of the Belly, long-ways, in the Sides a little slanting; in the Groins transverse, but not very deep, by reason of the subjacent Seminary Vessels.  
VIII. And always take heed, jest you touch any great Vein, Artery or Nerve, though you cut the Fibres across, jest from a lesser evil you created a greater.  
IX. The place of opening is the highest and softest part of the Apostem, and if possible, in the depending place thereof, that the Pus or Matter may the more easily be discharged: To which purpose, you are with a Tent to keep it open, till the Part being wholly cleansed, may return to its prestine Health.  
X. Some open it with a Lancet, others with a potential Cautery made of Quicklime, and Holland, or black Soap. The Cautery is best for Timorous People, and is without great pain (unless very Corrosive) working deep enough into the Flesh.  
XI. But in a Contained Abscess, it may eat too deep, and according to the place, do much Mischief; besides which, it commonly spreads itself farther than it should, notwithstanding the defensative. And it is found by Experience, that in some it has eaten through the Skin and Muscles, and in Tumours of the Belly, eaten to the very Cavity; in others wounded the Processes of the Peritonaeum, together with the seminal Vessels therein.  
XII. It is also some Hours in doing the operation, and it may be at last (the Escar not falling presently) you must be forced to make use of the Lancet or Incision-knife; whereas with the Lancet or Incision-knife the work is, 1. Safely. 2. Speedily. And, 3. Without much pain performed, by which the Patient has immediate Relief.   

CHAP. XIX. OPENING of the SKIN.  
I THere are many kinds or ways of opening the Skin, according to the number of the Intentions for which it is done, of which these are chief. 1. Vesicatories. 2. Making Issues. 3. Applying the Seton. 4. Applying of Leeches. 5. Cupping-glasses. 6. Scarification. 7. Ustion or Burning, which is the Application of the Actual Cautery. 8. Haemorrhoids. 9 Varix.  

I Vesicatories, or Blistering.  
II It is done by Application of the common Epispastick or Vesicatory of the Shops, Examples enough of which you may found in Our Pharmacopoeia's, Doron, Seplasium, and other Books. The Epispastick is spread upon Leather, and laid on generally at going to sleep, that the Patient by sleeping may be the lesle sensible of the pain: and it is continued on, sometimes 8, 10, 12 or 14 Hours, according to the Place and Nature of the Part it is applied to.  
III At the time appointed, it is taken of, the Blister clipped, and the Water let out; at which time some Artists take of the Skin wholly, but others as Learned and Experienced in their Faculty, let it lie on, over which they lay a Melilot Emplaster which generally (better and more easily) pulls it of; or for want thereof, the smooth side of a Colewort Leaf, (which is said to be drawing, the contrary side drying and healing:) And with this Emplaster or Leaves it is dressed first twice a day, till the chief of the running is over; after once a day, till it is whole.  
IV. As for taking of the Skin when the Blister is drawn, they say they do it that the Sore might run the more plentifully, freely, and longer: To which we answer, 1. That the taking of the Skin puts the Patient to a vast deal of pain more, than the letting it lie on. 2. That we have tried by many Experiments, that by Application of the Emplaster or Colewort Leaves, we have found the running as free and plentiful as by the former way of taking the Skin of, and sometimes the running to last much longer. 3. That the pulling of the Skin by means of the Emplaster or the Leaves, is not the tenth part of the pain, which that is, that is taken of by the Hands at time of drawing; for all which reasons that way is to be chosen, which being as advantageous to the Patients as any, puts them to the lest pain.  
V The Uses of Blistering are manifold, (though we exclude their vulgar use in all sorts of Fevers, which we think not much lesle pernicious than the exhibition of Poison:) 1. Where any vehement pain is settled in any Part. 2. Where any Tumour is fixed that cannot be otherwise moved. 3. For Derivation, where there is a Flux of Humours, that can not otherwise be mastered: As a Rheum falling upon the Eyes or Teeth; a Catarrh upon the Palate; a defluxion upon any particular Joint, etc.  
VI The place of their Application is generally, 1. For the removing of Pain, upon the very place pained, for if it be but two or three Inches, above, below, or on either side, I have experimentally found, that it does no good at all, whereas applied upon the very place, it generally does the work effectually. 2. Upon the very place of the Tumour afflicting. 3. If for Derivation, upon those parts which will easily derive from the Parts affected, as upon the Nape of the Neck, for a Rheum in the Eyes, etc.  
VII. How often they are to be applied. Many times the Disease is inveterate, and the Humour malign and stubborn, and it often falls out, that at once or twice blistering the Cure cannot be done; and if any part of the malign Humour is left behind, 'tis as good as doing nothing, for that will quickly increase and grow as bad again; for this cause they must be so often applied till the Cause is wholly removed, which in some may be done at the first time, in others at the second, in others at the third or fourth Application; and in some cases they may be applied five or six times.  
VIII. If any shall object, that by this often Application, a Humour may possibly be drawn into a Part; we affirm from a large Experimental Knowledge the contrary: For a Vesicatory is so far from drawing an Humour into a Part, that it always draws the Humour out; for by its potency, and speedy way of Action, it draws with that violence, that it breaks, and as it were, disjoints the Humour, and so takes it forth; and not as other lazy Attractives, which by long lying, draw and affix Humours in a Part, without drawing them out at all.  
IX. As to their use in Fevers, we have very much to say against them; but because we design brevity in this work, shall refer it to another place, and in part mind you of what we have said already on this Subject, Chap. 12. Sect. 21. aforegoing.  
X. The danger and ill effects of Vesicatories, are Heat and Scalding of the Water, difficulty of Pissing, and sometimes Pissing of Blood. This is remedied by plentifully drinking an Emulsion of the four cold Seeds; or Barley Water mixed with Milk. Thus, ℞ hulled Barley ℥ viij. Water three Pints or more, boil, and cast away the first Water; add two Quarts more, and boil till the Barley is broken, adding a double quantity of Milk; strain, and sweeten it a little with fine Sugar, of which let the Patient drink liberally.   

II Fontanels, or Issues.  
XI. An Issue is a little Ulcer made by Art, in a sound part of the Body, by a read hot Iron, Lancet, Scissors, or corrosive Medicine, to evacuate superfluous Humours, and so either to Prevent, or Cure Diseases.  
XII. Let them be made between the Muscles, not in the beginning, middle, nor end of a Muscle: If you make an Issue in the Head, let it be in the middle of the Coronal Suture: In the Neck, between the Shoulders: If on the Arm, about the middle space between the Shoulder and Elbow, towards the outside.  
XIII. If on the Thighs, let it be on the inside, two or three Finger's breadth above the Knee; if on the Leg, as much below the Knee.  
FOURTEEN. The way of doing of it, is by Incision, Caustick, or Burning. 1. By Incision. Take up the Skin on both sides, either with a pair of Forceps, or your Hand; which done, divide it in the place you intent, (first marked with Ink) with a Lancet, Incision-knife, or a pair of Scissors.  
XU. 2. By Caustick. The place being first marked with Ink, apply a Plaster, with a hole in the middle over it, in which hole put the Caustick, over the place marked; over which lay another Plaster: After three or four Hours take of the Emplasters and Caustics, and apply on the Escar a Plaster of Diapalma, dressing it twice a day, that it may the sooner separate.  
XVI. For a Caustick, you may use Lapis Infernalis (in our Pharmac. Londinensis, Lib. 3. Cap. 11. Sect. 102.) or that made of Silver (at Sect. 20. Cap. 2. Lib. 3. of the said Book.)  
XVII. 3. By Burning. Apply the Cautery read hot, yet so, as that the Skin be not wholly penetrated, jest you hurt too much the subjacent Muscle; after remove the Escar, as before. The Escar being fallen, take little hard Dossels made of Lint, upon which spread some detersive Medicine, and press them into the Ulcer, till they have made some Impression, than put into the hole a little Ball of Wood, Wax, Elder pith, Silver, or a Pea, etc. which are often to be taken out, and renewed continually, till the Disease be Cured, or weakness hinder, applying over only green Oiled Cloth.  
XVIII. If the Issue should grow up, make Balls of Gentian, Hermodact, Orrice, etc. so may you remove the proud Flesh: A Ball made with Precipitate and white Wax, will keep it open.  
XIX. If hot scalding Humours flow, apply to it Unguentum Album Camphoratum, mixed with an equal quantity of Populneum: If it smells ill, wash it often with generous Canary, mixed with an equal quantity of Rhenish Wine.   

III The Seton, in the Nape of the Neck.  
XX. The Seton is no more but one of the kinds of Issues, made after another manner, and chief applicable to the Nape of the Neck; though it may be made in other places too.  
XXI. A Seton is much a greater trouble than an Issue; yet this advantage arises from it, that what evils two Issues will not remove, is oftentimes done by one Seton.  
XXII. It is made in many places; as, Arms, Legs, Breast, Ears, Region of the Liver, Spleen, Navel, Scrotum, etc. But the chief place is the Neck, between the first and second Vertebra, or second and third, or which is best, between the third and fourth.  
XXIII. Take up the Skin, with a perforated pair of Forceps, nip it pretty hard to stupefy it. Through the perforations of the Forceps and Skin, pass a Needle read hot, after which, with another Needle, bring through the silken String or Cord.  
XXIV. The first day to ease pain, apply to the part, Lint dipped in Whites of Eggs and Rose-water mixed together, than procure digestion with convenient Medicines; afterwards let the String be drawn every day sometimes to this side, sometimes to that, that the mattery part may hung out of the Wound: The Ulcer is thus to be kept open, as long as need requires.  
XXV. But Barbett tells us, it may be much easier, and better performed thus. Let the Artist take up the Skin in one Hand, and his Servant with another; and in the place he intends (first marked with Ink) let him pass it through, with a sharppointed Needle, not made hot, to which let be first tied a convenient Cord of Silk or Thread, rubbed over with Wax.  
XXVI. This Operation evacuates from the Head, Eyes, Nose, Teeth, and causes derivation from the Mouth, Breast, Spinal Marrow, and Joints; it Cures Headaches, Migraines, Vertigo's, Fistula Lachrymalis, Hydrocephalus, etc. In Scrotum, Hernia aquosa, etc.   

IV. Application of Leeches.  
XXVII. Leeches are said to be more advantageous than Scarification, and safer than Bleeding, because they draw forth the Extravased Blood, which is in the Flesh; and they may with benefit be applied, as well in weak as strong Bodies, they drawing chief from the Cutaneous Parts, by which means they often Cure Cuticular Diseases.  
XXVIII. Leeches are applied to the Veins of the Arms and Legs, to Haemorrhoids, Vulva, Gums, Lips, Nose, Ulcers, after scarifying in Gangrenes, Herpes', etc. and that in general Evacuations of the whole Body.  
XXIX. When you apply them, make the place clean with Milk and Sugar, rubbing it till it grows read; than hold them near the Head in a Rag, and so apply them to the place, it being first moistened with Pigeons Blood.  
XXX. If you would have them fall of before they have done, cast Salt on them: If you would have them suck longer than full, cut of their Tails.  
XXXI. Choose them in clear Water, sandy and gravelly Ponds, whose Heads are little, Bodies small, Bellies read and round, and Backs streaked like Threads of Gold. They aught to be kept twelve days at lest before they are used.  
XXXII. You may keep them a Year in Water with a few Crumbs of Bread, changing the Water once in four days.  
XXXIII. Those in muddy, filthy and stinking Ponds, with great Heads, greenish colour, and blue streaks on the Back, are poisonous and dangerous, exciting Venomous Tumours, Inflammation, Ulcers, Convulsions, and sometimes Death.  
XXXIV. They are often used in Melancholy Diseases, Leprosy, Ringworms, repletion of malign Matter, Pleurisies, Inflammation of the Lungs, Phagedena, Furunculus, Vertigo, Epilepsy, Apoplexy, Megrim, old Headaches, Diseases of the Eyes, and many other desperate Diseases.  
XXXV. However, because some Leeches may be Venomous, and it is hard to discern which are not so, it will be good after Application, and that they are fallen of, to foment the Part well with Read or Claret Wine, as hot as it can well be endured, by which means, the Apertions will not only bleed the better, and the Effects of their Application be the more substantial; but the Venom they may have left behind, (if any be) will wholly be extracted or drawn forth.   

V Applying of Cupping-glasses.  
XXXVI. They are applied either without Scarification, or with Scarification. The Modus of Application, is either to stick dried Flax with soft Wax to the bottom within the Cup, or put in lose, after set it on Fire, and presently clap it on. Some heat them very hot, in hot Water. Others stick in a little bit of Wax-candle lighted, and so apply them.  
XXXVII. They are made of differing matters, and of various forms: Some are to apply and suck up withal, others are Blind.  
XXXVIII. If you do it with Scarification, having applied them as before, and taken them of, than Scarify the part, which is to be done either superficially or profound, as the Nature and Constitution of the same will permit. The best time of Application is in the Full of the Moon (not in the New) about Two or Three in the Afternoon; and they may continued on about half an Hour.  
THIRTY-NINE. They are used to draw the Morbific Matter out of a Part wherein it is: and to draw deep Apostems more outward; as also Matter in the more deep or noble Parts, to Parts more superficial and lesle noble.  
XL. They are of Use also to stop Gangrenes, to warm Parts that are cold, by drawing Blood and Spirits into them; to reduce Parts elapsed, to draw out Flatulencies and thin Matter, and to ease Pains.  
XLI. To ease Pains in the Head, or any other Part, they are to be applied upon the very spot or place pained: To the Mould of the Head to stop Catarrhs, draw up the Uuula, etc.  
XLII. To the Neck, for the Palsy, Numbness, Weakness in the Limbs: To the Scapulae, for the Apoplexy, and all sorts of sleepy Diseases, and Diseases of the Head from cold: To the Nape of the Neck, for the Quinsy.  
XLIII. To the Navel, in the Procedentia Vteri, Wind Colic: To the Flanks, for Wind in the Spleen: To the ureters, to attract the Stone and Gravel into the Bladder.  
XLIV. To the Ribs, for reducing them: To the Orifices of Ulcers, and the Ears, to draw things out of them: To the Bites of Venomous Creatures, to draw out their Venom and Poison.  
XLV. To the midst of the Shoulders, for a Cough, difficulty of Breathing, Diseases of the Breast, Pleurisies, etc. To the sides of the Neck and Chin, in Diseases of the Mouth, Gums, Teeth: On the Region of the Reinss, for Apostems of those Parts, and of the Liver.  
XLVI. To the Arms, Thighs, Legs, etc. for pains in them: To the Os Sacrum, for Fistula's, Haemorrhoids Ficus, etc. To the Thighs, Legs, and Ankles, for the Strangury, pain of the Womb, Reinss, Bladder.   

VI Scarification.  
XLVII. Scarification is performed with a Lancet or Incision-knife: the Ancients have done it alone, without Cups, the Moderns use it not without Cupping.  
XLVIII. It is intended either for Revulsion or Evacuation, sometimes of the whole Body, sometimes only of particular Parts.  
XLIX. It has been used in Acute, Putrid, Malign and Pestilential Fevers, chief in Children, and that with great success; in Apoplexies, Frenzies, and all Affects of the Senses.  
L. In Affects of the Gums, all outward Pains, Ulcers, Ecchymosis or Gangrene, where it was either present, or might be feared; in which Case it might be said to be either Therapeutic, or Prophylactick.  
LIVELY 'Tis performed sometimes very superficially, not passing he depth of the Skin, sometimes more deep in the Flesh; and is best done with a Lancet fixed to a Spring, which being done momentarily, the Patient is not so fearful, nor yet so sensible of the pain.   

VII. ustion, or Burning.  
LII. This is of Use, when neither Medicine nor Knife will bring Relief, as well in the soft, as the hard Parts; but in all sorts of Burning, great care is to be taken, that the adjacent Parts be not hurt; to prevent which you must defend them with Lint, cold Iron, and other Defensatives.  
LIII. It is performed either with actual or potential Cauteries. The Actual are the better and most certain, the Potential are more acceptable, because of People's fearfulness.  
LIU. The Actual is done with a cauterising Iron, (made at the end in form like a Button) the Potential with Lapis Inferrnalis, and other Caustick Medicaments.  
LU. The Intention is, 1. For Making Issues. 2. For Application of the Seton. 3. To Stop Bleeding after Amputation.  
LVI. In removing of the Eschar, beware of using Oil alone, Butter or Grease, for Barbett has observed, that they have occasioned a Gangrene; and therefore he advises to Empl. Diapalma, or Lint wet in Wine, which will be sufficient.  
LVII. ustion is called the Actual Cautery, and has its Uses as afore specified; but Art has found out better, and more safe means, which I should advice the Young Chirurgeon with all Industry to pursue.   

VIII. Hemorrhoids.  
LVIII They are either External, which being opened, diminishes the Plethora of the Part, and are of good Effect in Diseases of the internal Parts, etc. Or Internal.  
LIX. Hemorrhoids are opened by Frictions, Figleaves, course Clotheses, Juice of Onions, etc. If outward; but by sharp Clysters and Suppositories, etc. if inward or blind; being opened, they help Diseases of the Bowels, Womb, Reinss, Bladder, Joints, Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, etc.  
LX. Being suppressed, they are tumified and painful, of various Magnitudes and Colours, and in some not very much unlike a small bunch of Grapes; whence they have various Names.  
LXI. If they swell and inflame, they are in danger to Gangrene; to prevent which, you must immediately apply Leeches: And, if the Tumour be very great, you must apply many Leeches, by which a great quantity of Blood is to be drawn away; after the removing of the Leeches, to prevent Fistulating, you must foment for an hour or more with hot Read Wine.  
LXII. If they suppurate and open, they may possibly leave a Fistula in Ano, which is many times incurable, especially without cutting: ℞ Juice of Mullein, Oil of Ben, Oil of Roses a. ℥ ss. Yolk of Eggs Nᵒ i Honey, Turpentine a. ʒij. beaten them well together, and keep it for use; applying it with Lint or Linen Cloth, and give every day Electuarium Lenitivum.   

IX. The Opening of Varix.  
LXIII. It is done by Incision all along the Tumour, having first tied both ends: others, having found out the extent of it, divide the Skin at both ends, where having taken up the Varix, and tied it, they make Apertion in the middle, and than heal it as an ordinary Wound.  
LXIV. But Scultetus says, both ways may prove unsuccessful, and therefore advises rather to the Application of Topical Remedies.    

CHAP. XX. DIVIDING of Closed PARTS.  

I Hydatis, a fat Substance under the Skin of the Upper Eyelid.  
I IF it proceeds from serous Humours, the Eyes look read, and flow with Tears, not being able to endure the Light. If it be old, and included in a Cistis, divide the Skin, and take it out; on which apply Whites of Eggs beaten with Rose-water.  
II If it be recent, fasting Hospital may remove it, or it may be fomented with a Decoction of Wormwood and Camomile Flowers; after which apply Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, or Diachylum with Gums, into which a little Sal Armoniac is put.   

II Hordeolum, Tumour like a Barley Corn.  
III It arises from thick Phlegmatic Humours mixed with Blood; and is to be opened on the Inside of the Eyelid, pressing out the Matter within; but some open it on the outside; sometimes it is taken away by Application of a Plaster of Sagapenum.   

III Grando, the little round movable Swelling.  
IV. It arises on the Eyelid, from a hard stony Matter: It is opened with a Lancet, and removed with its Cistis: Some mollify and dissolve it, by applying Empl. de Galbano Crocatum Mynsichti; or a Plaster of Ammoniacum, or de Ranis cum Mercurio.   

IV. Lagophthalmos, when the upper Eyelid covers not the Eye.  
V It may be caused either Internally, by ill Conformation; or Externally, by Wounds, Burns, etc. If by the last ways, it is incurable.  
VI If by the former, divide the Skin of the Eyelid like a half Moon, with the Horns in this manner ☽; keeping the Edge of the Incision open, and cure it as a green Wound; but in Cutting, beware of the Gristle.  
VII. Others use the Dry Stitch, with Emplastrum Glutinos. laying on a Plaster on the Eyelid; and another pretty low on the Cheek, that the Indents of each may answer; and than stitch them together, by which the Eyelid will be drawn down to cover the Eye.   

V Ectropion, the lower Eyelid fallen down.  
VIII. If it be so fallen down as it cannot be shut (which often happens to Aged People) it is curred by the Dry Stitch, as the former, only the one Plaster is there to be laid upon the lower Lid, and the other above the Eyebrows.  
IX. The same observe if the upper Eyelid be relaxed, so that it keeps shut, and cannot lift itself up.  
X. This Emplastrum Glutinosum is thus made: ℞ Dragons-blood, Frankincense, Sarcocol, Mastich, a. ʒ ij. make a Powder, which mix well with Whites of Eggs, to the thickness of Honey, as Scultetus has taught.   

VI Hypopion, Matter between the Horny and Grapy Coat.  
XI. It arises either from Internal or External Causes, as Inflammations, Blows, Bruises, etc. After Universals premised, use Cupping, with Scarification, Digestives, and Anodyn Collyriums'.  
XII. When it is come to Matter, you must open the Cornea at the Iris; than press out the Quitter, and cleanse the Ulcer with Hydromel, or some such like.   

VII. Tongue tied.  
XIII. Some Children are born Tonguetied, whereby they are deprived, first of Sucking, than of Speaking: This is remedied by cutting the String of the Tongue transverse, with a pair Scissors, and besmearing it afterwards with Honey of Roses, three or four times a day.  
FOURTEEN. In Cutting, the neighbouring Parts and Veins must be carefully shunned; for sometimes the Nerve of the sixth Pair, or its Branches, run so near the string, that a deep Incision may easily do much hurt, and bring upon the Patiented sad Accidents.  
XU. But there is not one Child of an hundred, scarcely of two hundred, which needs this manual Operation: And those Midwives are Ignorant, who in all newborn Children forthwith dilacerate this Fraenum or String, whereby the Parts being hurt, evil Symptoms succeed, and sometimes death.   

VIII. Cutting the Gums of Infants.  
XVI. The Gums in Infants are sometimes long in Cutting, whereby Death oftentimes ensues: if extremity urge, make a gentle Apertion with your Incision-Knife; so may you haply save the Life of a Child, which otherwise would be lost.   

IX. Growing together of the Fingers and Toes.  
XVII. If the Fingers and Toes grow together, whether Naturally, or by Accident, you must divide them with an Incision-Knife, (unless conjoined by Nerves, Tendons, or Arteries) than strew them with some Astringent Powder, laying over Clotheses dipped in the white of an Egg, beaten with Rose Water and Oil of Earthworms, after which, perform the Cure, as in other Wounds.  
XVIII. Where note, that in this and in all such like Operations, use preparatively, general Evacuations.   

X. Cutting of a Wry Neck.  
This, though it is not a closed Part, yet is a contracted Part, and may well enough have place in this Chapter.  
XIX. This Operation is performed after two manners: The first is done by the Hook, the other without it.  
XX. The Wry Neck is caused from the Contraction of one of the Muscles of the lower Jaw, called Musculus Latus, or Quadratus, which arises from the upper part of the Sternum, Clavicula, and Acromium, and is inserted into the inferior Jaw, and firmly fixed in the middle of the Chin.  
XXI. But where is this Muscle is very broad, so, seldom or never is it contracted in its whole Latitude, but sometimes more forward, sometimes more backward, and sometimes more laterally, and accordingly the Seat of the Chord appears.  
XXII. Adjacent to this Chord, are the Jugular Veins, the Arteriae Musculae, the Recurrent Nerves, and Nerves of the hindermost Branch of the seventh Pair arising from the Neck.  
XXIII. These in Cutting, aught all (if possible) to be avoided: chief the Jugular Veins, because of the mighty Flux of Blood, endangering the Patient's Life: Also the Recurrent Nerves (which spring from the external Branch of the Par Vagum;) for that if they be wounded, or cut asunder, the Voice is lost, and the Creature becomes dumb.  
XXIV. Now this Contraction seems for the most part to be in the Tendons of the Quadratus, chief where it is joined to the Clavicula; but, by reason of the exceeding shortening thereof, the Muscle (in length) seems to be a continued Chord.  
XXV. This Chord in many People (especially if grown into Years) becomes not only very hard, but perfectly Cartilaginous or Gristly: So that in Cutting, its hardness has caused a kind of cracking noise.  
XXVI. The Cutting of a Wry Neck by the Hook. You must carefully avoid all the beforenamed Vessels, and make a Transverse Apertion of the Skin over the Chord, about an Inch or somewhat more on each side; than with a Hook (made of Steel for this purpose) being put under the said Chord, you must gently pull the contracted part forth, which must immediately be cut completely through by an Incision-Knife, advising the Patiented the while to hold his Neck up.  
XXVII. This done, you must heal it as a Green-wound, committing withal the Sick to his Bed. This is the old Butcherly way, which puts the Patient to great pain and danger; and withal, a long Cure.  
XXVIII. The Cutting of a Wry Neck, by a new way, without the Hook. Here you must strongly take hold of the Chord with your Thumb and Forefinger, with which feeling for the Vessels (chief the Jugular Vein, whose Approximate is the Recurrent Nerve) you must carefully thrust it by, Than having fast hold of the Chord with your Thumb and Finger, you must warily thrust in your Incision-Knife, as it were beyond the Chord, and just above your Fingers; than making the Patient hold up his Head, the Chord will be a cut asunder, the outward Skin remaining whole; thus will the work be done, with no more but a prick appearing outwardly, and the Wound will be well in about twenty four hours, without any effusion of Blood.    

CHAP. XXI. DIVIDING of BONES.  

I Trepaning, or Perforation.  
I WHere it is needful to apply the Trepan, it aught to be done as soon as possibly it may; viz. on the third, fourth, or fifth day, jest the putrefying Blood should 'cause greater Evils, but to know whether it be needful to be applied or not, is our first enquiry, because it is an Operation of great danger.  
II It is of great Use when the Bones are very foul; but of greatest use where ill Symptoms follow a Fissure, or Fracture of the Skull, or a Contusion.  
III Yet a Fissure, or a Fracture, simply considered, require not the Trepan, as an Instrument without which they cannot be Cured: and a slight Contusion does not always 'cause such dangerous Symptoms as that Operation of Trepaning does; a small quantity of extravasated Blood, being oftentimes in strong People discussed by the strength of Nature itself.  
IV. Now as Blood is oftener extravasated between the Dura Mater, and the Pia Mater, than in other places; so there the Trepan can do but little good; but in this Case Barbett would advice to divide the Dura Mater; for that Experience has evinced, that by the help of Art, an Incision, yea a Gangrene of the Part itself has been Cured.  
V So that for the most part, the Trepan is required but in three cases; 1. Where the lose pieces of the Bones prick and wound the meanings. The signs are a continual pricking pain, from the very moment of hurt (if the Sick be sensible, if not, he is always feeling the Part affected with his Hands:) There are likewise Contortions of the Membranes of the Eyes, and Convulsions of the Limbs; to which add, the Quality of the Instrument making the Fracture.  
VI 2. Where the first Table is only depressed, but the second broken, there being no way to remove the pieces how well soever separated, but by this of Trepaning. The signs are Dimness of Sight, Giddiness, Fever, Vomiting, feeble Pulse, especially about the Temples, and sometimes an Apoplexy.  
VII. 3. Where there is an Extravasation of Blood, upon which follows Putrefaction, and if not soon remedied, Death. The signs are a Continent Fever, Head inflamed, Restlessness, unquiet Sleep, Watch, Inflammations of the Eyes, and a light Delirium: And if the Sick be Sanguine, there are also Laughing, Talxing idly, Redness of the whole Face: If Choleric, Yellowness of Face and Eyes, great Heat, Madness: If Phlegmatic, the Symptoms are lesle, but accompanied with a Palsy or Apoplexy: If Melancholic, there are Fear, Laughing, and Impertinent Talk.  
VIII. The manner of Trepaning is thus; the Hair being shaved, let the Skin be divided with a double Incision in form of a Cross, to the Pericranium, avoiding with the greatest diligence always the Temporal Muscles, and Sutures of the Head.  
IX. This done, bind up the Wound, unless the Haemorrhage be small (which sometimes is so violent as to hinder the Artist for some days from his Work) if it will than give leave, divide the Pericranium from the Skull: After a few Hours (the Skull being bore of the Pericranium) let the Patient be well placed, his Head firmly held, and his Ears stopped with Cotton.  
X. Than set on the Trepan with a Pin, which aught neither to be upon the Fracture, nor the Sutures, (as some have done it) and holding the Instrument with the Left Hand, with the right gently turn the Trepan about, till it has taken good hold round; now take out the Pin, and set on the Trepan again without it, moving it still about.  
XI. If there be any filing of the Skull, take of the Trepan, and wipe them away; the Trepan you may sometimes Oil, that it may go the easier: and sometimes wet it with Water, that it may not grow hot.  
XII. If Blood appears, be sure the Trepan has passed the first Table, after which you must have greater care, jest it unawares should slip in, and wound the meanings, from whence oftentimes follows sudden Death.  
XIII. The Dura Mater invests the inside of the Skull, in the same manner as the Pericranium doth the outside, but is not so strongly joined to it, but that a Fall or Blow may easily separate them.  
FOURTEEN. The piece of Bone separated by the Trepan, beginning to be lose, with a little Instrument, viz. the Levatory put in between the Skull and the Trepan, free it from the hole, and take it out with a pair of Forceps.  
XU. If any inequality yet remain in the inside of the inward Table, which may hurt the Meninx, take it away with the Lenticular, or Scraper. The coagulated Blood and Matter take away with Sponges, Lint, etc.   

II Scraping, Filing and Sawing.  
XVI. Parts of the Bones are removed by Scraping, which is of use in Fissures and foul Bones, as also in the Teeth, being crusted over with a Blackish, Tartarous Substance. The Bones are to be scraped till you come to the sound Part, which is white and solid; upon the Bone thus scraped, strew some Powder.  
XVII. But before you go about this Operation, you must separate the Pericranium and Periostium; for they are no ways to be touched with Instrument, neither the Lips of the Wound.  
XVIII. 2. By Filing. This is chief used to the Teeth, when they stand unnaturally, either too high, or too far forth.  
XIX. 3. By Sawing. It is done with a See in a mortified Part, of which we shall speak when we come to Amputation.     

III EXAERESIS.  

CHAP. XXII. BIRTH of a Living CHILD.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Exaeresis; detractio, evulsio (ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 evello, from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 capio) is that which teaches the way and manner of removing, or taking away things hurtful; the chief of which are, 1. The Living Birth. 2. A Dead Child. 3. The Secundine, or Afterbirth. 4. A Mola. 5. The Caesarian Birth. 6. The Stone in the Bladder. 7. Teeth. 8. Bullets, Arrows, Thorns, Bones. 9 Urine stopped: Of all which in their order; and first of the Birth of a Living Child.  
II The time of Travail being come, known by the breaking down of the Water, unusual and strong Pains, and other Signs, the Woman is to be put into a fit posture, some put them to a Stool, (made on purpose, but now of little use) others put them on their Knees; some cause them to lean on Woman's Shoulders; some to sit on Woman's Laps; and others to lie on a Bed or Pallet.  
III Let her not strive till strong Pains come upon her, than let the Midwife put up her Hand, being first anointed with Oil of Roses, or rather with this. ℞ Oil of Ben, or of Bitter Almonds ℥ j Oil of Savin gut. 30. mix them. Than when the Throes come strong and quick, and Nature helps forward the Expulsion, with her Hand, let her draw away the Child.  
IU. But if she proves faint and weak, give her some Cordial Julep, as this; ℞ Black Cherry Water ℥ iijss. strong Cinnamon Water ℥ j Confectio Alkermes ℥ ss. Syrup of Citron Peelsʒuj. mix them. Or this: ℞ Black-will Cherry Water ℥ iv. Spirit of Saffron and Angelica, a. ℥ ss. Syrup of Citron Peelsʒuj. mix them, of which give now and than a Spoonful, two, or three, as you see need.  
V If the Travail be slow, you may hasten it by giving this: ℞ Aqua Elementaria (the making of which you will have in the Pharmacopoeia following) ℥ iv. Tincture of Saffron ℥ j Tinct. of Castor ℥ ss. Juice of Penny-royalʒiij. mix, and sweeten with double-refined Sugar; of this give her a Spoonful or two often.  
VI Or in place of the former, you may give this: ℞ Borax ℈ ij. Saffron, Salt of Amber, a. ℈ ss. mix, being in Powder, give them in a Glass of Whitewine. Or this: ℞ Powder of the Livers and Galls of Eels ℈ j Borax in fine Powder, Saffron, a. ℈ ss. mix for a Dose, to be given as aforesaid. But before these things be given, you must be sure that the Child is in a right posture.  
VII. If the Head offers itself right, with its Face towards the Anus, receive it, if otherwise, endeavour to place it right: than turn your Fingers round about gently, thereby to make way for the Birth.  
VIII. If it comes any other way, endeavour to gain the Feet, and bring it away, which is than more certain than the Head; but be sure the Child's Face is right.  
IX. If the Birth be slow, give the aforesaid Medicines, or the Pulvis partum provocans, with a Spoonful of Cinnamon Water, mixed with a little Spirit of Castor.  
X. If the Labour has been long and hard, give Sperma Ceti ʒj. in a draught of Julepum Rosatum, Morning and Night: being in Bed, keep her quiet for a Week.  
XI. If she has Gripe, anoint the Lower Parts, and indeed all the Belly, with Oil of Amber, applying warm Flannel very hot over the same, moistened with the said Oil.  
XII. If those Gripe be extreme, give the Liquor Vitae Anodynus, (see Our Pharmacopoeia Londinensis, Lib. 4. Cap. 11. Sect. 11.) to a quarter of a Spoonful, in a Glass of Sack.  
XIII. I have often used the Oil of Amber, and this Liquor Vitae, in this Case, and in all After-pains, with admirable success, yea when the hope of Life has been past, which, as a grateful acknowledgement of the Goodness of God, I now here publish.  
FOURTEEN. The Child being Born, bring away the Afterbirth, (as we shall hereafter teach) and in this, trust not to the string, but rather, by it being directed, put up your Hand gently; and lay hold on the Secundine, and bring it away gently; for doubtless the Hand may easily go up, where the Body of the Child comes out.  
XU. If she goes not to Stool after three days, give a Clyster made of near a Pint of Milk, in which about two Spoonfuls of Sugar is dissolved and strained.  
XVI. The Child is to have the Navel-string tied with a double twine-thred, a full Inch from the Belly, some say two: About an Inch from which Ligature it is to be cut of.  
XVII. But if the Child be weak, first put the Blood back towards the Belly, than tie it. After the Section, apply a double Linen Cloth dipped in Oil of Roses.  
XVIII. After which you may either cleanse the Child with dry Clotheses, or wash it with Water warmed, mixed with Read Wine.  
XIX. If the Child has Fainting Fits, give it two, three, or four drops of Blood squeezed out of the Navel-String, in a Spoonful of Breast Milk.  
XX. Otherwise, let the first thing which is given to the Child, be Magistery, or Powder of read Coral, gr. x. or Powder, or Magistery of Man's Skull, gr. x. or Pulvis Epilepticum Mynsichti gr. x. mixed with as much white Sugar Candy, and so exhibited with a little Breast Milk.  
XXI. Authors say, these things prevent the Child for ever having Convulsion Fits, or the Falling-sickness.  
XXII. If the Child has Gripe, give fine Powder of Aniseeds to ℈ i in some Pap, etc. and increase it till the Child goes well to Stool; it has excellently succeeded in Children, till they have been a quarter or half a Year old.  
XXIII. If the Labour has been long and hard, give Irish Slate adʒi. or Sperma Ceti ad ℈ ij. in a draught of Camomile Posset-drink, which she may take Morning, Noon and Night: Or this; ℞ Irishman Sl●…e, Sperma Ceti a. ℈ i Borax, Saffron in Powder a. ℈ ss. mix for a Dose.   

CHAP. XXIII. BIRTH of a dead CHILD.  
I AS a dead Child is to be removed by Manual Operation, so also a living on, if it be too big, or the Passage is too straight, or that it cannot possibly be turned, or it be too weak, so as it cannot help itself.  
II Let the Woman be put into a fit Posture also, as we have advised for that of a living Child, Chap. 22. Sect. 2. aferegoing; and at that time when the Woman finds strong Pains coming upon her; than, your hands being first anointed, by Sect. 3 Chap. 22. put them up, and draw forth the Birth.  
III But if this proves vain, you must than use Instruments, though terrible and difficult, the chief of which is the Hook, as the expert Scultetus has taught us.  
IV. This is a dreadful Operation; but it is better to save one Life, than to loose two; my advice therefore is, That the Artist be not too rash in doing this Work, but to be sure that the Child is dead, and than to do it as carefully and tenderly, in respect of the Woman, as he can.  
V The Signs of a dead Child. If the Afterbirth be excluded before the Child, and if Water and stinking Matter flow from the Womb, and the Child falls heavy on the side when the Woman turns; these are Signs the Child is dead.  
VI If the hand, being dipped in warm Water, be laid on the Woman's Navel, and Cordials be given the Mother, and yet neither she, nor they, feel it move, the Death of the Infant may be suspected.  
VII. If the Mother's Face grows pale, her Breath stinks, the lower Parts of her Belly, and extreme Parts grow cold; and there be Pains of the Head, Fever and Fainting, or Convulsions and Delirium; the Child is more than to be feared dead, and 'tis possible, the Mother will not long continued.  
VIII. The Causes. They are generally, debility of the Expulsive Faculty, the over greatness of the Child, or the posture of its lying in the Womb, not being right: to which add, thickness of the Membranes of the Womb, straitness of the Passages, and weakness of the Mother, or Child.  
IX. Another Cause may be, the Child's Head coming with its Face towards the Mother's Belly, and so stopping against the Os Pubis; in this Case the Child cannot be delivered, except the Head be a little raised, and the Birth be turned towards the Back, in its due Posture: To which add, the Bunching in of the Vertebrae of the Os Sacrum, which where it is found, 'tis scarcely possible for a live Child to be brought forth.  
X. If therefore the Child be dead, it must immediately be extracted, jest the Life of the Mother also be lost: And this must be done by Manual Operation.  
XI. The Hook is to be fixed to some part of the Head, as Ears, Eyes, Mouth; if that cannot be done, you must fix it where you can, always taking care in drawing, that, if the Hook should slip, you may neither offend the Womb, nor Neck thereof.  
XII. The Child being thus brought away, you must put up your Hand, and bring away the Secundine, or Afterbirth.  
XIII. If an Arm or Leg be forth, and it cannot be returned to stay, the Arm must be taken of, if possible, at the Shoulder: The Leg, as high as may be, at Knee or Hippolito, and than you must six your Instrument, where you can easiest fix it fast, or secure from slipping, etc.   

CHAP. XXIV. EXTRACTION of the SECUNDINE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; in Latin, Secundas & Secundinas; in English, the Secundine and Afterbirth.  
II It consists of two Parts, 1. Placenta Vterina, or Hepar Vterinum, the Womb Cake, or Womb Liver. 2. Membranae, the Membranes which circumvolve the Child in the Womb.  
III The Placenta resembles the form of a Cake, and is knit both to the Navel, and to the Chorion, and makes up the greatest part of the Secundine, or Afterbirth.  
IV. The Flesh of it is like that of the Liver or Spleen, soft, and of a blackish read, and has very many small Veins and Arteries in it, and certainly the chief use of it is, for the firmer containing the Child in the Womb, and through its Vessels to convey to it its Nutriment.  
V The Membranae are threefold, 1. The Chorion, which is the outwardmost Membrane, which involves the whole Foetus. 2. Allantoides, which is the middle Membrane involving the Foetus: And, 3. Amnios', which is the inmost Membrane, which immediately contains the Child, not joined to the Chorion in any place, except where the umbilical Vessels pass through them both into the Placenta.  
VI The Afterbirth has oftentimes been unhappily left by Midwives; sometimes wholly, and sometimes but in part, thereby destroying the Patient.  
VII. It is removed Manually, thus: Put up your Hand, guideing it by the String; which done, lay hold on the Secundine, removing it gently, and by degrees: After which put a Closure to the Woman, bidding her keep her Legs close, that it may be kept there, and cold prevented from entering into the Womb, which might than destroy the Woman.  
VIII. After which, being laid in Bed, give her a little Water-Gruel, made of three parts of Water, and one of White Wine; or of Water and strong Beer.  
IX. 2. By Medicine it is best done with Pulvis partum provocans aforesaid, which for security sake you may give, although beforehand, it was done Manually, jest any part or parts thereof should be left behind.  
X. Some commend this; ℞ Choice Myrrh, Venetian Borax a. ʒss. choice Saffron, Livers and Galls of Eels in powder a. ℈ ss. mix and make a powder for two Doses. It is also said, that a Decoction of Squinanth with a little Saffron, and Juice of Camomile, has effectually brought away the Secundine, and eased the Pain.  
XI. To facilitate the Birth beforehand, and afterwards to ease the pain of the Parts hurt, you may anoint with this Oil: ℞ Oil of Ben. or Oil of sweet Almonds ℥ i Chemical Oil of Camomile, or Fennel, gut. 80. mix them well by shaking.   

CHAP. XXV. EXTRACTION of a MOLA.  
I AMola, or false Conception, is a Mass of Flesh without Bones or Bowels; made through fault of the Seed, of one or both Sexes.  
II Signs. 'Tis known (but scarcely till the fourth Month is passed) by a beating and trembling Motion, falling like a Stone to the part the Woman turns to.  
III And in this Disease the Belly is sooner great, and grows harder than in a true Birth or Conception, and is much more troublesome to carry.  
IV. There is difficulty of Breathing, pains in the Back and Groins, and no Milk in the Breasts, and the Substance the Woman goes with, is without any self-motion.  
V The Cause. It is mostly a defect in the Seed, with Weakness of the formative Faculty, either in its self, or from too much Blood flowing into the Womb; and therefore a Conception in the time of the Menses flowing, does many times prove a Mola.  
VI The Prognostics. If it has been of long standing, as a Year or two, or more, the Cure will be very difficult: and if, upon the delivery of it, a great Hemorrhage follows, it is very dangerous.  
VII. The Cure. 1. Medicinal. Purges aught to be given, and such as are strong, made chief of Aloes, Scammony, and Colocynthis, and often to be repeated.  
VIII. After which, you are to give such things as strongly provoke the Terms; for all such things expel a Mola.  
IX. ℞ Myrrh, white Amber prepared, Borax a. ʒiij. Livers and Galls of Eels driedʒij. Assa foetida, Saffron a. ʒi. mix, and make a Powder. Dose ʒi. in a strong Decoction of Pennyroyal.  
X. Also the Pulvis Partum provocans (which see in Our Pharmacopaeia Londinensis, Lib. 4. Cap. 21. Sect. 90.) give ʒi. at a time in Rhenish Wine, is an excellent thing; and these may also be of use for the bringing away of a dead Child.  
XI. Zacutus gave this; ℞ Euphorbiumʒi. make it into a fine powder, and with Syrup of Mugwort make it into Pills: These were given four times in the space of twelve days, being given every day, three hours after Supper.  
XII. And by the means of this Medicine (saith he) with great Labour and Pain, after the manner of Childing Women, she voided eight Moles bigger than Hen's Eggs; consisting of Membranes, with small Veins: After which, being Purged, she grew well. Zacut. Prax. admirand. Lib. 2. Obs. 145.  
XIII. 2. Chirurgical. If these things do not, you must come to Manual Operation, which is performed with the Griffins Talon, or the Hook; but with this Caution, that if it should chance to slip (as it easily may, where it is only a Lump of Flesh) you be very careful that you wound not, or hurt the Womb.   

CHAP. XXVI. The CAESARIAN BIRTH.  
I THis is that which teaches the Extraction of the Foetus out of the Womb by Section, where it cannot otherwise be delivered.  
II And if both Mother and Child be alive, it is so to be done as to respect both, that both may be saved; but if the Mother be dead, and the Child only alive, so as to save it.  
III It is a dangerous Operation, yet has been many times successfully done, even where both have been living; the Incision having been so made, to save both Mother and Child, and that several times on one and the same Woman, without prejudicing her Breeding again.  
IV. If it be done on a living Woman, it is not to be attempted, till all other means has proved unsuccessful: Yet it must be before the strength be too far spent.  
V If the Mother be just ready to die, and the Child alive, the Chirurgeon aught to be ready at hand, that the work may be immediately performed, as soon as the Woman is dead, to save the living Child.  
VI There are several Causes why this Operation should be done, 1. Those which respect the Child: As, 1. It's being too fat and big. 2. When more than one are striving to come forth together, one being dead, and lying in the other's way. 3. When it is a Monster with two Heads, more Arms than usual, etc. 4. When dead, and putre●ed or rotten, or is wasted to Bones.  
VII. 2. Those which respect the Mother; which are, 1. When the passages are too narrow, she having been Married too Young or too Old. 2. When the Parts by some Scar or Hurt are hardened, made narrow, or grown together. 3. When there is a large fleshy Excrescence in the Vagina. 4. When the Os Pubis is grown unnaturally big, or stands out. 5. When there is a fleshy swelling within the Womb, or its Neck, etc.  
VIII. Before you begin the Work, have in a readiness all your necessary Instruments; as a Pen and Ink to mark the place, an Incision-knife, four or five Needles threaded with Silk, three soft Sponges, several Bolsters of Cloth, a fourfold doubled Napkin to put round about the Belly, and two Rulers six Inches broad, to roll the Belly, and stop the Blood.  
IX. As to Medicines, these must be also had in a readiness. 1. Decoctum Traumaticum, made only with Read Wine. 2. A Restrictive Powder, thus made: Take white Starchʒxij. Olibanum, Mastich, a. ʒx. Rosinʒuj. fine Bole, Catechu, a. ʒiv. Sanguis Draconis, Comfrey Roots, a. ʒij. make all into a fine Powder, and mix. 3. A Vulnerary Balsam, as Balsam de Chili, Balsamum Vulnerarium, or some such like.  
X. This done, and having considered the strength of the Woman, give her an Emollient Clyster to empty the Guts; let her also make Water to empty the Bladder, and give her a good Cordial, or a Glass of Wine, to fortify her Spirits.  
XI. Than mark the place you intent to open with Transverse Lines, the length of half a Foot; let the Woman lie on her Back near the edge of the Bed; let two strong People hold her, keeping her Legs close, laying a great Pillow under her Head; and let the soundest side be pitched on, unless there be a Rupture, for than that side is to be taken.  
XII. But if the Woman be dead, take the place you judge fittest, which let be two or three Inches beneath, and on the side of the Navel, and as much from the Lower Part.  
XIII. First cut open the Belly to the Fat, than through the Muscles and Peritonaeum, till you see the Womb; having obtained it, open it in the middle, but with great care as to the Child, that it, nor its Bandage or Ligaments be not wounded, and than take forth speedily the Child, Secundine, and Navel-string, delivering them to the Midwife.  
FOURTEEN. If the Child be Weak, or Convulsed, sprinkle the Secundine with warm Wine, and lay it to the Child's Belly.  
XU. And if the Woman be yet alive, immediately wash the Womb with the beforenamed Decoctum Traumaticum, which will stay its Bleeding, and cleanse it from the Blood and Filth.  
XVI. Presently after you must stitch up the Wound, as you stitch up a Harelip, only keep open a place with a Tent, in the most depending part; and lay over the afore-described Restrictive Powder, mixed with the Whites of Eggs and Vinegar beaten together.  
XVII. The Bleeding being thus stayed, heal the Wound at one Intention with the aforenamed Balsam de Chili, or Vulnerarium, or any other of like Nature and Properties.  
XVIII. After the first, and so in the rest you are to use the Bolsters, and on them the Napkin, and than the Rulers.  
XIX. The Womb itself is not to be stitched, but to be healed by Injections, but such as may not hinder the Lochies, by which the Pain will be mitigated, Inflammation prevented, and the Womb itself comforted and strengthened, and made able to expel its Recrements.  
XX. The Tent is to be kept in t●… the great danger is over, and the usual Symptoms are vanished; and such Emplasters, etc. may be used, as are applied to other Wounds of the Belly.  
XXI. Lastly, let her Diet be such as is used in other great Wounds and Ulcers of the Belly; as good strong Broths, Jellies, Chickens, Poached Yolks of Eggs, Gravy of Mutton, Veal, etc. and more especially the last, to prevent her being costive, which if it should so hap, it must be remedied with Emollient Clysters.   

CHAP. XXVII. CUTTING out the STONE.  
I THE Stone bred in Man's Body, is from a Tartarous Pituitous Matter, Saline and Earthy, arising from a peculiar Lapidescent or petrefactive quality, causing pain, obstruction of Urine, Fevers, and other Symptoms.  
II The Cause. It is from Bohemian-tartar and Salt joined with a proper Acid; this is apparent from the mixture of the Salt or Liquor of Flints (which contains Alcalious Salt joined with many Earthy or Tartarous Particles,) with an Acid, it presently causes a Coagulation, which turns into a hard Stone; and doubtless after the same manner it is, that Stones are form in several Parts of our Bodies.  
III The Signs. The Urine is Pituitous, White, Crude, and Troubled, suddenly adhering to the Urinal; being sometimes Bloody, and sometimes with Sand or Gravel, and sometimes full of little Threads.  
IV. It is oftentimes stopped, and when made, it is with great desire, beaten, and pain, and a pain at the end of the Yard, which continues: There is great thirst, and a frequent making of Urine, but with pain, and by drops.  
V The Patient often holds his Privy Part in his Hand, and is pressing the bottom of the Belly, and in the Region of the Belly a Weight is perceived, the Patient (especially if young) seldom making Water without going to Stool, and many times the Intestine falling out.  
VI But these, as they are the signs of the Stone, so they may be the signs of the Strangury, where there is no Stone, but only a Tartarous Slime, or Sand obstructing; therefore before you come to Cutting, you aught to be upon sure grounds, jest you put the Patient in peril of his Life to no purpose.  
VII. Formerly they passed a Catheter through the ureter into the Bladder, than thrusting one or two Fingers into the Anus, they searched for the Stone, and found its bigness. But this way is so very painful, that through fear, it is difficult to have it permitted.  
VIII. But now the searching is after this manner, the Artist (who aught to have long Fingers) puts his Fingers up the Anus, and (the Patient being held in a manner upright) pressing upon the lower parts of the Abdomen or Flank, with his other Hand he forces the Stone upon the Fingers, if there be any, whereby he finds the certainty of its being, and the magnitude thereof.  
IX. The Prognostics. A crumbling Stone is seldom dissolved, a hard Stone never to be wasted by Medicines; but sometimes it is so soft, that by the very Catherer itself, it may be broken to pieces in the Neck of the Bladder, and so brought forth.  
X. If it be very small, it is many times pissed forth whole; if it sticks in the Vrethra, it cannot be removed without danger and great pain.  
XI. If it sticks in the Tunicles of the Bladder, or grows to the superficies of its interior Coat; it cannot be taken away by Section, without the Death of the Patient.  
XII. And by so much as the Stone is greater, by so much is the Operation more dangerous and painful. But in Women, Stones of about the bigness of a large Olive, a skilful Artist has taken out by dilatation, without any Incision at all.  
XIII. The Cure. We speak not here of the Medicinal Cure, for that we refer you to the Third Edition of our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 39 and 40. where we have handled the Matter at large; as also to Our Medicina Practica, lib. 1. cap. 19 where, as to that point, you may found plentiful satisfaction.  
FOURTEEN. We treat here only of the Manual Operation, or the manner of taking them forth by Incision, for which there are several ways proposed by Authors, viz. 1. The Apparatus Minor. 2. The Apparatus Major. 3. Apparatus Hypogastricus, of all which in order.  
XU. But before you begin this Work, you must have all your necessary Instruments in a readiness, as Catheters, Probes, Director, Incision-knife, Conductor, Specula, Lapidillum, Pincers, Small Hooks, Forceps, Sponges, Rags, Rulers, etc.  
XVI. For Medicines, 1. A Cordial; as ℞ Black Cherry Water ℥ vj. Our Aqua Bezoartica, Spirit of Angelica, a. ℥ jss. Syrup of Citron Peels, or Syrup of the Juice of Alkermes ℥ ij. mix them. 2. An Astringent Bathing: ℞ Water Gal. iv. Selfheal bruised M. viij. Oak Bark lbjss lbjss. Catechu ℥ viij. mix, and boil for an Hour, than strain out. 3. Astringent Powders. 4. Balsam de Chili, and Balsamum Vulnerarium. 5. A Sticking Emplaster.  
XVII. Before you begin the Operation, it will be also necessary that the Patient may have had a Stool, and made Water, leaping and jumping also a little beforehand; and if a Child, let him be well shaked by the Armpits, that the Stone may fall as much as may be to the Neck of the Bladder.  

I Apparatus minor.  
XVIII. Lithotomia, by the Apparatus Minor. Let the Child, (for it is chief used to Children) be placed on a soft Pillow, in a strong Man's Lap (after three, or four times jumping from a fitting high place) tie both his Hands to the Soles of his Feet; and let two standers by hold each Knee, pulling them as far asunder as may be.  
XIX. Than his Fingers being anointed with Oil of Roses, let him take the first Finger of his Left Hand, or, if necessity requires, the two first Fingers, and thrust them up the Fundament, with his Right Hand let him gently compress the Parts above the Os Pubis, so that the Stone may slip down under the Os Pubis into the Perinaeum, which when brought thither by the aforesaid Fingers.  
XX. Make an Incision with a sharp Knife, in the Left Side, between the Testicles and the Anus, near to the Suture of the Perinaeum, cutting to the very Stone itself: If it comes not out of the Wound of itself, nor by the thrusting forth of the Fingers, which are in the Intestinum Rectum, draw it out with a pair of Forceps, or which is better, with the Lapidillum or Spoon.  
XXI. The Stone being taken out, and all the Ligatures loosed, apply Medicines stopping Blood, as Meal mixed with Bole, etc. than bind it up according to Art, taking care to consolidate it, as soon as possible, jest the Patient have a dropping of Urine through the Wounded Part.   

II Apparatus major.  
XXII. The second way of Cutting, called Apparatus Major. Put the Patient on a Table, being first bound, and held, as above: than through the Vrethra pass a Director into the Bladder to the Stone: After make an Incision, as aforesaid, in the hollow of the Director; put in the Conductor, taking the Director out; than pass through the Wound the Forceps or Lapidillum, or other fit Instrument, by which the Stone may be both laid hold on, and drawn forth, not making use of the Fingers in the Anus, except great necessity urge it.  
XXIII. If the Stone is bigger than the Orifice, so that it cannot come forth, the Wound must be enlarged either by Incision, or the Dilator; or else the Stone must be broken in pieces by the Forceps, and so drawn forth in Parts; after this, dry, stop the Blood, bind up, and consolidate, as we taught before.  
XXIV. But if the Wound be too great, give it a stitch, and put in a Silver Pipe two or three days; that thereby the concreted Blood, Slime, Tartarous Matter, and Sandy Urine may be completely brought forth, before the healing up.   

III Apparatus Hypogastricus.  
XXV. Lithotomia by the Apparatus Hypogastricus, which is the third way of Cutting. The manner is thus: Let the Patient be laid and held fast, upon a Matteress or Quilt; than let a Servant thrust his fore and middle Fingers one after another into the Anus, up the Intestinum Rectum, to make the Stone rise as high as one can; this done,  
XXVI. Let the Operator make Incision gently above the Groin, and on the side of the Linea Alba, to wit, in the Right Muscle above the Os Pubis, according to the Ductus of its Fibres, and by the assistance of the Lapidillum or Forceps, take forth the Stone.  
XXVII. The bottom of the Bladder may without doubt be opened without hurting the Parts of the Abdomen, because it is situated between the duplicature of the Peritonaeum: And the fuller it is of Urine, the more apparent it will be.  
XXVIII. The Cure is to be performed as of Simple Wounds in the Abdomen; or you may otherwise change the Method, according as Symptoms are present; and Experience has taught us, that Wounds of the Bladder are not Mortal.  
XXIX. De Franco was the first that practised this Operation, which is called Apparatus Hypogastricus, or the High Operation, because it is performed in the Hypogaster; and though he does not advice the doing of it, yet if there be a necessity for it, he says it is not impracticable.  
XXX. If any one would practise this High Operation, it would be necessary for him to try many Experiments on Dead Bodies, after the Water is taken out of the Bladder: Yet after all, by reason of the danger thereof, it is now quite out of use.  
XXXI. The manner of performing these Operations in Women is the same, save the Fingers are not put into the Anus, but into the Vulva, where the Catheter and Director must be strait, and much shorter than those used for Men: But Stones are often drawn out of Woman's Bladders as big as a Walnut, and that without Incision, only by forcing it with the Fingers.  
XXXII. Note also, that whereas at Sect. 23. above, advice is given to break the Stone with the Forceps, it may prove of ill consequence to the Patient, if any bits of it remaining within, should be the occasion of its breeding again: In this Case therefore, it will be much better to make the Orifice so wide at first, as that it may be taken out whole.  
XXXIII. The Cordial afore-prescribed, is to be given upon Fainting or Convulsions, or any kind of Sickness at Heart. The Astringent Bath is to put the Patient into, as soon as Cut, as warm as he can endure it, in which he is to sit for some time, according to the Method of some Practisers. The Astringent Powder is for stopping of the Bleeding; and the other things, as Balsams and Emplaster, are after to be applied, according as the Intentions of the Cure require.    

CHAP. XXVIII. DRAWING of TEETH.  
I THE Drawing of Teeth is generally occasioned from Pain, Rottenness, or Looseness of the Teeth: The Pain is caused by the hurt of the small Nerves, scattered about their Roots: Rottenness, from the Afflux of a sharp, corroding, or putrefactive Humour: And Looseness, from the weakness of the Parts holding.  
II The Signs are needless, unless to discover the Causes. If it be from hot Humours or Causes, the Pain is more vehement and intense, and the Habit of the Body is hot; with a sense of heat in the Part, and Inflammation of the Gums, wherein hot Remedies increase the Pain, but cold things give ease.  
III If from a cold Cause, or Humours, the pain is more obtuse and dull, with a kind of heaviness in the Part, and the other Symptoms present, are all opposite to the former.  
IV. If from Worms, the pain is by fits, soon ceasing, and as soon returning; and sometimes the Motion of the Worms is perceived in the part.  
V If from sharp and corrosive Humours, the Pain is very vehement and biting; sometimes there is a solution of Continuity, and the Teeth seem to be eaten away, and sometimes to be hollow.  
VI The Prognostics. When the Gums and Cheeks begin to swell, the pain usually goes away: If it be from hot and sharp Humours, the pain is the shorter; but if from cold Humours, it is (though gentler, yet) of longer continuance: If the Teeth be hollow or rotten, there will be no absolute Cure without pulling out.  
VII. The Cure. Whether it proceeds from a hot, or a cold Cause, Purging with proper Catharticks is good: If from a hot Cause, you may Purge with Pil. Cochiae, our Family Pills, or Extract of Cassia, because it derives from the Head by the Reinss.  
VIII. Behind the Ears apply Vesicatories, and sometimes they are profitable to derive, being applied to the Scapulae, or Nape of the Neck: So also Cups with Scarification; and if the Body is bound, an Emollient or Cathartick Clyster is to be exhibited.  
IX. After Purging, give every Night of our Laudanum, gr. ij. ad iv. or vi. to thicken the Humour, stop the Flux, and give ease of the Pain.  
X. Outwardly, you may give them to hold in their Mouth gr. iv. of our Laudanum tied up in a Rag; or a little bit of Sal Prunellae, which gives immediate ease.  
XI. The Flux being stayed, you may discuss the Swelling, by bathing with Powers of Amber outwardly, on the Cheek and Jaw, and holding in the Mouth this mixture: ℞ Pours of Aniseeds or Carawaysʒss. Carduus Water, or Aqua Elementariaʒi. mix them.  
XII. Sometimes the Pain has been cured by Sternutatories, and Errhines, prudently applied.  
XIII. If there be a Flux of Corrosive Humours falling upon the Teeth and Jaws, viz. a sharp Catarrh; after Universals have been given; Laudanum, à gr. ij. ad vi. must be given every Night to stop the Flux, and in the Mouth, the following may be chewed.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ of the best Tobacco, round Birthwort-roots, Gentian, a. ʒi. Roots of Pyrethrum, Sal Prunellae, a. ʒss. mix, and tie them up in a Rag, to be chewed in the Mouth. Let it be first steeped a little while in Vinegar, and than chewed, it commonly Cures at first or second using.  
XU. If it be caused from a cold Distemper; first, you must Purge with Phlegmagogues; avoid the cold Air, and bathe the external Parts of the Jaws and Cheeks, with Powers of Amber.  
XVI. In the Mouth let them hold this Mixture: ℞ Pours of Aniseedsʒi. Guttae Vitaeʒij. Aqua Bezoartica ℥ i black Cherry-water ℥ ij. mix them.  
XVII. And at Bedtime 'cause them gently to Sweated, with Our Volatile Laudanum, given à gr. ij. ad vj. After which, the next Morning, give this Mixture; ℞ of Our Tinctura Mirabilis ℥ ss. Aqua Bezoartica ℥ i black Cherry or Poppy-water ℥ iss. mix them for a Dose.  
XVIII. If they be hollow, or have Worms, you may stop them with this: ℞ Tobacco in fine Pouderʒj. Turpentine q.s. mix, and make small Pills, which put into the hollow place: If this does no good; you must either burn them in the Ears; or stop them with Lint dipped in Chemical Oil of Cloves, Camphir, Hast, or Box; or you may make up the Lint into a Pill with our Volatile Laudanum; which being put into the hollowness, is to be kept there for some days.  
XIX. If all these do nothing, you must than come to drawing of the painful Tooth. The Gums must first be opened with the Fleam, and the Flesh loosened round about the Tooth.  
XX. This done, you must with Piercers, half Piercers, Punches, or a Pelican, lay hold of the Tooth, and with a wary and gentle kind of forcing, bring it forth: After which, if it Bleeds much, you must stop it with this Powder: ℞ burnt Alum, Catechu a. ʒj. Sanguis draconis, fine Bole, dried Blood a. ʒss. mix them.   

CHAP. XXIX. DRAWING out Extraneous THINGS.  
I THIS has relation to Extraneous Things, which may be Force, or other Accident, be gotten into Wounds, or any Cavernous Parts of the Body; as Bullets, Arrows, Splinters, Thorns, etc. into Parts Wounded or Lacerated; Fish-bones, and other things sticking in the Throat, etc.  
II Bullets. If it be of Lead, and difficult to found, or not easy to come forth, it will be best to Cure the Wound without Extracting it.  
III But if it be near to the part where it did enter, (putting the Sick, as near as may be, into the Posture he was in when wounded) seek out the Bullet with your Finger or Probe, than with blunt Hooks (to lift aside the Vessels) and hollow Forceps, draw forth the Bullet, etc.  
IU. But if it be near to the opposite Part, you must cut it out there, jest it be injurious to draw it out the way it went in.  
V Arrows. These, if barbed, are very hard to be got out, unless they be in sight, and are for the most part taken forth on the opposite side; but than it aught to be done with great care, with respect to Veins, Arteries, and Lymphducts.  
VI Splinters. If deep in the Flesh, are either to be taken forth with attractive Emplasters, or Cataplasms, or otherwise the Flesh must be opened with a Lancet or Incision-Knife; and so they are to be taken forth with a Pair of Pliers, or Forceps.  
VII. Thorns. These being seldom deeper than Skindeep, are either drawn forth with a Cataplasm of Common Soap mixed with Chalk, and applied; or otherwise the Skin opened with a Needle, and so picked forth.  
VIII. Pieces of Iron, and pieces of Garments. These are easily taken forth with proper Instruments, if they be in sight: otherwise more difficulty; yet when once the Wound comes to digest, they are many times cast out by Nature.  
IX. Fish-bones, or other things sticking in the Throat. If they are to he seen, they may be taken out with a pair of Forceps; if not, let them be thrust down with a small Whale-bone made fit, of about 14 or 16 Inches long; so as the end to be put down may be thick, and growing smaller by degrees to the other end.  
X. Pins, Needles, etc. If they may be seen, may also be taken forth with a pair of Forceps; but if not, the best way will be to drink warm Water and Oil, and to provoke Vomiting with a Feather put down the Throat.  
XI. Extraneous Things got into the Nose. Inject Oil of sweet Almonds, and afterwards provoke Sneezing with proper Sternutatories: Breathe also strongly.  
XII. If into the Ears. Stop both Nose and Mouth, and than strain by Breathing: If they cannot be so removed, use Forceps, Ear-pickers, blunt Hooks, etc. If yet these cannot be used, the Passage is to be cut a little with an Incision-Knife, to make way for the Instrument: If Creeping things be got in, kill them, by dropping in Oil of Wormwood, and Vihegar.  
XIII. If into the Eyes. If they be small, by blowing the Nose strongly the Eye will be cleared; otherwise they may be wiped out with a fine Sponge: If they stick fast, they must be pulled out with a pair of Pliers, or picked forth with a Needle; washing the Eye afterwards with some proper Ophthalmick Water; and if much wounded, dressing it with Our Balsamum Ophthalmicum, etc.   

CHAP. XXX. URINE STOPPED.  
I URine is stopped either by the Stone, or by some Tartarous Matter sticking in the Passages of the Urine, which hinders its coming forth; which latter is commonly called the Ischuria, and of which we have discoursed in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, L. 5. C. 49.  
II If the Obstruction be made in the Reinss or ureters, where no Instrument can come, nor any Manual Operation be done, you must than have recourse only to Medicaments.  
III This Cause, whether of the Stone or Strangury, is from a Tartarous Matter heaped up in the Reinss, and falling into the Passages of the Urine; the way of making of which we have discoursed of in Chap. 27. Sect. 2. aforegoing.  
IV. The Signs. If it be in the Reinss, there is a heavy Pain, and Soreness in the Reinss; if in the ureters, (which are the Passages from the Reinss to the Bladder) there is pain in the Flanks below the Navel, to the Groin, and bottom of the Belly.  
V There is also Stoppage of Urine, Sickness of Stomach, and many times Vomiting withal, a Heat and Pain in making of Water, and in Men a Pain at the End of the Yard.  
VI If the Obstructing Matter be in the Bladder, it is known by the last enumerated Signs; but the Pain is more particularly and eminently at the end of the Yard: And if the Sick stands upon his Head, he has present Ease and Relief, by reason the Stone falls from the place stopped.  
VII. If it be in the Urethra, or Passage from the Bladder, it may be known by feeling, or searching, and sometimes a Swelling of the Part.  
VIII. To distinguish whether it be a Stone, or Tartarous Matter that stops the Urine: If Specificks remove the Obstruction, or bring away Slime and Pus, there possibly may be no Stone; but if no Relief comes, a Stone is to be feared.  
IX. In the Bladder, or Urethra, it is known by searching, either with a Wax-Candle, or a Catheter, or the Gripe, which is the surer way.  
X. The Prognostics, If it be a Stone in the Reinss, it is uncurable, unless small; so also in the ureters: If in the Bladder, and large, only by Cutting: So also if it be lodged in the Vrethra, without which, nothing but Death can be expected.  
XI. If it is Tartarous Matter, Sand or Gravel, it is more easily cured; and more easily in the Bladder, than in the Reinss.  
XII. If it be inveterate, the Cure is more difficult than if it be recent; so also in such as are weak, old, or decrepit: If the Stoppage is removed, and it often returns, it is so much the worse.  
XIII. The Cure. 1. Medicinal. Among Vegetables, these things are most prevalent. Water distilled from Arsmart, drunk ad ℥ vi, at a time. Parsley-water, also Water distilled from Onions in like proportion: Bean-shell-water with Syrup of Violets, which is of good use: So also Grass-water.  
FOURTEEN. Of Juices. The Juice of Pellitory of the Wall, or Syrup of the same Juice given ab ℥ ij. ad ℥ iv. Juice of Camomile given ad ℥ iv. is famous, I know it by Experience: So also Juice of Onions given ℥ j ad ℥ ij. in White Wine, and repeated. And inferior to none, is the Juice of Winter-Cherries, given ad ℥ j or more, in White Wine, as aforesaid.  
XU. Seeds. Those of Violets are said to be of excellent use, because, together with expelling the Stone, they are said to Purge, if used by way of Emulsion. Daucus Seeds given either in Powder adʒss. or more; or in Decoction, are much commended: So also the Seeds of Gromwell, Fennel, Parsley, Bishopsweed, etc.  
XVI. Berries. Juniper-berries provoke Urine powerfully; so also Bay-berries, whether in their Substance, as Powder, Extract; or in their distilled Waters, Spirits, Oil, Potestates, etc.  
XVII. Foecula's, Ashes. Tartar made into a Salt, or Oil per Deliquium, and given add ℈ j or ʒss. in Arsmart or Parsley-water, is an approved thing. Pot-ashes, Broom Ashes and Bean-stalk Ashes, drunk in White Wine, are of excellent use.  
XVIII. Woods. The chief among Woods, is Lignum Nephriticum; which being rasped, may be either given in Substance, in Powder, or else in Infusion in Water or Wine, which being used for some time, has done Wonders.  
XIX. Gums. The chief among Gums are, Turpentines of all Kind's, Balsams de Chili, Copayba, of Gilead, Peru, and Tolu, Opium; the various ways of using th●m you may search out in Our Seplasium, lately emitted into the World.  
XX. Among Minerals, these are f● most use. 1. Nitre given in Powder a ℈ ss. adʒss. 2. Sal Prunellae, given in White Wine, sweetened with double refined Sugar. 3. Spar, given in fine Powder adʒj. 4. Lapis Nephriticus, given àʒss. adʒj. in some proper Vehicle.  
XXI. Mineral Spirits. The chief of these are Spirits of Salt, of Sulphur, of Vitriol, of Nitre, Bezoardick Spirit of Nitre, Spirit of Alum. Tincture of Lapis Nephriticus, made with rectified Spirit of Salt, the Stone being first powdered, and than both digested, till it makes a green Tincture.  
XXII. Among Animals, these are esteemed. Eggshells calcined, and given àʒss. adʒj. which Medicine is said to be valuable before all other things: Hoglice are in great estimation, being given in Powder à ℈ j adʒss. or their Salt, à ℈ ss. ad ℈ j So also the Powder or Salt of Bees. Cochinele in Powder, and ℈ j or ʒss. or its Tincture adʒj. given in Rhenish Wine, is said to be a gentle and pleasant Medicine, and of great Virtue. To these things add, the Powder, Salt and Oil of Scorpions.  
XXIII. Spirits from Animals. Spirit of Urine, of Sal Armoniac, and of Hartshorn, mixed with some proper Diuretick-Water or Tincture, and so taken. Spirit of Sal Armoniac given in Rhenish Wine, is said to be a Specific: To which things add, Our Spiritus Vniversalis.  
XXIV. But Crabs Eyes are thought to be inseriour to nothing that has yet been enumerated; they may be powdered, levigated, and given à ss. ad j in Arsmart Parsley, Pellitory, or Onion Water, or in Rhenish Wine.  
XXV. Among singular Compounds, you may use these following: ℞ Juice of Liquorice jss. which dissolve in Juice of Winter Cherries, q. s. Camphirʒj. dissolved in S.U. q. s. Saffron ℈ ij. Laudanum nost. ʒij. Whitewine lbviij lbviij. mix, let it settle, and decant the clear. Dose ℥ iv. at Bed time.  
XXVI. Liquor Nephriticus: ℞ of the Lynx-stone, Jews-stone, Hoglice dried, Crabs eyes, Eggshells, a. q.u. dissolve in Spirit of Salt, filter the Solution, and distil to dryness; the Caput Mort. put into a Cellar, to dissolve per deliquium. Dose à gut. xij. ad xx. or thirty. in any proper Vehicle.  
XXVII. Sal Lithontripticus: ℞ Sal Prunellae, of Bohemian-tartar, of Wormwood, a. ʒj. Volatile Salt of Amberʒjss. mix them. Dose a gr. viij. ad ℈ j or ʒss. in Whitewine or Saxifrage-water.  
XXVIII. Pulvis Nephriticus: ℞ Crabs eyes, Goat's blood prepared, Calx of Eggshells, a. ʒij. Lapis Judaicus, Nephriticus, Bone of a Pikes Head, Powder of Winter Cherries, a. ʒjss. Gromwell seed, Daucus seeds, Crystals of Bohemian-tartar, Sal Prunellae, a. ʒj. mix, and make a Powder. Dose ad ʒj.  
XXIX. Julepum Nephriticum: ℞ Julep of Roses lbj lbj. Cinnamon Water ℥ vj. Tartar Vitriolate ℈ iv. mix them. Dose ad ℥ ij. Or this: ℞ Tincture of Lignum Nephriticum lbj lbj. Horseradish Water lbss ss. Syrup of Corn Poppies ℥ iij. Tartar Vitriolateʒij. Powder of Crabs eyesʒiij. mix them.  
XXX. Spiritus Antinephriticus: ℞ Roots of Rest Harrow, white Saxifrage, a. ℥ j Liquorice ℥ ss. Goat's blood dried, Crabs eyes bruised, Hoglice, Nutmegs, Cinnamon, a ℥ j Saffron ℥ ss. Clovesʒij. Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ xuj. Spirit of Wine lbv lbv. cut and bruise what are to be cut and bruised, mix, and digest together for 14 or 20 days; than distil in B.M. Dose, from one Spoonful to two, in a Morning fasting in Parsley or Arsmart Water, sweetened with a little refined Sugar; as much in the same manner at Noon; and in like manner at Night going to Bed.  
XXXI. While these things are taking, you aught also to exhibit Emollient and Nephritick Clysters, Examples enough of which you have in Our Pharmacopoeia's London, and Batean, and in some other of our Books. Or you may give this: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ j Tolks of two Eggs, grinned them together till they are well mixed; to which add Chicken Broth, Whitewine, a. lbss ss. hot enough to be given for a Clyster; mix, and exhibit.  
XXXII. But if after all, you found that none of these, or other proper things will do; if it be in the Reinss, you must commend the Patient to Heaven, to place his Hope there, since so little is left him to trust to upon Earth. But if by the Symptoms you found the Matter stopping be in the Bladder, or its Mouth, or in the Vrethra, you must than apply yourself to the following Manual Operations.  
XXXIII. If it be a Stone which is lodged in the Urethra, and will neither go backwards nor forwards, but sticks fast there, whereby the Passage of the Urine is totally stopped; you must first try all fit means to educe it without Incision, as Emollient Oils, Ointments, Fomentations and Baths, Injections of Oil, etc.  
XXXIV. If those things will not do, you must come to Extension: The Vrethra is to be extended by Wind blown in, tying that part of the Yard beyond the Stone next the Pubes; whereby the Vrethra being dilated, the Stone may possibly with the Fingers be forced out.  
XXXV. If this will not do, the next way is, by strongly Sucking the Part; so that by drawing the Breath very strongly, the Stone is drawn forth with it.  
XXXVI. If this yet does not, you must endeavour to break the Stone by the help of a pair of Forceps and Probe, which many times succeeds well enough, if the Stone is of a brittle substance; otherwise not.  
XXXVII. But if none of these ways do, you must come lastly to Incision; though the place where it should be made, Authors contend much about: Some are for the Lateral Parts, jest if the lower Part should be cut, there be a new Passage for the Urine: Others are for the Lower Part, jest the Nervous Part should be hurt.  
XXXVIII. But both ways have been tried with Success, and found easy enough; yet sometimes the Lateral Apertion hurts Erection, as I observed once in one Patient; for which Cause I should rather choose the Lower Part of the Vrethra.  
THIRTY-NINE. Incision being made, the Stone is either to be pulled forth with a little smooth Hook, or pressed forth with your Fingers; after which, the Wound (whether of the Vrethra or Bladder) must be cured after the usual Method of Curing Wounds in those Parts.  
XL. But if the Matter sticks not so fast in the Neck of the Bladder, but may be removed, or put back by Instrument, whereby the Urine may be drawn forth, we commend to you the use of the Catheter.  
XLI. Now, because the Silver Catheter, by being put in by unskilful Hands, may sometimes hurt the Prostatae, or break the Seminal Bladders, whereby an incurable Gonorrhoea is produced; we have for that cause, in this Cure, rejected it, and make choice of that of Helmont; which as it is infinitely more safe, so it fully answers all the ends which we require from it.  
XLII. The Description of Helmont's Catheter, as you found it in his Treatise of the Stone, Chap. 7. Because (says he) the little Silver Catheter, to bring forth Urine, is Cruel and Bloody, and much torments the Patient, it very much displeases me: And among many which I have tried, this which I have made of Leather, being as fit as harmless, I have chosen.  
XLIII. I cause (says he) the Leather to be painted within, of a white Colour, made of Ceruse and Linseed Oil; which, when it is as it were dry, let it be made into a Pipe, by sowing it very smoothly upon a fit Brass Wire, so as the seam may not stick out: The one end of the Pipe is to be lesser than the other; the bigger end is so large, that the Pipe of a Syringe may be put into it, as often as one pleases, that by this means, any fit Liquor might be injected into the Bladder.  
XLIV. This done, the whole Leather Pipe is besmeared with dissolved Glue, to strengthen it; which being dried, is over that painted with Ceruse, mixed with Linseed Oil; and this also, as well for the firmness of the Pipe, as to prevent it from being wet through, whereby it would grow weak and flaggy.  
XLV. Now draw forth the Brass Wire, and fit another for the Pipe, made of Whale-bone; so will you have a Leather Catheter, easy, thin, and flexible, which will not any ways hurt or pain the Patient in putting it in, although it may be Forty times put up into the Bladder in one day.  
XLVI. This Catheter being put up into the Bladder, removes and thrusts in what lay in the Neck of the Bladder, or in the Mouth thereof; which done, the Whale-bone is drawn out of the Pipe, and than the Urine freely passes forth through it, without any stop or pain; and you may every time draw it out as you please. I know one, who by the means of this Instrument, caused a Lithontriptick Patient to make Water with ease, for Eight or Nine Months together.  
LXVII. The Urine being emptied, you may (if you so please) cast into the Bladder, by a Syringe, any proper Liquor, which you may think fit, to dissolve the Tartarous Coagulum, which makes the Obstruction; but it aught not to be of too sharp a Nature, nor what may any ways cause pain.  
XLVIII. Lastly, you must note, that the Syringe must be fitted (beforehand) to the outmost end of the Catheter, that the whole Operation may be done neatly, and easily.    

IV. APHAERESIS.  

CHAP. XXXI. COUCHING of CATARACTS.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, aufero) Aphaeresis is that which teaches how to take of, or remove any thing, which is superfluous; and its Operations are chief, 1. The Couching of Cataracts. 2. Amputation. 3. Cutting of Cancers. 4. Cutting of Wens. 5. Cutting a Sarcocele. 6. Cutting of Warts and Corns. 7. Removing of Caruncles or Carnosities. 8. Removing of Humours by Friction, by Bathing, by Sweeting, and by Fasting.  
II A Cataract (whose Couching we here teach) is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; and in Latin, Suffusio; and it is a Congelation of Superfluous Humours, generating by little and little, a preternatural Membrane between the Cornea and the Crystalline Humour, covering either wholly, or in part, the Pupil of the Eye, and so destroying, at lest, hindering the Sight.  
III The Cause. It mostly arises from a pituitous Humour, either gathered there from the weakness of the Eye, or transmitted thither from the Brain, by reason of the abundant quantity.  
IV. The Signs. Whilst it is recent, or beginning, the Patient sees every thing double, and of various Colours, and as if many Flies were passing to and again before his Eyes, Nets, Clouds, and other things in the Air, nor can they easily endure the Light.  
V His Sight by degrees lessens, and things appear like dark Spots; after which, blindness follows.  
VI And if all that the Patient sees, seems to be perforated, or with holes, than the Cataract covers the Centre of the Pupil; yet not the whole Pupil, but leaves round about the Sight a circular part free.  
VII. If the Pupilla spreads itself, when you rub the Eye with your Fingers, it is yet imperfect; but if it remains unmoved, 'tis certain, that it is ripe for Couching.  
VIII. The Differences. It is either Imperfect, when the Humour is thin and fluid, or the Apple of the Eye not totally covered.  
IX. Or it is Perfect, when the Humour is become a Membrane, or the Pupilla quite covered, so as all things seem dark.  
X. Some Cataracts are white, some grey, some yellow, others leaden coloured, green or black, according as yellow, green, or black Choler is mixed with the Humours.  
XI. The Prognostics. If it be imperfect, and in the beginning, it may easily be cured, by Medicines internally given, and externally applied; and so much the more easy, if it be in a sound Body, and a middle-aged Person.  
XII. The lesle the Pupilla is dilated, the lesle hopes of Cure; and the nearer the Cataract is to the Crystalline Humour, the more dangerous it is.  
XIII. Where you are certain that it is a Cataract, it will remain soft, till the end of the third Year; so that it will not be Couched, or follow the Needle; but after the Third or Fourth Year, it will be so firm, as to admit of Couching.  
FOURTEEN. If when the Eye is turned to the Sun, the Patient shall see no glimmering or appearance of Light, he will than see no benefit from the Chirurgick Operation.  
XU. If, in Couching, the Humours of the Eye be commixed by the Needle, though the Membrane be removed, the Blindness will remain: Yet I knew a young Girl, to whom this happened, that after some time, perfectly recovered her Sight again, and that without the use of any means.  
XVI. If, in the Operation, you touch the Membrane called Retina, the Patient will ever after that, see in the Air, Hairs, Flies, etc.  
XVII. If some Blood is spilt in Couching, it is not dangerous, but will stop of itself.  
XVIII. If the Cataract be not altogether Couched, but broken or divided into several pieces, whereby the sight does not perfectly return upon the Spot, yet many times, in six or eight Weeks after, it becomes perfect again.  
XIX. The Cure. If the Cataract is Imperfect, it is performed by Medicine: If Perfect, by Manual Operation only, all other means being Vain.  
XX. In the Cure of the Imperfect, first Purge with Pilulae Cochiae, or Aggregativae, or rather with our Family Pills, which are inferior to no other Head Purge.  
XXI. Strengthen the Stomach, by eating daily green Ginger, that especially which is brought to us, preserved in the East or West Indieses, Caraway Comfits, Candied Orange and Citron-Peels, Candied Angelica.  
XXII. Strengthen the Head with Conserve of Rosemary-flowers, and a constant taking the Hungarian-water inwardly, Morning, Noon and Night, in any proper Vehicle, which aught to be continued for some considerable time.  
XXIII. Outwardly Bath the whole Head with the Powers of Amber, Morning and Night, or rather with this Mixture: ℞ Pours of Amber, of Lemons, of Rosemary, ana ℥ j mix them to Bath with.  
XXIV. To the Eyes apply this: ℞ Gum Tragacanthʒij. Celandine-water q. s. mix and dissolve; with which mix burnt Alumʒss. and make a Collyrium.  
XXV. Or this; ℞ Tincture of Aloes, made in half Wine half Water ℥ iv. S.U. ℥ j Regulus of Antimony in Powder, White Vitriol a. ℈ j Honeyʒvi. mix and digest a Month, than use it.  
XXVI. Or this, ℞ Hens Gall, Tincture of Scammony a. ℥ iv. White Wine ℥ viij. Juices of Fennel and Celandine a. ℥ x. Tinctures of Myrrh and Aloes a. ℥ iijss. in which Camphirʒj. has been dissolved: Sarcocol ℥ j mix, digest in a gentle heat for two Months, shaking the Glass once a day, than letting it settle, decant the clear, and keep it for use. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 27. throughout.  
XXVII. The Manual Operation, for Cure of a confirmed Cataract; before which Vniversals ought to be used, for Evacuating the whole Body, and afterwards particulars for Purging the Head; but you must take heed that the Patient be not troubled with Headache, Pain in the Eyes, Fever, Vomiting, Coughing, or Sneezing.  
XXVIII. Seat the Sick in a Chair, somewhat lower than your own, if you sit; bind up the well Eye, and 'cause him to hold his Hands about your Waste, not stirring them till the Operation is ended.  
XXIX. Let somebody hold his Head fast behind, and hold than asunder his Eye Lids, causing him to turn his Eye towards his Nose: Than thrust your Needle quickly in by the Cornea, half a straw's breadth from the Iris, some say a straw's breadth, and bring it unto the hollow of the Eye.  
XXX. When the Needle hath Couched the Cataract, endeavour therewith to press it gently, and so long from above downwards, until it remains there.  
XXXI. If it be stubborn in raising up; you must again and again divide it into several Particles, and bring them down, keeping them in both a little while under, that they may not return again, before the Pupil of the Eye.  
XXXII. Than draw out the Needle, and bind up as well the Sound, as the Unsound Eye; applying double Linen Clotheses, moistened in Rose-Water, in which a little Alum is dissolved, and than beaten together with Whites of Eggs.  
XXXIII. In the Operation, take heed of hurting the Crystalline Humour, and the Sound Tunicles.  
XXXIV. Apply an Astrictive to the Forehead, let the Head lie high, and dress the Affect for about Fourteen Days, ordering the Sick to stir his Head and Teeth as little as may be.  
XXXV. Let the time in which this is done be the Morning, in the decrease of the Moon, and in a clear and serene Air. How to know when it is fit to do this Operation, we shall hereafter teach.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of AMPUTATION.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Amputatio, Dismembering, or the Cutting of any Part or Limb, is a dreadful Operation, seldom used, but in a Sphacelus, or perfect Mortification, or where there is such a Laceration of any Part, as it is impossible to be restored, or to save Life without it.  
II 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Mortificatio seu Sphacelus, a Mortification, is that which invades both Flesh and Bones with a Rottenness or Putrefaction.  
III The Signs. If Cut (the Patient not seeing it) the Part is senseless, and the Patient feels it not; the Flesh is cold, flaggy, black, smells like a dead Carcase, and the Skin by reason of rottenness may be separated from the Flesh, there flowing from it a viscid, greenish and blackish Matter.  
IU. And although there may be yet some Motion, it is because the heads of the Muscles are not already affected; however the Work is not to be delayed, but the Part is to be taken of either in the sound and sensible Part, or in the corrupt and dead; the first of which, as it is most used, is also most secure.  

I The Common Way, in the Sound Part.  
V The Body aught first to be purged with Vniversals; after which, before the Operation, the Spirits aught to be raised with Cordials; of which, this is excellent: ℞ Canary ℥ iv. of our Aqua Bezoartica ʒvi. Juice of Alkermes ℥ j mix them for a Dose.  
VI Some Authors say, That this Operation is most conveniently done in the Joint, but than the Cure is rendered the more difficult, and the use of the other part altogether lost: Therefore the Extirpation is much better to be done, two or three Finger's breadth, or more, below the Joint; except the Mortification has seized the uppermost part of the Arms or Thighs, than you must necessarily take the Joint itself.  
VII. The Amputation is also more safe in the Sound Part than in the Dead, though the former is accompanied with the greater pain. But Woodall, and some others, perform it in the Dead Part.  
VIII. The Common Way is this, 1. Prepare the Body with good Diet, as Yolks of Eggs, Toast dipped in Muscadine, Tent, Alicant, or Canary: And let the Patient be purged for some days beforehand with Cassia new drawn, and such gentle Lenitives; let him take three or four times a day Confectio Alkermes of Our Prescription, (see Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 22. Sect. 2.)  
IX. 2. Have in a readiness, 1. Two Saws, jest one should break. 2. A Dismembering Knife and Catlin. 3. Several Rulers, five or six Yards long. 4. Three great Needles (not much now in use.) 5. Bolsters, greater and lesser. 6. Pledgets of Tow, greater and lesser. 7. Dorsels and Buttons, of several sizes. 8. A large Bowl, with Ashes, Water, and Vinegar.  
X. 3. Than the Patient being conveniently seated, draw up all the soft Parts with a strong Hand, after make a Ligature hard, girding it strongly, and pressing powerfully upon the great Vessels, with your Fingers, which may in part also keep the Patiented steady.  
XI. 4. This done, with the Dismembering Knife, cut the Skin and Flesh round, very speedily, to the Bone. If it be in the Leg, or below the Elbow, divide the Flesh between the Fossiles with the Incision Knife; after separate the Periostion from the Bone, by scraping of it either with the edge or back of the Incision Knife.  
XII. 5. With a sharp Saw, cut the Bone as near to the living Flesh as may be.  
XIII. 6. The Operation thus over, there will be a Flux of Blood, which if it be not too great, you may stay it only by such Medicines as stop Blood, as Pulvis Dysentericus Crollii, Pulvis Sperniola Crollii; or rather with Powders causing an Escar; thus you may mix equal parts of Umber and unslakt Lime together, with a little Hair in Powder or Ashes of an old Hat, which reduce into an Ointment with the White of an Egg.  
FOURTEEN. Or this: ℞ white Starch ℥ vi. Sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, a. ℥ j fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, a. ℥ ss. Gypsum ℥ jss. Frogs prepared ℥ ij. Moss of Man's Skulls ℥ j Hare's hair cut smallʒij. Tragacanth in Powder, Sponge Torrefied in Powder, a. ʒj. mix, and make a subtle Powder.  
XU. But if the Flux is great, you must use an Actual Cautery to the Mouths of the Vessels, otherwise in the use of the aforesaid Powders, take four of your greatest Buttons, made of Tow moistened well in Posca, which arm with either of the said Powders, and apply them to the great Vessels, speedily applying over them a thick Bed, made of Tow, dipped also in Posca, and spread thick over with the Powder.  
XVI. 7. Have another Bed made so much larger, as to reach an Inch or two over every side round, and armed with the Powders as aforesaid, to be laid over the former; on which draw a Bladder, and on it make a Ligature an Inch broad near the top, over all these lay a fourfold Linen Cloth.  
XVII. 8. But if the Flux be great, and the Patient refuses the Actual Cautery; than, as soon as the Member is taken of, let the Skin together with the Flesh, in four distinct places opposite one to the other, be taken up with a Needle and waxed Thread, and the Ligature loosened above, or drawn down, that if possible they may meet.  
XVIII. This way is painful and troublesome, and therefore seldom to be used, yet it stays the Haemorrhage, preserves the Bone from all danger, and makes the Wound to be the sooner Cured.  
XIX. 9 If you use not the Bladder, be sure your Buttons be ready to apply to the place where the Blood appears, as you roll up the part: And having loosed the Ligature, roll up the Member with Swaths dipped in Oxycrate, applying to the next Joint above, a Defensative.  
XX. 10. Observe, that unless there be great pain, that you dress it not till the third day; than have in readiness Stuphes and good Roulers, the first may be dipped in Whitewine, or S.U. to be laid on the former Applications, that they may be the more easily removed, which do very gently.  
XXI. If the Bed next the Wound stick, remove it not till the third dressing: The Applications being removed, strew the Vessels, with some of the former Powders of Crollius, on which apply three or four Pledgets, with Whites of Eggs dipped in the Powder.  
XXII. On these, and the rest of the Wound, apply Basilicon, Balsamum Terebinthinae, or Balsamum Arcaei, till there is digestion. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ iij. Oil of Roses ℥ ij. Gum Elemi dissolved in the Oil, and strainedʒss. Saffronʒss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXIII. 11. After Digestion, mundify with Apostolorum, or Hartman 's Vulnerary Balsam, or Ung. è succis aperitivis. Or with this: ℞ Turpentine ℥ iij. Meals of Orrice Root, and of Barley, Powder of round Birthwort Root, a. ℥ ss. Honey of Roses ℥ j S.U. ℥ ss. Mithridateʒij. mix, and make a Mundificative. Or this: ℞ Juices of Parsley, Smallage, Scordium, Plantain, Rue, a. ℥ iv. Juices of Selfheal, All-heal, a. ℥ ij. Honey of Roses lbj lbj. boil to the thickness of a Syrup, to which add Powders of the Roots of round Birthwort, Angelica, Swallow-wort, Meal of Lupins, Mithridate, a. ℥ j S.U. ℥ ij. mix them, than Incarnate, and dry with Pulvis Dysentericus Crollij: It dries without any biting property.  
XXIV. Over this you may apply some Glutinative Emplaster, as Ceratum ex pelle Arietina Arnoldi de Villa Nova, Emplastrum Gratia Dei, or the like.  
XXV. 12. If proud Flesh arises, use Ung. Aegyptiacum laid on hot, upon which lay another Pledget, and so dress it up for about two days: The next dressing use only dry Lint or Flax, by this means the great sensibility of the Ulcer will be abated; or to eat the Flesh away, you may lay on burnt Alum mixed with Vitriol, burnt Ceruse, and burnt Lead.  
XXVI. At every dressing, endeavour to draw the Skin and Muscles together by degrees, that the Bone may be covered; it is best done with the dry Stitch applied a Finger's breadth from the Lips of the Wound, round about the Member, etc.  
XXVII. Lastly, Fingers and Toes, yea Hands and Feet, as also superfluous Joints, may be removed by Chisels, etc. of which see Scultetus Tab. 27. Fig. 12. and 15. but the Saw is best.  
XXVIII. If Humidities abound, ℞ Powders of Roots of Hog-fennel, round Birthwort, Florentine Orrice, Pine bark, and Lignum Guajaci, a. ℥ ss. mix, and strew it on the Ulcer once or twice a day. It dries without biting, and will 'cause the scaling of the Bone, which will be within thirty or forty days.   

II Aquapendens his Way, in the Dead Part.  
XXIX. This is done in the Dead Part, but near the Sound, yet not too near it: Let two strong Men hold both Parts of the Member very steady, than begin the Operation: The Part being taken of, remove as much dead Flesh as may be; than with read hot Cauteries, sear the dead Part, and therewith heat the end of the Bone, till such time as the Patient perceives the heat of the Fire.  
XXX. After that, make a fomentation with a good Lixivium, as in a Gangrene, which apply (not too hot) for about half an hour: This done apply Stuphes very warm to the Part, binding it up; within the space of two or three days, there will be a separation of the mortified Part from the sound.  
XXXI. At second dressing do the like again, and cutting of the dead Flesh with Sciffers, forget not to heat the Bone; but beware of an Haemorrhage stealing upon you, for which you aught to be provided, as aforesaid.  
XXXII. Some Authors say, That the dead Flesh touched with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, as in a Gangrene, may be better, and lesle dangerous.  
XXXIII. Now here is to be noted, 1. That the Body must be beforehand prepared, as aforesaid. 2. That in a Sphacelus caused from a defect of Innate heat, the former way is the better, viz. Amputating in the Sound Part. 3. But in a very slow Sphacelus, sprung from an Internal Cause, in a Body otherwise Sound, this latter way is the best. 4. That this way causes very little pain, and puts a sudden stop to the Putrefaction. 5. That by this Method, a Flux of Blood is not to be feared, etc.    

CHAP. XXXIII. CUTTING of CANCERS.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Cancer, is a preternatural Tumour said to arise from Melancholy, round, hard, livid, painful, with Turgid Veins resembling the Feet of a Crab.  
II It is twofold, denominated from its two times; 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Carcinoma, a Cancer not ulcerated. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Phagedaena, a Cancer ulcerated.  
III Signs. It is not easily known in the beginning, being very small, about the bigness of a Tear or Vetch, yet sometimes it grows to be six, eight, ten, or twelve pounds in weight; it is accompanied with painful Symptoms, the Tumour being hard, full of Pain, hot, livid, or black, roundish, with some inequality, and many tumified Veins.  
IV. As to the various Causes, Prognostics, and Intentions of Cure, we shall refer you to the Chapter of the Cancer in Lib. 3. following, where we shall discourse every thing at large: Here we shall only give you a short Idea of what we think most necessary to be done.  
V The Cure. If the Cancer be not exulcerated, first purge with this: ℞ Sena ℥ iv. Rhubarb ℥ j Hermodacts, Gummy Turbith, Jalap, Cambogia, white Flowers of Antimony, Mastic, Ginger, Cinnamon, Galangal, a. ʒj. Scammony, Cremor Tartari, a. ℥ jss. Oils of Vitriol, Cloves, Iuniper and Anise, a. ʒss mix, and make a subtle Powder. Dose à ℈ j ad ʒj. which frequently reiterate.  
VI Provoke the Terms in Women, if stopped, and the Haemorrhoids in Men, if usual, for this is beneficial.  
VII. Apply over the Cancer this: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iv. Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ ss. of Our Hercules q. s. mix, and make an Ointment. Or this: ℞ Oil-Olive ℥ vj. Turpentine ℥ j burnt Lead ℥ ij. Saccharum Saturni ℥ jss. Juice of Nightshade ℥ j of Our Hercules q. s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
VIII. But if it be ulcerated, some, to form a Palliative Cure, apply the Quintessence of Arsenic, (see its Preparation in Our Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 5. Sect. 7.) mixing it with Basilicon, or a Digestive, renewing it once in two days.  
IX. Barbett applies this: ℞ Galls, pomegranate Bells, a. ℥ j burnt Talc ℥ j fine Bowl ℥ ss. burnt Leadʒij. Ashes of Crabsʒj. Honey, Turpentine, a. q. s. mix, and make an Ointment. By these and the like Medicines, ulcerated Cancers have been kept easy, and in the same condition.  
X. Some commend this: Take Aqua Fortis ℥ j Corrosive Sublimate ℥ iv. Sal Armoniac ℥ ij. Arsenickʒj. put them into a Glass Alembick, and distil to dryness: add to the Faeces, Vinegar q. s. and distil again, till the Matter comes to the consistence of a Paste.  
XI. First wash the Cancer with Linen Clotheses dipped in hot Wine, rubbing it pretty hard, than spread the Paste on a double Cloth (not full out so broad as the Cancerd) and apply it for 24 Hours, so will an Escar be made bigger than the Plaster, which kills and removes the Cancer: After which it is to be Cured as another Ulcer, according to Art  
XII. This Application is apt (from its vehemency) to produce a Fever, Vomiting, and Flux of the Belly and Urine, for two or three days, or more, but yet with a benefit to the Sick.  
XIII. But if these things do not, so that you must be forced to come to Manual Operation, you aught first to purge the Body well with Vniversals, or with the former Purge at Sect. 5. aforegoing.  
FOURTEEN. This Operation is often performed on Cancers, whether Ulcerated or not: And it is done either with Cauteries after Incision, or else with both at once; or by Incision, with Adstrictives; but the first with Cauteries is best, because that bridles the malignity of the Tumour, and also, if any small Portion of the Cancer should be left behind, may 'cause it to fall with the Escar.  
XU. If the Cancer be small, not ulcerated, lose, and free from the Flesh on all sides, Incision with Astrictives may serve, letting it first bleed, if the Sick be strong.  
XVI. In this Operation, 1. Prepare the Body, as we have taught Sect. 13. 2. Have in a readiness Pledgets, Bolsters, Rulers, Needles, Astringent Powders or Cauteries, as you intent to proceed.  
XVII. Take hold of the Cancer, either with your Left Hand, or a pair of round Forceps, than immediately cut it of, and apply either the Astringent Powder, or the Cauteries, as you intent.  
XVIII. Some cut it of with Cauterizing Knives read hot, than dress it up with Anodynes, and such things as may 'cause the Escar to fall; but doubtless 'tis none of the best way.  
XIX. Others (which is the most common way) pass two Needles through the Cancer; across at right Angles, and holding those ends up by threads or strings, cut it of with a sharp Knife.  
XX. In all these ways, let the Part afterwards be anointed with Oils of Roses and Myrtles, than cure the Wound according to Art If after the Escar is fallen, the Pus is thick, white, and laudable, Pain and Symptoms be abated, and the Flesh grow like Pomgranate-seed, it will do well, and the Cancer is eradicated.  
XXI. But if the Cancer grows to the Bone, or passes through any Internal Part, it is incurable: A Cancer in the Lip is to be first cut out, than cured as a Harelip.  
XXII. After the Cancer is cut of, some dress it with Anodyns, others with Anodyns mixed with Stypticks, which being all ready prepared, and spread upon Tow, or other convenient Matter, and laid on a proper Emplaster, are clapped upon the Wound at once; after which Application, and the Flux being stopped, it is to be cured after the manner of a Green Wound.  
XXIII. This Work is horrid in Appearance, but soon done, if a skilful and nimble Artist has it in hand; I remember that I once saw Dr. Th. Gardner, the King's Chirurgeon, cut of a very large Cancer (weighing near eight Pounds when of) from a Woman's Breast between Forty and Fifty Years of Age: I pulled out a Minute Watch which I had about me, when he first took the Needles in Hand, and from that time, the piercing of the Needles, cutting of, and binding up, to the laying the Woman into her Bed, amounted not full out to two Minutes: The Flux of Blood was very small, and the Woman did well, being perfectly cured in about Six Weeks time afterwards.   

CHAP. XXXIV. CUTTING of WENS.  
I A Wen is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; in latin, Lupia; being for the most part a round Tumour, bunching out, mostly without any proper Cistis, but sometimes with one.  
II The Cause. Some will have them to proceed from a Pituitous Humour, but doubtless they come rather from Blood; the Mouths of the Arteries appointed to carry Nourishment to the Muscles, being sometimes more open than they aught to be.  
III The remote Cause, is sometimes from Falls, Blows, or other External Violence: Where the Parts are disorderly moved, the Native Heat and Flesh forming Faculty, turning the Extravased Blood into Flesh; which increasing, makes a preternatural Tumour, which sometimes becomes Malign, if the Blood be impure.  
IV. If it proceeds from Blood only, it is florid, warm and easy, but grows prodigiously: If from Phlegm, it is flaggy, tough and viscous: If from Choler, it is many times painful: If from Melancholy, it sometimes grows to a gristly hardness.  
V And commonly answerable to these Humours, is the Colour, Read, White, Yellow, or Livid.  
VI As the Wen increases, so its Arteries grow big, which nourish it; as also the Veins increase, that they appear under the Skin, sometimes as thick as ones Finger.  
VII. The Prognostics. It is not of itself malign, but may easily be made so, by untoward and evil Applications; and is apt to degenerate into a Cancer, if it be long ill used.  
VIII. The Cure. If in the beginning, use Astringents and Repellents; as a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, or Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio; but for Applications, we refer you to the Chapter of the Wen in Lib. 3. following, where it is handled at large.  
IX. But as the best Remedies seldom answer Expectation, the Tumour still increasing; so the best Cure is either binding with a Thread, or the Knife, or both.  
X. Some apply Suppuratives to the Tumour, to ripen it, than open it by a Caustick, or with an Incision-Knife; but that way is dangerous, for fear, that if any malign Humour should attend it, it should degenerate into a Cancer.  
XI. The Cutting of of a Wen. Cast a Thread, small, (but strong) twice round the neck of the Tumour, and tie it with a double Knot, which must be daily straitened, till the Tumour be deprived of its Colour, Feeling and Life, which will be in about seven or eight days: Than you may take it of with a Crooked Knife, which is easily performed, for that neither any great Pain, nor Flux of Blood is to be feared.  
XII. This Operation is best done in Gross or Phlegmatic Bodies; in others, Pain and Inflammation are so violent, that it will scarcely be endured: in such it is commonly removed at once, by Cutting, and than applying Astringent Powders, or the Actual Cautery; after, Curing it as other Wounds.   

CHAP. XXXV. CUTTING of a SARCOCELE.  
I WHAT a Sarcocele, or Hernia Carnosa is, we have in part told you in Chap. 8. Sect. 3 But it is more a Fleshy Tumour than a Rupture; unless it be called a Rupture, from the eroding of the Membranes which close the ends of the Capillary Blood Vessels.  
II A Fleshy Rupturethens, is a hard Tumour, slowly increasing, unequal, rough, heavy, and without any thin or floating Humours; and not very painful, unless joined with any sharp Matter.  
III The Cause is chief Blood, whether pure or impure, for the most part abounding in Quantity, being cast out of the Capillary Blood Vessels, the Membranes which close them, being either eroded, broken, or dilated; whereby the Nutritious Blood flowing more into the Part than Nature requires, and not Putrifying, it is changed into the Substance of Flesh.  
IV. This Flesh sometimes grows to the Testicle, in which case, it cannot be taken away, but by taking away the Testicle itself; but many times it only Circumvolves the Testicle, but grows not to it; in which Case it may be removed, without either hurting, or Cutting the Stone out.  
V This was lately done in a Patient, that came to me, by the Hands of a French man, who slit open the Scrotum very carefully long-ways, took forth the tumified Testicle; and pulling it down a little, tied it fast, as high as he could above the Stone; than he cautiously cut the Fleshy Substance long-ways also, so as not to hurt or scratch the Membranes of the Testicle: Which done, he turned the Testicle out with his Fingers, and with one cut, cut of the Fleshy Substance, just below the Bandage (the Patient not crying out for it.) Than he returned the Testicle into the Cod, and in a short time healed it after the manner of a green Wound: The piece of Flesh in this Operation weighed above two Pounds.  
VI The Prognostics. It is scarcely ever cured by Medicines, and seldom without Manual Operation: And if the Fleshy Substance grows to the Stone, not without removing, or cutting it of also.  
VII. If the Fleshy Substance extends its self to the Groins, it is for the most part incurable.  
VIII. The Cure. In its beginning, it is many times cured by astringent and repelling Medicines: Some have been Cured with the Powder of Dovesfoot Roots; others with the Powder of Restharrow Roots, taken ʒj. Morning and Evening in Wormwood Wine, or some other fit Vehicle, for four Months together.  
IX. And over the whole Scrotum, you may apply Emplastrum de Galbano Crocatum Mynsichti, or de Ranis cum Mercurio, and so tie it up in a kind of Bag-Truss.  
X. But if notwithstanding all that can be done, its increase cannot be hindered, you must come to the Manual Operation, thus; Make a little Orifice to the Scrotum, and rather in the Superior than the Inferior Part; through which, by help of Pledgets, let suppurating Remedies be applied, that, if possible, the Flesh may be wasted.  
XI. And every dressing, diligently wipe away the Matter, but not all of it, that what Flesh yet remains, may the better be consumed.  
XII. If this succeeds not, draw forth the Testicle, and by Incision cut of as much Flesh as you can, without doing Injury to it. Than restore it to its place, and the remainder of the Flesh contrive to consume by Suppuration.  
XIII. If the former ways prevail not, take out the Hernious Testicle, as far as you can; than pass once or twice a Silken Thread above the Tumour, by the process of the Peritonaeum, and pass both ends of the Silk through the Orifice itself; so that that which was on the right side, may be on left, and that on the left, may be on the right: So tying the Process of the Peritonaeum with a Knot, Cut of the Testicle, letting both ends of the Silk hung out of the Scrotum, than Cure it as another Wound.  
FOURTEEN. But here you aught well to consider the Cause, before you Operate; for sometimes you may be deceived by a Scirrhous, swelling of the Parastates: And sometimes the Spermatick Vessels are detained in the S●…, where oftentimes they may exceed in Magnitude the Testicles themselves, cauting no other inconveniency, but Fear.  
XU. Lastly, when you come to Operate, make the Ligature as near to the Tumour as possible; for the higher the Process of the Peritonaeum is perforated, so much the thicker it its, by which the suppuration, and falling of the Thread will be hindered; in which time, if Convulsions follow, they foreshow Death.  

An Appendix, concerning Cutting an Oscheocele.  
XVI. Although this Discourse does not properly belong this place, but rather to Chap. 8. aforegoing; yet, because the Operation of Cuttin; was not there taught, we were necessitated to refer it to another place: And here, having an opportunity, under a Branch of the same Head, we thought good to resume that part which was there wanting, and to deliver it here.  
XVII 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Oscheocele, Hernia Scroti: Hernia intestinalis vel Omentalis, in quae, ob Rupturam, aut Lesi●…m aliquam Intestinum aut Omentum, in Scrotum delabitur, Lind. Ex. 4. § 45. It is a Rupture in which the Guts or Caul, through a Breach of the Peritonaeum, fall down into the Cod.  
XVIII. By reason Cutting of an Oscheocele is not only dreadful, but also hazardous, it is seldom in use, except when the Substance fallen into the Scrotum, cannot be reduced; yet some have made use of it, to prevent a falling down any more, and so for a perfect Cure.  
XIX. To perform this, (when the Guts cannot be reduced, either from the hardened Excrements there, or Narrowness of the Passage) the Patient must be tied fast to a Form or Table, and Incision must be made in the upper Part of the Scrotum, not touching the Guts; than putting in the Directory at the Incision, and under the Production of the Peritonaeum, with your Knife, cut such a space as is necessary, towards the Belly; after which, reduce the Intestine, and stitch up so much of the Peritonaeum as may be sufficient to hinder the fall of any thing again into the Cod, after it is healed.  
XX. But unless the Patient be very strong, this is not to be done; much lesle the following Operation, which is performed either with, or without taking away the Testicle.  
XXI. That, with taking away the Testicle, is so horrid and bloody, as Scultetus has related it, (by which way the famous Gelder's of Italy did Cure a Hernia Intestinalis) that we shall forbear to teach it, and come to show you that Operation, which saves the Testicle entire.  
XXII. The Incision is to be made about the Share-bone, into which the Directory is to be put, thrusting it long-ways under the Process of the Peritonaeum, which lift up, and separate it from the adjoining Fibres and Nervous Bodies, to which it adheres: Than forthwith draw aside the Seminal Vessels, with the Cremaster, or hanging Muscles of the Stones, and than draw the Process aside above, and take so much from it as is too lose, with a small Mullet perforated in the midst: and, with a Needle, having Five or Six Threads, thrust it through, as near as you can to the Seminal Vessels and Cremaster; after which, put the Needle again through the midst of the Remnant of the Process, taking up therewith the Lips of the Wound; than tie the Thread with a straight Knot, and cut of the Needle, leaving so much of the Thread, as may hung forth of the Wound; which is not to be drawn out, till there is a sufficient Conglutination, which than heal up according to Art    

CHAP. XXXVI. CUTTING of WARTS and CORNS.  
I WARTS are known by Sight, being of various Kind's: Some hard, some soft, some jagged on the Top, as if they were Flowering or Seeding; some having broad Roots, some small; proceeding from an Earthy, Pituitous or Melancholy Matter.  
II If they have small Roots, they may easily be taken away, wherever they be, either by tying them with a Thread hard, whereby they are deprived of their Nourishment; or by Pinching them, after which they fall, or may otherwise be cut of; but some nip them of with their Nails, at once; after which they never come again.  
III Those with broad Roots, are first to be cut down, or pricked, after which they are removed with various Medicines: Some rub them with the Juice of Marigold Leaves; others take them away with Purslain bruised, and applied.  
IV. Some commend the Liver of Colocynthis to be bound to them; it is singular, if it be mixed with Read Praecipitate. Others use Dissolvents, or Potential Cauteries.  
V Or you may strew them with Filing of Brass, over which you may lay an Emplaster, to keep them on. Or this, ℞ Basiticon ℈ j Verdigrise gr, xiv. mix and apply it, over which lay a sticking Emplaster.  
VI Some commend the Water which runs from Ash-sticks burnt, or that which stands in the Roots of Oak-trees when cut down; others affirm, the stroking them with a dead Man's Hand to be efficacious; and I have known several have found it true by Experience.  
VII. Others lay a Defensative round about them, and than carefully prick them; after which they apply one drop of the Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur upon them, and over that a sticking Emplaster; by which means they become effectually removed.  
VIII. CORNS, are a Disease proceeding from the same Cause which Warts come from, and they are also of various kinds; some are hard, some soft, some with a single root, and some with a manifold.  
IX. You must first cut them as near as you can, in the Wane of the Moon, with a very sharp Knife, and than apply over them Emplastrum de Ranis cum Mercurio.  
X. Or this: ℞ Basiliconʒj. Read Praecipitateʒss. mix, and apply it, over which lay a sticking Emplaster; it will certainly do, if kept long enough to them. Or this: ℞ Red Wax, and spread it on Leather, upon which strew Read Praecipitate, and apply it.  
XI. Or this: ℞ Red Waxʒj. Verdigriseʒss. Oil of Ben q. s. mix, and make an Emplaster, which apply upon the Corns: Some apply the Leaves of Ivy bruised, Morning and Night, which generally Cures in fifteen Days.  
XII. Others apply a Desensative round about the Corns, and being cut close, drop upon them one drop of Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur; or a few drops of the Juice of Spurge, which some say is a Specific.  
XIII. Others have had them cured by Application of Bean-leaves or Celandine, bruised and applied for certain days, after which Basilicon and Red Praecipitate have consummated the Cure.  
FOURTEEN. But if all these things fail, you must come to cutting them out; thus, Cut them round with the point of your Incision-knife, than tie them with a Twine Thread, turning them with it every way as you cut them, by degrees winding the Thread about them; and continued your cutting round, till you come to the very root of the Corn, and they are perfectly removed.  
XU. After which, if the place bleeds, apply some Natural Balsam, as de Peru, de Tolu, or de Chili, or Balsamum Lucatelli, and a Plaster of Diachylon simplex.  
XVI. If the Part about be hard, lay over it Mynsicht's Emplastrum de Galbano Crocatum, mixed with a little Sal Armoniac; or this: ℞ Galbanum extracted with Vinegar ℥ j Ship-pitch ℥ ss. Diachylon simplex ʒij. Sal Armoniack ʒj. mix them: This is said to remove both Corns and Warts, if renewed every third or fourth Day.   

CHAP. XXXVII. REMOVING CARUNCLES.  
I CAruneles or Carnosities growing in the Urethra, or passage of Urine and Seed, are a kind of fleshy substance, not much differing from the nature of a Wart, and may be properly called Warts of the Vrethra, which when they are grown to a considerable bigness, stop up the passage.  
II These are to be removed either with Medicines, or Instrument: The first is done by conveying a Caustick, or other proper Matter to them, through an hollow Pipe: The latter is done by putting in an Instrument, and rubbing them hard.  
III If than there be Caruncles or Carnosities in the passage, you may put up a little Suppository made of equal parts of Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii, and Honey of Roses, boiled up to a fit thickness.  
IU. Or this: ℞ Lithargeʒij. Minium ʒj. Flowers of Sulphurʒiij. Ung. Aegyptiacum ʒj. Honey of Roses q. s. mix them, and herewith anoint a Wax-candle, which put up the Vrethra, repeating it twice or thrice a Day, till there is a perfect cleansing.  
V Washing in Limewater (not too strong) is excellent, so also with our Aqua Ophthalmica, they being injected with a Syringe: Lastly, you may heal with Vnguentum Mirabile: Inwardly take a Traumatick, Sudorific, and Antivenerial Diet.  
VI But if it cannot be cured by any of the former means, or if it grows so great as to stop the Water, you must come to Manual Operation.  
VII. But that no other Parts but only the Caruncle may be eaten away, and that the Urine might not wash away the Medicines that are applied, you must (by the Advice of Fabritius ab Aquapendente) make a Pipe of Linen, and smear it over with white Wax: Let it be in length about an Inch, or an Inch and half, and so broad as to be equal to the Silver Catheter, and at the end thereof let a long Thread hang.  
VIII. This Linen Pipe let be smeared over with this Lineament, ℞ Honey calcined to Ashes, Tutty prepared, fresh Butter, Turpentine washed, Wax, a. ℥ ss. burnt Alumʒss. melt and mix; this consumes the Caruncle without pain, or excoriation of the sound Part.  
IX. But some highly commend the following of Rochus Cervierus. Take Sulphur Vive, Mercury Praecipitate, Verdigrise, Crude Antimony, all in Powder, a. ʒiij. white Wax ℥ j which mix well in a Leaden Mortar with Oil of Roses q. s. to an Ointment.  
X. The Linen Pipe being anointed with one of these, must upon the Catheter be thrust into the Urethra, till it meet with the Caruncle, than the Catheter is to be drawn back, and the Linen Pipe left in the passage, to be afterwards drawn forth by its fastened Thread.   

CHAP. XXXVIII. REMOVING of HUMOURS.  
I HVmours are removed several ways, the chief of which are these four, 1. By Friction. 2. By Bathing. 3. By Sweeting. 4. By Fasting. There are other ways of removing of Humours, as by Purging, Vomiting, Urine, and Salivation; but these belong rather to Internal Administration, than Manual Operation.  

I Of FRICTION.  
II Friction is a rubbing of the whole Body, or of some of its Parts, as Head, Back, Shoulders, Arms, Thighs, Legs, etc. with course Clotheses, or other proper things.  
III The Intention is, to disperse Humours, Excrements, Spirits, loosen Obstructions, open the Pores, divert Fluxes and Rheums, cause free Circulation of the Blood, prevent Scabs, Itch, Pustules, Breaking's out, Tumours, Cramps, and take away cold pains, (caused through Congelation) in most parts of the Body.  
IV. It is to be done with awarm Hand, Sponge, or course Linen Clothwarmed; beginning at first softly, and increasing by degrees, till the place becomes read, first from lower Parts, and so ascending upwards.  
V If it be done soft and long, it opens the Pores, and wastes the Humours: if hard and short, it makes the Skin read for a time: if hard and long, it fastens and makes the Flesh hard, and stirs up natural heat.   

II BATHING.  
VI Baths are either Natural, or Artificial.  
VII. Natural Baths are chief those at Bath (supposed to spring from Sulphur, and some Golden Mineral, Iron, etc.)  
VIII. They are used in Palsies, Sciatica's, Numbness, Hardness, and Contractions of the Nerves, Morphew, Scabs, Scurf, old Sores, Tumours, old Pains, Diseases of the Joints, Liver, Spleen, Itch, Leprosy, etc.  
IX. Artificial Baths are made in Imitation of the Natural, and to the same intentions and purposes: of which you may see several forms in Our Pharmac. Lond. which may easily be made much stronger, by the Solution of proper Minerals therein.  
X. They are used either to the whole Body, or to a Part only; not too hot, for fear of hurting, and always after due purging.  
XI. The time is chief at Eight in the Morning, and about Five in the Afternoon: At first, stay in not much above half an hour; the following times you may stay in an hour or two, as your strength and conveniency will serve.  
XII. Being too much used, they dry and weaken the Body: Their use is to ease Pain, open the Pores, evacuate superfluous Humours, resolve, make thin, heat, cool, dry, moisten, cure Gouts, Sciatica's, Pox, Leprosies, etc.  
XIII. An Artificial Bath of Sulphur may be thus made. Take Flowers of Sulphur ℥ xx. Salt of Bohemian-tartar or Pot-ashes ℥ x. Water lbx lbx. mix, and boil for two hours, or something more, almost continually stirring it; than put it all together into a Bathing-tub almost full of warm Water, fit for Bathing in. It is excellent against Scabs, Itch, Scurf, Morphew, Leprosy, French-Pox, and other Breaking's out.   

II SWEETING.  
FOURTEEN. Sweeting, it is used for all the same Intentions and Purposes that Baths are designed for, and no ways inferior to them; and being used three or four times a Year, is found to be a good expedient against the Scurvy, and to preserve the Body in Health.  
XU. Go into it in the Morning, with an empty Stomach (as to Food,) but it will be good to be replete with two or three Glasses of Sack.  
XVI. In the time of the Sweat, give some pleasant Sudorific Cordial, a little sharpened with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur. Take Black-Cherry-water ℥ ij. Our Aqua Bezoartica ℥ j Syrup of Citrons ℥ ss. mix them. Or thus: Take Carduus Water ℥ ij. Our Aqua Bezoartica ℥ j Syrup of Read Poppies ℥ ss. Spirit of Sulphur, enough to give it a grateful acidity.  
XVII. Stay in as long as may be conveniently, but come forth before Fainting, wiping of (in the mean season) the Sweat with warmed Napkins.  
XVIII. Than let the Patient be immediately laid in a warm Bed, and covered with Clotheses, where let them Sweated well again for two or three Hours, and if they can, repose themselves to sleep.  
XIX. If they enter into the Sweat about seven or eight in the Morning, they may rise before Dinner, and use gentle Exercise, keeping themselves warm, because the Pores are open.  
XX. The way of doing it, is in Hartman 's Chair, with Spirit of Wine set on Fire: Which certainly was one of the most happy Inventions in the World: I shall omit the description of it at this time, because it is now common in London.   

IV. FASTING.  
XXI. Fasting is of use (whilst the Body is emptying) to lessen the quantity of Humours, by hindering their Generation, and this chief in universal ill habits, and elderly people: For Children are scarcely able to bear it, nor Choleric People; for Boil causes a vast Consumption of Humidity.  
XXII. This possibly is one of the most useful courses in the whole Art of Physic or Surgery; for as much as many Diseases may be cured by Fasting alone, which no other course could do any good in.  
XXIII. Besides, the Stomach being empty, draw Humours from all other Parts of the Body; by which means they come to be removed, and so cast forth in the common Draught, with the other Recrements of the Body.  
XXIV. Moore especially, it is to be used in all Diseases proceeding from fullness, for in them it makes an Alteration almost to a Miracle; and therefore it is of great use in Surfeits of every kind, and Diseases proceeding from Gluttony, Gormandizing, and Drunkenness.     

V DIARTHROSIS.  

CHAP. THIRTY-NINE. Of CROOKEDNESS in General.  
I THis Fifth part of the Art is called by some in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Diarthrosis, Articulatio, commissura Artuum; and is intended to rectify ill Conformation, in reducing it to its natural Figure by right Articulating of it, whence Diarthrosis, Articulating.  
II But in my Opinion, from the nature of the Intention, it aught rather to be called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Diorthosis, emendatio, seu directio, because it is rather a mending, directing, or putting into a right state or situation, what is distorted, crooked, or out of order.  
III It is directed chief, 1. To rectify, or set strait a Crookedness of the Back. 2. A Crookedness of the Arms and Legs. 3. A Crookedness of the Fingers. 4. Of Feet and Toes.  
IV. The Parts affected, and which particularly 'cause these Distortions, are, the Muscles, and in them the Nerves and Tendons especially, and sometimes the Bone itself.  
V The Signs. These are so evident, that they need not be declared, being manifest both to Sight and Feeling.  
VI The Causes. Though they arise sometimes from Wounds, Fractures or Dislocations (whose Cure depends upon the Cure and right Healing of those Diseases) yet they many times are connate from Infancy, and arise from a Rickety Disposition, or from some Cause, inward or outward, which might have been cured, had it not been neglected.  
VII. The Prognostics. If the Cure be attempted, whilst the Patient is young and tender, the Distortion may be rectified with ease; for than, the Parts being more flexible, are more apt for a Reduction.  
VIII. But if they be grown stiff or callous, and into a kind of a Bony hardness; the Restoration is much to be doubted, if not impossible; more especially if there be Age withal.  
IX. The Cure. First, the Parts affected aught to be Fomented, Bathed, or Anointed with Emollients and Softners; as a Bath of Milk, Emollient Oils and Liniments; and after them the Application of softening Emplasters.  
X. A softening Oil. ℞ Oil of sweet Fennel-seeds ℥ iss. Oil of Ben. or of sweet Almonds ℥ iuss. mix them; with which anoint Morning and Evening.  
XI. A softening Ointment. ℞ Oil of Aniseeds ℥ jss. pure golden coloured and sweet scented Palm Oil ℥ iij. mix them, and anoint well therewith, Morning and Evening.  
XII. A softening Lineament. ℞ rectified Oil of Vitriol ℥ j Oil Olive ℥ iij. mix them: With this anoint once a day; it is much better than any of the former, and resolves more.  
XIII. A softening Bath. ℞ Spirit of Nitre ℥ j Spirit of Vitriol ℥ j mix them, and therewith gently bathe the Contorted or Contracted Parts.  
FOURTEEN. In the intervals of Anointing, you aught also to anoint with Neuroticks, of which this is an excellent thing. ℞ Oil of Nutmegs, or Mace by Expression ℥ iij. Oil of Lavender and Lemons a. ℥ ss. mix them.  
XU. Or thus. ℞ Earthworms lbss ss. which cleanse, by washing first in Water, than in Wine, cut them small, and affuse upon them (in a large Receiver) Oil Olive lbss ss. or rather as much Oil of sweet Almonds, Oil of Limon; ℥ ij. and upon warm Emberss resolve into Liquor, which strain out strongly by pressing.  
XVI. This is an excellent Oil, for the Liquor of the Worms, by its peculiar Virtue, penetrates immediately; and passes to the Nerves and Nervous Parts, Veins, Arteries, etc. moderately warming, humecting, and strengthening them; whilst, mean season, the Viscous Substance thereof occludes the Pores, and keeps in the Heat, in order for resolution of the hardened and constricted Parts.  
XVII. Afterwards you may apply also Emplasterwise, Mynsicht's Galbanum Crocatum, or Ammoniacum cum Cicuta, or de Ranis, with triple quantity of Mercury: For by these various Applications, the Parts will be beforehand prepared for the use of the Instruments.  
XVIII. For the whole stress of the Cure seems to lie upon the right Contrivance, Making, and Affixing of the Instruments; without which, nothing can indeed be done; but, in a manner, all your Labour will be in vain.  
XIX. Wherhfore, fit Instruments being made; and the former softening Medicines used for some time beforehand; you must come to the Application of the Instrument, (using also your softening Medicines as before) together with Splenia, or Bolsters, and proper Bandage; as the Nature, Position, and Form of the Part requires.   

CHAP. XL. CROOKEDNESS of the BACK.  
I THIS is thought to proceed mostly from the Rickets; which, while the Patient is young, if not neglected, may be cured, but by the help of Instruments.  
II There is generally a fullness of one Shoulder, more than in the other, which tends that way, if not prevented, and while it's in beginning, may be helped by constant Swinging.  
III Sometimes it is in the Spine, the Vertebrae being contorted, mostly outwards, seldom (if ever) innards; and also to either side, which is most usual with young Girls, who have generally a debility of the Leg of the same side.  
IV. Thou these kinds of Crookedness are many times caused from the Rickets, or a Defluxion of a Morbific Matter; yet they are many times caused from an ill Conformation in the Womb, or some Pituitous Humour, collected about the Vertebrae.  
V Sometimes also it is caused, as aforementioned, by external Violence, from Falls, Bruises, or a constant ill Posture of the Body, whilst Young and Tender, in sitting, standing, carrying, bowing down forwards, writing, sowing, or making to use their Feet too soon.  
VI Many times also it is the Mother's fault, who striving to have them small in the Waste, by straight lacing, draws their Bodies aside; more especially, if there be any thing in the Clotheses on either side, which hurts them: Which ill custom, if the Child escapes Crookedness, it commonly brings other ill Diseases, as Obstructions of the Viscera, Green-sickness, Consumptions, etc.  
VII. The Cure. Here Emollient and Discussive Oils, Ointments, Liniments, Balsams, and Emplasters are to be used, (Examples of which you have in the aforegoing Chapter) before the Application of the Instrument.  
VIII. The Instrument is a Steel Compress, or Bodice, fitted to the Body to be reduced: It is to be full of Holes, that it may be the lighter and cooler; and lined with Cotten, that it may not hurt; bunching innards, answerable to the bunching out of the Back.  
IX. This Compress is to be gently and gradually used, being straitened by degrees; for without the use thereof, all other Medicines will be applied in vain; whilst, by the use thereof, some have been restored in about eight or ten Month's time, or a Year at farthest.  
X. As you perceive the Reduction to come on you must accordingly altar the Compress, viz. for such as are not yet come to their Growth, where they are to be altered every third Month.  
XI. Where the Person was very youthful, I have known this affect Cured by swinging by the Arms and Armholes, and sometimes gently by the Chin in a Sling, and the success was wondered; but this is much better for a Gibbosity in the Shoulder, or where one Shoulder grows higher than another.  
XII. If the Patient is come to their full Growth, the means of Cure, and all Trials of this Operation is in vain.  
XIII. If the Patient be very Young, the Compress, or Bodice, may be made of stiff Whale-bone; so fitted to keep the Backbone upright, repress the bunching out, and defend the Parts.  
FOURTEEN. And about the Seventh Vertebra of the Back, some advice to open an Issue, which is said to intercept the Humour flowing down, if it should seem to affect the Hip, Reins, or Feet.  
XU. Hildanus has an Observation, which I care not if I insert, it is Cent. 5. Observ. 67. paginâ meà 458. of a young Girl about Eighteen Months old, who had the Vertebrae of her Loins beginning to grow bunched outwards.  
XVI. After that some Barbers had for divers Months attempted the Cure, with Unguents, Baths, and Plates of Lead, but all in vain, for that the Spine did bunch out daily more and more; Hildanus was than called, who found the Third and Fourth Vertebrae of the Loins to bunch out, as large as a Duck's Egg, which were gradually followed by the Second and Fifth.  
XVII. By which means the Spine being grown into a great Bunch, especially towards the left side; it also made the left Leg much weaker than the right.  
XVIII. First, he rubbed the Back, whole Thigh and Leg, with the following Water, to strengthen the Nerves. ℞ Water distilled from Juniper-berries without Wine, Waters of Sage, Betony, and Lavender a. ℥ ij. Powder of Tormentil-Roots, and Rose-Leaves a. ʒij. make an Infusion, by digesting eight or ten days in a large Vessel, decant the clear, and keep it for use.  
XIX. After Chase, he applied the following Emplaster. ℞ Emplast. Slotani (or, in place thereof, Ammoniacum cum Cicuta) ℥ v. new Wax ℥ ij. Osteocolla ℥ j Powders of Comfrey-Roots, Terrae sigillata a. ʒij. Powders of Balaustians, Cypress-Nuts, Damask-Roses a. ʒj. mix them over a gentle Fire, and make an Emplaster, by adding Oil of Roses, or of Mastich q. s.  
XX. To repress the Extuberance of the Vertebrae, he made an Iron Plate, a little bent, long and broad enough to cover the whole Gibbosity, and quilted it into a Compress, or Bodice, between Clotheses, that it might hurt the Child the lesle.  
XXI. This Compress was worn upon the Naked Body, and so fitted, as to comprehend all her Belly, to the Muliebria: It was tied on with a long Strap over the middle of the Belly; and about the Breast, it was gently tied, that it might not straiten the Ribs, or Midriff.  
XXII. But below the Bastard Ribs, to the bottom of the Abdomen, it was straight tied, that the Iron Plate might repress the bunching-out Vertebrae.  
XXIII. And jest the Compress should have slipped upwards, two Straps, an Inch broad, were fastened on each side the Groin, to go under the Perinaeum, and to turn up again upon the Buttocks, and so were fastened by Straps to the Compress on either side.  
XXIV. He ordered all from the Hip to the Foot, to be Chafed with the aforesaid Water every day; and the Plaster and Chase upon the Extuberance every Fourth, or Sixth day; by which means, through God's Blessing, the Child was Cured in Six Months: But she wore the Bodice and Plate, by reason of the weakness of the Parts, Two Years; in which time she grew very well.   

CHAP. XLI. CROOKEDNESS of the ARMS and LEGS.  
I IT is known by Sight: The Cause is many times Defluxions of Humours, Rickets, Kings-Evil, Dislocations, and Tumours, hard to be cured, called by Hypocrates, Galangones.  
II The Prognostics. If it be from a Contraction of the Tendons and Muscles, it is more easily Cured, than if it proceeds from Repletion of the Cavities, by a thick, pituitous and viscous Humour, which may fall, not only in this, but in other Joints, after Defluxions, great Pain and Weakness.  
III If also there be a Callus, in or near the Joint, (from an Erosion of the two ends of the Bones by some sharp Humour, whereby an intervening Callus makes them grow into one, as in Fractures) than it is in vain to attempt the Cure: For, let the Artist do what he can, it will ever after be stiff and useless.  
IV. The Cure. If it be without a Callus, after Vniversals have been premised, let the Nerves, Muscles and Tendons be softened by Emollients, either by Fomenting or Anointing.  
V You may Foment with the Powers of Amber or Aniseeds: If you anoint, you may do it with this. ℞ Oil of bitter Almonds ℥ iv. Oleum Succini, Anisi. a. ℥ j mix them: It softens beyond all imagination.  
VI Also, the Disaffected Part aught to be held an hour or two in a hot Bath of warm Water, in every Gallon of which, ℥ iij. of Sal Armoniac is dissolved.  
VII. And you may after Bathing, apply this following Cataplasm: ℞ Baked Turnips lbij. lbij. Oil of Turpentine and Aniseeds, a. ℥ iij. mix, and apply it as hot as can well be endured, letting it lie on all Night.  
VIII. Which done, Bath it again, as before directed; than anoint with the aforementioned Oil, and after apply the afore-directed Cataplasm again; which course repeat twice a day, so long till you found the contracted Part made somewhat suppling and pliant.  
IX. Than come to the Application of the Instruments, which aught to be so ordered, as, 1. To crush the Prominent and Convex Parts. 2. That it may scarcely touch the hollow, but rather defend it from Compression. 3. That it be so fitted to the Parts, as to hinder motion as little as may be.  
X. The Instrument is various, according to the Parts affected; but that which serves for the Elbow, may serve for the Wrist and Knee, which is thus:  
XI. Make a Casket of Wood or Iron, in fashion of a Ring, and of such a breadth as may compass the whole Joint: In that for the Knees, there must be a hollow for the Rotula, in the midst of the Casket must be a Screw, which is to pass into the Ring, the Ring also having Hinges, by which it may open and shut; to the Gasket put straps of Leather to fasten it, both above and below the Joint. The Screw is made, to bring gradually the Joint into form. See the Figure thereof in Scultetus, Table 18. Fig. I and Table 43. at C.  
XII. Immediately, upon the Part affected you must put an Emollient or softening Emplaster, with which it must be dressed twice a day; I have found mighty success in a Cerecloth made of Empl. de Minio, made with Oil, without Wax, and not boiled too much; it alone restored a Contracture in the Elbow, of many Years standing.  
XIII. Than six the Instrument to it, which let be well guarded with Tow, Cotton, or Lint, to be kept on Night and Day, as you see occasion, or as the Patient can bear it.  
FOURTEEN. Every time the Insirument is taken of, the Part must be bathed, or fomented, anointed, and a new Emplaster applied, straitening the Instrument every Day, as you see the disaffection requires it.  
XU. By this means the Crooked Limb comes to be extended, which is yet to be done with all gentleness, jest Pain be excited, and evil Symptoms arise.  
XVI. If the Contracture is in the Knee, whilst the Instrument is sixth to it, the Patient aught to walk gently upon it, if he be able. But if it be in the Arm, he must than often stirit, sometimes forwards, and sometimes backwards.  
XVII. Hildanus his description of the Instrument for the Thigh. It is a wooden Case or Cradle, made hollow, and fit to receive the Thigh about the middle; and the Small of the Leg a little above the Ankle.  
XVIII. Than there must be an Iron Hoop, fit to receive the Knee, with an Hinge to open and shut, and with a Button, and several holes to straiten or widen it, as there shall be occasion: A Male Screw must be put through a hole in the Hoop, just in the Ham, and a hole in the wooden Cradle, which is placed behind, and made fast with strings to the middle of the Thigh, and Small of the Leg. This Male Screw, must rest by a Shoulder in the Hoop; than the Female Screw must screw on behind the wooden Cradle, and thereby the Leg extended, as much as you see needful.  
XIX. Hildanus has C●…ed Crooked Elbows without this Instrument, only by the use of Emollients, and causing the Patiented every Hour to lift some heavy Matter with his Hand, as a Pail full of Stones, and to walk about with it; this is an easy Method, but he says he has found great success in it.  
XX. Crookedness of the Legs is also many times remedied by Boots, Splints, Bolsters, and such like, fitted to the Part, using withal, Emollient Baths, Oils, Ointments, and Emplasters.   

CHAP. XLII. CROOKEDNESS of the FINGERS.  
I THE same Method that we have prescribed in softening the Contracted Nerves, Tendons, and Muscles of other Parts, must be taken here; after which an Extender aught to be fitted to the Finger or Fingers contracted, to stretch them forth gradually, (if the thing is to be done;) and the use thereof to be continued so long, till the Parts are restored to their natural Situation, conformation and Use.  
II Hildanus, Cent. 1. Observ. 83. has a famous Example. I had a Patient, (says he) a Child, about fourteen Months old, who, falling into the Fire, burnt his right hand.  
III His four Fingers, and the external Part of the Metacarpus were so burnt, that the ends of his Fingers were drawn back, to their first Articulation or Roots.  
IV. The Father of the Child committed the Cure to Ignorant People; so that the Skin of the back of the Hand and Fingers was shrunk up, and grown together into a kind of Globular Form.  
V About Seven Months after it was healed, the Child was brought to me: I first Purged it with Broth in which Manna was dissolved; than I used the following Emollient Decoction and Ointment, for several days.  
VI The Decoction. ℞ Althaea, the whole Plant, Root and all, Roots of Bryony, of white Lilies a. ℥ j Flowers of Camomile, Melilot, Hypericon, Ground-pine, Germander a. M.j. Linseed, Foenugreek-seed a. ℥ j Broth made of a Weathers or Calves Feet and Head q. s. mix, and boil them together for a Fomentation.  
VII. I anointed the whole Arm and Hand with this Ointment: ℞ Ointment of Marsh-mallows ℥ j Mansgrease, Hens, Goose and Bears-grease a. ℥ ij. Mucilage of Earthworms ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
VIII. After Anointing, I wrapped the Hand (says he) in Emplastrum de Mucilaginibus; by which means the Contracted Sinews, and Callosity of the back of the Hand and Fingers, grown together on the said back of the Hand, were sufficiently mollified.  
IX. I than with a Razor cut away the Callus, between the Fingers and Metacarpus, than I separated the Fingers; after which I strewed on my Powder to stop Bleeding, and applied Whites of Eggs mixed with Rose and Plantane-water, together with Oil of Roses.  
X. Which done, I applied a Defensative to the Wrist, and Anointed the whole Arm with Oils of Roses, of Myrtles and Earthworms.  
XI. The next Day was laid upon the Incisions this Digestive, with soft Lint. ℞ Turpentine washed in Rose and Plantane-waters ℥ j Oils of Roses and of Eggs, a. ℥ ij. Saffron ℈ ss. Yolk of one Egg, mix them. And withal, the Arm was Anointed with the aforementioned Oils.  
XII. The Fifth Day I applied an Instrument, with which, by degrees, the Fingers were drawn and extended to their natural site.  
XIII. It was made of a Splint three Inches broad, and long enough to reach nearly from the Elbow to the Wrist: And at the end next the Wrist, it had a stick fastened across it, with four round Pegs standing up.  
FOURTEEN. The Splint was tied in two places round the Arm, with a Band; which being thus tied on, and well Lined with Lint or Cotton, Finger-stalls of Leather were put upon the Ends of the Fingers, with Strings to fasten them to the Four Pegs beforementioned.  
XU. Every Day they were bend more and more, which that it might be the better done, the Arm and Hand were Anointed with the Ointment at Sect. 7. above, as often as the Wounds were dressed.  
XVI. And that the Fingers might not grow together again, Plates of Lead were put between them: Thus were the Fingers, by little and little, restored to their natural Posture.  
XVII. Mean season, the Wounds were healed and Cicatrized; not with vehement Driers, but with things which were withal a little Emollient; whereby, with the Blessing of God, the Hand was perfectly Cured.   

CHAP. XLIII. CROOKED FEET and TOES.  
I CRookedness between the Joints, if the Patient be Young, is cured by the like Means and Instruments; but they are commonly fitted to the Part, that they may be serviceable, and not troublesome. See Paraeus, Lib. 23. Cap. 10.  
II If the Feet be Distorted, or turned Innardss, it is called Varis; but if Outwards, Valgus.  
III In Varis, bind the Ankles together, and put Bolsters between the Great Toes: In Valgus, bind them close at the Toes, and put thick Bolsters between the Ankles and Heels.  
IV. If they have been of long standing, you must have half Cases, from above the Knees to the Toes, made of Steel, Brass, Wood or Leather, to which fit Straps and Buckles to fasten them, one at the Gartering place, one a little above the Ankle, and another where the Shoes are tied.  
V We will give you an Example of a Cure of this kind, out of the Famous Hildanus, Cent. 6. Obser. 90. A Woman with Child going in Pattens, stumbled, and was out of order after it: When brought to Bed, (which was of a Boy) its right Foot was distorted, so much that his Toes, and all his Foot turned inwards, towards the inside of his Ankle.  
VI So that the Child when grown big enough to walk, trod more upon the out-part of his Ankle, than the Sole of his Foot: For this, much means was tried, but all in vain.  
VII. When he was something above Three Years old, and all the hopes of Restoration were passed, they desired my help: I viewed, and considered well; but (to speak Truth) despaired of restoring the Foot, for that the distortion was old and confirmed.  
VIII. Yet at the Parent's request, I attempted the Cure; first purging the Child with Manna, and Syrup of Roses Solutive, alternatim; jest by Baths and Fomentations I should attract Humours to the Part affected.  
IX. The Body twice or thrice purged, the following Emollient Decoction was used two or three times a Day, for Ten or Twelve Days together.  
X. ℞ Roots of Althaea, Mallows, a. ℥ ss. Herbs and Flowers of Betony, Ground-pine, Camomile and Melilot Flowers, a. M. j Linseed and Foenugreek-seed, a. ℥ j Broth of Sheep's Feet and Heads q. s. mix, and make a Decoction, for use.  
XI. After the Foot and Leg had been fomented with the former Decoction, they were anointed with this Ointment: ℞ Oil of white Lilies, of sweet Almonds, a. ℥ ss. Oil of Earthworms ℥ j Oil of Juniper-berries ℥ ij. mix them.  
XII. Than the following Emplaster was applied; ℞ Empl. de Mucilaginibus ℥ ijss. Gum Ammoniacum dissolved in Spirit of Iuniper and strained, and boiled again to a thickness ℥ j new Wax ℥ ss. Oil of Eggs ℥ j dissolve over a gentle Fire; and mix therewith Powder of Betony Flowers, of Ground-pine, and Read Roses, a. ℈ ij. Saffron, Powder of Earthworms, Mastic, Olibanum, a. ʒj. mix, and make an Emplaster, S.A. adding a little Oil of Roses, if need be. It wonderfully mollifies, and strengthens the Nervous Parts.  
XIII. The Foot and other Parts being sufficiently softened, the Emollients were left of, and Corroboratives applied: But in the mean time, whilst the Emollients were used, a kind of Boot, or high Shoe was also put on, which shall hereafter be described.  
FOURTEEN. And although the Foot was wonderfully distorted, yet after the Emollients were for some time used, it were easily reduced into its natural form, and that without pains. But as soon as ever the Hand was of it, it would presently return to its former irregular Figure.  
XU. And whenever the Foot was extended, and reduced to its Natural posture, a great hollowness was felt between the inner Ankle, and the Sole of the Foot.  
XVI. For the Process of the lower Appendix of the Os Tibiae, which constitutes the inner Ankle, (for that it had rested a long time upon the Os Calcis) was depressed, and stood at a distance from the Os Calcis; and the Process of the Fibula, which makes the outward Ankle, was preternaturally prominent, and twisted the Foot inwards.  
XVII. To reduce therefore the Foot to its natural Posture and Form, it was needful to sink the prominence of the Fibula, and a little to prolong the Defect of the Process of the Appendix of the os Tibiae: The former was performed by Art and Pains; the latter, through Nature's Assistance.  
XVIII. That Nature is thus wonderfully solicitous for the preservation of her Individuum, I can demonstrate by an Instance in my Study.  
XIX. I have the Skeleton of a Capon, which had broke its left Thighbone short of, and the one end of the broken Bone grew over the other by a firm Callus; and therefore that Leg must have been shorter than the other: But provident Nature made the Os Tibiae of that Leg of much longer than the Os Tibiae of the right, so that no Inequality or Deformity was left.  
XX. Now if it may be thus in Brutes, why not so in Children, while they are growing, more especially if they be of a healthful Habit of Body, as this Patient was?  
XXI. But to our Cure again: The Foot being thus sufficiently softened, it was (with the whole Leg) Anointed with this Mixture: ℞ Juice of Earthworms, Aqua Betonicae, waters of Ground-pine, Sage and Iuniper a. q. s. mix them. After which the following Plaster was applied.  
XXII. ℞ Emplastrum Slotani (or, in place thereof, Emplast. of Ammoniacum cum Cicuta) ℥ iij. fine Gum Elemi, new Wax a. ℥ j Mastich, Olibanum, Earthworms, all in Powder a. ʒij. Powder of Read Roses, Balaustians, Cypress-Nuts a. ʒ j Oil of Earthworms q. s. mix, and make a Cerate, which spread upon Leather, and apply it, renewing it every sixth day.  
XXIII. Than having replaced the Foot in its natural Posture, which will be done without pain, the following Instrument was so cleverly applied to the Foot, that it could not get back into its former preternatural Posture, unless the Swaths and Bandage should chance to be loosened.  
XXIV. The Instrument. It was made of Iron, shaped like a half Boot, but parted about the leg, and held together by two Iron Pins, running into two Loops, and a Screw between them; to let the lower Part down, or draw it up tied, as occasion should require.  
XXV. This lower part was so made, as to take hold of the Foot, and keep it from starting any way, out of its proper place, and was for the outside of the Leg, being fastened to a piece above the Knee, by a Pin to run on, for the Motion of the Knee.  
XXVI. The inside of the Leg was covered with Splints lined with Tow or Cotton, and so the Instrument on the outside, was fastened round the Leg by Strings.  
XXVII. The Foot being thus tied straight and fast in this manner, the Prominence of the Fibula was depressed, or at lest hindered from starting out.  
XXVIII. And the Process of the lower Appendix of the Os Tibiae (since there was a hollowness) might grow out, and so gradually fill up the Emptiness about the inner Ankle. Thus the Deformity, and ill Position of the Foot was rectified; so that when the Child walked, no fault was perceived.  
XXIX. From what has been said, and may be observed in the History of this Cure, 'tis evident, that disaffections of this kind require long time, much Industry, and great Skill, with gentle Management; for Violence does no good, it is Nature's Business to correct and mend such Deformities, joined with a Skilful Artist's help.  
XXX. The Child wore the aforesaid Instrument a whole Year; and than another was contrived for the Child to wear afterwards; because Children, when they are growing, must have new ones fitted to them, as the old ones are out-grown.  
XXXI. And in such like Cases as these are, a Physician must set himself to work, to invent proper Instruments; without which, the very best of Medicines may be used to no purpose.    

VI PROSTHESIS.  

CHAP. XLIV. Of BALDNESS.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Prosthesis, additio, à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, appono, is that part of the Art, which teaches how to add to, or supply Parts which are wanting; which are chief, 1. Hair, in Baldness. 2. A Lip, in a Harelip. 3. Eyes, Nose, Teeth. 4. Arms and Legs; of which in order.  
II Baldness falls under the Title of Defedation; and therefore what relates to the Medicinal Cure, shall here be omitted, referring you to the Chapter of Baldness in Lib. 2. following.  
III There are several kinds of falling of the Hair, as, 1. Tinea, when the Hair falls of one by one, being eaten and consumed by certain Worms, known by the Hairs being one shorter than another, and uneven, small Worms sticking in their Ends.  
IV. 2. Area, the falling of the Hair, from certain parts of the Head, and is threefold; 1. Alopecia, a Foxlike shedding of the Hair, in Patches, without any kind of Figure. 2. Ophiasis, a Serpentlike shedding of the Hair, beginning in the hinder part of the Head, and creeping to the fore part of the Head. 3. Leprous, accompanied with Scales, Scurff, Dandruff, Morphew.  
V 3. Defluvium, wherein all or most of the Hair falls of, in most places of the Head; which is caused, 1. From Defect of Nourishment, as in People Consumptive, and such as are sick of Hectic or Malign Fevers. 2. From evil Humours, which eat and corrode the Roots of the Hair. 3. From the Rarity and ill Disposition of the Pores of the Skin.  
VI 4. Calvities, Baldness, when the Hair falls of wholly from the forepart of the Head; caused from a defect of Nourishment, dryness of the Brain, either through Age, or some violent Causes, as too much use of Coition.  
VII. Many of these are very difficult to Cure; the last is said to be uncurable: The remedy in this Case, is an Artificial covering, being Hair made up into a Periwig, according to the Barber's Art; of which we shall say no more in this place.   

CHAP. XLV. Of a HARELIP.  
I IT is known by sight, being sometimes single, sometimes double; sometimes in one Lip only, and sometimes in both Lips.  
II Sometimes the Lip is much cleft, showing two or three Teeth of the upper Jaw; sometimes 'tis lesle, and sometimes double cleft, there remaining only a piece between both, which, unless it be callous, need not be taken away, though its usual so to do.  
III Sometimes with these, not only the upper Jaw, but also the Roof of the Mouth is divided in two, one side of the upper Jawbone standing out, with a Tooth or two more than the other, without the Lip.  
IV. The Cause. It is usually from Frights, and strong Fancies in the Mother, whilst she goes with Child; which are also many times the cause of Monstrous Births.  
V The Prognostics. 'Tis more dangerous to be done upon a grown, than a young Person, though haply, it has sometimes been done in People of Thirty Years of Age.  
VI The younger Children are when they are Cut, the better and the safer it is; yea, if it may be, whilst they are Infants, unless they be sick or weak.  
VII. The Cure. You aught to consult whether the loss of the part of the Harelip can be helped by reunion, otherwise it is not to be meddled withal. It is a work of Art to excoriate the Parts, and keep them close together, that by the Blood they may unite.  
VIII. Choose a very clear place, and put the Patient into his proper Seat, (if a Child, into the Lap of a strong and discreet Person;) and let one stand behind to hold the Head, the Child's Hands being tied down; and, if possible, let it be kept from Sleep for ten or twelve Hours before the Operation, that it may be disposed for Sleep presently after it.  
IX. Have also in readiness, a Glass of generous Wine, or some good Cordial, in case of Fainting; together with a Basin of Bloodwarm Water, Sponges, Pledgets, Bolsters, Bandage, Incision-Knife, cutting Pincers, Scissors, and five or six threesquare Needles, threaded with Read Silk.  
X. If the Deformity be great, be very cautious, jest you make it worse; if it sticks, or grows unto the Gums, which sometimes it does, you must divide them, putting Lint between, etc.  
XI. Than taking up that part of the Lip which must be excoriated, with the left hand, take of the Skin equally, either with a very sharp Knife, or else with a pair of good Scissors; so as it may become perfectly raw; or as a green Wound, cutting to the very Angle of the Hiatus; doing the same in like manner on the other side, cutting away so much as is needful.  
XII. Than with your Hand, draw the Parts together, and stitch them, observing this, not to take the Stitches superficially, but through all; passing the Needle strait through the Lip, from the outside inwards, on the one side; and from the inside outwards, on the other side.  
XIII. Than tie the Threads, and fasten the ends, and cut them of; but observe, not to take your Stitches too near the edges of the Wound, but at a good distance, jest the hold should break: The number of which is to be determined by the amplitude of the Wound.  
FOURTEEN. After the Stitching is done, let Compresses, or Bolsters be dipped in Whites of Eggs and Rose-water beaten together, and applied, both to the inside and outside of the Wound.  
XU. Than a fine, soft, and smooth piece of Linen, of about half an Inch broad, dipped in Posca, must be applied to the inside of the Lip, to keep it from Fluxion: And a fine, soft, and smooth Rowler, of about three Inches broad, dipped also in Posca, must be brought along obliquely above the Ears, and must be tied tightly behind the Head.  
XVI. When a Day, or something better is past, remove the Compresses, and apply Conglutinants', with Lint and Unguentum ex Cerussa, and a Plaster of Ceratum ex Cerussa applied over it.  
XVII. But to the Inside, you must apply Syrupus ex Rosis siccis, Syrup of Myrtles; and if there is much foulness, Julep of Violets with Mel Rosarum, which used either alone, or mixed, hasten the Coalition, or Uniting.  
XVIII. Or you may use this. ℞ Honey of Roses ℥ v. Syrup of dried Roses ℥ i Myrrh in fine Pouderʒiss. mix them; spread it on a Rag, and apply it often to the inside of the Lip.  
XIX. When the Parts seem well united, which may be at the end of the third day, you may loosen some of the Stitches; but than you aught to hold the Parts easily together, with a sticking Emplaster, till there is a perfect Coalition: And than, as soon as the Glue sticks, the Stitches may wholly be loosed.  
XX. This is a good Glue. ℞ Glair of Eggs q.u. Chalk in impalpable Powder q. s. mix them.  
XXI. Or this. ℞ Glair of Eggs Nᵒ ij. Gum Tragacanth, Gum Arabic, Mastich, Frankincense a. ʒ u the other Ingredients being in fine Powder, mix them with the Glair to a Consistency.  
XXII. Than get two doublepasted Clotheses, about three Inches long, and as broad as the Lip; with Threads fastened at small, but equal distances in both, in each a like number.  
XXIII. Spread these Clotheses with the sticking Emplaster; applying the ends where there are no Threads, wet to the Lip, but so as the outmost Edges of the double Cloth, meet not by about four Inches, from the edge of the Wound.  
XXIV. About six Hours after the Plasters are applied, they will be fast and dry; at what time you may tie the Threads gently, so close, that the Lips of the Wound may seem close, and there be no pain.  
XXV. Which done, dress the Wound with drying and healing Balsams, which while it is doing, loosen the Threads, wipe the Wound, apply the Balsam, and than tie the Threads again; over which put a thin Cloth, and a Rowler; which work do twice a day, till it is perfectly healed.  
XXVI. But some advice to apply at Bedtime, Ceratum ex Cerussa, binding it on with a Rowler: Which, since there is a difference in Flesh, as to healing, I should rather advice you to make use of that which will best agreed.  
XXVII. Scultetus does the Work after another manner, and I think as well, or better. Tab. 35. Fig. 8. The Cloven Lip must be taken hold of, on both sides; and if growing to the Gums, must be separated with a fit Knife, and a Linen Cloth must be put in between the Lip and the Gums, that they may not grow together again.  
XXVIII. Than sticking Emplasters must be applied on both sides the Cloven, with Strings; which being done, and dried fast on, the Lips of the Fissure must be renewed, or made raw with a pair of Scissors, and being renewed, they must be brought to touch one another with stitching, which will not so soon break forth again; but being by the Strings drawn together, will be kept so, till the Coalition is perfect, by the help of Spanish Balsam.  
XXIX. Or thus. Having cut both sides of the Harelip, so much as is needful, pass through them a Needle or two, as there may be occasion, leaving them in, and wind the Thread about the ends of the Needle, as Tailors do, when they stick them on their Sleeves.  
XXX. Than anoint the Lips first, and Wound with Spanish Balsam, Lucatellus Balsam, or Balsam de Peru, de Chili, or any other proper Unguent, which you may strengthen with the dry Stitch, as before directed.   

CHAP. XLVI. PARTS of the HEAD Supplied.  
I THAT Supply which is made of Flesh taken from a living Body, learnedly treated of by Gasper Taliacotius, the Bononian Professor of Anatomy, is so difficult and painful, besides the necessary preparation for the Work, the Symptoms that fall out in the doing of it, and the danger that follows the lest neglect; that it is seldom or never attempted in our Days: And therefore, by reason of the Difficulty and Unsuccessfulness thereof, we shall wholly pretermit it; referring those which are curious in that kind, to the Author himself.  
II However, Artificial Eyes, Nose, Palate, Teeth, etc. may be made to supply those Defects, of several other Materials; of which, Ambrose Parrey, lib. 23. cap. 1. ad 7. has spoken at large.  

I Of the Eyes.  
III If therefore, the Eye hap to be broken, or put out by any Violence or Inflammation, or if it waste or consume, by reason of a Consumption of its proper Substance, there can be no hope to restore the Sight or Function of the Eye; but you may cover the Deformity of the Eye so lost, by another Eye Artificially made of Gold, Silver or Glass, counterfeited and Enamelled, so as it may seem to have the Brightness, Decency, and Life of the Natural Eye; which may be put into the place of the Eye so lost.  
IV. If it cannot be worn, being put into the place, you must make a stiff Iron or Brass Wire, like unto Woman's Ear Wires; which may be so form, as to bind the Head harder or loser (as the Patient shall see reason) from the lower Part of the Head behind, above the Ear, unto the greater Corner of the Eye.  
V This Wire aught to be covered with Silk, and made somewhat broad at both ends, jest that the sharpness thereof should hurt any part it comes to; but the end in which the Artificial Eye must be put, aught to be broader than the other, and covered with a thin piece of Leather, that upon it the Colours and liveliness of the Eye may be shadowed and Counterfeited.   

II Of the Nose.  
VI If the Nose be lost, it is requisite to make a Nose-Artificial of Gold, Silver, Tin, Paper, or Linen Cloth glued together; and it aught to be Coloured, Counterfeited and made, both for Fashion, Figure and Bigness, that it may as much as possible, resemble a natural Nose.  
VII. This Artificial Nose must be stayed with little Threads or Strings, unto the hinder part of the Head, or a Cap upon the Head: And if any part of the upper Lip is lost with the Nose, you may shadow it with an Appendix to the Nose, and Sergeant it according to Art, like the former.   

III Of the Ears.  
VIII. The Ear is go, either wholly or in part: If it be wholly wanting, another must be made of Paper Artificially glued together; or else of Leather, which is much better, and so fastened with Laces from the top or hinder part of the Head, that it may stand in the appointed place.  
IX. Or you may have an Artificial Ear made of Leather, and Counterfeited or Painted, so that it may resemble the Shape and Colour of a Natural Ear; which may be retained in the place where it aught to stand, with a Steel or Brass Wire coming from the top, or hinder Part of the Head, as we have before spoken of the Eye.  
X. If the Ear be only lost in part, it aught not to be neglected; but you must make many holes in the remaining part, with a Bodkin; and after that the holes are cicatrized, or healed, let some convenient thing be artificially form, like unto the part of the Ear lost, which being shadowed and Painted, let it be tied, or fastened, unto the remaining part by those holes.   

IV. Of the Palate.  
XI. If a part or portion of the Bone of the Palate being broken by any accident, is lost; or corroded, through the Virulency of the Pox, falls away (as is usual,) whereby the Patients cannot easily pronounce their words, but obscurely, and with snuffling; this is to be remedied by an Artificial Palate, or a Plate filling the Vacancy in the Roof of the Mouth.  
XII. It aught to be made of Gold or Silver, a little bigger than the Cavity itself is, as thick in the middle nearly as a Crown-piece, and in form like unto a Dish: On the upper side, which shall be towards the Head or Brain, a little Sponge must be fastened, which when it is moistened with the moisture distilling from the Head and Brain, will be swollen and puffed up, so that it will fill the Cavity of the Palate, that the Artificial one shall not fall down, but stand fast and firm, as if it stood of itself.   

V Of the Teeth.  
XIII. If the fore Teeth are broken, or come forth of their places, causing a Deformity to the Mouth, or causing a Lisping, and hindering a right Pronounciation; other Teeth are Artificially made of Bone or Ivory, which may be put in the place of those which are wanting.  
FOURTEEN. They must be joined fast one to another, and also so fastened unto the Natural Teeth adjoining, which are whole; And this must be done with fine Gold or Silver Wire; or, for want of them, with a common well twisted Thread of Silk, throughly waxed for strength sake.    

CHAP. XLVII. ARTIFICIAL ARMS and LEGS.  
I IT is Necessity which investigates the Means whereby we may help and imitate Nature, and supply the Defects of Members, which are perished and lost; which in the Case of Arms or Legs, may well be done with Silver, Latin, Steel, Copper, Wood, or other fit Matter.  
II And some have been made by Ingenious Smiths, or other Artificers, with which the Party which wore them, have performed the proper Functions of going, standing, and handling; and with their Artificial Legs, Feet, Arms and Hands, have done other necessary Flexions and Extensions, beyond what can possibly be imagined, by any but such as have seen them.  
III These, says Ambrose Parrey, are not only profitable for the Necessities of the Body, but also for the Decency and Comeliness thereof; whose Forms or Figures you may see in the said Author, lib. 23. cap. 12. Page 532, 533, & 534.  
IV. Arms, Hands, and Fingers must be made of Iron, or Latin, with many Wheels and Screws, to make the required Motion, that they may be the more useful, when applied to the Intention; and they are to be conveniently fixed to the Shoulder, Elbow or Wrist, and be tied on with Strings.  
V Legs, Feet and Toes are more frequently made use of, especially the first; some being made in the form of natural Legs, others all small downwards, with a Seat, wherein are put small Pillows or Bolsters for the Knee to rest on; which also are to be fastened with Strings to the Thigh.  
VI Sometimes also it happens, that the Patient who had the Nerves or Tendons of his Leg wounded, long after the Wound is whole and consolidated, cannot go but with very great Pain and Misery, by reason that the Foot cannot follow the Muscle which should draw it up.  
VII. To remedy this, you must fasten a Linen Band (moderately strong) unto the Shoe which the Patient wears on his pained Foot; and at the Knee it must have a slit, where the Knee may come forth in bowing of the Leg.  
VIII. This Linen Band, or Strap, coming thus up above the Knee, must be trussed up fast unto the Patients Middle, that it may in some measure move, lift up, and erect the Foot in going.    

VII. REPORTS.  

CHAP. XLVIII. Of REPORTS in General.  
I WHAT Care aught to be taken in making Reports. The Chirurgeon aught to be very considerate, ingenious and wise, because the Events of Diseases and Accidents are often doubtful and uncertain: Nor is it easy to presage rightly of Life or Death, by reason of the uncertain Condition of the Body, and of the Humours with which it abounds. He aught to be a Man of Honesty, Integrity and Piety, that he may not be carried away with Favour, nor corrupted with Rewards; but give a just Report to the Magistrate, as the Nature of the thing requires.  
II Now the Report is made concerning a wounded Body, either alive, or after Death. The reason of which is, that a Magistrate may do Justice upon the Offender, according to the Quality of the Demerit: For if the Man be alive, he aught to have the Prognostics from the Chirurgeon, to know the Probabilities or Hopes of Life, or the Danger of Death; that accordingly he may deal with the Malefactor, sending him to close Prison, or suffering him to give Bail, and go at large. If it be of a Body dead, to know how the Deceased came by his End, that Court's of Judicature may proceed the more justly.  

I Of Wounds, Mortal, Dangerous and Safe.  
III Of Wounds, some are Mortal; some Dangerous; some Safe. Those Wounds may be called Mortal, which are made in a Principal Part; and therefore they are denominated from the Nature and Quality of the Parts, alone: For from the Essence of the Wound, it cannot be, because a Wound, as to its Essence is the same in all Parts, it being a fresh Solution of Unity in a soft Part; so that, were any Wound in its Essence Mortal, all Wounds would for that reason be Mortal, and none Safe.  
IV. Whether Wounds may be said to be Mortal, from any supervening Symptom: 'Tis true, if grievous Symptoms come between, such a Man must be mortally affected; but in truth, no Wound has from the Symptoms any thing, why it should be Mortal; for if a Man was wounded in his Foot, and an Inflammation, Gangrene, or Convulsion should follow upon it, whereby the Patient should die, must the Wound therefore be said to be Mortal? If so, all Wounds may be so denominated. Therefore, though supervening Symptoms may bring Death, yet they can never altar the Nature of a Wound.  
V What Wounds than may be said to be Mortal? Truly all such as are made in the Principal Parts and Fountains of the Body; as the Brain, Heart, Liver, Stomach, (from the great Necessity of its Action) and Spinal Marrow, (from its great Affinity with the Brain:) Also such as are made in those Parts, which once divided, scarcely ever grow together again; and yet they exercise some necessary Action of Life; as the Diaphragma, Small Guts, and Bladder: Lastly, such Parts, as by their large Effusion of Blood, or Spirits, destroy Life, as the great Arteries and Veins. And Hypocrates, Predict. 2. Aph. 6. and in some other places, discoursing of Mortal Wounds, takes them from the Nature of the wounded Part, and never from any thing else. Yet, if a Man be bit in the Finger by a Viper, or a Rattle-Snake, that may be said to be a Mortal Wound, though neither the Quality of the Part, nor Greatness of the Wound makes it so; but that is so, only from the Quality of the Poison infused.  
VI Invisible Wounds in the Great Arteries and Veins, never bring Death, without the intervening of heavy Symptoms. From whence it appears, that those Symptoms, through whose intervention wounded People seem to die, do always follow the Nature, Quality, and Excellency of the wounded Part: So if the Mouth of the Stomach should be wounded, Swooning necessarily supervening, kills the Patient: If the Brain be wounded, a Convulsion, or Apoplexy supervening, the Party dies: So that Mortal Wounds wholly depend upon the Nature of the Parts wounded; and whatever Symptoms supervene, they always succeed according to the Nature and Property of the Part.  
VII. Such Wounds are dangerous, as are inflicted on the lesle Noble or Principal Parts; as a Wound of the Lungs, Spleen, Testicles, Womb, etc. For Wounds of the Lungs have been healed, so also Wounds of the Womb; and the Spleen and Testicles have been totally taken away, and the Animal has done well again: These are such Wounds, as Galen says, have an equal tendency to Life or Death. And to these, such Wounds as are called Cacoethe, or Malignant, and such as are Contumacious to Cure, may be referred; also such as touch the extreme Parts of the Liver, or the meanings of the Brain.  
VIII. Such Wounds are safe, which are in Places remote from the Principal Parts, and are voided of dangerous Symptoms: That is to say, such as tend according to the Course of Nature, to Recovery; but these Parts are manifold, and of various kinds, according to their Place and Situation, Majority or Minority, and other proper Circumstances.   

II Of Wounds, Great.  
IX. Wounds, says Paraeus, are called Great in a threefold respect; the First is from the Greatness of the Dissolved Unity, or Resolution of Continuity. And such are those Wounds, which made by a violent stroke of a Back Sword, have cut of an Arm or a Leg, or have wounded the Breast overthwart.  
X. The Second is, from the Dignity or Worthiness of the Part: Now this Dignity depends on the Excellency of the Action; thus any little Wound made with a Bodkin or Tuck, in any Part whose Substance is Noble, as the Brain, Heart, Liver, or any other Part, whose Action and Function is necessary to preserve Life, as the Windpipe, Lungs, Bladder, is judged Great.  
XI. The Third is, from the ill Habit, or Abundance of ill Humours, or Debility of the wounded Person: So Wounds made in the Nervous Parts, and old decayed People, are said to be Great; but in searching of Wounds, the Chirurgeon aught to take Care, that he be not deceived by his Probe; for sometimes it cannot go into the bottom of the Wound, but stops and sticks by the way; either because the Patient is not placed in the same Posture he was in, when he received the Wound; or else, for that the stroke being made downright, slipped aside to the right or left Hand; or upwards, or downwards; whereby, expecting that the Wound is but small, may judge that it may be cured in a short time, whenas it may either be long in Curing, Dangerous, or Mortal.  
XII. For this Cause sake, in some Cases the Artist aught for some time to suspend his Judgement. For from the First day it behoves him to suspend his Prognostics of the Wound, until the Ninth, because in such a space of time, the Accidents may truly show themselves, whether they be Small or Great, according to the Condition of the Wound, and Habit of the wounded Person; State of the Air, Season of the Year, or other Qualities attendant.   

III Diseases, Great or Small, Long or Short, Mortal, or not.  
XIII. But mostly the Signs whereby we may judge, whether Diseases are Great or Small, Long or Short, Mortal, or not, are four. They are drawn either from the Nature and Essence of the Disease; or from the Cause, or the Effects thereof; or from the Similitude, Proportion and Comparison of those Diseases, with the Season, or Constitution of the Time; as whether it be Healthful or Sickly, Malign, Pestilential, or otherwise.  
FOURTEEN. Being called therefore to a Green Wound, whose Essence, and Nature, and Danger, is no other but a simple Solution of Continuity in the Musculous Flesh; we may presently pronounce, that the Wound is of no danger, but will soon be Cured: But if it have an Ulcer with it, or is Sanious, than we may say, it will be more difficult, and long in Curing; and so of all other Diseases, taking the Signs from their Essence and Nature.  
XU. What are the Signs taken from the Causes. Those which are taken from the Magnitude, Weight, and Form of the Weapon, or other Matter causing. So a Wound made with a heavy and sharp Edged, or Pointed, Weapon, as a Halberd, if the Blow be with great Violence, must be accounted great; and also Mortal, if the Accidents be corresponding.  
XVI. What are the Signs, from the Effects. Truly if a Patiented fall to the Ground, through the Violence of the stroke; if a Choleric Vomiting follow thereon; if his Sight fail him, and there be a Vertigo; if Blood comes forth at his Eyes and Nose, and if Distraction or a Delirium follow, with loss of Memory, and Sense of Feeling; we may say, that the hope of Life is small; and that it only remains to be presaged from the Similitude and Comparison of the Wound, with respect to the Season, and Constitution of the Time.  
XVII. What are the Signs from the Similitude, etc. These are taken from the likeness of the affect, to another of the same kind; also the Likeness and Comparison of the Season, considered in respect to its Constitution: For at some time, through fault of the Air, and evil Humours in Man's Bodies, and the Disturbance of them, most Gunshot Wounds are Mortal: So in some Seasons, the Measles, Smallpox, Vomiting, Fluxes and Fevers, carry with them a kind of Pestilent Contagion; whereby, in such Constitutions of the Air, the Judgements of Diseases are the lesle difficult.   

IV. Wounds considered, in respect to the Parts hurt.  
XVIII. All Wounds received in the Outside; and Forepart of the Body, do for the most part hurt Extension; and what are received on the Inside, Flexion, or Bending. For Galen demonstrates, that Inside Muscles serve for bending of a Part, and External for stretching it out. A Muscle so long operates, as it is contracted towards its beginning, and draws the part moved, towards that; whether it be done by drawing the whole Muscle to that they call the Head; or when it is drawn in the whole, or altogether.  
XIX. Whether the External or Internal Muscles are cut asunder, in both, the Figure of the Part remains immovable. For neither Extension is lost alone, nor Flexion alone, but both continued, and both are lost together; not that the Operation really perishes, whose Muscles are entire; but because those Muscles succeed one another in their Operations by turns: For the internal bending Muscle being whole, the external Extensor being cut, at first indeed you may bend the Part, but you cannot bend it again, unless you extend it with something else: & contra, if the internal Muscle or Bender is cut, the External, or Extensor, being whole, this will extend at first, but no more afterwards, unless the Part be bended with your Hand again; for than the whole Muscle will perform its Operation again.  
XX. Since some Parts are composed of many Joints, it sometime happens, that the Function of the Part where the Wound is made, is not always hurt, but of an adjoining Part, which is tied to the wounded Part by Articulation: Because Muscles are derived from superjacent Bones, wherein there are Acetabula, and are inserted after the beginnings of the subjacent, which are to be moved; and by these intense Muscles, when their Heads are drawn upwards, the whole Member is drawn up with them.  
XXI. So that if a Wound is made in the Brachium, it will hurt the Functions of the Cubit; if it be made in the Scapula, it will hurt the Functions of the Brachium, etc. But the use of a Part is not always lost, by the cutting of one Muscle, where several Muscles conspire to that one Action; and therefore the cutting of that singular Muscle, is not sufficient for the whole Action of the Part.   

V What the Event of the Wound may be.  
XXII. If it should be demanded of us in a Court of Judicature, what the Issue of a Wound may be, before the Event is seen; as, whether the Man will be Lame, or made Imperfect in any of his Functions: To that we answer, that great care is to be taken in this Matter, that no room may be left for reprehension, so as to lay the blame upon the Physicians Cure, and not upon the Wound received: But this you are to understand, that we intent not here all kinds of Hurts, but of some which have respect to the Animal Function; to wit, such as are External, whereby some manifest and voluntary Motion is hurt: But the Evil which is done to the Natural and Vital Instruments, are not intended here, because upon Recovery, no such Imment may be left, as may obstruct the doing his ordinary Affairs.  
XXIII. For, if the Heart, Lungs, Liver, Stomach, Arteries, or Veins, should be hurt or wounded, it either kills the Patient, or he escapes: If he escapes, he may perform voluntary Motions, and go about his ordinary Occasions.  
XXIV. From what has been said, it may be deduced, that a Muscle is the Instrument of Spontaneous or voluntary Motion; to wit, of that Motion, which is at the command of our Will: For there is no Part in the whole Body, which if it has a Spontaneous Motion, but it has Muscles inserted into it; which Muscle is said to consist of three Parts, 1. The Beginning, which is called the Head and Rise of the Muscle, coming from the Bone. 2. The Middle, or Belly, which is of a carnous or fleshy Substance, with many Fibres dispersed in it, from Ligaments and Nerves. 3. The two Ends, which are Nervous: Now the end of a Muscle is called a Tendon, because its Action is to extend, and the Muscle ends in it, being made up of many mixed Fibres, and is inserted either into a Bone, or into another Muscle, to wit, into that Part which is to be moved. And though Galen may say, that a Tendon, not a Muscle, is the Instrument of voluntary Motion, the Difference is not great; for a Tendon is indeed a part of a Muscle, and that to which the Action is principally owing; but the Muscle is the entire Instrument of Moving, so that it makes not much, whether the Property of the Function be attributed to the one or the other.  
XXV. A Muscle than being the Instrument of voluntary Motion, if the Muscle be hurt, the Motion of the Part familiar to the Muscle, ●…st needs be hurt. If a Muscle 〈◊〉 Incised, its Motion is only ●urt; but if it be cut transverse at right Angles, or asunder, its Motion will be lost in the subject Parts: Now the measure of the Hurt is proportional to the measure of the Section; more Motion being lost in greater Sections, and lesle in lesser.  
XXVI. What has been said of a Muscle, the same is to be understood of a Tendon. For if you cut them quite asunder, you destroy the Motion of that Part; if you make Incision, you will so far hurt it as you make Incision; and the same thing is to be understood of the Heads of the Muscles; for when the Head of a Muscle is cut, it performs (as Galen says) its Motion not more.  
XXVII. If therefore a Muscle has but one Head, if that be cut, it is deprived of its whole Action; but if it have more Heads, the whole Action will not be lost, unless they be all cut. For it is not every cutting of a Muscle which takes away the use of a Part, but only that which is transverse, or made at right Angles: and this a Physician aught to know, who would presage or foretell the Hurt of a Part; though, I confess, in some Cases, and in some Parts, it is very difficult.   

VI In a dead Person, whether the Wound was made before, or after Death?  
XXVIII. If a wounded Body be found Dead, and it be enquired whether the Wounds were given whilst the Person was alive, or after they were dead. Look than upon the Wound, and if the Lips thereof are read and bloody, and the Place about it black and blue, the Wound was made whilst alive; but if no Signs of Blood appear, the Wound was made after Death; because, the Blood being cold and coagulated, it could not flow to the Part hurt or wounded.    

CHAP. XLXI. REPORTS, where no Wound appears.  
I MANY are the Ways by which People come by their Deaths, besides Wounding, as, 1. Blows. 2. External Suffocation. 3. Internal Suffocation. 4. Thunder and Lightning. 5. Poison.  

I By Blows, or Beating.  
II Since many die suddenly by Blows, or Beating, whence comes Contusions, Tumours, etc. It is necessary to inquire into the manner, how Death is induced thereby, and of what Consequence or Danger, such Blows, Beating, or Contusion may be.  
III Where Blackness, Blewness, or Lividness appears, a Blow, or some private Nipping may be judged. But this aught to be in a Part fleshy, and where the Capillary Arteries or Veins are; for they being broken by the force of the Blow, Beating, Nipping, etc. pour forth their Blood, where, being extravasated, it contracts that discolor.  
IU. But every bruised Part does not always appear black and blue; and the Reason is, because it is voided of those Vessels, as Nervous Parts are, or else they lie deep in the Part, so that the Blood cannot flow to the external Parts: And therefore, if a Nervous Part be hurt, you will found neither Discolor, nor Ecchymosis.  
V And sometimes a blackness and blewness may be, where no external Violence has go before. This is evident in many who die of Poison; and in some Pleuriticks, whose Side looks livid like a Bruise, as Hypocrates de Acutor. Lib. 1. says. And in Epidem. 4. he says, One that died of a Dropsy, had his Hypochonder look read, as if the Body had been beaten with Stripes. Also, some dying of a Fever, or some other spontanous and internal Disease; the Reason of which seems to be the mighty struggling of Nature, which she violently exerts in Extremity, thrusting forth the Blood thither; which being voided of Spirit and Life, turns livid, as is manifest after a particular manner, in the Plague and Spotted Fever.  
VI Blows, Beating, Nipping, or Falls, which occasion Bruising, cause Death two ways, either because they break or tear the Bowels, Membranes, Nerves and great Vessels; or because they excite violent Pain, whence comes a Fever. In these cases therefore, a violent Blow being upon a Part, under which some great Vessel lies; as the Epigastrum, which contains great Veins and Arteries, Blood may be voided by Excretion out of the Breast, or by the Urinary Passages.  
VII. But if the Mouth of the Stomach receives a Blow, a vehement Pain is generally excited, which kills the Patient. And here it is not necessary that Blood should come away; nor indeed is Excretion of Blood to be expected from every Blow on the Head.  
VIII. Death may also be caused by a blow on the Head, more especially on the Temporal Muscles. Because these produce dreadful Symptoms, as an Apoplexy, Catochus, Convulsions, and the like, from the Concussion and Compression of the Brain, and Interception of the Animal Spirits: And the Head may be so weak, as a very slight blow may endanger all this; and if the blow be very violent, Blood may come out at the Ears and Nose, and sometimes at the Mouth also.  
IX. But neither Discolor, nor Bleeding are the certain Signs of a Man's dying by Blows or Beating; because these may sometimes be present, where the other never went before; so that it is not safe, positively to determine upon this ground; though when these two Signs do appear, and there was no other manifest cause of Death, Blows, or Beating, are much to be suspected.   

II By External Suffocation.  
X. Several who have been secretly Suffocated by a Murderer, do not presently afford any Sign of it: Wherhfore, he that is required to make a Report in such a Case, aught not rashly to judge, but be very considerate, jest he lay the fault where truly it aught not to lie.  
XI. Now this may be caused by Drowning, or forcibly stopping of the Mouth and Nose, or a String, or the Inspiration of a Sulphurous Air. Now by Suffocation, I mean such a Violence done to the Instruments of Breathing, which hindering the Office of Respiration, introduces Death.  
XII. If a Person be Drowned, there is an unusual Swelling and Flabbiness of the whole Body; the Belly is chief swelled, some mucous Excrements come out of the Nose, and frothy stuff out of the Mouth, and the Finger's ends seem as if they were worn: For such as are Drowned, though at bottom of the Water, strive to get out, where scratching and scrabbling in the Sand, or Gravel, they wear their Fingers.  
XIII. Now the swelling of a Body in a drowned Person, is not so much from receiving in the Water, as from Wind, into which the Humours thereof are turned by a putrid Heat, and secret Fermentation; for which reason, this Swelling shows not itself till after some considerable time; upon which, the Body is than said to swim.  
FOURTEEN. If one be Suffocated, by a forcible stopping of the Mouth and Nose; as with a Pillow, or any thing put into them, or a Cord, you will found this, which is common to all such as are thus Suffocated, that they will froth at Mouth, and sometimes at the Nose too: For the Expiration of fuliginous Steams being stopped, they are all violently impelled; for which reason, some of the proper Humidities are expelled together with them.  
XU. But if one be Strangled with a Cord, or Rope, the Print of it will appear, chief where the Rope crosses. The Head of the Aspera Arteria will be many times bruised, and there will be a Luxation of the second Vertebra of the Cervix, or Neck; the Arms, Legs, and Face will be livid, the Breast swollen, and Urine voided.  
XVI. The Reasons of which Accidents are these: The Swelling of the Breast, is from many Fumes arising from the contained Breath within. The Urine flows, because of an unequal straining of the Muscles, which conspiring for the common safety, are contracted towards their Original; and the Sphincter growing dead, whereby it loses its Use and Office, let's the Water go. Also the Face, and other Parts of the Body are read, or livid, because the Violence of Strangling is such, that the Expulsive Faculty of the whole Body is so irritated, as to force all the Blood, and other Juices to the Skin, especially to those Places, which have the larger Vessels, as the Face, Back, Arms, Thighs, etc.  
XVII. And opening the Body, you will found the Lungs full of purulent Froth, though the rest of the Viscera may be in good order: And the Head and Breast will be found full of Blood: And if the Breath is stopped by any other way, you may observe the same Signs, except the Print of the Rope.   

III By Internal Suffocation.  
XVIII. If a Man, naturally abounding with good Humours, and who keeps a wholesome Diet, should die suddenly, or be accidentally found dead, and no Symptoms of external Violence be found on him, you are to inquire whether he lay last in a new Room, lately done with Lime and Mortar, or Plaster; or whether he had been shut up in a close Place, where Damps come; or in a close Room, where was no Chimney, and in which Charcoal was burnt; or whether it was an Apoplexy, which many times after Death is attended with a Flux of Blood, or Humours; or faint away and die, by the heat of a Bath, or the like.  
XIX. 'Tis possible, that Air containing an inimical Sulphur, may kill, if long and liberally taken in; as is the Air of subterraneous Vaults, Damps in Ours, new Plastered Rooms, and the Fumes of Charcoal, not having a Vent to get out at.  
XX. So also, where there being no great quantity of Air, the Place is so close, that what is within cannot get forth, nor any fresh come in: For the Principle of Life is maintained by a due Ventilation, and a moderate Refrigeration, without which, the vital Flame will necessarily go out: So that, People which die through the Heat of a Bath, it is not because the Spirits are evacuated, but for want of Refrigeration, to keep the Flame alive.  
XXI. And such who die in new Plastered Houses, or in the Steams of Charcoal, or in Ours with Damps, or in stinking Caves, Vaults, or Charnel Houses; Die, not so much for want of Air, as because the cold Air is not attracted, which is absolutely necessary for Respiration; to which add, the stinking and inimical Sulphur, contained in the Air of such impure Places; which, as it were, with a kind of violence, smites the Vital Powers. These Die, not through any fault of the Brain, but for want of Ventilation, and by the Malignity of the impure Sulphur.  
XXII. But, such who die of an Apoplexy, have a Suffocation of the Animal Spirits, from Matter filling the Ventricles of the Brain; which pressing hard upon the Meninge, compress the Brain, with the little Vessels which carry the Blood, and convey the Spirits to their respective Parts; which failing, the Person presently dies.  
XXIII. Now, in Respiration we attract two Things, 1. The Air itself. 2. It's Quality: So that, should we have never so much of the Air, yet, if it be of a hot Sulphureous Quality, the Creature will be as well Suffocated, as if it inspired nothing at all; whereas, had it been of a cool Nitrous Quality, it would have refreshed the Spirits, both Vital and Animal, and maintained Life; which is overcome by the Blood and Spirits being too much heated.  
XXIV. Lastly, Galen says, the only Symptom which is common to all such as have the use of Inspiration intercepted, is that of Frothing. But dying by the means of Sulphureous Fumes, is a lesle violent Death, than that of being stopped at Mouth and Nose, or being Strangled with a Cord or Rope.   

IV. By Thunder and Lightning.  
XXV. If a Body be found, and it be demanded, whether it was by Thunder, or any other Mischance? If by Thunder, or Lightning, the Body smells strong of Sulphur; also under the Part, whether it be whole or Wounded, the Bones are broken; and if wounded, the Wound is black, and the Body falls on the wounded side, (but Beasts on the contrary side;) and if one be Thunderstruck waking, the Eyes are found shut; but if sleeping, they are found open, and the Body is also free from Corruption.  
XXVI. There are three or four kinds of Thunder, or Thunder and Lightning, which hurt three or four several ways. The first, is, that which terebrates, and makes as it were a kind of hole in the Body. The second, is, that which divides or breaks a Body, or tears it into several Parts. The third, is, that which neither bores nor tears, but only burns, and leaves evident Signs of Burning: And this is twofold, 1. That which burns either slightly, like blasting; or so as to consume; or set all on Fire. 2. That which burns, so as only to make the Body black. The fourth, is, that which kills without any Symptoms, or, at most, only changes the natural Colour a little, or sometimes makes it blue, pale, purple, or livid.  
XXVII. Suppose a Man should be walking with his Friend in the Field, and one of them should be Thunderstruck; and the surviving Man should be Indicted for Murder; it is necessary here, that a Physician should be able to determine, that the Innocent might be rescued from the force of Ignorance and Malice; and to make a Report according to Truth, for Direction sake, in the Case of doing Justice.  
XXVIII. Man's Bodies are many ways affected by Thunder, yet two notable Signs are common to all that are Thunderstruck, viz. to have a brown or blackish Color, where the Thunder strikes, and to be somewhat burnt; also to smell like Sulphur: For the Flashes of Lightning, and Strokes of Thunder are Sulphureous, as Pliny observes.  
XXIX. From what has been said than, it will not be hard to found out when any one has been killed by Thunder. The Nature of Thunder is Spirituous, and Aristotle affirms every kind of Thunder to be Spirit, which is only thin and clear, and therefore not burning; or else thick and fumous, which consumes by burning. Some have fancied a Thunder-Bolt to be a Stone, or some hard and solid thing, because it sometimes breaks the Bones in the Body, without much hurting the Flesh, tears great Trees all into bits, and breaks the most hard and solid things: Now this comes not from its Materiality or Solidity, but from its Nature and Violence, which chief hurts things which resist it, slightly touching things which give way to it. I have twice seen a Thunder-Bolt fall, which was like a great Pyramid, or Cone of Fire inverted, or the point turned downwards, and the base upwards: I went and viewed the places in which they fell, and found nothing, only the Grass round about its central Point was burnt up, being in Diameter about eighteen or twenty Feet: By which it appears, that Thunder is rather Spirit than Body, or any thing solid, whatever others may imagine.  
XXX. And therefore, because the Body of Man is almost all over covered with a soft and fleshy Substance, we shall rarely found it bruised, but rather burnt or discolored, and sometimes the Bones under the Thunderstroke broken: As a Sword shall be melted in a Scabbard by it, the Scabbard being whole; the Wood about Piles inviolate, all the Iron being run down; and Money melted in a Man's Purse, or Pocket, the Purse, or Pocket remaining whole and unhurt.   

V By Poison.  
XXXI. If a Man being in Health and Strength, be found dead, if his Body appear black and blue, or be vehemently swelled, or be flabby and stinking, it may be concluded his Death came by Poison.  
XXXII. But in judging of Poison, you are in the first place to consider the Nature of the principal Poisons, and after what manner they will operate in Man's Body. For some Poisons kill by exciting a violent Fermentation, as the Juice of the Berries of deadly Nightshade, swelling the whole Body, as if it would burst; and making the Face, and other Parts, read, black, and blue: Others, as Juice of the Hellebors, Vomit and Purge even to Death; and if the Patiented escape with Life, the Nails, Hair, and Skin all come of.  
XXXIII. Other Poisons, as Arsenic, corrosive Sublimate, etc. smite the vital Powers with Malignity, causing an exceeding Drought, a Frothing at Mouth, and Sickness at Heart; making the Sick Mad, or look as if Distracted. These, if they be opened after Death, will have their Stomach, and other Bowels, corroded, made black like Soot, and mortified in many Places.  
XXXIV. But if the Sick has drank Aqua fortis, Spirit of Nitre, Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur, Death is introduced by violent Heat and Corrosion; and when Dead, a violent Fermentation is excited; whence comes a vehement Swelling and Puffing up of the Thorax and Abdomen, with a Swelling and Lividness in the Face.  
XXXV. But by the late ways of Poisoning used in France, no Symptoms appear at all upon the Body of the Dead. And therefore in such Cases no Report can be made, but what may be doubtful, or shall be received from the Relatives or Neighbours of the Deceased, relating to Circumstances, and other Accidents inducing a strong suspicion of Poison.    

CHAP. L. REPORTS, from the Viscera being Wounded.  

I Wounds of the Brain.  
I WOunds of the Brain are said to be Mortal, upon a twofold Cause; 1. Because it is a Principal Part, and the Original of the Nerves and Animal Faculty. 2. Because it usually induces many grievous, and for the most part, Mortal Symptoms. As it is a Principal Part, the Spirits are soon wasted or spent, and the prejudice is immediately imparted to the whole Body. And, as to the Symptoms, they are Inflammation, hurt of the Animal Faculty, and Convulsions. Now by Wounds of the Brain, we mean, Wounds of the meanings, which reach to the Substance of the Brain; also Wounds of the Substance itself. Yet sometimes the meanings have been hurt, the Life being safe, and therefore some Authors will have them to be enumerated among dangerous Wounds.  
II Now when the Brain, or its Membranes are hurt or wounded, Blood comes out at the Nose, and in some, at the Ears; Generally Vomiting of Choler follows, and some have their Senses stupefied, the Eyes turn strangely in the Head; and on the third (and sometimes sooner) or fifth Day, a Delirium is induced; and some have a Convulsion of the Nerves.  
III But if a Membrane only be hurt, the Patient has a notable violent Headache, which is enraged by shutting the Jaws, and holding their Breath, the Eyes are hot, the Tongue falters, and there is Dotage.  
IV. If the Substance of the Brain is Wounded, the Patient falls down, and the Voice is lost. The Face is sometimes drawn awry, there is Vomiting of Choler, and a white Humour like Pap runs out at the Ears.   

II Wounds of the Stomach.  
V If the Stomach (says Hypocrates) be Wounded, it is Mortal. Yet Galen seems doubtful in this Case, because some have been wounded in that Part, and have been cured. In my Opinion therefore, it may come among the dangerous Wounds; for if the Stomach be but slightly wounded, it will agglutinate. And though Celsus (agreeing with Hypocrates) says, Wounds of the Stomach are Mortal, yet Marcellus Donatus relates, how several wounded in their Stomaches have recovered; and of late, a Patient of mine in London, recovered of a Wound in the Stomach.  
VI A Wound in the Outer Tunicle easily heals; but if it pierces into the Cavity, it will prove more difficult to Cure. A Wound in the bottom of the Stomach has lesle of Danger; but a Wound in the Mouth thereof, which is of a very nervous Substance, is desperate, not only for the Excellency of the Part, but for its Communication with the Heart and Brain, and being voided of Blood.  
VII. If the Stomach than be wounded, the Hiccough follows, with Vomiting of Choler. Meat and Drink are cast up immediately, the Pulse fails, and there are frequent Swoonings: Cold Sweats follow, and the Extreme Parts i'll and grow cold; and there is a most vehement pain, more especially if the Wound tends upwards.   

III Wounds of the Liver.  
VIII. Wounds of the Liver, by reason of a vehement Flux of Blood, are mortal. For the Patient dies by Fluxion of Blood, before agglutination can be made: But this is to be understood of large and deep Wounds, for such as are shallow, and in the edges of it, may be healed. Therefore,  
IX. It was the Opinion of Celsus, that Wounds of the Liver, in the Vena Porta, were only Mortal; and that when the thick part of the Liver was wounded, Death generally ensued: That is, when the Concave or Convex Parts thereof are hurt; but other Wounds thereof are only dangerous; and unless happening in a Cacochymick Body, or in one committing some Error, are not hard to heal.  
X. Now, when the Liver is wounded, much Blood flows out of the Right Side, and the Bowels are drawn to the Backbone. There is also sometimes Vomiting of Choler, the Sick looks pale, Coughs, and delights rather to lie on his Belly; he makes bloody Urine and Stools, languishes in a Fever, and at length the Body consumes away.   

IV. Wounds of the Lungs.  
XI. These, if they be large, and make a deep solution of Unity, if they waste the Parenchyma of the Part, and hurt the great Vessels, and some principal Branches of the Arteria or Vena Pulmonalis, are said to be Mortal. Because thereby is made a great Effusion of Blood, and Dissipation of Vital Spirits; besides, the Coagulating of the Blood in the adjacent Vessels, will in some measure impede its Circulation: And though the Wounds of the Lungs may be small or superficial, if the Cure be not skilfully managed, they may kill.  
XII. And though the great Vessels are not wounded, but only the Bronchia, or Aspera Arteria, the Case is Mortal, but at a greater distance of Time; several Symptoms conspiring to that End; as, the Communication with the Heart, Putrefaction of the Lungs, Dissipation of Spirits, a Continent Fever, and Difficulty of Cure, by reason of continual Motion and Cough, still enlarging the Wound.  
XIII. And Galen, Meth. Lib. 5. cap. 2. says, Wounds of the Lungs admit not of Cure, not for that the Part is in continual Motion (as some before him imagined) but because the Pus or Sanies are difficultly gotten out from thence: And much of this mind was Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. who affirms, it is only incurable, when the middle of the Lungs are wounded.  
FOURTEEN. But if the lesser Blood-Vessels be broken, or the Flesh of the Lungs divided, though the Wound may kill, yet it does not do it suddenly, and possibly a Skilful and Careful Artist may Cure it, unless it be inflamed. And 'tis thought that more danger lies in a Wound of the Substance, than of the Vessels, because they are more difficultly healed.  
XU. When the Lungs are wounded, there is Difficulty of Breathing, and frothy Blood comes up at the Mouth, making a noise when he Breathes. He lies easiest on the wounded Side, and than he speaks; but on any other Side he is dumb: If the Wound be wide, frothy Blood comes out at it; but if not wide, it comes up at the Mouth: The Vessels of the Neck swell, the Tongue is discolored, they draw in much Breath, and crave cold things; and if it continued long, a Fever is induced, and with it, a Phthisis, and Death.   

V Wounds of the Diaphragma, or Midriff.  
XVI. The Events of these are various, according to the variety of its Substance. If a Wound be in its Nervous Parts, which is its Centre, it is Mortal; for its constant Motion hinders Agglutination. If it be in its fleshy Part, which goes round the inside of the Thorax, it is possible to be healed, as Galen has observed: But if an Inflammation comes thereon, the Cure will be very Dangerous and Difficult.  
XVII. When the Midriff therefore is wounded, the Praecordia are attracted upwards, they breathe slowly, and the Back aches. And Paulus affirms, That if breathing be enlarged, it is with Sighing, and Pain all over the Shoulders.   

VI Wounds of the Guts.  
XVIII. Wounds, says Galen, into the Cavity of the Guts, are very seldom healed: And Hypocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 18. says, If the small Guts are wounded, it is Mortal. And this is, not only because of their Substance, but because we cannot well apply Medicines to them.  
XIX. But the Jejunum being wounded, is said to be most incurable; because of the Magnitude of its Vessels; thinness of its Tunicles, its Nervous Substance, its Proximity to the Liver, and Susception of Choler: But it is said, That a Wound has sometimes been cured, when it has only touched its Outside.  
XX. Wounds of the other Guts, if slight, or not cut in two, are apt to heal, because their Substance is very Carnous; and they seldom kill, unless seized with an Iliack, or an Inflammation, or Gangrene supervene. A Proof of this I had in a Negro of my own, who being wounded in the Guts, had his Excrements come through them and the Belly, for near six Weeks together; I only applied outwardly an Emplaster to the wounded Parts, and kept him warm, with a Laxative Diet made of Maiz and Milk, and in two Month's time he was as well as ever, and went to his Work again.  
XXI. But great Wounds, and transverse, or being cut in two, are Mortal. And the reason is, by the great separation of Parts, being kept asunder by a large afflux of vicious Humours: Besides, being cut totally asunder, they can never come together again to unite; nor can the Excrements ever after go through the Body.  
XXII. The Sign that the Guts are wounded, is, that the Excrecrements come forth at the Wound. There is a Swelling in the Praecordia, and Choler sometimes comes out at the Mouth: So also, if the lower Guts be wounded, for than the smell, as well as Excrements, show it.   

VII. Wounds of the Bladder.  
XXIII. Wounds of the Bladder, are Mortal, says Hypocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 18. If it be wounded through and divided, with a large Wound, it is Mortal; but a small Wound has been known by Experience to heal up, and that firmly; and if it be incurable, it must be in the Nervous Part.  
XXIV. Wounds in its Carnous Parts are curable; for we daily see, that Wounds made there, by Cutting for the Stone in the Bladder, are made with Safety, and soon cured, if the Body be not Cacochymick: But Wounds are with difficulty cured, if made in that Part, where the Bladder is tied to the Os Sacrum.  
XXV. When the Bladder is wounded, there is Pain in the Groins, and they swell above the Os Pubis: Blood comes away with the Urine, and the Urine runs out at the Wound: There is Sickness of Stomach, and inclination to Vomit, and they are cold and dry, vomiting Choler, or having the Hiccough.   

VIII. Wounds of the Spinal Marrow.  
XXVI. These are said to be as Mortal as those of the Brain; and Galen tells us, It is a kind of Brain to all the Parts which are below the Head. For, from it many Conjugations of Nerves spring, which give Sense and Motion to most of the other Parts of the Body; and therefore, from it many grievous Symptoms arise: It also Communicates with the Brain and other adjacent Parts, and is of Difficult Cure; and the higher the Wound is in the Spine, the more Mortal it is.  
XXVII. If the Spinal Marrow be totally hurt in any of the Vertebrae, all the lower Parts are resolved, or suffer a Paralysis, as Galen affirms. But if only one side is hurt, and the other remains whole; the Paralysis affects only the lower Parts on the same Side hurt.  
XXVIII. But in respect to the Nature of the Part, a Wound in the lower Part of the Spinal Marrow, is far worse than that in the upper. Because, as Columbus observes, the Marrow above is soft, and perfectly of the Substance of the Brain, whereas that below is almost Nervous: Yet such Wounds must be very great, to make them Mortal.  
XXIX. If the Spinal Marrow be cut transversly asunder, it is certainly Mortal. But, if the Weapon has not run deep into it, there is a possibility of Recovery.  
XXX. If therefore the Spinal Marrow be wounded, there is a Paralysis of some particular Part or Parts, and a Convulsion of the Nerves: Sense is also lost; and at some times there is an involuntary voiding of Seed, Ordure, or Urine.   

IX. Wounds of Arteries and Veins.  
XXXI. If they be in the Arteria Magna, or Vena Cava, or other great Vessels in the inside of the Body, as the great Arteries and Veins about the Neck and Throat, Armpits, Thighs, Legs, they are Mortal. And they must needs be Mortal, because of the large Effusion of Blood, and the impossibility of stopping it.  
XXXII. And by how much they run lesle out of the Body, by so much they die sooner, because the Patient is Suffocated. Their Nervous Substance, and deep Situation, show the great difficulty of Cure, because nothing can be exhibited, which can carry its full Virtue to them; besides, the great exhausting of the Vital Spirits.  
XXXIII. When these great Arteries or Veins are wounded, a great quantity of black Blood is cast forth, the Patient immediately looks pale, and Death is at hand. The Pulses presently altar and fail, and the Arteries cast forth a thin, yellow, frothy Blood.   

X. Wounds of the Aspera Arteria.  
XXXIV. If they be great, they are always Mortal; and the Patient dies of them, not because the Breath has a Passage out at the Wound, but because their Substance, or Matter, is Cartilaginous, and in perpetual Motion, so that it can never be healed. And it is observed, that Wounds in the upper Part of the Throat, where divers Nerves, Arteries and Veins meet, are most dangerous.  
XXXV. But if it be Cut any where else, it may be Cured; for in a dangerous Quinsey, we often order Laryngotomia, and that successfully: And therefore slight Wounds of the Aspera Arteria are many times cured.  
XXXVI. In these Wounds but little Blood comes forth, because of the nature of the Part, and many times the Breath comes forth at the hole. But by degrees the Throat is filled with Blood; there is great Pain backward, the Voice is hoarse, and the Tongue dry.   

XI. Wounds of the Reinss.  
XXXVII. Wounds of these Parts are generally Mortal: For many Vessels are spread through the Kidneys, and they receive a perpetual Afflux of Recrements; besides, they are of necessity for the Conservation of Life.  
XXXVIII. But if the Wounds reach only to the thick and fleshy Part, and are slight, they are sometimes curable: But the Cure is very difficult, if they be deep.  
THIRTY-NINE. When the Reinss therefore are wounded, the Pain reaches to the Groins and Testicles: There is also difficulty of making Water, and it is bloody, or all Blood.   

XII. Wounds of the Spleen.  
XL. Simple Wounds of the Spleen are not Mortal, if a Skilful Artist has the Cure in hand. For we have often known the whole Spleen to have been cut out of living Animals, and yet they still survived. I had some Years since, a Bitch whose whole Spleen was cut out, and I kept her several Years after, and she had several Litters of Whelps; only she become dull, and as if dis-spirited: But if any great Vessels be wounded withal, there is danger, according to the Magnitude and Excellency of the Vessels hurt.  
XLI. When the Spleen therefore is only Wounded, there will come forth from the left Side, black Blood; and on the same Side, the Stomach and Praecordia will grow hard, with vehement Thirst, and Pain in the Throat, like as when the Liver is wounded. These are the chief Signs showing the Viscera to be wounded; if none of them are manifest, than none of these Parts are hurt, but you must inquire elsewhere for the Cause of the Disaffection.   

XIII. Wounds of the Heart.  
XLII. Wounds of the Heart are generally Mortal: If the Ventricles be wounded, the Patient infallibly dies. But if the Wound penetrate not so far as to the Ventricles, but stays in the Substance of the Heart, whereby Inflammation ensues, the Sick may possibly live a day or two. If the Wound reaches to the Ventricles, Death must necessarily follow, because of the great Effusion of Blood, and vast Dissipation and Exhausting of Spirits. And though it may be objected, that Tumours and Ulcers have been found in the Heart, yet seeing these arise and grow gradatim, Life may sometimes for a while, subsist together with them, but in the end they bring a Syncope, Convulsions, and Death. But Wounds, in regard that they suddenly disturb the very Frame and Oeconomy of the Heart, the Life cannot long subsist with them.  
XLIII. If the right Ventricle be wounded, the wounded person may in this Case lengthen out his Life for some short time: But if the left Ventricle be wounded, the Person immediately Perishes; because the left Ventricle is the Storehouse and Treasury of the Blood and Vital Spirits. But as to Wounds of the right Ventricle, Sennertus in his Praxis, lib. 5. par. 4. cap. 3. has given us an Historical Relation of a Soldier, who was wounded into the right Ventricle of the Heart, and yet lived to the Sixteenth Day; this Soldier was opened by Nicholaus Mulerius, two other Chirurgeons, Luke and Gasper Hullen, being also present with many more Spectators. The Man was a Soldier at Groningen, under the Most Illustrious Count William of Nassaw; he received his Wound the 22 of August 1607, and died the 8 of September following; which strange, but true History, is found written on a Table, hanging up against a Wall, in the Library of the University of Groningen aforenamed.  
XLIV. When the Heart therefore is Wounded, much Blood is found to come away: If it be the right Ventricle, the Blood runs black: If the left, the Blood comes forth more florid and light coloured: The Arteries or Pulses also flag, the Colour is pale, with cold, ill scented Sweats; than Coldness increases upon the extreme Parts, and immediate Death.  
XLV. From all that has been said, it appears, that the Signs of the Disaffections of internal Parts, are to be deduced from, 1. The Hurt of the Action. 2. The Site of the Parts. 3. The Excreta. 4. The Kind of the Grief. 5. And from proper Symptoms. So that, if in a wounded Person Respiration is hurt, conclude the Lungs, Thorax, or Vertebrae are hurt. If Excrements come forth, the large Guts are wounded; if Chyle, the small Guts: If Urine come out at the Wound, the Reinss, Ureters, or Bladder are hurt. As to the Site; if the Wound be in the right Hypochonder, the Liver may be suspected to be hurt; if in the left, the Spleen; if in the Pecten, or Share, the Bladder, etc. As to the Kind of the Pain; if it be dull, the Lungs, Liver, or Spleen are hurt; if sharp and pricking, their Tunicles and Vessels; it violent, the Stomach, Guts, and Nervous Parts. As to the Symptoms, consider what are proper to each Part. If a Frenzy, Epilepsy, etc. be present, the Brain is hurt. If Nauseousness, Vomiting, Hiccough, the Stomach. If Respiration, the Thorax. If Swooning, the Heart. If Convulsions, the Nerves, etc.    

CHAP. LIVELY REPORTS, from Wounds External.  

I Of the Malignity of Wounds.  
I WOunds, both Mortal and Dangerous, Internal and External, are accompanied sometimes with Malignity. Now the times wherein this Malignity manifests itself, remains to be enquired into. Guido, and Tagaultius from him, limit three times, wherein Malign Signs show themselves, viz. the seventh, ninth, and fourteenth Days. And indeed, many among the Moderns suspend their Judgement till the ninth day is over, because in that time they think, that hopeful or malign Signs will show themselves, with respect to the Constitution of the Patient, Quality of the Air, and Condition of the Wound.  
II But indeed, it is the Critical Day which aught to be taken notice of, viz. the Times when the Moon comes to her Sinister or Dexter Quartils, or Oppositions, etc. And these are the Times which Hypocrates intends, when speaking of a Wound in the Head, he says, a Fever in Summer time, seizes him about the seventh Day, but in Winter, about the fourteenth Day: If any Error has been committed, and if evil Symptoms seem to come on apace, the Patient will die in Summer, before the seventh Day; and in Winter, before the fourteenth. This seems to be rational, as being deduced from the Crises; and why they hap later in Winter than in Summer, is evident, because in Winter our internal Heat is more vigorous and strong, and therefore resists malign Causes the more powerfully.  
III Therefore, if the Patient be strong of Constitution, has Youth of its side, and the Wound was given in perfect Health, and in Winter time, you aught to wait till the second Crisis, for the appearance of the Symptoms, and before you may adventure to deliver your Prognostics. At what time, if Evil and Malign Symptoms come on, Death may be predicted, on, or before the next Critical Day, according as they approach, slowly or hastily: But if a Wound happens to a weakly Person, Aged, and of a cold and dry Complexion, Cacochymick, and in Summer time, I should expect the Symptoms to be manifest, about the time of the first Crisis.   

II Whether a Wound will kill, or not kill.  
IV. Now, to know whether a Man dies of his Wound, or of something else, you are to consider, whether the Wound present, be Mortal in its own Nature, or is for the most part so; if it be, the Wound may be truly said to be the Cause of Death: But, if the Wound be safe, and without danger, the Death of the Person must be imputed to something else.  
V But, if Wounds be in their own Nature, dangerous and doubtful; so also aught your Presages to be. For, if they be great, they may than be the occasion of Death; but if small, Death must be imputed to some other Matter or Cause. If than, a great Wound be made in a Joint, whereby the Nerves, Tendons, and Vessels are torn; though this in itself is not Mortal, yet because it is very dangerous (it yielding to no Errors without prejudice and requiring an exact Cure, with all Care and Diligence;) if the Person dies, you may report the Wound to be the Cause of Death; unless some egregious Fault has been committed in the Cure, either by the Chirurgeon, or the Patient, or some other unavoidable ill accident should intervene. And though without the fault, the wounded Man might have died, yet since the Case is dubious, where any fault has been committed, the Report should always be in Favour of the Living.  
VI In dangerous Wounds of the Skull, where there is occasion to open it, if the Patient dies, (unless some egregious and plain fault has been committed) the Wound may be said to be the Cause of Death: But when the Salubrity of the Clime shall be admitted, than all Wounds of the Head, even if the Bone be broken or perforated, (if the Membranes be but safe) are to be accounted safe, unless much of the Skull be taken away; for than, because it is impossible for the meanings not to be wounded; you aught to esteem such Wounds dangerous: As for other Wounds, though they rank themselves with the Dangerous, yet they approach nearer to the Nature of such as are safe.   

III How Men are said to Die of small Wounds.  
VII. A Person having received a Wound not Mortal, may Die; but than it cannot be of the Wound, but of some other Cause; as from the evil Habit of Body, weakness of the Part wounded, irregular Living, malign Constitution of the Air, Ignorance, or Negligence of the Chirurgeon, or some other unhappy Accident, as some new hurt, straining of the Part, bruiting it, etc.  
VIII. If it happens on a Person Cacochymick, or Cachestick, tainted with the Dropsy, Rheumatism, Kings-Evil, Consumption, Leprsie, Pox, etc. Though the Wound may be in a Carnous Part, and not subject to danger, there may from such a Habit of Body, be great Defluxions, vehement Pains, strong Inflammations, Fevers, Convulsions, Gangrenes, Sphacelus, or other ill Symptoms, the malign and tainted Humours flowing many ways into the Part.  
IX. If there be a weakness in the Part wounded, as Strumous Nodes, Gout, Rheumatism, Paralysis, Numbness, Flux of Humours for a long time before, or other Weaknesses: Into what a great danger may a small Wound (though in itself not Mortal) put him? especially if it be in a Joint, or a Nerve, or Tendon be wounded; and be joined also with a Cacochymick Habit of Body.  
X. If the Patient lives irregularly, eating Gluttonously, drinking to be Drunk, keeps unseasonable Hours, lies in the Cold, is unsatiable in Venery, perplexed with Cares, and uses violent Exercises; he may bring upon himself Surfeits, Dropsies, Rheums, Agues, Inflammation of the wounded Part, Gangrenes, Consumptions, Hectics, etc. and other Diseases so great, as to sand him into another World; in these Cases, the irregular Living, joined with the Wound, is the Cause of Death, not the Wound simply itself.  
XI. If there be a malign Constitution of the Air, as in the Plague time, or when some other Epidemic Disease Reigns; at such a time, a small Wound is apt to receive its malign Influences, and pestilential Miasms; from whence arise Convulsions, Fainting, Cacoethick Ulcers, Inflammations, Gangrenes, malign Fevers, the Distemper of the Time, and other dangerous Symptoms, the lest of which are able to destroy the Patient.  
XII. If there be Ignorance, or Negligence, in the Chirurgeon, it is easy to be apprehended, how an Error of that kind, may created an irreparable Evil, and bring the Wound into such a Condition, as either to put the Patient into apparent danger of his Life, or, at lest, to bring upon him some incurable Ulcer, or leave him Lame and Helpless all the days of his Life after.  
XIII. Lastly, if any other unhappy Accident should hap, as lying upon the wounded Part, or bruising it, or otherwise hurting or straining of it, a Defluxion, Inflammation, Gangrene, and Sphacelus may be introduced; by which (though the Wound itself was small, in an ignoble Part, in no bad Place, nor in the lest Mortal in its own nature, yet) the Patient may unhappily die.   

IV. Wounds dangerous.  
FOURTEEN. And these are all such as are large, or bruised, and much battered, with Fracture of the Bone, or where much of the Flesh is cut quite away, or cut out and hanging on, or where the Wound is of a Circular Figure: The safest are, such as are small, in a fleshy Part, and in a right Line; and in a Child, Youth, or young Person; for such heal sooner than in elder People, or in such as are weak and infirm, of an evil Habit, Voluptuous, Idle, or Intemperate, etc.  
XU. Also Wounds in the Heads of the Muscles, in the Cranium, or Skull, Breast or Belly; and Wounds of the Nerves, or Nervous Wounds, as Galen says, with all such as have an equal tendency to Life and Death, may be accounted dangerous.  
XVI. Wounds under the Clavicula, and the inner Process of the Scapula, are very dangerous; because the Axillar Artery and Vein, and fifth Pair of Nerves running from the Vertebrae of the Neck to the Arms, may be hurt. And of this kind, as Celsus says, are many of those Wounds in the Armpits and Hams, about the Anus and Testicles, in the Thighs, and among the Fingers, all which are very difficult to Cure.  
XVII. Among the dangerous Wounds also, are those of the end of a Muscle, of a Nerve, Artery, Membrane, Cartilege, or Bone. In which respect, Wounds of the Neck are many times of evil Consequence; because sometimes some considerable Nerve or Tendon may be hurt, especially if the Wound reaches to the Spinal Marrow. Wounds near the Navel, about which lie the perforated Tendons of the Obliqne and Transverse Muscles, are not without danger, though they be not deep. Wounds also in the back part of the Thorax, which, though they reach not the Cavity, yet by reason of the proximate dispersion of large Arteries, Veins, and many Nerves, are accounted very dangerous.  
XVIII. Wounds in the Joints are of dangerous Consequence, because of their Tendons and Ligaments, which being hurt, many times produce malign Symptoms; especially in a Wound of the inside of the Arm. And of this kind, may be esteemed Wounds of the Armpits, bending of the Elbow, inside of the Wrist, and outside of the Leg; because in these there are great Veins, Arteries, Nerves, and Tendons, which hazard violent Fluxes of Blood, Pain, Inflammations, Gangrenes, Convulsions, etc.  
XIX. When Nerves, Tendons, and Membranes, investing the Skull or other Bones, are cut or wounded, there is sometimes hurt of the Sense, numbness of the Part, violent Pain, Inflammation, Convulsion, and sometimes a Delirium, by consent of the Brain; and these many times hap, when the Ligaments of the Joints are cut: But the Pain is more violent, and Inflammations, Tumours, or Convulsions oftener succeed, when the Nerve, or Tendon is pricked, or partly cut, than when they are quite cut asunder.  
XX. Wounds of the Nerves are rarely Mortal, unless by Accident; but they are indeed oftentimes very dangerous. Now under the name of Nerves, Galen comprehends both the Nerves themselves, springing from the Brain and Spinal Marrow, and also Ligaments and Tendons, which being wounded, he esteems Malignant and Dangerous, but never Mortal. For, says he, if that no principal Part be drawn into Consent, nor the Wounded or Contused Nerve is affected with an Inflammation, Wounds of the Nerves may be cured without any Danger; and if these Accidents should attend, yet neither shall Putrefaction, or Convulsion, or Death ensue; for Mortal Wounds can only be inflicted on those Parts that are either Principal, or destroy Strength by large Effusion of Blood and Spirits; or serve to some necessary use of Life; all which being seriously considered, the Nerves can never be found of those kinds: For, an Hand, an Arm, or Leg, and their Nerves, may be cut of without loss of Life; and therefore doubtless, Wounds of the Nerves can never be accounted among such as are Mortal, but only among such as are Dangerous.  
XXI. But Nerves which have their Original immediately from the Brain, or mediately from the interposition of the Spinal Marrow, are more apt to 'cause Convulsions, than Tendons, which are composed of a Nerve and a Ligament. But if the Tendon insert itself into a Muscle, the more of Nerve there is in it, the more of Danger there is in it; but a wounded Ligament, if it proceeds from one Bone to another, is not of so dangerous a Consequence.  
XXII. Lastly, many of those Wounds, which we have said, are for the most part Mortal, may (when they are small) be accounted among the Dangerous: As, Wounds of the Dura Mater, of the edges of the Liver, Lungs, Spleen, Womb, etc. when they are slightly wounded.   

V Wounds of the Nerves, and Backbone.  
XXIII. Not only the hurt of the Muscles, but the hurt of the Nerves also, hinder Motion; because distributed through the Muscles, and being the chief Cause of Motion. For, Galen says, that in all Muscles, whether you wound their Nerves, or cut their Fibres athwart, you immediately deprive them of all Motion: Now the Faculty of Motion is derived from the Brain, and distributed to the other Parts by the Nerves; which, because they are not sufficient of themselves for Motion, the Muscles were ordained, to be as it were, Levers, that one might the more easily raise up any Weight: For which reason, every Muscle has a Nerve inserted into it, from whence it derives its Motion: And since the original Cause of Motion, is from the Animal Spirit, if that be stopped or intercepted by Cutting, Compressing, or Bruising the Channel in which it runs, to wit, the Nerves, all Motion and Sense in that Part will cease: But those Parts will yet retain both Motion and Sense, through which the remaining part of the Nerve runs, which it continues with the Brain.  
XXIV. Now, the Nerves seldom run along the outside of the Body, into the Muscles, but, for safety sake, as it were, run along the inside. The Nerves that come along to the Hand, run along the inside of the Arm; but contrariwise in the Leg; for they run along the backside of the Thigh, because of its Fleshiness. For which cause sake, not any Nerves pass by, or upon, the Elbow, Knee-pan, or Shinbone, because they have little or no Flesh upon them; but always deep among the Fleshy Parts of the Limbs, Cartilages, and Ligaments.  
XXV. If the Nerves springing from the fifth, sixth, and seventh Vertebrae of the Cervix, along the Armpits; and from the first and second Vertebrae of the Thorax (which accounted from the beginning, may be called the eighth and ninth pair) being very strangely intermixed, and crossing one another, descending to the Arm and Hand; if these, I say, be wounded in the Vertebrae, the Motion of the Arms and Hands will be hurt, according to the Magnitude of the Wound.  
XXVI. If the Nerves proceeding from the Vertebrae of the Loins and Os Sacrum, which intermix and cross one another also, in a various complication, be wounded, there will be a hurt in like manner to the Motions of the Thigh, Leg, and Foot: For whatsoever Pair of Nerves proceeding from the aforesaid Vertebrae, are hurt, the Muscles underneath will also be hurt.  
XXVII. If the Spinal Marrow be cut quite through (says Galen) in the Region of the third or fourth Vertebrae, the Person will presently be deprived of Breathing; not the Thorax only, but the whole Body below the Wound, becoming immovable.  
XXVIII. If it be cut through, below the second or first Vertebrae, or in the very beginning of the Spinal Marrow, the Person immediately falls down dead. But if the Spinal Marrow be cut quite through, lower than the Fourth Vertebra, all the Muscles of the Breast loose their Motion, and Respiration is performed by the benefit of the Diaphragma, or Midriff only; but a Cut about the seventh Vertebra, much lesle, cuts under the eighth or ninth, hinders not the Function of the Thoracick Muscles: And the lower the Wound is yet made, the more Muscles of the Thorax will do their Office.  
XXIX. If the Wound of the Spinal Marrow be in a right Line, up and downwards, none of the Intercostal, Lumbar, nor Crural Nerves will loose their use; but if it be cut half way cross, all the Nerves springing thence on the same side, perish. But generally hurts of the Parts, from Wounds of the Medulla Spinalis, are Mortal, there being not much difference between Wounds of that, and Wounds of the Brain.   

VI Wounds of the Head.  
XXX. If a deep Wound be made in the Neck behind, so as to reach the Parts under, you will hurt the Motions of the Head. For there being six Pair of Muscles which draw the Head backward, they all of them lie under some other external Muscles, the Exterior under the Musculous Dilatation, which moves the Cheeks, the Posterior under the Scapular Muscle; wherefore a superficial Wound cannot hinder the Motion of the Head: All these six Pair of Muscles, come from the Spines of the first five Vertebrae, and reach almost half way up the hinder part of the Head.  
XXXI. And there is one Pair of Muscles which bend the Head forward, these arise from the top of the Thorax, and end of the Clavicula, being long, round and strong, and are apparent before the Skin is taken of, and are inserted into the Mamillary Processes: If these be both moved, the Head is bend forwards; but if it be drawn on one side only, one of them only acts; these, if they be cut, hinder the Motion of the Head forwards or sideways.  
XXXII. A Wound in the Head in the Cutaneous Part, which only makes bore, or breaks the Bone, but hurts not the meanings, is safe, because it is in the Skin, or a Carnous Part, no Nervous, or Principal Part being hurt. But such a Wound may be in some respects dangerous, because near the Brain, and may put a Person into more hazard, than Wounds of other Parts; and therefore Judgement aught to be delivered concerning them very cautiously, because they produce many and vehement Symptoms, not happening in Wounds of other Parts, arising from the Nature of the Part, faults in Management, and difficulty of Cure: For such is the formation of the Head; that whatsoever Wound happens in its Skinny or Carnous Substance, it may easily, by a Fracture of the Skull, be communicated to the meanings, and the Brain itself; because there may be a Fissure of the Cranium, in another Part than where the Wound is, as Hypocrates affirms, which is called Resonitus Cranii, or, a Contrafissure: And Avicen says, the Skull may be oftentimes broken, whilst the Skin remains whole. And Celsus, That though the Bone be perfectly whole, yet some Vein in the Membrane of the Brain, may be broken and bleed; in all which Cases, a wise Artist may be in a doubt what to do, and make more than small faults, by his Mistakes in Curing.  
XXXIII. Such a Fracture of the Cranium, as lays the Meninx, or Dura Mater bore, is full of Danger; for they have place among Nervous Wounds, which are dangerous. Yet in giving Judgement, consider the Temper of the Clime, Nature of the Place, Quality of the Season, and Habit of the Body, and accordingly deliver your Opinion.   

VII. Wounds of the Forehead, and upper Eyelids.  
XXXIV. A Wound in the Forehead, near the Eyebrows, if long-ways, according to the Course of the Fibres, when healed, will not hurt the Function of the Part, or Eyelid; but if it be transverse and deep, the Eyebrow and Skin under it will be drawn downwards, causing a great trouble to the Eyes, because the upper Eyelid cannot open freely, nor perfectly do its Duty. This Substance lying upon the Forehead, and sticking fast to it, Galen calls a Musculous Skin; Vesalius, not a Musculous, but a Carnous Membrane, but Fallopius says, it is perfect Muscle, from its Fibres and Motion; and Realdus, that it is duplicate, because he has seen one side of the Forehead convulst, whilst the sound side was entire in its Function. These Muscles have no Tendon, because it is not a Bone, but a Skin that is to be moved, and is terminated in that common Suture, which divides the Bones of the Head from those of the upper Jaw: And their Fibres (as Vesalius says) run in a direct Line from the top of the Nose to the beginning of the Forehead; but Columous says, they run obliquely, from the top of the Nose, to the said middle of the Forehead.  
XXXV. If the upper Eyelid is wounded transverse, in the space between the Corners of the Eye, the total loss of the Function of the Eyelid follows, if the Wound be deep; but if not deep, it will only not shut close. For in this Case, the two obliqne Muscles moving and lifting up the Eyelid, must be cut asunder, or much hurt, according to the Effect following.   

VIII. Wounds of the Cheeks.  
XXXVI. If the Musculus latus be wounded, whose use is, to draw the Cheeks from one side to the other, and perform some other Motions, without moving the lower Jaw, or opening the Mouth, the Functions of the Cheeks must necessarily be hurt: This Action is very manifest, in that Convulsion, or Contraction, called Spasmus Cynicus; for therein, this Muscle is extremely stretched, and contracted-towards its Original: It's Fibres are carried, partly up to the Lips, as in that part of the Muscle which ascends to the Os Pectoris, and middle of the Clavicula; and partly run obliquely from the same, as in that part of it which rises from the rest of the Clavicula, top of the Shoulder, the Scapula, and Region of the Neck.  
XXXVII. If the two Muscles descending Obliquely from the Cheeks, moving the upper Lip; and the two Muscles ascending from the end of the Jaw, where the Chin is, be wounded, the Functions, or Actions of the Lips will cease, or be hurt. Now let the Wound in these Parts be made which way it will, it is always transverse, and cuts the Fibres across; because the Fibres of those Muscles are strangely interwoven, and complicate one with another.  
XXXVIII. If the Region which lies between the Ear, the Forehead, and Os Jugale, making an imperfect Circle, called the Temples, be wounded, the lifting up of the upper Jaw, and the shutting of the Mouth will be hurt. For the Crotaphites, or Temporal Muscle lies there, which arising from the Os Verticis, Frontis, & Temporis, is fastened to the crooked Point of the lower Jaw, drawing it up to shut the Mouth. And the Fibres of this Muscle, run from the Circumference to the Centre, which they do in no other Muscle besides. A Wound in this Muscles causes also (as Hypocrates and Galen say) Convulsions, Fevers, Sleepiness and Doting, because near to the principal Nerves.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Space between the Os Jugale, and Root of the Ear, at the beginning of the neat her Jaw, be wounded, Mastication, or Chewing will be hindered. For there the Masseter, or Chewing Muscle lies, which you may easily feel with your Fingers, when the Mouth is open; arising from that part of the Head where the Processus Styloeides are, comprehending all the nether Jaw, and drawing it round.   

IX. Wounds of the Arms.  
XL. If the Muscles dedicated to any Function of the Arm, are wounded, those Functions will be hurt. That which lies upon the Epomis being wounded, the Motion drawing the Arm upright is hurt. If those two which come by the sides of the former, from the Scapula, be wounded, the Motion which draws the Arm backward or forward, according as they are on this or that side, is hurt. If the three Muscles which draw the Arm to the Breast are wounded, that Motion also is frustrate. If the four Muscles, proceeding from the Scapula, and that from the lower end of the lowest Rib, under the Scapula, be wounded, the Motion which turns the Arm backward is prejudiced.  
XLI. If the Muscles dedicated to the Cubit, or Elbow, are wounded, the Functions of the Cubit will also be hurt. If the Muscle which appears near the Humeral Vein, having two Heads, one upon the edge of the Head of the Scapula, and another upon the Process, and cleaving first to the Os Brachii, and than to the Radius, having a second under it, assistant to the same Action, be wounded, the Motion extending the Cubit will be hurt: But if a Wound be made in the hinder Part, opposite to the aforesaid Muscles, touching their ends, the Office of bending the Elbow will be lost. If the long Muscle arising from the Os Humeri, and implanted into the lower Appendix of the Radius, being the second of them which draw the Radius forwards, be wounded, the Motion raising the Radius supinely will be hindered. But if the lower Part of the Vlna, going along to the lower Part of the Wrist, be wounded, all the Motions of the Wrist will be hurt; for there all the four Muscles of the Cubit, which are the cause of all the Motion of the Arm, are extended.  
XLII. If a Wound be made in the inside of the Cubit, inclining a little back, than the second Joints of the four Fingers cannot bend; for there runs one Muscle, the first among the Internal, which moves the upper part of the Hand, which arising from the lower Swelling of the Humerus, is hid under others, till it comes to the Elbow, where coming forth, it is seen under the Skin, except what the former Muscle does pass over: This than having passed the Wrist, is divided into four Tendons, each of which being fixed to the second Bones of the Fingers, are their Benders. And therefore, whatever of the internal Muscles, which run down with the first to the Wrist, are cut, certainly hurt the Function of Contraction, or bending.  
XLIII. The Hand is manifestly extended by the external Muscles, placed in the back part of the Arm. If therefore the first of these be wounded, which having passed the Elbow, appears, and is seen under the Skin, and runs under another, which extends the Wrist, which being divided into four Tendons, runs to all the Joints of all the Fingers, and extends them; the Motion causing these Extensions will be frustrate. The second Muscle, by which the Palm is form, having the same Original with the former, is to be seen under the Skin with the first, proceeding underneath to the Hand; this is that, by which the little Finger is drawn aside from the rest; therefore, if this Muscle is wounded, and the Wound be made in the lower Region, the Function of the little Finger will be hurt; but if it be made a little above, the Function of the three next Fingers than suffer.   

X. Wounds of the Hands.  
XLIV. If the back of the Hand be wounded, where (not Muscles, but) Tendons creep along to their Joints, than the Function of that Finger will be hurt, which is next to the Muscle, or Tendon, Cut or Wounded. But many times, when these exterior Tendons have been cut, the Fingers have yet been extended, but the Function has been the more weakly performed; the cause of this remaining ability of Extension, is from other Muscles arising in the Palm, which exercising the same Function of extending, with those which were cut, makes the prejudice, or hurt of the Function the lesle: And this is evident, because, if the Palm of the Hand be wounded, the Motion of the Fingers is many times hurt thereby.  
XLV. If therefore the broad Tendon in the Palm, which lies next the Skin, and four Muscles which lie under it, from the middle of the Palm, to the setting on of the Fingers; which (though they be internal) extend the four Fingers and the Thumb: If, I say, these be Wounded, the Function, or Action of extending the Thumb and Fingers must be hurt. And these four arise from the Tendons of that Muscle, which bends the third Joints of the four Fingers, and than running to the external Part, are implanted in the said third Joints, and so extend them.  
XLVI. If a Wound be about the little Finger, that Muscle will be hurt, which arises from the fourth Bone of the Matacarpus, and draws it aside from the other Fingers. If the Ball of the Thumb is wounded, the three Muscles which bend the Thumb will be hurt; and whatever Wound it is which hinders its Function, it must be either in it, or very near it, because the Thumb has this peculiar property in itself, to take nothing to it, from any upper part.   

XI. Wounds of the Thighs.  
XLVII. A Wound any where in that Region of the Buttock, which reaches from the Os Sacrum and Coccyx, half over the Os Ilium, unless it be shallow, will hinder the Extension of the Thigh. For, the Muscle giving this Motion, arises from the aforesaid Parts, and ends at length in the great Trochanter, making the Buttock. But since this Function requires much strength, other Muscles are helpful to it, jest by the hurt of one Muscle, the whole Action of the Part should be lost.  
XLVIII. A Wound in the Thigh, in the forepart, between the tops of the Knee-pan, will prejudice the Extension of the Leg. For under that place, there runs the seventh Muscle of them that move the Leg, and under that the eighth Muscle, to be seen above the Knee: But, because it has other Muscles assistant in this Action, the total loss of this Extension need not be feared, from the wounding of one Muscle.  
XLIX. And if that Muscle be wounded, which descends obliquely, almost from the Groin, like a Border along the inside of the Thigh, and ending in the Shin, that Motion or Action of the Leg, which draws it towards the Groin on the other side, or to the Thigh, will be very much hurt. And if the hinder part of the Thigh, between the end of the Buttock and the Ham, be wounded, it hinders Contraction; especially if the Tendons be cut, which appear so evidently in the sides of the Ham; that when the Knee is bend, they may be plainly felt by the Fingers.   

XII. Wounds of the Legs.  
L. If those Muscles, which coming up above the Knee, do by their Bellies, on each side of the Leg, make up the Calf, and at length make the strongest Tendon of the whole Body, coming to the Heel: If these, I say, be wounded, or that Tendon be cut, than the Action of the Foot, which stretches it forth, will be hurt: But the hurt, or wounding of one Muscle, is not sufficient to destroy the Action of the whole; for four other Auxiliary Muscles, lend their Assistance to this Function.  
LIVELY If the two Muscles running between the Calf and the Os Tibiae, or Shin bone; one of which next the Calf, extends four of the Toes; the other running by the Os Tibiae, extends the end of the Foot: If, I say, these be wounded, the Action of extending will certainly be hurt.  
LII. If the Metapedium, or Instep he wounded athwart deep, and the Wound be not healed at one Intention, by reason of the Concourse of Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Muscles, and Tendons, and the easy afflux of Humours, as being a depending Part. If the use of the Foot be not wholly lost, yet the Ulcer will be of difficult Cure, and long in Healing.    

CHAP. LII. EXAMPLES of making REPORTS.  

I Of Death, presumed to ensue.  
WE A. B. and C. D. Chirurgeons of the City of L. have by Command, or Order of Counsel, viewed the Body of E. F. which we found in Bed, wounded in his Head, on his left Temple, plercing the Bone with a Fracture, and Depression of the broken Bone, Splinters thereof, and meanings into the Substance of the Brain, with a weak Pulse, dejected Appetite, cold Sweats, Convulsions, and Raving; whereby we judge that certain and sudden Death is at Hand: In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 16. May, 1695.   

II A Report in a doubtful Case.  
I A. B. by Order of the Coroner, have visited G. H. whom I found Sick in Bed, being wounded with a Scimitar, or Cutlass, on his left Thigh. The Wound was three Inches broad, and pierces quite through the Substance of the Thigh, cutting also the great Artery and Vein, whence came a great effusion of Blood, by which he is exceedingly weakened, and is often taken with Swooning Fits: Now, his Thigh is very much Swollen, and livid, whereby a Gangrene, or Sphacelus is feared; for which Reasons, the Health and Safety of the Sick is much doubted of. In witness whereof, I have hereunto put my Hand, the 24. August, 1695.   

III A Report, in Case of the loss, or Debility of a Member.  
We A. B. C. D. Chirurgeons of the City of L. by Command of the Counsel, have visited I K. whom we found Wounded in his left Arm, with a Wound of four Inches bigness. The Tendons bending the Leg were out, as also the Nerves, and Crural Veins and Arteries: There are also present Malign Symptoms, as, great Pain, Inflammation, Abscess, Fever, Convulsions, and Gangrene; for which Reasons, we think his Life to be in great danger; but if, through the Skilfulness of the ARtist, and great Care, he escapes Death, he will doubtless continued Lame, all the Days of his Life following, through the Impotency of the wounded Part. In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 12. of April, 1695.   

IV. A Report, when Wounds are found in divers Parts.  
We A. B. C. D. E. F. Chirurgeons of L. by Order of the Counsel, have visited M. N. whom we found hurt with five Wounds. The first was on his Head, in the middle of the Os Frontis, three Inches broad, penetrating to the second Table; so that we were forced to take away several Splinters of the same Bone. The second was across his right Cheek, reaching from his Ear to the middle of the Nose. The third is on the midst of his Abdomen, or Belly, two Inches broad, and so deep, as to pierce into the Capacity, or Hollowness of the Abdomen; so that we were forced to cut away a part of the Caul, coming out thereat, to the bigness of a Walnut, being also grown of a black Colour, and Putrified. The fourth was upon the back of the right Hand, with the Cutting of the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, and Bones of that Part; for which Cause, though cured, it will always remain Lame. Thomas fifth upon the Spina Dorsi, two Inches big, with a Paralysis, or Numbness, or Deadness on all the Parts on the right Side below it; for which Reason 'tis much to be feared, that the Medulla Spinalis is hurt. The Patient has oftentimes Fainting and Swooning Fits, and sometimes Convulsions, Fever, and other ill Symptoms attending; for which Reason, we think his Life to be in very great Danger, (or Death is much to be feared.) In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 14. Day of October, Anno 1695.   

V A Report of a Woman delivered of a Dead Child.  
We A. B. C. D. by the Judges Command, have visited G. P. whom we found Sick in Bed, having a strong Fever upon her, with a Convulsion and Efflux of Blood at her Womb, by reason of a Wound in the Abdomen, or Belly, below her Navel on the right Side, penetrating into the Capacity of her Belly; whence it came to pass, that she was delivered before her Time, of a Male Child, perfect in all its Parts, but Dead, being killed by the same Wound, which pierced through its Skull, into the Substance of the Brain: For which Reason we judge, that the Death of the Mother also is near at hand. In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 27. Day of June 1695.   

VI A Report of a Wounded Person, found Dead.  
It was demanded of us, E. F. G. H. Chirurgeons of the City of L. whether the wounded Body received the Wounds alive, or dead? Now, because when a Person is wounded whilst living, the Lips of the Wound will be read and bloody, and the Flesh about it black and blue, with Signs of Blood in the Place where the Body was found: And, because none of these Signs are found in this present Body, nor any appearance of Blood, or bleeding, neither about the Wound, nor about the Place, though the Weapon be found in the Wound, and run through the Body; because that the Blood being cold and coagulated, before the Wound was made, it could not flow to the Part hurt or wounded: For these Reasons we judge, the Wound was made after Death; and that the Deceased was not Felo de se, but killed first, and afterwards run through by another. In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 10. May, 1695.   
The first Five of these Reports, are in a manner taken out of Paraeus, or made in imitation of his; I do not say how tightly they are worded; nor with what Artist-like Terms they might, or aught to have been expressed; yet they may serve as Exemplars for others, to take Pattern by, and do better when Occasion shall require.    

VIII. EMBALMING.  

CHAP. LIII. EMBALMING the EGYPTIAN WAY.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pollinctura, (à pollincere, vel pollingere) Conditura, (a condiendo) Balsamatio, (à Balsamo;) The Art of Embalming, is that which teaches to cleanse, sweeten, perfume and dry, or preserve a dead Carcase or Body.  
II The Artist is called, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pollictor, seu Pollinctor, an Embalmer, or Preserver of Dead Bodies.  
III The Egyptians called him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Salinator, a Salter; and the Art, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Salitura, the Art of Salting; because the ancient way of Embalming in that Nation, was by Salting or Powdering with Salt, as we shall now immediately teach.  
IV. Embalming is exercised either according to the ancient Egyptian ways; the European ways; or, our Modern Institutions.  
V The ancient Egyptian way of Preserving the Dead, was either by Salting; or, by Aromatic Gums and Spices.  
VI The Scythians eat their Dead; the Grecians burn; the Indian's anoint with Oils and Fats; the Persians' bury, but first Encerate; the Babylonians bury in Honey and Wax; and this was the Custom also sometime among the Grecians; for Agesilaus of Lacedaemon was Embalmed in Honey, as Xenophon relates; so also was the Body of Alexander the Great, as you may perceive from Statius, in Sylvis.  
VII. The Egyptians Embalm, and that either with Salts, or with Aromaticks, to keep the Body from stinking, putrifying or breeding of Worms, and (if it were possible) to make it Immortal: These Embalmed Bodies they call Gabbares.  
VIII. Their Opinion was, that so long as the Body endured, so long the Soul continued with it; therefore they studied to preserve their Dead by Embalming, jest the Soul should quickly transmigrate to another Body.  
IX. The Romans, from a contrary Opinion, burnt their Dead, that their Souls might quickly be discharged, and return into their own Nature. Herodotus and Diodorus Siculus tell us, That these Embalmed Bodies become, as it were, petrified, and hard like Marble. August. de diversis, Serm. 120. concludes from this their Practice, that they held, or believed, the Resurrection of the Dead.  
X. The Egyptian Art of Salination is threefold, viz. either by Salt alone; or, by Salt and Juice of Cedar; or, by Salt and Aromatic Gums and Spices.  
XI. Herodotus and Diodorus have very copiously Recorded the manner of Embalming; and how he that professes that Art, keeps Patterns of dead Bodies; as also, that according as they are paid, they can Embalm the Body, exact or not; and that those who would go the Price of it, might have their Dead done extreme curiously. See Herodotus, lib. 2.  

I Salination with Salt alone.  
XII. This was only of Use with the Poor People. The dead Body was carried to the Salinators, (for so they were called) where the Body being opened with a sharp Aethiopic Stone, with Lotions it was cleansed, and the Belly purely washed, than with Nitre it was Salted seventy Days, and after dried; in which Condition it would keep firm many Hundred of Years.  
XIII. And if an Egyptian, or a Stranger was found killed by a Crocodile, or drowned in the River, the City where he was cast up, or found, must Embalm him, (with Salt only, 'tis supposed) and bury him in the Sacred Monuments; whom not one, not not a Relation or Friend may touch, but the Priests of Nile only.   

II Salination with Salt, and Juice, or Balsam of Cedar.  
FOURTEEN. This was of Use among the middle or better Sort of People. The Salinator forces up a Clyster by the Anus, of the Juice, or Balsam of Cedar, with which they fill (as it were) the Cavity of the Belly, neither cutting nor unboweling; than they Salt it with Nitre for Seventy Days complete.  
XU. At the end of that Term they take out the Clyster, and out with it comes the Guts, Ventricle, and other internal Viscera; so powerful is the Clyster made of Juice, or Balm of Cedar.  
XVI. In the mean Season, the Nitre has consumed all the other superfluous Humidities, having penetrated to the Bone: thus the Body being made throughly clean, it is after dried, and put into its proper place, where it will remain without Corruption multitudes of Years.   

III Salination with Salt, and Aromaticks.  
XVII. The Salinator extracted the Brain by the Nostrils with a Hook, than he filled it with dissolved Gums, after that, with a sharp Aethiopic Stone, he ripped up the Belly, and unboweled it, which was immediately washed and cleansed with Phoenician, or Palm-wine.  
XVIII. And filling the whole Cavity of the Belly with Aromatic Spices, Myrrh and Cassia, (but no Frankincense) it was sewed up, and than Salted with Nitre for Seventy Days; at the end of which time it was cleansed, washed and dried.  
XIX. This done, it was bound with Fillets, or Ribbons, beginning at the Head, and ending at the Feet, and than going again from the Feet to the Head; to the wrapping up (as the Historian says) of a Thousand els; after which it is wrapped up in a Cere-Cloth, dipped in melted Gums and Rosins.  
XX. The Body than is restored to the Relations, who make a wooden Coffin, in shape of a Man, into which they put the Dead, and entomb him.   

IV. The Egyptian Embalming, with Aromaticks alone.  
XXI. The Artist that is to Dissect the Belly, is called the Scribe; he lays the Body upon the Ground, and marks out how much of the Belly must be cut open about the left side; this Section is performed with the sharp Aethiopic Stone.  
XXII. The Entrails are presently fling away, by their Law, being pulled out by the Hand of the Embalmer; but the Heart and Kidneys are cleansed with Phoenician Wine, or Wine of Palms, and Aromaticks, and kept.  
XXIII. This done, the whole Body is anointed with Juice, or Balsam of Cedar, or Turpentine, for about Forty Days, (the number of the Days of their Mourning for the Dead:) Afterwards they perfume the Body with Myrrh, Cinnamon, Aloes, and other Aromatic Gums, Spices, and Odours.  
XXIV. And this is done in such sort, that (as their Historians report) the Hair shall be preserved and renewed Hundred of Years; and every Member kept so entire, that the Eyebrows, Beard, and Countenance, and shape of the whole Body, may easily be known by any that knew them in their life-time. Diodorus Siculus, lib. 1.  
XXV. Now from what Historians have said, and the evident Demonstration of the Mumies brought from Egypt, it is certain, that they had two ways of Embalming; the one cheap, for the poorer sort, the other costly, for the Rich.  
XXVI. For the poorer People they used Asphaltus, i e. Bitumen Judaicum, or Pissasphaltum, which is a mixture of Pitch and Bitumen.  
XXVII. For the Rich, they used Aromatic Spices, Balsamic Juices, Oils, and Rosins, such as Opobalsamum, liquid Rosin of Cedar, Aloes, Myrrh, Turpentine of Chi●, Cassia lignea, Cinnamon, etc. which by their Bitterness, innate Balsamic Sulphur, Oiliness, and Volatile Salt, were able to resist Putrefaction and Corruption, for a very great number of Years.    

CHAP. LIU. EMBALMING the EUROPEAN WAYS.  
I THESE are such as are universally practised through most of the European Nations, and are either without Dissection, or with it.  
II Those which are Embalmed without Dissection, cannot be of that endurance which they are of, who are Dissected; nor are those Bodies useful for Mummies.  
III The name of Mummy is only given to Dissected Bodies, Embalmed with Aromatic Drugs; or, to those Bodies which are covered over, and dried in the Sands of Lybia, by the heat of the Sun.  
IV. It is improperly given either to the Liquor which flows from the Coffins of Princes Embalmed, which being dried in the Sepulchre, becomes hard as the Embalmed Flesh.  
V Or, to those Bodies which are Embalmed with Asphalthum or Bitumen, (which is a Sulphurous Humidity of the Earth) which, through length of time, being once dry, becomes like Mortar, or a crusted Paste over the Body.  
VI The Coffins of the Egyptians were shaped out to the Similitude of a Man; and if they were made of Wood, it was Sycamore or Cedar, which are reported, will remain sound for ever,  

I Embalming without Dissection, called Encearing.  
VII. You aught to cleanse the Bowels well by Clysters cast in, made either of Wine Vinegar, Sea Water, Salt Brine, or Solution of Niter, or a strong Decoction of Coloquintida; and these to be often repeated; than hanging the Body up by the Arms, that the Ordure, or Faeces may drop out.  
VIII. If the Body be laid in warm Water almost scalding hot, for a season, after the Exhibition of the Clyster, it will work so much the better.  
IX. The Bowels being cleansed, let all the Passages of the Body be stopped up with hurds dipped in the Composition prepared for the Cerecloth, and over them lay Cloth fitted, and dipped in the same.  
X. Lastly, wrap up the Body in a Cerate, made of new Cloth; so large as it may go four, or five, or more times round the Body, as you think fit; and than Cord it up, putting it into a strong well made Coffin, well and firmly Pitched all over the inside.  
XI. But here note, 1. That in thin and lean Bodies, it is not always necessary to use the Clysters, being chief for fat and gross Bodies.  
XII. 2. That some Cord not the Body, being wrapped in the Cere-cloth; but it is most safe to use Cordage, if the Body be very Fat and Gross.  
XIII. 3. That the Cerat for this purpose you may see in our Doron, or Supplement to our London Dispensatory, lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 1, 2. Or you may use this following:  
FOURTEEN. ℞ Burgundy Pitch lbxij lbxij. Bees Wax lbiv lbiv. Pitch lbi lbi. Frankincense, Gum Elemi, Verdigrise a. lbss ss. Oil q. s. melt, mix, and make a Cerat. Or this, ℞ Bees Wax lbxx lbxx. Rosin, Sheep's Suet, Stone Pitch, a. lbx lbx. Turpentine lbvi. lbvi. Oil enough to give it the body of a Cerat.   

II Embalming with Aromaticks.  
XU. Have in a readiness for Dissection, all the proper Instruments, Incision Knives, Saws, etc. as also Sponges, Stuphes, Linen, Needles, waxed Thread, Bandages.  
XVI. 2. Embowel the Corpse, removing all the Viscera, or contained parts in the three Ventures, except the Heart and Kidneys, which may be Embalmed with the Body. All these Bowels you may put in an Urn, or Pot, and bury them by themselves.  
XVII. 3. The Ventures being all freed, dry them very well with Sponges and Clotheses, and than wash them with Water and Salt, or Vinegar, or Salt and Vinegar, or Aqua Vitae, or Spirit of Wine, or Lixivium of Quicklime.  
XVIII. And if would have the Body to keep for a longer time, make Incision into the inside of the Thighs, Arms, and other Fleshy Parts, where the greater Vessels lie, that the Blood may be extracted, and so you may do, if you please, to the whole Body; after which dry and wash it, as we have just now directed.  
XIX. Lastly, wash it with Vinegar, in which Colocynthis, Wormwood, Rue, Aloes, Salt and Alum have been Infused and Decocted.  
XX. 4. This done, fill the said Venture and Incisions with this Powder; Pulvis ad Implendas Cavitates Cadaverum. ℞ Acorus, Orrice, Birthwort, Rhodium, Xyloaloes, Gentian, Zedoary, Bay-berries, Ginger, Cardamons a. lbiij lbiij. Myrrh, Aloes a. lbxv lbxv. Leaves of Wormwood, Centory, Master-wort, Rosemary, Pepper, Cinnamon, Cloves, Nutmegs, Labdanum a. lbij. lbij. make all into a Powder, and moisten with Spirit of Wine to embody it; all which will be little enough, if the Body be large, and you Embalm the Bowels also.  
XXI. For you aught not to leave the lest Cavity unsought, but fill every Corner, as full as the Skin will hold.  
XXII. 5. The Ventures being filled, sew up all the places, and anoint the Body all over with, first, Oils of Turpentine, Spike, Juniper-berries, and Cloves, mixed together in equal quantities: Secondly, with Balsam of Peru; which done, strew over the whole Body, some of this following Powder, till it be about half an Inch, thick.  
XXIII. Pulvis ad Cadavera Loricanda: ℞ Myrrh Elect, fine Aloes, Benjamin, Gum Guajaci, Orrice-root, Acorus, Cloves, Cinnamon, Tacamahacca, Lignum Rhodium, Bay-berries, a. lbij. lbij. make all into a Powder, and mix them.  
XXIV. 6. The next thing you are to do, is to wrap up the Body in Cere-cloths, so large as may go, three, four, or five times round it; the form of the Cerecloth you have above at Sect. 14. or others (in my Opinion better) in our Doron, lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 1, 2.  
XXV. 7. Lastly, Put up the Body into the Coffin, which, if it be of Wood, let it be exceedingly well Pitched all over within: If of Lead, let it be Soddered up; after having first filled up all the empty Spaces, with either of the Powders at Set. 20. or 23. aforementioned.   

III Another way to do the same.  
XXVI. 1. Open the Skull behind, about the breadth of the Palm of an Hand, something more or lesle; take out the Brain, and fill the Cavity with this Powder.  
XXVII. ℞ Myrrh, Aloes a. lbxv lbxv. Benjamin, Tacamahacca, Gum Guajaci, Labdanum a. lbv lbv. Roots of Orrice, Gentian, Ginger, Zedoary, Aristolochy round, Bay-berries, Acorus, Asphaltum, Cloves, Cinnamon a. lbiij lbiij. mix, and make a Powder. Than put on the piece of Skull again, and few it fast on.  
XXVIII. 2. Make an Incision from that part of the Breast where the Ribs meet above the Navel, and another Incision crossing it, about eighteen Inches long, so as to lay open the Region of the Liver, Spleen, and Stomach: Separate the whole from the Sternon on both sides in the Mucilaginous Parts, raise the Sternon against the face of the Body; take out the Tongue, Eyes, Lungs, Heart, Liver, Spleen, Stomach, Intestines, and all the contained Parts.  
XXIX. Make also two or three Incisions all along each Arm and Leg, and deep Incisions in the Buttocks and Thighs; as also from the Neck to the Buttocks on the Back, separating the Skin and fat Parts with an Incision-Knife.  
XXX. Lastly, make five or six Incisions in the Neck, two in though Soles of each Foot, and as many in the Palms of each Hand.  
XXXI. 3. Suck up the Blood, and watery Humours with Sponges, bathe and wash the Parts with good Spirit of Wine; after rub with good Spirit of Salt, or S.U. to every lbss ss. of which, ℥ i of Spirit of Salt is put.  
XXXII. And than fill every Hole and Corner, and all the Incisions and Spaces between the Skin and Flesh; as also the Mouth, Eye-holes, Nostrils, and whole Cavity of the Body, as full as the Skin will hold, with the Powder at Sect. 27. aforegoing, and few up the Skin firmly with Thread well Waxed.  
XXXIII. 4. This being done, anoint the Body all over with Balsam of Peru, strewing it over with the Powder at Sect. 23. above.  
XXXIV. 5. Than wrap the Body in a Cere-cloth, and solder it up in a Leaden Coffin, where it may be preserved for many Ages.  
XXXV. 6. If you would preserve the Body for some time to lie in State, where it may be apparelled with Linen, Clotheses, Hose, Shoe, Gloves, etc. with the Head and Face uncovered; you must prepare a white Linen Odoriferous Cere-cloth, which cut into long Bandages of about two or three Inches broad, with which swath the Arms, Legs, Thighs by themselves, and afterwards the whole Body, applying the Swaths aslant upon the Powder.  
XXXVI. Upon which you may Cloth the Body, as if it were Living, and Comb out the Hair; often wash the Face with S.U. rectified, and lay over it, when it is not publicly exposed, double Linen Clotheses dipped in the same; or a Portion of the said Odoriferous Cere-cloth, which for this purpose may be thus made.  
XXXVII. ℞ White Bees-wax lbvij lbvij. Venice Turpentine lbss ss. Oil of Nutmegs by Expression ℥ iv. distilled Oils of Orange-Peels, of Limon-Peels, of Rhodium, a. ℥ ij. melt, mix, and make a Cerate.    

CHAP. LU. EMBALMING the MODERN WAYS.  

I A special and particular Way of Embalming, very excellent.  
I EMbowel, or remove all the contained Parts, in all the three Ventures as aforesaid, making also fit Incision in all the fleshy Parts, and wherever any of the great Vessels lie.  
II This done, and the whole Body wiped very dry, and throughly cleansed; lay it for three or four Hours in very warm Water, (in which Nitre, an ounce to every quart, is dissolved) till the Water is well coloured; pour that Water away, and put in fresh, letting the Body be in it as long; cast that Water away, and this Work repeat, till the Water will be not more coloured.  
III Afterwards you shall dry the Body very well with Clotheses and Sponges, and lay it so, as that all that can may drain out of it, than put it into good Spirit of Wine, so much as to over-top it for 3, or 4 Finger's breadth; wherein let it lie for forty-eight Hours: Pour of that Spirit, and affuse new, letting it lie forty-eight Hours as aforesaid: This Work repeat so long, till the Spirit will be not more coloured.  
IV. Than take fresh Spirit of Wine, to every Pint of which put half an Ounce of the best Oil of Vitriol, Oil of Sulphur, or Oil of Salt, mix them well together, and pour them upon the whole Body, as you poured the former Spirit; in which let it lie twentyfour Hours, after which decant the Liquor, and, with what care you can, very curiously dry the Body in all its Parts.  
V Being well dried, besmear it all over, both within and without, with a Hogs-bristle Brush, with this following Liquor: ℞ fine Myrrh, Benjamin, Rosin a. ℥ iv. rectified Spirit of Wine, enough to dissolve the biggest part of the aforesaid Rosins, in a gentle Sand heat: This dissolution mix with half its quantity of the solution of fine Aloes, in other rectified Spirit of Wine; for the aforesaid Use: You may do it twice a day all over with the said Brush for eight or ten days together.  
VI These ten days being over, fill the Capacities of all the Ventricles with the Powder at Sect. 27. Chap. 54. beforegoing; and Anoint the outside of the Body all over with Balsam of Peru; which done, wrap it in the Cere-cloth at Sect. 37. Chap. 54. The Body being thus Embalmed, will keep some Thousand of Years without any decay.  
VII. Lastly, put it into the Coffin or Tomb, prepared for it, observing the Directions in Chap. 54. Sect. 25.   

II Balthasar Timaeus à Guldenklee, his Way of Embalming; Epist. Medicinal. Lib. 6. Ep. 10.  
VIII. This is done according to the Pleasure of the Relations, sometimes the whole Body, with all its Cavities and Limbs, are Embalmed; sometimes the middle and lowest Ventures, and sometimes only the lowest is taken out, and preserved.  
IX. Some (says he) use Aloes and Myrrh; some, Spirit of Wine; some, Vinegar and Salt; and some, a Lixivium and Quicklime: Others, compounded Powders, Ointments, distilled Oils and Balsams.  
X. I have Embalmed several after the following Method: First, I provide all my requisite Instruments; as, Knives, Razors, Scissors, Tweezerss, Bodkins, Saws, Hooks, Needles, Thread, Cords, Swathing Bands, Sponges, Tow, Linen, Vinegar, Aqua Vitae, Salt-water, Magistral Powders, Oils, Balsams, Cere-cloths, etc.  
XI. The Corpse is well washed and cleansed with warm Wine, from all its external Filth, and laid on a convenient place: I cut open the Abdomen cross-ways, taking out the Guts, Mesentery, Stomach, Kidneys, Spleen, Bladder, (and Womb, if a Womankind) ordering a Servant to empty and cleanse them.  
XII. Than I open the Thorax, taking out the Lungs, Heart, Arteries, Veins, Diaphragma, and the Oesophagus to the Epiglottis, carefully emptying and cleansing all the Vessels.  
XIII. The Cavities of the Thorax and Abdomen, are first washed well with cold Water, and wiped dry with Sponges; than with strong Vinegar, and lastly with A.U. or S.U. Spiritus Solomonis, which is a very effectual thing, to prevent Putrefaction and Corruption.  
FOURTEEN. After which, I strew the following described Powder upon all the Parts, and rub it well in; applying also every where, Pledgets of Tow, or Cotten dipped in A.U. and than strewing on more Powder, till I fill the whole Cavity of the Thorax, and Abdomen therewith; and than I sew up the Skin.  
XU. Coming now to the Head, I divide the Skull circularly, with a sharp Saw, or else open it only from the Crown to the Occiput, take out the Brain, and wash the Cavity in like manner, as I did the Thorax, etc. before, first with cold Water, than with Vinegar, and last of all very well with A.U. or Spiritus Solomonis; and fill it as I did the former Cavities, with the said Powder and Tow.  
XVI. I cleanse the Jaws also very well with a Syringe, and fill them with Powder of Cinnamon and Cloves: I anoint the Face well (and reiterate the Anointing) with Balsam of Peru, or Spiritus Solomonis.  
XVII. Than I make deep Incisions in the Musculous and Fleshy Parts, chief about the Buttock, carefully squeezing out the Blood, and strewing them with the aforementioned Powder.  
XVIII. Which done, I wrap the Body up in hot Cerecloth, and anoint it all over with Ship Pitch, Pine Rosin, and Liquid Storax, melted together at the Fire.  
XIX. If the Body is to be kept long, the fleshy Parts must be taken away, and buried with the Bowels: but you may put the Heart in its place again, or keep it by itself in a Box, being washed first of all with our Balsamic Water of Aloes and Myrrh; afterwards with Spiritus Solomonis, and than Anointed with Balsam of Peru.  
XX. Now here is to be observed, 1. That the Embalming is to be hastened after the Parties Death, and not put of above twentyfour Hours, especially if the Wether be hot.  
XXI. 2. That the Body be kept in a cold place, and not exposed to the heat of the Sun: Nor yet put in a wooden Coffin, but in one of Lead, with Tin or Silver over it; because Wood rots, and in humid Vaults swells, and so bursts the Tin, or Silver Coffins.  
XXII. 3. In Embalming, do it carefully, jest any putrid Exhalation should offend those about the Funeral, which is a great disgrace to the Artist.  
XXIII. 4. The Artist and his Servants, must take care not to receive any harm from the Effluvia, and Smells or Steams coming from the putrified Viscera; more especially, if they died of a Phthisis, or Empyema, or some other Contagious Disease.  
XXIV. 5. That in Summertime this Operation be done in a Room, with Windows open to the North: In Winter, in a Room aired with a Fire made of Ash, or Oak, and some Juniper with it, but in no wise in a Stove.  
XXV. 6. Let the Artist and Servants (when going about this work) take some Alexipharmick, to defend them against the pernicious Scents; anoint their Nostrils with some Balsam, or hold to them a Sponge dipped in Bezoardick Vinegar; and hold in their Mouths Trochisci de Zedoaria, de Corticibus Citri, or the like Alexitericks: If he has none of these things, let him eat some Food, or Bread toasted and dipped in Wine.  
XXVI. 7. That it is better to begin with opening the Abdomen, and not to use Quicklime, or other Corrosive things; for that they rather Consume, than Preserve, the Bodies they are applied to.  
XXVII. The Powder mentioned at Sect. 14. aforegoing: ℞ Aloes lbv lbv. choice Myrrh lbiv lbiv. Hermodacts, Styrax Calamita, Cloves, dried Rosemary a. lbij. lbij. biting Cinnamon, Frankincense a. lbj lbj. dried Bay Leaves, Read Roses a. lbss ss. cut what are to be cut, and make a gross Powder.  
XXVIII. The Cere-cloth to wrap the Body up in, and to line the Coffin withal: ℞ yellow Bees-wax lbxxv lbxxv. Venice Turpentine, Colophonia, Rosin a. lbiij lbiij. Ship Pitch lbijss lbijss. Frankincense, Liquid Storax a. lbij. lbij. Verdigrise lbj lbj. Oil of Spike lbss ss. being melted and mixed well together, add of Sheep's, or Beef Suet lbij. lbij. In this mixture, dip a whole piece of Linen Cloth, or so much as may serve the Occasion.  
XXIX. The Powder to be strewed on the Cere-Cloth: ℞ Wormwood, Southern-wood, Lavender, Rosemary, Bay Leaves, a. M. vj. Sage, Margerum, Basil, Origanum, Time, Savory, Hyssop, Camomil-flowers a. M. iij. Orrice-root in Powder, Salt a. lbiv lbiv. Lignum Rhodium lbiij lbiij. Read Roses, Aloes, Myrrh, Frankincense, Storax, Benjamin a. lbij. lbij. Wood of Iuniper, Sassafras a. lbiss lbiss. Roots of Calamus Aromaticus, of Angelica, of Cyperus Orange and Citron Peels, Cinnamon, Cloves a. lbj lbj. yellow Sanders, Lignum Aloes a. lbss ss. mix, and make a Powder, which moisten with Oil of Spike lbss ss.  
XXX. An Oil to Anoint withal: ℞ Chemical Oils of Rosemary, and of Lignum Rhodium a. ℥ iij. Oil of Cloves ℥ jss. distilled Oils of Wormwood and Origanum a. lbj lbj. mix them.  
XXXI. The Balsam: ℞ Liquid Storax ℥ vj. Balsam of Peru ℥ ij. Oil of Rhodium ℥ iss. Oil of Mace ℥ ss. mix them.   

III Gabriel Clauder, his Way of Embalming.  
XXXII. The most famous Embalmer that ever yet came upon the Stage of the World, was the Excellent Bilsius, who did it with that Curiosity, that not any of the Embalming Matter stuck to the outward Parts of the Body; his Fame reached to the King of Spain's Ears, who had him in such admiration, that he ordered him to be paid (by his Governor in the low Coutries) Twenty Thousand Crowns, upon condition he should declare faithfully upon Oath, his so excellent an Art; and to be an honorary Professor in the University of Louvain, where he should teach Anatomy according to his Manual Operation; for which he was to have a Pension of Two Thousand Crowns per Annum.  
XXXIII. But the University refused him, after much struggling; whereupon at length, Bilsius laden with his Money, bid Louvain farewel; and going home to his United Provinces, he died, and (for all that we yet know) his famous Secret was buried with him.  
XXXIV. This admirable excellency of Bilsius put others upon search, and though Bilsius was so unkind as not to make the World happy with his Invention, it put another Man upon making Trials; to wit, the Excellent Clauder, Physician to the Duke of Saxony, who after many and various Experiments, found out the following most excellent Method or Way.  
XXXV. The Body having been dead at most but twentyfour hours, he lays its in a long and large Oaken Trey, or Tray of some other hard Wood; upon which he pours his Preserving, or Embalming Spirit, so much as will over-top the Body about ten Inches.  
XXXVI. This Spirit is made extemporanco modo, thus: ℞ fair Water lbxij lbxij. Pot-ashes lbij. lbij. mix and dissolve, letting them stand for an hour or two: To which Solution add of the best Shall Armoniac powdered lbj lbj. or something more; shake them together (in a Glass) oftentimes, for the more easy and better dissolution of the Ingredients, stopping the Glass, jest the volatile Particles should fly out; which done, filter it through a brown Paper, and keep it for use.  
XXXVII. Now as this Spirit is filled with both a fixed and a Volatile Alcali; so it immediately raises the Body, and will not let it sink for some Days, or Weeks, by reason of a Crude and Impure Matter, which puffs up the Body like a Tympany; for which reason, and jest the upper Parts which would lie uncovered, might Corrupt, either the Vessel must be every Day moderately shaken, that the Balsamic Liquor may come at all the Parts; or the Corpse must be pressed down in the Liquor, (which is the better way) with a piece, or two, of a wooden Lath.  
XXXVIII. This done, the Vessel must be exactly covered, and the Chinks must be stopped close with Paper and Paste; not only to prevent the Volatile Spirits from flying away, but also to keep the External Air from getting in, and Corrupting it.  
THIRTY-NINE. If it be a large Body, it must lie twelve or thirteen Weeks; but for little Bodies, six or eight Weeks will be sufficient to to lie in this Pickle; and a Month's time may be long enough for others: And it aught to be kept in a cool Place, not a hot and moist, which is chief to be observed in Summer time: See also whether the Flesh be hard, or soft.  
XL. After a Month, two, or three, the Vessel must be opened, and the Liquor gertly poured of, or taken out; and the Body is to be gently taken out of the Vessel, which done, it is to rest for eighteen or twentyfour Hours.  
XLI. Than lay it in a Stove of a moderare heat, to dry up the superfluous moisture, or you may lay hot Bricks upon the Belly, or strew upon it hot Sand, especially upon the Abdomen; or in Summer time, you may expose it to the vehement Heat of the Sun.  
XLII. But note, that you turn the Body every day on a new side, that the Humidities of every part, may be the better dried up by the external Heat; after which it may be washed with a Sponge, to clear it of Filth, if any be; and than well dried, by wiping with hot Linen Clotheses.  
XLIII. What has been hitherto said, may be sufficient, if it be a Child, or the Body is only kept some few Weeks, for the performing of the Funeral Obsequys: But if it be a Man or Woman, or a very large fat Body, and it is intended to be kept for a longer Continuance, you must within 18, or 24 Hours after Death, set the Body upright, and pour into the Stomach, by the Mouth, 16, 20, 24, or 30 Ounces, more or lesle of the afore-described Spiritus Balsamans, doing it leisurely, that it may well replete the Stomach, and take Possession thereof; stopping the Mouth, Chaps, and Throat with Cotton dipped in dissolved Myrrh, Balsam Capivi, or Cypress Turpentine; binding it also in, if you see need require it, jest the Spirit should come forth again.  
XLIV. In the Armholes, and in the Groins, you may make holes with a sharp Knife, or a threesquare-pointed Bodkin, so deep that they may pierce into the Capacity of the Thorax and Abdomen; into which put Pipes, made either of large Goose or Swans Quills, or turned, and made out of some hard Wood, as Box, or rather of Ivory, (not much unlike to Clyster-pipes, but their Heads need not be full out so large) that thereby the Embalming Liquor may the more easily enter into, and replete the said Cavisities of the Breast and Belly, and so correct the Crudities of the Blood and Humours, lodging in the Mesentery, and inward Parts of the other Bowels, which otherwise would Putrify and Rot, but by this means will be easily and happily dried and preserved.  
XLV. The Stomach being thus filled by the Mouth, and the Pipes put into their several holes under the Arms, and in the Groins, let the Body be laid in a fit Posture, as directed at Sect. 35 aforegoing, pouring upon it, the Spiritus Balsamans, till it is the height above the Body, before directed, letting it lie in the Spirit for six or eight Weeks, at lest, before the Preserving Liquor is decanted, or poured of.  
XLVI. If also to the former Embalming Liquor, you add the Juices of Wormwood, Carduus, or Centory, or any other bitter thing, as Colocynthis, Aloes, Myrrh, etc. which have also a mighty Preserving Power in them, you will very much augment the Balsamic Energy, and Force.  
XLVII. A very fat Body is much more difficult and tedious to be Embalmed after this manner, because the thick Substance of the Fat, does resist the Force of the penetrating Balsamic Spirit: And therefore, for that Reason, the Body must be retained a longer time in the Preserving Liquor.  
XLVIII. Now, if there be any Ulcer, or Ulcers in the Body, whether inward or outward; or any Vessel broken, by which there is an Efflux of Blood, which has lain and putrified in the Body; (though the Embalming Spirit being but once affused upon the Body may do, yet, because it will be depauperated, and made Spiritless) it will be best in these Cases, or where speed is required in doing the Work, to decant of, or change the first affused Liquor, after it has lain on about fourteen Days: and this second Affusion, after it has lain the same space of time, may be decanted in like manner, and once more repeated with fresh Spirit: But oftener is not necessary, because of its mighty Penetrability, whereby an Erosion of the Abdomen may be feared, which Experience has sufficiently taught.  
XLIX. This doubtless, is an excellent way of Preserving dead Bodies: But if the Relatives of the Deceased will be persuaded to an Exenteration, which is a removing of the Viscera of both Ventricles, viz. of the Thorax and Abdomen, according to the former Methods of Embalming; as it will exceed all the other ways yet taught, so will it be performed in a much shorter time, than what we have here limited: And if the Viscera be cleansed, and Embalmed by themselves, with the same Liquor, they may (if you so please) be reposited.  
L. The Body having now laid its due time in the Embalming Spirit, let it be gently removed and laid by its self, as before-directed at Sect. 40. for eighteen or twentyfour Hours, that the Liquor may drain away, and the superfluous Moisture be dried up: Than put it into the Trey or Trough again, and pour upon it this following Liquor; ℞ Water q.u. in every Gallon of which, dissolve of Nitre or Alum q. s. or ℥ vi. or viij. letting it over-top the Body six or eight Inches, and lie therein for two or three Days.  
LIVELY This being done, pour of the Liquor, and take forth the Body; which being drained well, and freed by wiping with dry Linen Clotheses, from the superfluous Humidities, put it into a Stove of a moderate heat, to be throughly dried; or you may wrap it up and dry it in a Sand heat; or otherwise expose it to the heat of the Sun, till it is dried as much as is needful.  
LII. And though the Body is dried, yet will not the Volatile saline Particles easily fly away, but adhere to the Parts through which they have pierced, and even devil there, not considerably evaporating, they being in some measure fixed by the Acids of the Body, and held in by the Skin, Membranes, and other Parts, their Pores being as it were constringed, or closed; and they will yet more firmly adhere, or stick to the Parts within the Body, for the same Reasons.  
LIII. But how long a Body thus Embalmed, or Preserved, may keep, is scarcely possibly to be determined, we can only speak to this Matter by Conjecture; though it may be hoped, that it may be Conserved many Years; and some Bodies naturally dry, even to a kind of Petrification: But, the ground of such a Conservation and Durability, consists very much in defending the Body from the Mutations of the Air; and, in particular, from the Humidities thereof, which will be apt to resolve and melt the saline Matter, with which the Body is Preserved.  
LIU. Lastly, It prevails much for the long keeping, and durability of the Body, to cleanse it often, from the Putriscible Atoms or Particles, adhering to the Skin, for some Weeks together, with a Sponge dipped in the Embalming Liquor; or the afore-described Aqua Nitrata, keeping it either in a hot and dry, or else in a very cold and dry Place: After which it may be wrapped in a Cere-cloth, made of Linen, dipped into a Composition of Wax mixed with Turpentine, and so laid in a Coffin of Wood, Led, or Tin, as its ultimate Defence against the Injuries of the Air.     

IX. MEDICAL STORE: OR, Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica.  


CHAP. LVI. De Simplicibus.  
I MEdicamenta sunt vel Simplicia, vel Composita.  
II Simplicia ea vocamus, quae talia sunt qualia natura produxit, quaeque nullam ab Arte Compositionem sumunt, Compositionem tamen Ar●e factorum ingrediuntur.  
III Sunt autem vel Vegetabilia, vel Mineralia, vel Animalia.  

I. De Vegetabilibus.  
IV. Vegetabilia sunt, quae ex Herbis, Fruticibus, Arboribusque sumuntur; eaque vel à totis, vel ex partibus suis, ut Radicibus, Corticibus, Lignis, Foliis, Floribus, Fructibus, Succis, Humoribus, & Cineribus.  
V. Si Radices spectemus, Praecipuae quae in Pharmacopoeia nostra utuntur, sunt, Allii, Aristolochiae rotundae, Ceparum, Elecampanae, Glycyrrhizae, Iridis, Jalapae, Mechoacannae, Scillae, Serpentariae, Rhabarbari, Sarsaparillae, Zedoariae, Zinziberis.  
VI Si Cortices, praecipuae sunt, Cinnamomum, Guajaci, Peruanus, Winteranus, Macies.  
VII. Si Ligna, eminentissima sunt, Guajaci, Nephriticum.  
VIII. Si Folia, Asarum, Elleboraster, Nicotiana, Sena Alexandrina.  
IX. Si Flores, Crocus Anglicanus.  
X. Si Fructus & Semina, Alkakengi baccae, Cardamoma, Caryophilli, Granadillae, Hyosciami, Nuces Moschatae, Piper album & longum, Sinapi.  
XI. Si Succi, Acetum, Kermes, Vinum.  
XII. Si Humores, isti sunt, vel Olea, vel Succi inspissati, vel Gummata, vel Resinae.  
XIII. Olea sunt praecipua, Olivarum, Amygdalarum, de Ben.  
FOURTEEN. Succi inspissata sunt, Acacia, Aloe, Ammoniacum, Cambogia, Euphorbium, Elaterium, Galbanum, Glycyrryhizae, Mannae, Opoponax, Opium, Saccharum, Sagapenum, Scammonium, Cremor Tartari.  
XU. Gummata sunt, Arabicum, Asa foetida, Cancamum, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocolla, Tragacanthum.  
XVI. Resinae vel sunt humidae vel siccae; humidae sunt, Ambra liquidum, Balsamum Chilianum, Copaybae, Peruanum, Tolutanum, Pisselaeon, Styrax, Terebinthina Laricea seu Venetia, Argentoratensis seu Abietum, Cypria, vel è Chio, ex Terebintho.  
XVII. Resinae siccae sunt, Benzoinum, Camphora, Elemi, Mastiche, Myrrah, Olibanum, Pix Navalis, Resina seu Colophonia, Tacamahacca, Thus.  
XVIII. Si Cineres spectemus, praecipuae sunt Clavellati, Tartari.   

II De Mineralibus.  
XIX. Mineralia seu Fossilia, sunt Medicamenta ex terrae Visceribus deprompta; sub iisque continentur, 1. Terrae. 2. Succi concreti, seu Salia. 3. Bitumina, seu Sulphura. 4. Lapides. 5. Mineralia, seu Semimetalla. 6. Metallg.  
XX. Terrae, quae aqua infusa solvuntur, ut sunt, 1. Bolus Armenus, seu Orientalis. 2. Creta, quae in Anorexia & Cardialgia utilis. 3. Terra Lemnia, ruffi coloris & pinguissima, ut in ore contenta ex sevo constare videatur. 4. Terra sigillata, seu illa candida, seu purpurascens, pinguis, & cum tangitur frigida: lis addatur, 5. Catechu, seu Terra Japanica.  
XXI. Succi concreta seu Salia, sunt, 1. Alumen rupeum. 2. Nitrum. 3. Sal Gem. 4. Vitriolum album. 5. Vitriolum viride. 6. Vitriolum Hungaricum. 7. Vitriolum Romanum. Vitriolum autem nihil aliud est quam Salsuginis Sulphureae Cuperatae, Ferrataeve coagulum: jis addatur. 8. Borax, seu Chryso colla.  
XXII. Bitumina seu Sulphura, sunt, 1. Ambra, seu Ambarum griseum vulgo dictum, optimum est cinerei coloris, odoratissimum, quod ncu perfossum multum succi pinguis refudat. 2. Naphtha, bituminis Babylonii colamen. 3. Petroleum. 4. Succinum, Ambra citrina, electrum, carabe, quod in maris littore invenitur. 5. Sulphur, quod si nativum, debet esse colore extus subcinericio, intus luteo: si factitium, debet esse praepingue & virescens. 6. Terroleum, quasi oleum è terra: jis addatur, 7. Gagates, niger, crustosus, & Bituminis ferax, qui igni admotus flagrat, odoremque Bituminis exhibet, sic à Carbone fossili distinguitur. 8. Flores Sulphuris.  
XXIII. Lapides sunt, 1. Aetites, qui ab Aquila in nidum defertur. 2. Haematites, virescens, variegatus, guttis cruentis conspersus. 3. Hibernicus. 4. Judaicus, subrotundus, striis secundum longitudinem aequidistantibus, & discurrentibus, ac si torno factae essent. 5. Magnes, seu Heraclius, eo melior, quo magis caeruleus & ponderosus. 6. Nephriticus, opacus, variegatus, ex colore viridi aliisque permistus, superficies ipsius semper pinguis apparet. 7. Osteocolla, dicitur Holosteus, qui Ossis figuram aemulatur.  
XXIV. Mineralia, seu semimetalla, sunt vel nativa, vel factitia.  
XXV. Nativa sunt, 1. Antimonium. 2. Argentum vivum, Hydrargyrum, seu Mercurius. 3. Cinnabaris.  
XXVI. Factitia sunt, 1. Aerugo, flos aeris. 2. Aes ustum. 3. Cerussa, quae ex plumbo beneficio aceti educitur. 4. Cinnabaris, quod ex Mercurio vivo & sulphure sublimetur. 5. Lithargyrum. 6. Pompholyx, Spodium, Tutia; optima est candida, & laevis, Cypriaque laudatissima. 7. Stibium, seu vitrum Antimonii. 8. Sublimatus corrosivus, qui ex Argento vivo & Sale cum Calcantho sublimatur.  
XXVII. Metalla quae praecipua utuntur, funt, 1. Argentum. 2. Ferrum, seu Mars, vel Chalybs. 3. Plumbum, seu Saturnus. 4. Stannum, seu Jupiter; ex quibus, 1. Calx, seu Vitriolum Lunae. 2. Plumbum ustum. 3. Minium. 4. Amalgama Stanni, cum Mercurio, oriuntur.   

III De Animalibus.  
XXVII. Medicamenta Animalia sunt, quae vel ab Animalibus totis, vel ipsarum partibus desumuntur, in quintuplici differentia considerata; ex, 1. Avibus. 2. Quadrupedibus. 3. Piscibus. 4. Serpentibus. 5. Insectis.  
XXIX. Ex Avibus, ut, Fel Corvi, Gallinae, Milvi, Picae.  
XXX. Ex Quadrupedibus; Bufo tota, Bezoar, Castoreum, Cornua, Fel Bovis, Moschus, Sal Ammoniacum, Sanguis, Sperma Ceti.  
XXXI. Ex Piscibus; Fel Anguillarum, Ichthyocolla, Margarita, seu Perlae, Oculi Cancrorum, testae Ostreae.  
XXXII. Ex Serpentibus; Caro Viperarum.  
XXXIII. Ex Insectis; Cantharideses, Cera, Cochinella, Kermes succus, Mel Anglicanum, Millepedes.   

IV. Quae sunt ex his excerpenda, ad Cistam.  
XXXIV. Ex Vegetabilibus haec desumuntur, 1. Aloe Succotrina. 2. Ammoniacum Gummi. 3. Balsamum Copaybae. 4. Balsamum de Chili. 5. Balsamum de Tolu. 6. Cambogia. 7. Camphora. 8. Caryophylli. 9 Cineres Clavellati. 10. Cortex Guajaci. 11. Cortex Peruanus. 12. Cremor Tartari. 13. Crocus. 14. Elemi Gummi. 15. Guajaci Gummi. 16. Glycyrrhizaeradix. 17. Glycyrrhizae pulvis. 18. Granadillae. 19 Jallapae pulvis. 20. Lignum Guajaci. 21. Lignum Nephriticum. 22. Mastiche. 23. Mechoacanna. 24. Myrrah. 25. Nuces Moschatae. 26. Oleum de Ben. 27. Olibanum. 28. Opium. 29. Piper. 30. Resina. 31. Radix Serpentariae. 32. Rhabarbarum. 33. Scammonium. 34. Sena. 35. Terebinthina. 36. Thus.  
XXXV. Ex Mineralibus, haec eliguntur, 1. Aerugo. 2. Alumen rupeum. 3. Antimonium. 4. Argentum vivum. 5. Bolus Armenus. 6. Catechu. 7. Cerussa. 8. Chalybs. 9 Cinnabar. 10. Creta. 11. Flores Sulphuris. 12. Nitrum. 13. Petroleum. 14. Tutia. 15. Stibium. 16. Sublimatus corrosivus. 17. Succinum. 18. Terra sigillata. 19 Vitriolum album. 20. Vitriolum Romanum.  
XXXVI. Ex Animalibus, haec excerpuntur, 1. Bufo. 2. Cantharideses. 3. Cera. 4. Cochinella. 5. Cornua. 6. Fel Bovis. 7. Mel. 8. Moschus. 9 Oculi Cancrorum 10. Sal Ammoniacum. 11. Sanguis desiccatus. 12. Zibethum.   
Horum Praeparationes varias Medicamentorum, virtutes & usus, vide in Seplasio nostro, quo plenè elucidantur.   

CHAP. LVI. Of Simples.  
I MEdicines are either Simple, or Compound.  
III We call those Simple, that are in the Condition in which Nature has produced them, and which receive no Composition by Art, but go into the Composition of such as are Artificial, or made by Art  
III And these are either Vegetables, Minerals, or Animals.  

I Of Vegetables.  
IU. Vegetable Medicaments, are such as are taken from Herbs, Shrubs, and Trees; and that either from whole Plants, or from their Parts, as Roots, Woods, Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Juices, and Gums.  
V If we consider their Roots, these are the chief, which are used in our Dispensatory; Garlic, round Birthwort, Onions, Elecampane, Liquorice, Orice, jalap, Mechoacan, Squills, Snake-root, Rhubarb, Sarsaparilla, Zedoary, Ginger.  
VI If their Barks, the chief are Cinnamon, Guajacum, Jesuits-bark, Winter's Cinnamon, Mace.  
VII. If Woods, the most noted are Guajacum, and the Nephritick Wood  
VIII. If Leaves or Herbs, Asarabacca, Bearsfoot, Tobacco, Alexandrian Sena.  
IX. If Flowers, English Saffron.  
X. If Fruits and Seeds, Winter-Cherries, Cardamons, Cloves, Granadillas, Henbane-seed, Nutmegs, Pepper white and long, Mustardseed.  
XI. If Juices, Vinegar, Kermes, Wine.  
XII. If their Humours, or other Humidities, these are either Oils, or thickened Juices, or Gums, or Rosins.  
XIII. The chief Oils are, of Olives, of Almonds, and Oil of the Nut Ben.  
FOURTEEN. Inspissate Juices are, Acacia, Aloes, Ammoniacum, Cambogia, Euphorbium, Elaterium, Galbanum, Liquorice, Manna, Opoponax, Opium, Saccharum, Sagapenum, Scammony, Cream of Tartar.  
XU. The Gums are, Arabic, Asa foetida, Cancamum, Sugar, Dragon's Blood, Sarcocol, Tragacanth.  
XVI. The Rosins are either soft or hard: the soft are liquid Amber, Balsams of Chili, Capivi, of Peru and Tolu, Tar, liquid Storax, Turpentines, Venice, from the Larch Tree, Strasburgh from the Fir-tree, and Cyprus, or Chio, from the Turpentine-tree.  
XVII. The dry or hard Rosins are, Benjamin, Camphir, Elemi, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Pitch, Rosin or Colophony, Tacamahacca, and Frankincense.  
XVIII. If we consider their Ashes, the chief are, Pot-ashes, and calcined Tartar.   

II Of Minerals.  
XIX. Mineral Medicaments are such as are taken from the Bowels of the Earth; and under them are contained, 1. Earth's. 2. Thickened Juices, or Salts. 3. Bitumen, or Sulphurs'. 4. Stones. 5. Minerals, or half-Metals. 6. Metals.  
XX. Earth's, which being infused in Water, are dissolved, as are, 1. Fine Bole. 2. Chalk, which is profitable against want of Appetite, and pain at Stomach. 3. Earth of Lemnos, of a sad read colour, and fat, so that if it be held in the Mouth, it seems to be made of Suet. 4. Sealed Earth, either the white, or that inclining to purple, being fat and cold to feel to. To these may be added, 5. Catechu, or Japanian Earth.  
XXI. Concreted Juices or Salts, are, 1. Roch Alum. 2. Nitre. 3. Sal Gem. 4. White Vitriol. 5. Green Vitriol. 6. Hungarian Vitriol. 7. Roman Vitriol. Now Vitriol is nothing else but a sulphureous Saltness of Iron, or Copper coagulated. To these may be added, 8. Borax, or Chrysocol.  
XXII. Bitumen, or Sulphurs', are, 1. Ambergrise, the best of which is of an Ash-colour, and most fragrant, which being pricked with a Needle, sweats out much fat moisture. 2. Naphtha, the straining of the Babylonian Bitumen. 3. Oil of Peter, or Rock-Oil. 4. Amber, which is yellow, and found upon the Sea Shore. 5. Sulphur, which if it be native, it aught to be outwardly of a light ash-cour; inwardly, of a yellow colour; if it be factitious, it aught to be fat and greenish. 6. Terroleum, or Oil of the Earth. To these may be added, 7. Jet, which is black, hard on the outside, and full of Bitumen, and if set on Fire, it flames, and smells like Bitumen, by which it is distinguished from Pit Coals. 8. Flowers of Sulphur.  
XXIII. Stones are, 1. The Eagle Stone, which is said to be taken from an Eagles' Nest. 2. The Blood Stone, which is greenish, party coloured, and sprinkled over with bloody Spots. 3. Irish Slate. 4. Jews Stone, which is roundish, with equidistant streaks all along, as if turned so by Art 5. The Loadstone, which is so much the better, by how much it is more blue, or Sky-coloured and heavy. 6. Nephritick-Stone, which is dark, party coloured, of a mixture of green and other Colours, its Surface seeming always fat. 7. The Boneglewer, called also Holosteus, which much resembles the shape of a Bone.  
XXIV. Minerals, or Semi-metals, are either Native, or Factitious.  
XXV. The Native are, 1. Antimony. 2. Quicksilver, or Mercury. 3. Cinnabar.  
XXVI. The Factitious are, 1. Verdigrise. 2. Burned Brass, or Copper. 3. Ceruse, which is made of Lead, by the help or means of Vinegar. 4. Cinnabar, made of Mercury and Sulphur sublimed together. 5. lethargy. 6. Pompholyx, which is Spodium, or Tutia, the best of which is white and light, and the choicest is that which comes from Cyprus. 7. Stibium, or Glass of Antimony. 8. Corrosive Sublimate, which is made by Sublimation, from Salt and Vitriol.  
XXVII. Metals which are chief used, are, 1. Silver. 2. Iron, or Mars (the Filing.) 3. Lead. 4. Tin. From whence comes, 1. The Calx, or Vitriol of Luna. 2. Burned Lead. 3. Read Lead. 4. An Amalgaina, made of Tin and Mercury.   

III Of Animals.  
XXVIII. Animal Medicaments are, such as are taken either from the whole living Creature, or from some of its Parts; considered in a fivefold Difference; as from, 1. Birds. 2. Beasts. 3. Fish. 4. Serpents. 5. Infects.  
XXIX. From Birds, as the Gall of a Raven, Hen, Kite, Magpie.  
XXX. From Beasts; the whole Toad, Bezoar-stone, Castoreum, Horns, Ox Gall, Musk, Shall Armoniac, Blood, Sperma Ceti.  
XXXI. From Fish; the Galls of Eels, Ising-glass, Pearls, Crabs Eyes, Oyster-shells.  
XXXII. From Serpents; the Flesh of Vipers.  
XXXIII. From Infects; Cantharideses, Wax, Cochinele, Juice of Kermes, English Honey, Hoglice.   

IU. What those Simples are, which are to be chosen from all the former, for the use of the Chest.  
XXXIV. From the Vegetable Kingdom we have these, 1. Fine Aloes. 2. Gum Ammoniacum. 3. Balsam Capivi. 4. Balsam de Chili. 5. Balsam de Tolu. 6. Cambogia. 7. Camphir. 8. Cloves. 9 Pot-ashes. 10. Guajacum-bark. 11. Jesuits-bark. 12. Cream of Tartar. 13. Saffron. 14. Gum Elemi. 15. Gum Guajaci. 16. Liquorice. 17. Liquorice Root in Powder. 18. Granadillas. 19 jalap in Powder. 20. Guajacum in Chips, or Rasping. 21. Nephritick Wood 22. Mastic. 23. Mechoacan. 24. Myrrh. 25. Nutmegs. 26. Oil of Ben. 27. Olibanum. 28. Opium. 29. Pepper. 30. Rosin. 31. Snake Root. 32. Rhubarb. 33. Scammony. 34. Sena. 35. Turpentine. 36. Frankincense.  
XXXV. From the Mineral Kingdom, these are chosen, 1. Verdigrise. 2. Roch Alum. 3. Antimony. 4. Quicksilver. 5. Fine Bole. 6. Japan Earth. 7. Ceruse, or white Lead. 8. Filing of Steel. 9 Cinnabar. 10. Chalk. 11. Flowers of Sulphur. 12. Salt Petre. 13. Oil of Petre. 14. Spodium, or Tutia. 15. Stibium. 16. Corrosive Sublimate. 17. Amber. 18. Sealed Earth. 19 White Vitriol. 20. Roman Vitriol.  
XXXVI. From the Animal Kingdom, these are taken, 1. The Toad. 2. Spanish Flies. 3. Wax. 4. Cochinele. 5. Horns. 6. Ox Gall. 7. Honey. 8. Musk. 9 Crabs Eyes. 10. Sal Armoniac. 11. Blood dried. 12. Civet.   
The Various Preparations, Virtues, and Uses of all these Medicaments, you may see in our Seplasium, or Drugists' Shop opened, wherein every thing is explained at Large.    


CHAP. LVII. De AQVIS.  

I. Aqua Elementaria.  
REcipe Aquae fontanae libras octo, Salis Nitri drachmas quatuor, misce, dissolvatur, filtratur, reponaturque ad usum.  
In febribus ardentibus Medicamentosa est, sitim extinguit, & valde praevalebit ad omnes morbos calidos. Praecipuè usitata pro Vehiculo in affectibus praedictis & similibus. Dosis per se (saccharo albo dulcificata) unciae quatuor, vel sex plus minus. Calculum in renibus & vesica comminuit, Vrinam potenter movet, & aliis gravissunis affectibus succurit.   

II Aqua Antifebritica.  
℞ Aquae fontanae libras duas, Olei Sulphuris drachmas duas, vel guttas quadraginta, & ut Oleum optime cum Aqua permiseeatur, saepiuscule transvasentur: Ubi vero non fuerit sufficienter facta acida, plus Oleum Sulphuris addendum, similiterque ut supra procedendum.  
Haec aqua dicto modo correcta, utilis est in febribus, non tamen, ut aqua simplex, noxia ventriculo & hepati, spiritus enim Sulphuris haec membra corroborat ac confortat. Aqua vere Febrifuga est, animales Spiritus recreat, & summopere refrigerat. Exhibetur ad praecavendam & curandam Pestem, ad Tertianam, & febrem continuam; ad Renum calculos, & dolores Colicos potens est remedium. Sanguinem attenuat, Podagrae dolores mitigat, doloresque Capitis. Stomachum mirum in modum confortat; atque Psoram & scabiem persanat. Dosis ab Vnciis duabus, ad quatuor per se, vel cum aliquo Medicamento appropriato.   

III Aqua Vitrioli.  
℞ Vitrioli Hungarici, vel ex ferro facti, quantum vis: Eo ampullam vitream ad medietatem imple. Deinde cum suo capello & recipiente per Balneum Mariae distilla ad quartum balnei gradum, id est, in aqua tamdiu bulliente, dum omnis Humiditas, distillationi apta, profluxerit. Exemptum in vase vitreo optime obturato ad usum serva.  
Vehiculum praecipuè est, sed valet adversus ardentes Capitis dolores sumptum, pro re nata, duabus drachmis continuatum aliquot dies Stomacho jejuno; adustionem sanguinis mitigat, omnia item Viscera corroborat, Cerebrum calore & siccitate debilitatum confirmat; humidum etiam radicale restaurat.   

IV. Aqua Calcis vivi.  
℞ Aquae fontanae libras octo, Calcis vivi libram unam, misce, digerantur ad Aquae defaecationem usque, fiitretur, serveturque ad usum.  
Calefacit & siccat manifestissime: Dosis ab unciis duabus ad quntuor in omnibus frigidis & humidis Affectibus. Externe Vlcera vetera sanat, si Linteum i●hbutum superimponatur; & valde convenit Vlceribus Pudendorum, & aliis aliarum partium Phagedenicis cadaverosis, & curatu difficillimis; pluries enim lota, mordacitatem omnem exuit, & acris esse desinit: proinde Vlceribus confert exsiccandis, & ad cicatricem perducendis.   

V. Aqua Stomachica.  
℞ Aquae Menthae in Balneo Mariae distillatae libras quatuor, Salis Menthae, vel in loco ejusdem, Salis Absinthii, drachmas duas; misce: dissolvatur, filtratur, & reponatur ad usum.  
Medicamentum Stomachicum est, unciarum tres vel quatuor pondere, vel per se, vel pari cujusvis Aquae Cordialis quantitate potum. Valet contra omnia Venena, Partes Vitales exhilerat, & Cor recreat.   

VI Aqua Tartarisata.  
℞ Aquae Rosarum Damascenarum, vel in loco ejusdem, Aquae fontanae libras sex, Salis Tartari drachmas tres; misce: dissolvatur, & filtratur, ut supra.  
Nephritica est, & deobstructiva, purgatque per Vrinam. Vtilissima est ad dissecandos, & incidendos Humores crassos & tartareos in Visceribus Nutritioni dicatis: Sanguinem purificat, praetereaque Diureticum est efficacissimum, adeoque specificum Hydropicum; omnes quippe aquosas humiditates & flatus, omnemque tartaream & viscosam materiam, unde Calculus Vesicae ac Renum procreatur, per Vrinam potenter expellens. Dosis per se, ab unciis duabus ad quatuor; cum aliis utitur pro Vehiculo, idque multis in Morbis.    

CHAP. LVII. Of WATERS.  

I Elementary Water.  
TAke Spring, or Fountain Water lb viij. Salt Petreʒ iv. mix, dissolve, filter, and keep it for use.  
It is good against Burning Fevers, quenches Thirst, and mightily prevails against all hot Diseases. It is chief used for a Vehicle, in the aforenamed affects, and others of like kind. The Dose alone (being sweetened with white Sugar) is ℥ iv. or vj. more or lesle. It is good against the Stone in the Reinss and Bladder, powerfully provokes Urine, and Cures other grievous Diseases.   

2. Water against Fevers.  
℞ Fountain Water lb ij. Oil of Sulphur forty drops, orʒ ij. which shake well together, that the Oil may be well mixed with the Water: If this quantity of the Oil makes it not acid enough, you may add more, shaking them together, as before-directed.  
This Water thus corrected, is profitable against Fevers, and is not hurtful to the Stomach and Liver, as is simple Water, because the Spirit of Sulphur strengthens and comforts those Parts. It is a true Febrifuge, cheers the animal Spirits, and cools admirably. It is given both to prevent and cure the Plague, as also against Tertian and Continual Fevers. It is a powerful Remedy against the Stone in the Reinss, and Colic Pains. It attenuates the Blood, eases the Pain of the Gout and Headache. It wonderfully comforts the Stomach, and cures Scabs and other breakings-out. Dose ab ℥ ij. ad iv. either by itself, or with some other appropriate Medicaments.   

3. Water of Vitriol.  
℞ Hungarian Vitriol, or Vitriol of Iron, as much as you please; put it into a glass Body, so big, as it may be half full; cover it with its Head, and fit to it a Receiver, and than distil in Balneo Mariae, with the fourth degree of heat, that is, in a Water continually boiling; which continued till all the humidity is distilled forth. This Water take and put into a Glass Vessel, which stop close, and keep it for use.  
It is chief used as a Vehiculum, but being taken as the Disease requires, it prevails against vehement Pains of the Head; ʒij. being given at a time in a Morning fasting, and continued for some days. It takes away the adustion, or heat of the Blood, strengthens all the Bowels, and comforts a Brain weakened with heat and dryness. It also restores the radical Moisture.   

4. Water of Quicklime.  
℞ Fountain Water lbviij lbviij. Quicklime one pound, mix them, and digest till the Water is clear; than filter, and keep it for use.  
It evidently heats and dries: the Dose is from ℥ ij. to ℥ iv. in all cold and moist Diseases. Outwardly, it heals old Ulcers, if a a Linen cloth be dipped therein, and put upon them; it is of great use in curing Ulcers in the Privy Parts, and in Eating-Ulcers of other parts, or such as are tending to a mortification, or are of difficult cure; for being often washed therewith, it puts a stop to the eating, and destroys the acrid humour: and lastly, it dries them, and heals them.   

5. Stomach Water.  
℞ Mint-water, made by distillation in Balneo Mariae lbiv lbiv. Salt of Mint, or in place thereof, Salt of Wormwoodʒ ij. mix; dissolve, filter, and keep it for use.  
It is a Stomach Water, and may be drunk from ℥ ij. to ℥ iv. either by itself, or mixed with a like quantity of any Cordial Water. It is good against all sorts of Poison, revives the Vital Spirits, and cheers the Heart.   

6. A Tartarized Water.  
℞ Damask-rose-water, or in place thereof, Fountain-water lbuj lbuj. Salt of Tartarʒiij. mix: dissolve, and filter, as aforesaid.  
It opens Obstructions, and is Nephritick, purging by Urine. It is good to cut and dissolve thick and tartarous Humours in those Bowels which conserve the Nutritive Faculty: it cleanses the Blood, and is withal a most efficacious Diuretic, being indeed a Specific against the Dropsy; for it potently expels Wind, and all watery humours; as also all sorts of tartareous and viscous matter, of which the Stone is bred, whether in the Reinss or Bladder, and that by Urine. Dose by itself, is from ℥ ij. to ℥ iv. but it is used with other things as a Vehicle, and that in many Diseases.     


CHAP. LVIII. De TINCTURIS.  

I. Tinctura Cordialis.  
REcipe Piperis longi, Zinziberis, Corticis Winterani, a. drachm. unam, Caryophyllorum, Nucis Moschatae, Corticis Limonum Cinamomi, ana drachmas duas; Croci Anglicani, Cochinellae, ana drachmas tres, Spiritus Vini rectificati libras tres, Olei Sulphuris drachmis duabus impraegnati, optime contusa; misce: digerantur per mensem, & postea filtrentur, & Tinctura cum Essentia extracta ad usum reservetur.  
Vtilis est in Syncope, Cordis palpitatione; consumit Pituita in Ventriculo & Intestinis: Cerebrum & omnes ejus functiones mirè corroborat, Catarrhos discutit, praeservat ab Apoplexia, Epilepsia, & Lethargo: Stomachi nauseam & debilitates submovet; insuper in Colica & Suffocatione Matricis, non est remedium ei simile. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, in debito Vehiculo.   

II Tinctura Mirabilis.  
℞ Catechu uncias sex, Corticis Peruani uncias quatuor, Seminum Hyosciami uncias duas, Spiritus vini communis uncas viginti: misce; digerantur per septimaniam, filtr●tur, & reservetur ad usum.  
Ad Renum & Vesicae Vlcera valet; Sanguinem undicunque manantem & Sputa cruenta cobibet, generisque varii Haemorrhagias sistit: Faeminarum Menstruam Purgationem immoderatius fluentem moratur; Diabetae, Vrinae incontinentiae, Cruento item Lotio medetur, ac Dysenterias, Diarrhoe as, & Alvi profluvia compescit; Viscerum languores, Ventriculi, Hepatis, & Cordis imbecillitates removet. Dosis cochlearia duo, plus-minus, manè ac vesperi, continuando ad sex septemve dies.   

III Tinctura Opii.  
℞ Opii Thebaici uncias octo, Croci, Cochinollae, ana ℥ j. Caryophyllorum, Macis, Nucis moschatae, Cinamomi, Radicis Serpentariae, ana unciam semis: Succi Limonum, Spiritus Vini rectificati, ana libras duas & semis: misce, & digerentur ad Medicaminum subsidentiam usque: filtra, & exhala ad dimidiam. Vel sic, ab Angelo Sala; ℞ Opii Thebaici exiccati unciam unam; Croci Orientalis, Macis, ana unciam semis; Ambrae griseae drachmam unam, Spiritus Vitrioli uncias quatuor, Aquae Rosarum Damafcenarum uncias sex: infundantur omnia in vase vitreo, & digerantur per mensem: deinde facta colatura, abstractaque Aqua Rosarum, servetur ad usum.  
Remedium est probatissimum, tutissimumque in omnibus Doboribus, seu Veneriis seu aliis; sistitque omnem Haemorrhagiam, & Vteri & Ventris fluxum. Egregiè Sudorem movet; Sanguinem enim in universo corpore mundisicat, pristinum Sanitatis vigorem restituit: Prodest & in Hydrope, Convulsionibus, Calculo, & Suffocatione Matricis: in sistendis omnibus Humorum & Catarrhorum profluviis, & Menstruorum excretionibus; in Vigiliis, & in omnibus Febrium generibus, Viriumque resolutionibus; in Phrenesi, Mania, Melancholia, Vomitu, Epilepsia, Cardiaca, Colica, Ventriculo debilitato, Pleuresi, Arthritide, Gonagra, Podagra, Ischiasi, Lithiasi, & Nephritide, Medicamentum est stupendum: quia in sedandis omnibus vehementissimis & acutissimis doloribus, divinum est auxilium, & quasi ultimum Asylum. Dosis, à guttis sedecim ad viginti vel triginta, plus-minus; quae Vesperi circa introitum lecti sumuntur.   

IV. Tinctura Purgans.  
℞ Senae uncias octo, Jalapii uncias duas, Seminum Anisi, Carui, Coriandri, Radicis Glycyrrhizae, ana unciam unam, Aqua Vitae libras sex: misce; & digerantur in loco frigido per septimanas duas, colaturque Tinctura.  
Purgat Bilem utramque, & Pituitam salsam, sine molestia; propterea Morbis ab iisdem natis confert: Cancro, Elephantiasi, Maniae, Melancholiae, Rheumatismo, Arthritidi, Strumae, Impetigini, Psorae, Scabiei, & similibus Affectibus Cutis. Melancholiae educendae mirificè prodest, & ad omnes Affectus è mixtâ cum Bile Pituitâ provenientes efficax est. Mirum in modum convenit Lienosis, Melancholicis, Hypochondriacis, Maniacis, Epilepticis, Febre delirantibus, Passionibus Hystericis, & Lue inveterata laborantibus. Alvum potenter subducit, Obstructiones tollit, crassos Humores, lentos & viscidos incidendo & attenuando removet. Dosis, à cochleariis duabus ad sex septemve, plus-minus; Stomacho jejuno.   

V. Tinctura Exfolians, seu Euphorbii.  
℞ Euphorbii unciam unam, Myrrhae drachmas duas, Spiritus Vini uncias sex; misce, digerantur per septimanam, & ad usum filtretur Tinctura.  
Nunquam datur per Os, neque per se, nec cum aliis, nisi raro, & parva quantitate. Externè utitur, maximè autem in Ossibus cariosis, quae exfoliari sunt. Quod si Mandibula aliquo in loco (dixit Hildanus) extra Os denudata fuerit, applicurem Pulverem Euphorbii, quod mirandas habet proprietates; sua enim caliditate humores in Osse non solum exsiccat, sed & occulta quadam facultate hic convenire videtur; quapropter non immeritò à Dioscoride & Recentioribus Medicis, Ossibus cariosis adhibetur: nec est quod ipsius acrimoniam timeas, etiamsi enim Linguam & Nares mordicet, Vlceribus tamen, quantumsis copiose inspersum, nuilum dolorem aut inflammationem excitat:— ego expertus loquor. Si haecce Gummi indissoluti sunt vires, quot sunt Tincturae potestates?   

VI Tinctura Absinthii.  
℞ Foliorum Absinthii vulgaris siccati uncias quatuor, Salis Tartari unciam unam, conjunctim moluntur in Mortario calido; adde Spiritus Vini rectificati uncias sedecim, digere ad dies septem, exprime fortiter; in liquore infunde iterum Absinthii & Salis Tartari quantitates easdem: exprime, & repetetur opus ad tertiam vicem; exprime iterum, & filtra colaturam.  
Magna Stomachica est, Coctionem juvat, & Alvi Lumbricos intern● sumpta enecat, Obstructiones tollit, Menses ducit, Foetum & Secundas excludit, à Putredine conservat, Venenis resistit, Pesti curandae convenit, & Morbis contagiosis pluribus. Dosis, à guttis sex ad sexdecim, plus-minus, in haustu Vini, vel Cerevisiae.   

VII. Tinctura Antimo●ii, Purgans.  
℞ Vitri Antimonii pulverizati unciam unam, Spiritus Vitrioli non rectificati uncias octo; digereque in Balneo Mariae.  
Obstructiones aperit, Sanguinem clarificat, & omnes Assectus quos generant Obstructiones certissime curat; Vermes Infantium enecat; Chlorosi, Cachexiae, Scrophulae, & Scorbuto convenit; omnibusque in Morbis Panchymagogum censetur. Dosis, à guttis sex ad duodecim.   

VIII. Tinctura Cathartica.  
℞ Senae optimae uncias tres, Jalapii pulverizati unciam unam, Caryophyllorum, Croci, ana drachmam unam, Vini Chalybeati libras duas; infunde ad septem dies, exprime, ac filtra.  
Omnes Affectus Cerebri & Vteri tutissime & certissime sanat: Illusiones Melancholicas, & Phantasmata omnia, & Somnia Melancholica dissipat & avertit; Hemitritaeum, & reliquas Febres obstinates & intermittentes curat; quia Humores putrentes in Corpore, & praecipuè Bilem & Melancholiam, educit; Fluxus omnes Ventris, Dysenterias, Lienterias, & Diarrhoeas, cum Hepatico fluxu, prohibet; propter Salem, & Sulphur Ferri. Egregiè praestat in omnibus Obstructionibus Hepatis & Lienis, Mensibus retentis, etc. Dosis, cochlearia duo, tria, vel quatuor, quotidie, ad longum tempus.   

IX. Tinctura Martis.  
℞ Frustulorum seu Clavulorum Ferri libras quinque, Vini Albi libras octo, Spiritus Vini libras duas, Olei Sulphuris unciam unam; misce: digerantur loco frigido per menses sex, plus-minus: & ut Sal & Sulphur Martis optime in Vinum exhalatur, saepiuscule Vasques agitetur; deinde decanta, & filtra ad usum.  
Haec Tinctura Martialis varios Humores Alvum subducendo corruptos educit, specialiter Flavam & Atram Bilem, Humores terrestres, ponderosos, & tenaces, aliis Medicamentis haud facile ejectos aut extirpatos. In Obstructione Hepatis, Splenis, & Matricis singulare est Remedium; Morbum Regium, Cardialgiam, Cordis tremorem, Colicam, Iliacam passionom, & Rachitidem adjuvat: in Melancholia Hypochondriaca, Quartana, Cachexia, Hydrope, Scorbuto, Mensibus superfluis & retentis, Morbo Virgineo, etc. utile experimentum est. Dosis, cochlearia duo vel tria, plus-minus, in debito Vehiculo, hora somni; ut vires ejusdem eo melius penetrare possunt etiam ad remotas Corporis partes.   

X. Tinctura Sacra, seu Amara.  
℞ Aloes Succotrinae uncias duas, Caryophyllorum, Nucis moschatae, Radicis Serpentariae, Croci Anglicani, Seminum Aniss, ana drachmam unam, Vini Cheriensis libras duas & semis; misce, & digere saepe agitando ad septe●n dies; deinde filtra ad usum.  
Omnes Obstructiones Jecinoris & Lienis aperit, Hydropicis prodest, Pi●uitam, utramque Bilem, & Aquam evacuat, caeterosque Humores peccantes educit, Sanguinem puriorem reddi●; nibil ctiam mali in Corpore Humano relinquit, sed omnem noxam per Alvum & Vrinam expeilit; Ventriculum roborat; multisque aliis bisce similibus Morbis adversatur: in Ventriculi dolore, Cachexia, Ructu, Vermibus necand●s, etc. datur: ante Paroxysmum Tertianae, nec non Quartanae exhibita, saepe curat, post terria vice. Dosis, ab uncia una ad uncias duis, jejuno Stomacho. Ad Sanitatis praeservationem sumitur ejus cochlear dimidium, aut integrum, quoquo mane, in Vino albo, tempore Verno, ad octo vel decem dies.   

XI. Tinctura seu Elixir Proprietatis.  
℞ Aloes Succotrinae, Myrrhae pulverizatae, Croci Anglicani, ana unciam unam; Spiritus Universalis uncias duodecim; misce, digereque ad dies septem, deinde filtratur ad usum.  
Stomachum ac Intestina maximè confortat, & Appetitum excitat, Cerebrum & omnes ejus functiones foeliciter corroborat: usus est proficui in Morbis malignis, Hypochondriacis, & Vterinis; ab Epilepsia & Apoplexia praeservat; in variis Febrium generibus summae utilitatis est; & nobilissimum Medicamentum ad plurimos Morbos, ad omnes Obstructiones Viscerum reservandos; Pleuritidem, Vertiginem, & Cephalalgiam egregia est Aperiens; undè in Menstruis retinentis, Paralysi, Ictere, & Hydrope mira praestat. Dosis à drachma una ad quatuor, plus-minus, pro re nara.   

XII. Tinctura Antimonii crudi.  
℞ Antimonii crudi pulveri zati libram unam, Spiritus Universalis libras quatuor; misce, ac digere ad quatuor vel quinque septimanas; deinde filtretur, & reservetur ad usum.  
In Epilepsia, Melancholia, Mania, Venenis haustis, Peste mirè operatur. Vis hujus est, Sanguinem in universo Corpore sic mundificare, & renovare, ut omnes Morbos ex corruptione Sanguinis ortos radicitus tollat. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, plus-minus, in Vehiculo appropriato.   

XIII. Tinctura Salis Tartari.  
℞ Salis Tartari calcinati ad colorem cyaneum, vel magis liquefacti seu fusi, libras duas; Cinerum Ossium libras quatuor, Spiritus Vini optimi rectificati libras octo; misce: agitatur, & reponatur ad usum. Super magmam si affunderis novum Spiritum, Tinctura erit bona, ut prior.  
Nobilius & efficacius Stomachicum in tota Republica Medica nondum inventum esse, Experientiam ipsam attestor. Datur autem cum Vehiculo Stomachico, vel Aqua Stomachali: super modum Viscera confortat, Secretumque hoc est roborans & restaurans: totam massam Sanguinis à mucosis omnibus & serosis Humoribus purificat; propter Salem suum, & dulcem. Dosis, à guttis triginta ad sexaginta, plus minusve.    

CHAP. LVIII. Of TINCTURES.  

1. The Cordial Tincture.  
TAke Long-pepper, Ginger, Winter 's Cinnamon, a. ʒ j Cloves, Nutmegs, Limon Peels, Cinnamon, a. ʒ ij. English Saffron, Cochinele, a. ʒ iij. rectified Spirit of Wine lbiij lbiij. impregnated with Oil of Sulphurʒiij bruise them well, and mix them; digest for a month, than filter, and keep the Tincture for use.  
It is good against Fainting and Swooning Fits, and palpitation of the Heart; and is profitable against Phlegm in the Stomach and Bowels: it wonderfully strengthens the Brain and all its functions, removes Catarrhs, and preserves from the Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, and Lethargy: it masters the nauseousness of the Stomach, or loathing of food, and helps the weakness thereof; in the Colic it is a singular thing, and in Fits of the Mother, for which purpose few Medicines are equal to it. Dose, àʒ i, and ij. in a fit Vehicle.   

2. The Wondered Tincture.  
℞ Catechu ℥ vj. Jesuits Bark ℥ iv. Henbane-seeds ℥ ij. Spirit of Wine, i.e. common Brandy ℥ xx. mix; digest for a week, filter, and keep it for use.  
It is profitable against Ulcers of the Reinss and Bladder; it stops Spitting of Blood, and Bleeding, or Fluxes of Blood; in what part of the Body, or of what kind soever: it represses the overflowing of the Terms in Women, cures the Diabetes, Incontinency of Urine, and Pissing of Blood, as also the Bloodyflux and Diarrhoea, and stops other Fluxes of the Bowels; it prevails against the soreness of the Bowels, weakness of the Stomach and Liver, and lowness of the Heart. Dose, two spoonfuls, more or lesle, morning and evening, continuing its use for six or seven days.   

3. Tincture of Opium.  
℞ Thebian Opium ℥ viij. Saffron, Cochinele, a. ℥ j Cloves, Mace, Nutmegs, Cinnamon, Snake-root, a. ℥ ss. Juice of Lemons, rectified Spirit of Wine, a. lbijss lbijss. mix them; digest, till the Ingredients fall to the bottom; filter, and exhale the one half. Or thus, from Angelus Sala; ℞ Thebian Opium dried ℥ j English Saffron, Mace, a. ℥ ss. Ambergriseʒj. Spirit of Vitriol ℥ iiij. Damask-rose-water ℥ vj. infuse all in a glass vessel, and digest for a month: than strain, abstract the Rose-water, and keep the Tincture for use.  
It is a most approved and safe Remedy in all Pains, whether Venereal or others; it stops all Hemorrhages, or Bleedings and Fluxes, both of the Womb and Bowels. It is a famous Sudorific, purifies the Blood through the whole Body, and restores the pristin vigour of Health: It is good as well in the Dropsy and Convulsions, as in the Stone, and Fits of the Mother: it is a stupendious Medicament in stopping all Fluxes of Humours and Catarrhs, Overflowing of the Courses, in Watching, and in all kinds of Fevers, and Weaknesses; in Frenzies, Madness, Melancholy, Vomiting, Falling-sickness, Suffocation of the Heart, Colic, weakness of the Stomach, Pleurisy, Gout, as well in the Hips, as Knees and Feet, as also the Stone, and pain of the Reinss: for in easing all vehement and sharp kinds of pain, it is as it were a divine help, and the very last Refuge. Dose, à gut. 16, and 20, vel 30. more or lesle; which may be taken in the Evening, about bedtime.   

4. Purging Tincture.  
℞ Sena ℥ viij. Jalap in powder ℥ ij. Seeds of Anise, Caraways, Coriander, Roots of Liquorice, a ℥ j Aqua Vitae lbuj lbuj. mix; and digest in a cold place for fourteen days, strain out, and keep the Tincture for use.  
It Purges Choler and Melancholy, as also salt Phlegm, and that without trouble; and is indeed profitable against all Diseases proceeding from those Humours; as Cancers, Elephantiasis, Madness, Melancholy, Rheumatisms, Gouts, Kings-evil, Ringworms, Scabs, Breakings-out, and other like Affects of the Skin. It is very powerful for bringing forth the Melancholy Humour, and prevails against all Diseases which proceed from a mixture of Phlegm and Choler. It is an admirable thing for such as are troubled with the Spleen, Melancholic and Hypochondriack Diseases, Madness, Falling-sickness, or Delirium proceeding from a Fever, Diseases of the Womb, or an old Pox. It powerfully provokes Stools, takes away Obstructions, and removes thick Humours, viscous and tough, by cutting and attenuating them. Dose, from 2 spoonfuls to 6 or 7, more or lesle, in the Morning fasting.   

5. Tincture Exfoliating Bones, or Tincture of Euphorbium.  
℞ Euphorbium ℥ j Myrrhʒ ij. Spirit of Wine ℥ vj. mix, and digest for a week, filter, and keep the Tincture for use.  
It is never given by the Mouth, neither alone, nor mixed with other things, except very rarely, and in small quantity. Outwardly it is used, but chief in rottenness of the Bones, where they require scaling. But if the Mandible or Jawbone in any place (saith Hildanus) be made bore, I apply the Powder of Euphorbium, which has wondered properties; for by its heat, it not only dries up the humours in the Bone, but here it is found to have some agreeable occult quality; for which reason it is deservedly, both by Dioscorides and Modern Physicians, applied to rotten Bones: nor need you fear its acrimony, for though it bites the Tongue and Nostrils, yet notwithstanding you may strew Ulcers plentifully with its Powder, or as much as you please, for that it causes no pain or inflammation:— I speak what I know by experience. If these are the virtues of the Gum in its gross body, what are its excellencies when its Body is opened?   

6. Tincture of Wormwood.  
℞ Dried Leaves of common Wormwood ℥ iv. Salt of Tartar ℥ j grinned them together in a hot Mortar; and add thereto rectified Spirit of Wine ℥ xuj. digest seven days, than strain out by pressing: in that liquor infuse again the same quantity of Wormwood and Salt of Bohemian-tartar, digesting and expressing as before; which work repeat the third time: press out again, and filter the Tincture.  
It is a great Stomatick, helps Concoction, and inwardly taken kills Worms of the Belly, it removes Obstructions, provokes the Terms, brings forth the Birth and Afterbirth, preserves from Putrefaction, resists Poison, and is good in the cure of the Plague and many other contagious Diseases. Dose, à gut. uj, and xuj. more or lesle, in a draught of Wine or, Asc.   

7. Tincture of Antimony, Purging.  
℞ Glass of Antimony in powder ℥ j Spirit of Vitriol not rectified ℥ viij. mix, and digest in Balneo Mariae.  
It opens Obstructions, purifies the Blood, and certainly cures all those Diseases which proceed from Stoppages; it kills Worms in Children, and is profitable in the cure of the Green-sickness, Cachexia, Kings-evil, and Scurvy; and in every Disease it is said to be a Panchymagogue, or Universal Purger. Dose, agut. uj, and xij.   

8. A Cathartick Tincture.  
℞ Choice Sena ℥ iij. Jalap in powder ℥ j Cloves, Sasston, ana ʒ j Chalybeat-Wine lbij. lbij. infuse for seven days, express, and filter.  
It safely and certainly cures all Diseases of the Brain and Womb, removing and dissipating all Melancholy Fancies and Thoughts; it is good against Semitertians, and other obstinate and intermitting Fevers; for it brings forth Humours putrifying in the Body, and those chief Choler and Melancholy; it stops all Fluxes of the Belly, Bloody-fluxes, Lienteria's, Diarrhoea's, and the Hepatick-flux; by reason of the Salt and Sulphur of the Iron which it contains. It is very powerful to remove all Obstructions of the Liver and Spleen, provoke the Terms, etc. Dose, 2, 3, or 4 spoonfuls daily, for some cosiderable time.   

9 Tincture of Mars or Iron.  
℞ Bits of Iron, or old Nails lbv lbv. Whitewine lbviij lbviij. Spirit of Wine lbij. lbij. Oil of Sulphur ℥ j digest in a cold place for six months, more or lesle: and that the Salt and Sulphur of the Mars may be well drawn into the Wine, let the Vessel be often shaked; than decant, filter, and keep it for use.  
This Martial Tincture brings forth many corrupt Humours by loosning the Belly, chief Choler and Melancholy, Humours earthy, heavy, and sticking, not easily by other Medicaments to be ejected or removed. It is a special remedy against Obstructions of the Liver, Spleen, and Womb; it is profitable against the Jaundice, Pain at Stomach, Palpitation of the Heart, Colic, Iliack-passion, and the Rickets in Children: it has been found by experience to be a noble Remedy against Hypochondriack Melancholy, Quartans, Cachexia's, Dropsies, Scurvy, overflowing and retention of the Terms, and the Green-sickness in Virgins. Dose, 2 or 3 spoonfuls, more or lesle, in some proper Vehicle, at bedtime; that the virtues thereof may the more easily penetrate, even to the remote parts of the Body.   

10. The Excellent, or Bitter Tincture.  
℞ Fine Aloes ℥ ij. Cloves, Nutmegs, Snake-root, English-Saffron, Aniseeds, a. ʒ j Sherry-Sack lbij lbij ss. mix, and digest; often shaking the Vesseb, for a week, than filter, and keep it for use.  
It opens all Obstructions of the Liver and Spleen, is profitable against the Dropsy; bringing forth Phlegm, Choler, Melancholy, and Water, with other superabounding Humours; it purifies the Blood; nor will it suffer any evil matter to remain in the Body, but whatever is pernicious, it expels by Stool and Urine; it helps the weakness of the Stomach, and prevails against many other Discases of like kind with these; and therefore is given against Pain of the Stomach, Cachexia, Belching of Wind, and to kill Worms: it is exhibited before the Fits in a Tertian and Quartan, which it often cures at the third time taking. Dose, from ℥ i, and ij. in a Morning fasting. If it be given for the preservation of Health, it may be taken from half a spoonful to one spoonful, every Morning, in Whitewine, for eight or ten days, in the Springtime.   

11. Tincture, or Elixir of Property.  
℞ Fine Aloes, Myrrh, both in powder, English Saffron, a. ℥ j of the Universal Spirit ℥ xij. mix: digest seven days, decant, and filter it for use.  
It wonderfully comforts the Stomach and Bowels, causes an Appetite, and happily strengthens the Brain and all its functions: it is profitably used in malign and Hypochondriack Diseases, and in Diseases of the Womb; it preserves from the Apoplexy and Falling-sickness; it is of mighty use in various kinds of Fevers; and a most noble Medicament for many Diseases, to open Obstructions of the Bowels, help the Pleurisy, Vertigo, and Headache: it is a wondered Aperient or Opener; for which reason, in stoppage of the Terms, Palsy, Jaundice, and Dropsy, it does wondered things. Dose, àʒ ij, adʒ iv. more or lesle; as the nature of the Disease, and constitution of the Sick requires.   

12. Tincture of crude Antimony.  
℞ Powder of crude Antimony lbj lbj. Spiritus Universalis lbiv lbiv. mix: digest for four or five weeks, than filter, and keep it for use.  
It admirably prevails against the Falling-sickness, Melancholy, Madness, Poison, Plague. It is of so great power in purifying and renovating the Blood through the whole Body, that it radically takes away all Diseases proceeding from the corruption of the same. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij. more or lesle, in some fit Vehicle.   

13. Tinctureof Salt of Tartar.  
℞ Salt of Tartar calcined to blewness, or rather melted, lbij. lbij. Bone-ashes in powder lbiv lbiv. of the best rectified Spirit of Wine lbviij lbviij. mix; shake often, and keep it for use. Upon the Faeces you may affuse new or fresh Spirit, and you shall have a Tincture as good as the former.  
There is not found out a more noble and efficacious Stomatick in the whole Republic of Medicine, I speak by Experience. But it aught to be given in some Stomatick Vehicle or Water: it is also a Secret having a strengthening and restoring virtue. It purifies the whole mass of Blood from all mucous and serous Humours, by virtue of its Salt and sweetness. Dose, à gut. 30, and 60. more or lesle.     


CHAP. LIX. De SPIRITIBUS.  

I. Spiritus Cordialis.  
℞ COrticis Winterani uncias duodecim, Fructus Pimenti uncias octo, Foliarum Rosmarini uncias sex, Radicis Serpentariae, Angelicae, ana uncias quatuor; Granorum Paradisi, Croci Anglicani, ana uncias duas; Seminum Anisi, Carui, Foeniculi, Coriandri, Piperis longi & albi, ana unciam unam; Aquae Fontanae libras viginti quatuor; Spiritus Vini duplicati libras viginti: crassiusculè incisa & contusa misce, & infundantur in Liquoribus per quatuor dies; postea distillentur in Alembicò refrigeratorio suo librae triginta duae; distillatum addatur Sacchari-candi pulverizati albissimi libri tres: dissolvatur, coletur, & reservetur ad usum.  
Cerebrum, Stomachum, & Cor, omnesque functiones eorum mire corroborat: Catarrhos discusit, atque ab Apoplexia, Epilepsia; & Lethargo praeservat; magni est usus ad omnes frigidos Capitis Affectus, intra & extra adhibitus; contra Vertigivem, Paralysin, Convulsionem, & Tremorem, singulariter, tanquam insignem Medicinam commendare volui: utilis est in Syncope, Cordis Palpitatione, Cardialgia, & Aegritudine Stomachi: consumit Pituitam in Ventriculo & Intestinis; omnibus denique à Frigiditate ducentibus Morbis magnopere conducit: Vires amissos restituit, & Membra Principalia confortat. Dosis, à drachmis duabus ad unciam unam, plus minusve, pro ratione Morbi & necessitatis.   

II Spiritus Vini Camphoratus.  
℞ Spiritus Vini libras octo, Croci, Cochinellae, ana drachmas quatuor; misce, fiatque Tinctura, in qua dissolvantur Camphorae unciae sedecim; & reponatur ad usum.  
Diaphoreticus est & Anodynus, in plerisque Morbis, tam frigidis quam calidis usurpatur: externe, in Arthriticis & ommbus Affectibus frigidis Artuum summopere convenit; Odontalgiae, Aurium doloribus, Vertigini, Paralysi, Tremori, aliisque Morbis ad Miraculum usue medetur. Internè, ad Colicum dolorem sumitur à drachmis duabus ad sex, in Vehiculo appropriato, citò, miréque curat.   

III Spiritus Sulphuratus, vel Vitriolatus.  
℞ Spiritus Vini rectificati libras octo, Olei Sulphuris vel Vitrioli uncias sedecim; misce, ac digere: tunc distilles per Retortam in Arena ad siccitatem, & servetur ad usum.  
Praestans admodum, & delicatus est hic Spiritus ad Cordis & Ventriculi imbecillitatem juvandam, Venenis adversetur, Vino permixto: Cor summopere roborat, & Stomachum confortat: concretum Sanguinem dirimit, ex Spiritu suo & Sale soluto, qui omnia concreta dissolvit: unde & Calculosis & Sabulosis peroptimam est Remedium, in Aqua Hydropiperis: Vulneribus venenatis, & aliis simplicibus, & Vlceribus omnibus, summum Medicamentum est. Valet contra Pestem, Febres Pestilentiales & Malignes: Sitim extinguit, & Vrinam provocat. Dosis, à drachma semis ad drachmam unam, in Vino vel Jusculis.   

IV. Spiritus Vini Basilii.  
℞ Spiritus Vini rectificati, Olei Salis optimi, ana; misce, benè Vas agitando. Per hunc, ex Auro fit Tinctura.  
Arcanum est summum contra Venena, & verum & unicum Bezoarticum Remedium; adversus Pestiferae Aurae Contagionem nibil efficacius, & est summum Pestis Praeservativum & Curativum: potentissimè curat quaecunque Vulnera simplicia, citò; ita ut stupendnm sit Naturae Miraculum, propter ingentem vim Balsamicam, quae in ejus Oleo, Sale, & Spiritu continetur. Dosis, à guttis duodecim ad viginti quatuor; vel ad aciditatem congruentem.   

V. Spiritus Nitri.  
℞ Nitri quantum vis, in Aqua vulgari dissolvatur, ita ut Muriam fortissimam referat; ℞ hujus Muriae libras quatuor, Olei Vitrioli libram unam; fiat distillatio ex Cucurbita vitrea ex Arena; prodibit primitus Phlegma, postmodum subsequetur Spiritus Nitri acidus, quem seorsim collige, distillando ad siccitatem Nitri in fundo remanentis. Vel sic, ℞ Nitri libras duas, Olei Vitrioli rectificati libram unam; misce: committantur Retortae, & successivis Ignis gradibus distilletur ad ficcitatem usque; & habebis Spiritum Nitri fortissimum: in fundo autem residet Nitrum Vitriolatum, quod suum Essentiale Principale vocat Kreuchnerus.  
Hic Spiritus, licet suspicione adulterationis Olei Vitrioli non careat, satis tamen gratus est, & usui Medico inserviens; subrilissimus, & penetratissimus est inter omnes Spiritus acidos Minerales: hinc potenter attenuat, resolvit, & aperit; Sudorem & Vrinam movet, & Lithontripticus est. Conservat à Putredine; hincque frequens ejus usus in Peste, Febribus Malignis, & Exanthemate. Dosis est, à scrupla semis ad scruplam unam, in Liquore aliquo appropriato.   

VI Spiritus Nitratus.  
℞ Spiritus Nitri rectificati uncias sex, Alcohol Vini uncias octodecim; digerantur simul per tres dies, tunc distilles per Retortam vitream in Arena, ad siccitatem, terque repetatur; & reservetur ad usum.  
In Colico dolore nihil est praestantiùs, quia saepe hic Affectus ex Pituita, & glutinosis, & flatulentis Humoribus ortum habet. Hoc autem Arcanum suo illitu, discutit, disperdit quicquid frigidum est, glutinosum, & flatulentem. Dissolvit & emollit quoscunque Tumores frigidos, duros, & scirrhosos. Hoc Menstruum temperatissimum est, & ad Tincturas multorum Vegetabilium extrahendas. Ardores Sanguinis sistit, compescendo furorem Sulphureum, & Salino-volatilem in Sanguine contentum. Pituitam tenacem potenter incidit; ac proinde in Obstructionibus solvendis prodest. Saburram calculosam corrodit & comminuit, & per Diuresin expellit. Ac quia Acidum summe volatile est, potenter attenuat; & Diureticus, Febrifugus, Antipleuriticus, & Anticolicus est. Valet contra Pestem, arcet Putredinem, extinguit Sitim, & convenit nimiis Humorum Ardoribus, Febribus ardentibus & malignis, penetrante totum Corpus. Hincque infinitis Morbis utilis est. Edulcorari Saccharo potest, ut fiat instar Syrupi; & tum ad cochleare semis exhiberi potest. Dosis aliàs est, à guttis decem ad sexaginta, in Cerevisia, Vino, aut aliqua Aqua appropriata. Inservitque etiam pro Menstruo in paranda Tinctura Coralliorum: fitque ex hoc, Aurum Potabile, Elixir Proprietatis, Tinctura Opii, vel Guttae Vitae, & Liquor Catharticus.   

VII. Spiritus Salis Philosophicus.  
℞ Salis uncias sedecim, Olei Vitrioli rectificati uncias octo, Aquae quantum sufficit ad dissolvendam Salis communis; infundatur Vase distillatorio, dein distillatur; sic primo prodit Phlegma, secundo Spiritus Acidus, quem feorsim serva; infunda in Retorta vitrea, & distilla in Arena ad siccitatem usque: Spiritus acidus penetratissimus est, qui est Spiritus Salis communis. Oleum vero Vitrioli coagulabitur in Retorta, cum Alcali Salis communis. Recipe hujus Spiritus acidi uncias quatuor, Salis (in Aqua soluti) uncias duas; misce, distillaque in Arena, ut antea; sic prodibunt unciae sex; & hoc in infinitum potest repeti; ita ut fine ullis sumptibus Spiritus hic in promptu esse possit. In fundo remanebit Sal coagulatum, ex quo fit Sal Mirabile, ut postea declarabitur.  
In Chymia, & Tincturarum extractionibus, plurimi est usus: praecipitat omnia soluta in Aqua-forti vel in Spiritu Nitri, Aceto, etc. quae praecipitata, laevissima & albissima fiunt. Insuper omnia Olea foetida corrigit, & foetorem tollit. Aperit, refrigerat, maximeque adversatur Pesti. Sitim extinguit, Febribus convenit, & effervescentiam Sanguinis sedat. Gratioris saporis est, & minùs violentus, quàm est Spiritus Salis vulgariter distillatus. Vrinam movet, Calculum pellit, Sudorem ciet, & praeservat â Putridine: hinc Febribus malignis & contagiosis conducit, imprimis Saccharo edulcoratus. Solvit Solem, tanquam ejus Menstruum. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad scruplam unam; vel ad gratam aciditatem, in poculo Vini, ulteriusve liquoris.   

VIII. Spiritus Cornu Cervi, compositus.  
℞ Rasurae Cornu Cervi libram unam, Succini, Tartari albi, ana libram semis; Retortae terreae vel vitreae indantur, & in Igne aperto vel in Arena, distilla, primò lento Igne, augendo ad quartam usque gradum; & prodibit primo gradu Phlegma, cum secundo Oleum, cum tertio Sal volatile: continuetur Distillatio per horas quinque aut sex, donec nil ampliùs prodeat; & habebitur in Recipiente Massa, ex Phlegmate, Oleo, & Sale volatili conrlata; magna quoque pars Salis volatilis sub forma Nivis adhaerebit lateribus Recipientis, quod debet esse amplum, & maximê quadrans ad collum Retortae: Oleum separatur à Spiritibus, & Sale,  
Vim admirabilem habet Spiritus Sudorificam, unde usus in Febribus malignis, contagiosis, & Peste; in Morbis Vteri, Obstructionibus Viscerum, & Affectibus Melancholicis. Egregium est Medicamentum, praesertim in omnibus Morbis per Sudorem curabilibus. Exhibetur in Mensium Obstructionibus, & reliquis Affectibus Vterinis; in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Paralysi, Lethargo, aliisque Nervorum obstructionibus, atque in Morbis malignis; & in Morsu Animalium Venenatorum, insuper est Antidoton. Concretum Sanguinis dirimit ac dissolvit. Dosis, à guttis decem ad scruplas duas, plusve, in Vebiculo convenienti.   

IX. Spiritus Salis Armoniaci.  
℞ Salis Armoniaci libram unam, Salis Alcali vel Cinerum Clavellatorum libras duas; exactè inter se conterantur, & in Cucurbitam vitream conjiciantur; eisque affundantur Aquae communis librae tres: leni Igne distillentur, cum Recipiente vitreo satis amplo, cujus junctura bene quadrat ad collum Distillatorio: distillaque donec unciae duodecim circiter, plusve prodierint, tum cessa: Si Calcem vivam loco Salis Alcali adhibueris, multo fugacior elicitur Spiritus: distillentur simul per Retortam vitream in Arena positam, Igne satis l●ni. Sic primò prodit Sal volatile in forma sicca, secundò Spiritus liquidus simulcum phlegmate, in quo Sal volatile dissolvitur: Spiritus prolectus in Vitro arctissimè clauso reservetur.  
Sensus omnes acuit, Spiritus Animales refovendo & multiplicando. Pathemata omnia Cerebri, Cordis, Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lienis, Matricis, & Nervorum sanat. Vteri omnes Affectus tutissimè tollit, & fertilitatem inducit: Circulationem Sanguinis promovet, Obstructiones reserat, Febribus Tertianis, Quartanis, & Quotidianis medetur; Peste, Paralysi, Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, & Passionibus Hystericis succurrit; Diaphoresin, Diuresin, & Menstrua promovet: penetrantissimus est instar Panacaeae in Medicina, quibuscunque Morbis inserviens. Dosis, à guttis decem ad scruplas duas.   

X. Spiritus Mirabilis.  
℞ Aquae-fortis simplicis, seu Spiritus Nitri non rectificati, Spiritus Vitrioli, ana libram unam; misce, benè Vas agitando.  
Arcanum est summum in Colica curanda, Febre Quotidiana, Tertiana, & Quartana, Arthritide, Ischiadico dolore, Nervorum & Musculorum contractionibus, & Paralysi particulari membri alicujus, & totius Corporis, admotum membris externè, & assumptum ex Arte interne. In omnibus Doloribus acutissimis frigidis & calidis, ubi prae vehementia Homines ferè exanimantur; praecipuè in dolore Colico, Nephritico, Pleurilicis, & Podagrico, nihil est in rerum praestantius; qued intemperiem partium omnium, & Humores acres & pungentes attemperat & alleviat. Tumores omnes frigidos & scirrhosos discutit & emollit, exteriùs illinendo, propter suum Spiritum aethereum qguem continet, qui penetrando frididos illos Humores, & tartareos tissolvit. Sumitur ad quantitaem drachmae semis, plus-minusve; um Jusculis, Aquis, & Syrupis Morbo appropriatis & convenientibus.   

XI. Spiritus Opii compositus.  
℞ Succi Pomorum libras decem, Opii Thebaici libram unam, misce, & dissolvatur; addantur Sacchari librae duae & semis, Caryophyllorum, Croci Anglicani, ana unciae quatuor; radicis Serpentariae, Corticis Winterani, ana unciae tres; Nucis Moschatae, Zinziberis, ana unciae duae; Fermenti Cerevisiae libra semis: crassiusculè contusa & mixta, fermententur simul in digestione per tres vel quatuor dies; posteà adde Spiritus Vini libras duodecim; tune in Alembico, Igne nudo, vel in Balneo Mariae distillentur: Spiritus evocatus, Saccharo purissimo edulcoretur.  
In vitiis Pectoris, Tussi, Asthmate, imbecillitate Ventriculi, Colica, Torminibus Ventris, etc. bonum est Medicamentum. Mirabilis est operationis, & ad curandum Phthisin, sanandum Vlcera Pulmonum, expertissimus. Praeterea Pleurilicis, Suspirosis, Arteriacis, Empyacis, seu Purulenta excreantibus peculiariter & efficacirer opitulatur. Sopo iferum est & Anodynum Medicamentum, Sudores prolicit, aliis Medicamentis mixtum. Astringit, unde convenit in Diarrhxa, Dysenteria, caeterisque Fluxibus, omnibusque Humorum profluviis; in sedandis omnibus etiam acutissimis à quacunque causa subortis doloribus, & inquietudinibus immodicis; uti Phrenitis, Mania, stupendum est Medicamentum, gratam inducens tranquillitatem. Varias & egregias habet facultates, Spiritus insuper in Syncopticis recreat, & mirabiliter restaurat. Dosis, à drachma una ad quatuor, plus-minusve, in Vino, vel alio Vehiculo adapto.   

XII. Spiritus Sulphuris per Distillationem; vulgò, Ens primum.  
℞ Retortam tubulatam terream, aut saltem perforatam; injiciatur per vices, five cochlearia, pulvis ex Sulphuris & Nitri partibus aequalibus factus. Sic Vapores incensi cum impetu feruntur in Recipiens vitreum; quod amplissimum esse debet, continens aliquid Aquae purissimae, & cujus junctura cum collo Retortae sit tantum leviter obturata. Consumpto cochleariuno, ingeratur alterum, idque continuetur quamdiu libitum fuerit. Sic accipietur, una cum quibusdam Floribus, Spiritus acidus penetrantissimus, Spiritui Campanario haud absimilis, sineque dubio tamen aliquid acidi Nitri in se continens, quod Vapores rubicundi demonstrant. Si solum Sulphur, absque Nitro, ingeratur, faeliciter non succedit Operatio; quia Sulphur non facile accenditur, atque ideò paulum vel nullum Spiritum acidum, sed Flores multi suppeditat; etiamsi leviter tantum juncturae sint clausae.  
Sudorem valdè movet, Menses ciet, Alvum lenissimè solvit, Nephriticum est insigne, omnibus Pectoris Vitiis succurrit, ut & Tussi, Phthisique, praecipuè si ulteriùs elaboretur cum Melle: utilis est Asthmaticis, Catarrhosis, Obstructionibus inveteratis, caeterisque Morbis Viscerum. Attenuat, incidit, aperit, & siccat. Morbis Vteri, Colicae, Pesti, Febribus ardentibus & contagiosis convenit. Effervescemiam Sanguinis mitigat, Putrefactionem arcer, Vermes necat; viresque easdem cùm Ole● Sulphuris habet. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, vel ad gratam aciditatem, in Vehiculo appropriato.   

XIII. Spiritus Vniversalis Clauderi.  
℞ Cinerum Clavellatorum libram unam, Aquae communis libras sex; stet per horam unam, & aliquoties agitetur pro meliore dissolutione: huic Solutioni injice Salis Armoniaci pulverizati libram semis, vel paulò plus; agitetur itidem aliquando pro plenaria Salium in Aqua defluxu, & quidem in Vase obturato, ne partes volatiles evaporent: postea filtretur per Chartam emporeticam, & servetur ad usum.  
Deobstruit, omneque Acidum oberrans in Corporemitigat & infringit, recreatque Spiritus in univer so Corpore, Circulationem Sanguinis promovet, Cachexiam Mulierum tollit, Sudores adjuvat, Putredini resistit, & Passionibus Hystericis medetur; Pituitam tenacem porenter incidit, ac proinde in obstructionibus Mensium, Capitis gravedine, palpitatione Cordis, Pleuritide, & Ventriculo Fermento suffocato, maximarum est virium, & instar Panacaea in quibuscunque Morbis, & Febribus, per Sudorem curabilibus, esse potest. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, in Aquis vel Syrupis appropriatis. In Operationibus Chymicis, summi est usûs in Extrahenda Anima (quae est Essentia subtilissima) Vegetabilium, Mineralium, Metallorum, & Animalium, praecipuè Sulphureorum, etc.    

CHAP. LIX. Of SPIRITS.  

1. The Cordial Spirit.  
℞ WInter 's Cinnamon ℥ xij. Jamaica Pimento ℥ viij. Rosemary-leaves ℥ vj. Snakeroot, Angelica-root, a. ℥ iv. Grains of Paradise, English Saffron, a. ℥ ij. Seeds of Anise, Caraways, Fennel, Coriander, Pepper long and white, a. ℥ j Spring-water lbxxiv lbxxiv. recti●ed Spirit of Wine lbxx lbxx. the ingredients being grossly cut and bruised, mix, and infuse them in the Liquor for four days; than distil all in an Alembick with its Worm, drawing of sixteen quarts; to which add of the purest white Sugar-candy in fine powder lbiij lbiij. dissolve, strain, and keep it for use.  
It wonderfully comforts the Brain, Stomach, and Heart, and all their functions: stops Catarrhs, and preserves from the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, and Lethargy; it is of great use in all cold Distempers of the Head, both inwardly and outwardly used; it is singular good against the Vertigo, Palsy, Convulsions, and Tremble; and I commend it in these cases, as a most admirable Medicine: it is good against Swooning and Fainting, Palpitation of the Heart, Pain at Stomach, and Sickness thereof: it prevails against Phlegm in the Ventricle and Bowels; and is of great force in all great Diseases proceeding from Cold: it restores lost Strength, and comforts the Principal Members. Dose, àʒ ij. ad ℥ j   

2. Spirit of Wine Camphorated.  
℞ Spirit of Wine lbviij lbviij. Saffron, Cochinele, a. ʒ iv. mix, and make a Tincture, in which dissolve Camphir ℥ xuj. and keep it for use.  
It is Diaphoretic and Anodyn, and is used in many Diseases both hot and cold: outwardly, it is of very great use in the Gout, and all cold Diseases of the Joints; it gives ease, and cures the pains of the Teeth and Ears; and is good against the Vertigo, Palsy, Trembling, and other Discases of like kind, which it cures to a Miracle. Inwardly, it it given against the Colic, àʒ ij. ad vj. in some proper Vehicle, which it quickly and wonderfully cures.   

3. The Sulphurated, or Vitriolated Spirit.  
℞ Spirit of Wine rectified lbviij lbviij. Oil of Sulphur or Vitriol ℥ xuj. mix, and digest; than distil by Retort in Sand, and keep the Spirit for use.  
It is indeed a powerful and pleasant Remedy against fainting of the Heart, and weakness of the Stomach, and prevails against Poison, being taken in Wine: it also strengthens the Heart, and comforts the Stomach: it loosens the too strict jointing of the Blood, by virtue of its Spirit and dissolved Salt; which dissolves all coagulated substances: for which reason it is a most excellent thing against the Stone and Gravel, being given in Hydropiper-Water: it is also a singular, and most excellent Medicine for simple Wounds, and such as are poisoned; as also in all sorts of Ulcers. It prevails against the Plague, and Pestilential, as also Malign Fevers: it quenches Thirst, and provokes Urine. Dose, àʒ ss adʒ j in Wine or Broth.   

4. Basil's Spirit of Wine.  
℞ Rectified Spirit of Wine, of the best Oil of Salt, ana; mix them by shaking the Vessel well. By this Spirit, a Tincture may be drawn out of Gold.  
It is one of the chiefest Secrets against Poison, and the true and only Bezoartick Remedy against the Infection of a Pestiferous Air, for which purpose, nothing is more efficacious; and it is also the chief, both Presérvative and Curative, of the very Plague itself: it presently and powerfully cures simple Wounds, of what kind soever; becoming as it were a stupendious Miracle of Nature, because of its mighty Balsamic power, contained in its Oil, Sale, and Spirit. Dose, à gut. xij, and xxiv. or to an agreeable and pleasant acidity.   

5. Spirit of Nitre.  
℞ What quantity you please of Nitre, dissolve it in common Water, so much as to make it a very strong Brine or Pickle: take of this Pickle lbiv lbiv. Oil of Vitriol lbj lbj. put them into a Cucurbit, and distil in Sand; so will you have first a Phlegm, than an acid Spirit of Nitre, which gather by itself: distil to dryness, the Nitre remaining in the bottom. Or thus, ℞ Nitre lbij. lbij. Oil of Vitriol rectified lbj lbj. mix them: put them into a Retort, and with a gradual increase of the Pire, distil to dryness; so you will have a very strong Spirit of Nitre, and in the bottom you will have a Nitre Vitriolate, which Kreuchner calls its Essential Principle.  
This Spirit, though it may be suspected to be adulterated with the Oil of Vitriol, yet it is sufficiently grateful, and of good use in Physic; it is most subtle and penetrating, of all the acid Mineral Spirits; and therefore powerfully attenuates, resolves, and opens; it causes Sweat and Urine, and breaks the Stone. It preserves from Putrefaction; for which reason, it is of frequent use in the Plague, Malign-fevers, and Smallpox. Dose, à ℈ ss. ad ℈ j in some appropriate Liquor.   

6. A Nitrated Spirit.  
℞ Rectified Spirit of Nitre ℥ vj. rectified Spirit of Wine ℥ xviij. digest them together for three days; than distil in a glass Retort in Sand, repeating the Distillation three times; and than keep it for use.  
There is nothing more powerful in the World against the Colic, because this Disease oftentimes arises from Phlegm, or glutinous and flatulent Humours: and this Arcanum, by even Bathing with it, discusses and disperses all kinds of cold, glutinous, and flatulent Matter. It is a kind of temperate Menstruum, and of good use for extracting the Tinctures of several kinds of Vegetables. It quiets the Fermentation of the Blood, and allays the rage of its Sulphureous and volatile Saline parts: it powerfully cuts tough Phlegm, and therefore is profitable in opening Obstructions: it dissolves Gravelly Matter, breaks the Stone, and expels it; and as it is one of the highest or greatest volatile Acids, so it is powerfully attenuating and diuretic; a great Antifebritick, Antipleuritick, and Anticolick. It is good against the Plague, resists Putrefaction, quenches Thirst, and prevails against the violent Fermentation of the Humours, burning and malign Fevers; by reason of its penetration through the whole Body: for which cause sake, it is said to be profitable against many Diseases. It may be sweetened with Sugar, and made like a Syrup, and so given about half a spoonful at a time. Otherwise, the Dose is, à gut. 10, and 60. in Beer, Ale, or Wine, or some other appropriate Liquor. This Preparation may be of use as a Menstruum in preparing Tincture of Coral: and therewith may be made also Aurum Potabile, Elixir Proprietatis, Tincture of Opium, or our Guttae Vitae, and a Cathartick Potion.   

7. Philosophic Spirit of Salt.  
℞ Salt ℥ xuj. rectified Oil of Vitriol ℥ viij. Water a sufficient quantity to dissolve the Salt; put them into the Stillatory and distil: in the first place the Phlegm comes forth, after that the Acid Spirit, which keep by its self; put them into a glass Retort, and distil in Sand to dryness: this Acid Spirit is very penetrating, and the true Spirit of the Salt. The Oil of Vitriol will be coagulated in the Retort, with the Alcali of the common Salt. Take of this acid Spirit ℥ iv. new Salt ℥ ij. which dissolve in a sufficient quantity of Water; mix them, and distil in Sand, as before; so will you have six ounces of Spirit; and this you may repeat infinitely, producing the Spirit with all imaginable ease, and without any charge. In the bottom, a coagulated Salt will remain, of which is made Sal Mirabile, as shall afterwards be declared.  
In Chemistry, and the extraction of Tinctures, it is of much use; it precipitates all Solutions in Aqua fortis or Spirit of Nitre, Vinegar, etc. which Precipitates it makes very fine and white. It very much corrects all foetid Oils, and takes away their stinking. It opens and cools, and is a mighty thing against the Plague. It quenches Thirst, prevails against Fevers, and quiets the violent ardours of the Blood. It is more grateful in taste, and lesle violent than the Spirit of Salt distilled after the vulgar manner. It provokes Urine, breaks the Stone, moveth Sweated, and preserves from Putrefaction; for which reason it is good against malign and contagious Fevers, being first sweetened with Sugar. It dissolves Gold, as its proper Menstruum. Dose, à ℈ ss. ad j or to a pleasant acidity, in a glass of Wine, or of some other liquor.   

8. Spirit of Hartshorn, compound.  
℞ Rasping of Hartshorn lbj lbj. Amber, white Bohemian-tartar a. lbss ss. put them into an earthen or glass Retort; distil, and with a naked Eire, or in Sand; first, in a gentle heat, than augmenting it to the fourth degree; so will you have first the Phlegm, than the Oil, and lastly the volatile Salt: continued the distillation five or six hours, till no more will come forth; in the Receiver you will have a mass, consisting of Phlegm, Oil, and volatile Salt, looking almost like Snow, and adhering to the sides of the Receiver; which aught to be very large, and exactly fitted to the neck of the Retort: separate the Oil from the Spirit and Salt.  
This Spirit is a most excellent Sudorific, for which cause it is of use in malign and contagious Fevers, and in the Plague; in Diseases of the Womb, Obstructions of the Bowels, and Diseases proceeding from Melancholy. 'Tis a famous Medicine, chief in all Diseases curable by Sweeting. It is given against Obstruction of the Terms, and other Affects of the Womb; against the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Palsy, Lethargy, and other Obstructions of the Nerves, as also in malign Diseases. It is a powersul Antidote against the Bites of Venomous Creatures. It breaks and dissolves the Coagulation of the Blood; and is given à gut. 10, and 40. and more, in some convenient Vehicle.   

9 Spirit of Sal Armoniac.  
℞ Sal Armoniac lbj lbj. Sal Alcali, or of Pot-ashes lbij. lbij. mix them well together by beating them in a Mortar, put them into a Cucurbit, and affuse thereon fair Water lbiij lbiij. distil with a gentle Fire, into a very large Receiver, which may fit very well to the neck of the Stillatory: distil till about ℥ xij. or more may be come forth, than give over. If in the place of the Pot-ashes, you use Quicklime, you will have a Spirit much more subtle and volatile. Let them be distilled by a Retort in Sand, with a very gentle Fire. So will you have, first, a volatile Salt in a dry form, than a liquid Spirit mixed with the Phlegm, in which some volatile Salt is dissolved: the distilled Spirit keep in a Glass close stopped.  
It quickens all the Senses, by increasing and comforting the Animal Spirits. It is good in all the Dissaffections of the Brain, Heart, Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Womb, and Nerves. All Diseases of the Womb it safely removes, and is good against Barrenness: it facilitates the Circulation of the Blood, opens Obstructions, and cures Quotidian, Tertian, and Quartan Agues. It is prevalent against the Plague, Palsy, Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, and Passions of the Womb; it provokes Sweated, Urine, and the Courses: it is indeed a powerful Medicine, and like a Panacaeae or All-heal, serving for all kinds of Diseases. Dose, à gut. x, and xl.   

10. The Wondered Spirit.  
℞ Simple or common Aquafortis, or Spirit of Nitre not rectified, Spirit of Vitriol, a. lbss ss. mix them well together, by shaking the Vessel.  
It is a great Secret in curing the Colic, Quotidian, Tertian, and Quartan Fevers, the Gout, Sciatica, Contractions of the Sinews and Muscles, and the Palsy, not only of any particular member, but of the whole Body, being outwardly applied, & inwardly taken according to Art There is nothing more powerful to ease all sorts of sharp and vehement Pains, whether hot or cold, which for their vehemency 'cause the Sick to faint, or die away; chief such as arise from the Colic, Stone, Pleurisy, and Gout; for that it qualifies and alleviates the intemperature of all the Parts, and abates the acrimony and pungency of the Humours. It discusses all cold and scirrhous Tumours, and softens them, by outwardly bathing therewith; by virtue of its thin aetherial Spirit which it contains, and by which it penetrates those cold and tartarous Humours, and dissolves them. It is taken to the quantity of ʒ ss. more or lesle, in Broth, Waters, or some convenient and proper Spirit.   

11. Spirit of Opium compound.  
℞ Juice of Apples lbx lbx. Thebean Opium lbj lbj. mix, and dissolve; than add Sugar lbij lbij ss. Cloves, English Saffron, a. ℥ iv. Snake-root, Winter 's Cinnamon, a. ℥ iij. Nutmegs, Ginger, a. ℥ ij. Ale-yest lbss ss. being grossly bruised, let them be mixed together and fermented, by digesting them three or four days: after which add Spirit of Wine lbxij lbxij. and distil in an Alembick, either with a naked Fire, or in B.M. the distilled Spirit dulcify with treble-refined Sugar.  
It is a good thing in Diseases of the Breast, Coughs, Asthmas, Weakness of the Stomach, Colic, Gripe of the Guts, etc. It is of an admirable operation for the cure of the Physic, and heals Ulcers of the Lungs, for which it is approved by experience. Besides, it is a singular help for such as are troubled with the Pleurisy, difficulty of Breathing, straitness of the Aspera Arteria, Empyema, or spit Purulent matter. It is a Medicament which induces Sleep, and gives ease in Pains; and being given mixed with other Medicines, it causes Sweat. It is of a Binding quality, for which reason it is profitable in a Flux or Looseness of the Bowels, a Bloodyflux, and all other Fluxes of the Belly; as also all other overflowings of the Humours, and in easing of all pains, even the most acute, arising from what cause soever, giving rest and quietness; so that in a Frenzy, Madness, and continual Watch, it is found to be a most transcendent Medicine. It has many and wondered faculties; for it revives the Spirits in Swooning-fits, and admirably restores. Dose, âʒ ij, and ℥ ss. more or lesle, in Wine, or some other proper Vehicle.   

12. Spirit of Sulphur, by Distillation; vulgarly called, Ens primum.  
℞ A tubulated Retort, or one at lest perforated, put into it by degrees, or spoonfuls, a powder made of equal parts of Sulphur and Nitre, which being inflamed, the Vapours will be driven with violence into a glass Receiver, which aught to be very large, containing some fair Water, and stopped in the juncture to the neck of the Retort: one spoonful being consumed, another is to be put in, and this to be continued so long as you please. So have you (together with some Flowers) an acid penetrating Spirit, not much unlike to that made per Campanam; but without doubt containing in its self somewhat of the acid of the Nitre, which the reddish Vapours demonstrate. If Sulphur only were used or put in, the Operation would not succeed so happily; because the Sulphur is not easily kindled, or made to flame; and therefore little or no acid Spirit, but many Flowers will come forth: the juncture also is only gently to be stopped.  
It powerfully provokes Sweated and the Terms, moves the Belly, and is a famous Nephritick; it is good in all Diseases of the Breast and Lungs, as the Cough and Physic, more especially if it be dulcified with Honey: it is profitable in Asthmas, Catarrhs, inveterate Obstructions, and other Diseases of the Bowels. It makes thin, cuts, opens, and dries, and is of good use in Diseases of the Womb, in Colicks, the Plague, as also in vehement burning and contagious Fevers. It quiets the effervescency of the Blood, resists Putrefaction, kills Worms, and has the same virtues with Oil of Sulphur. Dose, àʒ i, and ij. or to make the Vehicle have a pleasant acidity.   

13. The Universal Spirit of Clauder.  
℞ Pot-ashes lbjs lbjs. fair Water lbuj lbuj. let them stand for an hour, often shaking the Glass, for the better dissolution of the Ashes: to this Solution put Sal Armoniac in powder lbss ss. or a little more; shaking it also sometimes, for the better dissolving of the Salts in the Water; which let be in a Vessel close stopped, that its volatile parts may not evaporate: afterwards let it be filtered through brown Paper, and kept for use.  
It opens Obstructions, and corrects and destroys every irregular Acid in the Body, cheers the Spirits through the universal Man, and promotes or facilitates the Circulation of the Blood, takes away a Cachexia in Womenkind, provokes Sweated, resists Putrefaction, and cures Diseases of the Womb: it powerfully cuts tough Phlegm, and for that cause provokes the Terms, eases the Headache, helps the palpitation of the Heart, and is profitable against the Pleurisy, and a suffocative Ferment of the Stomach, Fumes, Vapours, etc. in all which cases it is wonderfully prevalent; and a kind of Panacaea, in almost all Diseases and Fevers, which are possible to be cured by Sweeting. Dose, àʒ i, and ij. in some proper Water or Syrup. It is of singular use in Chemistry, in Extracting of Tinctures, or the Soul, (which is the most subtle Essence) of Vegetables, Minerals, Metals, and Animals, chief the Essence of their Sulphurs', etc.     


CHAP. LX. De OLEIS Distillatis.  

I. Oleum Seminum Anisi.  
℞ SEminum Anisi contusorum libras decem, Aquae fontanae libras octoginta, Salis communis libram unam, Salis Clavellatorum libram semis; macera in loco calido per novem dies, distillaque per Vesicam aeneam cum Refrigeratorio serpentino; tunc separetur Oleum ab Aqua.  
In dolore Colico corroborat, & Flatus discutit, Calculo sive Nephritico maximè conducit. Dosis, in Vehiculis appropriatis, ad guttas sex. Externè egregium Anodynum est; in Podagra, & Chiragra, ex causa frigida, & omnibus doloribus ex eadem, Spasmo, Convulsionibus, & Paralysi praevalebit, si Partes affectae inungantur cum eo, simpliciter, vel hac in mixturâ: ℞ Olei Anisi guttas triginta, Olei de Ben, vel Olivarum guttas quadragintaquinque; misce.   

II Oleum Caryophyllorum.  
℞ Caryophyllorum grosso modo tusorum libras duas, Aquae fontanae libras viginti, Cinerum clavellatorum uncias duas; indantur in Vase figulino, & digerantur in Infusione per dies septem: dein imponantur in Vesicam, & distillentur cum Refrigeratorio serpentino, & habebis Olei uncias quatuor. Vel, distillentur in Retortam vitream in Arena positam, leni Igne, sed tamen ad ebullitionem Materiae ad mediam partem. Oleum ab Aqua separetur. Aquam faecibus reaffunde, distilla ut ante; sic denuo Olei copia prodit, quod ut ante separetur. Tertiò denuo reaffunde, & procede ut ante, semper ad medietatem distillando; sic omne prodit Oleum, Capite restante mortuo inutili.  
Confert frigidis Ventriculi Morbis, & Imbecillitati Hepatis, Cordis, Cerebri, & Intestinorum, à causa frigida; Melancholiam dissipat, & crassos Humores clarificat. Memoriam acuit, Lypothymias solvit; imprimis vero, Apoplexiae, Paralysi, & Lethargo medetur. Stomachicum est egregium, Cor roborat, & Flatus discutit. Dosis, à guttis duabus ad sex, plusve, in Vehiculis appropriatis.   

III Oleum Cerae.  
℞ Cerae flavae libram unam, fluat in Patella terrea, tunc admisce Arenae cribratae libras duas, ab Igne remove, & perpetua agitatione sinito refrigerari: antequam autem induretur, formentur Globuli, dein injiciantur Retortae vitreae, reponeque ad distillandum in Arena, Igni secundi & tertii gradus, idque per horas duodecim. Sic primò prodibit Phlegma aquosa; secundò, Oleum subtilius fluidum; tertiò, Oleum butyrosum. Singula Olea seorsim excipi queunt, si libitum fuerit. Recipe Oleum hoc butyrosum, quantitatemque Arenae, ut satis est; misce; idque per Cucurbitam vitream ex Balneo Mariae rectifica, Igne lento, & exit Oleum liquidum, clarum, aurei coloris Phlegmati suo innatans, Arte ab eo separandum. Ex Cerae libra una, uncias duodecim Olei extrahes.  
Liquidum intra Corpus sumitur ad guttas sex, plusve; ad Consolidationem partium Ruptarum, Dysenteriam, etc. Resolvit, attenuat, penetrat, emollit, discutit; ac propterea utile est Apostematibus duris, & Tumoribus frigidis. Sanat Fissuras Papillarum in Mammis Mulierum, & Doloresearum mitigat. Vulnera eliam recentia consolidat, si ea bis de die inungas. Confert & in Ambustis, Cicatrizans est summum, citissimè Vlcera Carne replet. Internè, Colicos dolores sedat, Flatus discutit, attenuat, incidit. Pro insigno habetur Diuretico, est enim partium subtilium, & valdè penetrans. Butyraceum externè tantum usurpatur, ad Defluxiones Brachiorum, Crurium, Nodos, Paralysin, Arthritidem, etc. calide eo partem inungendo. Vim habet anodynam, & emollientiam; unde Tumoribus inservit leniendis.   

IV. Oleum Baccarum Juniperi.  
℞ Baccarum Juniperi grosso modo quassatarum libras decem, Salis communis uncias decem, Spiritus Salis cum Oleo Vitrioli praeparati uncias quinque, Aquae pluvialis libras bis-centum; indantur in Vesicam, & digerantur simul per decem, plusve dies: dein distillentur in Alembico serpentino Stanneis, aut cum Igne aperto, vel Arenâ; sed leni primò, & tamen ad ebullitionem materiae ad mediam partem. Oleum distillatum ab Aqua separa per Tritorium; Aquam faecibus denuô reaffunde, distilla iterùm; sic denuò Olei copia prodit, quod ut ante separa: cohobatur Aqua tertiò, semper ad medietatem distillando, ut supra.  
Calefacit, emollit, discutit, aperit, mundificat, & consolidat; Cardiacum, Neuroticum, & Nephriticum est, depurans massam Sanguineam, eamque à corruptione praeservans. A●que exteriùs loco veri Balsami usurpari potest, in omnibus Vlceribus cacoetheis, insanabilibus, foetidis, Fracturis, Contracturis, membris Refrigeratis, Paralyticis, & Convulsivis. Nephriticis doloribus summopere convenit: Vrinam & Menses movet: Obstructiones per universam Sanguinem tollit: Colico dolori medetur: Arenas & Calculos pellit. Dosis, à guttis tribus ad decem.   

V. Oleum Limonum & Aurantiarum.  
Fiunt per distillationem ex Aurantiis & Limonibus putrescentibus, cum magna Aquae quantitate, in Vesica aenea, cum Alembico & Refrigeratorio serpentino, secundum Artem.  
Vires easdem habent cum Oleo Rosmarini & Lavendulae, atque Stomaohicum sunt, & Flatus discutiunt, Sudores movent & Menses, attenuant & incidunt; diureticum sunt, acre, & valdè penetrantes; sunt enim partium subtilium & penetrantium. Valent ad Convulsiones Nervorum, & alios ejusdem Affectus. Dosis, à guttis tribus ad decem.   

VI Oleum Macis per Expressionem.  
℞ Macis, vel Nucum Moschatarum quantum vis, contunde crassè, eásque ita contusas illiga arctè Panno lineo, eumque in Vase vitreato appende; quod demittatur, seu demergatur in Ahenum ferventis Aquae, unde percalesiat Aroma; deinde Praelo subjectum fortiter exprime: nam hoc pacto copiosius emanat Oleum. Quidam Macem, vel Nucem Moschatam crassum in Pulverem redigunt, & Aqua Vitae aspergunt, diu Balneo in longo Vase coquunt; setaceo excepta, Laminis calidis exprimunt.  
Valet in Stranguria, & quicunque à Frigiditate ortum habuerint, Morbis. Calidae est facultatis, ideóque commodus ejus usus est in Colica à causa frigida, & Catarrho in Capite descendente: confortat Cor, Ventriculum, & Matricem; in Tremoribus Cordis, ex timore, aut ex Vesicae obstructione, aut Matricae, maximum auxilium praestat. Extrinsecùs, Lentis aut Pisae instar Ori Ventriculi inunctum, mirificè ipsum corroborat; deglutitum mediocriter calefacit, & Anhelitum commendat, illitum Veneris tentiginem excitat; Stomachicis quoque frigidâ & humidâ intemperie laborantibus conducit. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad scruplam unam, vel semidrachmam. Haec Olea dico, in genere, esse, & substantiis suis, ad persanandas Dysenterias, Lienterias, & Diarrhoeas, spectando qualitates roborantes, confortantes, & astringentes, plus praestare, quàm elicita per Aquam: His Oleis si debit am quantitatem Aquae affuderis, & distillaveris, vix quartam, ne dicam sextam partem Olei distillati colliges, residuo in fundo remanente: quod residuum, putà Oleum, virtute suà adstringente & consistentiâ priori magis solidum, multò efficacius experimur in Dysenteria, quàm illud quod cum Aqua exstillarat. Haec Olea insuper ob soliditatem, Basis sunt pro conficiendis omnis generis Balsamis, lege Artis distillatis, Oleis essentialibus pro specie Balsami dispensandi: cumque his Balsama debitam recipiunt Consistentiam, nec rancida aut unctuosa evadunt; sed intra Corpus commodè, & citra nauseam assumi possunt.   

VII. Oleum Philosophicum.  
℞ Nitri purissimi uncias duas, inde in Crucibulo, quod repone in Ignem circularem, donec fluxerit instar Aquae; tum successiuê injice frustulum Carbonis igniti, expectando, donec hoc sit consumptum, fietque magna effervescentia & strepitus; quo cessante, iterum injice frustulum simile, & sic continua, donec, non ampliùs fluat Nitrum, sed incrassatum, nec ampliùs accendatur; sed exiccatum colore viridi remaneat, quod fit spatio semihorae. Haec massa durissima, sicca, & virescente, rectè erit Nitrum fixatum & alcalisatum. Recipe Nitrum hoc fixatum, solvatur in quantitate Aquae ferventis, solutum filtretur, colatura evaporetur in Vitro evaporatorio ad siccitatem usque; & relinquetur in fundo Sal acerrimum, scilicet Nitrum fixatum depuratum: Hoc Sal in Orbe vitreo, aut terreo vitreato, reponatur in locum frigidum & humidum, ut in Cellam, & relinquatur tamdiu, donce per deliquium solutum fuerit in liquorem limpidum: hic decantetur, & servetur ad usum; est enim Liquor Nitri sixi, sive Alcahest Glauberi.  
Hic Liquor est Menstruum universale, commune solvens, & celeberrimum Alcalinum, in omnibus tribus solvendis Regnis, Vegetabili, Animali, & Minerali: immediatê regno Vegetabili & Animali, mediatè verò regno Minerali; ubi nempe Mineralia priùs à Menstruo acido in calcem sunt redacta. Imprimis tamen Vegetabilia resolvit, atque ita aperit, ut postea commodè, beneficio Alcohol Vini, genuina Tinctura elici queat. Nempe, cùm omnia Sulphura concreverint beneficio Acidi, Alcahest hoc, quod naturae alcalinae est, destruendo Acidum partes sulphureas recludit, atque ita vinculum eorum infringit, ut partes integrae separari possint, aliis instrumentis. Superfunditur rebus contusis vel conquassatis, Gummique pulverizatis, ut Pulvis bene madefiat, digeriturque per diem & noctem, Vase aperto, ad siccitatem usque: tum super affunditur Alcohol Vini, ad aliquot digitorum transversorum supereminentiam. Fiat iterum digestio lenis per horas duas; sic Alcohol particulas resoluti corporis in se recipit, & nobis novas rerum Tincturas & Essentias offert. Tum sensim effunditur Tinctura: fitque iterum digestio super Magmatem per diem & noctem unam: atque iterum Alcohol Vini novum affunditur, & proceditur sicut antea, donec tota Tinctura sit exhausta, & Alcohol Vini non ampliùs tingitur. Aclahest recuperare. Magmati affundatur Aqua pura, digeratur per noctem, postea filtretur per Chartam, tumque evaporetur ad siccitatem usque: relictumque Alcahest reverberetur, reverberatum solvatur Aquâ purâ, filtreturque per Chartam, & evaporetur ad siccitatem: hocque iterum solvatur per deliquium, sic recuperabitur Alcahest, eritque incorruptibile.   

VIII. Oleum Rosmarini compositum.  
Fit per distillationem ex Rosmarini partibus tribus; Lavendulae, Salviae, Pulegii, ana, parte una, cum magna Aquae quantitate, in Vesica aenea, cum Refrigeratorio suo serpentino, secundum Artem; sic habebis Aqua & Oleum, quod separa: cohobatur Aqua super Rosmarinum novum, distilletur, & separetur Oleum: iterum super Rosmarinum novum, etc. cohobatur Aqua, distillaque ut supra, semper ad medietatem; sic omne Oleum prodit, quod ab Aqua separetur, & reservetur ad usum.  
Hoc Oleum penetrantissimum est & volatile; potenter resolvit, penetrat, aperit, & dissipat; unde infinitis Morbis, ut Pesti, Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, Lethargo, Scorbuto frigida ex causa, Colicae, Hemicranio, Cephalaeae, Vertigini, Paralysi, Convulsionibus, Arthritidi, & aliis Morbis Neuroticis medetur. Lenit dolores Podagricos ab Humoribus frigidis exortos. Bezoardicum & Sudorificum est, Putredini resistit, habeturque pro magnorum Morborum remedio. Dosis, à guttis duabus ad sex vel septem.   

IX. Oleum Succini.  
℞ Fragmentorum Succini quantum vis, imponantur Retortae terreae, & distillentur per Arenam, sensim augendo Ignem, ad quartum usque gradum: sic prodit primò Phlegma, seu Spiritus Succini; secundò, Oleum flavum; tertiò, Sal volatile; quartò, Palsamum crassum. Spiritus & Oleum Infundibulo separentur. Spiritus acidus per se rectificatur; at Oleum cum Cineribus clavellatis, vel Sale communi. Rectificari potest etiam, super propriam Caput mortuum optimè calcinatum: sic triplex prodit Oleum; primò, aloum; secundò, flavum; tertiò, rubrum: singula seorsim excipiantur, Recipiente mutato.  
Oleum Flavum (dixit Beguinus) Sacrum olim appellatum fuit, ob●…aires ejus eximias, quas cum per se, tum aliis mixtum praestat; ut in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Melancholia, Spasmo, Vertigine, Paralysi, Peste, Calculo, Defluxionibus Capitis frigidis, Cordis palpitationibus, Animi deliquiis, Iétero, difficultati Respirandi, Dysuriis, Partu difficili, Vteri strangulationibus, Mensium retentionibus, fluore Matricis albo, Vermibus, etc. Sudores movet & Menstrua, calefacit & siccat, Vrinas pellit, Gonorrhoeam curat, & Specificum est in Lethargo, Naribus & Temporibus inunctum. Hoc tam internis quam externis usihus dicatum est. Externè Arthritidae vagae, Paralytici, Apoplectici, & omnibus affectibus fri●…idis succurrit, si membra eo inungantur, addità sequenti mixturâ. ℞ Olei Succini drachmas quatuor, Tincturae Castorei drachmas tres, Camphorae drachmam unam & semis: misce. Olei Dosis, à guttis duabus ad sedecim, & viginti. Salis volatilis, à granis quatuor ad quindecim; at potentiores vires habet.   

X. Oleum Sulphuris.  
℞ Campanam vitream idoneam, in superiori parte perforatam (priusque madefactam Aquâ purâ;) accipe etiam Sulphuris vivi quantum vis, liquefiat in Olla terrea vitreata; liquefactum incendatur Prunâ candente, vel Ferro ignito, & Campanae ipsi supponatur. Sulphur deflagrans aliquoties Bacillo moveatur, ne in superficie crustam acquirat, quae flammam suffocaret. Sulphuri deficienti Sulphur recens infundatur liquefactum; & quò magis lata Ollae superficies est, eò melius operatio procedet. Haec operatio tamdiu continuetur, donec quantitate Spiritum, five Oleum nactus fueris. In summitate verò Campanae haeret Pulvisculus levissimus, qui dicitur Flos Sulphuris. Facta est operatio cum Spiritu Nitri, vel Sale Nitri: qui processus videatur apud Schroderum.  
Vires easdcm cum Oleo Vitrioli possidet, nisi quod hoc non tam adstringens sit, & gratius etiam gustui. Ego etiam puto ommes Spiritus acidos in Mundo esse Spiritum Vitrioli, sed aliter modificatum; atque magis, Spiritus Sulphuris, propterea in se Sulphuris magnam continet quantitatem Vitriolum. Prodest in Febribus ardentibus, Sitim extinguit, Humorum putredini resistit, crassos & viscidos incidit, effervescentiam Sanguinis mitigat. Insuper Pulmonis & Thoracis affectibus convenit, Putrefactionem arcet, Vermes necat, Sudorem & Vrinam movet; Angini, Pleuritidi, Colicae, Tussi, Pesti, Morbisque contagiosis medetur. Statum Naturalem optimè conservat. Dicitur Helmontio facere ad longam Vitam, conservari Fermentum Ventriculi, Sanguinem depurare, & reddere incorruptibilem. Dosis, ad guttas viginti, plus-minus, in Vehiculo appropriato.   

XI. Oleum Tartari per deliquium.  
Oleum hoc fit per Deliquium, ponendo Tartarum ad albedinem calcinatum in Cella vel alio loco humido, donec resolvatur in Oleum, quod postea filtrandum. Parari etiam potest, si Sal Tartari in Aqua dissolvatur & filtretur.  
Potenter resolvit, attenuat, aperit; Vrinam & Calculum optimè pellit, Menses ciet, Acidum in Corpore Humano mortificat & destruit, Alvum laxat. Optimum est remedium in omnibus Serpiginibus, Vlceribus, Tinea, Scabie, Verrucis, etc. praecipuè si mixtum cum Floribus Sulphuris & quantitate Cinnabaris proportionali. Vim habet diaphoreticam, sive sudorificam; unde usus in Febribus malignis, Peste, morbis Vteri & Renum, Melancholicis, etc. Massam depurat Sanguineam, eamque à corruptione praeservat, reseratque Obstructiones internas; conducitque Scorbuto, Epilepsiae, Apoplexiae, Scrophulae, aliisque sexcentis Morbis ab Acido oriundis. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, plus minusve.   

XII. Oleum Terebinthinae.  
℞ Terebinthinae communis quantum vis, vel libras duas; distilla illam ex Cucurbita vitrea humiliori, in Arena, donec incipiat strepere, tum desiste, & Liquorem duplicem in Recipiente contentum serva ad usum: qui in fundo haeret, est Spiritus acidus vel Phlegma; qui verò huic innatat, Oleum Terebinthinae album dicitur. Vel sic: ℞ Terebinthinae quantum vis, deinde in Vesicam aeneam, cum Refrigeratorio, Aqua propemodum repletam: distilla; sic elicitur Spiritus, qui Aqua innatabit, & per Balneam Mariae rectificari poterit, aut repetitis distillationibus, instar Spiritus Vini exaltari: ex libris tribus Terebinthinae accipies uncias octo. Vel. sic: ℞ Terebinthinae quantum vis, distilla eam per se, lenissimo Balnei vapore, obstructis probè omnibus foraminibus: exsudabit Oleum, seu Spiritus longè subtilissimus, utpote qui in manu exhaltare possit. Ex una libra Terebinthinae vix unciam unam accipies. Reliquum auctiori Igne distillatur ad usus vulgares.  
Eximium Remedium in Gonorrhaea, insigneque Diureticum est. Tussim & Phthisin curat, Venenis pestilentialibus resistit, Vrinam provocat, Calculum & Arenas pellit, Stranguriam, & Vlcera Vesicae sanat; Nerv●sas partes aperit & confortat. Sanguinem coagulatum dissolvit, Vterum purificat, ac propterea suffocationi Matricis valdè utilis est. Extrinsecus in Paralysi, Doloribus à causa frigida, Convulsionibus Nervorum, & Contusionibus maximus ejus usus, & Balsami veri vires aemulatur. Dosis, à guttis octo ad viginti.   

XIII. Oleum & Spiritus Vitrioli.  
℞ Vitrioli Hungarici vel Anglici libras quinque, imponatur Ollae in medio Igne ad calcinandum; viz. donec omnis humiditas abscedat, & Olla inferius pene candefacta est, Vitriolumque vapores ferè nullos ampliùs emittit, sed flavi apparebit coloris, vel ad albedinem. Vase vel Ollâ refrigerato, fractâque, eximatur Vitriolum, (quod erit tres circiter librae) & pulverizetur: pulverizatum deinde Retortae imponatur, huic operationi convenienti, apposito magno Recipiente, quò majus, cô melius, lutatis optimè juncturis; & Igne nudo, primò leni, donec vapores albi appareant; ita enim exudat portio Phlegmatica cum Spiritu volatiii Vitrioli. Ignem successiuè auge, quousque Retorta probè candere incipiat: sic enim transit Spiritus Vitrioli acidus. Tandem Ignem urge ad summam violentiam, & incandescentiam usque; sic enim transibit in Vasques recipiens Oleum Vitrioli rubicundum, corrosivumque valde. Ignem verò per horas viginti quataor isto tenore fove ad ultimam Liquoris egressionem, (dicitur autem singula Vitrioli libra, horam tantum unam requiret:) & obtinebis, si benè operatum fuerit, libra Olei una, vel plus, valdeque fortis, secundum Vitrioli bonitatem; quod in usum repone. Omnibus refrigeratis, quodeunque distillatum est, in Cucurbitam altam, vel Phialam longioris colli conjice, & Igne lenissimo, Spiritum volatilem Vitrioli collige; reliquum Retortae vitreae committatur, & Phlegma mediocri Igne auferatur; quod subsequitur, Spiritus Vitrioli acidus: remanente in fundo Oleo Vitrioli acerrimo, valdeque ponderoso.  
Spiritus volatilis & sulphureus Vitrioli, Epilepsiae, Apoplexiae, Paralysi, & omnibus subitaneis Affectibus medetur, qui ex Spirituum suffocatione proveniunt. Refrigerat, adstringit, Phlegma tenacium incidit, Appetitum prostratum instaurat, obstructiones Mensium & Mesenterii faeliciter resolvit, praecipuè si hoc Menstruo, Elixir Proprietatis elaboratum fuerit. Stomachum roborat, valet ad extinguendos Ardores febriles, & summum est Aperiens, si cum Julapiis, Claretis, similibusque Vehiculis frequenter exhibetur. Dosis, ad gutras quindecim, plus-minusve.  
Oleum virtutes easdem habet, Sitim extinguit, Humorum putredini resistit, & per Vrinas & Poros cutaneos operatur; Phlegma consumit, crassos & viscosos Humores incidit, languentem Appetitum excitat. Inservit etiam parando Sulphuri narcotico Vitrioli, & etiam distillando Spiritui Salis Glauberiano, & elaborandis Chymicorum multis Arcanis; fixat omnia Volatilia, Sulphura Mineralium & Metallorum extrahit, omnia Salia volatilia retinet, & à faga cohibet; Metallaque corrodit. Aperit, & Putredini resistit, Febres extinguit, Vomitum extergit, omnibusque Morbis calidis, Febribus malignis & contagiosis, Pesti, & Affectibus pestilentialibus medetur. Causticum est, & Catheraeticum insigne in Vlceribus; quia momento Putrefactionem destruit. Dosis, à guttis duabus ad sex, vel decem, plus-minus, in Vehiculo adapto.    

CHAP. LX. Of OILS Distilled.  

I Oil of Aniseeds.  
℞ ANiseeds, which bruise, lbx lbx. fair Water lblxxx lblxxx. common Salt lbj lbj. Pot-ashes lbss ss. digest in a warm place for nine days; and than distil in a copper Vesica with its Worm; after which separate the Oil from the Water.  
It strengthens the Bowels in the Colic, discusses Wind, and is prevalent against the Stone, or pain in the Reinss. Dose, in some proper Vehicle, ad gut. vj. Outwardly, it is an excellent Anodyn; anoint with it in the Gout of the Hands and Feet, proceeding from a cold cause, and in all other Pains arising from the same reason; in Cramps, Convulsions, and Palsies, it is of great use. You may use it either by itself, or in this Mixture. ℞ Oil of Aniseeds, gut. thirty. Oil of Ben, gut. xlv. mix them.   

2. Oil of Cloves.  
℞ Cloves grossly bruised lbij. lbij. fair Water lbxx lbxx. Pot-ashes ℥ ij. put them into an earthen Vessel, and digest by Infusion for seven days; than put them into a Vesica, and distil with a Worm; so will you have ℥ iv. of Oil. Or, you may distil in a glass Retort in Sand, with a gentle Fire; but so that the Matters may boil, drawing of one half part. Separate the Oil from the Water. Cohobate the Water upon the Faeces, and distil as before; so will much Oil come forth: again cohobate the third time, and distil as before; always drawing of the one half by which means you will obtain all the Oil, an unprofitable Caput mortuum only remaining behind.  
It is good against cold Diseases of the Stomach, and Weakness of the Liver, Heart, Brain, and Bowels, arising from a cold cause; it dissipates Melancholy, and purifies gross Humours. It sharpens the Memory, and is good against Swooning-sits, but principally against the Apoplexy, Palsy, and Lethargy. It is a most famous Stomatick, comforts the Heart, and discusses Wind. Dose, à gut. ij, ad vj. or more, in some fit Vehicle.   

3. Oil of Wax.  
℞ Yellow Wax lbj lbj. melt it in an earthen Pan, than mix with it sifted Sand lbij. lbij. remove it from the Fire, and stir it continually till it is cold: but before it is grown hard, make it up into little Balls, which put into a glass Retort, and distil in Sand with a Fire of the second and third degree, and that for the space of twelve hours: So will you have, first, a watery Phlegm; secondly, a fluid subtle Oil; thirdly, a butter-like Oil. The Oils may be taken each by themselves, if you so please. Take the butter-like Oil, and a sufficient quantity of Sand; mix them; and than rectify by a glass Cucurbit in B.M. with a gentle Fire; so will the Oil come forth liquid, clear, and of a golden colour. Separate it from its Phlegm according to Art Thus will you have from lbj lbj. of Wax, about ℥ xij. of Oil.  
The liquid Oil is taken inwardly, to vj. drops, or more; for the healing of Carnosities, Ruptures of the Vessels, Bloody-fluxes, etc. It resolves, attenuates, penetrates, softens, and discusses; and therefore is of good use in hard Apostems and cold Tumours. It heals Fissures or Chaps in the Nipples of Woman's Breasts, and eases their Pain. It heals also green Wounds, if they be anointed with it twice a day. It is good against Burn, and is the principal of all Cicatrizers; and quickly fills Ulcers with Flesh. Inwardly, it eases the pain of the Colic, discusses Wind, attenuates, and incides. It is a famous Diuretic; for it consists of subtle parts, and is very penetrating. The butter-like Oil is only for external use, and is good against Defluxions of Humours upon the Arms and Legs, Nodes, Palsies, Gouts, etc. being anointed warm upon the Part. It has an anodyn and emollient virtue and power, for which reason, it is of good use to soften hard Tumours.   

4. Oil of Iuniper Berries.  
℞ Juniper-berries grossly bruised lbx lbx. common Salt ℥ x. Spirit of Salt made with Oil of Vitriol ℥ v. Rain-water xxv gallons: put all into a copper Vesica or Body, and digest for ten days or more; than distil in an Alembick with its pewter Worm, either with a naked Fire, or Sand-heat; which at first let be very gentle, but afterwards augment the Fire to a boiling heat, distilling of the one half; separate the Oil from the Water by a Separatingvessel: the Water cohobate again upon the faeces, and distil again; so will you have more Oil, which separate as before; and again repeat this work the third time as before; always distilling till the one half of the Liquor is drawn of.  
It warms, softens, discusses, opens, cleanses, and heals; is Cordial, Neurotick, and Nephritick, purifying the mass of Blood, and preserving it from corruption. And outwardly it may be used in place of the true Balsam, in all foetid and malign Ulcers, and such as are difficult to cure, in Fractures, Contractures, Benumbed members, Palsies, and Convulsions. It is profitable in Nephritick pains after an admirable manner: it provokes Urine and the Terms: removes Obstructions through the whole mass of Blood: cures the Colic: and expels Gravel and Stone. Dose, à gut. iij, and x.   

5. Oil of Lemons and Oranges.  
They are made by distillation, from Oranges and Lemons putrified, adding a great quantity of Water, in a copper Vesica, with its Alembick and Worm, according to Art  
They have the same virtues with Oil of Rosemary and Lavender, are Stomatick, and discuss Wind, provoke Sweat and the Terms, attenuate and incide: they are diuretic, pungent, and very penetrating; because they are of subtle and penetrating parts. They are good against Convulsions of the Nerves, and other Affects of the same. Dose is, à gut. iij, and x.   

6. Oil of Mace by Expression.  
℞ Mace or Nutmegs, as much as you please, bruise them grossly, and tie them up firmly in a linen Cloth; hanging it in a glazed Vessel, which let down, or sink into a copper Vessel of boiling Water, whereby the Spice may be made throughly hot; than putting the matter into a Press, and pressing strongly out, you will have a good quantity of Oil. Some reduce the Mace or Nutmegs into a gross Powder, which they sprinkle with Aqua Vitae, than boil them in a long Vessel in Balneo, for a good while; after which they take them forth, and whilst hot, press forth the Oil in a Press, between hot Plates full of holes.  
It is good against the Strangury, and all Diseases which arise from Cold. It is of a hot nature, and therefore is of good use in the Colic from a cold cause, as also in a Catarrh falling from the Head: it comforts the Heart, Stomach, and Womb; and gives great relief in a Palpitation or Trembling of the Heart, coming from fear, or from obstructions of the Bladder or Womb. Outwardly, the quantity of a Lentil or Pease, being anointed upon the Mouth of the Stomach, wonderfully strengthens it; and inwardly taken, it warms, and is good against shortness of Breath; anointed on the Yard, it stimulates Venus, or excites Lust; it is good for a Stomach afflicted with cold and moist Humours. Dose, à ℈ ss. ad ℈ j or ʒ ss. These Oils, considering their strengthening, confortative, and astringent qualities according to their kind, are in their own substances more powerful, than those which are drawn with Water by Distillation, for the cure of the Dysentery, Lientery, and Diarrhoea. If to these Oils, a fit quantity of Water is put, and than they be distilled, you will scarcely get a quarter part (I say not a sixth part) of the distilled Oil, the rest remaining in the bottom: which residence, to wit, of Oil, being of a more astringent virtue, and more solid consistence than the former, we have found experimentally to be more efficacious in the Bloodyflux, than that which is distilled with Water. Moreover, these Oils made by Expression, by reason of their solid consistency, are the Basis, for making all sorts of Balsams; by dispensing Essential distilled Oils, (by the Rule of Art) according to the species or kind of the Balsam. And by the mixture of these Oils, Balsams obtain their just Consistency, and neither grow rank or greasy; but may be given inwardly into the Body, with pleasure, and without the lest nauseousness.   

7. The Philosophic Oil.  
℞ Fine Nitre ℥ ij. put it into a Crucible, which place in a circulary Fire, till it runs thin like Water; than successively cast in live pieces of Charcoal, which will make a great effervescency and noise, which ceasing, put in more pieces of Charcoal in like manner, and so continued till it will flow not more, but grow thick and fixed, and ceases to be kindled, and being hardened becomes of a greenish colour; which will be done in about half an hours time. This hard mass, dry, and of a greenish colour, is truly a fixed and alcalizate Nitre. Take this fixed Nitre, dissolve it in a sufficient quantity of boiling Water, filter the solution, which evaporate away in a proper glass Vessel to dryness; and in the bottom you will have a very sharp Salt, to wit, a depurated fixed Nitre: Put this Salt into a glass Vessel, or an earthen one glazed; set it in a cold and moist place, as a Cellar, leaving it so long there, till it melts and runs into a thin clear liquor: this decant, and keep for use, as the Liquor of fixed Nitre, or Glauber 's Alcahest.  
This Liquor is an universal Menstruum, a common dissolvent, and most celebrated Alcali, in dissolving all things in the Vegetable, Animal, and Mineral Kingdoms: immediately, in the Vegetable and Animal kingdom, but mediately in the Mineral; where namely in the Mineral the matter is first through the help of an acid Menstruum reduced to a calx. First than, it resolves, and so opens Vegetables, as afterwards with ease, the genuine Tinctures may be drawn forth by the help of the Alcohol of Wine, which is of an alcaline nature, and destroys the Acid which shuts up the sulphureous parts; and so breaks its chains, as to make a perfect separation of the parts, without any other help. It is put upon things bruised, and Gums powdered, so as to make them through moist, and digested for 24 hours in an open Vessel, even to dryness; upon which is affused the Alcohol of S.U. so much as to overtop it some inches: make again a gentle digestion for 2 hours: so will the S.U. extract into itself the particles of the dissolved body, and give us a new Tincture and Essence of the matter. Than gently pour of the Tincture, and make another digestion upon the faeces for 24 hours: decant, and affuse new S.U. and digest again as before, till all the Tincture is drawn forth, and the Alcohol of the Wine will be not longer tinged. To restore, or recover the Alcahest. To the magma or faeces put fair Water, digest for a night, filter through brown Paper, and evaporate to dryness: the Salt remaining, reverberate, and dissolve again in fair Water; filter again through Paper, and evaporate to dryness, as before; and than let it dissolve per deliquium, so will the Alcahest be recovered or restored, and be incorruptible.   

8. Oil of Rosemary compound.  
It is made by distillation, from fresh Rosemary three parts; Lavender, Sage, Peniroyal, ana one part; with a sufficient quantity of fair Water, in a copper Still or Alembick, with its Refrigeratory and Worm, according to Art; so have you Water and Oil, which separate: cohobate the Water upon new Rosemary, etc. distil, and separate the Oil; and again cohobate the same Water upon other fresh Rosemary, distilling as before; (always to the one half) so will all the Oil come forth; which separate, and keep for use.  
This is a very penetrating and volatile Oil; it powerfully resolves, penetrates, opens, and dissipates; by which means, almost infinite Diseases are cured; as the Plague, Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Lethargy, Scurvy from a cold cause, Colic, Megrim, old Headache, Vertigo, Palsy, Convulsions, Gouts, and other Diseases of the Nerves: it eases Gout-pains, arising from cold Humours. It resists Putrefaction and Poison, and is Sudorific, and is truly a remedy, even for great Diseases. Dose, à gut. ij, ad vj. vel seven.   

9 Oil of Amber.  
℞ Pieces of Amber, as much as you please, put them into an earthen Retort, and distil in Sand, leisurely leisurely augmenting the Fire, even to the fourth degree: so will you have first a Phlegm, or Spirit of Amber; than, a yellow Oil; after that, a volatile Salt; and lastly, a thick Balsam. Let the Spirit and Oil be separated with a Funnel. Rectify, the acid Spirit by itself, but the Oil with Pot-ashes or common Salt. It may also be rectified upon its own proper Caput mortuum, being first well calcined: so will you have, first, a white Oil; than, a yellow; lastly, a read: which take apart, by changing the Receiver, and keep by themselves.  
This Yellow Oil, saith Beguinus, was accounted of old as a thing Sacred, because of its extraordinary virtues (whether given by itself, or mixed with other things) in the cure of the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Melancholy, Convulsions, Vertigo, Palsy, Plague, Stone, cold Catarrhs, palpitation of the Heart, Swooning, Jaundice, difficulty of Breathing, Dysury, hard Labour, Hysterick-fits, stoppage of the Courses, Whites, kill Worms, etc. It provokes Sweat and the Terms, heats and dries, expels Urine, cures a Gonorrhoea, and is a Specific in the Lethargy, being anointed upon the Nostrils and Temples. And is used both internally and externally. Outwardly it is good against the running Gout, the Palsy, Apoplexy, and all affects from a cold cause, if the parts affected be anointed therewith thus commixed: ℞ Oil of Amberʒiv. Tincture of Castorʒ iij. Camphirʒ i ss. mix them. The Oil is given à gut. ij, and xuj. & xx. The volatile Salt à gr. iv, and xv. having the same virtues, but more powerful than the Oil.   

10. Oil of Sulphur.  
℞ A Glass-Bell, of a fit shape and bigness, having a hole or passage quite through the upper parts moisten it beforehand with fair Water; than take Sulphur vive q.u. melt it in a glazed earthen Pot or Pan; than set it on fire with a live Charcoal, or a red-hot Iron, putting it directly under the Bell: the deflagrating Sulphur often stir about with an iron Rodriguez, jest it gets a crusty substance on its top, which may put out the flame. The matter being consumed, put on more melted Sulphur; the broader the mouth of the Pan, the better will the operation be done; which is so long to be continued, till you have gorten a sufficient quantity of Spirit or Oil. In the top of the Bell you will have a very light Powder, which is called Flos Sulphuris, The operation is sometimes done with Spirit of Nitre, or Sal-Nitre; the process whereof you may see in Schroder.  
It has the same virtues with Oil of Vitriol, saving that this is not full out so adstringent, and of a more grateful taste. But truly I think all acid Spirits in the World to be Spirit of Vitriol, but after a different manner; or rather a Spirit of Sulphur, because Vitriol contains in itself a great quantity of Sulphur. It is good in burning Fevers, quenches Thirst, resists Putrefaction, cuts thick and viscous Humours, and allays the boiling or effervescency of the Blood. It is of excellent use in affects of the Breast and Lungs, taking away the putrid matter; it kills Worms, and provokes Sweat and Urine. It cures the Quinsy, Pleurisy, Colic, Cough, Plague, and other contagious Diseases. It conserveses the Natural state of the Body; and is accounted by Helmont to be good for the prolongation of Life, to uphold the Ferment of the Stomach, to purify the Blood, and make it incorruptible. Dose, ad gut. xx. more or lesle, in a proper Vehicle.   

11. Oil of Bohemian-tartar, made by melting or dripping.  
This Oil is made by melting or dripping, putting the Bohemian-tartar (calcined to whiteness) into a Cellar, or other moist place, till it resolves itself into an Oil, which is afterwards to be filtrated. It is also made by dissolving Salt of Bohemian-tartar in Water, and than filtering that Water.  
It powerfully resolves, attenuates and opens, and admirably brings forth both Urine and Stone, provokes the Terms, absorbs and overturns the Acid in Man's Body, and loosens the Bowels. It is a most excellent Remedy against Ringworms, Ulcers, Scald-heads, Scabs, Warts, etc. especially if it be mixed with Flowers of Sulphur, and a proportional quantity of Cinnabar. It causes Sweated, for which reason it is of use in malign Fevers, the Plague, Diseases of the Womb and Reinss, Melancholy, etc. It purifies the Mass of Blood, and preserves it from corruption, opens internal Obstructions, and prevails against the Scurvy, Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Kings-Evil, and multitudes of other Diseases arising from acid Humours. Dose, àʒ i, and ij. more or lesle, as reason requires.   

12. Oil of Turpentine.  
℞ Common Turpentine, q.u. or lbij. lbij. distil it from a low glass Cucurbit in Sand, till it gins to make a noise, than cease; so will you have a twofold Liquor in the Recipient, which keep for use: what falls to the bottom, is the acid Spirit, or Phlegm; but that which swims, is said to be the white Oil of Turpentine. Or thus: ℞ Turpentine q.u. put it into a copper Vesica, with its Refrigeratory, nearly filled with Water: distil; so will you have a Spirit, which will swim on the Water, and may be rectified in B.M. or by repeating the distillation, will be subtilised like S.U. from lbiij lbiij. of Turpentine, you will have ℥ viij. Or thus: ℞ Turpentine q.u. distil it per se, with the gentle heat of a vaporous Bath, luting well the joints: so will you have a Spirit or Oil, so wonderfully subtle, that put in the palm of ones hand, it may fly away. From lbj lbj. of Turpentine, you will scarcely have ℥ j of this Oil or Spirit. Distil the remainder, by augmenting the Fire; so will you have the common Oil, for vulgar uses.  
It is a famous Remedy against a Gonorrhoea, and a singular Diuretic. It cures the Cough and Physic, and resists pestisential Poison, provokes Urine, and expels Stone and Gravel, helps the Strangury, and heals Ulcers the Bladder. It opens Obstructions of the Nerves, and comforts them; dissolves coagulated Blood, purifies the Womb, and for that reason is of great force in the cure of Hysterick-fits. Outwardly, it is very powerful against the Palsy, Pains from a cold cause, Bruises and Convulsions of the Nerves; and is not inferior in virtues to true natural Balsam. Dose, à gut. viij, and xx.   

13. Oil and Spirit of Vitriol.  
℞ Hungarian or English Vitriol lbv lbv. put it into a Pot in the middle of the Fire, to be calcined; viz. so long till all its humidity is wasted, and the Pot below is almost red-hot; the Vitriol in a manner sending forth no more vapers, but appearing of a yellow colour, or inclining to whiteness. The Vessel or Pot being cooled, break it, and take forth the Vitriol, (which will be about lbiij lbiij.) and powder it; which than put into a Retort proper for this operation, and fit thereto a large Receiver, which the larger it is, the better it is; lute well the juncture, and distil with a naked Fire, first gently, till the vapours appear white; for so a part of the Phlegm, with the volatile Spirit of the Vitriol comes forth. Increase the Fire gradually, till the Retort gins to be red-hot; and so will you have the acid Spirit of Vitriol. At length, augment the Fire to the greatest degree, even to the highest red-hot heat; so will you have in the Receiver a read Oil of Vitriol, and most vehemently corrosive. Keep the Fire in this state or height for 24 hours, till all the liquor or moisture is come forth, (but some say, that every pound of Vitriol requires but one hour:) so will you have at length, if you have operated well, lbj lbj. of Oil, or something more, but exceeding strong, according to the goodness of the Vitriol; which keep for use. The Fire being go out, and every thing cooled, take that which is distilled, and put it into a high Cucurbit, or a Bolt-head with a long neck, and with a very gentle Fire draw forth the volatile Spirit of Vitriol; what remains put into a Glass, or glazed Retort, and with a gentle Fire bring forth the Phlegm; what follows after, is the acid Spirit of Vitriol: and there will remain in the bottom, the most sharp and corrosive Oil of Vitriol, and exceeding weighty.  
The volatile Spirit of Vitriol, which is of a sulphurcous nature, is good for the curing of the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Palsy, and all sudden or unlookt-for Affects, which come from a suffocation of the Spirits. It cools and astringes, and cuts tough Phlegm, restores a decayed Appetite, happily resolves obstructions of the Womb and Mesentery; more especially, if an Elixir Proprietatis be prepared with this Spirit as a Menstruum. It strengthens the Stomach, quenches febrile Heats, and is one of the greatest Aperitives; if it be frequently given with some proper Juleb, Claret, or other like Vehicle. Dose, ad gut. xv. more or lesle.  
The Oil has the same virtues; it quenches Thirst, resists the putrefaction of Humours, and works by Urine and the Pores of the skin; it consumes Phlegm, cuts tough and viscous Humours, and stirs up a weak Appetite. It is also of use in preparing the narcotick Sulphur of Vitriol, and in distilling of Glauber's Spirit of Salt, as also for the elaborating of many Chemical Arcanums; it fixes all sorts of Volatils, extracts the Sulphurs' of Minerals and Metals, fixes all volatile Salts, keeping them from flying away; and corrodes Metals. It opens, and resists Putrefaction, extinguishes Fevers, stops Vomiting, and cures all hot Diseases, malign and contagious Fevers, the Plague, and pestilential Distempers. It is caustick, and a notable Catheretick in Ulcers; because in a moment it destroys the Putrefaction. Dose, à gut. ij, and uj, aut x. more or lesle, in some proper Vehicle.     


CHAP. LXI. De BALSAMIS.  

I. Balsamum Antimonii, Viri peritissimi D. Tho. Gardneri, Chirurgi Regii Primarii.  
℞ ANtimonii mineralis, Tartari Rhenensis, Nitri crystallizati, ana partes aequales, pulverizentur & miscentur; mixtura cochleatim indatur in Crucibulo magno, vel in Olla ferrea; posteà Igne fortissimo probè liquatur massa: dein in Mortario calido immediatè pulverizatur: Pulverem pone in vitri Cucurbito collo longo, cui addatur Oleum Terebinthinae ad eminentiam trium vel quatuor digitorum, & in Arena lento Igne digere, quousque Oleum summam contraxerit rubedinem; Tinctura decanta, novum Oleum affunde ut prius; illudque continua quousque Tincturae totum obtinuisti. Illas verò confundito, & ad medietatem, vel Syrupi consistentiam evaporato, vel in Retorta per distillationem abstrahatur.  
Medicamentum est quod potenter per diuraesin educit Tartarum Sanguinis, & efficaciter à Renibus Arenas & Calculos expellit. In Hydrope, Podagra, Scrofula, obstructionibus Mensium, specifice exhibetur. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad drachmam semis, plus-minus, in Vehiculo appropriato. Externè in omnibus Affectibus frigidis summopere convenit; Podagricis doloribus succurrit, si ad drachmas duas Camphorae scruplus unus permisceatur, & loco affecto sub linteo applicetur. Putredini & corruptioni potenter resistit; valetque in Vlceribus malignis & inveteratis, in Paralysi & Gangrena, si linteamina in hoc Balsamo madefacta, & madida imponuntur partibus affectis.   

II Balsamum Salis Tartari.  
℞ Salis Tartari siccissimi & purissimi unciam unam, Spiritus Aceti uncias quatuor; misce, & distilla ex Arena per Retortam vitream ad siccitatem usque: Liquor omnis quod prodibit, erit insipidus, Aquae instar, quia relinquetur in fundo cum Sale Tartari omne Aceti acidum. Retortâ & Fornace refrigeratis, affunde iterum Spiritus Aceti uncias quatuor, iterumque distilla ad siecitatem usque, & iterum prodibit Spiritus Aceti sub Aquae forma. Continua hanc distillationem tamdiu, (semper affundendo novum Spiritum) donec tandem Spiritus Aceti prodeat acidus, talis, qualis fuit affusus: tum e●im significatur Sal Tartari sufficienti quantitate Aceti acidi impr●…gnatum, atque saturacum. Materiam hanc solve denuò cum Alcohol Vini, filtra per Chartam emporeticam, & Alcohol Vini abstrahe ad siccitatem: sic relinquetur in fundo, massa pinguis vel unctuosa, Butyri vel Balsami instar, & saepè repraesentans multa quasi folia, unde fortè nomen, Terra Tartari Foliata.  
Est insigne Digestivum in Humoribus crassis attenuandis & incidendis. Vtiliter Potiunculis purgantibus additur pro stimulo, & corrigente. Multis inservit pro Menstruo universali, & Arcanorum Clave Chymicorum. Sumitur intra Corpus a scruplam semis ad ad scruplam unam, in aliquo liquore, ad obstructiones Viscerum.   

III Balsamum Camphorae.  
℞ Olei Seminum Anisi uncias quatuor, Camphorae uncias tres, Spermatis Ceti albi unciam unam; misce, & stent in digestione septem dies; tunc coquantur simul in Vase vitrea, leni Igne, donec ingredientiae perfectae dissolvantur; deinde reponatur Balsamum ad usum.  
Internè sumptum, Calculum pellit, Flatus discutit, Colicos dolores sedat; partium enim est subtilium, & vim habet Anodynam, Obstructiones internas reserat, & Sudorem ciet. Externè in omnibus Affectibus frigidis adhibetur, ut in Haemicrania, dolores Capitis & Aurium, & in Ischiade, Arthritide vaga, si pars affecta eo illinatur mane & vesperi. Vulnera recentia citissimè curat, si parva Cerae quantitate in formam Vnguenti reducatur.   

IV. Balsamum Sulphuris Rulandi.  
℞ Florum Sulphuris uncias tres, Oleum Nucum Juglandi libram unam & semis, Vini generosi uncias sex; digerantur simul in Aqua calida, saepius agitando ingredientias, & postmodum coquantur simul ad solutionem Sulphuris: sic habes Balsamum Diasulphuris Rulandi.  
Vermes necat, & valet in Peste, & morbis Pulmonum, ut Tussi, Asthmate, Phthisi, & Morbis malignis. Dosis, a gurtis decem ad triginta. Externè Anodynum est; convenit Vlceribus & Inflammationibus repellendis, Fi●…ulis in Ano, Haemorrhoidibus, Arthritidi, etc.   

V. Balsamum Sulphuris commune.  
℞ Florum vel Lactis Sulphuris uncias duas, Olei Terebinthinae uncias octo; coquantur simul in Vase vitrea in Arena, per horas circiter duas, (spatio octo horarum dixit Beguinus) ut sanguineo rubicundo colore tingatur Oleum, & solvatur Flores Sulphuris. Vel sic: ℞ Flores Sulphuris uncias duas, Salis Tartari unciam unam; pulverizentur optimè seorsim, dein misce, & liquefiat in Olla terrea vitreata, donec obscurè rubri evadant coloris, Hepati similis, unde Sulphuris Hepar dicitur; adde Aquae communis unciam unam; coque Igne sat vehementi ad consumptionem humiditatis, (quo nigrior appareat massa, eò melior) tunc effunde, ut frigefieri queat; frigefacta pulveriza, huic superfunde Oleum Terebinthinae uncias decem, coquantur simul, etc. ut supra.  
Pulmonicum & Thoracicum est; in Phthisi, Tussi, Asthmate, Ictero, caeterisque Pulmonum Vitiis, summi usus: Vermes necat & pellit, & leniter Alvum solvit. Dosis, à guttis tribus ad viginti. Hoc ad Vlcera maligna sananda utilissimum est; siccat enim eximie sine morsu, & roborat. Anodynum est insigne, maturativum ac digestivum in Vulneribus partium nervosarum. Tartar in Vesica caeterisque partibus atterit; Penisque doloribus, excoriationi, & Vrinae suppressae medetur. Auribus inditum, dolores earundem tollit. Tussim & Catarrham inveteratam, Syrupo Meconii vel Glycyrrhizae assumptum, eliminat.  
Eodemque modo Balsamum Sulphuris cum Oleis Anisi, Juniperi, Limonum, Rosmarini, Succini, etc. factum est.   

VI Balsamum Saturni.  
℞ Saccharum Saturni unciam unam, Oleum Anisi, vel baccarum Jumperi, uncias tres; misce, & stent in digestione per septem dies, donec Oleum rubicundissimo colore tingatur, & Saccharum totaliter solutum sit: ubi solutum, aliud Saccharum adde, quousque solvere nolit ulterius; deinde addantur Camphorae drachmae quatuor, ut in eo solvatur.  
Mira praestat in Podagra calida & Inflammationibus, & statim sedat omnem dolorem in quacunque Corporis parte, si linteolum eo madefactum superponatur. Insuper medetur suffusionibus, & rubedini oculorum ab acri Catarrho exortis. Convenit Vlceribus inveteratis, nec-non Tumoribus; unde egregii usus in Chirurgia. Praestans est Remedium in inflammationibus Renum, & Contusionibus; curat Vulnera, eademque ab accidenti praeservat, praecipuè si addatur Camphora. Succurrit etiam in Morphaeis, Cancro, & Fistulis, si in Fistulis guttula una vel altera in cavitatem instillatur. Si Fistula oriatur in cantho Oculi, (post exhibita mundificantia) statim gutta una vel altera infundatur; ita brevi tempore carne replebis, & cicatricem obduces. In Cancro, & omnibus Vlceribus phagedenicis, insuper mixtum cum Oleo Oli varum, & tritum, (quousque desinant in Linimentum album) optimum est Medicamentum. Interiùs exhiberi potest in omni vehementiori Haemorrhagia Vteri & Vulvae, in fluxu Mensium nimio: itidem in Febribus ardentibus, Affectibus Renum & Vesicae; in Gonorrhoea, ubi, ab acri Fermento Venereo eroditur ductus Vrinarius. Dosis, à guttis quatuor ad octo, decem, vel duodecim, plus-minus, in Aquis vel Jusculis appropriatis.   

VII. Balsamum Mirabile.  
℞ Olei Vitrioli vel Sulphuris rectificati, vel potiùs Spiritus Nitri perfectè dephlgmati unciam unam, Olei Olivarum vel Nucum de Ben uncias tres; misce, ac digere pro usu.  
Internè convenit hoc Vermibus, & omnibus in genere doloribus Viscerum, praecipuè Colicae, quo in Morbo specificum est. Dosis, à granis octo ad sedecim, vel viginti, in Vehiculo adapto. Externè Anodynum est, doloresque quoscunque mitigat & tolli●. Arthritidi, omnibus Articulorum affectibus, Tumoribus duris, Nervorum vel Musculorum contractionibus specificè succurrit, si partes affectae madidis linteis illinantur: meliusque erit si cum uncia Balsalmi una, Camphorae drachma una dissolvatur.   

VIII. Butyrum Antimonii.  
℞ Antimonii crudi, Mercurii sublimati corrosivi, ana partes aequales; terantur in Mortario vitreo, exacteque inter se misceantur, conjiciantur in Retortam vitream, colli amplioris & brevioris; & ex Arena successivis gradibus fiat distillatio, Igne primo leni, donec Butyrum (liquor glacialis) ascendere incipiat: dein, aucto Igne, procedit Oleum in frigido coagulans, quod Carbone, seu Pruna adhibita candente circa collum Retortae, in Recipiens propelli debet: in fine distillationis excitetur Ignis suppressionis, illumque continua, quousque omnes fumi praeterierint, Vasque recipiens clarum evadat. Hac in operatione Sales vitriolosi, nitrosi, & Sal commune rodunt puriorem Antimonii substantiam, illamque in formam coagulati secum vegunt, concrescuntque in Butyri forma. Omnibus refrigeratis, Vasques recipiens aufer, Liquoremque glacialem, seu Butyrum Antimonii, per novam Cucurbitam vitream ex Arena rectisica, quousque ab omni fuligine & sordibus liberatum sit; quo in casu, instar Nivis candidum erit.  
Causticum est insigne, & ad miraculum sistit Gangraenam & Sphacelum, si seilicet Plagâpennâ, hoc Liquore madefactà, circumscribatur, quem terminum malum transgredi non solet, sed ad miraculum subsistit. Excrescentias Carnis absumit, Vlcerum erodentium & Gangraenae malignitatem corrigit; estque tantum externi usus apud Chirurgos in tollendis partibus corruptis, sedulam verò requirit manum; cum Pluma pars affecta leviter inungitur, vel Vlcus serpens circumducitur, ne ulterius serpere possit: rarioris est usus per se, nunquam interni; sed exinde fiunt Bezoardicum Minerale, & Mercurius Vitae. Hoc Butyrum, non tantum cum acido Nitri effervescat, sed etiam cum Salis alcalicis Tartari, Nitri, & similium.    

CHAP. LXI. Of BALSAMS.  

1. Balsam of Antimony, communicated by that most skilful Artist Dr. Tho. Gardner, the King's Chief Chirurgeon.  
℞ MIneral Antimony, Rhenish Bohemian-tartar, and Crystals of Nitre, a. equal parts, powder them and mix them; put the mixture by spoonfuls into a large Crucible, or Iron Pot; afterwards melt the mass throughly with a very strong Fire: which done, put it out into a hot Mortar, and immediately powder it: put this Powder into a glass Cucurbit with a long neck, to which add Oil of Turpentine, so much as may over-top it three or four Inches, and digest in Sand with a very gentle Fire, till the Oil has extracted a very read Tincture; this Tincture decant, and affuse on the magma new Oil as before; and this work continued so long till you have gotten all the Tincture. Mix these Tinctures together, and evaporate away to the one half, or till the matter is of the consistency of a Syrup; or otherwise abstract it by distillation in a Retort.  
It is a Medicine which powerfully by Urine expels the Bohemian-tartar of the Blood, and effectually sends forth Stone and Gravel from the Reinss. It is given as a specific against the Dropsy, Gout, Kings-Evil, and obstructions of the Courses in Women. Dose, à ℈ ss. adʒ ss. more or lesle, in some proper Vehicle. Outwardly, it is of mighty use in all cold Affections, and prevails against the pains of the Gout, if with ʒ ij. thereof, ℈ j of Camphir be mixed, and applied with lint to the place diseased. It powerfully resists Putrefaction and Corruption, and therefore is of good use in malign and inveterate Ulcers, as also in Palsies and Gangrene, if linen clothes or rags be dipped or moistened with this Balsam, and so prepared, be applied to the parts affected.   

2. Balsam of Salt of Tartar.  
℞ Very pure and dry Salt of Tartar ℥ j Spirit of Vinegar ℥ iv. mix, and distil by Retort in Sand to dryness; all the humidity which comes forth will be insipid like Water: for the whole acidity of the Vinegar will remain in the bottom, with the Salt of Tartar. Let the Fire go out, and the Retort being cold, affuse ℥ iv. more of Spirit of Vinegar, and distil again, even to dryness; so will the humidity even now also come forth insipid like Water: Continued this distillation so long, (always affusing new Spirit) till at length the Spirit of the Vinegar shall come forth as acid as it went in: for than it is manifest that the Salt of Tartar is sufficiently impregnated and saturated with the acid of the Vinegar. Dissolve this matter now again with rectified S.U. filter, and abstract to dryness: so will you have in the bottom a substance fat and unctuous, like Butter or Balsam, and representing as it were many leaves; from whence possibly the name might come of Terra Tartari Foliata, Foliated Earth of Tartar.  
It is a noted Digestive, cutting and attenuating thick Humours; and is profitably used in purging Potions, both as a stimulative and corrective. It is used by many as an universal Menstruum, and the Key of Chemical Arcanums. And is given inwardly, à ℈ ss. ad ℈ j in some Vehicle proper for the obstructions of the Bowels.   

3. Balsam of Camphir.  
℞ Oil of Anisceds ℥ iv. Camphir ℥ iij. pure white Sperma Ceti ℥ j mix, and let them stand in digestion seven days; than boil them together in a glass Vessel with a gentle Fire, till the ingredients are perfectly dissolved, and keep the Balsam for use.  
Internally it is given to expel the Stone, discuss Wind, and ease the pains of the Colic; for it is of subtle parts, and has an anodyn quality, by which it opens internal Obstructions, and provokes Sweat. It is used outwardly in all cold Affects, as the Megrim, Headache, pain of the Ears, Sciatica, running Gout, from cold causes, the parts affected being anointed therewith morning and evening. It speedily cures green Wounds, being made into an Ointment, by adding a little Bees-wax.   

4. Rulandus his Balsam of Sulphur.  
℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. generous Wine ℥ vj. Oil of Walnuts ℥ xviij. digest them together in warm Water, often stirring the ingredients, and afterwards boil them together to the solution of the Sulphur: so have you the Balsamum Diasulphuris of Rulandus.  
It kills Worms, and is good against the Plague, and Dileases of the Lungs; as the Cough, Asthma, Physic, and malign Distempers. Dose, a gut. x, and xx. Outwardly used, it eases Pains, and prevails against Ulcers, abates Inflammations; it is also good against Fistula's in the Fundament, Haemorrhoids, Gout, etc.   

5. The common alsam of Sulphur.  
℞ Flowers or Lac of Sulphur ℥ ij. Oil of Turpentine ℥ viij. boil them together in a glass Vessel in Sand for two hours, (Beguinus says, eight hours) till the Oil is tinged of a reddish colour, and the Flowers of Sulphur are dissolved. Or thus: ℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥ ij. Salt of Tartar ℥ j powder them well by themselves; than mix them, and melt them in a glazed earthen Pot, till they become of a dark read colour, like Liver; from whence it is called Hepar Sulphuris, or Liver of Sulphur; add to it fair Water, about an ounce, and boil it with a pretty strong Fire, to the consumption of the humidity, (the mass of which, by how much the more black it is, by so much the better it is:) than pour it forth, that it may cool; being cold, powder it, and affuse thereon Oil of Turpentine ℥ x. and boil them together, etc. as above is declared.  
It is Stomatick and Pulmonick; and of mighty use in the Physic, Cough, Asthma, Jaundice, and other Vices of the Lungs: it kills Worms, and expels them, and gently loosens the Belly. Dose, à gut. iij, and xx. It is a singular thing for healing malign Ulcers of the Lungs, because it dries much, without any biting or sharpness, and strengthens withal. It is a great Anodyn, maturative and digestive in Wounds of nervous parts. It dissolves Bohemian-tartar in the Bladder and other parts, eases the pain of the Yard, (in making Water) heals its excoriation, and removes the suppression of Urine. Dropped into the Ears, it eases their pain. It takes away and cures Coughs and Catarrhs, though inveterate; especially if it be taken with Syrup of Poppies, or Syrup of Liquorice.  
And after the same manner the Balsam of Sulphur is made, with Oils of Aniseed, of Iuniper, of Rosemary, of Lemons, of Amber, etc.   

6. Balsam of Saturn, or Led.  
℞ Saccharum Saturni ℥ j Oil of Aniseeds or Juniper-berries ℥ iij. mix, and let them stand in digestion for seven days, till the Oil is tinged of a very read colour, and the Saccharum is wholly dissolved: which done, add more of the Saccharum, so long, till the Oil will dissolve not more; than dissolve thereinʒ iv. of Camphir.  
It prevails admirably against a hot Gout in the Feet, and is good against Inflammations; it immediately eases all Pain, in what part of the Body soever, if a little lint or linen rags be moistened or dipped in the same, and laid on. It is very good in curing suffusions, and redness of the Eyes, arising from a sharp Catarrh. It is good against inveterate Ulcers and Tumours; for which cause it is of vast use in the practice of Surgery. It is a present help in the inflammation of the Reinss, as also in the cure of Contusions; it cures Wounds, and preserves them from accidents; more especially if a little Camphir be added thereto. It takes away Morphew, and is good against Cancers and Fistula's; in which last, a drop or two may be instilled into their hollownesses. If the Fistula shall be in the canthus, or corner of the Eye, (after the exhibition of mundificatives or cleansers) immediately gut. 1 or 2 may be put into the same, and it will forthwith be filled up with flesh, and healed. In Cancers, and all sorts of phagedenick or eating Ulcers also, it is a most excellent Medicine; more especially if mixed with Oil-olive, and ground together, till it comes to a white Lineament or Ointment. Inwardly, it is given in all vehement Hemorrhagies of the Womb and parts dedicuted to Generation, as also in a too great flux of the Terms; in burning Fevers also, and Affects of the Reinss and Bladder, and in a Gonorrhoea, where the Urinary ductus is eroded, from a Venereal acrid Ferment. Dose, à gut. iv. ad viij, x, aut xij. more or lesle, in appropriate Waters or Broths.   

7. The Wondered Balsam.  
℞ Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur rectified, or rather Spirit of Nitre well dephlegmated ℥ j Oil-Olive or Oil of Ben ℥ iij. mix, digest, and keep it for use.  
Inwardly given, it kills Worms, and gives case in all sorts of pains of the Bowels, but chief in the Colic, for which it is a Specific. Dose, à gr. viij, and xuj, aut xx. in some proper Vehicle. Outwardly used it is Anodyn, easing and taking away all pains of what kind soever. It is a specific in the cure of the Gout, and all other Affects of the Joints, hard Tumours, and contractures of the Nerves and Muscles, the parts affected being anointed with linen rags dipped therein, which may also be applied: and the Medicine will yet be better, if to every ounce of the Balsam a dram of Camphir be added to the same, and dissolved therein.   

8. Butter of Antimony.  
℞ Crude Antimony, corrosive Sublimate, of each equal parts; beaten them in a glass Mortar, and mix them well into a mass, which put into a glass Retort, having a large, but short neck; distil in Sand with degrees of Fire, first gently, till the Butter or icy Liquor gins to ascend, than increase the Fire; so will you have an Oil, which will coagulate in the cold; this you must force into the Receiver, by holding to the neck of the Retort some burning Coals: towards the end of the distillation, make a Fire of suppression, and continued it so long till all the fumes cease, and the Receiver becomes clear. In this operation, the vitriolic and nitrous Salts, and the common Salt, corrode the more pure substance of the Antimony, and bring it with them into a coagulated form. All being cooled, take away the Receiver, and put the icy Liquor into a new glass Cucurbit; which rectify in Sand, till it is freed from all its foulness, and becomes white like Snow.  
It is a famous Caustick, and stops the progress of a Gangrene and Sphacelus, even to a miracle; viz. if the circuit round about it be touched with it, by a Feather dipped in the same, it not only puts a stop to it, but even miraculously as it were overcomes it. It consumes fleshy Excrescencies, and corrects the malignity of eating Ulcers and Inflammations. It is only outwardly used by Chirurgeons, in taking away corrupt parts or portions of Flesh, but it requires a very steady and careful hand; let the part affected be gently anointed with a Feather, or the creeping Ulcer surrounded with the same, that it may not creep farther. It is seldom used by itself, never internally; but from thence are made, 1. Bezoarticum Minerale, 2. Mercurius Vitae. This Antimonial will effervess, not only with the acid of Nitre, but also with alcalious Salts, as Salt of Bohemian-tartar, fixed Nitre, and such like.     


CHAP. LXII. De ELIXIRIBUS.  

I. Elixir Antepile pticum.  
℞ CArnis Ciconiarum, Cornicum, Corvorum, Hirundinum, Lumbricorum, Picarum, desiccatae; Cranii Humani grosso modo pulverizati, Sangninis Humani siccati, ana uncias duas; Spiritus Nitri uncias triginta, misce ac dissolve: dissoluto addatur Alcohol Vini unciae sexaginta, filtratur, reponaturque ad usum. Vel sic: ℞ Carnis Ciconiarum siccatae, etc. pone in Retortam, & extrahatur Oleum foetidum & Sal volatile: Oleo & Sali adde Spiritus Nitri quantitatem duplicem, digere per horas viginti quatuor; dein addatur Alcohol Vini quantitas toti duplex, digereque ad usum.  
Summo cum successu exhibetur contra omnes Epilepsiae species, tam ad digerendam in Epilepticis fluidam illam Pituitam (in istis enim hic Humor peccat) naturalem, calorem illorum confortando, & corroborando Cerebrum; quam ad separandos & consumendos in Centro acres aut malignos Vapores, qui ascendentes in Cerebrum, hunc causantur Morbum in aliis. Valet etiam in Puerorum Epilepsia, quae vitio Stomachi à quadam, vel flatulentia, vel Cibi corruptione, vel Vermibus exagitatis obtingit. Sumitur in aqua Peoniae, florum Papaveris sylvestris, aliove appropriato liquore, ante vel post paroxysmum; ita etiam mane jejuno stomacho, & horâ somni. Dosis, à drachma semis ad drachmam unam. Contra Paralysin est efficacissimum; singulare refugium est in Apoplexia, (datum in principio, & reiteratum per intervalla temporis, prout necessitas requirat,) in Convulsionibus & morbis Hystericis. Non minoris efficaciae est in Hypochondriacis, aut Melancholia flatulenta; quae variis modis affligere solet, idque pro diversitate Partium, quas Vapores isti maligni impetuosè exagitant. Vtlissimum est contra Tremorem membrorum, exortum ex imbecillitate & relaxatione nervorum, ob senilem aetatem, aut Humores frigidos: in Tabe etiam, & Corporis Consumptione, à simplici Obstructione tam Mesenterii, quam aliorum Organorum principalium. Colicam passionem, Ventrisque Tormina, praestantissimè sedat.   

II Elixir Proprietatis.  
℞ Aloes Succotrinae, Myrrhae optimae, Croci Anglici, ana uncias sex; rebus contusis, vel grosso modo pulverizatis, superfunditur Oleum Philosophicum unciae octo vel decem: digerit mixturam per horas viginti quatuor, vase aperto, ad siccitatem usque: tum superaffunditur Spiritus Vini rectificati librae tres, fiat iterum digestio per noctem; dein sensim effunditur Tinctura, fitque iterum digestio cum Spiritus Vini rectificati libris tribus, & magmate per diem & noctem unam: decanta Tincturam, atque iterum Alcohol Vini novum affunditur, & procede ut antea, donec tota Tinctura sit exhausta: misce Tincturas, digere mixturam, reponaturque ad usum.  
Virtutes & Vsus, vide in Sectione undecima Capitis quinquagesimi primi, paulò supra.   

III Elixir Metallorum.  
℞ Reguli Antimonii martialis uncias duas, Stanni optimi Anglici, Veneris rubrae, ana unciam unam; fundatur in Crucibulo, igne strenuo, ita ut Cuprum totaliter dispareat, quô peractô, effundantur in Cono fusorio. ℞ Hujus massae unciam unam, Nitri purissimi uncias duas; terantur in pulverem exacte inter se, & successivis vicibus conjiciantur in Crucibulum candens, coquanturque simul, donec massa tua conversa sit in scorias ex caeruleo viridescentes, massaque tua igneam acquisivit acrimoniam; tunc massam tuam effunde, & antequam humidum Aëris attrahere queat, in pulverem terito, iique affundito Alcohol Vini purissimi uncias viginti: stent in digestione per viginti quatuor horas, & Spiritus tuus Vini rubello colore tingetur, & in gremio suo occultabit praedictorum Metallicorum Sales, resolutos primitus per Sales corrosivas Antimonii, & postmodum per fulmen Nitri; habebisque potentem Tincturam Metallorum.  
Haec Tinctura Cephalica, Cardiaca & Stomachica est, rationeque Salium Pituitam potenter tenacem incidit, & Obstructiones pertinaciores resolvit; Fermenta acidoaustera peregrina Viscerum & Sanguinis extinguit; fermentationem Sanguinis suppressam, per acida coagulantia, elevat & restituit: hinc in Scorbuto, Cachexia, Chlorosi, Obstructionibus Mensium, passione Hysterica, in Epilepsia, Paralysi, Apoplexia; Morbis Soporosis, ut Lethargo, Coma, etc. vim habet insignem; malumque per Diuresin exterit, Ventriculum, Hepar, Lienem, aliaque Viscera confortat. Sumitur etiam in dolore Nephritico, in Gonorrhoea, & Lue Venerea. Dosis est à guttis decem, sensim ascendendo, ad guttas quadraginta, in Vino, aliove Vehiculo.   

IV. Elixir Cranil Humani.  
℞ Cranii Humani pulveritati uncias duas, Spiritus Nitri rectificati uncias quatuor; misce ac dissolva: quô peractô, addatur Spiritus Vini rectificati unciae octo; misce, digere, filtraturque ad usum.  
Epilepsiae, Apoplexiae, Lethargo, Vertigini, Cephalalgiae, Hemicraniae, Suffocationi Matricis, omnibusque Morbis Cephalicis & Hystericis ad miraculum usque medetur. Dosis, à guttis viginti ad sexaginta, manè ac vesperi, in Vehiculo appropriato.   

V. Elixir Pulmonum.  
℞ Pulmonum Vulpium, Ovium, Bovium, vel Porcorum desecatorum & desiccatorum, quantum vis, Spiritus Nitri quantitatem duplicem; misce, ●atque Elixir, ut supra.  
Flatus discutit, Sudores movet, & Menses, Cruciatus etiam circa Ventriculum ciet, in genere deobstruit, Circulationem Sanguinis adjuvat, Cachexiam Mulierum tollit, Pituitam tenacem potenter incidit; ac in Obstructionibus Mensium, Passione Hysterica, Febribus putridis, & Ventriculi Pulmonumque Fermento suffocato, maximarum est virium. Exhibetur in Vehiculis adaptis, à guttis viginti ad scruplas duas.   

VI Elixir Sanguinis Humani.  
Fit ex Sanguine desiccato, ut supra.  
In Lithiasi, Nephritide, Hydrope, Ischuria, Dysuria, Obstru●… Mensium, Epilepsia, Ca●… hoque suffocativo, valdè ju●… Insigniter conducit Asthma●… & Hyochondriacis, omni●… 〈◊〉 Pulmonum obstructionibus: 〈…〉 infarctos reserat, materi●… 〈◊〉 impactam attenuat, Naturamque adjuvat, ut per vias convenientes se ab hoc exoneret. Dosis, à scrupla una ad duas, manè ac vesperi. Eodem modo Elixir ex Sanguine Bovium, Ovium, Porcorum, etc. extrahes.   

VII. Elixir Viperarum.  
Fit ex Carne desiccata, ut Elixir Cranii Humani.  
Massam Sanguinis mundificat, omnes Humores corruptos & putridos, Vermium semina, è Corpore aufert: omnibus Morbis Melancholicis, Vertiginibus, Epilepsiis, Paralysibus prodest. Confert etiam Scorbutis, Cachexiis, Febribus quartanis, similibusque Affectibus, qui ob contumaciam suam Eccoproticis vix cedunt. Tabidos item mirifiè ad bonam Corporis habitudinem reducit. In Affectionibus Cutis curandis commendatur; cujus generis sunt Leuce, Lepra, Impetigo, Elephantiasis, Alphos, & Scabies. Impotertiam curat, exolutosque à languore perfectè reviviscere facit. Dosis, à scrupla una ad duas, bis in diem.   

VIII. Elixir, seu Sanguis Symphyti, Quercetani.  
℞ Radicum Symphyti majoris & minoris, simul optimè mundatam, hanc in Mortario probè contunde cum Pistillo lignco, donec formam pulpae sortiatur. Ad quatuor libras hujus puplae adjice medullae Panis Secalini & Triticaei, ana libram unam: omnia invicem probè mixta, & tantillo Vini albi irrigata, injiciantur in Matracium vitreum cum collo longo, Subere vel Cera Hispanica optimè obturatum, ut nihil transpiret. Hoc Matracium collocetur in Fimo calido, sive in Balneo vaporoso, donec materia in Chyli sanguinei ac rubicundi colorem convertatur: tunc illam fortiter Praelo exprime, & expressionem hanc chylosam & sanguineam pone in Balneo vaporoso, illud in secunda digestione majorem acquiret rubedinem; & faeces aliquot in fundo relinquet, quas separabis; continuando hanc digestionem & depurationem, donec materia clarissima & rubicundissima apparuerit: separa ab illa tunc Liquorem clariorem per Alembicum ad ignem Balnei vaporosi, & remanebit in fundo Elixir rubicundissimum, quod nominant Sanguineum Symphyti.  
Medicamentum est ad Hernias, & omnia Vlcera interna Viscerum praestantissimum. Dosis est, à scrupla una ad drachmam unam, mane ac vesperi. Dissolvendum est in sua propria Aqua distillata, vel in Vino albo, aliove liquore congruo; continuando ad plusculos dies, & egregios mirosque effectus inde produci comperies.   

IX. Elixir, seu Sanguis Satyrionis & Pastinacae albae.  
Eodem modo Elixir sive Sanguinem ex Satyrione, & Pastinaca alba, Battatisque parabis.  
Singulare Matricis corroborans, & specificum est Remedium ad Conceptionem, Prolisque generationem juvandam, sterilissimisque quantumlibet Mulieribus foecunditatis donum impertit; Virique impotentiam ad pristinum vigorem reducit. Nota, verus Philosophus ulterius adhuc progredietur, & per eandem viam, tum ex Frumento, tum ex Vino, educet substantiam quandam Sanguineam, alendi ac vivificandi facultate potentem; quâ causam generationis Carnis in Corpore nostro indagabit. Dosis, à drachmis quatuor ad unciam unam. Post haec Elixira facta sunt, addatur Vini Cheriensis unciae sex, vel Spiritus Vini unciae tres, ad libram unam Elixiris, ut longè conserventur.    

CHAP. LXII. Of ELIXIRS.  

1. An Elixir against the Falling-sickness.  
℞ OF the flesh of Storks, Crows, Ravens, Magpies, Swallows, Earthworms, dried; Man's Skull grossly powdered, Man's Blood dried, ana ℥ ij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ thirty. mix and dissolve: which being done, add thereto the Alcohol of Wine ℥ lx. filter, and keep it for use. Or thus: ℞ Of Storks flesh dried, etc. put all into a Retort, and extract a foetid Oil, and volatile Salt; to this Oil and Salt add a double quantity of Spirit of Nitre: digest twenty four hours; and than add again a double quantity of the whole Alcohol of Wine, and digest for use.  
It is given with the greatest success against all kinds of the Falling-sickness, both to digest that natural fluid Phlegm (because in this Disease that Humour most abounds) by exciting their innate heat, and strengthening the Brain; and also to separate and consume in the Centre, or Stomach and Bowels, those acrid and malign Vapours which ascend thence to the Brain, which causes this Disease in many. It is good also against the Falling-sickness in Children; which in some arises from a fault of the Stomach, or from Wind, or corrupted Food, or from Worms. You may give it in Peony-water, or water of Corn-poppy-flowers, or other appropriate liquor, either before or after the Fit, in the morning fasting, and at bedtime. Dose, àʒss adʒ j It is an effectual thing against the Palsy, and a certain refuge in the Apoplexy, (being given in the beginning of the Disease, and reiterated in the intervals of time, as necessity requires) in Convulsions also, and Hysterick diseases. It is of as great power in Hypochondriack Diseases, or a flatulent Melancholy; which are want to afflict in divers manners, and that also according to the diversity of Parts which those malign Vapours impetuously move. It is also of great use against the Trembling of the members or limbs, arising from a weakness and relaxation of the Nerves; caused either by old age, or a coldness of Humours: so also in a Tabes and Consumption of the Body, coming from a simple Obstruction both of the Mesentery and of other principal Organs. It powerfully eases the pain of the Colic, and Gripe of the Guts.   

2. Elixir of Property.  
℞ Fine Aloes, best Myrrh, English Saffron, a. ℥ vj. the things being bruised or grossly powdered, affuse thereon Oleum Philosophicum ℥ viij, or x. digest the mixture for 24 hours, in an open vessel, or till it becomes dry; than affuse thereon rectified S.U. lbiij lbiij. digest again for a night: after which, gently pour of the Tincture; add S.U. lb. iij. more, and digest again for a day and night, and than decant the Tincture: the third time add to the magma Alcohol of Wine lbiij lbiij. more, and proceed as before, till you have extracted the whole Tincture: mix all these Tinctures together, digest, and keep it for use.  
The Virtues and Uses, see in Chap. 5● Sect. 11. aforegoing.   

3. The Elixir of Metals.  
℞ Martial Regulus of Antimony ℥ ij. of the best English Tin, read Copper, a. ℥ j melt them in a Crucible with a strong fire, so that the Copper totally disappear, which done, pour it forth into an iron Cone. ℞ Of this mass ℥ j of fine Nitre ℥ ij. beaten them into powder, and mix them well together, and cast it into a Crucible red-hot, by spoonfuls or turns; which boil together so long, till your whole mass it turned into a scoria of a greenish blue colour; so will it obtain a fiery acrimony: pour it than forth, and before it can attract the humidity of the Air; beaten it into powder, and affuse thereon Alcohol of Wine ℥ xxiv. digest 24 hours; so will the Spirit be tinged of a read colour; in the body or substance of which Tincture will be hid the Salts of the aforesaid Metals, beforehand resolved, by the corrosrve Salt of the Antimony, and afterwards by the fulmination of the Nitre; thus have you the potent Elixir, or mighty Tincture of Metals.  
This Tincture is Cephalick, Cardiack, and Stomatick, and by reason of the Salts, powerfully cuts tough Phlegm, and resolves rebellious Obstructions; it extinguishes foreign, austere, acid Ferments of the Bowels and Blood, restoring and enlivening the natural Ferment of the Blood, suppressed through coagulating Acids; for which reason it has a mighty power in curing of the Scurvy, Cachexy, Green-sickness, Obstructruction of the Courses, Fits of the Mother, Falling-sickness, Palsy, Apoplexy; Sleepy Diseases, as the Lethargy, Coma, etc. it carries of the Disease by Urine, and comforts the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, and other Bowels. It is given also in Nephritick pai●… as of the Stone, in a 〈◊〉 and the French Pox. Dose 〈◊〉 gut. x, gradually ascending 〈◊〉 gut. xl. in Wine, or some 〈◊〉 Vehicle.   

4. Elixir of Man's Skull.  
℞ Man's Skull in powder ℥ 〈◊〉 Spirit of Nitre rectified ℥ iv. mix and dissolve; which done, add rectified S.U. ℥ viij. mix, digest, and keep it for use.  
It cures, even to a miracle, the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, Vertigo, Headache, Megrim, Fits of the Mother, and all other Diseases of the Head and Womb. Dose, à gut. xx, and lx. morning and evening, in some appropriate Vehicle.   

V Elixir of Lungs.  
℞ Of the Lungs of Foxes, or of Sheep, Oxen, or Hogs, cut into bits and dried, q.u. Spirit of Nitre, a double quantity, (in weight) mix, and make an Elixir, as before.  
It discusses Wind, provokes Sweat and the Terms, eases Pains in the Stomach; in general, opens Obstructions, helps the Circulation of the Blood, removes the Cachexy in Women, potently cuts tough Phlegm, and is of wondered force in stoppage of the Courses, Fits of the Mother, putrid Fevers, and a suffocative Ferment of Stomach and Lungs. You may give it (in a fit Vehicle) à ℈ i, and ℈ ij.   

6. Elixir of Man's Blood.  
It is made of dried Blood, as before.  
It wonderfully helps in the Stone, pain of the Reinss, Dropsy, stoppage of Urine, scalding of Urine, stoppage of the Terms, Falling-sickness, and suffocative Catarrhs. It is famous for the curing of Asthmas, and such as are Hypochondriack, as also in all Obstructions of the Lungs. It opens the Passages being stopped, attenuates the impacted Matter, and helps Nature, so as it may discharge itself therefrom, by convenient ways. Dose, à ℈ i, and ℈ ij. morning and evening. After the same manner you may make the Elixir of Ox, Sheep, or Hog's Blood, which has all the same virtues and uses.   

7. Elixir of Vipers.  
It is made of the dried Flesh, as the Elixir of Man's Skull.  
It purifies the mass of Blood, and takes away all corrupt and putrid Humours from the Body, which are the Seed of Worms. It is profitable in all Melancholy Diseases, Vertigo's, Epilepsies, and Palsies. It is good also against the Scurvy, Cachexy, quartan Agues, and other like Affects, which by their stubborn disposition, will scarcely yield to Gentle-purgers. It wonderfully restores such as are Consumptive, to a good habit of Body. It is commended for the cure of Affects of the Skin; of which kind are the white Scall, Leprosy, Ringworm, Elephantiasis, Morphew, and Scab. It cures Impotency, and perfectly recruits such as have a feebleness and inability, from a languor or decay of natural strength and humidity. Dose, à ℈ i, and ℈ ij. twice a day.   

8. Quercetan's Elixir, or Blood of Comfrey.  
℞ Of the greater and lesser Comfrey-roots, cleanse them well, and beaten them stoutly in a Mortar with a wooden Pestle, till they come into a pulp; to lbiv lbiv. of this pulp add crumbs of Rye-bread, and of Wheaten-bread, a. lbj lbj. mix them all well together, and sprinkle or moisten them well with Whitewine, put them into a glass Mattrass with a long neck, which stop well with Cork or Wax, that nothing may transpire. This Matrass place in warm Horse-dung, or in Balneo vaporoso, till the matter is turned or changed into a bloodlike and rubicund-coloured Chyle: than press it strongly out in a Press; which bloodlike expressed Liquor put into a second digestion in Balneo vaporoso, that thereby it may acquire the greater redness, separating and casting away the faeces which fall to the bottom: continued this digestion and depuration, till the matter shall become very clear and read, separate than the clear Liquor by an Alembick in Balneo vaporoso: so will you have in the bottom a very read matter, which is the Bloodlike Essence of Comfrey.  
It is designed against Ruptures, and all sorts of internal Ulcers of the Bowels, for which it is a most excellent thing. Dose, à ℈ i, and ʒ j morning and evening. You may dissolve it in Comfrey-water, or in Whitewine, or other fit liquor; continuing the use of it for some few days, you will have from it mighty and wondered effects.   

9 Elixir, or Blood of Satyrion and Parsnips.  
The Elixir or Blood of Satyrion, Parsnips, and Potatoes, are prepared in the same manner with the former.  
An Elixir thus prepared from any of those things, is said to be a singular and specific Remedy for corroborating of the Womb, and to help Conception, removing barrenness, and causing fruitfulness in Women; it helps impotency in Men, and restores them to their pristin vigour. Where note, that the true Philosopher does go yet farther, and after the same manner, from Breadcorn and Wine, produces a certain Bloodlike substance, which has strength and potency with it, and a property to nourish and vivify, or restore; from which the cause of the generation of Flesh in our Bodies is manifest. Dose, àʒ iv, and ℥ j These Elixirs being made, (if you design them for any long keeping) you may add to them, for every ℥ xij. of Elixir, ℥ vj. of choice Sherry, or ℥ iij. of the best Brandy.     


CHAP. LXIII. De POTESTATIBUS.  

I. Potestates Fuliginis Clauderi.  
℞ FUliginis splendentis quantum vis; si simul obtineri poterit è Fumariis, ubi potissimum comburuntur ligna Quercus, Betulae, aut Pini, eò melius erit; pulverisato superfunde in Vitro Spiritus Universalis quantum surficit, vel ad eminentiam aliquot digitorum. Vitrum benè claudatur, ne evaporet pars volatilior; agitetur aliquoties, & spatio dimidii horae quadrantis, & citiùs Spiritus Menstrui salinus extrahit & absorbet Sal & Virtutem Fuliginis, ut obtineas subitò Essentiam pulcherrimam rubiniformem, ab omni empyreumate, sapore ac odore molestô liberam: filtretur, & in Vase optimè munitô servetur usui.  
Praestantissimum excitativum est in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Lethargo, & Morbis Hystericis; atque Cancerati Corpore habitûs insigne est Medicamentum. Diaphoreticum est & anodynum; in plerisque Morbis tam frigidis, quàm calidis, optimo cum successu usurpatur. Cephalalgiae, Odontalgiae, Vertigini, Hemicraniae, Paralysi, ad miraculum medetur, Obstructiones pertinaces potenter resolvit, & Pituitam tenacem incidit & attenuat. Exteriùs applicatur in Paralysi, in Contracturis, in Podagra ex causis frigidis, in Tophis incipientibus Venereis & Podagricis, genereque in omnibus Nervorum Obstructionibus à Pituitâ oriundis coagulatâ. Dosis, à drachma semis ad drachmas duas vel tres, in Aquis vel Vehiculis Cephalicis.   

II Potestatibus Seminum Anisi.  
℞ Olei Seminum Anisi, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Seminum Anisi rectificati libras duas, misce; disti lenturque Potestates secundum Artem.  
Pituitam tenacem potenter incidunt & dispellunt, Obstructiones ' Pulmonum solvunt; itaque Afthmaticis, Phthisicis, Catarrhosis, Tussi inveteratae, caeterisque Pectoris vitiis, utilis est. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas.   

III Potestatibus Baccarum Juniperi.  
℞ Olei Baccarum Juniperi, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam; Spiritus Juniperi libras duas, misce; distilla Potestates. Vel sic, ℞ Olei Baccarum Juniperi unciam unam, Tinctura Salis Juniperi vel Tartari libras duas; misce, reponaturque ad usum.  
Flatus potenter Viscerum dissipant, Calculum & Mucum ex Renibus abigunt. Facultate incidendi, dissipandi, aperiendi, abstergendi, & frigidam ac serosam colluviem consumendi potentes sunt: quamobrem frigidae intemperei Obstructioni Jecoris, Lienis, Mesenterii, Renum, Vesicae, Vteri; nec-non Capitis, Pectoris, & Stomachi, à causa flatulenta & frigida, aut à defluxione vitiis, egregiè opitulantur. Dosis, à drachmam unam ad duas, bis in diem.   

IV. Potestates Lavendulae.  
℞ Olei Lavendulae, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Lavendulae libras duas; misce, distillaturque secundum Artem. Velure sic, ℞ Olei Lavendulae unciam unam, Salis Lavendulae fusi drachmas duas, Alcohol Vini libras duas; misce ac digere. Vel sic, ℞ Olei Lavendulae unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Lavendulae vel Tartari libras duas, misce ac digere; sic habebis Potestates Lavendulae.  
Prostratas vires reficiunt, ac calfaciendo, Cerebrum, Ventriculum, Matricemque roborant. In Febribus malignis, pestilentialibus, imò in Peste ipsa, summè salutares sunt, Cordisque Palpitationi resistunt. Omnes Sensus internos summopere acuunt, omnesque Affectus ex causa frigida ortos curant; quia excalfaciunt vehementer, & Spiritus omnes recreant. Apoplecticis, Epilepticis, Ischiadicis, Paralyticis, & Arthritide quacunque laborantibus, in genere succurrunt. Dosis, à drachma una ad drachmas duas.   

V. Potestates Caryophyllorum.  
℞ Olei Caryophyllorum unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Caryophyllorum cum Spiritu ejusdem factae, libras duas; misce, ac digere. Vel sic: ℞ Olei Caryophyllorum, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Caryophyllorum libras duas; misce, & per distillationem Potestates extrahuntur. Vel sic: ℞ Olei unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Tartari libras duas; misce, digereque ad usum.  
Omnia membra confortant, imprimisque Ventriculum, Cor, Cerebrum, & Viscera, eorum calorem conservando & multiplicando. Jecori & Lieni maximè auxiliantur, functionesque perditae restaurant. Dentium Doloribus quibuscunque summum sunt & ultimum refugium; quia cum causticae sint virtutis, nervum ferunt Dentis, & humorem acrem: Vlcera quaecunque curant, propter eandem rationem; Sal enim urens & causticum Vlcus constituens, dissolvitur & annihilatur per Salem hujus Arcani, similitur urentem, & ambo in aliam convertuntur substantiam; deinde, Natura suo Balsamo-naturali cicatricem inducit. Sunt in deliquiis Animi singulare Medicamentum, quia Cor exhilerat & roborat, & omnia quae illi nocere possunt, ab eo abigat. Ad pestilentis Aurae fugam, & praeservationem, nihil est praestantius; quia omnia principalia Membra ita roborat, ut resistere possint Miasmati venenato & pestilenti. Dosis, à drachmam unam ad duas, in Vino aut Jusculis, aliove Vehiculo.   

VI Potestates Limonum & Aurantiarum.  
℞ Olei Limonum vel Aurantiarum, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Limonum vel Aurantiarum libras duas; misce, ac distilla. Vel sic: ℞ Olei, etc. unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Tartari cum Spiritu Limonum factae, libras duas: misce, ac digere.  
Illae Cephalicae, Stomachicae, Cardiacae, Spleniticae, & Hystericae Potestates sunt. Haemicraniam & dolorem Capitis ex flatibus frigidis, & copia Pituitae ortum sanant, quia Flatus discutiunt. Visum acuunt, Ventriculum & Jecur roborant, Lienem absumunt, Vrinam cient, fluentem Alvum sistunt, frigidisque Vteri Affectibus mirificè prosunt; Nervorum & Articulorum diuturnis doloribus, à frigore excitatis, utilissimum sunt; & ad Veneris excitandos stimulos, maximè expetuntur; quia excalfaciunt, & augent Spiritus vitales & animales, qui sunt omnium actionum radices. Catarrhis, Paralysi, Convulsionibus, membrorum Tremori, Arthritidi, aliisque Morbis frigidis; Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, Vertigini, Lethargo, & Suffocationi Vteri valdè conducunt. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas.   

VII. Potestates Pulegii.  
℞ Olei Pulegii, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam; Tincturae Salis Pulegii cum Spiritu ejusdem factae libras duas; misce. Vel sic: ℞ Olei Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam; Spiritus Pulegii vel Vini rectificati libras duas; misce, & distilla. Vel. sic: ℞ Olei & Spiritus, ut supra, unciam unam; Tincturae Salis Tartari libras duas; misce, ac digere.  
In fugandis pallidis ac foedis Virginum coloribus, nihil est praestantius, quod Coctionem Viscerum omnium mirificè juvant; Menses tutissimè provocant, propter eandem rationem; undè & Vteri Affectibus ferè omnibus succurrunt; & Sterilitati medentur, foecundasque reddunt Mulieres. Sensus omnes tum internos, tum externos acuunt, curantque omnes Affectus ex causa frigida ortos, Spiritus omnes, tum Vitales & Animales recreant. Orthopnoicis, & anhelatoribus, maximè prosunt, quòd Pulmones roborent & Pectus, & Catarrhos sistunt, & infarctos Pulmones Pituita, & glutinosis humoribus liberant, penetranti & exsiccanti facultate. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas.   

VIII. Potestates Rosmarini.  
Fiunt ut Potestates Pulegii.  
Sensus omnes acuunt, Memoriam praecipuè, & Cerebrum adeò roborant, ut à Vertigine, Comate, Apoplexia, Lethargo, frigidisque omnibus Affectibus Capitis & Nervorum praeservent. Spiritus omnes Naturales, Vitales, & Animales mirisi●è recreant & fovent. Adversus Pestiferae Aurae contagionem nihil efficacius; valent etiam ad Senectutem retardandum, quia calorem radicalem & nativum conservant. Ophthalmicae sunt mirandae, Nebulas enim omnes, Caligines, Albugines percurant viscosos, illos dissolvendo Humores: Fistulas, & Vlcera omnia concava & depascentia, abstergendo, ad cicatricem conducunt. Capitis dolores, qui per sympathiam Ventriculi malè affecti oriuntur, mulcent & tollent: Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, Lethargo, Paralysi, Convulsionibus, Morbisque Hystericis medentur. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, plus-minus, in Vehiculo Cephalico vel Neurotico, manè ac vesperi, ad sexaginta circiter dies.   

IX. Potestates Succini.  
℞ Olei Succini primi primae distillationis unciam unam, Spiritus Succini cum Spiritu Vini rectificato distillati libras duas, Salis volatilis Succini drachmas duas; misce. Vel sic: ℞ Olei Succini subtilis unciam unam, Alcohol Vini libras duas, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci uncias duas: misce, & distillentur secundum Artem.  
Paralysin, & omnes Nervorum Affectiones, Podagram, quamcunque Arthritidem, Haemicraniam, & quemcunque Capitis dolorem, Contractiones Musculorum, omnesque Morbos Capitis & Vteri, extrinsece admotum, & intrinsecè sumptum certissime curant. Ad Suffocationem Hystericam, Vapores ab Vtero, & Spiritus Animalis Morbos valdè praevalent. Intellectum & omnes Sensus acuunt, membrorum Tremori succurrunt, & Convulsionum omnium speciebus. Vertiginem & Lethargum ex quacunque causa ortum, praecipuè ex causis frigidis, tollunt. Dosis, à drachma ●na ad duas vel tres, in Aquis, Syrupis, aliove Vehiculo appropriato.   

X. Potestates Terebinthinae.  
℞ Olei Terebinthinae unciam unam, Alcohol Vini libram unam; misce, ac distilla. Si tibi placet, addatur Spiritus Salis Armoniaci unciam semis.  
Gonorrhoeam virulentam sanant, Vulnera Nervorum & Vlcera ad cicatricem perducunt, difficultatem Meiendi citissimè tollunt, Calculum Renum Vesicaeque rumpunt & atterunt, earumque partium Vlcera brevissimo tempore conglutinant. Lethargo, Paralysi, Tremorique membrorum medentur. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, in Vino albo, aliisque Vehiculis.   

XI. Potestates Virtutum.  
℞ Oleorum Angelicae, Amaraci, Camomillae, Carui, Foeniculi, Melissa, Menthae, Rutae, Salviae, Sabinae, Sassafras, Thymi, ana unciam semis; Spiritus Salis Armoniaci uncias sex, Spirituum earundem Plantarum libras duodecim; misce, ac distilla. Aliter. ℞ Oleorum, etc. ana unciam semis, Tincturae Salium Plantarum earundem cum Spiritibus iisdem extractae, vel Tincturae Salis Tartari, libras duodecim: misce, ac digere.  
Omne Acidum oberrans in Corpore Humano mitigant, Circulationem Sanguinis adjuvant, Cachexiam Mulierum tollunt, Sudores procreant, & omne in genere noxium Corpori nostro corrigunt. Sunt illae Cephalicae, Neuroticae, Stomachicae, Cardiacae, Hepaticae, Spleneticae, Arthriticae, & Hystericae; Specificaeque eorum vires ab Oleis & Salibus desumendae sunt. Verbo, universi Corporis Humani Viscera corroborant, & à Putredine & Veneno conservant & liberant. Dosis, à drachma una ad duabus.   

XII. Potestates Viperarum.  
℞ Olei foetidi Viperarum unciam unam, Salis volatilis earundem drachmam unam, misce; cui adduntur Spiritus Nitri rectificati unciae quatuor; posteà adde Tincturae Salis Tartari, vel Spiritus Vini Tartarisati uncias decem: misce, ac digere.  
Adversus Syncopen & Vapores Melancholicos à Splene ad Cor exhalantes praevalent. Adhibentur ad omnia genera Venenorum, & Symptomata venenata; in Peste, & Febri maligna, & Hungarica, mirificè administrantur. Palpitationi Cordis, deliquiis Animi, caeterisque Cardiacis passionibus adversantur. Suffocationi, vel caduco Matricis, Epilepsiae, Vertigini, Haemicraniae, Lethargo, Paralysique opitulantur. Scorbuto, & Impotentiae Virili, Atrophiae, Tabi, Febrique Hecticae mirificè medentur. Et quod notatu dignum, absque dolore, vomitione, tormine, perturbatione; & quod maximum est, cum Corporis corroborante. Dosis, à scrupla una ad duas, plus-minus, in Vino Hispanico.   

XIII. Potestates Vngulae & Cornu Cervi.  
℞ Olei Ungulae & Cornu Cervi unciam unam, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci uncias duas, Tinctura Salis Tartari uncias octo; misce, ac digere.  
Hystericam & Cephalicam vim habent; propterea omnes Suffocationes Vteri, etiam periculocissimas, nec-non Praecordiorum compressiones & dolores tollunt. Nam in Strangulatione Matricis, ubi omnia irrita & quasi desperata sunt, illae saluberrimae fuere: hujus enim ferocissimi Affectûs causam abscindunt, & omnes vel deploratissimus Mulierum praecipitationes Vteri, ob Spermatis retentionem, aliasque causas, quam plurimas sistunt, & Matricis motum perfectè sedant. Dosis, à guttis decem ad viginti, vel semidrachmam, in Vino albo, vel liquore Hysterico.    

CHAP. LXIII. Of POWERS.  

1. Clauder's Powers of Soot.  
℞ PItch-like Soot, q.u. which if it be gathered from such Chimneys where the best matter, as the wood of the Oak, Beech, or Pine is burnt, it will be so much the better; powder it, and affuse thereon (in a glass Vessel) of the Universal Spirit a sufficient quantity, or so much as may over-top it some inches. Stop the Glass close, that the volatile parts may not fly away, shake the Glass often, and in the space of half a quarter of an hour, or sooner, the saline Spirit of the Menstruum will extract and suck out the Salt and Virtue of the Soot; so as you will have presently a most excellent and ruby-coloured Essence, wholly freed from its empyreuma, and all its evil taste and smell: than filter it, and keep it in a Glass close stopped, for use.  
These Powers have most admirable effects in the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, and Hysterick Diseases; as also in a Cancerous habit of the whole Body, in which they are of wondered use. They are diaphoretic and anodyn, and in most Diseases, whether from a hot or a cold cause, they are used with success. They cure the Headache, Megrim, Vertigo, Toothache, and Palsy, to a miracle; powerfully open even confirmed Obstructions, and cut and attenuate tough Phlegm. Outwardly, they are applied in the Palsy, Contractures of the Nerves and Muscles, in Gouts from a cold cause, in the beginnings of Venereal and Podagrical Tophs, and in all kinds of Obstructions of the Nerves, arising from coagulated Phlegm. Dose, àʒ ss, adʒ ij, or ʒ iij. in some Cephalick Water or Vehicle.   

2. Powers of Aniseeds.  
℞ Oil of Aniseeds, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, a. ℥ j Spirit of Aniseeds rectified lbij. lbij. mix, and distil of the Powers according to Art  
They powerfully cut and dissipate tough Phlegm, resolve Obstructions of the Lungs; and so are profitable to all such as are afflicted with Asthmas, Phthisicks, Catarrhs, inveterate Coughs, and other vices of the Breast. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij.   

3. Powers of Iuniper Berries.  
℞ Oil of Iuniper Berries, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, a. ℥ j Spirit of Iuniper Berry's lbij. lbij. mix, and draw of the Powers by distillation. Or thus, ℞ Oil of Iuniper Berries ℥ j Tincture of the Salt of Iuniper, or Salt of Bohemian-tartar, lbij. lbij. mix, and keep them for use.  
They powerfully discuss Wind in the Bowels, and take away Stones and Mucous matter from the Reinss; and have a mighty faculty of cutting, dissipating, opening, cleansing, and consuming or wasting heaps of cold and serous Humours: for which reason they admirably open Obstructions of the Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, Reins, Bladder, and Womb, in a cold habit of Body; and help Diseases of the Head, Breast, and Stomach, coming from a flatulent and cold cause, or from a defluxion of Humours. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij. twice a day.   

4. Powers of Lavender.  
℞ Oil of Lavender, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, a. ℥ j Spirit of Lavender lbij. lbij. mix, and distil, according to Art Or thus, ℞ Oil of Lavender ℥ j Salt of Lavender meltedʒ ij. Alcohol of Wine ℥ ij. mix, and digest. Or thus, ℞ Oil of Lavender ℥ j Tincture of the Salt of Lavender, or of the Salt of Tartar lbij. lbij. mix, and digest. So have you Powers of Lavender.  
They restore strength lost or decayed, and by their heating faculty comfort the Brain, Stomach, and Womb. They are wonderfully good against malign and pestilential Fevers, also in the Plague itself, and prevail against a Palpitation of the Heart. They highly quicken all the internal Senses, and cure all Affects arising from a cold cause; because they vehemently heat, and cheer all the Spirits. They restore such as are afflicted with the Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, Sciatica, Palsy, and Gout of what kind soever. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij.   

5. Powers of Cloves.  
℞ Oil of Cloves ℥ j Tincture of Salt of Cloves made with Spirit of Cloves lbij. lbij. mix, and digest. Or thus: ℞ Oil of Cloves, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, a. ℥ j Spirit of Cloves lbij. lbij. mix, and draw of the Powers by distillation. Or thus: ℞ Of the Oil ℥ j Tincture of Salt of Tartar lbij. lbij. mix, and digest, for use.  
They comfort all the members, chief the Stomach, Heart, Brain, and Bowels; by conserving and augmenting their heat. They mightily help the Liver and Spleen, and restore their lost functions. They are of wondered efficacy in easing the Pains of the Teeth of what kind soever; for that being of a caustick virtue, they immediately smite as it were the Nerve at the bottom of the Tooth, and master the sharp humour: and for the same reason they cure all sorts of Ulcers; for they, by their own proper Salt in like manner burning, dissolve and annihilate the burning and caustick Salt of the Ulcer, and both are changed into another substance; and than Nature, by her own Balsamic property induces the cicatrice. They are a choice Medicine in Swooning fits, for they cheer the Heart, and strengthen it, and remove all such things therefrom, which may any ways hurt it. There is nothing more powerful to preserve from the malignity of a pestilent Air; because they strengthen all the principal members, so as to make them able to resist any poisonous or pestilential impurity. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij. in Wine, Broth, or other Vehicle.   

6. Powers of Lemons and Oranges.  
℞ Oil of Lemons, or Oranges, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, a. ℥ j Spirit of Lemons or Oranges lbij. lbij. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Oil of, etc. ℥ j Tincture of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, made with Spirit of Lemons or Oranges lbij. lbij. mix, and digest.  
They are Cephalick, Stomatick, Cardiack, Splenetic, and Hysterick; they cure the Megrim and pain of the Head, arising from cold wind, and plenty of Pituitous humours, for they discuss Wind. They clear the Sight, strengthen the Stomach and Liver, and abate vapours of the Spleen, provoke Urine, stop the flux of the Whites, and wonderfully help the Womb; they are profitable against stubborn and rebellious Diseases of the Nerves and Joints, arising from cold, and greatly provoke Venery; because they heat the parts, and stir up the vital and animal Spirits, the proper sources of all actions. They also are of mighty use in the curing of the Catarrh, Palsy, Convulsion, Trembling, the Gout, Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Vertigo, Lethargy, and Suffocation of the Womb, and other Diseases coming from cold. Dose, àʒj, ad ij.   

7. Powers of Peniroyal.  
℞ Oil of Peniroyal, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, a. ℥ j Tincture of Salt of Peniroyal, made with Spirit of the same, lbij. lbij. mix them. Or thus: ℞ Of the Oil and Spirit aforesaid, a. ℥ j Spirit of Peniroyal, or rectified S.U. lbij. lbij. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Oil and Spirit as before, ℥ j Tincture of Salt of Tartar lbij. lbij. mix, and digest.  
There is nothing more powerful against the pale and ill-favoured colour of Virgins, because it helps the Concoctive faculty of the Bowels; they safely provoke the Terms, for the same reason; for which cause also they are good against most Diseases of the Womb. They are said to cure Barrenness, and make Women fruitful. They quicken all the Senses, both internal and external, and cure all Affects arising from a cold cause, reviving the Spirits, Vital and Animal. They are good against Difficulty of Breathing, strengthen the Breast and Lungs, and stop Catarrhs, freeing the Lungs from the Phlegm and glutinous Humours, with which they are stuffed, by penetrating, and exciting their faculty. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij.   

8. Powers of Rosemary.  
They are made as the Powers of Peniroyal.  
They quicken all the Senses, and so strengthen the Brain, and Memory in particular, that they preserve from the Vertigo, Sleepiness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, and all cold Affects of the Head and Nerves. They wonderfully cheer all the Spirits, Natural, Vital, and Animal; nor is any thing more efficacious against the infection of a Pestilential Air. They retard Old-age, because they conserve the radical and native heat. They are an admirable Ophthalmick, for they cure all sorts of Cloudiness, Darkness, or Films, offending the Sight, by dissolving the viscous Humours which 'cause them. They are good to heal Fistula's and Ulcers, whether concave or eating, by cleansing them. They ease and take away the Headache, which arises sympathetically from the evil disposition of the Stomach. They cure the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Lethargy, Palsy, Convulsions, and Diseases of the Womb. Dose, àʒj, adʒij. more or lesle, in some Cephalick or Neurotick Vehicle, morning and evening, for about 60 days.   

9 Powers of Amber.  
℞ Oil of Amber that comes forth first, of the first distillation ℥ j Spirit of Amber, distilled with rectified S.U. lbij. lbij. Volatile Salt of Amberʒ ij. mix them. Or thus: ℞ Of pure Oil of Amber ℥ j rectisied S.U. lbij. lbij. Spirit of Sal Armoniac ℥ ij. mix, and distil, according to Art  
They are an excellent cure for the Palsy, and all kinds of Affections of the Nerves, the Gout in the Feet, and all other kinds of Gouts, the Megrim, and all kinds of Headache, Contractions of the Muscles, and most Diseases of the Head and Womb, being outwardly applied; and inwardly taken, they wonderfully prevail against Fits of the Mother, Vapours from the Womb, and Distempers of the Animal Spirits. They sharpen the Understanding, and quicken all the Senses, and are profitable against Tremble of the limbs, and Convulsions of all kinds whatsoever. They are good against the Vertigo, and Lethargy, arising from what cause soever, but chief from a cold cause. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ iij. in appropriate Waters, Syrups, or other appropriate Vehicles.   

10. Powers of Turpentine.  
℞ Oil of Turpentine ℥ j Alcohol of Wine lbj lbj. mix, and distil: to which you may add (if you so please) Spirit of Sal Armoniac ℥ ss.  
They cure a virulent Gonorrhoea, heal Wounds of the Nerves and Ulcers, and help a stoppage of Urine, or difficulty of Pissing: they are said to break the Stone in the Reinss and Bladder, and heal in a very short time Ulcers of those parts. They cure the Lethargy, Palsy, and Trembling of the members. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij. in white Wine, or some other Vehicle.   

11. Powers of Virtues.  
℞ Of the Oils of Angelica, Sweet-Marjoram, Camomile, Caraways, Fenelseed, Bawm, Mint, Rue, Sage, Savin, Sassafras, Time, a. ℥ ss. Spirit of Sal Armoniac ℥ vj. Spirit of the same Plants lbxij lbxij. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Of the Oils, etc. a. ℥ ss. Tincture of the Salts of the same Plants, made with the Spirit of the same Plants; or instead thereof, Tincture of the Salt of Tartar lbxij lbxij. mix, and digest.  
They correct all the abounding Acids in the Human Body, promote the Circulation of the Blood, are good against an evil habit in Women, provoke Sweat, and contend with evil Humours in the Body of every kind. They are Cephalick, Neurotick, Stomatick, Cardiack, Hepatick, Splenetic, Arthritick, and Hysterick; and their Specific virtue or power is derived from their several particular Oils and Salts. In a word, they strengthen all the Bowels of the Human Body, preserving and freeing it from Putrefaction and Poison. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij.   

12. Powers of Vipers.  
℞ Stinking Oil of Vipers (made by distillation) ℥ j volatile Salt of Vipersʒ j mix them; to which add rectified Spirit of Nitre ℥ iv. after which add Tincture of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, or Tartarized S.U. ℥ x. mix, and digest.  
They prevail against Swooning-fits, and Melancholy Vapours arising from the Spleen, and assailing the Heart. They are given against all sorts of Poison, and Poisonous Symptoms; as also in the Plague, and malign Fevers, and in the Hungartan Disease, in which they wonderfully prevail. They are good against the Palpitation of the Heart, Fainting, and other like passions: they help Fits of the Mother, Falling-sickness, Vertigo, Megrim, Lethargy, and Palsy. They cure the Scurvy, Impotency in Men, Atrophy, Consumption, and Hectic Fever, for which things they are famous. And that which is worthy to be known, they do these things without any painful operation, vomiting, griping, perturbation, or trouble of the Stomach or Bowels; and which is chief to be taken notice of, they perform all their effects by an act of strengthening the Body. Dose, à gut xx, and xl. more or lesle, in a glass of Canary.   

13. Powers of Heart's Horns and Hoofs.  
℞ Oil of the Hoofs and Horns ℥ j Spirit of Sal Armoniac ℥ ij. Tincture of Salt of Tartar ℥ viij. mix, and digest.  
They are Hysterick and Cephalick, for which cause they take away all kinds of Hysterick-fits, even the most vehement; as also the pain and compression of the Praecordia. And in Fits of the Mother, where all the parts are irritated, and the Disease become as it were desperate, they have a most sanative power; for they destroy even the Cause of this most violent Disease, and of all other the most vehement precipitations or disorders in the Wombs of Women; whether they arise from the retention of the Seed, or any other cause; which as they powerfully repress, so they perfectly quiet. Dose, à gut. x, and xx. or ʒss. in white Wine, or some Hysterick-liquor.     


CHAP. LXIV. De SALIBUS.  

I. Sal Absinthii fixum.  
℞ ABsinthii communis quantum sufficit, accendatur ut penitus in cineres abeat albos; ex quibus cum Aqua calida Elixiviatur Sal: hanc Aquam filtra, recentem supra faeces fundendo, donec nullum falinum ampliùs referat saporem: solutiones omnes confunde, & in Patella terrea munda ad siccitatem evapora; sique opus sit, secundà & tertiâ solutione, filtratione, & coagulatione purificatur. Sal Essentiale paratur ex foliis Absinthii virentis, antequam semina protrudere incipiat, contusis, in Aqua copiosa coctis ad medietatem: fortiter decoctum coletur per expressionem, colatura cum albumine Ovorum clarificetur, & evaporetur ad Mellis liquidi spissitudinem; deinde reponendo in frigido ad crystallizandum, siceantur Crystalli ad usum.  
Sal Fixum incidit, aperit, abstergit, attenuat, & Stomachicum est, Calculum pellit, Vrinam & Sudores ciet, prodest atque in Febribus quibuscunque. Dosis, à granis decem ad scruplam unam. Sal Essentiale abstergit, Stomachicum est egregium, & Sudorisicum; Vermes necat, Obstructiones Lienis & Mesenterii tollit, & Bilis effervescentiam sedat. Dosis, à granis decem ad scruplam unam.   

II Sal Aluminis.  
Ex Capite mortuo, ope Aquae communis elicitur. Alumen dulce, seu Saccharum Aluminis, fit ex Alumine in Aquâ communi soluta; dein digeritur & crystallisatur, terque opus repetetur, ut Alumen dulcescat.  
Sal Febrifugum est & Sudorificum, sumiturque ante Paroxysmum, à granis sex ad sexdecim; postea manè ac vesperi datur in Vehiculs Antifebriticis. Saccharum utilissimum est in Pectoris Morbis, praesertim ex Minerarum halitu contractis; Vulnera curat, convenitque Vlceribus inveteratis & Odontalgiae, partibus impositum affectibus. Dosis, à granis octo ad sexdecim, in Vehiculo aliquo adapto.   

III Sal Armoniacum volatile.  
℞ Salis Armoniaci & Salis Tartari, ana partes aequales; misce, & sublima secundum Artem: sublimetur etiam cum tertiâ Castoris vel Succini parte.  
Medicamentum est potentissimum in Scorbuto inveterato, in Hydrope, insuper in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Lethargo, omnibusque Capitis Morbis, quia Obstructiones potenter Corporis Humani tollit: attenuat, aperit, & diaphoreticum est; exhibetur in Affectibus Pulmonum ex acri & corrosivo Sale oriundis, praesertim in Pleuritide, Colico dolore, passione Hysterica, Obstructionibus Mensium, & similibus Affectibus; Pituitam tenacem incidit, Spiritus in universo Corpore recreat, Sanguinisque Circulationem promovet. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad duodecim.   

IV. Sal Cinerum clavellatorum.  
Fit, ut Sal Absinthii, Sectione primâ.  
Attenuat, aperit, resolvit, Humores fundit, cum Acidis effervescit, eaque temperat & destruit, unde infinitis Morbis conducit, praecipuè omnibus iis, qui ab Humorum infarctu, & à Fermento acido generantur; ut Morbi Pituitosi, Scorbutus, Obstructiones Renum & Vesicae, Calculus, Stranguria, Ischuria, Dysuria, Febres, Hydrops, Podagra, aliique Morbi similes: nempe Meatus reserando, Sudorem ciendo, Humores solvendo, Acidum & Acre absorbendo, Vrinamque movendo. Dosis, à granis sex ad quindecim, vel scruplam unam, in Aqua Elementaria, aliove Vehiculo diuretico.   

V. Sal Cornu Cervi Succinatum.  
℞ Frustulorum Cornu Cervi crudi quantum sufficit, repleatur eo Retorta terrea, instituaturque distillatio in Igne aperto, observando Ignis gradus; & prodibit cum primo gradu Phlegma, cum secundo Oleum, cum tertio Sal volatile: continuetur distillatio per horas sex, donec nil ampliùs prodeat; & habebitur in Recipiente massa, ex Phlegmate, Oleo, & Sale volatili conflata. Magna quoque pars Salis volatilis sub forma Nivis, adhaerebit lateribus Recipientis, quod debet esse amplum, & maximè quadrans ad collum Retortae. Oleum crassum separetur à Phlegmate & Sale volatili, solvendo totam massam Aquâ purâ, filtrandoque per Chartam: sic Sal volatili & Phlegma transibunt per Chartam, Oleum verò crassum in Charta manebit. Aqua seu Phlegma, cum Sale solent cohobare super Caput mortuum, ad albedinem calcinatum in Cucurbitam vitream cum Alembico, leatissimo gradu Ignis, & Sal ascendabit nivei coloris in Alembici capite. Recipe etiam Salis Cornu Cervi purificati libram unam, Succini pulverisati libram semis; misce, & sublimatur: sic habebis Sal Cornu Cervi Succinatum.  
Alexipharmicum, Diaphoreticum, Cephalicum, Cardiacum, & Hystericum est; sumitur in Febribus malignis, Peste, Syncope, passione Hysterica, Arthritide vaga, Paralysi, Apoplexia, Epilepsia, Lethargo, Ictero, Obstructionibus Vrinae, Morbis Melancholicis; praesertim in omnibus Morbis per Sudorem curabilibus: penetrantissimum est Medicamentum in Obstructionibus Mensium, & Affectibus reliquis Vterinis, & Nervorum Obstructionibus, in Morsu Animalium Venenatorum; quorum Fermenta potenter enecat, & per Sudores expellit; si cum Cardiacis & aliis Alexipharmacis misceatur, ut Artis est. Dosis est, à granis decem ad scruplam unam.   

VI Sal Fabarum volatile.  
℞ Fabarum libras quinque, indatur Retortae terreae, vel vitreae loricatae, & distilletur Igne aperto, sensim augendo Ignem, donec Oleum & Sal volatile ascendere incipiat; & continuetur distillatio per horas tres vel quatuor, donec Recipiens clarifactum erit. Liquor rectificetur simul cum Sale volatili in Arena, per Cucurbitam vitream collo longo, cum Alembico suo; sic Sal volatile gradatim ascendabit in Alembici capitis summitate, albi coloris; quod immediatè indatur in Vitro optimè clauso, & in loco frigido reponatur ad usum.  
Mirificè attenuat, resolvit, incidit, aperit, dissipat, & penetrat; Obstructiones omnes incidendo Humores Pituitosos, & in fluorem redigendo reserat; hinc Vrinas & Sudores pellit, chronicisque Morbis convenit omnibus; aciditatem omnem temperat & extinguit; infinitisque Morbis utilis est, ut Podagrae, ardori Ventriculi, Scorbuto, Hystericis, & passionibus Hypochondriacis, Epilepsiae, Apoplexiae, Lethargo, Soporosis omnibus, Syncope, & caeteris, quoniam Aegros mirè excitat. Dosis, à granis quinque ad quindecim.   

VII. Sal, seu, Lapis Infernalis.  
℞ Calcis vivae libras duas, Cinerum clavellatorum libram unam, misce; & Aqu● purâ extrahatur Lixivium per ebullitionem: dein liquorem supernatantem per Manicam Hippocratis cola, & evapora in Vase sictili ad siccitatem; sic remanebit Sal, quod in Crucibulo, Igni admoto, liquabitur, & ad humiditatis residuae evaporationem ebulliet. Hinc materia, sub forma Olei in fundo Crucibuli existens, effundatur, & in Vitro optimè clauso servetur. Fit etiam ex Lunae cupellatae uncia una, & Spiritus Nitri rectificati unciis tribus, in quo Luna soluta, & ad tertias evaporata; infunditur Crucibulo Germanico & amplo, & Ignem apertum, ad consistentiam debitam evaporatur, tandemque effunditur, & in Vitro reponetur ad usum.  
Causticam vim spatio semihorae perficit, & absumendis Excrescentiis carnosis inservit.   

VIII. Sal Martis.  
℞ Limaturae Martis unciam unam, Olei Vitrioli unciam unam & semis, Aquae pluvialis calefactae uncias tres vel quatuor, ad octo; in Cucurbita vitrea misce, reponeque in Arena donec Limatura planè dissoluta sit, videlicet ad horas duodecim; Solutionem calidam filtra, & evapora ad pelliculae apparentiam; reponeque in Cellam per horas viginti-quatuor, ut Crystalli concrescant virides, quae ex liquore auferendae sunt, & super Charta sine Igne exsiccandae: Liquorem remanentem evaporetur ad dimidias, iterumque repone in Cellam; sic denuò Crystalli concrescent, quas pariter sicca, servaque ad usum. Si benè operatus fucris, ex Martis uncia, Vitrioli uncias duas habebis. Sal Martis, quod Anima Hepatis dicitur. ℞ Olei Vitrioli libram semis, Spiritus Vini rectisicati libram unam; misce in Sartagine ferreâ, digere ad siccitatem: sic habebis Sal Martis album, quod collige, Arenáque sicca, & servetur ad usum.  
Optim● convenit Scorbuto & Melancholiae Hypochondriacae, Obstructionibus Mensium, Chlorosi, & Cachexiae Virginum, Ictero, Hydropi, Morbis Spleneticis, & Vermibus Puerorum, quibus specificum est; & in omnibus Obstructionibus Hepatis, Lienis, Stomachi, Vteri, & Mesenterii, & aliis Affectibus inde oriundis. Dosis, à granis decem ad scruplam unam, prioris; & à granis tribus ad sex vel octo, posterioris.   

IX. Sal Mirabile.  
℞ Caput mortuum, in distillatione Spiritus Salis, vel Spiritus Nitri, Oleo Vitrioli factum, dissolve in Aqua ferventi, vel ad minimum tepida, ut non Vitrum rumpatur; solutum filtra per Chartam, & evapora ad tertiae tantum partis remanentiam, vel cuticulae apparentiam; residuum in loco frigido relinque per duos vel tres dies, & liquor magna ex parte in Crystallos concrescet, quae non debent esse corrosivae; quòd si sint, tum significat, nimis multum esse evaporatum ex Aquâ; necesseque est, adhuc simul Aquâ purâ dissolvere, iterumque filtrare, tum evaporare, sed cautè, ne nimium Aquae evaporetur; sed tantum, ut possit hoc Sal aptè crystallizari.  
Hoc Sal leniter coagulatum, exiccatumque super Charta alba in Arena lentè calida, in pulverem albissimum reducatur; vim habet diversos coagulandi liquores, ut Cerevisiam, Vinum, Acetum, si una pars Salis hujus calcinati misceatur cum tribus partibus liquoris, reponanturque per noctem, sic liquor cum Sale hoc abibit in Glaciem. Sal Crystallizatum catharticum est, Visceraque leniter movet per inferiora, omnesque Humores depravatos & malignos educit. Cephalalgiae, Hemicraniae, Epilepsiae, Defluxionibus, Odontalgiae, Hydropi, I●tero, Arthri●idi, Vermibus, Febribus internè da●um convenit; ex●ern●, Vlceribus inveteratis, Vulneribus, Doloribus, Obstructionibus Ossis cribriformis medetur. Dosis, a drac●…is duabus ad quatuor vel sex, in Vino, aliove Vehiculo adaptato.   

X. Sal Nitratum.  
℞ Salis communis, vel Tartari, libram unam, Spiritus Nitri rectificati libram unam & semis; misce, & super Arena calida evaporetur ad siccitatem usque.  
Hoc Sal potenter attenuat, penetrat, incidit, aperit, & resolvit; refrigerat, & Vrinam movet; Li●hontripticus est, conservatque à Putr●dini, & sic malignitati medetur; unde ejus usus in Peste, Febribus malignis, Inflammationibus, & Febribus ardentibus. Dosis, a granis quatuor ad scruplam, Vino, vel Vehiculo appropriato.   

XI. Sal Nitrum Catharticum.  
℞ Nitri fixati quantum vis, Spiritu Aceti dissolvatur; filtra, coagula, idque ter cum novo Spiritu Aceti repete: deinde solve in Spiritu V●…i, evaporaque ad siccitatem usque.  
Suaviter purgat, idque per inferiora, Obstructionibusque Mesenterii & Lienis conducit: sumitur à scrupla semis ad drachmam semis. Hoc dicitur Terra foliata Nitri, & utile est in Febribus ardentibus, putridis, & malignis; Vrinam & Calculum expellit, & praestantissimum est ad incidendos & detergendos Humores crassos & tartareos, & Meatus obstructos aperiendos.   

XII. Sal-Nitrum Nitratum.  
℞ Nitri purissimi libram unam, Spiritus Nitri rectificati libram unam & semis; misce, & macerentur simul per horas aliquot: dein Igni superponatur, & evaporetur liquor ad siccitatem; sic in fundo remanebit Sal candidissimum, fracto Vitro, eximendum.  
Locum Salis Prunellae supplere potest, sed mult● fortius, & gratius: omnibus Febribus putridis & malignis, Peste, Morbis Contagiosis, Scorbuto, & Obstructionibus Viscerum convenit; Sitim extinguit, & Stomachi Fermentum enervatum estaurat, Appetitumque excitat. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad scruplam. Permiscetur plerumque tribus partibus Sacchari albissimi. Externè Gingivarum putridini illitum convenit.   

XIII. Sal-Nitrum Vitriolatum.  
Fit ex Nitro, & Oleo Vitrioli, iisdemque proportionibus ut Nitrum-Nitratum.  
Praeservativum est in Scorbuto, Putridine, Peste, & Morbis Contagiosis, habetque virtutes easdem cum priore: valdè acutum est, & penetrans; Ictero, Cachexiae, Anorexiae, Morbis Chronicis & Hypochondriacis conducit. Dosis, à granis quinque ad viginti.   

FOURTEEN. Sal Polychrestum.  
℞ Nitri purissimi, Sulphuris, ana uncias octo; terantur subtilissim●, cribrentur, misceanturque, & massa per vices ingeratur in Crucibulum (super carbonibus) ignitum, comburaturque, donec pulvisculus griseus vel rubeus remaneat: Pulverem solve in Aqua ferventi, filtra per Chartam, & evapora ad siccitatem; sic relinquatur Sal albissimum, quod usui servetur.  
In Febribus intermittentibus insigne est deobstruens, si inseratur ordinario Potui Aegrorum; Humores purgat serosos per Sedem, & nonnunquam per Vrinas. Dosis est, drachma una pro una vice, in Cerevisia vel Aqua; vel drachmae duae vel tres in Aquae libris duabus dissolvatur, ut fiat instar Acidularum; refrigerat, & Obstructiones optime reserat.   

XU. Sal Prunellae.  
℞ Nitri purissimi pulverisati uncias octo, inde Crucibulo mundo, superque Carbonibus accensis repone, ut fluat instar Aquae; fluenti adde Florum Sulphuris pulverisatorum drachmam unam vel drachmas duas, qui per vices inspergantar; quibus incendio absumptis, Nitrum effunde fusum super lamellam cupream mundam, ut fiat in Tabellas, quae sunt ipsum Sal Prunellae, sive Crystallum Minerale dictum.  
Refrigerat, repellit, Putridem arcet, Acrimoniam acidam temperat; conducit in Dysenteria, in Febribus malignis, in Inflammatione Faucium, aliarumque partium. Dosis, à semiscruplam ad semidrachmam. Sitim extinguit, Vrinam potenter movet, Effervescentiam Sanguinis sedat; Bilem compescit, unde Crapulae, Febribus ardentibus, doloribus Nephriticis, Obstructionibus Pulmonum, omnibusque Inflammationibus convenit. Prunellae dictum, quia mediante Prunellae factum est.   

XVI. Sal, seu Saccharum Saturni.  
℞ Cerussae optimae pulverisatae subtilissime libram unam, inde Cucurbitae vitreae, affunde Spiritus Aceti libras tres, vel quantum sufficit; digerantur in Arena calida per horas viginti-quatuor, (ahi per septimanam) donec Acetum evadat dulcissimum, aliquoties Cerussam optimè agitando, ne fundo adhaereat: Solutionem instar Sacchari dulcem, effunde, & recens Spiritum Aceti superfunde, eodem modo procedendo, ut ante; haec operatio repetatur tamdiu, donec Acetum non ampliùs dulce fiat. Liquores omnes confusos filtra per Chartam lento Igne, ad quartae partis remanentiam, vel ad Pelliculae apparentiam evapora; evaporatum infunde Vasi stanneo, vel idem repone Vitrum in locum frigidum; & post horas viginti-quatuor in fundo Vasis stannei, vel Vitri, Crystallos albos, vel substantiam Saccharinam cum adstrictione dulcissimam, siccandam, & usui reservandam. Ex Cerussae libra una, Salis vel Sacchari colliguntur unciae octo vel novem.  
Resrigerat, siccat, adstringit, & repellit, conducit in Inflammationum principiis, Pectoris & Pulmonis vitiis succurrit; praecipuè si Tinctura cum Spiritu Vini inde abstrahatur: Vermes necat, Venerem extinguit, Gonorrhoeam, Diarrhoeam, Dysenteriam, & Mensium profluvium sistit. Dosis, à granis duabus ad sex. In Affectibus Pulmonum: ℞ Sacchari Saturni, Nitri purissimi, ana; dissolve seorsim in Aceti Spiritu, solutiones confunde, filtra, & evaporando Crystallos fiunt. Hoc Medicamentum in Asthmate, Orthopnoea, & similibus Affectibus prodest. Dosis, internè, à granis duobus ad decem: externè, vel in Aquis, vel Vnguentis, vel Emplastris permiscetur. Saccharum syncerum omnes Inflammationes allevat, valetque in Affectibus Oculorum, Erysipelate, Tumoribus, & Vlceribus; & propter duas causas medetur; Sal enim volatile Aceti Obstructiones solvit, & particulae Saturni, propter mollitiem suam, acres obtundunt Humores, & erodentes, qui Vlcerum sanationem impediunt, & cicatrizat. Cosmeticum est, & in Podagra calida, Suffusionibus, mira praestat; itidem in Contusionibus, aliisve dolorincis Fluxionibus sedandis. In Gonorrhoea, nbi ab acri Fermento Venereo eroditur Ductus Vrinarius, hoc Saccharum cum Aqua vel Lacte tepido, injectum per Syringam, praesens est remedium.   

XVII. Sal Succini volatile.  
Fit in distillatione & rectificatione Olei Succini, colligiturque collo Retortae adhaerens, quod sic purificatur: ℞ Salis volatilis Succini Oleo suo foetido inquinati, quantum vis, huic misce Salis decrepitati tantùm, quousque fit arida, & sublima ex Vasculo terreo, Pyramide chartaceâ munitâ; Ignem autem cautè rege, ne Capitellum papyraceum comburatur: sic enim obtinebis Salem Succini volatilem instar lintei, omnique foetore & empyreumate liberatum.  
Vires habet Olei, at potentiores; insuper passionbus Hystericis succurrit, Calculum & Vrinam pellit, & Sudorificum est; Paralyticis, Apoplecticis, Hystericis, Arthritidi vagae, similibusque Affectibus, & omnibus Morbis frigidis prodest. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad scruplam unam, Vehiculo convenienti. Spasmos curat, & specificum est in Lethargo, Epilepsia, Convulsionibus, etc.   

XVIII. Sal Tartari.  
Fix ex Tartaro calcinato, ut Sal Cinerum clavellatorum, Sectione quarta hujus Capitis.  
Attenuat, incidit, resolvit, & potenter aperit; acida omnia Fermenta, praecipuè Ventriculi, in momento destruit, Vrinam movet, & Calculos pellit, Exaestuationem Sanguinis sedat, Febribus ardentibus, Delirio, Vigilis continuis, Ictero, & Hydropi subvenit. Sulphura aperit, & sic praeparat, ut cum Spiritu Vini Tinctura genuinà elici possit. Dosis, à semiscrupla ad semidrachmam, bis in diem, Si Sal cum parte Nitri dimidia factum est, optimum erit Diureticum & Lithontripticum, & Tincturarum extrahente, admisceri solet.   

XIX. Sal Vitriolatum.  
℞ Salis communis, vel Salis Tartari in Aqua pura soluti, quantum vis, ita ut Lixivium sit limpidissimum & fortissimum; huic successiuê guttatim affunde Oleum Vitrioli rectificatum, quousque effervescentiam sedatam notaveris: dein leni Igne ad siccitatem evapora.  
Digestivum est nobile ad Obstructiones pertinaces resolvendas, praecipue Stomachi, Mensium, Mesenterii, Lienis, & similium; Aperiens est egregium, & magnum Stomachicum; potenter attenuat, incidit, crassosque Humores & viscosos resolvit: Cachexiae, Ictero, Hydropi, Calculo, Chlorosi succurrit, & stimuli loco Purgantibus permiscetur; cumque Jalappa feliciter purgat Hydropicos. Dosis, à semiscrupla ad scruplas duas. Diureticus, Febrifugus & Anticolicus est, valet contra Pestem, arcet Putredinem, extinguit Sitim; inde convenit nimiis Sanguinis ardoribus, Febribus ardentibus & malignis; ratione penetrandi totum Corpus, infinitis Morbis est utilis.   

XX. Ens Veneris.  
℞ Vitrioli Martis optimi reverberati & loti uncias quatuor, Salis Armoniaci uncias octo, misce, & sublima, bis vel ter cohobando.  
Anodynum est, in summis doloribus; lassitudini Corporis maximè convenit, unde usus est eximii in Rachitide; Vermes necat, Obstructiones aperit & resolvit, valdeque proficuum est in Pleuritide ac Vteri suffocatione. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad duodecim, vel sexdecim, manè ac vesperi, Vehiculo aquoso appropriato.   

XXI. Vitriolum Lunae.  
℞ Lunae cupellatae uncias duas, eique affundito Spiritus Nitri uncias sex; collocato in digestione tepida, quousque Spiritus Nitri Lunam dissolverit; solutionem ad medietatem, vel cuticuli apparentiam, evaporato, & loco quieto locato: ita concrescunt Crystalli Lunares, quas à superflua humiditate separa, & leni calore exicca, superfluum autem humorem de novo ad medietatem evapora, & procede ut prius. Hos Crystallos resolvito iterum in Aqua pura vel pluviali distillata; digere per horas viginti quatuor, ut faeces, si quae sint, subsidant; solutionem filtrato, & ad medietatem evaporato: ita de novo Crystalli concrescunt Lunares, quas exicca, ut dictum prius, & reserventur ad usum. Nota primò, Quod Luna absolutè ab omni Venere debeat esse depurata; secus enim Vomitus violentos excitare solet. Secundò, Quod huic Aqua solutioni quidam addunt Salis Prunellae tantum, quantum ponderavit Argentum, eum in finem, ut maxima ex parte corrosioum Crystallorum infringatur.  
Specificum & indubitatum Medicamentum Antihydropicum est; Cephalaeae, Cephalalgiae, & Hemicraniae medetur. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quatuor vel sex, in baustu Vini calidi, Aquâ Cinamomi, vel similibus Vehiculis convenientibus. Nota: ut in forti eductione Aquarum humoris hydropici, Viscera sunt corroboranda, Essentiâ Baccarum Juniperi, cum proprio Spiritu extractâ, & cum guttulis aliquot Spiritûs Salis acidula facta; vel Elixire Proprietatis Paracelsi cum Spiritu Salis dulcificato, facto. Hoc specificum quinetiam in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Lethargo, Vertigine, Convulsionibus, Arthritide, Paralysi, similibusque Morbis convenit.    

CHAP. LXIV. Of SALTS.  

1. Fixed Salt of Wormwood.  
℞ COmmon Wormwood, q. s. burn it, so as it may be presently brought into white ashes; of which with hot or boiling Water make a Lixivium: filter it, and put fresh Water upon the faeces, so long till the Water will come of unaltered in the taste: put all these solutions into a clean earthen Pan, and evaporate to dryness; and if need be, you may purify it by a second and third solution, filtration, and coagulation. The Essential Salt. It is prepared of green Wormwood, before it runs up to seed, bruising it, and boiling it in a good quantity of Water to one half: than straining out the decoction by strongly expressing it, which being clarified with whites of Eggs, is to be boiled to the thickness of new Honey, and put in a cold place to crystallize, and drying the Crystals for use.  
The Fixed Salt incides, opens, cleanses, attenuates, and is Stomatick, expels the Stone, provokes. Urine and Sweat, and is good against all sorzes of Fevers. Dose, à gr. x, and ℈ j The Essential Salt cleanses, and is a famous Stomatick and Sudorific; it kills Worms, and removes Obstructions of the Spleen and Mesentery, and allays the effervescence of Choler. Dose, à gr. x, and ℈ j   

2. Salt of Alum.  
It is drawn forth of the Caput mortuum, by the help of common Water. Sweet Alum is made of the crude Alum, being dissolved in fair Water, digested, and crystallized, and repeated three times, till the Alum grows sweet.  
This Salt is a Febrifuge and Sudorific, and is given before the Paroxysm, à gr. uj, and xuj. afterwards it is given morning and evening in some Antifebritick Vehicle. The Saccharum is profitable in Diseases of the Breast, but chief in such as are contracted from Mineral fumes: it is profitable also in the cure of Wounds and old Ulcers, as also the Toothache, being applied to the part affected. Dose, à gr. viij, and xuj. in some proper Vehicle.   

3. Volatile Sal Armoniac.  
℞ Sal Armoniac and Salt of Bohemian-tartar, a. mix, and sublime, according to Art You may also sublime it, with a third part of Castoreum, or Amber.  
It is a most powerful Medicine against an inveterate Scurvy, Dropsy, but more especially against the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, and all Diseases of the Head; because it powerfully takes away Obstructions of the Human Body: it attenuates, opens, and is diaphoretic; it is given in Affects of the Lungs, arising from a sharp and corrosive Salt; chief in the Pleurisy, Colic, Fits of the Mother, Obstructions of the Courses, and other like Diseases; it cuts tough Phlegm, cheers the Spirits through the universal Body, and promotes the Circulation of the Blood. Dose, à gr. iv, and xij.   

4. Salt of Pot-ashes.  
It is made as Salt of Wormwood, at Sect. 1. above.  
It attenuates, opens, resolves, melts Humours, and effervesces with Acids, which it both qualifies and overcomes, whereby it conduces to the cure of infinite Diseases, but chief of all such which are caused from the stuffing of Humours, and are generated of an acid Ferment; as Diseases from Phlegm, the Scurvy, Obstructions of the Reinss and Bladder, the Stone, Strangury, Ischury, Disury, Fevers, Dropsy, Gout, and other the like Distempers: and this it does do by opening the Passages, provoking Sweat, resolving Humours, absorbing Sharpness and Acidity, and provoking Urine. Dose, à gr. uj, ad gr. xv. or ℈ j in Aquae Elementaria, or other Diuretic Vehicle.   

5. Salt of Hartshorn with Amber.  
℞ Little bits of raw Hartshorn q. s. fill therewith an earthen Retort, and distil in an open Fire, observing degrees of heat: so will you have with the first degree Phlegm, with the second Oil, with the third volatile Salt: continued the distillation for six hours, till no more will come forth: so will you have in the Receiver a mass, consisting of Phlegm, Oil, and volatile Salt; but a great part of the volatile Salt will stick to the sides of the Receiver, (which aught to be large, and exactly close with the neck of the Retort) in the form of Snow. Separate the thick Oil from the Phlegm and Salt, by dissolving the whole Mass in fair Water, and filtering it through Paper: so will the volatile Salt and Phlegm pass through, leaving the thick Oil behind. The Water or Phlegm, together with the Salt, are usually cohobated upon the Caput mortuum, calcined to whiteness, in a glass Cucurbit, with its Head or Alembick, and distilled with a very gentle Fire: so will the Salt ascend as white as Snow to the top of the Head. Take again of this purified Salt of Hartshorn lbj lbj. Amber in powder lbss lbss. mix, and sublime: so will you have the Salt of Hartshorn with Amber.  
It is Alexipharmick, Diaphoretic, Cephalick, Cardiack, and Hysterick; and is given in malign Fevers, the Plague, Swooning-fits, fits of the Mother, running Gout, Palsy, Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, Lethargy, yellow Jaundice, Obstructions of Urine, Melancholy Diseases; but chief in all Distempers curable by Sweeting: it is a most powerful Medicine in Obstructions of the Terms, and other Affects of the Womb, and Stoppages of the Nerves, as also in the Bites of Venomous Creatures; which Ferment it powerfully overcomes, and expels the same by Sweeting; more especially if mixed with Cardiacks and other Alexipharmicks, as Art shall direct. Dose, à gr. x, and ℈ j   

6. Volatile Salt of Beans.  
℞ Beans lbv lbv. put them into an earthen Retort, or a glass one coated, and distil them in an open Fire, increasing the heat by degrees, till the Oil and volatile Salt gins to ascend; and continued the distillation for three or four hours, till the Receiver becomes clear. The Liquor, together with the volatile Salt, may be rectified in a glass Cucurbit with a long neck and its proper head, in Sand; so will the volatile Salt gradually ascend to the highest part of the head, of a white colour; which immediately put into a Glass and stop it close, keeping it in a cold place for use.  
It wonderfully attenuates, incides, opens, dissipates, and penetrates; it opens all Obstructions, by cutting the Pituitous Humours, and making them thin; for which reason it brings forth Urine and Sweat, and is good in all chronic Diseases; it allays the acidity and destroys it; being profitable for the cure of many Diseases, as the Gout, Pain of the Stomach, Scurvy, Fits of the Mother, Hypochondriack Melancholy, Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, all Sleepy Diseases, Swooning-fits, etc. for that it wonderfully excites or stirs up the Animal Spirits in such Patients. Dose, à gr. v, ad xv.   

7. Burning Salt, or, Hell-stone.  
℞ Quicklime lbij. lbij. Pot-ashes lbj lbj. mix, and with fair Water make a Ley by boiling; decant the liquor, and strain it through Hypocrates his Sleeve, and in an earthen Vessel evaporate away to dryness; so will the Salt remain, which put into a Crucible over a Fire, making it to melt, and boil away the remaining humidity. This matter under the consistency of Oil in the Crucible, pour forth, and keep it in a Glass close stopped, for use. It is also made of cupellated Silver ℥ j dissolved in rectified Spirit of Nitre ℥ iij. this is to be evaporated away to a third part; than put into a large German-Crucible, over an open Fire, and evaporated away to a due consistency; than it is to be poured forth, and kept in a Glass close stopped, for use.  
It performs its Caustick operation in about half an hours time, and serves to take away fleshy Excrescencies.   

8. Salt of Mars, or Iron.  
℞ Filing of Iron ℥ j Oil of Vitriol ℥ i ss. Rain-water warmed ℥ iij, or iv, to viij. put them into a glass Cucurbit placed in a Sand-heat, till the Filing are throughly dissolved viz. for about twelve hours; the Solution being warm, filter, and evaporate, till a skin comes on the top; than put it into a Cellar for twentyfour hours, that it may shoot into green Crystals, which take out of the liquor, and dry them upon Paper without Fire: the remaining Liquor evaporate to one half, and put it again into a Cellar to crystallize, as before; which dry, and keep for use. If you have wrought well, you will have from ℥ j of Filing, ℥ ij. of Vitriol. Salt of Iron, which is called The Soul of the Liver. ℞ Oil of Vitriol lbss ss. S.U. rectified lbj lbj. mix them in a Frying-pan or iron Kettle, and digest to dryness: so have you the white Salt of Mars, which gather, and dry in a Sand-heat, and keep it for use.  
It is admirably good against the Scurvy and Hpochondriack Melancholy, Obstruction of the Terms, Green-sickness, and evil habit of Body in Virgins, the yellow Jaundice, Dropsy, Diseases of the Spleen, and Worms in Children, for which it is a specific; as also in all Obstructions of the Liver, Spleen, Stomach, Womb, and Mesentery, and other Distempers thence arising. Dose, à gr. x, and ℈ j of the former; and, à gr. iij, and uj, vel viij. of the latter.   

9 The Wondered Salt.  
℞ The Caput mortuum made in distillation of Spirit of Salt, or Spirit of Nitre, with Oil of Vitriol; dissolve it in boiling Water, at lest so hot, as it may not break the Glass; filter the solution through brown Paper, and evaporate till a third part only remains, or a thin skin appears; than set it in a cold place for two or three days; so will a great part of the liquor shoot into Crystals, which aught not to be corrosive; if they be so, it shows that too much of the liquor was evaporated; and it will be necessary again once more to dissolve in Water, to filter and evaporate, but with caution, that too much of the Water be not exhaled, but only so much as may put it into a condition of crystallizing.  
This Salt being leisurely coagulated, and dried upon white Paper in a gentle Sand-heat, becomes a very white powder; which has a virtue of congealing or turning into a kind of Ice several liquors, as Beer, Vinegar, Wine; if to three parts of the liquor you put one part of this powdered Salt, and it be kept quiet for one night, so will the liquor be turned into Ice. The Crystals are cathartick, gently purging the Bowels by Stool, and bringing forth all sorts of depraved and malign Humours. Inwardly given it is good against the Headache, Megrim, Epilepsy, Defluxions of Rheum, Toothache, Dropsy, Jaundice, Gout, Worms, and Fevers. Outwardly used it helps Wounds, inveterate Ulcers, Pains, and Obstructions in the Nostrils, or Stoppages in the Head. Dose, àʒ ij, and iv, vel vj. in Wine, or other fit Vehicle.   

10. Nitrated Salt.  
℞ Common Salt, or Salt of Tartar lbj lbj. rectified Spirit of Nitre lbj lbj ss. mix, and upon warm Sand evaporate to dryness.  
This Salt powerfully attenuates, pierces, cuts, opens, and resolves; it cools, and provokes Urine, is good against the Stone, preserves from Putrefaction, and for the same reason is good against malignity; for which cause it is used in the Plague, malign Fevers, Inflammations, and burning Fevers. Dose, a gr. iv, and xx. in Wine, or some appropriate Vehicle.   

11. Purging Sal Nitre.  
℞ Of fixea Nitre, as much as you please, which aissolve in Spirit of Vinegar; altar and coagulate, which repeat three times with fresh Spirit of Vinegar: lastly, dissolve it in S.U. and evaporate to dryness.  
It purges gently, and that by Stool, opens Obstructions of the Mesentery and Spleen. It is given, à ℈ ss, adʒ ss. This Salt is that which is called Terra foliata Nitri, the Foliated Earth of Nitre, and is profitable against putrid, burning, and malign Fevers; it brings forth Urine and the Stone, and is very powerful in cutting and deterging of gross and tartarous Humours, and in opening of obstructed Passages.   

12. Salt-Nitre Nitrated.  
℞ The most pure Nitre lbj lbj. Spirit of Nitre rectified lbj lbj ss. mix, and digest them together for some hours; than put it upon the Fire, and evaporate to dryness; so will you have at bottom, a very white Salt, break the Glass, and take it forth.  
This may supply the place of Sal Prunellae, but it is much more powerful, and more grateful; and is good against all forts of putrid and malign Fevers, Contagious Diseases, and the Plague, as also the Scurvy, and Obstructions of the Bowels; it quenches Thirst, and restores the weakened Ferment of the Stomach, and stirs up the Appetite. Dose, à gr. iv. ad xx. It is oftentimes mixed with three parts of white Sugar. Outwardly, being rubbed upon the Gums and Teeth, it cleanses them, and preserves them from rotting.   

13. Salt-Nitre Vitriolated.  
It is made of Nitre and Oil of Vitriol, in the same proportions as the asoregoing Nitre-Nitrated.  
It is a Preservative against the Scurvy, Putrefaction, Plague, and contagious Diseases, and has the virtues of the former: it is very acute, and penetrating; and good against the Jaundice, evil habit of Body, depraved Appetite, Chronic and Hypochondriack Diseases. Dose, à gr. v, ad xx.   

14. Salt of many Virtues.  
℞ Pure Nitre, Sulphur, a. ℥ viij. beaten them into very fine powder, sift them and mix them together; which done, put of the mass by spoonfuls into a Crucible red-fire-hot, upon a good fire, and let the matter burn till it becomes grey or reddish; this dissolve in boiling Water, filter through Paper, and evaporate to dryness; so will you have a white Salt, which keep for use.  
It is a famous thing in Agues, powerfully opening, if it be put into the ordinary Drink of the Sick; it purges serous Humours by Stool, and sometimes by Urine. Dose, ʒ j at a time, in Beer or Water; or two or three drams, in a quart of Water, that it may be made like to the Medicinal Waters at Tunbridge, etc. it cools, and notably opens Obstructions.   

15. The Cooling Salt.  
℞ Fine Nitre in powder ℥ viij. put it into a clean Crucible upon a good fire, that it may melt, and flow like Water; to which put fine Flowers of Sulphurʒ i, orʒ ij. which by degrees let be strewed in; when all is consumed by burning, pour forth the melted Nitre upon a clean copper plate, that it may be made into little Tables, like Lozenges; which are the Sal Prunellae, called also Crystal Mineral.  
It cools, repels, resists Putrefaction, qualifies the acrimony of Acids, prevails against a Bloodyflux, malign Fevers, Inflammations of the Jaws and other parts. Dose, à ℈ ss, adʒ ss. It quenches Thirst, powerfully provokes Urine, and allays the boiling of the Blood; it represses Choler, for which reasonit is good against Surfeits, Burning-Fevers, Nephritickpains, Obstructions of the Lungs, and all sorts of Inflammations. It is called Sal Prunellae, because made by the help of Prunella, a Burning-coal.   

16. Salt or Sugar, of Saturn or Lead.  
℞ Of the best Ceruse in fine powder lbj lbj. put it into a glass Cucurbit, and affuse thereon Spirit of Vinegar lbiij lbiij. or a sufficient quantity; digest in warm Sand for twentyfour hours, (others say, for a week) till the Vinegar becomes very sweet, by sometimes stirring it very well, that it may not stick to the bottom: this sweet Solution pour of, and affuse more Spirit of Vinegar, proceeding in the same manner as before; which operation so often repeat, till the Vinegar will grow not more sweet. Mix all these Liquors together, filter through brown Paper, and over a gentle Fire evaporate, till a quarter part only remains, or a little Skin appears on the top; being evaporated, put the matter: into a tin Vessel, or put the same Galss into a cold place for twentyfour hours; so will you have in the bottom of the tin Vessel, or of the Glass, white Crystals, or a very sweet Sugar-like substance, with some adstriction, which dry, and keep for use. From lbj lbj. of Ceruse, you will have ℥ viij, or ix. of the Salt or Saccharum.  
It cools, dries, binds, and repels, and is good against Inflammations in their beginning, prevails against Diseases of the Breast and Lungs; more especially if a Tincture be extracted therefrom with Spirit of Wine: it kills Worms, quenches Lust, and stops a Gonorrhoea, Diarrhoea, Bloodyflux, and overflowing of the Terms. Dose, à gr. ij, ad vj. In Affects of the Lungs, commix it thus: ℞ Saccharum Saturni, pure Nitre, a. dissolve them apart in Spirit of Vinegar, mix the solutions, filter, evaporate, and crystallize. These Crystals are good against an Asthma, Dirficulty of Breathing, and other like Affects, Dose, inwardly, à gr. ij, and x. outwardly, they may be mixed with Waters, Ointments, or Emplasters. The Pure Saccharum (without this mixture of Nitre) allays all Inflammations, and is good in Affects of the Eyes, in an Erysipelas, in Tumours and Ulcers; and that for two causes, it cures them; for the volatile Salt of the Vinegar dissolves the obstructing matter, and the particles of the Saturn, by reason of their softness, obtund the acrid and eroding Humour, which hinders the healing of the Ulcer, and so produces the cicatrice. It is Cosmetick, and does wonders in a hot Gout, and in Suffusions or Cataracts; it eases, and gives relief in Contusions, and other painful Defluxions. It is also a present remedy in a Gonorrhoea, where the Urinary Passage by reason of an acrid Venereal Ferment is eroded, being mixed with warm Water or Milk, and than injected with a Syringe.   

17. Volatile Salt of Amber.  
It is made in the distillation and rectification of the Oil of Amber, and is gathered sticking to the neck of the Retort, and thus purified: ℞ Volatile Salt of Amber, not perfectly freed from its foetid Oil, q.u. with this mix so much decrepitated Salt, as may make it into a dry substance, and sublime from an earthen Vessel, covered with a paper Pyramidal-head; let the Fire be cautiously managed, left the Paper-head be burnt: so will you have the volatile Salt of Amber, like lint or down, and free from all manner of ill smell, or scent of burning.  
It has the virtues of the Oil, but is much more powerful; good chief against Hysterick-fits, it expels Urine and the Stone, and provokes Sweat. It is good against Paralytic, Apoplectic, Hysterick Diseases, the Running-Gout, and other like Affects; as also, against all cold Diseases. Dose, à gr. iv, and ℈ j in some fit Vehicle. It cures Cramps, and is a specific against the Lethargy, Falling-sickness, and Convulsions, etc.   

18. Salt of Tartar.  
It is made of calcined Bohemian-tartar, as Salt of Pot-ashes, by Sect. 4. of this Chapter.  
It attenuates, incides, resolves, and powerfully opens; all Acids it destroys, more especially the acid Ferment of the Stomach, provokes Urine, expels the Stone, allays the over-boiling of the Blood, and prevails against burning Fevers, Delirium's, continual Watching, the Jaundice, and Dropsy. It opens the Essence of Sulphurs', and so prepares them, that their genuine or true Tinctures may be drawn forth, even with Spirit of Wine. Dose, à ℈ ss, adʒ ss. twice a day. If the Salt be made with a half-part of Nitre, it will be a very excellent Diuretic and Lithontriptick, and is usually mixed with other ingredients, for extracting their Tinctures.   

19 Salt Vitriolated.  
℞ Common Salt, or Salt of Bohemian-tartar, q.u. dissolved in fair Water, so that the Lixivium may be very pure and strong; to this liquor put in due order rectified Oil of Vitriol, drop by drop, so much and so long, till you found the effervescence cease; than with a gentle Fire evaporate to dryness.  
It is a noble Digestive, for resolving rebellious Obstructions, chief of the Stomach, of the Courses, of the Mesentery, Spleen, and other Bowels. It is a famous Opener, and a great Stomatic; it powerfully attenuates, incides, and resolves thick and viscous Humours: it is good against the Cachexy, Jaundice, Dropsy, Stone, Green-sickness, and is mixed with Purgers to quicken them: mixed with jalap, it purges Water pleasantly. Dose, à ℈ ss, and ℈ ij. It is a Diuretic, a Febrifuge, and Anticolick; prevails against the Plague, resists Putrefaction, quenches Thirst, for which reason it allays the mighty ardores of the Blood, and is good against burning and malign Fevers: and by reason of its penetrating through the whole Body, it is profitable against a great many Diseases.   

20. The Ens, or Being of Venus.  
℞ Vitriol of Mars well reverberated and washed ℥ iv. Salt Armoniac ℥ viij. mix, and sublime, cohobating twice or thrice.  
It is an Anodyn in the greatest pains, and is wonderfully good against lassitude or weakness of the Body; for which reason it is of mighty use in the cure of the Rickets: it kills Worms, opens Obstructions, and resolves; and so is very profitable in a Pleurisy, and Fits of the Mother. Dose, à gr. iv, and xij, aut xuj. morning and evening, in some proper watery Vehicle.   

21. Salt, or Vitriol, of Luna or Silver.  
℞ Of the purest and best refined Silver ℥ ij. upon which affuse Spirit of Nitre ℥ vj. put it in a warm digestion, till the Spirit of Nitre has dissolved the Luna; evaporate the solution to the one half, or till a little skin comes on top; than set it into a still place, so will it shoot into Crystals, which take out of the liquor, and dry with a very gentle heat: that remaining liquor evaporate again to the one half, and proceed as before. Take all these Crystals and dissolve them again in very fair Water, or distilled Rain-water; digest for 24 hours, that the faeces, if any be, may subside; filter the solution, evaporate to the one half, and set it to crystallize again, which dry as aforesaid, and keep them for use. Where note, first, That the Silver aught to be perfectly freed from every particle of the Venus or Copper, otherwise it will be apt to be vehemently Emetic. Secondly, That some add to the last solution before crystallization, an equal weight of the Silver, of Sal Prunellae, that it may bridle, (as it will for the most part) the corrosive yet remaining in the Crystals of Luna.  
It is a tried specific Mediment against the Dropsy, and certainly cures the Headache new or old, as also the Megrim. Dose, à gr. ij, and iv, aut vj. in a draught of warm Wine, or in Cinamon-water, or other like proper Vehicle. But note, That because it strongly draws forth Water in hydropic persons, the Bowels aught to be corroborated with the Essence of Juniper-berries, extracted with their own proper Water, and made a little acid, with some few drops of Spirit of Salt; or with Paracelsus his Elixir Proprietatis, made with dulcified Spirit of Salt. This Speeifick besides is good against the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, Vertigo, Convulsions, Gout, Palsy, and other like Diseases.     


CHAP. LXV. De FLORIBUS.  

I. Flores Sulphuris.  
℞ SUlphuris vulgaris pulverisati libram unam, hic per se sine ulla additione sublimetur ex Cucurbita terrea in Ignem apertum artificiosa reposita, applicato Capitello vitreo, latissimo rostro; & leni Igne primò prodit Phlegma; secundò, aucto Ignis gradu, Flores sub forma Fumi in Capitellum ascendent; unde manu inter sublimandum saepius removeri debent, ne nimis indurentur: sublimentur Igne primò lento, sub finem fortiori procedendo, tamdiu donec totum Sulphur (relictis faecibus) sublimabitur in Capitellum: Flores Havissimos & levissimos, remoto Alembleo, cum Plumaceolo collige, & serventur ad usum.  
Pulmonici & Thoracici sunt; attenuant, incidunt, calefaciunt & siccant, Sudores movent; Alexipharmici, Bechici, & Vulnerarii sunt; Vulneribus, Vlcerisque internis Pulmonum, Renum, aliisque partibus medentur. Pesti, Asthmati, Febribus ardentibus, Catarrhis, Morbisque Vteri conveniunt. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam, plus-minus, cum Syrupo adapto, semel vel bis in diem.   

II Flores Bismuthi & Zinci.  
℞ Bismuthi vel Zinci calcinati, Salis Armoniaci, ana partes aequales; misce, & sublima, secundum Artem, in Cucurbita forti.  
Cosmetici sunt celebrati ad dealbandam Cutem; conferuntque ad Cutis vitia, Lichenes, Impetigenes, Lepram, etc. mixti sunt Olei de Ben, ad partem aequalem, pro usu.   

III Mercurius Sublimatus corrosivus.  
℞ Salis communis libras duas, Vitrioli ad rubedinem calcinati libram unam & semis, Nitri purissimi uncias quatuor, Argenti vivi libram unam, Mercurii Sublimati corrosivi unciam unam, Spiritus Aceti unciam semis; conterantur simul in Mortario lapideo per horam unam, doncc Mercurius planè dispareat; massam hanc Cucurbitae planae infunde, & in Arena impone: sublimetur tribus primis diebus Igne lenissimo, ita ut vix quicquam ascendat, nisi Aqua-fortis solùm, quae per Alembicum in Recipiens collecta, ad usum servari poterit: quarto die augeatur Ignis, sic materia albissima in superficie faecum elevabitur, quae fractà Cucurbita, a faecibus facillimè separatur; Mercurium album sublimatum & corrosivum ad usum reserva; quò firmior & durior est, eò etiam melior est. Nota. Si lgnis nimis citò intendatur, Mercurius sub forma pulveris sublimabitur, & altum petet, non tam corosivus, neque tam ponderosus. Vel sic, tempore brevissimo. ℞ Solutionis Mercurii in Aqua-forti factae partem unam, Salis communis partes quatuor: misce, & per Retortam vel Cucurbitam vitream, omnis Spiritus propellatur; postea augeatur Ignis, & sic ascendet Mercurius corrosivus albissimus, in usum reservandus. Haec Operatio quinque, vel sex horarum spatio perfici poterit, & aequè Corrosivum praebet Mercurium. Temporibus antea, non nota fuit ista methodus, & jam Amstelodami conficiunt, & venditur pro duobus praetii prioris, tertiis.  
Corrosivus & venenatus est, & si ad granum unam exhibeatur, Vomitum & Salivationes inducit: Operationibus autem Chymicis, & Praeparationibus Medicinalibus inservit.   

IV. Mercurius dulcis sublimatus.  
℞ Mercurii sublimati corrosivi optimè pulverisati uncias decem, Argenti vivi uncias septem & semis; misceantur in Mortario vitreo exactissimè, donec Mercurius vivus nullibi, sed plumbei coloris, appareat: mixturam Cucurbitae parvae sublimatoriae colli oblongi infunde, reponatur in Arena in Patella terrea, & lento Igne primò procedatur per semihoram; postmodùm successiuè augeatur ad incandescentiam usque, non vitreae Sublimatoriae, sed Patellae terreae, id est, ad tertium Ignis gradum: sic ascendet Mercurius interdum ad summum Vitri, aliquando ad medium, Sacchari instar adhaerebit, faecibus in fundo relictis. Vitrum resrigeratum per medium secetur Ferro ignito, separaturque Mercurius albus & purus à faecibus. Teratur iterum in Mortario vitreo subtilissimè, & per se sine ullà additione, denuò reponatur in recenti Phiala, & sublimetur sicut antea; quo facto, Mercurium sublimatum, omnis acrimoniae expertem, ideoque dulcem dictum, collige & serva ad usum. Aliter sic factum Opus. Recipe Argenti vivi uncias octo, Salis communis uncias sexdecim, Colcotharis Vitrioli quantum sufficit; misce, ac inde Phialae Sublimatoriae, & statim Ignis ei fatis fortis applicetur; assurgit Mercurius dulcis, qui per se iteratò sublimare possit. Nota, 1. Quò diutiùs laevigetur, eò magis albus fit pulvis, & eò citiùs etiam edulcoratur Mercurius. 2. Quò saepiùs sublimatur Mercurius, eò magis deponit vim suam purgatricem.  
Exhibetur cum aliis Purgantibas, ut Extracto Catholico, Seammonio, Trochisco Alhandal in sorma Pilularum, à granis octo ad scruplam unam, vel semidrachmam. Blandè est purgans, Pituitam tenacem incidens & expellens; ac proinde in Gonorrhoea est Medicamentum praestantissimum. Si per se sumitur, & ad scruplas duas Dosis extendatur, Ptyalismum seu Salivationem excitare solet, ac in Morbo Venereo curando srequenter adhibent. Omnes in universo Corpore latitantes Humores attrahit, & fermentationem & praecipitationem satis magnaminducit; ideoque Attractivi & Stimuli loco, in caeteris Purgantibus inservit; atque in Morbis malignis & fixioribus, ut Leprâ, Scrophulâ, Podagrâ, Lue Venereâ, Chiragrâ, Scorbutô, etc. plurimi est usûs; pro Vermibus Puerorum in bolo propinatur, à granis tribus ad sex; purgatque leniter per Alvum Humores serosos; unde cum alio Purgante adapto egregium est Hydragogum, Lymphae vitia corrigens. Externè Vlceribus, Herpeti, Impetigini, Strumae, & partium Excoriationibus, imprimis Venereis, medetur.   

V. Cinnabaris artificialis.  
℞ Sulphuris communis pulverisati unciam unam, fluat in Patella terrea super carbovibus, sine flamma, ne accendatu●; tum statim adde Argenti vivi uncias quatuor, agitentur perpetuò Spatulà ferreâ, donec abeant in pulverem subnigrum, nec Mercurius ampliùs conspici possit; sic Mercurius erit ritè mixtus cum Sulphure: hanc massam redige in pulverem subtilissimum, quod ex Retorta vitrea loricata in Igue aperto distilla; sic sesquihorae spatio, materia sublimabitur in collum Retortae, illudque totula sub forma grisea opplebit, aut subrubicunda, quae tamen mox trita, rubicundissima evaderc possit, diciturque Cinnabaris artificialis: haec Cinnabaris in pulverem redigi, & adhuc semel eodem modo in Retorta nova sublimari, sic evadat rubicundissima.  
Curandae Epilepsiae, Morbis Venereis, Gonorrhaeae, Nodis, Tophis, doloribus nocturnis, aliisque Affectibus ex Fermento acido oriundis, inservit. Intern! sumitur à scrupla una ad scruplas duas, vel drachmam unam, pro multis diebus; externè, in Vnguentis & Emplastris, pro Vlceribus & Tumoribus inveteratis & malignis.    

CHAP. LXV. Of FLOWERS.  

1. Flowers of Sulphur.  
℞ COmmon Sulphur in powder lbj lbj. sublime it by itself, without any addition, from an earthen Cucurbit in an open Fire, and conveniently placed, cover it with a Glasshead having a large beak; making first a gentle Fire, so will you have a Phlegm; than increasing the Fire, the Flowers will rise like Smoke into the Head, from whence with your hand in the time of sublimation they are often to be taken away, jest they crust or harden: begin at first with a gentle Fire, but towards the end increase it so long, till all the Sulphur (a few faeces only remaining) is sublimed into the Head; which being taken of, with a Wing gather the pure yellow and soft Flowers, which keep for use.  
They are Pulmonick and Pectoral; they attenuate, incide, heat and dry, provoke Sweat; are Alexipharmick, Bechick, and Vulnerary; they cure inward Wounds and Ulcers of the Lungs, Reinss, and other parts. They are good against the Plague, Asthma, burning Fevers, Catarrhs, and Diseases of the Womb. Dose, à ℈ j ad ʒ ss. more or lesle, with some proper Syrup, once or twiee a day.   

2. Flowers of Tinglass, and Zink or Spelter.  
℞ Tinglass, or Spelter, calcined, Salt Armoniac, of each equal parts; mix, and sublime, according to Art, in a strong Cucurbit.  
They are a famous Cosmetick for whitening the Skin, and are good against the vices thereof, as Spots, Ringworms, Leprosy, etc. and are prepared for use, by mixing them with an equal quantity of Oil of Ben.   

3. Mercury Sublimate corrosive.  
℞ Common Salt lbij. lbij. Vitriol calcined to redness lbj lbj ss. fine Nitre ℥ iv. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ ss. Quicksilver lbj lbj. Corrosive Sublimate ℥ j beaten them together in a stone Mortar for one hour, or till the Mercury wholly disappears; put this mass into a flat Cucurbit, which place in Sand: sublime the three first days with a very gentle Fire, so as scarcely any thing may rise, except an Aquafortis only, which coming by the Alembick is saved in the Receiver, and may be kept for use: the sourth day increase the Fire, so a white substance will arise upon the top of the faeces, which, the Cucurbit being broken, may easily be separated, and the white corrosive Mercury sublimate keep for use; which, by how much the firmer and harder it is, by so much also the better it is. If the Fire is increased too soon, the Mercury will sublime in the form of powder, and will rise up high, yet will neither be so corrosive nor so weighty. Or thus, done in a shorter time. ℞ Mercury dissolved in Aquafortis one part, common Salt four parts; mix, and through a glass Retort or Cucurbit force away the Spirit; afterwards increase the Fire, so will the Mercury ascend very corrosive, and purely white, which keep for use. This Operation may be done in five or six hours' time, and the Mercury be full as corrosive. In former times this method was not known, but now it is thus made at Amsterdam, and is sold for two thirds of the former price.  
It is corrosive and poisonous, and if it be given to gr. j it induces Vomiting and Spitting; but is of use for Chemists, and making other Medicinal Preparations.   

4. Mercury sublimed sweet.  
℞ Mercury sublimate corrosive in fine powder ℥ x. Quicksilver ℥ seven ss. mix them well in a glass Mortar, till the Quicksilver wholly disappears, and looks of the colour of Lead: put this mixture into a small Cucurbit-sublimatory, having a long neck; place it in Sand in an earthen Pan, and make a gentle Fire for half an hour; afterwards gradually increase the Fire to a red-hot heat, (not of the Subliming-vessel, but) of the earthen Pan, to wit, to the third degree of heat: so the Mercury will rise sometimes to the top of the Glass, sometimes to the middle, having the resemblance of pure white Sugar, and sticking to the Vessel, the faeces remaining at bottom. The Glass being cooled, cut it in the middle with a red-hot Iron, and let the white and pure Mercury be separated from the faeces. Beaten the matter again very well in a glass Mortar, which put again by itself without any addition, into a new Phial, and sublime as before; which done, the Mercury sublimate, (free from all manner of acrimony, and therefore called dulcis, or sweet) gather and keep for use. The Operation otherwise done, thus. Take Quicksilver ℥ viij. common Salt ℥ xuj. Colcothar of Vitriol q. s. mix, and put it into a Subliming-vial, making a very good Fire of a sufficient heat; the Mercury will rise sweet, which may be sublimed alone by itself again. Where note, 1. By how much longer it is levigated, by so much will the powder be more white, and by so much the sooner will the Mercury be sweetened. 2. By how much the oftener the Mercury is sublimed, by so much the more will it loose its purgative faculty.  
It is given with other Purgers, as with Extractum Catholicum, Scammony, Troches Alhandal, in the form of Pills, à gr. viij, and ℈ i, vel ʒ ss. it is a gentle Purge, cutting and expelling tough Phlegm; also, in a Gonorrhoea it is a very excellent Medicine: if it be given alone, or by itself, to a Dose of ℈ ij. it usually excites a Salivation or Spitting, and is frequently given in the French Pox. It attracts forth all the latent Humours in the whole Body, and causes a very great fermentation and precipitation of the same; and therefore serves as an Attractive and Quickener in other Purges; it is also of great use in malign and fixed Diseases, such as the Leprosy, Kings-Evil, Gout, French Disease, Scurvy, etc. it is given in a Bolus, à gr. iij, ad vj. for the Worms in Children; and it purges serous Humours gently by Stool; for which reason, with other proper Purgers, it is a most excellent Hydragogue, correcting the vices of the Lympha. Outwardly it cures Ulcers, Herpes', Ringworms, Struma, and parts Excoriated, chief from a Venereal cause.   

5. Artificial Cinnabar.  
℞ Common Sulphur in powder ℥ j melt it in an earthen Pan upon coals which flame not, jest it be kindled; than presently add Quicksilver ℥ iv. stir it continually with an iron Spatula, till it becomes a black powder, and the Quicksilver can be not more seen; by which means the Mercury will be well mixed with the Sulphur: this mass make into a fine powder, which put into a glass Retort coated, and distil with an open Fire; so in an hour and halfs time the matter will be sublimed up to the neck of the Retort, and all the Sulphur will become a grey or reddish substance; which notwithstanding being afterwards beaten will become a deep read, and is called Cinnabar artificial: this Cinnabar being made into fine powder, and once again in the same manner put into a new Retort to be sublimed, is made at length a most glorious red.  
It is of good use in curing the Falling-sickness, Venereal Discases, the Gonorrhoea, Noder, Tophs, nocturnal pains, and other Disaffections arising from an acid Ferment; inwardly, it is given à ℈ i, and ℈ ij, aut ʒ j for many days together; outwardly, it is used in Ointments and Emplasters, for inveterate and malign Tumours and Ulcers.     


CHAP. LXVI. De MAGISTERIIS.  

I. Arcanum Coralinum.  
FIT ex Argenti vivi libra una, Spiritus Nitri libris tribus, distillatis cum tribus cohibiis; Arcanum in fundo remanens edulcando per calcinationem vel ablutionem, secundùm Artem. Aliter. ℞ Argenti vivi purificati, Spiritus Salis Nitri, ana libram unam, digere, ut solvatur penitus Mercurius; hinc abstrahe Spiritum Salis Nitri (in Arena, per Phialam colli longi:) Mercurio relicto trito; affunde denuò tantundem novi Spiritus Salis Nitri, ac abstrahe, id que ad tertiam vicem; habebis in fundo Mercurium corallatum elegantem, quem lento Igne paululum igniendo calcina. Dulcis est, & sine facultate corrosiva. Aliter. ℞ Praecipitati rubri, Spiritus Nitri, ana libram unam, digerantur simul, & evaporentur; tum eandem quantitatem Spiritus Nitri pulveri superfunde, digere & evapora ut antea: pulveri huic restanti, superfunde Spiritum Ac●ti 〈◊〉 supereminentiam quatuor digi orum, digeratur per dies duos, dein evaporetur Acetum ad siccitatem usque: ultimò, superfunde Spiritum Vini rectificatissimum, ad supereminentiam quatuor digitorum, digerantur, & distillentur in Arena ad siccitatem: Spiritum abstractum faecibus superfunde, & denuò abstrahe, donec Spiritus Vini acidum acquirat saporem; deinde recentem Spiritum Vini faecibus affunde, abstraheque denuò, & pulvis usui servetur, sub nomine Auri Horizontalis, qui omnes noxias qualitates per omnes vias educit.  
Specificum est purgans in Lue Venerea inveterata, & Affectibus Vlcerosis; solvit Morbos Chronicos pertinaciores, utpote Quartanas, Hydropem, Scorbutum, Rheumatismum, Lepram, Obstructiones Nervorum, Paralysin, & Scabiem inveteratam & profundam, tam Veneream quam alias. Dosis, à grana una ad quatuor. Expellit enim Pituitam ex Venereo Fermento, & Ptyalismum, sive Salivationem excitare solet. Miscetur etiam cum Vnguentis, & exteriùs applicatur ad Vlcera maligna, Cancrum scilicet, Lupum, Fistulam, Nodos, Tophos, aliosque Morbos externos & Defaedationes cuticulares.   

II Arcanum Jovis.  
℞ Argenti vivi purissimi, Stanni Anglici optimi, ana partes aequales; misce, fiatque amalgama: pulverisa, & in Spiritu Nitri rectificato digere, ac per Retortam ad siccitatem usque distilla: massam in fundo relictam tritam ablue cum Aqua, & accensione saepè Spiritus Vini edulcator; & securitatis gratiâ quinquies vel septies novum Alcohol Vini affundendo, & supra accendendo, figito; sic enim praeparatum erit Praecipitatum Mercuriale Diaphoreticum.  
In Lue Venerea, Scabie inveterata, & Febribus pertinacioribus exhibetur; potenter enim reserat Obstructiones, Malumque partium, interdum per catharsm, quandoque diuresm foras educit; aliquando blandè per Sudores opus suum destinatum perficit: si autem in magna Dosi sumitur, Ptyalismum sive Salivationem excitare solet. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad decem, vel duodecim, cum Theriaca, vel similibus Sudoriferis. Hac in operatione Mercurius primitùs involvitur Metallo innocuo, ac proinde à Fermentis nostri Ventriculi, aliorumve Viscerum, non ita facilè in actum educi potest. Secundò, per spicula acuta Aquae fortis, intimius & firmius unitur & figitur cum metallo. Tertiò, per flammam Spiritus Vini, Sales Spiritus Nitri qui post edulcorationem adhaerent, corriguntur.   

III Antibecticum Poterii.  
℞ Reguli Antimonii, Stanni optimi, ana partes aquales; fundantur simul in Crucibulo, donec omnia benè unita sint: effundatur materia in Cono susorio. Sic obtinebis Regulum valdè friabilem, quem in pulverem terito tenuem, & cum portione aequali Nitri calcinato, ut in Antimonio Diaphoretico: post calcinationem habebis massam, quam in pulverem tenuem terito, eique Pluviam calentem affundito, & cum Pistillo agitato; sic enim lactescet Pluvia, quam leniter decanta; novam verò Pluviam calentem massae affunde, & procede ut priús: hoc continua quousque nihil nisi grumi Regalini, & sordes, remaneant: Liquorem lacteum in quieto loco repone, & defende, ita enim pulvis candidissimus praecipitabitur ad fundum, supernatante Pluvia, quae in sese combibit Sales nitrosos; pulverem saepiùs lava, quousque totalis Nitri acrimonia ablata sit; tunc leni calore exicca, & servetur ad usum.  
Exhibetur hoc Medicamentum in Lue Venerea; principaliter in Vlceribus inveteratis, Scorbuticis, ex acri Sale originem trahentibus; itidem in Hectica incipienti, (quae neque per Decocta, neque per Medicamenta ulla Galenica curari possunt.) Ad Hydropem, Icterum, Obstructiones Vteri valet; diversimodè autem, pro ratione subj ctorum, operari solet: in quibusdam enim per Diuraesin operatur, in quibusdam autem per Sudores, in aliis verò per Sedes, & quandoque ubi Ventriculus saburrâ oneratur, per Vomitum unum vel alterum, vires suas ostendit. In M●rbo Gallico, Herpete, Scabie, Impetigine; & Vlceribus malignis, venereis, strumaticis, & scorbuticis, commode exhibetur in decocto Guajaci, Sassafras, & Sarsaparillae. Sumitur successiuè ascendendo, à granis quinque ad decem, vel usque donec Aeger nauseam observit; quod signum est, Dosin esse sufficienter, & ad summam extensam; tum paululum de Dosi remitte, & eo tenore singulis diebus procede, simulac observaveris Medicamentum hoc operari per Vrinas; observabis etiam Vlcera maligna & inveterata de violentia sua remittere, quae tunc per inspersum Pulverem, vel per Vnguenta, vel Emplastra incarnativa, facilè consolidantur.   

IV. Bezoar Minerale.  
℞ Butyri Antimonii glacialis libram unam, ei Vitro, collo oblongo, affunde guttatim Spiritus Nitri rectificati quantum sufficit, quod est, quamdiu effervescat: digere per noctem, tum distilla (unde Spiritus Nitri Bezoardicus) ex Retorta vitrea ad siccitatem usque; bis cohoba, tum pulverem relictum albissimum leviga minutissimè in Mortario vitreo, & in Crucibulo mundo, super carbonibus accensis paululum reverbera per semlhoram, ut foetor & Spiritus corrosivi avolent, & pulvis relinquatur insipidus: ne tamen comburatur in cineres, sed evadat ex flavo albus, qui est Bezoardicum Minerale. Vel sic: ℞ Reguli Antimonii à scoriis separati uncias duas, Aquae Regis uncias sex: macerentur simul, donec effervescentia cesset; digere per dies duos; sic Regulus in pulverem albissimum corrosus in fundo remanebit, supernatante Aqua Regià flavedine tinctâ: huic postea superfunde Aquae magnum quantitatem communis, sic praecipitabitur pulvis albissimus, saepiùs recenti Aquâ affusâ edulcorandus. Nota. In his Operationibus, non opus est affusionem Spiritus Nitri repetere, ut plerique volunt; quoniam omnia saturata Corpora, suo acido, nunquam ampliùs immutantur, vel alterantur, & hoc est Cerussa Antimonii, seu. Bezoardicum Minerale, sine Sublimato.  
Vsus est singularis in omnibus Affectionibus Pestilentibus, & Febribus malignis populariter grassantibus; eas enim è Centro educit & evellit, Sudores potentissimè movendo. Dosis, à granis sex ad scruplam unam; cum aliquot granis Cochinellae & Salis Absinthii, bis, ter, vel quater in diem. Est insigne Diaphoreticum, magnorum Morborum Remedium; summo cum successu exhibetur in omnibus Morbis per Sudores curandis; praesertim in illis, in quibus à spirituosis, oleosis, & salinis Volatilibus metuitur Inflammatio Sanguinis. Variolis, Morbillis, Pesti, Febribus pestilentialibus, Ictero, Venenis, caeterisque Morbis contagiosis adversatur. ℞ Bezoartici mineralis granas quatuordecim; Salis Absinthii granas octo, Cochinellae granas sex, Croci Anglici granas quatuor: Laudani opiati sesquigranam, Mithridati scruplas duas; misce pro Dosi.   

V. Gryphus Mercurii.  
℞ Mercurii sublimati quantum vis, resolve illum in Aqua coelesti calida, solutionem aliquoties filtra, filtratam Vitro immitte, & guttatim infunde tantum Olei Sisis Tartari quantum putabis re ●uiri, quoad in fundo appareat & subsistat pulvis subrubeus: Aquam profunde, & pulverem retine, Aquâ communi edulcora, usquedum destituatur omni acredine & salsedine: cohoba deinde Alcohol Vini, & abstrahe Spiritum; cohoba iterum, tum incendatur, & ferreâ Spatulâ continuo motu circumferatur, donec Spiritus Vini absumatur.  
Valet praecipuè in Lue Venerea Gonorrhoea virulenta, Scabie profunda, Tophis, Nodis, Doloribus Nocturnis, omnibusque Obstructionibus Viscerum. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quatuor vel sex. Exteriùs applicatur, Scrophulae ulceratae, Leprae, Vlceribus malignis, Gummati Venerei, Cancro, Lupo, Fistulis inveteratis, aliisque Morbis externis hujus generis, si cum Vnguentis, Linimentis, vel Emplastris debito modo & proportione miscetur. Liquor decantatus dicitur Aqua Gryphi, quae Vlceribus inveteratis maximo successu medetur.   

VI Mercurius Vitae.  
℞ Butyri Antimonii quantum vis, ei superfunde Aquae communis quantitatem sufficientem, & praecipitabitur pulvis albissimus, multis affusionibus Aquae recentis edulcorandus, Igneque lento, inter Chartas super Cretam vel Arenam exiccandus. Mercurius Vitae correctus. Recipe Salis communis decripitati unciam unam, Nitri purissimi sesquiunciam; fundantur simul in Igne, dein sensim injiciatur Mercurii Vitae sesquiuncia; fluant simul per horae quadrantem, dein edulcoretur Aquâ communi, multis affusionibus.  
Incorrectus, Vomitus movet egregios; unde convenit in Pituita viscida, Bile, Humoribus tartareis, & Ventriculi saburrâ, evacuandis: Hydropi, Ictero, Arthriti, Febribus ex Obstructione ortis, Chlorosi, Cachexiae, Rheumatismo, aliisque Morbis hujus generis medetur. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quatuor. Correctus, vires easdem habet, & sumitur à granis duabus ad semiscruplam. Infusus Mercurii Vitae. Recipe Mercurius Vitae unciam unam, Vini Cheriensis libras sex, stent in digestione tepida per horas duodecim, saepiùs commovendo; deinde Vinum clarum à faecibus separa per inclinationem. Hoc Vinum magis quam Pulvis in substantia exhibetur, securitatis gratià; sumiturque ab uncia semis ad sesquiunciam.   

VII. Mercurius praecipitatus albus.  
℞ Argenti vivi puri uncias duas, Aquae-fortis (ex Vitriolo calcinato & Nitro factae) uncias quatuor; misceantur in Cucurbita vitrea, reponaturque per noctem in digestione, vel donec totus Mercurius sit solutus, nec quicquam in fundo conspiciatur superesse: Solutionem hanc instilla Muriae, ex Aqua pura & Sale communi factae, (quantum scilicet Salis Aqua capere potest) dum liquor instar Lactis appareat; sic praecipitabitur in Muriam Mercurius in pulverem album: liquor limpidus decanta, ac affusa Aqua pura, coagulum album aliquoties edulcora, donec tandem Aqua manserit insipida, & omni salsedine & acrimonia privatur pulvis; denique in Charta super Arena exiccabitur: hic est ipsa calx Mercurii, vulgò dicta Mercurius cosmeticus. Mercurius praecipitatus incarnatus; fit, si in loco Muriae, cum Urina recenti, eodem modo praecipitabitur.  
Si internè utitur, pulveri superfundendo Spiritum Vini rectificatum, eumque iterum per distillationem aut incendium abstrahendo, pulverem edulcoratum reddunt; in parva quantitate, ad Luem Veneream inveteratam purgandam; in quo casu plurimis instar Panacaeae est, adhibetur. Externè, vim habet Cathaereticam, quod est, auferendi Excrescentias carnosas, quas blandè, & sine dolore corrodit: unde Fistulis, Pustulis, & aliis defoedationibus conducit, si pulvis Emplastro alicui inspergatur, & applicetur; vel cum Aqua fontana, Mellis Rosarum parva quantitate mixtâ, per Syringam injiciatur. Dosis, à granis sex ad duodecim; viro autem peritissimo, D. Wiseman, ad granas viginti quinque, diuturné. Sumitur in Febre quartana, Hydrope, Tophis Venereis, & in genere in omnibus pertinacissimis Corporis Humani Obstructionibus; cum Theriaca, Extracto purgante, & similibus. Hoc Praecipitatum Mercuriale album in emolliendis Tumoribus induratis, praesertim in Nodis Venereis, in Herpete miliari, & in Scabie profunda curanda, applicatur. ℞ Sacchari Saturni unciam unam, Praecipitati albi uncias duas, Spiritus Aceti uncias tres; misce, lentoque igne evapora ad siccitatem: ad hunc Pulverem addatur Olei de Ben sesquiuncia; misce, fiatque Unguentum, leniter parti affectae inungendum. Ad Tophos Venereos, magnarum virium est hoc Emplastrum. ℞ Argenti-vivi in Aqua-forti soluti uncias quatuor, Olei de Ben, vel Amygdalarum, uncias octo; contunde simul, deinque in Olla terrea concoquito, continuò cum Spatula lignea movendo, donec massam mollem habebis; addantur Cerae unciae duae, pulverum Mastichae, Olibani, ana drachmas sex, misce, fiatque Emplastrum. Praecipitatum incarnatum, habet vires easdem ut Album; sed datur à granis decem ad scruplam unam.   

VIII. Mercurius praecipitatus rubrus.  
℞ Argenti vivi in Aqua forti soluti, ut supra, quantum vis: si committatur Retortae, distilla; si Vitro evaporatorio, evapora Aquam fortem ad siccitatem, & relinquetur calx vel materia alba, valdè corrosiva, quae pulverisata in Crucibulo super carbonibus accensis leviter reverberata, ut acquirat colorem rubicundum & splendens, saepiùs vertendo Stylo, (ne tamen nimis diu, & in nimis forti Igne teneatur, ne in totum avolet Pulvis; si enim sublimetur pereunt Crystalli, & figuram rutilantem amittit, quoniam hoc modo Spiritibus acidis spoliatur:) sic habebis Mercurius praecipitatus ruber, vocaturque absolutè Praecipitatum in Pharmacopoliis: huic Praecipitato Pluviam affunde, & per crebras ablutiones, quantum fieri potest edulcorato. Postmodum quinquies vel sexies, Alcohol Vini superincende; ita enim corrosivum Praecipitati mitigatur, & non tanto cum periculo interlus exhiberi potest: Ignem enim si ulterius continuaveris, ex Mercurio omne ejus corrosivum expelles; portio autem Mercurii revivificabitur, ac proinde nec color rubicundus, nec scintillae apparebunt lucidae.  
Externê, inservit Excrescentiis carnosis eximendis, eamque strenuè absumit, nullo aut exiguo dolore; sordes crassiores Vlcerum, & callos detrahit; ideo sordidis, putridis, saniosis, callosis, serpentibus, atque aliis omnibus Vlceribus, quae vulgaria Remedia contemnunt, & Cicatrici obsistunt atque reluctantur, modo solus, modo aliis, quae citra morsum siccare aut tergere possunt, mistus, utiliter adhibetur. Internè, aliquando exhibetur in Lue Venerea, Hydrope, Lepra, Scabie, Gonorhhoea virulenta, Doloribus nocturnis, (in quibus specisicum est) Scorbuto, Podagra, Gonagra, Chiragra, Rheumatismo, Febri quartana, aliisque Morbis inveteratis & deploratis. Sumitur in parva quantitate, (tanquam interni usiis rarioris est) ad Luem Veneream purgandam; in quo casu Salivationem movet, vel per Vomitum & Sccessum purgat, plurimisque instar Panacaeae est. Dosis, à grana una ad quatuor vel quinque, in Theriaca, vel Extracti convenienti, horâ somni, vel manê, si Catharticis adaptis miscetur, jejuno Stomacho.   

IX. Mercurius praecipitatus Principis.  
℞ Praecipitati rubri supradicti uncias duas, per trituram fiat pulvis subtilissimus, ei addatur Olei Tartari per Deliquium, unciam unam; digere per viginti quatuor horas, saepiùs vertendo Spatulà eburnâ: postea Alcohol Vini superincende, ac vigesies repetatur.  
Vires easdem cum priori habet, sumitur autem à granis tribus ad decem, plus minusve, pro re nata: Catharticum est, attamen in nimia Dosi Salivationem movet: tuto & utiliter intra Corpus exhiberi potest, in Extractis purgantibus. Si in Theriaca datur per quatuor vel quinque dies, sursum & per Salivationem operatur; sic Morbo Gallico; Gonorrhaeae virulentae, Elephantiasi, Rheumatismo; Arthriti, Leprae, Scorbuto, Scabiei, Vlceribus malignis & Venereis, aliisque Morbis hujus generis medetur. Nota. Hoc Praecipitatum à Principe datur à drachma semis ad drachmam unam, Dosis pervaldè magna.   

X. Mercurius praecipitatus iuteus, vel Turpethum minerale.  
℞ Argenti vivi purificati uncias quatuor, Olei Vitrioli rectificati, vel Olei Sulphuris per Campanum facti, rectificati, uncias octo; misce, ac digere per duos dies in Arena; deinde per Retortam vitream distilla, (cum tribus cohobiis, ut dicunt Chyrmci;) ultimo, Igne vehementi, ut Retorta candeat: quo peracto, frange Retortam, massamque albam exime, & tere in pulverem, quem Aquâ purâ vel distillatâ calenti saepiùs ablue, vel aliquoties edulcora; & in momento, ex pulvere albissimo, fiet flavissimus; super quem Alcohol Vini (post digestionem horarum vigintl quatuor) ter accendas, ut tanto magis edulcoretur, fixetur, & à malignitate, si qua adest, spolietur.  
Purgat sursùm & deorsùm, magnumque Secretum est in Lue Venerea, Gonorrhoea, Elephantiasi, Lepra, Scabie, Arthritide, Hydrope, Scorbuto, Cancro, Fistulis, & Vlceribus Venereis & malignis: ex omnibus Corporis partibus per Vomitum, per Secessum, atque per Salivationem evacuat; secundùm autem exhibitionis modum. Sic quod haec Mercurii praeparatio ad infinitos ferè Morbos deploratos curandos utilissima est, maximè verò ad Morbum Gallicum & ejus symptomata. Dosis, à granis tribus ad sex vel octo.   

XI. Mercurius praecipitatus, per se.  
℞ Argenti vivi purissimi quantum vis, injice in Phialam, (peculiariter hoc in usu factam, infernè scilicet latam, supernè compressam, intus rostro angustissisimi orificii, in ventrem usque producto,) ut tantummodo fundus operiatur: Phialae exactè ad aequilibrium in Arenam collocatae, (ut Mercurius aequali crassitie ubique fundum tegat) subdatur Ignis primò lentus, post fortior, ad dierum quadraginta sinem usque; vel donec Mercurius in pulverem rubicundissimum, instar Cinnaharis conversus sit: hunc ablue Aquâ pluviâ distillatà, postea digere cum Alcohol Vini, & per distillationem abstrahe, vel superincende, securitatis gratiâ. Nota. Praestantior erit Praecipitatus, si fiat cum Solis vel Lunae parte octauâ.  
Sudores vald● movet, Luem Veneream sexies vel septies exhibitus eradicat, Lumbricos eliminat, Febres omnes tollit; omnes Humores vitiosos purgat, contra Infirmitates ex Humorum putredine, Remedium est; & utile in Hydrope, Podagra, Peste, Vlceribus malignis, Scabie, aliisque Morbis similibus. Dosis, à granis tribus ad sex.   

XII. Mercurius praecipitatus aureus, vel Solaris; seu Aurum Vitae.  
℞ Auri purissimi foliati unciam unam, Aquae Regis uncias quatuor; misce, & in tepido calore Arenae dissolva. ℞ Argenti vivi purificati uncias octo, Spiritus Nitri uncias sedecim; misce, ac dissolva: has solutiones confunde, & in Retortam distilla ad siccitatem usque; calcinetur in Crucibulo calx residua, augendo Ignem, ut Spiritus corrosivi secessum faciant à calce in fundo remanente: hanc calcem edulcorato, & cum Alcohol Vini figito; sic obtinebis Aurum Vitae. Aliter sic: ℞ Auri purissimi unciam unam, Argenti vivi purificati uncias octo, misce, fiatque amalgama; hoc pone in Vitro infernali, posito ut supra apud Sectionem undecimam, cum Igne primò jeni, post fortiori, donec materia in pulverem rubicundissimum, instar Cinnabaris conversa sit; quod perfacilè sit opus, saepè eximendo, conterendo, & revertendo in Vitro infernali materiam; continuando autem ad opus perfectum digestionem: sic habebis Mercurium praecipitatum Aureum, vel Solarem.  
Mirè praestat in Hydrope, Icteritia, Peste, Pleuritide, Podagra, Rheumatismo, Scorbuto, Lepra, Elephantiasi, & Lue Venerea; Sanguinem enim purificando, & Medullam in Ossibus rectificando, omniaque noxia è Corpore Humano radicaliter pellit. Medicamentum est insigne, quod jure optimo meretur nuncupari Panacaea: in Morbis deploratis ex Humorum putridine causatis, singulare est Remedium, quia omnes venenosos & vitiosos Humores educit: Vermes necat, & omnia Vlcera Venerea curat; purgat per Vomitum & Secessum, & in nimia Dosi assumptum, Salivationem movet, si sepè reiterata. Dosis, à granis tribus ad sex vel octo, in Vehiculo Morbe adapto.   

XIII. Mercurius praecipitatus Lunaris, seu Argentum Vitae.  
Fit per Dirsolutionem in Spiritibus acutis, vel per Amalgamationem Mercurii & Argenti; ut supra.  
Vires & Dosin eandem cum priori obtinet. Summum insuper est remedium mundisicativum Sanguinis, ac totius Corporis in Lue Venerea; & specificum est in Cephalalgia, aliisque Morbis Cephalicis & Neuroticis: magnum quoque fert solamen in Hydrope, pellit Aquam per Secessum & Vrinam, exiccatque fontem. In Caduco quoque, Colica, Quartana, Scorbuto, Scabie, Vlceribus malignis, venereis, & cancrosis, omnibusque Cutaneis Affectibus prodest. Acres Humores mitigat, Pituitosos expurgat, Viscerum constitutionem emendat; atque Phrenesi & Maniae medetur.   

FOURTEEN. Tartarum Emeticum.  
℞ Croci Metallorum, vel Vitri Antimonii subtilissimè pulverizati, Cremoris Tartari, ana libram unam, Aquae pluvialis libras sedecim; misce, & per fesquihoram coquatur: deinde filtretur, & evaporetur ad siccitatem usque; vel bulliatur ad cuticulam, & crystallizatur secundum Artem. Velure sic, à Margravis. ℞ Croci Metallorum, vel Vitri Antimonii libram unam, Nitri crudi pariter pulverizati uncias tres; misce, & in Crucibulo super carbonibus ignito, detonetur: materiae relictae pulverizatae adde Salis Tartari purissimi libram unam, Aquae fontanae libras novem: misce, & in Vase ferreo coque ad siccitatem; massam relictam pulveriza, & cum Aqua fervente extrahe, filtra per Chartam; (quod in Charta relinquitur, Vitrum est Antimonii, quod sicca, & reservetur:) liquorem verò filtratum evapora in Vitro ad siccitatem usque: deinde massam relictam fortiter sicca, & in Vitro clauso Pulvis servetur ad usum.  
Purgat per superiora, & inferiora, praecipuè Humores Pituitosos & Biliosos; multoque leniùs operatur, ac tutiùs quam Crocus Metallorum vel Vitrum Antimonii: Emeticum est praestantissimum in omnibus diuturnis & Morbis obsirmatis: prodest autem contra Melancholiam, Maniam, Insaniam, Delirium, diutinos Capitis Dolores, Vertiginem, Epilepsiam, Apoplexiam, Difficultem Auditûs, Tinnitum Aurium, & Memoriam difficilem; contra etiam Nauseam, Inflammationem Stomachi & Laterum, Icteritiam flavam, Hydropem, Tertianas, Quartanas, alias diuturnas, continuas, putridas, & acutas Febres, Venena hausta, Pleuritidem, & Morbos in universum omnes quos utraque Bilis excitat. Prodest porro contra Dysenteriam illam venosam tempore Pestis vulgò grassantem, Morbum etiam Ungaricam. Dosis, a granis duabus ad sex, praesertim in robustioribus, cum Veoiculis appropriatis. Notandum etiam, cùm quis vomere incipit, dari solitum ipsi, vel Possericum vel carnis Jusculum; idque reiterandum, ut eo facilius Vomitus provocetur, & actio Medicamenti acceleretur.    

CHAP. LXVI. Of MAGISTERIES.  

1. The Coraline Secret.  
IT is made of Quicksilver lbj lbj. Spirit of Nitre lbiij lbiij. distilled with three cohobations; the Arcanum remains in the bottom, which is to be sweetened by ablution or calcination, S.A. Or thus. ℞ Quicksilver purified, Spirit of Nitre, a. lbj lbj. digest, that the Mercury may be presently dissolved; abstract from it the Spirit, through a Phial with a long neck, in Sand: the Mercury remaining beaten or grinned into powder, and affuse thereon again the same quantity of fresh Spirit of Nitre, which also abstract, and repeat this work the third time; so will you have in the bottom a bright corallated Mercury, which calcine, by burning it a little with a gentle Fire. So will it be sweet, and without any corrosive faculty. Otherwise thus. ℞ Red Precipitate, Spirit of Nitre, a. lbj lbj. digest them together, and evaporate; powder, and affuse thereon the same quantity of Spirit of Nitre, digest and evaporate, as before; to the remaining powder affuse Spirit of Vinegar, so much as to over-top it four inches, digest for two days, than evaporate the Vinegar to perfect dryness: lastly, affuse thereon Alcohol of Wine, so much as may over-top it four inches, digest, and distil in Sand to dryness: the abstracted Spirit affuse upon the faeces again, and again abstract, which continued till the S.U. acquires an acid taste: lastly, affuse thereon fresh S.U. and abstract again, keeping the Powder for use, under the title of Aurum Horizontale, which purges out of the Body, by every way, all ill Humours.  
It is a specific Purge in an inveterate French-Pox, and Ulcerous Affects; it cures stubborn Chronic Diseases, as Quartans, the Dropsy, Scurvy, Rheumatism, Leprosy, Obstructions of the Nerves, Palsy, and the Scab, inveterate and eating, whether it be Veneral or otherwise. Dose, à gr. i, and iv. For it purges Phlegm in a Venereal Ferment, and is used to cause Spitting or Salivation. It is mixed also with Ointments, and outwardly applied to the cure of malign Ulcers, as the Cancer, Wolf, Fistula, Nodes, Tophs, and other external Diseases and defilements of the Skin.   

2. The secret Precipitate of Jupiter.  
℞ Pure Quicksilver, best English Tin, of each equal parts, mix, and make an amalgama: powder, and digest it in Spirit of Nitre, and distil by a Retort to dryness: the mass remaining powder, and edulcorate by washing with Water, and often burning from it S.U. and to make the Medicine the more safe and gentle, affuse thereon, and burn of therefrom Alcohol of Wine, five or seven times; so will you have a Mercurial Diaphoretic Praecipitate.  
It is given in the French-Pox, and an inveterate Scabbiness, as also in stubborn Fevers; for it powerfully opens Obstructions, and removes the Disease of the parts affected, sometimes by Purging, and sometimes by Urine; and sometimes it performs the desired operation by gently Sweeting: but if it is given in a large Dose, it is apt to 'cause Salivation or Spitting. Dose, à gr. iv, and x, vel xij. with Treacle, or other like Sudorificks. Where note, 1. That in this Operation, the Mercury is intimately joined or mixed with an innocent Metal, and therefore is not so easily to be brought into action by the Ferment of the Stomach, or of any other Bowel. 2. That by the sharp points of the Spirit of Nitre, it is the more absolutely, inwardly, and firmly united with the Tin. 3. That by the accension of the Spirit of Wine, the Salts of the Spirit of Nitre which yet stick to the particles of the Praecipitate after edulcoration, are corrected.   

3. Poterius his Antihectick.  
℞ Regulus of Antimony, of the best Tin, a. melt them together in a Crucible, till they are well united: than pour forth the matter into a Fusory-cone. So will you have a Regulus exceeding brittle, which beaten into fine powder, and calcine with an equal part of Nitre, as in Antimonium Diaphoreticum: after the calcination, you will have a mass, which beaten again into fine powder, and affuse thereon boiling Rain-water, which stir about with a Pestle; so will the Water look white like Milk, which presently gently decant: affuse again more Rain-water warm, and proceed as before: continued this work so long, till nothing but the Reguline grossness and dross remains: this milky Liquor put into a still quiet place, and cover it from dust; so will a very white powder praecipitate to the bottom, the Water swimming at top, which imbibes in itself the nitrous Salt; wash often the powder, till all the acrimony of the Nitre is go; than dry it with a gentle heat, and keep it for use.  
This Medicament is given in the French-Pox; chief in old Ulcers, Scurvy, arising from a sharp Salt; as also in the beginnings of Hectick-fevers, (which neither by Decoctions, nor by any Galenick Medicaments are possible to be cured.) It is good against the Dropsy, Jaundice, Obstructions of the Womb; but operates after a divers manner, according as the nature of the Disease and Body does require: for in some it works by Urine, in others by Sweat, in some again by Stool, and sometimes when the Stomach is foul and loaded, it exerts its power in a Vomit or two. It is profitably given in the Venereal Disease, in a Herpes', Scabbiness, Ringworms; as also Ulcers, malign, pocky, strumatick, and scorbutic, in a decoction of Guajacum, Sassafras, and Sarsaparilla. It is exhibited by a gradual ascending, à gr. v, ad x. or till the Patient shall found it gins to nauseat him, which is the Dose is large enough, and come up to the highest extent; than it may be a little diminished, till you found it to work by Urine, and shall observe that malign and inveterate Ulcers abate of their contumacy, which than by sprinkling on the Powder, or by application of incarnative Ointments or Emplasters, are easily healed.   

4. The Mineral Bezoar.  
℞ Icy Butter of Antimony lbj lbj. put it into a glass with a long neck, and affuse thereon by drops rectified Spirit of Nitre, q. s. or so much, till it ceases effervescing: digest for a night, than distil (which is the Bezoardick Spirit of Nitre) by a glass Retort to dryness: cohobate twice, and the remaining white powder levigate finely in a glass Mortar, and a little reverberate it in a clean Crucible, upon a charcoal-Fire, to make the ill smell and corrosive Spirits vanish, and that it may become insipid or tasteless: but take heed it be not burnt into coals, but that it may change its colour from yellow to white, which is the Mineral Bezoar. Or thus: ℞ Regulus of Antimony, separated from its scoria ℥ ij. Aqua Regis ℥ vj. macerate them together till the effervescence ceases, digest for two days; so the Regulus will be corroded into a very white powder in the bottom, the Aqua Regis swimming over it, of a yellow colour: than affuse thereon a great quantity of Water; so a white powder will praecipitate, which edulcorate, by many affusions of fair Water. In this Operation there is no need to repeat the affusion of the Spirit of Nitre, as several advice, because the whole Body is satiated; nor will it admit of any more change or alteration; and this last Preparation is the Ceruse of Antimony, or the Mineral Bezoar, made without Sublimate.  
It is of singular use in all Pestilential Distempers, and malign Fevers, which are generally mortal; for it protrudes and brings forth from the Centre, by provoking Sweat powerfully. Dose, à gr. uj, and ℈ j with some grains of Cochinele and Salt of Wormwood, twice, thrice, or four times a day. It is a famous Diaphoretic, and a Remedy against great Diseases, given with the greatest success in all Diseases curable by Sweat; but chief in those, wherein an Inflammation of the Blood is feared to arise from spirituous, oily, and saline Volatils. It is good against the Measles, Smallpox, Plague, Spotted-Fever, Jaundice, Poison, and other contagious Diseases. ℞ Bezoar-mineral gr. xiv. Salt of Wormwood gr. viij. Cochinel gr. uj. Saffron gr. iv. Laudanum gr. i ss. Michridate ℈ ij. mix, for a Dose.   

5. The Mercurial Gryphin.  
℞ Mercury sublimate corrosive q.u. dissolve it in boiling Rain-water, filter the solution several times, and than drop into it Oil of Tartar a sufficient quantity; at the bottom will be precipitated a powder of an orange-tawney colour: decant the Water, and take the Powder and edulcorate with warm Water, till it is freed from all its acrimony and saltness: than cohobate with S.U. rectified and abstract the Spirit; which cohobate again, and burn it of; stirring the Praecipitate round about continually, till the Spirit is wholly consumed.  
It is good against the French-Pox, virtulent Gonorrhoea, malign Scabs, Tophs, Nodes, Nocturnal Pains, and all Obstructions of the Bowels. Dose, à gr. ij, and iv, vel vj. Externally it is applied to Kings-evil-sores, Leprosy, malign Ulcers, Venereal Gums, Cancers, the Wolf, old running Fistula's, and other like Diseases of this kind, if it be mixed rightly in a fit proportion with Ointments, Liniments, or Emplasters. The Liquor poured of, is called the Water of the Gryphin, which cures old Ulcers with admirable success.   

6. Praecipitate of Butter of Antimony.  
℞ Butter of Antimony q.u. put to it fair Water a sufficient quantity, and a very white powder will praecipitate, which sweeten with many affusions of fresh fair Water, dry it between Papers upon Chakl or Sand, with a gentle Fire. Mercurius Vitae corrected. Take common Salt decripitated ℥ j pure Nitre ℥ i ss. melt them together in a Fire, than by little and little cast in of your Mercurius Vitae ℥ i ss. melt them together for a quarter of an hour, than edulcorate by many affusions of fair Water.  
Being uncorrected, it causes violent Vomitings; for which reason it is good against viscous Phlegm, Choler, and tartarous Humours, to evacuate the same, as also to empty a loaded or oppressed Stomach: it cures the Dropsy, Jaundice, Gout, Fevers arising from Obstructions, the Green-sickness, Cachexy, Rheumatism, and other Diseases of like kind. Dose, à gr. ij, and iv. Being corrected, it has the same virtues still, but is given in a larger Doses; as à gr. ij, and x. Infusion of Mercurius Vitae. Take Mercurius Vitae ℥ j Sherry-Wine lbuj lbuj. let them stand in a warm digestion 12 hours, often shaking the Glass; than decant the clear Wine from the faeces. This Wine is rather (for its safety sake) to be given, than the Powder in substance. Dose, ab ℥ i, and ℥ i ss.   

7. White Praecipitate.  
℞ Purified Quicksilver ℥ ij. Aqua fortis (made from calcined Vitriol and Nitre) ℥ iv. mix them in a glass Cucurbit, and put them for a night in digestion, or till all the Mercury is dissolved, nor any particle of it remains to be seen in the bottom: drop this Solution into a strong Pickle made of Salt, (to wit, so much Salt as the Water will dissolve) the mixture will presently look like Milk, and the Mercury will praecipitate into a white powder: decant the clear liquor, and affuse on the powder pure fair Water, which oftentimes edulcorate, so long, till the Water comes of insipid, and the powder remains free from all manner of saltness and acrimony; than dry it between Papers upon Sand: so have you a Calx of Mercury, which is commonly called Cosmetick Mercury. Flesh-coloured Praecipitate; it is made after the same manner, if instead of the Salt-pickle, you praecipitate the Mercury with new made Urine.  
If you use this Powder inwardly, affuse thereon rectified S.U. and abstract the same either by distillation or accending, thereby to edulcorate it; than it is given in a small Dose, to purge, in an inveterate Lues, or French-Pox; in which Disease it is exhibited by many as a Panacaea. Outwardly, it has a Catheretick force, by which it takes away fleshy Excrescencies, which it corrodes gently, and without pain: for which reason it is good against Fistula's, Pustules, and other Defoedations; if it be sprinkled upon any Emplaster, and applied; or otherwise commixed with fair Water, and a little Honey of Roses, and injected thereinto with a Syringe. Dose, à gr. uj, and xij. but by Mr. Wiseman, that skilful Chirurgeon, it was given daily ad gr. xxv. It is exhibited in Quartan-agues, the Dropsy, Veneral Tophs, and generally stubborn Obstructions of the Human Body, with Treacle, a purging Extract, or some such like. This white Mercurial Praecipitate is also applied for the softening hard Tumours, chief of Venereal Nodes, in a Herpes' Miliaris, and a malign Scabbiness. ℞ Saccharum Saturni ℥ j white Praecipitate ℥ ij. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ iij. mix, and with a gentle fire evaporate to dryness: to the remaining matter add Oil of Ben ℥ i ss. mix, and make an Ointment, with which gently anoint the part affected. This Emplaster is of great power against Venereal Tophs. ℞ Quicksilver dissolved in Aquafortis ℥ iv. Oil of Ben, or of Almonds ℥ viij. beaten them well together, and than boil them in an earthen Pot, contitinually stirring it with a wooden Spatula, till it is made a soft mass; to which add Wax ℥ ij. powders of Mastic, of Olibanum, a. ʒ vj. mix, and make an Emplaster. The Flesh-coloured Praecipitate has the same virtues as the White, but is given à ℈ ss, and ℈ j   

8. Read Praecipitate.  
℞ Quicksilver dissolved in Aqua fortis, as above, q.u. which, if you put it into a Retort, distil; but if into an Evaporating-glass, evaporate away the Aqua fortis to dryness, so will you have a calx, or white matter, very corrosive; which powder, and put into a Crucible upon live coals, and gently reverberate, that it may have a shining read colour, oftentimes stirring it with an iron Rodriguez: (but let it not be too long in the Fire, nor in too strong a Fire, jest the whole flies upwards; for if it should sublime, it would loose its crystalline and shining form, because thereby it would be rob of all acid Spirits:) so will you have a read praecipitate Mercury, which in the Shops is simply called Praecipitate. On this Praecipitate affuse Rain-water, and by manifold ablutions, edulcorate or sweeten it. Afterwards burn of from it rectified S.U. five or six times; for by that means the corrosive quality of the Praecipitate will be diminished, and may be given inwardly with so much the lesle danger: now if the Burning should be continued any longer, the corrosive would be wholly destroyed, and a part of the Mercury revived; whereby the read colour, and shining brightness would be lost.  
Outwardly, it is of use for taking away of Caruncles or fleshy Excrescencies, which it admirably consumes, with little or no pain; it removes the thick filth and callus of Ulcers; and it is of exceeding good use for filthy, putrid, running, callous, and creeping Ulcers, and indeed for all other kinds of old Sores, which vulgar Remedies have no force upon, and which are rebellious, and not easy to heal; whether used alone, or mixed with other things which have a power to cleanse and dry, without biting. Inwardly, it is sometimes given in the French-Pox, Dropsy, Leprosy, Scabbiness, virulent Gonorrhoea, nocturnal Pains, (for which it is a specific) the Scurvy, Gout in the Feet, Knees, and Hands; in a Rheumatism, quartan-Ague, and other inveterate and deplorable Diseases. It is given in small quantity (though it is seldom used internally) against the French-Pox; in which case it carries of the Venereal venom, either by Salivation, or by Vomit, or by Stool, and by several it is used as a Panacaea. Dose, à gr. i, and iv, vel u in Treacle, or some proper Extract, at bedtime; but if with any congruous Cathartick, in the morning fasting.   

9 The Prince's Powder.  
℞ Of the aforesaid red Praecipitate ℥ ij. make it into a subtle powder by grinding; to which add Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j digest for twentyfour hours, often stirring it with an ivory Spatula; afterwards burn of from it rectified S.U. which repeat twenty times.  
It has the same virtues with the former, but is given à gr. iij, and x. more or lesle; as the nature of the subject requires: it is Cathartick, but given in too great a Dose, it causes Spitting or Salivation: it is safe, and profitably given inwardly, in some purging Extract. If it be given in Treacle, for four or five days, it works upwards, and by Salivation; and so it is said to cure the French Disease, virulent Gonorrhoea, Elephantiasis, Rheumatism, Gout, Leprosy, Scurvy, Scabbiness, malign and Venereal Ulcers, with other Difeases of this kind. Where note. That the Prince gave it àʒ ss, adʒ j which is indeed a Dose too great.   

10. Yellow Praecipitate, or Mineral Turbeth.  
℞ Quicksilver purified ℥ iv. rectified Oil of Vitriol, or rectified Oil of Sulphur made per Campanum ℥ viij. mix, and digest in Sand for two days; than distil by a glass Retort, (with three Cohobations, as some Chemists say) and towards the end, with a very strong Fire, so that the Retort may be red-hot: which done, break the Retort, and take forth the mass, which will be white, and beaten it into a powder, which wash oftentimes with fair, or distilled Water, boiling-hot; so will the powder be changed immediately from an exceeding whiteness, to an exceeding yellowness; upon which put Alcohol of Wine, digest twentyfour hours; than thrice deflagrate it, or burn it of from it, that it may be (by so much) the more sweetened, fixed, and freed from its malignity, if any yet remain.  
It purges upwards and downwards, and is a great Secret in curing the French-Pox, Gonorrhoea, Elephantiasis, Leprosy, Scabbiness, Gout, Dropsy, Scurvy, Cancers, Fistula's, as also malign and Venereal Ulcers: it evacuates Humours from all parts of the Body, by Vomit and Stool, as also by Salivation, but according to the manner of the exhibition. So that this preparation of Mercury is a most excellent thing for the cure of almost aninfinite of deplorable Diseases, but more especially for the cure of the French Pox, and the symptoms arising therefrom. Dose, à gr. iij, and uj, vel viij.   

11. Mercury precipitated, by itself.  
℞ Quicksilver purified, q.u. put it into a Phial, (such a one as is made peculiarly for this use, viz. broad downwards at the bottom, and narrow upwards, having a neck or beak turned inwards into its belly, with a very narrow mouth) that the bottom only may be covered; place the Phial in Sand, exactly in an aequilibrium, (that the Mercury may cover the bottom all over of an equal thickness;) give it fire, first gentle, afterwards stronger, for the space of full forty days, or till the Mercury becomes a very read powder, much like to Cinnabar; this wash with distilled Rain-water; after which digest it with rectified S.U. and abstract it again by distillation, or burn it of for advantage of the Medicine. Where note, That the Praecipitate will yet be more powerful, if it be made with an eighth part of Gold or Siver.  
It powerfully provokes Sweated, and cures the French Disease at six or seven times taking; it kills Worms, and takes away all sorts of Fevers; it purges all sorts of vicious Humours, and is a Remedy against Diseases which arise from Putrefaction of Humours; it is also a good thing against the Dropsy, Gout, Plague, malign Ulcers, Scabbiness, and other like Diseases. Dose, à gr. iij. ad vj.   

12. Solar, or golden Praecipitate; or Aurum Vitae.  
℞ Of pure fine Gold in leaves ℥ j Aqua Regis ℥ iv. mix, and dissolve in a warm Sand-heat. ℞ Purified Quicksilver ℥ viij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ xuj. mix, and dissolve: join these solutions together, and distil in a Retort to perfect dryness; the remaining matter calcine in a Crucible, increasing the Fire, that the corrosive Spirits may be forced away from the calx remaining in the bottom, which calx edulcorate, and fix with rectified S.U. so will you have Aurum Vitae. Otherwise thus: ℞ Of the most fine Gold ℥ j purified Quicksilver ℥ viij. mix, and make an amalgama; put this into a Glass- infernum, placed as directed at Sect. 11. above, making at first a very gentle Fire, afterwards a stronger, till the matter becomes a very read powder, much like to Cinnabar; which work will be easily done, by often taking it forth, and beating or grinding it, and putting it again into the Infernum, and so continuing the digestion to the perfecting of the work: thus have you Solar, or Golden Praecipitate.  
It prevails wonderfully against the Dropsy, Jaundice, Gont, Plague, Pleurisy, Rheumatism, Scurvy, Leprosy, Elephantiasis, and French-Pox; for it purifies the Blood, and strengthens the Marrow in the Bones, and radically drives forth all noxious Matters or Humours out of the Human Body. It is a famous Medicine, and deserves by the greatest right to be called a Panacaea, or All-heal: it is a singular Remedy in all deplorable Diseases arising from the putrefaction of Humours, for that it expels or drives out all venene and vicious Humours: it kills Worms, and heals all Venereal Ulcers; purges both by Vomit and Stool, and taken in somewhat too large a Dose, causes Salivation, if often repeated. Dose, à gr. iij, and uj, vel viij. in some Vehicle proper to the Disease.   

13. Lunar, or Silver Praecipitate, or Argentum Vitae.  
It is made by a Dissolution in strong Waters, of Mercury and Silver, or by an Amalgamation; as in the former.  
It has also the same Virtues and Dose with the former, but is the greatest Remedy for purifying the Blood, and of the whole Body in the French-Pox, that can be; it is a specific in an Headache, and other Diseases of the Head and Nerves: it gives also great relief in a Dropsy, expelling the Water both by Stool and Urine, and drying up the very fountain or spring. It is good also against the Falling-sickness, Colic, quartan Ague, Scurvy, Scabbiness, malign, venereal, and cancerous Ulcers, and all sorts of Cutaneous Affects. It qualifies sharp Humours, purges Phlegmatic matter, rectifies the constitution of the Bowels, and cures Frenzies and Madness,   

14. Vomiting Tartar.  
℞ Crocus Metallorum, or Glass of Antimony in very subtle powder, Cream of Bohemian-tartar, ana lbj lbj. Rain-water lbxuj lbxuj. mix, and boil for an hour and half, than filter, and evaporate to dryness; or boil till a skin appears on top, and set it to crystallize, according to Art Or thus, according to Margrave. ℞ Crocus Metallorum, or Glass of Antimony lbj lbj. crude Nitre a little powdered ℥ iij. mix, and in a red-hot Crucible upon live coals make the detonation: the remaining matter powder, and put thereto of pure fine Salt of Tartar lbj lbj. fair Water lbix lbix. mix them, and boil in an iron Kettle to dryness; the mass remaining, powder, and extract with boiling Water, filter through Paper: (that which remains in the Paper, is the Glass of Antimony, which dry, and keep for other uses:) the filtered liquor evaporate in a Glass to perfect dryness; and dry it with a strong heat, than put it up into a Glass, which stop close, and keep it for use.  
It purges both upwards and downwards, chief Phlegmatic and Choleric Humours, and it works much more gently and safely than Crocus of Metals, or Glass of Antimony; it is a most powerful Emetic in all long continued and stubborn Diseases: it is good against Melancholy, Madness, Frenzy, Dotage, long continued Pains of the Head, Vertigo, Epilepsy, Apoplexy, Difficulty of Hearing, Noise and Ringing in the Ears, Shortness of Memory, Loathing of Meat, Inflammation of the Stomach and Sides, the yellow Jaundice, Dropsy, Tertian Agues, Quartan Agues, and other chronic, continual, putrid, and acute Fevers; poisonous Draughts, Pleurisies, and all other Diseases of the Body proceeding from Choler or Melancholy. It prevails also against a malign Bloodyflux, which is generally mortal in a Plague-time; as also against the Calenture, or Hungarian Fever. Dose, à gr. ij, ad vj. but to strong constitutions, and in some proper Vehicle. Here is to be noted, when the Sick gins to vomit, they are to drink either Posset-drink, or Broth made of flesh, (as Mutton or Veal) which is to be often repeated, that the Vomiting may be performed thereby more easily, and the operation of the Medicine, with all the speed imaginable.     


CHAP. LXVII. De SYRUPIS.  

I. Syrupus Simplex.  
℞ AQuae fontanae vel Succi Angelioae libras tres, Spiritus Vini libram unam, Sacchari albissimi libras sex: misce, & Balnei caliditate fiat Syrupus.  
Pro Vehiculo praecipuè usurpatur, & Pectoris Morbis, ut Tussi, Asthmati, Pulmonum Obstructionibus opitulatur. Dosis, à semiuncia ad unciam unam, vel pro re nata.   

II Syrupus Volatilis.  
℞ Spiritus Vini rectificati, vel Tincturae Angelici optimae, Sacchari albissimi, ana libras duas: misce, dissolvaturque Balneo leni Saccharum.  
Pro Vehiculo, ut prior, possit usurpari; sed Cardiacus & Pectoralis est: magnoperè Tabidis, Consumptis, ac ulceratos Pulmones habentibus, diuturnae Tussi, & Asthmati prodest. Dosis, (cum Aqua appropriata) à drachmis tribus ad unciam unam: Senibus autem maximè familiaris.   

III Syrupus Limonum, etc.  
℞ Succi Limonum siltrati, vel succi Citriorum; seu in loco ejusdem, Aceti Vini optimi libras tres, Alcohol Vini libram unam, Sacchari albissimi libras sex: misce, & dissolva.  
Humores in Thorace crassos incîdit & attenuat, Stomachum à crassa Pituita & tenaci absterget; Nauseam, & Fermenti debilitatem Ventriculi removet: resrigerando & humectando biliosarum & aestuantium Febrium incendia potentissimè restinguit, & Sitis intolerantiam sedat; Putredinem arcet, ac Lumbricos enecat; Cor resicit, ejusdemque vires tuetur; saluberrimus est in Affectibus Calidis ac Biliosis, in Pestilentia, & Morbis ex Putredine, vel materia Mixta, natis. Dosis, ab uncia semis ad unciam unam, plus-minusve.   

IV. Syrupus Antifebriticus.  
℞ Aquae fontanae libras octo, Salis Nitri uncias octodecim, dissolvatur Sal; adde Sacchari albissimi libras octo, Spiritus Vini libras duas, lenique calore fiat Syrupus.  
Viscerum Obstructiones aperit, Vitales Spiritus reficit, totius Corporis Exaestuationi confert, Calculos atterit, Vrinas movet, Renumque Arenulas, & Humores Tartarosos expurgat; Hydropi succurrit, & Aquas per Vreteres & Meatus Vrinarios maximè educit: potens est in aperiendis Obstructionibus ex crassis, viscidis, & glutinosis Humoribus ortum ducentibus: Febribus ardentibus, biliosis, malignis, & pestilentibus mirè prodest: sumitur autem in Paroxysmo, vel tempore aestuanti, in Vehiculo appropriato, ab uncia una ad duas.   

V. Syrupus Catharticus.  
℞ Vini albi libras quatuor, succi Rosarum Damascenarum depurati libras duas, Alcohol Vini sesquilibram, Senae Alexandrinae libram unam, Rhabarbari uncias quatuor, Glycyrrhizae contusae uncias duas; digere in Balneo Mariae per viginti quatuor horas, dein coletur, cumque Sacchari albissimi libris sex fiat Syrupus.  
Bilem utramque & Pituitam satis potenter educit: Polychrestum Medicamentum est, quod ad multos Affectus Corporis praeter Naturam sit utile, ac omnes Humores purgat; ad varias enim Capitis, Ventriculi, Jecoris, Viscerumque aliis Affectus, est efficax. Dosis, ab uncia una ad duas vel tres, manè, jejuno Stomacho.   

VI Syrupus de Meconio, seu Diacodium.  
℞ Capitum recentium Papaveris albi & nigri cum seminibus, mediocris magnitudinis, nec nimium viridium, nec nimium maturorum, ana uncias octo, Aquae pluvialis vel fontanae libras octo; macerentur per horas viginti quatuor, & coquantur ad remanentiam trium librarum: expressioni adde Sacchari albi uncias viginti quatuor, Spiritus Vini uncias decem: misce, lentoque Igne fiat Syrupus.  
Vehiculum est, & usu creber, arcendis Desluxionibus tenuibus & acribus in Thoracem & Asperam Arteriam ruentibus, Tussim sedat, Sitim explet, somnum conciliat, Diarrhoeam & Dysenteriam sistit, Dolorem acutum, Inquietudinem, & Morbos Hystericos alleviat, Caloris febrilis incendium mitigat, bumectat & resrigerat. Dosis, à semiuncia ad unciam unam.   

VII. Mel Rosarum, vel Rosatum.  
℞ Infusionis multiplicis Rosarum rubrarum libras tres, Mellis despumati libras duas & semis; misce, & coquuntur, addaturque in finem Spiritus Vini optimi unciae decem. Vel sic: Recipe succi Rosarum rubrarum libras tres, Mellis optimi despumati libras sex: misce benè, addatur Alcohol Vini libra una, reponaturque ad usum.  
Ventriculum roborat & detergit, Coctionem juvat, Putredini adversatur, Humores crudos concoquit, Raucedines mitigat, Oris Phlegmonas, prout & Gingivarum, Tonsillarumque Inflammationes placat; Asperae quoque Arteriae, Columellae, Faucium & Gutturis noxas depellit. Dosis, internè, ab semiuncia ad unciam unam.   

VIII. Oxymel Scilliticum.  
℞ Scillam recentem, hanc rejectis aridioribus Tunicis extimis, Pastâ Panis involve, eamque in Clibano ad Panis sufficientiam coque; exemptam, Cultro ex osse parato in laminas disseca, quas Filo trajice, ita ut una alteram non attingat, & loco sicco appensas per dies quadraginta sicca: postea concisam Cultello eburneo, libram unam dies alios quadraginta in Spiritu Aceti Vini albi libris sex, insolabis, in Vase vitriato stricti orificii benè obturato, dein colabis: Recipe Aceti hujus Scillitici libras sex, Mellis despumati libras octo; misce, paucisque ebullitiovibus consiciatur Oxymel debitae consistentiae. Aliter. Recipe Scillae Pane involutae & in Clibano assatae libram unam semis, Accti acerrimi libras septem; misce, & per quadraginta dies insolatur; vel digere in Cinere vol Sabulo calido per tres dies, postmodum colabis, cumque Melle ut supra fiat Oxymel Scilliticum. Vel sic: Recipe succi Scillae (ex crudis, plenis, ac nitidis, Cultello eburneo in partes vel laminas incifis, & in Mortario lapideo contusis,) expressae, libras duas, Aceti Vini albi acerrimi libram unam, Mellis optimi libras tres; misce, & coque ad Syrupi formam.  
Hydropicos, nec non Anasarcâ laborantes juvat, unum vel duo cochlearia pro Dosi sumenda: ad Cerebri, Pulmonis, Ventriculi affectus Pituitosos vel Melancholicos etiam contumaces pollet; eo ●…imur in Epilepticorum insultibus, ipsoque Paroxysmo; in Affectibus Pectoris & Ventriculi, & Asthmaticis à crassa Pituita, & viscosa humiditate provenientibus maximê conducibile est. Incidit, attenuat, & expulsioni praeparat materiam crassam, quae Thoracis cavo continetur; veterem Tussim cum suspirio sanat: Asthmaticis, difficulter Spirantibus in magna Pituitae copia, Spiritus vias oppriment succurrit, promptéque hujusmodi Obstructa liberat; Senibus perpetuò ejusmodi Morbis molestis valde necessarium: Venarum Obstructiones etiam inveteratas reserat. Cum Samius hoc Medicamento uti incepit, quinquagesimum annum natus erat, & usque ad centesimum decimumseptimum vitam produxit integer, & nulla unquam adversâ valetudine tentatus. Phthisicos ab omnibus deploratos, hoc Medicamento sanitati restitutos novimus, dixit Galenus. Morbo Comitiali diuturno efficaciter profuit, ut nisi post longa temporis intervalla non reàiret; incipientem verò ac novum perfectè discutit, neque reverti ampliùs hunc Affectum permittit. Ad Podagras praeterea, & Articulorum Morbos; Jecoris, Lienisque duritiem, vehementer facit. Alvus lubrica omninò est, totiusque Corporis purgatorium Medicamentum, etiamsi in Ossibus sordes inbaereant. Nihil supervacui in Corpore residebit; non Flatus, non Bilis, nec Stercus, nec Vrina, sed omnia facilè excernit, atque educit.    

CHAP. LXVII. OF SYRUPS.  

1. The Simple, or Uncompounded Syrup.  
℞ FAir Water or Juice of Angelica lbiij lbiij. Spirit of Wine lbj lbj. treble-refined Sugar lbuj lbuj. mix, and with the heat of a Bath make a Syrup.  
It is chief used as a Vehicle, and in Diseases of the Breast, as Coughs, Asthmas, Obstructions of the Lungs, it is exceeding helpful. Dose, ab ℥ ss, and ℥ j or according as the nature of the thing requires.   

2. The Volatile Syrup.  
℞ Alcohol of Wine, or the best Tincture of Angelica, treble-refined Sugar, ana lbij. lbij. mix, and dissolve the Sugar in a gentle Bath.  
It is used for a Vehicle, as the former; but is Cordial and Pectoral, and is very profitable in Pine, Hectics, Consumptions, and Ulcers of the Lungs, as also for such as have tedious Coughs and Asthmas. Dose, (being mixed with some proper Water) is, àʒ iij, and ℥ j It is a good thing, chief for ancient People.   

3. Syrup of Lemons, etc.  
℞ Filtered juice of Lemons, or of Citrons; or in place thereof, the best Wine-vinegar lbiij lbiij. S.U. rectified lbj lbj. treble-refined Sugar lbuj lbuj. mix, and dissolve.  
It cuts and attenuates thick Humours in the Breast, cleanses the Stomach from thick and tough Phlegm; takes away Loathing of Food, and the weakness of the Ferment of the Ventricle: it powerfully allays the great heat of burning Fevers, by cooling and moistening of Choler and Melancholy; it quenches vehement Thirst, resists Putrefaction, kills Worms, comforts the Heart, and restores its strength. It is most effectual in Diseases proceeding from Heat and Choler, in the Plague, and in Diseases arising from Putrefaction, or Mixed humours. Dose, ab ℥ ss, and ℥ j more or lesle.   

4. The Syrup against Fevers.  
℞ Fair Water lbviij lbviij. Nitre ℥ xviij. treble-refined Sugar lbviij lbviij. S.U. lbij. lbij. mix, and with a gentle heat make a Syrup.  
It opens Obstructions of the Bowels, recruits the Vital Spirits, and is good against the vehement Heat of the whole Body; it wastes the Stone, provokes Urine, and expels Sand and Tartarous Humours from the Reinss, it is profitable in the Dropsy, and wonderfully brings forth the watery Humour by the Ureters and Urinary Passages: it is powerful in opening Obstructions proceeding from thick, viscous, and glutinous Humours: it is a singular thing, and of great force in burning, choleric, malign, and pestilential Fevers: but it is than given in the Fit, or time of the burning heat, in some fit Vehicle. Dose, abʒ i, and ℥ ij.   

5. The Purging Syrup.  
℞ White Port-wine lbiv lbiv. depurated juice of Damask- Roses lbij. lbij. Alcohel of Wine lbj lbj ss. best Sena lbj lbj. Rhubarb ℥ iv. Liquorice bruised ℥ ij. digest in Balneo Mariae, for twenty four hours; than strain out, and with the best white Sugar-candy lbuj lbuj. make a Syrup.  
It sufficiently and powerfully purges Choler, Phlegm, and Melancholy: it is a Medicine of general use, which is proper to many preternatural Affects of the Body, and expels all Humours; it is powerful against various Diseases of the Head, Stomach, Liver, and Disaffections of the other Bowels, and is given in the Morning fasting; ab ℥ i, and ij, vel iij.   

6. Syrup of Poppies, or Diacodium.  
℞ Fresh heads of Poppies with their seed, white and black, of a middle size, neither too green, nor too ripe, ana ℥ viij. rain or fountain Water lbviij lbviij. digest for twenty four hours, and than boil till lbiij lbiij. only remain: express out, and add thereto white Sugar ℥ xxiv. Spirit of Wine ℥ x. mix, and with a gentle heat make a Syrup.  
It is a Vehicle for other things, and of frequent use to restrain thin and sharp Defluxions flowing down upon the Breast and Lungs, it stops the Cough, quenches Thirst, induces Sleep, and stays Fluxes of the Belly, and a Bloodyflux; it eases acute Pains, causes Rest, and alleviates Hysterick Diseases: it mitigates the vehemency of febrile Heats, moistens and cools, Dose, ab ℥ ss, and ℥ j   

7. Honcy of Roses, or Honey Rosed.  
℞ Of the manifold Infusion of read Roses lbiij lbiij. clarified Honey lbij lbij ss. mix, and boil, adding in the end rectified S.U. ℥ x. Or thus: Take juice of read Roses lbiij lbiij. best clarified Honey lbuj lbuj. mix them well, add Alcohol of Wine ℥ xij. and keep it for use.  
It strengthens and cleanses the Stomach, helps Concoction, resists Putrefaction, digests crude Humours, removes hoarseness, and gives relief in Swell proceeding from Blood, happening in the Mouth, as Inflammations of the Gums and Tonsils; it takes away the Distempers of the Aspera Arteria, Columella, Jaws, and Throat. Dose, being internally taken, à ℥ ss, and ℥ j   

8. Oxymel of Squills.  
℞ A fresh Squill, its outsidecoat being taken of, wrap it up in Bread-dough, and bake it with Bread in an Oven; being taken forth, cut it into slices with a bone or ivory Knife, which put upon a Thread, but so as one piece may not touch another, and hung it in a dry place for forty days, till they are dry; afterwards cut them with an ivory Knife, of which take lbj lbj. Spirit of White-wine-vinegar lbuj lbuj. put them into a glass Vessel with a narrow mouth, which stop close, and insolate for forty days, after which strain it out. Take of this Vinegar of Squills lbuj lbuj. clarified Honey lbviij lbviij. mix them, and with a little soft boiling, make Oxymel of a due consistency. Otherwise thus: Take of a Squill baked in Bread-dough lbj lbj. of the sharpest Vinegar lbvij lbvij. mix them, and insolate for forty days; or otherwise digest in hot Ashes or Sand for three days; afterwards strain, and with Honey, as above, make Oxymel of Squills. Or thus: Take juice of a Squill (taken from a raw one, which is plump and clean; cut into slices with an ivory Knife, and bruised in a stone Mortar) lbij. lbij. of the best White-wine-vinegar lbj lbj. of the best Honey lbiij lbiij. mix, and boil to the form of a Syrup.  
It is good for Hydropic persons, and such as have an Anasarca, one or two spoonfals being taken for a Dose: it powerfully removes contumacious affects of the Brain, Lungs, and Stomach, proceeding from Phlegm or Melancholy; it is used also in a prevailing or stubborn Epilepsy, and in the Paroxysm itself; as also in Diseases of the Breast and Stomach, and is singularly good in an Asthma coming from thick Phlegm and a viscous humidity. It cuts, attenuates, and prepares the thick matter sonexpulsion, which is contained in the cavity of the Breast; it cures such as have an old Cough, accompanied with difficulty of Breathing: it helps the Asthma, and shortness of Breath, arising from the passages of the Breath being stuffed with a great quantity of Phlegm; and readily frees such as are obstructed after this manner; and it is extremely necessary for Ancient people, who are almost always troubled with Diseases of this kind; it opens also inveterate Obstructions of the Veins. Samius when he began to use this Medicine was fifty years old, and he lived well and in good health, without the appearance of any sickness, till he was an hundred and seventeen years of age. Galen saith, that by the use of this Medicine he knew many to be restored to their healths, who laboured under deplorable Phthisicks, or Consumptions of the Lungs. It is effectually good against a long-continued Epilepsy, so as it returns not, except after a long space of time; but if the Disease is recent, and in its beginning, it perfectly removes it, so as it shall never return any more. It is also admirable against the Gout, and Diseases of the Joints; also the Scirrhus, or hardness of the Liver and Spleen. It makes the Belly perfectly soluble, purges the whole Body, and draws from all the parts of the same, not suffering any filth to remain in the Bones. It suffers no unprofitable thing to rest in the Body; neither Wind, nor Phlegm, nor Choler, nor Melancholy, Dung nor Urine; but moves, or purges them with much ease, and casts them forth.     


CHAP. LXVIII. De SPECIEBUS.  

I. Pulvis Antimonii.  
℞ ANtimonii optimi pulverizati libras duas, Lixivii Saponis for tissimi quantum sufficit, vel ad quatuor digitorum eminentiam; benè agitetur Spatulà ligneà: spatio stet horarum viginti quatuor; dein affunde guttatim Olei Vitrioli uncias duas, digere per septimanam integram; postea affunde Aquae quantitatem magnam, ut edulcoretur; denique siccetur, & reservetur ad usum.  
Hic operari solet interdùm per Vomitum, aliquando per Secessum; Humores crassos viscidosque in Ventriculo, vicinisque locis, ejicit sursum ac deorsum: penetrat, digerit, aperit, incidit, dissolvit, abstergit, purgat, Putredini Venenisque resistit; Cruditatibus Ventriculi, Appetitu prostrato; Obstructionibus Alvi, Hepatis, Lienis, Vteri, & Renum; Colicis doloribus maximè convevenit; Pesti, & Febribus malignis & pestilentialibus resistit; utile quoque est in Febribus putridis, Hydropi, Scorbuto, Scrophulae, Ictero, Arthritidi, Rheumatismo, etc. longè minùs per Vomitum, magìs verò per Alvum operatur. Dosis, à granis tribus ad quinque, plus-minus.   

II Pulvis Antifebriticus.  
℞ Salis Prunellae subtilissimè pulverisati libram unam, Antimonii crudi laevigati libram semis; misce.  
Vsus insigne est in Febribus ardentibus, putridis, malignis, & pestilentialibus, in Hydrope, Ictero, & Obstructionibus Renum & Vesicae: operatur per Vrinam, Impuritatesque quascunque educit. Vim habet Putredini resistendi, Sitim ac Aeftum compescendi, Tartaream saburram incidendi, Sanguinem coagulatum resolvendi, Doloresque mitigandi; in Pleuresi Angina, Peripneumonia, in Obstructionibus Epatis & Mesaraei, Calculoque Renum & Vesiea exhibetur. Dosis, à semidrachma ad drachmam unam, in Vehiculo maximè Saccharo albo edulcorato.   

III Pulvis Bezoarticus.  
℞ Bezoartici Mineralis uncias octo, Oculorum Canerorum, Terrae sigillatae albae, ana uncias quatuor, Cinnabaris nativae, Cochinellae, ana uncias duas; Camphorae unciam unam: misce, fiatque Pulvis.  
Cardialgiam, & Dolorem Ventriculi curat: exhibetur commodè in Febribus ardentibus, putridis, & malignis; Sudorificus est; & Epilepsiae, Pesti, & Venenis adversatur: convenit etiam in Variolis, Morbillis, Ictero, Morbisque omnibus per Sudorem curabilibus. Dosis, à granis sex ad scruplam unam.   

IV. Pulvis Cachecticus.  
℞ Chalybis, cum Aqua vel Sulphure in pulverem redacti uncias sex, Sem. Anisi, Ariosto radicis faeculae, ana unciam unam, Nucis Moschatae uncias duas, Sacchari albissimi uncias decem: misce, fiatque Pulvis.  
Insigniter attenuat, incidit, aperit; Anticachecticus est, & deobstruens egregius; Menstrua promovet, Ictero succurrit, Vermes necat; Chlorosi, Scorbuto, & Melancholiae Hypochondriacae medetur: Specificum est in Cachexia Mulierum, Hydrope, & in omnibus Obstructionibus Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lienis, & Mesenterii, & Affectis inde oriundis. Dosis, à granis duodecim ad granas viginti-quatuor, mane quotidianê ac vesperi.   

V. Pulvis Cartharticus.  
℞ Vitri Antimonii levigati unciam unam, Spiritus Nitri unciam semis; misce, ac digere per horas viginti quatuor; cui affundatur Spiritus Vitrioli uncia una, digere ad siccitatem: affundatur iterùm Spiritus Vitrioli uncia una, digereque ad siccitatem: repetatur hoc opus quinquies vel sexies; atque Aqua calidà edulcoretur, reponaturque ad usum.  
Stomacho praesenti est auxilio, non retentos Cibos ob Vomitionum impetus sistit; Ictero, Scorbuto, Scrophulae, Cachexiae, Melancholiae Hypochondriacae, Arthritidi, Rheumatismo, Epilepsiae, Lethargo, Hemicraniae, Cardialgiae, & Ventriculi dolori prodest; Lienis gravitatem removet, Faciei coloris reddit, Obstructiones omnes tollit, Vrinam, Arenulas, & Humores Tartareos pellit; Vteri Affectibus, Colico dolori ab Humoribus crudis, & à Flatibus orto, Hydropi, & Febribus putridis & malignis medetur. Dosis, à grana semis ad sesquigranam, & in robustioribus ad granas duas: operatur praecipuè per Secessum, rariùs per Vomitum.   

VI Pulvis Cornachini.  
℞ Scammonii resinosi pulverisati uncias duas, Autimonii Diaphoretici, Crystallorum Tartari, ana unciam unam; misce, fiatque Pulvis.  
Humores crassos, simulque serosos, potenter ab extremis partibus, praesertim ab Articulis, educit; ac ad multos Affectus, & Morbos frigidos, non modo Capitis, Nervorum, & Juncturarum, sed etiam Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lienis, Mesenterii, Renum & Vteri, utilis est: ex his enim partibus Pituitam, Serum, Bilem, & Succum Melancholicum detrahat & purgat; propterea Febribus putridis, malignis, complexis, & inveteratis, & Morbis complicatis conducit. Scorbuto, Ictero, Arthritidi, Rheumatismo, Strumae, Cachexiae, Hydropi, Viscerum Obstructionibus, atque Vteri Morbis medetur: Vermes necat & expellit, Febri quartanae confert, Stomachum corroborat, & totius Corporis Humores excrementitios, blandè, sineque dolore purgat. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam; diluculò, cum custodia.   

VII. Pulvis ad Diabeten.  
℞ Catechu, Seminum Hyosciami, ava partes aequales; fiat Pulvis.  
Diabeti non solum, sed etiam omnibus Haemorrhagiis & Fluaeibus, ut Lienteriae, Dysenteriae, Diarrhaeae, atque Fluxui Hepatico, & Mensium Prosluvio medetur. Dosis, à drachma semis ad scruplas duas, manè ac vesperi. Hujus itaque usus est in omnibus Distillationibus è Capite in Asperam Arteriam; Tussi quinetiam a tenui Distillatione, seu Catarrho excitatae auxiliatur; defluentes enim illos Humores inspissat.   

VIII. Pulvis Emeticus.  
℞ Antimonii optimi pulverisati quantum vis, cui affundatur Aqua Regia: stent aliquamdiu in digestione, donec Calx in fundo alba appareat; postea abstrahatur Aqua Regia per distillationem, vel decantationem; vel etiam affundendo Aquam praecipita, Calcemque elue Aquà tepidà, donec Aqua Regia non ampliùs sentiantur: Pulverem siccatum in Crucibulo clauso reverbera per sex horas, fietque rubeus.  
Emeticus est, & Quartanum curat; Podagricas defluxiones, & Paroxysmos efficaciter compescit; Vulnera, Fistulas, & Vlcera inveterata à Putridine conservat, & sanat: conducit adversus omnes Obstructiones licet inveteratas, Hepatis, Lienis, Mesenterii, & aliarum Viscerum; Sanguinem mundisicat; Obstructionibus Mensium, Cachexiae Virginum, Hydropi, Melancholiae Hypochondriacae, Luae Venereae, Febribusque malignis prodest: felicissimè autem purgat aequè deorsum quam sursum; idque non tàm naturâ suâ, quàm Humoris Biliosi, circa Ventriculum stabulantis; quinimo in ●onnullis per Diaphoresin operatur. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quinque.   

IX. Pulvis Herculeus.  
℞ Argenti vivi optimi, Flores Sulphuris, ana unciam unam; misce, fiatque per triturationem Pulvis nigerrimus.  
Non movet Ptyalifmum, sed per Sudorem operatur. Vermes necat; exhibeturque in Lue Venerea, Scabie inveterata, Vlceribus malignis, Gonorrhoeâ virulentâ, Hydrope, etc. In Vlceribus malignis, tam Venereis quam aliis, miscetur cum Vnguentis adaptis, & exterius applicatur. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad seruplas duas: in Vermibus Puerorum expellendis, datur à granis octo ad viginti, cum granis Scammonii duas vel tribus.   

X. Pulvis Rheumaticus.  
℞ Arcani Corallini triturati uncias quatuor, Cinnabaris artificialis uncias viginti, Scammonii optimi pulucrisati uncias octo: misce, fiatque Pulvis.  
Diversimodè operari consuevit; in quibusdam Vomitum producere solet, aliis, Alvum purgat; maxima cum utilitate assumi potest in Rheumatismi curatione: Vlceribus inveteratis, Scabieis, Arthritidi, Scorbuto, Doloribus Nocturnis, Lui Venereae, Gonorrhoeae, Scrophulae, aliisque Morbis hujus generis canvenit. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam, vel scruplas duas, in robustioribus.   

XI. Pulvis ad Vermes.  
℞ Corallini laevigati, Mercurii dulcis laevigati, ana drachmas sex; Scammonii resinosi, Mechoacae, Seminum Cynae & Anisi, Entis Veneris, Croci Martis aperitivi, ana drachmas quatuor: misce, fiatque Pulvis.  
In expellendis Vermibus & Lumbricis, tùm Puerorum, tùm Adultorum, efficax est. Dosis, à scrupla una ad scruplas duas, vel dcachmam unam; manè vel vesperi, in Vehiculo convenienti.    

CHAP. LXVIII. Of POWDERS.  

1. Powder of Antimony.  
℞ OF the best Antimony in powder lbij. lbij. strong Ley of Soap-ashes, a sufficient quentity, or so much as may over-top it four inches; stir it well with a wooden Spatula; let it stand for the space of twentyfour hours; than affuse thereon by drops Oil of Vitriol ℥ ij. digest for a whole week; afterwards affuse thereon a great quantity of fair Water, that it may be sweetened; than dry it, and keep it for use.  
This is want to work sometimes by Vomit, sometimes by Stool; it expels thick and viscous Humours in the Stomach and parts adjacent to it, both upwards and downwards: it penetrates, digests, opens, incides, dissolves, absterges, purges, resists Putrefaction and Poison, and is wondered good against Crudities of the Stomach, weakness of Appetite, Obstructions of the Bowels, Liver, Spleen, Womb, and Reinss, Colic pains: it prevails against the Plague, and malign and pestilential Fevers: it is also profitable in putrid Fevers, the Dropsy, Scurvy, Kings-evil, Jaundice, Gout, Rheumatism, etc. it works much lesle by Vomit than by Stool, and is given à gr. iij, ad v. more or lesle.   

2. The Fever-Pouder.  
℞ Sal Prunellae finely powdered lbjs lbjs. crude Antimony levigated lbss ss. mix them.  
It is a singular thing in burning Fevers, putrid, malign, and pestilential; in the Dropsy, Jaundice, and Obstructions of the Reinss and Bladder; it works by Urine, and brings forth all sorts of Impurities; it resists Putrefaction, quenches Thirst, and allays burning Heat; cuts Tartarous silth, resolves the Coagulation of the Blood, and mitigates pains: it is given also in the Pleurisy, Quinsey, Inflammation of the Lungs, Obstructions of the Liver and Mesentery, and in the Stone, both in Reinss and Bladder. Dose, àʒ ss, adʒ j in a Vehicle very well sweetened with white Sugar.   

3. The Bezoartick Powder.  
℞ Bezoar Mineral ℥ viij. Crabs-eyes, Terra sigillata, ana ℥ iv. native Cinnabar, Cochinel, ana ℥ ij. mix, and make a Powder.  
It is good against Sickness at Heart, and Pain at Stomach; and is properly exhibited in Fevers, burning, putrid, and malign; it is sudorific, and good against the Falling sickness, Plague and Poison; and prevails against the Smallpox, Measles; Jaundice, and all sorts of Diseases curable by Sweeting. Dose, à gr. uj, and ℈ j   

4. The Virgin's Powder, or Green-sickness-Pouder.  
℞ Steel or Iron, reduced into a powder either with Water or Sulphur ℥ vj. Aniseed, Facula of Aron-roots, a. ℥ j Nutmegs ℥ ij, treble-refined Sugar ℥ x. mix, and make a Powder.  
It admirably attenuates, incides, opens, and is Anticachectick, and a wondered opener of Obstructions; it provokes the Terms, helps the Jaundice, kills Worms, and cures the Green-sickness, Scurvy, and Hypochondriack Melancholy. It is a specific in the Cachexia, or evil habit of Woman's Bodies; in the Dropsy, and in all Obstructions of the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, and Diseases thence arising. Dose, à gr. xij, and xxiv. every day morning and evening.   

5. The Purging Powder.  
℞ Glass of Antimony levigated ℥ j Spirit of Nitre ℥ ss. mix, and digest for twenty four hours; than add to it Spirit of Vitriol ℥ j digest to dryness: add again Spirit of Vitriol ℥ j and digest to dryness: this work repeat five or six times, than edulcorate with warm Water, and keep it for use.  
It is a present help for the Stomach; it keeps the Food in the Stomach, which otherwise would not be retained, because of a violent Vomiting; it is good against the Jaundice, Scurvy, Kings-evil, Cachexy, Hypochondriack Melancholy, Gout, Rheumatism, Falling-sickness, Lethargy, Megrim, Sickness and Pain at Stomach; it removes the pain and heaviness of the Spleen, makes the Face of a good colour, removes all Obstructions, and drives forth Urine, Sand, and Tartarous Humours; it helps Diseases of the Womb, the Colic, arising from crude Humours and Wind, the Dropsy, and putrid and malign Fevers. Dose, à gr. ss, ad gr. i ss. and to gr. ij. in strong Bodies: it works mostly by Stool, more rarely by Vomit.   

6. Cornachinus his Powder.  
℞ Resinous Scammony in powder ℥ ij. Antimony Diaphoretic, Crystals of Bohemian-tartar, a. ℥ j mix, and make a Powder.  
It brings forth powerfully both thick and serous Humours from the extreme parts, but chief from the Joints; and it is profitable to many Affects, and cold Diseases, not only of the Head, Nerves, and Joints; but also of the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, Reins, and Womb; and from all those parts it draws and purges forth Phlegm, Serum, Choler, and Melancholy; it is also good in Fevers, putrid, malign, complex, and inveterate, and in complicate Diseases. It helps the Scurvy, Jaundice, Gout, Rheumatism, Kings-evil, Cachexy, Dropsy, Obstructions of the Bowels, and Diseases of the Womb: it kills Worms, and expels them, prevails against a quartan Ague, comforts the Stomach, and purges the whole Body of excrementitious Humours, and that gently, and without pain. Dose, à ℈ i, adʒ ss. early in the morning, the Patient being careful not to take cold.   

7. A Powder for the Diabetes.  
℞ Japan- Earth, Henbane-seeds, of each equal parts; make them into a fine powder, and mix them.  
It cures not only the Diabetes, but also all Bleedings and Fluxes, as a Looseness of the Belly, Bloodyflux, Flux of Chylous matter, as also the Hepatick-flux, and Overflowing of the Terms. Dose, àʒss, ad ℈ ij. morning and evening. This Powder is also of use in all Distillations from the Head upon the Lungs; it likewise helps a Cough caused by a distillation of thin Humours, or a Catarrh; by reason of its thickening that flowing Humour.   

8. A Vomiting-Pouder.  
℞ Of the best Antimony in powder q.u. to which affuse Aqua Regia: let them stand for some time in digestion, till a Calx shall appear white in the bottom; afterwards abstract the Aqua Regia by distillation, or else decant it; or otherwise praecipitate, by the affusion of Water: wash the Calx with warm Water, till the Aqua Regia can be not more perceived, either by taste or smell: dry the Powder, and reverberate it in a Crucible for six hours, and make a read Powder.  
It is Emetic, and cures Quartan-agues; it powerfully alleviates Gouty defluxions, and the Paroxysms thereof; it heals Wounds, Fistula's, and inveterate Ulcers: it is good against all Obstructions, though inveterate, of Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, and other Bowels; it purifies the Blood, provokes the Terms, and prevails against the Green-sickness in Virgins, the Dropsy, Hypochondriack Melancholy, French Disease, and malign Fevers: it purges with much pleasantness, both upwards and downwards; and that not so much by its own nature and virtue, as from the latency and stagnation of the Choleric Humour about the Stomach; but in some it works by Sweeting. Dose, à gr. ij, ad v.   

9 The Herculean Powder.  
℞ The best Quicksilver, Flowers of Sulphur, a. ℥ j mix them, and by grinding them in a Mortar, make a very black Powder.  
It causes not Salivation or Spitting, but provokes Sweat. It kills Worms; and is given against the French-Pox, inveterate Scabbiness, malign Ulcers, virulent Gonorrhoea, Dropsy, etc. In malign Ulcers, whether Venereal or others, it is mixed with proper Ointments, and outwardly applied. Dose, à ℈ ss, and ℈ ij. it is given to kill and expel Worms in Children, à gr. viij, and xx. with gr. ij, or iij. of Scammony.   

10. A Powder against a Rheumatism.  
℞ Arcanum Corallinum ground fine ℥ iv. artificial Cinnabar ℥ xx. resinous Scammony in powder ℥ viij. mix, and make a Powder.  
It uses to work variously; in some it is want to cause Vomiting, in others it purges downwards by Stool; it is given with wondered profit in the cure of a Rheumatism: it admirably helps inveterate Ulcers, Scabbiness, the Gout, Scurvy, Nocturnal Pains, French-Pox, Gonorrhoea, Kings-evil, and other Diseases of this kind. Dose, à ℈ i, adʒ ss, or ℈ ij. in strong Bodies.   

11. A Powder for Worms.  
℞ Coralline levigated, Mercurius dulcis levigated, a. ʒ vj. resinous Scammony, Mechoacan, Wormseed, Aniseed, Ens Veneris, opening Crocus of Mars, a. ʒ iv, mix, and make a Powder.  
It is effectual in expelling of Worms of all kinds, both in old and young. Dose, à ℈ i, and ℈ ij, or ʒ j morning or evening, in some fit Vehicle.     


CHAP. LXIX. De ELECTVARIIS.  

I. Theriaca Chymica.  
℞ ZInziberis conditi ex India advecti, concisi, & in massam contusi, libras duas; Extracti Melliginosi Juniperi, Succi Alkermes, ana libram unam; Olei Macis per Expressionem optimi, Olei de Ben, ana uncia; novem; Balsami Sulphuris, Opii cum succo Limonum extracti, ana uncias sex; Balsami Camphorae, Balsami Salis Tartari, ana uncias quatuor; Olei Chymici Angelicae, Caryophyllorum, Foeniculi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, de Sassafras, ana unciam unam; misce integré: cui adduntur, Antihectici Poterii, Arcani Jovis, Auri Vitae, Bezoartici Mineralis, Salis Perlarum, Salis volatilis Succini, Vitrioli Martis, ana unciae quatuor; Pulveris Bezoar Orientalis, Caryophyllorum, Castorei, Cochinelae, Corticis Winterani, Croci Anglici, radicis Enulae-campanae, Myrrhae, Nucis moschatae, Oculorum Cancrorum, Piperis longi, radicis Serpentariae, Succini albi, Viperarum, Zedoariae, ana unciae tres: misce, fiatque Theriaca Chymica Nostra.  
Ad Cerebrum, Cor, Ventriculum, & aiia Viscera corroboranda celebratur; mirum in modum confert Morbis venenatis, contagiosis, & pestilentibus expugnandis: est anodynum, narcoticum, somniferum, & sudorificum; hinc magni usus, ac infinitis fere Morbis conducit; ut in Hypercatharsi, in nimiis Vigiliis, dolore Colico, Nephritico, Podagrico, & in Vomitu compescendo: operatur per Sudorem, interdum per Vrinam, omnesque dolores cujuscunque generis mitigat, levemque Somnum inducit: in Diarrhoea, Lienteria, & Dysenteria maximè valet, & Fluxus omnes alios Alvi & Vteri sistit. Dosis, à scrupla una ad drachmam unam.   

II Electuarium Antipestilentiale.  
℞ Zinziberis apud Indos conditi, concisi & contusi, Syrupi ejusdem, ana uncias sex, Olei Macis per Expressionem optimi, Succi Alkermes, ana uncias quinque; Bezoartici Mineralis uncias quatuor; Cochinelae, Radicis Serpentariae, ana uncias tres; pulveris Viperarum uncias duas, Croci Anglici, Camphorae, Nitri vitriolati, Salis volatilis Succini, Opii Extracti, ana unciam unam, Olei Angelicae sesquiunciam; misce, fiatque Electuarium.  
Pesti, Morbis pestilentibus & contagiosis, omnibusque Febres putridis & malignis medetur; partes principales roborat, Vermes enecat, Vomiturientibus confert, Cordis Palpitationi multum opitulatur, Hydrophobiam, & Canis rabidi morsum opportunè data sanat: per Sudores, & partes Principales & Vitales corroborando operatur. Dosis, à scrupla una ad drachmas duas, in Vino Hispanico, vel Aquâ aliqua Cordiale.   

III Electuarium Antihecticum.  
℞ Pulveris Viperarum uncias sex, Salis Conchae Ostreae uncias quatuor, Cochinelae, Balsami Salis Tartari, Antihectici Poterii, ana uncias tres; Bezoar Mineralis, Salis Vitriolati, ana uncias duas, Croci unciam unam, Olei Macis per Expressionem optimi uncias sex, Succi Alkermes uncias octodecim; misce, fiatque Electuarium.  
Vires exolutas restaurat, Corporis habitum longo Sanguinis fluxu, aut alia quavis immoderata vacuatione extenuatum resarcit, macilentis & consumptis succurrit, nutriendo nempè ac coroborando: Febribus hecticis, Tabidis, & immoderato Viscerum calori, mirifice medetur. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, mane ac vesperi.   

IV. Electuarium Catharticum.  
℞ Seammonii optimi uncias octo, Mechoacae, Resinae Jalapae, ana uncias sex, Senae uncias quinque, Rhabarbari optimi, Hermodactylorum, ana uncias quatuor, Piperis longi uncias tres, Salis Mirabilis, Crystallorum Tartari, ana uncias duodecim; Mannae in Syrupo redactae, vel Syrupi Florum Perficorum, libras sex; misce, fiatque Electuarium.  
Fiscidam Pituitam, Succus glutinosos, omnesque Humores malignos in quacunque parte Corporis Humani, potenter attrahat & purgat. Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, Vertigini, Hemicraniae, Cephalalgiae, Asthmati, Morbis frigidis & arthriticis, Colico dolori, à Pituita vitrea nato, multum confert. Podagrae, Cheiragrae, Gonagra, Scorbuto, Rheumatismo, Hydropi quoque vel praesenti, vel imminenti, mirifice prodest. Non modo autem dictos Humores à prima regione Corporis, sed à Renibus, & partibus remotioribus expurgat, Dosis, à drachma una ad drachmas duas, vel duas & semis; manè, jejuno Stomacho. Morbis à Bile utraque & Pituita salsa, natis, ut Cancro, Elephantiasi, Maniae, Melancholiae, Impetigini, Psorae, Scabiei, similibusque Affectibus Cutis, convenit.   

V. Electuarium Catarrhale.  
℞ Zinziberis apud Indos conditi, concisi & contusi, libram unam; Catechu, Florum Sulphuris, ana uncias quatuor; Olei Macis optimi uncias tres, Succi Alkermes quantum sufficit; misce, fiatque Electuarium.  
In Catarrhis vel Dejluxionibus à Capite ad Pectus tenuioribus incrassandis & maturandis; in Tussi etiam praestans est Remedium, manè ac vesperi, vel saepè in die, à drachma semis ad drachmas duas propinandum: in Dysenteriis & Diarrhaeis, Exulcerationibus Intestinorum & Mesenterii utiliter exhibetur.   

VI Electuarium Stomachicum.  
℞ Zinziberis apud Indos conditi libram unam, Corticum Citri, Auranciarum conditorum, ana uncias tres; Conservae Barberorum uncios octo; Olei Caryophyllorum drachmas duas; misce, fiatque Electuarium.  
Ventriculo refrigerato exhibetur: ad varia etiam Stomachi & Cerebri Vitia emendanda; Vomitum, Nauseam, Cardialgiam, Dolorem Ventriculi, Flatus Hypochondriacum, & Coctionem laesam, praestans est Medicamentum. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, saepe in die.   

VII. Electuarium ad Tussim.  
℞ Electuarii Catarrhalis libram unam, Opii Thebaici cum suceo Limonum extracti, unciam unam: misce, fiatque Electuarium  
Valet in omnibus Pectoris Affectibus morbosis, Tussi diuturnâ & recenti, Asthmate, & Phthisi ipsa; in Sputo Sanguinis, à quacunque causa ortum duxerit, praestans est Remedium; conglutinat, & oscula Venarum claudit; omnibusque Viscerum Fluxibus, ac Haemorrbagiâ, cum sucessu exbibetur. Dosis, à scrupla una ad drachmam unam, borâ somni quotidie.    

CHAP. LXIX. Of ELECTUARIES.  

1. Chemical Treacle.  
℞ INdian Greenginger, cut into thin stices and beaten into a mass lbij. lbij. Melliginous Extract of Iuniper, Juice of Alkermes, a. lbj lbj. best Oil of Mace by Expression, Oil of Ben, a. ℥ ix. Balsam of Sulphur, Opium extracted with Juice of Lemons, a. ℥ vj. Balsam of Camphir, Balsam of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, a. ℥ iv. Chemical Oils of Angelica, Cloves, Fennel, Lavender, Lemons, Rosemary, Sassafras, a. ℥ j mix them well together; and than add thereto the Antihectick of Poterius, the Arcanum of Jupiter, Aurum Vitae, Bezoar Mineral, Salt of Pearl, volatile Salt of Amber, Vitriol of Mars, a. ℥ iv. Powders of Oriental Bezoar, Cloves, Castoreum, Cochinele, Winter's Cinnamon, English Saffron, Elecampane, Myrrh, Nutmegs, Crabs-eyes, Long-pepper, Virginia Snake-root, white Amber, Vipers, Zedoary, a, ℥ iij, mix, and make Our Chemical Treacle.  
It is a famed Medicine for strengthening the Brain, Heart, Stomach, and the other Bowels; and prevails after a wondered manner against poisonous, pestilential, and contagious Diseases: it is anodyn, narcotick, somniferous, and sudoriferous; for which reason it is of great use, and conduces to the cure of almost infinite Distempers; as of Fluxes, or too great Purge of the Bowels, continued Watch, pains of the Colic, and Reinss, Gout, and Vomitings: it operates by Sweat, sometimes by Urine, eases all Pains of what kind soever, and induces pleasant or gentle Sleep: it is admirably good against a Looseness, Lientery, and Bloodyflux, and stops all other Fluxes, whether of the Belly or Womb. Dose, à ℈ i, ad ʒj.   

2. The Electuary against the Plague.  
℞ Indian Greenginger, cut and beaten into a mass, Syrup of the same, of each ℥ vj. best Oil of Mace by Expression, Juice of Alkermes, a. ℥ v. Bezoar Mineral ℥ iv. Cochinele, Virginian Snake-root, a. ℥ iij. powder of Vipers ℥ ij. English Saffron, Càmphir, Nitre vitriolated, volatile Salt of Amber, Extract of Opium, a. ℥ j Oil of Angelica ℥ i ss. mix, and make an Electuary.  
It cures the Plague, pestilential and contagious Diseases, and all sorts of putrid and malign Fevers: it comforts and strengthens the principal parts, kills Worms, stops Vomiting, and helps the Palpitation of the Heart; and if timely given, cures the Hydrophobia, and bites of mad Dogs; it operates by Sweeting, and comforting the Principal and Vital parts. Dose, à ℈ i, adʒ ij. in Canary, or some Cordial Water.   

3. Electuary against Hectics, or, Consumptions.  
℞ Powder of Vipers ℥ vj. Salt of Oyster-shells ℥ iv. Cochinele, Balsam of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, Antihecticum of Poterius, a. ℥ iij. Bezoar Mineral, Salt Vitriolated, a. ℥ ij. Saffron ℥ j best Oil of Mace by Expression ℥ vj. Juice of Alkermes ℥ xviij. mix, and make an Electuary.  
It recuperates the decayed strength, and repairs the extenuated habit of Body, proceeding either from losing much Blood, or any other immoderate evacuation: it comforts and replenishes such as are lean and consumptive, by nourishing and strengthening them: also it admirably cures Hectick-fevers, melting Consumptions, and the vehement heat of the Bowels. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij. morning and evening.   

4. The Purging Electuary.  
℞ Resinous Scammony ℥ viij. Mechoaean, Rosin of Jalap, a. ℥ vj. Sena ℥ v. best Rhubarb, Hermodacts, a. ℥ iv. Long-pepper ℥ iij. Sal Mirabile, Crystals of Bohemian-tartar, a. ℥ xij. Syrup of Manna, or Syrup of Peach-flowers lbuj lbuj. mix, and make an Electuary.  
It powerfully attracts and purges out viscous Phlegm, thick glutinous Matter, and all malign Humours in what part of Man's Body soever. It is good against the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Vertigo, Megrim, Headache, Asthma, cold and gouty Diseases, colic Pains arising from glassy Phlegm. It is very profitable for such as are afflicted with the Gout in the Feet, Hands, or Knees, Scurvy, Rheumatism, Jaundice, and Dropsy, whether it be present, or approaching. Now it purges the aforementioned Humours, not only from the first region of the Body, but from the Reinss, and the more remote parts. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ ij, vel two ss. in the morning, fasting. It is of good use for such as are afflicted with Diseases arising from Choler, Melancholy, and salt Phlegm, as the Cancer, Elephantiasis, Madness, Melancholy, Ringworms, Herpes', Scabbiness, and other like Affects of the Skin.   

5. Electuary against Catarrhs.  
℞ Indian Greenginger, cut and beaten lbj lbj. Catechu, Flowers of Sulphur, a. ℥ iv. best Oil of Mace ℥ iij. Juice of Alkermes a sufficient quantity; mix, and make an Electuary.  
It is a most excellent thing in thickening and ripening thin Catarrhs, or Defluxions of Rheum falling down from the Head upon the Breast; as also for a Cough, being given morning and evening, or oftentimes a day, to be taken àʒ ss, adʒ ij. it is also of good use being given in Fluxes of the Bowels, Bloody-fluxes, or Exulcerations of the Guts and Mesentery.   

6. A Stomach-Electuary.  
℞ Indian Greenginger lbi lbi. candied Citron-peels and Orange-peels, A. ℥ iii Conserve of Barberries ℥ viij. Oil of Clovesʒii. mix, and make an Electuary.  
It is given in a cold Stomach, as also to help several Distempers of the Stomach and Brain; as Vomiting, Loathing, Sickness at Heart, Pain of the Stomach, Hypochondriack Vapours, and weakness of the Concoctive-Faculty, for which it is a powerful Medicine. Dose, àʒ i, adʒ two. oftentimes a day.   

7. Electuary against Coughs.  
℞ Of the Electuary against Catarrhs lbi lbi. Extract of Thebian Opium, made with juice of Lemons ℥ i mix, and make an Electuary.  
It is good in all Distempers of the Breast, as the Cough, whether of long standing, or new, Asthma, and the Phthisis or Consumption of the Lungs itself, it is a powerful Remedy for Spitting of Blood; arising from what cause soever; it conglutinates and heals the mouths of the Veins; it is given with great success in all Fluxes of the Bowels, as also in Hemorrhagies. Dose, à ℈ i, adʒ i every day, at bedtime.     


CHAP. LXX. De PILULIS.  

I. Pilulae Catharticae.  
℞ ALOES purissimae libras quindecim, Colocynthidis pulverisatae libras quatuor, Turpethi Mineralis, Cambogiae, ana libras tres: in decocto forti pulpae Colocynthidis dissolvatur Aloes & Cambogia, & evapora ad Mèllis consistentiam; cui addantur pulveres Colocynthidis & Turpethi; fiatque Oleo C●rui massa Pilularum.  
Omnes Humores, praecipuè serosos, atque Bilem & Pituitam maximè purgant; specificae sunt ad Gonorrhaeam & Fluxus Vteri album; in Hydrope, Arthritide, Scorbuto, Scrophula, Rheumatisma, Cachexia, Ictero, Obstructionibus Hepatis, Lienis, Mesenterii, Vteri, & Renum, felicissimè exhibentur, & praesertim iis, qui levioribus Medicamentis purgari nequeunt: omnibusque impuritatibus Cerebri, Ventriculi, Intestinorum, & Sanguinis conveniunt. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam, mane, Stomacho Jejuno.   

II Pilulae ad Luem.  
℞ Aloes uncias sexdecim, Colocynthidis pulverisatae uncias octo; Turpethi Minerali, vel Arcani Corallini, uncias sex; misce, & cum decocti fortis pulpae Colocynthidis quantitate sufficienti & Oleo Anin fiat massa Pilularum.  
Specificae sunt in Lue Venerea, Gonorrhoea virulenta, Lepra, Scabie, Arthritide, Vlceribus & Fistulis malignis & venereis: interius assumptae Pituitam tenacem incidunt & expellunt, omnesque Humores purgant. Dosis, à granis quindecim ad semidrachmam.   

III Pilulae Mirabiles.  
℞ Argenti vivi panno conclusi, ut granis minimis efflaat, uncias quinque; Succi vel Syrupi Limonum quantitatem sufficientem; misce, & extinguatur Mercurius eodem Succo per triturationem; cumque satis extinctum & mixtum fuerit, addatur Aloes unciae octo, pulpae Colocynthidis pulverisatae unciae quatuor; Cambogiae unciae duae; misce, & cum syrupo Limonum, vel decocto forti Colocynthidis fiat massa Pilularum, addendo pro re natâ, Bezoartici Mineralis, vel Glycyrrhizae pulveris, quantitatem parvam.  
Virtutes omnes proximi habent praecedentis; praecipuè autem in Arthritide, Rheumatismo, & doloribus Scorbuticis & Venereis; in quibus nihil est in Rerum natura praestantius. Dosis, quotidie, à semiscrupla ad scruplam unam, vel pro re natà.   

IV. Pilulae Hystericae.  
℞ Aloes uncias quinque, Colocynthidis, Rhabarbari, Opii Extracti, Asae foetidae, Fuliginis ligneae, Salis volatilis Succini, Croci Martis aperitivi, Calcis Jovis, Vitrioli Lunae, ana unciam unam; Castorei, Camphorae, Myrrhae, Olei Succini, ana unciam semis; Olei de Gornu Cervi drachmam unam; misce, & cum decocto Senae fiat massa Pilularum. Vel sic. Recipe Aloes uncias septem, Asae foetidae uncias quatuor; Opii, Fuliginis ligneae, Salis volatilis Succini, Crocus Martis aperitivi, ana uncias duas; Camphorae, Myrrhae, Olei Succini, ana unciam unam; cum Syrupo Atriplicis olidae fiat massa Pilularum.  
Vteri strangulatus, dolores, & subversiones maximè sedant: faeliciter verò Epilepticis, Apoplecticis, Lethargicis, Paralyticis, Maniacis, Lienosis, & Melancholicis Hypochondiacis, ab Humoribus impactis, dantur; Vertiginem etiam, Cephalalgiam, & Hemicraniam sanant. Dosis prioris, à granis quindecim ad semidraehmam; posterioris à scrupla una ad duas.   

V. Laudanum Samech, seu Tartarisatum; Viri Excellentissimi, D. Tho. Gardneri Regii Chirurgi.  
℞ Salis Tartari (ex Tartari & Nitri partibus aequalibus facti) uncias sex; Olei Terebinthinae & Juniperi, ana uncias sex; misce simul Vase amplo, in loco frigido & humido; stent ad menses aliquot, tamdiu scilicet (saep● interim quotidie agitando, & plus Olei, quoties opus fuerit, adjiciendo) usque-dum Sal plane triplum Olei absorbuerit; atque in unam massam (Saponis instar) spissam conspiraverint homogeneam, nullatenus separandum. Recipe hujus Saponis uncias octodecim, Opii Thebaici Extracti uncias octo, Salis Armoniaci volatils uncias sex; Sulphuris Martis anodyni, Gummi Guajaci, ana uncias quatuor; Extractorum Theriacae Andromachi, Croci, Cochinelae, Radicis-serpentariae, Olei Macis & Nucis moschatae per expressionem, ana uncias duas; misce, & in Mortario contunde; cumque mixtura partibus Oleorum aequalibus Anisi, Juniperi, & Succini, ac pulvere Glycyrrhizae vel Zinziberis, fiat massa Pilularum.  
Nota. Sulphur Martis sic perficitur. Recipe limaturae Martis libram unam; Spiritus Aceti uncias octo, Spiritus Nitri semiunciam; bulliantur ad siccitatem; adde Spiritus Aceti quantum sufficit, digeritur ad rubedinem, filtretur; cum Oleo Tartari per deliquium praecipitatur, & Aqua purà edulcoratur Sulphur ad usum.  
In operatione & virtute hoc Medicamentum, Mithridatium & Theriacam ipsam longè vincit; hinc vires ejus facilè colligere poterit; in Hydrope, Arthritide, Lue Venerea, & Rheumatismo praevalet. Contra Pestem, Febres malignas & contagiosas, Marsum Canis rabidi, Morbillos, Variolas, & quaevis alia Venena celeberrimum est Alexiterium. Omnes Dolores sedat, omnesque Fluxus cujuscunque generis sistat; Tussi & Tabi convenit, Somnum lentè inducit, & per Sudorem & Transpirationem insensibilem efficacissime operatur. Dosis, à granis tribus ad octo, sub nocte, vel horâ somni.   

VI Laudanum specificum Nostrum.  
℞ Opii Thebaici sesquilibram, dissolvatur in succi Limonum libris duabus, Olei Sulphuris unciis duabus mixti; coletur, inspissetur, & evaporetur ad Extracti consistentiam; cui addatur Olei Nucum moschatarum per expressionem libra una; Bezoartici mineralis, pulverum Caryophyllorum, Camphorae, Catechu, Cochinelae, Corticis Winterani & Peruani, Croci, Radicum Serpentariae, ana unciae tres, Sulphuris Vitrioli Martis anodyni unciae sex: Olei Chymicè praeparati Absinthii, Anisi, Caryophyllorum, Foeniculi, Juniperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, Sassafras, & Succini, ana drachmae duae & semis: misce, fiatque massa Pilularum.  
Stomachum confortat, ac in omnibus Alvi Profluviis, ut Diarrh●eâ, Lienteriâ, Dysenteriâ, Fluxu Hepatico, Vomitu, Haemorrhagiâ Narium, Mensibus superfluis, Sputo Sanguinis, Catarrhis, aliisque Defluxionibus Experimentum est mirabile. Confortat Intestina & Membra interiora: in Hydrope, Arthritide, Scorbuto, Icteritia, Suffocatione Matricis, similisque Vterinis Affectibus; omnisque generis Febribus, sive sint intermittentes, sive continuae, aut malignae, suam adeò promeretur laudem, ut à nullo satis ejus virtutes depredicari possint. In Peste, & Morbis Epidemicis, Morbillis, Variolis, Doloribus extremis in quacunque Corporis parte, & cujuscunque generis, Colico, Tussi, Phthisi, Calculo Renum & Vesicae exhiberi solet. Spiritus Vitales, Animales, & Naturales in omnibus membris recreat & fortificat. Somnum generosé indu it, necnon in Gonorrhoea & F●uxu albi Matricis, Arcanum est. Dosis, à granis duabus vel tribus ad sex vel octo, horâ somni.   

VII. Laudanum Catharticum Nostrum.  
℞ Opii Thebaici (succo Limonum) extracti, libram unam; Aloes Succotrinae (Aquâ fontanâ) extractae, libras octo; Scammonii resinosi, Zinziberis, Glycyrrhizae, pulverum, ana libram unam: misce, ac Oleo Anisi, Caryophyllorum, Limonum, & Sassafras, ana drachmas sex; misce, fiatque massa.  
Omnes Dolores universaliter sedat: minùs quidem purgat, magis tamen roborat, & adstrictam Alvum solvit. Virtus hujus Remedii admiranda, & nunquam satis laudanda, existit; quoniam ad omnium Visce●…m nobiliorum corroborationem commendatur; pravorum insuper Humorum correctionem; & blandissimam evacuationem promovet, tutâ & jucundâ operatione. Catarrhos tenues sistit, ac Tussim inde natam sedat; Somnum conciliat, & in Febribus tertianis & quartanis, aliquot horis ante Paroxysmum propinanda praestat. Dosis, horâ somni, â semiscrupla ad scruplam unam, vel semidrachmam.    

CHAP. LXX. Of PILLS.  

1. The Purging Pills.  
℞ FINE Aloes lbxv lbxv. Coloquintida in powder lbiv lbiv. Turpeth-Mineral, Cambogia, A. lbiii lbiii. dissolve the Aloes and Cambogia in a strong decoction of Coloquintida, and evaporate to the consistency of Honey; to which add the powders of Coloquintida, and Tuxpeth; and make with Oil of Caraways a mass of Pills.  
They purge all Humours, chief serous and watery; as also Choler and Phlegm very much; they are a specific in a Gonorrhaea, and the Whites in Women: they are given with great effect in the Dropsy, Gout. Scurvy, Kings-Evil, Rheumatism, Cachexy, Jaundice, Obstructions of the Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, Womb, and Reinss; and chief to such which cannot be purged with gentler Medicines: they are good against all impurities of the Brain, Stomach, Bowels, and Blood, Dose, à ℈ i, adʒ ss. in the morning fasting.   

2. Pills for the French-Pox.  
℞ Aloes ℥ xuj. Coloquintida in fine powder ℥ viij. Turpeth Mineral, or Arcanum Corallinum ℥ vi. mix, and with a sufficient quantity of a strong decoction of Coloquintida and a little Oil of Aniseeds make a mass of Pills.  
They are a Specific against the French-Pox, virulent Gonorrhoea, Leprosy, Scabbiness, Gout, malign and venereal Ulcers and Fistula's: internally given, they cut and expel tough Phlegm, and purge all kinds of Humours. Dose, à gr. xv, adʒss.   

3. The Wondered Pills.  
℞ Quicksilver, which tie up in a Rag, that it may squeeze forth in very small grains ℥ v. Juice or Syrup of Lemons, q.s. mix, and kill the Quicksilver with the Juice, by grinding them together; when it shall be sufficiently killed and mixed, add thereto of Aloes ℥ viij. pulp of Coloquintida in powder ℥ iv. Cambogia ℥ two. mix them, and with Syrup of Lemons, or a strong Decoction of Coioquintida, make a mass of Pills; adding, as occasion requires, a small quantity of Bezoar Mineral, or powder of Liquorice.  
They have all the Virtues of the last aforegoing; but chief in the Gout, Rheumatism, Scorbutic and Venereal pains; for which Diseases, nothing is better or more powerful in Nature. Dose, every day, à ℈ ss, and ℈ i, or as the occasion may require.   

4. Hysterick Pills, or Pills against Fits.  
℞ Aloes ℥ v. Coloquintida, Rheubarb, Extract of Opium, Asa foetida, Wood-soot, volaril Salt of Amber, Crocus Martis aperitive, Calx of Tin, Vitriol of Silver, A. ℥ i Casror, Camphir, Myrrh, Oil of Amber, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Hartshorn ʒi. mix, and with decoction of Sena, make a mass of Pills. Or thus. Take Aloes ℥ seven. Asa foetida ℥ iv. Wood-soot, volatile Salt of Amber, Crocus Martis aperitive, A. ℥ two. Camphir, Myrrh, Oil of Amber, A. ℥ j with Syrupof stinking Arach make a mass of Pills.  
They wonderfully quiet, and ease the suffocation, pains, and disturbances of the Womb; and are happily given in the Falling-Sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, Palsy, Madness, Distemper of the Spleen, and Hypochondriack Melancholy, from Humours heaped up together; they are also helpful in the Vertigo, Headache, and Megrim. Dose, of the former, à gr. xv, ad ʒss. of the latter, à ℈ i, add ℈ two.   

5. Tartarized Laudanum, of that most excellent Man, Dr. Tho. Gardner, the King's Chirurgeon.  
℞ Salt of Bohemian-tartar, (made of equal parts of Bohemian-tartar and Nitre) ℥ vi. Oils of Turpentine and Juniper, A. ℥ iv. mix them together in a large Vessel, and let them stand for some months in a cold and moist place; to wit, so long (stirring them in the mean season every day, and adding more of the Oils, as often as need requires) till the Salt has completely drunk up a triple quantity of the Oil, and shall become one thick homogene mass (much like to Soap) not to be separated again. Take of this Soap ℥ xviii. Extract of Thebean Opium ℥ viij. volatile Salt Armoniac ℥ vi. anodyn Sulphur of Mars, Gumm of Guajacum, a. ℥ iv. Extracts of Venice-Treacle, of Saffron, Cochinele, Virginia Snake-root, Oil of Mace and Nutmegs by expression, a. ℥ ij. mix, and beaten them in a Mortar, and with a mixture made of equal parts of the Oils of Anise, Iuniper, and Amber, with powder of Liquorice or Ginger, make a mass of Pills.  
Note. The Sulphur of Mars is thus made. Take filing of Iron lbj lbj. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ viij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ ss. mix, and boil to dryness; than add Spirit of Vinegar q. s. digest till the Tincture is read, which decant and filter; praecipitate with Oil-of Bohemian-tartar per deliquium, and edulcorate the Sulphur with fair Water, for use.  
This Medicine much exceeds both Mithridate and Venice- Treacle in its virtue and operation; from whence it is easy to found out what things it is good for; it is good against the Dropsy, Gout, Pox, and Rheumatism; it is a famous Alexiterick against the Plague, malign and contagious Fevers, Bites of Mad-dogs, Measles, Smallpox, and all other sorts of Venom. It eases all Pains, and stops all Fluxes of what kind soever; it is good against Coughs and Consumptions, induces pleasant Sleep, and operates most effectually by Sweat and insensible Transpiration. Dose, à gr. 3, and viij. at night, or time of going to sleep.   

6. Specitick Laudanum of the Author.  
℞ Thebian Opium lbj lbj ss. dissolve in juice of Lemons lbij. lbij. mixed with Oil of Sulphur ℥ ij. strain, inspissate, and evaporate to the thickness of an Extract; to which add Oil of Nutmegs by expression lbj lbj. Bezoar-mineral, powders of Cloves, Camphir, Catechu, Cochinel, Winter 's Cinnamon, Jesuits-Bark, Saffron, Virginian Snake-root, a. ℥ iij. anodyn Sulphur of the Vitriol of Mars ℥ vj. Chemical Oils of Wormwood, Aniseed, Cloves, Fennel, Iuniper, Lavender, Lemons, Rosemary, Sassafras, and Amber, a. ʒ ij ss. mix, and make a mass of Pills.  
It comforts the Stomach, and is by Experience found to be admirable against all Fluxes of the Belly, as a Looseness, Diarrhoea, Bloodyflux, Hepatick-flux, Vomitings, Bleeding at Nose, Overflowing of the Terms, Spitting of Blood, Catarrhs, and other Defluxions of Humours. It comforts the Bowels and internal Members: it is so much praised for its effects against the Dropsy, Gout, Scurvy, Jaundice, Fits of the Mother, and other like Diseases of the Womb; as also all kinds of Fevers, whether intermitting, or continual, or malign, that no man can sufficiently set forth its virtues. It is usually given in the Plague and Epidemic Diseases, Measles, Smallpox, vehement Pains in whatsoever part of the Body, and of what kind soever, Coughs, Phthisicks, Stone in the Reinss and Bladder. It cheers the Spirits, Natural, Vital, and Animal, and fortifies them in all parts. It causes kind and pleasant Sleep; and is a Secret, in curing a Gonorrhoea in Men, and the Whites in Women. Dose, à gr. ij, or iij, ad gr. uj, or viij. going to sleep.   

7. The Author's Cathartick Laudanum.  
℞ Thebian Opium (extracted with the juice of Lemons) lbj lbj. fine Aloes (extracted with fair Water) lbviij lbviij. resinous Scammony, Ginger, Liquorice, (all in powder) a. lbj lbj. mix, and with Oils of Aniseeds, Cloves, Lemons, and Sassafras, a. ʒ vj. mix, and make a mass.  
It universally eases all Pains: purges indeed lesle, but strengthens the more, and loosens the Belly being bound. The Virtues of this Medicine, to be admired, and never enough to be praised, are manifest; and it is commended for corroborating the more noble Bowels; but above all, for correcting of corrupt and evil Humours; and it's very sweetly purging of the Body, which it does by a very safe and pleasant operation. It stops thin Catarrhs, and eases the Cough thence proceeding; it induces Sleep, and prevails against tertian and quartan Agues, being given some hours before the Fit. Dose, à ℈ ss, and ℈ i, autʒ ss. at bedtime.     


CHAP. LXXI. De LOTIONIBUS.  

I. Aqua Ophthalmica.  
℞ AQuae fontanae libras tres, Salis Vitrioli unciam unam: digere per viginti dies, & filtra: addatur Sacchari Saturni drachmae quatuor, Aloes optimae semiuncia, Opii Thebaici drachmae duae; dissolve, ac iterum filtra: huic addantur Spiritus Vini (in quo Camphorae drachmae duae dissolvuntur) libra una, Vitri Antimonii, vel Reguli seu Croci Metallorum, pulveris subtilissimi unciae tres: misce, ac digere pro usu.  
Instilletur ter vel quater in die Aqua haec Oculo, laboranti Perlâ, Verrucâ, Cataractâ, vel Nebulâ, & spatio dierum triginta vel quadraginta, etsi desperatissimus esset Affectus, medetur: atque in omnibus Inflammationibus, & Oculorum Affectibus, hoc Collyrium dicatum est.   

II Aqua Styptica.  
℞ Salis ex Capite mortuo reverberato Vitrioli cum Aqua fontana eliciti, unciam unam; Aquae purae uncias duodecim, vel quantitatem sufficientem; misce, ac dissolve; cui addantur Spiritus Vini unciae tres: digeritur, & reponatur ad usum. Aliter. ℞ Pulveris Sympathetici unciam unam, Aquae communis uncias duodecim; misce, ac dissolve: digere per septimanam, vel potiùs mensem; deinde filtra, & adde Spiritus Vini uncias quatuor. Vel sic. Vitriolo soluto, filtrato, cum Spiritu Aceti praecipitato, edulcorato, & siccato, affunde Oleum Vitrioli, & distilla ad siccitatem: Caput mortuum digere cum Spiritu Yini; filtra calidè, ac abstrahe: solve Salem in sundo remanentem cum Aquae quadruplo per digestionem, fietque Aqua Styptica.  
Hae Aquae onmibus Haemorrhagiis prosunt, & usus ultimae est internus & externus. Dosis, à guttis decem ad viginti, etc. Vulneribus etiam recentibus, atque inveteratis, mirificè medentur.   

III Aqua Calcis cum Mercurio.  
℞ Calcis vivae libras duas, Aquae communis libras octo; misce, dissolve, ac digere per horas viginti quatuor: dein decanta & filtra; cui addantur Mercurii dulcis laevigati, vel Praecipitati albi unciae quatuor; misce iterum Vasi agitando, & reservetur ad usum.  
Vlceribus venereis & Gonorrhaeae virulentae prodest, per Syringem injecta.   

IV. Aqua Divina Fernelii.  
℞ Aquae Plantaginis (vel communis) uncias duodecim, Sublimati corrosivi granas viginti quatuor: misce, ac dissolva.  
Vlceribus malignis, inveteratis, & venereis, lavando medetur.   

V. Aqua ad Gnorrhaeam.  
℞ Aquae communis libras duas; Vitrioli albi, Aluminis, a. drachmas tres; Catechu drachmas duas, Opii drachmam unam: misce, dissolve, ac filtra; cui addantur Spiritus Vini unciae quatuor; misce, & reservetur ad usum.  
Gonorrhaeae, & Fluxui albo, per Syringem injecta quater vel sexies in die, medetur.   

VI Aqua Mercurialis.  
℞ Aquae communis libras duas, Amygdalarum excorticatarum uncias duas & semis; misce, fiatque Emulsio: cui addantur Camphorae pulverisatae, Cerussae, ana uncia una; Sublimati corrosivi (in succi Limonum unciis quatuor soluti) drachma una, misce. Vel sic. Rccipe Aquae communis, Succi Limonum, ana libram unam; Sublimati corrosivi drachmas duas, Albuminum Ovorum numero quatuor; misce omnia diligenter, deinde pone ad Solem per octo dies, & serva ad usum. Aliter sic. Recipe Emulsionis praescriptae libras duas, Sublimati corrosivi pulverisati drachmas quatuor; misce, ac in Mortario vitreo, triturando dissolva, fiatque Aqua albissima. Aliter, ab Willisio. Recipe Aquae communis libras duas, Sublimati corrosivi pulverisati drachmas quinque & scruplam unam: misce, & stent simul in Vase stanneo per septimanam, vel ad liquoris nigritudinem, agitando saepè Spatula ligneâ; filtra ad claritudinem, & repone in Vitro clauso ad usum.  
Ad Faciei Ruborem, Vermiculos, & Pustulas curandum Aqua certissima est.   

VII. Lac Mercurii.  
℞ Aquae communis libras duas, Sublimati corrosivi pulrerisati sesquiunciam; misce, agitando in Disco stanneo, ut fiat instar Lactis.  
Vlceribus malignis & venereis, tangendo medetur.    

CHAP. LXXI. Of LOTIONS.  

1. Eye-Water.  
℞ COmmon Water lbiij lbiij. Salt of Vitriol ℥ j digest twenty days, and filter: than add Saccharum Saturni, fine Aloes, a. ʒ iv. Theban Opium ʒ ij. dissolve, and filter: to this add Spirit of Wine (in which Camphir ʒ ij. is dissolved) lbj lbj. Glass of Antimony, or its Regulus, or Crocus Metallorum in fine powder ℥ iij. mix and digest, for use.  
Being dropped into the Eyes of such as are troubled with Pearls, Warts, or Cataracts, Clouds, three or four times a day for thirty or forty days, it cures them, though exceeding bad. It is also of use in Inflammations, and all other Affects of the Eyes.   

2. The Styptic Water.  
℞ The Salt drawn with Water from the reverberated Caput mortuum of Vitriol ℥ j fair Water ℥ xij. or a sufficient quantity; mix, and dissolve: to which add S.U. ℥ iij. digest, and keep it for use. Otherwise. ℞ of the Sympathetick-pouder, ℥ j common Water ℥ xij. mix, and dissolve: digest for a week, or rather a month, than filter, and add S.U. ℥ iiij. Or thus. Dissolve Vitriol in Water, filter, and with Spirit of Vinegar praecipitate, than edulcorate and dry: affuse thereon Oil of Vitriol, and than distil to dryness: this Caput mortuum digest with Spirit of Wine, filter warm, and than abstract it: the Salt remaining in the bottom, dissolve in a fourfold quantity of Water by digestion, and the Styptic Water will be made.  
These Waters are good to stop all Hemorrhages or Fluxes of Blood, of what kind soever; and the use of the last of them is both internal and external. Dose, à gut. x, and xx, etc. They also cure Wounds both new and old, after an admirable manner.   

3. Limewater with Mercury.  
℞ Quicklime lbij. lbij. common Water lbviij lbviij. mix, dissolve, and digest for twenty four hours; than decant and filter: to which add Mercurius dulcis levigated, or white Praecipitate ℥ iv. mix again by shaking the Vessel, and keep it for use.  
Being injected with a Syringe, it cures venereal Ulcers, and a virulent Gonorrhoea.   

4. Fernelius his Divine Water.  
℞ Plantan-water, or fair Water ℥ xij. corrosive Sublimate in powder gr. xxiv. mix, and dissolve.  
It cures malign, inveterate, and venereal Ulcers, by washing them therewith.   

5. A Water for a Gonorrhoea.  
℞ Fair Water lbij. lbij. white Vitriol, Alum, 2. ʒ iij. Catechuʒ ij. Opiumʒ j mix, dissolve, and filter; to which add Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. mix, and keep it for use.  
It cures a Gonorrhoea, and the Whites in Women, being injected with a Syringe four or six times a day.   

6. Mercury-Water.  
℞ Common Water lbij. lbij. blanched Almonds ℥ ij ss. mix, and make an Emulsion: to which add Camphir in powder, Ceruse, a. ℥ j corrosive Sublimate (dissolved in ℥ iv. of juice of Lemons) ʒ j mix them. Or thus, Take common Water, Juice of Lemons a. lbj lbj. corrosive Sublimate ʒ ij. Whites of four Eggs; mix them very well together; insolate for eight days, and keep it for use. Or thus. Take of the former Emulsion lbij. lbij. corrosive Sublimate in powder ʒ iv. mix, dissolve by grinding in a glass Mortar, and make a very white Water. Otherwise thus, from Willis. Take common Water lbij. lbij. corrosive Sublimate in powder ʒ v, ℈ j mix, and let them stand together in a tin Vessel or Basin for a week, or till the liquor grows black, often stirring it with a wooden Spatula; filter it till it is clear, and keep it in a Glass close stopped, for use.  
It is a most excellent Water for the curing of Redness, Worms, and Pustles breaking out in the Face.   

7. Mercurial Milk.  
℞ Common Water lbij. lbij. corrosive Sublimate in powder ℥ i ss. mix them in a tin Basin, and by stirring them, make the mixturé white like Milk.  
It cures malign and venereal Ulcers, by touching them.     


CHAP. LXXII. De OLEIS.  

I. Oleum calefaciens.  
℞ OLEI de Ben, vel Olivarum, libras duas; Oleorum seminum Anisi, baccarum Juniperi, Limonum, Rosmarini, Sassafras, & Succini, ana uncias quinque; Camphorae uncias duas; misce, ac dissolve.  
Corporis Doloribus & Vitiis frigidis, Convulsiones, Tetano, Nervorum distentione, & Paralysi conducit; Spinae & Renum dolores reprimit, atque Hemicraniam, Cephalalgiam, Podagram, & Gonagram levat.   

II Oleum Refrigerans.  
℞ Olei de Ben, vel Olivarum, libras duas; Sacchari Saturni (in Spiritu Aceti dissoluti) uncias quatuor; misce, pro usu.  
Ad Ambusta, Erysipelata, Scabiem, & Cutis vitia à salsa Pituita & Bile usta enata, ad Prurigines, ac Pustularum eruptiones commendatur.   

III Oleum Anodynum.  
℞ Olei de Ben, vel Olivarum, libras duas; Opii Thebaici (in Aqua dissoluti ad consistentiam Mellis extracti) uncias duas, Camphorae sesquiunciam: misce.  
Dolores mirificè levat, Inflammationes, ac calidos quosvis Tumores reprimit; Arthritidi, Cephalalgiae, Hemicraniae, nec-non doloribus, Splenis, Renum, Vteri, Haemorrhoidarum, opem fert.   

IV. Oleum Paralyticum.  
℞ Oleorum Chymicè praeparatorum, Anisi, Foeniculi, Lavendulae, Sabinae, Pulegii, ana uncias quatuor; Olei Terebinthinae, Sassafras, ana uncias sex; Olei Succini rectificati uncias duodecim; misce.  
Ad Spasmum & Paralysin confirmatam commendatur; valenter namque digerit ac emollit, ut Nervorum & Articulorum Tophos dissipet; eorundem etiam frigidos Affectus, & imbeciilitates, seu resolutionum membrorum, sanat.   

V. Oleum Cosmeticum.  
℞ Olei de Ben libram unam, Praecipitati albi, vel Mercurii dulcis laevigati uncias duas, Olei Tartari per deliquium unciam unam; misce.  
Aspera laevigat, Faciei maculas & lentigenes exterit, Ephelides, ac Vstiones ex insolatu factas emendat, Lepram, Morphaeam, nec-non Pustulas in Cute à salsa Pituita sanat.   

VI Oleum Diacolocynthidos.  
℞ Olei Olivarum libras duas, Vini rubri libram unam, pulpae Colocynthidis uncias duas; coquantur ad Vini consumptionem, vel per duas vel tres horas, lento igne, donec Oleum vim totam Colocynthidis attraxerit, tandemque exprimantur & colentur; & addantur Olei Chymici seminum Anisi, Carui, & Foeniculi, ana drachmae tres; misce, & reponatur ad Enemata.  
Dosis, ab uncia una ad duas, prout majori vel minori operandi efficacia opus fuerit, cum Jure pingui permixtum, summum Medicamentum erit ad omnes soporiferos Affectus, Apoplexiam, Lethargum, & similes; & effectus praestantes foelici cum successu ostentabit in sedandis potissimum intolerabilibus doloribus & passionibus Colicis, ut-plurimum à Pituita vitrea in Intestinis subortis; in quibus Purgantia lenitiva sola exhibita, inefficacia prorsus & invalida comperientur. Oleum enim hoc Medicamento mirificè contemperat acrem & venenatam Colocynthidos qualitatem; adeo ut sic praeparata, neutiquam noxia aut damnosa sit Intestinis.   

VII. Oleum ad Vermes.  
℞ Olei Olivarum libras duas, succorum Absinthii, Cardui benedicti, ana libram unam; pulpae Colocynthidos uncias duas; Aloes (in Aqua dissolutae) unciam unam: misce, & coquantur ad Succi consumptionem, donec Oleum vim ingredientium totam extraxerit, deinde exprimantur & colentur: postea addantur Fellis Bovis defaecati unciae octodecim, Oleorum Chymicorum Anisi, Cumini, & Foeniculi, ana semiuncia: misce, & servetur ad usum.  
Hoc Oleum mixtum cum Lacte, aut Jusculo Capitis vervicini, in quantitate sufficienti ad fingendum Enema, summa erit medela adversus Lumbricos quosvis. Infantibus trium, quatuor, aut quinque annorum, sufficiet exhibere pro Dosi semiunciam, vel drachmas sex, cum Lactis unciis quatuor aut quinque, ut fiat Clyster: mediocriter robustis uncia una satis erit, robustioribus sesquiuncia, imo & robustissimis unciae duae. Hoc Oleum excellentissimum est ad expellendos Vermes, ad demulcendos & leniendos Dolores à causis frigidis, Cruditatibus, Flatibus, ac Humoribus mucilaginosis, tartareis, & arenosis sive calculosis suscitatos; atque ad educendam foetidam Humorum illuviem & putridinem: ad Aegros etiam excitandos in Comatosis & Soporiferis Symptomatis & Affectibus; & ad validius expurgandos omnes Humores, citra tamen calefactionem nimiam; qualem inducere solent Hierae Logadii, vel Pachii Diacolocynthidos, & hujus alia generis.    

CHAP. LXXII. Of OILS.  

1. The Heating Oil.  
℞ OIL of Ben, or Oil of Olives, lbij. lbij. Oils of Aniseed, Iuniper, Lemons, Rosemary, Sassafras, and Amber, a. ℥ v. Camphir ℥ ij. mix, and dissolve.  
It is good against cold Aches and Diseases of the Body, Convulsions, the Tetanoes, or cross Convulsion of the Neck, Distension of the Nerves, and the Palsy; it eases the pain of the Back and Reins, and gives relief in the pain of the Head, Megrim, Gout in the Feet and Knees.   

II The Cooling Oil.  
℞ Oil of Ben, or of Olives; lbij. lbij. Saccharum Saturni (dissolved in Spirit of Vinegar) ℥ iv. mix them for use.  
It is said to be of good use for Burn, an Erysipelas, Scabbiness, or Breaking's out, and other vices of the Skin, arising from salt Phlegm and Melancholy, as also Itchings, and Pustles or Pimples breaking out.   

3. The Oil easing Pain.  
℞ Oil of Ben, or of Olives, lbij. lbij. Theban Opium (dissolved in Water, and extracted to the consistence of Honey) ℥ ij. Camphir ℥ i ss. mix them.  
It gives great ease in Pains, represses Inflammations, and all sorts of hot Swell: it gives help in the Gout, Headache, Megrim; as also in Pains of the Spleen, Reinss, Womb, and Haemorrhoids.   

4. The Palsy-Oil.  
℞ Chemical Oils of Anise, Fennel, Lavender, Savin, Penyroyal, a. ℥ iv. Oil of Turpentine, Sassafras, a. ℥ vj. rectified Oil of Amber ℥ xij. mix them.  
It is said to be good for Cramps and Convulsions, as also a confirmed Palsy; for that it powerfully digests and softens, so as to discuss and softens, so as to discuss Knots in the Nerves and Joints: it cures also the cold Affects of those parts, and the weakness or resolution of the members.   

5. The Beautifying Oil.  
℞ Oil of Ben lbj lbj. white Praecipitate, or Mercurius dulcis levigated ℥ ij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j mix them.  
It makes smooth a rough Skin, and takes away Spots, Freckles or Lentils of the Face, and Sun-burnings; and prevails against the Leprosy, Morphew, Scurf; as also Pustules breaking out in the Skin from salt Phlegm.   

6. Oil of Coloquintida.  
℞ Oil Olive lbij. lbij. Read Wine lbj lbj. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ ij. boil to the consumption of the Wine; or for two or three hours, with a gentle fire, till the Oil has drawn forth all the virtue of the Coloquintida; than strain out by pressing, and add Chemical Oils of Aniseeds, Caraways, and Fennel-seeds, a. ʒ iij. mix, and keep it for Clysters.  
The Dose is from ʒ i, and ℥ ij. more or lesle, according as the occasion may require; being mixed with fat Broth, (and given Clyster-wise) it is an excellent thing against all Sleepy-Diseases, as the Apoplexy, Lethargy, and the like; it operates upon the spot, and with good success, in easing the most vehement pains and disorders of the Colic, chief those which proceed from a kind of glassy Phlegm in the Bowels; in which cases, lenitive Purges being only given, are ineffectual, and do no kind of good. For the Oil-olive in this Composition does admirably alloy and qualify the acrid and (as it were) venene quality of the Coloquintida; and so being thus prepared, it is not in the lest hurtful or prejudicial to the Intestines.   

7. The Oil against Worms.  
℞ Oil-olive lbij. lbij. juices of Wormwood, Carduus benedictus, a. lbj lbj. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ ij. Aloes (dissolved in Water) ℥ j mix, and boil to the consumption of the Juices, and till the Oil has extracted all the virtue of the ingredients, than strain out by pressing: afterwards add Ox or Bulls Gall defecated ℥ xviij. Chemical Oils of Anise, Cumin, and Fennel, a. ℥ ss. mix, and keep it for use.  
This Oil, mixed with a sufficient quantity of Milk, or the Broth of a Wethershead, and given as a Clyster, is an excellent thing to kill all sorts of Worms, To Children of three, four, or five years old, you may give ab ℥ ss, adʒ vj. mixed with ℥ iv, or u of Milk, for a Clyster: to those who are moderately strong, it may be given to ℥ j such as are stronger, may receive it to ℥ i ss. and the strongest Bodies or Constitutions, may have it exhibited to ℥ ij. This Oil is a most excellent Medicine for expelling Worms, and to abate and ease Pains proceeding from a cold cause, from Crudities, Wind, and mucilaginous, tartartarous, or viscous and lapidescent Humours; and to expel the fetid nastiness and putridness of the Humours: it is given also to rouse up such as are sick of a Coma, or afflicted with Sleepy Symptoms or Diseases; and for the more effectual purging forth all sorts of Humours, without exciting too much heat; which is usual where the Hierae Diacolocynthidos of Logadius and Pachius, with other things of like kind, are given.     


CHAP. LXXIII. De BALSAMIS.  

I. Balsamum Vulnerarium Nostrum.  
℞ OLEI de Ben, vel Olivarum libras tres, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis libras duas, Cerae libram unam, Balsami Tolutani, vel Peruani, vel Chiliani; Thuris, ana uncias octo: Olei Chymici Lavandulae uncias tres; misce, fiatque Balsamum secundum Artem.  
Inter Sarcotica Chirurgis usurpatum, multa habet; emollit & concoquat, Carnem creat, putridamque depascit; Vulnera cujuscunque generis, & quacunque Corporis parte, tutò, citò, jucundè, & perfectè sanat.   

II Balsamum Anodynum Nostrum.  
℞ Balsami Peruani, vel Tolutani, vel Chiliani; Thuris, ana libram unam: Camphorae, Opii, (cum Aqua ad Mellis consistentiam extracti) ana uncias novem; Sacchari Saturni uncias quatuor, Spiritus Vini quantitatem sufficientem; misce, ac digere in Arena per decem dies.  
Dolores Arthriticos, Convulsivos, & Colicos mirificè sopit; linteola in isto intincta dolentibus locis adhibeantur, renovando quarta, vel quinta quaque hora, donec omnes cruciatus cessent. Internè detur ad granas octo vel decem; & per Enema, in Colica, ad scruplam unam vel semidrachmam: itaque in Dysenteriis, Lienteriis, aliisque Fluxibus Alvi.   

III Balsamum Gummi Elemi Nostrum.  
℞ Gummi Elemi, Terebinthinae Venetiae, ana libras duas; Cerae Animalis vel Myrtillorum sesquilibram; Olei de Ben, vel Hyperici libram unam; Balsami Peruani, Styracis liquidae, ana semilibram; misce, fiatque Balsamum.  
Putridini efficaciter resistit, & Vulnera Capitis faeliciter sanat; Vlceraque contumacia ac Fistulas, detergendo expurgat; lentè desiccat, Carnem in Vlceribus generat, eaque ad cicatricem perducit. Balsamum hoc, nulli Medicamento, ad Vulnera implenda Carne, & agglutinanda, cedit: Nervos quoque roborat, calorem partis fovet, maximéque Capitis aegritudinibus externis, prodest.   

IV. Mel Saponis.  
℞ Saponis Castallensis, Mellis optimi, ana libram unam; Olei Tartari per deliquium, uncias quatuor; misce.  
Arthritidi, omnibusque Doloribus Juncturarum, & partium adjacentium medetur.   

V. Balsamum de Sapone.  
℞ Saponis Castallensis, Olei de Ben, seu Olivarum, ana libram unam; Olei baccarum Juniperi, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, ana uncias quatuor; florum Sulphuris uncias tres; misce.  
Nervorum debilitati, Tremori, Paralysi, Arthritidi, omnibusque Doloribus, & Morbis praesertim externis frigidis confert: Calorem nativum reficit, atque partes imbecilles roborat, & imbecillitatis causam aufert.   

VI Balsamum Amicum Nostrum.  
℞ Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, Balsami de Copayba, Gummi Elemi, ana uncias duodecim; Thuris, Resinae, Cerae, ana uncias decem; Styracis liquidae, liquid-Ambari, Petrolaei clari, ana uncias octo, Balsami Peruani, Tolutani, Olei Nucis moschatae, ana uncias sex; Mastiches, Myrrhae, Olibani, Scammonii resinosi, ana, pulvere subtilissimo, uncias quatuor; Olei Hyperici uncias quadraginta octo: in Oleo dissolvantur Resinae, Cera, Gummi, Balsama, & Olea aromatica; posteà, & dum adhuc calent, inspergantur Pulveres; diù, & sine intermissione agitando, misce, fiatque Balsamum.  
Frigidos Nervorum Morbos tollit, ac Doloribus eorundem opitulatur; Vulnera maximè sanat; Vlceribus & Fistulis prodest, quia mundificat, siccat, abstergit, coquit, & consolidat; nec-non absque ullius acrimoniae sensu Cicatricem ducit. Potenter digerit, ac resolvit, Nervos roborat, & à frigidis injuriis tuetur.   

VII. Balsamum Arthriticum Nostrum.  
℞ Olei Olivarum libras quatuor, Opii (cum Aqua ad Mellis consistentiam extracti,) Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, Thuris, Saponis Castallensis, ana libras duas; Camphorae, Petrolaei clari, Cerae, Saccharum Saturni, (in Aceto dissoluti) ana libram unam; misce, fiatque Balsamum.  
Arthriticis & Ischiadicis utiliter adhibetur; Inflammationem omnem extinguit, Dolores sedat, Sensus stupefacit, Cephalalgiae & Phrenetidi confert, Renum ardores illitum temperat, Artus laxatos firmat, Ecchymosin delet, & ad omnes dolores Juncturis contractus foeliciter usurpatur.   

VIII. Balsamum Polychrestum Nostrum.  
℞ Olei de Ben, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, ana libras duas; Styracis liquidae, liquid-Ambari, Petrolaei, Cerae, ana libram unam; Camphorae, Oleorum Chymicorum Anisi, Juniperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, Sassafras, Succini, ana uncias tres; misce, fiatque Balsamum.  
Animam & Naturam confortat, ejus tamen usus ad Nervorum genus roborandum, intemperiem frigidam tollendam, nativum Partis calorem excitandum & fovendum, & robur Membris conciliandum. Eo dum illinitur Dorsi Spina, mira celeritate Paralysi & Stupori succurrit. Dolores à causis frigidis aufert, & Partium debilitati efficacissimè prodest. Calefacit, siccat, essentia & tenuitate aperit, penetrat, digerit, Materiam omnem excrementitiam resolvit; Morbis Cerebri & Nervorum, ut Lethargo, Vertigini, Tremori, multisque aliis prodest.   

IX. Balsamum Ophthalmicum Nostrum.  
℞ Mellis optimi uncias viginti quatuor, Fellis Bovis uncias duodecim, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, Sacchari Saturni, ana uncias sex; Mastiches, Myrrhae, Olibani, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocollae, Scammonii, ana uncias tres; Auri Vitae uncias duas; misce.  
Praestans est Balsamum, non modo ad Pterygium Oculorum, sed etiam ad omnes Affectus & Maculas eorum delendas. Ambliopiae, Caligini, Visus debilitati & hebetudini, Oculorum rubori & lachrymae prodest. Efficacissimum est ad Tunicas roborandas, & Vlcera sananda.    

CHAP. LXXIII. Of BALSAMS.  

1. Our Wound-Balsam.  
℞ OIL of Ben, or of Olives, lbiij lbiij. Strasburg- Turpentine lbij. lbij. Wax lbj lbj. Balsam of Peru, Tolu, or Chili, Frankincense, a. ℥ viij. Chemical Oil of Lavender ℥ iij. mix, and make a Balsam according to Art  
It is a great thing among those which Chirurgeons use as Sarcoticks or Flesh-breeders; it is emollient and digestive, breeds Flesh, takes away the Putrefaction; and safely, speedily, easily, and perfectly cures Wounds, be they of what kind soever, and in what part of the Body soever.   

2. Our Anodyn-Balsam.  
℞ Balsam of Peru, Tolu, or Chili; Frankincense, a. lbj lbj. Camphir, Opium, (extracted with Water, to the consistence of Honey) a. ℥ ix. Saccharum Saturni ℥ iv. Spirit of Wine, a sufficient quantity; ●ix, and digest in Sand for ten days.  
It wonderfully eases Arthritick, Convulsive and Colic pains, rags being dipped therein, and applied to the parts affected, renewing the application every fourth or fifth hour, till the pain wholly ceases. Inwardly, it is given à gr. viij, and x. and by Clysters, in a Colic, à ℈ i, and ℈ ss. as also in Bloody-fluxes, Lienteries, and other Fluxes of the Belly.   

3. Our Balsam of Gum-Elemi.  
℞ Gum Elemi, Venice- Turpentine, a. lbij. lbij. Bees-wax, or Wax of Myrtleberries lbj lbj ss. Oil of Ben, or of Hypericon lbj lbj. Balsam of Peru, liquid Storax, a. lbss ss. mix, and make a Balsam.  
It powerfully resists Putrefaction, and easily cures Wounds of the Head; it makes contumacious Ulcers and Fistula's easy to heal, by cleansing them; it gently dries, breeds Flesh in Ulcers, and heals them. This Balsam is inferior to no other, for filling Wounds with Flesh, and agglutinating their lips for healing: it also strengtheneth the Nerves, comforts the heat of the Part, and is extremely good for external affects of the Head.   

4. Honey with Soap.  
℞ Castil- Soap, best Honey, a. lbj lbj. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ iv. mix them.  
It helps the Gout, and all sorts of Pains of the Joints, and parts adjacent.   

5. Balsam of Soap.  
℞ Castil- Soap, Oil of Ben, or of Olives, a. lbj lbj. Strasburg- Turpentine, Oil of Juniper-berries, a. ℥ iv. flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. mix them.  
It is good for weakened Nerves, Tremble, Palsies, Gouts, and chief for all sorts of external Pains and Diseases: it restores the native Heat, strengthens weak parts, and removeth the cause of that weakness.   

6. Our Friendly Balsam.  
℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine, Bal●sam of Capivi, Gum Elemi, a. ℥ xij. Frankincense, Rosin, Wax, a. ℥ x. liquid Styrax, liquid Amber, pure Oil of Peter, a. ℥ viij. Balsams of Peru, of Tolu, Oil of Nutmegs by expression, a. ℥ vj. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, resinous Scammony, all in subtle powder, a. ℥ iv. Oil of Hypericon ℥ xl. in the Oil dissolve the Rosin, Wax, Gums, Balsams, and aromatic Oils; afterwards, but whilst yet hot, sprinkle in the Powders, stirring the whole for a good while, and without intermission, and conclude the Balsam.  
It removes cold Diseases of the Nerves, and Pains afflicting them; it admirably heals Wounds; and is good for Ulcers and Fistula's, because it digests, purifies, cleanses, dries, and consolidates, and produces the Cicatrice, without the lest sense of acrimony or sharpness. It powerfully digests and resolves, strengthens the Nerves, and preserves them from Diseases coming of cold.   

7. Our Gout-Balsam.  
℞ Oil-olive lbiv lbiv. Opium, (extracted with Water, to the thickness of Honey) Strasburgh- Turpentine, Frankincense, Castil- Soap, a. lbij. lbij. Camphir, clear Oil of Peter, Wax, Saccharum Saturni, a. lbj lbj. mix, and make a Balsam.  
It is very good against the Gout and Sciatica; it allays all sorts of Inflammations, eases Pains, stupifies the Senses, is good against the Headache and Frenzy; and by anointing thereon, allays the heat of the Reinss, strengthens lose and weak Joints, discusses Contusions, and is successfully used in all Pains of the Joints.   

VIII. Our Balsam of many Virtues.  
℞ Oil of Ben, Strasburgh- Turpentine, a. lbij. lbij. liquid Storax, liquid Amber, Oil of Peter, Wax, a. lbj lbj. Camphir, Chemical Oils of Aniseeds, Iuniper, Lavender, Lemons, Rosemary, Sassafras, Amber, a. ℥ iij. mix, and make a Balsam.  
It comforts Nature, and as it were, the Soul itself; but its chief uses are, to strengthen the Nervous System, to remove their cold intemperature, to stir up and revive the native heat of the Parts, and fortify the strength of the Members. It is of admirable use against Numbness and the Palsy, being anointed all along the Backbone. It takes away Pains proceeding from cold causes, and is powerfully good against the debility of the Parts. It warms and dries, and by its essence and subtlety, it opens, penetrates, digests, and resolves all excrementitious Matter; and is good against Diseases of the Head and Nerves, as the Lethargy, Vertigo, Trembling, and many others of like kind.   

9 Our Eye-Balsam.  
℞ Of the best Honey ℥ xxiv. Oxgall ℥ xij. Strasburgh- Turpentine, Saccharum Saturni, a. ℥ vj. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocolla, Scammony, a. ℥ iij. Aurum Vitae ℥ ij. mix them.  
It is a powerful Balsam, not only to take of Films from the Eyes, but to remove Spots, Pearls, and all other Affects of the same. It is good against dimness of Sight, darkness, weakness of the Sight, and defects of the same, redness and watering of the Eyes. It is a most powerful Medicament to strengthen their Tunicles, and cure Ulcers therein.     


CHAP. LXXIV. De VNGVENTIS.  

I. Vnguentum Aegyptiacum.  
℞ AERuginis uncias quinque, Aceti Vini fortis uncias septem, Mellis uncias quatuordecim; coquantur omnia simul, donec fiat Unguentum spissum, & colore purpureum.  
Valentissimam ad Saniem siccandam, Sordes detergendas, & Carnem absumendam, Vlceribus malignis, putrilaginosis, & cuniculosis convenit.   

II Vnguentum Album.  
℞ Sacchari Saturni (in Aceto soluti) uncias quatuordecim, Olei de Ben, vel Olivarum, libram unam; Cerae albae uncias quatuor, Camphorae (Spiritu Vini) dissolutae semiunciam, Albuminum Ovorum numero sex: misce Saccharum solutum, & Camphoram; illicò Albumina Ovorum conquassata, ac in Aquam veluti per se resoluta, commisceri queunt; atque his demùm aliquandiu invicem agitatis, ultimò Cera in Olco liquata addi potest.  
Ad Ambusta, Erysipelata, Scabiem, & Cutis vitia, à salsis Pituita & Bile usta enata commendatur: ad Prurigines, ac Pustularum eruptiones, acrem Serpiginem, attrita; & intemperiem Vlcerum calidam, valet, ubi calor est, ustio, & excoriatio.   

III Vnguentum Basilicon.  
℞ Cerae, Resinae, Picis navalis, ana libram unam; Olei Olivarum sesquilibram; misce.  
Omnia enim Vulnera tutò & salubriter sanat, praecipuè partibus nervosis & carnosis; Vlceribus foedis ac malignis opitulatur; mundificat, abstergit, coquit, & consolidat.   

IV. Vuguentum Fuscum Wurtzii.  
℞ Scrofulariae, Chamaecissi, Veronicae, ana manipulos duos; incidantur, contundanturque, imponantur Vesicae vitreae: his affunde Aceti Vini ad eminentiam duorum digitorum; digere in Arena calida per septimanam: Acetum exprime, cujus ad uncias duodecim addantur Sulphuris Vitrioli abstersivi, Vitrioli Phlegmae, ana unciae octo; florum Aeris unciae quinque, Mellis despumati unciae viginti quatuor; misce, & coquantur simul Igne lento ad Unguentum.  
Putridini maximè resistit, & Carnem mortuam à sana potenter separat; unde plurimùm commendabilis est in Gangraena & Sphacelo, omnibusque aliis Vlceribus valdè putridis & sinuosis exsiccat & detergit; Humoresque putrido & venenatos, Juncturis & partibus adjacentibus infestos, fortiter emendat & corrigit.   

V. Vnguentum Mercuriale.  
℞ Mercurii (cum Terebinthinae unciis quatuor, Olei de Ben unciis duas) extincti, uncias quatuor; Olei de Ben, Sevi bovilli vel ovilis, ana uncias decem: misce primò Oleum & Sevum, deinde addantur Mercurius extinctus, & Olei Rhodii semiuncia; fiatque Unguentum.  
Scabiei, & Vceribus malignis & venereis prodest; Pruritum, & Lepram juvat; siccat sine morsu, Vlceraque difficilia persanat. Si post repurgatum Corpus, Spinae Dorsi, Juncturae, Palmae, Soleae, aliasque partes, bis, ter, atque iterum illiniantur, sic ut ad excitantem Salivatonem, seu Humoris virulenti per Os exputationem, Morbo venereo, omnibusque ejusdem Symptomatis medetur.   

VI Vnguentum Nicotianae.  
℞ Foliorum recentium Nicotianae libras duas & semis, Succi Nicotianae, Olei Olivarum, ana sesquilibram; lento igne bulliantur ad humiditatis consumptionem, postea coletur & exprimatur. Huic expresso adde Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, Sevi ovilis, ana uncias decem; Cerae uncias sex; radicis Aristolochiae rotundae subtilissimè pulverisatae uncias quinque; misce, fiatque Unguentum. Aliter. Recipe Extracti Nicotianae siccae libras tres, Olei Olivarum, Sevi bovilli, ana libras duas; Terebinthinae Argentoratensis sesquilibram; Cerae, radicis Aristolochiae rotundae pulverisatae, ana uncias novem; foliorum Nicotianae pulverisatae uncias septem; misce, fiatque Unguentum.  
Excrementa serosa ab Vlceribus, vim absumendi habet, crassiora separandi, & extergendi: Dolores mitigat, Humorem malignum parti impactum coquit, illius acrimoniam lenit, & Carne Vlcera implet. Insigni autem virtute, eaque peculiari, prodest Vulneribus à Cane rabido inflictis, corumque virus specifica proprietate extinguit, & Humores infectos Veneno exterget & absumit. Hoc Vnguentum à Jouberto in sua Pharmacopoeia describitur, cui miram in Scrophulis dissipandis vim inesse ait. Celebratur autem potissimùm in Vlceribus & Vulneribus, tàm recentibus quàm antiquis, persanandis. Adustis & Ambustis quoque medetur; Morphaeam delet, Tineam Capitis exterit, & Cutem à Scabie mundificat. Arthritidi, Oedemati, aliisque similibus Tumoribus prodest.   

VII. Vnguentum Populeon.  
℞ Oculorum Populi arboris libras duas, foliorum recentium Cicutae, Hyoscyami, Papaveris, Lactucae, Sempervivi, Solani, ana uncias quinque; Olei Olivarum libras quinque: Herbae & Oculi contundantur, & misceantur Oleo Olivarum: macerentur in Arena calida per tres circiter septimanas; coquantur postea, supra lentum ignem, ad Humiditatis ferè totalem consumptionem; tunc fiat colatura cum forti expressione, deinde addantur Sevi ovilis libras tres: misce, fiatque Unguentum.  
Inflammationes extinguit, Phlegmonas omnes remittit, Dolores àe causis calidis mitigat, Apostemata calida contemperat, Pleuriticos juvat; Cephalalgiam & Hemicraniam à causa calida sedat, Fluxiones fiftit, Humorum impetum cohibet, & Erysipelata extinguit.   

VIII. Vnguentum Cosmeticum.  
℞ Olei de Ben, Sevi ovilis, ana libras sex; misce ad ignem lentum, & addantur Olei Tartari per deliquium unciae sex, Spermatis Ceti, Sacchari Saturni, ana unciae octo; Camphorae, Olei Aurantiorum & Limonum, ana uncia una: misce, fiatque Unguentum. Si tibi placet, ad unciam unam, Praecipitati albi vel Mercurii dulcis levigati drachma una addatur.  
Prurito, Morphaeae, Ephelidi, Lentiginibus, Pustulis ab ichoribus Sanguinis calidis aut Bile natis, aliisque Cutis vitiis prodest: Inflammationes, Erysipelata, Sacros Ignes, ac calidos quosvis Tumores potenter reprimit.   

IX. Vnguentum ad Scabiem.  
℞ Olei Olivarum (in quo radicum Scrophulariae libra una coquatur) uncias quatuordecim, Sevi ovilis uncias octo, Florum Sulphuris, vel Pulveris Sulphuris vivi subtilissimi uncias quatuor, Praecipitati albi, vel Mercurii dulcis laevigati, uncias duas: misce.  
Ad Cutis vitia ex Scabie usus est; Pruritum curat; atque ad Lepram, Morphaeam, aliosque Morbos hujus generis confert; fervorem temperat Humoris, & Succum vitiosum Cuti impactum extergit: valet ad Ambusta, & Vlcera maligna & putrida; qualia sunt Cacoëthe, Herpes Narium, Faciei, Pudendi, & Digitorum gangraenosa Vlcera: malignitatem & putridinem Vlcerum corrigit: Ozaenae, Gummatibus Gallicis, Vlcerationibus Strumarum & Mentulae, Ficubusque, seu Carnis Excrescentiae medetur.   

X. Vnguentum Tutiae.  
℞ Olei Olivarum libras tres, Cerae libram unam, Thuris uncias sex, Tutiae praeparatae uncias novem, Sacchari Saturni uncias quinque; misce, fiatque Unguentum.  
Omnibus Inflammationibus, Vlceribus sordidis ac pertinacibus, & Ambustionibus, & Erysipelate medetur. Calidas Oculorum fluxiones demulcet & sistit, eorundem rubedinem & inflammationem aufert, nec-non dolores inde natos tranquillat: acerbissimos etiam Haemorrhoidarum dolores placat, earundemque inflammationes retundit.    

CHAP. LXXIV. Of OINTMENTS.  

I The Egyptian Ointment.  
℞ VErdigrise ℥ v. strong Wine-Vinegar ℥ seven. Honey ℥ xiv. boil all together, till they come to the thickness of an Ointment, and to a purple colour.  
It is very powerful for drying up thin Humours, cleansing Ulcers of their Filth, eating away of Flesh, and healing of old putrid Ulcers and Fistula's.   

II The White Ointment.  
℞ Saccharum Saturni (dissolved in Vinegar) ℥ xiv. Oil of Ben, or Olives, lbj lbj. white Wax ℥ iv. Camphir (dissolved in Spirit of Wine) ℥ ss. Whites of six Eggs: mix the dissolved Saccharum and Camphir, than the Whites of Eggs, (first beaten together, till they resolve as it were into Water) which being added, let them be again beaten together for a good while; lastly, you must add the Wax being melted with the Oil, to complete the Ointment.  
It is very good for Burn or Scaldings, Erysipela's, Scabbiness, and vices of the Skin, arising from salt Phlegm and burnt Choler: it is good against Itching, break out of Pimples, fretting Ringworms, Gallings; and the vehement pain of Ulcers, where there is heat, burning, and excoriation.   

3. The Royal Ointment.  
℞ Wax, Rosin, Ship-pitch, a. lbj lbj. Oil-olive lbj lbj ss. mix them.  
It heals all wounds safely and securely, chief in nervous and fleshy parts; it is good against putrid and malign Ulcers, cleanses, purifies, digests, and heals them.   

4. The Brown Ointment of Wurtz.  
℞ Pilewort, Alehoof, Speedwell, a. M. ij. cut and bruise them, and put them into a glass Vesica: to which put Wine-Vinegar, so much as may over-top them the height of two inches; digest in warm Sand for a week: than press out the Vinegar, to ℥ xij. of which add abstersive Sulphur of Vitriol, Phlegm of Vitriol, a. ℥ viij. pure Vedigrise ℥ v. clarified Honey ℥ xxiv. mix, and boil with a gentle Fire to an Ointment.  
It admirably resists Putrefaction, and perfectly makes a separation of dead Flesh from the sound; for which reason it is mightily commended against a Gangrene and Sphacelus, and all sorts of other Ulcers, though vehemently putrid, and very hollow: it consumes the moisture, and cleanses; and powerfully alters, amendss, and corrects putrid, venene, or malign Humours, insesting the Joints, and parts adjacent.   

5. The Mercurial Ointment.  
℞ Mercury or Quicksilver (killed with Turpentine ℥ iv. mixed with ℥ ij. of Oil of Ben) ℥ iv. Oil of Ben, beef or mutton Suet, a. ℥ x. mix first the Oil and Suet together by melting, than add the Quicksilver as before killed, and Oil of Rhodium ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
It is good against Scabbiness, malign, and venereal Ulcers; it helps the Itch and Leprosy; it dries without any sharpness or biting, and perfectly cures Ulcers difficult to heal. If (after purgeing of the Body) it is anointed along the Backbone, the Joints, Palms of the Hands, Soles of the Feet, and other parts, two, three, or four times, so as to excite a Salivation, or spitting forth of the virulent Humour by the Mouth, it cures the French Disease, with all its Symptoms.   

6. Ointment of Tobacco.  
℞ Green leaves of Tobacco lbij lbij ss. juice of Tobacco, Oil-olive, a. lbj lbj ss. boil them with a gentle fire to the consumption of the humidity, afterwards strain out by pressing. To this expressed substance add Strasburgh- Turpentine, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ x. Wax ℥ vj. round Birthwort-roots in fine powder ℥ v. mix, and make an Ointment. Otherwise. Take Extract of dry Tobacco lbiij lbiij. Oil-olive, Beef-suet, a. lbij. lbij. Strasburgh- Turpentine lbj lbj ss. Wax, powder of round Birthwort-roots, a. ℥ ix. powder of Tobacco-leaves ℥ seven. mix, and make an Ointment.  
It takes away serous or thin excrements in Ulcers, and separates and cleanses them from the more thick: it eases Pain, digests malign Humours impacted in any part, abates their acrimony, and fills Ulcers with Flesh. It is a Medicament of great fame, and is peculiarly good for Wounds made by the bites of mad Dogs, for it extinguisheth their Poison by a specific virtue, cleansing and taking away the poisonous Humour. This Ointment is described by Joubertus in his Pharmacopoeia, where he says it is of admirable use in dissipating Scrofulous Tumours. It is also celebrated for a most excellent thing in curing all sorts of Wounds and Ulcers, whether new or old. It cures also Burn and Scaldings; takes away Morphew; heals Scald-Heads, and cures Scabbiness. It is profitable also for the Gout and Oedema, and such other like Tumours.   

7. Ointment of Poplar-buds.  
℞ Buds of the Poplar-tree lbij. lbij. fresh leaves of Hemlock, Henbane, Poppy, Lettuce, House-leek, Nightshade, a. ℥ v. Oil-Olive lbv lbv. beaten the Herbs and Buds together, and mix them with the Oil: macerate them in warm Sand for about three weeks; afterwards boil them over a gentle fire, to the consumption of almost all the humidity, than strain out by strongly expressing; lastly, add Sheep-suet lbiij lbiij. mix, and make an Ointment.  
It takes away Inflammations, discusses all sorts of Phlegmons, eases Pains from a hot cause, and allays hot Apostems; helps in Pleurisies, gives ease in the Megrim and Headache, stops Fluxes of Humours, hinders their impetus or violence, and cures an Erysipelas.   

8. The Cosmetick, or Beautifying-Ointment.  
℞ Oil of Ben, Sheeps-suet, a. lbuj lbuj. mix them on a gentle fire, and add thereto Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ vj. Sperma Ceti, Saccharum Saturni, a. ℥ viij. Camphir, Oil of Oranges and Lemons, a. ℥ j mix, and make an Ointment. If you please, you may to one ounce hereof, add one dram of white Praecipitate, or Mercurius dulcis levigated.  
It is good against the Itch, Morphew, Pimples, Freckles, Lentils, Pustles, from sharp humours of the Blood, or Choler, with other vices and defilements of the Skin: it powerfully represses Inflammations, Erysipela's, Wildfire, Shingles, with other kinds of hot Tumours or Eruptions.   

9 Ointment against Scabbiness.  
℞ Oil-olive (in which roots of Pilewort lbj lbj. have been boiled) ℥ xiv. Sheeps-suet ℥ viij. Flowers of Sulphur, or fine Powder of Sulphur vive ℥ iv. white Praecipitate, or Mercurius dulcis laevigated ℥ ij. mix them.  
It of good use in curing Scabbiness, and other vices of the Skin; it cures the Itch, and prevails against the Leprosy, Morphew, and other Diseases of like kind; it allays the heat of Humours, and cleanses the Skin of vicious Juices impacted therein: it is good against Burn, putrid and malign Ulcers, and such as are evil to heal; as also against a Herpes' of the Nose and Face, and gangrenous Ulcers of the Privities, Fingers or Toes. It corrects the putridness and malignity of Ulcers, and cures an Ozaena, Venereal Gums, Strumous Ulcers, Caruncles in the Yard, Ficus in Ano, or other Fleshy Excrescencies.   

10. Ointment of Tutty.  
℞ Oil-olive lbiij lbiij. Wax lbj lbj. Frankincense ℥ vj. Tutty prepared ℥ ix. Saccharum Saturni ℥ v. mix, and make an Ointment.  
It cures all Inflammations, foul, sordid, and rebellious Ulcers, Burn with Fire, and an Erysipelas. It cools and stops a hot flux of Humours upon the Eyes, takes away their redness and inflammation, and eases the pains thence arising: it gives ease in the most vehement torture of the Haemorrhoids; abating their violent heat and burning.     


CHAP. LXXV. De PULVERIBUS.  

I. Pulvis Mercurii coagulati.  
℞ MErcurii crudi, Plumbi vel Stanni crudi, ana unciam unam; fluat Saturnus vel Stannus in Crucibulo, tum effundatur in aliud Crucibulum frigidum, & mox superfundatur ei Argentum vivum; statimque haec duo abeunt in unam massam: hanc massam projice in Crucibulum calidum, non tamen ignitum planè, & statim fluida, effunde in Crucibulum frigidum; illudque iterum repete, ut duo haec Metalla benè uniantur: sic omnia melius miscebuntur, & constituent massam duriorem; quae imposita per aliquot dies & noctes in Aquam Fabrorum ferrariorum, evadit durissima. Nonnulli Mercurium crudum includunt linteolo denso, & Saturnum effusum, & jam ex parte coagulatum, mollem tamen adhuc, Baculo, aut Stylo, perforant, & in foramen Mercurium cum linteo inserunt; sicque Mercurium vapore Saturni coagulant.  
Vsus multiplex est. Primò, ut fiat malleabilis, & habeatur basis Lunae fixae: secundò, potest gestari pro Amuleto contra Pestem, & Venena: tertiò, potest redigi in pulverem, & addi Emplastris: quartò, potest inspergi Vlceribus antiquis, quorum Panacaea Mercurius est; nam est Alcali, & absorbet Acida: quintò, ut inserviat Mercurio diaphoretico, aliisque concinnandis Medicamentis.   

II Sulphur Vitrioli abstersivus.  
Vitrioli calcinati libras duas in Olla per horam candefacimus, frangimus deinde Ollam, & Vitriolum in Aceto aliquandiu coquimus, affundendo in fine Aquam fontanam, quam ad medium evaporatam, postquam aliquantulum ab igne remota steterit, decantamus; quod in Olla remanet, aliâ Aquâ affusà rursus coquimus, dum rubro colore tinctus sit; tunc decantamus, novamque rursus affundimus, procedendo ut prius, dum Aqua non amplius tingatur. Confusos deinde hos decantatos Liquores ad siccitatem Terrae rubrae evaporamus. Terram hanc rursus candefactum in Aquam conjicimus, coquimus, liquorem tinctum decantamus, aliam affundimus; hunc laborem repetemus, dum liquor non ampliùs tingatur Tandem liquores omnes ad siccitatem evaporamus, Terramque relictam, rursus candefactam in Aquam conjicimus, uti jam dictum, coquendo, decantando, & evaporando procedimus, tandem Terram relictam & siccatam, ad usum servamus.  
Maximè Abstersivum & Stypticum est, & Haemorrhagias omnes mirificè sistit: Vulneribus, Vlceribusque quibuscunque Corporis partibus medetur. Praeparatum autem praecipuè ad Vnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii.   

III Pulvis pro Vlceribus.  
℞ Scammonii pulverisati uncias quatuor, Aloes pulverisatae uncias duas, Colocynthidis pulverisatae unciam unam; misce.  
Praestantissimum est ad Vlcerum sanacionem; eorum enim calorem mitigat, humiditatem siccat, malignitatem cancerosam domat, dolorem lenit. Vulnera & Vlcera contumacia detergit, fungosam & Carnem mortuam removet, & à sordibus efficaciter exterget, humiditates absumit, & ad cicatricem perducit.   

IV. Pulvis pro Vlceribus Venereis.  
℞ Pulveris pro Ulceribus uncias quatuor, Pulveris Principis, vel Praecipitati albi, semiunciam; misce.  
Vlceribus Venereis, malignis, vel inveteratis praecipuè usurpatur: excrementa serosa ab Vlceribus absumit, crassiora separat, & detergit. Vtilissimè ad Vlcera mala, inveterata, & quae vix integram curationem admittunt, usurpatur.   

V. Pulvis Stypticus.  
℞ Salis ex Capite mortuo Vitrioli extracti, Boli Armoniaci, Catechu, Aloes Succotrinae, Lanae caprinae torrefactae, Aluminis calcinati, ana uncias quatuor: misce, fiatque Pulvis.  
Vires habet adstringendi & siccandi; sistitque egregiè Sanguinis profluvium in Vulneribus.   

VI Pulveres ad Hypersarcosin.  
Fit ex Alumine calcinato, vel Praecipitato rubro, sen Arcano Corallino laevigato, pro re nata. Recipe Aluminis, quantum volueris, ponatur in Fictile novum, & tamdiu uratur, donec totum Alumen efferbuerit, nec ulteriùs spumam emittat; refrigeratum, servetur ad usum.  
Adhibentur exteriùs in Carne luxuriante absumenda, & in Vlceribus malignis, tam Venereis, quam aliis.   

VII. Pulvis Sternutatorius.  
℞ Foliorum Nicotianae siccorum libram unam, Nucum moschatarum uncias tres, Corticis Winterani, florum vel foliorum Rosmarini, ana uncias duas; Caryophyllorum unciam unam; subtilissimè pulverisentur seorsùm, deinde misce, fiatque Sternutatorium.  
Valet in Capitis doloribus, & Ossis cribrosi obstructionibus; atque in omnibus Capitis & Cerebri affectibus, ut in Apoplexia, Epilepsia, Vertigo, Lethargo, aliisque Morbis soporiferis.   

VIII. Errhinae.  
Multiplicia sunt; inter quae, haec tria praecipuè usurpantur: 1. Radices Asari pulverisatae: 2. ℞ Pulveris radicum Asari, Scammoni resinosi pulverisati, ana uncias duas; Nucis moschatae unciam unam: misce. 3. ℞ Turpethi mineralis unciam unam, foliorum Rosmarini sesquiunciam, pulveris Glycyrrhizae uncias tres; misceantur exacté, & in pollinem subtilissimum redigantur. Deckers, Exercitat. pag. meâ 15.  
Duorum ultimorum Pulverum minima ferè quantitas sufficit, multumque Pituitae viscidae educit; cum successu praescribuntur hi Pulveres in Apoplexia, Epilepsia, Lethargo, Capitisque affectibus soporosis omnibus; nec-non in quibusdam Capitis affectibus recentibus, & inveteratis, Vertigine, Gravedine, etc. Viro Lethargico, qui conquerebatur de Capitis dolore gravativo, & vix excitari poterat, Deckerus ille Doctissimus, Errhinum tertium prescribat; cujus tantillo Naribus indito & inflato, excitabatur cum levi sternutatione; septimo de summo Capitis dolore gravativo, levique calore conquerebatur; iterum tantillum Naribus est inflatum; tantaque Puris pauco Sanguine mixti copia secuta, non tantum ex Naribus, verum etiam Faucibus; ut nisi Oculis meis (ut ille dixit) vidissem, credere me fuit impossibile, dolorque Capitis gravativus imminutus, imò brevi evanuit; mixturâque sequente ad finem usurpatâ, Divino annuente Numine, brevi convaluit. Mixtura. ℞ Aquae Pulegii & Betonicae, ana sesquiunciam, vel uncias duas; Aquae Prophylacticae unciam unam; Tincturae Castorei drachmam unam; Spiritus Salis Armoniaci semidrachmam; Syrupi Stoechadis drachmas sex: misce. Dosis, cochlearium unum.    

CHAP. LXXV. Of POWDERS.  

I Powder of Mercury coagulated.  
℞ CRude Quicksilver, crude Lead or Tin, a. ℥ j melt the Lead or Tin in a Crucible, than pour it out into another Crucible, and presently put upon it Quicksilver, and presently these two will become one mass: this mass put into another Crucible which is hot, but not red-fire-hot, and it will straightway flow, than pour it forth into another cold Crucible; and this work again repeat, that the two Metals may be the better united: so will their whole substance be the better mixed, and make a harder mass; which being laid or put for some days and nights in Smith's Forge-water, will become very hard. Some tye up the Quicksilver in a thick piece of cloth, and pouring forth the melted Lead, being almost grown stiff, but yet soft, with the end of a Stick, or a Rod of iron, they make a hole in it, into which hole they put the Quicksilver with the cloth or rag; so will the Mercury be coagulated, by the fumes of the Lead.  
The use of this is manifold. First, that it may be made malleable, and so become the basis of fixed Luna: secondly, that it may be conveniently worn, as an Amulet against Plague and Poison: thirdly, that it may be reduced into a powder, and so added to, or mixed with Emplasters: fourthly, that it may be strewed upon old Ulcers, whose true Panacaea is Mercury; for that it is an Alcali, and an absorber of Acids: fifthly, that it may serve for Mercurius diaphoreticus, and other like proper Medicines.   

2. Abstersive Sulphur of Vitriol.  
℞ Vitriol calcined lbij. lbij. make it red-hot for an hour in a Crucible; break the Crucible, and take the Vitriol, and boil it for some time in Vinegar, putting into it towards the end of the boiling, some fair Water, which which evaporate to the one half: than being removed a little from the fire, let it stand, and decant the clear liquor; to the remaining matter put more Water, boil again, till it is tinged of a read colour, which decant; affuse fresh Water again, and boil as before; which work continued so long, till no more Water will be tinged. Put all these decanted Liquors together, and evaporate to dryness. The remaining matter make red-hot again, which boil in Water till it is tinged read, decant it, and affuse more Water; which work so often repeat, till the liquor will be no longed tinged. Than mix all these liquors together, and evaporate to dryness; the matter or Earth remaining, heat red-hot again, and boil in Water, as before, decanting and evaporating to dryness in like manner; than take it, and keep it for use.  
It is a very great Abstersive and Styptic, and wonderfully stops all sorts of Hemorrhages or Bleedings: it cures Wounds and Ulcers, in what part of the Body soever. But it is chief prepared, for making Wurtz hisVnguentum Fuscum.   

3. A Powder for Ulcers.  
℞ Scammony in powder ℥ iv. Aloes in powder ℥ ij. Coloquintida in powder ℥ j mix them.  
It is a powerful thing for the curing of Ulcers; for it diminishes their heat and burning, dries up their superfluous humidities, quells their cancerous malignity, eases their pain. It cleanses even contumacious Ulcers, as also Wounds, removes a Fungus, as also dead Flesh from them, effectually cleanses them from their sordes or filth, stops, or dries up the flux of Humours, and disposes them to a speedy healing.   

4. A Powder for Venereal Ulcers.  
℞ Of the former Powder for Ulcers ℥ iv. the Prince's Powder, or white Praecipitate ℥ ss. mix them.  
It is chief used for Venereal Ulcers, as also such as are malign and inveterate: it dries up their serous or thin recrements, and separates, and cleanses them from their thicker filth. It is of mighty use for evilly disposed Ulcers, which are old, and which scarcely admit of a perfect cure.   

5. A Styptic Powder.  
℞ Salt of Vitriol extracted from its Caput mortuum, fine Bole, Catechu, fine Aloes, Goats-wool torrified, Alum burnt, of each ℥ iv. mix, and make a Powder.  
It is powerful in astringing and drying; and admirably stops a flux of Blood in Wounds.   

6. A Powder to eat away proud Flesh.  
It is made of burnt Alum, or of read Precipitate, or Arcanum Corallinum levigated, according as the occasion may require. Take Alum, as much as you please, put it into a new earthen Pot, and burn it so long, till the whole quantity ceases bubbling or swelling, or will become not longer frothy; than being cold, keep is for use.  
They are of use externally, for eating away of proud Flesh; and are good in malign Ulcers, whether Venereal, or others.   

7. Snush, or Sneezing-pouder.  
℞ Leaves of Tobacco dried lbj lbj. Nutmegs ℥ iij. Winter 's Cinnamon, flowers or leaves of Rosemary, a. ℥ ij. Cloves ℥ j make each into a fine powder by themselves; than mix them, and make a Sternutatory, or Sneezing-pouder.  
It is good in pains of the Head, and obstructions of the Os Ethmoides, or stoppages of the Nostrils, and in all affects of the Head and Brain, as the Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, Vertigo, Lethargy, and other sleepy Diseases.   

8. Nose, or rather, Head-Purgers.  
They are manifold; amongst which these three are chief used: 1. Powder of Asarum or Asarabacca-root. 2. ℞ Powder of Asarum-roots, resinous Scammony in fine powder, a. ℥ ij. Nutmegs in powder ℥ j mix them. 3. ℞ Turpeth mineral ℥ j Rosemary-leaves ℥ i ss. powder of Liquorice ℥ iij. reduce each into a fine powder, and mix them well. See Deckers his Exercitations, last Edit. pag. 15.  
Of the two last Powders, a very little quantity will suffice, which will bring forth much Phlegm, and viscous. These Errhines, or Powders, are prescribed with success in the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Lethargy, and all sleepy diseases of the Head; as also in some other distempers of the Head, whether new or old; as the Vertigo, Defluxions of Humours, etc. The most Learned Deckers prescribed the third Errhine, to a Lethargic, who complained of a grievous Pain of his Head, and could scarce be made to awake; a little of which being blown up into his Nostrils, he was provoked a little to sneezing; on the seventh day he complained of a great heavy pain of his Head, and a little burning; again a little of the Powder was blown up into his Nostrils; upon which there came forth so large a quantity of Matter mixed with Blood, not only out of his Nostrils, but from his Jaws also, that unless (as he says) I had seen it with mine eyes, I could not have believed it; and the heavy and grievous pain of his Head grew lesle, yea in a short time vanished; and using the following mixture all the while, he was in short time, by the blessing of God, restored. The Mixture. ℞ Waters of Penyroyal and of Betony, a. ℥ i ss. or ℥ ij. Prophylactick-water ℥ j Tincture of Castorʒ j Spirit of Salt Armoniackʒ ss. Syrup of Stoechas ℥ vj. mix them. Dose, one spoonful.     


CHAP. LXXVI. De CERATIS.  

I. Ceratum Album.  
℞ CERAE albae uncias octo, Olei de Ben, vel de Amygdalis amaris uncias decem, Spermatis Ceti purissimi uncias duas, Cerussae lotae uncias tres, Camphorae unciam unam; misce.  
Cicatrices Exanthematum illitum, eas replet; lenit, resolvit, & Anodynum est; Cosmeticum etiam est elegans.   

II Ceratum Viride.  
℞ Succi Nicotianae libras sex, Cerae novae libras quatuor, Resinae libras tres, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis libras duas, Olei Olivarum quantum sufficit; misce, fiatque Ceratum molle. Vel sic: Recipe Resinae libras sex, Cerae novae libras tres, Sevi ovilli libras duas, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis libram unam, Olei Olivarum quantum sufficit; misce, fiatque Ceratum.  
Vulneribus recentibus medetur, ac ea cicatrice claudit. Quod si id Vlceribus repurgandis magis idoneum reddere volueris, in singulis libris Cerati adjicito Aeruginis mundatae drachmas duas; sic autem valdè Ceratum viride efficeris.   

III Ceratum de Galbano.  
℞ Gummi Ammoniaci, & Galbani in Aceto dissoluti, Cerae, ana libras tres; Terebinthinae Argentoratensis libras duas, Succi Nicotianae libram unam; misce, fiatque Ceratum.  
Magnarum in emolliendo & resolvendo est virium; quia Articulorum & Membrorum principalium Tophos, Nodos, Scrophulas, Tumores duros & scirrhosos digerit, emollit, & resolvit, eorumque dolores vehementes; atque Pectoris, Scapularum, Mammarum, Hypochondriorum, Laterum, Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lienis, Renum, Vteri, & Articulorum; ex influxu frigido, sive à crudis Humoribus, vel à Flatu crasso, aut aliâ intemperie Membrorum frigidâ excitatos, sedat. Verrucas etiam & Clavos in Pedibus, pedetentim tollit. Insuper omnes Strumas, tàm recentes quàm inveteratas, emollit, lenit, concoquit, digerit, incidit, atque dissolvit. Hemicraniam, loco affecto applicatum, emendat; Nervos & Vterum roborat; Convulsionibus, morsibus, ac ictibus Rabidorum, Scorpionum, & Animalculorum venenatis, impositum, medetur.   

IV. Ceratum è Gummi Elemi.  
℞ Gummi Elemi libras quatuor, Thuris, Cerae, Gummi Ammoniaci, Galbani, Sagapeni, Extracti Nicotianae, ana libras duas; Terebinthinae Argentoratensis libras tres & semis; misce, fiatque Ceratum.  
Ad Vulnera penetrantia Capitis, & Pectoris; & ad Vlcera quamplurima antiqua, & difficilis consolidationis, commendatur. Vulnera recentia ab Inflammatione vindicat, divisa glutinat; & quae inflammantur, curat; Vlcera superficialia instanter sanat. Ad partium quarumcunque durities resolvendas & digerendas efficax, Scirrhos Hepatis & Lienis dissipat, Strumas quoque & inveteratos Abscessus dissolvit: Podagricis quovis tempore opitulatur.   

V. Ceratum Nigrum.  
℞ Minii, Aceti Vini, ana libram unam, Olei Olivarum libras tres; misce, ac coque, agitando sine ulla intermissione, ad nigritudinem: si tibi placet, addantur sub finem Thuris libra una.  
Anodynum est; propterea, praemissis prius universalibus, Arthriticis, Podagricis, nec-non aliis doloribus, quovis tempore utilissimum; quia refrigerat, omnesque dolores & cruciatus mirabiliter placat; immò incandescentias & fervores Inflammationum potentissimè extinguit.   

VI Ceratum Oxylaeum.  
℞ Olei Olivarum libras quatuor, Accti Vini, Lithargyri, ana libras duas; misce, & cum lento igne coque, agitando indesinenter, ad Cerati mollis consistentiam.  
Emollit, Dolores sistit, Abscessus dissolvit, Tumores duros & calidos, & Inflammationes, digerit & maturat. Insuper Podagricis auxiliatur.   

VII. Ceratum Refrigerans.  
℞ Cerae albae libram unam, Olei Olivarum libras tres, Sacchari Saturm uncias octo, in Accto dissoluti; misce, ac cum lento igne coque ad consistentiam. Vel sic: Liquentur Cera & Oleum in Vase duplici; refrigeratis, affundantur paulatim in Mortario Sacchari Saturnt Solutio, & Aquae frigidissimae, quantum absorbere poterunt, percutiendo, & agitando: Aqua affunditur frigidissima, & agitatione continua subigitur; & rursus nova frigidae affusio & agitatio iteratur, donec ipsam mixtura respuat.  
Valet ad Phlegmonas, Erysipelata, Herpetes, Carbunculos, Phygethla, omnemque intemperiem calidam; Febrientibus quoque multum conducit, si Hypochondriis superponatur.   

VIII. Ceratum Spermatis Ceti.  
℞ Cerae albae libras quatuor, Spermatis Ceti libras duas, Galbani in Aceto dissoluti libram unam, Olei de Ben quantum sufficit; misce, fiatque Ceratum.  
Scrophulis, Strumis, Tumoribus scirrhosis & duris medetur. Mammis Puerperarum, post partum non lactantium, impositum, & continuè per multos-dies gestatum, omnibus ex Lacte doloribus & tumoribus prodest: Lac enim coagulatum sive concretum solvit, ejusque abundantiam absumit.   

IX. Ceratum ad Tophos.  
℞ Argenti vivi Sputo extincti, vel Succi Limonum, Pulveris Nicotianae, ana libram unam; Cerati de Galbano libras quatuor, Olei de Ben uncias novem; Olei Baccarum Juniperi uncias quinque; misce, fiatque Ceratum.  
Commendatur ad Tumores duros, Tophos, & Nodos; dolores etiam Necturnos, praesertim in Morbo Gallico subortos. Valet atque ad Strumam, aliasque Tumores hujus generis similes.    

CHAP. LXXVI. OF CERE-CLOTHS.  

I The White Cere-cloth.  
℞ WHITE Wax ℥ viij. Oil of Ben, or of bitter Almonds ℥ x. fine Sperma-Ceti ℥ ij. Ceruse washed ℥ iij. Camphir ℥ j mix them.  
Anointed on the marks of the Smallpox, it causes them to fill up; it softens, resolves, and is Anodyn; it is also a delicate Cosmetick.   

2. The Green Cere-cloth.  
℞ Juice of Tobacco lbuj lbuj. new Wax lbiv lbiv. Rosin lbiij lbiij. Strasburgh- Turpentine lbij. lbij. Oil-olive a sufficient quantity; mix, and make a Cerate. Or thus: Take Rosin lbuj lbuj. new Wax lbiij lbiij. Sheeps-suet lbij. lbij. Strasburgh- Turpentine lbj lbj. Oil-olive a sufficient quantity; mix, and make a Cerate.  
It cures green Wounds, and produces a cicatrice. But if you would rather have it for the cleansing of Ulcers, to every pound of the Cerate, you may add ʒ ij. of purified Verdigrise; but than it will be made very green.   

3. The Galbanum-Cerate.  
℞ Gum Ammoniack and Galbanum, (dissolved in Vinegar) Wax, a. lbiij lbiij. Strasburgh- Turpentine lbij. lbij. Juice of Tobacco lbj lbj. mix, and make a Cerate.  
It is of great virtue in softening and resolving; for it digests, softens, and resolves even hard and scirrhous Tumours, Tophs, Nodes, and Scrophula's of the Joints and principal Members, and eases their vehement pains; as also the pains of the Breast, Shoulders, Duggs, Hypochonders, Sides, Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Reinss, Womb, and Joints; proceeding from cold Defluxions, crude Humours, Flatulency, or other cold indispositions of the Parts. It is said to take away Warts and Corns, in a short time. But above all, it is powerful against the Kings-evil, whether new, or of long continuance; for that it softens the Tumours, gives ease, concocts, digests, incides, and dissolves them. Applied to the place pained, in the Megrim, it eases it; it strengthens the Nerves and Womb. It is good against Convulsions, and cures the bites of mad Dogs; as also the stingings or wound of Scorpions, and other poisonous Creatures.   

4. The Cerate of Gum Elemi.  
℞ Gum Elemi lbiv lbiv. Frankincense, Gum Ammoniack, Galbanum, Sagapenum, Wax, Extract of Tobacco, a. lbij. lbij. Strasburgh- Turpentine lbij lbij ss. mix, and make a Cerate.  
It is commended for the cure of all such Wounds as pierce either Head, or Breast; as also for very old Ulcers, and such as are difficult to heal. It preserves green Wounds from Inflammations, conjoins their gaping lips; and if inflamed, removes the Inflammation, and cures them; Ulcers that are not deep, it presently heals. It is powerful in resolving and digesting the hardness of any part whatsoever. It dissipates a Scirrhus of the Liver and Spleen, dissolves also Strumas and inveterate Abscesses: and is a constant remedy at all times, for such as are afflicted with the Gout.   

5. The Black Cerecloth.  
℞ Red-lead, Wine-vinegar, a. lbj lbj. Oil-olive lbiij lbiij. mix, and boil (continually stirring it, without intermission) till it grows black. If you please, you may add at the end of the boiling, a pound of Frankincense.  
It is Anodyn; and therefore (universals being premised) is found to be of exceeding good use against the Gout, in what place soever, and happening in what time soever; for it gently cools, and after an admirable manner eases all manner of pains and torments; and withal, it powerfully allays, and extinguishes the great heat and vehemency of Inflammations.   

6. The Soft Cerecloth.  
℞ Oil-olive lbiv lbiv. Wine-vinegar, lethargy, a. lbij. lbij. mix, and boil over a gentle fire, (continually stirring it, even without ceasing) till it comes to the consistency of a soft Cerecloth.  
It softens, eases Pain, dissolves Abscesses, as also hot and hard Tumours, digests and ripens Phlegmons or Inflammations; and is specifically good against the Gout.   

7. The Cooling Cerecloth.  
℞ White Wax lbj lbj. Oil-olive lbiij lbiij. Saccharum Saturni (dissolved in Vinegar) ℥ viij. mix, and with a gentle fire boil to a consistency. Or thus: Melt the Wax and Oil in a double Vessel; which being cooled, add thereto by little and little, in a Mortar, the Solution of the Saccharum Saturni, and cold Water, so much as it will drink up, continually stirring and beating them together. The Water must be put upon it cold, and it will be mixed by a continual stirring or beating together; than more cold Water is again to be put in, and in like manner beaten together, even so long, till it will receive not more.  
It is good against Phlegmons, or Inflammations, Erysipela's, Herpes', Carbuncles, Inflammations or Tumours of the Glandules, and every intemperature proceeding from heat. And if it is applied to the Hypochonders, it is very good for such as are Feverish, or apt to be troubled with Fevers.   

8. A Cerecloth of Sperma Ceti.  
℞ White Wax lbiv lbiv. Sperma Ceti lbij. lbij. Galbanum dissolved in Vinegar lbj lbj. Oil of Ben, a sufficient quantity; mix, and make a Cerecloth.  
It cures Scrophula's, Struma's, and hard and scirrhous Tumours. It is also good to apply to Woman's Breasts after delivery, who give not Milk; it eases the pain occasioned by the Milk, and abates the tumour or swelling: for it dissolves the coagulated or concreted Milk, and hinders its increase.   

9 A Cerecloth against hard Bunchings-out.  
℞ Quicksilver killed with Hospital or Juice of Lemons, Powder of Tobacco, a. lbj lbj. Cerat of Galbanum lbiv lbiv. Oil of Ben ℥ ix. Oil of Juniper-berries ℥ v. mix, and make a Cerat.  
It is commended for the cure of hard Tumours, Tophs, and Nodes; and easing Nocturnal pains, chief such as proceeded from, or are caused by the French Disease. It is also good against the Kings-evil, and other like Swell of that kind.     


CHAP. LXXVII. De EMPLASTRIS.  

I. Emplastrum Album.  
℞ OLEI Olivarum libras quatuor; Sevi ovilli, Cerussae lotae, & Lithargyri Auri laevigati, ana libras duas; Vitrioli albi usti uncias quinque; toque igne lento, assidue Spatulà ligneà movendo: mixturae Sevi, Olei, Cerussae, & Lithargyri, sic coctione & agitatione incrassatae, & igni substractae, Vitriolum pulveratum injiciunt & subigunt: sicque massam habent consistentia laudabilem, ex qua Magdaleones formant.  
Valet ad Vulnera cruenta, Vlcera quoque dysepulota & inveterata, atque ad partes divulsas, & ecchymomata. Materiam flatulentam discutit, partimque Sarcoticum est, partim Epuloticum; id est, vim habet novam Carnem generandi, Vulnera glutinandi, & Vlcera exsiccandi, & ad cicatricem ducendi: Fluxiones quoque sisiit, & Partes, quibus adhibetur, roborat. Tumoribus Pestilentibus, & exituris Bubonibus, Ambustis, Articulorum Morhis, Oedematibus, Ossium fracburis, & Contusionibus prodest.   

II Diachylon Simplex.  
℞ Mucilaginum radicum Althaeae, Caricarum; seminum Lini & Foenugraeci, ana uncias novem; Lithargyri Auri laevigati, vel Cerussae lotae, sesquilibram; Olei Olivarum libras tres: misce, & lento igne fiat Emplastrum, consistentia legitimum. Signum Emplastri perfectè cocti habetur, cum ipsius portio Marmori adhibita non adhaeret, aut Digitos, dum contrectatur, non inquinat. Mucilago. Recipe radicum Althaeae mundatarum, & minutim incisarum; Caricarum, seminum Lini & Foenugraeci, ana uncias quindecim; Aquae fontanae libras quindecim: misce, digere per horas viginti quatuor, & lento igne coque ad Mucilaginis consistentiam crassae, tum fortiter exprime ad usum.  
Emplastrum hoc Malacticum optimum est; Hepatis enim, Lienis, Ventriculi, & tumores aliarum partium duros emollit, Humoresque coquit, incidit, & resolvit. Enumeratur inter Emollientia & Suppurantia, ejusque usus est frequens.   

III Diachylon cum Gummis.  
℞ Gummi Ammoniaci, Bdellii, Galbani, Opopanacis, Sagapeni, Tacamahaccae, ana uncias tres; Vini albi quantum sufficit: Vino dissolvantur, colentur, & coquantur ad Mellis crassitudinem; quibus addantur Diachyli simplicis librae tres: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Eadem praestat hoc Emplastrum, quod superiùs, sed efficaciûs: magis enim duritiem quamlibet mollit, coquit, digerit, ac potenter resolvit: partim emollit, partim coquit, ac maturat: ob id Tumoribus praeter naturam duris, utroque dicto modo sanandis confert.   

IV. Emplastrum Epispasticum.  
℞ Emplastri Meliloti libras duas, Terebinthinae Venetiae libram unam; Cantharidum fine alis & capitibus pulveratarum uncias octodecim: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Humores qui à Capite ad Oculos, Dentes, & Genus descendunt, potenter revellit: in Bubonibus & Carbonibus pestilentialibus, Venenum à Corde ad exteriora revocat. In Morbis diuturnis, nullis Remediis aliis cedentibus, potissimum sibi locum vendicat.   

V. Emplastrum Febrifugum.  
℞ Thuris pinguis libras duas, Terebinthinae uncias quatuor, Olei Olivarum, Camphorae, Cinnabaris, ana uncias duas: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Virium magnarum, & multae experientiae fuit hoc Emplastrum, ad Febres intermittentes curandos, si ad Stomachi regionem applicatur. Confert ad Vomitum; ac iis, qui Cibum retinere nequeant, prodest.   

VI Emplastrum de Meliloto.  
℞ Resinae libras octo, Cerae libras quatuor, Sevi ovilli libras duas, Meliloti viridis libras quinque: misce, coque blando igne, & cola.  
Ad Vulterae & Vlcera repurganda & coalescenda, & ad paries, quibus adhibetur roborandos, prides. Ad Vulners quoque contusa, & partis carnosae Ecchymomata valet.   

VII. Emplastrum de Minio cum Sapone.  
℞ Cerati nigri libras tres, Saponis Castallensis incisi uncias octo: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Arthritidi, & Morbis Juncturarum medetur: ad Strumas etiam recentes, frigidos ac diuturnos Abscessus, Viscerumque Tumores, perutile. Surculos & Spicula Corpori altum infixa, & omnia Venenata extrahit. Splenis duritiem emendat, Articulorum ac Genuum, ex Humorum influxu dolores sedat. Ad Mammarum Collectiones, & Tumores duros & scirrhosos valet. Morsibus etiam venenatis, aut rabidorum Canum, impositum, medetur. Vlceribus calidis prodest, ac iis quos acres & salsi Humores infestant.   

VIII. Emplastrum Mercuriale.  
℞ Diachyli simplicis, vel cum Gummis libras sex; Argenti vivi (cum Sputo, vel Succo Limonum, vel Terebinthinae Argentoratensis extincti) libram unam; misce. Vel sic: Recipe Diachyli simplicis, vel cum Gummis, libras sex; Praecipitati rubri uncias quindecim; misce. Aliter. Recipe Cerati de Galbano libras quinque & semis, Olei Olivarum uncias sex; misce: tum addantur pulvetis Mercurii coagulati uncrae sedecim; misce. Aliter iterum. Recipe Cerati viridis libras sex, Argenti vivi (Sputo, vel S●cco Limonum extincti) libram unam, pulveris Nicotianae uncias sex, Olei Baccarum Juniperi quantum sufficit, misce. Vel sic: Recipe Cerae libras quatuor, Olei Olivarum libras duas; misce, deinde addantur Cinnabaris factivae librae duae; seu Cinnabaris factivae, Praecipitati rubri, ana libra una; fiatque Emplastrum. Sic iterum. Recipe Cerati viridis libras sex, Argenti vivi (cum floribus Sulphuris extincti) libram unam, Olei Petrolaei quantum sufficit; misce, fiatque Emplastrum. Vel sic: Recipe Argenti vivi uncias quatuor, solvatur in Aquae fortis, seu Spirtûs Nitri quantum suffiçit: Solutioni adde Mixturam (ex Oleo Olivarum & Sevi Ovilli, ana unciis quatuor factam) & in Vase terreo, Patella nimirùm, lenissimo igne coquantur, ad Emplastri consistentiam; ne nigrescat, indesinenter Spatulâ ligneâ agitando: cui adde Cerae flavae uncias tres; Thuris pinguis, Olibani vel Mastichis pulveris, ana unciam unam. Sic habes Emplastrum nobile & praestans, quod omnia Vlcera Gallica persanat, & crustas, sine doloris sensu, quocunque etiam loco secreto haereant, veluti miraculosè absumit.  
In Tumoribus, Tophis, & Nodis Gallicis faelici successu usurpatur. Itemque Doloribus Nocturnis, à Morbo Gallico procedentibus, medetur. Valet egregie in dissipandis doloribus Artuum, Homoplatarum, Coxendicumque, à Lue inve●erata obortis, partibus robur ●…ciliat, virulen●ia● Luis sub Madoris specie extrahit, & dolores i●nplacabiles consopis.   

IX. Emplastrum Nicotianae, vel Polychrestum.  
℞ Nicotianae recentis & contusae libras quinque, Sevi ovilli libras duas; coque per duas horas vel tres, lento igne, & exprime: cui addantur Cerae, Resinae, Picis navalis, Thuris, Terebinthinae Venetae, ana unciae quindecim; misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Vlcera quaecunque & Vulnera, recentia & inveterata, mundificat, Carne replet, & curat. Dolores Arthritidis nimios sedat, atque Apostemata ad maturitatis statum perducit.   

X. Emplastrum ad Strumam.  
℞ Gummi Ammoniaci, Aceti Scillitici, ana libram unam; succi Cicutae libram semis; misce, dissolve, & cola: coquatur ad debitam consistentiam; deinde addantur Gummi Elemi unciae tres, Praecipitati rubri unciae quatuor: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Ad Strumas vel Scrophulas, Abscessus, vel Apostemata, Vlceraque vetera, quae cicatricem non facilè admittunt, prodest. Fluxiones quacunque Corporis parte irruentes intercipit, & ad locum affectum devolvi vetat.   

XI. Emplastrum Vulnerarium.  
℞ Balsami Sulphuris (Oleo Olivarum facti) libras quatuor, in quo dissolvantur Sevi ovilli librae duae; Resinae, Cerae, Thuris, Gummi Elemi, Terebinthinae Venetae, ana libra una; Balsami Copaybae, Peru, & Tolu, ana unciae sex; Pulverum Mastiches, Myrrhae, Olibani, Camphorae; ana unciae quatuor; misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Vulnera recentia, & Ictus celeriter consolidat, Symptomata & Fluxiones supervenire solitas praecavet; Ferrum, Lignum, Plumbum, aliaque profundius membris infixa, sine dolore extrahit. Vires hujus Emplastri perinsignes sunt; antiqua Vlcera siccat, & mundificat, Carnem bonam producit, & cicatrice claudit; atque Fistulas, quae nondum callum contraxerint, jungit, & conglutinat.   

XII. Emplastrum Arthriticum.  
℞ Diachyli cum Gummis, seu Cerati Viridis, vel de Galbano libras duas; Saponis Castallensis, Opii cum Aqua vel Aceto extracti, ana uncias sex; Argenti vivi sputo vel succo Limonum extincti libram unam; misce, fiatque Emplastrum.  
Doloribus Arthriticis & Venereis medetur; Tophos, Nodos, Scrophulas, Tumoresque duros digerit, emollit, resolvit, eorumque dolores sedat. Vlcera callosa & maligna, imò pessima, curat; omnibusque Mammarum Tumoribus, Lacte concreto, Oedemate, & Cancro, nihil est aequale.    

CHAP. LXXVII. Of EMPLASTERS.  

I The White Emplaster.  
℞ OIL-Olive lbiv lbiv. Sheeps-suet, Ceruse washed, Litharge of Gold levigated, a. lbij. lbij. white Vitriol burnt ℥ v. boil it with a gentle fire, continually stirring it with a wooden Spatula: to the mixture of the Oil, Suet, Ceruse, and Litharge, made thick by boiling and stirring, being removed from the fire, the Vitriol in powder is to be added, and well mixed: so will you have a mass of a due consistency, which make into Rolls.  
It is good for green Wounds, as also for great, evil-disposed, and inveterate Ulcers, and Parts broken and bruised. It discusses flatulent matter, and is partly a Sarcotick or Flesh-breeder, and partly an Epulotick, or Cicatrizer; that is, it has the power or virtue of generating new Flesh, of closing up Wounds, of drying up Ulcers, and skinning them. It stops Fluxes of Humours, and strengthens the Parts it is applied to. It is also good for Pestilential Tumours and Apostems, Bubo's, Burn, Diseases of the Joints, Oedema's, broken Bones, and Contusions.   

2. Simple Diachylon.  
℞ Of the Mucilages of Althea-roots, of dried Figs, Lin-seed, Fenugreekseed, a. ℥ ix. Litharge of Gold levigated, or Ceruse washed, lbj lbj ss. Oil-olive lbiij lbiij. mix, and with a gentle fire, make an Emplaster of a due consistency. The sign of the Emplaster being perfectly boiled, is, that a little of it being dropped upon a Marble, it does not stick to it, or when wrought with the Fingers, it does not bedaub them. The Mucilage. Take cleansed roots of Althaea cut small, dry Figs, Lin-seed and Fenugreekseed, a. ℥ xv. fair Water lbxv lbxv. mix, digest for twentyfour hours, and boil with a gentle fire to the consistency of a thick Mucilage, which strain out by pressing, for use.  
This Emplaster is the best Mollifier that is; for it softens the hardnesses and tumours of Liver, Spleen, Stomach, and other parts, concocts Humours, incides, and resolves. It is of very frequent use, and is accounted among the number of Emollients and Suppuratives.   

3. Diachylon with Gums.  
℞ Gum Ammoniack, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opoponax, Sagapenum, and Tacamahacca, a. ℥ iij. white Wine a sufficient quantity; dissolve the Gums in the Wine, strain, and boil to the thickness of Honey: to which add of simple Diachylon lbiij lbiij. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
This has the same virtues with the former Emplaster, but much more effectual: for it more powerfully softens, concocts, digests, and resolves: it partly mollifies, partly concocts and maturates: for which reason, after both ways it is said to cure hard preternatural Tumours.   

4. The Blistering-Plaster.  
℞ Melilot-Plaster lbij. lbij. Venice- Turpentine lbj lbj. powder of Cantharideses (their wings and heads being cast away) ℥ xviij. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
It powerfully revels, or derives Humours, which fall from the Head to the Eyes, Teeth, and Knees. It recalls the Poison and malignity of Pestilential Bubo's & Carbuncles, from the Heart to the external parts. And it has a principal place in the helping of those Diseases which have been of long continuance, and yield to no other Remedies.   

5. The Fever-frighter.  
℞ Fat Frankincense lbij. lbij. Turpentine ℥ iv. Oil-olive, Camphir, Cinnabar, a. ℥ ij. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
This Emplaster is of great virtue, and has been much experimented, for the curing of Agues, being applied to the Pit of the Stomach. It is good against Vomitings, and helps such as are not able to retain their Food in their Stomaches.   

6. Emplaster of Melilot.  
℞ Rosin lbviij lbviij. Wax lbiv lbiv. Sheeps-suet lbij. lbij. green Melilot lbv lbv. mix, boil with a gentle fire, and strain out.  
It is good for the cleansing and healing of Wounds and Ulcers, and is good to strengthen the parts it is applied to. It heals contused Wounds, and Bruising of the fleshy parts.   

7. Emplaster of Red-lead with Soap.  
℞ Of the Black Cerate lbiij lbiij. Castil- Soap sliced thin ℥ viij. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
It cures the Gout, and Diseases of the Joints: it is profitable also for a recent Kings-Evil, cold, and long-continued Apostems, and Tumours of the Bowels. It draws forth Splinters and Thorns, though fixed deep in the Flesh, and extracts all sorts of Venom. It helps the hardness of the Spleen, and eases the pains of the Knees and Joints, from an influx of Humours. It is good against Gatherings, and hard and scirrhous Tumours of the Breasts. Being often applied, it cures the bites of mad Dogs, or of other Venomous Beasts. It is good for hot and burning Ulcers, and such as are infested with salt and sharp Humours.   

8. The Mercurial Emplaster.  
℞ Diachylon simple, or with Gums, lbuj lbuj. Quicksilver (killed either with spittle or juice of Lemons, or Strasburgh-Turpentine) lbj lbj. mix them. Or thus: Take Diachylon simple, or with Gums lbuj lbuj. read Precipitate ℥ xv. mix them. Otherwise. Take Cerate of Galbanum lbv lbv ss. Oil-olive ℥ vj. mix them; than add powder of Mercury coagulate ℥ xuj. mix again. Otherwise. Take of the Green Cerate lbuj lbuj. Quicksilver (killed with Spirtle, or Juice of Lemons) lbj lbj. powder of Tobacco ℥ vj. Oil of Juniper-berries, a sufficient quantity; mix them. Or thus: Take Wax lbiv lbiv. Oil-olive lbij. lbij. mix, and add factitious Cinnabar lbij. lbij. or factitious Cinnabar, read Precipitate, a. lbj lbj. and make an Emplaster. Or thus again. Take of the Green Cerate lbuj lbuj. Quicksilver (killed with flowers of Sulphur) lbj lbj. Oil of Petre, a sufficient quantity; mix, and make an Emplaster. Otherwise thus: Take Quicksilver ℥ iv. dissolve it in Aqua fortis or Spirit of Nitre, a sufficient quantity: to the Solution add a Mixture made of Oil-olive and Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ iv. put them into an earthen glazed Vessel or Pan, boiling them together with a very gentle fire, to the consistence of an Emplaster; but that it may not grow black, let it be stirred continually with a wooden Spatula: than add yellow Wax ℥ iij. Mastich and Olibanum in powder, a. ℥ j which mix well. So have you a noble and efficacious Emplaster, which perfectly cures all Ulcers proceeding from the French Pox; and removes Scabs and Breakings-out, in whatsoever secret place they may be, even to a wonder.  
It is used with great success in Venereal Tumours, Tophs, and Nodes; and cures also Nocturnal Pains from the same cause. It is powerful in dissipating pains of the Joints, Shoulderblades, and Hips, arising from an inveterate Lues, confirms the strength of the parts, and draws forth the malignity of the Pox in the form of Sweat, and lays as it were asleep the most vehement pains.   

9 Emplaster of Tobacco, or Plaster of many Virtues.  
℞ Tobacco, green, and bruised lbv lbv. Sheeps-suet lbij. lbij. boil for two or three hours with a very gentle fire, and press out: to which add, Wax, Rosin, Ship-pitch, Frankincense, Venice- Turpentine, a. ℥ xv. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
It cleanses all sorts of Ulcers and Wounds, whether new or old, fills them with Flesh, and heals them; it eases vehement pains of the Gout, and ripens Apostems.   

10. Emplaster against the Kings-evil.  
℞ Gum Ammoniack, Vinegar of Squills, a. lbj lbj. juice of Hemlock lbss ss. dissolve, and strain, and boil to a due consistency; than add Gum Elemi ℥ iij. read Precipitate ℥ iv. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
It is good against the Kings-evil, Apostems, and old Ulcers, which are difficult to heal; stops Fluxes of Rheum, falling upon what part of the Body soever; and hinders their afflux to the part affected.   

11. The Wound-Plaster.  
℞ Balsam of Sulphur (made with Oil-olive) lbiv lbiv. in which dissolve Sheeps-suet lbij. lbij. Rosin, Wax, Frankincense, Gum Elemi, Venice- Turpentine, a. lbj lbj. Balsams of Capivi, Peru, and Tolu, a. ℥ vj. Powders of Mastic, of Myrrh, of Olibanum and Camphir, a. ℥ iv. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
It speedily heals green Wounds, and the Bites or Stinging of Beasts, or Venomous Creatures; hinders the Symptoms, and prevents the usual Fluxes of Humours; draws forth pieces of Iron, splinters of Wood, and other things which are lodged deep in the Flesh, and that without pain. The virtues of this Emplaster are very admirable; for it dries up old Ulcers, and cleanses them, fills them with good Flesh, and heals them; and Fistula's which have not yet contracted a callus, it joins their sides together, and conglutinates them.   

12. The Gout-Emplaster.  
℞ Diachylon cum Gummis, or the Green Cerate, or that of Galbanum lbij. lbij. Castille- Soap, Opium (extracted with Water or Vinegar) a. ℥ vj. Quicksilver (killed with spittle or juice of Lemons) lbj lbj. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
It cures the Gout, also Venereal pains; digests, softens, and resolves Tophs, Nodes, Scrophula's, and hard Tumours, taking away their pain. It cures callous and malign Ulcers, even the most rebellious; and for all sorts of Tumours in Woman's Breasts, Curdled Milk, Oedema, and the Cancer itself, this Plaster has yet no equal.       
Explicit Liber Primus.   

ARS CHIRURGICA. Liber Secundus. OF DEFOEDATION.  
The ARGUMENT.  
Removing of Defilements or Vices, are considered in an Eightfold respect: I Defilements or Pices of the Hair. 1. Pilorum Fissura, Cleaving of the Hair. 2. Defluvium Pilorum, Falling of the Hair. 3. Alopecia, a Foxlike shedding of the Hair. 4. Ophiasis, a Serpentlike falling of the Hair. 5. Tinea Capillorum, Worms of the Hair. 6. Calvities, Baldness. 7. Canitieses, Hoariness. 8. Plica Polonica, Elfs-locks. 9 Phthiriasis, Lousiness. 10. Furfuratio, Scurf and Dandrif. 11. Anchor, Favus; a Scald Head. II Defilements, or Pices of the Skin. 12. Nigredo, vel Adustio à Sole; Sun-burning. 13. Ephelides, Childbearing Spots, or Freckles. 14. Lentigenes, Lentils. 15. Naevi Materni, Mother-Spots. 16. Maculae Volaticae Infantium, Read Comb. 17. Maculae Hepaticae, Liver-Spots. III Defilements, or Eruptions of the Skin. 18. Guttae Rosaceae, Read Pimples on the Face. 19 Morphaea, Alphus; Morphew. 20. Leuce, the deep Creeping Morphew. 21. Malum Mortuum, the Dead Evil. 22. Vari, Pimples. 23. Intertrigo, Galling. 24. Herpes' simplex, the Shingles. 25. Phlyctaenae, Ignis Sylvestris; Wildfire, Blisters. 26. Vermes Cutis, Worms of the Skin. IV. Defilements, or Pices of the Skin and Flesh. 27. Scabies, Scabbiness. 28. Mentagra, the Chin-Scab. 29. Impetigo, Lichen; the Ringworm. 30. Leonina, the Tettar. 31. Sirones, the Barbadoes-Worms, or Chego's. 32. Verrucae, Thimi, Myrmeciae, Acrochordones; Warts. 33. Cornua, Clavi, Corns. V Defilements Universal. 34. Pruritus, the Itch. 35. Lepra, the Leprosy. 36. Sudamina, Measles. 37. Lues Venerea, the French-Pox. 38. Gonorrhoea, the Running of the Reinss. 39 Malus Odour, Evil Smell of the Body. VI Defilements, or Pices of the Eyes. 40. Phlyctaenae Oculorum, Blisters of the Eyes. 41. Anchylops, a Tumour in the Corner of the Eye. 42. Aegylops, a Running-Sore, or Fistula of the Eye. VII. Defilements, or Pices of the Teeth and Gums. 43. Color vitiosus, discolor; sordes, & foetor Dentium: Ill colour, filthiness, and stinking of the Teeth. 44. Corrosio & Caries Dentium, Corrosion and Rottenness of the Teeth. 45. Vacillatio Dentium, Looseness of the Teeth. VIII. Pices of the Hands, Fingers, and Nails. 46. Fissurae Manuum, Clefts of the Hands. 47. Unguium Scabrities, vel Lepra; Nails Rough, Thick, and Deformed. 48. Unguium Discolor, Nails Evil-coloured. 49. Unguium Fissura & Casus, Cleaving and Falling of the Nails. 50. Reduvia, the Whitloe.  

I Defilements, or Vices of the HAIR.  

CHAP. I CLEAVING of the HAIR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Pilorum Fissura; and in English, the Cleaving of the Hair.  
II This Cleaving is on the ends of the Hair of the Head; (and sometimes of the Beard) which are oftentimes divided into two, three, or four Threads.  
III It is known by sight; and though it may many times be caused from some sharp Humour, sticking to the Hair, and cleaving to its ends; yet it is mostly caused from the Hairs being too long, and not timely cutting it.  
IV. If it proceeds from the Hairs being too long, it is remedied by often cutting it; especially upon the Change, or early Increase of the Moon.  
V If it proceeds from sharp, drying Humours, they may be purged of, with either Our Family-Pills, or Pilulae Catharticae, or Tinctura Purgans; the Patiented mean season using an Alcalious Diet, having a fatness and glutinosity in it; as new Milk from the Cow, Whey, etc.  
VI Outwardly, it may be washed with the Decoction of Capillary Herbs; as Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Maidenhair, or with Spirit of Wine: and than afterwards anointed with Bulls Gall.   

CHAP. II FALLING of the HAIR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Defluvium Pilorum; in English, the Falling of the Hair.  
II The kinds. It is either Preternatural, or Natural.  
III The Preternatural is threefold. 1. Defluvium: 2. Alopecia: 3. Ophiasis. There is indeed in all these, a falling of of the Hair, and so in general they might be comprehended under the title of Defluvium; but custom and use has so far prevailed, that the name Defluvium is specially taken for the Shedding of the Hair, which we shall here speak of.  
IV. The Natural Falling of the Hair, is that which is occasioned thro' Age; and this is called Calvities, Baldness.  
V The Causes. They are several: either the want of Nourishment, or the malignity of Humours corroding the roots of the Hair: both which Causes have place in such as are Phthisical, or afflicted with malign Fevers; or from the thinness of the Skin, not able to contain the nourishment.  
VI Or it may come from the taking of Poison; and than sometimes both Skin and Nails fall of also: Or lastly, from corrupted Humours in the French-Pox; which very often produce this effect.  
VII. The Signs. It is known at sight, by the continual shedding of the Hair; but is distinguished from Alopecia, Ophiasis, and Calvities, from the different manner of falling: for in this the Hair falls of not only in the Head, but in all parts of the Body equally; sometimes more, and sometimes lesle.  
VIII. The Signs of the Causes, may be known from what has been said before: If Sickness went before, for want of nourishment; if sharp Humours abounded, it may be from them; but if 'Cause rarifying the Skin preceded, as Heat of the ambient Air, it than indeed proceeds from the thinness of the Skin.  
IX. The Prognostics. A Defluvium of the Hair is not difficult to cure, unless the Cause is that which cannot be removed. If it happens after acute and malign Fevers, (in which the Skin has not contracted any preternatural disposition) it is easily cured: for the Disease being cured, nourishment is again supplied, and the Hair is restored, for the most part, without the help of any Medicine.  
X. But happening in a Phthisis, it is of difficult cure: for the falling of the Hair in Consumptions, is a sign of Death.  
X. If the falling away is by reason of the thinness of the Skin, than it is restored without any great trouble, by the use of such Medicines which thicken.  
XII. The Cure. The Cure depends upon taking away the Cause. If therefore the Defluvium is from want of Nourishment, you must use Frictions to the part, and give things which breed Nourishment, and endeavour that it may be attracted to the Skin of the Head.  
XIII. Inwardly, give every night going to bed, ℈ ss. of Our Theriaca Chymica; and every morning fasting, à ℈ j adʒ ss. of powder of Viper's flesh: for these breed Hair again by a specific property, rubbing the Head daily with Onions.  
FOURTEEN. If it be from malign or depraved Humours, supplied from several parts of the Body; you may evacuate, according to the strength of the Patient: either with Pilulae Catholicae, or Tinctura Cathartica; but chief with Sal Mirabile.  
XU. But if the Humour lies only at the roots of the Hair, than it aught to be discussed, 1. By Friction; because it not only helps to discuss, by opening the Pores, but attracts too Nutriment to the Head; and also strengthens and thickens the Skin.  
XVI. 2. By application of Discussive Medicaments to the Head; for which purpose, a Decoction of Elm-tree-bark and Bur-dock-roots, in Lie of Broom-ashes, is of singular use.  
XVII. In the first case, where it is caused for want of Nutriment, besides the Medicines mentioned at Sect. 12. above, you aught to take care for a good nourishing course of Diet, that thereby a sufficient quantity of good Blood may be generated: and before any of the Topics, Frictions or Rubbing are often to be used; for the attracting of the same Nutriment.  
XVIII. In the second case, if it be from the depravity of evil Humours, the Evacuations being made, Discussives, as was said, are to be applied; yet they aught to be moderate, jest they dissipate the Aliment, and tender the Skin thin: and therefore if Ointments are used, Labdanum may well be mixed therewith.  
XIX. If it be caused from the thinness of the Skin, you must use things which condense and thicken: Oil of Myrtles, Bears or Viper's Grease, either alone, or mixed with Labdanum, is commended; so also Labdanum dissolved in Wine, to wash with.  
XX. And indeed, Labdanum is good in all sorts of Fallings-off of the Hair: but because it is too thick to be used of itself, it aught to be mixed with some thinner Body, as Oil or Wine, etc.  
XXI. But if greasy and oily things are refused, Lotions may be used; made of Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Maidenhair, golden Maidenhair, herb Mastich, Sage, Rosemary, Labdanum, etc. roots of Reed, sharppointed Dock, Bur-dock, Asarabacca: also Honey, Ashes of Bees, Wasps, Hornets, Flies, Moles, Mice, etc.  
XXII. An Oil against Falling of the Hair. ℞ Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Sage, Wormwood, Myrtle, a. M j Oil, Wine, a. lbj lbj ss. Bears-oil, juice of Mullein, a. lbj lbj. Honey lbss ss. mix, and boil to the consumption of the Wine; than press out the Oil, and adding to it a sixth part of Labdanum: keep it for use, to anoint with.  
XXIII. A Wash against Falling of the Hair. Take Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Mullein, Maidenhair, Bur-dock-roots, a. ʒ viij. Water lbx lbx. boil to one half, than strain out, and add to it, Aqua Mellis lbij. lbij. Spirit of Wine lbss ss. mix them: with which wash two or three times a day.   

CHAP. III FOXLIKE SHEDDING of the HAIR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Alopecia, Pilorum decidentia quòd Vulpibus familiaris est; in English, a Foxlike Shedding of the Hair.  
II This Disease causes the Hair to fall from certain parts of the Head, so as to leave bore and bald patches, here and there; caused from evil Humours, fretting and gnawing the roots of the Hair.  
III The Hair is said to fall of areatim, that is, by patches or spots; and hence it is, that this deformity is called also Area, as Celsus seems to acknowledge.  
IV. The Cause. It is a depraved and sharp Humour, eating asunder the roots of the Hair; and for the most part is caused either from salt, adust, and putrified Phlegm, through the fault of the Brain.  
V Or from eating of corrupt Meats, and such things as are venomous and poisonous, among which Galen accounteth Mushrooms: we also know by experience, that too large a Dose of the decoction of Bearsfoot, also the berries of the deadly Nightshade (not given in so large a quantity as to kill) will do the same thing: it may also hap from the malignity of the French Disease.  
VI The Signs. It it is known by sight: but in the Alopecia, the Hair falls of without any excoriation, or hurt at all, of the Skin.  
VII. The Differences. That Area, saith Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 4. which is called Alopecia, is dilated under all kinds of figures, happening both in the Hair of the Head, and of the Beard; but the Ophiasis happens only in the Head, the hinder part of it, creeping in the form of a Serpent.  
VIII. The Prognostics. This Disease brings little danger with it, and while it is recent, it is easily cured: so also if the place being rubbed, grows easily read; or if the extremities of the bald patches begin to shoot forth Hair afresh.  
IX. If the Disease is inveterate, or the Skin is very smooth, thick, greasy, and wholly voided of Hair, the Cure will be difficult; and if the place being rubbed grows not read, the Affect is judged for the most part uncurable.  
X. If it it proceeds from the French Disease, it is not to be cured, till that Disease itself is cured.  
XI. Where it is curable, so that new Hair comes on again, it is either white, or yellow: like as it is in Horses, where the Hair has been lost by reason of some Ulcer, caused by galling; when it grows upon that part again, it usually grows white; which is caused from a vicious nutriment of the Part, and weakness of the Skin.  
XII. The Cure. As for this, since it differs nothing at all from the Cure of Ophiasis, in any of its Intentions; we shall refer you thither, treating of it in the very next Chapter.   

CHAP. IU. SERPENTLIKE FALLING of the HAIR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Area, & Ophiasis, à figura; quòd partes glabrae & Pilis destitutae, tortuosae instar Serpentum videntur: in English, a Serpentlike Shedding of the Hair.  
II It is so called from its figure, because that the bald and smooth parts destitute of Hair, are writhed like a Serpent. It gins on the hind-part of the Head, and not exceeding the breadth of two fingers; it creeps towards the Ears, and in some as far as the Forehead, till the two heads meet before: chief haunting Infants, and such as are young.  
III In Ophiasis, not only the roots of the Hair, but even the Skin itself is eaten and gnawn through; viz. as deep as the roots of the Hair.  
IV. The Causes. The are, in part, the same with the former; and according to Galen, these Diseases follow a depraved Nutrition of the Skin of the Head; which if it be in abundance, it eats equally alike through the Hair, in many, and greater places; but if lesle, and mixed with a corrosive Humour, it makes an Ophiasis.  
V The more remote Causes are said to be the heat of the Liver and Head, especially the faults of the first and second Concoction, whence salt and sharp Humours are generated; which though they may hap in every Age, yet they generally after Childhood and Youth; sometimes following Tinea, Anchor, and Favus.  
VI The Signs. It is known by its form, and its creeping along, as before described, with an Excoriation of the Skin; the very colour of it being also changed; and in some it appears more whitish, in some more pale, and in others more black; and if it be pricked, there flows forth a serous, whitish Blood.  
VII. The Differences. Alopecia and Ophiasis differ from Tinea in this: the first is without Excoriation; Ophiasis is with a simple Excoriation of the Skin, and when cured, the Hair grows again; but in Tinea, the Excoriation and Ulceration is deeper, and the Skin is many times so corrupted and spoiled, that the Hair never returns any more.  
VIII. As to the Signs of the Causes, the Skin itself shows what Humour it is that offends; which is seen by cutting, or shaving away some of the remaining Hair, and rubbing it gently: the Hair also that grows anew, by its colour will show what Humour abounds, and is cause of the Disease.  
IX. The Prognostics. They are almost the same with Alopecia, to which you are referred; but Ophiasis is thought by some, to be the greater Disease, and so the more difficult to cure.  
X. It is commonly curable, if it follows Porrigo, or Tinea: but if it proceeds from the Leprosy, which sometimes accompanies it, it is altogether uncurable; and if it be from the Pox, not till the Disease itself be removed.  
XI. The Cure. First, institute such a Diet as may breed good Blood, and prevent the increase of bad Humours; abstaining from plentiful drinking of Wines, but especially from all French Wines.  
XII. Than let the Body be prepared and purged with fit Medicines, according to the nature of the Humour pecant: and a particular Evacuation of the Head by Apophlegmatisms, and solid Errhines at the Nostrils, are exceeding good.  
XIII. While the Disease is recent, and not confirmed, both Galen and Avicen advice to use Repellers: but otherwise, absolutely to abstain from them, and to use Digestives, which are of hot and thin parts, yet not greatly drying; with which you aught to mix things cold and moist.  
FOURTEEN. If there remains any Hairs that are corrupted, they are to be pulled out with an Instrument called the Volsella, or with a Dropacism; or such as we mention, (ad Porriginem) in Our Doron, lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 1. and at sect. 32.  
XU. Than wash the Head with a Lie, wherein Maidenhair, Southernwood, and the like have been boiled: after use Frictions with course clothes, till the place is read: and lastly, apply proper Topics.  
XVI. Such like Medicaments are Mustardseed, Cresses, white Lilly-roots; which (as it is affirmed) will restore Hair to places that have lost them by burning or scalding.  
XVII. To these add, Rocket-seed, Nitre, Oil of Bays, liquid Pitch, Sulphur, powder and ashes of Southernwood, roots of Showbread, Hellebor, seeds of Stavesacre, Doves dung: add these also, (which are the strongest of all) Thapsia, (by some called Turbith) and Euphorbium.  
XVIII. Now you must note, That these Medicines now mentioned, are not to be used in all kinds of Area, or at all times, or in any manner, or to all ages; but unto each, such as are fit and proper: for each Medicament hath its due time and manner of use.  
XIX. While the Disease is recent, use the weaker sort; so also to Children, Women, and soft and delicate Bodies: but if it be inveterate, or in such as are of full age, or in Men, or such as are of hard and strong Bodies, you may use the stronger.  
XX. Galen commends this: ℞ Ashes of the Greek-reed ℥ ss. ashes of a Hedg-hogʒ j Mouse-dungʒ ij. bruise, and mix with Vinegar; and anoint therewith. Or, ℞ Reed-ashes, Goatshair burnt, Maidenhair, Bears-fat, liquid Pitch, Rosin of the Cedar, ana: mix them. This he calls the Admirable Remedy.  
XXI. Or, ℞ Mice burnt, Linen-cloth burnt, Horse-teeths burnt, Bears-fat, Marrow of a Hart, Reed-ashes, ana: Honey, q. s. mix them. Or this, which is the strongest of all. ℞ Euphorbium, Thapsia, Oil of Bays, a. ʒ ij. Sulphur vive, Hellebor, white and black, a. ʒ j Waxʒ vj. softened with Oil of Bays, old Oil, or Tar: mix them; to be used, the Disease being inveterate.  
XXII. For Children and Women use this: ℞ Reed-roots burnt, Southernwood, ana; Bears-fat, or old Oil of Bays, or liquid Pitch, enough to make an Ointment, Or, ℞ Southernwood, ashes of Reed-roots, Frankincense, and; Bears-fat q. s. make an Ointment.  
XXIII. If you would have it stronger, add Sulphur vive, Bulls-gall, Rocket-seed, Nitre, or even Thapsia itself. Bears-grease helps by a secret property; of which, with the Hairs of a Bear burnt, Oil of the Mastich-tree, and the things before named, you may make an Ointment.  
XXIV. But in the use of the stronger sorts of Medicaments, you must observe, That in the Beginning, the more liquid, and softer Medicines may be used: looking always after each application, what alteration it has made in the part affected; and so, as need requires, to make it stronger, or weaker.  
XXV. This alteration is seen, by observing whether the Skin is made read, or not: for you must be cautious, that the Skin be not burnt through, by the too often repeated use of the stronger Remedies.  
XXVI. Also observe, that if the Hair be not shaved of, that Medicines of soft, and of a more liquid form, as Washeses, Liniments, Unguents, etc. will be best to be used: but if it be wholly shaved of, than Medicines of a more solid form, as Emplasters, Cerats, are to be applied.  
XXVII. The weaker Medicines may be kept on the part, night and day, the better to exert their strength and Virtue: but the stronger sort, are only to be kept on so long, till they 'cause some alteration in the Skin, or 'cause some kind of pain; and therefore the place affected is to be viewed once or twice a day.  
XXVIII. And if they have strongly affected the place, you must than return to the milder sort of them; and the part is to be anointed with Goose-fat, alone, or mixed with Tar, or Bears-Oil, which is a Specific.  
XXIX. 'Tis certain, that the stronger Medicaments being kept too long on, they will burn the Skin; and Christopher à Vega saith, he had seen many, who by the use of overstrong Medicines in this case, were made incurable, or made perpetually bald.   

CHAP. V Of the HAIR-WORM.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and by Aristotle, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Tinea, & Tinea Capillorum; in English, the Hair-Worm, or Hair-Moth; affecting sometimes the Head only, sometimes the Beard.  
II It is a Disease wherein the Hairs fall of one by one, being eaten through at their roots, and consumed by certain little Worms; which some say are so small, that they can hardly be seen; (only they are discerned to move) being not much unlike to the Mites which breed in Cheese, old Wax, Prunes, etc.  
III The Cause. They have their original, doubtless, from an Excrementitious Humour; which, together with the nourishment of the Hair, penetrates into the said Hair, and there being cherished by the heat of the Head, is converted into little Worms.  
IV. These afterwards sticking unto the Hair (of which they are generated, and whence they have their nourishment) corrode it; so that they fall of by little and little.  
V The Disease is called Tinea, because that like as woollen Clotheses are eaten with Moths, so also is the Hair eaten by these Worms.  
VI The Signs. It is manifest of itself; for the Hairs are made shorter, and unequal: some of them being more shortened, and some lesle.  
VII. And though the worms are generally at the roots of the Hairs, yet in many Hairs they also stick or breed in their extremities or ends; whereby the Hair becomes ash-coloured, and uneven, being from day to day corroded and curtailed.  
VIII. It is many times accompanied with a dry Ulcer, corrupting the Hair: and the Head is sometimes covered with a kind of crusty substance, ash-coloured, or yellow: for which reason, when it affects the Head only, some will have it be Anchor or Favus, a Scald-Head.  
IX. But doubtless it is not the Disease properly called a Scald-Head, though it may well enough (from the resemblance it hath therewith) be a species of the same, and may be called a Bastard-Scald.  
X. The Prognostics. There is no danger at all in it, yet it is difficult to be cured; and causes a very great deformity and unsightliness, especially when it happens in the Beard, making the Hairs unequal, some shorter, some longer; the Beard itself seeming foul and nasty.  
XI. If it continues long, it often degenerates into Alopecia, or rather Ophiasis, or causeth Baldness.  
XII. The Cure. Medicaments penetrating and cleansing are to be chosen; as also that may digest and discuss the matter of which the Worms are bred.  
XIII. The Body may be purged with Vniversals; as, Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura purgans, Pulvis Cornachini, etc. because the Worms are generated of a vicious Humour mixed with the nourishment of the Hair.  
FOURTEEN. For Topics, a Decoction of Broom and Myrrh boiled together in Vinegar, is commended, A Decoction of the great-Nettle in Lie, so also of Nettles and Scabious in Lie, are said to be of good use to wash the Head often with.  
XU. The Head may also be anointed with Oil, in which Squills, Myrtle-leaves, and Wormwood have been boiled: or with Bulls-gall, mixed with equal parts of a Decoction of Garlic and Centory in Vinegar.  
XVI. To these add, a Decoction of Wormwood, Centory the lesle, Southernwood, and Gentian, in Vinegar, or Lie of Pot-ashes: all bitter Herbs are very good; as Rue, Aloes, etc.  
XVII. But what I have several times proved by Experience, is, a strong Decoction of Coloquintida in Water; with which the Head is to be washed and fomented, three or four times a day: or a Decoction of Bearsfoot, which never fails.  
XVIII. After washing, the Head may be anointed with this Ointment: Take Oil-olive ℥ seven. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ʒ iij. Flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. white Precipitate ℥ j mix them; with which anoint once or twice a day, and in a short time the Affect will be cured.   

CHAP. VI Of BALDNESS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Calvities, also Calvitium; and in English, Baldness.  
II It is a Disease, wherein the Hairs fall wholly of; chief from the forepart of the Head, leaving the Skin smooth and dry.  
III The Cause. Hypocrates and Galen will have it to be from the want of Humidity; whereas Actuarius, Meth. lib. 1. cap. 5. saith, it is caused from too much Humidity: which may be thus reconciled; that it may proceed from too little alimental or nutrimental Humidity, and also be caused from having too much excrementitious Moisture, which destroys their roots.  
IV. It arises therefore from defect of Nourishment, dryness of the Brain; either through Age, or some other accidental cause, as Poison, Burning, Scalding, Cutting of the Skin, some deep Ulcer, too much Coition.  
V The Signs. It is known by sight; the forepart of the Head being voided of Hair.  
VI The Differences. It differs from Defluvium, or Shedding of the Hair; because in that the Hairs generally (a great part of them) fall of, here and there, up and down through the whole Head: from Alopecia, which falls of in spots or patches: and from Ophiasis, because of its serpentlike creeping: whereas Baldness happens always in the forepart of the Head.  
VII. The Prognostics. It has no danger in it, except it be the exposing the Head more to the Cold, and external injuries of the Air; but is indeed a great deformity.  
VIII. It is mostly without Remedy, but we have known it sometimes cured; and possibly it may, by Art, be very much prevented.  
IX. But that which is immaturely, in time of Youth, from Burn, Scalding, or Ulcers; or is caused simply by Old-age, is incurable.  
X. The Cure. This may be fetched, in part, out of what we have said in the four former Chapters: yet we think good to add in this place the few following things.  
XI. First, let Universal Remedies be premised, than order a good Diet; in which biting, salt, and astringent things aught to be avoided.  
XII. Supply the Nutriment, by such things as correct the dryness of the Brain, and attract Moisture to the roots of the Hair: in which case, moderate Frictions are good for this purpose; and apply some of the Attractives in Chap. 5. aforegoing. You may rub the place till it is read with an Onion, and apply after, a Cataplasm of Onions and Mustardseed.  
XIII. Labdanum, mixed with proper Ointments, is excellent: so also is the Gum alone, or dissolved in Oil of Mastic, or Bears-grease.  
FOURTEEN. You may foment the Head with a Decoction of Foenugreek, or Burdock-roots, made with a Lie of Bohemian-tartar, and often wash the part with Aqua Mellis.  
XU. Labdanum is a Specific in this case, and very fitly to be administered in every Falling-off of the Hair; being dissolved in Wine, or some proper Oil. Lotions also of Labdanum, in a Decoction of Maidenhair, Golden-maidenhair, Southernwood, Mastich, Roses, Rosemary, and Sage, are of great use.  
XVI. The things following, not only take away the cause of Shedding Hair, but help to generate and breed it, by a peculiar faculty: viz. all the Capillary Herbs; Southernwood, Reed-root, Dock-root, great Burdock-root, Asarabacca, Labdanum, Honey, the powder or ashes of Bees, Wasps, Flies, Moles, Mice, Mouse-dung, Hedgehogs, Bears-fat, Vipers and Serpents fat, down of Quinces, ashes of Cotton and Hair, Aqua Mellis, juice of Onions.  
XVII. Of all which you may form Oils, Balsams, Liniments, Ointments, and Emplasters, at pleasure. As, ℞ Oil of Southern-wood ℥ ij. Ashes of Bees or Waspsʒ j Mouse-dung ℈ j Honey, Labdanum, a. ʒ u Bears-fat, enough to make a Lineament.  
XVIII. Or thus: ℞ Choice Labdanum cut into small pieces lbj lbj. Damask-rose-water ℥ vj. Oil of Ben ℥ iv. boil together, and strain often, till it is clear. Or, dissolve Labdanum in Oil of Mastic, or Oil of Ben, till it is clear; with which anoint.  
XIX. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ v. Chemical Oils of Lavender, of Oranges, of Lemons, a. ℥ ij. Oil of Southern-wood ℥ ss. juice of Squills ℥ j Wine ℥ iij. mix; and boil to the consumption of the Wine; with which anoint.  
XX. Or this: ℞ Chemical Oils of Lavender, Spike, and Lemons, a. ℥ j Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Labdanum ℥ j Wine ℥ ij. mix, dissolve, and boil to the consumption of the Wine: than add powder of Clovesʒ j ashes of Bees and Moles, a. ʒ ij ss. mix them.   

CHAP. VII. Of HOARINESS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Canitieses; and in English, Hoariness; Whiteness, or Grayness of the Hair.  
II By Hoariness here, we mean not, nor intent that which comes by Old-age; for that is natural, and the ornament of their years: but an immature and preternatural one, which happens in Youth, or to those which are young, and in the flower of their age; and that sometimes suddenly, and as it were all in an instant.  
III That such a Hoariness, or Whiteness, does often hap, is most certain, and we have plenty of Testimonies in Authors for the same. Scaliger, in Exercit. 312. saith, that Gonzaga having imprisoned a near Kinsman in a strong Castle, on suspicion of Treason, that he might receive the reward of his demerits; news was brought him the next morning, that his Kinsman was become all over white and hoary. Skenkius, in his Observat. lib. 1. relates the like. Lemnius, in his Treatise of Complexions, lib. 2. cap. 2. has such another Relation. Cuspinian gives us many Histories, of such as suddenly out of Fear become Hoary, or Grace. Hadrianus Junius, in his Comment upon the Hair, has such a like Example. Ludovicus Vives also gives us such a History, in his Scipio's Dream. And Coelius Rhodoginus, in his Lectiones Antiquae, lib. 3. cap. 24. and lib. 13. cap. 17. supplies us with more Examples.  
IU. But why heap I thus up Authorities, since in my own time, and to my own knowledge, the like happened to a Person of Honour, in the space of three or four days; his Hair becoming as hoary and white, as if he had been fourscore years of age, altho' than he was not much above thirty: so that upon the Scaffold, where he lost his Head, he was by his Hair impossible to be known.  
V The Causes. Galen, de Temper. lib. 2. cap. 5. saith, the cause is from the putrified recrement of Phlegm. Aristotle, de Gener. Animal. lib. 5. cap. 5. saith, it is from the defect of native Heat; which not concocting the Humours, they rot and putrify; with which the Hair being nourished, becomes white.  
VI But indeed, it seems more agreeable with reason, to understand any simple crude Humour; rather than Phlegm properly so called; and crudity, rather than putridness.  
VII. But since the Hair is not nourished of Vapours, or Recrements elevated into Vapours; but rather of Blood and Lympha, as all other parts are: it is without all doubt, that the Blood and Lympha being universally chilled, or otherwise depraved through mighty Fear, or extreme Joy; that they may yield such a nutriment to the Hair, as may upon the spot give this change of colour.  
VIII. And this is so much the easier to be conceived, when we consider, and reflect upon their substance and conformation: that they are hollow, and may be filled with any sort of Juice, and their substance diaphanous and perlucid; through which any colour may easily manifest itself.  
IX. The Signs. It is manifest of itself to sight: that by Age, is gradual and natural; but in Youth it is preternatural: and much more preternateral, if a person becomes hoary on a sudden.  
X. The Prognostics. That which is natural, is not to be cured, nor aught it to be attempted: but of that which is preternatural there is hopes, in regard it proceeds from a vicious disposition (of the Brain more especially) which may be cured: for that being amended, the colour of the Hair will also be changed.  
XI. That Hoariness which proceeds from Leuce, or Vitiligo, (a kind of Leprosy) is of difficult cure: but upon curing of the said Disease, the Hair also mends in its colour.  
XII. The Cure. First, good Blood must be endeavoured to be produced in the whole Body, and especially in the Head; the heat of which part aught also to be comforted and restored, that there may be a supply of good nourishment unto the Hair.  
XIII. Universal Purgations aught also to be premised, that the vicious Humours may be evacuated: and the Head in particular, aught to be purged with proper Sternutatories and Errhins; as Our Pulvis Sternutatorius, and Errhina-simple, of roots of Asarabacca; or compounded, etc.  
FOURTEEN. This is commended by the Arabians. ℞ Black-will Mirobalans, without their kernels, ℥ seven ss. Ginger, Bishopsweed, a. ℥ ij. Butter, q. s. mix them; and than add of double-refined Sugar ℥ ix. Dose, à ʒ i, and ʒ i ssoften.  
XU. As to Topics, Galen advises to things hot, and of thin parts, to discuss and scatter the superfluous Humidities: but unless there flows such a nourishment, that may again generate Hair of the natural colour, those Applications will be in vain.  
XVI. Others strive only to use Medicaments which make the Hair black: but in doing this, we must beware of doing any thing to hurt the Brain, because such things as make black, have a vehement astringency, and so produce other evils.  
XVII. Among suchlike things, Galen commends Cadmmia before all others; which not only blackens the Hair, but discusses the recrements of the Humours, and amendss the ill disposition of the Head.  
XVIII. Oil is commended to anoint with, in which Costus, or pulp of Coloquintida, or bitter Gourd has been boiled.  
XIX. Oil of wild Olives is good: also all the sorts of Myrobalans, which are said to retard and hinder Hoariness; being inwardly taken, and outwardly applied: to which you may add, Galls, Acacia, Foenugreek, Henbane-seed, Labdanum, juice of the green shales of Walnuts; leaves and roots of Capers, boiled in Milk, and applied as a Cataplasm; rind of Holmroot, boiled to softness; Vitriol of Iron, etc.  
XX. The use of these things is to be continued for some time: and though they seem not to do good, at once or twice using, yet they are not to be desisted from, but still to be continued.  
XXI. And if you would have the Colours these things give to be lasting, a Lotion is first to be used; which may be as a ground to the Tincture or Colour, and make it to continued firm, as the custom of Dyers is: and therefore let the Hair which is to be died, be first washed with a Lotion in which Roch-alum has been dissolved, or Galls have been boiled.  
XXII. ℞ Lixivium of Pot-ashes lbj lbj. Litharge of Gold ℥ iv. boil them together; and with a Sponge dipped therein, let the hoary Hairs be well moistened warm, for a quarter of an hour together; and after that, a Cloth wet in the same, be laid over all for a quarter of an hour: which may be repeated three or four times a week.  
XXIII. ℞ Black-will Myrobalans ℥ ij. Raisins ℥ iv. read Wine lbuj lbuj. boil by a gentle fire, to the consumption of two thirds: than add juice of green Walnutshales lbj lbj. Sumach, Acatia, a. ℥ j Cloves ℥ iij. boil again, and strain out by expression: at night going to bed, let the Hair be anointed therewith, and next morning washed with a Decoction of black Myrobalans in Wine. Avicen saith, that in these kinds of Medicines, Cloves strengthen and defend the Brain very much.  
XXIV. A Decoction of lethargy and Sage, in a Lie of Pot-ashes, is a good Lotion to wash the Hair and Head with.  
XXV. ℞ Bark of Vine-roots, leaves of the Vine, and of Pellitory of the Wall, a. ℥ vj. Alum, Vitriol, a. ℥ iij. Galls ℥ i ss. Water lbxij lbxij. mix, boil all gently, and strain out; with which daily wash the Hair and Head.  
XXVI. ℞ Shales of green Walnuts bruised lbj lbj. Alum lbss ss. Oil-olive lbiij lbiij. boil them for an hour, than strain out, and anoint therewith.  
XXVII. But that which exceeds most other things, is a Decoction and an Oil of Coloquintida: which you may make thus: ℞ Pulp of Coloquintida lbss ss. Water lbuj lbuj. boil to three pounds; strain, and add thereto Tincture of Cloves, made with rectified S.U. ℥ iv. with this wash the Head morning and evening.  
XXVIII. Which being dried, presently anoint with the following Oil: ℞ Pulp of Coloquintida ℥ ij. Oil-olive lbij. lbij. boil to the consumption of one half: strain out by pressing, and add thereto Chemical Oil of Cloves ℥ j which mix well.   

CHAP. VIII. Of ELFLOCKS, or MATTED HAIR.  
I IT is a Disease that was unknown to the Greeks; the Latins call it Plica, & Plica Polonica; we in English call it Elflocks, Witch-locks, or Matted Hair.  
II It is an entangling and enfolding of the Hair, into Elflocks; wherein the Hair is as it were folded and matted together into a kind of Chord, or one Long-lock.  
III And though it is known, even by sight, by the bunching, entanglings, and complications of the Hair, pains vexing the Joints and Bones, Convulsions, plenty of Lice, roughness and scaliness of the Nails of the Great-toes, growing black, and almost like a Goats-horn; yet we shall rather choose to give you the description of it, in the words of some of those Authors who have written thereof, as follows.  
IV. The Description. They who are troubled with this Disease, have sometimes one, and sometimes two Locks growing on their Heads, entwisted and enfolded within themselves inwardly, and entangled together with the Hairs nigh to them; the Lock thereby becoming very great, and exceeding thick.  
V It is a great trouble and torment to almost all 〈◊〉 ●ts of People, through the wh●…●…ingdom of Poland; and now seems to creep farther: it nips the Bones, loosens the Limbs, infests the Vertebrae of the Back, makes the members deformed, writhing them back.  
VI It causes them who are affected therewith to Bunchout, and fills them full of Lice; and gives the Head such fresh and constant supplies of them, that it can by no means be freed from them.  
VII. If these entangled Locks be shaved of, that Humour, and the Poison thereof disperses itself into the Body, and than extremely tortures and vexes the person thus affected: it disquiets and troubles the Head, Feet, Hands, all the Joints and Limbs; and in a word, all the parts of the Body.  
VIII. And it is experimentally found, that those who have cut of these Locks, thus matted together, have soon after been afflicted in their Eyes, and vehemently troubled with Defluxions of Rheum unto other parts of the Body.  
IX. If the Cure has been attempted by usual Catharticks, the Patient is the worse for them; and the raging pain vexes the person so much the more: for not being able to master the noxious Humour, it only stirs it up, and disperses it through the whole Body: and after Purging, they are tormented with a burning Pain through all their members; so that nothing can possibly be added to the acuteness of it.  
X. Women are oftentimes afflicted herewith; also such Men who are given to Venereal pleasures, or inclined to the French Disease, and the Children who are begotten by such that are troubled with the same: and such likewise, who having a Porrigo, have endeavoured the cure thereof with Repercussives: or having had some certain Flux of Blood for a long time, have had it suddenly stopped.  
XI. This Affect communicates with that fuliginous Exhalation, out of which the Hair is bred; and seems to have some affinity with the Tinea, Anchor, or Favus: and by its excruciating and pinching the Bones, to have something of the malignity of the Lues Venerea; by the great abundance of Lice, to be something of the nature of the Pthiriasis; by the Pain of the Joints, to sympathise with the Arthritis or Gout; and by the terrible Contraction of the Limbs which it causes, to have some alliance with the Spasm or Convulsions.  
XII. Schenekius, lib. 1. Observat. 13. gives us another very large description thereof, not much unlike the former; but he adds, that these Locks grow sometimes very long, oftentimes a finger-thick, and reaching down the Shoulders and Breast, even to the Navel; exceeding dreadful to look upon, and resembling the Gorgon's Head.  
XIII. These Locks they never suffer to be cut, nor at any time to be parted, or severed with a Comb: for that they believe, (and for aught I know, truly enough) this matted Hair prevents the most grievous Diseases of the Head; as Headaches, Madness, Palsies, Apoplexies, etc. and that the combing or cutting them, is altogether ominous and fatal.  
FOURTEEN. So that some, d●ring their whole lives, do nourish and cherish them: that possibly they may be preserved from all other dangerous and formidable Diseases, which otherwise might threaten them.  
XU. And a history he relates, of an old Woman, who having these Locks cut of, died within the space of three days: yet, says he, a certain Countess who had such a monstrous Head of Hair, would often 'cause it to be cut, even to the Neck.  
XVI. Sennertus is of opinion, that this Disease is only somewhat that is Critical as it were, arising from the expulsion of the vicious matter out of the Body; and that the said Plica brings nothing of danger with it to the diseased person, who has it all the days of his whole life, without any thing of damage.  
XVII. But that which most of all threatens danger, is, the vicious Humour, which yet sticking fast in the Body, excites the afore enumerated most grievous Symptoms; all which cease, so soon as the matter is thrust forth unto the Hair.  
XVIII. And that in such as are affected with this Disease to the height, the Nails also, but chief of the Feet, and most of all in the Great-toes, become rough, long, and black, like to a Goats-horn: which Sennertus observed himself in a noble Lord, and that the very same had also happened to others.  
XIX. The Causes. They cannot sufficiently be explained; yet they are thought to arise from plenty of matter nourishing the Hair: now the said matter is carried to the Hair, not in the form of Vapours, but mixed with the Blood itself; which, as it is of all other parts; so it is likewise the nutriment of the Hairs.  
XX. And this in some measure appears from hence; because that if at any time the Hair be shaved or cut, it yields Blood, but such a kind of Blood as is hurtful to the Body: and by the bleeding of the Hairs, when cut or shaved, it may well be conceived, that the malignity is conveyed to them by the Blood.  
XXI. But Authors also say, that it is caused from a peculiar corruption of the Place; nature of the Soil, Air, and Water: and therefore is properly an Endemick Disease, as being mostly peculiar to some Regions, as Poland, etc.  
XXII. The Prognostics. This Disease, if the matter be not fully and continually thrust forth into the Hair, is dangerous enough: so that most grievous Pains and Symptoms are excited, almost in all parts into which the malign matter is dispersed.  
XXIII. But if Nature, as it were critically, protrudes the matter only to the Hair; than is the Patient altogether preserved from the other Symptoms and Maladies: and many suchlike persons live very healthful all their lives long.  
XXIV. If at any time these Locks are rashly cut of, it induces Blindness, and sometimes many other cruel Diseases. A Soldier in Hungary having a Plica, being taken Prisoner by the Turks, had all his Hair shaved of, and withal this Plica, whereupon he become blind; but obtaining that his Hair might grow again, he again recovered his sight.  
XXV. If this malign Humour shall at length be all spent, (which not often happens) than after some time these Plicae fall of of their own accords, and the Party becomes well: if therefore it can be known or discerned, (which is a thing difficult enough) when the said Humour is all spent, it may than be safe enough, (and without the lest ill Symptom succeeding) to cut of these Locks, with the rest of the Hair.  
XXVI. If it it be without Pain, there is hopes of a Cure; for so excrementitious Humours are thrust forth into the Hairs, and the Faculties become stronger. Otherwise, seeing the Causes are not perfectly known, no perfect Cure can be expected: for the Disease seems to be a complication of the Gout, Rheumatism, Cachexy, Hypochondriack Melancholy, and the Scurvy; joined with a kind of Malignity.  
XXVII. The Cure cannot be attempted by cutting of the Lock, or by keeping it from Tangling: for than the party is pained, sick, or becomes blind, and as it were at deaths-door; nor can have any ease, till it is either grown, or tangled again.  
XXVIII. Nor can it be attempted by Bleeding or Purging; for thereby it is made so much the worse, and to rage's so much the more: for that Purgation is not able to overcome and master the noxious Humour, but to add torment to the Sick, beyond imagination.  
XXIX. In this case therefore, it will be good to follow Experience, as our Guide: and rather to help forward the matter to the place where it is intended, viz. to the Hair; which is well done by a Lotion made of Bears-breech, which is very available and successful.  
XXX. Some have been cured by often bathing, and manifold Fomentation, wherein Bears-breech aforesaid has been decocted; viz. the dried leaves, in such a quantity of Water, that the Decoction may be of a yellow, not of a purple colour; which decoction has also been drank inwardly, after it has been fermented with sour Leaven, and the dried Herb infused also in the same.  
XXXI. If this prevails not, you must keep the Body soluble, by cooling and moistening Clysters, and frequently give Alexipharmaca, such as are exhibited in the Scurvy and Gout: Sudorificks also, now and than to be used, are good; because they help Nature, in expelling the matter to the place appointed.  
XXXII. But whereas the Purges used by the Ancients, prevailed nothing in this case; yet those that are more spirituous, I have known to do good: and by the taking of this Tincture following, every other day for a hundred days together, I once knew a stubborn Plica cured.  
XXXIII. ℞ Choice Sena ℥ x. powder of jalap ℥ iv. infuse all in S.U. lbviij lbviij. for thirty days: of all which give every other, or third day, three or four spoonfuls. If you make the Tincture in Aniseed-water, it will be yet better.  
XXXIV. And I knew a certain Empiric, one Moret, to cure another by Fluxing with the Pilulae Mercuriales Herculis Saxoniae; he having first for some time used the Fomentation of the aforesaid Decoction of Bears-breech, and caused it also to be drank as ordinary Drink; at last he cut of the Lock, and the Patient remained well.  
XXXV. But after all that these great men have said, other Methods may be attempted; and that with probable success: for since the Blood and Lympha are corrupted with a malign impurity, (as they are also in the Lues Venerea) 'tis possible, that they being purified, the Patient may return to his pristin health.  
XXXVI. Now that this may be accomplished, 'tis necessary that the whole mass of Blood and Lympha should be changed, or made new, and the mass or substance of the Flesh sweetened: that this may be done in a right Method, nothing seems to me so fit, as a just and regular Salivation, extended to a due length of time: which may be done with Arcanum Corallinum, Aurum Vitae, Turpethum Minerale, the Prince's Powder, White Precipitate; and other things of like nature.  
XXXVII. And the same course aught to be taken in the Salivation exactly, as is taken in Curing the Lues: if it be recent, it may be ended in about fourteen days; but if it be inveterate or old, it will require at lest a Salivation of thirty days: but let it be gentle, and regular, and increased to a height as you see convenient.  
XXXVIII. I have seen several sick of this Distemper, but never had more than one Patient under Cure; which I happily performed by a gentle Flux of thirty days, raised with Arcanum Corallinum; at the end of which, I purged him with my Family-Pills three times, and gave him for six weeks together the usual Diet-Drink of Guajacum and Sarsa; to which Burdock-roots were added.  
THIRTY-NINE. And outwardly, I caused the Head to be alternately washed; first, with the Water of the Griffin, and than with the Decoction of Coloquintida: and this washing was continued twice a day, for the space of twenty days: but the Washing began not till towards the end of the Salivation; and it was always done with the Liquor very warm, and the Head dried after it.  
XL. During his Salivation, and taking the Diet-drink, with the external Washing, his Hair began mightily to fall of; and I believe the Lock would in a few weeks more have fallen of also; for several of the Hairs of the Lock being fallen out from their rooting, hung with their rooted ends lose: but the Man being impatient, caused it to be cut of, which bled not in the lest, nor was any ways moist: and it was done without the lest injury or prejudice to the person, and he constantly remained well after it.   

CHAP. IX. Of LOUSINESS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pediculis scateo, Pediculari Morbo laboro; à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pediculus;) in Latin, Pthiriasis, Pedicularis Morbus; in English, Lousiness, or the Lousie-Evil.  
II This is a very strange Disease, yet happening both to old and young, as the generating matter may be predominant: but the nastiness, and the trouble of it exceeds all: for let one of the persons thus afflicted, be cleansed from all the Lice which are visible, be washed clean in a Bath of Water, the Head combed as clean as may be, and than dressed with fresh clean Linen, and fresh Clotheses; yet in an hour after they will be as lousy as if nothing had been done to them; and you may found a thousand Lice presently about them, the fresh Linen and Clothing being as much defiled with the Lice, as the last they lately put of.  
III The Cause. Authors seem not agreed about the Cause: some will have it from Pus, or simple Patrifaction alone; but than as Sennertus says, Ulcers should rather breed Lice than any thing else; which yet we see they do not: wherefore something more than Patrifaction, must be ascribed to the Cause.  
IV. Aristotle, Histor. Animal. lib. 5. cap. 31. saith, Quòd fiant ex Carne, cùm multa Humiditas in ea abundat; & cum emersuri sunt, fiant Pustulae quaedam sine Pure, exiguae; quae si pungantur, Pediculi exeant. Quo loco per Carnem, Cutem intelligit Aristoteles; ut ex Galeno patet, de Simp. Med. Fac. lib. 5. cap 4. And this seems to be true; for in one of these kinds of Patients, I was very curious for to found and see whence the Lice so immediately came: and finding up and down in the Body several little Protuberances, I opened several of them with a sharppointed Lancet, and with my Fingers I squeezed out several Lice; out of some eight or ten Lice, out of others more; and out of one of these Pustulae, I took forth twelve or thirteen Lice, some of them well grown: so that from thenceforth, my wonder about their so immediate increase, ceased.  
V From what has been said, the place of the Generation of Lice in this Disease appears; viz. that it is the Skin: and partly the Matter, to wit, an abounding Humidity; to which we must add, the Vis generans, vel Potestas formativa; a Spirit, which reduces the Matter into Act or Form, and is peculiar only in this case.  
VI I know, that for the ordinary Generation of Lice in the Head, or other clean Bodies, it is ascribed to nastiness and filth, with a putrid moist Humour; which by the heat of the Body, comes to be vivified: but this reaches not our case, where the breeding of Lice is not accidental, or symptomatical, but purely a Disease.  
VII. Avicenna will have them to be bred from Humidity, with a moderate Heat, and a gentle Putrefaction. Modern Physicians will have them to be bred of Excrementitious or Preternatural Humours; so disposed, that being moderately hot, they may be in act or power moist, and in a medium between thick and thin, and a little putrified. Theophrastus, de Caus. Plantar. lib. 2. cap. 12. Sanguinem materiam Pediculorum esse scribit: verùm cum corruptum Sanguinem intelligat, non aliud proculdubio accipit, quàm Excrementitiam quandam Sanguinis, & inprimis Pituitosi; aut Alimenti in tertia Coctione partem.  
VIII. The Place. The chief habitation of Lice is in the Head; and sometimes they breed in other parts of the Body, from nasty Clothing, and long wearing them without change; where they generate from Nits, or Eggs, and mightily multiply; but this is in the ordinary way of Production: but when they become Morbific, the Body is the chief seat of their habitation: unless they be generated from the filthiness of a Plica, and than the Head is their native home.  
IX. The Prognostics. Where Lice are bred only from filthiness, nastiness, want of combing the Hair, or change of Clotheses or Linen, the trouble is more than the danger: but if they are bred in the whole Body, from a Morbid disposition, it is difficult to be cured; and if it be not timely enough mastered, kills the Patient, by eating through into the Body.  
X. The Cure. Internally, the putrid Humour which breeds Lice, is to be carried of by Purging; reiterating it several times, at lest twice a week: either with our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, or other proper Medicaments.  
XI. This done, convenient Sweeting is to be promoted; either in Hartman ' ss Chair, with Spirit of Wine, and proper Sudorificks; or in the Public Bagnio's: and this to be repeated twice a week, or at lest once in five days.  
XII. Or the Patient may bathe in a Bathing-tub, in a Lie of due strength; made either of Pot-ashes; or Quicklime, in which Flowers of Sulphur have been a pretty while boiled.  
XII. Or they may bathe in a Lie made of Nettle-ashes, in which Wormwood, Rue, Centory the lesle, Scordium, and Southernwood; the roots of Gentian, Elecampane, Birthwort, and black Hellebor; the seeds of Stavesacre, and Lupins; the pulp of Coloquintida, wild Cucumbers, and wild Gourds; flowers of Sulphur, and Bulls-gall, have been boiled: and the Patient is to sit in it, as long as he can conveniently without fainting.  
FOURTEEN. And if possibly, and the conveniency will serve, the Patient aught to go into the Bath once a day, though it be but for one quarter of an hour: and if they cannot endure the Bath, they aught to bathe the principal Parts affected, which may easily be discerned by sight, with the aforementioned Decoction.  
XU. After Bathing, they may be anointed all over with this Ointment. ℞ Oil olive lbj lbj ss. Sheeps-suet lbj lbj. mix them by melting; than add flowers of Sulpur ℥ iv. Bulls-gall, Staves-acre in powder, a. ℥ iij. meal of Lupins, white Agarick in powder, a. ℥ ij ss. Wormwood in powder, Aloes in powder, Coloquintida in powder, a. ℥ ij. mix, and make an Ointment; with which anoint morning and evening.  
XVI. If you would have it stronger, you may add poudenr of white Hellebor ℥ iij. to the former Composition: but than you must use it only to people of strong constitutions.  
XVII. If after these things have been used for some considerable time, and there be no amendment, (for it is a very stubborn Disease) we must than come to stronger Medicaments, and such as are made of Mercury: and truly, without the use of Mercury, this Disease is not often overcome.  
XVIII. First, (after due Purging) anoint the palms of the Hands and soles of the Feet, as also the Joints, and Backbone, (but very gently, to avoid Salivating) with Vnguentum Mercuriale: and this may be done every night going to bed, for some few days.  
XIX. Or the Sick may wear a Quick-silver-Girdle, as is usual in this case; by which I have known several cured. You may kill the Quicksilver with Hospital, or Turpentine mixed with a little Oil, and than mix it with a little Emplastrum Album, and so spread it upon a Girdle; which is to be worn round the Waste, for some considerable time.  
XX. But if none of these things will do, (as in some I have known they will not) you must apply yourself to the last Remedy, which is Fluxing: and in this case, because the Disease is external, and in the surface of the Body, it is better to be performed by Unction, or rather by Fumigation; of which we have spoken in other places.   

CHAP. X. Of SCURF and DANDRIF.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Furfures, Furfuratio, Porrigo; in English, Scurf and Dandrif: but some make Porrigo to be a Scald-Head.  
II The Description. It is an Affect, in which, when there is any scratching, or combing, a white, thin, scurfy substance, falls down of the Skin, not much unlike to Bran; and that not only from the Head, but also sometimes from the Skin of the Eyebrows and Beard too.  
III The Causes. The Causes of this Affect are, serous, thin Humours, or Recrements of the Cutis; which exsuding through the Cuticula, dry thereupon, and so 'cause this white sort of branny matter.  
IV. These recrements of Humours may possibly proceed, not only from Phlegm, but also from Choler, and Lympha, elevated unto the Head; and so give a continual supply of matter to the continuation of the Disease, where it is once begun.  
V And these Recrements or Exhalations, seeking a passage through the Pores of the Skin, the thinner parts of them are discussed or exhaled, whilst the more thick and clammy parts stick upon the Skin, and about the Hair; drying into that white, scaly-like substance.  
VI The antecedent or remote Causes are, all those things which may any ways generate abundance of gross Humours; which are taken from the Diet, way and manner of Living.  
VII. The Prognostics. It is without danger, being much more troublesome than hurtful: and is thought by some to be of healthful signification; for that the Head and Brain are cleared of many of their superfluous recrements that way.  
VII. Yet it is some kind of deformity, or rather defilement of the part; and not very easy to be totally removed: for though it is taken away with the Comb, yet it will return again, unless the Cause be first removed.  
IX. The Cure. The vicious Humours, which abound in the Body, are to be evacuated with Vniversals: or you may give once every fifth day a Dose of our Pulvis Catharticus, or the Pulvis Cornachini: if the Patient cannot take Medicines in that form, you may purge with Syrupus Catharticus, or with Tinctura Purgans.  
X. Than internal Alteratives are to be given; of which the Tinctura Antimonii, or Potestates Viperarum, may be acaccounted chief: and the Spiritus Nitratus is of great use, because it radically dissolves the viscous Phlegm and Humours, which are in a great measure the cause hereof.  
XI. As to Topics, discussive Medicines are to be applied; and sometimes Discussives mixed with Astringents; that the Part affected may be thereby strengthened, so as not so easily to admit of the Humour that flows thereto.  
XII. Galen advises to wash with the decoction of Fenugreek, or the juice of Beets, and Nitre: or it may be cleansed with decoction of Marsh-mallows mixed with the meal of Lupins, Cicers, and Beans. Some use a Laver of Castil-Soap, others wash with bitter Almonds, beaten.  
XIII. If the Disease is confirmed, and will not easily yield to Remedies; after Cleansing, as aforesaid, Friction is to be used with course Clotheses, and than the Head is to be anointed with the following Ointment.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ Oil-olive lbj lbj ss. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ iv. boil an hour, and press out the Oil; to which add powder of Tobacco, Labdanum, (dissolved in Vinegar) a. ℥ ij ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XU. If the Patient loves not greasy things, you may make a Wash; by boiling pulp of Coloquintida and Tobacco, in Water, or Lie; and washing therewith twice a day.  
XVI. If these things will not do, you must come to the last Remedy. ℞ Decoction of Coloquintida lbj lbj. in which dissolve white Vitriolʒ iij. than add thereto Bulls-gall lbj lbj. Oil of bitter Almonds ℥ iij. powder of Tobacco ℥ x. flowers of Sulphur ℥ vj. Ceruse ℥ iv. Nitre in fine powder ℥ ij. white Precipitate ℥ j mix, and make a Cataplasm.   

CHAP. XI. Of a SCALD-HEAD.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Achores, Crusta Lactea, & Favus; in English, a Scald-head.  
II The Cause. Galen, de Comp. Med. secund. loc. lib. 1. cap. 8. saith, that this Disease arises from sharp, serous, and excrementitious Humours: or rather, it is generated of a mixed Humour, partly thin, partly thick, partly serous, partly grumous, and biting; of a salt, acid quality.  
III And from hence it is, that the colours of the Ulcers are sometimes white, sometimes yellow, sometimes read, sometimes blackish; but always salt and biting, and causing a kind of itching: all which proceeds from the different mixture of the Humours causing them.  
IV. This Disease, in Infants, proceeds also many times from the putrid Humours collected in the Mother's Womb, and the impurity of the Maternal Blood, with which the Child in the Womb is nourished: and sometimes from the vicious Milk, which the Child sucks from its Mother or Nurse.  
V The Differences. It is either dry and crusty, like a Scab; and than it is called Crusta lactea, from its colour: and this is either small, little, and of no thick substance; and than it is called Tinea; or of a very thick and yellow substance, and than it is properly Crusta, or the Dry-Scald.  
VI Or it is moist, running, and full of Matter; called Tubercula ulcerosa, or, the moist and running Scald: and this is either Achores, Ulcerous Pustles, out of which a glutinous, viscous matter continually issues, which creates a very great Scabbiness: or Favi, wherein the substance of the Flesh and Skin is hollow, like to a Honeycomb or Sponge; out of whose spongy holes a purulent juice is seen continually to flow, which drying, becomes also a Scab; but by reason of its continual weeping, is apt often to fall of, and become raw again.  
VII. It is also either recent, or inveterate; and both these may either be gentle, or malign: and they are accompanied either with a morphew-like Scab, or a crusty Scab; and that afflicting either a part of the Head only, or the whole Head together, sometimes with some of the adjacent parts.  
VIII. The Prognostics. A Scald-Head in the beginning is not dangerous; but is generally of very difficult cure.  
IX. If it be inveterate, and stubborn, it is not cured without very much trouble: and many times it degenerates into Tinea, or there follows it a Defluvium, or Alopecia.  
X. And if the matter which flows is very malign, it sometimes through its long continuance pierces to the very Skull, and penetrates that also: and sometimes it so corrupts the Cranium, that it is necessary to take it forth; whereby the meanings of the Brain are laid open, and made bore.  
XI. All sorts of Scald-Heads are for the most part long in curing, and rebellious Diseases; and often, when seemingly well, return again.  
XII. The Cure. The Morbific matter is first to be evacuated, with such things as purge salt and serous Humours; and the matter of the Purgation is often to be repeated● for which purpose, after using Pills, Powders, etc. it will be good to prescribe a purging Diet-drink, which may keep the Body in a course of Purging for some time.  
XIII. But this Evacuation is best to be begun with an Emetic, as Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, Bohemian-tartar Emeticum, or Oxymel Scilliticum; proportioning the Dose to the age and strength of the Patient, and to be twice or thrice repeated.  
FOURTEEN. After which, Catharticks may be used: as, Our Family Pills, Pulvis Cornachini, etc. and than this Diet: ℞ Sena ℥ vj. Mechoacan thin sliced ℥ iv. roots of sharppointed Dock bruised lbj lbj. Aniseeds, Juniper-berries bruised, a. ℥ iij. Garden-scurvigrass lbjs lbjs. Horseradish scraped ℥ iij. blue Currans lbj lbj. crude Antimony in powder, and tied up in a rag, lbj lbj. mix, and make a Bag for four Gallons of Ale. Dose, three quarters of a Pint, twice a day: but to Children lesle, according to age and strength.  
XU. Next we must come to the application of Topics: and first, the Part affected must be well bathed, with a Decoction made of Sharp-pointed-dock-roots, Pilewort-roots, (if to be had at that season) Celandine, Wormwood, Fenugreek, Southernwood, and the like.  
XVI. This done, anoint with Oil in which pulp of Coloquintida has been boiled; or with this: ℞ Of the former Oil ℥ viij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j flowers of Sulphur, Ceruse, a. ℥ ij. Verdigriseʒ iij. mix, and make an Ointment; which apply twice a day.  
XVII. If the Disease is recent, and not stubborn, you may take up with weaker Medicines, which may be strong enough; as this: ℞ Oil-olive ℥ iv. Ceruse, Tutty levigated, a. ℥ j Aloes, Myrrh, a. (in fine powder) ℥ ss. Saccharum Saturni ʒ j Oil of Tartar per deliquium ʒ ij. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XVIII. Or thus: ℞ Juices of Celandine and Wormwood, a. ℥ iij. in which dissolve Aloes ℥ ss. than add thereto Oil of Coloquintida ℥ ij. Ceruse, lethargy, a. ℥ j powder of Tobaccoʒ vj. Turpentine ℥ i ss. mix them.  
XIX. But if the Disease is inveterate and stubborn, and will yield to none of the former Remedies, you must than apply this following: ℞ Oil of Coloquintida, juice of Tobacco, a. ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ iij. mix them: and than add flowers of Sulphur, powder of Tobacco, a. ℥ ij. powder of Round-birthwort-root, white Precipitate, a. ℥ j Verdigriseʒ iij. mix them, and make an Ointment.  
XX. Or this. ℞ Oil of Coloquintida ℥ iij ss. Turpentine ℥ i ss. powder of Tobacco, Staves-acre, a. ʒ vj. powder of Round-birthwort-rootsʒ iij. white Helleborʒ ij. burnt Alum, Vitriol, a. ʒ j mix them: and carefully apply it.  
XXI. Barbett commends this: ℞ Pot-ashes, and make a Lixivium with Wine of an indifferent sharpness; in a quart of which boil leaves of Marjoram, Southernwod, a. M. ij. Maidenhair M. i ss. Rose-leaves M. j with which make a Fomentation. With this he professes to have cured this Disease alone. Where note, that if you cannot get Pot-ashes, you may use Salt of Bohemian-tartar instead.  
XXII. Now I suppose this Medicine is chief of use whilst the Disease is recent, and after due purging, and taking the Infusion of Sena, or Juice of Fumitory in Goats-whey.  
XXIII. After the use of which things, the Cataplasm ad Porriginem, mentioned in Our Doron Med. lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 1. may be applied; which when it has done its duty, Valentia Scabiosa, or some other Styptic Vulnerary, will be of good use to consummate the Cure.    

II Defilements, or Vices of the SKIN.  

CHAP. XII. Of SUN-BURNING.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Adustio, vel Nigredo à Sole; in English, Sun-burning, and Tanning.  
II It is known by sight, from the change of the colour of the Skin, to a kind of yellowness, blackish yellow, or tawniness.  
III The Cause, is from the heat, and direct shining of the Sun upon the Skin: but if the Skin receives the Sunbeams by reflection, as from the Water, Glasses, or the Sunshine upon the Earth, it is not than called Sun-burning, but 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Nigredo, Tanning.  
IU. And thus from the different ways of receiving the Sunbeams, viz. either directly, or by reflection, comes the species, to wit, Sun-burning and Tanning.  
V The Prognostics. A continual habit of being in the Sun and Wind, makes it more durable; but if it be by accident now and than, it will go away of its own accord.  
VI If it is old, and of long continuance, so that the Skin seems to be weatherbeaten, it will not be removed without Medicines.  
VII. The Prevention. It is done by keeping the Hands and Face covered from the Sun, or its reflection, by Gloves and Masks: or by anointing them with the White of an Egg, beaten up with Damask-rose-water: or you may use the Mucilage of Fleawort or Quince-seeds, made with Rose-water: or a Solution of Gum-Tragacanth in the same.  
VIII. Or anoint with an Emulsion of the Four greater Cold Seeds: or with Oil of bitter Almonds, or Oil of Ben: or with this, ℞ Oil of Ben, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ j Saccharum Saturni dissolved in Rose-water ℥ ss. Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds ℥ ij. mix them.  
IX. The Cure. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 5. saith, that the regarding these things, so as to cure them, is a mere folly and foppery: yet, says he, it is a thing almost impossible, to debar Women from the care of their Beauty, and the colour of their Skin and Faces.  
X. And though Nature will, in process of time, change the Scarf-skin, by causing it to peel of of its own accord, and so restore the native colour again; yet Women will scarcely be persuaded to stay Nature's time of doing the Business; but in all haste have recourse to the help of Medicaments.  
XI. For this purpose, many things are commended to us by Authors; we shall here only excery some few and choice things, out of the farraginous heap which Authors have brought together: and these are either Washeses, Ointments, or Cerates.  
XII. For Washeses: 1. A weak Lixivium of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, or Pot-ashes, is commended. 2. ℞ Damask-rose-water lbj lbj. juice of Lemons ℥ ij, or iij. mix them. 3. Lac Virginale: ℞ Roch-alum ℥ iv. Water lbij. lbij. boil to a third: than take lethargy in powder lbss ss. best Wine-Vinegar lbj lbj ss. boil again to lbj lbj. and strain: mix both the Liquors together, shaking them well. 4. Queen of Hungaries Water, in which a little Camphir is dissolved.  
XIII. Ointments. 1. Vnguentum Album. 2. Populeon. 3. Cosmeticum: with which anoint at night going to bed, and than wash the Face with the Virgin's Milk the next morning.  
FOURTEEN. Cerates. 1. Ceratum Album. 2. Ceratum Oxylaeum. 3. Refrigerans: any of which may be taken and laid on at night going to bed: instead of the Ointments, for such as love not greasy Applications.   

CHAP. XIII. Of FRECKLES.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ephelides; and in English, Freckles.  
II These come sometimes from the Heat of the Wether, sometimes from Sun-burning, and sometimes are occasioned by Woman's Breeding of Children; and come upon the Face and Hands, especially in Spring and Summer, and chief in such as have very thin Skins; which about Wintertime disappear again.  
III The Signs. They are known by their form, being of a dusky liver-colour, and as big as fleabites; often disfiguring the whole face, and sometimes the Hands alfo.  
IV. The Differences. They differ from Lentigines in these things: 1. They are much lesle than they. 2. They come at the season of the year, and go away again of their own accords in Winter; or if they be in a Woman with Child, when she is delivered.  
V The Cause. It is either external, from the Air: or internal, from fuliginous Vapours, sent from the Lympha and Blood, and there stopped in their passage by the gluten of the Cuticula.  
VI But Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 5. has another kind of Ephelides; quae nihil sunt, nisi asperitates quaedam, & durities mali coloris: they are (saith he) rough and hard Eruptions, of an evil colour; i.e. rough, brown Tubercles' or Eruptions in the Skin, (which agrees not with the above-described Ephelides:) and these come upon Women with Child, viz. on their Foreheads, Temples, or Cheeks, many times as large as an hand-bredth.  
VII. The Cause. These commonly arise from the suppression of the Terms; and in Virgins, sometimes from eating of Beets.  
VIII. The Prognostics. They are seldom cured, till the Woman is delivered: and if perchance they by Medicines are taken away, yet they commonly return again: after Delivery, they for the most part vanish of their own accord.  
IX. These Childbearing Ephelides of Celsus, are cured by a Pap made of the powder of Bay-berries and Mushroom-water, being often smeared on in a Bath, or the juice of Bugloss-roots.  
X. There are commended also, Oils of Elder, of bitter Almonds, and Oil of Ben; Oil of Tartar per deliquium being mixed with them: Baths of Bean and Orobus meal, with Camphir: to which add, Almond-milk mixed with juice of Lemons, Buttermilk, Asses-milk, and suchlike.  
XI. But the depraved Humars, which are the antecedent and internal Cause of this Affect, aught to be evacuated, in whatsoever Women it happens, who are not with Child: it sometimes affecting Women who have a preternatural stoppage of their Terms:) but where impregnation is, there we aught to content ourselves only with Topical Remedies.  
XII. The Cure of the other sorts of Ephelides, which are properly Freckles, is hardly worth the attempting: since at the season of the year they go away of their own accord: yet, if you please, the following things may be applied.  
XIII. Wash the Face with juice of Beets, mixed with good Vinegar; or with Juice expressed out of Bugloss-roots: also with an Emulsion of bitter Almonds, mixed with meals of bitter Orobus, Barley, Beans, etc.  
FOURTEEN. If these things do not, besmear the Face every night going to bed, with Bulls-gall: or with a Tincture of Bulls-gall, drawn with Spirit of Wine.  
XU. Lastly, you may wash with a Decoction of Coloquintida; or with the juice of Lemons, in which flowers of Sulphur and Saccharum Saturni have been for some time digested.   

CHAP. FOURTEEN. Of LENTILS, or Fixed FRECKLES.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Lentigines, & Lenticulae; in English, Large fixed Freckles.  
II The Place. They generally affect the Face, Hands, and Arms: but some people are all over freckled from Head to Foot; and in such they are generally as big as Lentils, or Tares, from whence the Name is derived.  
III The Causes. Author's will have their original to be, from adust Blood fixing in the Scarf-skin: or from Choler abounding in ruddy Bodies.  
IV. I am of opinion, that they arise from a depraved Lympha, or nutritious Juice, ordained for the nourishment of the Skin and small Hairs; which being brought to the Pores of the Skin, dries, and fixes there, causing these Spots.  
V The Signs. These Freckles are known by sight; being dusky, brown Spots: some as big as flea-bite, some bigger, and some as big as Lentils or Tares and almost of the colour of Tares too.  
VI They appear mostly in those places exposed to the ambient Air; as the Face, Neck, Hands, and superior part of the Thorax; where the Air dries, and fixes those adust Vapours in the Skin; being dispersed up and down in many drops as it were, standing sometimes close and thick together, and sometimes scattered far asunder, here and there.  
VII. The Prognostics. They are only a deformity: and though these Lentigines are said to be fixed, and remain the year thro'out; yet notwithstanding in some Bodies many of them will vanish in the Winter, and return again in Spring and Summer: but where they have been of long standing, no season of the year will in the lest altar them.  
VIII. The Cure. It is performed, by rectifying the Lympha by due Sweeting; for which purpose, proper Sudorificks are to be administered: and than we are to come to the use of Topics, which are either Washeses, Oils, Ointments, Cerates, or Cataplasms.  
IX. For Washeses, those may be used mentioned in the two former Chapters; to which you may add, Elder-flower, and Bean-flower-water distilled with Milk; to which a little Camphir may be added, dissolved in Spirit of Wine.  
X. ℞ Wheat or Rye Bread, moisten it well with Goats-milk, and distil a Water therefrom, in B.M. to which add a third part of juice of Lemons, or Lime-juice, and rectified Spirit of Wine, in which a little Camphir is dissolved. ℞ Queen of Hungaries Water ℥ viij. Lime-juice, or juice of Lemons ℥ iij. Camphirʒ iij. mix them for a Wash.  
XI. But where the Skin is very thick, and ill-coloured, and in such condition, as that none of the former things will do any good; you must than come to the use of the following Wash: ℞ Litharge ℥ iv. Wine-vinegar lbiij lbiij. boil till a quart only remains: than take Salt-gem ℥ ss. Water lbiv lbiv. mix, and dissolve by boiling: filter the former Vinegar, and mix it with this Water: with which wash the Face morning and evening.  
XII. Afterwards you may wash with the Aqua Mercurialis, and complete the work; which is the most absolute Wash in the World.  
XIII. Oils. Where the Skin is very much deformed, you may use this. ℞ Oil of Coloquintida, Bulls-gall, a. ℥ ij. mix them: with which anoint the Face at night going to bed. Oleum Refrigerans is also of good use.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ Honey ℥ iv. Oil of Ben ℥ ij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ ss. Borax, Nitre, each in fine powder, a. ʒ iij. mix them.  
XU. If these things do nothing, you must use the Oleum Cosmeticum; which may be accounted in the number of the best things among the Olls. Where note, that the application of Oils is always at night going to bed, the use of Washeses in the morning chief, and in the day time.  
XVI. Ointments. Where they have been of short standing, Unguentum Album Nostrum will do the feat alone, if used for some time: Ointment also of green Tobacco is excellent in this case; and Vnguentum Populeon has been proved very effectual.  
XVII. Or this: ℞ Oil of Myrrh per deliquium, Oil of Eggs, a. ℥ ij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ʒ ij. Sheeps-suet ℥ j Gersa, or Fecula of Aron-roots, Borax in fine powder, a. ʒ vj. mix them.  
XVIII. Another. ℞ Oil of Myrrh, Oil of Ben, Oil of Coloquintida, a. ℥ j Sheeps-suetʒ vj. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ʒ ij. melt, and mix: to which add Gersa, or Fecula of Solomons-seal and Pilewort-roots, a. ʒ vj. Saccharum Saturni ʒ iij. mix them.  
XIX. If these things will not do, you must come to the use of the Unguentum Mercuriale, which must be applied with due care and caution: or rather, to the Vnguentum Cosmeticum; which being used for some time, very rarely go without their desired effects.  
XX. Cerates. The Cerates also mentioned in Chapt. XII. Sect. 14. may be of good use here: Ceratum Viride has been approved: but if these things do not, you may both with safety and success apply the Ceratum ad Tophos.  
XXI. Cataplasms. A Cataplasm made of the greater Housleek-leaves, by taking of, and casting away the outward skin of the inner, or hollow side of the leaf; and than laying them on leaf by leaf on the surface of the Skin; and so binding them on with Bandage, or a sticking Emplaster: renewing the Application every seven or eight hours, and continuing the use thereof for five or six days and nights; is said to take away Freckles, how fixed soever they may be.  
XXII. This is certain, and I speak it by Experience, this application of green Housleek, as it is very safe, so it is truly more efficacious than any, or all the aforementioned Medicines, put them all together: and it will besides, make an ill-coloured Skin purely white; and tender that which was before thick and hard, thin, and very soft; like to the Skin of a Child five years old.  
XXIII. But however, if after all this, these Lentigines should be so eminent and fixed, that none of the afore-enumerated Medicines should do any thing in the matter; you must than come to taking of the Scarf-skin: which though it may be done, and that safely too, with the common Vesicatory of the Shops, yet is not so convenient in this case.  
XXIV. That which most effectually does, and with as much ease as may be, is a Plaster of soft Soap, (commonly called Crown-Soap) spread thinly upon a piece of linen Cloth, and laid over the whole Face or Skin for twentyfour hours: it separates the Cuticula, and in a short time takes it completely of: so that it being spread abroad on a Cloth or piece of Paper, you may see all the Freckles upon it, and taken of with it.  
XXV. This, if the Freckles be not deep, does the work at one application; but if they lie under the Cuticula, you must repeat the Operation once more; which never fails to answer the desired end: the Plaster being removed, the Part is to be healed (though it is not positively raw) with Oil, made by boiling Cream, bruised Housleek, a. lbij. lbij. together over a gentle Fire, till the Oil separates: this Oil heals, takes away the inflammation and redness, making the Skin soft and white.   

CHAP. XU. Of MOTHER-SPOTS.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Naevus Maternus, Macula Maternalis; in English, the Mother-Spot.  
II They are contracted in the Mother's Womb; and thereupon they are called Maternal: but of different colours and shapes, and in different parts of the Body.  
III The Causes. They arise from the Fancy and Imagination of the Mother: and it is manifest enough, that Infants have now and than, certain spots, marks, or extuberances, resembling Raspberries, Strawberries, Mulberries, Cherries, Plums, Grapes, Hogs-ears, read Wine, etc. from the Mother's seeing those things, and longing for the same; or being surprised with any suchlike thing falling upon her, or striking her on the sudden: whereupon the Child is generally marked in the same part of the Body, with the resemblance of the matter so surprising.  
IV. The Signs. They are known by sight, being from the birth: and if they be occasioned by Fruits or Flowers of any kind, at the time of the year when those things are ripe, or in season, they will more eminently appear and show themselves; seeming as it were to revive, spring, and flourish again.  
V The Prognostics. They are very hard to cure, and very seldom cured: and though they seem sometimes to be a little obscured, or as it were to vanish; yet they soon break forth again, as if the place were raw.  
VI However, Authors are of opinion, that if Medicaments be applied immediately, upon the Birth of the Child, they may be sometimes taken away.  
VII. The Cure. Some anoint them with the Blood of the Secundine, rubbing them well therewith while it is hot; others anoint them with Menstrual Blood: some daily bathe them with Hospital often in the daytime, but chief with Fasting-spittle: others foment them with the Mother's Breast-milk warm.  
VIII. But the only thing that can do any good by topical applications, is the greater Housleek, applied exactly as directed in the former Chapter; continuing the use thereof for at lest five or six weeks, or till you see the deformity to vanish, and manifestly go away. A Cataplasm of Purslain long applied, is profitable.  
IX. If none of these things do, you must come to Excoriation, by Manual Operation; cutting of the Scarf-skin, or otherwise apply Caustick Medicaments; after which, the Eschar being fallen or removed, it must be cured after the manner of some other simple Wound or Ulcer.   

CHAP. XVI. Of READ COMB.  
I IT appears not that it was known to the Greeks; but in Latin it is called Macula volatica Infantium; and in English, Read Scurf, Read Comb, or Read Gum.  
II This Affect consists of certain flitting Spots of a read or purple colour, with some little kind of roughness; creeping up and down here and there in the Skin.  
III And, for the most part, it infests all the Skin in one night; putting a strange kind of disguise (as it were) upon the Infant.  
IV. The Prognostics. If they creep so, as to touch upon any Orifice, (as suppose the Mouth, Nostrils, Eyes, Ears, etc.) and penetrates so far, as that they reach unto them, the Affect is than said to be mortal.  
V The Cure. Sudorificks aught to be given inwardly to the Child, made of Bezoar-mineral: Our Theriaca Chymica, given in a due proportion, according to the age and strength of the Child, and such other like Medicaments as are used in an Erysipelas; that by expulsion the matter may be driven from the Heart.  
VI For Topics, the Orifices are often to be washed with this: ℞ Damask-rose-water ℥ ij. Tincture of Saffronʒ ij. mix them: and the Spots all over may be washed with the same, save towards the Feet; that so the Spots may go of that way.  
VII. After they have been some time washed with the former, you may anoint them all over with Oil of Myrrh per deliquium: or with this; ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Camphirʒ j mix, and dissolve.  
VIII. Others anoint them with the Blood of the Afterbirth, or with the Blood of a Cat; and some with Bulls-blood after baiting: but Oxgall, mixed with Spirit of Wine, is inferior to none of them.  
IX. The Disease being over, and the Spots go, you may cleanse the Skin, by washing it often with Lac Virgineum.  
X. And lastly, the remaining Recrements may be purged of with Manna, or a gentle Infusion of Sena, or Sal mirabile; or what may best agreed with the Child's body, according to the judgement of the Physician.   

CHAP. XVII. Of LIVER-SPOTS.  
I THIS is an Affect unknown to the Greeks; and called in Latin, Maculae Hepaticae in English, Liver-spots: not so much for their proceeding from any cause of the Liver, as for their colour sake; being mostly of a dusky liver-colour.  
II The Description. They begin first of all somewhat yellowish, and afterwards become brownish; or somewhat blackish, and as broad as the palm of the Hand; seizing upon the Breast, Back, Neck, Brawny parts of the Arms, Thighs, Legs, and Groins; covering sometimes even the whole Breast, with a slight roughness of the Skin, which comes of in a kind of branny Scurf; not confined to one place alone, but dispersed up and down, and sometimes in several parts together; one while vanishing away, and than breaking out, and appearing again.  
III And Platerus seems to make mention of them, when he writes, that there are certain dark-brownish, and don Spots, as broad as the palm of the Hand; arising sometimes in some certain parts of the Body, and at some certain times only, and again vanishing away at some certain seasons.  
IV. The Causes. It is thought, that a dry and Melancholy Humour, protruded unto the Skin with its nutriment, is one of the Causes thereof: as also Blood and Lympha, which are feculent, full of dregss, and very thick; which when it cannot be all assimulated, the Excrementitious parts are thrust forth into the Skin.  
V Some will have the Cause to be derived from the Liver, (whence they will have the Name:) others from the Spleen, which they will not allow to be free from fault: but in my opinion, these are too remote things to be the Causes of this Affect.  
VI The true Cause seems to be, an evil Habit of Body, meeting with some external Accident; which has disposed the Matter to make its appearance in the affected place.  
VII. The Prognostics. There is little or no danger in these Affects: nor are they any kind of trouble, or visible deformity; happening mostly in those places which are covered with Clotheses.  
VIII. Yet, in regard to the Cause upon which they are said to depend, they commonly forerun the approach of Tertian and Quartan Fevers.  
IX. And altho' they may easily be taken away, yet unless the fault of the Blood and Lympha be removed, and the evil Habit of the Body be altered, they will again return in a little time after.  
X. The Cure. It consists, 1. In evacuating of the vicious Humours, or Recrements, causing this Affect. 2. In altering the Constitution or Habit of the Body breeding the same. 3. In the application of proper Topics.  
XI. The evacuating of the Humours offending, is performed by Vniversals, given according to Art: or the Patient may purge with Sena, Rhubarb, jalap, Mechoacan, Polypody, Succory, Fumitory, borage, Spleenwort, Dodder, Agrimony, Maidenhair, etc. which is several times to be repeated, as need requires.  
XII. The altering of the Habit, is done by ordering and pursuing a good Diet: abstaining from Baked meats, and all such meats as are of a thick, or ill Juice, salt and sharp, breeding melancholy and fuliginous Vapours.  
XIII. But Meats of good Juice are moderately to be eaten: as Kids-flesh, Wether-goats, Mutton, Veal, Lamb, Pullet's, Chickens, Larks, young Geese; Eggs, Wheat, Barley, Rice, Maiz; ripe Fruits, as Apples, Pears, Cherries, Strawberries, Plums, Prunes, Raisins, Almonds, Pistaches, etc. and whatever is prepared by Boiling or Roasting, is not be overdone; but so, as a read Gravy or Juice may plentifully flow, after cutting with the Knife.  
FOURTEEN. For Meats over-roasted or boiled, want much of the good nourishment they aught to have; dry the Body, deprave the Stomach, hurt the Digestion, breed melancholy and adust Humours, 'cause an evil colour of the Skin; making it look brown, yellow, wan, blackish, or tawny; and introduces Old-age (at lest in appearance) even in Youthful years. And this is the reason that Frenchmen, Portugueze, Jews, and some others, who eat their Meat so overdone, look older at thirty, or thirty five; than such who have been accustomed from their Infancy up, to eat it full, and springing out with its read Gravy, do at seventy, seventy five, or eighty, etc.  
XU. The application of proper Topics. First, Friction is to be used, with course Clotheses; after which, the Patient may enter into a Bath of warm Water, in which Fenugreek, Mallows, Lilly-roots, and Pot-ashes have been boiled; sitting in it as long as it can conveniently be endured: taking at entrance into the Bath, a Dose of Our Theriaca Chymica.  
XVI. Coming out of the Bath, and the Body being dried, wash or bathe the places stained, with Whitewine, or Spirit of Wine, in which bruised Mustardseed has been forty eight hours infused. Or Mustardseed, White-lilly-roots, a. lbj lbj. may be beaten up into a Pultise, and so applied upon the place affected, and to be renewed twice a day.  
XVII. Or a Cataplasm of bruised Mustardseed, made up with Mithridate, may be applied; and left to continued so long, till a kind of heat and pricking is felt in the Part: than it is to be removed, and the place washed with warm Water; and afterwards anointed with the Oil made of Cream and Housleek.  
XVIII. Or, ℞ Castil-soap thin sliced ℥ viij. meal of Beans and Lupins, a. ℥ ij. crumbs of White-bread, Mustardseed bruised, a. ℥ j mix them; and with juice of Sharp-pointed-dock make a Cataplasm, which apply.  
XIX. After which, lay over the spotted places Housleek, the skin of the inner side being first taken of: which either bind on, or lay over a sticking Emplaster, and renew the Application, as long as need shall require.  
XX. Or, you may apply a Cataplasm of Housleek and meal of Lupins: or, of Housleek and Purslain, with Bean-meal: renewing it twice a day.  
XXI. Lastly, they may be removed, by gently washing with Spiritus Vniversalis; using it three or four times a day, and continuing its use for some days which some say removes Sun-burnings, Tanning, Freekles, Lentils, other like deformities.    

III Defilements, or Eruptions of the SKIN.  

CHAP. XVIII. Of READ PIMPLES on the FACE.  
I IT is called by the Arabians, Albedsamen, Alguasen, and Albuttizaga; in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Gutta Rosacea, & Gutta Rosea; in English, Redness, and Pimples on the Face.  
II The Description. It is a kind of rose-coloured Redness of the Face; occasioned by a hot and fiery matter infesting the same. Or, it is a Spotted-redness, or rather a Redness with Tubercles'; with which the Cheeks, Nose, and Face, are defiled and polluted, as it were with Rosy-drops.  
III And sometimes these Tubercles' get a growth and increase, making the Face unequal, and frightful to look upon: and sometimes the Nose, by the aggregation of the morbific matter, increases to an extraordinary magnitude and deformity.  
IV. The Kind's. Nicholaus Florentinus makes three differences or degrees of this Deformity. 1. There is sometimes present (says he) a preternatural Redness, without any Pimples, Pustles, or Ulcers; which is absolutely called a Read Face.  
V 2. And sometimes this Redness is accompanied with Pimples, Pustles, or small Bunchings-out: and than it is called a Pimply, or Pustulous Redness.  
VI 3. And sometimes it has attending it, a small Ulcer or Ulcers, and Ulcers with Pustles: and than it is called an Ulcerous Redness: and this last kind seems very little to differ from Noli me tangere; of which we shall speak, Lib. 3. Cap. 32. following.  
VII. This third kind, Authors thus describe, viz. That it gins in the Face, especially above the Chin, near about the Mouth and Nose: and they think that it resembles Noli me tangere, because it is rather irritated, than any ways mitigated, though the most fit and proper Remedies be applied to it: and whatsoever means almost are used, it more and more increases, by spreading into, affecting, and eating (as it were) the sound parts.  
VIII. The Causes. It is said to proceed of thick, salt, and inflamed Blood; so made by bad Diet, excessive Drinking, Stoppage of the Terms, Hemorrhoids, etc.  
IX. Sennertus will have this Blood to be generated through some default in the Liver; which is easily carried to the Face, (as may be seen in Blushing:) where, by reason of its grossness or thickness, it fixes; not being able (for the same reason) to retire back again, nor yet easily to be discussed or scattered: causing first a read Colour in the Skin, and if it continues long, generating read Pustles.  
X. And though this Disease mostly affects such as are vehemently intemperate, addicted to the Pot, and given over to Drunkenness and Debauching, whether with Ale, Beer, Wine, or Brandy: yet it sometimes happens to others, the most temperate in the World.  
XI. And this must certainly be through a default, or something amiss in their natural constitution and habit of Body.  
XII. The Prognostics. It is very hardly cured; but much more difficultly, if the Face be full of Pustles; and hardest of all, if it be accompanied with Pustles and Exulcerations too.  
XIII. If it be from the Birth, it is unremovable; and with great difficulty cured, if it proceeds from the French-disease, or the Scurvy: and for the most part, it accompanies the Patient that has it, all the days of his life.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. It is not absolutely to be cured, but by removing the internal Cause, altering the quality of the Blood and Lympha, and helping what is amiss in the Liver.  
XU. For though the proximate or conjoined Cause may be dissipated in the Face, yet by reason it will be reinforced with a new supply of the old matter, it will in the like manner appear again.  
XVI. And therefore there must be an alteration in the whole Habit of the Body: the Blood and Lympha must be purified, and that with such things, as easily entering into the mass of those Humours, may cool and sweeten them; and cause a precipitation of the Morbific Matter.  
XVII. First, things must be given, which may open the Obstructions of the Liver, which see in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 23. sect. 17. to the end.  
XVIII. Than let the Body be often purged, either with Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, or Tinctura purgans: but that which exceeds all Purgers in this case, is Sal Mirable; for that it not only actually enters into the mass of Blood, and causes a precipitation of its Recrements, but also throughly cools the same, and makes a perfect change in the Lymphatick-juice withal.  
XIX. Than the Blood may be cooled, by often drinking Aqua Elementaria sweetened with white Sugar; or taking Sal Nitrum Nitratum, or Sal Vitriolatum, or Spirit of Sulphur, in due Dose; in some proper Vehicle.  
XX. Spirit of Sulphur, or Nitrated or Vitriolated Salt may be given in Poppy-water, or Infusion of the greater Housleek in fair Water, or rather in Aqua Elementaria; and the use of it to be continued for some considerable time.  
XXI. These things being done, we must now come to the use of Topics. The Affect may be daily washed with juice of Lemons, and afterwards the pulp of the Limon may be laid on, after the manner of a Cataplasm, every night.  
XXII. 'Tis true, if the Face is exulcerated, this application will make it smart vehemently: but it will be but for a little while; and the good it will do, will make amendss for all the pain the Sick may endure.  
XXIII. Others commend this: ℞ Mastich, Camphir, Frankincense; a. Spirit of Wine q. s. mix, and dissolve: with which let the Patient wash morning and evening, for a quarter of a year.  
XXIV. Or wash with a Lixivium of Colewort-ashes, and anoint with Vng. Nostr. Alb. Populeon, or Cosmeticum: or with Oil of Wax mixed with Oil of Tartar per deliquium, ana: or, with the Menstrual Blood of a Virgin.  
XXV. But Oil of Toads is above all others most powerful, and only to be used, when other things fail: with which, if the Face be anointed for certain days, (once a day) the Wheals and Morphew will fall of, and the redness will vanish.  
XXVI. Some commend the Blood of a Hare, to anoint with at night; and to wash it of in the morning with Water of Mullein-flowers.  
XXVII. Others wash with this. ℞ Alum ℥ vj. juice of Plantain, Sowthistle, Sorrel, a. ℥ xij. whites of ten Eggs: being all well beaten together, let them be distilled in an Alembick; and keep the Water for use.  
XXVIII. Some use Ointments: as the Ointment of Pilewort, made with May-butter; or this, ℞ Ginger, Grains, a. ʒ ij. Sulphur vivum ʒ iij. Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment: use it morning and night for fourteen days, washing before you use it in the morning, with a Decoction of Wheat-bran.  
XXIX. Or this: ℞ Mercurius dulcis, Saccharum Saturni, a. ℥ j Camphir, Sulphur vive, a. ℥ ss. Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ j mix, and anoint therewith: this is without comparison.  
XXX. Sennertus advises to these things following: ℞ Wheat-bread, macerate it in Goats-milk, beaten it with the whites of twenty Eggs; to which add Camphir ℥ j burnt Alum ℥ ij. mix, and distil.  
XXXI. Or this: ℞ Litharge ℥ ss. Vinegar ℥ iv. boil to the third: in another Pot boil Salt and Alum, a. ʒ ss. Frankincense ℈ j Rose-water half a pint: mingle these Liquors, strain, and keep the Mixture for use.  
XXXII. Or this: ℞ Sulphurʒ ij. Camphir, Salt, a. ʒ ss. Ceruse, Litharge of Silver, a. ʒ ij. all being in powder, mix them with waters of Bean-flowers, Roses, white Lilies, Solomons-seal, a. ℥ ij.  
XXXIII. Or this: ℞ Camphirʒ j grinned it in a Mortar with Oil of sweet Almondsʒ iij. than put to it Oleum Tartari per deliquium ʒ ij. yolks of two Eggs, Saccharum Saturni ʒ ss. mix them well; and put thereto waters of Bean-flowers, white Lilies, and Strawberries, a. ℥ ij.  
XXXIV. Or this: ℞ Camphir, lethargy, burnt Alum, a. ʒ ss. white Vitriol, Frankincense, a. ʒ j Sulphur vive, ʒ i ss. being all in fine powder, mix them with Rose-water and Bean-flower-water.  
XXXV. Or you may every morning and evening, even three or four times a day, or oftener, wash the places affected, with Lac Virgineum, and lay some of the Faecula thereof upon each Pimple, letting it dry on; continuing this work for fourteen, twenty, or more days.  
XXXVI. And at night going to bed, lay all over the Face leaves of Housleek, freed from their outward skin on that side which lies next to the Face; repeating it often, for twenty or more days together. Or, in place hereof, lay a Cataplasm of bruised Purslain; repeating it in like manner as the former.  
XXXVII. These things will make the Skin pale, smooth, and soft; giving it a youngness, with a pure and natural Whiteness, being used according to these Directions.   

CHAP. XIX. Of MORPHEW.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin Alphus, Morphaea; and in English, Morphew or Scurf.  
II It is a Disease changing the colour of the Skin, as it were with botches, or patches of Morphew or Scurf, here and there scattered up and down, with a kind of roughness, branniness, and deformity; and sometimes it creeps broader, with some intermissions. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26.  
III It is twofold: either White, or Black-will  
IV. In the white Alphus, the Hairs retain their natural colour. But Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 6. saith, that in the white Alphus the Hairs are white, and in the black Alphus, black.  
V In the black, (which Celsus calls Melas) there are broad blackish Spots (Scales as it were) here and there dispersed up and down throughout the Skin; and when it becomes inveterate, the Hairs grow black.  
VI The Signs. These Alphi are easily known by sight; and the colour, whether white, black, or brown, is accompanied with a certain roughness, as it were scurfy or scaly, dispersed in spots or patches.  
VII. Both Alphi, in all things, (except the colour) agreed: and if the Skin be pricked with a Needle, there issues forth Blood.  
VIII. The Cause. The white springs from Phlegm, by default of the Liver: the black, or the brown from Melancholy, by default of the Spleen.  
IX. The Differences. Alphus differs from Leuca in this: that here the Skin (and not the Flesh) is only affected: in Leuca, both Flesh and Skin are vitiated.  
X. The Prognostics. The white is easier cured than the black; and both are easier cured than Leuce, altho' Leuce be but in beginning.  
XI. And in general, see by how much the colour recedes from the natural colour of the Body; by so much the more is the Distemper the harder to be cured.  
XII. The Cure observes almost the same Method as the former; but you must use milder Medicaments. First, foment the Part with Decoctum Cancri, (see Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 14. sect. 11.) or with this: ℞ Roots of Sorrel and wild Cucumber, a. ℥ j leaves of Celandine and Fumitory, a. M. j boil them in Water and Vinegar, ana: the Part being fomented, anoint with this following Unguent.  
XIII. ℞ Juices of Celandine, Sorrel, Fumitory, Scabious, a. ℥ i ss. flowers of Sulphur ℥ ij ss. Mustardseed ground ℥ j Oil of Ben q. s. make an Ointment.  
FOURTEEN. In the black Alphus, first, let the Sick bathe with Baths made of Water, in which flowers of Sulphur and Pot-ashes have been boiled: than apply a Cataplasm made of Mustardseed, and Water or Vinegar; which let lie so long, till there is perceived a mordication or biting.  
XU. Or you may make a Cataplasm, of Mustard-seeds, Venice-Soap, and Water, and apply it as the former: thus, ℞ Castil- Soap lbj lbj. slice it, and dry it so, as to make it into a kind of powder; and add thereto Bean-flower, and meal of Lupins, a. ℥ iij. Mustardseed ℥ j crumbs of White-bread ℥ i ss. juice of Sorrel, q. s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XVI. But be sure that the Diet be good; that the Blood be corrected and amended; that the Sick abstains from all salt, acid, smoky, dried, thick, viscous, and clammy Meats; and that Frictions be used every morning, with course Clotheses; the Part being first anointed with Oil of bitter Almonds.  
XVII. But if none of these things will do, and you found the Humour still to flow out, and dry upon the Part; you must be forced to have recourse to Vesicatories; which being once, twice, or thrice repeated, upon the very place affected, will very much diminish the Humour, without the lest hurt to the Skin: and sometimes by this means alone the Affect is cured.  
XVIII. But to complete the Cure, and put it passed the danger of a relapse; let the Parts affected be twice a day, or oftener, bathed with the Water of the Griffin; or with the Aqua Divina Fernelii; or with Our Aqua Styptica, which does wonders.  
XIX. And at night going to bed, anoint with Oleum, vel Vng. Cosmeticum; and where need requires, lay all over the Ceratum Spermatis Ceti, or the Emplastrum Mercuriale, which perfects the work, without exception.   

CHAP. XX. Of PROFOUND MORPHEW.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Leuca, & Vitiligo; and in English, the Deep, Creeping, or Profound Morphew: and this is the Albaras alba of the Arabians; being a continued Blot, piercing the Skin and Flesh.  
II It is a Disease changing both the colour and substance, not only of the Skin, but of the Flesh also.  
III The Signs. It is known by the Hairs falling of, and others growing in their places like down: the Skin is flatter than in other places, and if pricked with a Pin, a watery and white Liquor comes forth.  
IU. And Galen, de Sympt. Caus. lib. 3. cap. 2. saith, that the Flesh indeed as yet remains; but notwithstanding its form is changed, and it becomes in a certain mean, between Flesh that has Blood in it, and Flesh that is altogether Bloodless: and than the Nutriment that is brought unto it, never so much as attempts the converting it into read bloody Flesh; but rather into a Flesh like that of Lobsters. But yet notwithstanding (says he) that the whole Flesh under is not vitiated, but only in the superficies of the Body; where there are as it were, certain Scales sticking close, and fixed.  
V It is caused of a Phlegmatic Blood, making the Flesh of a middle nature, between those Animals which have Blood, and them that are Bloodless; making it almost like to the Flesh of Oysters, and Lobsters.  
VI The Prognostics. It is without danger, but a very filthy and loathsome Affect: if it be but small, and has some redness in it, it is curable: if it be in the Hand or Foot, it is of difficult cure.  
VII. If it wax not read when it is rubbed, and being pricked does not bleed; or seizes upon, and possesses a large and spacious place; or is of long continuance; or perpetually increases; i● it is incurable.  
VIII. The Cure consists, first in wasting and consuming the Humours; thereby to hinder their afflux to the Skin, and to prevent the generating of new matter.  
IX. Open the Pores, with the juices of Hyssop, Peniroyal, Savory, Scabious, Sharp-pointed-dock, Pellitory, Brook-lime, Water-cresses or Scurvygrass, mixed with juice of Lemons.  
X. Than purge with Agarick, Mechoacan, Turbith, Colocynthis, and the like: sometimes use Vomits, and sometimes Diuretics.  
XI. Than administer Antidotes; as Tincture of Antimony, Our Theriaca Chymica, or Our London-Treacle, or Powers of Sassafras, or Savin, to waste and consume the cold and crude Humours.  
XII. After this, come to Topics: where first let the place be well rubbed with course, rough Clotheses, to open the Pores; than apply such things as may discuss, cleanse, and draw Blood to the part affected: seen is Dropax confortans, (in Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 5. sect. 15.) and things that blister, and are as it were Caustics.  
XIII. Such things are Mustardseed, Rocket-seed, Treacle-mustard-seed, Nitre, Euphorbium, Cantharideses, Water-dragon-root, and the like.  
FOURTEEN. These cleanse: as meal of Orobus and Lupins, Gentian, Beans, Figs, bitter Almonds, Nightshade, Sulphur, Parietary, Wild-cucumber-root, Briony-root.  
XU. You may apply Vesicatories; so long, till the Blisters are excited: afterwards, the Part being healed, you may for some considerable time apply a Cataplasm made of Celandine-leaves alone, bruised, and so constantly applied morning and night: or it may be made into a Cataplasm, with Castil-Soap and Mustardseed.  
XVI. In doing all this, you must be constant in the exhibition of Sudorificks, that the Blood may be stirred up, and sent to the external parts; and withal, that those things be mixed with such other Medicaments as have a specific virtue against the Disease, as Powder and Salt of Vipers; to which add the Powers of Vipers, and Spiritus Nitratus, which resist the first Cause; and by mixing with the Blood, dissolve the cold and coagulated Phlegm, in what part of the Body soever they found it.  
XVII. But, this Disease being one of the kinds, or rather the lowest species of Lepra, we shall say no more of it in this place; but rather refer you to the Cure of the Leprosy: for as much, as if it proves rebellious; the Cure must be pursued wholly in that method.   

CHAP. XXI. Of the BLACK SCAB.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Malum mortuum; in English, the Black Scab, or, Dead Evil.  
II It is a certain kind of Scab; so called, because the Part appears black, and as it were mortified.  
III Or, It is a kind of Scabies, which therewith gives a livid or black colour, with crusty Pustles; which are black, foul, dry, without any matter, sense, or any great pain; and that chief in the Hips, Legs, and other fleshy parts.  
IV. The Cause. It is generally caused from a total stoppage of the Pores of the Part affected, so that the lest part of the Humour cannot perspire; which than putrifies, corrupts, and becomes black, and as it were dead.  
V And this comes many times from a continual lying upon the Part for many days; whereby the Natural Spirits being suffocated, the Skin and Flesh seems to be deprived of life, and so indeed they are: for the Skin first dies, becomes black, and as hard as the sole of a shoe; and after that, the Flesh also dies: and all this without any extraordinary sense of Pain.  
VI I once saw a young Man, affected with this Disease upon both his Buttocks: he was first taken with a Fever, which in some reasonable time went of; but left him so weak, that he could not turn himself in his bed, but lay constantly upon his back, for twenty days or more; having only a poor little weak Girl to look after him.  
VII. At length, a pious and industrious Matron hearing of his condition, went to see him, and causing him to be turned upon his Belly, found all his Buttocks black, full of little hard Pustles, and the Skin so hard, that she could not easily cut it with a Knife: she first cut it round by the edge of the blackness, and so took of the Skin, with some of the mortified Flesh sticking to it: this work she did, without the Patient so much as feeling of it.  
VIII. This done, and finding she was not yet come to the quick, or sensible parts, she yet cut of more of the Flesh from both the Buttocks with a sharp Knife, taking it of to the quick near the edges, but not in the middle.  
IX. This done, she washed the Wound with fresh Urine, mixed with good Brandy, and immediately after applied a large Cataplasm, made of green Tobacco-leaves, shred and beaten up with Oil and Turpentine; with this she dressed it twice a day, till such time as Nature casts of all the remaining dead Flesh, (which was some pounds weight) and the part seemed very fresh and clear.  
X. After this she dressed it daily with Ointment made of green Tobacco, being boiled in Oil, strongly pressed out, and mixed with a third part of Turpentine: and with this only Remedy she incarnated the Ulcer, and healed it in about five week's time; to the wonder of several Learned Men, who were spectators of the Cure.  
XI. And during the whole time of the Cure, she supported his Spirits with a strong Bezoartick Cordial, and a good strengthening Diet: so that in a few weeks after, the Patient become perfectly well, and grew to be as strong as ever.  
XII. It hath its original, from a Melancholy and Scorbutic juice; being a Disease of long continuance, and very difficult to be cured.  
XIII. It is cured as other Scabbiness, at Chap. 27. following, of this Book; adding also Scorbutic Medicaments.  
FOURTEEN. Let the Sick often use those Baths, or such like, specified in the place aforecited: and while he is in the Bath, give him a little of the Powers of Angelica, mixed with Venice-Treacle: afterwards let the place be anointed with some proper Balsam or Ointment; as Aegyptiacum, Nicotianae, or the like.  
XU. Every fourth or fifth day, be sure to purge with the Infusion of the best Sena: and if the Disease be yet rebellious, you must have recourse to Our Hercules, (designed for the rooting out of the French Disease) as the ultimate Remedy.   

CHAP. XXII. Of PIMPLES.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vari; in English, Pimples.  
II The Description. They are little hard Extuberances on the skin of the Face, made of a coagulated thick Juice; being about the bigness of Hempseed, and sometimes longer, of a reddish colour, and hard in the Flesh; and infesting young People who are inclined to Venery, but yet chaste withal.  
III The Causes. These Tubercles' are caused from a thick Juice; made partly of Blood, partly of Lympha, and partly of Choler; gathered together in the Cutis, and sent forth into the Cuticula.  
IU. And by reason it is wanting in salt Serum, it is altogether without itching, so that there is no need of any scratching: and the Humour causing them, is said by some Authors to be for the most part Alimentary, insinuating itself into the Pores of the Skin: but for my part, I cannot but believe it to be mostly Excrementitious, mixed with Choleric Blood.  
V The Prognostics. They are without danger, only troublesome, causing a little deformity: and therefore Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 6. says, it is a mere folly to attempt the curing of them.  
VI If they have been of long standing, with great redness, and deep in the Flesh, they will be difficult to cure, if not impossible; and if by strong Medicines they should be removed, yet will the redness remain, and increase.  
VII. If the Humour causing them be thick and gross, they will be firm and stable; if the Humour be thin or excrementitious, they will yield a kind of ichor or thin matter; and if they be suppurated, they degenerate into Ulcers.  
VIII. They are cured with difficulty, if there be a deep redness in the Face, with Pustles; especially if there be withal a bloat Face, and hoarseness of Voice.  
IX. The Cure. In order to the Cure, use the general Evacuations; or an Infusion of Sena in Water, sharpened with Sal Tartari.  
X. Than outwardly, Oils of Vitriol, Sulphur, or Bohemian-tartar touched upon the places in the evening, and washed of the next morning with Decoction of Bean-meal, or Wheat-bran, are much commended.  
XI. Emollients and Discussives are of good use here: as, ℞ Meal of Lupins and Orobus, a. ℥ i ss. roots of Mallows peeled, and Flowerdeluce, a. ʒ ij. Salt Armoniackʒ j with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth make Troches, which at the time of using may be dissolved in Milk.  
XII. Or, ℞ Lithargeʒ iij. Turpentineʒ iv. Oil, q. s. mix them.  
XIII. If they be harder than ordinary, ℞ Black-will Soap ℥ ss. Ammoniacum, Frankincense, a. ʒ i ss. dissolve in Water, to the thickness of a Cerate.  
FOURTEEN. Or, ℞ Juice of Sharp-pointed-dock ℥ ij. Vinegar of Squills ℥ ss. Ammoniacum dissolved in Vinegarʒ ij. Boraxʒ i ss. Alumʒ ss. mix them.  
XU. Some have been cured by fomenting the Face with warm Water, to open the Pores; and than anointing with Oil of Coloquintida, or Vnguentum Cosmeticum.  
XVI. Others have been cured by often washing the Face with Lac Virgineum, and repeating the Wash five or six times a day; letting it dry in every time, and continuing the use thereof for six, eight, or ten weeks, more or lesle; according to the stubbornness, or easiness of the Distemper.  
XVII. Others have been cured by application of a Cataplasm of Purslain-leaves, laid on every night: washing the Face the next day with the Lac Virgineum, four, five, or six times in the daytime; letting it dry in.  
XVIII. Others have cured by application of a Cataplasm of the greater Housleek; or of the green leaves leaf by leaf laid on, taking of the skin of that side which you lay next the Face: and so binding them to at night going to bed, anointing the Face the next day with Oleum Refrigerans; and after five or six hours washing it with this: ℞ Running-water lbj lbj. juice of Lemons ℥ viij. mix them.  
XIX. Lastly, some have been cured by application of a Vesicatory, all over the place where the Affect is; and when healed up, repeating it again if need requires; than anointing with this: ℞ Oil of Ben, Mutton-suet, a. ℥ vj. melt them together; and add thereto Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j flowers of Sulphur ℥ v. artificial Cinnabar ℥ ss. mix them.   

CHAP. XXIII. Of GALLING.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Intertrigo; and in English, Galling.  
II The Cause. It is caused in Infants many times from the acrimony of the Urine; or the Linen lying rough, or in heaps, and rubbing hard upon the Scarf-skin, etc.  
III In Women it is many times caused from overflowing of the Whites; or a preternatural Humour, hot and sharp, continually distilling from the Womb: and if it be in their Armholes or Groins, it is from a superfluous and sharp Moisture, with which the Glandules of those Parts are replete.  
IU. And in Men of ripe years, and also in Women, it many times happens in the Seat, or between the Thighs, though the Patient sits still, and stirs not: and this is not caused from any external Matter or Urine, or violent Exercise, as much going, riding, etc. or rubbing any hard thing against the Part affected; but purely from the repletion of the Parts with many salt and acrid Humours; so sharp, as even to dissolve the Scarf-skin in some few hours time: though the Patient is as quiet, still, and reposed, as may be.  
V The Signs. It is known by sight and feeling; the Cuticula or Scarf-skin being worn, rubbed, or fretted of by some accident; or scalded by hot and dripping Urine, or Whites, or dissolved by acrid Humours as aforesaid; the Part is raw, and the Patient has sharp pains.  
VI The Prognostics. It is without danger, and for the most part easily cured: if it has been (in elder persons) of many years standing; that is, constantly to return at periodical times, for a long while, it will be much more difficult to be cured; and if cured, (unless done with caution) it may hazard the causing some worse Disease.  
VII. The Cure. If it proceeds from a Diabetes, or a constant distilling down of sharp Urine; you must first stop the preternatural flux of Urine by Our Pulvis ad Diabeten; and cool the heat thereof, by giving some few Doses of Sal Prunellae; applying in the mean season Topics.  
VIII. If it proceeds from a long and constant course of the Whites, or other sharp Humours distilling from the Womb; you can no ways cure it, but by curing those Whites, or that preternatural running; the method of doing which, see in its place.  
IX. If it be from the repletion of any Part with superfluous and acrid Humours, and it has been periodical for any considerable time; you must first evacuate the Body with Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, or an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, or with the Pulvis Cornachini, which is an excellent thing.  
X. If the Stomach be foul, it aught to be cleansed once or twice by Vomiting: and once a week, for two months together, the Patient aught to take a Purge; and in the intervals of purging, to take such things as shall cool and sweeten the Blood, Lympha, and other Humours.  
XI. These things being said, we must now consider what Topical-Applications are necessary. Children aught to be kept dry and sweet, and their Linen often changed.  
XII. The Parts galled aught to be first well washed and cleansed with Water, and indeed fair Water will do; or Water in which a little Saccharum Saturni, or Alum has been dissolved. ℞ Fair Water lbij. lbij. Saccha 〈◊〉 Saturni, or Alum, ʒ ij. mix, and dissolve.  
XIII. The Affect being thus well washed, strew over the Part Pompholyx in fine powder, or Ceruse washed and levigated, or fine Bowl, in very fine powder.  
FOURTEEN. But that which is inferior to no other, is Amylum, or white Starch in soft powder, which answers all the external intentions of Cure, and heals in twelve hours' time. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 2. cap. 26.   

CHAP. XXIV. Of the SHINGLES.  
I THIS Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Serpo; in Latin, Herpes' simplex, Formica; in English, the Shingles.  
II The Description. Shingles, are little Cholerick-pustles, pure, and unmixed with other Humours; creeping upon the surface or skin of some part of the Body, from place to place, broad, and after a circular manner; the middle parts healing, while it breaks out farther afresh.  
III The Differences. A Herpes' is threefold: 1. Simple, of which we treat in this Chapter. 2. Miliaris, Ulcerous Pustles, breaking out like Millet-seed. 3. Exedens, the Eating-herpes; which eats through, and devours the Skin, and sometimes the Flesh too: but of these two latter, we shall treat in the third Book following.  
IV. The simple Herpes' differs from Phlyctaenae, or blister-like Eruptions; because they are generally Critical, and hap mostly in the Face, about the Cheeks, Lips, or Chin; and foreshow the mending of the Patient; and may very properly be called Critical-Shingles, or Shingles of the Lips: whereas what we speak of in this Chapter, are rather Symptomatical than Critical, and always hap in other parts of the Body.  
V It differs also from Psydracia; which though they be bladder-like Pustles, yet they always hap in the Head: and by some are taken for one of the kinds of Scalds.  
VI The Signs. It seems to creep like unto a Snake; and no sooner does one part seem to be healed and well, but presently the Disease creeps unto the next adjacent parts.  
VII. The Causes. Author's will have it to arise from sincere and pure Choler, severed and separated from the rest of the Humours; which by its thinness pierces even to the Scarf-skin, and is diffused through it; making this appearance in a small tumour, but lesle than in an Erysipelas.  
VIII. Now this simple Herpes' is manifest to the Senses; for it is a broad tumour, which has little or no height in it: so that the Part is scarcely lifted up at all, but may rather seem to be exasperated, than to swell up to any height.  
IX. There is also accompanying it a certain kind of hardness and pain; and as it were a certain sense or feeling of Heat or Burning; purely occasioned from the Choleric Humour.  
X. The Prognostics. The Disease is accounted more or lesle troublesome, difficult to be cured, and dangerous, accordingly as the Choler from which it arises, is more or lesle predominant and offensive: and some say, that if they encircle the whole Body, they are mortal.  
XI. The Cure. The antecedent or remote Cause being yellow Choler and a salt Humour, that is first to be purged out of the Body, by Cholagogues, as Rhubarb, Aloes, Sena, Manna, Coloquintida, and the like; Our Pilulae Catharticae are good in this case, as also an Infusion of Sena and Rheubarb, sweetened with Manna. Now unless the Body be well purged, Authors are of opinion that the Patient will never be cured, or made sound.  
XII. If the Matter is extraordinary thin, (as it is generally in a simple Herpes') than Sudorificks aught to have their due administration: for which purpose, Our Specific Anodyn is of good use, and Bezoar-mineral, given to ℈ j in some proper Vehicle.  
XIII. If Phlegm, or serous Humours be mixed with the Choler, than such things as purge Phlegm and Water must be mixed with the other Purgers; as Resin of Jalap, mixed with a third part of Mercurius dulcis: and the Pills also of Bontius are excellent in this case.  
FOURTEEN. Next, we are to come to the use of Topics; where we are to use things which gently cool the Part affected: and these have respect to the conjoined Cause; for that they extinguish the extreme and intense heat of Choler, and likewise repel and drive back moderately; such as are want to be applied in an Erysipelas.  
XU. The Part affected may be cooled, by anointing it with the Oil of Cream and Housleek; or with Vnguentum Populeon, or Oleum Refrigerans.  
XVI. You may bathe them with a Lixivium of Beech-ashes; using after, either Our Vnguentum Album, or applying upon them a Cataplasm of Housleek, Purslain, or Garden-lettuce.  
XVII. When they are broken, wash them often with Limewater, and dry them with Saccharum Saturni dissolved in fair Water, or with Our Vnguentum Album.  
XVIII. If the Heat will permit, you must use Digestion and Discussion, by Bodies of a middle consistence: often to moisten them with one's Hospital is admirable; and to anoint with Cats-blood, is said to be the certain Cure: nor much inferior thereto is, Bulls, or Bullocks Blood, Sheeps-blood, with the Blood of most other Animals.  
XIX. The powder of Lapis Scissilis, mixed with Vinegar, is used with good success: so also Vnguentum Populeon, mixed with Gunpowder.  
XX. Lie made of Broom or Wood-ashes, mixed with Urine, is commended: or Powder of Chalk mixed with Cream, and applied; the Part being first fomented with hot read Wine, or Leeses of the same: and if it is yet rebellious, the Part must than be anointed with Vnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii.   

CHAP. XXV. Of WILDFIRE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Phlyctaenae, Phluctides, Phlazacia, Ignis sylvestris; and in English, Blisters, or Wildfire, or Shingles of the Lips.  
II They are little Blisters raised in the skin of the Lips, Cheeks, or Chin, by the sharpness of Humours; and are commonly called Wildfire.  
III The Cause. They are generally produced Critically, after an Ague, or Fever, or taking some extraordinary Cold, upon the mending of the Patient: the Disease seeming to break up, and go away by that means.  
IU. And they arise from a serous and bilious Humour, which Nature sends forth to the Skin by way of Crisis, or some external Cause.  
V Signs. They are known, because they are Blisters like those that proceed from Scalding; and when they are broken, a yellowish Humour breaks forth.  
VI The Prognostics. They endure not long, seldom above two or three days. They seldom hap to old people, more commonly to such as are young: if evilly cured, they sometimes degenerate into Herpes'.  
VII. The Cure. First evacuate the peccant Humour; than foment with a Decoction of Ducks-meat, Nightshade, or Purslain. Or apply an Epithem of strong Lie, made of Beech-ashes, beaten up with Linseed-oil, and Oil of Walnuts, ana, which use often.  
VIII. If they break not suddenly of their own accord, thereby causing grievous pain, prick them with a Needle, squeeze them hard, and anoint them with Oil of Cream and Housleek, or Our Oleum Refrigerans, or Our Vnguentum Album, till they are completely dried up.  

An Appendix, concerning the Pustules of the Head.  
IX. This Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Psydracia; and in English, Pustules of the Head. We have placed this Disease here, because it seems to be a kind of Critical Eruption like Phlyctaenae, the Part only differing.  
X. Some will have this Disease to be a species of a Scald-Head, (because this kind of Pustule, always when it appears, afflicts only the Head) and describe them to be hard, whitish Pustules, which by pressing yield matter.  
XI. Others, that they are little Swell in the Head, like Pushes; or small Efflorescencies or Pustules, like unto Bladders; made and spread up and down upon the surface of the skin of the Head.  
XII. The Cause. They proceed from a salt and nitrous Humour, mixed with Blood and Choler; and are one of the kinds of Scalds happening to the Head.  
XIII. The Signs are evident, by the Definition; nor does this Disease threaten any danger at all.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. It is cured by these Applications, or such like: ℞ Litharge, Ceruse, a. ℥ ss. Alum, green leaves of Rue, a. ʒ ij. beaten them well, and mix them with Vinegar and Oil; with which anoint.  
XU. Or, ℞ Rue, Alum, ana; beaten them well with Honey, and apply them to the Affect. Or you may foment the Part first with read Wine, and than anoint with Our Vnguentum Album; which is a thing of good use, and will in short time perfect the Cure.    

CHAP. XXVI. Of WORMS in the SKIN.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vermiculi Cutis, Vermiculi Pellicei; in English, Worms of the Skin, or, Skinworms.  
II The Signs. They are known by sight, being small extuberances in the Skin; some as big as Millet-seed, some as great Pins-heads, and some as small Pins-heads; with sometimes a small black speck in the very middle or top of them, being otherwise of the colour of the Skin.  
III But if they exceed the former bigness, than they have a kind of discoloured redness, lie deep in the Flesh; making a little kind of hard painful Tumour, if hard touched upon.  
IV. The Place. They are found in many parts of the Body; but that which they chief offend is the Face, and in the Face they chief seat themselves in the Nose and Forehead, next on the Chin, and sometimes on the Cheeks also; and some you may see whose whole Face is defiled with them, and as full as they can well be, one by another.  
V The Causes. In some Women they are caused from a preternatural obstruction of the Terms, or of the Hemorrhoids, in such where they used to flow; or a stoppage of the Whites, or other Fluxes of the Womb, before due cleansing.  
VI The procatartick or remote Cause, is many times from surfeiting, or eating vast quantities of Sugar, or of salt Pickles. I knew a young Lady of good features and proportion, who for a long time had eaten great quantities of fine Sugar; and thereby become so full of these Worms, especially in her Face, that thousands of them might have been seen thereon at once, some small, and some great, being deep in the Flesh, with hard tumours.  
VII. I knew another young Woman, who being unsatiable in eating pickled Cucumbers, pickled Barberries, and the like, (some bushels of them in a years time, as her relations told me, for her own part) had a Face so full of them, that no more could well come between; so that some thousands might be seen upon her Forehead at once.  
VIII. And another I saw, who had her Face in like manner defiled with this sort of Vermin; which came upon her gradually, after a Surfeit, which she took by eating Fish.  
IX. The antecedent or internal Cause, is the corruption of the Humours or Juices, principally the Blood and Lympha; which being made salt and acid, sand forth putrid recrements of that kind to the Skin, where being vivified, they are turned into Worms.  
X. The Prognostics. There is nothing of danger in this Disease, but only deformity; which the curious, especially those of the female sex, are very desirous to remove.  
XI. They are difficult to be removed, though recent, or not of long standing: and though they may be squeezed out between one's finger and nails, yet they will return again, even as it were double.  
XII. If they continued long, they 'cause great deformities; and sometimes the Face seems to be spotted up and down with them, as with clusters of Pimples.  
XIII. As often as they come out, they will go away again of their own accords, (without nipping out;) but sometimes it is a longer time, and sometimes it is shorter, according to the magnitude of the Worm; and than others come forth again in the places of the former, and rather multiplied in number: thus continually dying and increasing again, as long as the Patiented lives, unless removed by Art  
FOURTEEN. In some people naturally of good habits of Body, the antecedent 'Cause is (in length of time) lost, or goes away of its own accord; Nature having expelled the recrements of the Juices to the superficies of the Flesh and Skin, where it seats itself, and fixes; and so becomes the proximate or conjoined Cause, where it does as it were seminate, and there becomes the perpetual cause of the Disease, and the very root of the Defilement.  
XU. The Cure. Vniversals ought first to be premised, that the proegumenine or antecedent Cause; to wit, the evil Humours which breed the Worms may be carried of: and in Women, the Terms, if stopped, may be provoked, and the Hemorrhoids opened.  
XVI. First, cleanse the Stomach with an Emetic, if need be; as with Oxymel Scilliticum, or Tartar-emetick: than cleanse all the first Passages with Tinctura purgans, Tinctura Antimonii purgans, Tinctura Cathartica, or Tinctura Sacra; or rather, if the Body is hot, with Sal Mirabile.  
XVII. Or if the Patient cannot take liquids, you may purge them with Pulvis Cornachini, Elect. Catharticum, Our Family Pills, or Our Pilulae Catharticae; which will sufficiently carry of the Morbific Cause.  
XVIII. Secondly, after this Preparation you must come to the use of Topics, which are considered in a fivefold respect: as they are, 1. Washeses. 2. Oils, 3. Ointments. 4. Cataplasms. 5. Cerates, or Emplasters.  
XIX. 1. Washeses. The Lac Virgineum, constantly used for some considerable while in the daytime, has done the work in several persons, whose Faces have looked like Leopards-hides, they have been so spotted with these Worms; and some have anointed at night with Oil of Colocynthis.  
XX. If this do no good, you must often wash with a Lixivium made of Pot-ashes, not too strong: or the Spiritus Vniversalis, with flowers of Sulphur, so long till the Skin peels of; or with juice of Lemons, in which flowers of Sulphur have been infused.  
XXI. If these things prevail not, you must come to the use of stronger; as a Solution of white Vitriol in fair Water, often to be washed with: or this, ℞ Spirit of Wine ℥ viij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ j mix and digest: with which gently wash the Skin with a Feather.  
XXII. If these things prevail not, you must wash with the Water of the Griffin, which is an excellent thing; or with the Aquae Divina Fernelii; or the weakest Aqua Mercurialis, which will do as much as can be done by any thing of a Wash. But before any of these Externals are applied, the Pores of the Skin aught to be first opened with a hot Fomentation of Water and Wheat-bran.  
XXIII. 2. Oils. Oils, and so also Ointments, aught to be only used at night going to bed, because of their greasiness; unless the Disease be very great, and extremely stubborn: the Oils most for this purpose are, 1. Oleum Diacolocynthidos, which is a thing of singular use: but if this will not do, you must use 2. Oleum Cosmeticum, which is the most powerful Oil yet known, for this purpose.  
XXIV. 3. Ointments. Among Ointments there are, 1. Vnguentum Nicotianae: if that does nothing, 2. Vnguentum Wurtzii may be applied: 3. Vnguentum Cosmeticum, a very powerful Medicament: 4. Vnguentum ad Scabiem: 5. Vnguentum Mercuriale, which is the most power-of all, and must be used with much caution.  
XXV. 4. Cataplasms. ℞ Oil of Ben and Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ vj. melt and mix them together; to which add Honey ℥ iv. flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. sour Leaven, crumbs of Bread, a. ℥ ij. white Precipitate ℥ j Cream q. s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; to be applied night and day, if need require.  
XXVI. 5. Cerates and Emplasters. If after long trials, it is found, that none of the former things will do, we must be necessitated at length to come to the last Remedy, which is the application of Vesicatories: for by this means, the Cuticula in which these Worms are seated, is taken of; which when it is taken of, being held edgwise against the light, so as to look over the plain of that side the Skin which was next the Flesh; you will see hundreds of them at their whole length, sticking endways upon the Skin, viz. according to the number which was in the Cuticula.  
XXVII. But if they be not all come forth so far as the Cuticula, but that some of them yet lodge in the Cutis; you must again (when the last Application is over, and the Skin well) apply another Vesicatory in like manner; which at due intervals of time is to be twice, thrice, or oftener repeated, as you see occasion, till they are all drawn forth, and the conjunct Cause or Matter totally wasted.  
XXVIII. I have done this to several Faces in this City, repeating the Vesicatory to the third and fourth time; and that without the lest prejudice to the Skin: and so by this means have perfectly cured my Patient, which otherwise by no artifice, could have been accomplished: and I believe there are no fairer Faces, or purer Skins to be seen in the whole City of London, than some that I have cured.  
XXIX. If it be objected, that it draws a Humour into the Part; the Objection smells of pure Ignorance, for manifold Experiences have evinced the contrary: besides, it is against the Reason of the Operation; for a Vesicatory by its speedy and strong operation disjoints the Humour, or cuts it of, and draws it forth; and not after the manner of Attractives, which draw Humours into a Part.  
XXX. The Vesicatory I applied was Emplastrum Epispasticum; which I let lie on about twelve or fourteen hours, than taking it of, I only cut the Blister, and let the Water out, not taking of the Skin; and than apply over the Blister either Emplastrum de Meliloto, or the smooth side of Colewort-leaves; in one or two Applications the whole Skin comes of, with the Worms sticking endways upon it.  
XXXI. And being healed, I keep it washing with some of the former Washeses, especially with the Water of the Gryffin: or I anoint it with some of the former Oils or Ointments: or I apply this; ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ viij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. artificial Cinnabar purely levigated ℥ j white Precipitate ℥ ss. mix them, to anoint withal.  
XXXII. But if, as I said before, it appears that the Worms are not all out, but that some which lay deep in the Cutis, are now come into the Cuticula; you must have recourse again to the Epispastick, and that sometimes to the third or fourth time, before you can master them, which is the true course I have pursued in several I have cured.  
XXXIII. Lastly, having done with the Vesicatories, and for some time having pursued the course at Sect. 31. aforegoing, that the whole conjunct Cause may be perfectly destroyed, (which in part brings the Skin to its colour again,) I than to perfect the Complexion, apply every night, 1. Emplastrum Mercuriale, for twenty or thirty days; which perfectly restores the Skin to its complexion and softness: and after that, either, 2. Ceratum Album ' or Emplastrum Album; which make the Skin absolutely white and pure, and perform the ultimate part of the Cure.  
XXXIV. Thus have we given you the Names, Signs, Causes, Procatartick and Proegumenine; with the various Methods of Cure, of Worms breeding in the Skin of the Face; never to my knowledge written of before by any other Author, in any Language whatsoever: being the very Method I myself have practised and pursued, in all the Patients I have undertaken (which are not a few) who were afflicted with this stubborn, rebellious, and almost unconquerable Disease.    

IV. Defilements, or Vices Of SKIN and FLESH.  

CHAP. XXVII. Of SCABBINESS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Psoora, Scabies; and in English, the Scab, or Scabbiness.  
II The Description. It may be known by sight, there being not only present some defilement and deformity of the Cuticula, but also a distemper even of the very Skin, together with a swelling and exulceration; from whence it is that the Actions of the Skin are also hurt.  
III It generally succeeds the Itch, or a vehement Surfeit; especially if it be in an exceeding Scorbutic habit of Body; those Diseases being as it were the Praeludia or Forerunners of Psoora or Scabbiness.  
IU. But in a Scabies, the top, or utmost part of the Cutis is affected; and Galen upon the Aphorisms, sect. 4. aphor. 17. saith, that there is a falling of of the Skin, (to wit, in patches, or pieces, where the Scabbiness is;) so that he will have it to have some resemblance with the casting of the Skins of Serpents.  
V The Differences. It differs from the Itch, because in that there is only a roughness of the Skin, with watery Pustules breaking forth; in which there is nothing which falls of, notwithstanding the scratching: whereas in Psoora or Scabies, there is not only a roughness of the Skin, but a Distemper, with swelling, breaking-out, and a dry Scab, and sometimes running; from which by scratching, the Scabs or Scabby-matter is easily separated, and with the same, an ichorous matter, and filthy purulent excrements.  
VI The Kind's. It is either a dry Scabbiness, or moist, running with pus, or matter: it is also again, either recent or inveterate; and it is also either in some parts only, or over the whole Body.  
VII. The Causes. Galen, in his book of Tumours, cap. 1, & 3. says it proceeds from Melancholy, or adust matter; and upon the Aphorisms, sect. 7. aph. 40. that Cancers, Elephantiases, Lepra's, and Psoora's, are all of them Melancholy Affects.  
VIII. But Avicen, in his fourth Tome, lib. 7. tract. 3. cap. 6. saith, that the Cause of a Scabies is the Blood, with which Choler is mixed, and that, with salt Phlegm, converted into Melancholy.  
IX. Other Physicians say, that in Psoora or Scabies, the Humour is not always one; but that in every Scabies there is some mixture of adust Choler and Melancholy, or of Humours hot and dry: but it is in the dry Scabies, that Galen makes the Melancholy Humour to abound.  
X. However, since the Scabies is generally an universal Affect of the whole Body, it must mostly proceed from Blood and Lympha; or the Blood and Lympha defiled with excrementitious Humours, not sufficiently separated and expelled the right ways; to wit, by Urine, Stool, Sweated, Menses, Hemorrhoids, etc.  
XI. So that the Sanguineous and Lymphatic juices, must of necessity be corrupted with sharp and biting Humours, mixed with salt Phlegm and adust Choler, which are Humours most apt and fit to produce Psoora, or Scabies.  
XII. For these Humours being thick and hot, they excite a hot and dry Distemper, causing an itching, swelling, and exulceration.  
XIII. The procatartick, or remote Cause, is partly from Diet, viz. eating Meats of evil juice, yielding an unwholesome and corrupt nourishment; such as are salt, sharp, and easily corrupted: and hence it is, that the poorer sort of people, who live upon such unwholesome and corrupt Food, are most frequently infected with a Scabies, or Scabbiness; as also young people and children, who are careless and heedless of their Diet.  
FOURTEEN. For from these bad and evil Meats, salt and sharp Humours are easily bred, especially in a hot habit of Body; whereupon the Blood and Lympha contract great store of Excrements, which being retained, and let fall into the outward parts of the Body, are are there corrupted, and so get an acrimonious quality.  
XU. Another procatartick cause is, want of cleanliness, or nastiness of the Body, not keeping it sweet and clean, and with clean Linen and Clothing, as it aught to be: for the filthiness of the Skin being not duly washed of, or the Garments not changed often enough, the filth and impurities stick in the superficies of the Skin, and obstruct the Pores; so that there is not a free passage for the recrements of the Blood and Lympha; which being retained, corrupt the Juices of the Body, and give them a kind of acrimony.  
XVI. Poison (where it is not so great as to kill) is accounted another cause of a Scabies; and Contagion (which Galen acknowledges) is reckoned up among the principal Causes: for in the superficies of the Skin, in those that are scabby, there is a certain viscous and clammy moisture, which is contagious; which being either by touching, or by the Linen, Sheets, or Apparel, or some other means, communicated to other Bodies uninfected, corrupts their Humours in the like manner, and produces the like Affect; more especially in such habits, as are predisposed to a Scabies.  
XVII. But of the two kinds of Scabies, dry and moist, the moist Scabies is the most contagious; in regard that it yields more of that viscid and clammy matter.  
XVIII. The Signs. The dry Scabies, which is said to proceed from a black and Melancholy Humour chief, with a mixture of other Humours; either sends forth nothing at all which is moist out of the parts affected; or if any thing does issue out, it is thick and dry; and the Ulcers themselves, or places upon which the Scabs lay, are wan and pale, and sometimes black.  
XIX. In the moist Scabies, there abounds a salt Phlegm, out of which there plentifully flows forth much moist filth and corruption; which is either ichorous, thin, subtle, and sharp; or rotten, filthy, and purulent: being of a thicker and more digested substance.  
XX. The Prognostics. Thomas this Scabies is many times without danger, but only causes deformity, yet always it is not secure and safe, and of the several species or kinds; the dry is more difficult to be cured than the moist.  
XXI. And therefore of what sort soever it be, the cure aught not to be neglected (even for the very deformity sake, were there no other cause) but withal possible haste and care to be pursued, and the Disease removed.  
XXII. If it has its Original from the Birth, being a contamination from the impurities of the Mother's Womb, as being begot in the time of the flowing of the terms, or the Seeds being defiled with impure Whites, or other sharp humours of the Womb, it is rarely or never cured, but mostly accompanies the Patient to their Lives end.  
XXIII. But a Quaery may here arise; that though none of the ordinary methods hitherto attempted in a Scabies from such a maternal Pollution, has prevailed or done any good; whether a Salivation in this case might not be so powerful as to remove the Evil, and cure the Disease, since it draws of the whole mass of the old and defiled Lympha, and introduces that which is new and pure.  
XXIV. If a Scabies comes not by contagion or contract, but from internal causes of the Humours; than it is for the most part critical, and proceeds from the vicious property of some of the Bowels, in which corrupt Humours being generated, they are by nature protruded to the outward parts, or surface of the Skin. Now if Nature be not always able to do this, or if by Repercussives or other improper Medicaments, the morbific Matter is kept in, it will have recourse to other places, and breed other more dangerous Diseases.  
XXV. Sometimes it begets Quartans, and other Agues: sometimes continual Fevers; Sometimes Asthmas, and vehement Coughs, with spitting of Blood; sometimes inordinate Fevers, and many times a Phthisis, or Consumption of the Lungs.  
XXVI. Authors give Examples of all these Diseases breaking forth, after the removing of an inveterate or habitual Scabies; and that upon forcing out the Humour again, the Patient has been freed from those other new Diseases.  
XXVII. Sennertus tells us of a certain Student who had been affected with a Scabies, who upon the drying up, or keeping the Humour in, become presently blind, and continued so for some few days, together with an extraordinary straightness of Breast, difficulty of Breathing, and black Urine: And these continued with him, till the adust Humour was evacuted with proper Purges, and he had took Fumitory and the like, after which, in about four days time more, he recovered his sight again.  
XXVIII. The same party (some time after) being again afflicted with the same Disease (and keeping the Humour in like manner in, by improper Medicines I suppose) did not lose his sight as formerly, but the Falling-sickness fell upon him; out of which, he was also recovered again by fit and proper Medicaments.  
XXIX. The same Sennertus says also, That he knew a Youth of 14 years old, who having a Scabies, which not being removed according to Art, but with improper Ointments, lost his sight, and made black Urine, and at length was seized with the Falling-sickness, of which (the Fits being vehement and very frequent) in the end thereof he died.  
XXX. And some from this unskilful taking away of a Scabies, (without first removing the Cacochymy, and purging away the recrements of the Humours, by proper Purgers, and other internal Medicaments) by application of repercussives, and other improper externals, have been seized with vehement Stitches in the sides, shootings in the Breast, Cachexies, Pleurifies, and other like dangerous Diseases.  
XXXI. These same Observations are also to be noted in the Achores, or Scald-head (which is indeed a species of Psoora, or Scabies,) of which Disease Hypocrates in his Book of the Epilepsies, saith, Those Infants (saith he) who have Scabs breaking forth upon their Heads and Ears, and upon the rest of their Body, and such as spit often, or abound with shot or snivel at Nose, these in the progress of their Age live most in Health: for to these places flow, and from those parts is purged forth that Phlegm, which aught to have been purged away in the Mother's Womb; and these Infants who are thus purged, are never seized with the Falling-sickness.  
XXXII. Whereas, if upon the unskilful application of repelling Medicines, these Achores, or scald-heads, are healed, those Infants or Children, many times fall into Fevers, Obstructions of the Lungs, Coughs, Asthmas, Epilepsies, Convulsions, etc. the vicious Humour retiring, and falling upon the internal, and many times the more noble parts, causing in a short time (for the most part) their deaths.  
XXXIII. The Cure. The true method of curing this Disease is, 1. By administration of proper internal Medicaments, 2. By the application of proper Topics.  
XXXIV. The Internal Medicines fit for this purpose, are, 1. Purging Medicaments, as Emetics and Catharticks. 2. Proper Diets, which may altar the habit of the Body, cool the preternatural heat and sweeten the Juices thereof, by absorbing the acrimony, saltness and acidity of the Humours.  
XXXV. Purging. If the Stomach is foul, it aught first to be cleansed with some proper Emetic, as infusion of Crocus Metallorum, Vinum Antimoniale, Bohemian-tartar Emeticum, and in weaker Constitutions with Oxymel Scilliticum, any or either of them, two or three times repeated.  
XXXVI. The Stomach being cleansed, the Bowels aught than to be emptied with proper Catharticks. As with Electuarium Catharticum, or the Pulvis Cornachini; the Pulvis Catharticus is an extraordinary thing; and in strong Constitutions you may give the Pulvis Rheumaticus.  
XXXVII. If the Terms are stopped, they aught to be provoked with powerful Emmenogogicks; and if the Hemmorrhoids are stopped, where they have been used to flow, they aught to be opened; for Nature will by these ways expel much of the vicious Blood and Humours.  
XXXVIII. ℞ Decoction of Sena ℥ ix. Syrups of Fumitory of Epithymum and of Cichory, a. ℥ ij. mix them for two Doses. Or,  
THIRTY-NINE. ℞ Clarified juice of Fumitory ℥ viij. Senaʒij. Rhubarb slicedʒj. infuse for some hours warm, or boil a walm or two and strain, which sweeten with Syrup of Fumitory or Syrup of Cichory, for two Doses.  
XL. ℞ Sena ℥ j Agarick, Rhubarb thin sliced, a. ℥ ss. Spicknardʒij. Aniseeds, Liquorice a. ʒj. Ginger ℥ ss. Juices of Fumitory and Scabious a. lbjss lbjss. mix and infuse scalding hot for two hours close covered, than boil two or three walms, and strain out, which sweeten with Syrup of Damask Roses, for six doses, to be taken every day, in an inveterate Scabies.  
XLI. To such as cannot take Liquid Purges, you may give Pills, as our Family Pills, adʒss. or Pilulae Catharticae, which are to be five or six time repeated at due intervals of time: Or,  
XLII. Purge with Panchymagogon Vegetable, mingled with Mercurius dulcis, or Arcanum Corallinum; and let them drink Whey clarified with Fumitory. Or, with Confectio Hamechʒiij. mixed with Elect. of Roses of Mesueʒjss.  
XLIII. Or, After other Preparations and Purgations, give this: ℞ Clarified Juices of Fumitory and Cichory, a. ℥ iij. infuse therein for one night, Roots of black Helleborʒjss. Aniseeds and Carraways, Winter's Cinnamon, a. ℈ j Cloves ℈ ss. strain out by pressing, and sweeten with Syrupus Catharticusʒuj.  
XLIV. But that which is more especially to be administered as a Specific, is the Whey of Goat's Milk, to which must be added, Syrupus Catharticus ab ℥ j add iij.  
XLV. When the Body has been thus sufficiently Purged, than provoke Sweated, with our Theriaca Chymica, mixed with ʒss. of the inspissate juice of Fumitory: Or, the said juice may be given with Spirit of Elderberries: And if it be rebellious, you must exhibit decoction of Guajacum and Sassafras, in a sudorific manner.  
XLVI. This done, cleanse the Body, by often taking Spirit or Tincture of Bohemian-tartar; cool and sweeten the Blood with magistrey or Tincture of Corals or Pearl.  
XLVII. Or, Provoke Sweat with Spirit of Danewort, Guajacum, Antimonium Diaphoreticum, etc.  
XLVIII. And than outwardly anointing either with Mercurial Ointments, or the ablution of ☿ dulcis in Limewater, etc. with Pomatum, the Cure will be perfected.  
XLIX. If it be the moist Scab, it is more easily cured than the dry Scab: first, by Evacuation with Epithymum, Polypody, Sena, whey of Goats-milk, and juices of Roses and Fumitory: secondly, by provoking Sweat, by Sect. 45, 46, 47. or thus: ℞ Spirit of Danewort ℥ ss. Fumitory-Water ℥ ij ss. mix them.  
L. Thirdly, by Baths of sweet Water, Sulphur-baths, and Baths with Vinegar, with the middle-Bark of Frangula. With these Baths and Whey alone, (saith Sennertus) even the most contumacious Scabies is often cured.  
LIVELY Examples of these Mineral-Baths, Sennertus has many, of which take these: ℞ Alum ℥ i ss. Sulphur ℥ ij. Nitre ℥ j Salt an handful: all being in powder, cast it into a Kettle full of Water warmed.  
LII. Or, ℞ Salt lbss ss. Alum ℥ iij. Vitriol ℥ iv. Tartar, Nitre, a. ℥ ij. being in a powder, cast them into a Bath of Water. In these Baths you may beforehand boil Camomile, Fennel, Featherfew, Savory, Time, Mallows, Fumitory, Scabious, Mugwort, Beet, roots of Sharp-pointed-dock, Elecampane, Briony: after these are boiled, and the Minerals put in, add meal of Lupins, Orobus, and Beans, Wheat-bran, etc.  
LIII. Outwardly, we commend anointing with these Unguents; viz. Enulatum, ex Oxylapatho, Valentia Scabiosae: but if the Humour be confirmed and settled, you must use stronger; as, Vnguentum Enulatum cum Mercurio, (in Our Pharmac. Londinenslib. 5. cap. 4. sect. 14.) or Our Oleum Cosmeticum, Vnguentum Mercuriale, Vng. Nicotianae, Vng. Cosmeticum, or Vng. ad Scabiem.  
LIU. Or this, ℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥ ss. Nitreʒ ij. juice of Limonsʒ iij. Oil of Roses and Nuts, of each ℥ j mix them. Or this, ℞ Rooots of Elecampane, Dock, a. ℥ j boil them in Vinegar, and pulp them; to which add, Sulphur vive ʒ j Saltʒ ss. juice of Limonsʒ vj. White Unguent of Rhasis, Citrine Unguent, a. ℥ ss. Oil of Roses and Oil of Bohemian-tartar, A. enough to make an Unguent, adding a little Wax.  
LU. But by the leave of Sennertus, the Oil of Bohemian-tartar will be inimical to the juice of Lemons; Alcalies aught to be used by themselves, and Acids by themselves.  
LVI. He proposes this, as an experienced Remedy: ℞ Roots of Sharp-pointed-dock and of Elecampane, (both green) lbss ss. Hogs-grease ℥ iij. bruise them well in a Mortar, and boil them a little over a gentle fire; than press them hard out, and make an Ointment.  
LVII. If it be the dry Scab, wherein little or nothing is voided, it is cured with much greater difficulty, but after the manner of the former; wherein also you must use stronger Purges, as Sena, Confectio Hamech, Extract of black Hellebor, etc.  
LVIII. Lastly, after all the former things have been attempted, in order to the perfecting of the Cure, but without any success, and despair seems to attend the Patient, the Physician aught not to give over his endeavours with those ordinary Methods; but in the last place to pursue the last Remedy, which is Salivation; which being carefully and well performed, will scarcel fail of accomplishing the desired end: if this does not, the Patient aught to rest contented, and may than reasonably be accounted uncurable.   

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the CHIN-SCAB.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Mentagra, Lichene agria, vel fera; in English, the Chin-Ringworm, or Chin-Scab.  
II The Place. It is a Disaffect of the Chin, sometimes as it were overspreading the whole Countenance, the Eyes alone being free; and thence descending into the Neck, Breast, and Hands, with a filthy kind of roughness and branniness upon the Skin.  
III It was of old a most inveterate Disease; and so contagious, as to be caught by kissing.  
IU. And Pliny, lib. 26. cap. 1. says, it is a Disease altogether voided of Pain, and having in it no danger at all of Death: yet (says he) it is so foul and filthy, and it so defiles the Face, that any kind of Death is to be preferred before the enduring this loathsome Disease: and it is called Mentagra, because of the place of its rise, as being principally from the Chin.  
V The Skin is made hard, dry, and rough, and as it were full of Scales; with a kind of redness, which sometimes a little ulcerateth: there is present an itching, and the Disease extends itself every day, till it becomes of a great breadth.  
VI The Disease was of old contagious, as Pliny seems to speak in the place before cited; and Galen held it to be contagious and epidemical; when in his Book de Comp. Med. lib. 5. cap. 7. he saith, that one Pamphilus by the curing of the Lichenes at Rome, got much wealth, at the same time when the Mentagra raged and prevailed in the City.  
VII. The Kind's. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. makes it the second kind of Papulae, i e. Lichen, Impetigo, or Ringworm: in the Impetigo or Ringworm, he saith, the Skin is lift up with small Pustules, becomes read, and is lightly corroded; having the middle part of it a little smother, and creeping along very slowly; beginning in a round manner, and in the same form it proceeds, and creeps along, keeping its round fashion.  
VIII. But in this other (says he) which the Greeks call Agria, or Fera, the Skin likewise breaks out; but is far more exasperated and exulcerated, and is more vehemently corroded, becoming thereupon read; and sometimes also (says he) it sends forth Hairs.  
IX. The Cause. It arises from a thin, serous, or wheyish Humour; generated from a salt, sharp, and corrupt kind of Diet.  
X. Some say it may be caused from the Heat of the ambient Air, which thrusts the matter forth into the superficies of the Body, exasperates the same, and superficially exulcerates it: also, in the Winter time by Cold; which shutting up the Pores close, keeps that salt and sharp Humour in, which afterwards breaks out in this manner.  
XI. And besides all the other Causes, this Disease may have its rise, and be contracted from Contagion, or Infection; as is the Itch, and some other Diseases.  
XII. It is not dangerous; if newly begun, it is easily cured: if it grows old and inveterate, it may degenerate into Lepra.  
XIII. The Cure. As to the Cure, what we said as to the Evacuation of the Humours, in Chap. 27. aforegoing, is to be observed here.  
FOURTEEN. As for Topics, anoint the Part twelve, or sixteen, or twenty times a day with Hospital: for that, if the Disease be recent and mild, will do the Cure; if this will not do.  
XU. You must use the Method of curing Impetigo or the Ringworm, in the following Chapter; or that for the cure of a Scabies in the preceding Chapter; where you will found many things of good use in this case: or the Unguent commended by Valescus and Guido.  
XVI. ℞ Juniper-berries well beaten ℥ j Hogs-grease ℥ vj. boil them, strain, and put in Turpentine ℥ j being cooled, add Sulphur vive ℥ j mix them well in a Mortar, for an Unguent.  
XVII. Or this: ℞ Sulphur vive, Nitre, A. ℥ ss. powder of black Helleborʒ ij. Vinegarʒiij. Oil of Coloquintida, q. s. mix them, and anoint therewith.  
XVIII. Or this: ℞ Powder of white Hellebor, and of black Hellebor A. ℥ ss. Sulphur vive in fine pouderʒ iij. white Precipitateʒ ij. fine Verdegriseʒ ss. mix, and with Oil-olive and Sheeps-suet, of each equal parts, q. s. make an Ointment.  
XIX. Or this: ℞ Powder of white Hellebor ℥ j Tar ℥ j Oil of Colocynthis, q. s. mix, and make a soft Ointment.  
XX. If it is exulcerated, and spreads much, this is commended; ℞ Sulphur vive, powder of white Hellebor-root, A. ℥ j Scammony in fine powder, Aloes, burnt Brass, Nitre, A. ʒ ij. Verdigrise, lethargy, A. ʒ j all being in fine powder, mix them with Oil of Colocynthis, and Balsam of Gum Elemi, of each equal parts, q. s. and therewith anoint Morning and Evening.  
XXI. But before the Ointment is applied, it would be good to wash the part affected either with Spiritus Universalis, or with the Juice of Lemons; for by the use of these things, much of the Excrementitious Matter will be first taken away, whereby the other things being applied, will take the better effect.   

CHAP. XXIX. Of a RINGWORM.  
I IT is called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, in Latin Impetigo, and in English, The Ring-worm.  
II The description. It is a hard read Pustle upon the Skin, spreading itself round, with dryness, roughness, and great itching: it comes from a thing, sharp and choleric Humour. See chap. 28. sect. 7. aforegoing.  
III The Procathartick or remote cause, is evil Diet, sharp and salted Meats, and eating and drinking things of corrupt Juice, which breed salt and acid Humours; as also Surfeiting, from whence this Disease oftentimes takes its Original.  
IV. The antecedent cause is a serous, wheyish, thin, and sharp Lympha, mixed with salt or acid Phlegm, and sometimes with yellow Choler; and if there is a mixture of Melancholy therewith, it many times degenerates, either into Elephantiasis, Leprosy, or Cancer.  
V The Prognostics. It is not dangerous, and (if new) easily cured: but if it hap in a melancholic Constitution, it is more hard, and turns into a Leprosy. In one I saw it ulcerate, and afterwards become Cancerous, wherein was much danger, for the Patient lost his Life.  
VI The Cure. The Patient is to observe such a Diet, as may not generate salt, sharp, acrid and vicious Humours, but promote an exceeding sweetness of the Blood and Lympha; and the evil Humours which are already present, must be carried of by Universal Purgations.  
VII. The Stomach, if foul and disordered, or not able to make a good digestion, is first to be cleansed with Oxymel Scilliticum, or Tartar Emetic, and than you are to corroborated it with Our Tinctura Stomachica, Tinctura Cordialis, Tinct. Sacra, or Tinct. Antimonii, Theriaca Chymica, etc.  
VIII. After this, you may purge the Bowels with an infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, made in Water or Wine, or with our Tinctura Purgans, or Cathartica, according as you see the habit of the Body requires.  
IX. But if the Disease is stubborn, you must purge with stronger Medicines, as our Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, or Pulvis Rheumaticus, which need rarely be above twice given; after the use of which, you may corroborated the Bowels with Tinctura Antimonij, or Tinctura Salis Tartari.  
X. Than cool the Blood and Lympha, by giving now and than Our Syrupus Antifebriticus mixed with Aqua Elementaria, which may be for some days repeated.  
XI. This done, we must come to the use of Topics: If the Disease is recent and gentle, it is often cured by rubbing, or besmearing them with Hospital 10 or 12 times in a day, or oftener; but especially, that it be done with Fasting Hospital.  
XII. If this will not do, you must anoint with Oil of Tartar per deliquium, mixed with Oil of Wax, ana; or wash with the water distilled by a Retort out of Oleum Tartari per deliquium ℥ iv. Quick silver ℥ i which Water cures all Itch, Tetters, and Ringworms, though very contumacious.  
XIII. This following is a most excellent thing: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ viij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ i Flowers of Sulphur ℥ ij. White Praecipitateʒuj. Artificial Cinnabar in subtle Powder ℥ ss. mix and make an Ointment. But before the Application of this Ointment, the place aught to be well fomented with warm Water, or a Lixivium of Pot Ashes, or rather with Spiritus Vniversalis Clauderi.  
FOURTEEN. Other Topics (besides what we have already advised) are the Liquor coming out of Green Wood while it is burning: Or, Juice of Parietary, or of Sorrel roots mixed with Vinegar, adding to them Flowers of Sulphur, and a little Verdigrise, so much as may give it a tincture of Greenness: Or, Balsam of Bohemian-tartar mixed with Oil of Eggs and Vnguentum Album Camphorat.  
XU. Or this. ℞ Oil of Wax ℥ j Oil of Eggs ℥ ss. Oil of Tartar per deliquiumʒij. mix them. Or this: ℞ Vng. Nicotianae ℥ j Oil of Eggs ℥ ss. Sulphur viveʒiij. Camphir. ʒj. mix them.  
XVI. But if it be stubborn, you must bathe with this Water. ℞ Damask Rose Water ℥ viij. Powers of Mercury ℥ j mix them to wash with; or you may use instead of the former, Aqua Mercurialis, the weaker or stronger (as you see the Disease requires it;) or the Aqua Divina Fernelii.  
XVII. If you use Ointments, the Vnguentum Enulatum cum Mercurio, to anoint with, more especially if you mix with it flos Sulphuris, or Sulphur Vive is excellent; so also our Oleum Diacolocynthidos, Vnguentum Nicotianae, Vng. Cosmeticum, & ad Scabiem.  
XVIII. And, not much inferior is Joel, his experiment of the rust of Iron; Or, a weak Solution of white Vitriol in Rose Water; as also Aqua Ophthalmica Nostra, in Our Pharmacopoea Lond. 5. cap. 1. sect. 14.  
XIX. Or this. ℞ Aquae Elementariae ℥ viij. white Vitriol, Roch Alum, A. ʒiss. mix and dissolve, with which daily wash the part affected as hot as can be well endured, for the space of near half an hour.  
XX. Lastly, strew upon the part, if Ulcerated, our Pulvis Herculeus, or the Pulvis Mercurii Coagulatus, which will in a short time consummate the cure.   

CHAP. XXX. Of the TETTAR.  
I IT is called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Leonina, & morbus Leoninus: in English The Tettar.  
II It is so called from the ruggedness of the Lion's Forehead, and is known by sight.  
III The Causes: It proceeds from a salt, sharp and pituitous matter misplaced, or thrust forth by some particular Accident, to the surface of the Skin; and sometimes from Choler, or Choler mixed with salt Phlegm, whereby the Blood and Lympha are defiled.  
IV. The Prognostics. It quickly comes to the height; if it once become inveterate, it is of difficult Cure, especially, if in the extreme parts, as the hands, or legs, or feet: the Alopecia, Ophiasis and Leonina, are commonly found all joined together in Elephantiack persons.  
V The Cure. Vniversals must be first exhibited, that the antecedent 'Cause may be removed, according to the method delivered in the cure of the Impetigo or Ringworm, in Chap. 29. Sect. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. aforegoing.  
VI This done, you may come to the application of Topics, rubbing the place affected often with Hospital, as 10, 15, or 20 times a day, but more especially with fasting Hospital, which is a thing of great force, being suffered every time to dry on.  
VII. So also a Lixivium of Quicklime; Or juice of Plantain mixed with Beef Brine; Or, a Solution of Sublimate in water: Or, Aqua ad Verrucas, & ad delenda Variolarum vestigia, Aqua Ophthalmica, & Ophthalmica nostra.  
VIII. To these may be added, Bulls-Gall, Lac Virgins, Liquor Mercurij vivi Mynsichti, and his sugared Liquor (in Our Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 11. Sect. 19, 20, 21, 24.) which are all very excellent things, provided that a good Diet, and do Evacuation has been made beforehand.  
IX. I once cured a Tettar upon a Maiden's hand, with this following Ointment: ℞ Oil of Colocynthis ℥ ij. Sheeps-suet ℥ i ss. mix, and add thereto Turpethum minerale ℥ ij. with this she anointed morning and evening for a month, and was made perfectly well.  
X. Another person, after due Purging, I cured with this Mixture: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ ss. white Precipitateʒ seven. mix them, and anoint therewith morning and evening.  
XI. Another I cured with this: ℞ Oil of Colocynthis ℥ iij. Tar ℥ ij. Sheeps-suet ℥ j white Precipitate ℥ i ss. mix them: but before I anointed therewith, I caused the place affected to be fomented for half an hour, with warm Water and a Sponge.  
XII. A recent Tettar I cured, by often bathing with the Spiritus Universalis: in about 12 days the Patient was perfectly well.  
XIII. I have also cured many with this following Water. ℞ Fair Water lbij. lbij. Roch-alum, white Vitriol, A. ℥ j mix, and dissolve, than filter: with this let the diseased Party wash morning and evening, as hot as they can endure it, for a full half hour at a time.  
FOURTEEN. If it be in their Hands, let them keep their hands in the hot Liquor, often rubbing them together: if any other Part, that cannot be kept in the Water, let it be washed and fomented with a large Sponge, as hot as it can be endured; and let the liquor be kept hot all the while over a chafing-dish of charcoal.  
XU. With this very Liquor I have cured a Tettar of ten or twelve years standing, and some of near twenty years standing; nor have I ever yet found it to fail.   

CHAP. XXXI. Of WORMS in the FEET.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i e. very small Worms; in Latin, Sirones, & Chirones; in English, Worms in the Feet; and by some, Barbadoes- Worms, or Chego's.  
II They are Pustules in the soles of the Feet, and palms of the Hands, full of little Animals or Worms, exceeding small, and hid under the Scarf-skin.  
III Signs. They are known by a kind of Itch, which is felt in the Pustule at first; but afterwards causes a kind of smarting pain: and if they be in the Feet, they will 'cause the party to go lame.  
IV. They are usual in hot Countries, near the Tropics, and under the Line, as in Barbadoes, Caribee-Islands, and possibly in Egypt, and other hot places in Africa; and I am very apt to believe, are the very same kind of kind of Worms which the Barbadians call Chego's; which that you may the better understand, we will here give you the description of them from the Ingenious Ligon; as you may found it in his History of Barbadoes, pag. 65.  
V These harmful Animals (says he) we call Chego's, and these are so little, that you would hardly think them able to do any harm at all, and yet they will do more mischief than Aunts; and if they were as numerous as they are harmful, there would be no enduring them: they are of shape not much unlike a Louse, but no bigger than a Mite which breeds in Cheese, and its colour bluish.  
VI An Indian laid one of them upon a sheet of white Paper, and with my Spectacles on (says he) I could hardly discern it; yet this very little Enemy, can and will do much mischief to Mankind.  
VII. The Cause. They arise from much Choleric Sweat, restrained within the Skin; and this Affect comes in these places chief: because that the more thick and gross ichorous or ulcerous Excrements are in every Scabbiness, detained and held under the Skin; which in the aforesaid places are more thick than elsewhere.  
VIII. This is the cause, according to the Opinion of such Authors as have wrote thereof: but Ligon gives us another Cause, which is external, and is from the Worm itself, in these words: This Vermin will (says he) get through your Stockin or Hose, and (lodge itself) in a Poor of the Skin, in some part of your Feet, commonly under the nail of one of your Toes, and there make a habitation to lay its (eggs, or) offspring; making a Pustule as big as a small Tear, or the Bag of a Bee; which will 'cause you to go very lame, and give you much smarting pain.  
IX. It is of a bluish colour, as aforesaid, and is seen through the Skin; but the Negroes, whose Skins are of that colour, (or near it, or black) are in an ill case, for they cannot found where they are: by which means they are many of them very lame.  
X. The Cure. These Worms lying hid in the Pustules, the places affected are discerned by the exceeding Itch, which is felt more than at other times.  
XI. In order to the Cure, these Worms are to be picked out with a Needle, or other fit Instrument: than, (that they may not breed anew) the places are to be washed with Wine or Vinegar, in which Salt, Alum, or Nitre has been dissolved.  
XII. Or, in a Decoction of Oak-leaves with Alum: or, in a Lixivium of Broom and Oak-ashes: or, in Tincture of Sulphur, made by boiling in Oil of Bohemian-tartar; and than after to anoint with Vnguentum Mercuriale, or Cosmeticum.  
XIII. The Indian Women (says Ligon) have the best skill to take them out; which they d● by putting in a Pin or sharppointed Needle, at the hole where they first came in, and winding the point about the Bag, to loosen it from the Flesh, and so to take it out.  
FOURTEEN. Some of these Chego's (says he) are poisonous, and after they are taken out, the orifice in which they lay, will fester and rankle for a fortnight after they are go: I have had ten taken out of my Feet in a morning, by an Indian Woman.  
XU. In Barbadoss these Worm's breed in the dust of the Earth, in great numbers; and so easily get into the Skin, in such as go barefoot, or are careless of themselves; where making their nests, they many times breed in vast numbers, to the very great detriment of the Patient.  
XVI. And in their taking out, there aught to be great care taken, that the Cistis be not broken: for should they in the taking of it forth break it, so as that any of the Worms should be left behind, it would not only be troublesome to extirpate and clear the Part of them; but they would increase to such prodigious quantities, as to hazard sometimes the losing of a Toe, or 'cause some other great mischief, not easy to be retrieved.  
XVII. In Davies Translation of the History of the Caribee Islands, lib. 1. cap. 24. it is said, that these Worms breed in the dust and sweep, cast out into the dunghill and such unclean places; and that getting into the Feet and Toes, if they are not taken away in time, they will get farther, and so go into all other parts of the Body.  
XVIII. At first they only 'cause a little itching, as aforesaid, but having once got through the Skin, they 'cause an Inflammation in the place affected; and mightily increase by the abundance of their nits or eggs which they lay: by which means, Ulcers are bred in the places they seize on.  
XIX. The best time to attempt the Cure, is as soon as the lest itching is felt, picking them out with a Needle: but if there are Ulcers bred, either through unskilfully taking them out, by breaking the bag, or through not taking them forth in time, though they seem to be little or nothing at first, yet afterwards they grow to be as big as the palm of a man's hand, because the Ulcer will have its course: and some of these Ulcers, though little, are very hard to be cured.  
XX. Of these Ulcers there are two sorts, the one round, the other uneven; of which the former is the harder to cure, because it is encompassed with dead flesh: for till that dead and lose flesh is taken away, the Ulcer can never be healed: for which cause as often as it is dressed, the dead flesh must be cut away till it is quite removed, which is very painful to be done.  
XXI. For the curing of these Ulcers, they aught first to be washed with the Spiritus Universalis, than burnt Alum, or Our Pulvis ad Hypersarcosin must be applied; that therewith the dead flesh may be taken away: and they must be often washed with Lime-juice, the juice of Lemons, or juice of the lesser Citron, though indeed these things are extremely sharp: they certainly kill all the little Worms contained in the Ulcers, of which there are store, making them clean, and to look well.  
XXII. Than you may anoint with Unguentum ad Scabiem, Ung. Nicotianae, Cosmeticum, or Mercuriale: or with this; ℞ Honey ℥ ij. Aloes ℥ ss. dissolved in a little Vinegar, purified Verdigriseʒ j mix them: which being used for some time, at length perfect the Cure with Balsamum Gummi Elemi, or some other thing of like nature.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of WARTS.  
I THIS Tubercle is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Thymus, Thymi; Verruca, Verrueae: and in English, a Wart, or Warts.  
II A Wart is a little tubercle on the Skin, resembling the flower of Time; proceeding from a thick, phlegmatic, and melancholy Juice. Some have slender Roots, and some broad.  
III The Prognostics. It often vanishes alone; if cut of, and the root be remaining, it grows again. If the Roots be small and slender, they are easily removed; but if broad, with much more difficulty.  
IV. The Kind's. They are of three kinds: 1. Myrmecia, seu Verruca sessilis, vel Formica; a small, callous, round and thick tubercle, having a broad foundation; and when handled, yielding a sense like to the biting of an Ant or Pismire.  
V 2. Thymon, which has a narrower root than the former, but a much broader head; which when it is spread, or in flower, or seed as they call it, something resembles the flower of Time: being higher, harder, with a seedy top, and more apt to bleed.  
VI 3. Acrochordon, Verruca pensilis vel botoralis; which is a kind of Wart having a thin or slender root, with a callous bunch, like unto the knot of a Rope, hanging by a small string, round, and without pain.  
VII. The Cause. They are all caused of gross matter, or a thick juice, pituitous and melancholic: being the recrements of the Blood and Lympha, which Nature not being able to digest, sends out in this slow manner for her relief.  
VIII. The Cure. Purge the Body with Pil. Rudii, mixed with Mercurius dulcis: or with Pil. Catharticae, or an jufusion of Sena and Rhubarb, in Water or Whey, especially in Whey of Goats-milk.  
IX. Than touch the Warts three or four times with either Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, or Butter of Antimony: or wash them with Water which comes out of the ends of Oak-sticks when burning: or wash them with Spurgemilk, or apply to them an Onion beaten with Salt.  
X. Fallopius commends the juice of the leaves of the Willow or Sallow tree; or, if the juice cannot be had, their Powder, mixed with Vinegar of Squills.  
XI. So also Figwort; or the roots of Water-dragon; or Aron and Showbread; or the fresh roots of Celandine with the yellow juice thereof, to anoint with and apply: applying after a Cataplasm of Watercresses and Mustard.  
XII. Or, rub them with Nightshade and Urine, washing them afterwards with juice of Mullein: or a Decoction of Mustard, Salt, and Sulphur with Vinegar.  
XIII. The rubbing of them often also with a dead man's Hand, is said to be of great force. The leaves of Savin macerated twenty four hours in Wine, and applied, are good: so is a Cataplasm of Herb-robert, Rue and Yarrow, beaten together and applied.  
FOURTEEN. And Cichorium Verrucarium or Wartwort, is of singular use and benefit; as also the milky juice of Dandelion, and of all other Endive and Succory-like Plants: or the Water sweeting out of Vine-branches while burning: or the standing-water on the stumps of felled Oaks: or the meal of Chick-pease.  
XU. But above all is commended juice of Purslane: or rather a Cataplasm of Purslane, applied night and day upon the part for some time; it softens them, repercusses the Humour which feeds them, and causes them to whither insensibly away: nor inferior to this, are the leaves of the greater Housleek, applied whole, (their outward skin on that side which lies next the Wart being taken of) and their use continued for some consisiderable time.  
XVI. For Compound-medicines, the Emplast. de Ranis cum Mercurio, is very good: or this, commended by Sennertus: ℞ Ship-pitch ℥ j Galbanum dissolved in Vinegar ℥ ss. Sal Armon. ʒ j Diachylum magnum ℥ i ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XVII. If this will not do, you must apply yourself to Caustics, such as those at Sect. 9 aforegoing: which yet notwithstanding are not to be used without a great deal of caution, especially in nervous places, and only by touching the Wart with them; the part about being first well guarded with Wax, or some kind of Emplaster.  
XVIII. For this purpose, the milk of the Figtree or Spurge, or Tithymale alone, are very efficacious, and so found by Experience.  
XIX. You may also use unslaked Lime mixed with Soap, which will be yet more effectual, if a little calcined Vitriol or Verdigrise or a cautery of Soap Ashes be added.  
XX. Or, ℞ The white of an Egg hardened, Verdigrise, Alum A. ʒ j mix them: Or, make a Cataplasm of green Garlic, and apply it.  
XXI. Or, ℞ Orpiment, mix it with Oxymel, or juice of Spurge, and put it upon the Wart, with a defensative. Andrea's à Cruse much commends the Oil of Vitriol, nor is that of Sulphur behind it.  
XXII. But if you like not these Potential Cauteries, you must apply yourselves to the Actual, or else to cutting. You may Actually burn them, either by a little stick of the Beech Tree, lighted at one end; Or, by an Iron Bodkin heated read hot, and applied through a silver or brass Pipe, that the adjacent parts may not be hurt.  
XXIII. Or, apply a thin Plate of Iron, having a hole bored through it, so far as the Wart only may appear through the hole, and than burn it either with a read hot Iron, or the flame of a Candle.  
XXIV. Lastly, The burning being ended, the Scar is than to be taken away; and the affect to be healed after the manner of other Ulcers.  
XXV. Some have been cured by washing them with this water. ℞ Lime Water ℥ vj. Roman Vitriolʒj. Verdigriseʒij. Roch Alumʒiij. Nitreʒiiij. mix and dissolve. This Water is only to be often dropped upon them.  
XXVI. Others have been cured by anointing the Warts four or five times a day with the Milk of the Figtree; and others by dropping upon them daily one drop at a time of Oil of Cloves, which will penetrate even to their Roots.   

CHAP. XXXIII. Of CORNS.  

I THis Tubercle is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Clavus, Clavi: and in English, A Corn, Corns.  
II It is a round callous Wart, of a whitish Colour, infesting the Feet and Toes, thereby causing pain in going; they come from Bruises, or straightness of Shoes.  
III The Cause. It is from a melancholy or pituitous Matter, or the superfluities of an excrementitious Juice, separated from that which nourishes the Skin. And many times they are caused by bruising the Toes with strait Shoes.  
IV. The Prognostics. They never go away without cutting or pulling up by the Roots; There is no danger in the cutting though it bleed, provided you expose it not to the cold Air. I knew two, which by cutting their Corns, met their deaths: for, not taking care of them they gangrened, by which they lost not only their feet but their lives too.  
V If the Corn Bleeds in cutting, it many times dies and goes away; but than as Avicen saith, you must take care of it, jest an Inflammation or a Cancer happens thereupon, which sometimes befalls the Patient.  
VI The Cure. What we have spoken in the former Chapter may be understood here; besides which you may anoint the corns with Oil of Mercury, or the blood of an Eel often.  
VII. Or, cut them, and wash them with Dogs-urine, applying a plaster of soft Red-wax, mixed with white Praecipitate, or Mercurius Dulcis, or a Plaster made of Galbanum, Ammoniacum, and Turpentine dissolved in Vinegar.  
VIII. Or this commended by Rulandus, ℞ Oil of Sulphur per Camp. ℥ ss. corrosive Salt of Crystal-stoneʒ ij. seeds of Henbane, Opium, A. ʒj. grinned and mix them; this plucks them up by the Roots.  
IX. Or you may apply in particular, the Emplaster afore-described in Chap. 32. Sect. 16. aforegoing; which is commended in particular by Sennertus. Or this, ℞ Emplastri Meliloti ℥ ss. read Praecipitateʒij. mix them, and apply it, changing it every third day.  
X. If none of these things will do, but you must be forced to come to cutting; You must first soak the Feet or part where the Corn is, in warm water; than cut it so as you may see it, after with the point of a sharp Pen Knife, dig it round the edges, so as you may tie a twine thread gently about it; this done, you may hold up the Corn by the Thread, till you so dig round about it, as absolutely to cut it out.  
XI. This done, fill the place, or apply over it Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, or Forest. his cerat of Ammoniacum. Or rather, Our Emplastrum Mercuriale, which is inferior to no other thing of that kind.  
XII. But the best way of curing Corns is to cut them close, first soaking the Feet a pretty while in warm Water, and than to apply Ivy leaves bruised, renewing the same every Morning and Evening for 20 or 30 days, in which time the Corns will be drawn out; by which it appears, that there is a very great attractive Virtue in that Plant.  
XIII. Or, after well soaking in warm Water, and cutting close, you may morning and evening apply and bind to the Corns, leaves of the greater Housleek; taking of the outward Skin of that side of the leaf which you apply next the Corn; this wonderfully softens the Corns, resolves the Humour and discusses it, performing the Cure in a month's time, after most other things had been used in vain, for more than twenty years together.   

Of a CALLUS.  
FOURTEEN. It is called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: in Latin, Callus: in English, Hardness of the Skin.  
XU. It is bred in the surface of the Skin, in the Palms of the Hands and Soles of the Feet, as also the sides of the Feet and bottom of the great Toe; and sometimes upon the Knees, by much and often kneeling.  
XVI. The Cause. It arises in the Hands by continual and hard Labour, and in the Feet by much Walking.  
XVII. The Prognostics. As it has no Root, and is voided of all manner of Pain, so it is without danger, yet not very easily cured.  
XVIII. The Cure. The Patient is to forbear all those things which are the cause thereof, otherwise all attempts for the Cure will be in vain.  
XIX. Than he must often bathe and soak the Parts affected in a mild Lixivium of Pot Ashes blood warm, which is to be continued and repeated, so long till the Skin is very thin and soft.  
XX. After bathing in the Lixivium, the parts are to be wiped very dry, and than anointed with Oil of Ben; and if you so please, you may lay over them Emplastrum Album, which will bring the Skin not only to a whiteness but softness also.   

Of HORNS.  
XXI. They are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: in Latin Cornu, Cornua: and in English, A Horn, Horns.  
XXII. They are thicker, harder and higher than Corns, and in some they grow to a very great length.  
XXIII. They grow in many parts of the Body, as upon the Head, Forehead, Back, Joints, and other parts.  
XXIV. Avicen Lib. 4. Tract. 3. Cap. 14. saith, They are thick, and crooked, arising above upon the Junctures, in the Extremities, and that they are cured by cutting of that which is insensible, etc.  
XXV. Avenzoar, Lib. 2. Cap. 5. gives a relation of a Man, who had one of these Excrescencies bred in his Back, not much unlike to a Unicorns-horn, but lesle hard than a natural bone: This man by purging and drying Medicines was cured, and the bone fell forth, as Hearts shed their Horns.  
XXVI. And that he himself also had once a Bone growing upon his back, which gave him much Grief and Pain; but by purging himself from gross Humours, and applying Resolutives thereto, it was for the most part resolved, and the little of it which remained was no prejudice to him.  
XXVII. Lanfrancus, Tract. 3. Doct 2. Cap. 3. says, That he had seen manifest Eminencies of the Skull, like unto Horns; and that a man came to him for Advice, who had seven of those Eminencies, of which one was as long as a man's Thumb, and as big as the horn of a little Goat.  
XXVIII. Philippus Ingrassias, de Tumorib. Tract. 1. Cap. 1. says, He saw a Noble Virgin afflicted with many of these Excrescencies, sharpened in their Tops, like unto Horns, and of an extraordinary hardness: these had continued many years with her, augmenting both in bigness and number, so that she become so deformed and misshapen, that (saith he) she was become more like an ugly Monster or frightful Devil, than a Woman kind; he cured her, and restored her to her pristin Beauty.  
XXIX. Alexander Benedictus Anat. Lib. 1. Cap. 14. saith, That on a Knee wounded by an Arrow, he saw a black Horn grow, which was the Matter that aught to have been converted into a Bone, etc.  
XXX. Zacutus Lusitanus Prax. Med. Admire. Lib. 2. Obs. 188. tells us of a Man, who had one of these Horns grew out of his Heel, as long as the Palm of a man's hand, and of the very likeness of a Horn, which by the advice of Physicians (his Body being often purged) was afterwards cut of, and he lived after it two years in good Health; but not long after he felt in the same place vehement pain, and in six months' time the Horn grew again, somewhat longer than it was before, hard and full of several sharp Points, which being again cut of by the root, there remained a wide and deep hole, from whence a great quantity of a black and putrid Humour came forth, so acid and sharp, that it eat the Flesh round about.  
XXXI. Julius Caesar Scaliger, Exercit. 199. Sect. 5. saith, That notwithstanding the Authority of Prince Aboalis and Abumeron, a person of note, he could not believe so strange a thing, till he himself had seen one of them on the back of a certain Rower.  
XXXII. And Fallopius in his Book of similar Parts, Cap. 7. saith, That sometimes likewise in whole Bones as well as in Fractures, there may be something bred like unto a Horn, which may grow forth without the Flesh and Skin, and that he himself saw this at Milan, in the Thigh of a certain Noble Man.  
XXXIII. The Cause. They proceed generally from thick and glutinous Humours, and a melancholy Juice, which Nature protrudes into some particular part, according to her conveniency.  
XXXIV. The Prognostics. They are of difficult cure, and remain through the whole course of life, unless cut of by Instrument.  
XXXV. The Cure. If they be near the Joints, and 'cause much Pain, or hinder their Motion, they aught to be cut of; which may be done the more safely, in regard that they are like naked Bones, and are only covered with Skin.  
XXXVI. Let the Body first be purged with Vniversals, and in particular with Lapis Lazuli, which let be several times repeated; which done, The Skin is than first to be opened, the Cornu is to be made naked or bore, and than it is to be cut away from the Bone with a sharp Knife (but if too hard for a Knife, with a fine sharp Saw) and the part is to be cured, as any other common Wound.     

V Of DEFILEMEMTS Universal.  

CHAP. XXXIV. Of the ITCH.  
I IT is called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: in Latin, Pruritus: and in English, The Itch.  
II It is a Disease which causeth scratching, with some small exulceration of the Skin, generally affecting the whole Body.  
III It will have its beginning in many parts of the Body; in Children it often gins on the Fingers or between the Fingers: but if it gins upon other parts first, it forthwith sends its Filthiness thither.  
IV. The Cause. It arises from Choler subtilised, and sent into the habit of the Body, being mixed with thin salt Phlegm; which spreading into the superficies of the Body, breaks out in the Cuticula, with small watery Pustules, causing great Itching.  
V The Procatartick cause is from feeding upon salt, acrid and hot meats, through the fault of a hot habit of Body. It is also caused by contagion, as putting on the Glove or Linen of one that had or has the Itch, lying with them in the same Bed, or lying in those Sheets, wherein one that had the Itch had formerly lain.  
VI The Prognostics. If the Itch happens to one in a Consumption, and the Body is bound, it is mortal, as Hypocrates saith in Coacis. For by reason of the trouble and disquiet, they can neither sleep nor take any rest, which hindering concoction, hastens their Death.  
VII. If through continuance it gets into the whole Habit, it is never cured, but generally proves mortal: I knew three Brothers, all young men, die purely of the Itch, which by length of time becoming habitual, at last corrupted the whole Body, which with putrid and eating Ulcers destroyed them.  
VIII. If the Itch continues long, it is for the most part a forerunner of a Scabies, or Scabbiness, not long after to follow: because its long continuance is the occasion of collecting a great abundance of Matter, which becoming putrid and acrid, corrodes the Cuticula, and excites Pustules and Scabs.  
IX. In old people and such as are decripid, it is seldom cured; because old Age is fit for treasuring up these salt Humours, and than that habit of Body is difficultly changed, so as to be brought into a better state: yet sometimes, through much care and diligence, it is healed. Mercurialis gives us an Example of a man fourscore Years old, having an extraordinary great Itch, who by the help of Medicines was restored: and I myself cured one perfectly of something a greater Age.  
X. And by how much the worse the Humour is which excites the Itch, by so much the worse is the Disease: If it proceeds from adult Blood, or Choler, it lasts not long: If it proceeds from salt Phlegm, it continues longer; but if from Melancholy, longest of all.  
XI. The Cure. First, purge the Body well with Panchymagogon vegetabile ℈ j at a time, mixed with Arcanum Coralinum, gr. iv. or else with Mercurius dulcis ℈ j Or, you may evacuate with our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, or Tinctura Cathartica; and in very hot Bodies with Sal Mirabile; than you must cool the sharp Humour by drinking Whey.  
XII. Or, You may purge with our Diajallapa, or Species Catharticae, or Diaturbith, all mingled with Mercurius dulcis, as before, and than cool, by taking often Crystals of Bohemian-tartar, or Tincture of Coral in Whey.  
XIII. Than anoint all over with Unguentum Populeum, or the Joints only with our Mercurial Ointment, which is better: and let the sick wash in a Bath made of Parietary, Mallows, Docks, Alum and Vitriol, sitting in it with the whole Body.  
FOURTEEN. Whey of Goat's Milk with juice of Fumitory, given to three Pints at a time, is excellent in this case, after the antecedent cause is taken away, as aforesaid: by Rosin of jalap and Syrup of Peach Flowers: Or, by provoking the Courses or Haemorrhoids, if stopped.  
XU. You may Bath often with fresh Water Baths, in which Quicklime has been cast: Or, you may make a Discussive Bath with Parietary, Mallows, sharp pointed Dock, wherein Alum, Sulphur, Vitriol, etc. is put.  
XVI. Sennertus tells us, first, that the Humours are to be prepared and attenuated by coolers and moistners, as Endive, Succory, borage, Bugloss, Fumitory, Hopps, Maidenhair, Asparagus-roots, Polypody, Mother of Time, and Syrups made of these.  
XVII. Secondly, That the Humours be evacuated by the Leaves of Sena, Polypody, black Hellebor, jalap, Compound Syrup of Polypody, Diacatholicon, Confectio Hamech, Extractum Melanagogum, Extract of black Hellebor.  
XVIII. Thirdly, That the Courses or Haemorrhoids suppressed, be provoked, if Age and strength will permit.  
XIX. Fourthly, That the diet be cooling and moistening, and easy of digestion; the Air cold and moist, and the Habit of the body altered by eating borage, Endive, and especially Lettuce, which last procures also Sleep, in this affect very requisite and useful: but all sharp, salt, bitter, sour, sweet, fat, and most of all, fried Meats are to be avoided.  
XX. Fifthly, That for Bathing, it be done, one while with sweet bloodwarm Water; another while with that which is salt and sulphury: for by this means, the Itch will be eased, the Pores loosened, and the Excrements evacuated and cleansed  
XXI. Sixthly, That you anoint with Oil of Sweet Almonds, or Oil of bitter Costus, in either of which is put a mixture of Salt and Sulphur. Or, ℞ Oil of Coloquintida ℥ iiij. Tar ℥ iij. Lupine Meal ℥ iij. Sulphur ℥ ij. make a Lineament with Vinegar, and anoint therewith.  
XXII. Or, ℞ lethargy, Sulphur, Turpentine, A. ℥ iss. juices of Mallows, Parietary, A. ℥ j Oil of Colocynthis ℥ j mix them; after the use of which, bathe in a bloodwarm bath of sweet Water.  
XXIII. But since the Disease is contagious, and generally comes through contagion, an external Cause; it is for the most part cured by Topics or Externals, a great variety of which you have in Cap. 27. in the cure of a Scabies, aforegoing, which may very well serve in curing this Disease.  
XXIV. To which may be added this following Ointment, which scarcely ever fails of doing the Cure alone, ℞ Oil of Ben, ℥ viij. Sheep's Suet ℥ ij. mix and melt; and add thereto Flowers of Sulphurʒ iiij. mix them, and anoint therewith morning and evening.  
XXV. If the former should prove too weak, you must add to it, White praecipitate ℥ j and than anoint with it as before, the Stomach and Belly being excepted.  
XXVI. Or, in place of the former, you may anoint with Unguentum Cosmeticum, with White praecipitate; or the Vnguentum Mercuriale, which you may anoint upon the Joints, Palms of the Hands, and Soles of the Feet: Or, the Vuguentum ad Scabiem, which I have approved, and is a singular thing.  
XXVII. Or, this following, which is neat and cleanly, not spoiling Linen, or having any ill Scent. ℞ Corrosive sublimate in fine Pouderʒ iss. dissolve it in rectified S.U. ℥ iiij. being dissolved, add thereto Rose Water two Quarts, or better, with which the Patient (with a bit of Sponge) may wash the parts affected, morning and evening, the Stomach and Belly only excepted. This will not fail of doing the Cure.   

CHAP. XXXV. Of the LEPROSY.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Lepra; and in English, the Leprosy. It is a certain high, and indeed the highest degree of Psoora, or Scabies; and is derived from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Cortex, Squama; Scales, etc. this is the Leprosy of the Greeks.  
II This Disease generally affecteth the whole Body, or a part thereof, with Scurf-like Scales, making it read, rough, and unequal: a tumour possesseth the place where it is; it augments by little and little, without pain; the Eyes are read, Breath stinks, the Skin scurfy, knotty and hard, the Hands and Fingers swell, the Feet grow deformed, and the whole Body turns into a Consumption.  
III The Kind's. There are two sorts of Leprosy, the one called Lepra Graecorum, which is general all over the whole Body: the other Elephantiasis, Lepra Arabum, the Leprosy of the Arabians; being an universal kind of cancerous tumour of the whole Body: it arises from melancholy, pituitous Blood, tumid, livid, black; with Ulcers and Varices in the Legs.  
IV. If it possesseth the Skin only, and not the Flesh, it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Morphea, Morphew.  
V The Causes. Author's will have the Cause of this Disease to be black Choler; but it seems rather to me that it arises from a putrid, salt Phlegm: and possibly the pituitous matter may be putrified with a mixture of other Humours; as a depraved Lympha, and adust Choler.  
VI The procatartick Cause is surfeiting, and feeding upon bad Food, and Meats of evil juice, Obstructions of any usual Purgation; with all the other external Causes assigned to the production of a Scabies, the chief of which is Contagion, by which means it is mostly propagated.  
VII. For if Scabies is contagious, without doubt Lepra is so likewise, it being the worst Scabies, or the highest degree thereof: and therefore it is reasonable to judge, that Lepra, which is the highest of Scabies, should be more contagious than the Scabies itself.  
VIII. The Differences. In Lepra there is a much greater corruption of Humours, and so a greater Distemper than in Scabies, in which there falls of only a branlike substance: whereas in Lepra, that which falls of resembles the scales of Fish: so that from the itching in the Scabies, there is a ready way made unto the Leprosy.  
IX. In a Pruritus, there is with an itching, a certain light roughness of the Skin, in which unless it be vehemently scratched, nothing at all falls of. In a Scabies, afterwards the Humour becomes more turgid, vehement, and external; where upon scratching, a scurfy, branlike, or scabby substance falls of constantly: but in a Lepra the swelling is greater, and there falls of not longer a branny or scabby substance; but a scaly matter, whether there be scratching or not.  
X. And in an Elephantiasis, not only the temperament of the Parts, but also their form and figure, and at length the very continuity itself is corrupted; it being as it were a kind of Cancer, common to the whole Body.  
XI. In a Scabies, the matter is more thin, and seizes chief upon the Cuticula; but in Lepra it seizes not upon the Cuticula only, but upon the whole substance of the Cutis also: and in an Elephantiasis, with the others, it seizes upon the Flesh too.  
XII. Celsus, though he has no where treated of the Leprosy under that name, yet in lib. 5. cap. 28. he has plainly handled it under the name of Impetigo; of which he makes four kinds: viz. an Exulcerated, a Read, a Black, and a White, but all yielding Scales.  
XIII. This Impetigo of Celsus is without doubt the Lepra of the Greeks; for as much as all his kinds of Impetigo do yield Scales; which are indeed only proper to the Lepra of the Greeks, which is thought to have received its name from Lepis a Scale.  
FOURTEEN. The Signs. It is not difficult to know, since it has mostly the same Signs with Scabies: but this one thing alone is proper unto a Leprosy, that it sends forth Scales.  
XU. The Skin is rough, dry, and withered; there is also many times an itching, and the Scales will fall of, whether there be scratching or not; and the Sweated also is very unpleasant and stinking.  
XVI. The Prognostics. Lepra scarcely admits of Cure, by any ordinary means: if old, and in old people, it is uncurable. The Elephantiasis is much more difficult to cure, than the other Leprosy.  
XVII. The sooner is it taken in hand, the easier is it to be dealt withal: if it is evilly dealt with, it is apt to degenerate into Elephantiasis, or the Leprae Arabum.  
XVIII. The Cure. A good Diet being institututed, the Body is to be evacuated, and the Liver to be corrected and corroborated; and the matter invading the Skin, to be by Digestives and Abstersives taken away.  
XIX. You may provoke Sweat, by Decoction of Sarza, or Guajacum, or Powers or Spirit thereof: and Sulphur is here also very commodious, by reason of its abstersive virtue.  
XX. But seeing Lepra is the highest degree of Scabies, the same Medicaments which are used in Scabies, may be used here; save that they aught to be made something stronger.  
XXI. Sulphur is indeed commended as a most excellent thing, because it mortifies the evil in its root; and cleanses well, by reason of its abstersive virtue. Mercury is the next greater Medicament, and indeed without that it will be very difficult to perform a Cure.  
XXII. And next to these things, some have found good in anointing with Tar, commixed with flowers of Sulphur; as Celsus advises in a Scabies: or this of Serapion, described by the same Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. propè calcem: ℞ Sulphur (vive, I suppose) ℥ iv. Nitre in fine Powder ℥ ij. mix them with a sufficient quantity of Rosin: I suppose he means liquid Rosin, as Tar, or Turpentine; if he does not, you must necessarily add Oil to it, to bring it to a Body.  
XXIII. Or you may anoint with Ung. Cosmeticum, with Precipitate, or Ung. ad Scabiem, or Ung. Mercuriale, applying them with discretion; and giving inwardly every day, or every other day, gr. viij, x, or xij. (pro re nata) of Arcanum Jovis, observing a strict course of life.  
XXIV. That which hath real virtue to extirpate this Disease, is the true Aurum Potabile: and not much inferior are the the Tinctures of Antimony or Coral: but if the Aurum Potabile be wanting, than the vitriolate Bohemian-tartar, Tincture of Bohemian-tartar, and Mercurius dulcis take place.  
XXV. A specific in this case, is Vitriol ℥ ij. dissolved in Wine lbx lbx. and strained; of which give three or four sponfuls often in a day, with ordinary Drink, or with Wine, which is better: lbj lbj. of Vitriol will be enough to effect the Cure, being continually taken for three or four weeks. Hartman.  
XXVI. You may also provoke Sweeting, (bathing first the whole Body in Spirit of Wine, and than) with the Diaphoretic, or rather Tincture of Antimony: so will the Scabs and Scurf fall away, and the remaining roughness and hardness mollify with Baths made of emollient Herbs: but it is absolutely smoothed and softened by anointing with Oil of Vipers, or Land-snakes.  
XXVII. Let their Drink be Viper or Snake Wine, and let them often eat their Flesh; purging also the Body with the Panchymagogon-vegetable, mixed with Mercurius dulcis; and Extract of black Hellebor, mixed with Coloquintida and Salt of Bohemian-tartar ● or, which is better, our Pilulae Panchymagogae, or Catharticae.  
XXVIII. But if none of all these things will do, you must come to the most powerful, and indeed ultimate Remedy, which is Salivation; which you may do with Mercurius dulcis, Arcanum Corallinum, Aurum Vitae, white Precipitate, Turpethum Minerale, or other things of like kind; at the end of which you must prescribe the usual Diet-drink made of Guajacum, Sarsa, Burdock-roots, and Antimony: bathing in the mean while with the Wash in Ch. 27. Sect. 50, 51, 52. or anointing with the Ointments mentioned in the preceding Section of this Chapter: if these things do not, the Patient may be accounted uncurable.  
XXIX. The Leprosy of the Arabians has four degrees of Putrefaction: first, the Elephantiasis itself, which is the highest degree: secondly, Alopecia: thirdly, Ophiasis: fourthly, Leonina, or the Tettar.  
XXX. The Elephantiasis of the Arabians is another kind of Leprosy, differing from the former; a single Affect, without degrees, and commonly happening to the Feet: concerning all which, we shall (God willing) largely treat in particular, in Lib. 3. Cap. 37, and 38. following.   

CHAP. XXXVI. Of the MEASLES.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Sudamina, Rubiolae, Morbilli; and in English, the Measles.  
II They are small red Pustles, which break forth in the Skin, something lesle than Millet-seed; making the Skin rough, and for the most part accompanied with a Fever, and mostly afflicting the whole Body from head to foot.  
III They mostly hap to Children and young people, of a hot constitution, in a hot season of the year; and are generally excited through too much motion and exercise.  
IV. The Cause. They are caused by the thinner recrements of the Blood, restrained within the Skin; by closing the Pores through cold, or some other accident; where receiving a new Ferment by a febritick heat, they break forth.  
V The Signs. They are known by the manner of their breaking out; which is with a very deep redness, roughness of the Skin, and Fever.  
VI The Prognostics. They are not geverally dangerous, unless the Patient take cold, or there is a choleric Flux of the Belly; and are many times cured by the help of Nature only, without any thing of Medicine.  
VII. The Cure. We have at large handled this Disease, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 7. chap. 21. and the Cure thereof at sect. 17. to 30. of the same chapter, so that we shall say the lesle thereof here; and chief direct those things which are topical, or belongs to the Chirurgeon to perform.  
VIII. First, gentle Sudorificks are to be exhibited inwardly; as Our Theriaca Chymica, drinking after it this Julep: ℞ Milk-water ℥ vj. Syrupus volatilis ℥ j Tincture of Saffronʒ ij. mix them: for by this means the Morbifick-matter is driven forth, out of the Flesh, and the Heart secured.  
IX. If there is a great Thirst, give the Patiented some few drops of the Spiritus nitratus, in all the Drink they take; putting in so much, as to make it pleasingly sharp. This Medicine not only quenches Thirst, but moderately abates the heat of the Fever, and restores the Tone of the inward parts.  
X. Outwardly, you may anoint with this: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ vj. Camphirʒ ij. Saccharum Saturni (dissolved in Vinegar) ʒ iij. mix them to anoint with: but this must be used after they are sufficiently and perfectly come forth; jest you hinder the intention of Nature, and so do mischief.  
XI. This is good: ℞ Oil of Ben, or Oil-olive ℥ vj. Sheeps-suet ℥ iij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j Camphirʒ ij. mix them: and if you please, you may add ʒ ij. of Saccharum Saturni.  
XII. Or you may wash with this: ℞ Water lbj lbj. Saccharum Saturni ʒ iij. Nitreʒ j mix, and dissolve: with which let the places affected be washed very warm.  
XIII. And this is to be noted that whatever the internal qualities of the Topics you apply may be, as being potentially cold; yet that nothing be applied outwardly actually cold, but rather of a bloodwarm heat: because things actually cold are apt to close the Pores, and hinder the perspiration of the remaining matter.  
FOURTEEN. Being throughly expelled as aforesaid, you may wash with this Liquor bloodwarm, or hotter, fomenting the Parts with a Sponge. ℞ Spring-water lbij. lbij. Spirit of Wine ℥ iij. Salt of Tartarʒ ij. mix, and dissolve.  
XU. After the washing is over, you may anoint with the Oil at Sect. 10. aforegoing, or the Ointment at Sect. 11. next following; or with Our Oleum Refrigerans, or Oleum Cosmeticum; than which, there are not yet any better things found out.   

CHAP. XXXVII. Of the FRENCH-POX.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Siphylis, Lues Venerea, Morbus Gallicus; and in English, the Venereal Disease, or, French Pox.  
II The Definition. It is gotten by Contagion, through using unclean Bodies: and therefore is defined to be a virulent and contagious Cachexia of the whole Body.  
III The Causes. They are principally three. 1. The Procatartick or Remote; which consists in the Contact of impure persons, and a communication of corrupted Seed.  
IV. 2. The Antecedent; which is the mixture and corruption of the Seeds of several persons; being conveyed into, and retained in the same Womb.  
V As for Contact, it may be by more ways than that common one of lying with a Woman: as, one Man lying with another Man in the same Bed, so as to touch him, being full of pocky-sores from head to feet; or lying in the same Sheets where a pocky person has lain and sweated for some time; or drinking in a Glass, where some little Poison of the Ulcers of a pocky man's Mouth, or of his Hospital, filled with Venereal malign Salt, shall have stuck; or a wholesome Nurse suckling a Child born with the Pox.  
VI Whereby it often happens, that the seed or poison of the Disease, by superficially adhering to the parts of the sick Person, are conveyed to the sound; causing either Pustules, Pains, Ulcers, or other Symptoms; which in time insinuate themselves farther and farther into the Skin and Flesh of the sound Person; till such time as it infects him with the universal Pox. From hence appears,  
VII. 3. The proximate, near, or conjoined Cause, which is a Venereal Salt, very subtle, and full of malignity and poison; arising from the various Ferments of differing Seeds; which being volatile and penetrating, easily enters into any of the adjacent parts, (especially in the Privities, which are very porous) through the Skin, even into the Flesh; and from thence into the Veins and Arteries, without leaving any vestigia of its passage.  
VIII. And if ever so little of it be once mixed with the Blood and Lympha, it works like a little Yeast put into much Wort, or like Leaven in a great quantity of Meal, which easily leavens the whole lump; first fermenting, and than corrupting as other Poisons do; which offend more by their quality, than their quantity.  
IX. The Antecedent 'Cause is evident from matter of fact, which is the confusion and mixtion of many and different Seeds in one and the same Womb; which makes a more vehement and irregular Fermentation, (as coming from many and differing People, and each Seed containing many contrary and differing Particles.)  
X. From which unnatural Fermentation there proceeds a very evil change, to Putrefaction, and a poisonous Acrimony; through the heat and moisture of the Part (which is the Womb) that contains them, and the purity and spirituality of the Matter (to wit, the Seed) which is corrupted.  
XI. For the more pure Matter once corrupted, degenerates into the worst Putrefaction, even to a degree of Poison: and the more Spirituous the matter is, the the more vehement, subtle, and penetrating is that Venom; as is apparently evident from the Pox.  
XII. This Disease is common among the Indian's, from whence the Spaniards had it, and brought it home; who at the Siege of Naples, Anno 1493 communicated it to the French, and they dispersing it all over Europe, it came to be generally called the French Pox, or, French Disease.  
XIII. The Signs are, Impure Coition preceding the Disease, heat and scalding of Urine, restlessness, loss of appetite, universal itchings, suppression of the Terms, or the Hemorrhoids, (where usual in Men) fixed pains of the Head, Shoulders, Shinbones, and other parts.  
FOURTEEN. There is also many times present a Gonorrhoea, Bubo's, Ulcers, Pustules, Cankers of the Yard and Vulva; and a hardness that remains after their healing; Warts in the Privities, falling of the Hair from the Head, Tetters, Ringworms, Gums, Nodes, Tophs, rottenness and corruption of the Bones.  
XU. Now most of these Signs are but Accidents of the Pox; for it seldom produces all of them at once, nor all of them at all times, nor in all persons: but they manifest themselves at certain times and seasons, according to the differing degrees of the Pox, and the variety of its malignity and infection.  
XVI. And therefore it will be necessary to inquire into, and found out, how it passes out of one degree into another; and why and how, in each particular degree, it produces very different kinds of Symptoms.  
XVII. The Prognostics. Ulcers caused by impure Coition or Contacts, are the first and lowest degree of the Pox: being the effect of some of the Venereal or Pocky matter, superficially adhering: and these may be cured at first with ordinary, or common Desiccatives.  
XVIII. But if the Salts constituting them cannot be destroyed by such means, but that they penetrate into the Vessels, and mix themselves with the Blood and Lympha; or with the natural moisture which remains in the ulcerated Part, so as to degenerate into Cankers, known by the rising up of their white lips, dull colour, and hardness, the Disease will than be much more hard to cure.  
XIX. If it is a Clap, which is a virulent Gonorrhoea that is contracted, and it be recent, it may be cured with much ease and safety: but if it is inveterate or old, the Cure will be much more difficult: as we shall more at large discourse in the next following Chapter.  
XX. If the Pocky-poison has entered into the substance of the Blood, and Nature by struggling with the Poison has made some critical separation, whereby a Bubo in the Groin, or some other Glandule does appear, if this is brought to perfect suppuration, and made to run long, the Disease is drawn forth that way, and so is easily cured.  
XXI. But if these poisonous Salts entering into the mass of Blood, are not thus precipitated by Nature into Bubo's, (the expulsive faculty being weak) but fermenting with the Blood and other Juices, and by their own deleterious quality, they insinuate and disperse themselves every where through the whole substance of the Flesh, and there precipitate themselves, or are driven out by Nature; whereby the whole habit of the Body becomes pustulous and ulcerous, with a kind of Scabies; this is another degree of the Pox, and it is now become universal; and therefore, though it is yet curable, it must be cured with more general and universal Remedies.  
XXII. If yet the malignity is increased, and the Ferment continues, whereby the poisonous Salts insinuate themselves into the Nerves and Membranes; causing Rheumatisms, wandering and nocturnal Pains, felt now in one part, now in another; oftentimes in the Shins: it is manifest that the Disease is increased to a greater height, and become much more difficult to cure; and to which more vehement meant must be used.  
XXIII. But if yet these Pocky and Poisonous Salts, after wandering about the Body, shall at length fix and adhere to any particular Part; causing Gums, Nodes, Tophs; as they oftentimes do on the Arms, Thighs, Shinbones, Head, Jaws, and other parts; and that this adhesion happens in the Muscles, or Periostion, thereby causing vehement nocturnal pains and other accidents; as drying the nervous Fibres of those parts, inducing a general Pining or Consumption: or corrupting the Cartilages and Bones, causing a Rottenness of the Bones, and other great changes, making boney Nodes, (which is a swelling of the substance of the Bone, rotten and corrupted by the substance and action of these impurities,) I say in this case, the Disease is very hard to cure: and though sometimes it may be cured in very strong Constitutions, yet in some again that are more weak, who cannot happily undergo the fatigue of the Cure; or in whom the Poison has seized upon the noble parts, and such other parts as administer to them, it becomes utterly without help, and passed all manner of hope.  
XXIV. The Cure. Because we have at large given you the Description of this Disease, with the Causes, Signs, Symptoms, Prognostics, and various Ways of Cure, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 6. we shall say the lesle of it here, rather referring you thither; nor shall we repeat those things over again in this place.  
XXV. But because there are some other particular Methods of Cure, which are excellent, of which we have said nothing there: and because we would not leave our young Artist in the dark, as to the safest, shortest, and best ways of curing, we are willing to gratify the Industrious with the following things.  
XXVI. If the Pox is only in beginning, as that there are only little Pustules or Ulcers, caused by a light and superficial adhesion of some Venereal matter, and that it has not penetrated more inwardly; lodging at present only in the part, as in the Yard in Men, or the Privities in Women, or the Teats in Nurses, or Mouths in Infants, etc. in these cases, 'tis vanity to pursue the general Cure, since a particular, shorter, and easier Method will do.  
XXVII. 'Tis only necessary to destroy the malign Ferment in the part affected, blunting and breaking the points of the Veneral acid Salts, to prevent their farther penetration.  
XXVIII. And this is first done with Topics, not too strong, but of such a Temperament as may best agreed with the Body and Part it is applied to. This is good: ℞ Well-water lbij. lbij. Salt of Tartarʒij. Saccharum Saturni, Roch-alum, white Vitriol, A. ʒ iij. mix them, to wash with.  
XXIX. Or this: ℞ A weak Limewater lbij. lbij. Verdigrise, Saccharum Saturni, Spirit of Vitriol, A. ʒ i, or ℈ iv. mix them. And Water mixed with Spirit of Vitriol alone, (ʒ iij. to a quart of Water,) is very excellent in this case.  
XXX. Or thus: ℞ Well-water lbij. lbij. Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. Orpimentʒ i ss. Verdigrise, Aloes, A. ℈ ij. mix them. Or: ℞ White Port-wine lbij. lbij. Well-water lbj lbj. Orpiment ℥ ss. Verdigriseʒ ij. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ʒ j mix; and make a Liquor to wash with.  
XXXI. And to prevent the farther increase, exhibit Sudorisicks to drive from the Centre to the Circumference: as Spirit of Hartshorn, à gut. x, and thirty. or volatile Salt of Hartshorn, à gr. viij, and xxiv. or Tinctura Antimonii, adʒ ij. which you may give in a Glass of Carduus-water.  
XXXII. To these may be added, the Powder or volatile Salt of Vipers, of this latter, à gr. uj, and ℈ i, or, because this is very dear, the volatile Salt extracted out of the Flesh of Oxen, Sheep, or other Animals; which may be given in equal parts of Spirit of Angelica and Carduus Water.  
XXXIII. You may also give Purgatives, but they should be only of such a strength as to move Nature gently, and expel by Stool any putrid Matter in the Bowels: but not so strong, as to attract the Humours from the remoter parts, jest you should also attract inwardly the Venereal Malignity, and 'cause it to make a farther penetration than otherwise it would have done of itself; thereby causing the Pocky Venom to be disseminated into the more inward parts.  
XXXIV. For this purpose, an Infusion of Sena with Salt of Bohemian-tartar, and sweetened with Our Syrupus Catharticus, is Purge enough, and all that you need do in this case.  
XXXV. You may also use Diuretics, to carry of any venene matter by Urine, which may lodge in the Passages of the Serum; of which Sal Prunellae is chief, being given àʒ ss, adʒ ij. in fair Water sweetened with Sugar, or else in white Wine.  
XXXVI. Or, you may give Spirits of Sulphur or Vitriol, à gut. x, and thirty. more or lesle; in Arsmart, Parsley, or Pellitory Water, which cool and provoke Urine admirably; and in colder Constitutions, Radish-seeds bruised and taken in white Wine, which is a powerful Aperitive.  
XXXVII. But if through neglect of the Patient, or want of Skill in, him that undertakes the Cure, these Pustules, or Ulcers in beginning, shall degenerate into Cankers, by the Poisons insinuating itself deeper into the substance of the Flesh, you must than apply to them Escharoticks and Suppuratives, to eat of the hardness which accompanies them.  
XXXVIII. The ordinary thing used in this case, is red Precipitate, which makes a Scar when it is good, but yet a very superficial one, which is not able to hinder the hardness from increasing: others use corrosive Sublimate; but this causes intolerable pain during its operation, draws a flux of Humours upon the Part, and many times induces a Gangrene.  
THIRTY-NINE. But indeed the Lapis Infernalis has a much more excellent and certain effect, because it makes a deeper Eschar than ret Precipitate, and operates with lesle pain than corrosive Sublimate: but 'tis to be used with prudence and discretion, for that a Part already ulcerated is more easily to be penetrated, than that which is covered with skin: and therefore it must be used in smaller quantity, to fit places only, upon a Plaster with a hole in the middle of it, of the just bigness you design the Eschar; it will perform the operation as it were in an Instant.  
XL. The Eschar being made, you may 'cause it to be removed by the help of the common Suppurative, as Ung. Basilicon; with which you may afterwards mix a little read Precipitate and burnt Alum, to increase the suppuration, and consume the remaining hardness: and some advice, in dry and melancholic Bodies, to add to the said Ointment a small quantity of corrosive Sublimate, and to wash the Ulcer every time you dress it, with the Wash made of white Port-wine, at Sect. 30. aforegoing; adding to it, if need requires, a little Vng. Aegyptiacum, to make it a little more cleansing.  
XLI. And you may lay over the Tents, etc. either Ceratum ad Tophos, or Emplastrum Mercuriale; rubbing the places about also with Vnguentum Mercuriale, reiterating proper Purges in their due order.  
XLII. If these things hap on the Yard, and a Phimosis, or circular contraction of the Prepuce is induced, either by negligence or, ignorance of the Artist; so that the lower part of the Glans cannot be uncovered, whereby you may come to dress the Ulcers or Cankers that are underneath, you aught to use emollient Fomentations and Cataplasms, made of Mallow and Marsh-mallow leaves and roots, Linseed, Turnips roasted, etc. with the Ointments and Plasters before named.  
XLIII. And while these things are doing, you must cleanse the Ulcers and Cankers with some of the Washes before named; making injections under the Prepuce with a Syringe, and stretching it gradatim with your Fingers, by drawing it towards the root of the Yard, every time you dress your Patient, till you can perfectly uncover the Glans.  
XLIV. But all this is to be done with all the easiness that can be, jest a Paraphimosis, or universal contraction of the Foreskin, wherein it cannot be reduced, should hap; which is a Symptom much worse than the former, by reason of the Pain, flux of Humours, and Inflammation, which may hazard a Gangrene, if not timely prevented.  
XLV. Against this evil, the former things mentioned for a Phymosis must be used, if there be time for them; but if not, you must not only in the Paraphimosis, but in the Phimosis also, prefer Incision (making one or two in the Prepuce, as you see need requires) before all other Applications. These things being done, the Ulcers and Cankers are to be well cleansed, all impediments removed, and the Cicatrice to be produced according to Art  
XLVI. But if the whole Body is universally defiled, and the Pox is become universal, we must come to a more universal Cure; and since Nature oftentimes helps in this case, by the protrusion of Bubo's in the Groin, which if carefully brought forward, opened, and kept long running, the whole malignity of the Disease is carried of that way, we must endeavour by Art to promote this natural Crisis, by application of proper Remedies.  
XLVII. That this may be effectually done, you must endeavour to promote the increase, magnitude, and protrusion of the Tumour, by giving internally Sudorificks, which help on the Protrusion; of which kind are Our Tincturae Cordialis, Tinct. Antimonii, Tinct. Opii, Tinct. Salis Tartari, Spiritus Opiati compositus, Potestates Virtutum, Sal Cornu Cervi Succinatum, Bezoar mineral, native Cinnabar, Theriaca Chymica, Laudanum specificum Nostrum, Laudanum Samech Gardneri, and other things of like nature.  
XLVIII. And externally you must apply Topics, which may hasten and procure the Suppuration, you may apply this following Cataplasm: ℞ Ung. Basilicon, or Nicotianae ℥ iij. Lilly-roots ℥ iv. sour Rye-leaven ℥ iv ss. powder of Bay-berries ℥ ij. Oil of Amber q.s. mix, and make Cataplasms; which apply hot, renewing them every six or eight hours.  
XLIX. If in strong Bodies, you would attract more strongly, you must increase the quantity of Leaven; but if it be in tender and delicate Bodies, you may sometimes diminish it: now this Cataplasm not only attracts the Humour to the Part, but also fixes it in the same, by contributing to the Suppuration.  
L. If the augment is slow, you may apply a great Cupping-glass, once every twelve hours; which must be left on so long, till it has made a considerable attraction; than being taken of, upon the point of the Tumour apply this: ℞ Basilicon, Leven fermented with a little Spirit of Vitriol, A. ʒ j mix them, and over this apply the former Cataplasm, or Empl. Diachylon cum Gummis.  
LIVELY The Bubo being brought to suppuration, it is to be opened in the most eminent part of it, or a little beneath, according to the ductus of the Fibres of the Groin; by applying a potential Cautery, as Lapis infernalis, mixed with a little Basilicon, or other proper Ointment, and than opening it with the Lancet or Incision-knife.  
LII. After which, the common Suppuratives and Detersives are to be applied; putting at first upon it Emplastr. Diachylum, and afterwards Our Emplastrum Mercuriale; than you must order it as other corrupted Tumours, and towards the end of its Cure, purge frequently with some proper Cathartick.  
LIII. If Nature indicateth not the raising of a Bubo, we must than come to another way of Cure; which is by of Expulsion of the Morbifick-matter, through those Passages which Nature has ordained: and this is either by the Pores in Sweeting, or the Salivatick-glands, in Salivation.  
LIU. I know that many have pretended to do the Cure by Sudorificks and Diets, without Mercury; but this is impossible, in an universal and confirmed Pox: though 'tis confessed, after a choice Salivation they are of mighty use. The things most used for this purpose are, 1. The Wood Guajacum: 2. Cortex Guajaci: 3. Sarsaparilla: 4. Sassafras: 5. Radix China: 6. Burdock-roots; which, next to Guajacum, are found to be most effectual.  
LU. And late Experiences have a vast number of times confirmed to us, that neither by Vomiting, nor Purging, nor yet by Sweeting, or any other ordinary Methods, can this Disease be cured; whatever ancient Authors have affirmed to the contrary: 'tis true, those Methods may abate the Symptoms, and in a recent Pox, do the work well enough; but in an old, universal, and confirmed Pox, nothing but Salivation can have any good effect.  
LVI. How Salivation than is to be performed, now remains to be inquired into; and since it is to be done several ways, we will examine them all, and than point out to that which is best: and the matter by which it must be performed is Mercury, into the nature and properties of which we shall a little inquire.  
LVII. It's nature, is easily to join with Sulphurs', and therefore it is apt to join itself with Sulphureous Bodies, by amalgamation, whereby its quantity is many times augmented with Lead and Tin, to a great abuse; for which reason it is best to draw it forth from Cinnabar, mixing it with Filing of Iron, and so draw forth the pure Mercury by distillation; and by this means other Mercury may be had in its Purity; for the other Metals are not volatile enough to rise with it, but remain in the retort with the Sulphur and the Iron.  
LVIII. It is of a spherical or round Figure, and that makes it so movable and fugitive; and this form it conserveses in its smallest Particles, so that though it is (as it were) dissolved with acid Spirits, and reduced into most subtle Powder, yet by the help of a Microscope, the spherical Form may be perceived still to continued, so that it scarcely seems possible, to found a medium totally to destroy it: And therefore it is, that by the heat of fire, being separated from the acid, which divides it into parts, it may be revived again.  
LIX. It abounds vastly with Sulphur, and that is the reason it so easily joins to sulphureous Bodies: And Metals which abound with Sulphur, are more weighty and more malleable than others, and their Particles more perfectly united together, yet by their division into infinitely small Particles, they are rendered more penetrative and volatile than before; and thus it befalls Mercury in its preparation, for making of Medicines.  
LX. Being thus prepared, it is fit for inward exhibition, or topical Application in Ointments, Emplasters, and Fumigations; where being mixed with sulphurous bodies, it is kept divided by those oily and resinous Substances, in imperceptible Particles, that it may thereby the more easily penetrate the Pores of the part to which it is applied, and that its motion is indifferently, upwards, downwards, and on every side.  
LXI. This is evident in the use of Mercurial Ointments, by the Oily Bodies of which it is held divided into those so minute Particles, whereby it is the more able to penetrate the Pores of the Skin: so also in Troches for Fumigation, the sulphureous Fume of the resinous Bodies keep it also divided into most subtle Particles, that it may make an easier entrance into the Skin, and pass through the substance of the Flesh with the lesle violence.  
LXII. This being premised, we will now consider the several ways by which it is (by various Artists) differently performed: and this, 1. By the Mouth. 2. By Unction. 3. By Fumigation. Of all which methods, we shall (God willing) treat in order, as follows.  
LXIII. In order to a Salivation (by what way soever attempted) there are some previous considerations necessary, as 1. The time and Season of the Year, which aught if possible, to be in March, April or May, if in the beginning of the Year; or in the latter end of August, September or October, if in the latter part of the Year; and not in the heat of the Summer (unless the Summer should prove cool) because Heat causes a dissipation of the Spirits, and a diminution of the native Heat and Strength, without which the operation cannot be effected; nor yet in the cold of Winter, because the cold thickens the Humours, and makes them lesle apt to flow, as they aught to do; besides, there is fear of taking cold, which may bring the Patient into danger of his Life.  
LXIV. 2. The Preparation of a body of a temperate constitution; And this is done by purging with the Tinctura Purgans, or Syrupus Catharticus; Or with this following, ℞ Senaʒ ij. White Port Wine half a Pint, make an Infusion over a simmering heat, for two hours close covered; strain out and add Cassia newly extracted ℥ j mix for a Dose, which repeat four times, viz. every other day: In the intermediate days he may (if conveniency affords) bathe morning and evening, to dissolve the coagulated Humours; and during all the time you may give him this: ℞ White Port Wine lbj lbj. Rasping of Guajacam ℥ ss. Burdock-roots ℥ j thin sliced; infuse 24 hours, strain out: ℞ Water lbviij lbviij. Pearl barley ℥ ij. Liquorice well bruised ℥ jss. boil well, and strain out, which mix with the former infusion in Wine. Let this be his ordinary Drink.  
LXV. 3. The Preparation of a thin Body, hot and dry. Here Coolers and Moistners are to be used, and but very gentle Purging, because it carries of the Humidities, which are already in too small a quantity. ℞ Clarified Whey lbj lbj. Senaʒ j make an Infusion, strain out, and dissolve therein Sal Prunellaeʒ ss. for a Dose; which repeat not above twice at 4 or 5 days distance; bathe also morning and evening for several days, but so as not to provoke the lest Sweat, and the while let this be his constant Drink. ℞ Water lbx lbx. Pearled barley ℥ iij. Purslain, Lettuce, A. M. iij. Sorrel, M. ij. Liquorice bruised ℥ jss. boil and strain out, into which squeeze the juice of a Limon to make it pleasant; and let his Food be broth of Meats made savoury, to nourish him, and boiled Meat, and by degrees use him to the constant course of Liquid nourishment.  
LXVI. 4. The Preparation of a Body replete with moisture, and of a cold phlegmatic Constitution. You may purge with Tinctura Cathartica, Sal Mirabile, or Tinctura Antimonij Purgans; Or with the Tinctura Cathartica mixed with Syrupus Catharticus, which you may repeat five times, viz. once every third day. Let his Drink be this: ℞ Water lbx lbx. Pearled barley ℥ jv. Liquorice bruised, Burdock-roots, A. ℥ ij. boil, and towards the end of the boiling, add Corriander-seed, Fennel-seed, A. ℥ ss. Cubebsʒ ij. strain out: ℞ White Port-wine lbj lbj ss. Guajacum rasped ℥ ij ss. Cortex of the same bruised ℥ ss. mix, and make an Infusion: strain out, and mix it with the former, adding the juice of Lemons to make it pleasant. Let him sweated every night, by giving him a Glass of the former Liquor, with thirty drops of Spirit of Hartshorn in it, and than go to a warm bed, if he sweated in a Bath, (otherwise putting a Warming-stone to his Feet, or Bottles of hot Water to induce the Diaphoresis:) diminish also their Food gradually, and let them eat what is roasted, as being more drying, and fit for this occasion.  

I Salivation by Internals.  
LXVII. The gentlest of all internal Salivatories is Mercurius dulcis, which may be given à ℈ i, and ʒ ss, or ℈ ij. every night going to bed, till such time as the Flux gins to rise; than you must cease, till you see how it comes forward: if it rises well, give not more, if not, advance another Dose; and be sure you wait so long, till you see there can be no danger upon the exhibition thereof.  
LXVIII. The next to this is Turpethum Minerale, than Aurum Vitae, and after, Arcanum Corallinum, white Precipitate, read Precipitate, the Prince's Powder, and Precipitate per se, to which you may add Arcanum Jovis; but this last, because it operates slowly, must be given longer, and sometimes to gr. x, xij, or more: all, or any of these which you shall make choice of, must be used with the same Caution which we gave in the preceding Section, concerning Mercurius dulcis. See more of this way, in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 6. sect. 156, ad Sect. 120.   

II Salivation by Unction.  
Lxix This is performed with Our Vnguentum Mercuriale, or this following: ℞ Quicksilver ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ ij. Oil of Ben ℥ j Oil of Rhodiumʒ ij. mix, and dissolve the Quicksilver by grinding; than add Oil-olive lbj lbj. Sheeps-suet lbss ss. mix them again well, and keep it for use.  
LXX. Of either of these Ointments you may take ℥ ij. for the first anointing; which may be from the Ankles till you come above the Knees, and from the Wrists to the end of the Shoulderblades: in some tender and delicate Bodies, this first Unction has done the work desired; so that a second would have proved dangerous.  
LXXI. After this first Unction, therefore you must observe the motion of its operation, or if any signs of the Salivation appear, for than you must presently leave of anointing, for fear Suffocation should ensue; which does always come to pass, when the Humours are carried up to the Throat in too large a measure.  
LXXII. If no signs appear, you must than come to a second Unction, which must be made about a natural day, or twenty four hours after the first; in which you may use ℥ ij. more of your Ointment, anointing and rubbing the Legs and Thighs therewith, from the middle of the Foot to the upper part of the Hips; as also the Backbone, from the end of the Os sacrum to the middle of the Neck; and the Arms, from the Wrists again to the Shoulderblades: not forgetting the places where the Glandules are placed.  
LXXIII. If yet no signs of a Salivation appear, you must with ℥ ij. more of your Ointment anoint again a third time, and upon the same places last afornamed: and this rarely fails to produce the desired effect, if the Body of the Patient be fitly prepared, as it aught to be.  
LXXIV. If yet no signs appear, you must be very cautious how you proceed, jest you should be surprised before you are ware; and forbear anointing anew, for at lest two days: and when you begin to anoint again, not using above half the quantity, and yet lesle, if the Gums begin to swell or grow sore: beware of too many repeated anointings, because of the danger which many times succeeds.  
LXXV. In this case you had better give a Dose of Mercurius dulcis, à gr. xx, and thirty. it will with much ease and safety induce the Salivation; when more anointing may prove dangerous, and if need requires, it may be again repeated.  
LXXVI. As to the manner of Anointing, it must always be made before a clear and good fire, especially if the weather be cold; a Screen being placed behind the Patient, to make the heat reverberate, and save the Sick from cold, and the Ointment aught to be rubbed on, and repeated several times upon each part, to help forward the penetration.   

III Salivation by Fumigation.  
LXXVII. This is the third and last way of raising a Salivation, which is done by the Fumes of artificial Cinnabar, made into Troches, after this manner: ℞ Artificial Cinnabar ℥ i ss. Benjamin, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, all in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. Cortex Winteranus, Zedoary, in fine powder, A. ʒ iij. Frankincense ℥ ss. Turpentine, enough to make them up into a mass for Troches; of which make forty, for ten Fumigations.  
LXXVIII. Wiseman in his Surgery, has these Troches: ℞ Cinnabar ℥ ij. crude Mercury ℥ j Mastich, Frankincense, Gum of Iuniper, A. ℥ ss. Storax Calamita, Benjamin, A. ʒ iij. make all into a subtle powder, and with Turpentine q.s. make a mass for Troches, each weighing aboutʒ iij. this quantity may serve for twenty Fumigations.  
LXXIX. The way of using these Troches is thus: have an artificial Chair, or Cane-couch, made for the purpose, upon which put the Sick in some warm close place; or a Tub for the purpose, made beneath of boards, and arched like a Tent; and covered all over with thick Blankets. Or, which is much better, let him go into Hartman's Sweating-Chair, in which let him sit, and receive the Fume from the Troches within, being thrown upon live coals.  
LXXX. His Face must be out, as the nature of the place imports, that he may endure it the longer; and his Head so covered, that the Air come not at it; but towards the conclusion, the Head aught to receive some of the Fumes: and he is to endure it as long as he can without fainting.  
LXXXI. Than wrapping warm Sheets about him, carry him to a fresh warm place, and place him in a warm bed, to sweated, for three or four hours, or more, as he can endure it.  
LXXXII. These Fumes are to be used once every day, if the Sick be strong, but if weak, once every other day: and if he be faint, let him rest a day or two, till his Spirits are recruited, and than repeat the Fumigation again; till by the foreness of his mouth, and fluxing or spitting, you see reason to give over: he may also in this method of Fuming, eat oftener than otherwise, and that good and nourishing food; for too much abstinence in this case does hurt.  
LXXXIII. If a particular part be chief affected, as an Arm or Leg, with vehement, Rheumatic pains, a malign Herpes', or cacoethick Ulcer; you need only fume that Part alone (which is lesle troublesome and dangerous to the Patient) by laying it in a proper posture, covering it over and close with Blankets, and than putting the Fumigation cast upon live coals, under it, etc.  
LXXXIV. Hitherto of the usual Methods of Fuming; but length of time has brought the Art to a greater perfection: for now the Patient being dressed in his Clotheses, (as if going abroad) is put in the morning into a close Room like a Closet, or some such thing; and the Fumigation being put upon live coals, in that little place, he receives it up his Mouth and Nostrils, for the space of about an hour, more or lesle, as he is able to bear it: which when over, he goes about his Chamber or House, without any other Observation than this Caution, to beware of taking Cold.  
LXXXV. This makes the Patiented spit upon the spot, for an hour or better, and a little all the day after till the next morning; (but so as not to be perceived by strangers) and than it is repeated again in like manner for another hour; and thus continued for about thirty days, lesle or more, or till the Patient becomes perfectly well.  
LXXXVI. This Method is without any danger, and if the weather is warm, the Patient is permitted to go abroad: (for within an hour after the Fumigation is over, the Salivation will be pretty well over also only a small kind of spitting continues all the day, and is again revived the next day:) nor is any precise Diet to be observed by him in respect to his eating or drinking; salt and sour things, and Pickles, being only forbidden him.  
LXXXVII. By this Method, a Patient is as certainly cured as by any other; and I am sure, much easier, and with a great deal more of safety; and in my opinion, in a much shorter time. If any shall object the danger of the Fumes going up the Head, it is a vain Objection: for though it may be rationally enough answered, yet daily Experience for thousands of times, has proved it safe and innocent: and doubtless there can be no Argument against Experience.  
LXXXVIII. Since we have here shown three several ways of Salivating, as, 1. By Internals: 2. By Unction: 3. By Fumigation; and it be demanded which of them is the best; we in few words answer, that by Fumigation; next that by Internals, given by the Mouth; and in the last place we put that by Unction, as being the very worst way of all, and always attended with the more dangerous Symptoms.  
LXXXIX. For if we consider the way the Mercury has to make, when used by Unction, that it must pass through the Skin, than through the Fat, if any be, and Musculous Flesh, through which it has a long passage; (where by the way it is sometimes lodged, and sometimes meets with the Bones, corrupting and rotting them; causing many times nocturnal Pains, with many other Aches and disorders,) and at length ascends up into the Stomach, Head, and Brain; whence the Serosities of the Parts, and Acidities of the Humours precipitate it down again into the Salivatick Glands' and Ducts: I say, when a man considers, that this is the way it must make, to perform the work of Salivation, with the accidents and dangers attending it, it would make even a bold Man tremble to attempt it.  
XC. As to the Internal way of raising the Salivation, (though it is much better than that by Unction, yet) some Objections lie against it: for unless it be made with Mercurius dulcis, (which is too weak a Preparation for a confirmed Pox) it generally makes the Patient extremely sick, even almost to death; frequently excites violent Vomitings, Fainting, and cold Sweats: and sometimes the Salivation either rises not at all, or if it does, it is many times so faintly as to do no good: and unless the Artist be very skilful in his business, by endeavouring to raise it to its due height, he many times suffocates his Patient; or otherwise by a too much opening the mouths of the Vessels, causes a violent flux of Blood; to the great hazard, at lest detriment of the Patient.  
XCI. From what has been said it is manifest, that the Way by Fumigation is truly the best; and in that way, the method of Fuming by the Mouth, with the Clotheses on, because this is free from all the Symptoms, Dangers, and Miscarriages of the other Methods; though we do not by this forbidden them others, but do allow that sometimes, upon some occasions and accidents, they may well enough be made use of, if done by a skilful Hand.  
XCII. But which way soever you pursue, whether by Internals, Unction, or Fumigation, you may know when the Salivation is in beginning, by the working of the Pulse, vexation of Mind and Body, diminution or entire loss of Appetite, heat of the Mouth, swelling and soreness of the Gums and Lips, thickness of the Tongue, blisters in the Cheeks, stinking of the Breath, whiteness of the Palate, pain of the Teeth, and indisposedness to sleep.  
XCIII. When by these signs, you found the Salivation to approach, you must forbear giving any more Doses by the mouth, if you use that way; or Unction, if you have used that, or Fumigations, if that; and all sort of Mercurials, jest some evil accident, as vehement corrosion of the Vessels, by which much Blood runs out of them for some days, or Suffocation should ensue, which many times happens when Mercury is used in too great a quantity.  
XCIV. But if the Salivation comes regularly on, it will be manifest by a continual kind of stream, or running down of a clear Phlegm or Saliva, as it were in a long thread, which at first runs but gently, but gradually increases for 8 or 9 days, till it comes to the height, which in persons of a moist and gross habit of Body, may come to four, five, or six Pints in a day and night, and to others in a lesle proportion.  
XCV. But it aught to be brought on with care and caution, and by a gradual ascension in the use of the Medicaments, first seeing the ultimate of what the last Dose or Quantity will do, before you venture upon the next, jest by too frequent administrations, you raise the Salivation to a degree not to be commanded, and so suffocate the Patient.  
XCVI. In the beginning of the Operation, there is sometimes vehement pains of the Belly, causing a Flux downwards. These if they be very violent and difficult to endure, you may ease by exhibiting an Anodyn Clyster. ℞ White Posset drink or broth of Pearled Barley lbj lbj. Powers of Aniseedsʒ iij. Tincturae Opij gut. 30. mix, and give it warm.  
XCVII. If the Mouth be much Ulcerated, you aught to wash it daily with warm Water or Damask Rose-water, mixed with a little Wine; I know some advice to a mixture of Milk and Water; but Water and Wine are much better, by reason of the abstersive Quality of the Wine: 'Tis true, it will make the Patient's mouth smart a little, but its good effects will make it to be born withal, notwithstanding that little inconveniency.  
XCVIII. While the Spitting lasts, cold is carefully to be avoided; and before taking of any thing inwardly down the Throat, the Mouth aught to be well washed two or three several times with fair warm Water, that the adhering sharp, corrosive and poisonous Humour may be washed of, the Mouth kept clean, and the increase of the Ulcers hindered.  
XCIX. For otherwise every time any thing is drunk or taken down, part of the poisonous Recrements hanging about the Mouth, Tongue and Throat, will also be swallowed, whereby the Patient will be reinfected with his own Poison, which often times causes tortions and gripe of the Bowels: and truly, the want of this course of daily washing the Mouth, is the cause of the repeating of Salivation after Salivation; and that after several Salivations, though never so well performed; they have proved ineffectual as to a perfect Cure; and that the Patient has been forced to go through two or three several Salivations, and some more; when one performed with this care, would have served the turn, and possibly done better too.  
C. As to the time the Flux aught to continued, it is not exactly to be determined; in some it will finish of its own accord in 12 or 14 days, (counting the beginning of the Flux when the Sick spits between a Pint and a Quart in 24 hours) in some in 20 days, and in others in 30 days, beyond which it aught not to be continued, unless it be very small and inconsiderable.  
CI. For if you drain some Bodies too much, consuming and exhausting the Radical Moisture itself, which is the Root of Nourishment, and Foundation of Life, you will dry up the Brain by little and little, and so infallibly induce an incurable Atrophy upon the whole Body, making Death to close up the Act. You aught therefore as well to preserve what is natural to the Body, as to destroy what is inimical: and therefore you must observe how much the Body is dried, how much of the Strength is spent, and all other circumstances and accidents, which may give you timely notice to stop the Salivation (after a sufficient continuance) to prevent any future danger.  
CII. If therefore you would stop the Salivation when it rises too high, or continues too long, some Authors advice to repress it with Catharticks; others with salt of Tartar mixed with Broth, or ordinary Liquid Purges, as a Tincture or Infusion of Sena, etc.  
CIII. But if you would do it certainly and effectually, give this mixture: ℞ Flowers of Sulphur, or Sulphur Vive in fine Pouderʒ ij ss. Honey, or extract of Juniper-berries, q. s. mix, and make a mass for five Doses, to be given morning and evening: and if the Salivation is vehement, you may give a Dose or two of Laudanum, for that immediately thickens the Humour through the whole Body, so that it cannot flow to the Salivatick Glands', nor supply them, after which you may give a gentle Purge.  
CIV. To heal the Ulcers which hap in the Mouth and Throat, often gargoyle with fair warm Water in which a few Drops of Spirit of Sulphur or Vitriol are put; Or with this Gargarism, ℞ Fair water lbij. lbij. S.U. ℥ iij. Mel Rosarum ℥ jss. mix for a Gargoyle: Or this, ℞ Fair Water lbij. lbij. Read Port Wine lbss ss. Honey of Mulberries ℥ i ss. mix them.  
CV. If there is a Flux of Blood at Mouth, ℞ Fair Water ℥ jv. Read Port Wine ℥ ij. Tinctura Mirabilis ℥ j mix them. Or give this: ℞ Catechuʒ ss. Flowers of Sulphur ℈ j Honey of Roses, q. s. mix and make a Bolus, which often repeat. Or, ℞ An infusion of Read Roses in Water ℥ jv. and make it pleasantly acid with Spirit of Sulphur; it will be astringent enough to repel the Blood.  
CVI If there is a Diarrhaea or Bloody Flux, give one small Pill of Our Specific Laudanum, at night going to bed; or instead thereof, this mixture, ℞ Red Port Wine ℥ vj. Tincturae Mirabilisʒ jv. Guttae Vitae, or Liquid Laudanum gut. thirty. mix for a Dose to be given at night going to bed, to be repeated every night so long as the Flux lasts.  
CVII. If after the Salivation is over, there is in Women, yet an overflowing of the Womb, with a kind of purulent Humour, it will be necessary for her to receive up her Womb, the Fume of some of the Iroches mentioned Sect. 77. aforegoing; or else to inject into the Womb with a Womb-Syringe this Water. ℞ Fair Water lbij. lbij. White Vitriol, Roch Alum, Saccharum Saturni A. ʒ iij. mix and dissolve, and inject therewith three or four times a day, bloodwarm.  
CVIII. If the Sick is accompanied with much Weakness and Fainting Fits, either in the time of the Salivation, or after it is finished, you may give them two or three spoonfuls or more, of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis, or strong Cinnamon Water, (if in the Salivation,) mixed with as much choice Canary, or else (if out of the Salivation) alone by itself; Or a glass of generous Wine, which will relieve the suffocated Spirits, fortify the Heart, and do much good in all fainting and swooning Fits.  
CIX. As to the Diet which the Sick is to submit to, during the course of the Salivation, We now come to speak. If the Body is hot, dry, thin, and lean, you must forbear all Nutriments of a heating Quality, and withal nourish somewhat more than ordinarily: Give him plentifully of broth made of Beef, a Leg of Veal, or a Pullet, making it a little savoury, adding to it Sorrel, Lettuce, Purslain, or Succory, and let him drink of it often: Or you may give him Jelly made of Veal, also Jelly made of Hartshorn, and Barley Broth, made with Milk like to Cream, and a little sweetened with double refined Sugar; Or Posset-drink made White, and a little sweetened with fine Sugar: let him take hourly in the daytime, and every third or fourth hour in the night, of some of these things, which he likes best; and if he be faint for want of Food, you may give him a couple of Newlaid Eggs poached, every day at Noon, or only when need requires.  
CX. But if the Body is fat, fleshy, strong, cold and moist, or phlegmatic, you may give him the former things, but without Sorrel, Lettuce, Purslain or Succory, and not so often, nor in so large Quantities, but only just enough to keep the Salivation up, and the Patiented alive; and once in two or three days you may give him a Newlaid Egg or two, poached, for the Support of his Spirits: Also Water Gruel is of good use in this case, boiled with Sage, Time, Fennel and Savory.  
CXI. Sometimes instead of Salivating, the Mercury Praecipitates downward, and the Malignity is carried of by Stool; but this hinders not the Mercury from penetrating into all the parts, and is much better than when it terminates in Sweeting. This is caused from the abounding of Alcalious Salt, which meeting with the Mercury, stops its motion, and forces it downwards. In this case the Physician aught to assist Nature, by repeating proper Purges and Diuretics.  
CXII. Sometimes also, it operates chief by Urine, and this is better than that by Stool, and next to that of Salivation, especially if it continues long, and is large enough. This happens in such Bodies where acid Salts and alcalious Salts are nearly equal: for Acids taken inwardly become Diuretic, carrying of Phlegm and Serosities by Urine, but joining with the Mercury, they may be sublimed, or carried upwards with Heat; whereby they lose that Property, unless encountered with an equality or sufficient Power of an Alcalious Salt, for than being dissolved in the Serum, by the power of the Alcali the Mercury is precipitated downwards, and by the Virtue of the Acid, it is conducted to the Reinss, and so the Impurities are carried of and expelled by Urine.  
CXIII. But if the Mercury performs a complete Salivation, which is its most ordinary operation; it is, because that the Venereal Salts fermenting like Leven, dissolve in the Blood and Lympha, and so spread themselves into all parts of the Body, rendering by this means all the Humours sharp and acid; and the Mercury meeting with these acid Humidities, charges itself with them, from whence it comes to pass, That the Mercury by its Volatile Property, through the native heat of the Body, ascending upwards, carries all the malignity of the Humours with it, to the Salivatick Glands', and so causes the Salivation.  
CXIV. And it seems that Nature acts her part in this work of her own accord, because this motion is not only from below upwards, but it is generally equal, moderate and continual. Now all the acid, malign and impure Humours ascending with the Mercury, they make it corrosive (like corrosive Praecipitate dissolved in A.F. or Spirit of Nitre) and ascending up with Heat, they increase their corrosive property, (making a kind of Sublimate) which seizing upon the parts about the Mouth and Throat exulcerates them, and sometimes penetrates them so exceedingly, that many times the Vessels are corroded and opened, whence comes a flux of Blood, lasting sometimes for several days, till the fluid matter becomes lesle corrosive, through the diminution of the Acids.  
CXV. Thomas the Directions we have here given, are almost infallible for curing this Disease, and do scarcely fail one of a hundred, if exactly observed, yet many times dreadful Accidents hap, which no man could foresee, and many times are impossible to be remedied; as in dry, thin and lean Bodies, of a sudden there is a flux of the Bowels, with almost insufferable Gripe, which soon leaves a constipation behind, which causes an inflammation of the Bowels, Breast, Throat and Mouth, with a difficulty of swallowing and breathing, which produces a Fever, with intolerable heat and burning, whence comes oftentimes Deafness, Blindness and Palsies, and many times Frenzies, Swoonings, Appoplexies, and Death itself.  
CXVI. So also in a fat, cold, moist, and phlegmatic Constitution, as sudden Alterations hap, the Mercury through its violent ascension, carries with it so great a confluence of Humours, that not only most of the afore-enumerated Accidents may hap, but many times a very great swelling of the Throat, Tongue, and Cheeks, and oftentimes of the whole Face, with hardness, cancrous eating Ulcers, looseness of the Teeth, and an immoderate flux of Blood, which causes either present Suffocation, or otherwise the Ulcers spreading, and growing black and stinking, they at length gangrene, and so cause Death.  
CXVII. The Causes of these things are often unknown, and therefore difficult to be avoided; in some there are inward Dispositions and Qualities, not possible to be understood, and so without the possibility of being taken away; in others the Cacochymia of Body is so great, that it cannot any ways be corrected, or overcome; besides the true causes of many men's Death is wholly unknown, nor can the set time be avoided; for which reasons it is, that the success of this Operation is not always so happy as one would desire, and such accidents hap, which as they could not be fore-seen, so might not reasonably be expected, and therefore not in the power of the most Skilful to prevent.  
CXVIII. It remains now, that we prescribe the conclusive Diet, or that which is to be taken after the Salivation is over, which is to be continued for at lest thirty days; of which we shall give you one only Prescript, which is this that follows, and is chief for a cold, moist, and phlegmatic constitution.  
CXIX. The conclusive Diet Drink. ℞ Antimony in fine Powder, and tied up in a Rag ℥ xxiv. Burdock Roots thin sliced ℥ xxxij. Mealy Sarsaparilla slit, Liquorice bruised, Lignum Guajacum, rasped Pot-ashes, A. ℥ xuj. Cortex Guajaci, Winter's Cinnamon bruised, A. ℥ viij. Water six Gallons; mix and infuse all night in a scalding heat; the next day boil till six Quarts are consumed in a proper Diet-Pot: than add Currans, Raisins of the Sun stoned, Figs slit, A. ℥ xuj. Zedoary ℥ x. Anise-seed, Carraway-seed, Coriander-seed, Fennel-seed, A. ℥ iv. boil well again for half an hour, or better, and than strain out, without pressing; bottle it up, putting into each Bottle a Clove slit in two: Of this drink three Pints a day, viz. morning, noon, and night, gently sweeting upon it every night.  
CXX. The remaining ingredients, except the Figs, Raisins, and Currans, which are to be cast away, you may take again, and add to them fresh Figs, Raisins and Currants, A. ℥ xuj. Aniseeds, Coriander, Carraways, and Fennel-seeds, A. ℥ ij. Water lbxx lbxx. and boil again half an hour or better, than strain out and bottle it up as before; this is the second decoction, and for ordinary Drinking: The Antimony keep and preserve, for it will serve 40 times if there be occasion.  
CXXI. But if it is in a thin, hot, dry, choleric and consumptive habit of Body, you must take but one half of the Lignum Guajacum, and wholly leave out the Cortex, Winter's Cinnamon, and Zedoary, and than make it up with the remaining Ingredients, in all respects as the former, both as to the first and second Decoctions.  
CXXII. Lastly, That all parts may be sufficiently cleansed, and that no Seeds of the Disease, nor Recrements of Humours may be left in the Bowels, or other Passages, purge first before you take the Decoction, at lest twice, and afterwards whilst you take the Decoction, once every fifth day, with this infusion of Sena. ℞ Choice Senaʒ ij. green Liquorice bruisedʒ jss. Salt of Tartarʒ ss. Fair Water ℥ jx. mix and infuse two hours close covered, than give it a Walm or two, and Strain out for one Dose. See more of this Cure at large in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, in the Elements of Physic, Lib. 1. Cap. 71. Sect. 44. add Sect. 63. and Lib. 6. Cap. 6. where you will receive abundant Satisfaction.    

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of a CLAP, or RUNNING of the REINSS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Gonorrhoea Virulenta, & Venerea; in English, a Clap, Virulent, or Pocky Running of the Reinss.  
II The placing this Distemper here among Universal Defilements, may be objected against us; it being the hurt only of a particular Part: but to this we answer, 1. That we did it chief, as having an affinity to the Lues, treated of in the preceding Chapter, and as being a Species of it; for which cause we thought it fit to be treated of in the next place to that. 2. That though it is not an Universal Defilement in its beginning, yet many times by continuance and ill handling, it becomes Universal; inducing a Venereal Cachexy over the whole Body; tainting the Blood, Lympha, Seed, and all the other Humours.  
III The Signs. It is known by the running of a virulent, stinking, and ill-coloured matter from the Yard or Womb; with much pain, heat, and sharpness of Urine withal.  
IV. It is indeed a particular kind of Pox, or the Pox in beginning: a Clap, or virulent Gonorrhoea, is a higher degree thereof than simple Ulcers or Cankers, of which we have spoken in the former Chapter; because the malign or poisonous Salts or Matter is insinuated farther into the Body, even to Parts inward and concealed.  
V There is a solution of Continuity in the Urethra, which descends down even to the Bladder itself, and parts adjacent, which seem to be the first of the inward parts affected; than comes Inflammation, known by the heat and pain which is felt in pissing, with sometimes a total stoppage of Urine; or so great an obstruction, as only suffers it to be made by drops, or in little quantities.  
VI And by degrees the malignity seizes upon the Seminal parts, and the Seed itself; altering it in its substance, colour, smell, and other properties; making it thin, yellow, green, blue, and stinking; and in all its substance, spoiled and corrupted.  
VII. The Causes. They are the same with those mentioned in the former Chapter; and are chief, 1. Contagion, which by Contact or Act affixes the seeds of the Disease. 2. A malign and poisonous Salt, which insinuating itself into the Pores of the Skin, where the contact is, disseminates its self, fixes in the Part, and lays the foundation of the Disease.  
VIII. The Differences. It differs from a simple Gonorrhoea, or Flux of Seed; which arises either from too great a fullness of Seed, or overflowing of the Seed-vessels, or a weakness of the Retentive Faculty: whereas this virulent Gonorrhoea is a Solution of Continuity, or Ulcer in the Vrethra, descending down, affecting the Seed-vessels, and by its malignity contaminating the Seed itself.  
IX. The Prognostics. When it is recent, or but newly contracted, it may be cured in short time, and with much ease and safety; by removing the Symptoms appearing, through the application of fit and proper Medicines.  
X. But if it has been of any long continuance, so that the malign and venereal Salts have penetrated into the Orifices of the Veins and Arteries; or by any other ways howsoever, have affected the Blood and Lympha, and corrupted the whole substance of the Seed, the Cure will be much more difficult and tedious; because all the accidents become greater.  
XI. And if it has been of very long continuance, without cure, the malignity penetrates farther, even to the infecting the Muscles, and whole Fleshy-substance, and at length degenerates into the Universal Pox, of which we have treated in the preceding Chapter.  
XII. The Cure. Bleeding, with which this Cure is almost always begun, by the Quack-Doctors and Vulgar Practisers, must be absolutely forborn, for the mischief it may possibly do. Let us hear what the famous Blegny, Chirurgeon in ordinary to the French Queen, says in this case, in his Observations on the French Disease, Sect. 2. Cap. 2.  
XIII. Some Practisers (says he) whose course we must by no means follow, ever begin this Cure with Bleeding in the Arm; by which means the Venereal matter will be attracted, or driven more inwardly into the Body: and therefore we must by consequence suspect it as pernicious or dangerous.  
FOURTEEN. Others (says he) Bleed boldly in the Foot, which also has the same effect; or else it precipitates the matter, by defluxion into the Testicles: for which reason you aught to abstain from Bleeding in either part; and rather use this following Decoction, which cools the Inflammation, abates the Acrimony, and drives the Matter outwards.  
XU. The Decoction. ℞ Roots of white Lillys, of Althaea, A. lbj lbj. Sorrel M ss. Liquorice bruised ℥ viij. Water lbxxiv lbxxiv. boil and make a Decoction, and strain out by pressing, the better to draw forth the Mucilage: and to every quart of this put Oil of Vitriol, or Sulphur gut. xij. of this let the Patiented drink as much as his Stomach will bear, and this, at any hour of the day or night. Thus Blegny.  
XVI. This may be of use in the beginning of the Disease, and also of service, if it has been of any continuance: but to make it more effectual for abating the inflammation and heat of Urine, you must dissolve in every quart thereof Sal Prunellae, or Crystals of Nitre, à ℈ ij, adʒ j and sometimes you may add to it juice of Lemons, to make it more cooling, refreshing, and agreeable.  
XVII. And with a Yard-Syringe you must daily inject into the Yard thin Barley-milk only warm, or new Milk lukewarm; casting in two or three Syringes-full at a time, and doing it six or seven times a day; but always after pissing, if you have occasion: and where these things cannot be had, you may use warm Water, in which a little Spirit of Wine is put, a quarter of a pint or better, to a quart of Water.  
XVIII. And if the Pain be vehement, you may give a Turpentine-Clyster, which is an excellent thing, to give ease, and facilitate the passage of the Urine.  
XIX. In the next place, you must endeavour the carrying of the Malignity by Urine; which you may do by giving a few Doses of Chio, Cyprus, or Strasburgh Turpentine, either in Bolus' or Pills. ℞ One of those Turpentines ℥ ij. with powder of Liquorice make Pills for eight Doses; to be given morning and evening for four days.  
XX. After the use of this, you must than purge gently with an Infusion of Sena and Cassia, thus made: ℞ Choice Sena ℥ ss. Sal-nitreʒ i ss. Whitewine ℥ viij. mix, and make an Infusion; in which dissolve Cassia new drawn ℥ i ss. for two Doses.  
XXI. In the mean season, cleanse the part affected, by this detersive Injection: ℞ Whitewine a quart, juice of Pellitory of the Wall a pint, Mel Rosarum ℥ vj. Verdigrise purifiedʒ j mix them: with which syringe (with a proper Yard-syringe) four or five times a day.  
XXII. If you would have it more desiccative, you may make it thus: ℞ Whitewine, Limewater, A. lbj lbj. Honey of Roses ℥ v. purified Verdigriseʒ ss. mix them: it cleanses and dries well.  
XXIII. These things being used for some time, whereby the impurities are evacuated, and the Parts affected cleansed of their malignity; by which the matter comes to run more white and thick, and lesle in quantity, you may with safety give the White Potion, thus made:  
XXIV. ℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine ℥ ij. yolks of three newlaid Eggs; mix them well together by grinding, than add thereto either Milk, or Whey, or white Posset-drink, three quarts; mix them well, and dulcify with double-refined Sugar. Dose, half a pint, morning, noon, and night.  
XXV. If by the use of this it should seem to run more, it is but by way of farther cleansing; which you may facilitate by the use of this Injection: ℞ Decoction of Agrimony and Pearled-Barley lbij. lbij. clarified juice of Wormwood ℥ vj. Tincture of Wormwoodʒ ij. Honey of Roses ℥ v. Oil of Sulphur gut. xx. mix them.  
XXVI. These things being done, the malignity carried of, and the Ulcer sufficiently cleansed; we must now come to consummate the Cure by Stypticks and Astringents, which you may with all safety administer.  
XXVII. For these things prudently given, close the Spermatick Vessels by little and little: yet give them leave to discharge themselves of their remaining impurities.  
XXVIII. But if the Disease has been inveterate, they aught not to be used, but in the very last part of the Cure: for in such the running Matter is nothing else but the Poison of some of the Ulcers in the passages: and therefore the Flux must not be hindered by any other means, than that which is detersive and desiccative, which being sufficiently made use of, you may come than to the use of Astringents and Stypticks.  
XXIX. Every night going to bed, you may give of Our Specific Laudanum; or Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Samech, two or three grains, or more, as you see occasion: and every morning, of Our Tinctura Mirabilis one spoonful, in a glass of Ale, or some proper Decoction.  
XXX. Let his Drink, whether Beer, Ale, or Wine, be made pleasantly sharp with Our Aqua Antifebritica; which will certainly destroy all malignity which may harbour in any of the inward parts, and perfectly complete the Cleansing.  
XXXI. Than with a proper Yard or Womb Syringe, inject the following mixture. ℞ Of a moderate Limewater lbij. lbij. Saccharum Saturni ʒ iij. mix them; to be injected five or six times a day; always after making water, if there be occasion.  
XXXII. Or this: ℞ Fair Water lbiij lbiij. white Vitriol, Roch-alum, A. ʒ iij. Saccharum Saturni ʒ i ss. S.U. ℥ vj. mix them; to be used as the former, four, five, or six times a day; and two Syringes-full every time.  
XXXIII. If the Patient has fallen into ill hands, who for want of skill has stopped the Running too soon; by which means the virulent Serosities are fallen into the Testicles, where it causes a great and painful Tumour, giving a great deal of trouble in the Cure: in this case, the Patient aught to repose for a time, and if possibly, in his bed.  
XXXIV. Than to take away the Inflammation, and alleviate the Pain, you must foment the Part with Decoction of Camomii, mixed with an equal part of read Port-wine.  
XXXV. After which, you may apply to the Part a Cataplasm of roasted or baked Turnips; which upon manifold Experience, I declare to be an excellent thing. Or this: ℞ White-bread lbj lbj. six yolks of newlaid Eggs, Oil-olive ℥ iv. Milk q. s. mix, boil, and make a Cataplasm; which apply as hot as can be endured, and let it be renewed every six hours.  
XXXVI. This done, apply this following Cataplasm: ℞ Cuminseed, Fennel-seed, Ana, well bruised, and boil them in Oxymel to the consistence of a Cataplasm; after which you may apply Balsam of Sulphur, mixed with Myrrh, to the consistence of a Cerecloth.  
XXXVII. And while all this is a doing, you must also carry of the Humour by due Purging with Our Pilulae Catharticae, several times repeated. And what remains must be consumed by the use of a Decoction of Guajacum Saraparilla, Burdock-roots, and other Sudorificks.  
XXXVIII. If a Carnosity should hap in the Urethra in a Man, or the Neck of the Womb in Women, wherein, in Men the passage of the Urine is stopped or much hindered; which is usually perceived in the beginning, by the smallness of the Stream, or dividing thereof, with pain in Pissing.  
THIRTY-NINE. If I say, the Urine is wholly stopped, it is mostly cured by opening the Perinaeum, by Incision; or at lest otherwise to put down into the Bladder a Catheter, which yet will 'cause much pain.  
XL. If it is but in beginning, it may be consumed by excoriating it with the Catheter, and applying thereupon, by the help of a small wax Candle mixed with Turpentine, Read Praecipitate, burnt Alum, Verdigrise, yellow Orpiment, and Savin, all in fine Powder, mixed, and made up into a Balsam, with Balsam of Gum Elemi.  
XLI. This if dexterously applied in a small quantity, and directly upon the Excrescence, will not go without the desired effect: But of this matter we shall speak more in other places, to which you are referred.  
XLII. But if the Caruncula Mammillaris, at the beginning of the Urethra, which shuts the holes through which the Seed passes, into the common Passage from the Glandulae Prostatae, has been unfortunately consumed by some Ulcer or Hurt, by putting a Catheter into the Bladder, or by corrosive Medicines, the Disease in Men will be incurable, in which case, palliative only can be used. Veslingus.   

CHAP. THIRTY-NINE. Of EVIL SMELL of the BODY.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Foetor, vel Putor, vel Olor malus Corporis; in English, Evil Smell, or stinking of the Body.  
II It is a stinking and very offensive Smell, which in some persons, breaths forth out of the external parts of the Body through the Skin, offending not only the Bystanders, but also the person himself: for the Body of Man smells not at all, or at lest sends not forth any ill Savour or Smell to be perceived by any, whilst it is in its right state of Health: Thomas 'tis true, that all sorts of Animals breathe forth some sort of Smell proper to their kind.  
III The Places. Now the places whence this evil Smell comes, are manifold, as 1. From the Mouth by the Breath. 2. From stinking Teeth. 3. From the Nose and Ears. 4. From the Armholes. 5. From the Privy Parts. 6. From the Feet. 7. From the whole Body.  
IV. The Causes. A stinking Breath is caused either from eating strong and ill scented Food, as Leeks, Onions, Shelots', Garlick, etc. Or from a foulness of the Stomach, which corrupts all the Food which is taken into it; Or from Obstruction, Corruption, or Ulcer in the Lungs, which in respiration sends forth those evil Vapours; Or lastly, from Worms, breeding in the Stomach.  
V The stinking smell of the Armpits, called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and in Latin, Hircus; is caused as some suppose, from the rankness and overflowing of the Seed: 'Tis true, it is most familiar to Virgins which are Marriageable, if they be excited with amorous Toying, or heat with much motion, and sometimes it happens to Young Men.  
VI And this is said to come from the Testicles, and the Seed, which has the power of imprinting such an offensive and stinking smell upon the Blood, as we manifestly see in Goats, Negroes, and other over Lecherous Creatures, more especially if they have over moist Bodies, because the Moisture joined with Heat, is obnoxious to putrefaction.  
VII. 'Tis true, the whole substance of the Blood is not putrefied, but the Serum is at lest tainted with foetid Recrements, which being expelled about the Emunctories in Vapours, produce that Rank or Goat-like Smell.  
VIII. The stinking of the Teeth is caused from foulness, hollowness, or rottenness of the Teeth, foetid Ulcers of the Gums, and the like.  
IX. The stinking of the Nose, is either from the Breath sent through the Nostrils, from the Stomach and Lungs, and than the Causes are the same which we assigned at Sect. 4. aforegoing: Or it is (whether in Nose or Ears) from foul and foetid Ulcers in them, which admit not of easy Cure.  
X. The stinking of the Privy Parts, arises from the same cause with that of the Armholes, by reason of an Afflux of Excrementitious Humours to them, more especially in Women; which are also sent from the Arteries, Veins and Liver, to the Emunctories of the Groins, exhaling those foetid and rank Vapours.  
XI. The stinking of the Feet is caused from an abundance of moist and excrementitious Humours, which Nature for her relief, is apt in some persons to protrude to those parts for her Relief; Now the Feet being so covered and shod, that the Vapours perspiring, thro' the pores of the Skin, cannot easily fly away, they grow moist, and get a putridness, from whence that stink, and very offensive smell is contracted.  
XII. If the whole Body yields a stinking Smell, the whole Habit thereof must be foetid, from a general and universal Taint of the Serum of the Blood, which every where perspiring, continually gives that foetid and unpleasing Odour.  
XIII. These, when they sweated, are extreme stinking; and I have been informed of a Woman, who stunk so exceedingly, that by the malignity thereof, she killed three Husbands; and a Doctor who attended her one morning while she was in bed, told me, That the Smell which came from her, so offended him, that he believes he had fallen down dead, at lest fainted or swooned away, had he not made great haste to be go.  
FOURTEEN. However, the smell of the Armpits when it is very strong, so universally scents the whole Body, that many times it is taken for the stink of the whole Body: and I am apt to believe, that when that filthy smell of the Armpits is so vastly abounding and rampant, that the same filthy Recrements and Taint in some measure, affects the entire Body.  
XU. The Prognostics. A stinking Breath, if it be hereditary, or from the Birth, is uncurable; if it is accidentally caused, it is cured by removing those causes.  
XVI. The stinking of the Teeth, if hollow or rotten, can only be cured by pulling them out: The stinking of the Ears and Nose will be Cured, by curing the Ulcers which are in them.  
XVII. The stinking of the Feet is difficultly cured; yet if the Patient will follow strict Advice, it is sometimes happily removed.  
XVIII. The stinking of the Armpits and Privy Parts, is extremely difficult to be helped, and it is very rare that any are cured of it: If they meet with help, it is by a long and tedious course of Physic.  
XIX. The stink of the whole Body, if it be very rank, or strong, and of long continuance, is harder to cure than any of the former, and very rarely meets with help.  
XX. A stinking Breath happening to one in a Consumption, is a sign of Death.  
XXI. The Cure. 1. A stinking Breath. If it is from the Stomach, (which is known by this, that the Stink is more before eating than immediately after,) it is necessary to cleanse the Stomach by some proper Emetic, and that two or three times one after another, at due intervals.  
XXII. Give Tartar Emetic à gr. ij. ad vj. which let be repeated; than let the Patient take every morning for a month together, a spoonful, two or three, of Oxymel Scilliticum, (according as they can bear it) in a glass of White Wine and Sugar; these things if done, will not fail to do the Cure perfectly.  
XXIII. If it is from a Phthisis, or an Ulcer of the Lungs, you must have respect to the cure of that, which see in its proper place.  
XXIV. If it is Hereditary or from the Birth, a Palliative Cure is only to be instituted, which is by wearing Perfumes, as Musk and Ambergrise in the Bosom, and holding them, or other Odoriferous things in the mouth.  
XXV. For this purpose these Troches are of good use. Take fine Catechu ℥ j Lignum Aloes, Rhodium, Nutmegs, A. ℥ ss. Cloves, Winter's Cinnamon, A. ʒ ij. Musk ℈ ij. Ambergrise ℈ j triple refined Sugar ℥ jv. which moisten with the best rectified Spirit of Wine: The Species being all in fine Powder, mix them with the Sugar (finely powdered and moistened,) and with Glair of Whites of Eggs, or Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, make little Troches, 20 in a dram, which carefully dry and keep for use: These the Patient may often hold in his Mouth.  
XXVI. If it proceeds from Worms, they must be killed and expelled, as we teach in its proper place. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 2. Cap. 25. Sect. 9 and 18. and Lib. 5. Cap. 11. Sect. 20. and 54.  
XXVII. And if the Patient is of Age, and will take things, he may take every night going to bed Aloes lotae ad ℈ j more or lesle, Powder of Wormwood made up into an Electuary with Honey, or Tincture of Wormwood, made with Salt of Bohemian-tartar and rectified Spirit of Wine, which may be taken in all his Drink.  
XXVIII. 2. Stinking Teeth. This evil Scent is taken away. 1. By cleansing the Teeth if they be foul, with Dentifrices, Washeses, and a Tooth-brush. 2. By healing the Ulcers of the Gums if there be any, with proper Topics, as Spirit of Wine, and Gargles of Red-wine, in which Roch Alum and Mel Rosarum are dissolved. 3. By pulling the Teeth out, if they be very rotten, lose, or hollow, etc. See Our Polygraphicae, Lib. 5. Cap. 4. Sect. 3  
XXIX. 3. Stinking Smell from the Nose and Ears. This is generally from an Ulcer or Worms in the Ears, or an Ozaena in the Nostrils: How the Ozaena is to be cured, we show in its proper place; but Ulcers in both parts may be kept clean, if not cured, by injecting with a Syringe this following mixture. ℞ Strong Wormwood Wine ℥ vj. Mel Rosarum ℥ j juice of Celandine ℥ ss. mix them. Or this: ℞ White Port Wine ℥ viij. Read Tincture of Wormwood ℥ j Mel Rosarum ℥ jss. mix and dissolve, with which Syringe thrice a day.  
XXX. 4. If it proceeds from the Armpits: This happens to gross Bodies only, and therefore the morbific Humour is first to be carried of by Purging, and than it is in some measure to be dried up with Sudorificks and proper Bathe.  
XXXI. You may purge with Aloes Rosatae, or the Pilulae Angelicae, as also Oxymel Scilliticum, which dry the Body, and powerfully preserve it from putrefaction: Than sweated in a Bath, or in Bed, by giving 30 drops of Spirit of Hartshorn, in ℥ ij. of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis.  
XXXII. Let their Diet be also such as is drying, and may tend to the resisting Putrefaction: let them eat their meat with proper Sauces made with Vinegar, juices of Lemons, Citrons, and Oranges, Rose Water, Rose Vinegar, etc.  
XXXIII. They must abstain from Meats easily to be corrupted, such as Cucumbers, Melons, Musk Melons, Water Melons, Figs, and the like; as also the overmuch use of Fish, especially of Eels, and others of a soft Flesh, which are carefully to be avoided; but pickled Sturgeon may be permitted.  
XXXIV. Bodily Exercise is to be much used; Sleep aught not to be overmuch, and the Armpits are to be often washed with a Laver of Soap, or Lixivium (not too strong) of Quicklime, doing it at first for some few days, four, five, or six times a day, afterwards twice a day only.  
XXXV. Or, they may be washed with a Decoction made of Barley, Camomile, Scabious, Florentine Orrice-root bruised, Lignum Guajacum, Cortex Ejusdem, Orange, Limon, and Citron Peels, Cortex Winteranus, Pimento, Yellow Sanders rasped, Lignum Aloes rasped, Lignum Rhodium, Aspalathus, Clove-bark, Cloves bruised, Myrrh, Aloes, etc.  
XXXVI. Washballs also may be made of Genoa or Venice Soap, incorporated with Camphir and Chemical Oils of Limon and Orange Peels, Lavender, Sweet-marjoram, Rhodium, etc. with which, Washes may be made to be often used.  
XXXVII. But because it will be some time, before Medicaments can so operate as to take away this evil Smell, and make it tolerable to be endured by other persons, it aught to be palliated by the use of Perfumes: You may anoint the Armholes with this, ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ ij ss. Sheep-suet ℥ j White Bees Wax ℥ ss. Oil of Rhodiumʒ j Musk in subtle Powder, gr. viij. Ambergrise, gr. iv. (These two last first mixed with juice of Lemons, gut. 40.) mix all together and make an Ointment, to anoint with morning and evening after Washing.  
XXXVIII. Under the Armpits Perfumes aught to be born, as also in the Breast or Bosom of the Party thus afflicted, as sweet Pomanders, etc. variety of which you may see in our Polygraphicae, Lib. 5. Cap. 16. where you may see much variety, about Ten several kinds.  
THIRTY-NINE. This following is inferior to none. ℞ Liquid Storax ℥ vj. Balsam of To●… ℥ jv. Balsam of Peru ℥ j Oil of Nutmegs by expressionʒj. Liquid Amber ℥ j Chemical Oils of Rhodium, Sassafras, Lavender, Savin, Limon Time, Lemons, Oranges, Citrons, A. ʒ j Oil of Clovesʒ ss. Lignum Aloes, Clove-bark, Yellow Sanders, Winter's Cinnamon, ana ℥ i ss. The Woods being all in a fine Powder or Flower, mix them with all the other things exactly, and with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, q.s. make Pomanders.  
XL. They aught also to chew in their Mouths the Troches described in Sect. 25. aforegoing, which give a fragrant Odour to the Breath, and in a great measure drown this most abominable smell of the Armpits.  
XLI. 5. If it proceeds from the nastiness of the Privy Parts, you must pursue the same course which is taught you in that of the Armpits, immediately preceding, save that instead of the Armpits (which may also be washed and anointed) you must wash and anoint the Privity, as also the Groins; and in Women, the Vagina and Womb aught also to be anointed three or four times a day, and sometimes oftener; and withal, the Patient aught to sit in a Bath, morning and evening for half an hour.  
XLII. If there is a virulent Gonorrhaea, you must cure it, as in the proper place we teach; but if only stinking Whites, you must cleanse the Womb by detersive Injections, and than strengthening and stypick Injections, (Universals having been premised) after which you may use the afore described Baths and Ointments: for this is certain, that if those foetid Whites be not cured, the stinking Smell can never be taken away.  
XLIII. Also often washing the Womb (by injecting with a proper Womb Syringe) if it be with nothing else but fair warm Water, five or six times a day, whereby it is kept clean, is a great matter in order to this Cure.  
XLIV. 6. If it proceeds from Sweaty and stinking Feet; which happens chief to such as are Gross and very Fat, and full of moist Humours, apt to descend: In this Case there aught to be a due purging of the Body with our Pilulae Gatharticae, Tinctura Purgans, Tinctura Cathartica, infusion of Sena; Or else with Oxymel Scilliticum: The use of which last thing aught to be continued for at lest a month together, more or lesle of it, according as the Body is able to bear it.  
XLV. This done, he must every day, morning and night, wash his Feet in a soft Lie of Pot-ashes or a gentle Lime Water, something more than Blood warm, either simple of themselves, or with the following things being infused or decocted in them; as leaves of Angelica, Bay, Camomile, Featherfew, Hyssop, Lavender, Margerum, Origanum, Pennyroyal, Rosemary, Sage, Savory, Time, Vervain, etc.  
XLVI. He must also every morning put on clean dry Socks, and clean Stockings, with fresh and dry Shoes, and in the bottoms of the Socks he may strew the Powder following: ℞ Winters Cinnamon, Clove-bark, of each ℥ jv. Florentine Orrice Root, ℥ vj. make all these things into very fine Powder, and than put to them White Starch in fine Powder, Filing of Steel, of each ℥ iij. Caput mortuum of Vitriol well washed ℥ ij. artificial Cinnabar finely ground ℥ j mix them.  
XLVII. Also every day after Washing, morning and evening, (which let be for near half an hour at a time) his Feet being well dried with clotheses, let him bathe them very well with the Powers of Amber; for this Medicine not only powerfully dries up the Humour, but so mightily strengthens the parts, as to make them able to resist the very torrent or violence of the Defluxion: By this very method I have cured several of stinking Feet, who had lived many years in despair of any help.  
XLVIII. 7. Lastly, Evil Smell or Scent proceeding from the whole Body. That some times such persons as have been afflicted with this distemper, have been found in the World, is evident from the Suffrage of several great Physicians, men very Learned, and of great Integrity. Sennertus was of that Opinion. Snitzerus, in an Epistle to Libavius, gives us an Example of a Virgin of about 17 years of Age thus afflicted, whose whole Body smelled like to a dead Putrefying Carcase, very offensive to those she kept company withal, she all this while having nothing amiss in her Mouth, Stomach, Womb, or any other particular part of her Body.  
XLIX. Libavius in answer to the said Epistle, thinks, that this Distemper was contracted in the Womb of the Mother, from the pollution of the Blood, and Seed corrupted; Or, that the Embryo in the Womb was affected with this Taint, from something the Mother suffered, either by nauseousness, or Vomiting, or Affrightment, or being terrified with some Coffin, Sepulchre, or dead Body, or from the offensive Smell of some stinking and putrid Excrements flowing from such as lie in Childbed, etc.  
L. And the same Libavius gives us another Example of his own knowledge, of a Young Woman which had such a stink of the whole Body coming from her, as no Jakes could be worse, who being married, lived very discontentedly with her Husband for the same reason: but this chief whilst she had her Courses upon her. See Gregor. Horstius in Epist. Med. Lib. 2. Sect. 10. and Sennertus Med. Pract. Lib. 5. Part. 3. Sect. 1 Cap. 9  
LIVELY This Distemper though it is of difficult cure, yet must be attempted; and the very same Medicines and Method are to be used here which we prescribed in the cure of the stinking Smell from the Armholes: but in this case bathing with sweet Baths aught oftener to be used; for they open the Pores, and draw forth much of the putrid Vapours.  
LII. But if none of those Courses will do, the last Remedy is Salivation, which being carefully and skilfully performed, has sometimes cured in this case, especially when the cause has been accidental, from eating putrid Meats, etc. (and not from the Mother's Womb:) If this does nothing, the affect is uncurable.  
LIII. There remains than nothing more to be done, but to observe an exact cleanness in Linen and Apparel, and a Palliative cure by Perfumes, to hid or obscure it: And therefore the Patient must make use of Perfumed Garments and Gloves, sweet Balls, Pomanders, sweet Balsams, sweet Waters, Essences, Oils, and sweet Powders; a great variety of which you may see in Our Polygraphica, Lib. 5. Chap. 4. and Chap. 6. to Chap. 22. where you may have abundant Satisfaction.    

VI Defilements, or Vices of the EYES.  

CHAP. XL. Of BLISTERS of the EYES.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Phlyctaenae Oculorum; and in English, Blisters of the Eyes.  
II They are little Tumours, like Gromwel-seed, happening in the white of the Eye, viz. in the Cornea and Adnata; being full of Water, proceeding from a sharp Humour: which being broken, there follows an Exulceration.  
III Those in the Adnata are read; those in the Cornea, blackish if outwards, but whitish if innards.  
IV. The Prognostics. Those which grow in the Adnata, are lesle dangerous than they in the Cornea.  
V The more superficial, the lesle danger; the more inward, the more danger: for it is to be feared, that they should erode the whole thickness of the Cornea; whereby the watery Humour will be let forth, or the Wea start out.  
VI If there be an Exulceration, and it be not stayed, it will corrupt the whole Eye: but if the Ulcer seizeth only the Caruncle, and that the Punctum Lachrymale grows callous, it becomes Fistula Lachrymalis.  
VII. The Cure. In the Cure hereof, you must resolve the Matter conjoined, and revert the antecedent Cause; taking great heed that you bring not the Pustules to suppuration, jest they should turn into Ulcers.  
VIII. Therefore those Evacuations, Revulsions, and Derivations, which we shall hereafter use in the Cure of an Ophthalmy, must be used here.  
IX. If they be with inflammation, they must be cured as other Inflammations: for which purpose, Saccharum Saturni dissolved in Eyebright or Fennel Water, is here of all Remedies the chifeest.  
X. If they be from a waterish Humour, you must exsiccate and dry; which you may do with Lapis Tutia, Calaminaris, and such like: here Brandy dropped into the Eye several times, is of good use.  
XI. Afterwards you must apply such Topics, which may gently repercuss and discuss, such as we shall hereafter lay down in an Ophthalmy: than such things as are more dissolving and drying, and especially Ophthalmick-Ointments, which discuss, and dry up Pustles.  
XII. Those which are superficial, and appear of a darker colour, are called in Greek Epicaumata.  
XIII. Those which are more deep, under the second or third Film, which seem white, by reason of the whiteness of the Cornea, are called Encaumata; these are more dangerous, and do often eat through the whole Cornea Tunicle.  
XVI. Barbett saith, that these Phlyctaenae are easily cured by this Powder. ℞ White Sugar-candy, prepared Tutty, A. ℥ ss. read Coral prepared, Camphir, white Vitriol, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℈ ij. mix, and make a fine Powder.   

CHAP. XLI. Of a SWELLING in the CORNER of the EYE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Anchilops; and in English, A Swelling in the Corner of the Eye.  
II It is a Tumour in the great Corner of the Eye, near the Nose: it is either with, or without Inflammation; if not broken, it is called Anchilops; but if inflamed and broken, it is called Aegilops.  
III The Signs. When it is inflamed, it is like a small Phlegmone; read about, with a shooting pain.  
IV. The Causes. It proceeds of a thick viscous Humour like Honey; painless, and included in a Cistis.  
V The Prognostics. It is difficultly cured: if the Apostem opens, it becomes an Ulcer, which quickly turns hollow; and than is called Fistula Lachrymalis: which continuing a year, causeth foulness of the Bone.  
VI The Cure. In the beginning of the Tumour, you must repel the Defluxion from the Part, use Repercussives to the Forehead, and Purge with proper Catharticks: to which purpose you may apply Ceratum Santalinum, or that pro Herniosis, (in Our Pharmac. Lond. Lib. 5. Cap. 5. Sect. 3, 10.)  
VII. Or this of Riverius: ℞ Pomgranate-peels, Acacia, Balaustins, Galls, Cypress-nuts, Roch-alum, fine Bole, A. ʒ j white Wax ℥ iv. Turpentineʒ iij. make a Cerate.  
VIII. After the use of Repercussives, apply Resolvers to the part affected; such as Liquor Ophthalmicus, (in our Pharmac. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 11. sect. 22.) or this Decoction: ℞ Honey, fine fine Aloes, A. ℥ j Myrrhʒss. Saffronʒj. Water lbij. lbij. boil gently to the consumption of a third part; with a Sponge squeeze it into the Eye, and apply the Sponge warm to the part, binding it on: after which you may apply the Ceratum Capital Horstii, or Our Ceratum Album.  
IX. If the Tumour will not resolve, but come to suppuration, whereby it becomes Aegilops, you must forward the maturation with simple Diachylon: or if there be Pain or Inflammation, you may apply a Cataplasm of Crumbs of Bread.  
X. If it will not break, you must open it with a Lancet, without delay; jest the contained matter should corrode the Parts, and make an incurable Fistula. Some open it with the hot Iron, but the cold is best.  
XI. After the Apostem is opened, you must pursue the method of Cure, according to the Precepts of the next Chapter.   

CHAP. XLII. A RUNNING SORE in the EYE.  
I IT it is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Aegilops; and in English, a Running Sore in the Eye.  
II It is a Running Sore or Ulcer in the great corner of the Eye next the Nose; from Anchilops being broken.  
III The Cause of its breaking, is from Choleric Blood afflicting the Eye; with much pain, and a flux of sharp Humours which corrode the skin.  
IV. The Prognostics. Aegilops is of difficult cure, in regard Medicines are troublesome, and ill to be applied to it; by reason the Sight is so nigh.  
V But it is of more difficult cure, when the Apostem or Ulcer breaks out at the Nose, whereby the matter flows out at the Nostrils.  
VI And it is most difficult of cure, when it degenerates into a Cancer; which is accompanied with pricking pain, extension of the Veins, hardness and blewness of the Skin.  
VII. The Cure. Let the Body be first well purged with Our Pilulae Catharticae, once or twice, and afterwards 3 or 4 several times with Sal Mirabile, given from ℥ ss, to ℥ j and let the use thereof be continued once every fifth or sixth day, till the Cure is completed; that the Humours which are apt to fall into the Eye, may be constantly carried of.  
VIII. Also if the Ulcer, or parts near it be very hot, full of pain, and inflamed; you will do well to divert the Humour in some measure, by applying a Seton to the nape of the Neck, at lest a Blistering-plaster; which aught to be kept running as long as it can conveniently.  
IX. As for Topics to be applied to the Part, Authors advice to Resolutives and Maturatives, or Digestives, that it may be made fit for cleansing as soon as may be; of which kind this is good: ℞ Mithridate ℥ ss. Melliginous Extract of Juniper-berriesʒ iij. Honey of Rosesʒ ij. Gum Elemiʒj. Saffron in pouderʒ ss. mix, and apply it daily.  
X. After it is brought to good digestion, you must cleanse it with good Detersives: wash it every day with Decoction of Celandine, Fennel, and Rue; or with the juice of Fennel and Hyssop.  
XI. Than dress it with this: ℞ Honey of Roses ℥ j fine Aloes in powder, Sarcocolla in powder, Frankincense and Mastic in powder, A. ʒ i ss. fine Verdigrise gr. xxiv. mix them well together; lay it upon fine Lint, and dress the Eye therewith morning and evening.  
XII. After it is well cleansed you must dry it, and heal it, by washing it constantly four or five times a day, or oftener, with Our Aqua Ophthalmica: if there seems to be a flux of Humours into the Eye, you must add to the Eye-water, an equal part of choice Brandy; for thereby the Eye and Part will be strengthened; the Humour will be more effectually dried up, and the Ulcer healed.  
XIII. If it breaks inwards, into the Nose, you must than prepare your detersive Washes to be snuffed up the Nostril; or otherwise to be cast up with a Syringe, and to be often repeated, at lest six or eight times a day, for some time.  
FOURTEEN. After which, you must cast up Washes only drying and healing, mixed with a good quantity of choice Brandy: Thus; ℞ Fair-water ℥ vj. white Vitriol, Roch-alum, Saccharum Saturni, A. ʒss. Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. Mel Rosarum ℥ ij ss. mix them, to inject with a Syringe, several times a day.  
XU. If it degenerates into Fistula Lachrymalis, cure it as we shall direct in its proper place: you may use this to cleanse; ℞ Myrrhʒ j Aloes ℈ j Sugar-candyʒ iij. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ iij. Goats-milk ℥ ix. mix them.  
XVI. And this to Heal: ℞ Red Coral prepared, Hartshorn burnt, Sarcocol, burnt Lead, A. ℈ j Sanguis Draconis, Crocus Metallorum, A. ℈ ss. white Starchʒss. Gum-tragacanthʒj. dissolved in Rose-water: mix all with Horsetail-water q.s. and make a Collyrium.    

VII. Defilements, or Vices of TEETH and GUMS'.  

CHAP. XLIII. Of DISCOLOURED, FILTHY, and STINKING TEETH.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Color vitiosus, discolor, sordes, & foeditas Dentium; in English, ill colour, filth, and stinking of the Teeth.  
II The Signs. The Teeth are changed from a white colour, which is natural to them, to a yellow, greenish, livid, or blackish colour: and there is filthiness, and a stinking smell.  
III The Causes. They arise either from internal vicious Humours, or some matter outwardly adhering to them, or from acid Vapours of Sugar exhaling, or some other acid thing; from the frequent eating of Sugar, Raisins, Figs, Sweetmeats, or other sweet things; from chewing things black, as Myrtleberries, Mulberries; or from unctions with Mercury, or use of Mercurial Medicines, etc.  
IV. The Prognostics. It is without danger, and whilst recent, easily cured, if proper things be applied.  
V The Cure. To take away the filthiness of the Teeth, and to amend their evil colour and smell, Dentifrices are generally used; which are mostly made of those things which have a power of cleansing in them.  
VI Of this kind are Pumicestone levigated or calcined, Os Sepiae, Cornu Cervi calcined, Crystal, Coral, Osteocolla, Pearl, Crabs-eyes, Sponge-stone, Alabaster levigated, Oyster-shells and Cockle-shells calcined Eggshells, Flints calcined, jawbone of the Pike, white Sand, Salt, Junipergum, Birthwort-root, Bohemian-tartar, Alum, Brickdust: all, or any of which being prepared according to Art, either by Calcination or Levigation, or both, as the nature of the thing requires, are form into Dentifrices, to rub the Teeth daily withal.  
VII. ℞ Powder of Crystalʒ ij. read Coral prepared, Cornu Cervi usti prepared, A.ʒj. mix, and make a Powder. Or: ℞ Flints calcined and levigated, white Sand levigated, A. ʒiij. Crystal calcined and levigated, Lapis Calaminaris, A. ʒij. Brickdust, Myrrh, A. ʒ j mix, and make a Powder.  
VIII. These may be used dry in Powder, or made into an Electuary with Mel Rosatum; and therewith the Teeth are to be rubbed after eating, either with your Finger or a Tooth-brush, and than washed with Water, in which Vinegar or juice of Lemons is put, or Aqua Aluminosa made with Rose-water.  
IX. Some commend the ashes of Vine-branches, or Rosemary-stalks; others, as a great Experiment, the ashes of Tobacco; others this: ℞ Tops of Wormwood, Sage, Rosemary, A. M. j Tobacco M. iij. read Coral, Ivory rasped, Horse-teeths, A. ℥ iv. Sal Gem ℥ j put all into a Crucible, and calcine to whiteness, and by levigation reduce all to an impalpable powder; to which add powder of Cloves, Cinnamon, Winter 's Bark, Catechu, A. ʒ ij. Musk ℈ j if you so please.  
X. After rubbing the Teeth with the former Powders, you may wash them with the following Water: ℞ White Sugar lbuj lbuj. Salt lbss ss. Roch-alum ℥ iij. mix, and distil in a Glass-body. Or thus: ℞ Sal Armoniac, Salt Gem, Alum, A. ℥ j Rose-water q.s. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Sugar lbij. lbij. Roch-alum, generous Wine, A. lbj lbj ss. mix, and distil: and with some of these distilled Liquors often wash, and cleanse the Teeth.  
XI. Anselmus Boêtius commends Osteocolla, being reduced into fine powder, and mixed with Sugar, or Honey, or Oxymel, to the thickness of an Electuary. Or the Teeth may be rubbed with this: ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ j Spirit of Vitriol, or Spirit of Sulphur, (i e. the Oil) ʒ j mix them.  
XII. And truly the Oil or Spirit of Sulphur is much commended, because it makes the Teeth white in a moment; after the use of which, they are be washed with good Brandy; either alone, or mixed with an equal quantity of Rose-water; and than let them be anointed with Oil of Ben, to take away their roughness: for if that be not taken away, impurities will stick to them much more, and they will foul the faster for the use of these acid Spirits.  
XIII. Lastly, Cardanus commends the juices of Lemons and Citrons; and they are indeed of good use, either alone, or mixed with Honey, or Honey of Roses: observing the caution of washing and anointing with Oil of Ben, as in the last Section is directed.   

CHAP. XLIV. Of CORROSION and ROTTENNESS of the TEETH.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Erosio Dentium, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Corrosio & caries Dentium; and in English, Corrosion, eating away, and rottenness of the Teeth.  
II The Cause. They are often corroded and corrupted by the afflux of sharp and acrid Humours to them: from whence comes a pain of the Teeth, and than a corrosion and caries follows; so that they break away, and are lost bit by bit.  
III The eating of several sorts of Food is a cause, as Hypocrates in his Book de Affectionibus saith: all sweet things, as Sugar, Honey, (which have in them a radical Acid) Raisins, Figs, Sweetmeats and Confections, corrode, rot, and totally spoil the Teeth: and that is the reason that you scarcely ever see a Confectioner, but with a mouthful of rotten Teeth; for the very fumes of the Sugar destroy them.  
IV. They are also corrupted by eating things too hot, according to the vulgar Verse: 
Pultes ferventes, faciunt corrumpere Dentes.  
If you would have Teeth sound and fair,  
Things scalding-hot you must forbear,   
V Cold on the contrary, is as great an enemy to them: more especially, if things vehemently cold be taken immediately after things vehemently hot.  
VI The Teeth are also hurt by several Medicaments, as Vitriol and Mercury, and by Fucuses made of Mercury: and that is the reason that many using those kinds of things, have for the most part very bad Teeth.  
VII. They are also corrupted by a Fistula, and sometimes by Worms, Tumours in the Gums, etc.  
VIII. The Prognostics. This evil is more matter of deformity than danger; if of long continuance, never cured, but by the extraction of the Teeth: if the Disease is recent, it submits to the following Remedies.  
IX. The Cure. If it proceeds from the afflux of Humours, they are to be diverted and carried of; first with Emetics, because they meet first with the Humour, and make an immediate diversion: secondly, by Catharticks; the chief of which is Sal Mirabile, which may be given six or seven times.  
X. If the cause is from a Fistula, the only remedy is extraction: which yet Sennertus will not allow, unless the Tooth is lose: but this is certain, if they be not taken out, they will corrupt the next adjacent Teeth that are sound.  
XI. If the cause is from Worms, often wash the Mouth with juice of Onions, or Rue, mixed with Nitre; and hold it a quarter of an hour or more at a time upon the Gums, and this five or six times a day.  
XII. Crato commends the Decoction of Ashtree-roots and Nettles, also the juice of the leaves of the lesser Centory, of Peach-leaves, Aloes, Myrrh, etc. and others commend the washing with Spirit of Wine, i e. common Brandy.  
XIII. Where the cause is by defluxion, having used inwardly Vniversals, as at Sect. 9 above, you must than come to the application of Topics. A Decoction in Wine or Vinegar, or a Tincture in common Brandy of the following things, are good Repercussives, and strengtheners of the Teeth and Gums; as roots of Capers, Cinkfoil, Cyperus, Pyrethrum, Catechu, Cortex Peruanus & Winteranus, leaves of Sage, Mint, Rosemary, Myrrh, Nigella-seeds, etc.  
FOURTEEN. The following Mixture hinders the corrosion, and farther rotting of the Teeth. ℞ Myrrh in pouderʒ j Alumʒ ss. with Honey, q.s. make an Electuary; with which daily rub the putrified and corroded Teeth. You may rub them also with this Mixture: ℞ Fine powder of Coral ℥ j juice of Lemons ℥ ss. Honey q.s. mix them.  
XU. Dissolve Nitre in Vinegar or juice of Lemons, and therewith wash the Teeth; it cleanses them, and stops the corrosion and rotting: ℞ Powder of Bricks ℥ j Spirit of Sulphurʒ iij. Honey q.s. mix, to rub the Teeth with: and after eating always wash the Teeth with fair Water and a Brush, to keep them clean.  
XVI. If the Teeth be hollow, stop them with a few grains of Frankincense, or Myrrh, which is better; for this last preserves them from farther rotting: or Myrrh mixed with Coral, in powder.   

CHAP. XLV. Of LOOSENESS of the TEETH.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Mobilitas, vel vacillatio Dentium; and in English, Looseness of the Teeth.  
II The Causes. The external Cause is either blows or falls, biting hard things, pulling with the Teeth beyond their strength; the internal is, the want of nourishment, (as in old people) whence comes the wearing away of the Gums, (which causes looseness) or the afflux of evil Humours to them; which by an eroding quality consume the Gums, or the roots of the Teeth: also from the Scurvy, and Mercurial Unctions in the Venereal Disease.  
III The Prognostics. If they are very lose, and have been long so, they will scarcely ever be made fast again.  
IV. The Cure. If they are loosened by any external violence, their fastening is endeavoured by Astringents: as, ℞ Roots of Cinkfoil, Bistort, A. ℥ j Cyperus ℥ ss. Sumachʒ iij. boil in Smiths-forge-water, filter, and add Aluinʒij. with which often wash the Mouth: and it may be so much the better, if a little read Wine be added to it.  
V If it is from a defect of nourishment, there is scarcely any Remedy to be applied; the greatest help that can be, is to apply astringent and strengthening things to the Gums.  
VI If it is from too great humidity, use things drying, and something astringing: but you aught to beware of such Astringents as may make the Teeth black, as Pomgranate-peels, Balaustians, Galls, Vitriol, Chalcitis, etc.  
VII. These things are profitable; as roots of Male-fern, of Cinkfoil, of Bistort, of Dock, of Tormentil, of Capers; leaves of Myrtles, Lentisk, unripe Medlars; flowers of read Roses, cups of Acorns, Hazle-nuts: a Decoction of all or any of which may be made in read, or sharp, or sour Wine, with which the Teeth and Gums may be often washed.  
VIII. And to draw forth the Humidities, the roots of Pyrethrum, and Sage-leaves may be added.  
IX. The Teeth also may be often rubbed with this styptic Powder: ℞ Roch-alum, Mastic, Sanguis Draconis, Terra Sigillata, fine Bole, A. ʒ ij. roots of Orrice and Bistort, Hartshorn burned white, read Coral levigated, Ivory burned white, A. ʒ j Piperis, Pyrethri, A. ℈ ij. Mastich, Olibanum, A. ʒ ss. mix, and make a Powder.  
X. Often wash the Teeth and Gums with Tincture of Myrrh, made with common Brandy: or, for want of it, with good read Port-wine: this wonderfully strengthens them, and destroys Putrefaction.  
XI. Or they may be washed with a Decoction, of Moufear, roots of Bistort and Tormentil, in Smiths-forge-water, boiled to a consumption of a third part, and than filtered.  
XII. Or, ℞ Leaves of Myrtles, Berries of Services, A. ℥ iij. unripe Medlars ℥ ij. unripe wild Pears ℥ j Sarcocol ℥ ss. Roch-alumʒiij. Vinegar of Squills ℥ iij. read Wine a quart; mix, boil to the consumption of a third part, and than strain and filter; and add thereto Syrup of Myrtles, or Syrup of Lemons.  
XIII. This is much commended: ℞ Acorns ℥ j burnt Alumʒj. Acacia ʒ ss. read Roses dried M ss. read Port-wine a quart: boil to the consumption of a third part, strain, and wash often therewith.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ Powder of Junipergum ʒss. Myrrh, crude Alum, A.ʒj. Oxymel Scilliticum, q.s. mix, and make a stiff Electuary; to be laid all night upon the Teeth and Gums.  
XU. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Roots of Tormentil and Bistort, Lignum Guajacum rasped, A. ℥ jij. roots of Plantain ℥ j of Selfheal, green bark of Walnuts, Coriander-seed, yellow Sanders, Cassia lignea, Citron-peels, A. ℥ ss. seeds of Purslaneʒ vj. Cypress-nuts, Nutmegs, Myrtleberries, A. ʒ iij. Pine-nuts Nᵒ iv. leaves of Plantain, Whorehound, Nettles, Selfheal, read Roses, A. M. i ss. Rosemary, read Sage, A. M. ij. Frankincense, Mastic, A. ʒ ij. Cinnamon, Myrrh, A. ʒ i ss. raspings of Hartshorn ℥ i ss. let all be prepared according to Art, and mixed with six quarts of old read Wine: digest a week, and distil all in a Glass Cucurbit to dryness: in the Liquor you may dissolve Roch-alum ℥ ij. and therewith the Teeth and Gums may be washed six, eight, or ten times a day.  
XVI. If it is from a wasting or erosion of the Gums, you may use this: ℞ Alum scissile burnt, read Roses, Sumach, A. ʒ i ss. Lignum Aloes, Cyperus roots, A. ʒ j mix, and make a powder, which lay all night upon the Gums.  
XVII. Or, Take Read Coral prepared, Myrrh, A. ʒ i ss. Mastich, Frankincense, Cyperus-roots, A. ʒ ss. round Birthwort, Cassia lignea, Virginian Snake-root, A. ℈ j mix, and make a Powder, to be used as the former.  
XVIII. If the looseness proceeds from the Scurvy, you must first cure that Disease, before this Symptom can be remedied.  
XIX. If it is from Unctions, or Salivation in the French Pox; you must, after the Saliaution is over, first cleanse them very well with Oxymel Scilliticum; than wash them with the following Mouth-water: Take Whitewine, Brandy, A. lbj lbj. raspings of Guajacum ℥ j Cortex ejusdem ℥ ss. both ground to a powder in a hot Mortar with Salt of Tartar ℥ i ss. mix, and extract a Tincture; with which often wash the Teeth.  
XX. Or you may use this: Take rectified Spirit of Wine lbj lbj ss. Oil of Sulphurʒ iij. lignum Guajacum, & cortex, A. ʒ vi. mix, and extract a Tincture; and to the clear Tincture add Damask-rose-water lbij. lbij. Honey of Roses q.s. mix them, and keep it for use.    

VIII. Vices of HANDS, FINGERS and NAILS.  

CHAP. XLVI. Of CLEFTS of the HANDS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fissurae Manuum; and in English, Clefts of the Hands.  
II It is a cleaving and cracking of the Skin of the Hands in cold weather, or winter time, more especially in such are forced to expose them to the cold of the Ambient Air.  
III They are caused from a sharp and dry Matter, which over drying the Skin beyond what Nature intends, makes it when it meets with an external Dryness, as cold and dry weather, and sharp Winds, to crack and chap up and down in several places, and sometimes so vehemently as to 'cause Blood to appear.  
IV. The Prognostics. They are without danger, and easily cured, but whilst present are very troublesome, and withal show a scorbutic or cachectick habit of Body.  
V The Places. They hap mostly to the Hands and Arms, and places exposed to the sharp Air; much upon the backs of the Hands, and Knuckles next to the backs; and sometimes these Clefts are found about other Joints; some also are troubled with them in their Feet in like manner.  
VI The Cure. It is performed chief by Topics: This is of good use. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iv. Sheep's Suet ℥ iij. melt and mix, to which add pure white Spermae Ceti ℥ jss. mix them well together, and anoint therewith every night going to bed; and if business will permit, every morning also.  
VII. Sennertus, Med. Pract. Lib. 5. Part 3 Sect. 2. Cap. 10. has this: ℞ Litharge of Silver, Myrrh, Ginger, Ana; bruise and powder them very small; and adding to them Oil Olive, Virgin Wax, and Honey, a sufficient quantity, make an Ointment; which if you please, you may perfume with Musk and Ambergrise. With this (says he) they will be very speedily cured.  
VIII. This is inferior to none. ℞ Oil Olive ℥ iv. Sheep's Suet ℥ two. Virgin Wax, White Sperma Ceti, A. ℥ j Saccharum Saturniʒ vj. Strasburgh Turpentineʒ iij. mix, melt, and make an Ointment, with which anoint as before directed.  
IX. Or this. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ vj. Sperma Ceti ℥ iij. Beef Suet, Virgin Wax, A. ℥ ij. Flowers of Benjaminʒ ij. mix and make an Ointment, with which anoint every night, an hour and half before Bedtime; and at going to Bed, lay on the following Emplaster spread upon new Cloth.  
X. ℞ Virgin Wax ℥ jv. Oil of Ben, Sheep's Suet, A. ℥ j Chio Turpentine ℥ ss. mix them over a gentle Heat to a due consistency. Those who like not this, may apply the Emplastrum Album, or an equal part of both may be mixed together.   

CHAP. XLVII. Of ROUGH and DEFORMED NAILS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Scabrities, vel Lepra Vnguium: and in English, Roughness, Thickness and deformity of the Nails.  
II In this not only the magnitude, but also the Figure and Conformation of them are vitiated.  
III The Cause. It arises from vicious and excrementitious Humours, mixing with the nourishment of the Nails; chief from a Melancholic Property, joined with a Tartarous Juice, from whence the Roughness and Hardness comes.  
IV. The Prognostics. This Vice is evident to the Sight, and is more of a Deformity, than any thing of Danger; yet it is sometimes prejudicial to the person, because it may make them lesle apt to lay hold of any small or flat thing.  
V It shows also, that there is some vicious Humour lying hid in the Body, which Nature striving to exclude, does protrude the same unto the Roots of the Nails: And those who are affected with Plica Polonica, are generally affected with this Evil: But it also many times befalls such as have not, nor ever had a Plica.  
VI The Cure. If it be joined with a Plica, you must endeavour the curing thereof, and by that means you will meet with a cure of this, but without the one the other will not be remedied.  
VII. If it is without any other Disease, you must attempt the Cure alone; First, by purging out the excrementitious Humours, with preparations of Sena and Rhubarb.  
VIII. Secondly, Altering the Tone of the Bowels, sweetening the Lympha and other Juices, and strengthening the Blood in its Crasis, which is done with a Nitrated Tincture of Steel.  
IX. Thirdly, By application of Topics. If it is recent, or but newly begun; soak them often in a very hot Decoction of Orobus and Lentils, and afterwards apply a Cataplasm of their Meal.  
X. Or you may make a Cataplasm with Powder of Colocynthis ℥ ss. Sulphur ℥ jss. making it up with Oil and Vinegar. Pliny, lib. 20. cap. 20. commends Arach as an excellent thing; others Pilewort Roots beaten up with Tar to a Pultise.  
XI. This is stronger. ℞ Pitchʒ xij. Waxʒ viij. Burgundy Pitchʒ v. Rosinʒ iij. Mastichʒ ij. Oil of Colocynthis, q. s. mix and make a soft Emplaster.  
XII. Others lay on Raisins stoned, and made into a Cataplasm with Opoponax, Linseed and Cresses; and yet more powerful are the Roots and Leaves of Crowfoot. ℞ Sheep's Suet, Wax, A. ʒ vj. Rosmʒ jv. Tarʒ iij. Turpentine, Frankincense, A. ʒ ij. Mastichʒ jss. Read Praecipitateʒ iij. mix, and with Oil of Colocynthis, q. s. make a soft Emplaster.  
XIII. If they be thick, rough, rugged, and unequal, which is from the too great abundance of the nutritive Juice flowing to their Roots, occasioned through much, strong and hard Labour, which causes an attraction of the said Juice to their Roots; in this case, the cure is endeavoured, by making the external cause to cease, and than cutting and pairing the Nails, till by degrees, the whole thick and rough Matter is pared of.  
FOURTEEN. In some there is a Crooking of the Nails, wherein they are hooked, not much unlike the Claws of Birds, which proceeds from too great a Dryness, which overmuch contracts the Substance of the Nails, or rather from a vicious Matter protruded to their Roots.  
XU. It is an affect rarely seen, and happening chief to such as are affected with a Plica, and therefore is to be cured by curing that Disease; and outwardly you may apply the Medicines prescribed at Sect. 10. 11, and 12. aforegoing.  
XVI. If the Nails in the great Toes grow into their Sides, causing much pain; you must with an Incision Knife, split the Nail near the Corner where it grows in, after which pulling it gently down backwards (as it were by degrees) you may than cut it forth.   

CHAP. XLVIII. Of DISCOLORED NAILS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vnguium Discolor: and in English, Evil Colour of the Nails, or Nails Evil Coloured.  
II This Discolor, or Evil Colour of the Nails is known by Sight, for that they are vitiated with a Leaden Color, sometimes they are yellow, and sometimes they are black.  
III The Cause. In Curriers and Dyers it happens, by reason of their handling of Lime and Lie, and other Dying Stuff; which is no detriment to them, but as it is matter of Deformity.  
IV. In other persons, it happens (not from the change of the Colour of the Flesh underneath, as some think, but) from a vicious Aliment of the Nails, impregnated with such a Colour.  
V The Prognostics. It is without danger, being only matter of Deformity, and not easily cured, without removing the original or internal Cause.  
VI The Cure. The vicious Humours are first to be evacuated with Our Family Pills, or with Our Pilulae Catharticae, afterwards with the Tinctura Purgans, twice or thrice repeated.  
VII. And upon the Nails themselves may be applied the Emplaster at Sect. 12. of the former Chapter, renewing it once every second or third day.  
VIII. And the Nails themselves are often to be pared and cut, until all that part which is vitiated (by a gradual growing forth) is cut of.  
IX. If the Discolor happens by reason of a Contusion from Blood being broke forth, and spread under the Nail, which shining through the Nail, gives a darkish Read; or Blackish Color, as sometime happens in Suffusions: In this case Avicen advises to open the Nail by making a hole through it, to let out the Blood that lies underneath.  
X. But this is not the best Advice, nor yet good, for that in time, and by degrees, this will wholly grow of of itself without any other trouble, whereas the other must be Trouble and Pain too, especially if the nervous Skin lying underneath is hurt.  
XI. Authors advice to lay upon it Dittany of Crete, with Fish Jelly, or Emplastrum Basilicon, or root of Solomon's Seal well bruised; Or Sagapenum made into an Emplaster with oil of Nuts.  
XII. But nothing is better than this. ℞ Emplastrum Album, Arcanum Corallinum, A. ʒ j mix them with a drop or two of Oil of Ben, and apply it. It softens the Nail, takes away the Discolor, and makes it grow white, neat and handsome.   

CHAP. XLIX. Of CLEAVING and FALLING of the NAILS.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fissura & Casus Vnguium; and in English, the Cleaving, and Falling-off of the Nails.  
II The Cleaving of the Nails, (which is a solution of their unity) is either from external causes, as Wounds; or from internal, as Viciousness of Humours, which sometimes happens in the French Disease and Leprosy.  
III If it arises from Vicious Humours, they are to be evacuated with proper Purges: if from some other Diseases, than that Disease is to be cured, and such Topics are to be applied as we have directed in Chap. 47. Sect. 10, 11, 12. aforegoing.  
IV. If the Cleft is from a Wound, and the Wound is yet to be healed, yet will not the cloven Nail be any ways united, but by its growing of, a whole and found Nail succeeding.  
V And herein, care is to be taken, that the Nail, in that part where it is cloven, may not grow together with the skin which lies under it: for than the Nail will never be whole as it aught to be, but always grow forth cloven, and as it were in two parts.  
VI Sometimes also the Nails fall quite of, leaving the ends of the Fingers or Toes quite naked and bore; which is truly a Disease in number.  
VII. The Cause. It is caused principally from fault of the Nourishment, being not only vitiated, (as in the aforegoing Diseases of the Nails) but also made sharp and corrosive withal; so that it corrodes the roots of the Nails, almost in the same manner, as in an Alopecia, Ophiasis, or Tinea; wherein the roots of the Hair are gnawn asunder, and so made to fall of.  
VIII. And so very often, after Wounds and Ulcers about the roots of the Nails, a corrosive Pus, or acrid filthy Matter being generated, it gnaws asunder their roots, and so the Nails fall of.  
IX. Yet this is to be understood, that it is not an immediate falling of, as is that of Hair; but a falling of by degrees, to wit, as by growing forth, they are thrust of.  
X. And this has come to pass many times from the French Disease, as also after the Plague, pestilential and malign Fevers; and from the taking of Poison.  
XI. Sometimes it is caused from want of their accustomed nutriment; either from a constipation of the pores of the Hands that carry their nutriment; or from extinguishing their native heat.  
XII. The Prognostics. If the roots of the Nails are eaten asunder by a vicious and corrosive Humour, and that it has continued long; or if they be lost by reason of the want of nutriment, they are not to be restored again.  
XIII. But if the Malady be but in beginning, and the roots not wholly eaten asunder, there is than some hopes of a Cure.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. The evil Humours are to be purged of with Tinctura Cathartica, six, eight, or ten times to be repeated; and the Juices to be sweetened, by a continual taking of Tinctura Antimonii, àʒ i, adʒ ij. in some proper Vehicle, morning and evening every day.  
XU. And for Topics, you may apply this Emplaster: ℞ Labdanumʒ ix. Ammoniacumʒ vj. Waxʒ iv. Bdelliumʒ ij. mix, and with a little Oil of Ben, make a soft Emplaster. Spread this upon leather, of which make caps to put upon the finger's ends, renewing it every fourth or fifth day.   

CHAP. L. Of a WHITLOE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (and this is the Paronychia of the Greeks;) in Latin, Reduvia; and in English, a Whitloe.  
II The Description. This is a Vice not so much of the Nails, as of the Skin which is next to the Nails: it first gins with the cleaving, or rising up of the Skin at the roots of the Nails, (by some called a Hang-nail;) which being unhappily pulled up, or of, many times grows very sore, and painful; at length there is heat, inflammation, redness, and intolerable pain about the root of the Nail, night and day, with a small tumour.  
III The Cause. It is generally external, from the rising up of the Skin at the root of the Nail, as aforesaid; which by the protrusion of ill Humours to the Part, and an ill habit of Body, becomes a very painful and troublesome Tumour.  
IV. The Differences. It differs from Paronychia Arabum, or Panaritium, a Felon; because that never gins at the root of the Nail, but generally at the Fingers-ends; and commonly gins from within, (as from the Bone) and comes outwardly afterwards: whereas the Reduvia gins outwardly, and than goes more inwardly: affecting not so much the Bone, as the root of the Nail.  
V The Prognostics. It is generally without danger, but in Cacochymical Bodies it is oftentimes with much pain and trouble: if it tumifies not, it is accounted one of the lightest Affects; and Galen (de Nature. Human. sub finem, Comment. 2.) saith, it scarcely deserves the care and pains of a Physician: but if it tumifies, and comes to suppuration, it is cured with trouble, and requires some time: and many times it is so malign, as either to destroy the root of the Nail; or so to hurt it, as to 'cause the Nail to grow thick, rough, and very deformed.  
VI The Cure. At the beginning, before it Apostemates, it is many times cured by anointing with Oil of Roses, or applying Housleek-leaves to the same; taking away the skin of that side of the leaf which you lay next the Affect: for by this means, heat, and inflammation is prevented, and consequently, the Apostemation.  
VII. Others apply Purslane, and some the roots and seeds of Mallows: but to hinder the Part from taking cold, by application of Emplastrum Album, or Hogs-lard mixed with powdered Rosin, prevents any farther danger, and heals the Affect.  
VIII. If it Apostemates, it is very painful, till it comes to ripeness; which to perform, you may apply this: Take Sheeps-suet, Oil-olive, A. ℥ j Rosin in powder ℥ i ss. Turpentine ℥ ss. Oil of Aniseedsʒ iij. mix, and apply it: it will give ease upon application, and quickly bring is to ripeness.  
IX. When it is ripe, you must open it with a Needle, and let out the matter: the sooner it is brought to ripeness, the safer it is, and the lesle it endangers the root of the Nail, which if that be hurt by the Affect, it is impossible but the Nail must grow deformed.  
X. The Tumour being quickly made ripe, and the Pus or Matter let out, (which you must do when it grows white) you may heal it with Our Balsamum Amicum, or Balsamum Gummi Elemi; applying over all Ceratum Gummi Elemi, or Emplastrum Album.    
Libri Secundi FINIS.   

ARS CHIRURGICA. Liber Tertius. OF TUMOURS.  
The ARGUMENT.  
I Of Tumours arising from Blood. 1. Of Tumours in General. 2. Polysarkia, Corpulency; and Atrophia, Wasting and Consuming. 3. Apostema, an Apostem. 4. Sinus in Apostematibus, Hollowness in Apostems. 5. Phlegmon, an Inflammation. 6. Bubo, a Tumour in the Groin-Emunctories. 7. Ecchymosis, a Contusion, or Bruise. 8. Carbunculus, a Carbuncle or Plaguesore. 9 Parotis, a Tumour in the Glandules of the Ears. 10. Phyma, or Phygethlon; a Tumour of the Almonds or Glandules of the Jaws and Throat. 11. Gangraena & Sphacelus, a Gangrene and Mortification. 12. Paronychia Arabum, Panaritium; a Felon. 13. Epinyctis, Furunculus; a Push. 14. Perniones, Chilblains and Kibes. 15. Aneurisma, Rupture or Swelling of an Artery. 16. Varix, Rupture or Swelling of a Vein. II Tumours arising from Choler. 17. Erysipelas, Ignis Sacer, Rosa; Anthonies-fire. 18. Herpes' Miliaris, Ulcerous Pustles. 19 Herpes' Exedens, the Eating-Pustle. 20. Exanthemata, the Smallpox. III Tumours arising from Phlegm. 21. Oedema, the White Swelling. 22. Tumour Cysticus, Atheorema, Meliceris, Steatoma; the Cystick-Tumor. 23. Ganglion, Lupia; a Wen. 24. Gummi, Nodi, Tophi; Gums, Nodes, Tophs. 25. Fungus; Spongy, Soft, or Proud Flesh. 26. Bronchocele, Tumour in the Throat. 27. Strumae, Scrophulae; the Kings-Evil. IV. Tumours arising from Wind. 28. Emphysema, Tumour Ventosus; the Windy-Tumor. 29. Hernia Ventosa, the Windy-Rupture. V Tumours arising from Water. 30. Hernia Aquosa, a Watery-Rupture. 31. Tumour Aquosus, the Watery-Tumor. 32. Hydrops, the Dropsy. 33. Hydrocephalus, Dropsy of the Head. VI Tumours arising from Melancholy. 34. Polypus, Noli me tangere; Cancer-like Tumour in the Nose. 35. Scirrhus, the Hard and Painless Tumour. 36. Cancer, the Hard and Painful Crablike Tumour. 37. Spina Ventosa, Cancer of a Bone. 38. Elephantiasis Graecorum, the Arabian Leprosy. 39 Elephantiasis Arabum; Elephantiasis of a Part, or Cancer-like Swelling of a Part. VII. Tumours, from the Solid Parts falling out of their places. 40. Hernia Intestinalis, Rupture of the Peritonaeum, by which the Bowels fall into the Cod; where also, of the Rupture of the Navel.  

I TUMOURS arising from BLOOD.  

CHAP. I Of TUMOURS in General.  
I A Tumour is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. also, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Tumour, plu. Tumores; also, Inflatio, pl. Inflationes; in English, a Swelling, and Swell.  
II 'Tis true, the ancient Greeks, as Hypocrates, call a Tumour 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Oidema, or Oedema; and this word with the more ancient Physicians signified in general, all, and every particular preternatural Tumour; as is observed by Galen, in Prognost. 1. Text. 29. & in Comment. Aphoris. Lib. 4. Aphor. 34. & Lib. 5. Aphor. 65, 66.  
III But now with us, Oedema is taken for a particular Tumour, white, and painless; happening in the Joints, and more especially in the Knees; of which we shall speak in its proper place.  
IV. A Tumour than is a receding of any Part from its natural state, by its augmentation in magnitude or quantity; through a diserasy, intemperies, or distemper of the Blood, Lympha, and other Humours.  
V This Disease is called by the Arabians, Bothor: but if a Tumour Apostemates, they call it Dubellet, and Dubellatum.  
VI We speak of Tumours preternatural only; for every swelling or augmentation of a Part beyond its natural habit, is not to be reputed a preternatural Tumour: for as much as there is not the lest hurt or detriment of any one Action, or any thing preternatural, or besides the intent of Nature; but only something that is not natural, but is above that which is according to Nature, as Galen testifies.  
VII. And therefore where the magnitude of some one Part may be extended beyond its natural habit, but so, that its natural Operations are not impeded, and that there is no sense of Pain accompanying it; in this case, the Tumour or Swelling is not preternatural, and so to be called a Disease, but rather a Symptom; as in Nurse's Breasts distended with Milk, and in a Woman with Child, near her time, etc. these things happening according to the laws and course of Nature.  
VIII. From what has been said it appears, that a Tumour is a Disease of magnitude, augmented beyond Nature's intention; and has its production from something which is preternatural adjoined to the Part affected; to which some Authors will have added, a Solution of Unity.  
IX. The Differences. They arise, 1. From the containing cause, as Humours, Wind, or a solid Substance. Those which arise from Humours, have obtained no particular appellation, but are called by the general name of Tumours.  
X. If they proceed from Wind shut up in any Part, and distending the same, they are called by the Greeks Emphysemata, and by the Latins Inflationes.  
XI. If the cause is a solid substance, as Flesh, Skin, or something cartilaginous or bony; all these proceed from Humours, and are therefore referred to the first kind.  
XII. 2. From changing of place: as when the solid Parts change their place and situation, slipping down upon some other Part, distending and elevating the same; of which kind are Hernia's or Ruptures, etc.  
XIII. 3. From the quality of the conjoined Matter; as being hot or cold, moist or dry, soft or hard.  
FOURTEEN. 4. From their Magnitude; some are great, and these are called by a simple and general name Tumours: some are small, and these are called Tubercula.  
XU. 5. From their situation some are internal, some external, and these again are either more deep and profound, or more superficial.  
XVI. 6. From their figure; some are round, others long; some broad, and flatter; others higher, and sharppointed.  
XVII. But the main differences of Tumours are only two: the first arises from the variety of Causes, the other from the Part affected.  
XVIII. The Kind's. 1. Some proceed from Blood: as, 1. Polysarkia. 2. An Abscess. 3. A Phlegmon. 4. A Bubo. 5. Ecchymosis. 6. A Carbuncle. 7. Parotis. 8. Phyma, or Phygethlon. 9 Gangraena. 10. Paronychia, Panaritia. 11. Epinyctis, or Furunculus. 12. Perniones. 13. Aneurisma. 14. Varix.  
XIX. 2. Some proceed from Choler: as, 1. Erysipelas, or Rosa. 2. Herpes' Miliaris. 3. Herpes' Exedens. 4. Exanthemata, or the Smallpox.  
XX. 3. Some proceed from Phlegm: as 1. Oedema. 2. Atheorema, Meliceris, Steatoma, 3. Ganglion, or Lupia. 4. Gumma, Nodi, and Tophi. 5. Fungus. 6. Bronchocele. 7. Strumae, or Scrophulae.  
XXI. 4. Some proceed from Wind: as 1. Emphysema, Tumour Ventosus. 2. Hernia Ventosa.  
XXII. 5. Some proceed from Water: as 1. Hernia Aquosa. 2. Tumour Aquosus. 3. Hydrops. 4. Hydrocephalus.  
XXIII. 6. Some proceed from Melancholy: as, 1. Polypus, or Noli me tangere. 2. Scirrhus. 3. Cancer. 4. Spina Ventosa. 5. Elephantiasis Graecorum. 6. Elephantiasis Arabum.  
XXIV. 7. Some proceed from the Solid Parts removing out of their proper places: as, 1. Hernia in the Cod and Navel, Epiplocele: and from the Bones also proceeds that which we call Exostosis; which is handled in the Chapter of Gums, Nodes, and Tophs.  
XXV. But many of these Tumours procceed not simply from one single Humour, but complexly, from a combination of several Humours meeting together; as, Phlegm, Choler, Melancholy, and Watery Humours: so that the conjunct Cause cannot properly be said to be any one single Humour, but Matter generated out of Humours conjoined; which is denominated from the principal Humour abounding: and in this sense the Kind's of Tumours but now enumerated, are to be understood.  
XXVI. Galen, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 7. says, that in Apostems has been found substances, like Stones, Sand, Shells, Wood, Mud, Slime, Filth of Baths, Dregss and Leeses of Oil, with many other like substances.  
XXVII. And in his Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 12. he farther tells us, that in some Tumours there was found substances resembling Nails, Hair, Bones, Shells, and Stones.  
XXVIII. Fallopius, and with him Sennertus, testify, that Worms are frequently found in Tumours; and that the latter of them had seen them himself.  
XXIX. The Causes. The External Causes may be Blows, Falls, Straining beyond Strength, etc. The Containing Cause is something beyond, or besides Nature's intent, added unto a Part; which heightens, distends, and swells it up to a greater magnitude than ordinary.  
XXX. Tumours are caused either by Congestion, or Fluxion.  
XXXI. Congestion is the heaping up of Matter contrary to Nature, being the Recrements of the third Concoction, of that Nutriment which is distributed for the nourishment of the Parts of the Body; or the Nutriment itself, not so perfectly digested as it aught to be.  
XXXII. This Matter is gathered together by little and little into the Part affected. Primarily, by something amiss in the Part, as weakness of the Concoctive power of the Part, whereby it cannot digest the Nutriment sent to it, as it aught to do. Secondarily, from the weakness of the Expulsive faculty; the Recrements not being thrust forth as they should be, the Pores being closed through Cold, etc.  
XXXIII. Congestion is caused many times also from evil and unwholesome Food, causing such an abundance of Recrements, that the Expulsive faculty cannot cast them all forth; or being so thick, that Nature cannot easily expel them: and this is daily manifest in such as are much troubled with Furunculi, or Pushes.  
XXXIV. Tumours therefore which proceed from Congestion, are more slow, long, and tedious in breeding, than those caused by fluxion; for that these latter are with great pain, redness, and beating, and come suddenly to a height.  
XXXV. Fluxion is the falling down of some Humour or Humours, to some certain part, either by Attraction, Protrusion or Transmission, offending it either in quantity or quality, or both.  
XXXVI. Attraction, or as some will have it, Protrusion, primarily proceeds from Heat, either by overmuch motion, or the heat of the Sun, or Fire, or sharp Medicines taken inwardly, whereby when the parts are heated, they draw to themselves Humours; or the Humours being heated are rarified, and so for want of room are protruded to the Parts.  
XXXVII. Secondarily, from Pain, because Pain is said to excite Tumours by attracting Humours to the part grieved. Or rather, Nature attempting to relieve the part pained, protrudes an extraordinary supply of Blood and Spirits more than usual, so that thereby she overloads and hurts the parts she endeavours to Succour.  
XXXVIII. Than the grieved part growing hot from that abundance of Blood and Spirits protruded; the part is than said to attract more, by reason of this adventitious Heat; and the Pain weakening the Member, if it attracts not, yet it readily receives the Matter protruded without any resistance in the lest.  
XXIX. Transmission is a kind of Protrusion, but with the lest force imaginable, whereby the Humours as it were slide down into the part affected; which if they be not digested or evacuated by Transpiration, but remaining and still increasing, they 'cause a Tumour.  
XL. There is than a part from which the Humour is sent, and a part which receives it, and a part through which the Humour is transmitted: The parts than transmitting are excited by Heat, whether it be external or internal, and thereby the Faculty is provoked to expulsion, and sometimes the Humour by its own weight descends into a part, as Water in a Dropsy, falling into the Feet and Cod.  
XLI. The Parts receiving, are such as by their weakness are disposed to the Reception, which weakness is contracted either in their first Formation, or afterwards by some accidental Hurt; or so constituted by Nature, for the more easy receiving the Recrements of other parts, as the Glandules in the Ears, Throat, Armholes, Groin, Skin, etc.  
XLII. For Nature (to preserve the Human Frame from Diseases) has purposely ordained some weak and feeble Parts, that so the principal Parts oppressed or burdened with Humours, might empty into them whatever is superfluous and burdensome, and these are the Skin and Glandulous Parts aforementioned.  
XLIII. Thus the Brain transmits' the recrementitious Humours to the Glandules of the Ears; the Heart to the Armpits, the Liver to the Groins, etc.  
XLIV. The Barts through which the Humours are transmitted are either hidden, as those in an Ascites, by which the Water falls into the Cavities of the Abdomen: Or Manifest, to wit, the Arteries and Veins, the recrements of the Blood and Lympha, being as it were, spewed forth from their Capillary ends or mouths, and by this way it is, that Tumours are mostly produced.  
XLV. Out of what has been said, it appears, that the causes of Tumours are threefold, viz. Primitive, Antecedent and Conjunct.  
XLVI. The Primitive Causes are external, as Falls, Blows, etc. which move the Humours, also external Heat, Food taken too raw, or cold, or in excessive quantity.  
XLVII. The Causes antecedent are internal, as Humours offending either in Quantity or Quality, Intemperature, Weakness, and Pain.  
XLVIII. The conjunct cause, is the Matter gathered together in the place or part, by reason of the aforesaid Causes.  
XLIX. The Signs. If the Tumour proceeds from the falling down of any part, it is known by sight; if it does not, we may safely conclude, that it proceeds either from Congestion or the afflux of Humours.  
L. If from Congestion, it is known by the Signs delivered at Sect. 34. aforegoing: And this is peculiar to them, that they take not up so much room in the part, as Pushes, Pimples, and the like.  
LIVELY If the Tumour was generated by Fluxions, it will be known by the presence of the contrary Signs: And if there was not any foregoing Pain or Heat in the affected part, it shows the Afflux was by Transmission.  
LII. And contrariwise, if Pain and Heat did precede, the Fluxion is caused by attraction.  
LIII. The beginning of the Tumour is when the Part is first perceived to be distended: The Increase or Growth is, when the part seems to be raised into an indifferent large Swelling, with Symptoms corresponding. The height or state of it is, when it ceases to be any farther augmented, and all the Symptoms are at their highest pitch: and the Declination is, when the Tumour and Symptoms are sensibly diminished.  
LIU. The Prognostics. Inward Tumours are always more dangerous than outward or external; and they have more or lesle danger of Death, according to the excellency and use of the part.  
LU. The greater the Tumour, the greater the Intemperies or Distemper accompanying it: The more malign and vicious the Humour, the more danger and difficulty in the Cure. And contrariwise,  
LVI. Tumours arising from Wind, are more easily helped; for they are discussed or dissipated in a manner of their own accord.  
LVII. Tumours arising from Humours, if they vanish not of their own accord, are terminated either by, 1. Discussion. 2. Or by Suppuration. 3. Or by Corruption. 4. Or by Induration.  
LVIII. If by Discussion or Resolution, the Member or Part grows lighter, i e. loses of its weight and heaviness; and there is a ceasing of the painful beating, with which it was before troubled.  
LIX. If it is by Suppuration, which is, when the Humour causing the Swelling, is converted into Pus, or a purulent Matter, there is than a pain and palpitation in the part, with Heat increasing: But when the Matter is concocted and ripened, than the Heat abates, the Pain assuages, and the Tumour becomes pointed, and eminently elevated, the Colour is white, and the place (if felt on) is soft, and the Matter seems to fluctuate, and yield to the Touch.  
LX. But if the Matter lies deep, the maturation will not than be so easily discerned, by reason of the thickness of the part, as saith Hippocr. lib. 6. Aph. 41.  
LXI. If it be by Corruption or Putrefaction, wherein the Constitution, or Habit and radical Heat of the part affected, is corrupted and destroyed by the malignity of the Matter now nigh at hand, there is a blackness or livid Colour upon the part affected, and the violence of the Symptoms cease.  
LXII. If it is by Induration, when the Tumour acquires an accidental and adventitious hardness, it is known by a diminution of the Tumour, but an increase of its hardness, the Swelling lessening unexpectedly, which diminution, if it comes from an internal Cause, is always evil, unless the matter retreating, goes of by some critical Evacuation.  
LXIII. The Cure by Resolution is easiest and safest; and next to that is Suppuration: Induration is a very Evil Symptom, but Corruption worst of all. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae. Lib. 1. Cap. 49.  
LXIV. The Cure. The Indication of Cure is taken from the conjoined Cause; for upon the removal thereof, the Tumour goes away.  
LXV. If there is any intemperature accompanying it, you must altar it, as if it is of Heat, you must cool, if of cold, you must heat; if of dryness, you must moisten: but if of moisture, you must dry; and this alteration is made by the application of such things as have the opposite Properties in them.  
LXVI. In removal of the conjoined cause, see whether the Tumour is perfect, or may yet receive any farther increase; if it is not as yet at height, but only approaching thereto, than we must have respect unto the antecedent Cause, as also Causes procatartick, which are with all possible care to be removed, and this is most considerable when the Tumour proceeds from Fluxion, or an afflux of Humours.  
LXVII. In those Tumours the Fluxion is to be opposed, and as much as may be, totally removed; by evacuating the flowing Humour, either by Vomiting, or Purging, or Urine; as by the habit and constitution of the Body it is requisite.  
LXVIII. If you Vomit, the Oxymel Scilliticum exceeds in its use; which aught to be used six or seven times: if Purging, the Sal Mirabile exceeds all other Remedies: if you provoke Urine, Sal Nitre dissolved in Parsley or Hydropiper Water, and well sweetened with Sugar, is an incomparable Medicine.  
Lxix This being done, you aught to give things corroborative, to strengthen both the Part which breeds the Humour, and the Part which receives it: for which purpose, nothing exceeds our Theriaca Chymica, or our Laudanum Specificum, or, Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Samech, which may be given in a a fit Dose, at night going to bed, and repeated as you see need requires.  
LXX. The Fluxion also is opposed, 1. By Derivation, which is when the Humour is derived unto the opposite Parts: 2. By Interception, wherein the motion of the Humours in their passage is hindered; either by thickening them, or by repulsion.  
LXXI. And since the Humour is said to flow partly by Attraction, which is caused by Pain and Heat; it is requisite that this Pain be eased by Anodyns, and the Heat by Medicaments which refrigerate.  
LXXII. The Humour is taken away out of the Part affected, either by translating it to some other Part; or by evacuating it out of the Body.  
LXXIII. It is translated into some other Part either by Astringent Medicines, which drive back; or by Constringing Medicines, which by Compression bring the Parts close together; or lastly, by Attractive Medicines, which draw the Humour unto other Parts, and is effected by Pain, Heat, and Emptiness.  
LXXIV. But as for Repulsives, they only take place, where the matter is not as yet impacted or stuffed into the substance of the Part, but only flows to, in the greater and lesser Vessels of the same; or else without the Vessels, in the vacant spaces of the same; whose substance is neither so thick, nor yet so thin as to resist the force of Repulsives.  
LXXV. But if the Matter be already so impacted into the Part, that it is scarce possible, nor yet safe to repel it; you must than strive by Suppuratives to bring it to maturation.  
LXXVI. The Evacuation of the Peccant-matter is either insensible, or sensible.  
LXXVII. Insensible is by Discussion: and this is to be endeavoured when there is no great store of matter in the Tumour, and that it is not very thick; and the parts also about it not compact and hard, but rare, and porous.  
LXXVIII. If the Matter to be discussed be any thing hard, it is first of all to be mollified by Emollients; that it may the more easily be discussed through the Pores of the Skin.  
LXXIX. Sensible Evacuation, is by opening the Tumour with the Knife; and this if the Matter contained in the Tumour is in great abundance, and withal thick, and if the Part lying above it is close and compact.  
LXXX. If the Tumour is perfect, that is, come to its height or perfection, you must than treat it as an Apostem; and after the same manner it is to be opened, cleansed, and healed; as in Chap. 3. following, we shall teach.   

CHAP. II Of CORPULENCY.  
I IT it is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Corpulentia, Crassities; also Corpulentia nimia; in English, Corpulency; and too great Corpulency: because Authors say, that if it is not exceeding, over and above, or too great, it is no Disease.  
II It is no Disease whilst the Functions of the whole Body are perfect and entire, but when it gins to hurt them, than it is accounted for a Disease: and it is a Disease of Magnitude, as Galen, lib. de different. Morb. cap. 9 affirms, because it is not natural, but is above that which is according to Nature.  
III Histories of exceeding corpulent people are extant; and the same Galen, in the place cited relates, that one Nicomachus of Smyrna had his Body grew to so exceeding a bulk, that he could not move from one place to another.  
IU. And Sennertus tells us of a Rope-makers Wife of Strasburgh, a City of Alsatia, who Anno 1613. and in the thirty-sixth year of her age weighed 480 pounds' weight.  
V And he tells us of another, upon his own knowledge, who weighed more than 400 pounds' weight, who notwithstanding appeared in public: but, says he, in such persons as these, there is not an equal augmentation of all the parts of the Body, as it is in such as grow, and naturally increase; but their Fat and Flesh only exceed in that vast proportion.  
VI These things seem not incredible; for I myself knew a young Lady not exceeding 18 years of age, so fat and fleshy, as scarcely to be able to go cross her own Chamber; and being weighed, exceeded 300 pounds' weight.  
VII. I know also a Man now living, so bulky, that he cannot go alone, but is carried in a Running-chair out of one Chamber into another: and by some of his Family about him he is reported to weigh more than 460 pounds' weight; and truly his bulk bespeaks it.  
VIII. The Causes. The Procatartick Cause is, plentifully eating good and nourishing Food; and the person so eating being of a pure, untainted, and sound Body; having the Native-virtue generating Flesh very vigorous, strong, and active; and withal leading an idle life.  
IX. The Antecedent 'Cause is, an overgreat abundance of good Blood, made of nourishing Meats, abounding with a good Juice: for this cause it is, that Corpulency is referred to Tumours proceeding from Blood: but there is this difference between them, that the conjoined cause of this Tumour is Fat and Flesh; whereas the conjoined cause of other Tumours arising from Blood, is Blood.  
X. The conjoined cause therefore of this Tumour of the whole Body, is Flesh and Fat: sometimes the Flesh is most augmented, sometimes the Fat; and sometimes they are both alike increased together.  
XI. Fat we conclude to be generated of the fat and oily parts of the Blood, falling out of the Arteries into the membranous parts, and than digested by the innate faculty and virtue of the Membranes.  
XII. And this happens most to such as are of a cold and moist habit of Body: and Galen also maintains, that all Bodies tending towards a cold and moist temperament, become fat.  
XIII. The Signs. It is evident to the sight: but if it only produces a kind of deformity, it is than no more than a Symptom: but if it offends or hurts any Action, it is than to be accounted a Disease.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. Avicen was of opinion, that such a great quantity of Fat with which such corpulent people are troubled, hinders the Body in its motion, in walking and operating, and straitens the Veins with an irregular and dangerous constriction; from whence proceeds obstructions of the passages of the Spirits, by which they are suffocated or extinguished.  
XU. But this danger of Suffocation more belongs to such as grow thus vehemently Corpulent in their younger years: for that they have their Veins and Arteries always small; and by reason of this excessive increase of Flesh and Fat compressing them, they are not permitted to grow larger.  
XVI. People thus affected with such an extreme bulk of Body, are also apt to fall into Apoplexies, Palsys, Palpitations, and Diarrhoea's, by reason of their very great Humidities; as also into Lethargies, Coma's, Fainting and Swooning Fits, etc.  
XVII. And whether Men or Women, they are apt to be Barren; the Male not being able to generate, nor the Female to produce an Embryo in the Womb, they having little or no Seed at all: the Seed being produced of Blood, of which they they have a very small stock: and if some of them have an indifferent quantity of Seed, yet 'tis such as is thin and watery, and unfit for Generation.  
XVIII. And if the Women conceive, (for it is they that have the most Seed) yet it is very rarely; and when they do, they soon miscarry: nor are they able to nourish the Child in the Womb, because they have an exceeding weak Appetite, which affords not Nutriment enough.  
XIX. This Disease is rarely cured, and when it is, the Cure comes but very slowly on, nor can it be done in a short time: for the Patient aught to be endued with much patience, selfdenial, mortification, and prudence; without which things, the attempt of the Cure will be wholly vain.  
XX. The Cure. The great store of Flesh and Fat is to be removed; which is done by wasting and consuming what is already generated, and preventing it for the future to be increased: and this is effected, by taking care, that too great an abundance of Blood be not bred, by using things which heat, and exsiccate or dry, much.  
XXI. In order to the performing of all this, there is a twofold Consideration: 1. That which has respect to the Diet and Government of the Patient. 2. That which has respect to the Medicaments exhibited.  
XXII. 1. As to Diet. Much Fasting, and an extraordinary Abstinence from Food, is much commended in a word, a continual spare Diet is absolutely necessary, for it very much tends to the diminution of the Corpulency.  
XXIII. The Diet also aught to be hard, as well as sparing: because hard fare, and Meats not of so easy digestion, breed not Blood in such an extraordinary quantity, as to conserve or continued, much lesle increase such a prodigious bulk of Flesh and Fat.  
XXIV. Dry Bread is a good kind of Food for them; so also would Water, if the fear of a Dropsy did not attend it: however, the Patient may now and than drink a little Water, and sometimes Mild-beer, (because that is opening) and sometimes Wine very much diluted with Water.  
XXV. All their Food and Drink aught to be such as may tender the Belly slippery and soluble: for by that means, much of the Nutriment which would be converted into Blood and Flesh, will be beforehand carried of.  
XXVI. Let them accustom themselves to much and often Exercise every day; beginning with small Exercises first, and than increasing them by little and little, till they become great: avoiding by all means an idle and sedentary course of life.  
XXVII. No exercise exceeds that of fast Walking, and Running; which may at first be but little, but aught every day to be increased gradatim, both as to the speed in running, and as to the time of exercising it: and the course aught to be continued every day for some months, yea years, till the gross of the Body is brought down.  
XXVIII. Next, Friction of the whole Body with hard or coarse Clotheses, is of good use; because it opens the Pores, and causes a transpiration of much of the fatty Sweat or Humidities, which conspire to the increase of the magnitude of the Body: rubbing the Body presently after all over with some sweet Oil, which if you please may be perfumed.  
XXIX. And withal, if they have conveniency, they aught to Sweated once a day, by a dry method of Sweeting: the best for this purpose, is Sweeting in Hartman's Chair, with rectified Spirits of Wine. By this course I cured a Man of a prodigious bulk in about three months' time, or a little more; beyond mine, and all others expectation.  
XXX. Galen, Method. Med. lib. 14. cap. 15. says, he perfectly cured a Man of about forty years old, who was exceeding fat and gross, even to the admiration of all who beheld him. And this he did, by giving him an Antidote made of Sal Theriacale, and the right Theriaca Andromachi made of Vipers; causing him to use an extenuating Diet after it, and to exercise himself with swift running.  
XXXI. And he fitted and prepared him for this exercise of Running, by gentle Frictions with rough and hard Clotheses made of new linen, till the skin become read, and than anointed him with a digestive Oil, with which he also anointed him after his running.  
XXXII. 2. As to Medicines, Bleeding is wholly forbidden; for it is manifest, that much and constant bleeding has made many grow to an extraordinary bulk of Body, who otherwise would have been lean and slender enough: and Hypocrates seems to be against Bleeding in fat persons, because (as they are of a cold habit of Body, so) they are more propense unto cold Distempers.  
XXXIII. Authors advice to frequent Purgations with Aloes, and Aloetick Medicines: I commend my Cathartick Laudanum, which may be taken every night to gr. x, or xij. and in some persons to xv, or xx. it is a noble Medicine, and works admirably the next day, and that without any griping, pain, illness, or making faint; and possibly may more waste the Body (almost after an insensible manner) than a thousand other Medicines, which purge more vehemently: and yet this is not to be despised, as to its purging neither.  
XXXIV. Some advice to Aloes made up with Myrrh and Nitre, as a proper Remedy; because Sal Nitre in a great measure wastes the Body by Urine, at lest hinders its farther increase.  
XXXV. Oxymel of Squills constantly taken for some few months, is a famous thing; and will certainly bring the Body down in some few months, if the Patient can be but persuaded to the constant use of it.  
XXXVI. Authors commend all hot and bitter things: as Wormwood, Southernwood, Rue, Pellitory of Pain, Sage, Time, Savory, Myrrh, Frankincense; and generally whatsoever things work by Urine, as Fennel, Smallage, Parsley, Hydropiper, Asparagus, Onions, Winter-cherries, etc.  
XXXVII. Sennertus commends this Powder: ℞ Sal Nitreʒ j Alum ℈ ij. Cortex Guajaci, Sarsaparilla, Myrrh, Frankincense, A. ʒ ij. make all into a fine powder; of which the Patient may take a dram morning and evening every day, for two months together.  
XXXVIII. The Salt of Vipers is commended, but is a thing dear, and hard to be got: the Salt of Sheep's or Bullocks flesh will do as well.  
THIRTY-NINE. For them that cannot take Pills, I commend a constant Purging with Our Tinctura Purgans, or Tinctura Cathartica; and sometimes for change, with Elixir Proprietatis: but more especially with Sal Mirabile, because that answers the Indication, both by Stool and Urine; and if constantly used, will do wonders of this kind.  
XL. In the intermediate days of Purging, this following Powder may be given: ℞ Sal Nitre, Winter-cherries, Cortex Guajaci, A. ℥ j Myrrh, Cloves, Nutmegs, A. ℥ ss. Camphir, Ginger, A. ʒ ij. white Pepperʒ j make each into a fine powder, and mix them together. Dose, ʒ j morning and evening, in Barleywater, or Decoction of Parsley-roots.  
XLI. Lastly, for a constant Drink, (instead of Beer, Ale, Wine, Water, or other liquors) this following is most excellent; because it wastes not only the Nutritious-juices, but even the Flesh and Fat, to a Miracle.  
XLII. ℞ Rasping of Guajacum lbj lbj. Cortex ejusdem, Sassafras rasped, A. lbss ss. Fennel-seed, Coriander-seed, A. ℥ iv. fair Water lbxxx lbxxx. Salt of Tartar ℥ iv. mix, digest scalding-hot for twentyfour hours; than boil in a Diet-pot till a Gallon is consumed: strain out, and sweeten it a little with double-refined Sugar: of this let the Patient drink constantly every day, as his ordinary Drink, and continued the use of it for 3, 4, 6, or 8 months; as the condition of the Sick, and continuance of the Distemper shall require.  

APPENDIX. Of an ATROPHIA.  
XLIII. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Atrophia, vel Consumptio Partis, vel Partium; and in English, a Consumption, or Wasting of a Part or Parts.  
XLIV. There are several kinds of Consumptions, as a Phthisis; a Marasmos or Tabes; a Hectic; and lastly, an Atrophia, Pining or Wasting; which is called in general, and Extenuation of the Body; viz. when the Body is not nourished so much as it aught to be, but is diminished and lessened, by reason of the withholding of Nourishment from it; and this is called in general an Atrophy.  
XLV. Now an Atrophy is twofold: 1. General, of which we have already treated in Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 2. cap. 31. and lib. 6. cap. 18. 2. Particular; which is the Wasting or Pining away of some particular Part or Parts; as a Foot, Leg, Thigh, Arm, etc. of which we shall treat here, and the rather, because falling under none of the general Topics or Titles of this Art, though a part of the Chirurgeons duty: and not being willing to give it a place by itself, we chose to treat of it in this Chapter, by way of Appendix; as being the almost opposite of too great Corpulency.  
XLVI. The Causes. The Causes of the particular Atrophy, (like that of the whole Body, which consists in some one particular Bowel, whose action is necessary for the Nutrition of the whole Body) is contained in some particular Vessel or Vessels, beloning unto that particular Part.  
XLVII. Yet however the general Causes are the same as in an Universal Atrophy; viz. the weakness of the Nutritive-faculty of the Part, and defect of Nourishment.  
XLVIII. The Faculty is hurt when the Part is overcooled, and left destitute of its proper heat and warmth: for than the Part can neither attract any nutriment, nor retain it, nor yet altar, or assimilate it.  
XLIX. And a Part is said to be refrigerated, and its hea● decayed, and to be made dull, or stupid, and unfit for action, from many Causes; as, coldness of the external Air, lying long in cold Water or Snow, or being laid upon a cold place; as also by long lying upon the Parts, (by which the Spirits contained in it are as it were suffocated) from overmuch rest, in the Palsy; or from the straitness of the passages through which the Spirits flow.  
L. The Nutriment fails chief by reason of the narrowness of the Passages, (or their being obstructed or stopped up through the congelation of some Humour in the same,) through which it aught to flow to the Part wanting it.  
LIVELY And this arises mostly from External Causes, as, when the Arteries which carry the Blood unto the Part for its nourishment are compressed by the Bones, when they are loosened or out of joint: or from hard and straight bandage; as many times happens in such as have long had an Issue; or from some Tumour nigh unto the Part; or from the brawniness or hardness of the Flesh; or lastly, from the Vessels being cut asunder, which are to convey the Nutriment.  
LII. The Signs. The Disease is known by Sight; and the very Causes may be fully known by the relation of the Patient: but because it may have dependence upon many of them, they are therefore all of them to be enquired into, that so the method of Cure may be the more rightly prosecuted.  
LIII. The Prognostics. From the Causes, we are to make our Judgements of the Cure: for if the Causes may be removed, there may be hope of Health and Restoration; if they cannot be taken away, but will remain, the Disease will also remain.  
LIU. The more recent it is, the more easily it is cured; and contrariwise, the more inveterate and old, the more hard and difficult.  
LU. If the Nutriment only is consumed, there is more hopes; but if much of the substance of Flesh is already wasted, it will be the more difficult; and most of all when the Membranous parts are already exsiccated, and very much dried: for such an Atrophy is as impossible to be cured, as that which befalls the Body through old-age.  
LVI. If the Native-heat be not so far weakened, but that it may be restored, the hopes of recovery is manifest: for that the Cause being removed, and the Heat restored, Nourishment will again be brought to the Part affected.  
LVII. The Cure. A Part being extenuated or withered away, for want of the Nutriment being conveyed to it, and the languishing of the Heat of the Part; we must do our endeavour to restore the decayed Heat again, and to make an attraction of the Blood to the same.  
LVIII. Heat is restored to the Part many ways: as by a gentle Friction, or moderate rubbing of the Member, moving of it up and down, and soaking it in warm Water.  
LIX. Now this friction, moving, and soaking it in Water, aught to be so long (and no longer) continued, than to 'cause the Part to look somewhat read, and as it were a little swollen; but not so long till it is again assuaged and fallen.  
LX. The Parts affected may also be soaked and bathed in Baths made of the following particulars, or some of them, which may be easiest gotten; as Aniseeds, Angelica, Avens, Asarabacca, Bay-leaves, Basil, Bawm, Bears-breech, Bishopsweed, Brooklime, Briony, Calamint, Camels-hair, Camomile, Caraway-seeds, Catmint, Cedar-tops, Celandine, Centory, Chervil, Citron-peels, Cicely, Corianderseeds, Costmary, Costus, Cresses, Cumin, Dittander, Dittany, Elecampane-roots sliced, Fennel the herb and seed, Fenugreek, Fetherfew, Fir-tops, Galingal, Gaultree-leaves, Goats-rue, Gentian, Grains of Paradise, Ground-pine, Hartwort, Hops, Whorehound, Hyssop, Jack-by-the-hedge, Juniper-tops and berries, Larchtree-tops, Lavender, Limon-peels, Mallows, Marjoram, Masterwort, Mastich-herb, Maudlin, Melilot, Mint, Mustard, Myrtle-leaves, Navew, Orange-peels and leaves, Parsley, Parsnip-tops, Pellitory of the Wall, and of Spain, Peniroyal, Pepper bruised, Pimpernel, Pinetree-tops, Plowmans-spicknard, Polymountain, Radish-tops, Rampions, Rocket, Rosemary, Rue, Sage, Savin, Savory, Saxifrage, Scabious, Scruvigrass, Skirret-tops, Smallage, Sneezwort, Solomons-seal, Soapwort, Southernwood, Spignel, Tobacco, Tansy, Tarragon, Time, Tormentil, Turnips and their tops, Valerian, Vervain, Wormwood.  
LXI. The bathing and fomenting being over, (which aught to be repeated every day, for some considerable time) you may anoint with this Oil: ℞ Oil-olive, or Neatsfoot-oil, ℥ xiv. Chemical Oils of Aniseed, Amber, Caraways, Juniper-berries, Camomile, Rosemary, Sage, Savin, Sassafras, Lavender, sweet Marjoram, Turpentine, A. ℥ j Oils of Oranges and Lemons, A. ℥ iv. mix them; with which anoint the Part morning and evening.  
LXII. Or you may make the former into an Ointment, by adding Sheeps-suet ℥ xij. Chemical Oil of Cumm ℥ vj. powder of Castoreum ℥ viij. with which you may anoint, as before.  
LXIII. Sennertus advises to this Ointment: ℞ Bdellium, Opoponax, A. ℥ j dissolve in Wine, and strain: to which add Hogs-grease, Goose and Hen's grease, A. ℥ j old Oil-olive ℥ iv. Turpentine, Wax, A. ℥ j boil till the Wine is consumed, and than add Mastic, Frankincense and Fenugreek, all in powder, A. ℥ j mix, and make an Ointment; with which daily, morning and evening, anoint the places affected.  
LXIV. After well Anointing, for a week or more, you may apply the following Emplaster: ℞ Turpentine, Balsam-capivi, Gum-Elemi, Wax, Rosin, A. lbj lbj. mix them upon the fire; than add thereto Galbanum, Opopopanax, Sagapenum, strained, A. ℥ iv. Tacamahacca ℥ iij. Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ ij ss. Long-pepper, Ginger, Cardamons, Grains of paradise, all in fine powder; Nutmegs, Mace, Cloves, Zedoary, Galangal, Winters- Cinnamon, Mustardseed, all in fine powder also, A. ℥ ij. mix, and make an Emplaster; which apply, after it has been fomented with the following Fomentation.  
LXV. The Fomentation. ℞ Spirit of Wine lbuj lbuj. Pepper, white, and long, Ginger, Zedoary, root of Pellitory of Spain, Mustardseed, Grains of paradise, all in powder, A. ℥ j Bay-berries, Rocket-seed, berries of Spurge-olive, Juniper-berries, Winters- Cinnamon, A. ℥ ss. Cloves, Nutmegs, A. ʒ ij. Mint, Marjoram, Rosemary, Sage, Time, all dried, A. ʒ vj. mix all these Powders together, and grinned them in a hot iron Mortar, with Salt of Tartar ℥ iv. than put all into the Spirit, which digest in a cold place for a week, and decant of the clear Tincture for use; with which foment the Part, before laying on of the Emplaster.  
LXVI. After the application of the former things for four, five, or six day, the Ancients used Dropacisms, or Pications. Now a Dropax or Pication, was a soft Ointment made of Pitch mixed with Oil; which they applied to the extenuated part bloodwarm, keeping it on till it was cold, and than they removed it, and applied a fresh one; and this was often repeated, till at length the Part become read, and something swelled: which done, they removed the Dropax, and anointed the Part with sweet Oil, or some fat body, and in the evening repeated the same as before: which course they continued so long, till the Member grew thicker, and more fleshy.  
LXVII. If this Dropax or Pication would do nothing, they made than use of Percussion or Beating, smiting the wasted Part with Ferula's or Rods, till such time as it become swollen and read, and than immediately anointed it with some Oil, or fat Medicament: but later Physicians make use instead thereof, of green stinging Nettles.  
LXVIII. Some have been cured by anointing with this Ointment: ℞ Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ viij. Chemical Oils of Camomile, Iuniper, Rosemary, Savin, Sassafras, and Spike, A. ℥ ij. Mustardseed, roots of Pyrethrum in fine powder, A. ℥ ij. white Pepper in powder ℥ j Camphir, Ginger in powder, A. ℥ ss. Turpentine q.s. mix them.  
Lxix Others have been cured by manifold Frictions, and than immediately anointing with this Mixture: ℞ Oils of Amber ℥ iv. Oils of Spike, Rosemary, and Sassafras, A. ℥ j Oils of Aniseed, Iuniper, Lemons, and Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. mix them; with this the Patient was anointed twice a day, rubbing it in for half an hour at a time; and being continued for twenty days or more, they become perfectly well.    

CHAP. III Of ABSCESSES, or APOSTEMS.  
I THIS kind of Tumour is called in Arabic, Dubellet, and Aldubellet; in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and in Latin, Abscessus, pl. Abscessus; Tumour est qui suppuratur: in English an Apostem, pl. Apostems; a Swelling full of ripe matter.  
II The Description. It is a Tumour arising from corruption and putrefaction, chief in the end of a Disease; and in or near the Glandules, as behind the Ears, in the Neck, under the Armholes, or in the Groins, being replete with a preternatural Humour, most commonly in its own Membrane, yet sometimes not; if it proceeds from concussion, or other external hurt: whence follows inflammation of the Part, a Fever, and than a generation of Corruption, whence comes an Abscess.  
III But some Tumours are denominated from their times; for whilst unripe, they are Tumours of that particular kind; but coming to suppuration, they many times loose their first appellation, and are called Apostems, of which kind are Phlegmon's suppurated; and indeed any Tumour when it is maturated, is called by some an Apostem: whence it is ordinary to say, when a Tumour is ripe for Apertion, it is Apostemated.  
IV. If therefore the matter which causes the Phlegmon or Inflammation is not dissipated insensibly: Nature, which can never be idle, converts it in process of time, (especially if assisted with warm Medicaments, or any Blood be mixed with the protruded Matter) into a certain rotten substance called Pus; which when it is wholly separated from the Parts containing, and gotten together into the Part affected, is properly called an Abscess, or Apostem.  
V The Differences. They are taken, 1. From their Times. Some are maturated more speedily, as those which proceed from Blood, and are in a fleshy-part.  
VI Some are maturated more slowly, as those Tumours which are bred out of other Humours; and are seated near the Joints, and in Nervous parts, or parts which are weak, or have in them but little native Heat.  
VII. 2. From the Matter. And this is various, according to the Humour it is generated of: out of good Blood is generated a Pus, lesle offensive; but out of other Humours is bred a sharp, putrid, green, yellow, or ill-coloured stinking Matter.  
VIII. Sometimes this matter resembles Gruel, Honey, Suet, Wine-lees, Oil-lees; and sometimes it is like Honey and Snivel mixed together, or the substance of rotten Eggs; and that of so ill a savour, and so stinking, as not to be endured, etc.  
IX. And sometimes living Worms, and other like Animals are found in them; for the Humours of the Body may possibly be wholly converted into Worms, and such like substances, in great variety.  
X. 3. From the Tumour itself: for the matter in the hollowness of the Part, is either without a Membrane; or else is contained in a peculiar Cystis or Membrane of its own.  
XI. Yet some Authors are of opinion, that those Tumours alone, which proceed from Inflammation and Pain, and had within them a sharp corroding Humour, and not contained in any peculiar Skin or Tunicle, could properly be called Apostems.  
XII. The Causes. Thou they may proceed from other Tumours maturated, and so the remote and antecedent Causes in those cases are thence to be derived; yet they are also many times caused from external injuries; as falls, blows, bruises, etc. wherein Blood being extravasated by the external force, it is through the help of Nature, and the heat of the Part putrified, and so there arises an Apostem.  
XIII. An Example of this kind, we have in Guiliel. Fabricius, Cent. 1. Obs. 63. A young Man 27. years old had a great Fall, and by the hilt of his Sword was hurt under the short Ribs and left Kidney, having also his Loins much bruised: after some days, he felt a pain in the left part of his Loins, which by degrees become exceedingly sharp and intolerable: upon which followed loss of Sleep and Appetite, with some small kind of Fever; but the Part affected was not black and blue, or any way discoloured, or in the least swollen, but appeared as in perfect health.  
FOURTEEN. In this condition he was tampered with by a certain DOCTOR, as a Nephritick, but all in vain, for the Doctor was mistaken; for it was a hidden Apostem in the Muscle Psooa. At length he sent for Griffonius, a learned Physician and Chirurgeon, who presently discovered the whole grief, and the danger impending, from the Matter being shut up in those inward or deep parts: it now possessed his whole Loins; he therefore applied powerful Attractives, to draw all the Matter into some one place, where the principal Vessels were but few, and the Instruments of Motion might be lest hurt: than he opened it on the left side, nigh to the fourth Vertebra, with a red-hot Razor, making the Wound as deep and as long as ones finger, from the end thereof to the hollow of the hand; out of which there flowed a great quantity of putrid and stinking Matter; which he afterwards cured according to Art  
XU. Sometimes they are caused from Fevers; where, by the fermentation of the Febritick-heat, the Morbifick-matter is critically protruded into some particular Part, where Nature can best dispose thereof.  
XVI. An Example of this kind we have from the same Fabricius, in the place cited, which happened also in the Muscle Psooa; where he tells us, that a certain Matron took her bed, with extreme and acute pains about her Loins; having a Burning-fever, accompanied with Swooning-sits and difficulty of Making-water.  
XVII. By the Signs, Symptoms, and kinds of the Pain, it appeared to be a hidden Apostem; for outwardly nothing appeared, nor could any thing be discerned by the touch; and by the place, that it could be not where but under the Psooa- Muscle. She was told the extreme danger, and that it would be with hazard of her life, unless it was opened; she gave consent, and it was opened with a Razor, on one side of the Spina Dorsi, through the Skin, and exterior Muscles, even to the Psooa; and there came forth a quantity of stinking Pus, or Matter: after which, by abstersive and cleansing Medicaments for some time applied, she become perfectly well.  
XVIII. Sometimes also it is caused by Witchcraft; as when Hairs, Bones, Wood, Nails, Pins, Needles, Coals, Cockle-shells, or any thing of a like nature, is found; into which it is not possible for Humours to be naturally changed: in such cases, Artists ascribe the cause to Sorcery and Witcheraft.  
XIX. The Signs. In a Phlegmon, it is easily seen when the Humour causing the Tumour is changed into Pus, and in other Tumours also there are peculiar Signs: for till the Matter is changed into Pus, the Heat, Pain, Tumour, and other Symtoms are heightened, not diminished, as they are when it is ripe; as Hypocrates, Sect. 2. Aph. 47. affirms.  
XX. When the Maturation approaches, the Apostem gins to be sharppointed, the Pus seeking its passage forth, and so the more lifting up the Skin: than also there is an abatement of the Fever and Heat, the Swelling round about a little diminishes, and the extension and hardness is something remitted, and the Patient has some ease, and is a little lightsome.  
XXI. Than also, coming to perfect ripeness, if the place is pressed down with the fingers, there is a softness, and a kind of floating of the Matter underneath, which is sensibly perceived in the Part.  
XXII. Yet, that you mistake not, this is to be understood, where the matter is thin, and lies high; but if the Matter is thick, or lies deep, as under the Psooa- Muscle: (in which Muscle Apostems seldom appear outwardly, as by the two aforegoing Examples is manifest) there is no fluctuation at all to be perceived, and many times neither tumour nor discolouring, as Hypocrates maintains, Lib. 6. Aph. 41.  
XXIII. The Prognostics. An Apostem is generally Critical, or upon the end of a Disease: if it increases, and the Sick grows better, health is a coming.  
XXIV. If it strikes inward, or falls down; or otherwise, if it yet increases, and the Sick grows worse, let him prepare for death, for it is near at hand.  
XXV. Apostems lying hid, (as those in the great Muscle Psooa) are much more dangerous, than those which are apparent and outward; and by how much the more outwardly they lie, by so much the lesle danger.  
XXVI. The sooner an Apostem comes to maturity, the sooner and easier it is to be cured; the more hard the matter, the more tedious and difficult the Cure. The rest of the Prognostics see in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 49. sect. 9, and 24.  
XXVII. The Cure. Whilst the Abscess or Apostem is in the way of maturation, you must cherish the heat of the Part, by Medicaments that concoct, and increase Pus, and ease the present intense Pain.  
XXVIII. Such things are called Chalastica, and Anodyna, for for that they take from the part all sense of pain: and of this kind are Milk, Butter, Oil, Hogs-grease, Capons-grease, Vng. Dialthaeae, Emplast. Diachyl. simplex.  
XXIX. What things hasten Suppuration, we shall show at large in Chap. 5, and 6. following: such are these, for hoc Tumours; Oil mingled with Water, and simple without mixture; Wheat-Hower, and Bread of the same; Fats of a Calf, of a Hog, of a Hen, of a Goose; Pitch, Rosin, Wax mixed with Oil; Vng. Tetrapharmacum, made up of Wax, Rosin, Pitch, and Fat, etc. the Mucilages of Lin-seed, Fenugreekseed, Mallows, Marsh-mallows. Or this Cataplasm:  
XXX. ℞ Powder of Althaea-roots, Mallow-leaves, A. ℥ j Wheat-flower ℥ i ss. seeds of Line and Fenugreek, A. ℥ ss. Saffronʒ ss. boil them in Milk or Decoction of dried Figs; to which add Hogs-grease, Unguent. Dialthaeae, A. ℥ j mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXXI. But if the Tumour be cold, you must use hotter things; such are Turpentine, Gums of the Fir-tree, Larch-tree, and Pinetree; dried Figs, Raisins, Lin-seed, Fenugreekseed, roasted Onions, Leven, Oils of Camomile and white Lilies, old Hens fat, old Butter, Bdellium, Galbanum, Ammoniacum, Emplaster of Melilot, and Diachyson magnum.  
XXXII. Or this Cataplasm: ℞ of the former Cataplasm ℥ vj. Leavenʒ vj. Camomilʒ ij. old Hens fat, Oil of Camomile, A. ℥ i ss. mix for a Cataplasm. If you add white Lily roots, Onions, Turpentine, A. ℥ j it will be yet stronger.  
XXXIII. When the Apostem is come to full ripeness, it is than to be evacuated and cast forth of the Body: which is done either by Discussion, (which is very seldom and rare;) or, by opening of it; (which is much the better way) be it done either of its own accord, or by Art  
XXXIV. Now to know when an Apostem is fit for opening, you must have respect to the signs of its maturation; which are, an abatement of the intense Pain and Inflammation: as we have shown more at large in Sect. 20, 21, and 22, aforegoing.  
XXXV. The Abscess being now found by the Signs to be fit for Apertion, you must perform it as we have taught, Lib. 1. Cap. 18. of this Work, where the Operation is expressed at large. If the opening is by Instrument, it is done with the Knife either red-hot, or else cold: but we now very seldom make use of the hot Iron, and than never but in cold Tumours; and that also, only when the Apostem is in those Parts which have many, or else large Veins and Arteries; that so the Flux of Blood, or Haemorrhage, may the better be prevented.  
XXXVI. Now if upon opening of the Apostem, great pain should ensue, or a flux of Blood, or a swooning; in this case, the Section must be performed with the greatest speed and care that may be.  
XXXVII. If an Haemorrhage be feared, you must have in a readiness, these things which stop the flux of Blood; as Frankincense, Aloes, white of an Egg, fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, pomegranate rinds and flowers, burnt Alum, Caput. mort. of Vitriol, and several others, which both Our Doron, and our Pharm. Lond. are able to furnish you with.  
XXXVIII. To prevent Fainting and Swooning, especially in Children, Women, and fearful persons, you aught to have in a readiness Spiritus Angelicae magis compositus, Aqua Bezoarica, or Spiritus Cordialis, or that of Matthiolus; letting the Sick smell to Oil of Rosemary, or Spike, or Savin, which is better than either; or in desperate cases, to Spirit of Sal Armoniac.  
THIRTY-NINE. And likewise that the Section may be rightly performed, the Chirurgeon aught to know the condition of the Part; the situation of the Veins, Arteries, and Nerves; as likewise the nature of the Muscles: without the exact knowledge of which, many irregularities, enormities and errors may be committed, even to the hazard of the Patient's life.  
XL. For the Veins and Arteries being cut, a violent Haemorrhage may follow; the Nerves being cut, either intolerable Pain may arise, or the Member may altogether be deprived of Sense, or both; and the Muscles being cut, the Part may be wholly deprived of its motion.  
XLI. Moreoever, regard aught to be had to the Fibres of the Muscles, that Section may be done according to their conduct, and not overthwartly, or cross to them; and that some consideration be had to the greatness of the Section.  
XLII. If it be too little, the Pus cannot come forth without compression of the Part; which may both excite pain, and beget a brawniness, thereby hazarding a Fistula: if it be too great, there may be either an unsightly Scar, or the ambient Air may get too much in, and altar the Part.  
XLIII. To make the Incision, Sennertus admits of either the Razor or Incision-knife; or a Knife myrtle-shaped, edged on both sides, with which the Italians and French open Veins; or with the Lancet; or lastly, with the Syringotomos, an Instrument crooked, and of only use in the Incision of an internal or concavous body.  
XLIV. The Incision being made, if there be but little Pus, you may gently press the part, that it may the better flow forth: but if there be much, you aught to evacuate leisurely, and by little at a time; jest if all should be let out together, the Spirits should be too much wasted, and swooning follow.  
XLV. After Incision, and empting, of the Pus; the first day you may strew on the dust of Frankincense: on the second day, lay on some kind of Digestive; that if any thing remain not perfectly suppurated, it may be completed.  
XLVI. And if any kind of nastiness does occur, let it wiped away; and than cleansed with this: ℞ Turpentine ℥ j Honey of Roses ℥ ss. Barley-meal, q.s. mix them, and apply it.  
XLVII. If the Ulcer require yet more forcible cleansing, you must use stronger Abstersives; as, Vnguentum Apostolorum, Aegyptiacum, etc. and at length Sarcoticks, or Medicines breeding Flesh are prudently to be applied to the consummation of the Cure, as in the Chapt. following we shall discourse more at large.  
XLVIII. If an Apostem leys deep, so as that it is concealed in many places; or if it is not opened in due time, but that delays are made, whereby it is kept too long; the Humour or Matter is than for the most part translated to some other place, and sometimes to the more noble Parts which cannot be, but with manifest danger to the Sick.  
XLIX. Of this kind, Guiliel. Fabricius, Centur. 1 Observ. 81. gives us a remarkable Example, of a Child three menths old, which had an Apostem near to his right shoulder. The Parents (says he) would admit of no Incision, and by degrees the Tumour much abated; at length it was opened, but a very small quantity of matter issued forth, and in a short time it sunk wholly away: but the Humour gradually gliding downwards into the Abdomen and Genitalss, it destroyed the native heat; upon which followed a Gangrene, and in a few days more, a Sphacelus; so that in a short time after the Child died.  
L. From what has been said it appears than, that delays of opening Apostems, are not to be permitted, in any Part; much more if they be in Parts, where the Matter is easily translated to those we call the more noble; and that sometimes it is better to open them a little too soon, than a little too late; the former being an error, at most, on the right hand.   

CHAP. IU. Of a SINUS in Tumours.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Sinus; and in English, the Hole of a Tumour or Apostem.  
II The Description. Is it the hole or hollowness of a Tumour or Apostem, which being emptied of its Pus, is notwithstanding filled again; for which reason it is, that the sides of the said hollowness do not close, and grow together with the Flesh which is underneath it; but there is a certain cavity or hollowness left remaining, very difficultly, if not-impossible, to be cemented.  
III Now the mouth and entrance into the Apostem and Ulcer, is generally straight and narrow; but within it is more profound or deep, enlarging itself into a proportional breadth.  
IV. The Causes. They arise mostly from Apostems or suppurated Tumours, not soon enough opened, or not well cleansed.  
V For the Pus being longer kept in the Apostem than it aught to be, acquires a sharp or corroding quality; by which it makes many winding and turning passages; to which there is an afflux of Humours from the adjacent parts, and many times from the whole Body: for which reason it is, that this Sinus, or Wind to and from, is difficult to be filled up with Flesh, and healed.  
VI The Differences. They are manifold: 1. As to Magnitude; for some are greater, some lesser; some shallower, some deeper, some lesle capacious, others broader.  
VII. 2. As to Figure; some are straight, others with many turn and wind; some long and deep, others roundish, or globular.  
VIII. 3. As to the situation, or way of Running: some run upwards, and so give better hopes of Cure; for that by its orifice the Pus may the more easily flow forth: some tend, or run downwards, so that the Pus cannot flow forth; for which reason, with the Syringotomos it may be opened on the lower part.  
IX. The Prognostics. If the Sinus is not speedily cured, it contracts a Callus, and degenerates into a Fistula; and will not than be cured, without much difficulty and danger.  
X. The hopes of Cure are taken partly from the Sinus itself, as not being large, deep, winding, or depending: partly from the Part; as being in an upper part, not in a part depending: and partly from the Matter flowing forth; as being well digested, without much swelling, or any very sensible pain; being white in colour, and small in quantity.  
XI. If the Pain is wholly vanished, and the whole place is equal; not feeling with a hollow or yielding softness; it is a good Argument that the Sinus is already filled with Flesh.  
XII. But if there is much pain, or any swelling or tumour, the matter flowing in great quantities, and as it were continually, of an evil colour, as green, blue, yellow, or blackish; and indigested, or otherwise very putrid, and extremely stinking; the hopes of Cure are very small.  
XIII. The Cure. The Indicacations are taken from the Symptoms, which are chief two, Solution of Unity, and Hollowness: and therefore there must be a Unition; which that it may be accomplished, the Hollowness must be filled with Flesh.  
FOURTEEN. Now the Cavity cannot be filled with Flesh, except the temper of the Part is as it aught to be; and that the Sinus is free and clean from all its impurities and filth: we must labour therefore to remove the Distemper of the Member, if any be, and than that the Sinus be throughly cleansed.  
XU. The former is done with Alteratives of a contrary temper; and Purging once or twice a week, with Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, Tinct. Cathartica, or Sal Mirabile, Pulvis Catharticus, or Pulvis Cornachini.  
XVI. Than see to the Orifice of the Sinus, if it looks not downwards, 'cause it to look so, by opening the lower part thereof; that the filth may have a free passage forth; and such a like Sinus, by applying Abstersives, is easily cured.  
XVII. Now in this case, sometimes the whole Cavity must be laid open; sometimes an Orifice must be opened only on the inferior part: but the opening the whole Sinus is most in use, because the Ulcer thereby may be the more easily cleansed and healed.  
XVIII. Yet this is only when the Sinus is great, and the whole Part may be laid open without danger: otherwise we only open it in the bottom thereof; which done, it is throughly to be cleansed and dried, that no Pus be left remaining.  
XIX. For if any of the filth be left behind, there are commonly Recidivations or Relapses which follow it, or else it degenerates into into a Fistula: and though the parts may seem to be conglutinated, yet they stick not firmly together, but afterwards separate again.  
XX. Now to help on the removal of the Pus, Pillows, or Bolsters and Swathbands are of great use, thereby straight to compress the hollowness, from the higher part of the Sinus, towards its Orifice.  
XXI. This being said, we must come to consider of the Medicaments fit for this purpose; as 1. Barleywater, especially if mixed with a little Red-wine. 2. Melicrate, or Water and Honey boiled together. 3. Mulsum, or Wine and Honey boiled together; which both cleanses and corroborates together.  
XXII. To these things you may add, the White Potion, which is thus made: ℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine ℥ j three yolks of Eggs, grinned them together till they are well mixed, than add to them, Barleywater three quarts; with which wash the Sinus for some days.  
XXIII. To these things we may add, Honey of Roses, Barley-meal, Bean-flower, Orobusmeal, meal of Lupins, Spirit of Wine, Alum-water, Oxymel, Unguentum Aegyptiacum; which laughed is the strongest of them, and to be used in the most filthy Ulcers.  
XXIV. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ ij. Barley-flower enough to give it a thick Body: or, ℞ Turpentine, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ j juices of Wormwood and Smallage, A. ℥ ss. boil them together; than add of Lupin, Bean, Barley flower, A. q.s. mix them well together.  
XXV. Or, having for some days cleansed with the Mixture at Sect. 22. aforegoing, wash only with the following Mixture, with which sometimes the Cure is only and completely performed. ℞ Well-water lbiv lbiv. Saccharum Saturni, Roch-alum, A. ʒ vj. white Vitriolʒ iv. Spirit of Wine ℥ vj. mix them.  
XXVI. But if the Sinus are manifold, or with many turn and wind, or of an extraordinary depth, so that it is altogether impossible to open them wholly; nor that Unguents can possibly penetrate through the whole Cavity: in this case, liquid Abstersives must be used, which may (by the help of a Syringe) insinuate themselves into all parts of the Sinus.  
XXVII. And sometimes, as soon as the Medicine is cast in, the Orifice is to be stopped, (for some little time) that the Medicament may remain there for a while; which may be best done with a short Syringe, if the Orifice is narrow, holding the Syringe in all the while, to prevent the immediate flowing back.  
XXVIII. ℞ Fair-water lbv lbv. Honey ℥ iv. juices of Centory and Wormwood, A. ℥ ij. Aloes ℥ ss. dissolve by boiling, and strain.  
XXIX. If it be very foul, ℞ Barleywater lbiv lbiv. Honey ℥ iij. Unguentum Aegyptiacum ℥ vj. mix them.  
XXX. The Sinus being sufficiently cleansed by the use of these things, or others of like nature, you must than come to the use of Sarcoticks, Incarnatives, or Flesh-breeders: for though Nature herself will generate Flesh, yet Art and Medicines many times assist her so, as to remove the recrements which hinder her in her operation; which since they are an impediment to her, are wholly to be taken away by means proper; so that the filth and impurities may be throughly taken away from the Ulcer, and the humidities dried up.  
XXXI. Now Sarcoticks or Flesh-breeders, cannot be said properly or really to generate Flesh, for that is the work of Nature alone: but are so called from their being assistant to her, in removing (as was said before) the impediments, by their cleansing and drying qualities.  
XXXII. Yet they aught not to be overdrying, but such as may agreed with the natural temper of the Part: for as much as there is not the same degree or measure of dryness in all Bodies, nor yet in all Members.  
XXXIII. The more gentle Sarcoticks are, Barley-meal, Bean-meal, Rosin, Frankincense: the stronger are, Orobusmeal, powder of Orrice-roots, of Aristolochia, Myrrh, Scammony, Aloes, Tutia, Pompholyx, etc. out of which you may make various Compositions.  
XXXIV. A mild Sarcotick. ℞ Turpentine ℥ ij. Gum Elemi, Capivi, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Colophony, A. ℥ ss. Wax, Oil, A. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXV. A strong Sarcotick. ℞ Round Birthwort-root, Orrice-root, Comfrey-root, all in powder, A. ℥ ss. Mastich, Olibanum, Frankincense, Myrrh, Aloes, A. ʒ ij. Scammonyʒ j Turpentine, Honey, A. q.s. mix them well together.  
XXXVI. If it is Flesh of a harder kind which is to be generated, and in a Body more than ordinarily dry, and the Ulcer lies open, than you may apply Topics in a dry form, as Sarcotick Powders, to strew on: as,  
XXXVII. ℞ Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Rosin, A. ℥ j make all into a fine powder. Or thus: ℞ Aloes, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Rosin, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocol, A. ℥ j make all into a powder.  
XXXVIII. This is better: ℞ Fine Scammony, and make it into a subtle powder. Or this: ℞ Scammony, Myrrh, Olibanum, A. ℥ j make them into a fine powder. Or this: ℞ Scammony in powder ℥ iij. fine Aloes, Myrrh, A. ℥ j Coloquintida in powder, ℥ ss. mix them.  
THIRTY-NINE. This is a most excellent thing: ℞ Scammony in powder, Mercurius dulcis levigated, A. ℥ j Myrrh, Aloes, A. ℥ ss. Coloquintida in pouderʒ ij. mix them.  
XL. But if the Sinus is not open, Sarcoticks of a liquid form are to be injected, after the manner of Cleansers; and the Orifice being kept close, they are to be kept in for a while.  
XLI. For this purpose, read Port-wine, in which Myrrh, or Myrrh and Aloes has been dissolved, may be injected; or Wine, in which Scammon has been dissolved: or a Decoction of round Birthwort-roots in read Port-wine, in which you may dissolve Myrrh: also, a Decoction of Comfrey-roots, Horse-tail, read Roses, Myrrh, Frankincense, Aloes, etc. in read Port-wine, are admirable in this case.  
XLII. After all, it may be a question, whether the deeper and more extreme parts of the Sinus are well cleansed and conglutinated? But this you may know by the Pus that flows out, if it is but small in quantity, well digested, and no pain is perceived: but if after the fifth or seventh day, a crude and raw Humour shall come forth, it is a sign of no good healing, or conjoining the Parts; and that Flesh is not as yet bred therein.  
XLIII. In this case, you must use Medicaments which more forcibly dry, yet without any biting; which may be continued till the Sinus is in a manner filled up.  
XLIV. Than some agglutinating Medicament is to be applied, which may gently, and without any acrimony, close together, and heal the tender Flesh which is generated and bred, conjoining the divided parts.  
XLV. After the Agglutinative has been applied, you may put upon it a new soft Sponge, dipped in generous Wine, or in Mulsum, or in a Decoction of Pomgranate-peels, Red-roses, and Myrrh, made in read Port-wine, and you may bind it round on; which binding let begin from the bottom of the Sinus, and so go forwards to the Orifice.  
XLVI. And about the bottom, let the swathing be as hard and straight as may be, (but so, as not to 'cause pain,) and than slacken it by little and little, till you come to the very mouth of the Sinus itself; over which let the Medicament be laid after a lose manner.  
XLVII. Nor must you too closely stop up the Orifice, but leave a place for the Pus to come forth; for which purpose, the Emplaster laid on may have a hole cut in the middle thereof.  
XLVIII. This was the ancient way of curing a Sinus, and hollow Ulcers; but Arcaeus in his Book of Wounds, l. 2. c. 7. gives us another more compendious course, discovered by himself in curing Apostems newly opened; by which, on the third or fourth day at farthest, all the aforesaid cavity of Apostems might be perfectly cured.  
XLIX. If the Apostem or Tumour (says he) is great, let it be opened as well as may be; so wide, that one's Finger may go into the Orifice; that thereby all the Pus contained may flow forth, by a gentle compression of the place.  
L. The Pus being evacuated, stop the mouth of the Sinus with a Tent, and lay over the Sinus a Bolster; which let lie without stirring it, till the next day following.  
LIVELY Than loosen the ligature, and let the hollow Ulcer be carefully purified or cleansed from all the Pus: (I suppose he intends, with abstersive Lotions or Injections) that nothing may be left remaining underneath.  
LII. This done, let a small Pipe of lead be put into the Orifice, reaching even to the cavity or hollowness; but by no means be forced any farther: upon which lay Emplastr. Basilicon, spread upon linen Cloth; in the which the Pipe also may be contained, that it falls not forth; but always leaving a hole at the orifice of the leaden Pipe.  
LIII. Than on either side of the Sinus let triangular Bolsters be laid, that all the hollow space may be filled up with them; leaving the orifice of the Sinus in which is the leaden Pipe or hollow Tent, free and open; not letting it be stopped up with the Bolsters, nor any ways obstructed by the ligature or binding; so that all the Pus contamed may wholly run out.  
LIU. Than let the place covered with the Bolsters be rolled about with a Rowler; beginning from the bottom of the Sinus, and so going towards its Orifice, thereby to force away the remaining pus or filth.  
LU. Thus bound up, leave it till the day following, than loosen the Ligature, and search how much of the Cavity remains, by which you will know, whether the Bolsters did exactly press upon the hollowness.  
LVI. For all these placs or hollownesses, which were compressed by the Bolsters, will all of them be found conglutinated, and joined fast together; the which being manifest, the Bolsters are again to be bound on after the same manner as before, and so to continued till the next day.  
LVII. But now if any Pus or Humour seems to be left in any place, this is to be pressed forth (as before) with the Bolsters and Swathing; by which means the gaping or hollow places will coalesce, and be joined close together.  
LVIII. Which as soon as you perceive, the Bolsters are to be removed, and you may lay upon the Ulcer a Plaster of Arcaeus his Leonine-composition, spread upon linen Cloth; or some other Emplaster of like kind, as Diapalma, etc. every day wiping and cleansing it six or eight times.  
LIX. Now here is to be noted, 1. That Arcaeus his Method is only in use in Apostems newly opened; but in an old Sinus, or where it may be callous, or fistulous, the former Way is much the better and safer.  
LX. 2. That the Bolsters be sufficiently compressed with the Rulers; both to press forth the Pus, and also to conjoin the disunited parts; otherwise no healing can be expected.  
LXI. 3. That there may not remain any relics of the indigested or putrid Matter through the Part; which if any be, will be known by the continuance of the Tumour, and redness of the colour; and therefore the due and thorough Cleansing must be endeavoured with all the speed that may be.   

CHAP. V Of an INFLAMMATION.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Phlegmone, and Inflammatio; in English, a Phlegmon, or Inflammation.  
II The Description. It is a Tumour, rising gradually with pain, vehement heat, and redness, with a protrusion, and beating in the part; from a preternatural flux of Blood.  
III The Place. It is manifest chief in Fleshy parts, to wit, the Musculous, and sometimes in parts that are Membranous; as in a Pleurisy, in the Membrane which girts about and encompasses the Ribs; in a Frenzy, the Membranes of the Cerebrum; in an Ophthalmia, the Membranes and small Vessels of the Eye; oftentimes in the Glandulous parts, as in Bubo's, Parotis, etc. and in the Bowels also; as the Brain, Liver, Spleen, Womb, Reinss, etc.  
IV. The Causes. The Procatartick Causes are Wounds, Fractures, Blows, Contusions, violent Exercise, Surfeiting, critical Evacuations; or any thing which may 'cause a Solution of Unity in the Part, the Skin remaining whole.  
V The Antecedent-cause is Obstruction, and things breeding Obstruction, also the breeding much Blood; whence it comes to pass, that the Blood or Matter obstructed, not finding its way out, increases, and by a continual addition without circulation, a Tumour is produced.  
VI The Conjoined-cause is Blood, if it is a pure Phlegmon; but as it may also arise from the mixture of other Humours, as Lympha, Serum, Phlegm, Choler, or Melancholy, so it receives other Names; as if from Blood mixed with Choler, it is called Phelgmone Erysipelatoodes; if from a mixture of Phlegm, Oedematoodes; if from a mixture of Melancholy, Scirrhoodes.  
VII. From this Blood, or Blood mixed mixed with Humours, arises a Ferment in the Part affected, with a hot Effervescency; causing many times a putrid Pus or Matter.  
VIII. Galen saith, it is caused from a hot fluxion of Blood, which when it has seized upon, and seated itself in some Musculous part, at first the greater Veins and Arteries are filled up, and distended; and after them the lesser: and so it is carried on, and continued, till it arrives at the Capillaries, or lest Vessels.  
IX. In these, when the matter of the Fluxion is forcibly impacted, and cannot be any longer contained in the Vessels, it is than extravasated, or transmitted unto the outward parts; partly by Anastomosis, through their own Mouths; and partly by Diapedeses, or percolation or sweeting of it out through the Tunicles; and partly by Diaeresis, or breaking of the Vessels; whereby the voided spaces that are betwixt are filled full with the Fluxion.  
X. For since the Arteries and Veins run along unto every particular Part; so long as the Blood flows in a due measure, and is contained within those its receptacles, by circulation, no Inflammation or Phlegmon can be at all: but than it happens only when the Blood is in an over-abundant manner, and all on a sudden is emptied and poured forth by the said Vessels into the substance of the Flesh.  
XI. This is evident in an Ophthalmia: for in the Tunicle Adnata, replenished with innumerable of these Capillary-vessels, whilst the Eye is free from distemper, they are so very small, that they are hardly to be discerned by the most piercing Eye: but as soon as the Eye is inflamed, and those Vessels preternaturally replenished with Blood, than they notoriously show themselves, and become very conspicuous.  
XII. And in like manner it is most agreeable to Reason, and even Truth itself, that it should be the same in all other Inflammations whatsoever, and in what part soever.  
XIII. But yet there will be no Phlegmon or Inflammation, though the lesser and Capillary-arteries are even filled up with Blood; until that at length by and through them the Blood is impacted into the remaining parts, or substance of the Flesh.  
FOURTEEN. And this is done, when that the Blood being emptied through those Capillary-arteries into the substance of the Flesh, it cannot flow again or circulate through the ends or mouths of the Capillary-veins, by reason of some thick or viscous Matter obstructing them.  
XU. The Differences. The chief Differences of an Inflammation, are taken; 1. From the Variety of the conjoined Gause. 2. From the various Qualities of the Blood, which stirs up, and makes the Inflammation.  
XVI. The Kind's And so a Phlegmon is said to be, 1. True, as that which springs from Blood alone. 2. Spurious, which comes from Blood mixed with other Humours.  
XVII. The Spurious is threefold, viz. Erysipelatoodes, Oedematoodes, and Scirrhoodes; as we have already discoursed at Sect. 6. aforegoing.  
XVIII. As for the Blood, as it is more acrimonious and sharp, so it makes the Tumour more sharp and painful, and contrariwise: now this is no change of its substance, but of its qualities; for if the Blood changes its substance, it excites not any kind of Blood-tumor at all, but the Tumour is denommated from some other Humour.  
XIX. The Signs. They are manifold; as, 1. Tumour and distension: for the great quantity of Blood does not only fill the Arteries, but even the whole substance of the Part; all of it is distended or stretched out, but chief the Skin.  
XX. 2. A very great and intense Heat, from whence the Tumour has its name and denomination; which is caused from the overgreat afflux of hot Blood detained in the Part; and an obstruction of the Pores of the Skin, that the hot Exhalations or Vapours cannot sufficiently perspire, nor the heat be cooled as it aught to be; together with putrefaction of the Blood and Humours.  
XXI. 3. A vehement Pain: for where there is a vehement Heat, or hot Distemper, and a solution of Unity, (as there must be in all Tumours) together with a distension of Parts, there must also be a great Pain: now this Pain is various, and much different; as distending or stretching, pulling or twingeing, pressing and burdening; according to the quality of the Parts affected.  
XXII. 4. Resisting the Touch: for though the inflamed Part is not hard of its own nature, yet being so much filled with Blood, and distended thereby; it must necessarily resist the Touch (in some measure) and appear as it were hard to the feeling.  
XXIII. 5. Redness of the Part: for the Blood imparts this colour thereto; there being nothing in Man's body which assumes a redness of colour, but the Blood primarily, than the Flesh.  
XXIV. 6. A Pulse, or beating Pain in the Part: there is perceived a beating of the Arteries of the inflamed Part, which when the Part was well, was not perceived: but this happens not to all places, but only to such of them as have some notable Arteries, and other parts which are endued with an exquisite sense; and when the Inflammation is grown to a considerable bigness; as says Galen, de Loc. affect. lib. 6. cap. 7. viz. when the Inflammation tends towards Suppuration.  
XXV. The Prognostics. A Phlegmon, if small, does often resolve; (which is known by abating of the Symptoms, and growing lesle) but if great, and the matter is thick, and deep in the Flesh, it does often suppurate.  
XXVI. If the Inflammation vanishes, and the Tumour suddenly strikes inward, with a Fever, or other evil accidents, it is dangerous.  
XXVII. If it neither resolves, returns back, nor comes to Suppuration, it grows into a scirrhous hardness.  
XXVIII. If it falls in the Fleshy parts, it is said to end in fourteen days; if on the Tendons and Ligaments, in about forty days.  
XXIX. An Inflammation external, often frees the internal parts from many Diseases, and is healthful; except it is very great and malign; for than you may fear a Gangrene, or some other danger.  
XXX. That is dangerous which seizes on the Eyes, Jaws, Wula, great Vessels, Penis, or Joints.  
XXXI. In a Young person, and in Summertime, 'tis sooner cured than in Elder persons, or in Wintertime, or cold weather; and sooner in a lean, than a fat Body.  
XXXII. The end is good, when Nature overcomes the matter which breeds the Inflammation, which happens, when the Tumour is either resolved by insensible perspiration by Discussives, and is the best kind of curing it: or when it is suppurated, and turned into Pus, or purulent Matter.  
XXXIII. The end or event may be said to be evil, when Nature does not overcome the Morbifick-matter; which is, when (if the Tumour is external) it suddenly vanishes, or strikes inward; or when the natural heat being overcome and extinguished, it becomes a Gangrene: so that if it is not presently cut of, death must ensue.  
XXXIV. The end or event is not good, when upon Resolution, or Discussion, the thinner parts are removed, leaving the thicker behind; by which the Tumour becomes hard, and degenerates into a Scirrhus.  
XXXV. Now if the matter is not very thick, nor deep, or shut up under a hard and deep Skin, the Body not very corrupt, and nature strong; than a Resolution by an insensible Perspiration may be expected.  
XXXVI. But if the matter is much in quantity, and thick, lying deeper than usual, and under a thick Skin; a Suppuration is to be expected.  
XXXVII. If the Tumour diminishes without application of Repercussives or Repulsives, it will retreat inwards.  
XXXVIII. If the heat, pain, read colour, and pulsation of the Tumour ceases without manifest cause, the Tumour still remaining, the approach of a Gangrene may be presaged.  
THIRTY-NINE. If overstrong Discussives be applied in the beginning, where the matter is very viscous, and hard withal, the natural heat being strong and vigorous, the thicker parts will be scattered and dispersed, and leave the thicker behind, which will degenerate into a Scirrhus.  
XL. The Times of an Inflammation. It is necessary to know the Times of a Tumour, in relation to the Cure; jest we run ourselves into an error, whilst we apply improper, or contrary Medicaments.  
XLI. Now than Inflammations, as all other Diseases, have four Times, or Crises; viz. the Beginning, the Increase, the State, and the Declination.  
XLII. The Beginning is, when the Part gins to swell and be distended, when as yet no Action is hurt or hindered. The Increase is, when the tumour, pain, stretching, and heat are increased.  
XLIII. The State or Height is, when the tumour, distension, heat, pain, and all other Symptoms are most vehement, and in the height of their extremity. And the Declination is, when the Morbific matter is diminished, the pain and heat, together with the other Symptoms, are become more remiss and gentle: or otherwise, when the Tumour is come to ripeness, being converted into Pus, or purulent Matter.  
XLIV. But as to these Times or Crises, they are sometimes shorter, sometimes longer; and sometimes a Phlegmon is sooner, and sometimes later terminated: for Galen, in Aphoris. lib. 6. Aph. 49. saith, that which is of a thinner substance, is sooner digested than that which is thick or tough, which requires a longer time; and that which is thick and viscous, will have yet a more larger time.  
XLV. The Cure. The Indications of the Cure of this Disease, depend chief upon the Times of the Disease; for each Time or Crise has it own proper Indication.  
XLVI. The beginning. The chief Indication here is taken from the Antecedent and Conjoined Causes, by removing the one, and repelling the other: now the Antecedent 'Cause is Obstruction, and an increase of Blood: the Conjoined Cause is Blood itself, as we have before declared: and they aught to be removed in the very same order, in which they follow one another.  
LXVI. The Obstruction is removed by Aperients or Openers, and such Catharticks as have power to call back the Humours, or divert the Fluxion: of the first kind are the Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, Spirits of Blood, and Urine, and the Spiritus Nitratus, which is a famous thing.  
XLVIII. Of the second kind are Our Family-Pills, our Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, & Cathartica; an Infusion of Sena, and Rhubarb, and not inferior to any of them is the true Sal Mirabile.  
XLIX. If the Body is replete, and the Stomach foul, first Vomit once or twice, with Sal Vitrioli; or rather with the Tartarum Emeticum, or Oxymel Scilliticum; and than Purge with some of the former things: because sharp Blood, or Blood mixed with sharp Humours, 'cause the Fluxion.  
L. Than again you may exhibit the aperient Alteratives before named; which may be given in Syrupus Antifebriticus, and sometimes in Syrupus de Meconio; a little to cool the Blood, and thicken the Humours.  
LIVELY The Conjoined Cause, which is the blood in the Tumour, is resisted by application of Repercussives or Repellers: and this is in a manner the only Time in which repulsion aught to be used.  
LII. But that it might the more safely be done, Sennertus advises to Venesection, that the great store of the abounding Blood may be diminished, and be drawn back from the aggrieved place; and (says he) it is not to be omitted, if the strength of the Patient will permit it to be done: for that in this case, hardly can any Remedies be applied with safety, without the diminution of the Blood by this means, be first attempted.  
LIII. For if Repellers be applied to drive back, the Body still continuing so full of Blood, it is much to be feared, jest the mat should not be received by the other Parts, and that thereupon it should endeavour to flow to some other particular Part, and possibly the more noble.  
LIU. The Blood also is diminished by hindering its breeding, which is done, by a very sparing Diet, and eating such Food as affords not much nourishment: for which reason strong Ale and Wine is to be forborn, and Meats of a rich juice; and if the Sick (by long custom of using it) cannot forbear Wine; let it be very much diluted with Water: avoiding also all hot, sweet, fat, spicy, and astringent things.  
LU. His Drink, if possible, should be Barleywater, or a middling sort of Drink, aculeated, with Spirit of Sulphur, or Sal Nitratum, or Vitriolatum; a●…'d his Food Watergruel, or Barley 〈◊〉 broth, with juice of Lemons.  
LVI. After Revulsion or Bleeding, (which aught only to be done in the very first rise of the Distemper, and only when there is a great plenty of Blood, and a more than usual Fluxion, or rushing thereof to the Part affected) Repulsion is next to be pursued, which is performed, by the application of Repercussive Medicaments.  
LVII. Repercussives or Repellers are of two sorts or kinds: one cold and moist, or Waterish; the other cold and dry, or Earthy; having also a thickness of parts, and an Astringent power: for which reason they act with a double force, 1. By their Coldness: 2. By their Astringency.  
LVIII. Cold and moist Repellers, are the more mild and gentle, and have power only to drive back the thin Humours, which are small in quantity, and seated in the superficies; and are prositably applied when heat and pain afflict the Part, and the Vessels are small and straight.  
LIX. For they do not only oppose and resist the influx of the Humours, but also alloy the heat; and by relaxation do something mitigate and assuage the pain.  
LX. Of this kind are Housleek, Wall-peniwort, Lettuce, Purslane, Endive, Suecory, Henbane, Nightshade, juice of Gourds, Water-leatils, Fleawort, Mandrake, Water-lilies, Arach, Violets; and all other things which are cold, and endued with a Watery Humour.  
LXI. However, among these there are several degrees, some having a lesle, some a greater efficacy: for Wall-peniwort and Fleawort repercuss lesle forcibly than Mandrake, Nightshade, Henbane, Housleek, Lettuce, or Purslane.  
LXII. Cold and dry Repellers, which are astringent, are proper in other cases; and chief if the Fluxion proceeds from a debility of the Part, and that the pain is not very vehement.  
LXIII. For they strengthen the Part receiving, that so it may refuse the Humours flowing into it, and drive back that which has already flown in: they are good also to be applied where the Vessels, through which the Blood flows are wide and large.  
LXIV. Of this kind are, flowers and heads of Roses, leaves and unripe fruit of the Bramble and Mulberry, Vine-leaves and unripe fruit, Raison or Grape stones, read Sanders, unripe first-fruits of Medlars and Services, wild Pears, Quinces, leaves and berries of the Myrtle, roots of Bistort and Tormentil, pomegranate flowers and peels, Frankincense, Acacia, pulp of Slows, unripe and ripe, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Dragon's blood, dried blood of Man or Beast, leaves and nuts of the Cyprus-tree, Oak-leaves, unripe Galls, Acorn-cup, Ceruse, lethargy, Saccharum Saturni, Alum, white Vitriol, salt of Vitriol, lapis Haematitis, powder of dried Toads, etc.  
LXV. Out of these, several Mixtures may be made, as the circumstances of the Disease shall require: for of the Plants, the raw Leaves, etc. may be applied, or Sponges may be dipped in the juice of the same; or a Cataplasm of the whole substance; or Sponges dipped in a Decoction of them in Water, or read Port-wine.  
LXVI. Some apply Clotheses or Sponges dipped in Frog-spawn-water, in which Myrrh is dissolved: or a Lixivium of Quicklime, boiled with Wax and Oil of Roses: or the whites of Eggs beaten with Rose-water and Vinegar, and mixed with fine Bowl, or lapis Haematitis; or a Cataplasm made with Vnguentum Populeon mixed with Bolearmoniack; or Milk, Bread, and Litharge, with a little Terra sigillata.  
LXVII. Galen dipped a Sponge in Oxycrate, and applied it; and for the same purpose, Oil-Omphacine and of Roses, Oil of Myrtles, Ointment of Roses, the Ceratum Santalinum, Vinegar, Red-wine, juice of Plantain, the Cataplasma Rabricii, Anacolema Schroderi, and Cataplasma contra Cruorem, are all of them said to be of good use: the last three see in Our Pharm, Lond. lib. 5. cap. 7. sect. 7, 13, and 14.  
LXVIII. A Cataplasm of Barley-meal, boiled with Vinegar and juice of Plantain, i● commended; so also a Cataplasm of Barley-meal, powder of Pomgranate-peels and Sumach, with Housleek and Red-wine, boiled to-together. This Cataplasm, saith Galen, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 2. is absolutely the best in such like Disaffections: for that it drives back what flows in, dries up what is already in, and fortifies the Parts adjacent.  
Lxix ℞ Housleek ℥ vj. Barley-meal ℥ v. Pomgranate-rinds, Sumach, both in powder, A. ℥ ij. pulp of Sloes ℥ j boil all in read Port-wine, or Vinegar, for a Cataplasm.  
LXX. ℞ Plantain, Lettuce, Purslain, Nightshade, Red-roses, A. M. j Water and Vinegar, A. q.s. boil them, and by addition of Barley-meal make a Cataplasm.  
LXXI. ℞ Juices of Housleek, Plantain and Poppy, A. ℥ iij. Vinegar ℥ j Oil-omphacine ℥ i ss. Barley-flower, enough to make it into a Pultess by boiling.  
LXXII. ℞ Powder of Pomgranate-peels, Sumach, read Sanders, A. ℥ j fine Bowl ℥ iv. Barley-flower ℥ vj. juice of Housleek ℥ viij. boil, and make a Cataplasm: to which add Oil-omphacine, or Oil of Myrtles q.s. mix them.  
LXXIII. This is stronger. ℞ fine Bowl, Sanguis Draconis, Salt of Vitriol, A. ℥ j Saccharum Saturni, Comfrey-roots in powder, A. ℥ ss. mix them with the white of an Egg beaten up with Rose-water, and make a Cataplasm.  
LXXIV. To these things are added Interceptives, which some call Defensatives; but they are the same with Repercussives or Repellers, and differ only in respect to the place to which they are applied: the former being applied to the place affected, but these unto the parts and ways by which the Humour flows unto the affected Part; that they may intercept its passage, and stop up the way against it.  
LXXV. These are generally applied to Parts having little or no Flesh, and where the Vessels most appear, as in the Joints, and just above the Joints: So in a Phlegmon in the Hand, they are applied to the Wrist; if betwixt the Wrist and Elbow, to the Elbow; if in the Shoulder, to the highest part thereof; if in the Foot, above the Ancle-bone; if in the Leg, above the Knee.  
LXXVI. The common Defensative is thus made: ℞ Fine Bowl, Sanguis Draconis, Terra sigillata, all the Sanders, A. ℥ j Oil-omphacin and Oil of Myrtles, A. q.s. Vinegar of Roses ℥ j mix them, and boil till the Vinegar is consumed.  
LXXVII. In this Prescript, the Oils are disapproved of, because they mollify, and if they lie long on, are apt to heat: and therefore it is better to mix the said Powders only with Oxycrate; and where you would have them act more forcibly, with the white of an Egg mixed with Oxycrate; for so they will stick the faster, and make a greater constriction.  
LXXVIII. As for Example: ℞ Fine Bowl, Sanguis Draconis, Sumach, flowers and peels of Pomegranates, Red-roses, Myrtleberries, read Sanders, all in fine Powder, A. ℥ j Catechu, Jesuits-bark, Opium, Salt of Vitriol, Saccharum Saturni, all in powder, A. ℥ ss. with whites of Eggs beaten with Vinegar, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
LXXIX. It remains now, that we inquire when these Medicines, even Repellers of any kind, are to be used, or whether to be used at all, or no: if they are to be used, they are only to be used in the beginning of the Inflammation, before the Blood and Humours are impacted into the Part; but there are some cases, in which they may not be used at all.  
LXXX. As first, if the Humour is malign, venene, or pestilential, wherein if Nature protrudes the Morbisick-matter outwards, we aught not to drive it back again to the internal parts; jest retreating to the more noble parts, it should increase the Disease, cause suffocation, or smite the Vitals.  
LXXXI. Secondly, nor are they to be applied at any time, when Nature acting of her own accord, produces the Phlegmon critically, thereby ending some other Disease: for Nature in this case is no ways to be hindered in her operation.  
LXXXII. Thirdly, nor are they to be applied to such Parts, which Nature has ordained to receive the recrements or superfluities of the more noble Parts; as the Glandules behind the Ears, in the Throat, Armpits, and Groins: for if Repercussives should be applied to these, it may be feared that the matter may again recur to the more noble part, from whence Nature sent it for their relief.  
LXXXIII. Fourthly, nor may they to be applied to other places, which too nearly neighbour upon the more noble parts; for fear, jest the matter being driven back, should invade those noble parts, and so 'cause a greater mischief.  
LXXXIV. Fifthly, nor are they to be applied when the Phlegmon is too profound, or over-deep; for than their virtue will not reach to the matter, nor will they prevent the farther afflux: for by the repelling Medicine the exterior parts will be contracted, and the Humours driven out of them inwards, and it may be obtruded even upon the place itself affected.  
LXXXV. The increase of the Phlegmon: and this is the time in which the Physician strives to perform the Cure by insensible perspiration, or discussion: in this case Repellers may be applied, yet not alone, but mixed with Digestives or Discussives, that by the heat, the Humours or Matter may be somewhat attenuated, and converted into Vapours.  
LXXXVI. Now how Repercussives are to be mixed with Digestives, we are instructed by Galen, de Comp. Med. secund. Loc. lib. 6. cap. 1. As in the beginning (saith he) Repercussives are useful; so in the increase, even to the end, those Medicines which consist of a repelling virtue, and a digestive faculty, will be requisite to discuss and scatter.  
LXXXVII. But (says he) Astringents aught to have the precedency in the beginning of the Increase; that is, aught to exceed the Digestives; in the middle of the increase they aught to be equal; and towards the latter end of the increase, the Digestives aught to exceed the Repercussives; but at the end of the Increase, than Digestives are alone to be used.  
LXXXVIII. If therefore the Phlegmon admits not of cure by the first Intention, viz. by repelling the afflux of the Blood and Humours, we must attempt it by the second Intention; which is to be done when it is in its augmentation or increase, by a mixed Remedy, as we even now hinted at Sect. 85, 86, and 87. just aforegoing.  
LXXXIX. This manner of Evacuation of the Morbifick-matter, per 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, id est, insensibiliter, or by insensible transpiration, is performed by such Medicaments as the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. which being considered as Externals, we construe them to be digestive, discussive, and resolving Medicines.  
XC. Now Discussion or Resolution, is only an evacuation of the Humour by insensible Transpiration: and therefore the Matter to be discussed aught to be thin and fluxil, and the Skin thin and poroas.  
XCI. For if it is clammy, viscous and thick, and the Skin thick, and its pores closed and condensed; or the matter is in a place very deep, whereby it cannot found a ready way, or new passage forth, it will not easily be cured by Resolution.  
XCII. Now since all Discussives are hot in quality, they are not as we said before, to be applied in the beginning of the increase of the Phlegmon; but rather Repercussives, either alone, or mixed with Discussives.  
XCIII. Nor can the Humour be resolved, attenuated, and converted into Vapours, but only by heat: but as hot Medicaments are of various qualities: as some to Rarify, or open the mouths of Vessels; some to Incide, or cut tough Humours; some to Attract, or draw them, and others to Cauterize, or burn: so also some are Diaphoretic or Discussive, and differ from all the former, having in them this singular and peculiar faculty, to thin them, and convert them into Vapours.  
XCIV. The Internals are called Sudorificks, or Sweeting Medicines; and they are given to help forward the Operation of the external Diaphoreticks or Discussives; as Spirit of Sal Armoniac, of Blood, or of Hartshorn, given in a Glass of Rhenish-Wine or Sack, etc.  
XCV. The Externals are twofold: some weaker, or milder; and same stronger.  
XCVI. The milder are, Camomile, Melilot, roots of Althaea, of white Lilies, and of Foenugreek; meals of Lupins, of Orobus, and of Cicers, leavened Bread, Goose-grease, old Oil, Elder-tree flowers.  
XCVII. The stronger are, Dill, Origanum, Time, Penyroyal, Fennel, Fetherfew, Hyssop, Mint, Angelica, Calamint, Whorehound, Rue, Sage, seeds of Anise, Caraways, Cumin, and Fennel, Orrice-roots: Gums; Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, and Tacamahacca; Bears, Hens, and Duck's grease; Oils of Bays, Nard, and Rue; Vnguentum Arragon, Martiatum, Oxycroceum, Cataplasma de Fermento, Resolutivum Foresti, & Rondeletii, Leven, and the Dung of Beasts.  
XCVIII. But the strongest of all are, Soap in small quantity mixed with Hogs-lard, Nitre, Borax, Sulphur, Lime, etc.  
XCIX. Out of the aforenamed materials, others more compound may be made: as ℞ Barley-meal ℥ iv. Linseed ℥ ij. Camomil-flowers in powder ℥ j Vinegar q.s. boil them together, and than add Oil of Camomile ℥ i ss. Oil of Aniseedsʒ ij. mix, and make a Cataplasm, to be applied in the augmentation.  
C. Or thus: ℞ Mallows, Pellitory of the Wall, Plantain, A. M. j Oxycrate q.s. boil them: than beaten them in a Mortar to a mash, and add Barley-flower ℥ ij. Fenugreekseed ℥ i ss. Oil of Camomile ℥ i ss. Oil of Fennel-seedʒ iij. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
CI. Where note, 1. The milder sort are to be made use of, when the matter is in a place not very deep; and when the Body itself, and part affected is more soft and pliant.  
CII. 2. That the stronger sort are used where the Inflammation is greater, and the Matter deep; as also where the Body and Part are more hard and condensed. Yet these are to be used with caution, jest they should discuss and resolve the thinner parts, leaving the thicker behind; making the Tumour become hard and incurable.  
CIII. But this danger may be prevented, if with such things as forcibly discuss, you likewise mix such things as moisten and mollify: and that the Discussives be not very sharp or biting, jest they thereby augment the pain, and increase the fluxion.  
CIV. The height or state of the Phlegmon. When it is manifest that the Phlegmon is not yet ended, neither by repercussion nor by discussion, but is come to the height or perfection, you must than endeavour to complete the work by Digestives and Anodyns.  
CV. These following are approved Digestives: as, roots of white Lilies, Marsh-mallows, Onions roasted, leaves of Marsh-mallows, Mallows, Sorrel, Woodsorrel, Camomil-flowers, Saffron, Figs, Raisins, Currants, Dates, Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opoponax, Sagapenum, Tacamahacca, Tar, Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Copayba; Ducks, Geese, Hens, and Hog's grease, Oil of Lilies, Vnguentum Dialthaeae, Basilicon greater and lesser, Emplastrum Diachylon, simple, & cum Gummis, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, Our Theriaca Chymica, Hens and Pigeon's dung.  
CVI Out of these things several Compositions may be made: as, ℞ Flowers of Melilot and Camomile, Mallow-leaves, A. M. j Red-roses, Elder-flowers, A. M j ss. boil them in sharp wine; than add meal of Fenugreek ℥ ss. Oil-olive q.s. to which add of Spike ʒ iij. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
CVII. ℞ White-lily-roots, Hens-dung, A. ℥ j flowers of Camomile and Melilot, A. M. j Red-roses M. ij. boil all in Water q.s. than add Barley and Fenugreek meal, A. ℥ j ss. Saffron ℥ ss. Oil-olive q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; adding at last Oil of Spikeʒ ij. A stronger sort of Discussive is that of Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 18. which perfectly discusses and scatters such Apostems as are not concocted. ℞ Powder of the stone Pyrites, Gum Ammoniacum strained, A. ℥ i ss. Bean-mealʒuj. mix them up with Turpentine, which spread upon Leather, letting it lie on till it falls of of its own accord.  
CVIII. ℞ Turnips roasted in the embers ℥ iij. roots of white Lilies and Althaea, A. ℥ j Saffron in pouderʒ j beaten all together; and than add Basilicon, Ducks and Goose grease, A. ℥ ss. Honey, meals of Linseed and Beans, A. ℥ jss. yolks of Eggs, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm. This is not inferior to that of Paulus Aegineta: ℞ Gum Ammoniacum strained ℥ ij. Galbanum ℥ ss. lethargy ℥ iij. Old-oil, q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
CIX. Now the height or state of a Phlegmon is known by the Symptoms; as the tension, pain, heat, redness, and symptomatick Fever, being at height, and so remaining, neither increasing nor decreasing; the Veins of the adjacent parts also continuing in the same fullness and dilatation.  
CX. In this case, the Digestives and Anodyns aforementioned may be made use of, and applied; and whatever other things may contribute to that end.  
CXI. The declination of the Phlegmon. This is performed by Digestives or Discussives of the stronger kind, many of which we have enumerated at Sect. 97. aforegoing: but if the matter is grosser and thicker than ordinary, that Digestives alone cannot satisfy expectation; the matter is than to be made more fit for discussion and perspiration; by inwardly giving gentle Sudorificks, and outwardly applying Medicines more mollifying.  
CXII. In this case, we must not only abstain from such things as overheat and dry, (since they wast only the thinner parts of the matter;) but we must also apply the greater Emollients, which moderately heat, and moisten withal.  
CXIII. As Bears, Brocks, Goose, Hens, and Hog's grease, Sheeps-suet mixed with two thirds of Oil-olive, Neatsfoot-oil, roots of Althaea and white Lilies, Mallows, Linseed, Fenugreekseed, Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Sagapenum, Tacamahacca, and such like.  
CXIV. And these things are to be applied, when the matter is thicker than ordinary; and as we elsewhere show, when we speak of Emollients or Mollifiers.  
CXV. This Composition is approved. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ j leaves of Mallows, Origanum, flowers of Camomile, of Melilot, A. M. j Elder-flowers M. ss. Fenugreek and Linseed, Dill-seed, A. ʒ iij. Water q.s. boil, and make a Fomentation, to be applied with a Sponge.  
CXVI. Or, ℞ Powder of the flowers of Camomile and Melilot, of Bay-berries, A. ℥ ss. powder of Dill-seed ℥ ij. meals of Beans, Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥ j Oils of Dill and Camomile, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
CXVII. Thus have we shown you all the Ways and Methods used by the most learned Artists, for the cure of a Phlegmon by Repercussion or Discussion; but if thereby you cannot attain the end, you must than come to Scarification, or to the opening of the Part.  
CXVIII. Now Scarification is of use while there is yet hope of Discussion, or that the Tumour will be brought to a cure without Suppuration: But the Opening of the Part is of use when all hopes of Resolution is past, and that it is manifest, that the Cure can only be performed by the means of Suppuration.  
CXIX. Concerning Scarification, Galen, Art Parvae, cap. 95. saith, You shall more especially evacuate, both by the useful help of Scarification, and by the help of Medicines which have a faculty in them to dissolve; in case you found any thing to be contained in the intervening middle spaces.  
CXX. And, de Tumour. cap. 2. It is (says he) found expedient by Physicians in the case aforesaid, not only to discuss by heating Medicines; but also sensibly to evacuate some part of the Blood itself, by scarifying the Skin.  
CXXI. But before this is done, we aught to be sure that the Matter is not yet turned into Pus, or is suppurated; for if it is so, or there is any hopes of Suppuration, Scarification would be wholly vain, nor can it have any place at all.  
CXXII. But if the Matter is not changed into Pus, nor yet any hopes thereof; and withal, that there is no likelihood that it should be wholly discussed by Topics, than Cupping-glasses with Scarification must be applied.  
CXXIII. For this is an effectual means, for the evacuation of the Matter, of what kind soever, which sticks and lies deep; and which seems to be in a ready way to degenerate into a Scirrhus.  
CXXIV. But it is not to be used in the beginning of a Phlegmon, but after the Body is sufficiently evacuated, and the Tumour come to the height; that there may be not farther cause to fear that a new fluxion should be excited.  
CXXV. It is also to be used only to those Parts, which in other cases may be thought fit to suffer this Operation, jest a greater evil should ensue. But after all, the best way is to do the Cure by Discussion of the Matter only, (if it may be) without Scarification, to prevent as much as possible, the very fears of evil accidents to ensue.  
CXXVI. The Cure of a Phlegmon, degenerating into an Apostem. Now when there is no hopes that the Phlegmon will be perfectly cured by any of the preceding Methods; but that by the Signs present, it will come to Suppuration; (as from the vehement heat, and grievous pain, which increases every day more and more, with manifest pulsation or beating, and an evident extension of the Part increasing) than we must endeavour by all ways and means, the concoction or suppuration of the matter, or its conversion into Pus.  
CXXVII. And it is necessary, that the Tumour be suppurated before it is opened; for otherwise you will draw forth nothing, and rather add to the Disease, than cure it: for concoction and suppuration of the Matter, makes a kind of separation of the corrupt Humours from those which are good, whereby they are the more easily evacuated.  
CXXVIII. And this gathering together of the Pus, (being changed into an equal, smooth, and whitish Matter) into some one particular place, is calledby the Greeks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and by the Latins, Abscessus; as in the proper places we have showed.  
CXXIX. This Concoction of the Humour is Nature's work alone, and the Physician only is an Assistant to her: for the native Heat it is which digests the Humours, and brings them to the perfection of laudable matter; and this is only when the Heat is vigorous or strong, and than it is equal, smooth, and white, and not very stinking: the contrary it is, if the Heat is weak.  
CXXX. The Physician therefore when he finds the Heat languid, or weak, endeavours to cherish, prescribe, and increase it (in the inflamed Parts) by proper Applications, for the easy and effectually generating of the said Pus, or laudable quittor.  
CXXXI. This innate Heat is conserved and augmented, 1. By stopping it from breathing forth, and that it may not be dissipated by the ambient Air. 2. By application of Medicaments hot and moist; which having a refemblance to the native Heat, may cherish and augment it.  
CXXXII. And these are such as we call Emplasticks, having a certain clamminess in them; which may so fill the Pores of the Skin, as to prevent the going forth, and evaporation of the native Heat.  
CXXXIII. For which reason it is, that things of an abstersive quality, and things which forcibly heat, (as Cataplasms of Bean-meal, Lupins, Chiches, Fenugreek, etc. seeing they let the Vapours exhale and vent themselves outwardly, may indeed be said to dry; but little or nothing farther Maturation: of which kind are these following.  
CXXXIV. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ iij. leaves of Mallows and Bearsbreech, A. M. j boil them in Water till they are soft; than add Turpentine ℥ ij. Hogs-lard q.s. mix, and apply them.  
CXXXV. Or thus: ℞ Roots of Althaea and white Lilies, A. ℥ ij. leaves of Mallows and herb Mercury, A. M. j fat Figs cut in bits ℥ iij. boil all together to softness; than add Balsam Capivi, Gum Elemi, Turpentine, A. ℥ j Wheat-meal ℥ ij. Linseed ℥ j Butter, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
CXXXVI. Or, ℞ Althaea-roots, Onions, White-lilys, A. ℥ ij. Wheat-meal, Lin-seed, A. ℥ j Turpentine ℥ ss. Saffron ℈ j Hens-fat, Oil of Camomile, A. q.s. mix.  
CXXXVII. Or, ℞ Onions roasted in the embers ℥ iij. roots of Althaea, White-lilys, A. ℥ j Leaven ℥ ss. Saffron ℈ j beaten all together; than add Hens-dung, Basilicon, Ducks and Goose grease, A. ℥ ss. Honey, yolks of Eggs, meal of Lin-seed, A. ℥ i ss. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
CXXXVIII. Now here is to be noted, that if the Tumour seem cold, the hotter Simples are to be chosen, according to the temperature of the Part: if it is hot, Maturatives only of the first degree, avoiding those of the second, which are only to be used where the Heat is lesle.  
CXXXIX. And to accomplish this Maturation, Accidents are first to be removed: as 1. Pain; and this is removed by Anodyns only: Narcoticks or Stupefactives have no room here, jest they extinguish the natural heat of the Part, which is the principal efficient Cause of Coction, and thicken the Matter, making it the more rebellious. A Cataplasm of White-bread and Milk, with a little Saffron in it, is good here.  
CXL. 2. Tension, or vehement stretching forth; and this is done by Relaxers which are temperately hot, of subtle parts, and not much drying: as Archangel, white Whorehound, Mullein, Dill, Camomile, Mercury, Melilot, Marsh-mallows, Fenugreek, Turnips, meals of Barley, Beans, and Vetches.  
CXLI. ℞ Camomil-flowers in powder ℥ ss. flower of Barley, Beans, and Vetches, A. ℥ ij. leaves and flowers of Althaea beaten M. j Mutton-broth q.s. boil to the consistency of a Pultise, and add Oil of Camomile and Rape-seed, A. ℥ j  
CXLII. 3. Hardness. And here Emollients, and all manner of Salts and Oils are of use: as Mallows of all sorts, herb Mercury, Coltsfoot, borage, Bugloss, spinach, Quince-seed, Cream, White-lilys, Figgs, Raisins, Marrow of beasts, Oil-olive, Oil of Almonds, Ammoniacum, Bdellium, etc.  
CXLIII. ℞ Linseed-meal ℥ iv. roots of Althaea and White-lilys, boiled in Water and bruised, A. ℥ ij. herb Mercury, Mallow-leaves, A. M. j Milk q.s. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; to which add Ammoniacum strained, pulp of Figs and Raisins, A. ℥ j mix them.  
CXLIV. 4. Extreme Heat. Here things moderately cooling must be used, (but not extreme coolers, jest you induce a Gangrene) as Barley meal or flower, Endive, Succory, Navelwort, pulp of Melons, Lettuce, Water-lilys, Plantain, Garden-nightshade: of these, or some of them, a Cataplasm may be made with Barley-flower and Fair-water; boiling them to a consistency, and adding to it a little Vnguentum Populeon, or Rosatum, etc.  
CXLV. Now come we to Suppuratives, which the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the Latins, Suppurativa; which are of two kinds, 1. Mild and gentle, as Man's grease, (which is Anodyn) Grease of Bears, Ducks, Geese, Hens; Oils of Olive, Almonds, and Rape-seed, Sweet-butter, Mallows, Althaea, Violets, Lilly-roots, Figs, Linseed, Fenugreekseed, Wheat-flower, Saffron.  
CXLVI. Example, of a Suppurative Cataplasm. ℞ Milk a pint, in which boil Mallow-leaves and herb Mercury, A. M. j cut and bruised; Figs, Lily-roots, A. ℥ ij. (both boiled in Water till they are soft) Wheat-flower ℥ iv. boil to the consistency of a Pultise; to which add Saffron in pouderʒ j Linseed-oil, Oil of Sweet-almonds A. ℥ ij. with which mix Oil of Anise, or Fennel-seedʒ ij. and make a Cataplasm.  
CXLVII. If the Tumour is very hot, the Oil of Anise or Fennel-seed is to be left out; upon an exigence this has been found good, ℞ Milk ℥ viij. Wheat-flower ℥ iij. yolks of three Eggs, Oil-olive ℥ i ss. mix, and boil to a consistency. Also an Emplaster made of Oil, Wax, and a little Turpentine, is of good use; so also Diachylon simplex, if the Tumour is hot.  
CXLVIII. 2. The stronger Suppuratives, which are, Ammoniacum, Balsam Capivi, Gum Elemi, Galbanum, Sagapenum, Tacamahacca, Turpentine, Tar, Ship-pitch, Burgundy-pitch, Leven, Onions, Garlic, and Leeks roasted in the embers, Hens and Pigeon's dung, Badgers and Dogs grease; Oils of Camomile, Dill, Anise, and Fennel seeds; Saffron, etc. Diachylon cum Gummis.  
CXLIX. An Example, framed out of these things, (which are chief to be applied to venene, or pestilential Fevers.) ℞ Roots of Althaea and white Lilies, Onions boiled and bruised, A. ℥ iij. Leven ℥ ij. Linseed-meal ℥ i ss. Saffronʒ j Ammoniacum and Galbanum strained, pulp of Figs, A. ℥ j Oil of Aniseedsʒ iij. mixed with Oil-olive q.s. mix, and make a Pultiss of a good consistency. And to this add those others, described in Sect. 134, 135, 136, 137. aforegoing, and Sect. 190, 191, 192, 193. following.  
CL. These things are to be applied till the Apostem is perfectly ripe; which than, if the Skin is thin and tender, breaks of its self: but if thick and tough, it is to be opened by Instrument; as we have taught at large, Lib. 1. Cap. 18. aforegoing.  
CLI. Now before we come to this Manual-operation, we must be sure that the Apostem is perfectly suppurated; and this we shall know by its proper Signs, which are as follows.  
CLII 1. The Swelling contracts itself a little, and seems lesle than it was in the State: for whilst Nature with the help of Medicines concocts the Matter, it is somewhat rarified, and some part of it is discussed through the Pores of the Skin.  
CLIII. 2. The Tumour does as it were draw it to a point, a prominence: for when Nature overcomes the Matter, it draws it together, and also to the Skin.  
CLIU 3. The Cuticula becomes a little shrivelled, which is a good Sign; for it signifies that the preternatural Heat has left it.  
CLV. 4. The vehement Heat also vanishes: for the Phlegmon being suppurated, the unnatural Heat goes away, leaving behind in the Part, only the natural Heat.  
CLVI. 5. The Hardness and Tension will be much abated: for the Suppuration being produced by Discussion, many Vapours will be exhaled, which before stretched out the Skin, and made it hard.  
CLVII. 6. The Colour also of the Part is changed, and from read, it is become white; more especially in the more elevated or pointed place.  
CLVIII. 7. By pressing of the Matter, or place of the Tumour, you will found a fluctuation; which will be perceived by pressing it with two Fingers, a little distance asunder, one Finger at a time; by which pressing with one Finger, it will feel to fluctuate under the other, with a certain softness of the Part: but in this case we must be wary, for in some places a fluctuation will be felt, whilst they are sound, as in the Knee, or other great Joints: whereas also on the contrary, if the Matter is thick, and lies deep, though it be ripe, yet no fluctuation will be felt.  
CLIX 8. Lastly, the Patient feels much ease in the Part, compared to what it was in its height; because many of the sharp Vapours are resolved, and the concocted Matter is contracted into lesle room.  
CLX. Having now found that the Apostem is fit to be opened, we are next to consider, how it is to be opened, and with what Instruments: nor is it at all to be delayed; for if the Pus is too long kept in, it destroys the temper of the Part, corrupts those which are adjacent to it; and so either makes an intricate and winding Sinus, or else degenerates into a Fistula; which principally happens when the matter is sharp and malign, or when the Inflammation is in the Joints or Arms, etc.  
CLXI. As for the waiting for Nature's breaking of it, we are allowed, so to do only when the Tumour is not exceeding great, and is more especially in the outward most part of the Flesh and Skin, and a Skin that is very thick; otherwise it is not safe to expect a spontaneous or voluntary opening.  
CLXII. The way and manner of opening the Apostem, or the Instruments by which it is done: 1. With the Lancet or Incision-knife: and they are of use where the work is desired to be speedily done; also in small Tumours, which will be suddenly whole; and lastly, if the Apostem is in the Face, or any other visible place, to avoid the deformity of a Scar.  
CXLIII. 2. With a Caustick, which is commonly the vulgar Lapis Infernalis, or the silver one. The former is made either with the strongest Soap-lees, alone, boiled to a soft Stone; which is best in Tumours in the convex Parts: or with the same Leeses and unslaked Lime, boiled to the form of a soft Ointment: and this is most convenient in Parts concave or hollow.  
CLXIV. The Caustick or Pyrotical Medicaments are of use in five cases: 1. When the Tumour aught to be kept long open: as in all contagious Apostems of the Plague, Pox, Kings-evil, etc. for where the Caustick is applied, there is always loss of substance, and many times the Orifice is roundish or Oval, which of all other figures, are longest in curing.  
CLXV. 2. They are many times applied where the Patient is fearful: though in truth the Incision-knife itself is much lesle painful, and much sooner done.  
CLXVI. 3. When Apostems are large; for with them we make as large an Orifice as we please, and as large as the magnitude of the Apostem requires; by which means we shall not need to Tent, or enlarge it.  
CLXVII. 4. They are also of greatest Service, where a Flux of Blood may be feared: for by their burning the Part, the Flux is prevented.  
CLXVIII. 5. When the Apostem is deep, as in the Back, and other like places; for thereby the Matter will have a readier way for Evacuation.  
CLXIX. To the two former ways at Sect. 162 and 163 above, Authors add a third way, which is the Actual Cautery, or Red-hot-iron: but this is not of any ordinary use, except to stop a Flux of Blood, (which we do with easier Remedies) dry a Carious Bone, or correct a Cancerous Part, being first cut of.  
CLXX. As to the very act of opening the Tumour, these five things are to be considered; 1. That it be done where the Skin is thinnest, for so lesle pain will be caused; and in the most depending part, that the Matter may more easily flow out.  
CLXXI 2. That the nature of the Part be considered; so as to avoid Arteries and Veins, for fear of an Hemorrhage: as also Nerves, Tendons, and Membranes, because of their exquisite sense.  
CLXXII. 3. The largeness of the Incision, must be in proportion to the Part and Tumour: for if it is too little, than the Matter (if it is thick and grumous) will not easily flow out without pressing; which is apt to produce a Callosity, and make the Sinus a Fistula.  
CLXXIII. 4. That if the Skin is only to be divided, than the Apertion is to be made straight a but if a Muscle also must be cut, than the Incision must be made according to the ductus of the Fibres.  
CLXXIV. 5. That you consider the quantity of the Matter, which is to be evacuated at one time: for in great Apostems which are near the Joints, Back, Abdomen, or any principal Part, the Matter is to be taken away gradually; because therewith many Spirits are spent and lost, whence comes Fainting, and sometimes Swooning, and Death itself.  
CLXXV. As for the Accidents which may hap upon opening, they are three: 1. Fainting; which is helped by giving a spoonful or two our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis, inwardly, either alone, or mixed with a glass of Alicant, or other styptic Wine; or a little sup of choice Cinnamon-water.  
CLXXVI. 2. Pain; if it is much, let the Part be embrocated with this: ℞ Oleum Refrigerans ℥ ij. Red-wine ℥ j mix them together by shaking: but be careful that it touches not the edges of the Apertion, if it was made by Incision, jest it causes spongy or proud Flesh to grow.  
CLXXVII. 3. An Hemorrhage, which is to be stopped by applying a Powder: as, ℞ Aloes, Frankincense, Olibanum, fine Bole, A. ℥ j Ashes of an old Hat ℥ ss. Saccharum Saturni, Salt extracted out of the Caput Mort. of Vitriol, A. ʒ. iij. mix, and make a Powder: which lay upon Dossels or Pledgets dipped in whites of Eggs, etc. and apply.  
CLXXVIII. The manner of Applying the Potential Cautery. You must be sure beforehand, that the Tumour is perfectly maturated; which that you may not fail of, let some one of the following Compositions be applied.  
CLXXIX. ℞ Althaea-roots, White-lily-roots, both bruised soft; Garlic, Onions roasted under the embers, Figs boiled soft, meal of Fenuereek, Leven, A. ℥ j beaten all into a pulp; to which add, Oil of Aniseedsʒiij. ss. Hogs-grease, q.s. mix them.  
CLXXX. ℞ Roots of Althaea, Onions, Garlic, Leeks, all boiled soft, A. ℥ ij. meal of Fenugreek ℥ viij. Oil of Spikeʒ vj. Hogs-lard q.s. mix them, and apply.  
CLXXXI. ℞ Sharp-leven, Doves-dung, roasted Onions and Garlic, A. ℥ j Black-soap, Hogs-lard, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm: this is much stronger than the former.  
CLXXXII. Emplastrum Diachylon mixed with Mustardseed, pulp of Figs, and Salt, performs the same thing with the former.  
CLXXXIII. This done, so that you are sure it is come to its persect ripeness, you must than come to the application of the Caustick Medicament, thus: Take a Cloth spread over with Vnguentum Diacylon, or some other sticking Emplaster, in the midst whereof cut a small hole; lay this upon the Apostem close to the Skin, that it may stick: let the hole be somewhat narrower and lesle, than you intent the Cautery, and upon every place where you would have it opened.  
CLXXXIV. This done, take one of the Caustics mentioned in Sect. 163 aforegoing: or the Lapis Infernalis, in Lib. 1. cap. 64. sect. 7. aforegoing, which being something moistened with Hospital, apply it upon the Skin, at the hole of the Emplaster; and than lay on another Emplaster over that, upon the former Plaster.  
CLXXXV. After three or four hours, remove the Caustick with the Emplaster, and you will found the Part appear black, soft, and without any sense of feeling: this Eschar is made to fall of, by well anointing it either with Fresh-butter, Hogs-lard, Palm-oil, or some proper Digestive, which is better: but the only, and more excellent way is, to open it with the Incision-knife, for that the Patient will feel nothing of the Operation; and this is the safer and better way.  
CLXXXVI. If the hole is not wide enough, it may be very easily enlarged, by putting into it a piece of prepared Sponge, or Puff-ball, an Elder-pith, or dry Gentian-root, or dry Rape-root; for that these things being filled full with humidity, will be than dilated, and so thereby enlarge and make wider the hole.  
CLXXXVII. The Sponge is thus prepared. Take Sponge, and soak it well in the white of an Egg well beaten together, than squeeze it close together in a Press, and dry it leisurely in the shade: a bit, or small Tent of this, when dried, is to be taken and put into the hole of the Apostem.  
CLXXXVIII. The Apostem being opened (by which of the ways it matters not) the Pus or purulent Matter is to be evacuated; but yet not wholly, or all at once, but by degrees; some of it at one time, and some of it at another; more especially if the Patient is weak.  
CLXXXIX. For if it is great, and has much Pus within it, the evacuating of it altogether would not only be a great loss of Spirits, but might also be apt to 'cause Faintiness and Swooning; as we have before declared, at Sect. 184. aforegoing.  
CXC. When the Pus is evacuated, if there is pain, or any relics of the Matter not suppurated shall appear in the circumference, or that the Pus is not well and perfectly suppurated; than the pain is to be eased with some Anodyn; and some digestive Medicament is to be applied, for the more speedy concocting of the remaining unripened Matter.  
CXCI As, Oil of Almonds mixed with yolks of Eggs; which both ease the pain, and digests the remaining Humour. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine ℥ j yolk of one large Egg, grinned them well together in a Mortar; than add Frankincense, Olibanum, Mastich in powder, A.ʒi. Oil of Olives ℥ ss. Oil of Aniseeds ℈ j mix them well together: Diachylon cum Gummis is also very profitable in this case.  
CXCII. The manner of Dressing, after opening. 1. If it was done by Incision, you must put into the Orifice, if it be small, a little Tent; or if it is large, Dossels with Pledgets, fortified with some Astringent powder; as fine Bowl, Frankincense and Flower, mixed with glair of Eggs; and than over all a Plaster of Diachylon, and so to bind it up, letting it to remain so for the space of 24 hours.  
CXCIII. 2. If it was opened by Cautery or Caustick, as we have showed from Sect. 194, to 198. you may apply your Dossels fortified with Basilicon; over which you are to lay an Emplaster, (which is thus to be dressed once or twice a day, as you see need requires, till you see the Eschar falls) and bind it up as aforesaid, but not with too hard a bandage.  
CXCIV. If in the mean season spongy or proud flesh should grow up, it is to be removed with Catheretick Medicaments; as read Precipitate, either alone, or sometimes mixed with Basilicon, in gentle Bodies; or mixed with a third part of burnt Alum, in more hardy Bodies.  
CXCU. ℞ Ung. Basilicon ℥ j read Precipitate washedʒ j mix them well together, Again: ℞ Red Precipitateʒ ij. burnt Alumʒ j mix, and grinned them upon a Porphyry together; to which add Ung. Basilicon ℥ ij. mix them well into a body.  
CXCVI The next thing is, throughly to cleanse the Apostem, (without which, Flesh can neither breed, nor Agglutination be made) which you may do with this: ℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Balsam Copayba, A. ℥ ss. Mel Rosarum ℥ j yolk of one Egg; mix, and give them a walm over the fire; than add Saffron in pouderʒ j and a little Barley-flower.  
CXCVII. But if there is need of better Cleansing, ℞ Honey, Barley-flower, A. ℥ j juice of Smallage ℥ ss. Saffron in pouderʒ ss. mix them: and if the Cleansing aught to be more forcible, Vnguentum Aegyptiacum q.s. may be added.  
CXCVIII This following is good: ℞ Juice of the lesser Centory, of Smallage, A. ℥ j Honey ℥ iij. boil them together; than add flower of Barley and Orobus, A. ℥ j take them of the fire, and mix with them Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ ss. powder of Florentine-Orriceʒ iij. You may also use those other things which we have prescribed in the Chapters of the Cure of an Apostem and Sinus, Cap. 3. and 4. aforegoing.  
CXCIX. The Apostem being thus throughly cleansed, the next things to be applied are Sarcoticks or Incarnatives, viz. Flesh-breeders, that the Ulcer or Sinus may be filled with flesh: a Catalogue of which you may see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 1. cap. 10. sect. 18. and in some of the following Chapters of this Book.  
CC. And out of those singular things, you may make these following Compounds: ℞ Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Rosin, A. ℥ j Honey of Roses, Oil-olive, A. q.s. mix them. Or thus: ℞ Bugle, Comfrey, Sanicle, A. M.j. bruise them, and boil in Wine: squeeze forth the juice, and add to it Frankincense, Mastic, and Olibanum, A. ℥ ij. Honey, Turpentine, A. q.s. boil to the consumption of the Juice, and make an Ointment.  
CCI This is inferior to none: ℞ Fine Aloes, Bdellium, Myrrh, Sarcocol, Honey, A. ℥ j Wine q.s. mix, and boil them to a due thickness. For a Wash none exceeds this: ℞ Fair Well-water lbij. lbij. Saccharum Saturni, Salt of Vitriol, or pure white Vitriol, Roch-alum, A. ℥ ss. orʒ vj. Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. mix, and dissolve: wash with it twice or thrice a day; it performs all the intentions of Cure, and heals to a miracle.  
CCII Lastly, the Ulcer being filled with flesh, we must than come to the use of Epuloticks or Cicatrizers; a Catalogue of which you may see in our Doron Medicum, lib. 1. cap. 10. sect. 20. to which you are referred: and of this kind are Emplastrum Album, or Diapalma, now called Diachalciteos, Emplastrum de Minio, without Soap; Ceratum Nigrum, Oxylaeum, and Refrigerans; with other things of like kind.  
CCIII. Hitherto of a true and pure Phlegmon; it remains that we speak something of the bastard or mixed Phlegmon: which, as we told you at Sect. 6. aforegoing, was principally threefold, viz. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Phlegmone Erysipelatoodes; where Choler is mixed with the Blood: 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Phlegmone Oidematoodes; where Phlegm is mixed with the Blood: and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Phlegmone Scirrhoodes, where Melancholy is mixed with the Blood.  
CCIU The Cure of these differs not much from that of the simple or pure Phlegmon; save, that in an Erysipelatoodes, things more cooling and moistening, are to be mixed; in an Oedematoodes, things more heating; and in a Schirroodes, things more warming and emollient.  
CCV. If the Phlegmon, through carelesnss, or unskilful application, should become a Gangrene, you must pursue the Cure thereof, as we teach in the Chapter of Gangrene following, Chap. 11. mean season, if you fear any such thing, foment or bathe the Part affected with Our Powers of Amber, or with Spirit of Wine, mixed with Spirit of Sal Armoniac, and apply things healing and drawing.  
CCVI An Example of a Phlegmon, out of Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 100 A young Man (says he) had a Phlegmon in his Foot, and being called to him, he found the Foot swollen, and full of pain, which reached to his Hips; the Patient was in a continual Burning-fever, restless, delirious, and fainting away sometimes.  
CCVII He prescribed him a spare Diet, and purged him with this Potion: ℞ Electuary of the juice of Roses, Diaturbith with Rhubarbʒ ss. Syrup of Roses solutive ℥ j Decoction of Agrimony, Speedwell, roots of the sharppointed Dock, inner bark of the black Alder-root, and Aniseed, q.s. mix, and make a Draught; which wrought gently: the evening of the same day, two hours after Supper, he gave him Laudanum gr. vj. which caused him to rest well that night.  
CCVIII. The next day he took away ten ounces of Blood from the Arm of the side affected, being plethoric and strong: upon which his Fever, Pain, and Inflammation much abated: than he anointed his Hip, Knee, and all thereabouts, which were free from the Inflammation with this Lineament. ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ ij. Oil of Earthworms, Mans-fat, A. ʒ ij. mix them. And because Galen says, fat things are not to be applied to the Part affected, he applied this: ℞ Seeds of Quinces, Fenugreek, Althaea, A. ʒ ij. powder of Rosesʒ ss. Water q.s. boil to the rhickness of a Cataplasm: afterwards add the yolk of an Egg with the white. This was applied, and renewed as oft●as need required.  
CCIX Opon this, the pain was ●…sed, and the place of maturation appeared; to which he applied Emplastrum Basilicon and the prescribed Emplaster, all over the Foot: the sole, because it was very callous, he fomented well with hot Milk, boiled with Fenugreek-seeds, Mallows, and Violet-leaves, and than pared away with a Razor the thick Skin: thus in a short time the Apostem broke in the sole of his Foot, after which he soon recovered. We have been the larger upon this Cure of a Phlegmon, because, being well understood, it seems to lay the groundwork or foundation of the Cure of all other Tumours, of what kind soever.   

CHAP. VI Of a BUBO.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Bubo, Inflammatio vel Tumor Glandularum; and in English, a Bubo, or Swelling in the Armpits or Groins.  
II It is a Tumour and Inflammation of the Glandules, chief the Kernels of the Armpits, or Groins; painful, hard, and read.  
III But Galen ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 1. defines it to be, an Inflammation in the Glandules of the Groins. For they being by Nature ordained as the Sinks of the superfluous Humours from the principal parts, if those Humours, and with them the Blood shall hap to be thrust forth together, and as it were by heaps, into them, an Inflammation is forthwith excited: and this happens mostanend in the Groins, and sometimes in the Armpits: if it be behind the Ears, it is called a Parotis.  
IV. A Bubo is either Critical, or Symptomatical; the Critical is safe and healthful, and they are such as follow the declining of any Sickness, as Fevers, etc. The Symptomatical are either Venereal or Pestilential, and these show from whence they proceed.  
V If a Bubo is little, and not painful, but easily brought to maturation, it is called Phyma; where it is mixed with Choler, it is called Phygethlon; if it be in the Armpits, it is named Panus; behind the Ears, Parotis; if contracted from impure Coition, it is called Venereal.  
VI The Signs in general are, pain, redness, heat, pulsation, tension, and sometimes a Fever.  
VII. That is to say, that in the Groins or Armholes there is a tumour or swelling, with redness of colour, hardness, resisting the touch, intense pain, accompanied for the most part with a gentle Fever.  
VIII. And this is manifest, if the Bubo happens to be by Crisis; for than a Fever, or some other disease went before; which upon the appearing of the Bubo is abated, and the Signs of a good and hopeful Crisis preceded; the which if they be absent, the Bubo than is to be accounted for Symptomatical.  
IX. And than if no signs appear of the Plague or Pestilence, or of Morbus Gallicus, it is a simple Bubo, and not malign and contagious: but if the signs of the Plague are present, than it is malignant and contagious.  
X. And if the Patient is infected with the French Disease, it is than to be accounted Malign and Venereal, and to proceed from a Venereal Defilement.  
XI. The Causes. All Bubo's whatsoever have their Original from a preternatural protrusion of Blood (conjoined always with some vicious and corrupt Humour) into the Glandules of the Groins and Armholes, excited from the Ferment of the said evil Humour; whereby Nature is stirred up to such a kind of excretion, or rather expulsion.  
XII. But from hence the strength of the principal parts is to be observed; for that they are able to expel and thrust forth whatsoever is offensive and hurtful to them, unto these ignoble parts, and other the like Emunctories.  
XIII. Fabricius ab Aquapendente will have some Bubo's to be from Blood only, excited at the instant time of the Crisis: but this seems not to me to be true, for certainly some evil Humour is always conjoined with the Blood. Yet this we say, that a Bubo does sometimes follow upon another Disease, and is excited by the Crisis, whether perfect or imperfect; and sometimes without any other Disease preceding it.  
FOURTEEN. Yet in this last case, where no other Disease precedes it, (whereby it cannot properly be said to arise from a Crisis,) it is Nature's work to make an expulsion of the vicious Humours, and is a healthful protrusion.  
XU. The Prognostics. A Bubo (if not malign) being in the extreme parts, soon suppurates, and is not dangerous; if it ripens slowly, it may turn to a Fistula.  
XVI. A Malign Bubo, is for the most part a sign of sudden Death, though all outward signs may appear well.  
XVII. A Venereal is only of difficult cure, especially if the folly of the Physician has been to use bleeding and repelling Medicines; whereby Nature has been diverted from her work, and the malignity turned inward, which should have come outward.  
XVIII. Bubo's arising under the Armholes come soon to suppuration, because they proceed from hotter Blood; as being nearer the greater Vessels, and the Heart, the Fountain of life and heat; which in this case for Suppuration is alogether necessary.  
XIX. Those which come in the Groins, are excited by a Blood lesle hot; and being likewise in a place more remote from the Heart, and but moderately hot, they are longer before they come to maturation: but those coming behind the Ears, proceed from a colder kind of matter; and as the place is also colder, so their suppuration is the slowest of all.  
XX. The Cure. In a Bubo, (not Venereal or Pestilent) the Cure is to concede with Natures Operations; for the Matter is by no means to be driven back into the internal parts, if there is any hope of its coming to ripeness, or may possibly be discussed.  
XXI. If the Bubo is by Crisis, and that perfect, the Sick will the presently be freed from the danger of his Disease; and if there be signs of a good Crisis, nothing is to be disturbed, but the matter must be left to Nature; and means must be used either to discuss, if possible; or speedily to bring it to suppuration.  
XXII. In the case of Discussion, excellent is the Balsamum Sulphuris to anoint with, applying over it Emplastrum Diasulphuris, or Emplastrum Hystericum, etc. See Our Pharmacopoeia's, etc.  
XXIII. But if it will not be dissolved, than apply this Ointment: ℞ Yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. Balsam Capivii ℥ i Oil of Camomile ℥ ss. Saffronʒii. White-bread q.s. mix, and apply it, repeating it often: and being ripe, it may be opened by touching it with Butter of Antimony, etc.  
XXIV. In these cases, Sudorificks are good to be given inwardly, because they drive outwards: but Bleeding is extremely ill, so also Repercussives or Repellers; because they drive back that into the inward parts, which Nature did drive or thrust forth for her relief.  
XXV. Scarification with Cupping, is not to be used in malignant Tumours; nor are Leeches to be applied, unless they are very much inflamed.  
XXVI. If the Pain is violent, it aught to be eased with Anodyns; as this Lineament: ℞ Balsam Capivii, Balsam de Chili, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Ben, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ jss. Bean-meal, q.s. mix them.  
XXVII. Or you may apply this Cataplasm: ℞ Mallow-leaves M. i. Meal of Althea-roots and Fenugreek-seeds, A. ℥ two. Barley-meal ℥ i Ducks-grease, Oil of Dill, A. ℥ ss. boil all in Milk, to the consisteney of a Cataplasm.  
XXVIII. But if the Bubo is Critical, and the Crisis is imperfect, the Humour is farther to be attracted into the part affected, by the application of Cupping-glasses, or by Medicines made of Leven, Black-soap, old Hogs-grease, Pine-tree-rosin, Diachylon cum Gummis, and the like.  
XXIX. If the Bubo is not Critical, and that no other Disease preceded it, yet is not Nature's motion to be disturbed in the lest: but if with the Blood, many vicious Humours be heaped up also, gentle purging may than be necessary; but yet so gentle, as not to molest Nature in her Operations.  
XXX. In this case the Shall Mirabile is most to be commended, because it takes away the great abundance of evil Humours, without disturbance, or lessening of the Protuberance, by that act of Purging: and it may be given from ʒv. to ʒvi. or ℥ i at a time, dissolved in Broth or Posset-drink.  
XXXI. The other part of the Cure is to be performed like as in other Inflammations, of which we have treated at large in the aforegoing Chapter: yet this is to be observed, that because the Glandules (especially of the Groin) are colder than other places, the Discussives or Digestives applied, are to be of the strongest sort.  
XXXII. Some advice to a Cataplasm made of flower of Barley and Lupins, mixed with Honey.  
XXXIII. Or this: ℞ Roots of Althaea, of white Lilies, of wild Cucumbers, A. ℥ i leaves of Parsley, Smallage and Pellitory of the Wall, A. ℥ i boil in Wine q.s. to softness, and beaten them to a pulp, which pass through a Sieve: to which add meal of Lupins ℥ two. Oatmeal ℥ i powder of Orrice root ℥ ss. Oil of Camomile q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXXIV. But Ceratum de Ammoniaco Forresti, or Ceratum de Galbano crocatum, or Emplast. Diasulphuris, are inferior to no other thing; which see in Our Pharm. Londinensis.  
XXXV. If it yields not to Discussives, you must suppurate with very strong Attractives, such are roots of Aron, Birthwort, Briony, Cresses, Cantharideses, Castor, Dittany, Ranunculus, Pellitory of Spain, Nettles, Galbanum, Euphorbium, Succinum, Sulphur, Leaven, Quicklime, black Soap, Garlic, Figs, Onions, Mustard, Oxgall, Pigeon's dung, Goat's dung, Niter, Diachylon, Oxycroceum, Mithridate, Venice Treacle.  
XXXVI. In this case, the Cataplasma Laxativa Schroderi is good, so also that Pro Adultis, as also the Dropax Confortans.  
XXXVII. Or this: Take roots of Pellitory of Spain, Mustard, A. ℥ ss. Saltʒvi. Treacle of Andromachus ℥ i Onions, Pigeon's dung, A. ℥ two. Figs Nᵒ xii. Leaven ℥ jss. dissolved in Vinegar, enough to make it into a Cataplasm.  
XXXVIII. Some take a Chick, Pigeon, or Frog, divide it in the midst, and apply it warm to the part; others apply the Anus of a Hen or Pigeon, the feathers being pulled of: but it is best forthwith in the beginning to apply a Vesicatory thereto, the next morning to open the Blister, and than to apply the Attractives.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Bubo being suppurated, let it be forthwith opened, and that rather by Incision, than by Cautery: keep it open till the Tumour is wholly dissolved, and the Ulcer cleansed; than heal it after the manner of other Ulcers.  
XL. In a Pestilential Bubo, neither Bleeding nor Purging is to be used: Sudorificks and Refrigeratives are good; outwardly, you must apply strong Attractives in the beginning.  
XLI. The same is to be observed in a Venereal Bubo, (so long as there is any hope of curing it by external Remedies) jest the malign matter which Nature has thrust forth, should regurgitate, and so 'cause the Pox.  
XLII. The Suppuration is to be endeavoured by all means; and than forthwith, although not perfectly ripe, to be opened: if it be tough, Cupping-glasses should be applied.  
XLIII. If the whole mass of Blood is infected, you must manage the Cure than, as in the Cure of the Pox. In this case, our Quintessence of Guajacum and Sassafras, drunk in good Beer or fragrant Wine, is excellent.   

CHAP. VII. Of a CONTUSION.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Effusio, Suffusio, Sugillatio, Contusio; and in English, a Bruise, or Bruising.  
II It is the pouring forth of Blood or Humours, into the next adjacent spaces, through the Veins or Arteries; either by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, anastomosis; or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, diapedeses; or by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, diairesis, the skin remaining whole; which for the most part comes to pass, either by the vehement pressure of some heavy weight, falls, blows, stoning, or the like. Gal. de Fract. lib. 2. come. 16.  
III The Kind's. Galen. lib. de Tumour. cap. 10. & de Simp. Med. Fac. lib. 10. cap. 9 makes two kinds of Contusions; 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ecchymoma; which is the general name; and is when the Contusion is of a middle colour between read and black, to wit, of a livid or leaden colour; and this the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pelidna, Lividness.  
IV. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Melasma, which is Blackness; and this is most familiar unto old persons, as often as their Veins are bruised; as the other, to wit, Pelidna is familiar to Children, and such as are young.  
V But Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 30. makes three kinds, according the diversity of the parts affected; of which, the two first have relation to the Eyes, the last to the Nails of Fingers or Toes: these indeed are particular kinds as they have relation to those particular parts, but can by no means be accounted of, as in a general relation to the whole Body.  
VI The first is that which we call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, hypopia; but by Hypocrates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, hypophthalmia, i e. subocularia, blewness under the Eyes. This second is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, hyposphagma, called by some suggillatio, an Effusion of Blood into the Adnata, or Cornea-Tunicle of the Eye. The third 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, hyponychos, the Bruising of the Nails.  
VII. The Signs. A Bruise is easily known from the preceding external Cause, the Colour itself, and the Swelling, if there is any which are evidently seen: the Physician may also understand it from the relation of the Patient.  
VIII. Sometimes the hurt part is not elevated into a Tumour, the Blood only insinuating itself into the spaces of the parts, making the Skin of a read, yellow, livid, or leaden colour.  
IX. And sometimes the Contusion, by reason of its greatness, and the pouring forth of abundance of Blood and Humours under the Skin, and into the substance of the Flesh and Muscles, is lifted up into a Tumour; with which there is sometimes (according to the nature of the part) Pain, and sometimes Inflammation, and perhaps at length a Gangrene may be excited.  
X. The Prognostics. A Contusion is generally without danger, (if the principal parts be not hurt) and the Blood, whilst it is thin and not coagulated, may easily be dissipated or discussed.  
XI. But if it is long detained in the part, and the Contusion is great and considerable, and near some principal part, it may prove of dangerous consequence; for the corruption of the part affected may be feared, with other mischief to the whole Body.  
XII. For the Blood being coagulated, and not insensibly discussed, or turned into Pus, (which is absolutely necessary, where the Contusion is great:) Putrefaction and a Gangrene are at length induced, which many times costs the Patiented his Life.  
XIII. If also the part affected loses its colour of wanness, lividness, or greenness; and becomes very much distended, hard, painful, and inflamed; great danger is threatened, and a Gangrene or Sphacelation is at hand.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. If the Contusion is great, care is to be taken in the beginning, to prevent the afflux of Blood to the place, jest an Inflammation should be excited.  
XU. To perform this, some Authors prescribe Venesection; but this intravasates none of the Blood that is already out. However, Defensatives and Repercussives are to be applied near to, and about the part affected; to prevent, as much as may be, the influx of Blood into the same.  
XVI. And of this kind are Alum, Bolearmoniack, Catechu, Terra sigillata, Sanguis draconis, Poppies, roots of Hounds-tongue, Henbane, Hemlock, juice of Hemlock, Roses, Myrtles, Cypress-nuts, Opium, Camphir, Galls, Pomgranate-flowers, roots of the lesser Confound, Saccharum Saturni, Housleeek, Nightshade, Orpin, Nitre, etc. out of which Compounds may be made.  
XVII. ℞ Bole ℥ iv. Vinegar q.s. mix, and boil them; than add Balaustians, Red-roses in fine powder, root of Confound in powder, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Myrtles q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XVIII. Or: ℞ Terra sigillata, Chalk, A. ℥ two. Vinegar q.s. mix and boil; than add powder of Pomgranate-peels, Nut-galls in powder, A. ʒvi. Sanguis draconisʒii. Nitreʒjss. Saccharum Saturniʒi. Oil-omphacine q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XIX. Or: ℞ Whites of Eggs ℥ two. Rose-water ℥ i Saccharum Saturniʒi. shake or beaten them well together, and with Tow, apply them to the place affected.  
XX. Or: ℞ Whites of Eggsʒii. Rose-water ℥ i beaten them well together, than add Oil of Myrtles ℥ jss. fine Bole ℥ i Caput Mort. of Vitriol, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ ss. Vinegar q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXI. But this is to be observed, that you are not to apply many moist and clammy Medicaments; jest the extravasated Blood be putrified, from whence many dangerous Symptoms may ensue.  
XXII. If the Contusion is from some vehement cause, as a fall from some high place, crushing of a Cart, etc. whereby the Blood is poured forth in some extraordinary manner; and that not only the external part may be hurt and bruised; the Blood will than be apt to coagulate or clot together; thereby inducing many evil Symptoms, extremely dangerous, as Inflammations, violent (even the worst of all) Fevers, and very often Death itself.  
XXIII. When therefore there is the lest fear that the Blood is extravasated, and fallen into the more inward parts, and that it cannot be dissipated by external Medicaments; you must than endeavour to hinder its coagulation; and if it be begun, that it may be dissolved, and that with all possible speed it may be carried of by Stool, Urine, or Sweeting.  
XXIV. For when once the Blood and Humours become putrid, the Disease will not be so easily cured; and sometimes not at all without extraordinary and specific Remedies, and great care, pains, and industry, and application.  
XXV. For this purpose, Physicians commend these following Simples; Winter-cherries, Pellitory of the Wall, Fumitory, Hypericon, Scabious, juice of Citrons, or Lemons, Carduus benedictus, Vinegar, Chervil, Parsley, Hydropiper-water, Madder, Rhapontick, Rhubarb, Terra sigillata, fine Bole, Sperma Ceti, Crabs Eyes, Mummy, Volatile Sal-Armoniack, Salt of Hartshorn, Spirit of of Sal-Armoniack, and Spirit of Hartshorn.  
XXVI. Sperma Ceti is given à ʒi. ad ʒii. dissolved in Vinegar, or Parsley, or Hydropiper-water.  
XXVII. ℞ Hydropiper-water ℥ iijss. Parsley-water ℥ two. Vinegar, or juice of Lemons ℥ ss. mix for a Dose.  
XXVIII. ℞ Hydropiper-water ℥ iv. Spirit of Harts-hornʒj. mix for a Dose. Or: ℞ Parsley-water (in which Onions have been infused) ℥ iv. Spirit of Sal-Armoniackʒi. mix for a Dose.  
XXIX. Or: ℞ Of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis ℥ i Hydropiper-water ℥ iv. Spirit of Harts-hornʒi. mix for a Dose. These things may be given upon the spot.  
XXX. Than at night you may give of Our specific Laudanum, à gr. two. ad iii or iv. drinking after it a little mulled Sack. The next night, that the Body may be a little opened, you must give a Dose of Our Cathartick Laudanum; so will the Patient have a gentle Stool (without pain, or griping) the next day in the afternoon.  
XXXI. Some give this. ℞ Rhubarb ℥ two. Terra sigillata, Crabs-eyes, Ox-blood dried, Sperma Ceti, A.ʒi. Nutmegs ℈ i mix, and make a Powder. Dose, ʒi. or ℈ iv. at a time, in Milk-water, or Hyodropiper-water.  
XXXII. Or this. ℞ Rhubarbʒiii. fine Bole, Goat's blood prepared, Crabs eyes, Sperma Ceti, Mummy, Comfrey roots, round Birthwort root, Nutmegs, A. ʒi. make a Powder. Dose, ℈ iv. in Syrup of Lemons: after these Examples you may make a thousand other Mixtures.  
XXXIII. Some give Balsams inwardly; the chief of which are Lucatella's Balsam, as also Balsam de Chili, Capivii, Peru, Tolu, etc.  
XXXIV. This following is commended by some Practisers. ℞ Angelica, Bawm, Bugle, Betony, Cinquefoil, Fennel, Ground-Ivy, Hyssop, Ladies-mantle, Parsley, Peniroyal, Sanicle, Sage, Southernwood, Smallage, Tormentil, Yarrow, A. M. i fresh new made Butter lbiv lbiv. being gathered green, shred them, and boil them in the Butter till they are crisp, adding Wine lbi lbi. than press forth the Liquor, and add again the same quantity of Ingredients, boiling as before, and pressing out: to the pressed Liquor add Strasburgh-Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, Balsam of Tolu, Sperma Ceti, A. lbss ss. mix, and make a Balsam. Dose, ℥ i in Syrup of Vinegar or Lemons, and outwardly you may also anoint with the same.  
XXXV. For Liquors, Mum that is choice, and Spruce-beer, are much commended; drinking some one of them, half a pint at a time, bloodwarm, morning, noon, and night.  
XXXVI. As for Topics, at the beginning Astringents are to be mixed with Discussives, that the bruised Tunicles of the Vessels out of which the Blood is poured, may be strengthened and bound up; jest new matter flows thither through the pain.  
XXXVII. For if Discussives be only used, they will by their heat be apt to drive more Blood into the contused Part, before the contused Vessels can be possibly restored to their natural state.  
XXXVIII. For this purpose therefore the Skin of a Lamb or Sheep new taken of, is many times applied, before it is cold, sprinkled with a Powder made of Myrtleberries, Bay-berries, fine Bole, Catechu, and Salt: and this is chief for external Contusions, made by beating, whipping, and the like.  
THIRTY-NINE. And where it cannot be got, a white dressed Sheepskin may be got to lay over the place; it being first dressed with this: ℞ Balsam of Peru and Chili, A. ℥ iii powder of Myrtleberries, Bay-berries, Catechu, A. ʒvi. Salt finely ground ℥ ss. mix them.  
XL. And the next day you may dress the place with Balsam de Chili or Peru, or Lucatella's Balsam, or with some of those mixed with Vnguentum Nicotianae; because these things prevent the flux of new matter, hinder putrefaction, and also sufficiently discuss.  
XLI. If the Contusion is particular, and external, (the Skin not being broken) foment it with the Spiritus Vniversalis bloodwarm; or with that Spirit, in which Camomile, Fennel, Fetherfew, Southernwood, Tansey and Wormwood have been five or six hours beforehand infused.  
XLII. Than bathe it with Powers of Amber, and after that apply Balsam de Chili or Peru, and so bind it up. Some commend the root of Solomons-seal new gathered, applied in form of a Cataplasm; or if in Winter, and dry, to be made into a Cataplasm with Wine; which is said in one night's time to do the Cure, and 'cause the native heat to return to the Part contused.  
XLIII. Over the place also you may apply Clotheses dipped in the following Liquor. ℞ Spiritus Universalis ℥ xx. one Bulls Gall, Catechu ℥ iv. in powder, roots of Aron ℥ jss. of Solomons-seal ℥ iv. cut all small, digest six or eight hours, than apply it with the Clotheses.  
XLIV. But if by the use of all these things the Cure succeeds not, nor the matter is discussed, you must than apply Cupping-glasses, and for the most part, with Scarification; because these extract whatever is contained in the Part, though the matter lies deep, and by the means of Scarification some of the Blood is also drawn forth.  
XLV. If all these things avail nothing, but that signs of Suppuration appear, as the swelling up a little of the place, a beating pain, a redness beginning to appear round about, with a softness to the touch; than you must promote the Suppuration by such things as we have declared in the Cure of a Phlegmon or Inflammation.  
XLVI. The Suppuration being accomplished, the Apostem must be opened and cleansed, as we have before taught; and than the Ulcer is to be filled up with Flesh, and at length cicatrized, as is usual.  
XLVII. But in this case, Suppuration must be used with caution; viz. that they be not of the stronger sort, but such only as are gentle and mild; jest a cacoethick, sordid, or putrid Ulcer be induced.  
XLVIII. And therefore when we perceive the Contusion degenerates into an Apostem, we rarely wait for a present Suppuration; jest the pus or purulent matter, being too long kept in the place affected, should excite vehement Pains, malign Fevers, and a great Putrefaction; so as to corrupt the adjacent Parts, Muscles, Nerves, Ligaments, and Bones, and cause cacoethick and putrid Ulcers, Fistula's, etc.  
L. You must than never apply emollient and suppurating Cataplasms and Emplasters; because they, by reason of their moisture, are apt to induce putridness, and other evil Symptoms.  
LIVELY In this case, Authors advice us, that the Apostem excited by coagulated or congealed Blood, be forthwith opened with an Incision-knife; and than a Tent put into the Wound, dipped in Vnguentum Aegytiacum; defending the whole part affected, and laying over it some proper Emplaster, which may preserve the native Heat, and kept it from putrefaction: and this is more especially to be observed if the Contusion is in the Belly, Hypochonders, Sides, or Back.  
LII. For than the third, fourth, or fifth day, you must observe, whether there are any signs of an Apostem (as swelling, with pain increasing, pulsation, uneasiness, not enduring it to be touched, and a redness in the circumference:) for wherever they appear, (though no lividness, blewness, yellowness or blackness appear in the external parts) they demonstrate that purulent matter is generated, and an Apostem produced.  
LIII. Upon which, the place is speedily to be opened, that the Pus may be brought forth, jest it retires unto the more inward parts; making (as it were) Coney-boroughs, and eating asunder the Nerves, Ligaments, Muscles, and Vessels, thereby causing either speedy death, or some lingering Disease.  
LIU. Than the Wound is to be ordered, as before directed; and during the whole course of the Cure, Vulnerary or Traumatick Potions are daily to be given.  
LU. But if the hurt is great, or some error has been committed in the managing of the Cure, so that the place gins to look black or blue, and that by reason of the suffocation of the native Heat, a Gangrene and Mortification is feared; you must than immediately scarify the part, and apply Cupping-glasses, that so the putrid Blood may be evacuated.  
LVI. This done, the part is to be fomented with Powers of Amber, or Spirit of Wine, mixed with a little Spirit of Sal Armoniac, or with the Spiritus Vniversalis; or with the Liquor at sect. 43. aforegoing.  
LVII. Or you may use warm. Vinegar, or the Decoction made of roots of Radishes, of Aron, of Solomons-seal, of Virginia Snake-root, and Winter's Cinnamon, in Wine, or their Infusion in Spiritus Vnversalis: for that these things dissolve and draw forth the clotted Blood from the very bottom of the Affect.  
LVIII. After which you may apply Diachylon Simplex, or cum Gummis; or for want thereof, any other drawing Emplaster.  
LIX. Or this Cataplasm: ℞ Camomile, Smallage, Southernwood, Tansy, A. M. ss. juice of Aron or Musterwort q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; adding a little Spirit of Wine.  
LX. If the Contusion is in the Muscles, chief those about the Ribs, the Flesh generally swells a little, with a kind of purulent Matter; which being pressed down, sends forth a kind of flatulent Air, with a little noise, leaving for a time the print of the fingers after it; which if it be about the Costae or Ribs, endangers a putrefaction or mortification, with a separation of the Flesh from the Bones.  
LXI. In this case the Remedy must be speedy, by applying things which cleanse and restore the natural Heat; after which it must be strongly drawn together, and firmly bound up, with Emplast. Diachylon, made up with a little powder of Myrrh, or some other like Digestive.   

CHAP. VIII. Of a CARBUNCLE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Carbo & Carbunculus; and in English, a Carbuncle, or Burning-coal. Avicen calls it Pruna, & Ignis Persicus, the Persian-fire.  
II This Tumour is called by this name, because it is covered as it were, with a certain kind of Crustiness, black like a Coal; and it is called Pruna, because the Flesh is black, and looks as if it were burnt with a Coal; and it is said to be a Fire, because the Part is pained as if it was burnt with Fire.  
III It is a Tumour proceeding from adust, thick, and inflamed Blood, degenerating into black Choler, and burning the Part. Or, it is a Pestilential Tumour inflamed, black, burning the place, and sometimes blistered, as if burnt with Fire, accompanied with great Inflammation and Pain, Vomiting, Trembling, sleepiness, cold Sweats, and Fevers.  
IV. Some Authors would make a difference between Anthrax and Carbunculus, but there is none. The Cause, is from burnt Blood assuming the nature of Melancholy, and so apt to corrupt.  
V There is sometimes but one great Pustle, sometimes many little ones, which being opened appear black, and inflamed round: the crust being removed, instead of Corruption or Matter, you will found spongy Flesh, the Part is very painful, with a Fever and Watching.  
VI The Description. It is a Tumour which has its original from a boiling and adust Blood, which corrupts the part, and arises in the outward parts of the Body; having a vehement pain joined therewith, invading the Patien with a Fever, and a manifestt swelling, black and hard.  
VII. But Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. gives another kind of description of it, which seems to me to be a different species from the common. There is (says he) a certain redness, and thence comes forth, but not very far, certain Pushes or Pustules, black, and sometimes livid, in which there seems to be a rottenness, and beneath the colour is black; and the Body itself is more dry and hard than it aught to be. About the Tumour there is as it were a Crust, surrounded by an Inflammation; the Skin cannot possibly be lift up, but is as it were fixed and fastened close to the Flesh underneath it; the Sick is extreme sleepy, and sometimes there arises a kind of Horror, or Fever, or both: and the Disease proceeds, as out of certain roots, sometimes more hastily, sometimes more slowly: but above, when it first comes forth it looks of a whitish colour, and than immediately it becomes livid, with little Pushes or Pustules coming forth upon it: and if it chances to fall upon the Jaws, or parts near the Stomach, it oftentimes causes Suffocation.  
VIII. The Causes. Galen. de Tumoribus, lib. cap. 6. & ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 1. & Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 10. & lib. de Atra Boil, cap. 4. & 5. & de Differ. Febr. lib 2. cap. 19 saith the containing cause of a Carbuncle, is a boiling thick Blood degenerating into the nature of black Choler, and having black Choler mixed with it, together with a conjoined malignity.  
IX. But it rather proceeds from a malign and corrosive Salt, joined with a poisonous Sulphur, which causes vehement sickness, great pain, burning and inflammation; by which Nature being grievously afflicted, she suddenly drives it forth from the interior to the exterior parts; and from the more noble members, to such as are lesle noble.  
X. For this cause it is, that a Carbuncle is never produced by congestion or heaping up of Blood or Humours; but is always generated of a Defluxion, which is made all at once: nor is it produced of Melancholy, only as a Cancer, but of adust and burnt Blood, which degenerates into Melancholy, or has Melancholy mixed with it.  
XI. The Procatartick Cause, is from an ill and unwholesome course of Diet, eating of Meats of a depraved and vicious juice, defiling the whole mass of Blood; and also from the external evil qualities of the Air; as being too hot and burning, corrupting the Humours; or malign and pestilential, depraving, infecting and poisoning the Blood and Juices at once, as is evidently seen in Pestilential times.  
XII. The Differences. Some appear without Pustules, as the common Carbuncle, which is one uniform, round, hard, burning Tumour: and some with a Pustule or Pustules, like such as are raised by burning with fire, which being broken, there lies underneath within, a crusty Ulcer; and of this kind is that which is described by Celsus, at Sect. 7. aforegoing.  
XIII. They are also divided into Pestilential and Non-pestilential, according as the Air is more or lesle malign and contagious; some invading the Sick in a Pestilential constitution of the Air, others when no such Pestilential malignity is present.  
FOURTEEN. The Signs. It arises for the most part from a small Pustle or Swelling, and sometimes from one of the greater Pustules breaking forth; or from many small ones like Millet-seed, lying very thick together; which when broken, a crusty Ulcer appears, like that made by a red-hot Iron.  
XU. But before these Pustules break forth, there is a kind of itching felt in the part, near which one or more of these Pustules come forth: yet sometimes the Carbuncles comes forth without any such Pustule; a crusty Ulcer being excited, sometimes blackish, and sometimes of an ash-colour: in a very little time after which, it becomes like to a Bubo, and than it obtains a round sharp form, with vehement heat, and burning pain.  
XVI. This heat and burning is more particularly exasperated at night, and it is so vehement, that the Sick can scarcely endure it without rubbing of the place affected; from which rubbing, there arise many of the aforenamed Pustules.  
XVII. The Flesh round about them grows hot, which when the Disease comes to the height, has a vehement burning heat: and the colour it obtains is sometimes blacker than that of an Erysipelas, or a Phlegmon; as if black was mixed together wtih red.  
XVIII. The Sick has also a Fever, (from the burning Heat) which afflicts these more than those which are affected with a Phlegmon or an Erysipelas: they have also a nauseousness, a vomiting, dejection of Appetite, a trembling, panting and beating of the Heart, dotage or delirium, with frequent fainting and swoonings: all which Symptoms are so much the more vehement, by how much the Matter or Cause is more malignant.  
XIX. Now though all Carbuneles are malign, yet all are not pestilential, or have an adventitious malignity more than what is native to them: those which are Pestilential, are known, 1. From the Pestilential constitution of the Air; for it is scarcely possible for a Carbuncle to arise at such a time, and not be Pestilential.  
XX. 2. From the Signs and Symptoms which appear, being more frequent, and more vehement, than in a Carbuncle which is not pestilent.  
XXI. 3. From the Fever, which always appears of the nature of the Plague or Pestilence; which though outwardly it seems sometimes not so violent, as in a Carbuncle which is not Pestilential, yet it burns more inwardly, and is much more dangerous.  
XXII. 4. The fresh colour of the Face is changed, the Tongue becomes black and dry, the Dejections liquid and choleric, the Appetite prostrated, with nauseousness, and vomiting of most offensive and malign Humours; difficulty of Breathing, stinking Breath, vehement Sweeting, sometimes hot, and sometimes cold Sweats, with Sleepiness, and sometimes Watch, Delirium, Fainting and Swooning, etc.  
XXIII. The Prognostics. If black, it is often mortal; so also if it vanish, or hap in the Emunctories, or near to principal members, or about the Stomach or Jaws, (where it generally choketh:) but if it be little, appear first read, and afterwards yellowish, with Pustles, it is the lesle dangerous: for from a very little Pustle, it suddenly gets to an extraordinary greatness.  
XXIV. By how much the blacker it is, by so much the worse it is; for it is produced by the most corrupt Blood: and the next to this, is the wan and yellowish.  
XXV. And those are the most mortal, which beginning once to wax read, do presently vanish again; for than the matter is translated to the more inward and noble parts, which generally kills the Sick.  
XXVI. Where there is but one Carbuncle, it is lesle dangerous, than where there are many; for in this last case, it shows the vast quantity of the malign matter.  
XXVII. In a Pestilential Carbuncle, consider whether it comes forth before the Fever appears, or after: if before, it shows that Nature is strong, and able to expel the poison, before the Fever can suprize the Heart; but if after the Fever, the contrary; for that the Heart is seized with the pestilential Venom, which from thence diffuseth itself into all parts of the Body.  
XXVIII. The Place is next to be considered. It is always evil and pernicious, if it happens in the Emunctories, or near to any of the more noble and principal parts: but herein the strength of the Sick is to be observed; for one weak and languishing may soon be overcome, even by a small Disease; whereas one vigorous and strong, may overcome a Disease which is very strong and powerful.  
XXIX. The Cure. The Indications of Cure have respect to the Antecedent cause, to the Conjoined cause, and to the Symptom.  
XXX. In respect to the Antecedent cause, a fit Diet must be prescribed, and such things as altar and correct the heat and evil quality of the Blood. Sudorificks are first to be given; as Spirit of Sal Armoniac, Hartshorn, Man's Scull, Our Theriaca Londinensis, specific and volatile Laudanum, etc.  
XXXI. This door, the fervour of the Blood is to be allayed with Syrupus Antefebriticus, Sal Nitre, Sal Mirabile, and other like things, which easily enter into the mass of Blood, and cool, altar, and correct it.  
XXXII. Some Authors advice Bleeding, but you aught to be cautious therein, jest you draw the malignity inwards to the Heart, and so destroy the Patient: since Bleeding is generally acknowledged to be a Revulsive Remedy: and therefore in this Disease it is scarcely to be admitted, for that the Natural and Vital Powers are dejected by the Disease; and having entered the Lists therewith, are now in the conflict, and not to be interrupted, without eminent peril to the Sick.  
XXXIII. Author's also advice to Purging; but in this you aught to be careful, jest thereby the Humour which Nature strives to thrust forth to the external parts, be drawn to the internal: and therefore, if it may at all be done, it may be more safe in a Carbuncle not pestilential, than in one that is pestilential.  
XXXIV. But if there is any considerable Fever joined therewith, the crudity of the matter, and the malignity, forbidden Purging: and indeed there is scarcely a Carbuncle to be seen, in which there is not something of malignity: and therefore the malign matter is rather to be protruded to the external parts by Alexipharmicks, than drawn innards by Bleeding, and Drenching or Purging, as the usual way of some is.  
XXXV. The Matter being sufficiently thrust forth by Sudorificks, which in some measure alloy the fervency of the Blood, it is than to be altered, and cooled by other things which resist Malignity, as Sal Nitre, Sal Prunellae, Sal Vitriolatum, Sal Tartari Sulphuratum, juices of Woodsorrel, Oranges, Lemons, Citrons, Pomegranates, either simple, or in Syrup; or Syrup of Vinegar, or Vinegar medicated with proper Alexipharmicks, as Angelica, Bawm, Scabious, Carduus, Rue, etc. which may be given in all that the Sick drinks. Thus far as to the Antecedent cause, we now come to the Conjoined.  
XXXVI. The Conjoined cause, which has respect to the Tumour itself, is not removed, as it is in other Inflammations, nor are Repercussives to be used or applied; but the malign and poisonous Humour is rather by Attractives, to be drawn from the more inward, to the more outward parts.  
XXXVII. And therefore Authors advice, that the Part affected be forthwith scarified, and that with Lance deep enough; that so the corrupt, malign, and poisonous Blood may be fully drawn forth; for that otherwise, unless it be immediately drawn forth from the Part affected, it corrupts the Parts next adjoining.  
XXXVIII. And being scarified, you may apply Cupping-glasses, that the Blood may be the more effectually drawn out; after which the Part is presently to be cleansed, and well washed with warm salt Water, or warm Water in which Nitre has been dissolved, that the Blood may not clod or coagulate in the Part.  
THIRTY-NINE. And if the corrupt Blood seems not fully enough drawn forth, Scarification is again to be repeated. Where note, that the place being scarified, you are not to apply digestive, or suppurative Medicines to promote the Pus or purulent Matter, (because in this kind of Tumour, they increase the putrefaction and rottenness; and a Carbuncle in putrifying always creeps, and spreads farther and farther, to the endangering of a Mortification;) but rather those things which are dying, and such as resist putrefaction.  
XL. Of this kind is Morsus Diaboli, bruised green, and laid on, and boiled in Wine and drunk. Also a Cataplasm made of Orobus meal, powder of Myrrh, and Oxymel; to which some add Vnguentum Aegyptiacum. Or, make a Cataplasm of green Scabious bruised, yolk of an Egg, Barley flower, and a little Salt: which things are to be laid on the Carbuncle itself.  
XLI. If the Humour flows into the Part with great Violence, than Attractives are not safe to be administered; jest the matter flowing in too great abundance, should make the pain the more vehement, thereby augmenting the Fever, causing Watch, and dejecting the natural Strength.  
XLII. In this case such things as moderately repress and drive back, with a digestive quality, are to be used: as, ℞ Plantain, meal of Lentils, brown Bread, A. boil them in equal parts of Water and Wine, to a Cataplasm; and apply it, not upon the very Carbuncle itself, but only near it round about, some three fingers breadth distant from it.  
XLIII. If Scarification do not, or the Carbuncle will not yield to these Remedies, you must come to Burning, and that immediately with all possible speed; for the lest delay may bring the Sick into extreme danger, yea even of death itself.  
XLIV. Some use Potential Cauteries, as anointing the top of it with the Butter of Antimony; but the Actual Cautery is accounted more safe, for that, by the heat and dryness of the fire, does after a peculiar manner resist Putrefaction, and preserves the sound parts, from being infected with the putridness: it also draws from the very bottom and depth, all the malign, poisonoes, and corrupt matter.  
XLV. Now in this case, this terrible Remedy, is not so painful as may be imagined, for the Patient is many times not very sensible of it, for that the Flesh is mostly dead; and therefore the use of it must be so long continued, till in all the parts thereof there be a sense of pain.  
XLVI. This done, you must with all possible speed that may be, even in the space of twenty four hours, remove the Eschar or Crust, for that to delay it is dangerous: for which purpose, Authors advice to use Hogs or Goose grease, and such other like things: but these will not do, but rather increase the putridness.  
XLVII. For this purpose, Guilielmus Fabricius commends this Ointment: ℞ Meal of Orobus, roots of Birthwort, of Florentine-Orrice, of the lesser Vernal Gentian, all in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. Venice Treacleʒii. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Ointment, which apply.  
XLVIII. Horatius Augenius commends this. ℞ Vitriol in fine powder, Hog's Lard, A. ʒii. choice Honey ℥ ss. mix them, and apply for the same purpose. Some anoint with Vnguentum Aegyptiacum.  
XLIX. Paul Barbett commends this following, which is much better. ℞ Venicle Treacle, white Vitriol in fine powder, A. ℥ i Honey of Roses ℥ jss. Leaven, Turpentine, fresh Butter, A. ℥ two. Soot ℥ ijss. black Soap ℥ iii Mustardseed, Saffron, A. ℥ ss. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ iii mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
L. The Eschar being removed, the Ulcer must be cleansed with Unguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, Aegyptiacum, and Honey of Roses, etc. often changing the External application: but beware of Suppuratives, for the Humours are easily corrupted of themselves.  
LIVELY Aetius writes, that wild Rue made into a Cataplasm with Honey and Raisins of the Sun, does quickly separate the Crust; and therefore such Medicines as resist Malignity, as Mithridate, Theriaca Andromachi, Our Theriaca Chymica, etc. are very proper to be mixed herewith.  
LII. Others commend this. ℞ Rue M.i. Leaven, Figs, A. ℥ i Myrrh ℥ ss. Pepper, Cloves in powder, A. ʒi. Saltʒii. mix, and make a Cataplasm, which apply morning and evening: it is said to separate the corrupt part or flesh, from the good and sound, in about two days time.  
LIII. If it is a Pestilential Carbuncle, you must use Antidotes both internally and externally; among which are Our New London Treacle, and Our Theriaca Chymica, which are chief.  
LIU. And for taking of the Eschar, you may use some of the former things; chief the Cataplasm of Barbett, or the Oil of Mercury, or Joel's Cataplasm of Radishes beaten with Rose-vinegar. Or this: ℞ Scabious, roots of Comfrey, and Radishes, yolks of Eggs, common Salt, A. ℥ two. Squills, Onions roasted, Leaven, Soot, A. ℥ i Honey, Turpentine, A. q. s, mix, and make a Cataplasm; which spread upon Cloth or Leather, and lay it on hot, shifting it almost every hour.  
LU. If you see the Crust becomes round, and a circular redness appears, it is a good sign of health and recovery, and that Nature has now separated the corrupt parts from the sound: and when the Crust is wholly taken away, the Ulcer is to be cleansed with the things directed at Sect. 50. aforegoing; or with Honey of Roses, and juice of Smallage.  
LVI. After the Cleansing, it is to be filled up with Flesh, by applying Sarcoticks; the lips of the Ulcer are to be joined together, and at length Cicatrized with Epuloticks.   

CHAP. IX. Of a TUMOUR behind the EAR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, quod sit juxta Aures; in Latin, Parotis; and in English, a Bubo, or Tumour behind the Ear; and by Hypocrates these kinds of Tumours are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Eparmata.  
II A Parotis is a Bubo or Inflammation of the Glandules near unto the Ears, viz. sometimes behind, sometimes besides, and sometimes under the Ears; for which reason it is said in the Definition, to be near to the Ears.  
III The Signs. It is known from the Place affected, from a violent beating, pain, redness, and swelling, for the most part behind the Ears, and extending to the Jaws and Temples.  
IU. And it generally appears with Heat, and a Fever; sometimes with Frenzy, Convulsions, Swoonings, coldness of the Extreme parts, with dejectedness of Spirit.  
V The Kind's. It is either Critical or Malign; and the Malign is either Pestilential, or Venereal.  
VI Now whether it is Critical or Symptomatical, the time of the Disease, and the signs of the Crisis, whether present or absent, will sufficiently manifest.  
VII. If it is only transmitted from the Head, there went before a vehement pain of the Head; the which, upon the breaking forth of the Parotis, either wholly vanishes, or is very much diminished.  
VIII. The Causes. Blood is said to be the principal and conjoined cause of this Tumour, but it is seldom or never pure, but with a mixture of other Humours; as Choler, Phlegm, Lympha, or Melancholy; and sometimes they are conjoined with malign or pestilenlential Miasmata; from whence it is that they are also malign and pestilential.  
IX. For Nature being provoked and stirred up by the vicious and depraved Humours, protrudes unto the External parts those defilements with the Blood: and they are sent to the Part affected, either from the whole Body, or from the Brain.  
X. It is also caused sometimes by Poison, which at any time may hap to be drunk, or taken into the Body; wherein if Nature be strong enough, (and the Poison ascends up into the Head) she sometimes protrudes it to the Glandules of the Ears.  
XI. The Differences. The principal Differences arise, 1. From the Matter: viz. according to the Humour with which the Blood is conjoined, whether simple, malign, or pestilential. 2. From the manner of their Beginning or Generation; in regard that some of them may have their original without a Fever, as Celsus, l. 6. c. 16. says, the Patient being in good health, Nature protruding those Humours to such a particular Part, for the general good of the whole Body; and some may be with a Fever, acute or chronic; either benign, malign, or pestilential.  
XII. The Prognostics. It is longer before it come to ripeness than other Bubo's: the Critical are healthful, the Pestilential dangerous, and for the most part a sign of sudden death.  
XIII. The Venereal are not mortal, yet difficult to be cured; more especially if they be made worse by Bleeding, Purging, or Blistering.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. It is needful to consider in the Cure of the Parotides, whether they be Critical or Symptomatical, and of what kind of Humour they are bred: if they be Critical, thereby terminating a Disease, or at lest diminishing of it, than the whole work is to be committed to Nature, as Hypocrates advises, lib. 1. aph. 20. and nothing else is to be done, but only those things which ease Pain are to be laid thereupon, and the which may at one and the same time help forward the Suppuration.  
XU. But let the Parotis be what it will, whether Critical or Symptomatical, great or little, benign or malign, be it what it will, this is to be noted, that no Repercussives, Repellers or Drivers-back, have place in any measure, jest that the matter be driven from the exterior to the interior, and from the more ignoble, to the more noble Parts.  
XVI. If the Tumour hastens not fast-enough itself to come forth, but that Nature is weak, you aught to apply the gentler sort of Attractives; such are the Oils of Camomile, Flowerdeluce, Dill, Melilot, etc. not using the stronger, but with caution, jest the pain should be increased.  
XVII. If Nature inclines to Resolution, you must assist her with Discussives; but if to Suppuraration, (which is much better) than with Medicines which concoct, digest and maturate; all which we have proposed in the Cure of Phlegmon and Bubo.  
XVIII. The Apostem being suppurated, it must be opened, (as we in its proper place do teach,) and to be cured after the manner of other Ulcers.  
XIX. If it be Symptomatical, and Nature be weak; or there be an overgreat abundance of the Antecedent Cause, it is to be lessened by Evacuation: for where such plenty of vicious Humours are, it is not to be feared that Nature hereby may be averted from; and hindered in her work of Expulsion; but rather to expect, that being eased of some part of her burden, she will the more easily afterwards expel what remains, and aught to be emptied forth.  
XX. But yet, if notwithstanding this Evacuation, whether Emetic, Cathartick, Sudorisick, or Ptarmick, Nature cannot sufficiently expel, than the Expulsion is to be forwarded by Cupping-glasses with Scarification, and other Attractives.  
XXI. And hence it is, that either a Discussion, or (which is better, and most practised) a Suppuration is to be procured, by those Medicines which we have proposed in the Cure of Phlegmon and Bubo, aforecited.  
XXII. But here you must observe the condition of the Tumour; for if it be more than ordinary cold and thick, you must use the hotter and stronger Discussives; and if there be any cause to fear that the matter may be hardened, you must make use also of Emollients.  
XXIII. The Matter being softened and maturated, if it so tends, let the Apostem be opened, and cured; as we advice in lib. 1. cap. 18. & cap. 3. sect. 3 5. ad 47. of this Book, aforegoing.  
XXIV. Now you must not expect that the Tumour should break of its own accord, nor are you to wait till than; jest the Pus being long retained, produce many sad and dangerous Symptoms; and (as Guilielmus Fabricius, Cent. 2. Observ. 39 well notes) seeks another passage, whereby it may cost the Patients their lives.  
XXV. A young Maiden (saith he) was afflicted with a Parotis, which though she was not so much amiss or ill, as to take her bed; being all the while also free from any Fever, and came well out, so that on the 14 day the Apostem was as big as one's fist: yet because it was not timely opened, she was suddenly surprised with a Fever, Vomitings, Heart-qualms, and Swooning-fits, with Watch, and want of rest, as also a vehement pain in her Back and Reins: and though it broke of its own accord, yet in regard it was too long before it broke, little or no Pus at all came forth; it seeking a passage downwards, and at last it cost the Patient her life.   

CHAP. X. Of PHYMA and PHYGETHLON.  
I THESE two kinds of Tumours, are really but one and the same Tumour, but so denominated, as they proceed from different Causes: and therefore what the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. are called in Latin Phyma, and Phygethlon; also Tumour Glandularum; in English, a Swelling of the Glandules.  
II But they are thus distinguished: Phyma is a Tumour proceeding from Blood mixed with Phlegm, and is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and Phygethlon is a Tumour proceeding from Blood mixed with Choler, and is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
III Phyma (says Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 9) is an Inflammation affecting the Glandules under the Jaws, which are the conglobate Glandules; viz. neither the internal Salivary, which is Ranula; nor the external, which is Parotis.  
IU. And this name Phyma is also given to the Tumour Phlegmonoodes, in and about the Anus; of which we shall speak anon.  
V The Cause. The principal Cause or Humour exciting Phyma, is Blood, but yet impure, being always mixed with Pituita, or Phlegm; for which cause Children are most subject to them, more seldom Youths, and not often those of full Age; and the Inflammation is not so great and Intense.  
VI The Signs. It is known by its roundness and hardness, being much elevated, and little or nothing read, nor with much pain: but in time of Suppuration it is inflamed, and accompanied with pulsation, tension, etc. as in a Phlegmon, but sooner comes to Suppuration.  
VII. About ten years since, myself had a famous Phyma under the right Jaw, as big as one's fist doubled, which much hindered my swallowing, and had almost cost me my life: it was a whole month before it came to maturation, and was accompanied with a Fever: James Was, one of our City-Chirurgeons, living in Clements-Lane, was the man who daily attended me, and did the Cure; he brought it to suppuration, than opened it with an Incision-knife, and in six week's time saved me (through the goodness of God) out of the jaws of death.  
VIII. Dr. Burwell, one of the Warwick-Iane College, came several times to visit me in this Sickness, and prescribed Blood-letting, and to carry of the morbific Cause by Purging: this he oftentimes (even as often as he came) vehemently pressed me to; but I refused it, not thinking that Practice according to the Principles of our Art; he oftentimes also pressed my Wife to the same, predicting otherwise my death.  
IX. And told her, he should learn Experience by this Sickness of her Husbands; but he feared it would be with the loss of his life.  
X. But agreeable to my Opinion, was that of James Was the Chirurgeon; so that we took the contrary course, and by Sudorificks we assisted Nature in protruding the Morbifick-matter; and with alexipharmick Cordials and Confortatives, we strengthened the Body, to sustain the shock, or encounter with the Disease.  
XI. And externally moderate Suppuratives were applied; so that contrary to the Doctor's Prognostic, (whose counsel had I followed, I had certainly been a dead man;) I was signally preserved, and am yet in the land of the living, to give a report of the same to the World.  
XII. Differences. Some, says Wiseman, have taken them for Strumae; but they differ from a Struma, which being contained in a Cystis, does require to be eradicated by Escaroticks after Suppuration, and a discharge of the Matter: whereas these, after discharge of the Matter, are cured either of themselves, or by the ordinary intentions of Digestion, etc.  
XIII. The Prognostics. Sennertus, lib. 5. part. 1. cap. 10. says it is altogether free from danger; and is likewise instantly augmented, and for the most part suppurated and healed, without the help of Medicine.  
FOURTEEN. This may be true, where the Tumour is small, and is without a Fever, and the Symptoms very gentle; but in such a case as mine was, the danger was very great; for the Tumour, even from its magnitude, had almost caused suffocation: and the rest of the Symptoms were so vehement, that my Life could never have been supported without the assistance of Medicines.  
XU. It is more easily cured in Children; more difficultly in Youths, and hardest of all in such as are of perfect Age.  
XVI. The Cure. These admit not of Repercussives, but either of Resolution, or Suppuration, even from their first beginning: Wiseman saith, all that ever he saw, terminated in Suppuration.  
XVII. In the beginning he applies Diachylon cum Gummis, de Meliloto, etc. and in case of Pain, maturative Cataplasms; as in a Phlegmon.  
XVIII. Tending to Suppuration, he dressed it with Ung. Basilicon, and a Plaster; and being suppurated, he opens it with a mild Caustick, or with an Incision-knife; and discharging the Matter, than dresses it with Lenitives, and after separation of the Eschar, incarnates by the common Sarcoticks, and the use of the Vitriol-stone; and lastly, heals, it up with Vnguentum de Lithargyro.  
XIX. Sennertus is of opinion, that they aught to be suppurated with all possible speed; which Suppuratives aught (by reason of the coldness of the Part) to be the more strong and forcible.  
XX. For though possibly some may be resolved or scattered by Discussives; as Southernwood, Parietary, Fetherfew, Tansy, Marsh-mallow roots, Ammoniacum, etc. yet this happens but very seldom; and therefore it is the safest course artificially to open it, unless it break of its own accord; jest the long detaining of the matter matter should bring danger.  
XXI. This Suppurative is commended. ℞ Althaea roots, meals of Beans and Lupins, Leaven, A. ℥ i choice Figs, Onions roasted, A. ℥ two. Balsam Capiviiʒvi. Oil of white Lilies, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXII. Or this. ℞ Balsam de Chili, or Peru, Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ i Onions roasted, Mithridate, A. ʒvi. Ammoniacum ℥ ss. Oil of white Lilies, q.s. mix them.  
XXIII. If it is Pestilential or Malign, as was that of mine, you aught to provoke Sweat with Our volatile Laudanum, giving two or three grains every night.  
XXIV. And every morning fasting, half a spoonful or a spoonful of my Tinctura Pestilentialis, in a glass of Sack, or some other proper Vehicle.  
XXV. Tinctura Pestilentialis Nostra. ℞ Tincture of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, or Philosophic Spirit of Wine lbii. lbii. Jamaica Pepper ℥ two. Virginia Snake-root, Contra-yerva, Cortex Winteranus, Cinnamon, Bay-berries, Camphir, A. ℥ i Gentian, Cubebs, Zedoary, A. ʒvi. Cloves, Mace, Nutmegs, Opium, A. ʒii. Ginger Cochinele, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix, digest, and make a strong Tincture; which decant, filter, and keep for use.  
XXVI. This Tincture strengthens the Stomach and Heart, fortifies the Archaeus and Digestive Faculty, causes Appetite, expels Wind, comforts and warms the Bowels, provokes Sweated, and is good against all malign Diseases, and such as proceed from Cold: it is an Arcanum against the Plague or Pestilence, and all pestilential and malign Fevers, Measles, Smallpox, etc. Dose, àʒii. ad iv. or vj. in some proper Vehicle.  
XXVII. And sometimes-in the day time, I took forty or fifty drops of my compound Tincture of Coral, in a little Wine also: by these things the morbific matter and malignity were expelled, partly in the Phyma, or Tumour, and partly in a continual breathing Sweat: nor was I out of a sweeting condition, little or much, for near a whole month, both night and day.  
XXVIII. By these things the Heart and Spirits were also kept up; and though an extreme weakness had universally seized me, yet I plainly perceived that Nature got ground against the Disease.  
XXIX. To maturate the Apostem, this Cataplasm was applied. ℞ White Lilly roots, pulp of Figs, A. ℥ iv. boil them in Milk to an absolute softness; than add crumbs of White-bread, q.s. boil again, and add Oil of white Lilies ℥ two. Mithridate ℥ iv. Saffron in powder ℥ ss. mix them well for use.  
XXX. This was applied twice a day, as hot as it could well be endured; and in about three week's time it came to ripeness: at what time the Chirurgeon opened it with an Incision-knife, out of which, near half a pint of green-coloured matter came away at several times.  
XXXI. Than, the Abscess being cleansed, it was healed up in about three weeks following: after which I took two or three very gentle Purges, and become perfectly well: and this was the whole course I pursued in that Cure. See more here of Our Parateremata, or Select Physical and Chirurgical Observations, lib. 3. cap. 2. sect. 29.  

De PHYMATE juxta ANUM.  
XXXII. It happens often in the lower part of the Intestinum rectum, where the Musculi Any are inserted; and is many times the original of Fistula in Ano, they for the most part arising from these Abscesses; whether they break within and ulcerate there, or the matter descends lower, and raises a Tumour without the verge of the Anus.  
XXXIII. The Prognostics. Those Phymata, which in the Anus produce the most dangerous Fistulae; the matter of which piercing through the Tunicles into the neighbouring Muscles, are seldom discovered, till they have made their way more outward among the Muscles of the Buttocks; and though they be discovered sooner, yet the Cure is most difficult.  
XXXIV. If it appears outwardly, upon the verge of the Anus, though it is of much easier cure, yet if it be ill managed, the defluxion of the Humour is continued; and the Sinus grows callous, and requires the same method of Cure which Fistula in Ano do; of which we shall hereafter speak in Lib. 5. following.  
XXXV. The Cure. To prevent the danger that may ensue by these Phymata, you must timely lay open the external Phyma by Caustics, that the Pus may have its free discharge; for if you open it by Incision, it must than be kept open by a Tent, which cannot easily be kept in.  
XXXVI. And whether the Matter be stopped in by that, or the Tent slide out, and so the Orifice close up, it is much alike inconvenient, and prolongs the Cure.  
XXXVIII. If the Phymata are internal, they are soon, and easily cured; if, being timely discovered, they are opened by Incision.  
XXXVIII. A Child four years old was much pained in Ano, four or five days, the Tumour appeared externally, and lay juxta Anum, as big as a Pheasants Egg, perfectly suppurated: I applied the milder Caustick on the declining part with Plaster and Bandage: the next morning I took of the dress, and found the matter discharged through the Eschar, which was as I had designed it, the breadth of a twopences: I dressed it with a Pledget of Tow spread with Vng. Basilicon cum Oleo Rosarum; by this method the matter discharged freely, without disturbance in going to stool, and it was cured by the Maids dressing, I not visiting there. Wisenian.  
THIRTY-NINE. One thirty years old, of a sanguine Body, was taken with a pain in Ano; I made a search with my finger dipped in Oil, but found nothing: after three or four days, the pain increasing, I made another search, and felt a swelling on that part lying next to the neck of the Bladder: I took a crooked Incision-knife, and defending the edge of it, almost to the point, with a piece of Plaster, conveyed it in by my finger to the swelling, and made incision into the Tumour, which presently discharged a spoonful or two of matter: from that time he complained no more of pain; I cast in a little Oil of Hypericon warm, and dressing him not more, he was perfectly cured. Wiseman.  
XL. I was sent for to one extremely pained in Ano; viewing the Podex, I saw no external disturbance, I than anointed my finger with a little Butter; and in passing it up in Ano, felt a Tumour, which I opened, as in the former Observation: the Patient desired to ease himself, and he did so, and discharged only a quantity of Matter well concocted; from which time he complained of no more pain, and was cured in a day or two, by the benefit of Nature: nor did I cast in any Injections, jest they should get into the Abscess, and make it sinuous. Wiseman.   

Of PHYGETHLON.  
XLI. Phygethlon, is a Tumour affecting the glandulous parts under the Jaws, and is called Panus; being an Inflammation, wherein Blood is mixed with Choler.  
XLII. But Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. calls it Panis; from the similitude of its figure, being broad and flat, like a Loaf.  
XLIII. The Cause. It is from a hot and fervent Blood, mixed with sharp Choler, as Galen, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 1. affirms; and comes mostly after Fevers, a Fever being in some measure the cause thereof: or after some vehement pain of some other Part, chief the vehement pains of the Belly.  
XLIV. The Signs. It is known by tumour, hardness, heat, distension, and greater pain, than probably a Tumour of that magnitude might 'cause.  
XLV. There is oftentimes also a Fever, accompanying or preceding it; or some other vehement pain of the Belly, or some other part, as the Head, etc.  
XLVI. And sometimes (it lying deeper than ordinary) none of the aforesaid outward signs at Sect. 44. are perceived, but only some certain prickings inwardly; and this, as it is long before it comes to maturation, so it is not fit to be converted into Pus.  
XLVII. The Prognostics. If it arises from any Ulcer, pain, stroke, blow, or any other external cause, it is wholly voided of danger.  
XLVIII. That which follows upon Fevers (as in pestilential and contagious times) or proceeds from Swell, either under the Armholes, or in the Neck, is the most dangerous, as Paulus Aegineta saith, lib. 4. cap. 22.  
XLIX. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. saith, if it becomes not more hard than ordinary all of a sudden; and which, though it grows not read, yet notwithstanding is of a changed colour; it is of the safer kind, and has little danger in it.  
L. The Cure. If it comes from Ulcer, pain, contusion, blow, or any other Procatartick cause, than its increase (as in other Inflammations) is to be hindered by Coolers and Repellers.  
LIVELY But if it is in Fevers, or is otherwise excited from some internal abounding of Humours, than Repercussives have no place, but only Discussives and Resolutives; and if the Tumour is very hard, Emollients may be mixed with them; as Althaea, Mallows, Arach, Chickweed, Parietary, Figs, Ammoniacum, Galbanum, etc.  
LII. If the Matter be discussed, than you must endeavour to suppurate it, by application of Maturatives; after which, it it is to be opened by Incision, unless it breaks forth of its own accord, and than to be cured as an ordinary Apostem.  
LIII. An Observation from Wiseman. A little Girl was brought to him, as supposing she had the Evil, who had a flat, hard, round Tumour, lying under her Chin and part of the right Jaw, down towards her Throat; it was of a yellowish read colour, not much unlike an Erysipelas, but without Vesication: he caused a Cataplasm made of white Lily roots, etc. to be applied, by which it was suppurated in three or four days, and discharged a well-digested matter, during which the hardness was resolved, and was cured in seven days, by the only use of that Cataplasm.    

CHAP. XI. Of GANGRENE and SPHACELUS.  

I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Gangraena; and in English, a Gangrene. II 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Syderatio, and Sideratio, also Sphacelus; in English, a Sphacelus, or Mortification.  
II Sennertus saith, that Gangrene and Sphacelus are neither Tumours nor Ulcers; neither will he have Sphacelus to be so much as a Disease, since it is the very mortification, or destruction of the Part. Yet with the favour of that Learned Man, though in respect to the Part only, he will have it no Disease; yet in respect to the whole Body, it is a very great one.  
III A Gangrene is a great and terrible Distemper, tending to a Mortification, which may be induced without any Tumour at all: but yet because it most frequently follows Tumours, and chief Inflammations, we thought good to treat of it among Tumours; whereas others, (because that when a Part is Gangrenated, an Ulcer necessarily follows thereon, and that after a Sphacelus, an Ulcer is left remaining) treat of them among Ulcers.  
IV. Gangraena, is an imperfect Mortification of the Part by little and little, through violence of much inflamed Matter and Blood, which so stop the passages, as that the natural heat cannot have recourse thereto. If it come of Inflammation, the read Colour, Pain, Sense and Beating decays; waxing pale, livid, black and soft, yielding to the Fingers, without rising again.  
V Or, It is an imperfect corruption of the Part, tending unto a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, necrosis; to wit, a mortification or deadness: to which if there are not speedy Remedies applied, it becomes Sphacelus, or Syderatio, wholly dead; losing all sense and life, and feeling nothing, though it is cut or burnt.  
VI The Differences. From what has been said it appears, that there is no difference between these Diseases, but in respect of degrees, or greatness. In a Gangrene there is not yet a perfect corruption of the part, or absolute mortification of the whole part; but only an invasion of the softer and more tender parts, as the Skin, Flesh, and Muscles.  
VII. Whereas in a Sphacelus, the whole part is wholly deprived of all sense and life, and is altogether dead; and there is a perfect, absolute, and entire corruption or mortification, not only of the softer parts aforenamed, but the very Bones themselves also are corrupted and spoiled.  
VIII. But when a Sphacelus is inducing, the softer parts, as Skin, Flesh, and Muscles are first mortified; while the Veins, Arteries, and Nerves may remain safe and sound: but if the Sphacelus continues to go on, and the putrid part is not speedily separated, the Arteries, Veins and Nerves will at length be invaded, and at last the Bone itself.  
IX. The Causes. It is caused, 1. From external Cold, or Repellers. 2. External Heat, Burners or Corrosives. 3. Defect of Nutriment. 4. Stoppage of the Pores, (as in splinting and rolling Fractures,) whence comes suffocation of the natural Heat. 5. Malign Humours. 6. The Scurvy, which by a peculiar property, sometimes causes a Mortification.  
X. Whatsoever destroys the native heat of the part, that same may also be accounted a cause of a Gangrene and Sphacelus. Now the native Heat is destroyed, when by its contrary it is either corrupted, or suffocated, or diffipated, or extinguished for want of Nourishment.  
XI. It is destroyed by its contrary, either acting by a manifest quality, as Cold; or else by a hidden quality, as by Poison: it is suffocated, when the Transpiration is hindered: it is dissipated, by a greater Heat: it is extinguished, if necessary Food and Sustenance is denied it.  
XII. 1. From external Cold, as travelling in Frost and Snow, in the Northern Regions; where the extreme parts, as Nose, Ears, Hands, Feet, etc. are dead with Cold, by reason of the extremity thereof.  
XIII. 2. From Poison; as in a Carbuncle from internal malignity; or external, as from the bites and stinging of poisonous creatures; as the Viper, Rattle-Snake, Slow-worm, etc. or the application of Septick Medicaments, which being not wisely and carefully applied, corrupt the Flesh; or from the afflux of malign and poisonous Humours.  
FOURTEEN. 3. From Transpiration hindered; as in great Inflammations, where the part stands in need of perpetual ventilation and cooling; which if hindered, the native Heat is suffocated by the abundance of Vapours: and this is done many ways; as by application of Emplastic Medicaments in moist places, too strict bandage and rolling of the Part, and in applying overcooling Medicaments in a Phlegmon or Erisipelas.  
XU. 4. From an external preternatural Heat, which wastes the radical Moisture and native Heat.  
XVI. 5. From defect of Nourishment; viz. of Blood and Spirits flowing into the Part, which are wholly necessary and requisite for the cherishing the native Heat implanted therein: and this is caused many times also from too hard ligature, or by applying of Medicines over-astringent and cooling; by which the descent of the Blood and Spirits is wholly hindered.  
XVII. The Signs. In a Gangrene the part gins but to die, nor is the sense totally abolished; but the Skin is in a manner read, and without any vehement ill scent.  
XVIII. In a Sphacelus (called also Necrosis and Syderatio) the Part looks first pallid, after livid, than black; the Flesh is spongy, with great stink; the sense, heat, and pulsation is vanished, and the Parts are altogether dead.  
XIX. A Gangrene proceeding from Cold, has great pricking; first 'tis read, than pale, than black.  
XX. If from external Heat, or Stoppage of the Pores, the redness turns to a whiteness, pain and pulsation ceases, and Pustles appear, from whence issues a gleety Humour.  
XXI. If from defect of Nutriment, it for the most part seizeth on the Joints; the part waxes cold, without Pain, Inflammation, or Tumour.  
XXII. If from Venomous Creatures or Humours, there is Fainting, great Pain, always a Fever, and ofttimes a Frenzy; with a little Pustle, under which appears a black Spot, spreading itself over the whole Part.  
XXIII. If from the Scurvy, it for the most part gins in the Toes, with blackish Spots or Lines; degenerating into a dry Crust, with numbness, and at length mortification.  
XXIV. In a Gangrene which is yet but beginning, you may observe a variety of Signs and Symptoms; according as it has its original from divers and different Causes: but if at length Pustles arise, and the Part becomes pale and wan, than Pains also come on, and a Fever is excited.  
XXV. If the Gangrene happens from too hard Ligature, than the Part swells, and greater Pustles arise, full of a thin Humour, not much unlike the Washing of raw Flesh.  
XXVI. In a perfect Corruption, and absolute Sphacelus, the life and sense of the Part are wholly abolished; the Pulse is wholly lost, the Part, if cut or burnt, is insensible of pain; the Flesh feels cold, and becomes soft and flaggy; which yet afterwards being throughly dried, becomes black, hard, and wholly dead, and yields a noisome stink, like that of a dead Carcase.  
XXVII. The Prognostics. Gangraena, if it be not presently helped, the Part straightways dieth, that is, degenerates into Sphacelus, as also the parts adjacent; and so suddenly causeth the death of the whole Body.  
XXVIII. But if the Sick be young, the Constitution good, and the Nerves and Muscles be unhurt, it is lesle dangerous.  
XXIX. It is more dangerous, if it proceeds from the bites of Venomous Creatures. It is also dangerous if in moist parts, or if the Humours continually flow to the Part, or be in the Cavities of the Body, viz. in the Mouth, Privy Parts, Bowels, or Fundament.  
XXX. That which happens from the Scurvy, is seldom cured; in Hydropic persons it is always mortal.  
XXXI. A Sphacelus is yet much the more dangerous, for the Part can not more be restored again, but is immediately to be cut of from that which has life in it; and which being not done, the sound parts which lie next or near to it, will be infected, and the putrefaction will creep at length into the rest of the Body, from whence comes danger of present death: but before which there usually goes, Dote, Watch, Fainting, Swoonings, Convulsions, Belchings, Sobbing, and cold Sweats breaking forth over the whole Body.  
XXXII. The Cure. The Indications of Cure have respect, 1. To the Antecedent Cause. 2. To the Conjoined Cause. 3. To the Vital Powers.  
XXXIII. In respect to the Antecedent Cause, which is first to be considered (if it is present in the Body) before we come to Topics. The Diet claims the precedency, which aught to be cooling and drying; especially when the Gangrene is accompanied with an afflux of Humours, and follows great Inflammations: in other Cases, the Diet is to be varied according to the variety of the Causes.  
XXXIV. Than for taking away the Antecedent Cause, it is done either by Bleeding or Purging: concerning which Barbett advises us to distinguish, that we may know when they are to be used with advantage or disadvantage, and aught to be according to the nature of the peccant Humour.  
XXXV. But this is to be precautioned, That regard be had unto the Heart, that it be well; or otherwise to be defended against the malign Vapours and Humours proceeding from the putrifying part.  
XXXVI. The chief things for this purpose among Simples, are roots of Angelica, Virginian-Snake-root, Contra-yerva, Zedoary, Lovage, Elecampane. Of Herbs; Angelica, Bawm, borage, Bugloss, Carduus, Rue, Scordium, Scabious, Swallowort, Sage, Southernwood, Time, etc. Of Flowers; Saffron. Of Spices; Cloves, Nutmegs, Mace, Pimento, Cinnamon, Cortex Winteranus, Ginger. Of Peels; Oranges, Lemons, Citrons. Salts, of Carduus, Selfheal, Wormwood, Bohemian-tartar, Pot-ashes. Of Animals; Cochenele, Vipers.  
XXXVII. Among Compounds, these are chief; Treacle-water, Aqua Bezoartica Nostra, Our Tinctura Bezoartica, Diascordium, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, Our New London-Treacle, Guttae Vitae mixed with four times its quantity of Syrup of Lemons, Confectio Alkermes, Our Theriaca Chymica, which may serve instead of all the rest.  
XXXVIII. The next thing is the Conjoined Cause, wherein are three Intentions of Cure. 1. Either to prevent the Gangrene, when it seems to be inducing. 2. Or to hinder its spreading, and increasing. 3. To overcome it in the part, where it is present.  
THIRTY-NINE. As to the first Intention of these, where the Gangrene is but coming on, Author's advice to Externals, as Leeches, Cupping with Scarification, (which some yet approve not so well of) and the application of such things as resist Putrefaction; as roots of Angelica, Birthwort. Herbs; as Wormwood, Carduus, Tobacco, Rue, Angelica, Germander, etc. Flowers; as Camomile, Melilot, Saffron, etc. Liquids; Lie, Brine, Urine, Camphorated Spirit of Wine, Powers of Amber and Turpentine, Spiritus Vniversalis, which is instar omnium. Ointments, as Aegyptiacum, Fuscum Wurtzii, Mithridate, Our Theriaca Chymica, etc.  
XL. Now to know a Gangrene beginning, Wiseman, lib. 6. cap. 2. pag. 444. says, If the Tumour and Inflammation have been very great, and it changes colour suddenly, sinks down, the pain continuing, you may conclude a Gangrene is inducing.  
XLI. So also if there is a Wound or Abscess, if that Wound, etc. grow more painful, the Flesh loses its ruddiness, looks pale, and withered, and the Matter changes to be thin and gleety, you may than suspect its corrupting: in which case, it will be necessary that you scarify to the quick, and make it bleed freely. Now by the Patient's sensible feeling, and by the fresh trickling down of the Blood, you may judge of the Mortification.  
XLII. But if the Gangrene has crept down, or seems to proceed from the bottom of the Wound, the Scarification aught to be made accordingly unto the fleshy parts: and if there be any Abscess or Apostem under the Muscles, or lips of the Wound or Ulcer, it is to be opened, and the Matter let out.  
XLIII. Now in making such Scarifications, if you should hap to cut some Vessel, causing a flux of Blood, beware that you suffocate not the heat of the Part by thrusting in Dossils', whereby the mortification will be increased; but stop the flux of Blood with some proper styptic Water, or Styptick-pouder, etc. Or you may use the Actual Cautery, whereby you will not only stop the bleeding, but also hinder the progress of the Putrefaction: after which you may dress up the Wound, as we teach in the Cure of Burn, etc.  
XLIV. If in scarifying you prick or hurt a Nerve or Tendon, you will increase the Gangrene; so also if you burn them but in part with the actual Cautery, or sharp Medicines be applied on them, when newly hurt by Scarification; for great Fluxions often arise from small disturbances of the Nerves and Tendons: when therefore they lie in your way, you had better cut them of, or burn them through, than hurt or prick them; after which the Ulcer will grow easy.  
XLV. The second Intention of Cure is, to hinder the Gangrene from spreading, or creeping farther into the sound parts. Those parts are to be defended with Flowers of Sal Armoniac, or Spirit of Sal Armoniac, or Spirit of Urine mixed with Spirit of Wine, whereby the Humours are kept from flowing, and also by applying the read Defensive Emplaster, or Vigo's Cerat, or this following.  
XLVI. Take fine Bole ℥ ss. Galls, Cypress-nuts, Pomgranate-peels, all in fine powder, A. ʒiij. Barley-flower ℥ vi. Oxymel simplex, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm. Or: ℞ Fine Bowl, Terra sigillata, A. ℥ ss. burnt Harts-hornʒi. Camphir ℈ i Rose-vinegar ℥ i Oil of Myrtles ℥ iii white of one Egg: mix, and make a Lineament.  
XLVII. Sennertus' advices, always to endeavour to hinder the sound Parts from receiving the Putrefaction; which is done by guarding and defending them with the afore-named Medicaments; or by these following, in which Scordium is put, for that it powerfully resists Putrefaction.  
XLVIII. ℞ Fine Bowl ℥ i Terra sigillata ℥ ss. Hartshorn burntʒi. Camphirʒss. Waxʒvi. Oil of Roses ℥ iv. juice of Scordium ℥ i white of one Egg; mix, and make a Lineament. Or: ℞ Terra Lemnia ℥ i Vinegar of Scordium q.s. mix them.  
XLIX. The third Intention of Cure, is the overcoming of the Gangrene in the part where it is present. And this is done by scarifying of the place affected, and cleansing it of the clotted Blood, by washing it with Brine; or a strong Lixivium of Wood-ashes, Tincture of Myrrh, or Spiritus Vniversalis, etc.  
L. And that the Putrefaction may go not farther, some anoint or touch it round with Butter of Antimony, or Oleum Narcoticum, in which an eighth part of Mercurius sublimatus is dissolved; digesting them together till the Oil looks read, which not only perfectly cleanses all fetid Ulcerations, but also separates the gangrened parts from the living; removing the putrefaction, and yet not touching the sound.  
LIVELY Than fill up the Scarification with Trochisci Musae mixed with Precipitate, or in Dossils' dipped in Oil of Cloves or Turpentine actually hot; Ung. Aegyptiacum is good here also, with the addition of Nitre, flowers of Sal Armoniac, Camphir, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, etc.  
LII. But the usual Fomentation is a Lixivium made of Pot-ashes, wherein the tops of Wormwood, Southernwood, Centory the lesle, Carduus ben. Scordium, Swallowort, roots of round Birthwort and Gentian have been boiled; to which a quantity of Spirit of Wine is to be added.  
LIII. Aqua Calcis, with a Solution of Sublimate in it, is of good use for this purpose; so also Aqua Lapidis Medicamentosi, the Powers of Amber, Powers of Turpentine, or Spiritus Universalis, to foment withal. Cataplasms also made of the meals or flower of Barley, Beans, Lupins, Lentils, Pease, and Mithridate, boiled in a Lixivium of Pot-ashes, with a little Oxymel added, are approved.  
LIU. Than as to the Dress, you are to consider well in the application of the Medicament, that in the destroying of one Gangrene, you do not excite another; which will easily be done, by the too long use of sharp Medicines: for which reason, when you feel the Ulcer warm, and found it to cease gleeting, desist their use, and dress it with warm Digestives, as Vnguentum Basilicum, with Oil of Turpentine, hot.  
LU. And after Digestion, cleanse it with Detersives or Mundificatives, as that ex Apio, or such other like, that the slough may the more speedily and easily be cast of.  
LVI. Lastly, after Digestion, and sufficient cleansing, you must complete the Cure by Sarcoticks and Epuloticks; as in Lib. 5. of the Cure of Ulcers following, we shall particularly teach.  
LVII. The Vital Indication. This is not always requisite to be considered here, where there is a sufficient strength of Body, where there is no malignity, where the discrasy of the Blood is little, and the Humours of the Body not much depraved: But in a Patient weak, the disease or temper of the Air malignant, the Blood vitiated, and the Juices corrupted, this last Indication will necessarily have place.  
LVIII. From what has been said it appears, that the Diet must be composed of, 1. Strengthens and Restoratives. 2. Antidotes against Poison and Malignity. 3. Restorers of the Blood to its due Crasis. 4. Depurators of the Humours, or Juices of the Body: to which add a due quantity of proper Traumaticks.  
LIX. A Diet-Drink. ℞ Scorzonera roots, Parsley roots, A. lbj lbj. Galangal, Angelica roots, Scabious, Scordium, Bawm, Mint, A. ℥ viij. Snakeroot, Contrayerva, Winter's Cinnamon, A. ℥ two. Bloodwort, Sorrel, A. lbj lbj. Selfheal, Winter's Green, Ladies Mantle, Saracens Confound, Bugle, Hypericon, Speedwell, A. ℥ iv. fair Water 4 gall. boil to one half, than add Coriander and Dill seed bruised, A. ℥ two. Limon and Citron peels, A. ℥ jss. Cubebs, Cloves, Ginger, A. ℥ ss. boil again a quarter of an hour, than strain out, and bottle it up for use. Dose, half a pint in the morning fasting, half a pint at 11 before noon, and half a pint at 6 at night.  
LX. A Medicated Ale, for the same purpose. ℞ Take Fennel and Parsley roots, Angelica roots, A. ℥ xii. Contra-yerva, Snake-root, Winter's Cinnamon bruised, A. ℥ iii Rhubarb, Galangal, A. ℥ two. Agrimony, Bawm, Mint, Parsley, Scabious, Scordium, Bloodwort, A. M. iv. Bugle, Fluellin, Ladies-mantle, Saracens Confound, Selfheal, Vervain, Yarrow, A. M. vi. Aniseeds, Corianderseeds, Dill-seeds, Fennel-seeds, Pimento, all bruised, A. ℥ jss. Orange, Limon, and Citron peels, A. ℥ i put all into a Bag with a Stone in it, which put into 4 gallons of new Ale, and let them work up together: after three days, let the Sick drink of it, three quarters of a pint, plus-minus, morning and evening, and oftener, if they so please.  
LXI. In this latter case, if the Patient is of a gross Body, and full of Humours, it may not be inconvenient to put in a fit quantity of purging Ingredients, by which the morbific Cause may in a great measure be carried of. To the former quantity of Ingredients, you may add Sena ℥ viij. Mechoacan thin sliced, or bruised ℥ iv. Carthamus-seeds ℥ two. but in thin and weak Bodies, these Ingredients must be forborn. Hitherto of the General Cure; the Particular Cure, as it arises from Particular Causes, now follows.  
LXII. A Gangrene from External Cold. If it arises from vehement Cold, as in Denmark, Norway, and Swedeland; and it is only beginning, and not perfectly induced; known by its not being black, but being yet read with pain: than bring the Patient toward the Fire, but not too near, that by degrees the heat may be again restored to the Part.  
LXIII. And for this purpose, let the Part be plunged in cold frozen Water, or strongly rub it with Snow, or Cold, for some considerable time; and inwardly give the Patiented Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, or Our Theriaca Chymica in Sherry-wine, or in Canary: Or, Our Powers of Rosemary, Anise, or Angelica in a glass of Sack: Or you may give our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis ℥ two. by themselves.  
LXIV. When the cold and pain remit, embrocate the Part with Oil of Dill or Camomile, mixed with ⅓ of Oil of Juniper-berries, or Oil of Aniseeds or Amber: Or with a Decoction of Turnips, mixed with Powers of Turpentine.  
LXV. Afterwards you may foment with S.U. in which Spirit of Sal Armon. or Flowers of Sal Armon. are dissolved; or with Powers of Amber and Juniper, Oils of Turpentine and Spike, or the like; laying over the Part a Cataplasm of Mithridate, mixed with a little Oil of Amber.  
LXVI. And in those Northern Countries, they give them burnt or mulled Wine, with powder of Cinnamon, Cloves, Nutmegs, and Ginger, and the like Spices. Or this Decoction: ℞ Rue M. ss. Swallow-wort, Angelica, A. M.j. Scordium M. jss. Pepper bruisedʒi. boil in Whitewine, and strain: to a pint of which add of Our Spiritus Cordialis ℥ iii And the Patient being in bed, make him to sweated with the Warming-stone, or application of glass Bottles filled with hot Water.  
LXVII. But if the Part is already gangrened, known by its being blackish, and stiff with cold; you must than immediately scarify the Part, and foment it with the former hot Medicaments, and continued the use of the former things, as we have before declared.  
LXVIII. A Gangrene from too much Heat. Let the Diet be cooling, and the hot Humours (being qualified) evacuated with proper Catharticks, if the Disease takes its original from an internal Cause.  
Lxix Than let the Part affected be scarified, and wash with Diaclysma frigidum; to a pint and half of which you may put Vinegar half a pint, Salt an ounce and half: or you may wash with this: ℞ Fair Water ℥ xiii. Vinegar, juices of Sorrel and Scordium, A. ℥ viij. juice of Germander ℥ iv. Salt ℥ jss. Lupins ℥ ss. mix, and boil to the consumption of a third, and use it hot.  
LXX. Or you may use the Spiritus Universalis, to ℥ iv. of which you may put juices of Scordium and Germander, Spirit of Wine, A. ℥ iii after which apply Vng. Aegyptiacum, or Fuscum Wurtzii, etc. but proceed not to an actual Cautery, unless necessity force it.  
LXXI. A Gangrene from Transpiration hindered, as in too hard Ligature, application of Emplastic Medicaments in a Phlegmon, etc. The Binding is than forthwith to be removed, or the Emplastick-body taken away; and Scarification being made, you must wash the Part with Spiritus Vniversalis, Spirit of Wine camphorated, Powers of Amber or Turpentine; or some other of the former directed Medicines.  
LXXII. And than you must apply Medicaments discussive, and non-putrifactive: and the Blood and Humours flowing overmuch into the Part, are to be emptied out of the whole Body by Bleeding, Cupping, with Scarification, Derivation, Purging, and other fit Remedies.  
LXXIII. And round about the part affected, Defensatives are to be applied, as directed at Sect. 45. etc. aforegoing. But as to the Gangrene itself, the Scarifications aught to be many, and deep enough, that great plenty of Blood may be evacuated: but yet their greatness and depth aught to have respect to the greatness of the Affect itself; according as it is more or lesle nigh unto putridness and a Sphacelus.  
LXXIV. After Scarification, as directed, you may use the Medicaments at Sect. 71. aforegoing; or this following Wash, which is much commended: ℞ Strong Lye and sharp Whitewine-vinegar, A. lbii. lbii. Scordium, Wormwood, Lupins bruised, A. M. j roots of Flowerdeluce, round Birthwort, Swallowort, A. ℥ ss. boil to the consumption of one third part; than strain, and add fine Aloes, Myrrh in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. boil again a little, and lastly add Honey of Roses ℥ i S.U. ℥ iii mix them.  
LXXV. The Part being washed with the former, than apply Ung. Aegyptiacum, for that it is reputed to be the most excellent Remedy to remove Putridness, and to separate the dead and putrid Parts from the living and sound. But this Ointment is not to be applied alone; but thereupon a Cataplasm is to be imposed, which resolves, dries, and hinders Putrefaction. Take Mithridate ℥ iv. Myrrh ℥ two. round Birthwort in fine powder ℥ iss. Camphir in powder ℥ ss. Honey of Squills q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
LXXVI. Or, after Scarification, you may wash with this Water: ℞ Vitriol ℥ i Oak buds or tops M. i Frankincense ℥ ss. Camphirʒii. Urine lbijss lbijss. mix, boil to the consumption of a third, and strain out for use: and after washing, apply the following of Guilielmus Fabricius, (which is to be applied when the corruption is more than ordinary. ℞ Verdegrise, Honey, A. ℥ iii Decoction of Wormwood and Scordium lbi lbi. Vinegar of Squills lbss ss. juices of Rue and Germander, A. ℥ two. Alum, Shall Armoniac, A. ℥ ss. mix, and boil to a good thickness; than add Venice Treacle, Mithridate, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒi. mix them, and apply.  
LXXVII. A Gangrene from Poison, or the afflux of malign Humours. If the Poison is from without, as the biting of a Rattle-snake, etc. than such things as do strongly attract the Poison, dry it up, and destroy it, are to be made use of; for which purpose, nothing seems better than the application of the actual Cautery; giving inwardly cooling, cordial, and sudorific Medicaments.  
LXXVIII. The Part affected being either burnt or scarified, than such things as resist Putridness, and prevent the Necrosis or Sphacelation, are to be used, viz. the strongest Attractives, and such as resist malignity and putridness, as Wormwood, Rue, Dittany, Angelica, Swallowort, Scordium, Radish-roots, seeds of Cresses, Garlic, and Onions roasted in Emberss, Leaven, etc.  
LXXIX. The Gangrene being mastered, the Ulcer is to be cleansed with juice of Smallage and Honey of Roses, to which Spirit of Wine may be added, and with other things proper to the same intention; and Defensatives are also at first to be applied round about, that the Poison may not spread itself any farther into the interior and more noble parts, nor yet spread broader into any of the adjacent places.  
LXXX. But if the Poison proceeds from within, Defensatives are not to be used, but the malignity is only to be sent forth into the external parts: 1. By Alexipharmick and Sudorific Medicaments. 2. To be drawn forth by Scarification and Attractives, Cupping-glasses, Leeches, etc. and in this case, Barbett saith, that he had seen Bleeding and Purging oftener to do hurt, than good.  
LXXXI. If the Gangrene is from the afflux of malign Humours, or a malignant Quality, a cooling and drying Diet is to be ordered, with Sauces made of the juices of Oranges, Lemons, Citrons, and Pomegranates: the depraved and malign Humours are to be evacuated by Purging Medicaments, and sometimes by Bleeding, if need requires it, or the nature of the Sick will bear it: and the malign Matter is by Topics, as Burning, Scarification, Attractives, etc. to be drawn forth.  
LXXXII. And inwardly the Malignity is to be expelled and protruded to the External parts, with such like things as we usually give in malign Fevers, viz. Medicaments made of Citrons, Lemons, Angelica, borage, Bugloss, Bawm, Carduus bened. Dittany, Scordium, Sorrel, Swallowort, Mithridate, Our Theriaca Chymica, etc. endeavouring a powerful Sweeting, the malignity may be driven outwards, etc.  
LXXXIII. A Gangrene from an Atrophia, or want of Nourishment. In this case, advice to Meats hot and moist, and easy of digestion, which generate much, and good Blood: and outwardly the Body is by all means to be moistened, by rubbing and anointing it with sweet Oil, Oil of sweet Almonds, Oil of Ben, and pure Neats-foot Oil; avoiding all things which exsiccate and dry the Body.  
LXXXIV. Here is no place for Defensatives, but the Part already affected with the Gangrene is to be drawn with vehement Attractives, that it may be supplied with Nutriment; and it is gently to be rubbed and chafed, with application of Cupping-glasses without Scarification.  
LXXXV. But if there is already a present Putridness, you must apply things which do alike both attract and resist Putrefaction; such as are, Salt-brine mixed with juice of Scordium, Tar mixed with meal of Lupins or Orobus, Myrrh mixed with Mithridate and Cress seeds, Spiritus Vniversalis, camphorated S.U.  
LXXXVI. And if the Gangrene has already proceeded on, you must proceed to Scarification, and the Lotions aforementioned, dressing it afterwards with Vnguentum Aegyptiacum, with other things afore-named.  
LXXXVII. A Gangrene proceeding from the Scurvy. This is not common, yet Authors have taken notice of it; as Sennertus, Barbett, etc. This most usually gins in the Extreme parts, as of the Leg or Foot, with black and purple Spots; after which there appears a crusty and gangrenous Ulcer, dries, so as it yields neither the thinner Matter, which we call Sanies, nor the thicker, which we call Pus.  
LXXXVIII. Than one or other of the Toes gins to dye, after which read lines and purple spots appear upon the juncture of the Foot, according to the length of the Part.  
LXXXIX. This Gangrene differs from the common, very much; for that arises from Causes manifest; and there always runs forth from the mortified or sphacelated Part, a thin stinking Humour, the Member is soft and putrid, and yields a filthy stink, like that of a dead Carcase, creeping far in a short time, and quickly kills the person that has it: whereas the Scorbutic Gangrene invades without any manifest cause, creeps but very slowly, and kills not the Sick till after a long time: the Part is dry, so that no moisture flows from it; and when the corrupt Part is taken away by Instrument; the Flesh seems to be of a dark or blackish red, and remains dead the next day also, without any perceivable stink which may offend.  
XC. And as soon as ever the Disease has seized upon one Foot all over, it than presently after, (without any evident cause) gins to appear in the same manner, with Spots of a read purple colour on the other Leg and Foot, and not long after, one or other of the Toes of that Foot becomes wan and livid, and in a very little time it is found to be perfectly dead: at length the Sick is taken with an Apoplexy or Epilepsy, upon the first fit whereof they die.  
XCI. Sometimes again this Disease is induced suddenly, viz. when the peccant Humour is through terror, fear, anger, wrath, or other like causes, disturbed and protruded (as it were in a moment) unto the Toes, after the same manner as an Erysipelas is want to arise, causing the Part so affected presently to dye; from which cause this kind of Gangrene is called by some Syderatio, Blasting; or as the Vulgar phrase it, Planetstruck.  
XCII. This Disease seizes most usually on the Tendons, causing almost intolerable pains, afflicting the Patiented night and day: and because it seizes the Tendons, which do not so soon and easily putrify as the Flesh; therefore it is that it creeps on so slowly, being sometimes one whole months' space in creeping over one whole Joint, before it seizes upon another; notwithstanding that within the Foot, almost all the Tendons are already infected.  
XCIII. It is seldom or never cured, because this malign acid Humour has insinuated itself very deep into the Tendons, that it cannot easily be taken away: so that it many times continues three, four, and sometimes six months before that it klils the Patient.  
XCIV. As to the Cure, the Internals must be highly Antiscorbutic, mixed with Antidotes which have power to absorb the acid Humour, and destroy the malignity; which are to be given both medicinally and dietetically, as the Physician shall direct.  
XCV. Order cordial Medicaments, giving after Sudorificks; which let be followed close with strong Tinctures, Elixirs, or Potestates of Scordium, Rue, Dittany, Scurvigrass, Cresses, Swallowort, Our New London-Treacle and volatile Laudanum are good things, as also Our Theriaca Chymica.  
XCVI. Outwardly foment the affected Parts with this. ℞ Guajacum rasped, Sassafras rasped, Fennel-seed, A. ℥ i roots of Angelica, Celandine, Cress-seeds, A. ʒvi. Scurvigrass, Watercresses, A. M. j S.U. lbj lbj. infuse a night, than distil in B.M. to dryness.  
XCVII. Or you may anoint with this. ℞ Oil of Earthworms, of Bays, of Rue, A. ʒii. Castorʒi. Spirit of Wineʒiii. mix, and make a Lineament; and apply over, Emplastrum de Galbano crocatum Mynsichti, Empl. Polychrestum, ad Strumam, vel Arthriticum.  
XCVIII. If these things do not, you must apply Cupping-glasses, Scarify, etc. than wash with Brine in which flowers of Sal Armoniac are dissolved; or with Spiritus Vniversalis, mixed with camphorated S.U. and after apply Vng. Aegyptiacum, and over it some resolving and drying Cataplasm.  
XCIX. If yet there be no amendment, you must come to Cauteries; either Potential, as Butter of Antimony, read Precipitate, etc. or Actual: after which you must remove the Escar in due time, jest new Putrefaction grow under it.   

Of a SPHACELUS.  
C. When the whole Member is corrupted, or become perfectly dead, it is than sphacelated, as is before declared, and than it is no way to be cured, but by cutting of: the way of doing which, whether in the dead or living part, we have fully and plainly declared and taught, in Lib. 1. Cap. 32. aforegoing.  
CI. Yet if you please, with what is there said, you may take the following Notes. Celsus, lib. 7. cap. 33. advices to make the Section between the sound Flesh and the dead, and rather to take away some of the sound, than to leave any of the dead Flesh remaining: but this our modern Physicians disapprove of, because of the accidents and dangers which follow, viz. immoderate profusion of Blood, vehement pain, fainting, swooning, etc.  
CII. Fallopius advises to make the Section in the dead part alone, and cuts with a Razor into the dead Flesh, (even to the Bone) and than takes it of with a Saw; after with red-hot Irons he burns the Flesh and greater Vessels, even to the causing of pain.  
CIII. The Putridness is sometimes apt to creep farther; but you will see when it ceases to increase, because it will divide itself from the sound part of its own accord, and be separated by Nature, upon the applying fit and proper Medicaments.  
CIV. But if you see the Putridness creeps forward by great steps, and that Nature of her own accord gins not to separate the sound from the corrupt; you may not than make the Section in the corrupted part, without present danger: and the reason is, that sometimes the Putridness creeps farther underneath near the Bone, than it appears to do upon the Skin and outward parts.  
CV. If in this case you make the Section in the mortified part, the interior Putridness will always creep farther, deeper, and broader, and so hasten the death of the Patient; or else you must reiterate the Section, and so put the Patient to a second torture.  
CVI But than in amputating in the sound Part, the sense of pain may very much be moderated by tying the Ligatures very straight, thereby intercepting the passage of the Animal Spirits for a time; and so the Instrument being sharp, the Cutting will be quite finished, before the Patient shall overthrow what is doing.  
CVII. And though the Section is made in the dead part, yet all manner of pain is not than prevented; for when the Saw comes to cut asunder the Bone with the Periostium, there will be excited very acute and sharp pains; and if to avoid them, the amputation is made in the Part where the said Membrane is dead, and the Bone is corrupted, it is to be feared, so great a putridness will be left remaining in the Vessels and Muscles, (which are very apt to receive the putrefaction) that it is scarcely possible to be extinguished, though with the actual Cautery itself.  
CVIII. Nor do these Cauteries destroy the whole Putridness without much pain; of which there aught many to be applied, in removing or destroying the whole substance that is mortified; which if so effectually applied, they by their vehement heat melt the Fat and Humours; thereby exciting extraordinary pain, and so consume the Flesh, that a great part of the Bone sticks forth naked and bore; so that oftentimes it requires a new Section.  
CIX. If than you make the Amputation in the sound part, the Muscles and Vessels being drawn strongly upwards towards the sound part, the Member below is to be very straight tied down with Ligatures; by which binding, 1. The very great flux of Blood will be prevented: 2. The sense of the Part, by restraining the Animal Spirits, will be somewhat dulled: 3. The Muscles thus drawn upwards, (when the Section is ended, and the Ligature loosened) will again devolve downwards, and the better cover the extreme and naked parts of the Bone.  
CX. And if it should chance that there should be a greater flux of Blood than ordinary, yet it may prove for the addvantage of the Patient; for thereby the Blood in the Vessels, which possibly may have received some putridness, may be evacuated, whereby the danger of the putridness returning, or creeping farther, will be prevented; and than when you think fit, you may stop it, by the application of Styptic Waters, Powders, and the like.  
CXI. A Styptic Powder. ℞ Roman Vitriol calcined to whiteness in the Sun ℥ iv. Saccharum Saturni ℥ two. Roch-alum in fine powder ℥ i Blood dried and reduced to pouderʒvi. mix, and make a powder, for the present staunching of Blood.  
CXII. This is yet much better. ℞ Caput mortuum of Vitriol, calcine it in an open Fire to a purple blackness; than with fair Water elicit the Salt, filter the Solution, and abstract to dryness, and keep the Salt for use. Where note, that some after this, calcine the Salt again with a red-hot Iron. This is wonderfully styptic, and stanches Blood without any caustick or burning quality.  
CXIII. As to the place of Section; if it is in the Feet, and the Sphacelus has got above the Ankles, the Leg is best to be cut of a little below the Knee; for it will be more commodious to the Patient, and he may the better wear a wooden Leg. The Amputation is not best to be made always very near to the dead part; because when the Sphacelus is just by the Ankle, the remaining part of the Leg will be troublesome to the Sick, and much impede his motion: but in these cases you must do as the Patient will have it.  
CXIV. But in the Arm, as little as may be is to be taken away; and the Amputation is to be made as near the sphacelated Part, as is convenient for the health of the Patient.  
CV. If the Sphacelus is in the Fingers or Toes, the Section will be best to be made in the very Joint: for in the Joint (if the Disaffection will admit) the Amputation will be made with the lest danger, and with the lest pain.  
CXVI. For the Nerves and Tendons, as soon as they are cut asunder, immediately contract themselves upwards, and are covered with Flesh; nor does any Convulsion follow thereupon.  
CXVII. From what has been said it appears, That the practice of the Ancients, in stopping vehement fluxes of Blood in Amputation, was always by the actual Cautery, or Burning: But this way Paraeus very much inveighs against, because of the exceeding barbarity and cruelty thereof.  
CXVIII. For that it causes, 1. Extraordinary Pain. 2. Dangerous Symptoms may hap to the Nerves and nervous Parts. 3. Very much of the sound Flesh is consumed, whereupon the Bones are left bore, and the Flesh, together with the Cicatrice, is either not at all brought over the end of the naked Bone; or if be, it is with much difficulty, and length of time.  
CXIX. He therefore by the Crows-bill lays hold of the Vessels, draws them together, and binds them up with a Ligature, tying them very strait, or closes them with a Cautery, and so loosens the Bandage; after which he applies some suchlike Powder, as that in Lib. 1. Cap. 32. Sect. 14. upon Tow dipped in the whites of Eggs, for the staunching of Blood.  
CXX. I must confess, without any such Ligature or Cautery, the Blood may be staunched with the application of the said Powder, or with Crepitus Lupi, so much used by the Surgeons, being applied and laid upon the mouths of the Vessels which so vehemently bleed: but more effectually with the Styptic Powders above described at Sect. 111. and 112. aforegoing.  
CXXI. The Wound being thus dressed and bound up, it is to be placed in a direct middle posture or figure, upon Pillows stuffed with Down, or Hares-hair, Wheat-meal, or the like.  
CXXII. And this Method is so long to be used, till there is no cause of farther fear of an Hemorrhage; and than Digestives are to be applied, till you see the Wound become purulent: than these things being laid aside, you are to make use of Cleansers, such as are described Lib. 1. cap. 32. sect. 23. aforegoing.  
CXXIII. In the mean season, you must endeavour to draw the lips of the Wound together, that the Flesh may cover the Bones; which Paraeus does by sewing together the lips of the Wound in the form of the Letter X, or crosswise: but the Dry Suture seems to me to be much more convenient.  
CXXIV. Thus: ℞ Mastich, Sanguis draconis, fine Bole, Sarcocol, white Starch, A. ℥ ss. mix them (being in fine powder) with the white of an Egg: with this make Plasters of linen Cloth, of a convenient bigness, by throughly moistening it therein: which let be applied unto the extremities of the Wound on both sides, crosswise; and so let them stick till they become dry, and cleave fast to the Skin; which than with a Needle and Thread you may sew, and draw them together, as you see necessary and convenient.  
CXXV. Lastly, if you have used the actual Cautery, you must endeavour that the ends of the Bones which have been hurt by the red-hot Iron, or Air, may fall of. For which purpose, some burn them again with a red-hot Iron, taking great heed to avoid the Flesh: others make use of Emplastr. de Betonica, or of a Catagmatick, or Fracture-medicaments; others of other things: by which means the corrupted part of the Bone will fall of in about thirty or forty days.    

CHAP. XII. Of a FELON.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Panaritium, and Paronychia Arabum; in English, a Felon.  
II It is a Disease that seizes upon the Finger's end, and upon the ball of the Finger; being a small Tumour, hot, and by reason of the Nerves, exciting most vehement, and almost intolerable pains.  
III The Causes. It has its original from adust Blood, joined with a malign Humour, chief Melancholy; which Nature thrusts forth unto the Finger's ends, and there causes an Inflammation.  
IV. The Kind's. It is twofold. 1. One which is benign, and gins in the Flesh; which though it is painful, yet is lesle painful than the other. 2. The other, which is malign, and gins at the Bone, and seizes first upon the Periostion itself, whereby the pain is almost intolerable, and so comes gradually outwards: and this truly, in my opinion, is little different from that Disease which we call Spina Ventosa; of which in its place.  
V The Signs. They are known by swelling, redness, and pain; appearing in the Finger's ends, chief on the ball of the Finger, and sometimes near the roots of the Nails; the pain is vehement and intense, by reason the near adjoining Nervous parts are affected.  
VI The Patient can take no rest night nor day, (more especially if it is the latter kind) and the pain, by reason the Nerves are affected, is oftentimes extended through the whole Finger, yea many times through the whole Hand, and sometimes through the whole Arm.  
VII. There is, for the most part, a continual Fever present; and if it be of the second kind, many times a disturbance of the spirit, fainting, swoonings, etc.  
VIII. The Prognostics. If the matter is benign, and not very sharp, the Symptoms are lesle vehement, and more tolerable; but if malign, more grievous and vexatious.  
IX. The first kind is without any great danger, because it is seldom accompanied with malignity, soon comes to ripeness, with a kind of whiteness, which being opened with the Lancet, the matter is let out; and it heals almost of its own accord.  
X. The latter kind is always malign, and causes vehement Symptoms; for which reason it is not without its dangers: sometimes it corrupts the Bone, Ligaments, and adjacent Nerves; so that the utmost Joint, together with the Bone, apostemates.  
XI. Sometimes the whole Finger is corrupted, yea sometimes the whole Hand: and sometimes (as Barbett says) from the extremity of the pain, the death of the Patient is caused.  
XII. I remember when I was a Youth, I had one of this latter kind, upon the ball of my Forefinger of my left Hand: the pain was so vehement, that for five or six days, I had no ease night nor day; nor for the first three days did any thing appear, or any discolouring, but only the end of the Finger was a little swelled: however with proper Applications, it was soon cured, without any detriment to me.  
XIII. The Cure of the Benign Felon. Wiseman says, Repellents are commended in the beginning, but not with much astringency: but Sennertus says, that repelling and astringent Medicaments are by no means to be applied; jest the Humour should be the more impacted into the Part, the Pain augmented, and the Nerves and Bone corrupted.  
FOURTEEN. Yet as Defensatives upon the Parts adjacent, they may be imposed; such as these. ℞ Oil of Myrtles, juice of Nightshade, Ana, and with fine Bole make a Cataplasm. Or, ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ i Camphirʒss. mucilage of Fleabane and Vinegar, A. q.s. mix, and over the Fire make a Cataplasm. ℞ Powder of the green sort of Galls, and with Vinegar make a Cataplasm.  
XU. Or: ℞ Mucilage of Fleabane-seeds, juice of Nightshade or Plantain, A. ℥ i Vinegar ℥ ss. fine Bole q.s. mix, for a Cataplasm. Or: ℞ Mucilage of Fleabane-seeds ℥ two. Vinegar ℥ ss. fine Bole, q.s. mix them.  
XVI. To the Affect itself you may apply the Worms that are found in the middle of the Teazleheads, being found alive; because they alleviate the pain, and sometimes discuss the Tumour: but because they are not always to be had, we must have recourse to other Remedies; as ℞ Green Tobacco, and bind the leaf on the Part: if that cannot be had, moisten dried Tobacco-leaves in Wine, and apply them. Or, ℞ Unguentum Nicotianae ℥ i Rosin in powder ℥ ss. mix, and apply.  
XVII. But if it tends to Suppuration, ℞ Mucilage of Fleabane-seeds, meals of Linseed and Fenugreek, A. ℥ ss. yolk of one Egg, Hens or Goose grease ℥ two. Saffronʒss. powder of Rosin or Tobacco-leaves q.s. mix them. Or: ℞ Vnguentum Nicotianae ℥ i yolk of one Egg, meal of Linseed, Tobacco in powder, A. ℥ ss. Rosin powdered, q.s. mix them.  
XVIII. When the Tumour is maturated, the Apostem is immediately to be opened, and the Pus to be taken forth; than the Ulcer is to be cleansed with Abstersives, incarnated, and healed.  
XIX. For which purpose, Seanertus commends this: ℞ Aloesʒiii. Myrrh, Frankincense, Sarcocol, A. ʒi. Honey of Rosesʒii. Turpentine ℥ ss. mix them. This I commend by Experience. ℞ Ointment of Tobacco ℥ i Honey of Roses ℥ ss. Tobacco in fine powder, Rosin in powder, Myrrh, A. mix them, and apply.  
XX. A Child was pained with a small read Swelling about the inside and root of the Nail of one of its Fingers, Ceratum Galeni was applied to it; the second day it shined, or was like a Blister, it was opened with a Needle, a thin yellow matter was discharged, and by dressing twice with Vng. Basilicon, it was cured. Wiseman.  
XXI. A Gentleman had a very large one upon the ball of his Thumb, like a great Blister; it was let out with a Lancet, and cured with Vnguentum Tutiae. Wiseman.  
XXII. Another under the forepart of the Nail and Finger was very painful, but was suppurated by Lenients; the matter was let out, part of the Nail cut of, and it was cured in few days. Wiseman.  
XXIII. A Woman had one of these in the end of her Finger, with vehement Pain, Fever, Fainting, Swooning, Nauseousness, Vomiting, and other Symptoms. The Finger was fomented with Milk, in which flowers of Camomile and Melilot, and seeds of Fenugreek and Quinces were boiled: than the superficies of the Skin were shaved of, under which small read Spots appeared; these were opened with a Knife, and a drop or two of read Water came forth; after which linen Clotheses dipped in Aqua Vitae, in which Venice-Treacle was dissolved, was applied; by which means the Pain was taken away: and by this only Remedy, the very next day the Finger was healed. Guilielm. Fabricius, Cent. 1. Observat. 97.  
XXIV. Another Woman, by reason of a Paronychia, could neither sleep nor rest for three days: the Skin was shaved of, under which, in the very tip of the Finger, a small Spot about the bigness of a great Pins head was found, in which was about one drop of an ichorous Humour: it was opened, and Cotton dipped in Aqua Vitae, mixed with Venice-Treacle, was dissolved, was applied; and about the whole Hand and Wrist a double linen Cloth, dipped in Vinegar mixed with a little Water, was wrapped; the pain immediately ceased, and the next day the Finger was cured. Guil. Fabric.  
XXV. But that Author advises (by reason the Skin in that part is of a great thickness) to make the Incision forthwith, in the very beginning; because otherwise, by the afflux of Humours, a Tumour and Inflammation will be excited; and so the Flesh lying underneath, yea even the Bones themselves, will be in danger of being eaten through.  
XXVI. The Cure of a malign Felon. These aught immediately to be laid open, penetrating to the Bone: for if you wait the time of Suppuration, the Bone, Flesh and Nerves will infallibly be corrupted: for many times, (before there is any outward appearance in the Flesh) it rots the Bones, Ligaments and Membranes; so that there is scarcely any remedy but Amputation, chief if there is any danger of running farther, or infecting the parts adjacent.  
XXVII. Guido, and Vigo, call it a cruel, vehement, and mortal Disease; and they report to have seen some so vehemently tormented therewith, as to die thereof: But this I presume is, according as the Cure is managed, by falling into ignorant and unskilful Hands.  
XXVIII. Vigo advises to apply the actual Cautery, because it has an admirable virtue in correcting of Malignity and Poison, which offend the Bone and Nerves, and eases the vehement pain; than to cleanse it with Vng. Aegyptiacum, mixed with Aqua Vitae, or a little Apostolorum.  
XXIX. Wiseman proposes an immediate Incision to the Bone; than letting it bleed a while, he dresses it with a Pledget of Vnguentum Basilicon, over which he lays Emplast. e Bolo; and in a day or two after, according as the Patient is easy, takes of the Dress; and continues with fresh application, till it is cured.  
XXX. If it is rebellious, and on the second day after taking of the Dress, he finds the Wound open and undigested, he dresses it with a Dossel dipped in read Precipitate, with Emplaster and Bandage: the third day after he dresses it again, at what time the Slough does mostly come of with the Dossel.  
XXXI. Than he dresses it with a lesle Dossel spread with Basilicon and Precipitate, with a Pledget of Vng. Diapompholigos, and an Emplaster over it, whereby it digests, and in six or seven days after is commonly healed.  
XXXII. Now the reason why it sometimes heals not by agglutination with the first or second dressing, is from the acrimonious Ichor, which offends at the bottom of the Wound, and many times pierces deeper: which shows indeed the necessity of timely laying open Tumours of this kind; unless you found they go away by discussion, which is very rarely to be seen.  
XXXIII. If the Tumour has been ill handled, by application of Suppuratives, till the Putrefaction within has rotten the Ligaments and Periostion, corrupted the Bone, and extended the Apostem to the second or third Joint. In this case, lay open the Apostem by Incision from the Fingers-end downwards, even the whole length of the Abscess; than dress it with read Precipitate, applying Dossels over it, spread with a Digestive, to keep the lips of the Wound distended.  
XXXIV. And with snips of Empl. Diapalma, roll it up, leaving way for the Matter to discharge: over which put a moderate Bandage, to press out the Matter in the Part, and restrain the influx; the better to reduce the Finger to its former shape.  
XXXV. The third day dress it again, and if you found the Ulcer sordid, and overgrown with proud Flesh, rub it with the Vitriol-stone, and fill the Ulcer again with read Precipitate, dressing it up, as before: By which method, deterging the Ulcer, let it be incarnated with Sarcoticks, and the Cure finished with Epuloticks, and proper Bandage.  
XXXVI. The Vitriol-stone is of great use in these Ulcers, which so abound with luxurious or proud Flesh, among the Tendons; for by it, the corrupt Flesh is dried up, without offending the Nerves, Tendons, or other sound parts: and the Ulcer may be deterged, according as it is touched more or lesle; and the Bone itself, where it is bore or carious, may be dried by it, and disposed to moulder of.  
XXXVII. And where the Hypersarcosis is great, by sprinkling it with Precipitate, the Ulcer is the more speedily freed from its Putrefaction.  
XXXVIII. Where the Ulcer seems to be rebellious, with a kind of malignant Humour attending, whereby the Cure succeeds not, but is like to be very tedious and unsuccessful, by the increase of the putrefaction, and rotting of the Bone; the best Remedy in this case, is the cutting of the Finger in the next joint beyond the Putrefaction; or otherwise in the middle of the joint, with a Chezil, as Mr. Wiseman practised.  
THIRTY-NINE. Than to dress up the Stump with Pulu. Galeni cum albumine Ovi, rolling they on, and the second day after to dress it with Turpentine mixed with the yolk of an Egg, whereby it becomes digested; after which it is to be incarnated with common Sarcoticks, and cicatrized with Vng. Desiccativum rubrum, and Pledgets dipped in Aqua Calcis.   

CHAP. XIII. Of a PUSH, or BOIL.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. quoniam noctu generatur, ut Galenus & Celsus docent; vel magis, non quod noctu oboriatur, sed quoniam noctu vehementiùs hominem excruciet, ut Paulus Aegineta & Aetius existimant;) in Latin, Furunculus, & Epinyctis; in English, a Push, or Boil.  
II The Kind's. It is twofold: 1. Furunculus, the great Push or Boil. 2. Epinyctis, the little Push. The first is a Tumour about the bigness of a large Pigeons Egg, the latter about the bigness of a large Horse-Bean.  
III And of the Furunculi, some are mild and gentle, seizing only upon the Skin; others are malign, which descend deeper, and are mischievous and dangerous, not to be cured without great difficulty, its roots being deeply fixed: they are also sometimes Sporadick, and sometimes Epidemic, which if they hap in a Plague-time, are not without sufficient danger.  
IV. The Differences are, 1. In magnitude; the Furunculus being greater, the Epinyctis being lesser. 2. In the greatness of the affect; the first being more painful, troublesome, tedious and difficult to cure than the latter. 3. In the time of breaking out; which as Galen says, the Epinictys does in the night: but in this, I think those Ancients are mistaken, for it breaks out as the Furunculus does, at any time; but it seems to be most troublesome in the night, whereas the other seems to be night and day alike.  
V The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. Cap. 28. says that Furunculus is a Tumour a little acuminated or sharppointed, with Inflammation and Pain; and than especially, when it is perfectly converted into Pus.  
VI It is indeed a small Inflammation in the beginning, a Pustule growing bigger and bigger by degrees, seldom exceeding the bigness of a large Pigeons Egg, with a certain kind of pain, and redness of colour; when it is come to its full bigness, and withal tending to a point; which happens about the ninth or tenth day, at farthest.  
VII. If it is Epidemical and Pestilential, it is than black and green, and there is present a malign Fever, with other evil Symptoms: but it differs from a Carbuncle in this, that altho' it proceeds from thick and vicious Blood, yet the matter of a Carbuncle is more adust or burnt: also a Furunculus will admit of Suppuration, whereas a Carbuncle will not.  
VIII. Thou many times there is but a single Furunculus breaks forth at a time; yet sometimes many of them break forth, in various parts, together.  
IX. The Epinyctis, says Aegin. l. 4. c. 9 & Aet. tetr. 4. serm. 2. c. 61. is a small Pustule, breaking forth of its own accord, somewhat reddish; which being broken, there comes forth a bloody filth and matter, not greatly excrutiating the Patient in the daytime, but giving a pain more than ordinary in the night, and sometimes many of them break forth (in different places) together.  
X. Pliny, l. 20. c. 6. says they are pale and wan Pustles, which disquiet much in the nighttime: but Celsus, l. 1. c. 28. has given the most absolute description of them. Viz.  
XI. Pessima Pustula est quae 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Epinyctis, vocatur. Ea colore vel sublivida, vel subnigra, vel alba esse consuevit: circa hanc autem vehemens Inflammatio est, & cùm adaperta est, reperitur intùs exulceratio mucosa: Color est Humori suo similis: Dolour ex ea supra magnitudinem ejus est, neque ea saba major est. Atque h●c quoque oritur in eminentibus partibus, & fer● noctu. Vnde nomen quoque à Graecis ei Epinyctis impositum est. Viz. This Pustule which is called Epinyctis, is the very worst of all the kinds: its Colour is usually pale and wan, or blackish, or else white: there is also conjoined with it a great Inflammation, and within, it contains a purulent and filthy matter: the Colour is much like to the Humour of which it is generated: the Pain which it gives, much exceeds its magnitude, not being bigger than a (large) Horse-bean. It also arises in the eminent or principal Parts, and most commonly in the Night; for which cause this name, Epinyctis, is imposed upon it by the Greeks.  
XII. The Causes. Galen. de Comp. Med. lib. 5. says Furunculus has its original from thick and vicious Blood, but not so burnt and corrupted as in a Carbuncle; which Nature severing from the rest, expels and drives forth, as offensive and useless, unto the superficies of the Body.  
XIII. The cause of Epinyctis is Blood, corrupted with a salt and serous Humour mixed with Phlegm, and sometimes with Choler or Melancholy; for which reason it is that the colour is not always one and the same: and by reason of the pituitous Humour mixed in the Tumour, it is, when suppurated and opened, found abounding with a purulent and filthy Matter.  
FOURTEEN. Some are of Opinion, that the cause of these Tumours is the same with that of the Carbuncle, save that here is no malignity present: but for my part, I judge the contrary, unless it be in a Plague-time, and than I think the case is much altered.  
XU. The Procatartick Causes of all these Tumours, is an evil course of Diet and Living, breeding an evil and scorbutic habit of the Body: the Antecedent Causes, are the evil Humours produced by that ill way of Living; which being impregnated with an acid and sharp Salt, causes them to ferment with the Blood, and so break forth: and the Conjoined Cause, is the Blood thrust forth with the Matter fermenting.  
XVI. The Prognostics. Hippocrat. Epidem. lib. 6. sect. 1. says, these Tubercles' which bunch forth externally, and are sharppointed, equally maturate, and are not hard, or divided as it were into two parts, but have their tendency downwards, are the more hopeful.  
XVII. And Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. says, that in a Furunculus, Boil, or great Push there is little or no danger, though nothing is done for the cure thereof, because it suppurates of its own accord, and so breaks forth. It is the Pain that accompanies it, which induces the application of Medicines, for the more speedy ease of the Patient.  
XVIII. Epinyctis, or the small Push, is yet lesle dangerous, and rather denotes the strength of the Expulsive Faculty; but it is troublesome, by reason of the Pain it causes, and the restlessness which it brings with it in the nighttime.  
XIX. The Cure of Furunculus, or a Boil. You must first endeavour Suppuration by external application, with the same things as in a Phlegmon; as Raisins of the Sun, Figs bruised, and laid upon the Part, Diachylum, white Lily roots, roots and leaves of Althaea, Mallows, herb Mercury, and all Emollient Gums.  
XX. Or you may apply Emplastr. Diachylon cum Gummi, de Meliloto, de Mucilaginibus, Tripharmacum, de Minio cum Sapone, or proper Cataplasms.  
XXI. Or, ℞ Meal of Linseed, roots of Althaea in powder, A. ℥ ss. fat Figs Nᵒ iv. Raisins of the Sun stoned ℥ i Water q.s. boil them together to a Cataplasm, adding at the end Goose or Capon's grease, or fresh Butter, q.s.  
XXII. If the Pain is vehement, apply this: ℞ Mucilage of the seeds of Fleawort, Althaea, Linseed, A. ℥ two. Barley meal or flower ℥ ijss. Oil of Lilies, Capons grease, A. ℥ jss. Saffronʒss. yolk of one Egg: mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXIII. When the Tumour is maturated, it is to be opened (unless it breaks of its own accord:) and than it is to be cleansed with this: ℞ Juice of Smallage, Turpentine, A. ℥ i yolk of one Egg, Barley-meal, Fr●…kincense, A.ʒiii. Rosin in pouderʒiss. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXIV. And over all apply this Cerat: ℞ Sheep's suet, Calf's suet, A. ℥ iii Turpentine ℥ jss. Oil-olive ℥ i Wax q.s. mix, and make a Cerecloth: after all, evacuate the Humour with proper Catharticks and Antiscorbutics.  
XXV. The Cure of Epinyctis. The Tumour is to brought to suppuration, as in the former; than breaking, or being opened, they are to be cleansed with Abstersives, and washed with some proper Styptic Water to dry them up: or you may apply a Mixture made of equal parts of Sulphur vive and lethargy, mixed with Wine.  
XXVI. If they be very painful, Anodyns are of good use; as a Cataplasm of Mithridate and powder of Bay-berries, after which they may be healed up, with Vnguentum Tutiae, or some such like thing.  
XXVII. Lastly, let the Patient keep from all things, sharp, acid, and salt; and purge out the vicious Humour, by proper Antiscorbutic Catharticks.   

CHAP. FOURTEEN. Of CHILBLAINS or KIBES.  
I THIS Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i e. Hyeme; in Latin, Pernio, plu. Perniones; Fen English, Chilblains, Bloody-falls, or Kibes.  
II It is a peculiar kind of Tumour or Inflammation, which arises chief in Wintertime, upon the Heels, Toes and Fingers, with other parts of the Hands and Feet: But Wiseman will have them only to be called Kibes, which hap upon the Feet and Toes; Sennertus saith that he once saw a Nobleman, which had such a kind of Disease on the very tip of his Nose.  
III The Causes. This Inflammation arises from the Winter's cold; weakening those parts, by the entrance of cold Atoms, and the drawing Blood and Pain into the Part.  
IV. The Signs. There is a swelling in the Part, with redness, and an extreme itching, so that the Patient cannot forbear scratching or rubbing of them; sometimes to the breaking of the Skin, and than they exulcerate.  
V These Tumours many times go away of their own accord in Summertime, and than again about the beginning of Winter return again, with the old swelling, redness, itching, etc.  
VI The Prognostics. There is no danger in this Disease; yet notwithstanding if they be not speedily cured, they commonly prove tedious, and of long continuance, and often return again for many years.  
VII. If the Tumour grows very great, and meets with many heats and colds, it commonly breaks and exulcerateth; and than the Tumours which were before called Chilblains or Bloody-falls, loose that name, and get the appellation of Kibes.  
VIII. The Cure. It is to be considered, 1. As Chilblains, before they are broken. 2. As Kibes, after they are broken and exulcerated.  
IX. The Cure before they are broken, is, as Sennertus advises, to rub the Parts affected with Snow, or dip them into frozen Water, or Snow-water, or Water full of Ice: others advice to put the Part into a warm Decoction of frozen Turnips: or when the itching and heat is over, to dip them into a pail of cold Water almost frozen. The Decoction of Lupins is an approved thing.  
X. Some have been cured by fomenting the Part with Milk bloodwarm, wherein Bay-berries, Camomile, Fennel, Origanum, Peniroyal, Rosemary, Rue, Savory, Southernwood, etc. have been boiled: others by holding them to the flame of a Candle, (in the fit of the itching) and to burn them as it were therewith: others bathe them with S.U. or rather with Beef-brine.  
XI. Or you may make Compounds, after this manner. ℞ White Port-wine sbi. Alum ℥ i boil, and bathe therewith. Ointment of Roses with Oil of Turpentine, to anoint withal, is an approved thing. Or after Bathing, you may anoint with Honey, with which powder of Sulphur vive has been mixed.  
XII. ℞ Oil of Bays ℥ two. Honey ℥ i Turpentine ℥ ss. mix them. Or, ℞ Oil of Mace, fresh Butter, Turpentine, A. ℥ i mix them. Or, ℞ Oil of Wax, Oil of Roses, Honey, Olibanum, A. ℥ i mix, them.  
XIII. The Cure, after they are broken and exulcerated. Let the Ulcer be cleansed with the Lineament in Chap. 13. Sect. 23. aforegoing: Or, ℞ Frankincense, Roch-alum, both in fine powder, A. ℥ i mix them, adding thereto a little Wine; laying over Emplastr. Catholicon, or some other good Vulnerary.  
FOURTEEN. An Ointment made of the ashes of River-crabs mixed with Honey and Oil of Roses, is approved; powder of Aloes also to strew upon them, is an excellent thing; and if very foul, Vng. Basilicon mixed with read Precipitate, is to be applied. But in my opinion, nothing exceeds the powder of Scammony, strewed on dry.  
XU. For that cleanses, purifies, and incarnates. If the Bone is foul, I have known it to scale it, and make it white, remove all the impediments and accident which may befall the Cure, cleanse, repress proud Flesh, and yet incarnate and heal: so that there is scarcely a better singular thing for this purpose, or for the cleansing of any foul Ulcer in the World.  
XVI. Than over the Powder lay this Emplaster of Barbett, which is admirable. ℞ Frankincenseʒii. Litharge, Myrrh; A. ʒjss. read Leadʒi. Galls, round Birthworth-roots, both in powder, A. ʒss. Camphir ℈ i Mercury sublimate gr. ● vi. Sheep's or Ram's suet, Rosin, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster, adding a little Oil-olive.  
XVII. And afterwards wash the Sore with Saccharum Saturni dissolved in Spirit of Wine, or some other proper Liquor, to 'cause a speedy healing.  
XVIII. Lastly, if the Ulcers prove rebellious, they are to be cured after the common method, as we shall teach in Lib. 5. following.   

CHAP. XU. Of an ANEURYSM.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Aneurysma; and in English, an Aneurysm, or Rupture of an Artery: it is so called, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i e. supra dilatare, to dilate, or widen above: but modern Physicians have found from Practice and Observation, that it is more than a dilatation of an Artery, viz. more than a rapture of the inner Coat, and dilatation of the outward Coat; and that it is (as Wiseman has well observed) a downright rapture through both the Arterial Coats.  
II Definition. This Disease is therefore an eruption of Blood out of the Artery, by a rapture of both the Coats of the same, and filling the spaces of the Muscles adjacent thereto, with Arterial Blood. For as the aforenamed Author says, it is not probable that a force big enough to burst the inner Tunicle of an Artery, which is so very tough and firm, should leave the exterior whole, which is much softer and weaker, leisurely to be extended by the Blood.  
III Barbett also defines an Aneurysm to be a Tumour besides Nature from a rapture of an Artery; continually beating, easily yielding to the Fingers, and as suddenly returning.  
IV. The Kind's. An Aneurysm is either great, or small. The great can never be but with the rapture of both the Coats of the Artery, whereby the Blood insinuates itself into the interstices of the Muscles: the small may be (according to Barbett) from an erosion of the internal Tunicle, the external being only extended: but if the Tumour is of the bigness of ones Fist, 'tis impossible but that the external must be broken too.  
V The Place. Sennertus says, an Aneurysm may hap in every part of the Body, but more frequently in the Throat, where it produces a Bronchocele: it happens likewise in the Head, nigh unto the places of the Arteries, and in all other parts of the Body also where the Arteries may be wounded; as also in letting Blood in the Arm, etc. when an unexpert Artist in attempting to open a Vein, does withal either prick, or cut asunder the Artery lying underneath it. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 53.  
VI The Causes. All Arteries (except such as are dispersed through the Brain and upper parts) consist of a double Tunicle: and therefore what things soever contribute to the rapture of those Tunicles, are the cause of this Disease; and these causes are either Internal or External.  
VII. The Internal cause is either from some corrosive Humour or Salt corroding the Tunicles; and that is either innate in the Blood, which eats through some parts of the Vessels thinner than ordinary; or being highly fermented by other Causes, causes an unexpected Rupture: or extern to the Vessels, which fixing upon some particular Part, may at length meet with an Artery, and gnaw that asunder also; as in a Cancer, is often seen.  
VIII. The Internal Cause, if it is in the Blood itself, is from an Impetus arising either from the violent motion of the Blood; which being greater than the Artery can sustain, does force its way through the sides of the Vessel, making a rapture in it; whereby the Blood filling the interstices of the neighbouring Muscles, it incrassates the Membranes, and forms its self a Cystis.  
IX. Or it may be from the too great quantity of Blood in that Part, being more than the Vessel can contain; which opens mostly in the Nose, Lungs, or in the Brain, (there causing an Apoplexy:) or in the Stomach, Guts, Reinss, Anus, etc.  
X. Or from some violent motion of the Body, or vehement passion; by which the Blood is forcibly driven from the Heart, towards some peculiar Artery: which being intercepted by some violent contraction of the Muscles, through which it must pass, it of necessity breaks the Vessel; as in violent Vomitings, and other vehement Straining. Aneurysms are often made in the Neck, Arms, Legs, Belly, Thighs, etc.  
XI. The External Causes are Wounds or Punctures, made by Incision-knife, Lancet, or Weapon; cutting, bruising, or any other thing which may break and divide the Coats of the Arteries.  
XII. The Signs. It is known by a Tumour gradually increasing, and of the same colour of the Skin: if it is small, there will a continual pulsation be felt in it, and it easily yields to the Fingers: But if great, and it rises suddenly, and is white and soft from its first appearance, there will no pulsation be felt, nor any return of the Blood, if compressed with the Hand: yet you may conclude it to be an Aneurysm, there being no Humour, but the Blood only, which can so suddenly make such a Tumour.  
XIII. The often increase and decrease of the Tumour, is a sign of an Aneurysm, the diminution being the return of the Blood into the Artery, whence it as often comes out again; but this is in a small Aneurysm: the contrary is found in a great, where, as Barbett observes, there is a noise heard, as of boiling Water: and this hissing noise is not only to be perceived when it is pressed down by the Fingers, but also at any other time, upon putting the Ear close thereto; which is thought to proceed from the motion of the Vital Spirit, through straight and narrow places.  
FOURTEEN. If it is from the pricking of a Lancet, the manner of the springing out of the Blood will show it; and if it does not bleed, yet a Tumour immediately thrusts up under your Finger, with pulsation, the Blood forcing its way into the interstices of the Muscles, though not quite to the Skin: but the Tumour will be more compact or scattered, as there was care taken at first to restrain it within compass.  
XU. In some of these there is redness and inflammation, by reason of the expansion of the Parts beyond their capacity, or from the putrefaction of the Blood: in which latter case, a Fever and Fainting for the most part accompany it.  
XVI. The Differences. They are taken, 1. From the Magnitude, great or little; possessing the whole Member, or a part only. 2. From its Situation; as being superficial, near the Skin; or deep in the Muscles. 3. From its shape; it either keeping the shape of the Part, which is when the orifice in the Artery is small; or losing that form, when the eruption is so sudden and great, as it cannot be kept within bounds: or when it is by an unskilful Artist, managed with Lenitives and Discussives, being mistaken for some other Tumour, whereby the Membranes are more relaxed, and made to give way.  
XVII. The Prognostics. All-Aneurysms are very difficult of cure: Barbett says, not at all, if great, without taking of the Member: Sennertus says, those which are recent, and lesle, will admit of cure; the greater not ways, but by Amputation or Section; because the Blood will not be driven back by Astringents, nor the Artery admit of consolidation.  
XVIII. If the Tumour is opened, it brings the Patient into extreme hazard of death; and remarkable Instances there are of such as have died under the hand of the Artist, at the time of opening; because of the extreme profusion of Blood, and great wasting of the Vital Spirits.  
XIX. However, not being opened, Sennertus says the Tumour has no great danger in it, but life may be lengthened out for a long time; and he knew a Woman who had an Aneurysm as big as a Walnut, in the inward bending of the Arm, (through the unskilfulness of the Artist, who in opening of a Vein, cut the Artery also) for the space of above thirty years, enjoying her health all that time: and therefore concludes, that it is better to bear with some inconvenience, than to run the hazard of a dangerous Cure.  
XX. Barbett says, it is for the most part a long Disease, yet he has sometimes seen it kill, without any other accidental cause, in the space of two years: but this, I prefume, is intended of large Aneurysms.  
XXI. Wiseman says, those which are large, and arise from Arteries deep in the Muscles, to which application cannot be made, are incurable: but if it is in a Part capable of Bandage, and application of Medicaments, the Cure is feasible; or it may be palliated, to the ease of the Patient.  
XXII. The Cure of a small Aneurysm. So soon as ever it is perceived, let Astringents and Repellers be imposed upon the place affected, to repel and qualify the Blood, and close up the hole of the Artery: for which purpose, Emplastrum ad Herniam, either the common, or of Our Prescription, are of exceeding good use.  
XXIII. Sennertus commends a thin plate of Lead to be hard bound on, which does repel, thicken, and close the loosened Artery, and keep the Blood within its Channels: or you may master it (as Wiseman says) with Escaroticks, or the Actual Cautery.  
XXIV. The Medicaments proper in its first appearance, if it arises from an Internal Cause, are such as are good to restrain its motion, and agglutinate the Vessels; as fine Bowl, Terra sigillata, Gypsum, Aloes, Catechu, Opium in powder, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, Blood dried, Ox-liver powdered, fine Wheat-flower, Sal Vitrioli, Saccharum Saturni; juices of Plantain, Mouseear, Shepherds-purse, dead Nettles, Periwinkle, Yarrow, and the like. Compounds may be made of the Powders of the former, with Juices of the latter; or mixed with Vinegar and the whites of Eggs.  
XXV. Other things also may be prepared of the roots of Comfrey, Mastich, pomegranate peels and flowers, Acacia, Hypocistis, unripe Sloes dried and reduced to powder, unripe Bramble-berries in powder, Myrtleberries, Nutgalls, Loadstone, Lapis Haematis, Crocus Martis astringens, etc.  
XXVI. But if it is in a place incapable of Bandage, you must content yourself with the application of Emplastrum Caesaris, Catagmaticum, Album, or some such like.  
XXVII. If it is near the Trachea Arteria, the Patient may wear a Plate of Gold or beaten Lead upon it, covered with Sarsnet, or some such like.  
XXVIII. If it lies where you may take it up, the Cure is than best performed by dividing it: the manner of the Section is thus: The Tumour or outward Skin being opened, the Artery that is to be cut, must be intercepted by binding it about with two Bands, and than it must be dissected between the two Bandages; which Bandages are not to be loosed, till Nature has covered the Wound with Flesh, and the danger of an Hemorrhage is over.  
XXIX. But as this is an Operation so cruel, that few or none will submit to it, so has it likewise much of danger in it, nor has the Sick always cure by it: for upon loosning the Bandage, either an Hemorrhage may be feared, or else a new Aneurysma may be caused.  
XXX. If it is only a small Aneurysm, wherein the inner Coat is only broken, the outward dilated or extended, the manner of the Operation out of Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 37. is thus: Let a straight Section be made long-ways, than part the lips of the Skin far asunder by little Hooks, so that the Artery may be made bore, severing they from the Membranes by Instruments fit for this purpose: than after the transmission of a Needle under it, tie it with double Threads; and with a Lancet or Incision-knife, prick the middle of the Artery, that what is contained therein may be evacuated; after which apply Suppuratives, till at length the ties of the Threads fall of.  
XXXI. But if there is the rapture of both Coats of the Artery, let the Skin be divided, and the Artery tied both above and below; and cut out the middle with the Tumour, not losing the Ligatures, till the Wound is perfectly cured, and there is no fear of an Hemorrhage.  
XXXII. Immediately after opening of it, the Hemorrhage of the Part aught to be stopped with Astringent Powders, and Stypticks, either Powders or Waters; such as we have prescribed in cap. 11. sect. 111, 112. aforegoing; or the Royal Styptic, over which a Compress is to be put. This Method of curing by Section, is so cruel that few will endure it, besides the hazard and danger that is in it: Wiseman says, you aught well to be advised, before you attempt the Cure by opening it.  
XXXIII. If it is caused by Putrefaction of the Blood, and it burst forth suddenly upon you, the Life of the Patient will be in danger: than you must be quick in application of Restrictives, Astringents, or Stypticks, and good Bandage: after which you have time to consider what to do against the next Dressing or Eruption; for if it breaks not out again of itself, you are not to open it; and for the future, you must endeavour the Cure by the Method that hereafter will follow.  
XXXIV. In great Aneurysms, Sennertus says, the more secure and safe course is only to bind hard, and press together the Tumour with Medicaments (Compress) and Bands, that it may not farther augment. But Barbett says, that by reason the Operation at Sect. 30. and 32. above is dangerous, painful, and troublesome, and many times of little benefit; it is better, to preserve Life, to amputate or cut of the Member.  
XXXV. If the Aneurysm is caused by a Puncture in Blood-letting, you may permit it to bleed freely; but if it bleeds not well, immediately loosen the Bandage, and apply a Compress with Styptic Powders, or dipped in the Royal Styptic Liquor: or for want of them, in Oxycrate.  
XXXVI. Let it be held firmly upon the Apertion by a Servant, whilst the Artist makes Revulsion by opening a Vein in the other Arm, by a long evacuation, to fainting, if requisite.  
XXXVII. Mean season apply Astrictive or Styptic Powders to the Arterial Wound, with good Restrictive Emplasters over it; defending the upper part of the Arm, by application of Clotheses wrung out of Oxycrate: than with a Rowler with two heads, roll it two or three times upon the wounded Part; and (the Arm being bowed the while) roll the Arm upwards, and turning the Rowler about the Neck, return it again backward to the Part affected, fastening it on the outside of the Arm; and make the Expulsive-bandage from the Hand upwards.  
XXXVIII. This Rolling and Bandage aught so to be done, as to be for the ease of the Patient; let him than be put into his Bed, and his Hand placed upon his Breast; and give him cordial and cooling Juleps, Opiates, etc. to quiet and alloy in some measure the motion of the Blood.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Bandage being thus well made, open it not hastily, because many times the first dressing secures the Patient. The great mischief in this Cure proceeds from Ignorance, in binding up the Arm carelessly; upon which the Patiented the next day complaining, he embrocates and foments the Tumour; thereby making way for the Blood to empty itself into the interstices of the Muscles, causing a Tumour of the whole Arm.  
XL. In this case, Wiseman says a laced Sleeve and Glove may be of great use. If this Method fails, the Cure is to be performed by the Directions before delivered.   

CHAP. XVI. Of VARIX.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, by Aristotle, hist. Animal. lib. 3. cap. 11. and Plutarch, in vita Caii, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. but by Galen, m. Med. lib. 10. cap. ult. out of whom Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 82. and Aetius, Tetr. 4. Serm. 2. cap. 48. have it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Venae dilatatio; in Latin, Varix; in English also Varix; and the Dilatation or Widening of a Vein.  
II The Signs. Varices are easily known, let them hap in what part of the Body soever; by their turgency, their crooked figure, and azure or blue colour; which is more or lesle evident, as the Veins lie superficial, or more deep.  
III The Veins are much larger swollen, blacker than formerly, soft, easily yielding to the Fingers, and as soon returning again.  
IV. In a Hernia varicosa, there is an unequal knotted Tumour in the Vein leading to the Testicle, with relaxation of the same Testicle; and if the Testicles are filled with Wind, the Vein is also distended, and painful.  
V The Places. They may hap in divers parts of the Body, but most frequently in the Thighs, Legs, Testicles, (which Tumour is specially called Kirsocele) and Fundament, in the Hemorrhoidial Veins.  
VI They often hap also in the lower parts of Woman's Bellies, under the Navel, (caused in them many times from hard labour:) and sometimes in the Temples, as Paulus in the place mentioned, testifies.  
VII. The Causes. Galen, de Atra bile lib. cap. 4. says, They are generated from great store of melancholy Blood, which Nature oftentimes transmits' unto those Veins which are in the Thighs; by which being distended and dilated, they are rendered varicose, or swollen up, and the Skin that touches them, becomes in process of time of a black colour.  
VIII. But if the Blood is not adust, or mixed with Melancholy, than the colour of those Veins being dilated, will scarcely ever be of that black hue, as in the former case is declared; nor indeed does good Blood, though never so plentiful, scarcely ever produce Varices, without it be thick, which by its weight tends downwards upon the Thighs.  
IX. Hypocrates, in Coacis Praenot. versus finem, says, Varices hap not till ripeness of age; for that a thick and melancholy Blood is not generated sooner in the Body: and indeed they often hap to Men of a Melancholy temper, Women with Child, and such like.  
X. The more remote Causes, are all those things which produce and breed melancholy Blood; especially a distempered Spleen, which helps towards the generation of these Varices.  
X. Wiseman says they proceed from the Restagnation of gross Blood; which being transmitted into the Veins, either by reason of the depending of the Part, or from some other pressure upon the Vessel; or else by its own grossness, proves unapt for Circulation.  
XII. So that instead of continuing its current proportionably to the other Parts, it stops in the place, and as it were coagulates or thickens; and by degrees increases itself by the accession of the like particles of the succeeding Blood; and thereby dilates the Vessels into a capacity large enough to receive it: but this thickening of the Blood in a Varix, is not so much as to stop the passage wholly up; for the current always forces its thinner parts by the sides of the Coagulum, and so increases the dilatation.  
XIII. This Affect most commonly happens in Cutaneous Vessels, where the Veins have little or no assistance from Muscular Flesh; which by a continual pressure forces the Blood forward, and permits it not to stagnate.  
FOURTEEN. Another Cause may be, from the weakness of the Vessels, either natural or accidental; in which the valves of the Varicose Veins are so feeble, that they cannot sufficiently support the Blood in its ascent; but falling down again upon the sides of the Vessels, its weight proves too much, or rather an over-match, for its circular motion.  
XU. The Veins prove varicose many times, in Women with Child, from that exceeding thickness of the Blood; occasioned from its being rob of its nutritious Serum; and sent partly to nourish the Foetus in the Womb.  
XVI. The Veins are also varlcose in Cancers, either from the coagulation of the Serum, or grumousness of the Blood some where in its passage; by something pressing upon the Part, or some compression made by the matter of the Tumour; by which it happens, that the current of the Vein beyond it is stopped, and so is forced to swell.  
XVII. In a Woman with Child, if the burden lies vehemently, or presses much upon the Ramus Illiacus, on either side of the Body, it makes the Thigh and Leg on all that side varicous.  
XVIII. The external Causes are, from too straight Gartering, which may 'cause Varices in the Leg: so the weight of the Testicles, or pressure of a Bolster-Truss in a Rupture may tender them varicose.  
XIX. Riding much on horseback does the like; because of the pressure made upon the inside of the Thigh by the Saddle, more especially if riding with long Stirrups.  
XX. They may also proceed from Blows, overmuch strainings, as in the Bellies of Women who have hard travel in Childbearing, long and tedious Foot-journeys, extreme hard Labour, and the like; where the continual standing puts the Muscles upon contraction; whereby they press upon the upper Branches of the Thigh-Veins, and so straiten them, and hinder the free ascent of the Blood.  
XXI. The Prognostics. Varices are not dangerous in themselves; for they rather free the Patient from imminent and dangerous Diseases; especially such as proceed from Melancholy.  
XXII. Hypocrates, lib. 6. aph. 21. says, Insani si Varices vel Haemorrhoides supervenerint, Insaniae fit solutio: i e. If Varices or the Hemorrhoids hap to such as are Mad, they are thereby freed from their Madness. Moreover, the whole Body is by them throughly purged from all the flatulent Blood.  
XXIII. Galen, de Venae sectione, adversus Erasistratum, cap. 6. & libri de Atra Boil cap. 4. says, that Madness, Pleurisies, Pain of the Reinss, Hemorrhoids, Coughing, Spitting of Blood, Apoplexies, Cachexies, Dropsies, and other Diseases may arise from their being unreasonably taken away.  
XXIV. And if they break, and flow intemperately, they may also 'cause Cachexies, Dropsies, Consumptions, and other the like Diseases: and Sennertus says they are sometimes changed into the Elephantia Arabum, which is a cancerous Tumour of the Feet.  
XXV. The Cure. These Varices aught not to be cured, unless they be very great, and that the Veins and Skin by reason of their extension are so extenuated, as to endanger a Rupture; whereby a great profusion of Blood, and Death itself may ensue.  
XXVI. Nor are they to be cured, unless they be inflamed, or extremely painful, or if there is present some great and malignant Ulcer; jest they being removed, some more vehement mischief should ensue; since those things only may be said to cure, that wholly frees the Patient, not causing or generating Diseases more dangerous than the former.  
XXVII. But if there is a necessity of curing them, the Cure must be begun with Purging and Bleeding; not once or twice, but often to be repeated, letting forth some of the Blood in the Varix: and whatsoever is amiss in the Liver and Spleen, or other Viscera, is to be corrected and amended, by altering, strengthening, astringent, and exsiccative Medicaments.  
XXVIII. If the Varix is small and inconsiderale, Aquapendens orders it to be cured by Astringents: as, ℞ Gum Tragacanth, dissolve it in Astringent Wine, or in juice of unripe Grapes, or of unripe Bramble-berries; to which add fine Bole, Mastich, Sanguis Draconis, Catechu, Ana, all in fine powder; so much till the Tragacanth becomes as thick as Wax; so that in the palm of the Hand it may be reduced into the shape and form of a Wax-Candle: and sometimes also he used Hypocistis, for the same purpose.  
XXIX. These Medicaments he applied, according to the length of the Varix, binding it down with a part of a Reed tied fast thereupon, with a narrow Bandage; and over all, a Hose, or Buskin, made of a Dog's skin, which he put about, and fastened it about the Thighs, by lacing it on.  
XXX. Hypocrates, in his Book of Ulcers, teaches us how to make an Evacuation of the Blood, that is already flown in. The Vein (says he) is not to be cut with any great and wide gash, jest thereby a great Ulcer should be caused; but the Varix is again and again to be pricked, whensoever it shall be fit; by which means, the Blood already flown in will be evacuated. And this you must do by little and little, not all at once, but as it were by degrees, till the Vein does even fall down and sink; upon which than it will be good to apply such Astringents, as we have mentioned before (at Sect. 28.) with good and strong Bandage.  
XXXI. Aquapendens approves not much of the Chirurgick way of Cure, whether it be by Section or Burning; but thinks the Work is better to be done by interception of the Blood, with Astringent Medicines and strong Bandage: and of this opinion is Mr. Wiseman. However, because we are willing that young Artists should know the Way of doing these things, we will give the Method of the Operation, from Paulus Aegineta, Corneiius Celsus, and Avicenna.  
XXXII. From Paulus Aegineta, lib. 2. cap. 82. Tie a String (says he) about the upper part of the Thigh, and 'cause the Diseased to walk, that the Varix may fill; than mark it with Ink, according to the situation, the length of three Fingers, or more.  
XXXIII. 2. After lay the Patient on his back, with his Thighs extended; and with another String bind the part above the Knee; so will the Varix be filled, or lifted up a considerable height.  
XXXIV. 3. And with an Incision-knife, in the place marked, cut, but only not deeper than through the Skin, by no means dividing the Vein: distend the lips of the Section or Skin, with a little Hook; excoriating or flaying of the Membranes with a crooked Incision-knife, sò that the Vein may be laid naked and bore.  
XXXV. 4. Than loosen the Thighbands, and by a little Hook, elevate the Varix; under which put a crooked or bowed Needle, drawing with it a double Thread, cutting in two the bow.  
XXXVI. 5. This done, divide the Vein in the midst with a Venesectory-incision-knife, and evacuate or let forth the Blood, as much as is needful; and by squeezing it out with your Fingers, if occasion requires it.  
XXXVII. 6. After this, with one of the Threads tie close together the upper part of the Vessel; and the Thigh being extended straight out, with your hands press forth the Blood which is in the Thigh: than with the other Thread tie close together the neither part of the Vessel or Vein.  
XXXVIII. 7. This done, you may now either cut of and take quite away, that part of the Vein which lies between the Ligatures; or otherwise let it remain, till at length, with the Threads it falls out of its own accord.  
THIRTY-NINE. 8. The Operation being over, put in drying Liniments, or styptic Powders, and over, a long spleen-like Emplaster, after it has been throughly washed in Wine or Oxycrate, or with some styptic Liquor: than bind it down close, and cure it according to Art  
XL. From Cornelius Celsus, lib. 1. cap. 31. where he shows the Operation by Cutting, much as is before declared; and also by Burning with a red-hot Iron, in this manner.  
XLI. Si recta est, si quamvis transversa, tamen simplex, si modica est, meliùs aduritur. Adurendi ratio haec est. Cutis superinciditur; tum patefacta Vena, tenui, & retuso, Ferramento candente modicè premitur; vitaturque, ne Plagae ipsius orae adurantur, quas reducere hamulis facile est. Id, interpositis ferè quaternis digitis per totum Varicem fit, & tum superimponitur Medicamentum, quo adusta sanantur. Viz. If the Vein is straight, or though it may be transverse, provided it is single; or if not very great, it is better to be cured by Burning. The manner of of which Burning is this. The Skin is first to be opened by incision, than the Vein being laid bore, it is moderately to be pressed down or burnt with a small and blunt Cauterzing-Iron made red-hot; and great care is to be taken, so to eat the lips of the Wound itself, that they be not burnt; which to reduce again with small Hooks, will be easily done. This may be performed by interposing four or five fingers in a row, through the whole Varix, and than applying such a Medicine, by which the parts burnt may be healed.  
XLII. But, says he, if the Veins or Varices are crooked, and are as it were implicated into certain orbs or bunches: so that many of them are as it were involved and folded one within another; it is than more convenient to take them forth by Section, as is before declared.  
XLIII. Avicen, lib. 3. Fen. 17. Tr. 1. cap. 18. advices to cut the Skin, till the Varix appears; and this is indeed to be done long-ways, and not either obliquely or transversly; than you must extract all the Blood that is in it, and cleanse it, by cutting it in length. Again, sometimes it is to be drawn forth with a Needle, and so to be cut: and sometimes the taking it forth with a Cautery, is better than the cutting it forth.  
XLIV. Wiseman, l. 1. c. 14. says, If you proceed by Section, that you must divide the Skin, and separate the Teguments, and having raised the varicous Vein; you are to pass a Ligature above, and another beneath it, making a deligation of them; than slit the Vein, cast out the gross Blood, and afterwards digest and heal it, as you do in an Aneurysm.  
XLV. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 85. has this History. An extraordinary strong Man had in his left Leg a malign and inveterate great Ulcer, together with a Varix of a vast magnitude, equal in thickness to the brawny part of the Arm above the Wrist, and nearly a span long.  
XLVI. It began in the very Ham, and descending towards the Foot, it made a ring, and two circumvolutions: whenever he lift up his Leg any thing high, the Blood presently fell back; and putting it down again, it immediately descended.  
XLVII. He instituted a fit course of Diet, several times purged him, bled him in the Arm of the same side; and placing the Patient on a Bench, in the very Ham, he gently separated the Skin from the Vein itself.  
XLVIII. Than with a Thread twice doubled, and put into the eye of a crooked Needle, he wound it about the upper part of the Varix, and in like manner in the lower part of the same: than he caused his Leg to be taken of the bench, and set upon the ground; that the Blood according to its custom might flow downwards: after which he tied the Thread hard, and made fast the knots at both ends of the Varix, both upper and lower.  
XLIX. After, with an Incision-knife, he made an Incision almost in the upper part of the Varix; that the Blood contained therein, as in a long and little Bag, might flow forth.  
L. But the flux of Blood proving to be greater, than what was proportionable to the Tumour; he exactly viewed the place, and found a blind passage in the lower part of the Ligature, which entered into the Varix, from which the Blood flowed.  
LIVELY This, because it could not be tied with a Thread, he first applied to the entrance thereof, the Escarotick Unguent; and after that, he put on in great abundance his own Astringent Powder, with the white of an Egg for staunching the Blood.  
LII. All these things he bond fast 〈◊〉, with a Swathband throughly moistened in Oxycrate, which he left till the following day: after which he healed the Wound after the usual manner of a Vulnerary Cure, and in a short time the Man become perfectly well and sound.  
LIII. But after all, the Palliative Cure, with Aquapendens, Sennertus, Wiseman, and others, is rather to be embraced, than this of Section.    

II Tumours arising from CHOLER.  

CHAP. XVII. Of an ERYSIPELAS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Erysipelas, Rosa, & Ignis Sacer; in English, Anthony's Fire. Of this Ignis Sacer, Lucretius, lib. 6. makes mention. 
Et simul Vlceribus quasi inustis omne rubere  
Corpus, ut est, per membra Sacer cùm dicitur Ignis.  
Read burning Ulcers the whole Body vex,  
As Ignis Sacer does a Part perplex.   
II Definition. It is a Tumour besides Nature, from Choler, or Choler mixed with some other Humour, as Blood, Phlegm, Melancholy, or Serum, thrown forth the most part into the Skin itself, sometimes on the subjacent Muscles, causing pain, heat, and other Symptoms. Wiseman says, it is generated of a hot Serum in the Blood.  
III The Differences. It is perfect, when it proceeds from simple Choler; it is imperfect, when Blood, Phlegm, Melancholy, or Serum are mixed with it.  
IU. And from this mixture of other Humours with Choler, the imperfect Erysipelas takes its name: 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Erysipelas' phlegmanoodes 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Erysipelas' oedematoodes. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Erysipelas' scirroodes.  
V But if Choler is joined with a malignant or caustick Salt, mixed in the Serum of the Blood; it causes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Erysipelas ulcerosum; wherein, an Ulcer is joined with it, which sometimes consumes the Skin only, and sometimes the Flesh also with it.  
VI The Causes. In a pure Erysipelas, Barbett seems to say that Choler is the cause thereof; but in a bastard, it is Choler mixed with other Humours; as Blood, Phlegm, Melancholy, or Serum: whence those things which are good in a Phlegmon, are oftentimes beneficial in an Erysipelas.  
VII. Yet Galen, and Glauc. lib. 1. cap. 2. seems to say, that the cause of an exquisite Erysipelas is, a most thin and hot Blood, or a choleric Blood, hotter than Nature requires: where he determins that pure Choler is not the original and efficient cause of this Tumour, but rather of a Herpes'.  
VIII. Again, contrariwise, in his Book de Atra Boil, cap. 5. and Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 1, 2, 4. and lib. 17. cap. 2. also in lib. de differ. Febr. cap. 5. and many other places, he asserts Choler to be the true cause of this Tumour: which latter Opinion most of our Physicians follow.  
IX. Wiseman says, lib. 1. cap. 6. pag. 34. that the Humon causing it, simply considered in itself, is very thin and sharp, much affecting the Pores of the Skin, in which it usually lodges; and in a great measure owes its confinement thither to their being shut up; they being covered with a Cuticula, whose density hinders transpiration, from whence pain and redness arise.  
X. And, says he, oftentimes other Humours are invited thither, so that the Tumour enlarges itself, and becomes compound; and as he will have it to be generated of a hot Serum in the Blood, so he will have the same to be a thin choleric Humour, which is the cause of a pure Erysipelas, whose fountain is Blood; which by its capillary Arteries discharges it upon that part, as often, as in choleric, malign, and pestilential Fevers it is prompted thereunto.  
XI. There are also external Causes, as heat of Sun, sharp Medicines, vehement Travelling, Contusions, Fractures, and the like: all which in choleric Bodies, through the turgency of the Blood, cause a separation of the Humour, when Nature for her relief casts it forth into the superficies of the Skin.  
XII. The Places. Whilst it is simple, the Skin only is the seat of it, or the Periosteum, or a Bone that lies bore: but if compound, it affects the Flesh also, and the adjacent parts. Wiseman.  
XIII. As to the particular Parts, it most commonly invades the Nose and Face, Legs, Thighs, Arms and Shoulderblades, and some parts of the Back: but it may affect any Part, where Nature is disposed to cast the Humour out upon it.  
FOURTEEN. The Signs. There is redness mixed with yellowness, great heat, sharp pain, easily giving way to the touch, and as easily returning again: the swelling and extension of the Part little, and the pulsation lesle.  
XU. It is always accompanied with a Fever, except it be from an external cause; and yet than as it gins with some little rigour, so it is continued with a small kind of Fever.  
XVI. A pure Erysipelas affects the Skin with a shining, or pale read, or citron-colour, without pulsation, or circumscribed tumour, spreading from one place to another. Or, its colour may be said to be a shining yellowish mixed with read; with vehement heat, pricking pain, and blistering the Skin, and creeping about the Part affected.  
XVII. It may be known from a Phlegmon by these tokens; that whereas a Phlegmon is under the Flesh, deep among the Mucles, its heat is lesle, its symptomatick Fever lesle; the pain of the Tumour more, its colour of a dark read, by reason of thick Blood, the pain dull, heavy, and stretching and swelling, not yielding to the touch, and being pressed with the finger, not becoming white: also it possesses but one place, and is manifested with a single elevation and circumscription.  
XVIII. Now in an Erysipelas, the Tumour is superficial in the Skin, Heat more acute, Fever greater, Pain lesle, but more sharp and pricking, Colour brighter; Tumour yielding to the touch, and returning again; which being pressed upon, becomes white, spreads itself round the adjacent places, and without circumscription or elevation, unless in many little Blisters.  
XIX. The Prognostics. A pure or simple Erysipelas is seldom dangerous, unless the Matter is repelled from the external to the internal parts.  
XX. But if it seizes on the Jaws, or on the noble parts, or is accompanied with a Wound, Fracture, Dislocation, or Putrefaction; it is dangerous, and more difficult of cure.  
XXI. If it is with a Fever, that diminishes, as the Erysipelas increases; according to Hypocrates, sect. 9 aph. 25. When the Matter is sent from within outwards, the Viscera are relieved, and the Patient recovers: But the sudden return of the Humour inwards is a bad sign, ill Symptoms frequently following, and sometimes death itself, if the Emunctories were affected.  
XXII. Galen, in his Comment on the same Aphorism, says, That Suppuration in a malign Erysipelas is not good, but does for the most part corrupt; as is seen by the discoloured Pustles which arise about them.  
XXIII. An Erysipelas upon the adjacent parts to a bore Bone, is evil; and if a delirium happens, there is imminent danger.  
XXIV. An Erysipelas invading upon Wounds, Ulcers, Fractures, and Dislocations, is mostly mortal; if it does not come from the application of too hot external Medicines.  
XXV. An Erysipelas appearing in the Head, is more dangerous than in other parts; because upon the Morbifick-matter passing to the meanings, a Frenzy or Raving is induced; if it passes to the Muscles of the Neck, a Quinsey.  
XXVI. The Cure. The Indications of Cure have respect to Causes, Procatartick, Antecedent, and Conjoined; and so accordingly we shall institute a proper Diet, proper Internals, and proper Externals.  
XXVII. As to the Diet, as in hot Tumours, it aught to be (both Meat and Drink) cooling, and sparing; the Food may be Grewel, Penado, Chicken or Mutton Broth with cooling Herbs; and their Drink, Barley-Broth, Emulsions, Juleps made of distilled Waters, the white Decoction made of burnt Hartshorn, made pleasant with Syrup of the juice of Citrons, Lemons, clarified Whey, etc.  
XXVIII. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 9 cap. 5. permits the Patient to drink as much cold Water as he will; because it resrigerates the Body, quenches Thirst, cools the Liver, and abates the heat of Choler: but with this permission, the Stomach aught to be strong, and the Season hot, if also it is made pleasant with Syrup of Lemons, it will be so much the better.  
XXIX. Small Beer boiled with a crust of Bread is good, especially in Summertime, when the Air aught to be made artificially cool.  
XXX. All hot, sharp, fat, and sweet things are forbidden; as also too great Motion of the Body, Anger, Venery, Costiveness, and much Watching.  
XXXI. The second Indication has respect to the Antecedent Cause; where Bleeding and Purging are chiefly to be considered.  
XXXII. If the Erysipelas comes upon Wounds, or such like accidents, and where it affects the Head, Face, or Neck and Throat, endangering a Frenzy or Quinsey, (which latter may hazard Suffocation,) or in a Phlegmonoodes, Authors prescribe Bleeding.  
XXXIII. But in an exquisite Erysipelas in other parts, Bleeding is forbidden; because, not only the good and bad Blood are both taken away together, but the Patient is also much weakened thereby; and the Blood is made more subtle and vehement in its motion, and the Choleric Humour is excited.  
XXXIV. If it is a simple Erysipelas, and be but in the Skin, you must evacuate the redundancy of Humours, and repress the ebullition of Choler, with proper Catharticks.  
XXXV. If the Body is cacochymick, purge with proper Cholagogues; as, Electuarium lenitivum, Diacatholicon, Diaprunum solutivum, an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, in fair Water, etc.  
XXXVI. If the Inflammation is not extreme, the Decoction of cooling Herbs, with Cassia dissolved in them, will be of good use; which may be repeated, as you see cause.  
XXXVII. After due purging, sweated gently with Antimonium diaphoreticum, Bezoardicum minerale, vel solare, in Tinctura Corticum, or a little Treacle-Water.  
XXXVIII. If the Body is plethoric or gross, purge with Cassia, Manna, Tamarinds, Cremor Tartari, Sena, Rhubarb, made with Whey, or Decoction of Barley, and the Opening Roots, Syrupus catharticus, and the like.  
THIRTY-NINE. After which, give Spirit of Sal Armon. in Milk or Water; or some Treacle-water, or Our Spiritus Cordialis, to open the Pores, and provoke Sweat.  
XL. The third Indication has respect to the Proximate or Conjoined Cause; and this relates only to Topicals.  
XLI. In Applications to the part affected; consider whether the Disease is from an Internal or External Cause; and whether it is great, or small.  
XLII. If it is from an Internal Cause, Internals are first to be used, as we have before directed, to wit, Evacuation by Purgatives; unless it is remote from the principal Parts, and the heat is vehement; in which case, you may pretermit Internals, and apply Externals, gently to refrigerate the Heat; and than proceed to Purging.  
XLIII. If it is from an External Cause, you may safely apply Refrigerants, without any previous Evacuation; because the Affect took its rise merely from the distemper of the Part; as heat of Sun or Fire, sharp Medicines, Contusion, Fracture, etc.  
XLIV. But as to Topics, you must avoid the application of Oils, or fat things; because they increase the Putrefaction, by stopping the Pores; and are apt more to inflame the Part, or induce a Gangrene.  
XLV. Nor must you in any case apply astringent and repelling Medicines, which are cooling and drying; especially if they have an Emplastic property with them; jest the sharp and corrosive Vapours being kept in, should erode and corrupt the Part. 2. Or extinguish the Natural Heat, and created a Gangrene. 3. Or revert the Humour inward upon the Viscera, and so sometimes cause Death.  
XLVI. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 82. gives us a famous Example, to make us beware of using of Oils or Unctuous bodies in an Erysipelas. A Countryman having an Erysipelas in his left Hand, by a Barber's advice anointed his Hand and Arm with Oil of Roses for several days; on which Pain and Inflammation succeeded, and all the Symptoms grew worse and worse, till the whole Hand was gangrened: when he came to me, (says he) I scarified the Part, and applied other things for the cure of a Gangrene, and so he was made well.  
XLVII. Let therefore the Topical Applications be cooling and moistening; let them be actually cold, liquid, and thin, and often changed or renewed; not much astringent, jest you dry the Skin, and prohibit Transpiration: so that including the Humour, it should grow sharp, corrode the Parts, or cause Apostemation, or some other worse evil, and so Death.  
XLVIII. For this reason, Spirit of Wine is very evil, not only because it is hot, but because it is of such an exsiccating quality. I knew one who had an Erysipelas in the brawny part of his left Arm, One of the Quacks was sent for, who immediately prescribed bathing it with camphorated S.U. and to lay over it Clotheses dipped in the same; the Bathing was repeated four or five times the first day, and again at bedtime: the next morning the Part was livid, and a Gangrene had seized the Arm; and the mighty Doctor not understanding the condition of the Sick, boasted he had done the Cure, and so continued another day the same Means; on the third day a Sphacelus was manifest: an honest Chirurgeon was sent for, who told the Relations that there was no remedy but cutting of, and it was doubtful whether that would do, by reason of the proximity of the Affect to the more noble parts; for which reason he declined the Operation, in a few days more, the Sick was seized with Vomiting, Fainting and Swooning Fits, and upon the eighth day died.  
XLIX. Simples proper on this occasion are, Fumitory, Plantain, Fleawort, Maidenhair, Lettuce, Purslane, Nightshade, Marsh-trefoil, Hemlock, House-leek, Horstail, Navelwort, Ducks-meat, Poppies, etc. the juice of them may be expressed, and applied.  
L. Or you may make a Decoction of them in Water and Vinegar, in which Myrrh may be dissolved: or a mixture of Frogspawn-water two parts, with Vinegar of Roses one part, in which Myrrh as aforesaid, may be dissolved.  
LIVELY If it is a simple Erysipelas, after cooling Topics have been applied, and other general Remedies, the total discussion aught to be left to Nature.  
LII. You may foment with Saccharum Saturni dissolved in juice of Housleek, upon which you may apply Ceratum frigidum Galeni, or a Cataplasm of the leaves of Plantain, with Frog-spawn-water.  
LIII. If at any time you use Repellers, be sure to mix Discussives or Resolvents with them.  
LIU. Wiseman commends this, ℞ Ceruse ℥ viij. Litharge of Gold ℥ iv. Mucilage of Fleawort seeds, and of Quince seeds, extracted with Nightshade-water, juices of Nightshade and Maidenhair, A. ℥ iii Vinegar ℥ two. Oil of Roses and Myrtles, A. lbss ss. Calf's suet ℥ iv. boil to the consumption of the Juices, than add Frankincense in pouderʒx. Wax q.s. mix. and make a Cerate.  
LU. Ceratum infrigidans ●aleni. ℞ Oil of Roses lbi lbi. white Wax ℥ iv. mix, and wash them with Vinegar and juice of Nightshade, and make a soft Cerate.  
LVI. These things strongly draw forth the Heat, viz. Diapalma, vel Empl. album, dissolved in Vinegar: or leaves of Tobacco, Coleworts, or Henbane, bruised and applied, and often removed: or Sheeps-dung boiled in Vinegar; flowers of Elder, Melilot, and Camomile, boiled in new Milk: or Chalk scraped, and strewed upon the Part, laying Cap-paper over it.  
LVII. This Fomentation is good: ℞ Wine-vinegar, juice of Housleek, A. ℥ v. Myrrh in pouderʒiii. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. Opium ℈ i mix, dissolve in a a gentle heat, and dip linen Clotheses in it; applying them warm, and often renewing them.  
LVIII. But as for Opiates and Narcoticks, you aught to be very cautious in using them; unless there is exceeding great Pain, and the place affected be far from any principal Part.  
LIX. Heurnius commends Castle-soap dissolved in fair Water, to foment with warm: or Bulls-dung boiled in a Frying-pan with Vinegar, Camomile, and Elder-flowers, till it comes to a Lineament, these are good for the Face.  
LX. If the Disease proceeds from Internal Causes, Decoction of Sage, with a Solution of Castle-soap is to foment withal; over which Ceratum insrigidans Galeni may be put: but if it is Critical, you may use Ceratum album, or refrigerans; described in Our Pharmacopoeia aforegoing.  
LXI. If the Heat is vehement, the application is daily to be renewed; if not, once in two days will be enough.  
LXII. Barbett commends this: ℞ White Troches of Rhasis ʒi. Camphir ℈ i S.U. ℥ i Elder-water ℥ vi. mix; and apply them as before.  
LXIII. And if the Erysipelas is in the Face, the same Barbett commends the fumes of Mastic and Frankincense; to be used five or six times a day.  
LXIV. For an Erysipelas in the Head, Aetius commends a Swallows nest made into powder, and mixed with Honey; which is to be anointed on the Part with a Feather.  
LXV. Wiseman advises us, not to be too forward in our Applications to the Face, or parts about it: but he says, he commonly used Aqua Calcis with Linseed-oil, well shaked together, with good success.  
LXVI. And he applied this following, where greater drying was required. ℞ Spirit of Vinegar in which lethargy or Minium has been boiled: let it settle, pour of the clearest, and filter it; which put into a Glass with Oil of Roses, and shake them together.  
LXVII. Or, ℞ Saccharum Saturni ℥ ss. Oil of Roses, or rather Oil of Ben ℥ i beaten them up together: this, or the former, apply with a Feather twice or thrice a day.  
LXVIII. If the Erysipelas is ulcerated: ℞ White Troches of Rhasis ʒii. read Myrrh, Litharge of Gold, A. ʒi. flowers of Sulphurʒss. Sarcocol ℈ two. whites of Eggs q.s. mix, and make a Lineament, which apply.  
Lxix Or this of Wiseman: ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ vi. Sheeps-suet ℥ iv. white Wax ℥ two. Ceruse ℥ jss. Trochisci albi Rhasis, Tutia in powder, A. ʒjss. burnt Leadʒi. Camphir ℈ ss. make an Ointment by grinding the Ingredients in a leaden Mortar for two hours: this will cicatrize the Ulcers.  
LXX. How long Externals, in the first Intention, are to be applied. Truly, When the Heat is altogether, or nearly abated, and when the Skin has recovered its own colour, you are to desist from application, especially of cold Topics; jest the Skin becomes livid or black, and a Gangrene be induced, or a Mortification: and than apply Resolvers and Discussives to corroberate the Part, and restore it to its natural Tone.  
LXXI. For though an Erysipelas does not arise with any circumscribed Tumour, yet after it is vanished, the Part is swelled; and in progress of time, for want of discussion, may become oedematous, or otherwise grow into a hard Tumour.  
LXXII. In these cases, you may first foment with this Decoction: ℞ White Port-wine a quart, tops of Wormwood, Camomile flowers, read Roses, A. ℥ jss boil; and to the Decoction add Brandy or S.U. ℥ iii  
LXXIII. And than apply over the Swelling either Ceratum de Galbano, or de Gummi Elemi, or Spermatis Ceti, either of which will discuss, or soften and dissolve the Tumour: See them in the Pharm. Chirurgica, in lib. 1. cap. 76. sect. 3, 4, 8. of this present Work.  
LXXIV. If a Gangrene is already induced, foment with a weak Lixivium of Potashes, in which Calamine, Centory the lesle, Hyssop, Mint, Peniroyal, Scordium, Southernwood are boiled: than apply Hypocrates his Cataplasm, made of Barley-flower, Vinegar, and Oil of Roses, warm. Or this: ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ vi. weak Lixivium lbiv lbiv. boil to the thickness of a Plaster, adding Oxymel simplex ℥ iv.  
LXXV. But if the Skin looks black, and has passed into a Mortification, you must scarify, and than pursue the Cure according to the Rules delilivered in the former Chapter.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of ULCEROUS PUSTULES.  
I THIS Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Herpes' miliaris & ulcerosus; in English, Ulcerous Pustules, or an Ulcerous Herpes'. It is so called, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, à serpendo, from Creeping.  
II It is a preternatural Tumour, springing from yellow Choler, mixed with a salt Serum, disfiguring the Skin with corroding and spreading Pustules.  
III The Causes. The Procatartick Cause is taking cold, lying in cold places, eating and drinking sour and salted Meats, and even to surfeiting and drunkenness, and persisting in even a continued surfeiting course of living, whereby plenty of evil Humours are bred.  
IV. The Antecedent 'Cause is Choler mixed with a putrid Lympha, or with a preternatural salt Ferment in the Blood; which being by some violent action, surfeiting, or the like, stirred up into act, causes this kind of Breaking-out.  
V The Conjoined Cause, is a salt, watery, and pus- like Matter protruded out into the Cuticula.  
VI The Signs. It rises in a cluster of small Wheals, not much differing from the colour of the Skin, and are first discovered by their itching: and being rubbed or scratched, there issues out a thin serous Humour: or not being scratched, they swell many times to the bigness of small Tares, or great Pins-heads, which drying, they become a Scab.  
VII. They many times creep up and down; and as they heal in one place, they often break out in another; being mostly of a cluster, like to Millet-seed.  
VIII. The Prognostics. There is little of danger in this Disease, unless rendered so by the unskilful use of Repellents: it is without a Fever, but is of difficult cure, especially if it is in the Face, Nose, or Ears.  
IX. If it is neglected, or ill handled, it eats deep into the Flesh; and than in what part so ever it is, it is very hard to be cured, degenerating sometimes into Herpes' exedens.  
X. The Differences. There are three kinds of Herpes': 1. Simple, to wit, the Shingles; which though they proceed from Choler, or a choleric Blood, yet they differ from the other two kinds; because these of the first sort are for the most part Critical, as coming forth after a Fever or Ague, or some other illness. See Lib. 2. Cap. 24 aforegoing.  
XI. 2. The millet-like Herpes', being mostly like Millet-seed, as to bigness, which differ from the former, in the Humour causing them; and from the latter, in the form of the Tumour or Breaking-forth; and in the place first affected, which is the Cuticula.  
XII. The eating Herpes', which affects the Cutis or Skin, and many times the Flesh also: this, says Sennertus, is of the nature of an ulcerated Erysipelas, from which notwithstanding it differs in the thinness of the Humour.  
XIII. There are two Indications of Cure: the first, which respects the antecedent Cause; the second, which respects the conjoined.  
FOURTEEN. In respect to the antecedent Cause; the Diet aught to be the same as in an Erysipelas, cooling and moistening, and which may attemperate Choler, and salt Phlegm.  
XU. Bleeding here is not allowed, but Purging is very necessary; and since it has its original from yellow Choler, mixed with a salt Lympha or Serum, they are first especially to be purged out of the Body: and it is the opinion of Sennertus, that unless the Body is purged, the Sick will never be perfectly cured.  
XVI. For this purpose, you may make use of Rhubarb, Mechoacan, jalap, Scammony, Cambogia, Sal mirabile, Juice or Syrup of Damask-roses, and Sena; which last is said to purge all Humours: these may be given in Infusion, Decoction, or some proper medicated Ale: Decoctions of Sarsa and China, are also good.  
XVII. In respect to the conjoined Cause, Barbett is not for repelling Medicaments, jest being driven to the internal parts, it should excite a Fever, and other ill Symptoms: and therefore he advises to the often use of Fasting-spittle, which does good.  
XVIII. He also applies the powder of Lapis scissilis, mixed with Vinegar, with great success. Some use Mustard boiled in Butter, to which others add Gunpowder: Lie also, and Urine, he says, has helped many.  
XIX. Powder of Chalk mixed with Cream, is said to be good to anoint withal; fomenting beforehand with hot Leeses of Wine: also Unguent. Fuscum Wurtzii is excellent here, being prudently applied. Or,  
XX. ℞ Mastich, Frankincense, Lapis calaminaris, Goat-suet, A. ℥ ss. white Troches of Rhasis, lethargy, Myrrh, A.ʒiii. Sarcocol, flowers of Sulphur, A.ʒii. Wax, Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster, and apply it.  
XXI. Wiseman says that this Disease comes near to the nature of the Itch, and is to be treated with Purgatives and Alteratives, much of the same kind with those which are proposed for that.  
XXII. And as for Topics, he advises such as powerfully dry: you may foment with Lac Virgins, and than anoint with Oleum Anodynum, Oleum Colocynthidos, Vnguentum ad Scabiem, vel Tutiae; over which you may apply Ceratum album, vel Oxylaeum, vel Refrigerans, to consummate the Cure. If broken, cleanse and dry with Lixivium of Calx vive, mixed with Saccharum Saturni.  
XXIII. If these things do not, you must anoint daily with Unguentum Nicotianae; which commonly masters the Disease, though it is very rebellious and stubborn.  
XXIV. Valescus de Taranta commends this following for a Secret. ℞ Greasy Wool of a Sheep, and roast it by the Fire until it is black, which make into a powder, and mix with Rose-water, till it becomes a Lineament: with which anoint the Part affected with a Feather thrice every day, till it be well.   

CHAP. XIX. Of EATING PUSTULES.  
I THIS Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Herpes' exedens; but by Celsus, Ignis sacer: in English, the Eating Herpes', or Eating Pustule.  
II The Differences. This is the third kind of Herpes', and differs from the two former; chief in the Humour causing it, and the manner of its progress, which is by eating.  
III It is almost like to an Erysipelas exulcerated, but does differ from that in the thinness of the Humour; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 17. affirms in these words:  
IV. Est (inquit) admodum tenuis Humour, qui Herpetem excitat, adeo profectò, ut non solum omnes interiores Parts, quae utique carnosae substantiae sunt, transeat, sed etiam Cutem ipsam ad summam usque Cuticulam, quam solam, quòd ab ea retinetur, tum erodit, tum exedit; quando si hanc quoque sudoris vice transiret, haudquaquam Vlcus excitaret. Viz. It is (says he) a very thin Humour which excites the Herpes', even so thin, that it not only passes through all the interior Parts, which are likewise of a fleshy substance, but also through the very Skin itself, even unto the utmost part of the Cuticula or Skarf-skin, the which alone, for that it is kept in and retained, it both erodes or gnaws, and likewise than eats through; whereas should it pass through it by sweeting, it would not excite any manner of Ulcer.  
V The Causes. The Procatartick and Antecedent Causes are almost the very same, as in an Erysipelas: yet in this more disposed to the generating of an excrementitious yellow Choler, than of a choleric Blood.  
VI Wiseman says, that the Matter or Humour added to the Choler partakes much of acrimony, and proves exceeding corrosive: and indeed it is caused from a corrosive and malign Salt, mixed with an exceeding thin excrementitious Boil.  
VII. The Signs. It is a broad Tumour, which has little or no height in it; so that the Part is scarcely lifted up at all, but seems rather to be exasperated, than to swell up to any considerable height, accompanied with a certain kind of hardness and pain, with a sense of heat and burning.  
VIII. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, Est Malum cum summae Cutis excoriatione, & exulceratione; sine altitudine, latum, sublividum, inaequaliter tamen; mediumque sdnescit, extremis procedentibus; ac saepe id quod jam sanum videbatur, iterum exulceratur, ac circa proxima Cutis, quam malum occupaturum est, tumidior & durior est, coloremque habet ex rubro subnigrum: viz. It is (says he) a Disease with excoriation and exulceration of the Epidermis or Scarf-skin, without any height at all, broad, somewhat pale and wan, or almost livid, yet unequally; the middle of which becomes whole, when at the same time, the extreme parts thereof are in their progress and motion forwards: and many times, that which seems to be altogether whole and sound, becomes exulcerated again; and the Skin which is next about it, that the Herpes' is even now ready to seize upon, is somewhat more swelled, and harder; and it has a colour changing from read, to that which is dark and blackish.  
IX. Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 17. says it is rather an Ulcer than a Tumour, but is indeed an Ulcer with a Tumour; it rising in the Skin in a small Tubercle, on the top whereof appears an Ulcer like a pin-hole; and is for the most part without inflammation or pain.  
X. When it arises alone, it is scarcely taken notice of; it mattering but little, unless it is pricked, and than it scabs soon after with a thin scurf.  
XI. But in its progress, it shows its evil nature and condition, by eating away the Skin; and indurates the Flesh underneath it, and the Parts thereabout.  
XII. Sometimes I have seen (says he) these Ulcers arise in the Skin, somewhat distant one from another, making an unequal farrow; as from the upper Lip by the Nostril, creeping to that side of the Nose, so to the ridge of it, and down again to that corner of the Eye; healing in some places, whilst it eats deep into the Flesh in others.  
XIII. This Herpes' in Lues Venerea often arises from a simple Herpes', while the matter is shut up by the Scab, and corroding underneath, makes an Ulcer, which breaking out, appears like an Honeycomb, bigger, or lesser, long or round, as the Disease has more or lesle malignity.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. It is not easily cured, and usually of long continuance; unless in the Cure a due regard is had to the antecedent Cause, and Habit of the whole Body.  
XU. Wiseman says, if it be not (well and) timely treated, it degenerates or terminates in a Phagedena, or cancerous Ulcer: but when it arises from Lues Venerea, the very worst is curable.  
XVI. The Cure. Let the Diet be cooling and moistening, attemperating Choler, and absorbing the acid and corrosive Salt; and purge the Humour of, either with Our Family-Pills, Electuarium Catharticum, or Pilulae Catharticae: or with an Infusion of Sena, Rhubarb, and Liquorice, in Whitewine.  
XVII. Bleeding is not permitted, but Baths are excellent, and their Waters taken at fit times, are said safely to cure this Disease.  
XVIII. This Purging-pouder is good. ℞ Cremor Tartari ʒiii. Tartar vitriolateʒss. Scammony in fine powder ℈ two. mix them. Dose, ℈ two. either every morning, or every other morning, with Broth.  
XIX. ℞ Wormwood-tops, Scordium, Mechoacan thin sliced, A. ʒiii. Aniseeds, Caraways, A. ʒii. choice Sena ℥ i Rhubarb thin slicedʒ i ss. cut and bruise all, put them into a Bag with a Stone in it; which put into white Port-Wine lbv lbv. after two days drink of it. Dose, half a pint every morning, fasting.  
XX. ℞ Rasping of Guajacum ℥ iv. Sarsaparilla, roots of the sharppointed Dock, A. ℥ ijss. Liquorice bruised ℥ i Fumitory M.ii Groundpine M j choice Sena ℥ i Scammony in pouderʒii. dissolved in a little Wine, fair Water lbvi. lbvi. Whitewine lbjss lbjss. mix, digest in B.M. for twentyfour hours; than boil a little, and strain out. Dose, from ℥ iv. to ℥ vi. or viij. every morning fasting.  
XXI. As to Topics, you may anoint with Unguent. Fuscum Wurtzii, Mercuriale, Cosmeticum, vel ad Scabiem: but nothing is superior to an Ointment made of green Tobacco, raised in England from Virginia Seed; or bathing the Affect with the juice of the same, and laying a green leaf over it: this cures it in a short time.  
XXII. Barbett commends this: ℞ Vnguenti Fusci Wurtziiʒiii. Vng. Albi cum Camphoraʒjss. Ceruse, Sulphur, Myrrh, A. ʒi. Verdigrise purified, Mercurius dulcis levigated, A. ʒss. Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXIII. Or, ℞ Flowers of Sulphur, Ceruse, Camphir, A. ℥ ss. Lapis Prunellae, Saccharum Saturni, Mercurius dulcis levigated, A. ʒii. old Rape-oil, or Oil of Scorpions, A. q.s. mix, and make a Lineament; and over it, you may apply Emplastr. Diasulphuris Rulandi.  
XXIV. Lac Virginale constantly used, as five or six times a day, or oftener; and Clotheses dipped in the same laid over; is an excellent thing, and used for some considerable time, certainly cures.  
XXV. 'Tis certain that one of the conjoined Causes of this Evil, are certain Animalcula, or little Worms, (which by some Microscopes I have perceived) which perpetually gnaw and eat: and therefore whatever effectually kills them, cures this Disease; for which purpose (besides Mercurials) nothing seems to be more effectual than Saccharum Saturni, of which the Lac Virginale is made, and Tobacco.  
XXVI. As to the latter, where green Tobacco cannot be got, I have done great Cures of this kind, by 1. Bathing often with a Lixivium of the ashes of dried Virginia Tobacco. 2. By Anointing with the Ointment made of dried Virginia. 3. By Washing sometimes with an Infusion or Decoction of the same Tobacco in Water. 4. By Applying a Leaf of the same, moistened in the said Infusion or Decoction, over the Ulceration, or Part affected.  
XXVII. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Litharge, Ceruse, A. ℥ two. Pomgranate-peels in powder ℥ ss. Frankincenseʒ i ss. Verdigrise, Alum, Myrrh, A. ʒi. Wax, Oil of Myrtles, A. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. But if this (says he) will not serve the turn, but that the Ulcer and putrefaction creeps farther, you must have recourse to the stronger sort of Remedies.  
XXVIII. ℞ Sheep-suet, Oil-olive, A.ʒiu. Auripigmentumʒii. corrosive Sublimateʒss. Quicksilver killed with fasting-spittle, ℥ ss. Litharge of Gold and Silver, and Ceruse A.ʒiii. mix them in a glass Mortar, for use. Wiseman.  
XXIX. Mercurius dulcis, read and white Precipitate, Arcanum Corallinum, or Turpethum Minerale mixed with some proper Ointment: or Sheep-suet and Oil-olive, ana, oftentimes serve to good purpose in curing this Disease.  
XXX. But in the more rebellious, they are to be fomented with a good Lixivium; or an Ablution of Turbith Minerale. And sometimes Spirit of Vitriol, and the Caustick-stone itself may be used: but such Corrosives are not to be applied to the Face; more especially not the Nose, because the Cartilages and Bones lie so near the Skin.  
XXXI. Municks advises to this Wash. ℞ Roots of White Hellebor, Elecampare, Florentine-Orrice, Althaea, A. ℥ i pulp of Coloquintida ℥ ss. leaves of Savin, Tobacco, A. ℥ i Roch-alum ℥ two. lethargy ℥ viij. Rain-water q.s. mix, and boil to ℥ xl. strain, and add Wine-vinegar ℥ xii. mix them for use.  
XXXII. Or this. ℞ White Hellebor-roots ℥ i roots of Elecampane, of Florentine-Orrice, of Esula, and Althaea, A.ʒvi. leaves of Savin M. i pulp of Coloquintidaʒiii. Alum ℥ ss. seeds of Stavesacreʒ vi. lethargy ℥ vi. Oak-ashes ℥ viij. Water q.s. boil to lbiii lbiii. or ℥ xl. strain, and add Wine-vinegar ℥ vi. mix them.   

CHAP. XX. Of the SMALLPOX.  

I THIS Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pustularum eruptio; ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, effloresco: also by Hypocrates, Epidem. lib. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, quas Pustulas Interpretes vocant, i e. Papularum eruptiones: in Latin, Exanthemat●…, Ecthymata, from the Gre●…; also Variolae, from Vari, Pimples; because they are a sort of Pimples or Pustules, breaking forth of the Flesh, upon the Skin: and in English, it is called the Small Pox.  
II The Definition. The Small Pox are a pustular Eruption besides Nature, of a morbific Matter, through the Flesh into the substance of the Skin; by reason of a Fever, and preternatural Ferment of the Blood and Lympha with Choler, and the help of the Expulsive-faculty.  
III The Causes. They are either remote, or present: the remote, are the radical Impurities of the Mother's Blood, which the Child in the Womb receives into itself with its Nourishment; and lies dormant or hidden for some Months or Years, in the fleshy substance of the whole Body.  
IV. The present Cause, is the boiling of Choler, or fermentation thereof with the Blood and Lympha, stirred up by some accidental provocation, and induced by a strong preternatural Heat, inducing a continual, violent, and malign Fever.  
V The Kind's. This disease is twofold; first, that in which the manifold Pustules breaking out, are each of them entire, and distinct one from another: secondly, that in which they run all into one, as it were, and much like a Bladder, which the Vulgar call the Fluxing kind.  
VI This latter kind is very rarely caused or excited by any one Humour whatsoever; but for the most part there are many Humours mixed together, especially choleric, salt, and serous or wheyish Humours; which making the ferment greater and more universal, cause the Pox to break out in such heaps, so as to flux as it were, together.  
VII. And it seems to me, that this Fluxing kind of Smallpox is that very Disease which the Greeks called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, quod est, bullire, & fervere:) and the Latins, in imitation of them, Phlyctaenae, Phluctides, Phluzacia, and Phluseis; (though we under those names now understand another Disease, as you may see, Lib. 2. Cap. 25. aforegoing.)  
VIII. For this sort of Smallpox are at first little Pustules, which afterwards become little Bladders, which flux or run one into another; excited and caused by the exceeeding fervency of the Humours; being as it were boiling-hot, and most sharp; like to those Blisters which are raised by burning fire, and scalding-hot Water.  
IX. The Signs of the Pustular kind. This Disease, at its first beginning is attended with chillness and shivering, vehement pain in the Head, with a strong pulsation in the Forehead and Temples; great sleepiness, difficulty of breathing, intense heat, redness, and sense of pricking over the whole Body, with a pain of the Back; which sometimes alone, or appearing with other Symptoms, foreshews the Smallpox.  
X. For through the Back are carried the great Artery and Vein, in which the malignant Blood fermenting or boiling, does sand forth a sharp effervescency to the adjacent Nerves and Membranes; for which cause it is, that pains are especially felt in those parts.  
XI. There is also a heaviness in the Eyes, swelling of the Face, with some redness, hoarseness, panting of the Heart, with a continent, or at lest continual Fever; which exciting the ferment of the Blood and Humours, protrudes the Morbifick-matter from within, to the outward parts.  
XII. Generally on the fourth day from the first illness, or falling down of the Sick, sometimes sooner, and sometimes later; the Smallpox come forth, in Spots or small Pustules; (accompanied with a continual Fever, from the ebullition of the Blood and Humours;) at which time, the Symptoms (at lest their vehemency) either abate, or disappear.  
XIII. At their first coming out, the Pustules or Wheals are reddish; and they are scattered over the Face, Neck, Breast, Arms, Hands, Thighs, Legs, Feet; and in gross Bodies, and where the Ferment is high, they generally appear in great numbers over the whole Body.  
FOURTEEN. As the Pustules grow bigger, the Face swells, with pain and stiffness in the Jaws; and next after the Face, the Hands and Arms swell, and the Fingers begin to be distended, growing in all parts bigger and bigger, till they come to their utmost height and magnitude.  
XU. And as they grow bigger the intervals between the Pustules, which were before white, begin to be read, and much swelled, with a continual pain: and about eight or nine days after the first invasion, they will be come nearly to the height; in which time, (if the Morbifick-humor is in great abundance) the Eyelids will swell, and the whole Face and Head will be vehemently tumified, (and proportionably other Parts) swelling sometimes nearly to double their true magnitude.  
XVI. The Pustules are at first smooth and read, but as they grow in ripeness, they grow rougher and rougher, with a whitish yellow colour: also in the Hands, and other parts of the Body, they grow whiter and whiter, afterwards yellowish, casting forth a yellowish Humour, in colour almost like candied Honey, and in thickness almost like new Honey.  
XVII. As the Pustules grow to their bigness, the inflammation of the Face, Arms, Hands, Back, and all other parts, comes also to its height; so that the interspaces between the Pustules appear of a florid read colour; and the milder or gentler the Pox are, the more lively the colour.  
XVIII. This Eruption of the Morbifick-matter is generally attended with vehement Thirst; excited mostly from the intenseness of the Heat, and violence of the Fever.  
XIX. The Pustules being come to their height, about the eleventh or twelfth day (and in some later, where the Humour is in great plenty) the inflammation and swelling abate, and the Pustules either break or dry, and so scab, in order to their withering and falling of: but this is to be understood of those which are in the Face, and those parts of the Body which are constantly kept in Bed, and very warm.  
XX. But those which are in the Hands and Arms, continued longer; remaining still white and fresh, for at lest two or three days more; after which they break, and scab also.  
XXI. On the fifteenth, sixteenth, or seventeenth days they go away entirely from the Face and Body; but from the Hands and Arms, on the nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first day; and they fall of in Scales or Scabs, according to the nature of the places affected.  
XXII. Where the Humour is very sharp and corrosive, and where it is long a drying away, lying all the while upon the Cutis, it generally leaves seams, pits, or holes; but this is more especially in the Face and Hands; as being Parts lying more cold, and most exposed to the ambient Air.  
XXIII. In a hopeful Smallpox, the Body is generally costive or bound: there is also (after the first few days are over) a natural kind of Sweat, which helps to protrude the Morbifick-matter; which continues more or lesle, through the whole course of the Disease.  
XXIV. In some there is little or no Sweat, or it immediately vanishes; the Sick is anxious, and vehemently sick at Stomach, pisses little and often, is continually restless, tossing up and down, which Symptoms are generally attended with another, viz. a Delirium, or Lightheadedness.   

The Signs of the Fluxing Kind.  
XXV. To distinguish these in Name from the Phlyctaenae, or Ignis sylvestris, mentioned Lib. 2. cap. 25. we will henceforth call them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i e. Phlyctaenae morbidae; because they show forth a very corrupting and vehement Disease. And therefore in this Fluxing kind, though the Symptoms are nearly the same, yet they are much more corrupting and vehement: for it is this kind chief, which leaves pits, scars, or seams behind it, by reason it corrupts or eats the place upon which the Humour lies.  
XXVI. The Fever in these, as also the sickness at Stomach, nauseousness, or inclination to vomit, anxiety of Mind, and restlessness of Body are much more vehement; and they come forth on the third day, or sooner, seldom later; and the sooner they are protruded, the more apt they are to Flux, or run together into one.  
XXVII. But sometimes through the violence of other Symptoms, as vehement Sickness at Stomach, with Vomiting, or a Looseness or Flux, which accidentally happens before the breaking forth of the Pox, and continues a day or two after, (which scarcely ever happens in the former kind:) or a Catarrh, or any great Hemorrhage; whether by the Nostrils, Urine, or Stool, the protrusion of the Pustules are retarded till the fourth or fifth day.  
XXVIII. So that it appears, that the separation of the Morbifick-matter, and febrile Ebullition or Fermentation, are in the first three, four, or five days: But the real protrusion or coming forth thereof, is perfected by Nature in some succeeding time: in little Abscesses arising in the Skin, which, the Humour being serous, and more fluid, with the dissolution of a very sharp Salt, causes a fluxing of them one into another.  
XXIX. Many times, through the ill managing of the Sick, several bad Symptoms succeed; as Sleepiness, Watch, Frenzy, Lightheadedness, or Dotage, falling down of the Pustules or Wheals; with sometimes little black Spots on the heads of them; or a depression in the middle, purple Spots being scattered almost every where between the Pustules; together with spitting or pissing of Blood, or some other Hemorrhage; or a suppression of Urine, pain, restlessness, trembling, etc. many of which Symptoms hap in the first six, or seven days of the Distemper.  
XXX. The Pustules come out sometimes after the manner of an Erysipelas, (but none but Fools and Ignorants will call it an Erysipelas; for where the Smallpox is, that is Disease enough of itself, without the addition of any other:) and sometimes like the Measles, (yet 'tis no Measles) which may be distinguished by the differing signs of the Disease, and the time of breaking out.  
XXXI. A kind of Catarrh, or Spitting, sometimes in persons of ripe age, gins at the time of breaking forth; sometimes two or three days after, spitting at first a thin matter; which on the tenth or eleventh day grows more viscous or thick.  
XXXII. And a Looseness or Flux in Children and the younger sort, is apt to seize also, before the breaking forth of the Pox, and many times continues a day or two after, which scarcely ever happens in the former Pustular kind: but this Looseness seizes not so early, as the Catarrh or Spitting does Men.  
XXXIII. Whilst the Disease is in the increase, the Pustules rise not to any eminent height, but rather run together like read Blisters, in the Face; (so as many times to cover the whole Countenance) and many other Parts; which by reason of the fluidity of the Humour, swell sooner than the Pustular kind.  
XXXIV. Afterwards, they seem to be like a white Bladder or Skin, and in the Face, are not much higher than the surface thereof; though the whole Face seems to be extremely swelled: those which are in the Hands and Feet are larger, and the farther or higher you go from the extremities of the Limbs, the lesser they are.  
XXXV. The eighth, ninth, or tenth day sometimes, being past, the white Skin grows daily (but gradually) rougher and rougher, and of a brownish colour; and the pain in the Skin is more intense, till the Scabs fall of; which in this so vehement a Disease, seldom happens till after three Weeks are past.  
XXXVI. The Symptoms do not immediately abate, after the coming forth of the Pustules, as they do in the Pustular sort; but the Fever, and the other Symptoms do continued also to vex the Sick for many days afterwards. And as in both kinds, the Fever is present from the beginning to the time of protrusion or eruption; so it continues to the time of full ripeness; after which it sensibly abates, and vanishes away of its own accord.  
XXXVII. During the extreme heat of the Fever, the Sick seems to be as it were in a Furnace or Oven; and it is generally accompanied with great Thirstiness, and sometimes a Hoarseness; and a Cough many times seizes them as they drink, making the Drink to come forth through the Nose.  
XXXVIII. You must note also, that the nearer the Pustules or Bladders are to ripening, the more brown they grow, and indeed so much the more dangerous they are: but the yellower they are, the lesle they flux or run together, and the more quickly go away.  
THIRTY-NINE. Presently after the Scabs or Skin are come of in the Face, it is spread over with a kind of mealy or white Scales or Scurf, of a very eroding nature, which many times causes pits, scars, or seams; and though than the swelling of the Face should decline, yet it goes not wholly away, till some days after.  
XL. The Prognostics. If the Sick is so violently thirsty, that nothing can quench it, grows hoarse, is extreme sleepy, or lethargic, and his Catarrh or Spitting ceases; without any apparent swelling of the Face and Hands, beginning, and continuing till the Pustules are fully come out, conclude Death is at hand.  
XLI. The greater, and more in number the Pustules, chief in the Face, the greater the danger: the lesser and fewer, provided the Sick has no heartsick, fainting, or swooning Fits, the lesle danger: and if they be of a violet-colour, green, or livid, or black, they are dangerous, and for the most part mortal: so also if they strike in again.  
XLII. The Fever increasing after their being full come out, difficulty of Breathing, unquenchable Thirst, Looseness, Bloodyflux, bleeding at Nose, or otherwise; and black or blue Spots, with black or livid Urine, are all signs of Death.  
XLIII. A suppression of all Evacuations in the state of the Sickness, a Frenzy, or Lethargy after the eleventh or fourteenth day, great quantity of Urine, the Fever not abating; plentiful Sweats, not diminishing the Disease; a violent Flux in the beginning of the Disease, and continuing; the eruptions small, and of an evil colour, where the putrefaction is great, if they fall back again, though not quite in, (whereby the malign Morbifick-matter retires to the more noble parts,) all these are signs of Death.  
XLIV. If they be slow in coming out, or they be hard, or vastly great in number, or if they touch one another; or the Sick breathes not freely, or the Fever abates not after their breaking forth; or if there is violent Vomitings, Sickness at Heart, Fainting, or Swooning; or there be Frenzy, Delirium, Raving, or Dotage, or Convulsions with raving, trembling of the Hands and Tongue, or Heartburning, or Hiccough, great loathing of Food, many and violent Excretions in the beginning and increase of the Disease. These Symptoms, I say, though they are not always mortal, yet they are very evil, and exceeding dangerous.  
XLV. The Pulse like that in perfect health, is dangerous, for Nature out of weakness concocts not the Humours: and than though the Sick seems freed from his Fever, yet he grows worse and worse, and draws towards death.  
XLVI. If they come easily out, and easily, or soon ripen; if there is Sneezing (provided the Lungs are sound) or a suppression of all Evacuations, in the beginning and augmentation of the Disease, or Deafness in the state of the Disease; or the Urine is with signs of Concoction, or the Symptoms be not great, or there are Critical Sweats, or other Critical Evacuations, in the state and declination, wherein the Sick is better after them: these, I say, are all Signs of good Health, and Recovery.  
XLVII. However, whilst the Disease is in its beginning and increase, it will be prudence to suspend judgement; for it will be dubious and uncertain, till about the end of the state or declination. And if you would give a more exact and perfect judgement, you aught diligently to study and learn Our Prognostics, which we have largely and clearly delivered, in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae Lib. 1. from Chap. 46. to Chap. 66.  
XLVIII. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are fourfold, and have respect, 1. To the Nature or Essence of the Disease; which is to drive from the Centre to the Circumference. 2. To the Cause; which is the Morbifick-matter to be protruded, or thrust forth through the Pores of the Skin. 3. To the Symptoms; so as to secure the first Indication, and in the due time to abate them. 4. To the Vital Indication; which has respect to the strength or weakness of the Sick: all which we shall pursue (through God's assistance) in the following Discourse, and in their due Order.  
XLIX. But before we enter upon the true Method of Curing, we think it necessary to reflect upon the present Mode of Practice, now managed by some persons, who are thought to be Men of great Names, but lesser Skill; as it has relation to Bleeding, Purging, and Blistering; wherein we hope to deliver our Mind, with a kind of Demonstration: especially being considered with respect to the unerring Principles of Our Art  
L. I know I cannot do this, without meriting the Malice and Envy of some particular Men; but the truth of it is, it is of such as are my professed Enemies, and such as have determined, and publicly declared my Ruin and Destruction; who have already by all unjust methods at Law persecuted me, and still continued to do the same. But on my part, I oppose them not for malice or envy sake, nor with any respect to the Evil they have done me; for I freely forgive them all: but only for the sake of Truth, which I desire to bring to light, for the benefit of Mankind in general.  
LIVELY I cannot think without terror, of the Death of Her late Majesty, when I consider with what Methods She was managed. I must confess, I would not hazard a Negro, (whose Life I may value but at 20 l.) under those pernicious courses of Bleeding; but infinitely lesle, that of so good, and so great Queen: a Life so valuable, that nothing can be put in the balance against it: since other courses may be pursued, with a thousand times lesle danger.  
LII. But what shall I say in this case? 'tis the eternal fate of the Great, to fall under such ill circumstances, and under such Fatal Man's hands: and for this, we have the Authority of the Poet; as you have it in Mr. Gould's admirable Poem up-Sn the Memory of Her late oacred Majesty, QUEEN MARY, in the following Lines or Words. 
You Sons of Aesculapius, boast not more,  
That you the Weak to Health and Strength restore:  
Vain is your Learning, and your Art a Cheat;  
At lest, 'tis ever Fatal to the Great.  
All you can do, is but [haphazard] Guess,  
And a whole College has the worst Success.  
For like a two-edged Sword, you both ways slay;  I add this Line. 
By want of Skill, and sometimes by foul Play.  
Who under you escape, had yet no doubt,  
Sooner recovered to their Health without.  
You are yourselves an Epidemic Ill:  
For one you let escape, you thousands kill.  
To Plagues and Pestilential Blasts akin;  
Their Poisons reign without, but yours within.  
From you, 'tis weakness to expect Relief;  
Both Atheists in your Practice and Belief.  
From GOD, can Favour on your Work be shown,  
When you so boldly argue there is none?  
Those that would live, must your Prescriptions eat:  I add: 
Who Sacrifices to your Net 's undone.  
Under this just Reproof, you justly stand;  
YE are evil Omens to our mourning Land.  
Night-birds, and Birds of Prey, foreboding ill;  
Who ne'er approach, but with design to Kill.  
Where th' Carcase is, like Vultures you resort;  
And if you come, Death makes the Dire Report.  
We call to Witness our Indulgent QUEEN,  
Who, we believe, had lived, had you not been.  
We cannot help Our Faith; Believe we must:  
And We believe She ' d lived, had some been just.  
Your Prescripts are but formal Acts of Fate;  
Who escapes your Hands, you think does dye too late.  
Death's Harbingers you are; you go before.  
And to its splendid Entry open the Door.  
Abandon them, my Soul! and fly, my Heart!  
And let me dye by Nature, not Their Art   
LIII. Haec autem obiter. Now to the purpose in hand. First, as to Bleeding: it is my Opinion, that it is against all the Indicationes Curativae; and this we shall endeavour to prove or demonstrate to the Understanding, from the following Arguments.  
LIU. Either there are Principles in Our Art, upon which we build, and by which we aught to be guided, or there are none. If Our Art consists of Principles, we aught either to Act by, and according to them, or not: if we aught, than all the Indications or Methods of Cure in every Disease, are to be squared according to those Principles; and he that Acts not according to those Precepts, shows himself to be a Cheat, Ignorant, or something worse. But if we aught not to walk by them, than it is manifest, that the Art itself is precarious and vain; and they are all Fools, who make it their Business to study and break their Brains about an Art, whose Principles have no Worth or Usefulness in them.  
LU. But if the Art is built upon no Principles, but that all that is done in it, is only Opinion, Chance, and Haphazard; than the Art itself (as it is called) is no Art, but a mere Cheat, and Delusion; the Profession thereof all Trick, and Designing: and the Practice thereof though under the most specious title of Doctor or Collegiate) nothing but Villainy, Impudence, and Quacking.  
LVI. But we presume, the Professors thereof will readily grant us, that the Art is built upon Principles, that those Principles are rational, and the Indications of Cure raised from them, reasonable, and necessary to be followed. And that he that acts not by those Principles, acts precariously and dangerously, as to the Patient; and his Practice, as to himself, is mere Confidence and Quackery.  
LVII. If this is granted, we will than consider the Indicationes Curativae, in this particular Disease, as built upon those Principles: and they are four, as you may see in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 1. Cap. 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, and 80. and so are taken, 1. From the Nature or Essence of the Disease. 2. From the Causes. 3. From the Symptoms. 4. From the strength or weakness of the Sick, which is called the Vital Indication, all which we shall consider distinctly, with reference to Bleeding, etc.  
LVIII. The Essence and Nature of this Disease is, to protrude or thrust forth the Morbifick-matter, from the Centre to the Circumference. And therefore, whatever Methods are taken contrary to this Indication, must be extremely prejudicial to the Sick, if not destructive and fatal.  
LIX. Now Bleeding (though many rash and ignorant persons use it in this Age, in the Cure of this Distemper) is diametrically opposite to this Indication: For all Physicians accounted Bleeding a Revulsive Remedy, which calls from the Circumference to the Centre: and if so, than the Morbifick-matter, which aught to be thrust forth, is immediately drawn into the Blood by the Veins, (for they will be filled again) and so by Circulation conveyed to the Heart.  
LX. From whence we conclude, that unless the Disease is very gentle, the Morbifick-matter but little in quantity, and the Patient very strong, and naturally of a good habit of Body; if this Remedy be used, the Sick must patiently submit to his Fate; for Death stands at the door: as we have in some hundreds of Patients particularly observed.  
LXI. The second Indication arises from the Cause, which is the Morbifick-matter to be thrust forth; that we may hinder the augmentation thereof for the future, which Nature now endeavours to diminish by casting forth.  
LXII. But Bleeding is opposite to this Indication: for the evil Matter now in part protruded, through the Fermentation of the Blood and other Juices, being by this means drawn into the Blood again; the whole Mass thereby becomes in a very short time putrified, and all the Juices of the Body converted into the very Matter or Cause of the Disease.  
LXIII. This augmented or multiplied Putrefaction being thus joined again with the Blood, which Nature had been for a long time before separating, by Circulation with the Blood comes to the Heart and smites it, empoisons the noble Parts, stagnates the bloody Juice, and suffocates the vital Flame.  
LXIV. The third Indication of Cure, has respect to the Symptoms. Where the Symptoms are more extreme, and show more danger than the Disease, the Intention of Cure is to be directed to remove, or alleviate them. But where the Disease is more vehement, that is first to be considered, because upon the remedying of that, the Symptoms of their own accord cease or vanish.  
LXV. So in this Disease, the Fever is one of the Symptoms, which though never so strong and intense, is never so dangerous as the malign matter to be protruded: and is therefore here to be neglected; and not only for that Reason, but for another more powerful, viz. because it is assistant in expelling the Morbifick-matter.  
LXVI. The diminution than of the febritick Heat is to be avoided, yea it aught to be kept up to the height; otherwise the protrusion will be weak and imperfect, and in general proves fatal to the Sick. 'Tis a great error indeed, to 'cause an abatement of the Fever; for 'tis the strength and height of the Fever, which saves the Life of the Patient.  
LXVII. 'Tis that violent Heat, which is the effectual Cause of a complete protrusion of the Matter into the surface of the Skin: and not only so, but 'tis also the cause of a more speedy expulsion, and bringing the Disease to a much more speedy, healthful end.  
LXVIII. For the more languid that Heat, the more danger; and if the Fever goes either quite away, orconsiderably abates, 'tis a thousand to one but the Sick dies suddenly, or in a little time becomes passed all hopes of recovery.  
Lxix But if the Heat be conserved, and the Fever let alone, you will see in a short time, by the plentiful eruption of the Pustules, (if there is a plenty of the Morbid-matter) that the danger of Death will quickly be over, to the great ease, comfort, and satisfaction of the Sick.  
LXX. And that after Nature has made a sufficient protrusion, the Fever itself (for want of fuel) will presently vanish of its own accord, without the help of any Medicine: and this is that which in the space of thirty-three Years Practise, I have, I believe, above a thousand times observed.  
LXXI. It is objected, That by the violence and continuation of the Fever, the Smallpox may come forth too plentifully; or much more than otherwise they would do; to the great prejudice, and greater danger of the Sick. We readily answer, 1. That they cannot come too plentifully out; for all the Morbid-matter, which Nature has prepared, and separated from the Blood and other Humours, aught to be expelled. 2. That there is no danger to the Sick, simply by their coming forth plentifully: but directly on the contrary, the danger is, if they do not come fully forth, as they aught to do.  
LXXII. If there is not a plenty of Matter to be expelled, they cannot come plentifully forth: but if there is a plenty of that Matter, it aught to be all expelled, otherwise several inconveniences will avoidable ensue.  
LXXIII. If the Body is weak, and the Constitution very faulty, as Cachectical, Scorbutical, etc. the not coming completely forth, for the most part, hazards the Patient's Life. But if the Sick is of a strong habit and constition of Body, whereby Nature is so able to contend with the Disease, as to vanquish the dangers of Death; than some evil Symptoms, as running Sores and Ulcers, Scabs, Itch, Biles, etc. are apt to seize upon the Patient; in some presently; and in others, in some little time afterwards.  
LXXIV. Or else some other pernicious and illnatured Disease is apt to seize and afflict them; as the Scurvy, Leprosy, Kings-Evil, Consumption, etc. which by reason of the remaining universal defilement of the Body, will not be easily mastered or overcome; without much trouble, and long and tedious courses of Physic.  
LXXV. It is also to be observed, that the greatness of the Fever, is in proportion to the prepared and separated Morbid-matter now ready for expulsion: if it is little in quantity, the Fever is never great; and sometimes, where the Pustules are very few, as here and there one) scarcely to be discerned; so that the Patient goes up and down the House, as if nothing ailed them. But where it is much in quantity, the Fever is great, and always in proportion to the Matter to be expelled, as it were by Nature's designation.  
LXXVI. 'Tis also observable, that more Matter than Nature has prepared and separated, will not be protruded, do what you will, neither by the height, nor continuance of the Fever, use of Sudorificks, or any other means whatsoever. And therefore, what Matter the has separated for expulsion, aught not to be prevented, by abating the Symptoms through Bleeding, jest other greater evils do ensue, as we have before declared.  
LXXVII. The last Indication of Cure, is the Vital Indication, respecting the strength or weakness of the Sick, against which Bleeding is diametrically opposed. For take away the Blood, in which the Vital potency resides, and you manifestly weaken the Sick more and more, and diminish the Spirits, which aught to oppose, or encounter the Disease.  
LXXVIII. For Nature through Bleeding, being weakened, (not only by being robbed of her defence, but by introducing an Enemy, who universaily defiles her Oeconomy, and quenches the Vital Flame) there is immediately an universal weakness spread over the whole Human Frame, and the contest of Nature with the Disease ceases, by Nature's being overcome. This Truth is so evident, that we cannot but speak it with grief, when we do but think of that late precious Life, which by that means, we faithfully believe, was lost.  
LXXIX. From what has been said, it is manifest, that Bleeding in this Disease, is a very inimical course to the Patient, let the Practisers thereof say what they can for themselves: and if they allege Experience against us, we will bring Experience against Experience; and justify by the universal Management of this Disease through the whole Kingdom, yea almost through the whole World, That above a thousand does well without it, to one that does well with it.  
LXXX. And generally speaking, every one that is born into the World, and now alive, who in their order or course, have had this Disease, and have overcome it without Bleeding, aught to be opposed to the novel Practices of these times: for that through the whole Kingdom, yea through the whole Universe, there is not one to a thousand, that are let Blood in it; yea I am of opinion, that there is scarcely one of ten thousand in the whole, that is; and yet generally, they live and do well.  
LXXXI. Whereas, let us but examine amongst those that are let Blood, and we shall found by sad experience, that scarcely ten live in an hundred. Take an equal number on both sides, suppose a thousand which may have this Disease, and are not let Blood; we found, that by the help of a good Nurse, and careful looking after, that at lest nine hundred and fifty, do well; which is complete nineteen in twenty.  
LXXXII. Whereas in a thousand that have this Disease, and are let Blood, at lest nine hundred and fifty of them dye; which is again full nineteen out of twenty. And this my own Eyes are Witnesses of: I knew ten in one Family, all which had the Smallpox at the same time almost, one after another; six Children, a Wife, and two Brothers; they were all let Blood, in order to the Cure, and were all lost: the Master of the House fell sick afterwards of the same, and refused that course, by reason of the ill success of the other nine; and lived and did well. Now what can be said to such an Example as this?  
LXXXIII. But to give Our Adversaries all the advantage that can be, suppose among those that are let Blood, the one half of them should live, yet the odds of living are on our side, who are against Bleeding. And to justify ourselves in this Opinion, we will consider the whole Body of our own Nation, which you see at this day is full of People; and yet, that though the greatest part of them have passed passed this Disease, (take the whole Kingdom throughout) not one in ten thousand of them (I mean, of them that are living) have been let Blood in this case. Which is a mighty and weighty Consideration, and worthy to be taken notice of.  
LXXXIV. As for my own part, in my time of Practising, I am very confident I have had at lest a thousand Patients sick of this Disease, not one of which I ever let Blood, or caused it be done, and yet they all lived and did well; nor had I ever (I bless God for it) a Patiented sick thereof under my hands, which died.  
LXXXV. And yet I freely confess, that the Disease is sometimes so malign and deleterious, that no Methods whatsoever can save; and therefore where I see mortal Symptoms, I always forbear meddling: and truly it is a great and good piece of knowledge in our Art, to be so well skilled in the Prognostic part thereof, as to foresee the danger of the Sick; which being well understood, gives the true Physician a great reputation; by avoiding the Infamy, which otherwise might attend him.  
LXXXVI. If it be enquired, Whether Blood may not be taken away before their coming forth; we answer, No. In any Patient of mine, were I sure the Smallpox would succeed, I should always forbidden it: and my Reason is, because it would make the protrusion of the Pustules very languid and weak; whereby, if it did not hazard the Patient's life, yet this evil might follow, that by reason through weakness of the Expulsive Faculty, there might not be a full expulsion of the Morbifick-matter, the remaining part thereof would lay the foundation of some other more pernicious Disease; as the Measles, Leprosy, Kings-evil, Apostems, Consumptions, etc.  
LXXXVII. When any of the Bloodsuckers Patients dye, the Pustules seem to fall in again, grow flat and dead, or to dent in in the middle; and sometimes to turn purple, livid, or black; with many livid, or purple spots in the interspaces. Than to excuse themselves, they say it was a dangerous and malign Disease, and complicated with an Erysipelas, Purples, Spotted-fever, or the like; by reason of which Complication, 'twas impossible for the Sick to escape death, what course soever had been taken.  
LXXXVIII. To which we answer, That this is only a blind for their Ignorance, and an Excuse for their cursed Male-practice: for many (if not most) of those miserable Patients might have lived, if they had not fallen into those Bloodsuckers hands: and it is for the most part Bleeding, (where the Sick dies upon it) which is the cause of suchlike Spots appearing.  
LXXXIX. But as for a Complication of the abovenamed Diseases in the Smallpox, we never once knew it, in the thousand cases we have seen, nor do we believe it possible to be: it is the nature of the Disease, not to admit them. The Smallpox is Disease enough of it self, we need not add others to it, to make it worse.  
XC. As for an Erysipelas, the Smallpox itself is so like it, in its first approaches and coming out, that it is not every one that can distinguish between them. But however, the Small pox cannot in any wise admit of an Erysipelas to be joined with them; their natures are as different, as are the methods of their cure.  
XCI. And when purple or livid Spots appear, upon the falling down of the Pustules, or death of the Patient, they not more demonstrate a purple or spotted Fever, than they do the Dropsy or Gout. 'Tis the property of the Disease, when Nature is upon the yielding part, or is already overcome, to sand forth those Symptomata, as Tokens of her ensuing Fate.  
XCII. These things being said, we shall now address ourselves to the Cure; wherein we shall do our endeavour to explicate it, according to the best Methods of Practice; and what I myself have found admirably successful in all my undertake, wherever I have been concerned in the Cure of this Disease.  
XCIII. First, Purging we forbidden, as dangerous; (almost for the same reasons as we do Bleeding) jest it should induce a Flux of the Bowels, whereby their plentiful eruption might possibly be hindered: 'tis better of the two, to keep the Body Costive, than to admit of any thing which may hazard a Flux of the Belly.  
XCIV. But upon the Patient's first falling ill, if the Body is Cacochymick, or has a fullness of Humours, or the Stomach is foul, or a Vomiting be present; you may safely enough give some proper Antimonial Emetic, as Vinum Benedictum, Bohemian-tartar emetic, and the like; because it at once empties the Stomach of abundance of filth, adhering to its Tunicles, and gives upon the spot, a wondered relief to Nature.  
XCV. But in the progress of this Cure, I think a good, honest and careful Nurse is most to be relied on; I am sure, much more than on the Bloodsucking Doctors, and No-Doctors of these times; under whose hands, the greatest part of those who fall into them, miscarry.  
XCVI. If extreme Thirst afflicts the Patient, it may be allayed by small Beer, in which Saffron has been infused, and made pleasantly sharp with Spiritus Nitratus: or with this, ℞ Fair Water three quarts, burnt Hartshorn ℥ two. boil till a quart is consumed: towards the end of boiling put in a crust of Bread; than strain, and sweeten with treble-resined Sugar ℥ two. or better, adding also the juice of one Limon: of which give the Sick, as need requires.  
XCVII. Give this every night going to bed. ℞ Our Tinctura Opii, or Guttae Vitae, or liquid Laudanum, a gut. vi. ad xuj. Spiritus nitratùs gut. xx. Milk-water, or the former Decoction of Hartshorn ℥ iii mix for a Dose. But be sure to regulate the Dose of the Opiate, according to the age and strength of the Sick. If it is a young Child, gut. iii or iv. may be Dose enough, and you may sweeten it with a little white Sugar.  
XCVIII. And every Morning give this. ℞ Bezoar-mineral gr. xii. Bezoar-stone, Cochinel, A. gr. vi. Salt of Amber gr. iv. mix for a Dose, if it is a Man. But if it is a Child, it will serve for two Doses.  
XCIX. If the Tongue and Throat are clammy, rough, hot, and dry, inject the following Gargarism with a Syringe. ℞ Of the former Decoction of Hartshorn ℥ viij. Honey of Roses ℥ jss. Tincture of Saffron and Cochineleʒiii. dulcified Spirit of Nitre gut. thirty. mix them.  
C. If the Pustules seem to strike in, fall flat, or sink in the middle, let the Composition at Sect. 98. above, be repeated every six hours. Or this Mixture. ℞ Milk-water ℥ viij. choice Canary ℥ i Spiritus cordialis ʒss. Tincture of Saffron and Cochinelʒii. Spirit of Sal Armoniac, or Spirit of Harts-hornʒijss. mix them, for four little Draughts.  
CI. Or this. ℞ Our Theriaca Chymica, Electuarium Antepestilentiale, A. ℥ ss. mix them. Dose, à gr. xuj. adʒi. to be repeated every six hours, till the Pustules begin to arise again: or either of the particulars may be given alone in the same Dose.  
CII. If upon the eleventh, twelfch, or other succeeding days the Fever goes not of; but that the Sick is unquiet, uneasy, and restless, and that death seems to be at the door, give the Pulvis Antifebriticus, àʒss. ad ℈ two. or ʒi. in the Harts-horn-Decoction. Or this: ℞ Aqua Elementaria ℥ vi. Spiritus Cordialis ℥ i Spirit of Harts-hornʒi. mix for a Draught.  
CIII. If a vehement Flux is present, give à gr. ½ ad two. of a simple Extract of Opium, mixed with, or dissolved in Tinctuce of Catechu; to be repeated every Night, so long as need requires, and given in the Harts-horn-Decoction.  
CIV. When the Pustules are fully come out, and begin to grow yellow, the purulent matter may be let out, by pricking them with a Needle, or the point of a Lancet, or cutting of their heads; after which, you may anoint them with a Feather, with the following Mixture. ℞ Sheeps-suet ℥ two. Oil of Ben ℥ jss. Sperma Ceti ℥ i mix, and make an Ointment; with which anoint, till the Pustules are fully dried up.  
CV. This is commended. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iijss. pure white Sperma Ceti ℥ i juice of Lemons ℥ ss. in which let be dissolved Saccharum Saturni ʒii. mix, and make a Lineament; with which anoint twice a day.  
CVI The Scabs being fallen of, there is want to succeed a notable Scurf, which in many eats even into the Skin: to prevent which, and to clear it of the Scurf, you must daily, two or three times a day, or as often as you see occasion, wash with Aqua Tartarisata bloodwarm; or rather with Lac Virginale, than which I think nothing is better.  
CVII. If in the beginning of the Disease, there happens to be either spitting or pissing of Blood, or a Bloodyflux, you must necessarily give Our Tinctura Mirabilis, à ℥ ss. ad ℥ i. mixed with some convenient Vehicle. Or this Powder: ℞ Catechu in powder ℈ i Crocus Martis astringens ℈ ss. Opium in powder gr. i. mix for a Dose; to be repeated as often as need requires.  
CVIII. If the Disease is vehement, the Fever great and intense, and the Pustules break forth generally over the whole Body, in very great numbers, or run every where into a flux; the Sick aught to keep their Bed, be carefully tended and looked after; and, as much as may be, avoid taking Cold, for that is as much as the Life is worth; and their Food may be boiled Barley, Barley-broth, or rather boiled Rice, and Rice-broth, Ponada, etc. drinking also the Hartshorn Drink before described, Canary-whey, which comforts the Spirits; white Posset-drink made with Ale, and sweetened with double-refined Sugar.  
CIX. Lastly, at the End of the Disease purge the Body well; either with Sal mirabile, Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura purgans, Tinctura Cathartica, Syrupus Catharticus, an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, or some other proper Purge, agreeable with the habit and constitution of the Body; which let be repeated at lest three or four times. The want of doing this, (which carries of all the remainders or relics of the Distemper) has been the cause of Scurvy, Gout, Consumptions, Apoplexies, Apostems, foul Ulcers, Botches, Biles, Scabs, Leprosy, and Kings-evil, breaking out afterwards, and seizing upon the Patient  
CX. Some, when the Pustules rise not as they aught to do, or when they found them to fall down again, apply Vesicatories, or Blistering-Emplasters: but they only put the Patient to a very great deal of pain and torture, without doing any general good, or any good at all: for as much as they draw but only from particular Parts, and Parts adjucent to the Application, and so leave the Sick worse than they found him.     

III Tumours arising from PHLEGM.  

CHAP. XXI. Of an OEDEMA.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Oedema; and in English, Oedema, and, the White-swelling. 'Tis true, Hypocrates and other ancient Physicians, under the name of Oedema understood all other Turnors whatsoever; because it signifies an eminency, rising up, or swelling: but those of later times understand only one certain kind of swelling, which is the White-swelling here intended.  
II Definition. Tumour est praeter Naturam, ab Humore seroso aut pituitoso ortum habens, albus, mollis, laxus, indolens, & caloris expers; prementi Digito cedens, & per congestionem frequentiùs, quàm per affluxum Humorum productus. It is a Tumour besides Nature, arising from a serous or pituitous matter, white, soft, lose, without pain, and voided of heat; yielding to the Fingers being pressed, and oftener caused by congestion, than fluxion, or a flux of Humours.  
III The Kind's. It is perfect, when it proceeds from Phlegm only: imperfect, when it proceeds from other Humours; as Blood, Choler, Melancholy; whence they are called Oedema Phlegmonoodes, Erysipelatoodes, Scirrhoodes.  
IV. The Cause. It is caused from Phlegm alone sometimes, and sometimes from a mixtion of other Humours, as is mentioned in the Kind's. But Barbett thinks it to be produced from the ill disposition of the Lymphducts.  
V Galen, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 3. saith, that it is caused by a Pituitous matter; or else by the Spirits, when they are full of Vapours. But by that great Man's leave, though in the similar Parts there may be some kind of flatulent Spirit collected, which may tumify the Part; yet this Tumour is not properly Oedema, but rather 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, a Windy Tumour: of which hereafter.  
VI Sennertus says it proceeds from a serous Humour abounding in the Body, and descending upon the Part, and there abiding and sticking fast, as in a substance more cold than other parts of the Body.  
VII. The Conjoined Cause is Phle●m contained in the Blood, when it is so increased, that it irritates and stirs up the Expulsive Faculty: for Nature being than excited, protrudes the Matter out of the greater Vessels into the lesle, and expels it from the more noble Parts to the weaker; till at length it is received and retained, by the most weak and infirm Part.  
VIII. The Procatartick Cause is, an error and default in Sanguification; producing such a like Humour, which must be found out from the Patient's Diet, Exercise, and way of Living.  
IX. The Places. Although it may be excited in all parts of the Body whatsoever, yet it chief arises in the Hands, Knees, and Feet; as is manifest in such persons as are afflicted therewith; as in such as are Hydropical, Cachectical, Phthisical, or Strumatick.  
X. The Signs. It is known by being a Tumour soft and lose, so that if it be pressed down with the Finger, it easily gives way: for the moist Phlegm softens and loosens the Part; yet being thicker than the Lympha or other Humours, it sticks in the Part.  
XI. It is altogether without pain, or any pulsation; for not dissolving perfectly the unity, it cannot be dolorous.  
XII. It is also of a white, or whitish colour, because there is in it no preternatural heat, but only so much as is conformable to Nature: or rather, there is a coldness of the Part, from its weakness, and nature of the Matter congested therein.  
XIII. The Prognostics. It is not suddenly generated, but grows by degrees, or by little and little: because the Humour is cold, thick, and sluggish; and therefore not fit for any speedy motion.  
FOURTEEN. It often happens to old people, gross and phlegmatic. Bodies, and in Winter time; and to such who with gluttony and much drinking, continually debilitate the natural heat.  
XU. It is a Disease, which in itself (without other accidents) is of no danger: nor is it great, or the cause thereof, of any dangerous consequence, nor has it usually any ill Symptoms joined therewith.  
XVI. It is said to be dangerous, if it happens to such as have a Cachexy, Dropsy, Consumption, or Kings-evil: but than this danger comes not simply from the Oedema, but from those Diseases which the Oedema follows: for which reason, you aught to distinguish whether it arises of itself, or follows upon some other Disease.  
XVII. If it happens in the Feet or Knees, after long Diseases, from Crudities collected by the Disease, or from a refrigeration, or other dangerous faults of the Liver, it is than dangerous, and may threaten death, from the Causes upon which it depends: but otherwise if no such accidents be concurrent with it, there is no danger at all.  
XVIII. If it degenerates into a Scirrhus, or by any accident comes to Apostemats, it will be of very difficult cure, if not totally uncurable.  
XIX. But yet though Oedema is a Disease, which of itself is without any danger, yet notwithstanding it is of a long continuance; because it arises from a cold and clammy Matter, which cannot be overcome in a long time.  
XX. Sometimes it terminates by a Resolution, unless it degenerates into a scirrhous Nodosity, or the like: for the much using of Digestives, many times makes the matter wax hard.  
XXI. The Cure. Indications of Cure are threefold: 1. The removing the Procatartick Cause. 2. Removal of the Antecedent Cause. 3. Removing of the Conjoined Cause; which is done by Topics, or External Applications.  
XXII. As to the removing of the Procatartick Cause; let the Diet be such as does not generate or breed Phlegm, but rather such as destroys it.  
XXIII. Let his Bread be Wheat, and chief Biscuit: his Meat, Flesh of good nourishment, and easy digestion, as roasted Mutton, Veal, Pullet's, Rabbits: his Fish, such as swim in stoney and gravelly places: his Drink, Medicated Ale, with Wine sometimes.  
XXIV. Let the Air he lives in, be drying and heating, use Exercise before Eating, to stir up the Native Heat; be merry and cheerful, avoiding Melancholy as much as may be: diurnal Sleep is also to be avoided, also Blood letting, and such things as bind the Body, or overmuch cool it, as Cheese, cold Fruits, as Cucumbers, Melons, etc.  
XXV. The Antecedent 'Cause is removed by due Purgation, either upwards or downwards. If the Stomach is foul, give a Vomit of Tartar-emetick, à gr. two. ad u or vi. according to age and strength; or with Vinum emeticum, or Vinum or Acetum scilliticum; repeating the Dose two or three times.  
XXVI. Than purge with Diajalapa, or Diagamba, or Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Syrupus Catharticus, or Pulvis Corna●hini, or Tinctura purgans: or you may often purge with an Infusion of Sena and Mechoacan, which is admirable: and than cut the tough Phlegm with Oxysaccharum, by often giving it in Infusio Catholica, or alone.  
XXVII. Sudorificks are sometimes given with good success, being exhibited in the times between Purging.  
XXVIII. A proper Diet aught also to be instituted, such as this of Barbett. ℞ Florentine-Orrice ℥ i Senaʒvi. roots of Parsley, Sea-holly, A. ℥ ss. Rhubarb, Agarick trochiscated, A.ʒiii. Cinnamon, seeds of Siler montanum, A. ʒii. Clovesʒss. infuse them in old Whitewine a quart: and take every morning ℥ iv. or ℥ v. for a Dose.  
XXIX. Or this Electuary. ℞ Electuary of the juice of Roses ℥ i Jalapʒi. Spirit of Salt ℈ i mix, and make an Electuary; of which let the quantity of a Bean or Hazelnut be taken every third or fourth day.  
XXX. By the often use of one or other of these Medicines, he says he has many times cured an Oedema; but withal rolling the Parts with Rulers twelve or fifteen yards long; beginning from below upwards, allowing thereby no liberty for the Humour to descend. By this method the noble Parts are strengthened, the evil Humours evacuated, and the Parts affected in a few days restored.  
XXXI. But in order to the Essential Cure, you must observe whether the Oedema follows any other Disease of the more noble parts: if so, the Intentions of Cure must first be directed to them; that the Disease upon which it depends may be taken away; otherwise the Oedema will never be cured.  
XXXII. The Conjoined Cause is next to be considered. By Frictions and hot Fomentations, warm the Part affected; or rub it well with Oil, mingled with Salt: or foment it with a Decoction of Wormwood in Wine, in which a little Salt of Wormwood, or of Bohemian-tartar has been dissolved.  
XXXIII. Or anoint with Unguentum Martiatum, or with Balsam de Chili, with which once I cured an Oedema; bathing the Part also with the Powers of Amber, and applying over a Resolutive Emplaster.  
XXXIV. But in the beginning Repellers are to be mixed with Discussives, but so that the Discussives may exceed; afterwards use only Discussives or Resolutives: as Vnguentum Adstringens mixed with equal parts of Vnguentum de Althaea, or Vng. Comitissae, or Vng. Rutaceum, or Ceratum de Ammoniaco, or Geratum Galeni, mixed with a few flowers of Sulphur; or the Cataplasma Resolutivum Foresti, Diachylon simplex, etc.  
XXXV. Or you may apply this, which is stronger. ℞ Labdanum ℥ jss. Olibanum, Oil of Rue, A. ℥ i flowers of Sulphurʒvi. Storax Calamita, Cowdung, A. ℥ ss. Alum, Nitre, Vine-ashes, A. ʒii. Turpentine, Pitch, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster. Or, ℞ Cowdung ℥ iii Pigeons-dungʒii. mix, and fry them with Oil, and apply it.  
XXXVI. ℞ Rose-vinegar ℥ jss. Oils of Myrtles and Earthworms, A. ℥ i fine Bowl, Terra sigillata, A. ʒiv. Aloesʒiii. Acacia, Sanguis draconis, Cyperus roots powdered, A. ʒii. Saffronʒss. Wax q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXXVII. Or this. ℞ Bean-meal ℥ two. Vinegar ℥ i flowers of Sulphur, Vine-ashes, Salgem, A. ʒii. Oil of Nuts, Camphir, A. ʒi. Turpentine, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cerate.  
XXXVIII. This Cataplasm is excellent. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ iii briony, Dwarf-elder, A. ℥ two. leaves of Sage, Rue, A. M. i Savin, M ss. boil them in equal parts of Wine and Water: in the end add Wine-vinegar ℥ iii beaten all well together; than add Bean-meal ℥ ijss. Leaven ℥ jss. Cowdung ℥ i Vine-ashes, common Salt, A. ℥ ss. Hogs-lard ℥ two. Oil of Camomile ℥ iv. mix them.  
THIRTY-NINE. Bandage (says Wiseman) is of great help in this cure; so that we can do nothing considerable without it. Those I especially commend to you, are, a laced Stocking, Trowze, Sleeve, Glove; because they sit most firmly, and may be worn with the greatest advantage, and lest trouble or prejudice to the Health of the Patient; yet it requires consideration, and care how they be laced: for by unequal lacing, a Tumour may be raised; and by an equal overhard lacing, the most fleshy Part may be emaciated.  
XL. And Sennertus says, that in applying of Medicaments of any kind, whether Liniments, Ointments, or Emplasters, we must beforehand make the Part hot by Frictions and Fomentations; otherwise the Applications will scarcely effect the Cure, by reason of the coldness of the Part.  
XLI. The Frictions may be made with course hot linen Clotheses, the Fomentation with Decoction of Camomile, Feather-few, Hyssop, Origanum, Tansey, Wormwood, etc. in Wine: for by the Frictions and Fomentations together, the Heat and Blood will be called into the Part, and the superfluous Humour will be scattered.  
XLII. But if the Tamor will not resolve, but that it is necessary to bring it to Suppuration, you may do it with the Cataplasm, at Sect. 38. aforegoing, adding thereto, pulp of roasted Onions, Basilicon the lesle, A. ℥ iii  
XLIII. The Abscess being suppurated, let it be opened either with a Caustick, or the Knife; and let it be throughly cleansed with juice of Wormwood and honey of Roses, mixed with Turpentine and Frankincense; fill the hollowness with Vnguentum Basilicon, or Nicotianae, and at length heal it up according to Art: but it commonly proves a long time, before the Cure is perfected.  
XLIV. If it should degenerate into a Scirrhus, you must use only Emollients: and for this purpose, we use Vinegar, in which Lapis Pyrites or Firestone, or a piece of a Millstone heated red-hot has been quenched: afterwards anointing the Part with old Oil, in which roots of wild Cucumbers and Althaea, have been boiled.  
XLV. Or this. ℞ Mucilage of Althaea roots, Linseed and Fenugreek, Goose grease, Veal marrow, powder of Orrice root, powder of Hermodacts, Camomile flowers, A. ℥ two. liquid Storax, Myrrh, Frankincense, Oil of Camomile, A. ʒx. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLVI. Scultetus has this Observation. With the noble Limewater, says he, made use of for some days, I have discussed obstinate Oedematous Tumours. ℞ A piece of Quicklime, the quantity of a Walnut, put it into boiling Water till it is dissolved; which done, stir them together, and let them settle: decant of the clear Water, and dip into it a new Sponge, which press out, and apply hot to the Part; it being first anointed with Oil of sweet Almonds, or Hogs-grease.  
XLVII. The same practice (says he) is to be given to a Sponge dipped into Posca or Oxycrate, viz. Vinegar and Water mixed together; being applied in the beginning or augmentation of the Disease. Scult. observe 72.  
XLVIII. In an Oedema Phlegmonoodes, which is somewhat like an Erysipelas, and for the most part invades the Limbs, being very troublesome, nothing is found better than this: ℞ Lie of Vine-ashes lbi lbi. Sal-nitreʒjss. common Salt, Wine-vinegar, A. ℥ i mix them. After general Remedies, dip double linen Clotheses in this lukewarm, and apply, binding them on with Rulers: it wonderfully drinks in, discusses, and in three or four days at most, helps dangerous Oedema's, threatening Mortification. Scultet. observe 98.  
XLIX. Munick, Chirurg. lib. 1. cap. 6. sect. 14. commends this, from great Experience. ℞ Rectified S.U. Wine-vinegar, A. ℥ seven. common Salt ℥ ss. mix, and dissolve: this Liquor apply with double Clotheses dipped in it hot, with strict ligature (rolling it from below upwards) but not too much compressing the Parts.  
L. About three years since, I had a Maidservant in cure, who having an obstruction of her Terms, had forthwith an Oedema in her Knee; it was very large: I first well purged her with my Family Pills three or four times; and gave her Tinctura Martis to provoke her Terms, which was effectually done: after which, (making her keep her Bed, for about seven or eight Weeks) I gave her every night my Guttae Vitae, beginning at fifty drops, and increasing the Dose gradually, till it came to an hundred; which she continued the taking of, the whole time of the Cure.  
LIVELY And outwardly, after Frictions, I bathed it well with my Spiritus Anodynus, (which is a Tincture of Opium, etc. in Spirit of Wine:) and after, anointed it with Balsam de Chili, applying over it a Plaster of Mithridate. This course was constantly repeated, morning and evening; and in about 8 week's time she was perfectly well.  
LII. Where an Oedema is very obstinate, whether it breaks, or breaks not, there is nothing equal to a gentle Salivation; which being skilfully and carefully performed, does the Cure to a wonder; for that it causes an effectual revulsion of the Humour to another Part.   

CHAP. XXII. Of the CYSTICK TUMOUR.  

I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Tumour Cysticus; in English, the Cystick Tumour, or, Tumour contained in a Bag.  
II The Kind's. It is threefold, according to the threefold Matter contained in the Cystis, or Bag: viz. 1. When it is like unto Frumety, called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pultis genere; in Latin, Atheroma. 2. When it is like unto Honey, called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Mel, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Cera; in Latin, Meliceris. 3. When it is like unto Suet, called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Sebum seu Sevum; in Latin, Steatoma, Tumour sevosus.  
III They are all of them also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Choeratodes; because they have some resemblance to that swinelike Disease the Scrophula; when contained in a Cystis or Bag.  
IV. The Definition. Atheroma is a preternatural Tumour, contained in a proper Cystis; caused from a Humour or Matter like to Frumety or Paste, made of boiled Barley or Wheat; of the colour of the Skin, without pain, hot easily yielding to the Fingers; nor when removed, suddenly swelling out again.  
V Sometimes in an Atheroma, there is mixed with the pultislike Matter, hard substances, and stony bodies; sometimes a sulphur-like substance, sometimes small Bones, matted Hair, and the like.  
VI Meliceris is a preternatural Tumour, contained in its own proper Cystis, proceeding from a honey-like Matter, of a white colour, painless, round, and easily yielding to the Fingers; which being removed, presently returns again to its first figure.  
VII. The Tumour in this, is greater than the former, its figure is rounder and higher, and the Humour thereof thinner.  
VIII. Steatoma is a preternatural Tumour, contained in its proper Cystis, caused from a matter like to Suet, and of the same colour, and soft: it arises from a small beginning, increases gradually and leisurely, difficultly yields to the Fingers; which being removed, it returns again to its former magnitude.  
IX. The Differences. How they differ one from another, the Signs aforegoing show: but (says Barbett) if the Matter of any of these Tumours is gathered together about the Joints, it is called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ganglion: if about the Glandules of the Neck, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Choeratodes, Glandula, Scrophula, or Struma: if in the Arms or Legs, Tuberculum; if from the Pox, Tophus, or Gumma. So that in the main, it seems, that he makes them but as a species of the Kings-Evil.  
X. But if they hap in the Head, they are called, 1. Talpa, which is referred to Atheroma. 2. Testudo, or Topinaria, which is referred to Meliceris. 3. Natta, which is referred to Steatoma, growing forth especially on the Back.  
XI. The Causes. The Antecedent 'Cause is Phlegm; in the one more, in the other lesle; receding from its natural constitution: and sometimes (though seldom) it is mixed with Melancholy.  
XII. Platerus is of pinion, that these Tumours are not generated from excrementitious Humours, or Phlegm; (for that it would be obnoxious to putridness) but from an alimentary Juice: viz. such as is by Nature provided for the nourishment of the Part.  
XIII. For (says he) if the Humour is thicker than is necessary for nourishment, than a fleshy substance or Excrescence is bred: but if the Humour is extraordinary thick, than it becomes a Scirrhus: but if the Humour is thinner, than it suddenly ends in an Apostem, in which different matter is generated, according to the difference and variety of the Juice mixed with other Humours) which has bred this Tumour; which yet comes not to suppuration in like manner, as other Apostems bred from Blood; nor yet is it turned into Pus, but into another kind of Substance, contained in a proper Cystis.  
FOURTEEN. All these sorts of Tumours have their cause from a very inconsiderable beginning; and they are tedious, and increase but by little and little; being included in their own peculiar Tunicle.  
XU. The Signs. Atheroma yields when it is touched, as if it were a certain lose body, and returns back slowly: but what it has within, (as also Meliceris and Steatoma) is only to be guessed at by conjecture: so true it is, that it cannot be certainly known, till it is cast forth; as Celsus says, lib. 7. cap. 6.  
XVI. Meliceris is rounder in figure, more extended; and when pressed down, it suddenly yields and gives place to the touch; and upon removal of the Fingers, as soon returns back again.  
XVII. Steatoma is harder than the other, and resisteth upon the touch, having the bottom thereof more solid: but though it is hard, yet it differs from Strumae, because it is nothing so hard as Strumae, nor has it an inequality like it.  
XVIII. The Tumours called Talpa, Testudo, and Natta, are easily known, 1. From the Place, because they almost always hap in the Head. 2. From their Form and Substance; being soft Tumours, at lest not very hard, and shut up in their own proper Cystis.  
XIX. TALPA (from its creeping like a Mole) runs under the Skin and Flesh, and seems to feed upon the Cranium or Skull; the matter whereof is more gross and thick than in Testudo, and so may be referred to Atheroma.  
XX. TESTUDO, is a great Tumour in the Head, soft, or not very hard, of a broad form, much like the manner of a Tortoise; growing forth at first in form and fashion of a Chestnut, afterwards like an Egg, containing a soft kind of matter, in a Cystis; for which reason it is referred to Meliceris, which sticks so fast in the Scull, that it vitiates it, and causes rottenness.  
XXI. NATTA, is a Tumour great and soft, without any pain or colour, growing on the head, back, shoulders, and sometimes other parts, hanging by a small, slender root; yet sometimes it increases to the weight of some pounds, and in bigness, to the quantity of a large Melon: the Matter contained, seems to be fleshy, but indeed it is no Flesh, but like unto Fat, and therefore is referred to Steatoma.  
XXII. These three last Tumours have the same Cause, which the three former Tumours have; but in this lies the difference, that in these there is a greater quantity of Matter; for which reason, their magnitude or bulk is much greater.  
XXIII. The Prognostics. Atheroma, Meliceris, and Steatoma carry no danger in them; yet they are generally of long continuance, and without any great hurt, continued and neglected.  
XXIV. Sometimes they Apostemate of their own accord; but if so, they are not of so difficult cure as Scrophulae, or a Scirrhus.  
XXV. If they be elevated, and exposed to motion, they are easily cured; but if they lie deep, and not exposed to the touch, with much more difficulty.  
XXVI. In cutting them out, much care is required, because of the danger of great fluxes of Blood; or the cutting or pricking of some Nerve. Many Surgeons for want of skill, in cutting away these Tumours, many times cut away the Nerves that lie under them.  
XXVII. These Tumours (says Barbett) are scarcely ever cured, but by Manual Operation. If the Vesicle is broken, or not all taken out, there remains a Fistula, or foul Ulcer; whose cure will be both difficult and tedious.  
XXVIII. Talpa, Testudo, or Natta, being in the Head are dangerous, by reason of their nearness to the Scull; for that they corrode the Scull, and corrupt it, chief about the Suture.  
XXIX. If they are without any corruption of the Scull, they are the more easily and safely cured: but if there is present a great corruption of the Scull, it is much better to let the Tumour alone, than to cure it.  
XXX. As in Atheroma, Meliceris, and Steatoma, so in Talpa, Testudo, and Natta, there is no perfect recovery to be hoped for; unless the whole Cystis, together with the Humour contained in it be taken forth; for if any thing is left behind, a new Tumour of like kind will arise again.  
XXXI. The Cure. Thou Atheroma, Meliceris, and Steatoma, differ in their names, yet they have almost but one way of curing. Universals are to be premised, and the whole Body is to be purged from the vicious or or offending Humour, both by Vomit and Stool.  
XXXII. Afterwards the conjoined Matter, which is the cause of the Tumour; and the Cystis itself is to be taken away, if need requires.  
XXXIII. Barbett says they are sometimes, but very rarely removed by Resolvents: Sennertus says, that Atheroma is cured by Discussives and Suppuratives; and for the most part, has no need at all of Section.  
XXXIV. Barbett cured some with Balsam of Peru; some with Empl. Oxycroceum; some with this following: ℞ Labdanum ℥ i read Myrrhʒiii. Camphirʒi. mix, and make a Plaster.  
XXXV. Another. ℞ Gum Ammoniacum, Sagapenum, A. ℥ ss. flowers of Sulphurʒiii. Oil of Amberʒi. Euphorbium, and roots of Pellitory, A. ʒss. mix, and make a Plaster.  
XXXVI. This of Sennertus is good. ℞ Labdanum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Ammoniacum, Propolis, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster. Unslaked Lime also (he says) mixed with Grease or Oil, is very useful, and of singular benefit.  
XXXVII. Or this: ℞ Ship-Pitch ℥ i Gum Ammoniacum, Sulphur, A. ℥ ss. mix them. Or this: ℞ Roots of Showbread, Hogs-lard, A. q.s. to which add a little Sulphur, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXXVIII. If these Tumours tend to suppuration, which is very rare, you must assist Nature with Maturatives: and if they break, and the Matter discharge out of the Tunicle, than you must use Corrosives, for other Medicines will be too weak.  
THIRTY-NINE. Cathereticks for this purpose, are roots of white and black Hellebor, burnt Galls, burnt Date-stones, Verdigrise, burnt Alum, Quicklime, Mercury-sublimate, Vitriol, Spirit of Salt, Oil or Butter of Antimony, Liquor of Bohemian-tartar, read Precipitate, Oak-ashes, Vine-ashes, Vng. Aegyptiacum, Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii. Some use Arsenic and Orpiment, but with great danger in some places, as near the Nerves and nervous Parts; but to the Skin and fleshy Excrescencies, they may be better applied.  
XL. This Ointment is also of good use. ℞ Dulcified Vitriolʒi. Verdigrise ℈ i Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment. Others commend read Precipitate mixed with Honey, or Honey of Roses.  
XLI. But if the Tumour open; not of its own accord, than you must come to Section; that so the Cystis (whether it contains a butter-like, a honey-like, or suet-like substance) may be taken forth, and cut away.  
XLII. The Skin is not to be cut transversly, or overthwart; but straight forward, or a little obliquely, like to the form of a Myrtle-leaf; than the Cystis, or Membrane containing the Humour, is to be freed from the Skin, and the Part lying under it: after which it is to be wholly cut of at its root, with one singular cut.  
XLIII. Now in this Operation great care is to be taken, that the Cystis be not hurt; for so the Humour that is contained therein, flowing forth, will hinder the Operation; and be a means that some of it, or some of the Humour may be left behind; which if it should so chance, is to be consumed by Cathereticks: for if any part of the Tunicle is left remaining, the Tumour will again return.  
XLIV. If these Tumours are in the Head, (the Cystis being taken forth) the Pericranium must be cut, and the Scull shaved, jest there be any remainder which may generate the Tumour afresh.  
XLV. If the Patient will not admit of Section, the Skin is to be opened with a Caustick, and the Cystis being taken forth, the Ulcer is to be consolidated, cutting away the Skin, whatsoever of it is superfluous.  
XLVI. An Observation. A Child three years old had an Atheroma, a large soft Swelling without inflammation: the Bone being suspected to be carious, a Caustick was applied, which gave vent to a matter not unlike Butter, and by search with a Probe, the Cranium was felt bore. It was dressed with Lenients, and after separation of the Escar, the Cranium was bore, as broad as a shilling: it was dressed up with Linimentum Arcaei hot, and the lips of the Ulcer with Vng. Basilicon mag. The second day, it was fomented with Decoction of the tops of Hypericon, Origanum, Betony, read Roses and Balaustians in Wine and Water: the Bone was dressed with Dossils' of Lint, pressed out of S.U. and the lips were dressed with Vng. Diapompholigos, touching them sometimes with a Vitriol or Alum Stone. By this means the Bone incarned, united with the lips of the Ulcer, and cicatrized from the edges round; during which some small pieces of Bones cast of, and the Ulcer easily healed. Wiseman.  
XLVII. Another. A Coachman had a troublesome Meliceris on his right Shoulder, which after preparing and purging the Body, there was applied the Cerate Diasinapios to it, thus made. ℞ Old Oil ℥ xi. Sal Gem, Litharge of Gold, Ceruse, A. ℥ iv. Mustardseed powdered ℥ two. Galbanum, Opopanax, A. ℥ ss. Wax, Turpentine, A. ʒii. Vinegar q.s. mix, and make a soft Cerate. The effect of this Cerate against a Meliceris, I lately experienced in another person; who by my advice applied it to a Meliceris in the right Knee, as big as a Goose-egg, which it totally discussed in a month's time, with all those other Humours, which were gathered to the Part in the beginning, through the neglect of general Remedies. Scultetus.  
XLVIII. If any of these kinds of Tumours hung like Figs by a slender stalk, they are not to be cut out by opening the Skin, but they are to be cut of by the roots: or in timorous people, you may bind it about its roots with a Thread, drawing it harder and harder every day, to stupify it; which is there to be left, till the Tumour falls of: but where the Patient has courage enough, 'tis best to be cut away with a sharp Knife.  
XLIX. If it bleeds much, (after cutting of) you must either stop it with a Styptic, or lightly burn it with a red-hot Iron; and when the Escar is fallen, you must heal it as a common Ulcer: this way the Ulcer is but small, and equal, and the Cure soon done.  
L. Some of these Atheromata, which lie upon the Parts with a large Basis, are of very different magnitudes: some are as big as a small Nut, some as big as a Walnut, others as big as an Egg; but the great ones are as big as a large Melon or Pompey: and I once saw one, upon the Back of a Gentlewoman, as big, nearly, as an half-bushel.  
LIVELY Now these great ones, by reason of many Veins and Arteries, cannot be taken forth, but are wholly to be cut of at once, after the manner as a Cancer is cut of: taking it away by the very roots; after which, to stop the flux of Blood, it must be dressed up with Stypticks, Digestives, Sarcoticks, and Epuloticks.  
LII. Scultetus, instead of taking hold of it, as you do of a Cancer in cutting it of, has a large pair of Pincers made on purpose, with which he takes hold of the whole Apostem, as far as the roots of it, and so proceeds to the amputation, or cutting of: those which are of the lesser sort, are cut forth by opening the Skin, and separating it, and not otherwise.  
LIII. In this latter case, you must be very careful that you hurt not the Cystis, especially in an Atheroma, and a Meliceris: but in Steatoma, the tallowy substance being more solid, it will hardly run forth, so that there is lesle danger in hurting the Bag.   

TALPA, TESTUDO, NATTA.  
LIU. These give little hope of cure where the Bone is much corrupted; otherwise, when they reject all other Remedies, they may be taken away by the Knife, thus; Divide the Skin in form of a Cross, than take forth the Cystis whole; which done, separate the Pericranium from the Cranium, and scrape the Bone with a Rasp, till you come to the sound Part.  
LU. After which, sprinkle upon it some Astringent powder, and let the Skin be forthwith consolidated again; which if it is too lose or large, (which is very seldom) is in part to be cut of, or taken away.  
LVI. Vniversals are here first to be premised, and the Body sufficiently evacuated; than the Matter making the Tumour is to be taken away by Digestives and Resolvers, or by Suppuratives, or Manual Operation; as is directed at Sect. 53. aforegoing.  
LVII. It is rare that these Tumours are cured by Discussives; but when you have occasion to make use of them, they may be such as we apply in Scrophula's, or suchlike Tumours.  
LVIII. If they cannot be cured by Discussives alone, than Suppuratives are to be applied; such as that in Chap. 21. Sect. 38, and 42. aforegoing, of this Book. Or this: ℞ Roasted Onions, yolks of Eggs hard boiled, A. Nᵒ three Hogs-lard, or fresh Butter lbss ss. pulp of Althaea-roots lbi lbi. Mithridate ℥ v. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
LIX. But you must not wait for a perfect maturation, because the Pus soon gets a sharp and malign quality, and so corrodes the Scull; but as soon as any signs of Suppuration appear, the Tumour is to be opened.  
LX. The Incision is to be made either downright, or else in the form of a Cross, according to the place, and largeness of the Tumour: than the Pus being wholly emptied, the Ulcer is to be throughly cleansed with Vng. ex Apio, or some other fit Medicine: as, ℞ Barley-flower ℥ two. Sarcocol ℥ i Myrrh, Scammony, A. ℥ ss. Honey q.s. mix them.  
LXI. Or, cleanse with this. ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ two. Tobacco in pouderʒii. mix them. Or, ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ two. powder of Scammonyʒ vi Honey q.s. mix them. Scammony itself also alone applied, is an excellent thing: so also Scammony mixed with Myrrh.  
LXII. The Ulcer being throughly cleansed, it is to be filled up with Sarcoticks or Incarnatives; and than consolidated according to Art, with Epuloticks or Cicatrizers.  
LXIII. But if the Bone is corrupted, it is than to be scraped with a Rasp or Scraping-iron; as is above directed at Sect. 53. after which it is to be cured as other Ulcers, which are accompanied with rottenness of the Bones.    

CHAP. XXIII. Of a WEN.  
I THIS Tumour is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ganglium, Lupia; and in English, a Wen.  
II What the Ancients meant by Ganglion, is hard to be determined, nor yet have we any any Disease common with us, that agrees with those Signs and Symptoms declared by Sennertus; but our more late or modern Authors, under the names of Ganglion or Lupia, intent that Tumour called by the Vulgar a WEN.  
III A Wen is a preternatural Tumour, proceeding sometimes from Phlegm, and sometimes from Phlegm mixed with Blood and other Humours; sometimes hard, sometimes soft, but most commonly round, and of a fleshy substance.  
IV. The Places. It generally happens in those places which have little Flesh, being dry and nervous: as the Forehead, Eyebrows, Backbone, Joints of the Toes, etc.  
V The Kind's. They are twofold: 1. Those which are contained in a Cystis, or Bag as it were. 2. Such as are without a Cystis, and seem to be one continued lump of Flesh with the adjoining Flesh of the Body.  
VI The Causes. The Procatartick Causes are, heavy and dull blows, falls from high places, overstraining of any Part, or, any other violence; whereby the mouths of the Capillary Arteries may be made too open, or the mouths of the Capillary Veins may be obstructed, so as to hinder the due Circulation of the Blood.  
VII. For those Arteries (which are appointed to carry the Nourishment to the Muscles) yielding or casting out their bloody Juice, and it not being received in again by the mouths of the Capillary Veins; whereby the Blood joined with Lympha, becomes extravasated, Nature forms it into a new body, and makes such a preternatural Tumour as we call a Wen.  
VIII. The Antecedent 'Cause is sometimes Lympha alone, sometimes Lympha joined with Serum: and sometimes joined with Blood if it proceeds chief from a lymphatic, serous, or pituitous matter, it is generally included in its proper Cystis; otherwise, if from Blood, not so, but is one continued piece of Flesh with that of the Body.  
IX. The Conjoined Cause is for the most part a fleshy substance, contained in its proper Cystis, or not contained; having its own particular Veins and Arteries, by which it is nourished, and made daily to increase, and grows sometimes to a very great magnitude.  
X. The Signs. If it is not contained in a Cystis, it sticks more firmly to the Part, and is as it were immovable; as those upon the joints of the Toes, etc. but if it is contained in a Cystis, than it is more movable with your Fingers, up and down.  
XI. It is a Tumour arising from a very small beginning, and grows in a round or globular form by little and little, sometimes to a very great magnitude: some grow as big as a Nutmeg, and never any bigger, some as big as Walnuts, some as big as large Eggs; others again to a vast bigness, even to the greatness of a large Melon or Pompey.  
XII. In some they cease growing after a year or two, in others they grow for the space of six or seven years together: some of them easily yield to the touch, others with more difficulty; being mostly of a fleshy substance, and generally without pain.  
XIII. The colour is many times white, or of the colour of the Skin, especial where Lympha or Phlegm is the principal cause: if much Blood is conjoined, it is reddish; if Choler be joined therewith, the colour is yellowish, and the Tumour a little painful; but if Melancholy, it is livid, and very hard to feel to.  
FOURTEEN. As the Tumour increases, the Vessels, as Veins and Arteries, grow big also; so that they appear sometimes under the Skin, as thick as ones Thumb.  
XU. The Prognostics. This Tumour is not in itself malign; but by evil Applications it may easily be made so: however, the best of Remedies seldom answer expectation.  
XVI. If it is great, and of long continuance, it will never come to Resolution: if evil Medicines be applied, it oftentimes degenerates into Cancer: but this is chief to be understood of such as are contained in no proper Cystis.  
XVII. If it is about a Joint, there is scarcely any cure for it: for in that case, cutting will be very dangerous.  
XVIII. The Cure. While it is in beginning, you may hinder its increase, as Paraeus says, (lib. 7. cap. 20.) by somewhat a strong and frequent rubbing with your Fingers: for so (says he) their Cystis or Bag, together with the Skin will wax thin, and the contained Matter grow hot, and be attenuated and resolved.  
XIX. But if this nothing prevails, (we speak of that contained in a Cystis) you must press upon it hard with your whole Hand, or a hard piece of Wood, as heavy as you can, till the Cystis is broken; and than apply and bind strongly unto it a plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver: Paraeus says, he has many times found by experience, that it has a wondered force, to resolve and waste the subject Humour.  
XX. But if the Wen is in such a place, where you can make no strong impression; as in the Face, Breast, Stomach, Throat, or Belly; than this resolving Emplaster may be applied. ℞ Gum Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, A. ℥ iii dissolve them in Vinegar, and strain through a Sieve: than add Oils of Lilies and Bays, A. ℥ i powders of Orrice-root, Shall Armoniac, Sulphur vive, and Roman Vitriol, A. ʒss. Aqua Vitae ℥ ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXI. But whilst this is doing, it will be good to prescribe universal Purgers; and than to take the Tincture of Salt of Bohemian-tartar for many days together.  
XXII. And whilst the Tumour is small, strive to resolve it, by often anointing it with Balsam of Sulphur; and applying Empl. Hystericum, or de Galbano crocatum, which is accounted one of the greatest Resolvers; or Ceratum de Ammoniaco Foresti, (which see in Our Pharmacop. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 5. sect. 4. and cap. 6. sect. 61. or the Empl. de Ranis, with double or triple Mercury, which is inferior to none of them.  
XXIII. Oribasius made use of this. ℞ Ammoniacum, Galbanum strained, old Oil, Rosin, Ceruse, A. ℥ i Wax ℥ iv. mix them, and apply it.  
XXIV. But indeed in the beginning, such things as repel and astringe are to be applied; rolling the Part upon them gently. ℞ Pomgranate-peels, Bistort-root, A. ʒi. rust of Iron, burnt Lead, Quicksilver killed. A. ʒii. fine Bole, Bloodstone, A. ʒjss. Turpentine, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXV. Some commend Sorrel-leaves roasted under the Emberss and applied, being mixed with Oak-ashes in form of a Pultise: others apply Suppuratives, than open it, and cure it as another Ulcer.  
XXVI. Some use an Actual Cautery; because by it, its increase may be stayed for a long time; and sometimes it wholly removes the Tumour.  
XXVII. Where the neck or root of it is small (or so small as a Thread may be applied) cast a strong Thread, or small Packthread about its neck twice, and tie it with a double knot; drawing it straighter and straighter every day, till it is deprived of its colour, feeling, and life; which will be in eight or ten days time.  
XXVIII. Than with a crooked Knife you may easily take it of, without any great pain, or flux of Blood: but this aught to be done in a cold and moist habit of Body, or one of a Phlegmatic constitution; but in Sanguine or Choleric habits, it will so afflict, that it will scarcely be endured: however, you aught to anoint with some anodyn or cooling Ointment, and use persuasions to the Patient to bear it.  
XXIX. Some use Potential Cauteries, as this: ℞ Vnslaked Lime, Goose-grease, Turpentine, A. ℥ i Ammoniacum strained ℥ ss. mix them, and apply it.  
XXX. Others, (if they will not resolve) gently and carefully anoint it, or rather touch it with Oil or Butter of Antimony, round about the roots thereof: and than with a sharp Instrument (all things being fit) cut it of according to Art; presently washing the place with Ablution of Saccharum Saturni warm, or applying some other Styptic, and than healing it up, as another Ulcer.  
XXXI. But if you design to take it away by Section, (which is to be done, when the Wen is grown to so great a mass, that it cannot be cured by other means, but yet withal where there is no danger by reason of its too great magnitude, too close adhesion to the adjacent Parts, or too near to the greater Arteries and Veins, for in all these cases, it will be better to let section alone:) the manner is thus:  
XXXII. Make a small incision in the Skin, even unto the Cystis, in which the Matter of the Tumour is included; through which a Probe of the thickness of a Finger, round at the end, but hollow in the middle, is to be conveyed in, between the Skin and the Cystis, and to be drawn about even to the root of the Wen: and than after this, upon the Skin, an Incision is to be made large enough, in form of the Letter X, or crosswise; after which, presently draw of the Skin from the Cystis, corner-wise, towards its root, with your Fingers wrapped about with a linen Cloth, or separate it with an Incision-knife; after which, cut of the Wen by the root.  
XXXIII. If there arises any Hemorrhage from the larger Vessels, (which are as it were its roots) upon their being cut, it is to be stopped with the Royal, or some other proper Styptic: after which it is to be well bound up, a portion of the Skin with which it was covered being first cut of, and only so much left as is enough to cover the Part; after which, let it be cured as some other green Wound.  
XXXIV. If any of the substance of the Tumour should be left behind, it must either be cut again, or else consumed with caustick Medicaments.  
XXXV. Paraeus says, he took away a Wen which hanged at a man's Neck, as big'as a man's Head, which weighed eight pounds: and he says, that being called on a time to open the Body of a great Lady, he found in one of her Breasts a Stone, as big as a Hen-egg, hard and compact like a Pibble; taken by the Physicians and Surgeons whilst she was living, for a Cancer; because it was very painful to her, when pressed upon.  
XXXVI. The Cure of a Wen not contained in a Cystis. Whilst it is young, and in its beginning, you must apply Discussives or Resolutives, and such things as make suppling, as are Emollients: Natural Baths of Sulphur are good in this; also Empl. Diasulphuris Rulandi, which dissolves much.  
XXXVII. But you must beware how you apply Suppuratives, jest you created an incurable Ulcer; at lest such a one as will be very difficult to heal, or may prove phagedenick, whereby the nervous parts near about the Joints may be corrupted.  
XXXVIII. In a Tumour therefore of this kind, your best way will be, to be contented with a Palliative Cure, and such things as may keep it from growing bigger, or degenerating into Cancer; of which kind are Vng. Diapompholigos, a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, Emplastrum de Ranis, with triple quantity of Mercury, etc.   

CHAP. XXIV. Of GUMMS, NODES, TOPHS.  
I THESE kinds of Diseases are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Tumour gummosus, nodosus, tophaceus, & callosus; in English, a Gumm, Node, Toph, or Callous Tumour.  
II The Differences. There is some difference as well in the natures of these Tumours, as in their names: and though they may all hap to one and the same person, and at the same time, yet always in different parts of the Body, and from different causes.  
III A Gumm, called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Tumour gummosus; is a Tumour happening in the brawny parts of the Body, or in the substance of the Flesh; and this is for the most part softish, and of a much softer substance, than either a Node, or a Toph.  
IV. A Node, called, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Tumour nodosus; is a knotty hard kind of Tumour; and commonly affects the Nerves, or Nervous parts.  
V A Toph, called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Tumour callosus; also, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Tumour tophaceus, a hard, stoney-like Tumour, is an Exostosis, or bone-like substance, growing out upon a Bone, or a stoney Concretion growing in the joints.  
VI The Places. A Gumm happens many times upon the brawney part of the Arm, as betwixt the Wrist and the Elbow, and between the Elbow and the Shoulder: also upon the fleshy parts of the Buttocks, Thighs, and Legs, and many times upon the hairy part of the Head, and Forehead, and several other parts, as Wrists, Ankles, etc.  
VII. A Node is always an Affection of the Nerves, or Nervous parts, following many times upon Convulsions, or after severe Cramps; and sometimes in those places where the Lymphatic Vessels run.  
VIII. A Toph is always found upon the Bones, or in a Boney place; being a hard Callus, or bone-like substance; and is seated generally under the Periostion, upon the Shins, etc. and sometimes in other parts, as the Joints, in the Gout, where it is stoney.  
IX. The Causes. A Gumm, for the most part, arises from the Venereal Disease; which causes a fugitive, malign, pituitous Humour to fly up and down the Body; till it meets with a plentiful Viscosity, sufficiently able to stop it in its career, and than hold it fixed in the Part where it so appears.  
X. A Node, is caused for the most part by a contraction of the Nerves in Spasmatick-paroxysms; or thro'a rapture of some of the Lymphatick-vessels, in the Pox; and other Diseases: where that Juice being sharp, and making its way, and not being able to get through the Skin, it hardens into a Matter, much like to a Knot in a Nerve, or some Cartilaginous substance.  
XI. A Toph arises from many causes, as sometimes from breaking of the Bones, the Bone-making Faculty and Juice, being too powerful and luxuriant; but mostly from a sharp and malign Humour, in the French-pox; which touching the Bone, seizes upon it, where making its seat, it grows hard and great, extending the Periostion; or from a Lithontriptick Juice; which being scattered up and down the Body, Nature for her relief sends to the Joints, and there hardens it into the substance of Chalk-stones.  
XII. The Signs. These are all known by sight, and from what has been said in their Differences, places they seize on, and the variety of causes which produce them. Gums are known by a broad large swelling in the Flesh, making the very place somewhat harder, and somewhat higher than the adjacent Flesh; sometimes of the colour of the Skin, and sometimes of a kind of reddish hue, especially if any sort of pain attends them; which being nipped with your Fingers, as hard as you may do any other fleshy substance of the Part, puts the Patient to ten times as much more pain.  
XIII. A Node is hard in feeling, much like to a hard, nervous, or cartilaginous substance, sometimes as large as a small Hazelnut, sometimes as big as a large Nutmeg; sometimes bigger, sometimes lesle, generally painful, and sometimes not easy to be felt by the Fingers in places nervous, or where the Nerves and Lymphatick-vessels pass.  
FOURTEEN. A Toph or Exostosis is known from the Place, which is generally upon some naked Bone; as the Shins, Jawbones, etc. From its Form, it being broad in its Basis, and lifted up higher than the rest of the Flesh: and from its Substance; it being very hard, like to a bone, and not yielding to the Fingers: its Colour is the natural colour of the Skin, and is very full of pain, chief in the night time, and when warm in bed; whence come those which are called Nocturnal Pains; this kind of Tumour generally following upon, and being one of the Symptoms of the Pox: Stones in the Joints, are known by Sight.  
XU. The Prognostics. These are all of difficult cure, and only to be removed, by curing the Diseases which 'cause them. Gums proceeding from the Pox, are easier of cure, than either Nodes or Tophs, because they are removed by resolution with Externals only; and sometimes by Internals only, by such things as take away the Disease which causes them.  
XVI. Nodes are of very difficult Cure; and though many times, at length they are cured by Resolution, yet they also many times, remain during the whole course of the Patient's life.  
XVII. Tophs are the hardest of all to cure, where they are of a stoney hardness; as those of the Joints in the Gout, which are said to be incurable.  
XVIII. And Exostoses upon the Shins and other places, admit of no other cure, but laying open the Part, and scaling the Bone, or Excision; which is a work of time, labour, difficulty, and hazard; together with removing the original Cause, viz. the Pox itself.  
XIX. The Cure of Gums. These, as they arise from the Pox, so the internal Remedies must be such as cure that Disease; the chief of which are, the Prince's Powder, Precipitate per se, white Precipitate, Turpethum Minerale, Arcanum Corallinum, Aurum Vitae, etc.  
XX. Outwardly you may apply this: ℞ Juice of Nightshade, Oil of Lilies, Vipers fat, A.ʒiu. boil to the consumption of the Juice; than add, artificial Cinnabarʒiv. Opium, Castile-soap, A. ʒii. Sublimate in fine pouderʒiss. Labdanum, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXI. Or anoint with this Lineament. ℞ Distilled Oils of Turpentine, Euphorbium, Amber, and Guajacum, A. ʒii. crude Opiumʒiv. Quicksilver killed with spittleʒi. mix, and make an Ointment or Lineament.  
XXII. Or you may apply Emplastrum de Ranis, with double or triple quantity of Mercury, or Emplastrum Mercuriale, described in lib. 1. cap. 77. aforegoing, which is inferior to no other Medicament.  
XXIII. I have also many times cured Gums, by bathing the place affected two three times a day with this Water. ℞ Sublimate corrosive in fine pouderʒi. boiling Water ℥ x. mix, and dissolve.  
XXIV. A Child seven years old, had a Gummy-swelling encompassing the Muscle Mastoides, on the right side of her Neck, also the Fingers of her right Hand were affected with the like Swell. The Gums upon the Neck and Fingers were embrocated with Vng. Magistrale ad Strumas and Empl. and Tophos, applied over all: during which Applications, the Child was frequently purged with Calomelanos and Diagredium; and drank a Decoction of Sarsa, Burdock-roots, Scrophularia the greater, flowers of Sage, Betony, and Rosemary, etc. But the Cure not succeeding with these, there was given her a few grains of Theriaca Metallorum, by which she Salivated; during which the Gummy-tumors resolved, and several Ulcerations she had, dried up. But to confirm the Cure, she took Sudorificks, and purged frequently. Wiseman.  
XXV. A Woman thirty years of age, had a Gumma on the Muscle Mastoides, (whether from the Pox, or Kings-evil, is doubtful,) she took Calomelanos, ad ℈ i and repeated it as often as was thought cenvenient, with a Decoction of Sarsa; by which course, some Ulcers in her Throat were also healed. The Gumma lessened, her Chaps being now already sore by the Calomelanos, two Doses of Turbith were given her; beginning with gr. 7. and so higher, by which a Salivation was raised, which resolved the Gumma; after which she was purged, and with a drying Diet she was cured. Wiseman.  
XXVI. The Cure of Nodes. These are more difficult to be cured th●n the former, and can only be ●ielped by curing the Disease which causes them.  
XXVII. If they proceed from Convulsions of the Nerves, or Spasmodick Paroxysms, give inwardly this: ℞ Pours of Rosemary, Lavender, Sage, Lemons, Anise, and Amber, A. ℥ i mix them. Dose, one spoonful, in a glass of Ale or Wine, morning and evening.  
XXVIII. And outwardly, bathe with the same Mixture, or with Oil of Amber, or with this. ℞ Pure, sweet, golden-coloured Palm-oil ℥ i Spirit of Nitre, Oil of Amber A. ʒii. mix them well, and anoint therewith daily, two or three times a day.  
XXIX. Sennertus commends natural Sulphurous Baths; as also Emplast. Diasulphuris Rulandi, which he says is here very useful, and of singular benefit. However, nothing in the World seems to outdo the force of the Spiritus Mirabilis, bathing with it twice or thrice a day.  
XXX. But if they proceed from a Venereal or Pocky Cause, nothing can absolve the Cure, but inwardly to give Mercurials, to 'cause a complete Salivation; as we have taught in lib. 2. cap. 38. of this present Work.  
XXXI. And outwardly to anoint the Node with Ung. Mercuriale, Cosmeticum, vel ad Scabiem; and to apply over it Ceratum ad Tophos, Emplastrum de Ranis; with triple quantity of Mercury; or the Emplaster described at Sect. 20. aforegoing:  
XXXII. Or, which is better, our Empl. Mercuriale, in our Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica, described Lib. 1. cap. 77. sect. 8. aforegoing. If these things do not, the Affect is incurable.  
XXXIII. Some have attempted to remove them by Chirurgical Operation; but by reason of the Parts in which they hap, which are mostly Nervous, it cannot be done without great danger, and much pain; besides rendering the Part deformed, and many times useless, as to its natural operations.  
XXXIV. The Cure of Tophs. These, as they always proceed from a Venereal Cause, so their cure must be attempted only by a radical cure of the Pox; which can be done but by a through-salivation: wherein you are to consider the age, sex, strength, and habit or constitution of the Body; and accordingly to excite it, by such things as may be most agreeable.  
XXXV. Than you must come to Topics, which give us but little hopes; without laying open the Part to the Bone, and taking away the Exostosis, (or it may be only a foulness of the Bone) by proper Medicaments, or Manual Operation.  
XXXVI. Scultetus, Obser. 65. had a Man who complained of a Venereal Toph on the left Leg, which would neither yield to a Sudorific course, nor the-Cerate in Sect. 39 following. He therefore laid open the Shinbone (which was foul) with a Caustick; and shaved it away to the sound part, with the Scraping-Irons: which done, he applied a Drying-pouder to the Bone, and with dry Lint, Incarnatives, and Epuloticks he healed it up as an ordinary Wound, and so perfectly cured the Man.  
XXXVII. Now here is to be noted, that no Fat, or Oily Medicines are to be used to the Bone, except they are extreme drying: or such Oils and Balsams as are made by Distillation, and so have lost all Unctiousness.  
XXXVIII. It is also observable, that sometimes the virulency of this Disease is such, that it penetrates and corrupts the Shinbone to the Marrow; in which case, the use of the Rasp or Scraping-iron is not sufficient; but besides them, Trepans, and red-hot Irons or Cauteries, are necessary to the rooting up, and consuming the remaining foulness, which will not be separated by the Tinctura Exfolians, or sprinkling upon it the powder of Euphorbium.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Nocturnal Pains are recent, and the Toph but young, it is many times cured by anointing with Ung. Mercuriale, or Cosmeticum, or ad Scabiem, and applying over Empl. Mercuriale; or this of Scultetus: ℞ Diachylon with Gums, Cerate Oxylaeum, Citrinum, A. ℥ i Quicksilver (killed with fasting-spittle) ℥ ss. Oil of Guajacumʒ i. powder of Indian Tobaccoʒss. mix, and make a Plaster.  
XL. But if these things do not, so that the Pains remain, and the Tumour is not discussed, it is a certain sign that the Bone under the Gumm or Toph is corrupted: and therefore it is necessary to make incision upon the Toph long-ways, upon the Shinbone, with an Incision-knife; and than the Bone being uncovered, to rasp or scrape it away with the Scraping-iron, where it is corrupted.  
XLI. The Bone being made bore, this Powder to cleanse it, is good. ℞ Euphorbiumʒi. Sarcocol, Mummy, A. ʒss. make each into a powder, and mix them. Barbett.  
XLII. But if the corruption of the Bone is so great, that it cannot be removed by Medicaments, than you must come to Manual peration, as afore declared; scraping the Bone only, if the corruption is small; but perforating it, if it is great; or rather using the Actual Cautery: for without these you will not be able to make a perfect Cure.  
XLIII. The Milan Surgeons do it thus. The first day they cut the Toph with an Incision-knife, upon the length of the Shinbone, to the Bone itself: than they dilate the Wound, with Tow wet in Glair of Eggs, and they bind up the Leg with convenient Ligature, to repress any afflux of Humours  
XLIV. The second day, they remove the Dressing, opening the Wound artificially; and than having well defended the sound parts about it, that they may not be hurt, they fill it with a Caustick, and after that cover it with a Plaster, reaching all over it, but not going round the Leg, and bind it up again, according to Art  
XLV. The third day, the Emplaster and Caustick are removed, and than they apply things to make the Escar fall of; which being taken away, they scrape away the rottenness, till the Bone appears sound: and lastly, with drying Powders they cover the bone with Flesh.  
XLVI. Where note, that they first cut the Toph, that the Caustick may the sooner come to act; yet incision is not always first necessary; for we now generally apply the Caustick first upon the whole Skin, and than open it with an Incision-knife to the quick; wherein, if the Caustick has not had its full effect, we sometimes apply it again a second time, and that with good success; as was done to a late Patient of mine, with all the advantage imaginable.  
XLVII. A Man having a Toph upon the shin of his right Leg, from a Venereal cause, (of which he had been lately cured (was first purged, and prescribed a Decoction of Sarsa, etc. also Antimonium Diaphoreticum, and Embrocations and Emplasters were applied to resolve the Toph: but after six week's course, it remained almost as painful as before.  
XLVIII. Upon which consideration, it was concluded to lay it bore; it was done with the white Caustick: after, the Escar was divided to the Bone, and at the next dressing, raised the Escar of; than the Toph was scraped with a Rasp, and dressed dry, as is usual in Ulcers with Caries.  
XLIX. The Lips of the Ulcer were digested with Unguentum Basilicon applied warm: afterwards the Bone was incarned, and the Ulcer was cured in the space of two months; but not without great trouble to the Chirurgeon, and much pain to the Patient. Wiseman, lib. 7. cap. 4. observ. 53.  
L. If in the Operation of this Cure, proud Flesh should arise upon the Lips, or in the middle of the Ulcer, it may be taken away by strewing upon it read Precipitate dry, and laying over it Pledgets spread with Basilicon mixed with Precipitate, or on which Precipitate is strewed, etc. and at length, after due cleansing, the Ulcer is speedily healed, by washing it with some styptic Liquor, and applying de Minio, or some other drying Emplaster.   

CHAP. XXV. Of a FUNGUS, or SPONGY FLESH.  

I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fungus; and in English, a Fungus, or Spongy Flesh.  
II The Kind's. It is twofold, viz. either True, or Bastard: the True, is that which is properly so called.  
III The Bastard is fivefold: viz. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Pterygium, parva Ala; an Excrescence of Flesh about the nails of Fingers or Toes, or Flesh growing in the corner of the Eye. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Condyloma, a flat Swelling in the Fundament. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Ficus, the Fig in the the Fundament. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Cristae, the Comb in the Fundament. 5. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Thymi, the Tyme-flower-like Excrescence of the Fundament.  
IV. The Definition. A Fungus properly so called, is a fleshy Tumour arising from a Membrane any ways wounded, hurt, or bruised; growing up suddenly, like a Mushroom, (whence the name) and naked, without any skin to cover it.  
V The Place, From Galen, de loc. affect. lib. 1. cap. 1. Avicenna, in the fifth of lib. 4. tract. 3. cap. 1. and Guilford Fabricius Hildanus, cent. 2. observ. 25. it appears to be a Tumour, chief arising from the Membranes of the Brain being hurt or wounded: When the Cranium is broken (says Galen) if the Meninx or Membrane is broken also, a Fungus does arise: and, says Avicen, When the Scull is broken, if the Meninx or Membrane goes forth, a Tumour called Fatera, i c. Fungus, is caused.  
VI But as Hildanus observes, they may hap in other places also; as the Ear, Palate of the Mouth, Gums; and also upon the hurting, or wounding of an Artery, and in several other places.  
VII. The Cause. 'Tis caused from a gross melancholy Blood from the broken Vessels of the Scull and Dura Mater, or from a superfluous Humour; as it were sweeting forth through the hurt Membranes; and is changed into the substance of the Flesh, by the Plastic or Formative Faculty of the Part.  
VIII. For Nature (which cannot be idle) does form into this fleshy substance, the superabundance of the flowing Humour; because the Part, by reason of its debility, is not able to convert it into the nourishment and substance of the same.  
IX. The Signs. It is very easily known, for that, out of a Membrane (in any part) hurt, bruised, or wounded, there springs or grows forth a spongy, soft, pale, naked Flesh; or not covered with skin; which in a very short time grows to a very great magnitude; being narrow beneath, and broad above.  
X. The Prognostics. If it is in the Head, it is very dangerous, and hard to be cured: nor is it of easy cure, let it hap in what Part soever, especially where there is an afflux of vicious Humours.  
XI. It aught to be cautiously handled; for if it is not managed aright, it is very apt to degenerate into the nature of a Cancer.  
XII. The Cure. Vniversals are to be premised, yet such as are gentle, according to the strength of the Patient, and greatness of the Affect; and what the nature of the Part will admit of.  
XIII. Than Topical Medicines are to be applied; which are such things as exsiccate, or corrode: or it must be removed by Manual Operation, as excision, or cutting out.  
FOURTEEN. Medicaments which exsiccate or dry are much more safe, than such as corrode and eat: because Corrosives are apt to altar the quality of the Part, exasperated the Tumour, and 'cause it to degenerate into the nature of a Cancer.  
XU. For this purpose Authors commend Roots of round Birthwort, of Florentine Orrice, of Angelica, of the true Acorus: Herbs; as Carduus ben. Horse-tail, Plantain, Rosemary, Rue, Savin, Storksbill: Flowers; as read Roses, Balaustians, Lavender: Gums or Rosins; as Mastic, Frankincense, Olibanum, Myrrh: Mineral Preparations; as Tutty and Lapis Calaminaris prepared, burnt Lead, Saccharum Saturni: Ashes of Frogs and Sea-crabs.  
XVI. But in the beginning use Clysters, at lest every other, or every third day. ℞ Posset-drink or Mutton-broth lbi lbi. brown Sugar ℥ iii Tinctura purgans ℥ i Powers of Aniseeds ℥ ss. mix.  
XVII. Foment twice a day with this. ℞ Read Port-Wine lbii. lbii. Spiritus Vini Camphoratus ℥ ss. Powers of Lavender, Lemons, Penyroyal, Rosemary, Amber, and Turpentine, A. ʒss. mix: and with a Sponge, or double Flannel, foment therewith hot.  
XVIII. Than dry the Head and Part with hot Linen, and besprinkle the Fungus, and whole Wound with this. ℞ Zedoary, Calamus Aromaticus, Winter's-Cinamon, A. ʒiv. roots of round Birthwort, Florentine Orrice, Guajacum wood, Rhodium, A.ʒu. Margerum, Rosemary, Rue, Sage, Savory, Southernwood, Time, A.ʒvi. make each into a fine powder, mix them. Or, ℞ Red Ochre, Tutty prepared, ashes of Toads, A. ʒi. powder of Savinʒiii. mix, for a powder; which sprinkle on, and apply over all Emplast. Basilicon, or other proper Salve.  
XIX. But if it is grown so great, that none of these things will make an impression upon it, but that you must come to excision, as when it is nearly so big as an Egg; than either take it away with the Knife, or tie it at the root hard, with a strong silken Thread, and in a while it will fall of.  
XX. Thus being removed, than sprinkle over it some of the Powders beforementioned, or this following. ℞ Zedoary, Galangal, Winter 's Cinnamon, round Birthwort-roots, Rhodium, Florentine Orrice, Spicknard, Schoenanth, A.ʒii. make each into a powder apart, and mix them; over which apply the afore-named Emplaster.   

Of PTERYGIUM.  
XXI. Pterygium of the Eye, we have treated of already in the third Edition of our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 3. cap. 30. to which we refer you: that which remains to be spoken of here, is the Pterygium of the Nails of Fingers or Toes.  
XXII. It is an Excrescence of Flesh, growing out of the sides of the Nails, chief in the Toes by reason of the Nails growing into the Flesh.  
XXIII. The Signs. It is known by the Tumour, or Excrescence on the side or root of the Nail, redness, inflammation, and troublesome pain; (yet, not but what the Patient may endure) being chief painful in going.  
XXIV. The Causes. In the Fingers it may be caused by a Whitloe going before, or some Pustule preceding it.  
XXV. But in the Toes it may be caused from some pressure of the Nail, or bruise, especially where the Nail is thick and hard, as some thick and overgrown Nails are; which causes pain and inflammation, and afterwards an eruption of Matter; which being exasperated by a continual pricking or pressing of the Nail, causes an Ulcer and corruption, from whence Excrescencies and lose Flesh are thrust forth round about; so that many times the Matter corrupts the Tendons and Bones.  
XXVI. The Differences. They arise from the Cause and the Part affected: some rise superficially in the sides of the Nails, with erosion; others arise from the Tendons, and corrupt the Bones.  
XXVII. If the Tendons or Membrane under the Nail are affected, the pain is more vehement: if the Bone is corrupted, it is known by the stinking smell.  
XXVIII. The Prognostics. If it affects only the Skin, the cure will be easy; and if the Nail is pared away, the Ulcer will soon heal.  
XXIX. If it arises from the Tendons or Membranes at the root of the Nail, the cure will be more difficult; and in cacochymick, and old people, it may endanger a Gangrene.  
XXX. The Cure. Vniversals being premised, cut away your Nail, so that you may apply the Medicaments which may consume or dry the lose Flesh, and cicatrize it: in which case you may use dry Lint, or Lint dipped in Aqua Calcis and dried, or powders of Zedoary, round Birthwort root, Orrice root, Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, fine Bole, Tutty, etc.  
XXXI. But in stronger habits, you may dress it up with read Precipitate; avoiding the application of moist or greasy Medicines, for they rot the Nails, and increase the Ulceration.  
XXXII. The Excrescencies arising from the Tendons, or Membranes at the roots of the Nails, are to be dressed with more powerful dryers; as Aes ustum, Squamma Aeris, Calx viva, Trochisci Polyidae, Andronis, Musae, read Precipitate, and the Caustick Stone itself, being carefully used; and lastly, with the Vitriol or Alum Stones, or some proper Styptic Liquor, you may produce the Cicatrice.  
XXXIII. Scultetus, Observ. 82. says, fleshy Excrescencies of the Fingers and Toes are soon consumed with this Powder. ℞ Caput mortuum of Vitriol, burnt Sponge, A. ℥ i mix them for a powder: and being taken away, they may be cicatriz'd with Ceratum Divinum.   

Of CONDYLOMA, FICUS, CRISTAE, THYMI.  
XXXIV. Condyloma is a soft round Tubercle, distending the internal wrinkled Tunicle of the Anus, of the same colour with the Skin, and for the most part without pain.  
XXXV. Ficus is a Tumour almost representing a Fig, but not altogether so great; yet with a large head, a long neck, and narrow root; being often very painful, and the bigger, the more full of pain.  
XXXVI. Cristae are a kind of hard Excrescences, arising a little distance from the orifice of the Anus; and not unlike a Cock's Comb, but not full out so high.  
XXXVII. Thymi are also hard Excrescences, somewhat resembling the tops of Time when in flower: not much unlike to Warts, save, that they differ in their manner of growing.  
XXXVIII. The Causes. They are all of them caused from a gross pituitous Blood, joined with a viscous Lympha; which through the force of the Expulsive-faculty, are protruded through the Pores of the Skin, and through the Plastick-power of the Part, are brought into this form.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Cristae and Thymi generally rise from Lues Venerea, and have mostly the Rhagades to accompany them: they are accounted as a Symptom of the Pox.  
XL. The Prognostics. Condyloma and Ficus are of no difficult cure, if the Disease, or the Matter causing them be removed: Cristae, generally arising from the Pox, are only cured, by curing that Disease.  
XLI. Thymi, are the worst sort of Excrescences, and are generally more malign than painful; and if ill handled, are apt to degenerate into Cancer.  
XLII. The Cure. Since most, or all of these Affects, proceed generally from a Venereal Cause, it is absolutely necessary, to prosecute their removal, by first eradicating that Disease, by Salivation, Diet-drinks, of Sarsa, etc.  
XLIII. But if they proceed not from a Venereal cause, (as sometimes they do not,) than you must first purge and cleanse the Body with Universals, continued for some time; at lest five or six times repeated.  
XLIV. Than by Topics you must apply yourself to the Excrescences themselves, which if it be at their first budding forth, are to be helped by astringent and drying Medicines, viz. round Birthwort root, Orrice root, Zedoary, Acorus, Lignum Guajacum, Cortex Winteranus, Oak bark, Cortex Winteranus, Catechu, pomegranate peels, Balaustians, Myrtle berries, Sumach, Chalk, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Lime washed, Alum, Saccharum Saturni, burnt Lead, Rust of Iron, Crocus Martis, Aes ustum, read Precipitate, etc.  
XLV. Some of these things are to be made into Decoctions, to foment the Affect withal: others of them are to made into Powders to strew upon the Part, or to be mixed with drying Ointments, and applied upon Tow.  
XLVI. If these things stop not their growing, you must than come to Manual Operation, cutting them of, either with Scissors, or a Knife; and than consuming them by Escaroticks, as read Precipitate, etc. or the Actual Cautery.  
XLVII. After which, you must prosecute the rest of the Cure, by Digestives, and Epuloticks, according as the Intentions of the Cure require: and to prevent their future growing again, we have commended to us by Authors, Ashes of Vine-branches and Bean-stalks, to be mixed with Vinegar, and applied to the Part.    

CHAP. XXVI. Of BRONCHOCELE, RANULA, TONSILLAE.  
I THE first of these Tumours is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Aspera Arteria; & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hernia: in Latin, Bronchocele, Hernia gutturis: and in English, a Tumour of the Neck, or Throat  
II The second of these Tumours is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ranula; and in English, a Tumour or Apostem under the Tongue.  
III The third is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Tonsillae, & Morbus Glandularum; and in English, the Tumour or Swelling of the Almonds of the Ears.  
IV. The Signs. A Bronchocele is known by a great Tumour on the Neck, either on the sides, or on the Throat, or both; mostly contained in a Cystis, and of the colour of the Skin; large generally, but more flat than high; in which the quantity of the Flesh seems to be increased; and it is mostly without pain; not very hard or soft.  
V Ranula is known by a soft Tumour or Swelling under the Tongue, of the colour of the Skin, much about the bigness of a Pigeons Egg, hard and round; and when painful, of a reddish colour: the Tongue being turned up, it thrusts its self forth. It is an impediment both to speaking and swallowing: it is mostly included in a thick Cystis, and when suppurated, the matter looks of a whitish colour.  
VI Morbus Glandularum, or Swelling of the Almonds, is known by sight, being increased in magnitude; and when very large, filling almost the whole passage of the Throat: it is an impediment to speaking, and taking any thing down the Throat; and without much pain, except in the time of swallowing; which proves very troublesome to the Patient.  
VII. It is a soft fleshy Tumour, of a round or oval figure, retaining the natural colour of the Skin, and of a dull sense; so that the body thereof may be pierced with a Knife or Bodkin, without causing pain, or drawing Blood.  
VIII. The Causes. A Bronchocele is said to arise from preternatural Phlegm, and an acid Lympha joined with Wind; contained for the most part in a Cystis, lying between the Skin and Aspera Arteria: but sometimes it is without a Cystis, possessing the Muscular-flesh.  
IX. Ranula is caused by a Pituitous-matter, arising from congestion of Humours in the inferior Salival Gland; causing a soft Swelling, and possessing those Salivals under the Tongue; which in its progress fills up the space between the Jaws, and makes a Tumour externally under the Chin.  
X. Tonsillae are caused by congestion of Humours gradually, without pain; and therefore are seldom taken notice of, till by their growth they bring several inconveniences with them; as, Catarrh, Cough, difficulty of Swallowing, wherein, in drinking, the drink many times runs out at the Nose.  
XI. They arise from a cold and pituitous Lympha, and differ from the common Swell of the Almonds, as Tumours made by congestion, do those made by fluxion: the latter being of sudden growth, and terminating as soon: whereas the Tumour we here intent, may have been many years a growing, increasing and decreasing with the Moon, as all Tumours caused by congestion in the Glands' do.  
XII. The Kind's or Species. Authors accounted all these Tumours as a Species of Struma, or the Kings-evil; and therefore will have them to proceed mostly from the same Causes.  
XIII. The Prognostics. Bronchocele is of difficult cure, and dangerous; whether contained in a Cystis, or not; if it waxes very great, and grows hard, pressing upon the Aspera Arteria, it may endanger Suffocation: that without a Cystis, which will not be discussed, many times becomes incurable.  
FOURTEEN. That in a Cystis, is many times to be removed by Excision: that without a Cystis, whilst recent, is in the possibility of being resolved, taking away withal the internal Cause.  
XU. Ranula, is a Tumour not dangerous as to Life; but more troublesome, as impeding several of the Operations of Nature: yet it is of difficult cure, and very troublesome to the best Artist, putting him many times to the trouble of Excision.  
XVI. Tumour Tonsillarum, if it is small, the trouble is but little; several people having them from their Infancy without much inconvenience.  
XVII. If the Tumour is great, there may be great danger of Suffocation; nor will they easily discuss, sometimes never: when they will not discuss, they may be cut of, without any danger or difficulty.  

The Cure of BRONCHOCELE.  
XVIII. Vniversals must be premised, as in the cure of Strumae; purging the Body with our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachinii, Tinctura purgans, or an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb.  
XIX. Give also Clysters every other day, to make a more effectual Revulsion of the Humours from the Part affected. ℞ Broth, or Posset-drink lbi lbi. Tincture of Colocynthis ℥ jss. brown Sugar ℥ iv. mix, for a Clyster.  
XX. And in the intervals of Purging, give this following Powder. ℞ Aethiops mineralis, Bezoar mineralis, native Cinnabar, A.ʒvi. Myrrh, Orrice root, Zedoary, A. ʒiv. Alum burnt, Bwax, Ens Veneris, Scammony, A. ʒii. Cloves, Long-pepper, Spicknard, A.ʒi. make all into a fine powder, and mix them; to which add triple refined Sugar ℥ v. Dose, ʒii. every Morning, when Purging is intermitted.  
XXI. Outwardly apply over the Tumour a Plate of Lead, besmeared with Quicksilver; or, Empl. de Ranis, with triple Mercury; or, our Emplast. Mercuriale, Emplast. Diasulphuris Rulandi; or, Ceratum è Gummi Elemi, Ceratum Spermatis Ceti, Ceratum ad Tophos, Emplast. Diachylon cum Gummis; or, Emplast. ad Strumam, which is inferior to no other: see them in Our Pharm. aforegoing.  
XXII. These things, whilst recent, may prevail: but if they do nothing, there is no other Remedy (as to Internals) but Salivation; which yet let be carefully performed, for fear of Suffocation. If none of these things do, you must remove it by Section. See the following Example.  
XXIII. A Maid thirty years old, strong of Body, had one of these Tumours on the left side of her Neck, reaching from her Ear to the Aspera Arteria, and stretching over it upwards to the other side of the Neck; it was soft, and seemed to be full of Matter, but was without inflammation.  
XXIV. A puncture was made into the body of it, which discharged a stinking Serum, much like Horse-piss; the Tumour than sunk, and felt unequally hard, and it was dressed up with a Pledget of Vng. Basilicon, and Empl. Diachalciteos.  
XXV. The next day, taking of the dress, the swelling was lank; a Caustick therefore was applied the length of two inches, about three fingers-bredth from the Ear: the Escar was opened, and a foul matter discharged; after which it was dressed up with Dossels dipped in read Precipitate, with Lenients over the Escar; and from that time, the falling of of the slough was hastened.  
XXVI. After the separation of it, another sort of matter was protruded, not much unlike that of an Atheroma and Meliceris mixed together: with the Probe-Scissers it was laid open towards the Aspera Arteria, and with the Fingers several Vesiculae were pulled out, some containing a foul Serum, others a gritty substance: also gobbets of Flesh came away, with which the basis of the Abscess seemed to be laid.  
XXVII. Being thus cleansed, it was filled up with Dossels dipped in Precipitate, and the lips were kept open: this method of dressing was repeated every other day, and the strumous Excrescences were rubbed with the Vitriol-stone: the sinus contracted narrower within, but the Tumour being strumous, it would not heal whilst any hollowness remained, but filled up with that sort of Flesh, and raised a Tumour.  
XXVIII. Whereupon a Caustick was applied, upon its upper part towards the Ear, and it was divided with a pair of Scissors, and the Sinus filled with read Precipitate, dressing the lips with Digestives. After the Escar was separated, the strumous flesh was eradicated with the Vitriol-stone and Precipitate, and cicatriz'd from the Ear downwards; but with some difficulty, the Basis proving false more than once, in one part or other.  
XXIX. Some of this strumous Flesh rising among the Vessels, and uniting over them, made Sinus' so deep, that it was difficult to divide those, without danger of the Vessels: But no Cure being to be expected whilst this remained, a Ligature was passed with a small Probe under the Fungus; and by deligation, and application of Precipitate, the Fungus was consumed, so that that the deepest Sinus was laid open.  
XXX. This done, by application of Epuloticks, a Cicatrice was induced upon them; and thus the Abscess was healed well near to the Aspera Arteria: after which, the other side was laid open, and by the same method, the matter was eradicated, and the Tumour cured, as the other before. Wiseman, lib. 4. cap. 4. Observ. 10.  
XXXI. If the Tumour is contained in a Cystis, whereby neither External applications, as Resolvers, nor yet Salivation will prevail, you must attempt the Cure by Section.  
XXXII. Make an Apertion in a right line, observing the fibres of the Muscles, which being on the Neck, must be long-ways; taking heed that you hurt no Artery, Vein, or Nerve; (rather than to hurt any of those Vessels, you had better cut the fibres cross:) If the Tumour is great, you must make a double incision crosswise, taking heed as aforesaid, of the Vessels: than with your Fingers remove the Bag, which seldom or never sticks very fast to the Skin; and cutting of the little Artery by which it is fed, take heed, that not the lest particle of the Bag may remain, jest it grow again; after which, heal it up as another Ulcer.   

The Cure of RANULA.  
XXXIII. First let Vniversals be premised; cleanse the Stomach and Vpper-region by proper Emetics; than give Universal Catharticks, which repeat five or six times: afterwards keep the Body soluble, and perfectly cleanse the Bowels with the Clyster in Sect. 19 aforegoing, repeating it as often as you see occasion.  
XXXIV. To the external part of the Tumour apply Discussives, or Resolutives; such as are applied in a Struma, where there is hopes of doing the Cure by Resolution; of which kind are Emplastrum Diasulphuris Rulandi, Our Diachylon cum Gummis, Ceratum è Gummi Elemi, Ceratum de Spermate Ceti, Ceratum ad Tophos, Emplast. ad Strumam, or Our Emplast. Mercuriale.  
XXXV. And the Topics to apply to, or to wash the Tumour under the Tongue, are also Discussives; the chief among which are all manner of Salts, and hot Aromaticks; either in substance, or decocted in some proper Liquors, and so to be held in the Mouth.  
XXXVI. Barbett commends the following Powder, by which he says they are often cured. ℞ Pepper, Ginger, A.ʒi. roots of Florentine-Orrice, Hermodacts, Calamint, Origanum, A. ʒss. Mastich ℈ i make of all a Powder.  
XXXVII. These may be boiled in Wine, to wash with and hold under the Tongue; or mixed with Oxymel, to besmear the Part with; or it may be strewed dry, or rubbed upon the Tumour, and often repeated in the daytime: for by the heat it creates in the Part, the Tumour seems to be discussed.  
XXXVIII. But if these things will not do, you must open the Tumour by help of an Actual Cautery, in one or more places; that the Humour may come forth, and afterwards dress it with Honey of Roses. But Barbett rather approves of Incision with a Lancet, or Incision-knife.  
THIRTY-NINE. An Observation. A Woman thirty five years old had a large Ranula between her Jaws, under her Tongue, reaching to her Foreteeth, making a great swelling under her Chin, which was troublesome to her, and caused a croaking in her speech.  
XL. She had before passed under a course of Physic unsuccessfully: the matter was proposed to be let out by an Actual Cautery, but she refused; whereupon it was opened by Incision on each side near the Tongue; and out of it came two Blood-porrengers full of an albuginous matter, upon which the Tumour sunk.  
XLI. Search was made with a Probe, and it was found that the matter had not only made a deep cavity downward, but all the inner part of the Tongue was rendered hollow: it was than dressed with Syrupus de Rosis ficcis: and Empl. ad Herniam, mixed with a third part of Empl. Caesaris was applied externally under the Chin; deterging it afterwards with Mel Aegyptiacum, dissolved in Decoction of Sage, Betony, Smallage, etc. and than it was incarned and cicatrized.  
XLII. Some time after the Tumour risen again as formerly; whereupon it was opened with the Actual Cautery, on both sides of the Ranula; by which the matter was again discharged, and the Tumour sunk. During the time of the Cure, she was purged, and put into an Antistrumatical Course, and so at last was cured. Wiseman, lib. 4. cap. 8. Obs. 1.  
XLIII. A young Fellow had also a painful Ranula under his Tongue; incision was made into it, according to its length, and there came forth a Stone bigger than that of an Olive: it was afterwards dressed with Syrupus de Rosis siccis, and thereby in a few days cured. Wiseman.   

The Cure of TONSILLAE.  
XLIV. Preparation is to be made for the Cure, by Universal Purgation, Clysters, etc. and Derivation by Vesicatories, Cupping, Issues, etc. especially if there is Inflammation, and the Tumour is caused by Fluxion.  
XLV. But if they are made by Congestion, the speedy and only way of cure is by Extirpation; either by Excision, at once cutting them of; or else by application of the Actual or Potential Cautery; among the latter of which, Butter of Antimony is accounted the chief.  
XLVI. Wiseman says, that the way by Potential Cautery is, by working with a Caustick-stone, and other Escaroticks, fixed in such an Instrument as may serve to eat into them, without offending the neighbouring sound Parts; and so to make way into the body of the Gland, consuming it within; and at length the exterior parts of it will fall in pieces, and so the whole will be eradicated.  
XLVII. Such a like Tumour in those places, I once saw Dr. Thomas Gardner, chief Chirurgeon to the King's Household, (and now attending his Majesty's Person in his Camp in Flanders) open, with a great deal of dexterity, at Sir John Roberts his House in Bromley by Bow, by touching it with Butyrum Antimonii twice; and than cutting it with an Incision-knife, the Tumour yielded near a quarter of a pint of matter, presently wasted away, and become healed in a very short time after.  
XLVIII. The way by Excision, is by making a ligature about the Basis of them; and than cutting or snipping them of with a pair of crooked Probe-scissers.  
XLIX. In doing this, consider how they are radicated: if they be rooted deep in the Throat like a Crista, if in cutting them out, you only cut the part you tied, and cut the ligature at the same time, the matter or substance may fall down into the Throat, and so hazard choking.  
L. Whilst therefore you hold the ligature with one hand, with the other hand you must pass the Scissors down as close by the Basis of it, as you can, so as by one snip, you may cut it clear of.  
LIVELY But for fear of failing, 'twill be necessary to have another ligature fitted in an Instrument for this purpose, and the Patient's Head to be held steady; that in case you fail in the first attempt, and it fall into the Throat, you may readily return it, and tie it at the same time, which is easy enough to do.  
LII. The Excision being made, the bleeding may soon be stopped with Oxycrate; and you may cicatrize it in a few days time, by touching it with the Vitriol and Alum Stones.  
LIII. Observations. A Man, twenty five years old, long subject to defluxions from overgrown Tonsils, had taken much Physic unsuccessfully; so that no other way of Cure appeared, but by Excision. The right Tonsil was very large, and a ligature was made upon it, with design to cut it of at that instant: but for fear of a great flux of Blood, it was deferred to the next morning; at which time it was shrunk, and much lessened.  
LIU. Than hold being taken of the Ligature with one hand, and with the other passing the Probe-Scissers close by the root of it, at one snip, it was cut of, and brought away with the Ligature, it scarcely bleeding a drop: the remaining Basis was rubbed with the Vitriol-stone, and afterwards he gargled with Barleywater sweetened with Syrupus de Rosis siccis, and in four or five days time it was cicatrized; and the Man recovered a better degree of health. Wiseman.  
LU. A Girl twelve years old was often troubled with Catarrhs, and difficulty in swallowing, through a great Tumour in the right Tonsil; Excision was advised. A ligature was made upon it, and at the same time it was cut of: afterwards, by rubbing it with the Vitriol-stone, it was cicatrized in a few days. Wiseman.  
LVI. A Woman, twenty six years old, subject to Catarrhs, from the preternatural growth of the Amygdalae, was also cured by Excision: a Ligature was made upon the one, and it was cut of, washing her Mouth after with Oxycrate: than a Ligature was passed upon the other, and it was also cut of; after which she gargled and washed her Mouth: afterwards the Basis of them was rubbed with a Vitriol-stone. Wiseman, lib. 4. cap. 7. Observ. 2, 3, 4.   

An Appendix, concerning cutting of the UUULA.  
LVII. If there is an elongation of the Uuula, through a great afflux of the Saliva, it oftentimes happens, that it touches upon the root of the Tongue, or upon the Epiglottis; causing a frequent, and almost continual hawking, whereby in process of time a vexatious Catarrh is produced.  
LVIII. Such was the case of a Maidservant, her Uuula hung dangling upon the root of her Tongue, not swelled, nor inflamed. Supposing that to be the cause of her Distemper, the lower part of it was taken hold of with the Forceps, and than immediately it was cut shorter with a pair of Scissors; it bled not a spoonful, and afterwards cicatrized of itself, without application of any Medicine: and so she was freed from her Catarrh.  
LIX. Such another was cut of in one of the King's Servants at Hampton-Court; as also some others, who were so affected, and thereby they were freed from their Catarrhs, when all other Remedies failed. Wiseman.    

CHAP. XXVII. Of the KINGS-EVIL.  
I THIS Disease is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel, Pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Scrophula, Struma; and by some in the Plural only, Scrophulae, Strumae; I suppose, because oftentimes, many of these Tumours hung together: and in English, Scrophula, Struma, and the Kings-evil. The Greek and Latin Names are taken from Swine, because that kind of Beast is more frequently troubled with this Disease.  
II The Definition. Galen, Method. Med. lib. 14. cap. 11. defines, Strumae to be scirrhous Swell, shut up in a peculiar Membrane.  
III Aetius, Tetrab. 4. Serm. 3. cap. 5. Strumae (dixit ille) sunt Carnes subcandidae, facile augescentes, in Membrana contentae, & in summa Glandulae induratae, quae in Collo, sub Alis, & Inguinibus oriuntur, ubi Glandulae Vasis substratae sunt, ut in aliis quoque jam relatis Glandulis. Aliquando etiam, sed rarò tamen, ex Carne eorundem locorum fiunt; quae affinitate quadam ad Strumarum naturam vertitur, & Materiae accessione augetur. Viz. These Strumae (says he) are a kind of Flesh somewhat white, easily increasing and growing, enveloped in a Tunicle or Cystis; and in a word, they are Glandules or Kernels hardened, which arise in the Neck, under the Arms, and in the Groins; where they are situated under the Vessels, even as in other parts related to the Glandules already mentioned. And sometimes likewise (but it is very rare) they are bred from the Flesh of the selfsame places, which by a certain relation thereunto, is converted into the nature of Strumae, and does increase by an accession of matter.  
IV. Barbett says that Strumae or Scrophulae, are preternatural Tumours of the Glandules of the Neck, contained in their own proper Cystis or Tunicle.  
V The Differences. The Tumour or Tumours are sometimes in a Cystis, sometimes not; sometimes movable, sometimes fixed; sometimes small, sometimes great; and sometimes but one, sometimes many; sometimes not ulcerated, sometimes ulcerated.  
VI The Places affected. They are generally the conglomerated Glandules of the Neck, called the Salival Glands': But that Struma which is not contained in a Cystis, (as that which is fixed for the most part is not) may hap to many other parts of the Body; as the Back and Backbone, upper Lip, the Breast, Arms, Wrists, Hands, Fingers, Thighs, Legs, Ankles, Feet, etc. where it first appears, in an obscure, diffused Tumour; afterwards it breaks, and becomes ulcerated, and many times fistulous.  
VII. To these you may add those Glands' about the Ears called Parotides, or the Stenonian Passages, from Steno, their first discoverer. And it is to be noted, that the Salival-passages, proceed from the conglomerated Glandules of the Neck.  
VIII. The Causes. Authors say, that they proceed from a Pituitous Humour, or from Phlegm mixed with Melancholy, by reason of the hardness, which for the most part goes along with the Tumour. Whereupon it is, that such as are Phlegmatick-melancholy, who are gluttonous, and usually eat Meats cold and moist, and to drink cold Waters, or Snow-water, are more especially afflicted with Scrophula.  
IX. And hence it is, that in several Regions, where the Inhabitants constantly drink crude, cold, and snowy Waters, (as generally in the Alpss, etc. where this Disease is Endemical) they are all of them for the most part troubled and vexed with these Strumae.  
X. Barbett says, that since the use of the Glandules of the whole Body, is certainly to percolate the Lympha; therefore of necessity the grosser Lympha (or the Lympha vitiated) is the Cause of this Disease; from whence first of all proceeds their hardness, and afterwards an increasing and pertinacious Tumour.  
XI. And so when any of this vitiated Lympha is shed abroad into other Parts, as the fleshy substance of the Body, the strumatick Tumour is than fixed, here and there, (though not in Glands') wherever Nature finds a weak Part to protrude it to. And from hence it comes to pass, that in many Patients the whole habit of the Body is Strumatick also, and the Disease breaks forth in several places at once, making it rebellious, and very tedious to be cured; to the very great vexation, both of the Patient and Physician.  
XII. And because Struma sometimes degenerates into Cancer, which is caused from a very sharp Humour or Lympha; Deckers does say, that the Humour or Lympha must have also an offending sharpness in it.  
XIII. Others say, they are caused from gross and raw Juices, contained, 1. In the conglobate Glandules; which they receive from the Arterial Blood, convert and perfect into Lympha, and from whence the Lymphatic Vessels do proceed; which convey it either into the Chyliferous or Sanguiferous Vessels. 2. In the Conglomerate, which they receive from the Venal Blood; either the Lympha again, or some other peculiar Juices; where they aught yet be brought to a greater perfection, and are conveyed by other proper Ducts to the Parotides and Maxillary Glands', from which the Salival Ducts arise, which convey the Hospital into the Mouth.  
FOURTEEN. Platerus will not have Phlegm and Melancholy alone to be sufficient for the generation of these Tumours; for that than they would not be of any long continuance, but would rather corrupt and apostemate, or turn into Pus: but that there is rather another Juice joined with them, nourishing these parts; for Glandules are nourished with a thicker Juice than other fleshy parts: and therefore if this Juice is vitiated, or exceeds in quantity, it than generates this kind of Tumour.  
XU. The Signs. The Tumour is sometimes roundish, sometimes longish, sometimes irregular, as to its form; sometimes single, some times complicated, and sometimes seated in a Glandule, and sometimes not; as when it happens on the Spina Dorsi, Lips, the Wrist, Hand, Finger, Ankle, etc.  
XVI. It is for the most part voided of pain, unless when it grows extraordinary big; and it is many times so hard, as not to yield to the impression of the Fingers.  
XVII. They are known also by their slow growth; for they are not suddenly generated, or all at once, but by degrees; and where there are many Kernels, one after another. First of all, the Humour flows unto one Glandule, in which is excited a Tumour, first soft and lose; and than there grows another, in like manner soft and lose.  
XVIII. These Tumours are at length hardened; and many times they increase in number, till there hangs down from the place affected many Glandules, as it were so many branches: but this is chief to be understood, when it affects the Neck, and parts adjacent.  
XIX. When it happens in the Joints and other parts, it is not contained in a Cystis, but is a broad diffused Tumour, without any considerable pain, till it grows very great; and mostly of the colour of the Skin, hard, and immovable; which in process of time breaks, and becomes a foul Ulcer, or running Fistula; and many times fouls and rots the very Bone itself, after an extraordinary manner.  
XX. The Prognostics. These Tumours are always hard to be cured, and long in performing; especially if they be many, have been of long continuance, and are very great, and hard, or fixed.  
XXI. By how much the more movable they are, by so much the more easily cured; and when cured, they for the most part leave behind them great Scars.  
XXII. If they grow very great, and painful withal, they are dangerous, and apt to become Cancerous; and if they stick to a Bone, they generally corrupt it, and hardly admit of cure: the like if they be fixed to any great Nerve or Vein, lie deep, or are hereditary: in all these cases, a Palliative Cure is the best.  
XXIII. If in curing them by Section, you should divide the Recurrent Nerve, the Speech will certainly be lost, and many times Life withal.  
XXIV. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are threefold: 1. To attenuate, attemperate, and evacuate the thick, acid, or vicious Lympha. 2. The Tumour is, if possible, to be discussed; otherwise, to be softened and ripened. 3. If it comes to Suppuration, it is at length to be taken away, either by Incision, or Escarotick Medicaments.  
XXV. The first Indication is answered by Internals: First, such things as attenuate, incide, and evacuate the Morbifick-matter contained in the first Passages. I commend upon Experience Oxymel of Squills, which may be taken every other Morning; from one spoonful to two spoonfuls or more; in a glass of Wine and Water.  
XXVI. Afterwards it may be taken a spoonful at a time, every morning; for 14 or 16 mornings, in like manner.  
XXVII. Afterwards you may purge twice a Week, with Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Pilulae Mirabiles, Tinctura Purgans, or some such like thing.  
XXVIII. In the intervals of Purging, give something that is specific against the Disease, and may attemperate the acid Humour, by absorbing it; which is done by Alcalies, chief such as are volatile.  
XXIX. Of this kind, the Spirits of Sal Armoniac, of Hartshorn, of Cows-horn, Ox-horn, Ox and Horse-hoofs, of Beef, etc. are said to be chief, whether inwardly used, or outwardly applied, given in a convenient Vehicle.  
XXX. A famous thing is Salt of Hoglice: they that cannot get the Salt, may take the Powder of them; being first washed clean, than drowned in Wine, and dried in an Oven, till they will reduce to powder. Dose, à gr. x. ad xxv. in any proper Liquor, for forty or sixty days.  
XXXI. These following Internals, have also the property of consuming Scrophula's, and inducing their healing, if ulcerated: viz. Roots of Swallowort, round Birthwort, Briony, jalap, Mechoacan, Showbread, Dropwort, Pilewort, Figwort, Devilsbit, Orrice-root, Squill, Vervain, flowers of Broom, of Privet, Crabs burnt, Eggshells burnt, Sal Gem, Sponges burnt, ashes of a Lizard, etc.  
XXXII. Johannes Prevotius commends the Electuary of green Lizards, as a great Secret, and certain Remedy for the cure of the Kings-evil. Dose, to Children ʒii. to Men or Women ℥ ss. ʒvi. or ℥ i at most, continuing it for thirty or forty days: anointing also outwardly with the Oil of Lizards. See their Preparations in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 3. cap. 2. sect. 9 Hercules de Saxonia commends those things also, as most excellent.  
XXXIII. In like manner the powder or ashes of Sponges and Sea-crabs may be given; by mixing them with Honey, and making them into an Electuary, as you do the powder of Lizards.  
XXXIV. As for the Diet or Food, it aught to be such as is prescribed usually in the Cure of an Oedema and Scirrhus, which may consume the cold phlegmatic Humour, and altar the habit of the Body: Purging also with proper Phlegmagogues, such as are the aforementioned things: or a Diet-drink made of Sena, Rhubarb, Mechoacan, Horseradish roots, and Scurvigrass.  
XXXV. Avoid Bleeding, as the most pernicious thing; (it is the advice of Barbett, and other great Men) but sometimes, in the intervals of Purging, the Patient may sweated, by the exhibition of volatile Alcalies; which is a good expedient in this Cure: so also the dulcified Spirit of Nitre.  
XXXVI. Powder of Vipers, given ad ʒi. is a famous thing; so also the Salt of Vipers, given ad gr. x. or the Powers of Vipers given ad gut. thirty. in any convenient Vehicle.  
XXXVII. And for their constant drink, let it be Decoctum Ulmi; in a gallon of which let five hundred Hoglice be bruised and boiled; than which, there is no greater Specific in the World, I have proved it several times: For by the constant taking of this Liquor, the quality of the whole mass of Blood and Lympha comes to be perfectly altered, and the scrofulous habit of Body to be throughly changed, so that the Patiented mends upon it to a wonder: it may be drank as common Drink, mixed with a little Whitewine. See the Preparation thereof in Our Pharm. Bateana, lib. 1. cap. 16. sect. 29. And see more of this Cure, in Our Synopsis Medicinae, (the Third Edition) lib. 6. cap. 15.  
XXXVIII. If yet the Disease is so rebellious, that none of the afore-prescribed Methods will do, you must than come to the last Remedy, which is Salivation; which is to be done with a great deal of care and gentleness, with proper inward Mercurials: And this I have done several times with happy success; but this way succeeds best, when it is in any other part but the Neck and Throat; if it be in these, it may be done, but it must be with much caution; jest by the too great afflux of Humours, the Patient should be suffocated.  
THIRTY-NINE. The second Indication is answered by the application of Externals, which are of three kinds: 1. Discussives and Resolutives, where there is hope of Resolving. 2. Suppuratives or Maturatives, where there is no hopes of Resolution. 3. Palliatives where it is indurated, so that its degeneration into Scirrhus or Cancer is feared.  
XL. If they be lose, small, and not very hard, there is hopes of Resolution; in which case a simple Ointment made of Pilewort roots is an excellent thing: much more if an half part of Our Hercules be mixed with it.  
XLI. Or anoint with this Lineament of Barbett: ℞ Oils of Myrtles and Bays A. ℥ i Vng. of Martiaton ℥ i Quicksilver extinct with flowers of Sulphurʒvi. mix, and make an Ointment, with which anoint twice a day: if the Tumours are not consumed with this, they will at lest be diminished.  
XLII. Balsam of Sulphur is a good thing to anoint withal; so also Ointment made of Tobacco, green or dry: if it is made of green Tobacco, it aught to be such as is raised with us from Virginia Seed: and it is so much the better, if it is mixed with white Precipitate ʒii. native Cinnabar ʒi. to one ounce of the Ointment.  
XLIII. This of Poterius is a singular good thing: ℞ Green Tobacco leaves M. vi. fresh Butter lbii. lbii. Venice Turpentine ℥ iv. mix, and insolate eight days; strain out by pressing; to the expressed matter add Wax, Gum Ammoniacum, Galbanum, A. ℥ two. which mix; and being almost cold, add crude Antimony, Cinnabar artificial, both in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. Myrrh, Frankincense, A. ʒii. (I add powder of Tobacco leaves ℥ i) mix again, and make an Ointment.  
XLIV. ℞ Oil of Bricks, commonly called Oleum Philosophorum ℥ vi. Oils of Iuniper and Turpentine, A. ℥ i Spirit of Nitre ℥ iii mix them, and therewith anoint. Balsamum mirabile is excellent to anoint with in this case: so also to bathe the Part affected with Spiritus mirabilis.  
XLV. Or you may anoint with Ung. Cosmetic. or ad Scabiem, or Mercuriale; and apply over the Tumours Ceratum de Galbano, è Gummi Elemi, vel Ceratum ad Tophos; or Our Diachylon cum Gummis; or Our Emplast. ad Strumam, vel Mercuriale; all which see in Our Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica, in Lib. 1. cap. 74 sect. 5. 8. 9 cap. 76. sect. 3. 4. 9 and cap. 77. sect. 3. 8. and 10. aforegoing.  
XLVI. Barbett commends this Emplaster: ℞ Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, A. ℥ ss. Bay-berries, Cummin, Pellitory of Spain, Stavesacre, A. ʒvi. Pigeons dungʒi. Goats dungʒiii. Hogs-grease ℥ jss. Oil of Camomile ℥ i Wax, Pitch, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLVII. Cinnabar ℥ i is good to be added to it: and if the Tumour is painful, you may also add to it Opium ʒvi. or ℥ i because it has not only the virtue of easing pain, but also of Discussing and Resolving.  
XLVIII. This following Emplaster is also good. ℞ Empl. è Cicuta cum Ammoniaco ℥ two. pure Gum Elemi ℥ ss. flowers of Antimony, Mummy, A. ℥ ss. read Precipitateʒv. flowers of Sal Armoniackʒiii. Juniperine Balsam of Sulphur q.s. mix, and make a soft Emplaster; which spread upon Leather, and apply to the Part affected, renewing it once every two days.  
XLIX. This also is of singular efficacy. ℞ Red Precipitate q.u. Quicksilver as much as it will absorbe, or suck up by grinding in an iron or glass Mortar: put this Mixture into a thin Cloth, and strain from it all the Quicksilver which would not unite: to this Mixture put depurated juice of Nightshade, q.s. insolate for some days; decant the juice, and repeat it three times: this done, mix of this Powder ℥ i with Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ ss. first melted together, and almost cold, and make an Ointment: it resolves much, and eases pain.  
L. But where a Resolution cannot be accomplished, and the Tumour is great, and manifestly contained in a Cystis, and free from any great Vessels, the best way is by Section; making an incision through the Skin, and separating it from the Cystis, than cutting it of by the root, as we have taught in the former Chapters.  
LIVELY If this cannot be commodiously done, you must than endeavour a Suppuration; and this is most commonly performed in a Phlegmonoodes, with this Cataplasm: ℞ Onions, heads of Garlic, A. Nᵒ two. bake them in an Oven, till soft, old Leven ℥ two. Mucilage of Althaea and Lilly roots, Mithridate, A. ℥ i powders of Fenugreek and Linseed, Hens and Pigeons dung, A. ℥ ss. Figs roasted, Nᵒ vi. Oil-olive ℥ jss. Oil of Iuniper ℥ i Saffronʒii. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
LII. Wiseman says, that to hasten the Suppuration, it is common to pinch them hard; and some say, to thrust a Thorn into them, to inflame them, thereby to hasten their ripening: you must endeavour a perfect concoction; for if you open them, while any part of the Gland is hard it will increase, or put you upon a necessity of eradicating it, or else to leave the Cure imperfect.  
LIII. Being perfectly ripe, the way of opening the Tumour, is mostly by Incision, because it makes the lest Scar: but if the Struma is large; the way by Caustick may be better, because it makes a large Orifice, and with lesle pain assures a Cure.  
LIU. The Matter being discharged, you may cleanse with the Mundificative ex succo Apii, Basilicon, read Precipitate, and the Vitriol-stone; and afterwards incarnate and cicatrize, as in other Abscesses or Apostems.  
LU. In old and hard Struma 's which admit not of a complete Suppuration, but break out into small holes, which growing bigger and bigger, become so many painful Ulcers, spreading one into another, the body of the Gland remaining hard, without hopes of maturation; these you may dress two or three days with a Pledget of Unguent. Basilicon, which will qualify the heat, and moderate the Ulceration, and than by interchangeably applying Discutients or Lenients, you may happily waste the whole Gland, the Patient taking the mean while specific Internals.  
LVI. In some Strumae ulcerated about the Chaps, I have seen (says Wiseman) a Fungus thrust forth, so that with my Spatula thrust under them, I have thrust them quite out, and healed the Ulcer in few days: in others, where they are incapable of being so soon thrown out, I cut of the protuberant part, and consumed the remaining Basis with Escaroticks.  
LVII. When therefore the Strumae are large, or lie deep, and near considerable Vessels, Extirpation by Caustics and Escaroticks is the best way. 'Tis true, it requires more time, but 'tis sure, and the only way Patients generally admit of; for the very notion of cutting with a Knife, frights them.  
LVIII. In order than to this work, the Patient aught frequently to purge, and constantly to take some antistrumatick Diet, etc. otherwise new Tumours will arise whilst the old ones are eradicating.  
LIX. Than such Escaroticks are to be chosen, as may penetrate deep into the Gland, and do the work with the lest pain: But indeed all Medicaments fit for this work are very painful, yet the strongest Caustics are most proper to begin with, so they be kept within their bounds.  
LX. Of these there are several kinds: as, 1. Soap-lees, boiled up to a Stone; but this will spread, in spite of all Defensatives. 2. The Caustics made of Arsenic, Sublimate, and Vitriol; which spread also. 3. Calx viva, boiled up with Lixivium Saponis; which spreads least of all.  
LXI. Simple Escaroticks are, 1. The Caustick-stone. 2. Corrosive Sublimate. 3. Arsenic. 4. Auripigment. 5. Vnslaked Lime. 6. Oils of Vitriol and Sulphur. 7. Butter of Antimony, etc.  
LXII. Simple Cathereticks are, 1. All sorts of Vitriol. 2. Verdigrise. 3. Squamae Aeris. 4. Chalcitis. 5. Misy. 6. Sorry. 7. Burned Alum. 8. Arcanum Coralinum. 9 Read Precipitate.  
LXIII. Of these Compounds are made: as, 1. Trochisci de Minio Vigonis, made of Corrosive Sublimate, Minium, and Leven. 2. This of John Arden, more Escarotick. ℞ Corrosive Sublimateʒiv. Ceruse, Starch, A. ʒiijss. Arsenic in fine pouderʒjss. juice of Asphodelʒx. best Vinegarʒv. mix, and boil to the consumption of the humidity; than powder it, and incorporate it with Auripigment calcin'dʒjvss. Levenʒxvi. mix, and with a little Rose-water, make Troches. 3. Pulvis sine pari. It is made of corrosive Sublimate, Auripigment, Quicklime, ana. 4. Turbith-mineral alone. 5. Read Precipitate alone. 6. Read Precipitate mixed with burnt Alum. 7. The Vitriol-stone.  
LXIV. The gentlest of those Preparations with Corrosive Sublimate, are too painful to be applied in tender Bodies, and scarcely to be endured in the strongest, though taken of in four or six hours after: for that the Salts having penetrated, the pain will continued vehement for a long time after; many times affecting the neighbouring parts with Tumours and great Inflammation, and sometimes affecting the Head with terrible pains, as also Palpitations of the Heart, Fainting, etc.  
LXV. The Cathereticks most commonly used, are Turbith-mineral, read Precipitate, and burnt Alum, which are indeed the mildest, and therefore of a more slow operation, but may serve ordinarily, and in tender Bodies.  
LXVI. The Method of applying them is this. 1. It is best to choose that Caustick which will spread lest; which you are to spread long, in proportion to the Tumour, reaching from the lowest part thereof upwards; because in consuming it, the Scrophula will sink downwards; and defend the sides with Plasters, that it do not spread.  
LXVII. 2. The lips being once divided, they give way, and as the Escarotick, penetrates into the body of the Gland, the sides will fall in, and be eradicated out of the aperture, though very small; which the lesle it is, the lesle Scar will remain from the Cicatrice, and the sooner it will be cured.  
LXVIII. 3. The Escar being made, divide it the whole length, and with a Caustick-stone, rub into it, till it has penetrated into the body of the Gland; the which it will the sooner do, if you press into the same place with a Stick dipped into Oil of Vitriol, or Butter of Antimony.  
Lxix 4. This done, dress it up with Ung. Basilicon, mixed with a little Linseed-oil; embrocating the Parts adjacent with Oil of Roses mixed with Vinegar, and over all lay Empl. è Bolo: being thus dressed, it is painful; but it lasts not above half an hour.  
LXX. 5. The third day after dress it again; and if the Escar in the middle is dried hard, dress it with Lenients: but if it feels soft, rub it again interchangeably with the Caustick-stone, and Oil of Vitriol, or Butter of Antimony, thrusting them every way into the body of the Gland; but taking heed, that the lips of the Ulcer may not be enlarged thereby.  
LXXI. 6. Thus proceeding, most of the Struma will be wasted, before the first Escar in the circumference will fall of: after which you may consume the remainder with read Precipitate, and keep it open by Dossels of Lint, letting the lips grow narrower in the mean time; and so heal it with a Cicatrice, as another Sore. Wiseman.  
LXXII. This is the Method for very large Strumae, the lesser will not admit of this Way; to such you may apply the strongest Catheretick Powders, as you see cause. But if they affect the Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, Ligaments, Joints, etc. they require more caution in their extirpation.  
LXXIII. The Cure of the Evil which is without a Cystis, afflicting the Muscles, Tendons, and Joints. The gumminess upon the Muscles and Tendons require Emollients and Discussives, and differs not much in Cure from that of a Scirrhus.  
LXXIV. The Evil affecting the Joints increases gradually, and rises by congestion: it is twofold; 1. That which rises Externally, upon the Tendons, between them and the Skin, or them and the Bone. 2. That which rises Internally, within the Bone itself, which we shall consider in the Chapter of Spina Ventosa.  
LXXV. The first of these arises for the most part from an Humour overmoistening the Tendons and Ligaments; which very much relaxes them, and produces a weakness and uneasiness in the Joint, raising a Tumour externally; which in process of time corrodes and rots the Membranes and Bones, through its acidity.  
LXXVI. First purge with Mercurials and Antimonials, and keep the Patient to an Antistramatick Diet, to altar the habit of the Body; and apply to the Tumour Emplasters of an astringent and dry quality, as Empl. de Minio, è Bolo, etc. with moderate Bandage; and let the Member be placed in such a position, as may prevent the falling down of the Humour.  
LXXVII. Afterwards strengthen the Joint by Fomentations, and Emplasters of a discussive and astringent faculty: but if yet the Tumour grows greater, and will not discuss by any application, it is to be feared, that the Bones are hurt.  
LXXVIII. Now since these kinds of Swell are for the most part caused by an Hypersarcosis within, they are not to be opened, without some assurance of a rottenness of the Bone: for otherwise upon opening, it will only yield a G●eet, and the Hypersarcosis will be protruded in a Fungus.  
LXXIX. If also in some particular place Suppuration does appear, and upon opening, a matter much like whites of Eggs does come forth, you may conclude the Bone is corrupted, (especially in the Hand or Foot) and the longer the opening is delayed, the more rotten the Bones will be.  
LXXX. In this case, discharge the matter, making the vent large, according as the Vessels will permit; and proceed in the Cure, as in an Ulcer with rottenness of the Bone, and keep the member in such a position, that the Joint may not be contracted.  
LXXXI. If much proud Flesh shall grow up in the Ulcer, it will hazard the rotting of the Bone underneath; and if the Bone is once carious, it is not than the work of Nature, but of Art: for till the Hypersarcosis is removed, the Bone will never exfoliate, but the Evil will still increase, and the Bones rot in pieces, one Apostemation coming upon another; so that the Patient will consume, and dye miserably.  
LXXXII. In this case, the proud Flesh must be removed by such things as the Patient can bear; as Precipitate, either alone, or mixed with Basilicon, or burnt Alum, as the occasion may require: than way being made to the Bones, they are to be made bore, and such as are lose are to be taken out, the others you must dispose to exfoliate.  
LXXXIII. Than cleanse the Ulcer well by Detersives; for which purpose nothing seems better than Ung. Nicotianae, and cherish the native Heat by discussive, and drying Fomentations; and by Compresses (pressed out of Limewater, or the Water of the Griffin) and convenient Bandage, endeavour to restore the Part to its natural form and magnitude.  
LXXXIV. If it becomes of a scirrhous hardness, or seems to degenerate into Cancer by reason of pain, than nothing is to be attempted more than a palliative Cure. ℞ Ceratum de Galbano lbi lbi. Pulvis Mercurii coagulati ℥ vi. Oil-olive q.s. mix, and make a soft Emplaster.  
LXXXV. Or this. ℞ Emplastrum album ℥ iv. Sacchar. Saturni, Opium, (dissolved in Water, and inspissated to the thickness of new Honey) A. ℥ i shining Soot ℥ jss. volatile Sal Armoniackʒvi. soften with Oil of Nightshade, q.s. and make an Emplaster.  
LXXXVI. Or, ℞ Emplast. de Galbano lbss ss. Empl. Mercuriale lbi lbi. mix them, and apply. Or, ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ two. Oil-olive ℥ iuss. melt, and mix; to which add Oils of Juniper-berries, Fennel-seed, Aniseed, and Amber, A.ʒi. volatile Sal Armoniac ℥ iii Saccharum Saturni ℥ jss. Opium extracted ℥ i white Precipitate, native Cinnabar, A.ʒvi. mix them, and anoint therewith.  

OBSERVATIONS.  
LXXXVII. A Girl ten years old, had hard Kings-evil Swell on three of her Fingers: she was cured by the Smoke of Vinegar poured upon red-hot Flints, morning and evening for a Month together. Riverius, Observat. communicate.  
LXXXVIII. A Maiden, fourteen years old, was much troubled from her Infancy with Ulcers in her Ears and Fingers, Lips much swelled, darting Pains, Scurvy, with Glandules of Neck and Ears exulcerated, and the rest scirrhous, and so swelled, that she could scarce move her Neck. She drank the Decoction of Guajacum, with cutting and opening Medicines, four times a day, with eight drops of Spirit of Sal Armoniac in it: and once a week she took this Powder. ℞ Jalapʒss. Tartar vitriolated gr.u. Oil of Fennel gut. two. make a powder, for a Dose; which gave her three or four Stools. And outwardly there was applied Emplast. de Ranis cum Mercurio, softened with Oil of Rue and Soot; but the Glandules being exulcerated, Vng. Basilicon was first applied, and after that, Balsamum Sulphuris Rulandi; with which in about three months she was cured. Deckers.  
LXXXIX. A Gentlewoman was three years troubled with a hard painful Tumour in her Neck, to which was applied this. ℞ Emplast. de Ranis cum Mercurio ℥ ss. fine Galbanum ʒii. Saccharum Saturni, volatile Sal Arm. A. ʒss. soften with Oil of Rue, q.s. and make the consistency of a Plaster. By the application of this the Pain and Swelling vanished away. Deckers.  
XC. A young Lady choleric and lean, had many scrofulous Tumours, and being afflicted with a continual Hectick-fever died: her Body being opened, there was found above a thousand Glandules upon her, little and great, from the Jaws to the Os Pubis; which were within of the same colour with those in her Neck, viz. yellow; Medicines were warily applied, yet with no success. Barbett.  
XCI. A Youth twelve years old had a Struma under his right Jaw, of an oval figure. Incision was made into the Skin, according to its length; than separating it, a Ligature was fastened under it, and so it was cut out, leaving the Ligature to digest of. It was dressed with a Digestive made of Turpentine, and Emplast. è Bolo: after Digestion, it was deterged, incarned, and cicatrized. Wiseman.  
XCII. A Woman twenty eight years old, had a large Struma on the left side of her Neck, of an oval figure, and movable under the Skin: an Incision was made the full length of it, and the Skin being every where separated from it, it was pulled out, and a Ligature was tied about the Vessels under it, and than cut of: it was dressed with a Dossel spread with the Digestive of Turpentine, dipped in Pulvis Galeni, with Pledgets of the same Digestive over it, and a Restrictive Plaster over all, with good Bandage; and after Digestion, it was incarned and healed. Wiseman.     

IV. Tumours arising from WIND.  

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the WINDY-TUMOR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Latin, Emphysema, pl. emphysemata; Apostema ventosum, Inflatio, Inflationes: in English, Windy Tumour, or Tumours, a Windy Apostem, etc.  
II Definition. A flatulent Tumour is a preternatural swelling, proceeding from Wind, shut up within the Membranes of several Parts, as under a thick Skin, or the interstices of the Muscles, and yielding to the impression of the Fingers, but suddenly returning again.  
III Or, It is a Swelling proceeding from Wind, not pitying, but yielding to the Fingers, contained within Membranes, and which if shaken, makes a rumbling noise.  
IV. Galen, lib. de rat. Vict. in Acut. Com. 4. Text. 21. Tumour est, collecto Spiritu flatulento in quibusdam cavitatibus, vel sensui expositis, vel ratione contemplabilibus. It is a Tumour made by á flatulent Spirit collected in certain cavities; these cavities being either exposed to the sense, or such as are to be apprehended by reason.  
V Now what these Cavities are, which are to be apprehended by reason, he explains himself, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 5. And that they are those very Pores of the Similary Parts, and those little spaces which are interposed between the said Similary Parts.  
VI Wiseman says, it is a light puffy Tumour, easily yielding to the pressure of the Fingers, and rises again in the instant you take them of.  
VII. The Differences. 1. In respect to the kinds; being either pure, or mixed. A Pure Emphysema is seldom found, unless in cases of Wounds in the Breast; where the Air getting in between the Muscles and Membranes, does puff them up, much like to the inside of a Shoulder of Veal. A Mixed Emphysema is that which is mixed with some Humour, which is chief, or always Phlegmatic.  
VIII. 2. In respect to the place; some are inward, some are outward. The Inward are in the membranes of the Bowels, and sometimes in their very Cavities; as the Stomach, Abdomen, Womb, etc. of these we say nothing here. The Outward may be on the Eyelids, the great Joints, the Scrotum, Navel, and other membranous parts; the Scrotum being the usual seat of the Hernia ventosa, of which in the next Chapter.  
IX. 3. In respect to its quality: some are without pain, in which the Wind is in motion; others with pain, in which it is quiet, from its too great distension.  
X. The Causes. The proximate or conjoined Cause is Wind, or a flatulent Spirit; which is, as Galen testifies, the Sympt. Caus. lib. 3. cap. 4. from a weak and languishing heat: for as absolute cold cannot excite any Vapour; so on the other side, vehement heat discusses the Vapour.  
XI. The antecedent cause is Phlegm, viscous Lympha, or some other thick Humour; sometimes alone, and sometimes mixed with a little Choler, which as Ferment turns it into froth, and so generates Wind: and it always happens upon a debility of the Part; which endeavours a concoction of Humours, but is unable.  
XII. The procatartick or remote causes are flatulent Meats and Drinks; cold, moist, and cloudy Air; idle and sedentary Life; the suppression of accustomed Evacuations, Stoppages of the Pores of the Part, and thickness of its Membranes; to which add, external injuries, which contribute to the hurt and weakness of the place affected.  
XIII. The Signs. The Part is inflated like a Bladder, yields to the Fingers, but immediately rising again, and makes a kind of rumbling noise, if shaken.  
FOURTEEN. It is of an uncertain bigness, sometimes very large, sometimes small; without any weight to the Part that it possesses.  
XU. The Tumour being pressed with the Fingers, though it yields to them, yet it leaves no pit: whereby it is distinguished from ●edema; for that also yields to the Fingers; but than it leaves a Pit after it.  
XVI. It is of the colour of the Skin, without any alteration: unless it is full of pain, by reason of its lying deep, among the sensible parts, or near the Periostion.  
XVII. A crackling is often felt, if it is in the Knee, or other outward part: and it most commonly affects the Joints, but chief the Knee and Wrist; and Parts membranous.  
XVIII. The Prognostics. If they be small, and proceed not from any rebellious cause; or affect only the lesser Joints, they are of easy cure; and if need be, may be opened at any time.  
XIX. If it is great, it argues a great debility of natural Heat, and great plenty of morbific Matter; and therefore the more difficult of cure, because more stubborn and rebellious.  
XX. An Emphysema affecting the greater Joints, is of most difficult cure, and not to be opened without great consideration.  
XXI. If the Matter is detained in the Muscles, it is than hardly cured, and with much trouble; for that the Spirit is produced, bound up and included by the containing Membranes, and disper'sd into all parts of the Muscle.  
XXII. The Cure. The Wind that distends the Part, is to be taken away. Means also must be used, that it may not breed again, and flow to the Part. And the Pain, if any be, is to be mitigated, and removed.  
XXIII. In order to the performance of these things, the Diet is first to be considered; which is to be the same as in Oedema, Pease, Beans, Carrots, and all crude Fruits, and windy things do extremely hurt. Wine, and other things moderately heating; as the Potestates Anisi, Carui, Caryophyllorum, Juniperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, Rutae, Salviae, etc. do very much profit.  
XXIV. The Matter out of which the Wind is bred, is to be evacuated; which is effectually done by purging once or twice a week with Tinctura purgans, Syrupus catharticus, or Oxymel scilliticum.  
XXV. The Stomach and whole Body is to be corroborated by giving inwardly Tinctura Cordialis, Tinct. Martis, Tinct. Sacra, Tinct. Salis Tartari, Elixir Metallorum, etc. as also, Sudorificks, the chief whereof are, Our Specific Laudanum, Guttae Vitae, Theriaca Chymica, Laudanum Samech, etc.  
XXVI. Every night going to bed, after taking a Dose of Laudanum, etc. let the Patient take a glass of Hippocras, or spiced Wine; and a like draught of the same every morning fasting.  
XXVII. But for correcting the Wind, expelling it, and to hinder its breeding, nothing is better than the Spiritus nitratus, which effectually opens all Obstructions, and causes a dissipation thereof; take it adʒii. in a glass of Hippocras, or spiced Wine.  
XXVIII. As to Topics, they are to be such as by their heating and attenuating quality, may open the Pores, and discuss the Flatulencies; which of Simples these are chief: Roots of Angelica, Galangal, Lovage; Herbs, as Avens, Bawm, Camomile, Dill, Fennel, Fetherfew, Hyssop, Marjoram, Mint, Penniroyal, Rue, Southernwood, Tansy; Flowers, of Camomile, Elder, Melilot, Saffron; Seeds, Anise, Caraways, Cumin, Fennel; Oils of Mace, Nutmegs, Spike, and all hot distilled Oils.  
XXIX. Of Compounds, this is good. ℞ Tops of Angelica, Bawm, Camomile, Dill, Hyssop, Origanum, Southernwood, A. M.j. Wine lbvi. lbvi. boil, and make a Fomentation, which apply for half an hour or better: or you may make it in a small Lixivium of Pot-ashes.  
XXX. You may also embrocate with the following Mixture. ℞ Powers of Rosemary, Iuniper, Savin, Amber, A. ℥ i Powers of Turpentine ℥ two. mix, and bathe therewith: or you may mix with them Oil-olive ℥ i and so anoint with them.  
XXXI. Or you may anoint with this Lineament commended by Barbett. ℞ Common Oils of Wormwood and Rue, A. ʒii. Oil of Nutmegs by expressisionʒi. distilled Oil of Maceʒss. Castor dissolved in Aqua vitae ℈ two. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXXII. Oil made of wild Cucumbers, is approved of, as a most excellent thing to anoint with: or this, ℞ Oils of wild Cucumbers, of Dill, of Rue, A. ℥ ss. expressed Oil of Nutmegsʒii. Oil of Amberʒss. mix, to anoint withal.  
XXXIII. It is good to bathe with Spiritus mirabilis, or anoint with Vnguentum mirabile, or with this Balsam following. ℞ Common Oil of Rue ℥ two. Turpentine half an ounce: mix with the Turpentine Oil of Vitriolʒvi. till the Turpentine is perfectly dissolved; than mix that with the Oil of Rue, and make a Balsam.  
XXXIV. After, you may apply this Cataplasm of Barbett: ℞ Rue, Calamint, A. M. ss. Goat's dung ℥ vi. Bean meal ℥ two. seeds of Anise and Cumin, A. ℥ ss. Bay-berries, Salt, A. ʒiii. Nitre, Sulphur, A. ʒi. Wine q.s. mix, and boil to softness, and beaten all up into a Cataplasm.  
XXXV. Or this Emplaster. ℞ Oil of Spikeʒiv. Mastich, Venice-Soap, A. ʒiii. seeds of Cumin, Caraways, A. ʒii. Castor dissolved in Aqua vitae ʒi. roots of Pellitory of Spain, ashes of Earthworms, A. ʒss. Wax, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXVI. Or this: ℞ Faeces of new Wax from the Press lbjss lbjss. crumbs of brown Bread lbss ss. flowers of read Roses ℥ iv. boil all in Whitewine, than beaten them together, and add Gloves, Nutmegs, Ginger, Pepper in fine powder, A. ʒiii. seeds of Anise, Bishopsweed, Cumin, Fennel, A.ʒiu. Oils of Camomile, Dill, and Rue, A. ℥ two. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXXVII. If need require, Blistering, Scarifying, and Cupping are to be done: but if neither by these things, nor the former applications, the Tumour will discuss, but is inflamed, and grows painful, you must than use Anodyns.  
XXXVIII. But if the Tumour is in a place where it may be safely opened, the speediest way of Cure will be by cutting into it; and than it is to be cured, as in the Cure of an Absceess we have showed.  
THIRTY-NINE. A Tumour in the Knee of long standing, great, soft, and lose, was cured by this Cataplasm. ℞ Roots of Briony, Orrice, Lilies, Daffodils fresh gathered, beaten them together, and boil them in Wine and Aqua vitae, and make a Cataplasm: this was applied hot every day upon the Swelling, and bound on; and in three Weeks time it did the Cure. Platerus, Observe. lib. 3.  
XL. The like has been done by application of a Cataplasm, made with wild Radish roots and Vinegar, and applied hot.  
XLI. Great Inflations of the Knee, have been sometimes cured, by application of a large blistering Plaster, made with Cantharideses, sour Leven, and a little Vinegar.  
XLII. A Woman thirty years old, had a swelling on her right Knee, encompassing the Rotula, and had been growing near two years. It was supposed flatulent, and so was treated with Fomentations, Embrocations, and Emplasters: but it heating, and increasing, Empl. de Bolo was applied, and a Knee-piece laced on: by the continued use of which the Tumour was restrained, and the Knee recovered its former strength. Wiseman.  
XLIII. Another Person had in the Knee a round soft Tumour, lying on each side the Rotula, of the same colour with the Skin, which much disabled her from walking: Empl. ad Herniam was applied, with an addition of Ceratum Hyssopi; and a Compress of brown Paper, soaked in Aqua Fabrorum, over which a laced Knee-piece was put on, and straightened proportionably: by renewing these Dress, in about ten days the Swelling discussed, and her Knee recovered its former strength. Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 27. Obs. 4 & 5.  
XLIV. A young Woman had a puffy Swelling on her left Foot, near her Toes, stretching over the Toe next the little one, of about two Finger's breadth, without inflammation, or much pain. It was endeavoured to be discussed, but it resisted, and was inflamed: than Emplast. è Bolo was applied, and a Sock to be laced, with a Bracer locked to it, for the Toe; and by Compress and careful lacing, the Tumour was suppressed, and she had much ease, and in some Months she was cured. Wiseman, ibid. Observ. 7.   

CHAP. XXIX. Of a WINDY RUPTURE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ex 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ventus, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ramex, Ruptura; in Latin, Pneumatocele, Hernia ventosa, Ramex ventosus, Ruptura ventosa; in English, a Windy Rupture.  
II The Kind's. It is twofold: 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hernia ventosa Scroti, a Windy Rupture of the Cod. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, a Windy Rupture of the Navel. See Synop. Ased. lib. 5. cap. 18.  
III Definition. It is a collection of Wind in the Scrotum, and parts adjacent to it; or else in the Navel, making the parts to swell, or stick out.  
IV. The Causes. The proximate or conjoined Cause is Wind, or a flatulent Spirit, protruded into the Part through its weakness, or want of natural Heat; the antecedent is a viscous Lympha, or a superabundance of Phlegmatic matter: and the procatartick or prime Causes, are, evil temper of the Air, Food of evil Juice, violent motions, and overstraining of the Body; and in Children many times struggling and crying.  
V The Signs. They are known partly by the swelling out of the Part. That in the Groin is many times large, sometimes hard, sometimes not; but that in the Cod is for the most part hard; because it is apt to swell much, is suddenly grown to its bigness, round, and yet light, possessing for the most part the whole Scrotum, and Cremaster-muscle, and sometimes the very Yard, itself.  
VI When it is at its full bigness, it resists the touch, and is clear, like unto a Bladder full of Wind; and the Yard is sometimes greater in one place, than in another. If it is in the Groin, it is nothing near so large, and more oblong, and seldom affects the Yard.  
VII. That in the Navel is known by the protuberance, clearness of the Skin, softness, and easily yielding to the touch; being also lesle painful than the former.  
VIII. The Prognostics. If it is recent, it is easy of Cure; but if it is inveterate, or of great magnitude, the Cure will be performed with much difficulty.  
IX. If it has been of long standing, and in a Scorbutic or Cacochymick Habit of Body, it is dangerous; so also if it proceeds from any malign Cause.  
X. If it be not discussed, or reduced, it causes in length of time many other Diseases; and sometimes it so spreads, as to possess the whole Body.  
XI. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are, 1. To expel or carry of the Humour causing the Wind. 2. To strengthen the Viscera, by Carminatives. 3. To remove the conjoined Cause, by Topics and proper Compresses.  
XII. Purge the Body (if strong, with Oxymel scilliticum) with Syrupus Catharticus, Electuarium Catharticum, Pulvis Cornachini, Pulvis Antimonii, or Pulvis Catharticus; which last is a most admirable thing; and repeat the Purgation two, three, or four times, or as often as you see occasion.  
XIII. Strengthen the Bowels with Carminatives, as Potestates seminum Anisi, baccarum Juniperi, Cariophyllorum, Limonum, Virtutum; Tinctura Cordialis, Tinctura Martis, Salis Tartari, Sacra; Spiritus Nitratus, Elixir Metallorum; or other things of like nature.  
FOURTEEN. As to Topics, foment in the beginning with this: ℞ Angelica, Bawm, Calamint, Camomile, Fenel, Fetherfew, Origanum, Southernwood, Tansy, A. M.i. bruise, and boil all in Posca, or a mixture of equal parts of Wine and Water lbiv lbiv. boil to the Consumption of a third part; and foment hot with Sponges.  
XU. Or you may embrocate with this: ℞ Oil-olive, or Oil of Ben ℥ iii Oils of Caraways, Iuniper, and Aniseed, A. ʒi. mix them, and anoint therewith. Some anoint with Oils of Euphorbium and Elder, mixed together.  
XVI. If the Tumour is with pain and inflammation, use Anodyns; applying such Cataplasms and Cerats or Emplasters, as have power to soften and resolve.  
XVII. As these Diseases are most incident to Children, so they aught to be used with great care and mildness: Fienus cured several, by often heating them against the Fire, and making dry Fomentations, with hot Clotheses oftentimes applied.  
XVIII. The Emplaster (which aught to be either ad Herniam, or some such as we have described in the former Chapter) being applied, the Part is to be bound up, either with a Bag-truss, or a Bolster-bandage, according to the Place affected; both to keep the Part warm, and keep the Applications on: and so to be continued, till such time as the Cure is perfected.  
XIX. The Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, is to be cured exactly after the former manner: but the Cure also consists in the well reducing of it, and retaining it so by Agglutinatives, strong Binder's, and good Bandage.  
XX. If through neglecting it, the Skin should wear thin, and mortify, you must dress it as a Mortification: and after the separation of the Escar, you must endeavour to take up the Peritonaeum, stitch it close, and incarn it with the rest of the Ulcer; and being cicatriz'd, apply good Bandage, to retain it in its place.  

OBSERVATIONS.  
XXI. A Child seven years old had a Hernia ventosa in the Groin, as big as a Pullet's Egg, soft, but yet so straight, as it scarcely yielded to pressure. Bandage did it no good, but made it more painful; Fomentations and Emplasters we applied, as in a flatulent Tumour, and it was bound up with a Bolster-truss; and with proper Internals, it was cured in some time after. Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 28. Obs. 7.  
XXII. A Child had a Hernia ventosa in his left Testicle, the Wind being gotten into the Tunica vaginalis which encompassed the Testicle round, so as the Testicle could not be felt. The Tumour was so intense, that it would not yield to pressure. For the Cure Discussives and a Bag-truss were advised. Wiseman. ib. Obs. 8.  
XXIII. A Child three years old, had one of these Tumours lying the whole length of the production of the Testicle, like to the uppermost of those Bladders we found in Carp: and the same Wind having raised up the Tunica vaginalis, made the Testicle, not unlike the lower round Bladders which are united to the aforementioned upper Bladders in the same Fish: the Cure was performed by Discutients, and a Bag-truss. Wiseman, ibid. Observ. 9  
XXIV. A Child two months old had a Hernia ventosa in the right Inguen, down into the Tunica vaginalis; the Tunicle of the other Testicle was also distended: Empl. è Cymino was put over the Scrotum and Inguina, with a Bag-truss, the Tumour not being capable of Reduction or other Bandage. The Child had an ill Nurse, and was galled by its Piss; for which cause, Empl. Diachalciteos was applied, and renewed daily: upon good Bandage, the Tumour would be very inconsiderable, and sometimes quite discussed: but upon neglect of bracing the Truss close, it would appear big again: it had a Rupture in both Groins; upon which account, a double Bolster-truss was laid on. Wiseman, ibid. Observe 10.  
XXV. The same Child had a Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, which was cured by external application of Astringents and Compression, exactly according to the method of the following Observation. Wiseman, ibid.  
XXVI. A Child four months old had a Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, to which was applied a mixture made of powders of Frankincense, Mastic, Aloes, Sanguis draconis, with the white of an Egg; Emplastr. è Bolo, with a small Button sticking in the middle, made of some snips of the same Emplaster; by which the Emplaster under it was kept the closer: these were bound on to make a Compression. Above the Navel, it had also another Rupture: a Compress was made of some pieces of Empl. ad Herniam, which was kept upon the place, by applying over Empl. è Bolo: by this method, these Hernia's were in few weeks cured. Wiseman, ibid. Obs. 1.     

V Tumours arising from WATER.  

CHAP. XXX. Of a WATERY RUPTURE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ex 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Aqua, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ramex; in Latin, Hydrocele, Hernia aquosa; in English, a Watery Rupture.  
II The Kind's. It is twofold, 1. Hydrocele, properly so called: 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hydromphalus, Tumour Umbilici aquosus, a Watery Tumour of the Navel: this by some is called, Vmbilici procidentia, the thrusting forth of the Navel.  

I Of HYDROCELE.  
III The Definition. It is a Watery Swelling of the Scrotum or Cod; and is either Simple, or Complex: Simple, is when it is an original Disease; Complex, is when it is joined to, or is the product of another Disease; as of an Ascitis, or an Anasarca; of which we have nothing to say here, but shall (God willing) treat of them in their proper places.  
IV. The Kind's. When it is an original Tumour of the Part, the Water lies either without the Tunica vaginalis, affecting the whole Scrotum: or else it is contained within the said Tunicle: or otherwise, it is held in a Cystis of its own: in which case, you will found one side swelled, the other yet remaining in its natural magnitude or state: or if both Testicles are affected, you will feel the Tumours distinct.  
V The Causes. An original or simple Hydrocele is generated or caused as all other Watery Tumours are; to wit, by a separation of the Serum from the Blood out of the Arteries; which not returning into the Veins again, lodges itself in the Skin, or between the Membranes, or some other part the Body.  
VI The Procatartick Cause, is some vehement overstraining of the Body, violent hard labour, fall from some high place, bruise, blow, or the like.  
VII. The Signs. Where it is original or simple, and lies without the Tunica vaginalis, it affects the whole Scrotum, fills it like a Bladder, and discovers itself by shining.  
VIII. But if it lies within the Tunica vaginalis, between it and the Testicles, or in a particular Cystis, the Scrotum is proportionably stretched, and somewhat wrinkled; and at first sight, it appears not much unlike an Hernia Intestinalis, or Zirbalis.  
IX. But they are easily to be distinguished, forbidding the Patient to Cough; if you press with your Fingers upon the Production, and nothing fills your Hand like Wind, it is truly an Hydrocele.  
X. And if the Water is within the Tunica vaginalis of both Testicles, you will found the Tumour to appear double.  
XI. It is caused from an Ascites, the Tumour is vastly great; if Anasarcous, the Scrotum is thick, soft, and shines, yields to the impression of the Fingers, and works like soft Wax, and generally the Praeputium is swelled: but of this in another place.  
XII. The Prognostics. In a simple Hydrocele, if it is from an External Cause, it is the more easily cured; and so much the easier, as the habit of the Body is good: but if it is Cacochymick, the Water may be let out, and that without danger, as often as it fills.  
XIII. If it is complicated, it is the more dangerous; and if joined with a Dropsy, cannot be cured, unless the Dropsy is first cured; yet may serve to discharge the Water, both in an Ascites and Anasarca.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. The Indications of Cure, are, 1. To remove the Procatartick Cause. 2. To remove the Conjoined Cause. 3. To strengthen the Part affected.  
XU. The Prime Cause is removed, by observing a spare, drying and attenuating Diet; and such as prevents the generating of moist and watery Humours.  
XVI. To remove the Conjoined Cause, Discussives and Dryers are to be applied, and kept close to the Part with a Bag-Truss; which will also help to sustain the Part: jest otherwise, by the weight of the Humour, the Tumour should be increased.  
XVII. Than you are to consider the quantity of the Water, and the Place it is lodged in; if it is lesle than a Pint, open it not till it is bigger, jest you hurt the Testicle; except it is in a Child, and than you may open it, though it be not full out half a Pint.  
XVIII. The way of doing it, is thus: Let the Patient be in a good light; and with one of your Hands press hard upon the Production, to make the Tumour more hard or tied: and if it is a Man that is affected, let another Person press with his Hand upon the other side, that the Scrotum may be the more firm or steady.  
XIX. Than you may make the Puncture in the depending Part; but have a care not to cut the greater Veins of the Scrotum, jest making the Water bloody, you may think you have hurt some Part within.  
XX. Let the Apertion be big enough to receive a small Pipe; which presently put in, and keep it there till you have drawn forth all the Water.  
XXI. Which being performed, apply a Pledget of Ung. Basilicon, and an Emplaster over it to keep it on, and a flanel Stuph wrung out of Tinctura mirabilis; all which may be kept close to the Part with a Bag-Truss, till the Wound is healed, and the Scrotum contracted; which will be in about two or three days time.  
XXII. If the Water is included in a Cystis, one or more, they must be opened each apart, and you must be careful to pass in your Pipe, and keep it in, till the last drop of Water is discharged; for if accidentally it should come out, it will be difficult to get in again; for the inner Tunicle hanging lose, the holes may not answer one another; nor will it be so well opened again, as it was at first: thus the Water being discharged, you must perform the healing as is before declared.  
XXIII. But all this is but a Palliative Cure; if you would do it perfectly, you must make the Apertion large on the one side of the Cod; reaching towards the Production, according to the length of the Testicle, that you may open it, after the Water is extracted, the better to apply your Medicines to it, in case it should be affected.  
XXIV. Now whether this Apertion is done by Incision or Caustick, it aught to be in a Body not Cacochymick, nor Aged; jest Inflammation, Colic, or Fever should seize them: in which case good Fomentations, Lenients, and Anodyns are to be applied to preserve the Natural Heat; as also Turpentine, Clysters, etc.  
XXV. Whilst the Tumour is small, possibly it may yield to Discussives; so also a Bruise sometimes, accompanied with Inflammation: but if it should tend to Suppuration, you must assist Nature with Maturatives: but if it has any quantity of Water in it, the speedy cure of it is, by letting it out.  
XXVI. And after all, you must apply over the whole Scrotum (to strengthen the Part) some Astringent Emplaster, as that ad Herniam, Caesaris, Catagmaticum; and with a Truss fitted to the bigness of the Cod, to keep it from depending or swagging.  
XXVII. If the Tumour is complex, viz. an Anasarca of the whole Scrotum, it is done by making many Punctures with a Lancet; by which the Water will come forth in a few hours; and the Wounds will afterwards heal, without any other application than a warm Stuph.  
XXVIII. But if there is an Anasarca of the Belly, the Seton is than most proper; which must be made transverse the Scrotum in the lower part of it, and kept open till all the Water is evacuated: mean season, you must preserve the Native Heat, by application of warm Stuphs wrung out of Spirit of Wine, or read Wine, to a pint of which, Powers of Lavender ℥ i are put: and beware of sharpness of Humours, inflammation, and excoriation, jest a Gangrene ensue; which if you fear, let the Seton be withdrawn.   

II Of HYDROMPHALUS.  
XXIX. Definition. It is a Collection of Water, or Watery-matter within the Navel, causing its protrusion or sticking forth.  
XXX. The Causes. The Procatartick Cause may be external Violence, evil Diet, etc. The Antecedent 'Cause is a Cacochymick, and Phlegmatic habit of Body, Hydropic Humours. The Conjoined Cause is Water, contained within the Tumour.  
XXXI. The Signs. It is known by the Tumour which sticks out, the Navel itself being turgid and prominent; the Tumour also is lax, soft, yielding a little to the impression of the Fingers; and many times large, so that a fluctuation of Water may be perceived.  
XXXII. The Prognostics. In Children it is easily cured, and without any kind of Danger: in Elder persons, not difficult, but more troublesome, by reason of motion.  
XXXIII. If it proceeds from an Ascites, it is indeed dangerous, and not to be cured, without the cure of that Disease; of which in its place.  
XXXIV. The Cure. If it is recent, small, and simple; not proceeding from an Ascites, it may be cured with Resolutives, Discussives, and Dryers, Emplastic bodies, etc. applying over a proper Bandage.  
XXXV. But if the Tumour is large, the only and speedy way of cure is by Incision, thereby letting out the Water; than dressing it with Basilicon, and laying over it Emplast. Album, with a good Bolster-bandage.  
XXXVI. If it proceeds from an Ascites, it is to be opened in the place, and the Water gradually discharged; but it will not be perfectly cured, but with the cure of that Disease. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 18.    

CHAP. XXXI. Of a WATERY TUMOUR.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Tumour aquosus, vel serosus; in English, a Watery Tumour, or Swelling.  
II The Definition. It is a preternatural Tumour, collecting watery or serous Humours together in some particular Part of the Body.  
III The Kind's. 1. A watery Tumour in the interstices of the Muscles, which is when the whole Body is swelled with Water, and this is called Anasarca. 2. A Dropsy of the Belly only, or Belly and Legs, called Ascites. 3. A Dropsy of the Belly, in which Water is mixed with Wind, called Tympanites 4. A Dropsy of the Head, called Hydrocephalos. 5. A Dropsy of the Breast and Lungs, called Hydrops Pectoris vel Pulmonis. 6. A watery Tumour of the Navel, called Hydromphalos. 7. A watery Tumour of the Cod, called Hydrocele. 8. A watery Tumour of some other singular Part of the Body, called in general Tumour aquosus, which is what we only intent in this Chapter, the other seven kinds being particularly handled in their proper places.  
IV. The Differences. It differs from Oedema, because in this, being pressed with the Fingers, the print remains not so long, as it does in Oedema: from a flatulent Tumour, because it makes no sound, as that does: from other pituitous Tumours, by reason of its shining, and manner of pitying: from a Phlegmon, and Erysipelas; because they are with pain, this without: from a Scirrhus, because it will yield to the Touch, whereas a Scirrhus will not, etc.  
V The Causes. Barbett says it is caused from Serum or Salt-water, produced from the lost heat of the Parts; which serve to making of Chyle and Blood.  
VI Wiseman says it is caused from Serum extravasated, which according to the place on which it lights, does denominate the Disease: which place, says Sennertus, is some part that is lose, or that has in it a cavity or hollowness.  
VII. And indeed the Causes of these Waterish Tumours are, whatever may increase the Serum of the Blood beyond its due quantity; or keep it preternaturally in any part of the Body, whereby it stagnates in some one or more places.  
VIII. The Procatartick Causes are ill Digestion, defect of Sanguification, caused many times through intemperance, and great Hemorrhages, or frequent Blood-lettings; whereby the Blood being weakened, through the diminution of its quantity, cannot convert the Aliments received into Blood, but lets them degenerate into Serum; and withal is not able to carry the Serum along with it to the Emulgent Arteries; but lets it fall by the way into the receiving Parts: from which cause these waterish Tumours arise.  
IX. The Antecedent 'Cause is a Watery habit of Body, and a defect in the Ferments of the Viscera, the Kidneys not separating the Serum from the Blood; or the conglobate Glandules not doing their duty as they should do: whereby through a kind of stagnation of several Juices, as the Lympha, etc. the Blood becomes too acrimonious and hot, and so runs in a great measure into Serum or Water; which being extravasated in any part of the Body, produces a Tumour of this kind.  
X. The Signs. It is known by its softness, being softer than an Oedema, and more yielding to the Fingers, and as suddenly returning again; without pain, and withal shining.  
XI. If the Water is near the Cuticula or Cutis, the Tumour has a kind of perlucidness in it; the nearer the Skin, the more they shine; the deeper under the Skin, the lesle: but those that lie very deep, or are contained in a Cystis, do not discolour the Skin at all, nor 'cause any considerable pain.  
XII. If the Swelling is very large, it is so much the more shining; and you may by shaking it, perceive a kind of undulation.  
XIII. Wiseman says, that some of these Tumours, if in a dark room, you shade them, as Women do an Egg with their hands, holding a Candle to the other side of it, you will found a kind of faint transparency.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. These Tumours are not dangerous, if the principal Parts which feed them be not too much debilitated; yet they are difficultly cured, more especially if they hap in the Joints.  
XU. Nor is there any danger of Life, unless the Viscera be very much obstructed or tainted: but the more inward they are, the more dangerous; so also, if the more noble Parts are affected.  
XVI. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are, 1. To remove the Procatartick Cause. 2. The evacuation of the Antecedent Cause. 3. The removing the Conjoined Cause.  
XVII. The first Indication is answered in observing a proper Diet, much like that prescribed in Oedema. All moist and humid things are to be avoided, and such as generate watery Humbrs: things hot and dry, and attenuating are best, Spices chief excepted; also strong Waters, and salt Food.  
XVIII. The second Indication is answered in purging away the serous and watery Humour by Stool and Urine: which may be done with Tinctura purgans, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis A●…monii, Pulvis Catharticus, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Phlegmagoga Grulingii, Hydragoga Grulingii, Resina Jalapae, Pilulae ex Duobus, or any other proper Hydragogue.  
XIX. This done, you must order, that the Diaphoresis and insensible Transpiration may be free, and uninterrupted; as also that you provoke Urine, with Nephriticks: to the end that not only the serous Humour may be evacuated all ways, but that Nature might be a little corroborated.  
XX. A present fault or weakness of any Bowel destinated for Concoction, is to be corrected: but that cannot be, till it is freed from the Watery Humour; which you may do by the Catharticks before enumerated.  
XXI. Or else by some of these following, viz. Roots of Asarum, Dwarf-elder, Jalap, Mechoacan, leaves and inner bark of Elder, Euphorbium, Turbith, Cambogia, species Diacarthamum, Cream of Bohemian-tartar; but above all, by the Vinum Hydragogum of Barbett, in Our Doron Med. lib. 2. cap. 23. sect. 3.  
XXII. The third Indication, is next to be considered, which is the removing the Conjoined Cause, by Discussives and Dryers, which may absume the Watery Humour; the chief of which among Simples are, Rue, Elder, Danewort, Camomile, Dill, Celandine, Centory, Calamint, Margerum, Fennel, Hyssop, Southernwood, Savory, Fetherfew, Tansy, Tobacco, Wormwood; roots of Orrice, Briony, Showbread, Birthwort; Bay and Iuniper berries; Bean and Orobus meal; Salt, Alum, Sulphur vive; Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opoponax, Sagapenum, Bdellium: of which things you may form Fomentations, Cataplasms, and Emplasters.  
XXIII. ℞ Tops of Southernwood, Wormwood, Origanum, Calaminth, Margerum, A. M. two. flowers of Elder, Camomile, Rosemary, read Roses, A. M.i. Bay and Iuniper berries, A. ℥ two. fair Water, or Lixivium of Quicklime, q.s. boil and dissolve therein Sulphur, Salt, Alum, A. ℥ i and make a Fomentation.  
XXIV. ℞ Sal Nitre, Sal Armoniac, Pot-ashes, white Pepper, A. ʒv. Euphorbium in pouderʒii. Camphirʒi. Oil of Rosemaryʒiii. Oil-olive ℥ vi. mix them; and embrocate therewith the Part affected.  
XXV. ℞ Bay-berries, Zedoary, Ginger, all in very fine powder, A. ℥ i juice of Dwarf-elder ℥ iv. Camphir, Oil of Juniper-berries, A. ʒiii. Oil-olive, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cerate.  
XXVI. First foment the Part, to open the Pores; than apply Cataplasms, renewing them for some time, to discuss: and at last, apply a Cerate or Emplaster, to dry, comfort, strengthen, and restore the weakened Part.  
XXVII. If by the application of these or the like things, the Cure succeeds not, you must than come to Section, or making an Apertion, to discharge the Water.  
XXVIII. It is done with an Incision-knife. Where note, that if gross matter or dregss are mixed with the Water, the Apertion must be the more large. The Water and matter being emptied, cut of as much of the superfluous Skin as is necessary, and let the edges be brought together.  
XXIX. Than dress it up with the common Digestive of Turpentine, etc. applying also a restrictive Cerat, or Emplaster, with Compress, and good Bandage.  
XXX. The second or third day after, let it be dressed again; which let be continued daily, till the Wound is agglutinated, cicatrized, and perfectly cured.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of the DROPSY.  
I THE general name in Greek, is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Aqua intercus, (à fancy aquea) ex 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Aqua, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fancies; in Latin, Hydrops; in English, the Dropsy.  
II The Kind's. It is threefold, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 per, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 caro; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in, subter, etc. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, ex 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 album, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pituita; in Latin, Anasarca, Leucophlegmatia: a Dropsy of the Flesh, or of the habit of the whole Body. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 uter: in Latin, Ascites, Hydrops Abdominis; in English, a Dropsy of the Belly. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Tumour ad Tympani similitudinem; in Latin, Tympanites; in English, the Tympany, or, Windy Dropsy of the Belly; called by some, the Dry Dropsy.  

I Of ANASARCA, or, SARCITES.  
III Definition. This Disease is a preternatural Collection of serous Lympha through all the fleshy parts, or habit of the whole Body. Or, it is a preternatural Tumour of the whole Body, caused by a Collection of waterish and serous Humours.  
IV. The Causes. The Procatartick Causes, are great Hemorrhages of what kind soever, irregular living, idleness, much drinking, as well of strong Liquors, as of small; by which the Ferment left in the Stomach is washed away through that continual excess, or it is made more flaccid, and lesle fit for Concoction; whereby Crudities are increased, by which an evil Chymus is produced, of which a vicious Blood is generated, and a crude, phlegmatic and serous habit of Body, whence comes Obstructions; and a Dropsy.  
V The Proximate or near Cause is the serous Lympha, which is also sometimes very sharp, which being much heaped up, does distend its tender Vessels; and by too great distension does many times break them; whereby it is extravasated, and falls every where upon the muscular Flesh, and interstices of the Muscles.  
VI The Antecedent 'Cause is an obstruction of the Glandules of the Lymphatick-vessels; whereby the Lympha flows out too plentifully.  
VII. The Signs. The whole Body, Face, Hands, Belly, Thighs, Legs, Feet, etc. being chilled through the coldness of the serous or watery Humour is enervated, languish, and swell; and wherever almost you press hard your Fingers, (more especially on the Legs) their print or impression remains behind.  
VIII. Respiration or breathing is always difficult, and with some trouble, but more espcially after eating; and the Patient is always thirsty and craving Drink; and though they drink never so much, yet they are never satisfied.  
IX. Their Flesh is generally cold, or of a cold habit, soft, lose, pale and white; and many times they look as if they were dead; the Urine is thin and white, Stools many times very pale, with a weak and unequal Pulse.  
X. The Prognostics. In the beginning, and in Infants and Young people it is easily cured; and as easily returns again, if the Viscera be not strengthened, or a good Diet be not observed.  
XI. But if the Patient is Scorbutic, or of a Cachectical habit of Body, the Sick is with much difficulty restored to perfect Health: so also if it comes after a burning Fever, or an Ague of long standing.  
XII. Celsus, lib. 2. cap. 8. says, that a Cough coming upon a Dropsy, takes away all hope of Cure: and Hypocrates, sect. 7. aph. 47. says, that if a Cough troubles an Hydropic person, he is in a desperate condition.  
XIII. One troubled with an Anasarca, if there be a Fever withal, with little Urine, and that thick, it foreshews Death. And if one be cured of a Dropsy, if it returns again, there will be but small hopes of Recovery: so also if they have Ulcers supervening. Hypocrates in Coacis. Celsus, lib. 3. cap. 21.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. The Remote Cause must be removed, by instituting a good Diet, hot, drying, and strengthening; and forbearing things cold, moist, and watery. The Humour or Water superabounding, must be taken away by proper Catharticks, Diuretics, and Sudorificks. And the Tone of the weakened Bowels must be restored and strengthened: but Bleeding must be avoided, as a thing most hurtful to all Hydropic persons.  
XU. The Humour or Water abounding is taken away, 1. With the following simple Catharticks, Vinegar, Wine, and Oxymel of Squills, Cambogia, Elaterium, jalap, Rosin of jalap, Mechoacan, Nitre, Syrup of Buckthorn-berries, and Sena in an Infusion in Wine.  
XVI. With these Compounds: 1. Pilulae Catharticae, Family Pills, Pilulae Hydropicae Bontii, & Pilulae Lunares, (which are wondered things) Pulvis Cornachinii, Syrupus Catharticus, and Vinum Hydragogum Barbetti; which see, Dor. Med. lib. 2. cap. 12. sect. 7.  
XVII. These Pills are also commended: ℞ Aloes, Cambogia, Nitre, ana; dissolve the Aloes and Cambogia in fair Water, or a strong Decoction of Colocynthis, and bring them to the body of a Pill, than add the Nitre in fine powder. Dose, à gr. xuj. ad xx, xxv, or thirty. in the morning fasting.  
XVIII. This Powder is also good: ℞ Mercurius dulcis ℈ i Rosin of jalap gr. seven. Elaterium gr. iii mix, for a Dose, for a Man; a third part of it will serve for a Child; and one half of it for a Youth of 14 or 16 years old.  
XIX. The next Course to be pursued, is that of Diuretics; for which purpose we commend Pellitory of the Wall, Salt of Bohemian-tartar, Salt of Broom, or Broom-ashes, Pot-ashes, and all sorts of fixed Alcalious Salts; an Infusion of Mustardseed in White or Rhenish Wine, the Powder or Salt of Millepedes, etc.  
XX. And in the intervals of Purging, whether by Stool or Urine, the Patient aught often to Sweated, chief in a Bath of hot Water; in which hot and drying Herbs, as Southernwood, Wormwood, Camomile, Fetherfew, Origanum, etc. Pot-ashes, flowers of Sulphur, etc. have been boiled.  
XXI. If the Disease is vehement, and come to a head, this following Cataplasm is of extraordinary use. ℞ Green Tobacco leaves (raised from Virginia seed) M. vi. cut, and than bruise them well in a Mortar, and make it up into the consistence of a Cataplasm, with powder of Bay-berries; and apply it warm over the whole Belly of the Patient.  
XXII. You may let it lie an hour, more or lesle, as you see occasion, or that the Sick can bear it; and it may be renewed every other, or third day, if the Disease shall require it: it works strongly, and purges watery Humours, both upwards and downwards.  
XXIII. If you cannot get green Tobacco, you may make use of dried Virginian; which being cut small, may be throughly moistened with Whitewine: to it may be added some Mithridate or Honey, and a sufficient quantity of powder of Bay-berries, to be beaten up into a Cataplasm, and to be applied warm, as before directed.  
XXIV. And to facilitate the Cure, if the Legs swell much, or the lower parts, you may apply Vesicatories to the Calves, and let the Blisters run as long as you see convenient: for by this alone means, the Water has been drawn wholly out of the Body; but you must be very cautions, and look after them very diligently, jest they should gangrene or mortify; which many times they are apt to do, through the great afflux of watery Humours.  
XXV. But while this Purging, Diuretic, and Sudorific Courses are pursuing, you must in the intervals of time strengthen the Bowels, and endeavour to restore their Tone; which you may do with the following things.  
XXVI. ℞ Crocus Martis aperitivus ℥ i Nutmegs in powder ℥ ss. Cloves in pouderʒii. foecula of Aron rootsʒi. Camphirʒss. mix them. Dose, ʒi. every night in the intervals of Purging, etc.  
XXVII. We also commend Our Theriaca Londinensis, or rather Our Theriaca Chymica, which is a most admirable thing: so also Tinctura Martis cum Tartaro; which Preparation you may see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 2. cap. 7. sect. 19  
XXVIII. And after the Disease seems to be cured, and perfectly go, you must still for some time continued the use of these strengtheners, either some of them, or all of them; using them interchangeably, till the Viscera are absolutely restored, and confirmed in their healthful Tone; jest a relapse should follow, and thereupon, the death of the Patient.  
XXIX. We are very short here, (though if truly considered, we have said a great deal:) but such as desire a more full and ample Discourse concerning the Cure of this Disease, may be pleased to see the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 4. sect. 1. ad 130. and sect. 163. ad 186. where they may receive abundant satisfaction. However, we thought good to say these things in this place; that we might not leave our young Artist, who may not have seen that Book, totally destitute.   

II Of an ASCITES.  
XXX. Definition. An Ascites is a preternatural Tumour of the Belly, caused by a Collection of Watery Humours into the capacity of the Abdomen.  
XXXI. The Causes. The Procatartick Causes are the same with the former. The Antecedent 'Cause is the weakening of the Blood, or a discrasy, whereby it cannot convey its Serum to the Reinss: so that the sanguiferous Vessels swelling, they are not able to receive their continual and daily proportions of Lympha; from which cause, the Lymphducts being overcharged, are extended, and swell; and at length where they are most tumified, and weakest, break.  
XXXII. This breach of the Lymphducts, if it happens in the internal Parts, as the Viscera, they let fall their Juices, (now depauperated, altered, and changed, through their stagnation) into the cavity of the Abdomen; which at beginning is but small, but being continual (though gradual) at length comes to produce a mighty Tumour of the Belly; from whence, the Cod, Thighs, Legs, and Feet, many times are caused to swell, through the dispersion of the same Humour.  
XXXIII. The conjoined Cause is a serous Lympha, but in a recent Ascites it seems to be wholly Lymphatic; in an inveterate Ascites, it is most like to Serum, with a thicker part like Curds, or some such like thing; as Barbett in a dissection after death observed.  
XXXIV. A Woman fifty years old died of an Ascites, she was opened by Barbett, the famous Franciscus Silvius, and Verschagen being by, they found, 1. A thin and fluid Lympha: 2. Than a Matter, which was congealed: 3. That which was thicker, or like the Matter of an Apostem. From this and several other like Examples, Barbett was of opinion, that this thicker part of the Matter remaining in the Belly, after Tapping, is the cause of many a Patient's death.  
XXXV. And that if the Patient would sooner yield to ●e tapped, they might, with much greater probability, recover: whereas being grown inveterate, it is for the most part mortal.  
XXXVI. The Signs. There is a manifest Tumour or Swelling of the whole Belly, and when it grows great, it is very heavy with the Water: and there is a sound of Water rumbling, as it were falling or squashing, when the Sick turns from one side to the other.  
XXXVII. The Thighs, Legs, and Feet many times swell; and generally there is a tumour of the Scrotum, which by degrees, grows many times as big as a Man's head.  
XXXVIII. There is an internal Fever, very great Thirst, a dry Cough, and at length a difficulty of Breathing; whereby the Patient cares not for stirring or moving up and down, but rather delights in sloth and idleness.  
THIRTY-NINE. There is also an Extenuation, or kind of Consumption of the upper parts of the Body; and the Urine is very little, and thick, and sometimes of a reddish colour.  
XL. The Prognostics. This is the most difficult of all Dropsies to cure; yet while it is recent, and newly begun, may be attempted by Purging: but if it is inveterate, than Purging rather adds to it, and increases it.  
XLI. Hypocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 55. Those who have their Liver filled with Water, if (says he) it falls upon the Caul (that is, into the cavity of the Abdomen) it fills the Belly with Water, and than the Patient dies.  
XLII. If it has been of long continuance, there is great danger of the Bowels being corrupted or putrified; and than, (though the Sick admits of being Tapped) nothing but Death can put a period to the Disease.  
XLIII. But if Tapping be attempted while the Disease is recent, and the Patient has strength and courage, the Operation may be very successful; and many times the Patiented returns to perfect health again, and that in a short time.  
XLIV. The Cure. The Diet in this aught to be as in the former, with observation of all other things relating to the seven Non-naturals: and while the Disease is recent, Purging may be made use of for some time, with such things as restore and strengthen the Tone of the Parts in the intervals of Purging; as Opiates, and all sorts of hot and dry Antiscorbutics, which abound with a volatile Salt.  
XLV. But if after some trials by Purging and Diuretics, you found no benefit; but that the Disease does get ground of the Patient; it is than totally to be forborn, and the sooner the better, to make way for a more effectual Remedy; since delays in this case always breed danger.  
XLVI. How the Paracentesis or Opening is to be made for letting out of the Water, we have at large declared in Lib. 1. cap. 16. aforegoing of this Work: so that what we have there said, need not be here again repeated. See more of the Cure of this Disease, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 19 and lib. 6. cap. 4. sect. 131, and 140. of the same Book.  
XLVII. Thou Barbett 's way of making the Paracentesis, is by many approved of, yea by the most Excellent Silvius; yet some great Artists have a few Exceptions against it. Wiseman says, that while the Belly is distended with abundance of Water, it may succeed well: but that it is not to be pretended to, farther than the evacuation of half the Humour; for than (says he) you will be in danger of wounding the Intestines: and therefore he concludes it an unfit Instrument to discharge a Dropsy: nor will our Patients admit of so many opening, as will be necessary to empty an Hydropical Belly.  
XLVIII. He therefore concludes, that a Pipe, made taperwise, with holes in the side, (whose Description is in Paraeus) according to the old method, to be best: this is to be conveyed in through a hole made by puncture.  
XLIX. The Cannula or Pipe is to be stopped with a Screw or Plug, which may be put in or pulled out at pleasure; and the Pipe is to be kept in the Hole by Bandage, till all the Water is evacuated, by degrees, and at fit times, as you see convenient. You may consider all the ways which Authors have taught, and choose that which in reason you found to be most convenient and safe.   

III Of a TYMPANITES.  
L. The Definition. A Tympanites is a preternatural Tumour of the Belly, from a Collection of Wind, or rather Wind mixed with Water, in the cavity of the Belly.  
LIVELY Riverius says, that in an Ascites there is not only Water, but Wind also; so that the Dropsy has its name from that which predominates: if there is more Water than Wind, it is an Ascites; but if there is more Wind than Water, it is a Tympanites; if the Wind and Water is equal, it may be doubted whether it is an Ascites, or a Tympanites.  
LII. The Tympany is called by Hypocrates the Dry-dropsy, Sect. 4. Aph. 11. They (says he) who have pains and torments about the Navel and Loins, which cannot be eased by Medicines or otherwise, are fallen into a Dry-dropsy.  
LIII. The Causes. The remote Causes are evil Diet, and such things as breed Wind; among which is the immeasurable drinking of Strong-waters, and Brandy; which over-heating the Internals stir up a Flatus, by converting the pituitous and watery Humours into Vapours, which fill the cavity of the Abdomen.  
LIU. But Platerus says, that this Wind thus distending the Belly like a Drum, is not always contained in the cavity of the Belly, but sometimes in the Guts only. In this case I am confident, it must be very painful, because of the vehement stretching of the Intestines, whose Tunicles are so very nervous: but than, it seems to me to be more a Colic, than a Dropsy.  
LU. The Antecedent Cause Riverius will have to be a crude, pituitous, or melancholy Humour stirred up, and made thin by Heat, and resolved into a Flatus, or thick Vapours, hard to be dissolved: which Humour (says he) is partly in the Stomach, partly in the Guts, but especially between the Midriff and Guts; from whence it is more hard to be moved, than from the cavity of the Parts aforesaid: besides, the greatness of the pain shows that the Cause is deep in the substance of the Mesentery and other adjacent parts, and cannot easily be removed; for were it in the Stomach and Guts, it would easily admit of remedy.  
LVI. The conjoined Cause is Wind, mixed also with a watery Humour or serous Lympha, fallen into the cavity of the Abdomen, and filling it; as also the interstices of the Membranes, from a rapture or opening of the Mouths of the Lymphducts.  
LVII. The Signs. The Belly is equally and vehemently swelled, as in an Ascites; but by reason of Wind mixed with some Water, it is not so heavy as if it were all Water.  
LVIII. If the Sick lies on his Back, the Belly will appear distended, and feel hard; so that being struck upon, it will sound almost like a Drum; and turning from one side to another, the noise and fluctuating of the Water will not be observed.  
LIX. The Face is not so altered from its natural appearance, as in the two other kinds of Dropsies: belchings, and break of Wind do often hap, as also croaking and noise in the Bowels; and pains of the Navel and Loins do precede, as is evident out of Hypocrates, Sect. 4. Aph. 11.  
LX. The Prognostics. A Tympanites is much more dangerous than a Sarcites or Anasarca, and nearly as dangerous as an Ascites, but kills not altogether so soon.  
LXI. If it comes upon an acute Disease, it is evil; nor will it abate the Fever, but increase the pain, and cause death: but if in its beginning there is a Flux of the Belly, without crudity or want of concoction, the Disease is cured: but if it comes when the Disease is inveterate, it is evil, because it is from some fault in the Bowels.  
LXII. Hypocrates says, that little and thick Urine in a Dropsy, with a Fever, is mortal; but if the quantity of the Urine increases, there is hopes: and Celsus says, there is hopes of recovery, when the Sick voids more Urine, than he takes Drink.  
LXIII. If the Patient seems cured, and there be in a little time after, a relapse, there is much danger: for it shows there is some incurable fault in the Bowels, which renews the Water again.  
LXIV. If it happens in old Age, or in much weakness, and the Patient pisses by drops, it is very dangerous; and in a Melancholy habit of Body, it is for the most part mortal, and Medicines are generally given in vain.  
LXV. The Cure. For Internals, Rhubarb is commended, because it not only carries of the noxious Humour, but also strengthens the Liver and Bowels: and many have been cured with the use of Rhubarb, given àʒi. adʒii. in some opening Decoction, every second or third day.  
LXVI. Juice of blue Flower-deluce, is much commended. ℞ Juice of blue Flower-de-luce drawn with Whitewine ℥ iii of the best Manna ℥ jss. mix for a Dose.  
LXVII. And if the Wind is in the Guts, the Turpentine Clyster is of great efficacy. ℞ Venice Turpentine ℥ i two yolks of Eggs, grinned and mix them well together, and add thereto Posset-drink, or Mutton-broth lbi lbi. for a Clyster; which give a little more than bloodwarm, repeating it once a day, as long as need requires.  
LXVIII. Outwardly, apply over all the Belly a Cataplasm of green Tobacco leaves, (raised from Virginia seed) and brought to a consistence with powder of Bay-berries. For want of such green Tobacco, you may make it of dried Virginia, moistened with a small Lixivium of Pot-ashes; which keep on, so long as the Patient can well endure it. It works both upwards and downwards, and expels Humours admirably.  
Lxix These things, if the Disease be recent may do, giving also inwardly, Confortatives to strengthen the Bowels; as steeled Wines, Tinctura Martis, Syrup of Mars, Decoction of Juniper-berries, Wine of Iuniper, Spirit of Iuniper, Opiates, Antimonium diaphoreticum, Crocus Martis, Bezoar minerale, Troches made of the powder of Rhubarb, and the like.  
LXX. But if after all, no inward Medicines will prevail, nor yet any external Application, of which that of Tobacco is chief, you must than come to the last Remedy, which is the Paracentesis; which is yet to be done in due time, according as we have before directed: for if the Bowels be corrupted, it will than be too late, and all that you do, will be in vain. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 20. & lib. 6. cap. 4. sect. 141, and 162.   

IV. Of a Derivative HYDROCELE.  
LXXI. Of an Original Hydrocele we have already spoker, in Chap. 30. aforegoing. A Derivative Hydrocele, is that which is caused by some other Disease, as the Dropsy: and this is twofold; 1. That which proceeds from a Sarcites. 2. That which proceeds from an Ascites.  
LXXII. If the Hydrocele proceeds from a Sarcites or Anasarca, it cannot be cured but by curing the Anasarca itself: which methods being taken, than, if the whole Serotum is vehemently swelled, your best way to restore it, will be by opening it, by passing a Needle transverse the lower part, and fitting thereto a Seton, keeping it open till all the Water is discharged; preserving, mean season, the heat of the Part with Fomentations and warm Stuphs, wrung out of Claret-wine mixed with Powers of Oranges, or Lavender.  
LXXIII. But if it proceeds from an Ascites, you must make an Apertion in the depending Part, into which you must put a Cannula or Pipe, and through which you must gradually discharge the Water, till it is all drawn forth; as you do in Tapping the Belly, every time fomenting the Part with warm Stuphs, wrung out of Claret-wine, etc. as aforesaid: after the Water is all drawn forth, you must heal the Wound as directed in Chap. 33. Sect. 21, and 26. aforegoing, being fitted with a Bag-truss.    

CHAP. XXXIII. Of a DROPSY of the HEAD.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. ab 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 aqua, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 caput; in Latin, Hydrocophalon; and in English, a Dropsy of the Head.  
II Definition. It is a preternatural Tumour of the Head, arising from Water contained either within, or without the Scull.  
III The Causes. That which is without the Scull, between the Cranium and the Scalp, is caused from an effusion of Serum; from the bruising hurting, or rapture of some of the Capillary Vessels, wherein the serous part of the Blood is extravasated; and this comes mostly from the ill handling of the Head by Midwives and Nurses.  
IV. That which is within the Scull, is caused from an effusion of the Serum or Lympha within the Scull; either between it and the Dura Mater, or between the Dura and Pia Mater.  
V This extravasated Serum or Lympha is often found coagulated into a stiff glewy substance, all about the Vessels under the Basis of the Brain, involving all the roots and caudex of the Spinal Marrow; covering the Nates, Testes, and Glandula Pinealis, reaching even into the Ventricles of the Brain.  
VI The Signs. If it is External, and the Water lies immediately under the Hairy-scalp, all the whole Head will be tumified; and if the matter is Oedematous, it will pit, if you press your finger upon it; but if it is Serum, it will not pit, but return presently again.  
VII. The Face will be pale and swelled, as also the Eyelids, which will sometimes be bloody and shining: in its increase it sometimes protrudes a wenlike Tumour, but its fluctuation shows it to be full of Water.  
VIII. This Disease most commonly befalls Children; in whom, after some stay of the Humer in the Part, it is often found to turn to corruption, and stink.  
IX. If it is between the Scull and Pericranium, you may feel the Scull as it were bore, and a fluctuation between it and the Pericranium.  
X. If it is within the Scull, between the Cranium and Durae Mater, the Sutures are lose or disjoined; so that you may sometimes bury your finger between them.  
XI. If it is between the Dura and Pia Mater, it makes the former to swell, and often times to thrust itself forth between some of the Sutures.  
XII Such Children as have an inward Hydrocephalus, are generally subject to the Rickets: and where it involves the roots and cauda of the Spinal Marrow, Nates, Testes, and Glandula Pinealis, reaching to the Ventricles of the Brain, 'tis seldom discovered till after death.  
XIII. The Prognostics. Such Children as are affected with this Disease, are very unhealthful, and in their Infancy subject to Convulsions, Epilepsies, etc. and if they escape, they generally fall into the Rickets, or the Kings-evil.  
FOURTEEN. If the Tumour is large, and possesses the whole Head, the Cure will be very difficult: but if it only possesses some singular external part, it will be effected the more easily.  
XU. That which is next the Scull, is very dangerous: but that which thrusts forth, from within the Scull, is mortal.  
XVI. The Cure. First, purge away the watery Humour with Hydragogues and Phlegmagogues; as Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachinii, Syrupus Catharticus, Resina Jalapii, or Scammony and Calomelanos, made up in form of a Bolus, etc.  
XVII. Secondly, foment the Tumour with Discussives; such as tops of Angelica, Bawm, Camomile, Dill Fennel, Fetherfew, flowers of Elder, Hyssop, Mint, Marjoram, Nep, Origanum, Peniroyal, read Roses, Southernwood, Tansy, Wormwood, etc. boiled in Wine, or a Lixivium of Potashes.  
XVIII. If stronger things are required, you may add to the Decoction, flowers of Sulphur, Alum, Nitre, Saccharum Saturni, Salt of the Caput mort. of Vitriol, etc.  
XIX. Thirdly, embrocate with this: ℞ Oil of Nutmegs by expression ℥ two. Oil of Spike, of Oranges, and Lemons, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Vitriolʒiii. mix them, and embrocate, the Hair being first shaved of.  
XX. Fourthly, apply over all the Ceratum viride, or the Ceratum ad Tophos, emplastrum Diasulphuris, or Diasinapi; or other things which are discussive and drying.  
XXI. Fifthly, make Fontatanels or Issues in the Neck, behind the Ears, or other parts adjacent; and apply Vesicatories over the whole Head, or a part of it; according as the whole, or a part of it is tumified: which being healed, repeat their application, three or four several times.  
XXII. But if by all these things, the Humour is not discussed, drawn forth, or removed, you must than discharge the Water by small Apertions, letting it out gradatim: in the mean while, continuing the use of the milder Discussives and Desiccatives, to restore the Part affected to its natural Tone.  
XXIII. Or, if the Humour has gathered itself into one singular Part, and you are satisfied that it does not arise from within the Scull, you may cut into it, and let the Water out: or if it has a slender Basis, make a Ligature round it, and cut it of.  
XXIV. If the Tumour seems to arise from within the Scull, you must forbear Excision, to avoid the Ignominy that may come upon it; for that these Tumours are generally mortal. See more hereof, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 3. cap. 22. where you may receive farther satisfaction.    

VI Tumours arising from MELANCHOLY.  

CHAP. XXXIV. Of a POLYPUS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Multipes; ex 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 multus, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pes; in Latin, Polypus, Sarcoma, Noli me tangere; in English, a Polypus, or Cancerous Tumour.  
II The Kind's. It is twofold: 1. That in the Nostrils, which is properly called Polypus. 2. That which happens in other Parts, which they generally call Sarcoma, and Noli me tangere.  

I Of POLYPUS.  
III Definition. Polypus is a preternatural Tumour, being a fleshy Excrescence, long, and hanging in the Nostril, hindering respiration, and threatening suffocation in time of sleep.  
IV. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 8. Est Caruncula, inquit, modò alba, modò subrubra, quae Narium Ossi inhaeret; & modo ad Labra pendens Narem implet, mod● retrò per id foramen, quo Spiritus à Naribus ad Fauces descendit, adeò increscit, ut post Wam conspici possit.— Feréque mollis est, rarò dura; eaque magis Spiritum impedit, & Nares dilatat, quae ferè 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 est, itaque attingi non debet. It is a Caruncle (says he) sometimes white, sometimes reddish, which sticks close to the Bone of the Nostrils, and sometimes hangs down to to the Lips, filling the Nostril; sometimes it grows upwards, through the same passage of the Nostril by which the Breath is drawn innards, increasing so much, as that it may be seen beyond the Uuula.— It is mostly soft, seldom hard; and by so much the more as it fills the Nostril, it hinders the Breathing; which is almost of a Cancerous nature, and therefore not to be touched.  
V The Causes. It is caused of a thick and viscous Humour, or phlegmatic matter mixed with the Blood, falling down from the Brain; which not being acrid, seldom comes to exulceration.  
VI Sometimes it arises from a Melancholy Humour mixed with an acrid Salt; and than it is painful, and is apt to degenerate into Cancer.  
VII. The Signs. It is known by sight, and the Description afore-given by Celsus; being purely a piece of Flesh growing in the Nostril, and hanging down.  
VIII. The Prognostics. If it soft, white, and voided of pain, it is is easily cured: but if it is reddish, with more difficulty.  
IX. If it is of a brown, or livid colour, it is scarcely curable; more especially if it be livid and stinking, being of a Cancerous nature.  
X. The more deeply it is rooted, the more dangerous it is; because nearer the Brain, and the more difficult to have Medicines applied to it: but the more external and visible, the lesle difficult of cure.  
XI. If it proceeds from an acrid Salt, and melancholy Humour, it is apt to degenerate into Cancer; and this is that which Celsus thinks not fit to be touched, jest it becomes a Cancer, and overspreads the whole Face.  
XII. But that which has nothing of a Cancerous humour in it, though inveterate, yet it admits of Cure by Surgery, viz. with the Knife, and drying Medicines.  
XIII. The Cure. The Body is to be universally purged, as is usual in all Diseases of the Head, with such things as have a general tendency; of which we need say no more in this place.  
FOURTEEN. The Humour may be derived by application of Vesicatories, Seton, Fontanels, etc. and the Head strengthened with proper Cataplasms, Cerates, and Emplasters; which may be applied to the Forehead, or forepart of the Head, to intercept the Fluxion.  
XU. The piece of Flesh than hanging in the Nostrils, is to be eradicated and taken away; which is to be done, either with the Knife, or other proper Instrument, or with Medicines.  
XVI. If the Polypus has a slender root, it is to be taken away either with a Thread, or the Knife: if it can be easily come at, let it be cut of by the roots, with an Incision-knife; some nip them of with a pair of Pincers.  
XVII. After extirpation, the Wound is to be healed with things drying and styptic: and the outward parts are to be defended with things strengthening and astringent applied to the Forehead.  
XVIII. ℞ Pomgranate-peels, Balaustians, A. ʒi. Cadmia fossilis ʒii. Crocus Martis, crude Antimony, A. ʒss. Litharge, Loadstone, Mastic, Myrrh, A.ʒi. make a fine powder; which apply to the Wound, mixed with Mel Rosarum, etc.  
XIX. If this does nothing, for that some part of the roots of it remain, you must than come to Exedents. ℞ Alum burnt, Balaustians, fine Bole, ana; make them into a powder.  
XX. Or this, which is stronger. ℞ Vitriolʒiv. Alum, Galls, Pomgranate-peels, A. ʒii. read Myrrh, Birthwort-root burnt, A.ʒi. make them into a powder.  
XXI. This is yet stronger. ℞ Vitriol ℥ iv. Alum, Verdigrise, A. ℥ ss. Vinegar ℥ vi. mix, and calcine in a luted Retort: mix this or the former with Mel Rosarum, and apply them.  
XXII. This is said to be most effectual. ℞ Arsenic read and yellow, Alum, Galls, A. ℥ ss. Galls, A. ℥ ss. make them into a fine powder. And some have been perfectly cured with the Pulvis Cathereticus Clossaei, as also the Pulvis Causticus Barbetti; which last see in Our Doron Med. lib. 2. cap. 21. sect. 28.  
XXIII. Others have had them eradicated with the Liquor Mercurii sublimati, (in Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 11. sect. 24.) but it may be fit to make it with double or triple quantity of Mercury: this is only Corrosive-sublimate dissolved in fair Water, about ʒi. to a pint.  
XXIV. Aquapendens and Sennertus commend a pair of Forceps, with which they are to be laid hold of, pulled forth, and than cut of; after which, some of the former astringent and drying Medicines are to be applied; or else the afore described Escaroticks, to eat in, and take it away by the roots.  
XXV. Or these following. Butter of Antimony, Spirit and Oil of Vitriol, or Sulphur, Lapis Medicamentosus Crollii, Oleum Mercurii, Menstruum duplicatum, etc. which last see in Out Seplasium, lib. 2. cap. 6. sect. 22.  
XXVI. But in the use of these things, you aught to defend the Nose with some cooling Ointment; and they are to be conveyed to the Part in Pipes fitted for this purpose.  
XXVII. If you use the actual Cautery, you must beware of the adjacent Parts and apply it to the Part through a Pipe.  
XXVIII. If it is Cancerous, viz. livid, or black and blue, or painful, it is not than to be touched; for if you meddle with it, it soon degenerates into Cancer, and becomes incurable.  
XXIX. In this case, ℞ Ung. è Plumbo, juice of Nightshade, Rose-water, A. ℥ i grinned them a long time in a leaden Mortar, till the Mixture is sufficiently blue, and anoint therewith.  
XXX. Or, ℞ Too yolks of new laid Eggs, grinned them in a leaden Mortar even to blackness: to which add, Aethiops Mineralis. Oil of Ben, A. ʒii Camphirʒss. mix, and anoint therewith. Or, ℞ Ung. è Plumbo ℥ i Aethiops Mineralis ʒii. Extract of Opiumʒi. mix them in a leaden Mortar as aforesaid, with which anoint.   

II SARCOMA, or Noli me tangere.  
XXXI. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Carnositas, Carnis praeter naturam incrementum, is that other sort of Polypus, of which Celsus in the place afore cited) speaks in these words; Illud aliud genus ferd quidem ferro curatur; interdum tamen inarescit, si addita in Narem per Linamentum aut Penicillum ea compositio est, quae habet Minii Sinopici, Chalcitidis, Calcis, Sandarachae, singulorum p. i Atramenti Sutorii p.ii. There is another kind, which may indeed be nearly cured with the Knife: yet sometimes it is healed by drying Medicines, being applied to the Nostril with Lint, or a Pencil; such as this, ℞ Fine Bole, Chalcitis, Lime, read Arsenic, ana p. i common Vitriol p. two. make all into a fine powder.  
XXXII. Sarcoma to me seems to be only a species of Polypus, but happening in a different place: for whereas the Polypus specially so called, happens only within the Nostril; this other species happens in other parts, as about the Nose, Lips, Chin, Cheeks, near the Eyes, Breasts, Arms, Thighs, Legs, Shins, Ankles, etc.  
XXXIII. Sennertus, lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 4. cap. 3. Caeterùm differt à Polypo, Sarcoma, inquit, ut genus à specie, figurâ item, & magnitudine: nam Sarcoma rudis quaedam Carnis massa est, certâ figura carens, & saepe in magnam molem excrescit: etiam carne à Polypo distat, quoniam durior est, & dolorem infert, ac nigrescit aut livescit, ac Venas circumquaque crasso Sanguine turgidas habet, ac plerumque intus prope viciniam Narium, & Palatum nascitur. Viz. Moreover, (says he) Sarcoma differs from Polypus, as genus from species; and that both in figure and magnitude: for Sarcoma is a certain rude mass of flesh, of no regular form, and oftentimes grows forth into a great lump: it differs also from Polypus in the substance of the Flesh, because it is harder, and withal painful; and grows either blackish or livid, having turgid Veins round about it, filled with a gross or thick Blood: it is also produced inwardly, near to the Palate, or the adjacent parts of the Nostrils.  
XXXIV. From what has been said, it appears, that a Sarcoma is of two kinds, viz. benign and malign: the latter of which is denominated again, according to the place it afflicts: for if it possesses any part of the Face, as Nose, Lips, Cheeks, Eyes, Chin, it is called Noli me tangere: but if it possesses other lower parts, as the Breast, Arm, Thigh, Leg, Shins, Ankles, etc. it is called Lupus, the Wolf.  
XXXV. The Causes. The Benign arises from a thick Blood mixed with a Pituitous Humour, tough and viscous, extravasated; and filling some particular Glandule of the Cutis, which by a daily aggravation of fresh matter increases into this form and substance.  
XXXVI. The Malign arises from a thick Blood mixed with Atrabilis, or a Melancholy Humour, acrid and corroding; which being also extravasated, and separated from the nourishment of the Part, grows into a malign Sarcoma.  
XXXVII. Signs. Noli me tangere, is a Tumour, or Ulcer arising about the Nose, Lips, Cheeks, Mouth, or Chin; being for a long time, as a Year or more, not bigger than a Pustule, and is as it were a very small and inconsiderable Push.  
XXXVIII. It's growth and increase is very slow at the beginning, afterwards is it becomes a little larger Tumour; and (possibly by ill handling) a corrosive Ulcer, having a resemblance with, and being very like to an exulcerated Cancer.  
THIRTY-NINE. In other parts of the Body, where it is called Lupus, its beginning is like the former; but when it becomes exulcerated, if it is in a very fleshy Part, it corrodes or eats much more; and as I suppose, from that vehement corrosion, it was called The Wolf.  
XL. The Prognostics. The Benign is more easy of cure, the Malign more difficult; and if it be truly Cancerous, not to be meddled withal, unless it is totally taken away by the roots.  
XLI. Noli me tangere, which is benign, (being a small, round, acuminated Tubercle, without much pain, unless it be touched or rubbed,) is always exasperated by sharp Medicines; and Corrosives are apt to make it degerate into a Phagedenick Ulcer.  
XLII. The Malign, if they be ulcerated, yet corrode but slowly; for saith Rogerius, in c. 5. Cancer plus corrodit uno die, quam Noli me tangere in uno mense: Noli me tangere does not corrode or eat so much in a month, as a Cancer does in day.  
XLIII. And being once ulcerated, if it is vehemently exasperated, or enraged, it immediately becomes a true Cancer.  
XLIV. The Cure. The Benign (which is not deeply rooted) may as Celsus says, be almost cured with the Knife alone; drying Medicaments being afterwards applied to it, to heal it.  
XLV. But if it is Malign, it is scarcely at all to be touched, but only with Palliatives; as Vng. è Plumbo, mixed with Aethiops Minerale and Opium; Ceruse, Saccharum Saturni, Sal Jovis, (which is a Specific in this case) Mercurius dulcis ground small with a few drops of Oil of Bohemian-tartar, Emplastrum Mercuriale, a plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, Lixivium of Quicklime, etc.  
XLVI. If you determine the Extirpation thereof by Surgery, the Body aught to be beforehand sufficiently evacuated, by such things as purge Melancholy: and sometimes a little gentle Salivation may be profitable, if it is in any of the lower or depending parts of the Body.  
XLVII. Than you may come to the Extirpation; which is best done with the Actual Cautery: but here you must be sure to burn to the roots of it; or else to apply after the Actual Cautery, Escaroticks, which may consume the very roots thereof.  
XLVIII. But by reason the Actual Cautery is so dreadful, that few will admit thereof, we will show you the Method of doing it with the Potential Cautery; which is thus. First, draw a Line with Ink round about the Tumour, as far as you intent to burn it. This done,  
XLIX. Secondly, begin with the Caustick-stone, made sharppointed, which press upon the middle of the Tubercle, burning deep into it: and to quicken the Work, touch it with Butter of Antimony, or Oil of Vitriol upon a Stick, and than again with the Caustick-stone interchangebly, till you have consumed the Tubercles', and the Parts marked within the Line.  
L. Thirdly, whilst this is thus doing, dry up the Salts, which are dissolved in the humidities of the Tumour, with armed Probes; after which wash out the Salts of the Caustick with warm Whitewine; and than divide the Escar, and wash it again with Milk, or a soft Limewater, till the Tumour or Part is freed from pain.  
LIVELY Fourthly, than dress it with Ung. Basilicon cum Oleo Rosarum upon a Pledget, and apply over all Emplastrum è Bolo: by which things the Escar will be separated, and a deep round Ulcer left.  
LII. Fifthly, than digest with Ung. Basilicon nigrum, mixed with read Precipicate; after which you may incarnate and cicatrize with Vnguentum Tutiae, or some other like Medicine.  
LIII. Lastly, you must be sure to eat deep enough at first, to consume the very root of the Tumour; otherwise after the coming of of the Escar it will arise again, and put you to new trouble; whereas being once effectually done, it returns not more.  
LIU. Wiseman says he saw one on the outside of a Man's Arm, a little above the Elbow; which was a small Tubercle, as big as a Hazelnut, of a bluish colour, and looked as if it had been a Varix; without inflammation, hardness, or change of colour in the Parts adjacent: he covered it with a Cup made of light wood, with straps fastened to it to tie it on, to defend it from the pressure of his Sleeve. And such another he saw on the Arm of a Woman, of 40 years old; it was on the outside of the Arm, and of a blue colour.  
LU. And such a like one I once saw on the inside of the left Arm of a Man, a little above the bending of the Elbow; and another like one, on the Leg of another Man of about 50 years of age: they were both of them much about the bigness of a small Nutmeg: they shown them to me, to have my Opinion; but would not admit of any thing in order to have them cured, or removed.  
LVI. An Observation from Wiseman, Lib. 4. Cap. 6. Obs. 10. A poor Woman had a large Tubercle on the right Canthus, also a Polypus in that Nostril: after the separation of the Tubercle, a Fungus thrust forth, which was very vexatious in eradicating, and unsuccessful: than the Polypus was attempted:  
LVII. It was taken hold of by a Ducks-bill Forceps, and pulled outwards; than a Needle with a twisted brown thread was passed through it, as Fabricius ab Aquapenente advises; and pulling by that and the Forceps together, it was drawn out about the length of two inches; but was attended with a flux of Blood from the Nose, Mouth, and Eye; which was stopped by Syringing up Oxycrate.  
LVIII. At the next dressing of the Ulcer in the Canthus, the Fungus was missing, and a great hole found in the Bone of the Nose; upon which it was concluded, that the Fungus which was there, was the root of the Polypus: the Bone was much corrupted, but the External Cure of the Ulcer was hastened, the Exfoliation of the Bone being left to Nature.  
LIX. A certain Noble Woman had all the right side of her Face overspread with a Lupus, or a phagedene Ulcer, which grievously tormented her for a long time; she sought in vain to the Physicians for help, as well French, Italian, and Spanish, as Germane, together with other Foreign Physicians; but was at length perfectly cured by an ordinary and vulgar Barber-surgeon, by application of Chickens cut into very many thin and broad pieces, which were daily applied to the Part affected, often changing and renewing them: and at length by this only Remedy she was recovered to her pristin health and soundness. Mauritius Cordaeus upon Hypocrates, lib. 1. comment. 7.  
LX. I knew also a certain Woman who had a Lupus for a long time on her left Side, below her Breast, which vehemently tormented her; which was by the advice of an old Woman cured in a short time, by the only application of raw Beef to the Part, cut in thin slices, and often renewed.  
LXI. But if the Malignity is so great, that none of these things will prevail against the Ulcer, or give the Patiented any ease; and it is in a Part where Cutting or Burning, or the use of Escaroticks may be safe, there are no other Remedies to be attempted: otherwise the Patients must endure the torment and vileness of the affliction all the days of their lives.    

CHAP. XXXV. Of a SCIRRHUS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Tumour duras; in Latin, Scirrhus; and in English, a Scirrhus, or Hard Tumour.  
II The Definition. It is a preternatural Tumour, of a stoney kind of hardness, without sense or pain, and not yielding to the touch.  
III The Causes. The Antecedent 'Cause is a thick, viscous, clammy, cold Humour, such as is that of Melancholy; or it is caused of Melancholy mixed with Phlegm, Choler, or Blood.  
IV. By Melancholy here, Physicians understand not that thick black Humour, which is called Choter adust, but that Melancholy which is natural; viz. the thick, and more feculent part of the Blood, or a thick recrement of the Blood protruded; or a Matter arising from an indurated Inflammation.  
V By Phlegm also, is not meant that humid and thin Humour, which is the Cause of Oedema; but an Humour thick, viscous, glutinous, and extraordinary dry.  
VI Of the former, or of both these Humours mixed together, and retained in the Part overlong, (the more thin and subtle parts being transpired and go, and the more gross and thick being left behind) is a Scirrhus generated.  
VII. 'Tis true, thick Humours may flow to a Part, yet they immediately 'cause not a Scirrhus; but it is by degrees, and after some time, that it becomes such in the Place affected; viz. from the gradual perspiration of the thinner Humour, leaving the thicker Matter behind, which by degrees is impacted in the Part, and grows hard.  
VIII. And from hence it is, that though a Scirrhus may be an original, and be of its self, yet for the most part it follows upon other Tumours; as a Phlegmon, Erysipelas, Oedema, etc. not sufficiently or rightly cured; where the thinner parts, by heating Medicines are unseasonably or overmuch dissipated; or by Repercussives, repressed and driven back, etc.  
IX. But Paraeus assents not to all this, but will have it to be caused from an Alimentary Juice, but more thick than is fit for the nourishment of the Flesh; which becomes hardened either in a Phlegmon, or from some other Cause; where the Blood being discussed by the vehement heat, the Matter that remains, is thickened and hardened.  
X. The Kind's. It is said to be twofold, according to the Matter that causes it: viz. 1. Perfect or Legitimate, when it proceeds from Melancholy alone. 2. Imperfect or Illegitimate, when it proceeds from Melancholy mixed with other Humours, and has some pain.  
XI. A Scirrhus is said also to be, 1. Original, when it is the first Disease; beginning small, and rising slowly and gradually to its bigness. 2. Derivative, when it arises from some other Tumour going before.  
XII. And so accordingly they will have it to be Scirrhus Phlegmonodes, Oedematodes, Erysipelatodes; to which some have added Scirrhus Cancrosus, when it has an aptness to degenerate into Cancer.  
XIII. The Signs. An Original Scirrhus usually gins small, like a Vetch or Pea, and gradually increases to a considerable magnitude, without shifting or changing of its place.  
FOURTEEN. It is accompanied with great hardness, is voided of pain, and white colour, but sometimes inclining to livid; and being pressed hard with the fingers, it is said to want sense; at leastwise, it is much lesle sensible than any other part.  
XU. The Scirrhus being without sense, it is than said to be absolute and confirmed: now the reason of its want of sense, is, because the influx of the natural Spirits is hindered by the matter impacted, and Temper or Tone of the Member itself is so changed, as to become benumbed or stupid.  
XVI. A Derivative Scirrhus is known from it following some other Tumour; as a Phlegmon, Erysipelas, Oedema, etc. wherein the accidents belonging to those Tumours, suddenly change into that of Scirrhus.  
XVII. It is hard and immovable, like the other, and many times of a dark read colour, accompanied with sense, if pressed upon; and is many times full of pain, though not continually painful like a Cancer.  
XVIII. The Prognostics. If it is without pain, and Hair grows upon it, it is altogether incurable; and if livid, it is very dangerous, and often degenerates into Cancer.  
XIX. Wiseman says, an original, exquisite, or true Scirrhus, being altogether without sense, admits of no Cure; because the induration of the Part is so great, that it will not receive a free afflux of the Blood into it, but keeps its hardness, in despite of all Applications.  
XX. A derivative, illegitimate, or imperfect Scirrhus, which is small and painful, sometimes (though very seldom) admits of Cure, but sometimes terminates in a Cancer.  
XXI. If it has a mixture of Phlegm with it, it seldom changes the colour of the Skin: and if it is big and hard, and has Hair grows upon it, it is uncurable, but degenerates not into Cancer.  
XXII. But though it is not altogether incurable, if at first, fit and proper Remedies be applied; yet notwithstanding it is not easily cured; especially if it is in any of the more noble parts, as Liver or Spleen.  
XXIII. And where there is hopes of a Cure, yet it is not accomplished, but in a long time; because the thick, hard, and cold matter is not easily mollified and softened; nor can it be done, but by little and little.  
XXIV. And when the Cure is to be done, it is either by Resolution or Discussion, or else by Suppuration: but Suppuration is very rare, and mostly, not without danger; for that it very easily degenerates into Cancer, especially where the Melancholy Humour partakes of a corrosive, sharp Salt.  
XXV. The Cure. It respects, 1. The Procatartick Cause. 2. The Antecedent Cause. 3. The Conjoined Cause, where the application of Topics comes under consideration.  
XXVI. As to the first Indication, the Air aught to be clear, and hot and moist; Food, such as represses the Melancholy, etc. Humour, and breeds good Blood; as Chickens, Pullet's, Eggs, Kid, Lamb, Veal, Mutton, young Rabbits, etc. boiled with borage, Bugloss, Endive, Succory, Lettuce, Purslane, Sorrel, etc. Bread made of Wheat and well baked: things hot and dry are to be avoided.  
XXVII. Let their Drink be a middle sort of Ale or Beer, (and not stolen,) white Port-wine, Rhenish-wine and Water, Whey clarified with Fumitory, Mead, etc.  
XXVIII. Let Sleep be moderate, and a constant exercise of Body, to waste the superfluous Humours: let the Mind be kept pleasant and cheerful, and the Body soluble; and if it be not so, let it be made so by Clysters: and Courses, Hemorrhoids, if stopped, provoked.  
XXIX. The second Indication, is the Evacuation of the Humour; as with Infusion or Decoction of Sena, Tinctura Purgans, Syrupus Catharticus, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, and other things of like nature; to which add Aurum Vitae, as a specific.  
XXX. This Purging aught to be frequent, and many times reiterated; because the Humours abounding are thick, tough, hard to be removed: and sometimes gentle Sweeting.  
XXXI. Some also make Revulsion to the contrary Part, by Frictions, Cuppings, Scarification, etc. or make Derivation, by the Seton, Fontanels, or Issues, etc.  
XXXII. The third Indication has respect to the Conjoined Cause; which is to be treated with such Topics, as the nature of the Disease requires.  
XXXIII. And here you are not to use Repercussives or Repellers, for they hurt, by reason the tough, hard and cold Humour is uncapable of being driven back, as hot Humours are. For this Humour or Matter, as it will not give way to them, so it will rather the more incrassate or thicken them, and as it were impact them, and make them stick faster in the Part.  
XXXIV. In this case therefore, you aught to use Emossients, to soften the hardened Matter; and afterwards, when it is softened, Discussives to scatter it.  
XXXV. But you aught not to use the strongest Emollients, which do too much mollify, jest you should 'cause it to degenerate into Cancer: nor the strongest Discussives, which too much discuss or resolve, jest you 'cause it to pass into a stoney hardness.  
XXXVI. For which reason, it will be most safe to let the whole course of the Cure be mixed; and that you use not alone any one Medicine, which has in it a power either only to moisten, or only to discuss, but such as mollify and discuss: but not together, but by turns, and one after another.  
XXXVII. Yet some Artists mix Emollients with Digestives; for which purpose Galen commends the Fomentation of Vinegar, wherein the Pyrites has been extinguished: the Part being first fomented with the Decoction of the emollient Herbs; which alternately are often to be repeated: and in this manner, the Scirrhus, which is almost desperate, may be cured.  
XXXVIII. Sennertus' advices, in a Scirrhus which is but newly begun, to use those Medicaments which are of the milder sort: but in an old or inveterate Scirrhus, or if it is in a Tendon or Ligament, those that are more strong.  
THIRTY-NINE. Among the milder sort of Emollients are, Oils of sweet Almonds, of Camomile and white Lilies; Butter, Hens, Geese, Ducks, Hogs, Dogs, Foxes, Man's Grease, (which last is a Specific;) Vipers fat, Marrow of Veal, and of a Hart; Mucilages of roots and leaves of Marrows, Marsh-mallows, Line and Foenugreek-seed, Arach, Wax, fat Figs, etc.  
XL. Among the stronger Emollients these are numbered; old Oil-olive, Whale-oil, Bears-grease, Bdellium, liquid Storax, Tar, fat Rosins, Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, Gilead, Peru and Tolu, Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opoponax, and Sagapenum.  
XLI. Among Compounds, Ointment of Marsh-mallows, Empl. Diachylon simple, Treatum, & cum Gummis, Diachylon compositum, and that of Melilot simple, etc.  
XLII. Among Discussives, these are commended; Bean-meal, and meals of Lupins, Cicers, and Orobus, flowers of Camomile, Melilot, and of the Elder-tree; leaves of Angelica, Avens, Alexanders, Bawm, Calamint, Camomile, Dill, Elder, Dwarf-elder, Fetherfew, Fennel, Whorehound, Marjoram, Mint, Origanum, Peniroyal, Rue, Sage, Southernwood, Tansy, Wormwood: Seeds of Anise, Caraways, Cumin, and Fennel; roots of Florentine-orrice, and Elecampane: Oils of Bays, Nard, and Rue: Cataplasma de Fermento, Resolutivum Foresti, Leven, and Dung of Beasts; roots of wild Cucumbers, Briony, Solomon's-Seal, Orrice, etc.  
XLIII. Among Compound, these; Ceratum de Ammoniaco Foresti, Emplastrum de Galbano, or de Mastiche, or Oxycroceum, or this of Barbett: ℞ Gum Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opoponax, A. ℥ i flowers of Sulphur, read Myrrh, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒi. Oils of white Lilies, Ducks-grease, A. ʒvi. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLIV. Barbett commends this Cataplasm: ℞ Roots of Altheaeʒiii. Orrice ℥ i leaves of Coleworts, Parietary, Mallows, flowers of Camomile, Melilot, A. M.i. Linseed ℥ two. boil them in Water, than beaten them well together, and add Horse-dung ℥ two. Hogs-grease, Oil of Camomile, A. ℥ iii roasted or boiled Onions ℥ ss. mix, and apply them.  
XLV. A Cataplasm also of Briony-roots, Goats-dung, and Urine, mixed together, and applied; often renewing it for several days, is accounted an excellent thing.  
XLVI. But Sennertus says, that if it should prove tedious to use Emollients and Discussives thus alternately, or by turns, that at length they may be all mixed together: for that by this means, the Tumour will be both mollified and discussed, or dissipated together.  
XLVII. And for the same purpose, you may apply this: ℞ Fresh Butter, Scammony, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a soft Cerate, which renew every other day.  
XLVIII. Or this: ℞ Ceratum de Ammoniaco Foresti ℥ jss. Sulphur vive, ʒiii. mix them, and apply it; renewing it once every day: or a Cataplasm of green Tobacco leaves.  
XLIX. Or this: ℞ Meals of Beans, Fenugreekseed and Linseed, A. ʒvi. roots of Althaea ℥ i Pitchʒv. Goose-grease q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
L. Or this: ℞ Meals of Fenugreek, Linseed, Althea-roots, powder of Holyoke-roots, A. ℥ i boil them in Milk; than add fresh Butter ℥ jss. liquid Storax, Ammoniacum, Bdellium dissolved in Vinegar, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make a Plaster.  
LIVELY Or this: ℞ Althea-roots, white Lilly-roots, Briony-roots, boiled and well bruised, A. ℥ iii fat Figs boiled ℥ two. Ammoniacum, Bdellium (dissolved in Vinegar) A. ℥ i liquid Storax ℥ ss. Goose and Hens fat, Veal-marrow, A. ℥ iii Oils of Lilies and Camomile, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
LII. If the Scirrhus is more confirmed, and fixed among Ligaments and Tendons, the Fumes of Wine-vinegar, and Spirit of Wine sprinkled upon the Pyrites, or a red-hot Brick, are of special virtue in resolving these Tumours; afterwards chafing the Part a little, apply the following Emplaster.  
LIII. ℞ Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, liquid Storax dissolved in Vinegar, A. ℥ i lethargy of Gold ℥ jss. let them boil in Vinegar; than add Bean-meal, Sulphur vive, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Lilies, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a soft Emplaster or Cerate.  
LIU. If by the Use of these Applications it should tend to Suppuration, you must treat it accordingly: but take heed that you be not deceived; for if it should prove no Suppuration, it may degenerate into Cancer.  
LU. And if it inclines to Suppuration, you must have a care that it be not too much irritated by hot Medicines: and avoid Lancing it, jest it presently turns Cancerous: and Cauteries and Burning are far worse: except the Tumour is in a proper Cystis, and than the name of Scirrhus is improper.  
LVI. If being suppurated, it breaks, cleanse it with the Ablution of Mercurius dulcis in Limewater; Basilicon mixed with Mercurius dulcis levigated, or white Precipitate: and lay over all Diachylon simplex, or some other Emplaster of like nature.   

CHAP. XXXVI. Of a CANCER.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by Galen; in Latin, Cancer; and in English, a Cancer, or Hard painful Tumour.  
II The Kind's. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Cancer; whilst it is beginning, growing, or increasing, and not ulcerated. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Carcinoma; after it is broken, runs or gleets, by any means whatsoever; called by some, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Cancer ulceratus; or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcus canceratum: of these we shall treat distinctly or apart; but some I know, will have Carcinoma to be a Cancer not ulcerated.  

I A CANCER not Ulcerated.  
III The Definition. Tumour praeternaturalis est, ab atra Bile originem trahens, rotundus, durus, inaequalis, coloris lividi aut subnigri, magnas & eminentes circumquaque habens Venas, vel Venis circumcirca turgidis, pedes Cancri referentibus, dolore, caloréque gravis, aspectu teter & horribilis. A Cancer is a preternatural Tumour, taking its original from burnt Choler, round, hard, unequal, of a livid or blackish colour; having great and eminent Veins every-ways round about it; or full of turgid Veins, resembling the feet of a Crab, full of pain, and very hot, with a cruel and horrible aspect.  
IV. The Causes. Authors say the Procatartick Cause is from ill Diet, Meats of an ill juice, of a thick substance, and a hot quality; as Garlic, Onions, Leeks, Beans, Pease, Venison, and the like: the immoderate use of strong Wines, as Sack, Malaga, Sherry and Greek Wines; which exceedingly burn the Humours in the mass of Blood; hot Air, perturbations of Mind, strokes, blows and external violence, ill handling.  
V The Antecedent 'Cause is Atrabilis, Choler adust or Melancholy: but this they will not have to be natural Melancholy, which Galen, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 10. affirms to be that part of the Blood which represents the Leeses of Wine; which is made by the Liver, and is drawn by the Spleen, wherewith it is nourished: for this superfluous natural Melancholy, they will have only to breed a Scirrhus.  
VI They will have it than to be from Atrabilis, which is either natural Melancholy adust, or yellow Choler adust; which is much more malign than the former; from a strong hot distemperature of the Liver, which burns the natural Melancholy and yellow Choler, and so generates this malign Atra- bilis: the Spleen also by reason of its discrasy, not drawing to itself the superfluous natural Melancholy; whereby staying so long out of its own proper place, it is inflamed and burned.  
VII. Another Antecedent Cause, may be a stopping of the Hemorrhoids in Men, whereby they have been usual; and the stoppage of the Courses in Women, before their due time.  
VIII. The Conjoined or near Cause, Galen, de Tumour. praeternat. cap. 12. saith, is, from Atrabilis seating itself in the Flesh; where if it is mild, it makes the Tumour which we call a Cancer; but if it is very sharp, it corrodes the adjacent Flesh, and causes an Ulcer, which is a Cancer ulcerated.  
IX. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 1. cap. 20. says the conjoined cause of a Cancer is Atrabilis, hot, dry, sharp, and salt, corrupting and corroding all things, generated and bred from the heat of other Humours; which heat now ceasing, or not being so vigorous, is the reason that it excites not a Fever, as is usual in a Phlegmon or Erysipelas.  
X. Wiseman says, he believes not this Adustion of Humours to be the cause; but rather that the Matter of the Humour is in fault, which by some error in Concoction, becomes sharp and corrosive, it may be Arsenical, as appears by the Sloughs which are sometimes made in a Night.  
XI. This Humour being sharp and corrosive of itself, is apt to convert whatever comes to it of Blood, into the same acrimony with itself: which is easily done, by mixing such an acrimonious Ferment with a Liquor that abounds with acid Salts, as the Blood of such persons usually does.  
XII. And being such, it increases apace while the Skin is yet whole; but much more, when upon breach of the Skin, the accession of Air adds to the vigour of the Ferment; upon which it grows fierce or enraged, and so thrusts itself forth into a Fungus, Tubercles', etc.  
XIII. But it seems to me, that the Antecedent 'Cause is more truly a discrasy of the Blood and Lympha, being filled with an acrimonious Salt, and a malign Sulphur; which they endeavouring to purge themselves from, let it fall through the mouths of some of the Capillary Arteries; and so protrudes it into the fleshy substance, where the Part is weak, and made apt to receive the same.  
FOURTEEN. And the Conjoined Cause is, those extravasated Recrements of the Blood and Lympha, which (being protruded as aforesaid in a Part accidentally weak, or naturally apt to receive a flux of Humours) through the depravity of the same, and a vicious Ferment therein; are farther changed into a malign and poisonous Matter, of a vehemently deleterious nature, consisting of a stinking Arsenical Sulphur, and a Catheretick or highly corrosive Salt, extremely subtle and penetrating.  
XU. That this is true, the Death of Mr. Smith, one of the Surgeons of St. Thomas Hospital in Southwark, gives witness. For at the cutting of of a large Cancerated Breast, he had (after the Breast was of) a curiosity to taste the juice or matter contained in one of the little Cystis' or Glands of the same, which he did by touching it with one of his Fingers, and than tasting it from the same, with his Tongue.  
XVI. He protested that it immediately, like a Gass, pierced or went through the whole substance of his Tongue, and down his Throat, not lesle sharp or biting than Oil of Vitriol, Spirit of Nitre, or some vehement catheretick or caustick Salt: and altho' he presently spit out, and washed his Mouth with Water, and that oftentimes, and also with Wine, and drank presently very freely of Wine after it; yet could he not get rid of the Taste thereof, but it continued with him, and brought him (who was a very strong Man) into a Consumption, or wasting and pining condition, with several other ill Symptoms; and in a few Months after killed him, the Taste thereof never going of from his Tongue, to his dying hour: and the tasting of the Juice or Matter of that cancerated Breast, he declared upon his deathbed, and near the last moments of his life, to be the true cause of his languishing condition and death.  
XVII. The Places. This Disease is apt to seize upon any fleshy part; as the Cheeks and Jaws, Sides, Back, brawney parts of the Arms, Thighs and Legs, Hands and Feet; the Liver, Spleen, and Womb; but chief such parts as are Glandulous; and many times it gins in the Glandule of a Part; and most often affects Woman's Breasts, by reason of their looseness, great humidities, and strong ferment they contain.  
XVIII. The Signs. A Cancer in its beginning is very difficult to be known, not exceeding a Pea or Bean in bigness, and increasing slowly to the bigness of a Melon or Pompey sometimes, (yet sometimes it suddenly grows great;) and discovers itself by its grievous Symptoms. Galen, m. Med. lib. 14. cap. 9  
XIX. It is hard in substance, full of pain, hot, and of a livid, or blackish colour: roundish, but with some inequality, and full of turgid Veins: the whole resists the touch, and as it increases in magnitude, increases in malignity.  
XX. The Hardness is from the thickness of the Humour; the Pain is from the conjoined Cause, being sharp and corrosive; the Heat proceeds from the extremity of pain; the Livid or Blackish Colour, from the malignity and poison, which even discolours the purest Metals; its Roundness, from the thickness of the matter, which cannot spread abroad; its Inequality, from the ferment of the Humour, and because sometimes it is contained in several little Glands'; and its Turgid Veins, like to Crabs Claws, from the Recrements of the Blood filling those Parts; which by reason of matter obstructing, or pressing upon them, hinders its getting forth.  
XXI. It is known in part by the place, (though it may breed in almost all parts of the Body,) as in the Lips, because glandulous and lose: so also in the Breasts, for the same reason; and in the Womb, from the retention of the Courses.  
XXII. Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 45. says, a Cancer happens to sundry places, but chief to the Womb and Breasts of Women: and Galen says, Cancerous Tumours are chief in the Breasts of Women, which have not their Purgation according to Nature. Gal. and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 10. and the reason seems to be from the consent of Parts: for that the Mammariae Veins meet with the Vterinae, under the Musculi recti of the Belly; by which way there is a translation of the matter from the Womb to the Dugs.  
XXIII. Sennertus says, that with the Pain there is always a Pulsation attending it, together with a Heat more than ordinary.  
XXIV. Where the Pains are very sharp, as if one were struck with a Dart; the Matter there is very corrosive, and will certainly in a little time break forth in a Gleet, or some dangerous stinking Ulcer.  
XXV. If the Cancer is ulcerated, from the breaking of some of the Tubercles' lying under the Skin, whether the matter is much or little, the Ulcer is painful, and very stinking, discharging a stinking Gleet; it also thrusts forth hard and painful Lips, and in time fixes to the Ribs, (where it is in a Breast, or Side) and in its progress becomes of a horrible aspect.  
XXVI. These sometimes bleed, either through the eruption of some Vessels, or from the corrosion of the Humour gnawing them asunder: and sometimes a Cancer bleeds whilst it is yet whole; for the same reason, the Blood coming forth either at the Nipple, or some small pin-hole.  
XXVII. Some ulcerated Cancers sand forth a Fungus, others consume and eat all the Flesh away after a wondered manner: both these often bleed, and in large quantities, because the Capillary Vessels are eaten asunder; whereby the strength of the Patient is quickly spent, and they soon dye, as consumed away, and exhausted.  
XXVIII. The Prognostics. Barbett says, a Cancer is seldom cured by Medicines, often by Surgery, but not without danger: all sharp Medicines exulcerate it.  
XXIX. A Cancer of the Womb is said to be incurable, except it be very little, or may be taken away by Excision: so also a Cancer of any other internal part; as Mouth, Tongue, Palate, or Anus.  
XXX. Galen, and Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 10. says, that Cancers in the outward parts, may in the beginning be cured; but when they are come to a considerable bigness, they can only be cured by Extirpation.  
XXXI. To a Cancer inveterate, or of long continuance, in a weak person, you cannot safely use Excision, Actual or Potential Cauteries; but a Palliative Cure is only to be prescribed, which in a Cancer not exulcerate, has sometimes preserved Life even to very Old-age.  
XXXII. An ulcerated Cancer can never be cicatrized, but as long as it so remains, the Sick will live in continual pain and filthiness, and at last dye miserably; unless it is cured by Excision, Cautery, or Ustion.  
XXXIII. If it proceeds from an internal cause in the Blood and Humours, it is generally incurable, by reason of its malign and poisonous Ferment, and corrosive Salts; which yield neither to Purging, Vomiting, Bleeding, Sweeting, Salivating, Diet-Drinks, Repulsives, Discussives, Suppuratives, nor any other kind of Medicines, whether inward or outward.  
XXXIV. If it is from external causes, as Bruises, etc. and lies superficially under the Skin, they may be attempted by Surgery; yea though they lie deeper, provided they circumvolve no principal Vessel.  
XXXV. But proceeding as aforesaid, from malignant Humours and corrosive Salts, though they may extirpated, yet the success will be doubtful: and though they seem to be absolutely cured, yet many times they breed again, and break forth either in the same place again, or in some other.  
XXXVI. If it happens in the Head, Jaws, Cheeks, Neck, under the Armholes, or Thighs, it is generally incurable; nor may the Actual or Potential Cautery, or Excision be made use of; for those Parts are dangerous to be cut, because of their Vessels, and the great flux of Blood that may ensue.  
XXXVII. The Cure. Let the Diet, and regulation of the Non-naturals be as in a Scirrhus: Purge frequently, with such things as evacuate salt Phlegm, and Atrabilis or Melancholy: avoid Bleeding, as most pernicious; as also Scarification, and the application of Suppuratives and strong Discutients.  
XXXVIII. And if it is in a Woman whose Terms are stopped, 'cause them to return by Emmenogogicks and Catharticks; and in Men the Hemorrhoids, where they have been accustomed: and by Aperitives and Abstersive Medicines remove the Defect.  
THIRTY-NINE. And inwardly, give the Spirit and Tincture of Bohemian-tartar; Tinctures of the Salt of Bohemian-tartar, and of Antimony; Magisteries of Pearl, Oyster-shells, Coral, Crabs eyes and claws; as also the Tincture of Luna, and Aurum potabile; which are to be given guttatim, in some proper Vehicle.  
XL. But before you come to External Applications, you must consider whether the Cancer is recent and small, or inveterate and great; if recent and small, it sometimes admits of cure; but if inveterate and great, never, without cutting of. And than, in this latter case, the Patient is to be consulted, whether he will be satisfied with a Palliative Cure only, or admit of Extirpation; if the last, we shall discourse of that when we come to treat of a Cancer ulerated: in this place than we show the Cure of a small, recent Cancer; or the Palliation of a great inveterate one.  
XLI. Now those things which only Palliate a large and inveterate Cancer, many times cure a small and recent one; of which kind, are these commended by Barbett: Roots of Aron, Dropwort, Figwort, Mullein; Leaves of Maidenhair, Housleek, Agrimony, Tobacco, Plantain, Nightshade, Hounds-tongue, Sperma Ceti, spawn of Frogs, burnt Toads, Crabs, Frogs, burnt Lead, Man's dung, Emplasters of Diapompholigos, of Saturn, de Ranis cum Mencurio, Diasulphuris, Camphir, Saccharum Saturni, and Saccharum vel Sal Jovis, which Paracelsus commends, as the greatest of all Specificks: also Vnguentum Album, Nutritum, Populeon, Tutiae, de Plumbo usto.  
XLII. Hartman says, he has cured many Woman's Breasts, only with an Emplaster of Ammoniacum dissolved in Vinegar, and often repeating the same, to a perfect Cure; and he says he cured Ulcerated one's with the same, if you will believe him.  
XLIII. ℞ Juices of Plantain, Endive, Housleek, Nightshade, Rose-vinegar, Cil of Myrtles, A. ℥ i Venice Turpentineʒ two. stir them together in a leaden Mortar, with a leaden Pestle; adding Saccharum Saturni, powders of Pomgranate-peels, and of Citrons, A. ʒi. fine Bole, burnt Lead, Camphir, A. ʒss. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XLIV. So also the simple Juices of Nightshade, Hemlock, Henbane, Housleek, Endive, Succory, Lettuce and Purslane are commended; Cockle-fish boiled, and made into a Cataplasm; also River-Crabs, Crevices, and green Frogs, out of which an excellent Oil is to be distilled by Descent, for the easing of the Pain, and abating the Tumour. See it in Our Doron Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. sect. 1.  
XLV. Some make an Unguent with the Ashes of Crabs or Craw-fish, or Toads, mixed with Coriander-seed and Oil of Roses: also Metalline- Calces, washed, and freed from any biting quality: as of Lead, Tutia, Pompholyx, lethargy, Ceruse, Antimony, Marcasites, Jupiter; but Lead is very highly to be commended by all, and may be used many ways.  
XLVI. ℞ Terra sigillata, fine Bole, Ceruse, A. ℥ ss. Tutia prepared, powder of green Frogs, A. ʒiii. Lithargeʒjss. Vinegarʒvi. Oil of Frogs ℥ i Oil of Roses ℥ jss. Wax q.s. mix, and in a leaden Mortar make an Ointment, which apply.  
XLVII. And of those things which give a consistence to Juices, Powder of Hermodacts, Calx of Jupiter and Saturn, Rye-meal and flower of Lupins are the best; because by a specific faculty, they alloy the fierceness of a Cancer: so also Goats-dung mixed with Honey and Vinegar.  
XLVIII. A Cataplasm of Snails and Alehoof is commended; and if it is painful, a Cataplasm of the pulp of Henbane and Hemlock roots, with Rye or Lupin flower, and Oil of Myrtles, is of good use. Or a Cataplasm of Frog-spawn, brought to a consistence with meal of Lupins: so also a Cataplasm of leaves of Herb Robert and Poppies.  
XLIX. ℞ Oil of Quinces ℥ two. Vinegar of Elder or Roses ℥ i grinned them in a leaden Mortar to a Lineament: 'tis a famous thing. Or, ℞ Emplastr. Diapalma ℥ iii juice of Nightshade and Henbane, A. ℥ i Oil of Rosesʒx. mix, dissolve, and make it of the consistence of a Lineament.  
L. Aquapendens commends this. ℞ Garden-nightshade, Goldenrod, Sowthistle, A. Mji. boil in Water, bruise; and with Rye-meal lbi lbi. Oil of Roses ℥ v. make a Cataplasm. A Cataplasm of Radish-seed and Vinegar is good; so also, a Cataplasm of Raisins stoned, and leaves of Nightshade.  
LIVELY A Preparation of Frogs, against Cancers. ℞ Live green Frogs Nᵒ. 40. kill them, and fill their mouths full of Butter, which put into an earthen Pot well glazed, whose bottom is full of holes, and cover it: put this Pot into the mouth of another earthen Pot placed in the ground; lute these well together, and the cover of the upper Pot: than make a Fire of Charcoal about the upper Pot, which continued for five or six hours, to force down all the Moisture and Oil into the lower: which done, take the Frogs, and make them into fine powder, which mix with the Oil per Descensum in the lower Pot: with which anoint the Cancer daily thrice a day.  
LII. Paraeus commends a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver: also this following Ointment; ℞ Old Venice Treacle, juice of Lettuce, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ i pulp of Crabs ℥ ss. yolks of Eggs boiled hard Nᵒ. 2. grinned all in a leaden Mortar, to the consistence of an Ointment.  
LIII. Wiseman commends this. ℞ Powder of green Frogsʒiii. ashes of River-crabsʒiv. Litharge of Gold ℥ two. burnt Led, Tutia prepared, A. ʒii. Ceruse, ʒvi. juices of Nightshade and Plantain, A. ℥ vi. Vinegar ℥ two. Vng. Populeon, Oil of Frogs, A. ℥ iii Veal-suet ℥ iv. Wax q.s. mix, and make a Cerate.  
LIU. Or, ℞ White Poppy seed ℥ i Henbane-seed ℥ ss. Opiumʒi. Gum-arabic ℥ ss. make all into powder, and mix with Oil of Roses and Myrtles, A. ℥ iii and with Wax q.s. make a Cerate; which is good in case of Pain, in extremity whereof, you may double or triple the quantity of Opium.  
LU. Many Mediums of this kind; for Cancers require variety of Applications, which are to be made of things which have a power to repress, discuss, and corroborated; thereby not only to hinder the farther increase of the Cancer, but also to diminish, and quite take away that which is already in being.  
LVI. But these Medicines aught to have a mediocrity in them, and not be sharp and biting; yet on the other side, if they be too weak, than they give no help or relief: but if they are too strong and violent, than they either repress and discuss the more thin parts, and so not only leave the more thick behind; but also tender the Tumour the more unfit for future Applications, in order to their discussion or dissipation.  
LVII. And while these things are doing, if the Patient has strength of Body, and vigour of Mind, and is willing, a gentle Salivation aught to be attempted; and if occasion be, to be twice or thrice repeated: for thereby the whole mass of Lympha, and all the Juices come to be renewed, so that a kind of new Ferment is begot in the Part.  
LVIII. I speak this from Experience, having cured two remarkable Cancers, (after much other means had failed:) one in a Woman about 30 years old, the other in a Woman about 36 years of age; where the Salivation was gentle, and continued in each about six week's time.  
LIX. And as to Purging and Diets, mentioned at Sect. 37. aforegoing, it is not enough that they be administered once, but are many times to be repeated; and that for the most part twice a week: for by that means, not only some part of the Humour will be revulsed from the Tumour; but new matter, which would otherwise now, will be hindered, and taken away.  
LX. Also, as to Topics; if you apply hot and moist Medicaments, which usually suppurate Apostems, they will procure Putrefaction in this: and if you apply Corrosives, you will assist the Malignity, and increase the Cancer.  
LXI. If notwithstanding all that can be done, the Tumour still increases, and is in danger of Exulceration; it will be necessary to make the Patient acquainted with the danger: and if it is lose, and in a place where it may be safely extirpated, propose it to them in time; jest afterwards they do desire it, when it is late. If you come to Excision, the way and manner of doing it, you may see Lib. 1. Cap. 33. of this Book, aforegoing.   

II A CANCER Ulcerated.  
LXII. What we are to consider in an ulcerated Cancer, is either a Palliative Cure, or Extirpation: but if is fixed to the Ribs or Bone in any Part, or in a place dangerous, or not to be come at with Instruments, Excision also will be impossible.  
LXIII. As for Diet, the Patient may eat Barley-cream, Rice-Milk with Water in it, Milk-Pottage, Ptisan made with Liquorice and the Opening Roots; Broths made with borage, Bugloss, Endive, Succory, spinach, Lettuce, Purslane, Sorrel; boiled in Broths made of Lamb, Mutton, Veal, Kid, young Hogs-flesh, Chickens, Pullet's, Capons, Partridges, young Rabbits, etc. Fish living in clear and gravelly Waters, Eggs, etc. a middling sort of Beer, not old; Mead, small Wines mixed with Water, etc. they may eat Cucumbers, and things cooling and moistening.  
LXIV. But Meats hard of digestion, heating and drying, are to be forborn; as dry Beans, Barley or Pease Bread, old Cheese, old and salt Flesh, old Rabbits, Hares-flesh, Venison, salt Bacon, Cabbage, Coleworts; as also all other things which thicken the Blood, heat, and inflame the Humours.  
LXV. Purge also twice every Week with an Infusion of Sena, thus made: ℞ Whitewine, fair Water lbiv lbiv. Salt of Tartarʒii. Sena of Alexandria ℥ two. Liquorice bruised ℥ i infuse in a Vessel close covered, in a boiling heat, for two or three hours, giving it at last a walm or two; than strain out being cold, for eight Doses; to be taken in the Morning fasting.  
LVI. And in the intermediate days let the Body be kept with a cooling Diet, made with Fumitory, Hops, and juice of fragrant Apples, with many Hoglice bruised; abstaining from the things before commanded: as also from Garlic, Onions, Leeks, Shelots', Mustard, Pepper, and all other Spices: avoiding also grief, sadness, great labour, watching, and the like.  
LXVII. Than outwardly dress it with Ung. Album, Nutritum, Tutiae, de Plumbo usto: or with this: ℞ Oil of Roses, white Wax, A. ℥ ijss. juices of Nightshade and Pomegranates, A. ℥ two. Ceruse, Aethiops mineralis, A. ℥ jss. Plumbi usti, Tutia prepared, A. ℥ ss. Frankincense, Mastic, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXVIII. Or, ℞ Vng. Tutiae ℥ iv. Venice Treacle ℥ i Saccharum Saturni ʒi. juice of Cranesbill q.s. mix, and grinned them in a leaden Mortar to a consistence and blewness. Some commend Juice of Mullein boiled with Honey, or Tapsimel; others Valentia Papaveris & Solani: Riverius says in his Observations, that he cured one by often dressing it with a mixture of Rose, Plantain, and Corn-Poppy waters mixed with Mel rosatum.  
Lxix Or, ℞ Vng. Album, ℥ iv. pulvis Mercurii coagulati ℥ two. juice of Nightshade inspissate to the thickness of new Honey ℥ i Opium extracted, to the thickness of new Honey, with juice of Henbane ℥ ss. mix them in a leaden Mortar.  
LXX. But if notwithstanding all the means that can be used, it cannot be kept at a stay, but that the Eating goes on, the Patient is in great pain, and Fluxes of Blood accompany it; it will than be necessary, to save Life, to come to the Extirpation of it: for the doing of which, Surgeons have three ways; 1. By Escaroticks. 2. By the Actual Cautery. 3. By Excision.  
LXXI. 1. By Escaroticks. Hartman commends his Pulvis Benedictus, the Preparation of which see in our Doron Medicum, lib. 2. cap. 21. sect. 12. made of black Soot ℥ iii powder of Aron-roots ℥ two. white Arsenic (ground impalpable, and digested with Spirit of Wine) ℥ i mixed together. This Powder, the Ulcer being cleansed, is to be once, and but once strewed on, pretty thick; (unless it is taken of too soon, before the Roots are eradicated;) and an Oiled-cloth is laid over it, moistened with Fasting-spittle, that it may stick on.  
LXXII. This procures great pain, but 'tis not to be removed till the Cancer and its roots are eradicated; anointing in the mean season round about it with Oil of Roses, or rather with Oil of Poppy-seed: when the pain ceases, and the Cancer is destroyed, remove the Powder, and all that sticks to it.  
LXXIII. Than cleansing the Ulcer, complete the Cure with the Incarnative-pouder described in Our Doron Med. lib. 2. cap. 21. sect. 13. and the Litharge-Ointment described in lib. 3. cap. 4. sect. 22. of the same Book.  
LXXIV. Others commend Oil or Butter of Antimony, anointing it round therewith: but notwithstanding this, if the Cancer is great, it aught with a Knife to be wholly cut of to the quick: or by burning it with Actual, or Potential Cauteries, to be removed.  
LXXV. Some wash it with Water, Spirit or Oil of Soot, till an Escar is made; than apply Oil of fixed Arsenic (washed in Water) till the Ulcer is throughly cleansed. Or else strew on read Precipitate, or a Precipitate made with amalgamated Sol: after which it is healed with the Incarnative-pouder, and Litharge-Ointment.  
LXXVI. Others, when the Cancer is mortified, and the Ulcer cleansed, heal it with Balsam of Sulphur and Empl. Diasulphuris; giving them through the whole Cure, the Sena-Infusion before described; and a Diet-drink made of a great number of bruised Sows or Hoglice, (often to be repeated, and for a long time to be used) infused in half Whitewine, half Water.  
LXXVII. Riverius in one of his Observations, commends the Escarotick in lib. 1. cap. 33. sect. 10. of this Work aforegoing, applied as there delivered. But he says the Paste may be spread upon a Bolster six times lesser than the Cancer, which may lie upon it twentyfour hours, and it will make an Escar six times greater than the Bolster: without doubt it aught to be much lesle than the Ulcer, because of its aptness to spread; yet not six times lesser.  
LXXVIII. This Escarotick (says he) did eat the Cancer wholly away; and when the Escar fell of, the Ulcer was filled with flesh, and than healed up. But in case the whole Tumour had not been taken away, but some roots had remained, they must have been consumed with a mixture of read Precipitate and burnt Alum, well mixed together.  
LXXIX. To incarnate the Ulcer, dry Lint was only used: but while the Paste was on, a Fever was presently excited, with vomiting, flux of the Belly, and great provocation of Urine; which Symptoms continued two or three days, Nature being offended with the violence of the Escarotick: with the same Medicine a Cancer upon a Soldier's Nose, which had eaten away the tip of it, was Cured.  
LXXX. But Wiseman says, that by the use of these Escaroticks, young Surgeons have been sometimes engaged to their prejudice; and that an eminent Chirurgeon undertook the Eradicating of an Ulcerated Cancer in the Breast of a Woman who had strength, and courage to endure it: he applied one of the strongest Escaroticks, which penetrated deep, and made great sloughs, and by repeating the Escarotick, raised new.  
LXXXI. But the use of it was not long continued; for the Gleet partaking of the Corrosives, ulcerated the adjacent parts; and the Cancer was so enraged by the Escarotick, as shown that there was no good to be done by it.  
LXXXII. Indeed (says he) if we could contrive Medicines, which may penetrate deep, with little pain, there might be some hopes of success: but 'tis evident that cancerous Excrescencies, and cancerous Ulcers of the Mouth are increased, by touching them with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, etc. upon which considerations, it seems, that there does remain, but three ways of treating a Cancer; viz. either by Palliatives, or the Actual Cautery, or Excision by the Knife.  
LXXXIII. The Palliative Cure we have already showed, which only hinders the farther augmentation, and eases the pain; so that the Sick may lengthen out, and lead the remainder of his life with lesle torment and misery. Now to the things there enumerated, you may add Empl. de Ammoniaco made with Vinegar, Ceratum de Ammoniaco Foresti; Emplastrum de Galbano crocatum, Emplast. de Ranis with fourfold Mercury, or Our Empl. Mercuriale.  
LXXXIV. 2. By the Actual Cautery. If the Cancer is in such a place, as you are in hopes to eradicate it, the Actual Cautery is than a certain Cure; but not by applying it lightly upon the upper parts; but by thrusting down to the root, with a Scoop, or Chezil-like Cautery, carrying it away before you.  
LXXXV. If there remains any rags, or roots of it, burn it down to a crust, with a proportionable Button-cautery: if this cannot be effected, than Palliatives are to be used, as are above directed; by which means, the poor Patient who has an ulcerated Cancer, may live tolerably well.  
LXXXVI. 3. By Excision. Before you do this, see the Patient is fit for it; as having strength of Body, of a tolerable good habit, and not in a very declining age; that the Cancer is lose, and the Armpits and parts under it, be free from painful Glandules: and it would be better, if the original of the Cancer was from some external Accident, as a Blow, etc. and the Operation to be done in the Spring or Autumn of the year; not in the extreme heat of Summer, or cold of Winter.  
LXXXVII. Than have in a readiness, 1. Good Rulers. 2. Compresses or Bolsters. 3. Pledgets. 4. Defensatives. 5. Astringent or Styptic powders, as in other Amputations: but Calcanthum, or calcined Vitriol, or other Escarotick-pouders are not good; for you cannot apply them to the mouths of the Arteries, but they will corrode the adjacent parts, and 'cause much pain, which aught not to be in Cancers: besides, they also require a strict Bandage, which is not without much trouble, on the Breast.  
LXXXVIII. Wiseman proposes the stopping of the Blood with a small Button-cautery, which (says he) is not done without some pain, but it is momentary, and serves to correct the indisposition of the Part: these actual Cauteries aught to be of differing sorts, and kept ready hot for use; jest some relic of a Cancerous Gland should be left behind.  
LXXXIX. But that very skilful Man, Dr. Gardner, the King's Chirurgeon, seldom or never stops the Blood, in this case, with the Actual Cautery; but always makes a provision of proper Stypticks, not corrosive; which he prepares from the Caput mortuum of Vitriol: which are always so effectual, as never to fail the purpose they are intended for, and ever stop the Hemorrhage, without any pain. These things done:  
XC. Having placed the Patient in a Chair, take a couple of large Needles, with strong silken Strings, or others; which pass through the Cancerated Breast crosswise, towards the bottom of the Cancer; and taking these four ends tie them together, by which you are to hold, while you are doing the Operation. Than taking the Strings in your left hand, take the Knife in your right hand; which aught to be large, viz. long, broad, and very sharp: and beginning at the top of the Breast, cut it downwards; and with two or three cuts, cut it close near the Rib, and wholly of, so as to leave no part of the Cancer behind.  
XCI. But others, instead of the Needles and Strings aforesaid, because their use seems to be frightful and painful to the Patient, provide a kind of Forceps, turned at both ends in form of a Crescent, like Callaper-compasses; in such sort, that both ends may fall one upon another when shut; and with these Callapar- Forceps they lay hold of the Breast, and hold them with the Breast between them in their left hand, whilst they perform the Operation as aforesaid, with their right.  
XCII. The Breast being thus cut of, the thicker Blood is every where pressed forth, and with Sponges wiped away; and the mouths of the Vessels are either closed with the Actual Cautery: or some proper Styptic with Pledgets, is applied; and the whole is dressed up with Astringent Powders, as Pulvis Galeni, etc. (which Wiseman used) a Plaster, a Bolster, a folded Napkin round the Breast, and a Scapulary, to uphold the whole Bandage, and keep it tied and firm.  
XCIII. The Operation being done, and the Wound bound up; let the Patient be laid in her Bed, giving her upon the spot a little sup of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or some other Cordial Water, to revive her fainting spirits; and presently after an Anodyn-Draught, to alloy the Ferment; such as this: ℞ Aqua Bezoartica ʒvi. Aquae Menthae & Lactis, A. ℥ jss. Spirit of Sal Armoniac, Guttae vitae, A. ℈ two. mix them, for a Dose.  
XCIV. The next day after, either repeat the same Dose, or give Venice-Treacle or Mithridate, or Our Theriaca Chymica; which may be used as Antidotes against the malignity of the Disease, and virulency of the Humour.  
XCV. The second or third day after, dress it with some Digestive; as with Turpentine, mixed with the yolk of an Egg: or with this; ℞ Venice or Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ iii juices of Nightshade, Plantain and Smallage, A. ℥ two. Syrup of Roses ℥ jss. boil to the consumption of the Juices; than add Barley-flower, meal of Cicers, A.ʒiu. Saffronʒii. yolk of an Egg, mix them.  
XCVI. If there is pain, you may apply this Anodyn over it. ℞ Mucilage of Althea-root lbj lbj. Wheat-meal, ℥ two. Oil of Roses ℥ iii boil to the thickness of a Cataplasm, adding at the end of the boiling, yolks of Eggs Nᵒ. two. Saffronʒi. mix them: but if there is no pain, dress it up with Emplastrum C saris, or è Bolo.  
XCVII. After Digestion, cleanse with Detersives, than bring on the Flesh with Incarnatives, and with Epuloticks cicatrize, as we show in Curing of Wounds; and while these things are doing, things which purge Atrabilis are often to be repeated; the Infusion of Sena aforesaid, and the like; or the Body is to be kept soluble with Clysters.  
XCVIII. If in Cicatrizing, the lips should grow callous, eradicate it timely by the Actual Cautery, whilst it is recent, and in a narrow compass, lying but on the superficies: for if you slight it, till it has seized the musculous Flesh, it will be too late, and than scarcely capable of a Palliative Course.  
XCIX. Whereas, in the Application of Escaroticks, mention is made of using crude Arsenic; Sennertus says, it cannot be administered without much hazard and danger; and that Arsenic fixed by melting it with Nitre; by which a fixed Salt of Arsenic is made, divested of much, or most of its malign and poisonous quality, is much more safe to be used.  
C. And lastly, because Cancers are very apt to return again, the Body aught to be kept for some time after the Cure, with proper Diets, made of Fumitory, Hoglice, dried Toads flesh, Viper's flesh, etc. and a constant and due Purging at certain intervals of Time, with such things as evacuate Atrabilis; as Sena, Hermodacts, Scammony, black Hellebor, Lapis Lazuli.    

CHAP. XXXVII. Of a CANCER of a BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Cancer de Osse, Spina ventosa; and in English, The Cancer of a Bone.  
II Definition. It is a preternatural, hard, and painful Tumour of the Bone; arising within the Bone, or between the Bone and the Periosteum.  
III The Causes. The Procatartick Causes may be the same with those of a Cancer, or of hard strumous Tumours; for which reason, some will have it to be a species of the Kings-Evil.  
IV. The Antecedent Cause, is a sharp Humour, or thin acid Serum, in the Medullary-juice; which corroding the Bone, makes its way through the Periosteum; after which there follows an Ulcer of the Flesh and Skin, which is incurable, till the Bone is made sound.  
V The Conjoined Cause, is that sharp Humour or Scrum, separated from the Blood and Lympha, which seizes upon the Fibres, and make a solution of continuity there, corrupting at length the interior part of the Bone itself; passing its subtle and malign Humour through the porosities it had made.  
VI This sharp malign Humour by degrees so affects the external surface of the Bone, as to raise thereon a preternatural Tumour, which extending the Periosteum, causes much pain and torment: which pain, if it grows so sharp, as to 'cause an Inflammation, than an Abscess or Apostem succeeds, and therewith a fetid, painful Ulcer, difficult to be cured.  
VII. The Differences. They arise, 1. From the Humour. 2. From the place of its Beginning. 3. From the Parts affected.  
VIII. 1. From the Humour. The milder the Humour is, the slower the Tumour arises, and sometimes scarce any swelling appears, or any pain is felt; gradually swelling, and never corrupting externally. The sharper the Humour is, the sooner the Tumour arises; so that sometimes it appears in 24 hours, passing through the cortex of the Bone, and immediately (as it were) causing an Abscess.  
IX. 2. From the Place. For it gins either within the Bone, or without the Bone, between the Cortex and the Periosteum; and according as the interior part is harder or softer; or the external Cortex is solid, or porous, so it suffers solution sooner or later.  
X. 3. From the Part affected: as, 1. In the Cranium, where the Humour passes for the most part through the inferior Lamina, affecting the Dura mater, etc. causing great Pain, Spasms, Convulsions, Epilepsies, etc. this is seldom discovered before death. 2. In the great Bones of the Knees, Shins, Ankles, Elbows, Cubitus, etc. where the Humour increases but slowly, and generally produces Apostems, arising externally from the protuberance within. 3. In the Os Tali, or Heel-bone; which is spongy within, and full of external Pores, in which it makes its way speedily. 4. In the Jawbones, which are something porous also. 5. In the Toes. 6. In the Finger's ends; where it is called Paronychia, or a Felon; of which we have already treated, in Chap. 12. aforegoing, of this Book.  
XI. The Signs. The most visible Signs, are a protuberance or swelling of the Bone, without discolouring of the Skin; which is either with much pain, or without much pain; according as the Humour causing it is either sharper, or milder.  
XII. It is known also by the Apostem arising therefrom, which is always between the Membranes and Tendons: and something of Fluctuation may be felt, before the external Skin is much inflamed.  
XIII. The Apostem being opened, if you than search with a Probe, you may many time found it penetrates deep into the Bone; and yet the Cortex of it will be white: whereas in other Apostems, which begin externally, when the Bone is bore, it will be only superficially carious, and stained with the matter.  
FOURTEEN. The Orifice, says Barbett, is very little, the edges are paler, the matter which flows forth, is thin; the Flesh is soft, and somewhat swelled, at lest (as in an Ulcerous Excrescency) it increases of its own accord.  
XU. Where it affects a Bone that is spongy, it is admirable to see how quickly the Fibres of it will be softened, by the sharpness of the Serum of the Blood, and made apt for a sudden distension; as if it were rather Muscular, than Boney.  
XVI. The Prognostics. This Disease is always of difficult cure: and Barbett says it is incurable, unless the Bone be made sound.  
XVII. It is more easily cured in the lesser Bones; as the Cranium, Jaws, Fingers, and Toes: but if it is in the larger Bones, it is for the most part desperate; and if at length performed, it is very long first.  
XVIII. Infants and Children are most subject to this Disease; because their Bones are softer, and more porous: Old persons are seldom troubled with it, for the contrary reason.  
XIX. The Bone thus swelling, or seeming to have an Exostosis upon it, as being big, and seeming to be very hard; yet if you open it, it will be found inwardly carious, or spongy and rotten.  
XX. The Cure. The same method is to be taken here, as is proposed in Apostems and Ulcers with Caries: seeing when this is Apostemated or Ulcerated, it is nothing more or lesle, than such a Disease; except you will say the Humour is yet more sharp and malign.  
XXI. If it is not ulcerated or broken, if very painful, you must first of all use Incision; which must be made according to the length of the Part, and that to the Bone itself: for the sooner this sharp corroding Humour is let out, the better it is, and withal prevents more mischief, which by its being longer retained within, it would do.  
XXII. Being opened, you must dress it with things astringent, drying, and resisting Putrefaction; as Euphorbium, Spirit of Vitriol or Sulphur mixed with Spirit of Wine, Tincture of Myrrh, camphorated Spirit of Wine.  
XXIII. But before opening, while the Disease is recent and young, (a good Diet, and regulation in the Non-naturals being observed) you aught to purge the Body well with proper Catharticks, and use a good Diet-drink; such as we prescribe in strumatick Tumours: and outwardly things astringent and drying; as Emplast. e Bolo, Empl. Caejaris, de Minio simplex, & cum Sapone; Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio; or Our Emplastrum Mercuriale, etc.  
XXIV. But after opening as aforesaid, Barbett commends the Powder made of Turpentine, by boiling it in Water to hardness: he commends it as an excellent thing upon his own Experience, being mixed with Unguent. Fuscum Wurtzii, or Aegyptiacum: an actual Cautery also, says he, will be convenient.  
XXV. The Cure will also be accelerated, if instead of Tents made of Lint, Elder-pith be used; because it imbibes the thin and sharp Humours, by which the Action of Nature is promoted.  
XXVI. This is an experienced thing. ℞ Vng. Aegyptiacum ℥ two. Tobacco in fine powder ℥ ss. Euphorbiumʒi. mix them, and apply it. You may daily wash it also with Juice of green Tobacco, raised from Spanish seed, or with a Tincture of dried Tobacco, drawn with S.U. or with Spiritus Vniversalis.  
XXVII. If it is in the Cranium, it is not protuberant, yet you aught to make inspection; and proceed accordingly by scraping, or the Trepan, as the Symptoms shall indicate to you.  
XXVIII. Those in the Jaws are visible, and require vent by extraction of the Teeth: after which the Caries must be consumed or removed, by drying Applications; of which the Actual Cautery is the most speedy and convenient.  
XXIX. The Ulcers in the greater Bones, are to opened also; that the matter may be discharged, and the Bone laid bore, in order to Exfoliation, if possible.  
XXX. But if the interior part of it is corrupted, than it will be best to keep that part of the Ulcer dilated which lies over the aperture, and in the Bone, by some Dossel dipped in S.U. or Camphorated Spirit, or Tinctura Exfolians, and to heal up the rest of the Ulcer; prescribing also such Internals, as may dispose the Body to a better habit.  
XXXI. For seeing that for the most part these Diseases arise from the distemperature of the whole mass of Blood and Lympha; and that when one Cancer is almost cured, another appears in some other place; therefore it is highly necessary to have regard to the evil habit of the whole Body: for which purpose, the following (or some suchlike) Medicine may be taken.  
XXXII. ℞ Roots of Comfrey, Osmond-royal, China, Sarsaparilla, A. ℥ two. bark of Guajacum ℥ iv. Rhubarb, Agarick, A. ℥ jss. Sena ℥ ijss. Cinnamon ℥ ss. Clovesʒii. infuse all in Barleywater lbxii lbxii. or q.s. than boil with a gentle Fire to lbviii lbviii. Strain, and dulcify with Syrup of Comfrey ℥ viij. and make an Apozem. Dose, ℥ iii, iv, or u to a Man or Woman: it Purges gently, hastens the Cure, and preserves from farther mischief.  
XXXIII. Those of the Fingers and Toes are to be laid open by Incision, in case of Apostemation, the length of the Protuberance and the Bone cut into, or cut out, as you see the case requires; and than the Caries dried up, with such things as are before related. ℞ Mel Rosarum ℥ i powder of Tobaccoʒiii. Euphorbium, Camphir, A. ʒi. mix them.  
XXXIV. The greater Bones will take more time to exfoliate them; and if the rottenness gins within it, it will consume the very substance of them; so that no Exfoliation can be expected, but a total removing of the Bone itself, without which no Cure can be expected: and in this case, Nature itself is so munificent, as sometime to supply the vacuum with some Callus, or Cartilaginous substance.   

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of an ELEPHANTIASIS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Elephantiasis, Lepra Ar●bum; and in English, the Elephantiasis, or Elephantick Disease, the Arabian Leprosy.  
II The Name is derived from the Elephant; because those affected with this Disease, have their Skin, and Members affected therewith tumid and swollen, scaly, rough and rugged, full of lumps, and unequal, like to the rough skin of Elephants. Of this Disease we have spoken at large, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6 cap. 15. so that little need be said of it here; excepting what belongs to the Chirurgick part, which is contained in this present Discourse.  
III Description. The Lips of such as are troubled with an Elephantiasis, are made thick, and the Nose swells; so that it looks as if it were pressed down, or become flat; the Ears become flaggy, and much wasted, the Jawbones are coloured as it were, and overspead with a certain kind of redness, and Tubercles' or swell appear here and there in the Forehead, like as if they were Horns or bunchings-out; the Cheeks and Face are also affected with a certain roughness and redness; and the Chin itself is dilated, like as it is in those that laugh.  
IV. It is said to be indeed an universal Cancer of the whole Body, comprehending under it many kinds of Diseases: so that this appears to be an Affect greater than all other Diseases, and a Disease almost remediless and incurable.  
V The Causes. Authors say, it arises from Atrabilis joined with a malign property, diffused and spread abroad through the whole Body.  
VI But doubtless it is caused through a Discrasy of the Blood and Lympha, defiled with a kind of Arsenical or stinking Sulphur, and a malign Vitriolic Salt; which being conveyed with the Blood and Lympha all over the whole Body, and altering the Ferment thereof every where, causes this so universal a defilement.  
VII. The Antecedent cause is from a hot and dry distemper of the Viscera, and Parts destinated for Nutrition: from whence it is, that the Blood and Lympha are as it were burnt, or very much altered, by the evil Ferment of the Parts; and they being changed, make in their distribution, that universal change through the whole Body, which is usually seen in the progress of this Disease.  
VIII. The Procatartick Cause is a lewd, debauched, luxurious, libidinous and evil course of Life: the frequent and common use of salt Meats: as also the much eating of great quantities of Sugar, and of sharp and sour things, or Meats overgross and thick, eating of Mans-flesh, and the like.  
IX. To this add the Habit of the Air; for this Disease being mostly Endemical, it is chief to be found in some particular parts of the World: where 'tis thought the Air contributes much to its beginning, growth, and increase; as in Egypt, Palestine, Arabia, Africa, Spain, in some parts of Italy and Germany, and in Narbon and Aquitane in France: as also the Air in which Elephantiack persons breathe; for that the Disease is affirmed to be certainly contagious.  
X. The Kind's. It is said to be twofold: 1. General; of the whole Body, which is called Elephantiasis Graecorum, or Lepra Arabum; of which we speak in this Chapter. 2. Particular; which only affects a Part, and is called Elephantia, or Elephantiasis Arabum; of which we shall (God willing) speak in the next Chapter.  
XI. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 3. cap. 25. has given you the whole Idea of this Malady, which you may see at large in Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 17. sect. 7. to which we refer you: and Sennertus has given you a larger enumeration of the attending Symptoms: all which you may see in the place aforecited, from Sect. 8. to 14.  
XII. To these aforesaid Signs, declared by those Authors, we add these following: 1. There is an augmentation of Magnitude in most parts of the Body; it being swelled up and down, especially in the external Parts; whose beauty, feature, and figure are thereby corrupted.  
XIII. 2. There is also a hot and dry Distemper, by which the Parts of the Body are made uneven and rough, and as it were exulcerated and corrupted.  
FOURTEEN. 3. There is also in Men a suppression of the Hemorrhoids, where they have been usual, and long accustomed; and in Women, a stoppage of their Terms or Courses: or the sudden drying up of some long-continued running Ulcer; whose Humour being detained in the Body, grows worse and worse, and at length acquires Malignity; which insinuating itself into the Veins, infects and taints the whole mass of Blood.  
XU. 4. When this Disease is first invading the Patient, there goes before it, and is present, a sluggishness, or slothfulness, with a slow and difficult breathing; a stinking Breath, unfitness for motion; a daily and continual Costiveness of the Belly, and the Urine is like unto Beasts Urine; as Horses, Bullocks, Oxen, and an extreme proneness to Venery.  
XVI. 5. The Voice is hoarse and obscure; by reason that the Lungs, and parts serving to Respiration, are filled or oppressed with thick and adust Humòrs: and by reason also of the dryness and roughness of the Trachaea Arteria.  
XVII. 6. The Veins under the Tongue swell, and become blackish; and the Glandules which lie near unto the Tongue, and round about it, have in them round Tubercles', like unto the Scrophulae in Swine, or those which we call the Swine-pox.  
XVIII. 7. In a word, the whole Body is defiled with an exceeding great pollution, and a great deformity attends every part thereof: it wants either in its figure or shape, b●ing either greater or lesle than it should be, in all its Members. The surface of the Sain is changed, being read and discoloured, hard, scur●fy, and full of little Tubercles', not much unlike the Elephants hid or Lion's forehead: the Voice is altered, and sometimes almost go; and the Breath so abominable, as not to be endured.  
XIX. The Prognostics. This Disease is said to be wholly incurable, unless taken in its beginning; and than it is performed with very much difficulty, great trouble, and a tedious application of Medicines; for that few Medicines are found, that can subdue and conquer the malignity thereof.  
XX. And by reason that this Disease discovers not itself soon, nor is at all manifest, till it has taken deep root, and tainted all the Blood and Humours with the greatest Malignity; so that it has (as I may say) fixed itself through all the Bowels, and the whole Foundation of the Fleshy Mass, and even corrupting them throughout, for these Reasons, it is esteemed by all Authors to be incurable.  
XXI. But yet, as it would be great folly to attempt this Cure where the Disease is inveterate, or has been of long standing, so as that it has corrupted the whole Body: so it would be as great a weakness and inhumanity, to deny our help and assistance, for the Cure of such as only seem to be affected therewith, but are indeed not so diseased; or where it is yet but in its infancy, or beginning.  
XXII. Actius, Tetrab. 4. serm. 1. cap. 120. saith, Humanum enim, & plenum benevolentiae signum est, in extremis malis, etiam usque ad Experimenta venire, ad difficultatem Affectionis compescendam: viz. For (says he) it is human, and a great sign of good nature, in the greatest extremities, or the worst of Diseases, to make such Trials as may possibly tend to the benefit of the Sick.  
XXIII. The Cure. For, what Diet is necessary, or what things are to be avoided; we shall refer you to the third Edition of Our said Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 17. sect. 26. ad 31. and come now immediately to the Medicinal and Chirurgick Cure.  
XXIV. The Humour aught often to be evacuated, which let be chief with Mercurial Preparations: and outwardly a Cataplasm of green Tobacco, mixed with powder of Bay-berries q.s. is to be laid all over the Belly, and kept there so long as the Patient can conveniently endure it: for it works both upwards and downwards, and purges the whole universal Man; evacuating all offending Humours, of what kind soever.  
XXV. And this Application is to be repeated; and that so often as the age, strength, habit of Body, and condition of the Sick will permit.  
XXVI. But the most potent of all internal Remedies, are such as operate by Salivation; because they drain away all the impure Lympha in the whole Body; throughly purge and altar all the Mass of Humours, and do as much as is possible to be done by any kind of Evacuating-Medicines.  
XXVII. And though by this way the Humours and Juices are much sweetened, and altered; yet it is to be imagined, by reason the Disease is so deeply fixed in the fleshy Mass and Humours, that one single Salivation cannot perform a complete Restauration; but that it must be many times, and often repeated, sometimes by Internals only, and sometimes by Externals, as by Unction: because the whole substance of the Flesh, and the Skin also, seem to be throughly defiled therewith.  
XXVIII. And by reason this kind of Operation much weakens the Body, there is to be that distance of time between each Salivation, as that the Patient may be restored, and gather a competency of strength again: for to continued it too long, or to repeat it too soon, one time after another, are equally disadvantageous to the deplorable Patient.  
XXIX. For Alteratives, we commend the Viper-pouder, to be takenʒi. at a time, every Night going to bed, when the course of Salivation is over; or in the times between each Salivation: and every Morning fasting, the Potestates Viperarum; which may be given, à gut 20. ad 40. in Mead, or clarified Whey, or some other proper Liquor or Vehicle.  
XXX. To these things we may add, native Cinnabar, Tincture of Antimony, Mercurius Diaphoreticus, Bezoar-mineral, powder of Toads-flesh, (long to be continued, because it is a Specific) the powder and ashes of Kites-flesh, wonderfully commended by Sennertus; and the Specific of Vitriol, so much extolled by Hartman: which may be given singularly, or rather alternately; because Nature delights in variety and change, and that for a long time together.  
XXXI. But for Alteratives, nothing seems to have more and greater effects than the Tincture of Luna, and Aurum potabile; which have a power to altar and change, cleanse and purifyings the whole mass of Blood and Humours, after a very admirable manner; and to drink withal, for some considerable time, the Decoctum Vlmi, as ordinary Drink, because it seems to be specific in this Cure.  
XXXII. Barley-broth made with Vipers-flesh, taken for many Months together, is a singular Experiment. And because the whole Diet in this Cure aught to be cooling and moistening, and withal cleansing, we commend Whey clarified with Fumitory, or with borage and Bugloss, Endive and Succory, Sorrel, and sharppointed Dock, Purslane, Lettuce, etc.  
XXXIII. And Sennertus says, that this Disease more than any other, seems to require as it were variety, and an interchange of Remedies; and also certain cessations and intermissions, from all sorts of Medicines: and than the same are to be used again afresh, and new ones are to be added; for that scarcely ever any one did recover of this Disease, that placed the hope of Cure in one only Preparation, though it were never so generous and prevalent.  
XXXIV. Thus much for Internals: we now come to Topics; among which Sennertus commends a Bath of fair Water, in which the Patient may sit up to the Neck for the space of one hour. But, says he, the Bath aught to be so temperate, that no Sweat may be caused, either in the Bath, or after the going out of it: for if any Sweat is caused, it is a sign that the Bath is hotter than it aught to be.  
XXXV. 'Tis true that many Physicians sand their Patients to the Natural and Mineral Waters, and hot Baths; but because they dry vehemently, they many times do more hurt than good; especially at the beginning of the Disease, whilst the heat and dryness are at highest.  
XXXVI. And therefore a Bath of sweet fair Water is thought to be more proper and safe; because it tempers the dryness, discusses the Excrements of the external habit, and looseneth the Skin: but it aught often to be repeated, even twice a day, and that for several Months together.  
XXXVII. And every time owning out of the Bath, the Skin aught to be anointed with some fat thing; as Vipers-grease, Man's-fat, Oil of Toads, Oil of Ben, etc. to keep the Skin soft and smooth: or a cooling Ointment may be made of the juices of Nightshade, Henbane, Hemlock, and Poppies, for the same purpose.  
XXXVIII. Some commend the p●…der of the roots or leaves of ●ack 〈◊〉, as much as the quantity of a large grey Pea, or somewhat more, to be put into a new cut Issue, whether in the Arm, Shoulder, or any other proper place; and to be kept therein for some considerable time, as the Artist shall see convenient; viz. till it causes a very great Tumour, and mighty Flux of Humours to drain through the same.  
THIRTY-NINE. This Application is so powerful, that it needs not twice to be repeated; and it attracts the Humours so powerfully from all parts of the Body; and so plentifully, that no Salivation is comparable to it; nor yet any other kind of Evacuation, whether inward or outward: and being used in many other Diseases, it will never cease running, till all the Morbisick-matter is perfectly drawn away: for it completely drains all evil, corrupt and malign Humours, from all parts of the whole entire Man.  
XL. Places full of Scurf, Scales, and dry Scabs may in time of Bathing be often rubbed with common Soap, to loosen them, bring them of, and dry them: and the largest Scales, and such as stick fast, Wiseman rubs with the Caustick-stone; which did not only hasten their falling of, but also scowrs the Skin excel-  
XLI. And where the bigger Scabs separate, there remains for the most part a discolouring, and little Excrescencies of Flesh, by which those Scabs were held so close on, as if they were nailed fast: these Excrescencies he rubbed of with the Caustick-Stone, and where there was occasion, dressed the Parts with Unguent. Tutiae, or Ointment of lethargy.  
XLII. He also Baths in warm Water, rubbing the Body with Balls of Wheat-bran and Soap; which he continues for several days, till the Body seems to be clear. Sometimes he Baths in warm Water, wherein he dissolves a small quantity of corrosive Sublimate; and alternately uses Salivation for twenty or thirty days together, repeating the Salivation with Turpethum minerale and Vnguentum Neapolitanum by turns, till the surface of the whole Body is cleansed of all its Defilements.  
XLIII. From what hath been said it appears, that other Baths than that of fair Water may be used; as a Lixivium of Quicklime, Spiritus universalis made very weak, a Decoction of Flowers of Sulphur and Salt of Bohemian-tartar in fair Water, a Decoction of Hellebor-roots; a Solution of Saccharum Saturni, Nitre, or white Vitriol in fair Water; a Decoction of Tobacco, and the like.  
XLIV. These things altar the Humours very much, and overcome the Malignity almost to a wonder: but because they dry vehemently, therefore several Authors speak much against them.  
XLV. But there is no Argument against Experience. I know them to do good upon my own Experience; and there is nothing to be objected against them, but their great drying property: to remedy which, we prescribe: 1. To Bath with these kinds of Baths one time, and than with simple fair Water another time; and so to use them alternately. 2. After bathing with them, to anoint all the whole Body with Oil of Ben, rubbing it very well in; or using some other sweet and cooling Oil, or Ointment.   

CHAP. THIRTY-NINE. Of the ELEPHANTIASIS of a PART.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Elephantia, vel Elephantiasis Arabum; in English, The Elephantiasis of a Part.  
II Definition. It is a preternatural, irregular, and cancerous Tumour of the Feet; deforming them, and making them thick and bulky, not much unlike to Elephant's Feet.  
III The Causes. It is said to be caused originally from Varices, and to arise from Melancholic and Phlegmatic Blood; or rather, the Recrements of the Bloody-juice, settling upon the depending Parts; as the Legs, Ankles, Feet.  
IV. The Signs. Haly Abbas, in Theoric. lib. 8. cap. 18. saith, Vlcera quae in Pedibus & Cruribus siunt, Elephas vocantur; & Elephanticus Morbus Apostema est Melancholicum, quod in Cruribus fit & Pedibus; & ejus si●num est, quòd Pedis figura Elephanti figurae similis sit: viz. Those Ulcers which arise in the Feet and Legs are called Elephas; and the Elephantick Disease is a Melancholy Tumour or Swelling, arising in the Legs and Feet; and the sign thereof is this, that the shape or figure of the Foot, resembles the form of an Elephants Foot.  
V The Foot, or Leg, and sometimes both, become a very great irregular Tumour, and of an exceeding thickness: the Legs are tumid, and much swollen; very read sometimes, sometimes wan and livid, and sometimes black.  
VI And besides the irregularity, this Tumour is sometimes full of little Tubercles', and dry Scabs; and sometimes it is abounding with Ulcers.  
VII. And as to its magnitude, it is often so great and irregular, that not only the form of the Foot is lost, but also the Toes are so swallowed up and hidden, as they can scarcely, and sometimes not at all be seen.  
VIII. This kind of Disease you may often behold in Beggars, by the Highways, and corners of Streets; who get their Livelihood, by begging in those public and common places: I have often seen them as I have passed up and down Cheapside, London; lying in the passage, to move people's charity, as they gazed on them.  
IX. The Prognostics. It is difficultly cured without a long and continued course of Physic; and if it once becomes inveterate, it is for the most incurable: because that from all parts of the Body, abundance of Humours are protruded, and thrust down thither.  
X. The Cure. It is done by a long and continued evacuation of the Morbifick-matter, with those things we have before mentioned in the Cure of an Elephantiasis Graecorum, in the former Chapter.  
XI. For unless those vicious Humours be often evacuated, and emptied forth of the Body; and the evil disposition of the Bowels (from whence those Humours are supplied) be corrected and amended, there can be no hopes of a Cure.  
XII. The sum therefore of the Cure, consists in a long and continual course of Physic, as is proper for so contumacious and rebellious an Affect, and a perpetual evacuation of the Morbifick-matter; which can best be done with a course of Salivating only, and often to be repeated at due intervals of time.  
XIII. During the doing of which, the growth and increase of the Tumour is to be prevented, by Medicaments partly astringent and drying, and partly by Discussives and Resolvers, alternately used.  
FOURTEEN. Of which kind are, Bawm, Camomile, Elder-leaves, Fennel; roots of round Birthwort, Orrice; Gums, as Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, a Cataplasm of green Tobacco-leaves raised from Virginia-Seed, which is an admirable thing; an Amalgama of Saturn and Mercury, or Jupiter and Mercury, etc.  
XU. Among Compounds, there are Forestus his Cerate of Ammoniacum, Mynsicht his Emplastrum de Galbano crocatum, Vigo his Emplastr. de Ranis with a fourfold quantity of Mercury, a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, Vng. Nicotianae, Cosmeticum, ad Scabiem & Mercuriale, Empl. and Strumam, & Mercuriale, with many others of like kind.  
XVI. To these things, add proper Baths, and often Bathing; according to the Directions which we have given in the former Chapter; which are indeed not only often, but for a long time to be repeated.  
XVII. But if the Disease is so inveterate, as to be fixed and confirmed in the Part, as to be out of all hopes of Cure, you have nothing more to do, but constantly to apply palliative Remedies to the end of the Patient's life: unless he will admit of that last and absolute means, to wit, Amputation; which at once frees him from his Disease, and continued trouble together.    

VII. TUMOURS, Ex Partium decidentia.  

CHAP. XL. Of RUPTURES.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ramex, Ruptura, Hernia; and in English, a Rupture, or Bursteness.  
II The Kind's. The general kinds are three: viz. 1. Proper. 2. Common. 3. Remote: as we have declared in Lib. 1. Cap. 8. aforegoing, of this Book.  
III The Proper are threefold: 1. Hernia Intestinalis: 2. Hernia Inguinalis: 3. Hernia Omentalis. The Common are sevenfold: 1. Hernia Humoralis: 2. Hernia Seminalis, or Hernia Vasis deferentis: 3. Hernia Carnosa: 4. Hernia Varicosa: 5. Hernia Ventosa: 6. Hernia Aquosa. The Remote, are threefold; 1. Hernia Vmbilicalis. 2. Hernia Vterina. 3. Hernia Gutturalis.  
IV. Of the Proper, the Hernia Intestinalis is already treated of, both in Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 14. and in general terms, in this present Work, in lib. 1. cap. 8. of the common we have already handled; the Hernia Carnosa and Hernia Varicosa, in our said Synopsis, lib. 5. cap. 17. a Hernia Ventosa, in lib. 5. cap. 15. of the said Book, and in cap. 29. aforegoing of this present Work; a Hernia Aquosa, in lib. 5. cap. 16. of the said Synopsis, and in cap. 30. of this Book also; of the Remote, we have also handled; a Hernia Vmbilicalis, in Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 18. a Hernia Vterina, in lib. 5. cap. 72. of the same; and 1 Hernia Gutturalis, in cap. 26. foregoing, of this third Book of Our Surgery.  
V But in regard we have been very brief in our Discourses of the Hernia Intestinalis, and Umbilicalis in the places afore cited; and something is wanting in our treating of a Hernia Carnosa, we shall in this present Chapter resume the same again, supplying that here, which was defective there; and withal we shall now, treat of those other Hernia's of which in no other place, in any of our Works, we have said any thing at all; though they fall not so properly under the title of this Chapter.  
VI The thread than of the Discourse of this Chapter, will be concerning, 1. A Hernia Intestinalis. 2. A Hernia Inguinalis. 3. A Hernia Omentalis. 4. A Hernia Humoralis. 5. A Hernia Seminalis, or Hernia Vasis deferentis. 6. A Hernia Carnosa. 7. And a Hernia Vmbilicalis: of all which in order.  

I Hernia Intestinalis.  
VII. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Enterocele, Oscheocele, Hernia Intestinalis, Hernia in Scroto, Hernia Peritonaei; in English, a Rupture of the Peritonaeum, wherein the Guts fall into the Cod.  
VIII. It is either perfect, when the Guts fall quite into the Scrotum; or imperfect, when they fall down but part of the way, and this latter is called only a Relaxation.  
IX. The Peritonaeum is the Membrane that is either broken or relaxed, and lines all the inside of the Abdominal Muscles; than passing to the Back, does there involve, and give Coats to the Viscera: it is strong, and every where double; in the duplicatures of which, all the Viscera are hid, and through which all the Vessels do pass.  
X. The lower part of it is the strongest, to enable the Belly the better to bear the weight of the Intestines: and being every where double, admits not of a perforation, for the transmission of the Seminal-vessels; but does so receive them between its Coats, as that passing between the first Coat, leaves it every where entire, even both at Navel and Groin: in which latter place, the Seminals do take the outer Coat of the Peritonaeum along with them; which containing them in itself, does at length make that Tunicle which involves the Testicle, and is called Elytroïdes, or Tunica vaginalis.  
XI. Here than, if the inward Lamina, or Coat is strong, it keeps the Guts and Humours within the capacity of the Abdomen; so that though it is full of Water, yet it transmits' none into the Scrotum: for the watery Tumours of the Cod in Hydropical persons are generally Anasarcous; as coming outwardly into the Membranes of the Scrotum, and not passing from the cavity of the Abdomen thither.  
XII. But if this inward Lamina or Coat is through force, or any weakness broken or relaxt; than the Entrails are protruded to the Scrotum; and if broken in the top of the Process, the Bowels fall down into the lower parts of the Cod: but if the said top of the Process suffers only a relaxation, than the Membrane being extended contains the Guts, and that membranous Partition that lies between the Guts and Scrotum, is visible.  
XIII. The Causes. In Children it may proceed from much crudity or moisture, vehement crying, struggling, and holding their Breath too strongly.  
FOURTEEN. In elder persons it is caused from violent Exercise, jumping, leaping, vaulting, falling from a high place, blows, carrying great burdens, hard riding, vomiting, straining at stool, or exceeding great weight of the Bowels in fat People.  
XU. The Signs. If the Peritonaeum is broken, it is known by the sudden rise of the Tumour; whether made by blow, fall, overstraining, and the like; in which case, the Guts slide down into the Scrotum, or lie in a great Tumour in the Groin.  
XVI. If it is caused by a blow or fall, Blood is sometimes extravasated, and the Tumour is painful, whether in the Groin or Cod, and it soon falls from the Groin to the Cod; where, by laying your Hand upon the production of the Peritonaeum, just at its going forth from the Abdomen; and withal causing the Patient to sneeze or cough; you may distinguish it from a Sarcoma, or Hernia carnosa, by perceiving the motion of the Gut, when it is there.  
XVII. The Prognostics. In young Children it is easily cured, if carefully managed; but in youths, with more difficulty: if under twenty, or while growing, they are curable, though the Guts are fallen down into the Cod.  
XVIII. In people of full growth, the edges of the Peritonaeum seldom or never unite, because they many times grow callous: and if the Gut is not speedily reduced, grievous pain succeeds, with Colic and Fever, because of the detention of Excrements; from whence many times comes inflammation, vomiting of Excrements, yea sometimes Gangrene, and Death itself.  
XIX. If the Rupture is very large, the Guts many times do their duty, as safely in the Scrotum, as if they were in their true and natural places in the cavity of the Abdomen.  
XX. If it is only a relaxation of the Peritonaeum, as it is lest dangerous, so it is the easiest cured of them all.  
XXI. If a Hernia Intestinalis be neglected in Womenkind, it will make a round Tumour near the Pudenda.  
XXII. The Cure. In the first place, you must 'cause the Patient to lie upon his Back, and endeavour the reduction of the Gut; let his Head be declining, and his Hips raised high, causing his Heels to be drawn up to them.  
XXIII. Than with your Hands, and warm Clotheses, try to reduce it, by pressing moderately and gradually upon it; but taking care withal, that you do not hurt or bruise the Testicle.  
XXIV. If it will not yield to these, there being a repletion of hard Excrements, you must give Clysters of fat Broth, with much Salt; or Posset-drink lbi lbi. with brown Sugar ℥ iv. or the ordinary Turpentine-Clyster: or this; I● Fat Broth lbi lbi. brown Sugar ℥ two Aloesʒis. mix and dissolve, and exhibit it warm; which repeat, till the Bowels are emptied.  
XXV. In the mean season, foment the Scrotum with a Decoction of Camomile in Whitewine, applying hot Stuphs dipped in, and s●…eezed out of the Liquor; for some considerable time: and if the Excrements seem to be hardened therein, soften it, by applying after the Fomentation some emollient Cataplasm, made of Figs, Onions, Lily roots, and Mithridate.  
XXVI. The Guts being thus emptied, let them be reduced as before directed; and apply over the Part, Emplast. ad Herniam, or Our Empl. of an Oxgall: Or this; ℞ Loadstone in fine powder, Aloes, Dragons-blood, Bowl Armoniac, Terra sigillata, Crocus Martis astringens, Mastich, Olibanum, Sarcocolla, Frankincense, A. ℥ ss. Oxgalls evaporated to the consistence of an Extract, Turpentine, Wax, A. q.s. make an Emplaster; which apply, and renew it, when you found it will stick not longer.  
XXVII. Than bind up the Part with a Bag-truss, made with Bolsters stuffed with Cotton, and fitted with a steel Spring to keep the Bowels up, and all things close and firm. Or the Bolsters may be be fixed with steel Plates, having Worms and Screws therein; by which the Bolsters may be made to sit closer, or or more distant; and keep the Gut up, without pressing upon the Spermatick-vessels, or Os Pubis: and these may also be useful in an old Rupture, and where the hopes of Cure are vanished.  
XXVIII. Where the Rupture is very large, through the often falling down of the Bowels, a Bag-truss is to be proportioned, with a hole for the Penis to pass through; which is to be put on whilst the Patient is in Bed, and in a declining posture: by which means the falling down of the Bowels will be much hindered, and the Patient much eased in his going abroad; and if he is young and growing, may be in the possibility of getting a Cure.  
XXIX. Rest is of exceeding great advantage to the Sick; and therefore the Patient is required to keep his Bed 40 or 60 days: for by this means great Ruptures have been cured, to which all other means had been applied in vain, and the Patient accounted as desperate.  
XXX. And if the Patient has any need to sneeze, or cough; and upon going to stool, or any other violent motion, he aught to feel, and lay his Hand hard upon the place affected; that if there should be any danger of a Prolapse, or Relapse, it may thereby be prevented.  
XXXI. As for Internals, and the remaining part of the Cure, we refer you to Lib. 1. Cap. 8. of this Book; and to the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 14. aforementioned, where you may have abundant satisfaction: though after all, it is my belief that rest, lying in bed, and a good Truss contribute more to the Cure, than all other things in the World, whether inwardly given, or outwardly applied.  
XXXII. For things inwardly given can never come to the Part, but pass with the Ordure through the Bowels, without making any stay there: unless the virtue of the Specific, by mixing itself with the Chylous Juice, and so joining with the Blood, does by circulation approach thereto, when it is consigned for the nourishment of the Part. Which Consideration, in my opinion, signifies not much to the Cure; but only makes the Bloody and Nutritious Juices somewhat more consolidative and agglutinating.  
XXXIII. Nor can things outwardly applied come directly to the Part hurt, any more than the other; there being the Scarf-skin, Skin, Flesh, Membranes, etc. between, and interposing between the substance of the Agglutinatives and the Rupture itself.  
XXXIV. If the Compress or Bolster sits uneasy, let a Quilt be made to lie under it, or brown Paper doubled, and soaked in Smith's Forge-water, wherein some Astringents have been boiled; by which the Truss will sit the easier, and the better retain the torn or relaxed parts together, for their more speedy agglutination.  
XXXV. But if the Gut by reason of its long prolapsion, and the Excrements being hardened therein, cannot be reduced by the methods before prescribed; let the Patient be put into a half Bath, keeping on the Bag-truss the while: after which, coming out of the Bath let him be set on his Head, or carried with his Head downwards; by which means many times the prolapsed Bowels are often reduced.  
XXXVI. But if yet all endeavours should prove ineffectual, and the Patient's Life is in apparent danger; which is manifest by manifold Vomitings, Sickness at Stomach, Inflation of the Belly, through the Patient's not going to stool; it is better doubtless than to lay open the Production, whilst there is strength; than to let the miserable Patient perish under the force of his Disease: since the Operation may be done without any matter of difficulty or danger.  
XXXVII. The way of doing it is thus. Lay the Patiented flat on his Back, on a Table or Form, and bind him thereon; than make incision upon the upper part of the Scrotum, to the Production of the Peritonaeum; which must also be divided, without touching the Guts or Omentum: than pass in a Cannula, like the common Director, but as large as a Goose-quill, which put into the cavity under the Process of the Peritoneum upwards, avoiding the Guts: than make an incision of such a length as may be sufficient to put your Fingers into the Scrotum, and raise the Intestines and Omentum, which than reduce into their natural places within the cavity of the Abdomen.  
XXXVIII. The Bowels being thus reduced, you must stitch up the Wound, as in a Wound of the Abdomen, taking up with your Needle so much of the Production as may shut up the Cavity, and hinder the falling down again of the Bowels. This done, you must Cure the Wound, as we shall hereafter show in Lib. 4. following, where we treat of Wounds of the Belly; this being not so large or dangerous, as many of them are.  
THIRTY-NINE. There are many other ways of doing this Operation, two of which are by Incision; the first of which divides the length of the Process, laying the Seminal Vessels bore: the other is Castration. There is another way, which is by Puncture, taught by Paraeus; and two other ways also, the one by the Actual Cautery, the other by the Potential: but as they are all of difficult performance, with much hazard, and great cruelty; so we never meet with a Patient which will submit to any of those ways of Cure; for which reason sake, we here totally omit them.   

II Hernia Inguinalis.  
XL. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Bubonocele, and Hernia Inguinalis; in English, A Rupture in the Groin.  
XLI. This is also either perfect, when the Peritonaeum or Rim as they call it, is absolutely broken: or imperfect, when it is only stretched or extended.  
XLII. It is a Tumour in the Groin, either of the Guts, or of the Omentum: the latter of which we shall speak of under the next Head.  
XLIII. The Causes. The Procatartick or remote Causes, are violent Exercises, falls from high places, blows, strokes, leaping, wrestling, riding hard, crying, vomiting, coughing, etc.  
XLIV. The Antecedent Causes, are viscous and flatulent Humours, in great abundance, with a great repletion of the Belly.  
XLV. The Cause in Women, is many times a dilatation of the Membrane in Travel; or because of a transition of the Ligamenta Vteri teretia, which pass between the Laminae or duplicature of the Peritonaeum, after the same manner as the Seminal Vessels do in Men.  
XLVI. The Signs. If there is a Rupture of the Peritonaeum, the Tumour is the greater, more difficult to be reduced; and in the reduction, you may many times hear a little kind of noise.  
XLVII. But if it is only relaxed or extended, it is known by the smallness of the Swelling, and its more easy reduction with the Fingers.  
XLVIII. The Prognostics. Where it is broken, it is of difficult cure; Children and growing people may be cured; Old people never.  
XLIX. If the Rupture is large, and the Intestines come much forth, and has been long unreduced; being filled either with Wind, or hardened Excrements, or both, the reduction will be difficult and painful, and sometimes hazardous to the Life of the Patient.  
L. The relaxed Membrane is much more easily cured; as we hinted in the same case, in a Rupture in Scroto.  
LIVELY The Cure. First use Fomentations, emollient and discutient Cataplasms; and than strive to reduce it with your Fingers.  
LII. After which, apply a Catagmatick, or an Astringent or Agglutinative Emplaster; which keep close to it, with either a Whale-bone, or Steel Truss, made with fit Bolsters for the compression of the Tumour; as is taught in the foregoing Discourse.  
LIII. Inwardly give Vulneraries, and strong Agglutinatives; and let the Patiented rest, and be quiet, keeping his bed for 40 or 50 days; performing the rest of the Cure exactly as in an Oscheocele, before described.   

III Hernia Omentalis.  
LIU. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Epiplocele, Hernia Zirbalis, and Hernia Omentalis; in English, A Rupture of the Peritonaeum, wherein the Omentum or Caul breaks forth.  
LU. This is twofold; 1. Into the Groin. 2. Into the Cod: and these are both of them either a complete Rupture of the Membrane, or a relaxation of the same.  
LVI. The Causes are the same with the Hernia Intestinalis; whether it is Oscheocele or Bubonocele.  
LVII. The Signs. It is known by its softness, inequality, and slipperiness of the Tumour: it is also of a continued bigness, whether the Patient is full or empty.  
LVIII. The Prognostics. It is not dangerous: yet by reason of its softness and slipperiness, it is, after reducing, difficultly retained within it, proper place; but in Children, it is of easy cure.  
LIX. And it is more easily cured in such Bodies whose Habits are humid and sanguine, than in such as are dry and melancholic: but if the Tumour is small and recent, and only in the Groin, the Cure is not difficult, be the Habit of the Body what it william.  
LX. The Cure. Whether it is in the Cod or in the Groin, the Method of Cure is exactly the same with the Hernia Intestinalis, and Hernia Inguinalis aforegoing: Rest, Lying-abed, and a good Truss being the chief: so that no more need be said here.   

IV. Hernia Humoralis.  
LXI. It is called Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Hernia humoralis; in English, An Humoral Tumour of the Cod.  
LXII. Concerning this Tumour, Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. par. 9 sect. 1. cap. 7. hath these words: Recentiores hîc adhuc unam Herniae speciem addunt, quam Humoralem vocant, eámque ab omnibus Humoribus, exceptâ Boil, provenire statuunt. Verùm si à Sanguine sit hic Tumour, & quidem cum Inflammatione, pertin●t ad Inflammationem Scroti & Testium, de qua supra dictum: viz. Modern Physicians (says he) do here to these add one other species of a Hernia, which they call a Humoral Hernia; and make the same to proceed from all Humours, Choler only excepted. Now if this Tumour proceeds from Blood, with Inflammation, it is a Phlegmon of the Cod and Testicles; of which before.  
LXIII. From this of Sennertus it appears, that a Hernia humoralis is nothing more nor lesle, but a Phlegmon of the Cod and Testicles; which may be either simple, or an Oedematodes, if Phlegm is mixed with it.  
LXIV. The Causes. These are the same with other Phlegmons, of which we have treated at large in Chap. 5. aforegoing of this Book.  
LXV. The Signs. It is known by the Tumour, Colour, Heat, Pain; and other Symptoms of an Inflammation.  
LXVI. The Prognostics. It is a Disease long in curing, the Part being cold and membranous; sometimes it discusses and resolves, sometimes it comes to Suppuration; if it continues long, it is of dangerous consequence, for it corrupts the Testicle.  
LXVII. Cure. First, the Cure is to be attempted by Discussives and Resolutives; and than gentle Purging, with Bleeding, aught to be administered: the Sick may also be purged by proper Clysters, which are often to be repeated: a Vomit with Turpethum minerale, is good.  
LXVIII. And in this Cure, as in the other Hernia's, Rest, with lying in Bed, are material Expedients; together with a Bag-Truss to hold up the Testicles, and such other Medicaments as the nature and accidents of the Tumour require.  
Lxix But if you found it will not discuss nor resolve, you must change the Applications, and use 〈◊〉 things as will promote the Suppuration; than make incision in the side of the Cod, after cleanse the Ulcer, and consolidate the Wound, exactly as we have taught in the Cure of a Phlegmon: so that nothing more need be said of that matter in this place.  
LXX. If afterwards there remains a hardness, you must resolve it by Discussives and Emollients; as Avicen advises: ℞ Crumbs of houshold-wheaten Bread, boil them in Oxymel, and add a sixth part of Gum Ammoniacum; which mix, and boil to the thickness of a Cataplasm: apply it warm, and remove it twice every day.   

V Hernia Seminalis.  
LXXI. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Spermatocele, Hernia Vasis deferentis, Hernia Seminalis; and in English, A Tumour of the Cod, proceeding from an Afflux of the Seed.  
LXXII. The Kind's. It is twofold: 1. Spermatocele, or Hernia Vasis deferentis; when the Vasques deferens falls twisted into the Scrotum. 2. When there is a great afflux of the Seed to the Testicles, in persons abounding with that Humour.  
LXXIII. The Causes. The Procatartick Cause, is high Feeding of things greatly nourishing, Idleness, and Dalliance. The Antecedent Cause, is Seed not being timely or sufficiently evacuated. And the Conjoined Cause, is Seed contained in, and distending the the Vasques deferens, and other Seminal Vessels.  
LXXIV. The Signs. It is known, by feeling where the Vasques deferens is fallen into the Cod; in the latter case, it is more difficult to know: the person is at first extremely lecherous, and desirous of Coition.  
LXXV. But that failing, the Testicles begin to swell, and the Tumour gradually increases, with a dull kind of pain, and heaviness of the Cod: this still increasing, puts the Patient to a trouble in going.  
LXXVI. And as the Tumour increase, the pain increases. At the first, the Scrotum is lank, and one Testicle feels tumified and swelled: and though possibly, both Testicles may be swelled in this Disease, yet the Affect seldom seizes more than one Stone; which is for the most part the left, but sometimes the right only.  
LXXVII. And if no stop be put to the Disease, the Cod grow to an incredible bigness. I once saw a Hernia Seminalis, which was bigger than any Ostriches Egg, as big as little Child's Head; which being opened by Incision, it discharged nearly a quart of Seed, or some other thin Humour, not much unlike whites of Eggs.  
LXXVIII. The Prognostics. It is of difficult cure, unless recent: but if inveterate, and the Tumour is very great, it is cured with much trouble and pains, and seldom without Section.  
LXXIX. Where the Disease has been of long standing, though the Patient meets with a Cure, yet it leaves the Part so weak, that it is apt to return again; unless great care is taken in preventing it.  
LXXX. The Cure. If it is from the Vasques deferens falling down twisted into the Cod: let the Patient lie backwards, and with your Hands you will easily reduce it, without any farther inconvenience in it.  
LXXXI. The Method of Curing hath nothing peculiar in itself; but you must contrive such Bands, as may keep reduced the fallen down Parts, in their right places, without hurting the sound ones.  
LXXXII. But in this, as in an Enterocele, Rest, keeping Bed for some time, and a straight Bag-truss, are of essential moment.  
LXXXIII. If it is in the latter case, whilst it is recent, if the Man be unmarried, Marriage aught to be proposed; because that effectually takes away the Conjoined Cause.  
LXXXIV. Than due Purging, both upwards and downwards; and to be reiterated every day, or every other day many times, according to the strength of the Patient, till there is an apparent diminution of the Tumour.  
LXXXV. You may Vomit with Vinum benedictum, or Tartar emetic; but nothing is equal in this case to Turpethum minerale, which is to be often repeated: afterwards, or between while, let the Patient purge with Catharticks, which evacuate the Pituitous Humour.  
LXXXVI. And outwardly, Discussives and Resolutives are to be applied: but this only while the Disease is recent, and the Tumour small, together with rest and ease, and a straight Bag-truss.  
LXXXVII. But if the Tumour is grown so great, as that none of the other things will have any effect, there will be than a necessity of doing the Work by Section; thereby to discharge the Part of the abounding Humour, as in the Case before mentioned we have declared: afterwards the aforegoing Methods must be pursued, and the Wound healed up, as before declared.  
LXXXVIII. But it aught not to 〈◊〉 perfectly healed up, but a 〈◊〉 is to be left in the bottom of● the Scrotum; which is to be k●…pt open either with a Cannula, or a Tent, for some considerable time; till the ultimate of the Matter is drawn forth, and the Testicle, and whole Part, seem to be restored to their due form and strength: otherwise a Relapse is to be feared, and than the work will be to be done over again.   

VI Hernia Carnosa.  
LXXXIX. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Sarcocele, Ramex carnosus, Hernia carnosa; and in English, A Fleshy Rupture of the Cod.  
XC. Definition. It is a Sarcoma, or lump of Flesh growing to, or round about the Testicle; which in outward appearance is hard, and many times of a Scirrhous nature or disposition.  
XCI. The Causes. It is caused from a Rupture of some of the Capillary Vessels of the Part, by which Blood flows more than ordinarily to the Testicles and Cod; which not being protruded in to the Capillary Mouths of the Veins, is by the Plastick-power converted into the substance of the Flesh.  
XCII. The Signs. Thou it is possible to affect both Testicles, yet it commonly seizes but one, and that, Authors will have to be the right; because Nature does more easily cast out the Blood to it, by the Seminal Vein, springing from the Vena Cava.  
XCIII. It grows by little and little, the Testicle growing every where greater; and is known by a hard Swelling, which may be felt with the Fingers; sometimes with a little pain, but many times without any pain at all, especially if it is Scirrhous.  
XCIV. It is distinguished from a Rupture of the Peritonaeum, or Guts; because in this, there is no swelling in the Groin, as there is always in that.  
XCV. The Prognostics. It is of difficult cure, though it be recent; but uncurable, if inveterate; unless it be done by Section.  
XCVI. If it has been indeed of long continuance, and grown very great; it is apt to degenerate into a Scirrhus, or Cancer; according to the habit of the Body, and disposition of the Humour abounding.  
XCVII. The Differences. It is twofold: 1. One, in which the Sarcoma, or fleshy substance sticks close to the Testicle, and cannot be separated, without taking away Testicle and all. 2. Another, in which the Sarcoma completely involves the Testicles; but is round about lose from it, so that it may be separated and cut of, without any hurt to the Stone itself.  
XCVIII. The Cure. While it is recent and very young, the Patient is to Purge often, and also Vomit; which is more especially performed by Turpethum minerale, which is indeed accounted as a Specific in this case: afterwards, powder of Restharrow-roots, and Opiates are to be given every night.  
XCIX. And outwardly, things repercussive and drying are to be applied; or Empl. de Ranis, with a fourfold quantity of Mercury, or our Empl. Mercuriale.  
C. Anointing with Mercurial Ointments also is good, over which you may apply Ceratum de Galbano, Ceratum nigrum, Ceratum de Spermate Ceti, or Ceratum ad Tophos, which exceeds them all.  
CI. And besides these, the Emplastrum Mercuriale before mentioned, Our Empl. ad Strumam, and Empl. Arthriticum, we commend upon our own experience; also Our Diachylon with Gums, where it is but just begun.  
CII. Add to all these things, a Bag-truss, which may tie up the Testicle very strait; rest also, and lying in bed for 6 or 7 Weeks, without which, nothing at all will be done.  
CIII. But when it is manifest, that no Physical means, whether internal or external will do, you must than positively attempt the Cure by Manual Operation: and in doing this, you must consider whether the Sarcoma is fixed to the Testicle, or hangs lose from it.  
CIV. If the fleshy substance is fixed fast to the Testicle, so as it cannot be separated, 'tis certain, that if you design a Cure, you must come forthwith to Castration; (those other courses with Escaroticks, being both painful, troublesome, and dangerous) the Method of which we have plainly taught in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 17. sect. 18, 19, 20.  
CV. But if the Sarcoma be free from the Testicle, and the Testicle hangs lose in it, (as for the most part it does) than having opened the Testicle longways, you must gently draw forth the Sarcoma, with the Stone itself: and with a very sharp Knife you must carefully make incision through the fleshy substance; but with this caution, that you do not in the lest touch the Testicle itself.  
CVI This done, with your Fingers turn out the Testicle; and cut the Sarcoma, slitting it upwards, (on the same side you made the Incision) as high as you can: than holding the Testicle upwards, (which is to be done by an Assistant) let the Artist take all the Sarcoma into his left Hand underneath, and draw it forth as far as he can conveniently; and he will found the whole substance to hung upon a kind of Membrane, from which he may separate the Sarcoma, by an Incision-knife in his right Hand, at one single cut: than replacing the Testicle, he may heal it up as an ordinary Wound.  
CVII. A Cure of this kind was done upon a Patient of mine, about three or four years since: it was a Frenchman who did the Operation; and though the Patient despaired of his Life, the French Chirurgeon did it with such an assurance, that in about three minutes of time the Section was completed, and not with the loss of two ounces of Blood, nor did the Man himself at all cry out: after which, the Wound was healed in about a week's time, and the Patient restored to his perfect health. Where note, the Sarcoma here cut out, weighed four pounds and a half, good weight.   

VII. Hernia Vmbilicalis.  
CVIII. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Omphalocele, & Hernia Umbilicalis; in English, A Rupture of the Navel.  
CIX. It is a breach of the Peritonaeum by the Navel, by which the Intestines or Omentum, are thrust forth.  
CX. The Cause. The Procatartick Cause is external violence, falls, blows, coughing, crying, great straining at stool, vomiting, or otherwise, etc. The Antecedent Cause, is a weakness of that part of the Membrane. And the Conjoined Cause, is the Rupture or Breach itself.  
CXI. The Kind's. It is twofold: 1. That in which the Intestines themselves strut forth. 2. That in which the Omentum or Caul is protruded.  
CXII. The Signs. It is known by the diversity of the Matter therein: if the Intestine come forth, the Tumour is soft, unequal, and is put back into the capacity of the Abdomen, with some noise or rumbling.  
CXIII. But if it is the Omentum fallen into it, the Tumour is soft, and of the same colour with the rest of the Skin.  
CXIV. The Prognostics. If it is recent, and in growing People, it is more easily cured: but if it is in elder people, and inveterate, it is either incurable, or with much difficulty.  
CXV. If it is only distended, not broken, the Cure is the more easy: but if it is broken, and the Rupture large, it will be the more hard to heal.  
CXVI. The Cure. Let the Patient abstain from all violent Exercises; rest, and for some time lie in bed; as also forbear all flatulent Meats and Drinks, or Fruits which engender Wind.  
CXVII. Than the Sick being laid upon their Back, make a reduction of the Protrusion; and apply over it Emplast. ad Herniam, Catagmaticum, or some other glutinative or astringent Medicine, with a good Truss, Bolsters, and Bandage.  
CXVIII. If these things do 〈◊〉, but the Sick seems to be uncurable, unless it be done by Manual Operation; we will here show you the Method of doing it, according to Celsus; by Surgery, or Manual Operation.  
CXIX. Lay the Patient upon his Back, that the Intestine, or Omentum protruded, may be put back again: than take hold of the Navel with a pair of Pincers, and draw it forwards; than pass quite through it at the Basis a Needle with two single Silk-Threds uncoloured; after which cut of the Thread by the Needles-eye, and tying the ends together, bind the root of the Navel lifted up, or pulled forwards, very strongly; that the part of it above the Ligature may dye, and fall away.  
CXX. But Fabricius ab Aquapendente, likes not so well of the former unpleasing Operation; and proposes therefore to do it rather with a Truss, which he hath often proved; applying a Glutinative Emplaster, or binding Cerate spread upon Leather. This Truss was made of double Dimity, or Linnen-cloth: on the part of which that covers the Navel, was a caveous Plate made like to a round Cake; in the centre of which was a little round knob of Lint, which goes into the breach or dilatation of the Navel; to hinder the protruding Matter from coming forth again; upon which knob of Lint was placed the aforementioned Cerate: the Truss was than applied, and the Abdomen bound straight enough: from the Truss, went Bands to pass over the Shoulders, to hinder it from falling down; and Straps on the lower part of it, to go underneath the Cod, to keep it from rising up.  
CXXI. An Observation. One thirty years old, and of a fat gross Body, had a Hernia Umbilicalis, the bigness or breadth of the palm of a Hand: he had worn the common Navel-trusses, which sat not steady, but pinched him there, nor kept up the Rupture; his Belly being very great, and likely to suffer a greater Rupture, if the weight of it was not timely born up. He had a Bracer made, to lace in his whole Belly; under which a Bolster might be placed on the Navel; it reached from the Pubes to the Cartilago ensiformis, and laced behind: under this Empl. ad Herniam was put, with a quilted Bolster, wrought upon Sole-leather, which was tacked to the Bracer. Wiseman.  
CXXII. One of a full Body who had a Hernia Umbilicalis, through a defect in Bandage had it much increased, with excoriation of the Skin; the Rupture in the Peritonaeum was great, and the Omentum and Guts had made their way to the external Skin of the Abdomen, which was worn very thin. The Excoriation was dressed with Vng. Tutiae, etc. and a soft Compress applied between the Quilt and Emplaster; and a Belly-piece was made, to bear the weight, and retain the compression. Afterwards a Bracer was made with a Bolster, to sit under the Belly-piece, which retained the Rupture; and the Paient went daily abroad. Wiseman. See more of this matter, in Lib. 1. cap. 8. sect. 35, and 39 aforegoing, of this Work.     
EXPLICIT LIBER TERTIUS.   

ARS CHIRURGICA. Liber Quartus. OF WOUNDS.  
The ARGUMENT.  
I Of Wounds in General. II Of External Vulneraries. III Of Internal Vulneraries. IV. Of an Hemorrhage in Wounds. V Of Extraneous things in Wounds. VI Of Stitching Wounds. VII. Of Binding up Wounds. VIII. Of Accidents in Wounds; as Pain, Indigestion, Fainting, Convulsions, Palsy. IX. Of a Flux of Humours. X. Of Hypersarcosis, or Proud Flesh XI. Of Wounds of Arteries and Veins. XII. Of the Nerves and Tendons; by Bruising, Pricking, Cutting. XIII. Of the Ligaments. FOURTEEN. Of the Limbs. XU. Of the Joints. XVI. Wounds with Contusion. XVII. Wounds by Biting of Poisonous Creatures; as Mad-dogs, Vipers, etc. XVIII. Wounds made with Poisonous Weapons. XIX. Wounds by Gunshot in General. XX. Accidents in Gunshot Wounds. XXI. Gunshot Wounds in the Thorax. XXII. Gunshot Wounds in the Belly. XXIII. Gunshot Wounds in the Limbs or Joints. XXIV. Burn and Scaldings. XXV. Wounds of the Head without the Scull. XXVI. Wounds of the Temporal Muscles. XXVII. Of the meanings of the Brain. XXVIII. Of the Brain. XXIX. Of the Face. XXX. Of the Eyes. XXXI. Of the Ears. XXXII. Of the Nose. XXXIII. Of the Mouth and Tongue. XXXIV. Of the Neck. XXXV. Of the Windpipe and Gullet. XXXVI. Of the Vessels of the Thorax. XXXVII. Of the Breast and Heart. XXXVIII. Of the Back, and Spinal Marrow. THIRTY-NINE. Of the Lungs. XL. Of the Liver and Spleen. XLI. Of the Stomach. XLII. Of the Belly. XLIII. Of the Guts. XLIV. Of the Reinss. XLV. Of the Bladder. XLVI. Of the Womb. XLVII. Of the Yard. XLVIII. Of the Fingers and Toes.  

CHAP. I Of WOUNDS in General.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, plu. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus, plu. Vulnera; and in English, a Wound, Wounds.  
II The Definition. A Wound is the Solution of Continuity or Unity; new, bloody, and without putrefaction, made by external force: and this, as Joel saith, may be by erosion, incision, cutting of, puncture, biting, impulsion, contusion, fraction, rapture, distension, contusion, collision, and the opening of a closed Orifice.  
III Differences. 1. The first Difference arises from the place wounded; and so a Wound is said to be External, happening to any external part of the Body: or Internal, happening, and penetrating into the Viscera; as the Brain, Stomach, Lungs, Heart, Liver, Spleen, Guts, Reinss, Bladder, Womb, and the like.  
IV. 2. The second Difference arises from the accidents of a Wound, and so it is said to be simple or complex: a Simple Wound is that to which no other Disease, or Symptom is joined, and without contusion or loss of Substance. A Complex Wound, is that which is compounded with some other Disease; as fracture, dislocation, etc. or some other Symptoms, as contusion, loss of substance, intemperature, ill conformation of the Part wounded, rotting, inflammation, flux of Humours, proud Flesh, etc.  
V 3. The third Difference arises from the Effect, or Event; according to which a Wound is said to be, 1. Safe, and of easy cure; which happens to the Skin, and fleshy parts. 2. Malign, and of difficult cure; which happens to the Nerves, Ligaments, Bones, and several of the Bowels. 3. Mortal; which are such as hap to the Brain, Heart, Lungs, Liver, Diaphragma, etc.  
VI 4. The fourth Difference arises from the manner of inflicting it, or the variety of the Weapon wounding: and so it is, 1. By Chopping or Cutting with a sharp-edged Tool. 2. By a Puncture, with a sharppointed Instrument. 3. By a Bullet shot out of a Gun. 4. By Biting, with the Teeth of Man or Beast. 5. By Stinging of Bees, Wasps, Hornets, etc. 6. By Falling from an High place, or from an Horse. 7. By Contusion with a blunt Instrument; wherein the Skin may be either broken, or not broken. 8. By Burning with Live-coals, or other things red-hot 9 Scaldings with Water, Oil, Pitch, Tar, running Lead, etc. 10. By application of Caustick Medicaments.  
VII. 5. The fifth Difference is taken from the Part wounded: and so one Wound is said to be of the Head, another of the Eyes, another of the Nose; others of the Arms, Back, Breast, Belly, Sides, Liver, Spleen, Womb, Bladder, Legs, Feet, Nerves, Ligaments, Joints.  
VIII. 6. The sixth Difference is taken from the Site of the Wound: from whence it is said to be, 1. Right, according to the Longitude of the Part: or 2. Transverse, according to the Latitude of the Part: or 3. Obliqne, which is in a medium, between the other two.  
IX. The Causes. And these are all sorts of External Instruments, or other matters, which by accident or otherwise, are able to make a Solution of Continuity or Unity: from whence, that made with a Sharp-edged Instrument, is called a Cut; with a Pointed Instrument, a Stab; with a Club, by a Blow, a Contusion.  
X. Signs. 1. A Wound of the Arteries is known by the Blood coming forth; which is yellowish, hot, and thin; flowing forth violently, and with leaping.  
XI. 2. A Wound of the Veins, chief of the greater, is known by its bleeding thick and read Blood; coming forth constantly and smoothly, without leaping.  
XII. 3. If the great Arteries and Veins of the Thorax are hurt, there is an immoderate flux of Blood, want of Sense, cold Sweats, Swooning, and Death follows, often in a few Hours.  
XIII. 4. If the Nerves are wounded, it is known, 1. From the Place; Anatomy showing in what Members the chief Nerves are inserted. 2. From the great Pain, causing Pulsation, Inflammation, Convulsion, and Frenzy: except the Nerve be cut in sunder, and than the Symptoms are not so vehement.  
FOURTEEN. 5. If the Recurrent Nerves are wounded, there follows loss of Speech, Sense, and Motion, without recovery.  
XU. 6. If the Tendons are wounded, the Signs and Symptoms are much the same, as when the Nerve is wounded; and are chief distinguished by the place.  
XVI. 7. If the Ligaments, and Membranes covering the Bones, viz. the Periosteum and Pericranium are wounded; the Signs are the same almost, as if the Nerves and Tendons were wounded, but the Symptoms are not full out so vehement.  
XVII. 8. A Wound near the Joints, gives fear that a Tendon is hurt; because the Tendons terminate near the Joints.  
XVIII. 9 A Poisoned Wound is known by vehement Pain, and a livid colour; becoming suddenly black, having Symptoms more violent than might be expected, from the quality of the Wound, as Burning over the whole Body, Faint-ing, Swooning, Trembling Frenzy, etc.  
XIX. 10. The biting of a Mad-dog, is accompanied with anger, complaining, sadness, discontent, Vertigo, distension of the Members, foaming in the Fits, gnawing of the Stomach, abhorring of Meat and Drink, fearfulness of Water.  
XX. 11. Gunshot Wounds are accompanied with Contusion, Pain, Inflammation, Trembling, Convulsion, and sometimes with Gangrene and Sphacelus.  
XXI. 12. If the meanings of the Brain are wounded, there are most sharp Pains; especially upon the moving of the Jaws, with frequent vomiting, and sobbings, or sigh, and a profusion of Blood.  
XXII. 13. If the substance of the Brain is wounded, Blood comes forth many times by the Nose and Ears; with vomiting Choler, voiding of Excrements, a ghastly Face, senselesness, and a Fever: and in a little time after, Convulsion, Delirium, or Raving, and Death.  
XXIII. 14. If the Marrow of the Backbone is wounded, there is a Convulsion, which takes away sense and motion, senseless evacuations of Excrements, Putrefaction, and Death.  
XXIV. 15. If the Gullet is wounded, there's difficult of breathing and swallowing, with Hiccough, and a vomiting of Choler, Meat and Drink.  
XXV. 16. If the Lungs are wounded, the Blood issuing forth is yellowish, and frothy; with a Cough, difficulty of breathing, and pain on the wounded side, yet lying thereon, is easiest.  
XXVI. 17. If the Heart is wounded, there comes forth Blood thick and black, Pulse weak, Face pale, universal Tremble, cold Sweats, Swooning, and in short time, Death.  
XXVII. 18. If the Breast is wounded, the Air comes out at the Wound; and the Patient finds the taste of things applied to the Wound, in his Mouth.  
XXVIII. 19 If the Stomach is wounded, there follows Vomiting, Swooning, Fainting, Sickness at Heart, and Death.  
XXIX. 20. If the Membranous part of the Diaphragma is wounded, the Flank draws up, pain is in the middle of the Back, difficulty of breathing, coughing, acute Fever, raving, and death: but if it is hurt in the Fleshy part only, there is hope of life.  
XXX. 21. If the Liver is wounded, there is vomiting, flux of Blood, pain, continual Fever, raving, Convulsions, cold Sweats, Swoonings, and at last, Death.  
XXXI. 22. If the Spleen is hurt, the same Symptoms appear, but on the contrary side: yet we have seen the Spleen cut out of a living Dog, and the Dog to recover, and live many years after it.  
XXXII. 23. If the Intestines or Guts are hurt, or wounded, the Excrements come through the Wound.  
XXXIII. 24. If the Loins are wounded, they breathe with difficulty, voided frothy Blood at the Mouth and Wound, and cave, having a high colour.  
XXXIV. 25. If the Reinss or Kidneys are wounded, there is a suppression of Urine, pain in the Groin and Testicles, pissing Blood, great Swelling, and danger of Death.  
XXXV. 26. If the Bladder is wounded, the same Symptoms with the former appear, unless the Nervous part is hurt; than vomiting, voiding Urine at the Wound, loss of Sense, and lastly, Death itself ensues.  
XXXVI. 27. If the Womb is wounded, there is great pain in the Hips and Thighs, and a flux of Blood, with loss of Speech, Reason, and Sense, and at last Death.  
XXXVII. The Symptoms. The Symptoms follow, for the most part, according to the nature of the Parts wounded; which in the Cure of Wounds, are not lesle to be regarded than the Wound itself.  
XXXVIII. And as we have in several other places taught, that almost no Disease, no Tumour preternatural, no Ulcer can be well cured; except first a regard be had to the Symptoms conjoined; either to diminish, or take them away. So also, the same thing is to be understood in the curing of Wounds.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Symptoms in Wounds are manifold; but the most material are, 1. Hemorrhage. 2. Pain. 3. Inflammation. 4. An Erysipelas. 5. Indigestion of serous Humours, which is made of good Blood, or Lympha converted thereinto; for want of good binding, or application of proper Medicaments. 6. A Fever. 7. Fainting. 8. Convulsion and Delirium. 9 Palsy. 10. Gangrene, or putrefaction of the Part.  
XL. As to an Hemorrhage, it not only hinders the Cure, but also weakens the Body, and brings Death, if it is not suddenly stopped; which in the greater Vessels, especially the Arteries, is very hard to do: for which cause, those Wounds are for the most part mortal; since Medicines which stop Blood are too weak, and hard ligature may endanger a Gangrene.  
XLI. The Prognostics. Before we go about the Cure of a Wound, we aught to judge whether it is curable, or incurable: and if Curable, whether the Cure will be easy or difficult, and will take up a shorter or longer time. And when Curable, whether the Patient will have his perfect soundness restored; or suffer by the hurt of the action of some other part.  
XLII. For a Tendon being cut asunder, it oftentimes happens, that the Motive-faculty of some Part is wholly lost; the meanings being wounded, the Memory or Rational-faculty is thereby hurt, etc.  
XLIII. Again, whether it is absolutely mortal; or it be not more probable, that it will degenerate into some long-continuing Ulcer, which may induce a Marcor or Consumption, and at length, Death.  
XLIV. If therefore you would make true Prognostics of Wounds, you must consider, 1. The Part affected, its dignity, substance temperature, situation, number, and use of the Part.  
XLV. 2. The Adjuncts of the Wound; which are its magnitude, figure, situation, symptoms; and whether simple, or complicate with some other Disease, as French-pox, Dropsy, etc.  
XLVI. 3. The Habit of the Body; whether it is good and healthful, or evil and cachectick, scorbutic, strumatick, hydropic, plethoric, cacochymick, intemperate, gross, or consumptive, etc.  
XLVII. If therefore a Wound is made in a noble Part, which is continually in motion, and the fountain or original of some Faculty, and that it is large or deep, and accompanied with evil Symptoms, in an evil habit of Body, it is generally mortal.  
XLVIII. Whereas a Wound made in some ignoble Part, or remote from the principal Parts, in a place where the loss may be suffered, and the Wound itself not very big, nor having many ill Symptoms, nor in an evil or scorbutic habit of Body, is generally without danger.  
XLIX. Wounds of the Heart do of all others most speedily bring on Death: because the Heart is a noble part, and the Storehouse of Vital Spirits, and innate heat: which being extinguished, either by Suffocation, or Dissipation, Death immediately ensues: if the Wound penetrates into the Ventricles of the Heart, especially, to the left, the Patient of necessity dies quickly: but if the Wound terminates in the substance of the Heart, life may be continued for a while, but Death will be the end of the Work.  
L. Wounds of the Brain are in like manner deadly, if they penetrate to the Basis: because it is a principal Part, the Fountain of the Animal-faculty, in continual motion, Inflammation and a sharp Fever ensuing. But if it is superficial only, it is than said to be dangerous, because it is a principal Part; but with hopes of Recovery, because its soft substance admits of speedy consolidation.  
LIVELY Wounds of the Lungs, with hurt some of the Vessels; as the Vena arteriosa, in that part of the Lungs next the Heart, are mortal: for that out of them a great quantity of Blood is poured forth unto the Heart, overwhelming it, and suffocating the heat thereof: other Wounds of the Lungs are not mortal.  
LII. Wounds in any of the greater Vessels, which cannot by any Art be closed up, are mortal; for that through pouring forth of great quantities of Blood (whether from Veins or Arteries) there will be of necessity a speedy suffocation of the wounded person.  
LIII. Wounds of the Eye, penetrating through it to the Brain, are mortal: for there is great inflammation, with vehement pains, fainting and swooning, and at length, strong Convulsions, and Death.  
LIU. Wounds of the Aspera Arteria, where the Cartilaginous Rings are cut in sunder, are incurable: for by reason of the hardness of their substance, they cannot be made to grow together again; yet such Wounds do not 'cause a sudden Death, but a slow and lingering one: other Wounds of this Part are curable.  
LU. Wounds of the Vena cava, within the Belly or Breast, are mortal: 1. By reason of the place, that cannot possibly be come at. 2. By reason of its substance; for being nervous, it hardly admits of consolidation.  
LVI. Wounds of the Liver, though small, yet are dangerous, but they will admit of Consolidation: 1. Because the substance of the Liver is like coagulated Blood, and so may easily be united. 2. Because, if one part of it is wounded, other Parts will do their Office; as is seen in the Livers of such as are Scirrhous.  
LVII. Wounds of the Diaphragma in the Nervous parts are mortal; for a Delirium, by reason of the Inflammation, ensues always and sometimes Convulsions. But in the fleshy part of the Diaphragma, though we say not that they are mortal, yet they are dangerous: 1. Because they cannot be come at, to be dressed. 2. Because it is in continual motion. 3. Because the parts within the Breast are easily inflamed.  
LVIII. Wounds of the Spleen, if they be not great, or procure an Hemorrhage, are not mortal: for the Spleen is neither a principal part, nor the fountain or origination of any Faculty; but only a receptacle of black, melancholic, or fermentative Blood.  
LIX. Wounds of the Stomach, are not to be accounted amongst those which are simply mortal, which do suddenly destroy a Man; because we have had several Examples of Wounds in the Stomach, which have been cured: but those Wounds which hap on its superior Orifice or Mouth, are especially mortal; because it has Nerves, which spring from those of the sixth Conjugation of the Brain; whereby it has a very near consent with the Brain, and with the Heart also: so that it being wounded, vehement Symptoms, as Fainting, Swooning, Convulsions, etc. presently arise.  
LX. Wounds of the Gallbladder are mortal, though not so presently as other mortal Wounds: but we cannot come to apply any thing to it; than it is of a Nervous substance, which does not easily admit Unition; and lastly, the Humour which it aught to contain till Excretion, corrupts the parts amongst which it is spilt.  
LXI. Wounds of the Reinss, if they pass not to the cavity, bring not inevitable Death; but if they enter once into the cavities, are certainly mortal, yet at some little distance of time; there going before Vomitings, Sickness at Heart, Fainting, Swoonings, and Convulsions, often repeated.  
LXII. Wounds of the Bladder are by Hypocrates accounted mortal. But here is a difference to be made: for a small Wound is soon healed by the intervening of the Flesh, as experience does teach us. But if Hypocrates his Diacope happens, (which is, when the Bladder does hap to be cut quite through) it is most perilous, and especially that which happens at the bottom of the Bladder, and the nervous part thereof; for by reason of the sharpness and vehemency of the pain, inflammation follows, with a continent Fever, and Death soon after. But Wounds in the neck of the Bladder, which is fleshy, are curable; as we see even in cutting out the Stone.  
LXIII. Wounds of the small Guts are for the most part mortal. 1. Because they are of a membranous substance. 2. Because they are of an exquisite sense; more especially if they be cut transversly asunder. Wounds of the Jejunum, are more especially mortal; by reason of the greatness of the Vessels, and the almost nervous substance of the Tunicle of that Gut; from whence for the most part there follows vehement sharp Pains of the Bowels, Sobbing, Fainting, Swooning, and sometimes strong Convulsions, and Death.  
LXIV. Wounds of the greater or thick Guts are lesle dangerous, and more easily cured, especially if they be not great; because their substance is more thick, and so admits more easily of agglutination; and being not so sensible as the small Guts are, Fainting, Swoonings, and other fearful Symptoms do not so usually invade.  
LXV. Wounds of the Mesentery, are inevitably mortal; because there must be a great flux of Blood, by reason of the great number of Veins in it: because we cannot approach it to apply Topics; and because it is an hindrance of the Chylous Juice passing on, to mix with the Blood; whereby Sanguification is hindered, without which the Body must certainly dye.  
LXVI. Wounds of the great Joints, if they are so deep as to let out the Glarea or humid substance, which is found in the said Joints to moisten them, much like to the whites of Eggs, the Joint grows stiff, and so the motion is impaired.  
LXVII. As for Wounds in the vest of the Parts, Hypocrates truly pronounces them not mortal: and Experience teaches us, that the greatest and most dangerous Wounds have sometimes been cured; (of which Valeriola, lib. 4. Obs. 10. gives us many Histories, also Guilford Fabric. Hildanus, in his Write and Observations:) and that very many dye, even of the most slight and inconsiderable Wounds.  
LXVIII. A Wound made with a Poisoned Weapon, or Biting of a Mad-dog, Viper, etc. though it may seem little in itself, and very slight, yet many times brings Death with it.  
Lxix The Habit of the Body is also to be considered: for robust and healthful Bodies bear the most grievous Wounds, and are often cured without much to do, and beyond all hope and expectation, (when you would think them ready to dye) recover again.  
LXX. Whereas the like Wound, or a lesser, happening in a Cacochymick or Evil Habit of Body. Nature being thereby irritated and stirred up, is want to protrude those vicious Humours to the Wound, which (though in a strong and sound, or pure Body might be curable, yet) in a Body of this Evil Habit, will here become mortal.  
LXXI. Those Wounds also which are grievous, dangerous, yea and mortal in an Old Man or Child; are many times not mortal, yea slight and inconsiderable, when they hap in a strong Young Man, of a good Habit of Body.  
LXXII. Wounds of the Brain, Nerves, and Joints being unskilfully, and negligently handled, may have an Inflammation, Convulsion, Gangrene, etc. befall them, and so the Patient may miscarry and perish: when notwithstanding that, the Wound, had it been rightly managed, was in itself absolutely curable.  
LXXIII. A Wound may hap in a Part ignoble, but yet of very exquisite sense; from whence comes vehemency of Pain, which causes presently an Afflux of Humours; and that Afflux, an Inflammation; the Inflammation, a Fever, a Gangrene, and Death itself: and this happens the more easily, when a Part that is noble may be drawn into consent with it.  
LXXIV. By how much more principal and noble the Part affected is; or which may likewise bring a more noble Part into consent with it, by so much the more dangerous is the Wound.  
LXXV. Great Wound are more dangerous than small ones, all things else being answerable.  
LXXVI. A Wound joined with a Contusion, is the more dangerous; and therefore it is of the two, better to be wounded with a sharp-edged, or sharppointed Weapon, than with a blunt or dull one.  
LXXVII. Wounds which have passed beyond the last and utmost term of Acute Diseases, viz. the fortieth Day, are not in themselves mortal: but if the Patient dies, it is either from an ill Habit of Body, or from Errors committed in Diet, or from want of Skill in the Physician: however, such wounds are not cured without much difficulty; for that they indicate some grievous cause to be present, which hinders conglutination of the Wound.  
LXXVIII. If an Inflammation should supervene upon a great Wound, it is not to be wondered at, nor should it terrify us, if it continues not long: but an Inflammation to follow upon a small Wound, and it continuing long, is very dangerous indeed, because it is want to excite Convulsions, and Delirium or Doting.  
LXXIX. A vomiting of Choler (not voluntary or accustomed to be done) so soon, or presently after a Man is wounded; or while an Inflammation is present, is an evil sign; for it shows, that the Nervous parts are wounded.  
LXXX. The greater the Wound is, the more time (all things else being answerable) is required for the curing thereof: and the lesle it is, the lesle time it requires: so that some Wounds may be cured in 24 hours' time, when others may require as many days to be perfectly healed.  
LXXXI. All Wounds complicated with other Affects, are so much the more difficultly cured: for the more the Affects are, the more Nature is hurt; and it is easier for her to correct or take away one only Affect, than many: and the more the conjoined Affect does hurt the temperament of the Part, so much the more difficult will the Cure be.  
LXXXII. Wounds that are in the Muscles, far from the Joints, and Temples, are more easily cured than those that are in the Nerves, Tendons, and Membranous parts and Joints.  
LXXXIII. Wounds of the Nerves and Nervous parts, are for the most part dangerous; for that by reason of Pain; Inflammations, Convulsions, and other vehement Symptoms do easily hap.  
LXXXIV. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, the Age, habit of Body, the order and course of Life, with the time of the Year are to be considered. For a Child, Youth, or young Men, are sooner cured than one that is Ancient or in years: one of a strong constitution, is easier and sooner cured than one of a weak and infirm Body: one not over-fat nor over-lean, sooner than one that is either of them: one of an entire and sound habit, than one that has an unsound and corrupt habit: one given to exercise is sooner cured, than one that is slothful and sluggish: and a sober and temperate Man, than one that is given to Wine and Women.  
LXXXV. Those Wounds are most safe and easy to be cured, which are made in a straight and direct Line: but those with more difficulty, that are obliqne; and those with most difficulty, which are round, and orbicular.  
LXXXVI. That Wound is always evil, in which there is something cut of, or taken away; and by which the Flesh that is cut of from one Part, hangs upon some other.  
LXXXVII. Celsus, l. 5. c. 26. says, the Inflammation will show itself on the fifth day, how great it is like to be; on which day the Wound is to be uncovered, and the colour thereof to be well considered: if it is pale and wan, leaden coloured, of various colours, or black, it is certain that the Wound is evil and dangerous: but this, whenever we well consider it, is not much to terrify and affright us.  
LXXXVIII. A Wound in Arm, Hand, Thigh, Leg, or other Part; being so great, that by reason of the Arteries and Veins cut asunder, it cannot possibly receive any farther influx of Blood; the extreme part than dies; and therefore jest a Gangrene should hap to the sound part, the other is with all speed that may be, to be cut of.  
LXXXIX. That Wound which is not purged and cleansed, but with much difficulty, is hard to cure, and slow in curing: because that which is an hindrance of the Cure, cannot be removed without much difficulty.  
XC. All things extraneous, or coming from without, sticking fast in the Wound; if they cannot at the very first be drawn or taken forth, they will much retard the Cure.  
XCI. All the Wounds of the internal parts are much more dangerous, than are the Wounds of the external parts.  
XCII. Wounds are more easily cured in the the Spring time, than in the cold of Winter, or heat of Summer.  
XCIII. If a Nerve, Artery or Vein be wholly cut, or cut through, there is lesle danger impending, than if but cut only in part: provided always, that they are none of the more principal or notable Nerves, Arteries or Veins, and situate in the deeper parts of the Body.  
XCIV. For if a Nerve is wholly cut asunder, there is than no danger of a Convulsion; which we may always fear, if the Nerve is cut but only in part.  
XCV. And so if a principal Artery or Vein be wholly cut, the danger of an Hemorrhage is wholly taken away, upon the contraction or drawing together of the Vessel: but if an Artery or Vein be only wounded, and not cut asunder, very dangerous Hemorrhagies do than often arise.  
XCVI. But if it is one of the larger, or most notable of the Arteries or Veins, which is cut asunder; this than often befalls the Part, that it is deprived of much of its usual native heat, and sometimes also is the cause of an Atrophy of the Part.  
XCVII. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, For a Wound overmuch to swell up, is something dangerous; but not at all to swell up, is much more dangerous, yea the most perilous of all: the former being only the evidence of a great Inflammation, the latter a sign of a mortified or dead Body.  
XCVIII. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 65. Such, as together with their Ulcers are troubled with manifest Tumours, are not subject to any dangerous Convulsion, or Madness.  
XCIX. But those in whom those Tumours presently vanish and disappear, if this happens on the hinder-part, than Convulsions and Cramps follow: but if on the forepart, than comes Madness, sharp Pain of the Side, an Empyema and Dysentery, especially if the Tumour is redder than ordinary. Ibid.  
C. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, That a Convulsion in a Wound is very pernicious.  
CI. Wounds happening unto Cachectical and Hydropical persons, are cured with very much difficulty.  
CII. A Wound in such a Part as is apt and ready to receive an Influx of Humours, is cured also with very much trouble.  
CIII. Wounds being considered simply as Wounds, can have nothing to do with Critical Days; but as they may hap in conjunction with acute Diseases, so Critical Days may have some respect to them: for that Nature herself upon some certain and fixed Days, both concocts that which aught to be concocted, and allays the disturbance of the Humours.  
CIV. Touching which, Hypocrates in Coacis, saith, That in Wounds of the Head, if a Fever gins on the fourth, or seventh, or eleventh days, it is very fatal or dangerous: but it is for the most part to be Judged of, if it gins on the fourth day of the Wound, and continues unto the eleventh: or if it gins on the seventh day, and continues unto the fourteenth or seventeenth: or if it gins on the eleventh, and continues unto the twentieth.  
CV. And in his Book of Wounds of the Head, he saith, That when any Error is committed in the Cure of a Wound; than for the most part, if it is in Winter time, a Fever comes upon it before the fourteenth day; but if it is in Summer, after the seventh day: and there he also asserts, That in Summertime, some perish before the seventh day; and in Winter, before the fourteenth.  
CVI And therefore whenever on the Critical Days, there is no change or alteration for the worse, but that all things proceed in a right manner, and that the Symptoms which before were present, are now quieted and allayed, it than presages great hopes of a happy Cure.  
CVII. But if on the contrary, in those days there happens any evil, as Pain, Inflammation, Convulsion, or Fever; or if those Symptoms which were before present are not lessened, but are rather become more intense, and greater than before, it than presages either Death, or a very difficult, long, and tedious Cure. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 50. sect. 1. ad 27.  

CVIII. The Cure of a SIMPLE WOUND. There are five principal Intentions of Cure, 1. The removing things Extraneous, as coagulated Blood, Splinters of Bones, pieces of the Weapon, Rags, Hair, Sand, Dust, etc. which may hinder Unition. 2. To join the lips of the Wound even together. 3. To retain the lips so brought together, till they are consolidated. 4. To conserve the native heat of the Part, in order to unition. 5. To prevent or correct ill accidents, which may intervene.  
CIX. Thus much is required, if the Wound is only simplex; but if it is complex, with loss of substance, or contusion, than there is something more to do: as in loss of substance, with Sarcoticks, to assist Nature in restoring what is lost: and if contused, the converting the contused substance into pus or matter, which must be done, before there can be possibly any healing.  
CX. As to the first Intention, there must be a removing all things that are extraneous, or of a different substance; for so long as they remain, they will hinder unition; nor till than, can you hope in the lest to make a Cure of the Wound. But before any thing of this kind is done, you are to consider, 1. Whether it can be done, or not. 2. Whether if it can be done, it can be done safely.  
CXI. For sometimes the broken Weapon or Matter sticks so fast, that it can by no means be extracted; than you must of necessity leave it to Nature, who, in this case, does sometimes wondered things. Splinters, etc. have sometimes stuck so fast, or have been so enclosed, that by no Artifice they could be gotten forth; yet at length, upon Apostemation of the Part, they have been thrust out.  
CXII. If it may be done, whether it may be done with safety? For some will live a Day or more with the Weapon in their Bodies, who would otherwise dye, upon the moment of extraction. But if you found the Patient is recoverable, than make haste with the extraction, and let it be taken forth before the wounded Part is inflamed. How extraneous things are in particular to be drawn forth, we teach at large, in Chap. 5. following.  
CXIII. The Extraneous matters being now drawn forth, and the Wound cleansed by washing it with a little Whitewine mixed with a third part of Spirit of Wine; you may permit the Wound to bleed, according as in judgement you shall see fit, respect being had, 1. To the strength, and habit or constitution of the Body. 2. To hinder Inflammation, as the generation of much matter.  
CXIV. The bleeding being stayed, (whether naturally, or by Art, it matters not much) let the Hair about the Wound (if any be) be shaved of; and wipe away the clotted Blood with Sponge dipped in Red-wine or Alicant, Oxycrate or Posca, (which is Vinegar and Water mixed together, or Wine mixed with Water, etc.)  
CXV. But if the clotted Blood sticks deep in the Wound, be not too busy to remove it with your armed Probe, jest you stir up a new Hemorrhage or Bleeding: and understand, that this coagulated Blood keeps the Wound warm, and defends it from the injuries of the ambient Air; and that Nature will cast it out in due season, by Digestion.  
CXVI. The second Intention, is the exact Joining of the Lips of the Wound together: for without this exact conjoining, a slow, and a deformed Healing will follow: and this truly is the sole work of the Artist, for Nature has nothing at all to do in this business.  
CXVII. You must not lay a Pledget, or a Dossel of lint, or put a Tent into a little Wound; for those are the ways to keep the Wound open, make it painful, cause defluxions of Humours, weaken the native heat of the Part, and prolong the Cure, which is diametrically contrary to the true intention of Healing.  
CXVIII. The parts, or lips of the Wound than separated, are to be brought together gently and equally; that they may just touch one another, and so be prepared for Unition.  
CXIX. It is to be done, as Fallopius says, by little and little, not hastily, and at once: if they be equally soft, bring them equally together; if the one is soft, and the other hard, or immovable, or not to be moved but with difficulty, than bring the soft part to that other.  
CXX. If the Parts are grown stiff with Cold, (as some are, who have lain in the Field all Night;) in this case, you are to suppling them with a Fomentation of hot Milk, or warm Water; or embrocate them with Oil, till the lips are soft enough, and than endeavour their reunion.  
CXXI. They are also to be conjoined equally, that the parts cut asunder may answer one another, both in the top and in the bottom; brim to brim, lips to lips, vessels to vessels; that Nature may be put into a condition to do her own work; and by virtue of its innate Balsam, reunite, agglutinate, and consolidate or heal the Wound: in all which Intentions she is the Agent, the Chirurgeon only is the Assistant.  
CXXII. The third Intention of Cure, is to retain the lips so brought together, till they be consolidated; and this is done by deligation, which is the dressing and binding up of the Wound: for the accomplishing of which, the great Masters of this Art have left us two principal means; viz. 1. Suturae, Stitching up the Wound. 2. Fasciae, Binding of it up.  
CXXIII. As to Sutures, they they are said to be of three sorts; viz. 1. The Incarnative. 2. The Restringent. 3. The Conserver: to which add one more, which is called the Dry-stitch, or Suture.  
CXXIV. The first of these is most in use with us, and is done by making so many Stitches at a set distance. Now you are to consider the Wound; if it is but an Inch, little more more or lesle, in length, 'tis needless to be stitched; your Medicaments and Bandage will be enough to keep the lips together, and heal it.  
CXXV. But if it is two inches or more in length, make one stitch in the middle; if it is three inches long, make two stitches; if four inches long, make three stitches, and so on; making the stitches lesle by one, than are the inches it is long: and in declining Parts, we many times make the stitches at a little more distance.  
CXXVI. The Restringent-stitch, which is called the Glovers-stitch, is much in use with the Spaniards, who stitch almost all Wounds with it: in the Forehead and Face, it brings the lips very close; the third day they draw the Thread out, and with the Dry-suture they keep the lips together till the Wound is well, which is commonly in two or three days more. This Stitch is best in great Fluxes of Blood; but than in stitching, you must endeavour to bring the wounded Arteries and Veins to their wounded fellows.  
CXXVII. The Conserver, or third Stitch is mostly of use in great Wounds; as those of the Oesophagus, Hare-lips, etc. to hold the parts forcibly together, and is performed with Pins or Needles, etc.  
CXXVIII. The Ancients make another Stitch in Wounds of the Peritonaeum, which is thus: Have a fit Needle, with a long, strong, round, white Thread in it, and therewith take up the Peritonaeum on one side, and leave it on the other; than take it up on the other side, and leave it on this. It it so made, that the Peritonaeum, which is a dry Body, may be united with the Musculous Flesh: otherwise the fleshy parts would only unite, and the Peritonaeum lie open; upon which a Hernia would certainly succeed, and the Patient put to the perpetual trouble of wearing a Truss the remaining part of his life.  
CXXIX. The Dry-suture, is the last kind of Stitch, which is proper chief to the Face, to keep the lips of those wounds close together, and avoid as much as may be the making Scars; and to be applied also after some of the former Stitches, to keep the lips together, till the Wound is perfectly conglutinated.  
CXXX. As to the time of taking out the Stitches, it aught to be when the lips are agglutinated; which may be sooner or later, according to the habit of the Body, season of the Year, and nature of the Wound.  
CXXXI. In transverse Wounds eight days are required; in lesser Wounds not so deep, three or four days: in the Face, it aught to be done the next dressing, jest the Stitches make so many Scars; but in this, every Man must use his own Judgement. As to the manner and way, how these Stitches are to be performed, we leave you to the Directions of Chap. 6. following.  
CXXXII. Now we come to the Bandage, or Binding the Wound up. If the Wound is small, and in a fleshy part, Bandage alone, without Stitching, will do the work: for Nature in giving nourishment to both sides of the lips equally, will finish the Unition, without any more to do.  
CXXXIII. And by Bandage, as the union of Parts cut asunder are promoted, so also such as would unnaturally grow together, are kept asunder; as in Burn and Scaldings, the Fingers would many times grow together, were they not by the binding up, hindered.  
CXXXIV. There are three several kinds of Fasciation, Rolling, or Binding-up: viz. 1. Agglutinatrix, or Incarnatrix. 2. Retentrix, or Retentive. 3. Expultrix, or Expulsive.  
CXXXV. By the Fascia Agglutinatrix, or Incarnatrix, the lips of the Wound are brought together, and conserved in their right form: it is more strict than the Retentive, and more lose than the Expulsive; and is most of use in simple, fresh, and yet-bleeding Wounds.  
CXXXVI. The Fascia Retentrix is used to keep Dress on, close about the Wound. This for the most part is of use in Wounds of the Head; and is moderately to be bound on, not so hard as the former.  
CXXXVII. Fascia Expultrix, which is done by a Rowler of one head; whose special use is, to force or expel out of sinuous Ulcers or Fistula's, the Pus or Matter lodged therein: as also to prevent the afflux of Humours, and to press out of the substance of the Part wounded, and places adjacent to it, such Humours as have already seated themselves there.  
CXXXVIII. For the matter of your Rulers, they must be made of good, strong, even, white Cloth, clean and gentle, without hems, seams, or threads hanging by: let the length be such as the place affected requires: and their breadth; for the Shoulders about 6 inches, for the Thighs 5 inches, for the Legs 4 inches, for the Arms 3 inches, and for Fingers and Toes, 1 inch broad.  
CXXXIX. Concerning Bandages, Hypocrates saith, Vinculorum aliud per se remedio est, aliud iis quae remedio sunt subservit: among Ligatures, some are Remedies of themselves, others subserve to them which are Remedies. And so it is; the Incarnative and Expulsive are Remedies in themselves; the Retentive is as the common Servant to the other. Now as to the way and manner, how this Ligature or Bandage is to be performed, you may see at large in Chap. 7. following.  
CXL. The fourth Intention, is to preserve the native heat of the Part; that thereby agglutination, incarnation, and healing may be obtained; which though it is affirmed to be the work of Nature alone, yet she generally acts by the help of a Medium, which answers in power to Glue, or things of a glewing nature.  
CXLI. As soon as the Wound is made, there is a Balsam of Nature ready at hand for the Cure; which Balsam is Blood, at lest the lymphatic, or serous part of it, by which Nature does the Cure, both by the first and second Intention.  
CXLII. A Cure performed by the first Intention, is done per Symphysin, by Symphysis; which is a reunion of the parts, without any Medium, viz. without any Callus, Flesh, or other Body interposed; but in this case, the Balsam of Nature is the Medium, the Instrument of Unity, which knits the parts together.  
CXLIII. A Cure performed by the second Intention, is done per Syssarcosin, by Syssarcosis; which is a reunion of the parts, by, or with the help of a Medium, viz. with Flesh, or a Callous substance, interposing, or filling up the space between the lips of the Wound.  
CXLIV. And therefore great care is to be taken, that the Blood may not offend either in quantity or quality: too much is the cause of proud and lose Flesh; and too little affords not a sufficiency of matter for the Work. And as to its Quality, if it is cacochymick or evil, it cannot produce good Flesh; for such as the Blood is, such will the Flesh be.  
CXLV. Now to make the Blood such as it aught to be, the Patient is to observe a good Diet: which aught to be rather slender than full; because a full Diet is hurtful in Wounds, especially in gross Bodies, where there is danger of great Inflammations, Pain, and other evil Symptoms.  
CXLVI. But a greater liberty may be given to those, who have thin and exhausted Bodies; so that they may be allowed newlaid Eggs, strong Broths, Jellies, etc. also some Wine, where the Body has been long accustomed to the plentiful use thereof; or the total forbidding thereof, may very much hinder the Cure: and for other things, such Diet is to be observed, as their strength or weakness may require, and their Stomach permit.  
CXLVII. As to Internals; Purging with strong, hot, or violent Catharticks is not fit; jest stimulating or stirring up the Matter, it should flow to the weak or wounded part: but in gross and cacochymick Bodies, Lenitives are allowed; as Cassia, Manna, Tamarinds, Rhubarb, Sena with Sal Prunellae; also Syrupus Catharticus, and Broths, wherein borage, Bugloss, Endive, Fumitory, Lettuce, Purslane, Sorrel, Succory, etc. have been boiled.  
CXLVIII. And at set times of the day, they may take Vulnerary-Drinks; made of Adders-tongue, Agrimony, Avens, Bistort-roots, Bugle, Cinkfoil, Centory, Comfrey, Fluellin, Ground-Ivy, Goldenrod, Herb-trinity, Horse-tail, Hypericon, Knotgrass, Ladies-mantle, Mouseear, Mugwort, Pauls-Betony, Perwinkle, Plantain, read Roses, Sanicle, Snakeweed, Scordium, Strawberry leaves and roots, Tormentil-roots, Vervain, Valerian, wild Tansy, Yarrow, etc. as we show more at large, in Chap. 3. ensuing.  
CXLIX. Now in particular, for preserving the innate or native heat, and tone of the Part, without which no unition can be hoped for, Topics are usually applied: it is true, that in small and simple Wounds, which are superficial, Nature of her own accord commonly does the Cure, and seldom requires more of us, than to bring the lips of the Wound close together, and defend it from fluxion: a Pledget of Linimentum Arcaei may be laid on, and over it Emplast. Diapalma; and than bound up, to keep all things on.  
CL. But in greater Wounds, which will not so easily be cured, you must stitch the lips together; and than strew upon them the following Powder. ℞ Fine Bowl, Terra sigillata, A. ℥ ss. Sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, A. ℥ i mix them: over which lay some of the same Powder mixed with the white of an Egg, and over that a Compress, squeezed out of Oxycrate, and a suitable Bandage over all. This is the general use.  
CLI. But jest by the sticking-to of the Emplastick-medicine, the lips of the Wound should be torn or disturbed, in taking of the Dressing; you may apply over the sprinkling of the Powder, the following Sarcotick-Ointment. ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine ℥ iii Gum-Elemi ℥ two. Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment; which spread upon a Pledget, and apply.  
CLII And over the former Pledget you may put Emplastr. Diapalmae, Empl. de Bolo, Caesaris, or the like; and than bind it up, as before directed.  
CLIII. Or, applying first this Powder: ℞ Aloes, Galls, read Roses, fine Bole, Sanguis draconis, Olibanum, Rosin, Catechu, A. ℥ i mix them; and mix some of the same Powder with Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. q.s. which spread upon a Pledget, and put over the Powder.  
CLIU And if there is any fear of an Afflux of Humours, or Inflammation, dip Stuphs in juices of Plantain, Horse-tail, Yarrow, Perwinkle; or in read Wine, or Oxycrate: over which lay Emplast. Diapalmae, è Bolo, or some other like Emplaster; and lastly, bind it up, as before.  
CLV. But if you design to cure by Agglutination, forbear the use of Fomentations, or other humid Medicaments; and preserving, your Stitches, you will found, that Nature will do her part towards the consolidation of the Wound; nor will you have occasion for such Applications, if you have proceeded methodically.   

Hitherto of Wounds simplex: now a word or two of the Cure of Wounds complex.  
CLVI. These kinds of Wounds are not so often seen in times of Peace, as in times of War; in which they are frequent, when the Horse fall in among the Infantry, and cruelly hack them; some cutting twice or thrice in or near the same place: whereby the Wound is made large, deep, obliqne, and transverse at the same time, the lips being contracted various ways. See Sect. 109. aforegoing.  
CLVII. In order to the Cure of these Wounds, where there is loss of Substance, you must first cleanse them, and than as much as may be, bring their lips together by the Incarnative-stitch, making so many stitches as may hold them together: and if in some of them you think it not sufficient, you may as in the Harelip, pass Needles through the lips of the Wound, with little Plates of Lead, to secure them from tearing out.  
CLVIII. If the Wound has been long undressed, or was not stitched at first dressing, whereby it is so stubborn and contracted, that the lips will not be brought near one another; or if it is so deep as you may suspect the Incarnating, you must leave a declining Orifice, for discharge of the Matter; and than foment warm with some Lenient-decoction, made of the leaves and roots of Althaea, Mallows, Violets, Linseed, etc. or foment with new Milk, than join their lips together, and dress them as Wounds so stitched.  
CLIX But if you leave a declining Orifice, you must keep it open with a small Tent, dipped in some digestive; and after Digestion, than you must withdraw the Tent, and heal up the Wound.  
CLX. But the greater Wounds, which cannot be brought together by Suture, must be digested, and so disposed, that new Flesh may be generated to fill up the Cavity; for which purpose, this Digestive is good: ℞ Turpentine ℥ iii Gum Elemi ℥ i Barley-flower ℥ i Frankincenseʒi. mix, and make it up with the yolk of one or two Eggs.  
CLXI. To the former Digestive, after a day or two may be added, Honey of Roses, to make it more cleansing.  
CLXII. During the former Applications, the Humours aught to be diverted or revulst from the Wound, by gentle Purging; such as we have directed in Sect. 146 aforegoing.  
CLXIII. And outwardly apply. Topical refrigeratives, with good Compress and Bandage, to press the lips of the Wound together, that it may be the sooner cured.  
CLXIV. When you found that the Wound is indeed digested, you may cleanse with this Mundificative of Quercetan, which is also a good Sarcotick: ℞ Leaves of Smallage, Plantain, A. M. j read Roses P. ij. read Wine ℥ viij. boil to the consumption of one half, than strain out, and dissolve therein brown Sugar ℥ two. Turpentine ℥ i powder of Juniper-berries, Orobusmeal, A. ʒvi. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ʒi. boil again gently; than add Wax q.s. and make an Ointment.  
CLXV. This is excellent. ℞ Juice of Smallage brought to the thickness of new Honey, Melliginous Extract of Juniper-berries, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ i Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ ss. powder of Scammony ℥ two. mix them. It is inferior to no ordinary Detersive.  
CLXVI. But in these larger Wounds, you may do well to foment with warm Stuphs nipped out of Read or Alicant Wine; wherein the flowers of read Roses and Balaustians, Cortex Peruanus, or Cypress-Nuts, and Catechu, have been infused or boiled.  
CLXVII. If these Wounds abound with Maggots, as many times they will, in hot Wether and Summertime, if not soon looked after; you may wash them with a Decoction of Carduus Bened. Wormword, Gentian-roots and Myrrh, made with half Water, half Wine: or an Infusion of Aloes and Myrrh in Wine alone: for a mixture of Wine with a half part of Ox or Hogs or Sheeps-Gall. The Worms being killed, you may proceed in the Cure, as before directed.  
CLXVIII. If the Wound is with Contusion, endeavour that the contused Flesh be digested, and turned into matter; for which purpose is proper, Vng. Basilicon applied hot upon Lint, or dissolved in Linseed-Oil, or Oil of Earthworms, or the like, anointing the parts about with Oil of Roses and Myrtles, beaten up with the white of an Egg.  
CLXIX. And with that mixture, you may make a Restrictive; by adding fine Bowl, Terra sigillata, Dragons-blood, and powder of read Roses; which mix, and apply over all.  
CLXX. But if the Wound has been neglected for some days, than foment it with Discussives; and embrocate the contused Parts with this: ℞ Oil-olive ℥ i Oil of Lavender and Lemons, A. ʒi. mix them well, by shaking in a Glass: and be sedulous in the application of Suppuratives, after the manner we have taught in Lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 134, 135, 136, 137, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149. aforegoing, of this Work.  
CLXXI After the separation of the contused Flesh, the loss of substance must be supplied or restored by Sarcoticks or Incarnatives, and than healed up with Epuloticks.  
CLXXII. If the Wound is deep, and the orifice narrow, yet capable of being made larger, it aught to be laid open in proportion; that the Matter may not be kept in to created a greater hollowness, and putrify the adjacent parts.  
CLXXIII. But if the Sinus is of any great length, and so descending, that the Matter cannot be discharged by the Wound; you may than make a perforation in the lower part thereof, for that purpose, by Incision-knife, or Caustick, or both; first the Caustick, than the Knife: or by a Seton-Needle, or Syringotomus, as we shall show in Sinuous Ulcers.  
CLXXIV. As to the time of Dressing of Wounds, the second dressing aught not to be till the third Day; by which time, they may be supposed to be somewhat digested: and from that time, every other day may be sufficient.  
CLXXV. Galen, discoursing of the Dressing of Ulcers, says he dressed them but every third day, though the Matter flowed very much; and but every fourth day in Winter.  
CLXXVI. 'Tis really true, that too frequent dressing of Wounds is hurtful, and hinders the speedy Cure: yet there may be occasion of opening them sooner, than what we have here proposed; either for strengthening the Bandage, or for preserving the Stitches, by using the Dry-suture; or for the vehemence of some Symptom enforcing it; the consideration of which is left to the judgement of the Artist.  
CLXXVII. After the Wound is filled up with Flesh, you may Cicatrize with Epuloticks; as Unguent. Desiccativum Rubrum, Aqua Calcis vivae; or with Vitriol and Alum-stone, and dry Lint, or some proper Styptick-Water.  
CLXXVIII. A word or two now, of Tents: they are not necessary in Wounds which are superficiary, straight, and breed but little Pus; nor aught the Cure of Wounds to be retarded by putting them in.  
CLXXIX. But if the Wound is deep, obliqne, and breeds much Pus; they are sometimes necessary, that a passage may be kept open by them, for the purulent Matter to pass out; and for Medicines to enter into the inside of the Wound, that the orifice may not be closed up, before the lowest, and most inward part of it is digested, deterged, and incarned in order to healing.  
CLXXX. And though Tents are useful and necessary, yet are they many times lesle necessary in green Wounds; yea hurtful, and hinderers of the Cure: concerning which, Tulplus, Lib. 4. Obs. 22. has a very remarkable History.  
CLXXXI. A young Woman having six Wounds, rather by pricking or stabbing, than cutting, was according to custom, tented; but these Tents were so uneasy to her, that the same night she was forced to take them out; unless she should have been kept all night from sleeping, into which she fell, so soon as they were taken out; and linen Clotheses being dipped in Spirit of Wine were only outwardly applied; by the benefit whereof, before the twelfth day, her Wounds were both happily filled up with Flesh, and healed.  
CLXXXII. From this Observation, Tulpius wonders at the folly and madness of some Men; who that they may be thought to do something, fill green Wounds up with Tents, thereby hindering them from healing: for that the mutual contact being prevented, they hinder the necessary coalition; (which is directly against the first Intention of Cure.) Another Remark I make, which is on the mighty healing power and virtue, of Spirit of Wine.  
CLXXXIII. The fifth and last Intention of Cure of Wounds, is either the preventing of Symptoms, before they arise; or the correcting and removing them, after they once appear: for as much as no sincere Healing can possibly be, whilst they are present.  
CLXXXIV. There are many Symptoms and Accidents of Wounds, such as we have enumerated in Sect. 39 of this Chapter aforegoing: of which we shall treat at large in Chap. 9 of this Book following. But because the three first of them, viz. Hemorrhage, Pain, and Inflammation, are incident to almost all Wounds, and many times nearly as old as the Wound itself, we shall speak something to them here.  
CLXXXV. 1. Hemorrhage. This is incident to all Wounds, more or lesle, and sometimes the Cause of all other Accidents. Outwardly, you must bring the lips of the Wound close together by suture, and than apply such Medicines as have a drying and agglutinative faculty: as Galen's Powder, made of Aloes ℥ i Frankincense ℥ two. white of an Egg, q.s. to make it of the thickness of Honey: in this dip the wool of a Hare, and apply it: also a Plaster over it, made of the same Restrictives, with Compress and Bandage.  
CLXXXVI. But if the Wound is such, as you cannot bring the lips of it together, apply the aforesaid Powder; or this following, upon Dossels, on the bleeding Vessels.  
CLXXXVII. ℞ Salt extracted out of the Captain mort. of Vitriol, calcined almost to blackness, powder of Man's. Blood, of the flesh of a Toad, Catechu, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℥ ss. Opium in pouderʒii. mix them.  
CLXXXVIII. And over the Dossels, put next, your astringent Emplaster, with Compress and Bandage over all: which done, place the Member in such a position, as may be most for the ease of the Patient.  
CLXXXIX. 2. Pain, is the next thing to be considered; in easing of which we aught to be as speedy as may be, because nothing dispirits and weakens the Patient more; nor in Wounds especially, causes more disturbance, inducing an Afflux of Humours, Inflammation, etc.  
CXC. Outwardly, apply Anodyns; made of the roots and leaves of Mallows, Henbane, Hemlock, flowers of read Roses, Camomile and Melilot, Linseed, White-Poppy-seed, Opium, etc. which may be made into Fomentations, Cataplasms, etc. being boiled in Sheeps-head-broth, Oxycrate, or new Milk; and the Cataplasm may be brought to a thickness with Barley-flower.  
CXCI And Inwardly, give Our Specific Laudanum, or Guttae Vitae, in a proper Dose; which in extreme pains in Wounds, restores Nature, by giving respite, and causing gentle rest; strengthens her in her Faculties, and accelerates her Operations of Digestion, Suppuration, Detersion, Incarnating, etc.  
CXCII. But if the Pain is caused by Matter which wants a passage forth; you must give it a vent by the Knife, or by Caustick, or by both, as you may see reason.  
CXCIII. 3. Inflammation. If an Inflammation is already induced, hasten Revulsion by Vesicatories, Clysters, and Lenient Purges, to loosen the Body; and lay upon the Part already inflamed, this: ℞ Henbane-leaves, boil them in Milk; add thereto a newlaid Egg, Camphir in pouderʒi. Saffron ℈ i Oil of Poppy-seed ℥ i and with Barley-flower make a Cataplasm, which apply.  
CXCIV. If after this Application, it shall seem to tend to suppuration; than you must proceed exactly as we have taught in Lib. 3. Cap. 5. aforegoing of this Work, and to which I refer you.  
CXCU. Thus have we completed this our Discourse of Wounds in General, which we thought not at first to have made half thus long: but the matter multiplied upon us; and we were the more willing to be large here, because it is the true Ground or Foundation of the whole Art of Curing Wonuds of all sorts: and therefore this being at first well understood, the whole Superstructure following, which is built upon it, will become very easy, and intelligible.    

CHAP. II Of External VULNERARIES.  
I WOUNDS are cured either by the first Intention, or by the second: if by the first, there is no need of Digestives, Incarnatives, or Cicatrizers; for one only Medicament generally does the work, and commonly at one dressing; of which kind are Balsamic Bodies, and such things as preserve from Putrefaction: and Stypticks, these are purely called by the name of Vulneraries.  
II Wounds cured by the second Intention, require more orders of Medicaments, without which, the Work cannot be performed: if Contusion is, there must be Digestives; if loss of Substance, Sarcoticks or Incarnatives; and where loss of Skin, there must be Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.  
III So that the kinds of Medicaments to answer both the first, and second Intention of Curing, seem to stand in this Order. 

1. Pure Vulneraries, or Healers.  
2. Digestives, or Maturatives.  
3. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.  
4. Epuloticks; or Cicatrizers.    
IV. Sennertus also says, where the Cure is attempted by the second Intention, that in regard Digestive Medicaments are more moist than others, they are to be used with great caution: for if they be overlong applied, the matter will not only be digested, but also so putrify, and the Wound will degenerate into a sordid Ulcer.  
V Wherhfore says he, the safest way is, not always to confided in one Medicament alone, but rather to compound them according to the nature and temper of the Part, and to mingle Digestives with Sarcoticks: since that Experience testifies, that such are used with far better success than mere Maturatives.  
VI And Franciscus Arcaeus saith, that with his Balsam or Unguent, forthwith applied in the very beginning, he himself most happily cured the greatest, and most grievous Wounds; the use whereof I myself (says Sennertus) have likewise very often experienced with very happy success.  

I Pure Vulneraries.  
VII. Simple Vulneraries are, Turpentine Common, that of Strasburgh, of Venice, and Scio, Gum Elemi, Frankincense, Myrrh, Turpentine or Balsam of the Cedar-tree, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, of Gilead, of Peru and Tolu: of these, Compound-Balsams are made, as follows.  
VIII. Balsam or Lineament of Arcaeus. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ two. Gum Elemi, Turpentine, A. ℥ jss. Hogs-grease ℥ i melt them at the Fire, and make a Balsam.  
IX. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ iv. Gum Elemi, Balsam Capivii, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ two. Oil of Petre ℥ i melt, mix, and make a Balsam.  
X. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ viij. Frankincense, Strasburgh- Turpentine, Oleum Terrae rubrum, A. ℥ iv. Balsam Capivii, Gum Elemi, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ two. Oil-olive, Oil of Petre, A. ℥ i mix, melt, and make a Balsam.  
XI. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ viij. Balsams of Capivii, Chili, Peru, Tolu; Strasburg- Turpentine, A. ℥ two. Petroleum ℥ i mix, melt, and make a Balsam.  
XII. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ viij. Gum Elemi ℥ iv. Strasburg- Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, of Chili, Tolu, and Peru, A. ℥ two. Frankincense ℥ i Oil of Juniper-berries, of Lavender, of Lemons, of Oranges, and of Sassafras, A.ʒiii. mix, melt, and make a Balsam.  
XIII. Another. ℞ Oil-olive lbijss lbijss. juice of Tobacco lbjss lbjss. tops of Hypericon, Adders-tongue, Bugle, Sanicle, Selfheal, Solomons-seal, A. M. jss. Hounds-tongue, Plantain, Wintergreen, Smallage, Yarrow, A. M.j. roots of Solomons-seal ℥ iv. cut all these things very small with a Chopping-knife; mix them with the Oil and Juice, and boil to the consumption of the watery humidity, and strain forth: to the strained Liquor, add Gum Elemi ℥ viij. Balsam Capivii ℥ iv. Balsam of Peru and Tolu, Chio- Turpentine, A. ℥ two. mix, and make a Balsam.  
FOURTEEN. An Emplaster. ℞ Fat Frankincense lbiv lbiv. juice of Tobacco lbii. lbii. Sheep-suet, Bees-wax, Oil-Olive, A. lbi lbi. mix, and boil to the consistence of an Emplaster; to which add Gum Elemi, Balsam of Tolu, A. lbss ss. mix them.  
XU. An Ointment. ℞ Sheep-suet, Oil-olive, A. lbii. lbii. juices of Melilot and Tobacco, A. lbi lbi. Adders-tongue, Hypericon, Sanicle, Selfheal, Smallage, Solomons-seal, Yarrow, A. M. iii chop the Herbs very small with a Chopping-knife, and boil all together, to the consumption of the Juices: strain out by pressing, and to the strained Liquor add Cypress-Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Balsam Capivii and Tolu, A. ℥ v. Frankincense ℥ iv. Wax ℥ iii Petroleum ℥ two. Oil of Iuniper ℥ i mix them.   

II Digestives, or Maturatives.  
XVI. Simple Digestives are, Juices of Adders-tongue, of of Bugle, of Hypericon, of Ladies-mantle, of Plantain, of Sanicle, of Selfheal, of Parsley, and of Smallage, boiled up to the thickness of new Honey; Meals of Wheat, Barley, Pease, Beans, and Fenugreek; Gum Elemi, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Turpentine all the kinds, Sugar, Oil of Ben, Oil of Olives, Oil of Roses, Oil of Mastic, Sheep-suet, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, Neats-foot-Oil, Honey, yolks of Eggs, Oxgall; pulps of Figs, Raisins, Corans, Dates, Saffron, Briony-roots boiled soft. Of these Compounds may be made, as follows.  
XVII. Unguentum Basilicon, or Tetrapharmacon. ℞ Oil-Olive ℥ ix. Bees-wax, Frankincense, Ship-Pitch, A. ℥ vi. mix, melt, and make an Ointment.  
XVIII. Another. ℞ Bees-wax, Frankincense, ship-pitch, Turpentine, Sheep's or Beef Suet, A. ℥ i Gum Elemi ℥ two. Oil ℥ v. mix, and melt; to which add, being almost cold, Myrrh and Olibanum, both in fine powder, A. ℥ i mix them well.  
XIX. Another. ℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine ℥ i yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. mix them well together.  
XX. Another. ℞ Strasburgh- Turpentine ℥ two. Honey ℥ i yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. mix them well together.  
XXI. Another. ℞ Turpentine washed in Whitewine ℥ two. yolk of one Egg; Barley-flower, Honey, A. q.s. mix them.  
XXII. Or, ℞ Turpentine washed in Wine, fresh Butter, A. ℥ i Frankincense, Mastic, A. q.s. mix them.  
XXIII. Another. ℞ Fresh Butter ℥ i Turpentine ℥ ss. yolk of one Egg; Frankincenseʒi. mix them.  
XXIV. Another. ℞ Oil ℥ iv. Bees-wax ℥ i Frankincense, Mastic, A. ʒii. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. Butter q.s. mix them.  
XXV. Another. ℞ Turpentine ℥ i yolk of one Egg; Oil of Roses ℥ ss. mix the Turpentine and Yolk first, after the Oil, which mix well.  
XXVI. Or, ℞ Rosin, Wax, Turpentine, Oil of Roses, A ℥ two. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ iii Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXVII. Or, ℞ Oil lbjss lbjss. Wax lbss ss. Turpentine ℥ iii Frankincense, Olibanum, Rosin, A. ℥ two. Mastich ℥ i Saffronʒi. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXVIII. Or, ℞ Juices of Tobacco, Melilot, A. ℥ x. juices of Ladies-mantle, of Sanicle and Saracens-consound, A. ℥ v. Turpentine ℥ iii Beef-suet, Oil, A.q.s. make an Ointment.  
XXIX. Or, ℞ Oil of Bays ℥ two. Sheeps-suet ℥ i Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. mix them.  
XXX. Or, ℞ Oil of Hypericon, Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Wax, Rosin, Ship-Pitch, Frankincense, A. ℥ viij. Galbanum, Ammoniacum, Oil of Aniseeds, of Myrrh, and of Wax, A. ℥ iv. mix them.   

III Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.  
XXXI. Simple Sarcoticks are, 1. Roots of Bistort, Birthwort, Cinkfoil, the greater Confound, Comfrey, Hermodacts, Orrice, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Tormentil. 2. Leaves of Agrimony, Avens, Balsam-apple, Bawm, Betony, Birthwort, Burnet, Centory, Cinkfoil, Costmary, Confound, Cyperus, Dovesfoot, Fetherfew, Flixweed, Germander, Goldenrod, Hypericon, Horstail, Hounds-tongue, Ladies-mantle, Maudlin, Melilot, Mouseear, Orpin, Plantain, Sanicle, Selfheal, Scordium, Speedwell, Shepherds-purse, Scabious, Tansy, Vervain, Yarrow. 3. Flowers of Hypericon, Pomegranates, Red-Roses. 4. Seeds of Agnus castus, Bay-berries, Acorus. 5. Meals of Wheat, Barley, Malt, Pease, Beans, Cicers, Lentils, Lupins, Orobus, Tares. 6. Rosins, Gums; Aloes, Colophony, Elemi, Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, Olibanum, Pitch, Pine-Rosin, Larch-Rosin, Sarcocol, Sandararcha, Sanguis draconis, Scammony, Tacamahacca, Turpentine of all sorts, all Natural Balsams. 7. Earth's; as fine Bole, Terra Lemnia, Sigillata, Chalk. 8. Minerals; as Alum, burnt Alum, Ceruse, lethargy, burnt Lead, Pompholix, Lapis Haematitis, Calaminaris, Tutia, Spodium, Vitriol, Caput mort. of Vitriol, and Salt of the same, Crocus Martis, Saccharum Saturni, Calx Jovis, Bezoar minerale. 9 Oils; Oil-Olive, of Ben, of Roses, of the Balsam-apple. 10. Fats; as of Beef, Sheep, Goat, Deer, Hog. 11. Bees-wax, Honey, Honey of Roses, Oxgall. Of all these you may make Compound Oils, Balsams, Liniments, Ointments, Cerates, and Emplasters at pleasure: and among some Compounds, we have these following.  
XXXII. A Vulnerary Oil. ℞ Turpentine, Oil of Bays, A. ℥ iv. Oil of Roses ℥ vi. Oil of Eggs ℥ two. mix, and digest in the Sun, till they have a yellow colour.  
XXXIII. An Oil, or distilled Balsam, for Wounds of the Nerves. ℞ Oil lbiii lbiii. Turpentine lbii. lbii. Oil of Bays ℥ vi. Euphorbium, Cloves, Gum of Ivy, Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ i mix all together, and distil an Oil or Balsam by Retort.  
XXXIV. An Oil for Wounds of the Nerves, Veins, Bones. ℞ Turpentine lbii. lbii. Linseed-Oil lbi lbi. Pine-Rosin ℥ vi. Aloes, Frankincense, Mastic, Sarcocol, A. ℥ iii Mace, Xyloaloes, A. ℥ two. Saffron ℥ ss. distil in a Retort, with a gentle Fire: so have you a clear Water, and a reddish Oil; augment the Fire to the end of the Distillation, and separate the Oil from the Water. This Oil consolidates speedily, and without pain.  
XXXV. Another Oil for the same. ℞ Turpentine lbi lbi. Galbanum, Gum Elemi, of Ivy, Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ℥ iv. Aloes, Xyloaloes, Galanga, Cloves, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Cubebs, A. ℥ two. Spir. Vini, q.s. digest 24 hours, than distil in a copper Vesica.  
XXXVI. A Vulnerary Oil. ℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥ iii Oil of Myrtles ℥ jss. Camphir ℥ ss. Turpentine ℥ vi. mix, digest, distil, and keep the Oil for use.  
XXXVII. The Oil of Hispania, so called. ℞ Old Oil lbiii lbiii. Malmsey lbiii lbiii. Oil of Turpentine lbii. lbii. Frankincense lbi lbi. Carduus, Hypericon, Valerian, A. lbss ss. Cochinele in fine powder, Pine-Rosin, Myrrh, A. ℥ iv. bruise the Herbs, and digest them in Wine 24 hours; than mix the other things boil to the consumption of the humidity, and strain out the Oil by pressing: after which add Oil of Turpentine.  
XXXVIII. A Vulnerary Balsam. ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ viij. Turpentine, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, and Rosin, A. ℥ jss. Oil of Turpentine, and of Bays, A. ℥ i Oil 〈…〉 and of Iuniper, A. ℥ ss. Saccharum Saturni ʒii. mix, boil a little, and stir it, till it is cold.  
THIRTY-NINE. An Incarnative Emplaster. ℞ Gum Elemi ℥ i Mummey, Aloes, Mastic, Litharge of Gold, Sanguis draconis, Rosin, A. ʒii. roots of Comfrey and round Birthwort in powder, A. ℥ ss. Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XL. Another for the same. ℞ Wax, Rosin, Pitch, Olibanum, Vitriol, A. ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ vi. read Myrrh, Oil of Iuniper, Oil of Eggs, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒii. Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLI. An Emplaster for a Wound, new or old. ℞ Wax ℥ xx. old Oil ℥ xviii. Litharge of Gold ℥ xii. Ammoniacum ℥ iv. Bdellium, Olibanum, A. ℥ iii Loadstone ℥ two. Galbanum, Opopanax, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥ jss. Verdigrise, long Birthwort roots, A. ℥ i Lapis Calaminaris, Tutia, A. ℥ ss. dissolve the Gums in Vinegar, powder the rest; mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLII. Another for the same. ℞ Wax, Rosin, A. lbi lbi. Sheeps-suet, Hogs-grease, Turpentine, A. ℥ iv. Vinegar ℥ iii mix them.  
XLIII. An Emplaster for a Puncture, or Pricking. ℞ Oil, Rosin, Bears-fat, Sheep and Beef Suet, A. ℥ two. Oil of Cow-heels ℥ iijss. May-Butter ℥ vi. Litharge of Silver ℥ xii. Scales of Brass, Mastich, A. ℥ jss. Oil of Wax ℥ iv. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLIV. A Balsam of Mindererus. ℞ Cyprus Turpentine, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥ iv. fine Gum Elemi ℥ vi. distilled Oil of Wax q.s. mix, and make a Balsam.  
XLV. A Balsam. ℞ Roots of the greater Confound, cut and bruised ℥ i Oil-olive lbiv lbiv. boil, and press forth the Liquor, in this Liquor put fresh Roots lbi lbi. and boil as before; which repeat the third time, and continued boiling till all the Aquosity is go. Take of this Oil lbii. lbii. Oil of Turpentine lbi lbi. Flowers of Hypericon and of Celandine, A. q.s. put all into a glass Vesica, or Bolt-head, and digest in a Sand-heat 20 days; than strain out the Oil by pressing and repeat the infusion of the Flowers to the third time; than press forth, and keep the Balsam for use; which you are to drop warm into the Wound.  
XLVI. A soft Emplaster. ℞ Frankincense, Rosin, Sheeps-suet, Wax, A. ℥ viij. Olibanum ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ ijss. Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥ i Camphirʒii. Wine lbss ss. boil them to an Emplaster.   

IV. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.  
XLVII. Simple Epuloticks are, 1. Roots of Avens, Cinkfoil, Madder, Comfrey, Hermodacts, Sarsa, Tormentil. 2. Leaves of Agrimony, Avens, Archangel, Betony, Buckshorn, Burdock, Coltsfoot, Devilsbit, Flixweed, Fluellin, Horsetail, Hawkweed, Hypericon, Ladies-mantle, Lovage, Mugwort, Mint, Mullein, Plantain, Perwinkle, Sanicle, Speedwell, Sage, Shepherds-purse, Strawberry, Selfheal, Scabious, Southernwood, Tansy wild, Trefoil, Yarrow. 3. Flowers; as read Roses, Balaustians. 4. Barks or Peels; Jesaits-bark, Pomgranate-peels. 5. Woods; Sanders read, white, yellow; wood of Aloes, Lignum Rhodium. 6. Gums, Rosins; as Aloes, Dragons-blood, Mastic, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sarcocolla, Scammony. 7. Fruits; as Acorns, Galls, Sumach-berries, Grape-stones. 8. Earth's; as fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Chalk. 9 Stones; Lapis Calaminaris, Spunge-stone, Sponge burnt, Alum. 10. Metals; Led burnt, lethargy, Minium, Saccharum Saturni, Mercurius coagulatus, Ceruse, Brass burnt and washed. 11. Minerals; Tutty, Spodium, Pompholix, Cadmia, Antimony calcined, Caput mort. of Vitriol, Salt of the Caput mort. flowers of Sulphur. Among Compounds, we have these following.  
XLVIII. A Powder. ℞ Scammony, Hermodactyls, A. ℥ i Catechu ℥ ss. make each into a fine powder, and mix them.  
XLIX. Another. ℞ Roots of Tormentil, Bistort, round Birthwort, burnt Eggshells, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ ss. Lapis Calaminaris ʒi. Lithargeʒii. make a Powder.  
L. Another. ℞ Salt of the Caput mortuum of Vitriol, Alum in fine powder, Saccharum Saturni, Chalk, A. ℥ i mix.  
LIVELY Another. ℞ Fine Ceruse, Saccharum Saturni, fine Bole, calcined Talc, Sanguis draconis, Crabs-eyes, Mastic, Tutty, A. ʒi. Camphirʒss. powder finely, and mix them.  
LII. Another. ℞ Scammony, Mastich, Olibanum, Rosm, A. ℥ i make each into fine powder, and mix them.  
LIII. An Ointment. ℞ Oil-omphacine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ iii Oil of Myrtles, Ung. Populeum, A. ℥ two. Plantain and Nightshade chopped small and bruised, A. M. i boil for some time, and than press forth; to which add lethargy of Gold ℥ iii Wax ℥ two. Ceruse ℥ i burnt Lead ℥ ss. Tutia, Brass burnt, A. ʒii. Camphirʒi. rub them in a leaden Mortar to an Ointment.  
LIU. A Cerate. ℞ Unguent. Diapompholigos, Empl. Diapalmae, Grisaei, A. ℥ i Gum Elemi ℥ ss. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. Wax, Oil A. q.s. make all into a Cerate.  
LU. An Emplaster. ℞ Oil of Roses, lethargy, A. lbi lbi. mucilage of Linseed, and Orrice-roots, A. ℥ two. mix, and boil to a due consistency, than add Wax, Turpentine, A. ℥ two. Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ i mix, and make an Emplaster.  
LVI. A Mixture. ℞ Pulvis Mercurii coagulati ℥ iv. Ung-Diapompholigos, Empl. de Minio, with a little Oil, q.s. mix them, and apply it: it exceeds most Epuloticks.  
LVII. ℞ Empl. de Caranna cum Mercurio, Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, or in place of the latter, Our Emplast. Mercuriale, Ana, melt them together over a very gentle heat, and apply it to the Part. This not only Skins immediately, but discusses Swell, and drives back a Flux of Humours, though in a depending Part: my own Experience can commend it. After these Examples, you may make a thousand others.    

CHAP. III Of Internal WLNERARIES, or WOUND-DRINKS.  
I THE next thing to be considered, is the preparation of Internal Vulneraries, and Wound-Drinks: for we are to take care to promote an inward Habit of Healing, as well as an outward; for as much as by these Vulnerary-Potions, Physicians affirm (as Manardus, and others) they have alone cured the worst and most desperate Ulcers.  
II Now of these, some Physicians will have two sorts: some, which they call by the general name of Alteratives; and others, which they specially call Vulneraries, or Traumaticks.  
III Alteratives under our present consideration, are such things as are cooling, and incrassating, or thickening; and withal something astringent, but not greatly astrictive; jest they might otherwise breed Obstructions.  
IV. These Alteratives are administered for this purpose, that they may hinder the Humours from growing hot; whereby they grow fluxil, and so are made apt to receive a putridness.  
V These Alteratives are form out of suchlike Simples, as these following: Alehoof, Apples, Asparagus, Barley, Beets, Bloodwort, borage, Bugloss, Bucks-horn-Plantain, Citron the juice, Coral levigated, Cucumbers, Corans their juice, Crabs-eyes, Daisies, Dandelion, Dock sharppointed, Endive, Fumitory, Grass, Hartshorn the Jelly, Lettuce, Limon-juice, Mouseear, Nitre, Orange-juice, Orpin, Pellitory of the Wall, Pearl levigated, Pomgranat-juice, Poplar-buds, Poppy-beads, Plantain, Purslain, Quinces the juice, Roses, Sorrel, Sal Prunellae, Sanders, Shepherds-purse, Solomons-seal, Succory, Bohemian-tartar its cream, Tormentil, Vine leaves and tendrils, Violets, Water-lillys, Whey clarified, Woodsorrel, Winter-cherries, Yarrow.  
VI And out of these you may make Juices, Infusions, Decoctons, Saline Tinctures, Distilled Waters, Syrups, Electuaries, Powders, Potions, etc. according to the Form most agreeable to the Palate of the Patient, and convenient to the strength, or weakness, and habit or constitution of the Sick: and these things may be either Simple, prepared out of one single thing; or Compound, prepared out of many of them together, as the Physician in reason shall think fit.  
VII. Vulnerary-Potions, or Wound-Drinks are not where made mention of by Hypocrates, or any of the Ancients; but Moodern Physicians have loudly spoken of them, and proclaimed their Praises.  
VIII. Notwithstanding, because the Ancients have said nothing of them, there are some that will (right or wrong) speak against them, with offers of some weak Arguments, in confirmation of their Opinion: amongst whom is Balduinus Roussaeus, in his Medicinal Epistles, Epist. 66. who though he admits them, in those cases where they reach the wounded Parts; as the Gullet, Stomach, Intestines, etc. where they have but the place of Topics; yet will by no means allow them an Use in Wounds of the External Parts, but rejects them, for these Reasons:  
IX. 1. Because Hypocrates and the Ancients made no mention of them. 2. Because they cannot possibly penetrate unto the extreme Part; as Limbs, or Head, etc. partly because of their distance, and partly, because Astringents being mixed with them, may hinder their more deep penetration. 3. Because the Medicaments themselves greatly differ; some of them being hot and opening, others cold and astringent: whereby it appears not of what quality or faculty the Medicaments should be, out of which the Potions are to be prepared. 4. Because that being mostly astringent, they may do more hurt than good to the Patient; for that they may obstruct the Liver and other the more noble Viscera.  
X. To which we answer, 1. That though Hypocrates nor some of the more ancient ancient Physicians have said nothing of them; yet Galen, Method. Med. lib. 5. cap. 9 plainly inculcates their use, and has something which comes near to the Wound-drinks we now make use of, where he speaks touching Potions to be used in Wounds of the Thorax. But however, if nothing had been said of them by any of the Ancients: Are they the Measures, and utmost Standards of Knowledge and Wisdom to all succeeding Generations; have they fixed the Pillars, Ne plus ultra, to all Mankind besides? If not, why should not Posterity have room and liberty for Invention; and the privilege of enquiring after, and the hopes of finding out those Secrets and Truths, which the Ancients knew nothing at all of.  
XI. 2. To the second Objection we Answer, That if Roussaeus had known any thing of the Circulation of the Blood, he would never have made this poor Objection; for the Virtues of these Medicaments are mixed with the Chylous Juice, and conveyed by the same into the Blood; where circulating therewith, they are conveyed to all parts of the Body: and withal, the substance of the Blood is made more Balsamic, and so endued with a more Sanative property; by which the Wound is induced to a more speedy Healing.  
XII. 3. To the third Objection we Answer, 1. That such Simples are to be chosen, as may best suit with the Habit, or Constitution of the Patient. 2. That Harmonies are produced out of Discords: and though the Simples may seem almost diametrically opposite as to their first, and it may be second qualities; yet by a due and skilful mixtion, one of an equal temprament may result, having all the Sanative Virtues required. However, 'tis necessary that all Vulneraries have an Astringency in them, for the strengthening the Crasis of the Blood, which is the Natural Balsam of Life, and the Healing-principle; and for that reason, most Wound-drinks are astringent: nor does their astringency hinder their penetrating, since they are conveyed every where with the Blood.  
XIII. 4. The last Objection is voided; for many things are very opening, which are also very astringent: What think you of the opening Vitriol of Mars, and the opening Crocus Martis, which are certainly the greatest Openers in the World, and yet not much inferior in astringency and stypticity to the Crocus Martis astringens, which wants the Aperitive quality; the Liver itself is opened and strengthened by Astringents, as by Rhubarb in Dropsies; and with proper Astringents, which are Openers, all the Viscera are fortified and strengthened, and made able to do their duties, and resist, or refuse the Matter obstructing, let it be of what kind soever.  
FOURTEEN. And if it should be granted, that none of the Ancients have made any mention of these Wound-drinks: I pray how many other things have they been ignorant of? Is it not evident, that many of the most useful Medicaments have been found out, by those of aftertimes, which the Ancients were altogether ignorant concerning? there is nothing more certain.  
XU. Nor are the Virtues of any Wound-drink, to be estimated only from the first or second qualities of their Ingredients, or such as arise from and depend upon them: but from the Properties and Effects which result from the whole Substance, and are made manifest or known to us, only by Experience.  
XVI. These things being said, we will now see what modern Authors say in their behalf: Johannes Manardus, Annotat. in Composita Mesuae, calce Distinct. 11. says, that these Wound-drinks are very useful in the Cure of both new and old Wounds, and that he had more than once made trial of them; and that with them alone, he had cured the worst, and most desperate Ulcers.  
XVII. And to this their usefulness assent, not only Empirics, but also the most learned, able, and skilful Physicians and Surgeons of later times; as Guido, John de Vigo, Johannes Anglicus, Nicholaus Massa, Johannes Tagautius, Johannes Andraeas à Cruse, Gabriel Fallopius, Andraeas Matthiolus, Ambrose Paraeus, Fabricius ab Aquapendente, Ludovicus Septalius, Daniel Sennertus, and a Cloud of other Witnesses, too tedious here to enumerate.  
XVIII. Tagautius, Institut. Chirurg. lib. 2. cap. 12. says, that some kind of Meats are more fit, and convenient for wounded persons, and some again more offensive and hurtful: Why may we not therefore give the Patient to drink such Medicaments, as may 'cause all things in the Blood, and about the affected Part, to be rightly disposed, and be in good order?  
XIX. Guido, Tract. 3. doct. 1. c. 1. says, that he has sometimes used these Potions in old Ulcers, and Fistula's, Parts Cancerated, in Congelations of Blood in the Inward-parts, and in a gathering together of Sanies or Matter in the Breast and Lungs, etc.  
XX. Matthiolus upon Dioscorides, l. 4. c. 16. says, shalt by such Potions he had seen healed, as well the Wounds of the Thorax, as those of the Intestines, which were thought to be mortal, and altogether incurable, by any help or means whatsoever.  
XXI. Ludovicus Septalius, in his Medicinal Animadversions, lib. 8. Nᵒ 181. saith, we thought good oftentimes to make use of some Vulnerary Potions for many days together, until we saw the Matter was wholly consumed: and this was when he perceived great store of Excrements to be from day to day generated; either from errors of Diets, or the over-abounding of evil and vicious Humours in the whole Body; or from something amiss and faulty in the Wound; the Body being first evacuated, and the Inflammation abated.  
XXII. And Paraeus, lib. 18. cap. 28. says, that Nature being assisted by such a Potion, has oftentimes seemed to him to work Effects wondered and miraculous in the recovery of rotten Bones, cleansing of Apostems, and healing of Ulcers.  
XXIII. For these Potions, (says he) though they do not by the Belly purge away the noxious Humours, yet nevertheless they are very efficacious in the cleansing of Ulcers, and in the preserving and freeing them from all the filth of Excrementitious Humours, the defecating and carrying away the dregss of the Blood, and the purging the Wound from its ichorous matter and impurity: in the conglutinating also of broken Bones, and restoring the Nerves to their pristin Union.  
XXIV. And (says he) by these admirable Medicines, the Flesh, or any other substance that is lost and perished, may readily be restored, and made good again, and the Part restored to its former health.  
XXV. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 4. cap. 11. says also, that these Medicaments consume the excessive humidity of the Blood, which is wholly unfit for agglutination; they supply a due and fit matter for the generating of Flesh; and by their moderate astriction, they prevent and hinder the flux of Humours unto the wounded Part.  
XXVI. As for my own Opinion, it is deduced from Experience; and I know that they beget a healthful habit of Body, and a disposition in the Wound to healing. For whatsoever things they are which hurt the Wound, they are all of them for the most part communicated to the Wound, by the fault of the Blood: and therefore these rectifying the discrasy of the Blood, the distemper of the Wound is accordingly altered, and so disposed to healing.  
XXVII. Yet this all Authors observe, and agreed to, that they are not to be used in the beginning, and while there is no danger from the Wound, but that Topics may be sufficient for the perfect cure thereof; nor yet if there is a Fever present, or an Inflammation. But when the Part wounded is vitiated, the Habit of the Body is cacoethick, and the Wound itself putrifies, and succeeds not in the Cure: in these cases they may become very successful, not only in Wounds, but likewise in old Ulcers, and dangerous Fistula's.  
XXVIII. The most usual simple Vulneraries, for the preparation of Wound-Drinks, are these following. 1. Roots; of Avens, Angelica, Alehoof, Birthwort long and round, Bistort, China, Ceterach, Cinkfoil, Dittany white, Gentian, Orrice, Rhapontick, Rhubarb, Sanicle, Solomon-seal, Sarsa, Tormentil, Valerian or Setwal. 2. Herbs; Adders-tongue, Agrimony, Alehoof, All-heal, Angelica, Avens, Bramble-tops, Buckhorn-Plantane, Bugle, Bugloss, Burnet, Cabbage read, Calamint, Centory the lesle, Cinkfoil, Comfrey, Confound greater and lesser, Confound Saracens, Daisies, Devilsbit, Fluellin, Goldenrod, Harts-tongue, Herb-trinity, Horse-tail, Hounds-tongue, Hypericon, Hyssop, Ladies-mantle, Mousear, Mugwort, Orpin, Perwincle, Pimpernel, Plantain, Ribwort, Rupturewort, Sanicle, Savin, Saxifrage, Scabious, Sage, Woodsage, Sena, Scordium, Selfheal, Solomons-seal, Speedwell, Strawberry-leaves, Tansy, Tansy wild, Vervain, Vipers-Bugloss, Wintergreen, Yarrow. 3. Flowers; of Clove-gilly-flowers, Hypericon, Lilly-convally, Roses, Rosemary, Sage. 4. To these things add, Fine Bole, Cloves, Mace, Mummy, Winter's Cinnamon, Guaiacum, Lentisk-wood, Sassafras, River-Crabs, Sperma Ceti, Vipers-flesh, Steel prepared, Vitriol of Mars, Crabs-eyes levigated. And out of these Simples, compound Diet-drinks are made, according to the following Examples.  
XXIX. 1. A Vulnerary of Barbett. ℞ Roots of Comfrey ℥ ss. Wintergreen M. two. Sanicle P.ii. Strawberry-leaves, Ladies-mantle, Sage, A. M. i read Wine q.s. boil, strain, and dulcify with white Sugar. Dose, ℥ iii  
XXX. 2. ℞ Red Mugwort, leaves of Tree-Ivy, Sanicle greater and lesser, Wintergreen, Ladies-mantle, Saracens Confound, A. ℥ i Daisies ℥ ss. cut all small, and infuse in the best Wine lbss ss. fair Water lbjss lbjss. digest in a close B.M. for three hours; after let them stand all night, than strain out, and add, Nutmegs Crabs-eyes, Mummy, A. ʒii. and dulcify with Sugar ℥ iv. Dose, ℥ iii  
XXXI. 3. Or, ℞ Red Mugwort, Sanicle, Ground-Ivy, Saracens Confound, Ladies-mantle, A. M. i of the best Wine lbvi. lbvi. boil them them in a close Pot, over a gentle Fire, till a quarter is wasted; than strain out, and dulcify. Give a Draught Morning and Night.  
XXXII. 4. A Vulnerary-Drink of Barbett, where the Bone is broken. ℞ Round Birthwort-roots ℥ i ss. Showbread ℥ i Selfheal, Cranesbill, A. M. i Savin, Crabs-eyes, A.ʒiu. Mummy, Galangal, A. ʒii. cut and powder all grossly, and boil in read Wine lbiv lbiv ss. till lbiii lbiii. only remains; strain out, and sweeten with Syrup of Comfrey ℥ iv. Dose, ℥ iii Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXIII. 5. A Traumatick, from Sennertus. ℞ Winter-green, Perwincle, Bugle, Mugwort, Pimpernel, Agrimony, A. M.ii boil in Wine q.s. to the wasting of a quarter-part. Dose, ℥ vi. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXIV. 6. Another, from Sennertus. ℞ Tormentil, Strawberry-leaves, Sanicle, Ladies-bed-straw, Wintergreen, A. M. i boil in new Beer, cue s. Dose, ℥ viij. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXV. 7. Or thus: ℞ Wintergreen M. iv. leaves of Ground-Ivy, M.iii roots of white Gentian ℥ iv. cut them small, and put them into six quarts of new Beer: after two days the Patient may drink it. Dose, ℥ vi. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXVI. 8. Or thus: ℞ Saracens Confound the whole Plant M. iii boil it in Wine lbiii lbiii. to lbii. lbii. than strain out. Dose, ℥ iv. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXVII. 9 A powerful Diet-Drink. ℞ Shave or Sawdust of Oak-wood, of Lentisk-wood, of Misselto, A. ℥ two. roots of Birthwort, of Confound, of Centory, of Madder, of Tormentil, of Valerian, A. ℥ ss. Chalybeated-water, viz. that in which Steel has been oftentime quenched, as Smith's Forge-water lbxii lbxii. boil them in a double Vessel, till a third or more is wasted; than add Alehoof, Parsley-roots, Bramble-tops, Hemp-tops, Mousear, Herb-trinity, Periwinkle, Horsetail, Strawberry-leaves, flowers of Lilly-convally, A. M. ss. Cinnamon, Rhapontick, A. ℥ ss. and boiling again, almost half an hour; strain out, and add thereto Aromatick-wine lbiii lbiii. lastly, dulcify with Sugar. Dose, ℥ vi. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXVIII. 10. ℞ Clary, Wintergreen, Periwinkle, Saracens- Confound, Woodbine, Sanicle, Speedwell, Ladies-mantle, Tree-ivy, Mugwort, A. M.iii stolen, or rather new Beer six quarts: mix, and digest fourteen days, or till it is a little sharp; than draw of the humidity in a glass Vesica, in B.M. to dryness. Dose, three spoonfuls at a time, three times a day.  
THIRTY-NINE. 11. Another. ℞ Rasping of Guajacum ℥ iv. bark of the same Wood, Sarsaparilla, A. ℥ two. yellow Sanders, roots of Bistort, of Confound, of white Dittany, of Tormentil, of Valerian, A. ℥ ss. Spring-water two gallons: infuse all together for 24 hours, after boil in a double Vessel, or Diet-pot, to the consumption of a third part: than add Horsetail, Betony, Mousear, Dittany of Crect, Wintergreen, wild Tansy, tops of Brambles, Herb-trinity, Strawberry-leaves, A. M. ss. Cinnamon ℥ ss. boil till three quarts only remain after a strong expression; and than add of the best white Port-wine lbiii lbiii. and make it pleasant with Sugar. Dose, ℥ iv. or more; Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XL. 12. A Wound-Drink, which I have had great Experience of. ℞ Scabious, Sanicle, Selfheal, Wintergreen, A. M.ii Angelica, Betony, Sage, Bawm, Scordium, Centory, Ladies-mantle, Herb-trinity, Avens, Perwincle, Speedwell, Hops, A. M.i. Plantain, Buckhorn-Plantan, borage, Bugloss, Comfrey, Agrimony, Hypericon, Cinkfoil, Bramble-buds, Mint, young Oak leaves or buds, Woodbind-leaves, wild Daisies, Adders-tongue, Rosemary, read Beets, A. M. ss. Guajacum and Sassafras rasped, Sarsaparilla bruised, A. ℥ iv. Rhodium rasped, roots of Bistort, of Contrayerva, of Tormentil, of Valerian, A. ℥ ijss. Coriander-seed, Caraways, A. ℥ two. all being cut and bruised put them up into a Bag with a Stone in it; which put into six Gallons of well-brewed Ale, and one Gallon of Whitewine, with choice Honey lbiv lbiv. let all work together, and after two or three days, the Patient may drink of it as his ordinary Drink.  
XLI. 13. Another Excellent Wound-Drink. ℞ Avens, Herb-trinity, Ladies-mantle, Periwinkle, A. M. iv. bruise them, and cut them small, and boil them in Water, Wine, A. lbvi. lbvi. till one third is consumed: strain out, and add good Spirit of Wine or Brandy lbii. lbii. white Sugar lbi lbi. or enough to make it pleasant. Dose, ℥ iv. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XLII. Now here is to be noted, that Andraeas à Cruse saith that these four, viz. Avens, Herb-trinity, Ladies-mantle and Perwinkle, are to be extolled and commended for this use: without doubt they are excellent things, but twice or thrice that number are to be had full as good, and which upon trial, you will found nothing inferior.  
XLIII. Sennertus also says, that Herbs appropriated to the wounded Part, aught to be observed and chosen; as Betony, Roses, etc. for Wounds of the Head; Speedwell, etc. for Wounds of the Breast; Agrimony, etc. for Wounds of the Liver; Ceterach or Spleenwort, etc. for Wounds of the Spleen; Strawberry-leaves, etc. for Wounds of the Reinss.  
XLIV. And to the Examples here given, you may add, 1. Decoctum Traumaticum, 2. Decoctum Vulnerarium, 3. Decoctum Cancri, 4. Decoctum Sudorificum, 5. Decoctum aperitivum majus, 6. Decoctum aperitivum minus, 7. Decoctum Vulnerarium Mynsichti: all which you may see in Our Pharmacopoeia Lon●inensis, lib. 4. cap. 14. sect. 5.8.11.20.26.28.30. also Our Decoctum Traumaticum, and Barbett's Vinum Hydragogum, both which you may see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 2. cap. 14. sect. 4. & cap. 12. sect. 7. of the same Book.  
XLV. Sennertus also has a specific Traumatick-pouder, which for the excellency of it, we will give you here. ℞ Crabs-eyes levigated ℥ jss. Nutmegs in fine powder ℥ i mix them. Dose, ʒss, to ʒi. in white Port-wine. Or thus: ℞ Crabs-eyes levigated ℥ two. Ivory calcined white, Pearl, A.ʒvi. Coralʒiii. all being in a fine or levigated powder mix them. Dose, ʒi. at a time in Wine, or Wine mixed with Water.   

CHAP. IU. Of an HAEMORRHAGE in Wounds.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Haemorrhagia Vulneris; in English, the Bleeding of a Wound; which is always to be understood of a violent and symptomatical Bleeding.  
II And it is distinguished from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, from the Part and Occasion; this latter being for the most part a spontaneous bleeding at the Nose.  
III The Kind's. It is threefold: 1. That which proceeds from wounded Arteries. 2. That which proceeds from wounded Veins. 3. That which proceeds from a Wound or hurt of both those Vessels.  
IV. The Causes. The chief cause is declared in the Kind's, which is from a hurt of one or more of the Vessels; which than always produces some notable Haemorrhage; from whence proceeds oftentimes Fainting, Swoonings, and other dangerous Symptoms.  
V Now though the Wound inflicted upon the Vessels is the prime or principal Cause; yet it happens, and that oftentimes, that the Blood may be now and than stopped for a season; and that it may afterwards suddenly break forth again.  
VI This is many times caused from trouble or commotion of Mind, anger, vexation, or (if the Wound was made by an Enemy) the presence of the Adversary; by which the Spirits being perturbed, give a sudden motion to the Blood, and so induces a new and fresh Haemorrhage in the Wound.  
VII. Sennertus gives an Example, in two Brothers, the one of which had wounded the other: while the Wound was binding up, the Brother which gave the Wound came in to visit the the other; whereupon (though they were now reconciled) the Blood presently broke forth afresh; which was without doubt from some secret commotion of the Mind: for upon that Brother's departure, and being forbidden any more visits, the Blood immediately staunched.  
VIII. The Signs. It is known by sight: if it is from an Artery, the Blood is seen to come forth by leaping, and with violence; being more hot, fervent, thin, yellow, and frothy, than that which comes out of the Veins; and is always accompanied with some notable alteration of the Pulse, weakness, and dejection of strength.  
IX. If it is from a Vein, the Blood is more thick, black, dark, and lesle hot; coming forth without any violence or rushing, smoothly, and with an equal pulse; far lesle dejecting the Spirits, than that which comes forth by the Arteries.  
X. If the greater Vessels are wounded, the Blood flows forth in greater abundance, and with greater violence; but with far lesle, if it is one of the lesser Vessels which is hurt.  
XI. The Prognostics. An Arterial Haemorrhage is more dangerous than a Venal; because an Artery wounded, is more difficult to be cured and consolidated, than a wounded Vein, because of its hardness, perpetual motion, and violent leaping forth of the Blood.  
XII. An Haemorrhage from an Artery wounded longwise, obliquely or transversly; is much more difficult to be stopped, than where the Artery is cut perfectly asunder.  
XIII. An Haemorrhage from an Artery cut transversly asunder, is more easily curable; because the Artery will be again contracted, and its Orifices close and shut again, and more easily meet, and grow together again, and be the sooner covered and consolidated, with the circumjacent Flesh lying round about it.  
FOURTEEN. An overgreat Haemorrhage in Wounds, in what kind soever, is very dangerous, because the Blood is the Fountain and Treasure of Life: for when the Vital Spirits are called forth, it causes a weakness of the Pulse, with a frequency and inequality, and sometimes an intermission; also a Syncope, or fainting and swooning, Chillness of the outward parts, extreme Coldness, inordinate Sweats, Convulsions, Sigh, Sobbing, Delirium, and sometimes at length Death itself.  
XU. Hence Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 5. says, that a Convulsion or Sighing, happening upon an abundant Flux of Blood, is always very evil and dangerous.  
XVI. And in Sect. 7. Aph. 9 that a Delirium or Convulsion happening upon a great Hemorrhage, is evil, and full of danger.  
XVII. And this is more especially caused by an Arterial Haemorrhage; because therewith, there is a greater effusion and dissipation of Native Heat, and Vital Spirits.  
XVIII. A Venal Haemorrhage is without danger, if it is in an external place; where Applications can be easily made, and the smaller Veins only are wounded.  
XIX. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are twofold: 1. The union and consolidation of the wounded Vessels, of which we shall say nothing in this Chapter; it belonging to Chap. 11. following. 2. The stopping of the Haemorrhage, or staunching of the Blood; which where it is very great, dejecting the Spirits, Strength, and Powers of the Body, aught first to be done, before the unition and conglutination of the Vessels; that the Patient may not run a manifest hazard of his Life.  
XX. Now an Haemorrhage may be stopped by application of fit Remedies, and well Binding-up: but if by this means the Blood cannot be staunched, but shall yet break through the closed Wound and Bandage, by reason of its impetuous violence, than all those things which do induce that violence, are to be removed and forbidden.  
XXI. As Anger, vehement Joy, Drinking of Wine, Brandy, or other hot Liquors; hot and thin Humours of the Body fermenting, violent motions of the Body, or action of the Part wounded; the declining, and downward-position of the Member, and the motion of an Artery not wholly cut asunder.  
XXII. There are several ways by which Blood may be staunched: 1. By the application of Dossels or Pledgets of Lint or Tow, moistened either in the glair of Eggs; or in a mixture of Vinegar p. i with Water p. iii in tender Bodies: or Vinegar p. i with Water p. two. in more hardy Bodies.  
XXIII. This Mixture is called Posca, and is to be applied warm; because cold Applications are hurtful to Wounds. Dry Lint or Tow must be avoided, because they stick so fast to the lips of the wounded Parts; that by removing them, (which must be with some force) a new flux of Blood is often caused; and if fomenting with some fit Liquor is used, as Milk, Butter and Beer warmed, etc. it is often prejudicial in Wounds of the fleshy Parts.  
XXIV. 2. By the application of Crepitus Lupi, than which there is scarcely any thing to be named, which can more powerfully and certainly do it.  
XXV. For it being of a nature extremely dry, and drying, as it will no way admit of the flowing forth of the Blood; (which those Medicaments do which are naturally moist, and therefore are lesle useful in staunching of Blood;) so it will likewise subsist, and stick fast in the Vessels.  
XXVI. But it will be most useful for this purpose, if it is first with a Thread tied round, and than pressed hard together in a Screw-Press, letting it lie therein for some certain time: for so when it comes to be imposed upon the Wound, it again dilates itself, and puts a stop to the Haemorrhage or flux of Blood.  
XXVII. 3. By Deligation of the Vessels (where it may be) whether Vein or Artery: this is only used when great Vessels are Wounded. Now here is to be observed, first that if a Nerve accompanies the Vessel, (as in the Soporal-Artery which has the recurrent Nerve annexed to it) you must separate the Nerve therefrom, for otherwise, that part into which the Nerve is inserted will be deprived both of moving and feeling, besides the great pain which will be excited.  
XXVIII. Secondly, in the deligation of the Vessel, the binding is not to be too straight, because the thread will cut the Vessel asunder too soon, and so 'cause a now Hemorrhage: the thread aught to be either of strong Silk, or Steel Hemp, as they call it, such as is Sealing thread, which will not easily rot, whereby there will be lesle fear of a new flux of Blood, which latter may prove more dangerous than the former. Ambrose Parey lib. 11. cap. 20. used this way after Amputation, but it is very troublesome, and not mightily approved of now.  
XXIX. 4. By Application of Sarcoticks or Incarnatives. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 4. Prescribes this. ℞ fine Aloes ℥ iii Frankincense ℥ two. make them into a powder, and mix it with down of a Hare, and white of an Egg, so much as to bring it to the consistence of Honey. Spread this upon Dossels of Tow, and so lay it upon the Vessel, and the whole Wound; the Vessel being first closed with the finger, and than cleansed from the Clotted Blood and moisture, with a piece of Sounge dipped in read Wine, or some astringent Decoction, and the parts of the Wound about your Finger be sprinkled with the former Powder.  
XXX. The Pledget or Dossel armed as aforesaid, being laid on, presently press it down with your finger; which keep so, till you have filled up the Wound with more ar●…ed Pledgets or Dossels.  
XXXI. This done, apply a double Cloth over all, moistened in some astringent or styptic Liquor, and wrung out; and than in a fit and convenient manner bind up the Wound with Swaths or Rousers, beginning to roll below the Wound; but when you are come to the Wound, you may compass it with three or four Circumvolutions, than ascend and roll the part above the Wound, to press the Blood out of the Vessel, that the flux of Blood may be stayed; and open not the Wound till the third or fourth day.  
XXXII. When you come to dress it, all the Pledgets or Dossels are to be taken away, except the first, which immediately sticks to, and closes the Vessel; which done, the Wound is to be sprinkled with more of the powder, as before, and than over it new Armed Dossels are to be applied; and thus the Wound is to be dressed every other day, till it is incarnated, and no fear is left, of another Hemorrhage.  
XXXIII. But if after the first dressing, the Blood shall begin again to flow, and the Pledgets of their own accord grow lose; than with your Finger, press down gently upon the Vessel that nothing may flow forth, and take away the former moistened Pledget very carefully, dry the Wound, strew on more of the dry powder, and than apply new Armed Pledgets, binding it carefully up as before; for so long as the Pledgets or Dossels shall be softened by the Blood, the Hemorrhage cannot be said to be sufficiently stopped.  
XXXIV. These following compositions are also commended in this case. ℞ Aloes, Frankincense, white Starch, fine Bole, down of a Hare, Cobwebs, A.q.s. mix and make a powder. ℞ Archangel, Moss of the Sloe-tree, Nettleroots, Dragons, A. q.s. make a powder and strew upon the Wound.  
XXXV. Guilielmus Fabricius, commends this following. ℞ white Starch ℥ iii: Water-frogs dried and powdered ℥ i: Whites of Eggs dried and powdered, new Sponge torrified and powdered, Sanguis draconis, Frankincense, moss of a Man's Skull Parget, A. ℥ ss. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, A. ʒii: Down of a Hare torrified and poudredʒi: make all into a very fine powder.  
XXXVI. ℞ Catechu, Cortex Peruanus, fine Aloes, Olibanum, Myrrh, Powder of Toads-Flesh, A. ℥ i: Sanguis Draconis, ashes of an old Hat, Saccharum Saturni, Man's Blood dried, Crocus Martis astringens, Nut-galls, Opium, A. ℥ ss: make each into a fine powder, and mix them. Now here is to be noted, that these Medicines are to be used, till so much flesh is bred about the Vessel, as to close up its Orifice; for till than, the fear of an Hemorrhage will not be over. See lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 16. ad 20. and cap. 15. sect. 24, 25.  
XXXVII. 5. By application of Astringents and Stypticks, which are yet the more powerful stoppers of an Haemorrahage. Sennertus, lib. 5. par. 4. cap. 14. commends this. Take Roch-alum, q.u. powder it, and put it into an Ox-bladder, and so put it into a Kettle of hot Water to be dissolved; distil this Water by an Alembick, and continued the Work so long, till the Faeces are dry: these Faeces dissolve again in an Ox-bladder as before, and distil again; and repeat this Work till the whole substance of the Alum shall be converted by Distillation into Water.  
XXXVIII. This Recipe is the same, and differs not much in the Preparation from the Alumen dulce liquidum in Our Pharmacopoeia Bateana, lib. 1. cap. 9 sect. 10. § 5. pag. 376. a. which is a Magisterial Spirit of Alum, and is accounted one of the best Stypticks known in the World.  
THIRTY-NINE. And to this you may add the Aqua Styptica, and its Succedaneum; also Stypticum Regis, or Royal Styptic, Terra Vitrioli dulcis, Arcanum Aluminis: which you may see in Our Pharm. Bateana, lib. 1. cap. 1. sect. 56. & 57 pag. 29. & 30. cap. 9 sect. 12. pag. 378. & sect. 104. pag. 581. and those described in lib. 3. cap. 11. sect. 111, 112. aforegoing, of this Work.  
XL. If you cannot come to reach the Vessel with your Finger, you may inject some astringent Liquor; made of fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, read Ochre, Sanguis Draconis, new Galls, Hypocistis, juice of Sloes, Acacia, juices of Plantain, Comfrey, Knotgrass, Horse-tail, Leeks, Bistort, Docks, Yarrow, etc. out of which you may make such a Liquor as this is.  
XLI. Take Smiths-forge-water lbjss lbjss. juices of Comfrey, Knotgrass, Horsetail, Bistort, Yarrow, A. ℥ two. Vitriol-stone in fine pouderʒi. fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Roch-Alum, Saccharum Saturni, A.ʒii. mix, and make an Injection; which inject softly into the Wound with a Syringe.  
XLII. 6. By Application of Specificks. Some things are said to staunch the Blood by a specific property; for which purpose, Strawberry-water is commended in all Haemorrhages. So also the root of Pseudomelanthium, which some call Lychnis, sive Lychnoides Segetum, sive Nigellastrum, Cockle, or Corn wild Campion, being held under the Tongue, is said to stop an Haemorrhage.  
XLIII. And there are some which recommend to us for this purpose, the roots of Succory with the white flower; and it has been found by experience, that holding the Jasper-stone in the hollow of the Hand, the Blood has been stopped: others have been cured, by holding Lapis Haematitis, or the Bloodstone in the Hand, or tying it to the brawny part of the Arm.  
XLIV. Others have been cured, by applying to the Part affected the powder of the Bloodstone in good quantity; also the powder of the Loadstone, and Crocus Martis astringens: but nothing stops a Haemorrhage more powerfully, that we have yet met with, than the Moss which grows upon Human Sculls, Human Blood dried, Powder of Toads, and Catechu.  
XLV. 7. By applying Revulsives, and Interceptives or Repellers. Revulsives, are Cupping-Glasses, both without and with Scarification; which, as need shall require, are to be put upon remote and opposite places: and some Authors prescribe Bleeding in opposite places, yet this can be, but when the strength of the Patient is but little impaired; and than to be taken away by little and little, and not at once.  
XLVI. Interceptives are applied, to drive back, or hinder the Afflux, and incrassate the Blood while it is flowing: and these are to be applied unto the Vessels by which the Blood flows unto the wounded Part; but above upon the Part, towards the root of the Vessel, and more especially (where it may be done) on the exterior Parts, where only the Veins lie hid under the Skin, and not covered with much Flesh.  
XLVII. We aught (says Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 23.) to make use of some cold Medicament, in those who have any Haemorrhage, or are likely to be troubled therewith; and this Medicament is not to be applied unto the some place, but to those places from whence it flows.  
XLVIII. Now these Intercepters are made of things cold and astringent; as Posca, rough and acid Wine, Rose-water, Plantan-water, Oak and Nightshade Waters, Barley-meal, Henbane-seeds, powder of Myrtleberries, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Dragons-blood, Mastic, Olibanum, read Roses, Balaustians, whites of Eggs, etc.  
XLIX. Out of which, and others of like kind, which we have enumerated more at large, in Lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 57 ad 78. aforegoing; you may compound and make various Forms, as you shall see fit; of which you have also various Examples in the places before cited, so that no more need be said thereof here.  
L. The Interceptive being laid on, the Part is to be bound up with a Swath or Rowler, which may bind close the Vessel towards the root thereof: and the Ligature is not to be loosened before the third or fourth day; or indeed it is not to be removed, till the Haemorrhage is throughly stopped.  
LIVELY 8. By cutting the Vessels quite through, or asunder, where the Haemorrhage is made by a Wound of the Vessel obliqne, or transverse. This is known by the great effusion of Blood, which follows upon the Wound; which is always greater, than if the Vessel was wholly cut asunder.  
LII. In this case, you must cut the Vessel completely through, or asunder; for so you will the more easily staunch the Blood: for the Vessel will be drawn back, and on both sides contracted within itself; and so its Orifice will be covered, and shut up with the Bodies which lie round about it.  
LIII. And than you may apply those things which we have before directed for stopping the Haemorrhage; whereby the Orifices of the Vessel will be perfectly closed, and the Patient secured against a future Flux.  
LIU. 9 By application of Escaroticks. One of the chief of these things, is Vitriol, which some beaten into powder, and apply crude, sprinkling it upon the Wound, for stopping the Haemorrhage: others dissolve it in Water, and than moisten linen Clotheses therein, and lay them upon the Wound.  
LU. Others apply Calcanthum, Atramentum Sutorium, or English Copperas, either in powder, or else dissolved in some Styptick-water; which is of good use in Wounds, where the Orifice of the Vessel cannot be closed by compression, or the application of the Crepitus Lupi.  
LVI. Now this Calcanthum being dissolved in Liquor, penetrates even through the wounded Vessel: for which reason we are to beware, that the Nerves (if any be near) be not hurt: and therefore that into such deep Wounds, where Nerves are present, other more safe Stypticks are to be injected.  
LVII. Some Authors, besides Vitriol, in this case commend Alum, Aegyptiacum acuated with calcined Vitriol, Oils of Vitriol and Sulphur, etc.  
LVIII. This of Barbett is of good use, because it operates with little or no pain. Take unslakt Lime, black Soap, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, and apply it.  
LIX. Or thus. Take Umber (with Spanish-Brown) in fine powder, unslakt Lime rubbed to a fine powder, A.q.s. whites of Eggs beaten into glair; mix them into the consistence of a Lineament, adding also the down of a Hare. This causes little pain, and also mightily closes the Mouths of the Vessels.  
LX. Fallopius in his Book of Wounds, advises to take a Reed answerable in thickness to the capacity of the wounded Vessel; and stopping one end of it with a Cork, than to fill it with Germane or Hungarian Vitriol melted: which when cold, is to be thrust in at the one end, so as it may be an inch without the Reed at the other end; and than to be applied to the Vessel, and held there for the space of an hour, in which time the mouth of the Vessel will be completely closed.  
LXI. Colcothar (which is Vitriol calcined to redness) being also applied to Wounds, does immediately stop their bleeding; and its Salt being dissolved in Water, and injected into deep Wounds, does also the same thing: but in this case, care aught to be taken of the Nerves. See its Preparation in Our Seplasium, or Druggist's Shop, lib. 2. cap. 12. sect. 14.  
LXII. 10. By exhibition of Internals, which are Coolers, jucrassatives, and Narcoticks. Coolers, are Barberries, Bolearmoniack, Corans, Coral, Lettuce, Purslan, Pomegranates, Pears, Quinces, Roses, Succory, etc.  
LXIII. Incrassatives, are Myrtleberries, Terra sigillata, Hypocistis, Acacia, Sloes, Acorns, Comfrey, Lapis Haematitis, Crocus Martis, Jesuits Bark, Bistort-root, Tormentil, Catechu; which last is inferior to no other thing in the World.  
LXIV. Narcoticks, are Mandrake apples and roots, Henbane juice, roots, and seed; juice, flowers and seeds of Poppies, Opium; which last among Physicians is instar omnium, and the most powerful thickner, not only of the Blood, but of all the other Juices.  
LXV. Cut of these things you may prepare Waters, Syrups, Lohoches, Po●ions, Juleps, Powders, Electuaries, Pills, Tinctures, etc. which may be easily given, and in small Dose: Our Tinctura mirabilis, given to one or two spoonfuls, in Ale or Wine and Water, stops Bleeding to a miracle, and upon the spot; which may be repeated as often as need requires.  
LXVI. This following Potion is also of singular use. Take Diascordium ʒi. Philonum Persicum, Acacia, A. ʒss. Tinctura mirabilis ʒiii. Syrup of white Poppies ℥ i Corn-poppy water ℥ iv. mix, and make a Potion.  
LXVII. You may also give Our volatile or specific Laudanum; or Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tartarizatum, à gr. i. ad gr. iv. liquid Laudanum, à gut. x. ad gut. xx. or xxvi. or Our Guttae Vitae, à gut. 20. ad lx. or more; according to the age and strength, etc. in some fit Vehicle.  
LXVIII. When the Blood is fully staunched, and shall become clotted, than we must use the best of our skill to prevent its putrifying; and endeavour to dissolve it, as we have taught in Lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 23. ad 29.  
Lxix Or you may give this: Take Rhubarb, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Mummy, A. ʒi. make a Powder. Dose, ʒ i. in Chervil or Parsley Water. Or, Take Terra sigillata, Madder, Mummy, Comfrey, Rhubarb, A. ʒi. make a Powder. Dose, ʒi. or more.  
LXX. Or, Take Terra sigillata, Crabs-eyes, A. ʒi. Goats-blood dried, Sperma Ceti, Angelica and Gentian roots, Rhubarb, Snakeroot, A. ʒss. Salt of Beef, Cloves, A. ℈ ss. make a Powder, for six Doses, in Hydropiper-Water.  
LXXI. Or, Take Crabs-eyes, Mummy, Madder, Goats-blood dried, roots of Madder, Rhubarb, round Birthwort, sweet Fennel seed, A. ʒi. make all into a powder. Dose, ʒi. in Syrup of Sorrel, or Juice of Citrons, or in Oxycrate, or Posca.  
LXXII. And Posca, which is a mixture of Vinegar and Water, is an excellent thing of itself: but the Vinegar aught not to be mixed in so large a quantity with the Water, as to excite a Coughing: being given warm two or three times a day, it dissolves coagulated Blood.  
LXXIII. Donatus commends this. Take Rhubarbʒi. Mummy gr. vi. Madder gr. iv. make a Powder; which give in Posca, or Red-wine.  
LXXIV. The Diet also should be so ordered, to contribute to the stopping of the free course of the Blood: for which purpose, Meats aught to be made of Rice, Amylum, fine Wheat-flower, Barley-flower, Biscuit, Corans, Medlars, Pears, Quinces, Services, etc. and to abstain from Wine, and all hot and spirituous Liquors, violent Motion and Exercise of the Body, Anger, Vexation of Spirit, and all Trouble, and Commotion of Mind, etc.   

CHAP. V Of EXTRANEOUS THINGS in WOUNDS.  
I IF any Extraneous Body or Thing is contained in the Wound, which may hinder unition, conglutination, or healing, it is to be taken forth. And therefore if only the lesser Vessels be wounded, the Haemorrhage is not immediately to be stopped; but we must permit what Blood we found flowing from the lesser Veins which are cut asunder, freely to flow forth.  
II For by this means there will be a lesle quantity of Pus generated, and all the danger of Inflammation and Putrefaction will be prevented: which is evident from those, who out of simple Wounds are want either to draw forth the Blood by sucking with their Mouth; or else to squeeze it out, by compression of the wounded Part with their Fingers.  
III This being premised, we are to consider, what kinds of Extraneous Bodies or Things they are, which are to be removed out of Wounds: and these are extraneous either by accident, or of their own nature.  
IV. Things which are extraneous by accident, are, 1. Hair. 2. Clots of Blood. 3. Contused Flesh. 4. Separated pieces of Flesh. 5. Fatty Substances. 6. Membranes. 7. Tendons. 8. Ligaments. 9 Cartilages. 10. Pieces or Splinters of broken Bones.  
V Those things which are extraneous of their own nature, are, 1. Pieces of Garments. 2. Sand, or Gravel. 3. Earth. 4. Stones. 5. Plugs. 6. Glass. 7. Smallshot. 8. Bullets. 9 Pieces of Iron. 10. Splinters of Wood 11. Heads of Arrows. Or, 12. Pieces of Weapons, of various kinds.  
VI If there are Hairs near about the Wound, they are to be shaved away with a Razor; jest they fall within the lips of the Wound.  
VII. If Clots of Blood be in the Wound, which may hinder unition, excite pain, putrify, and 'cause a Feve; they may be washed away with a piece of Sponge, or linen Cloth, dipped in warm white or read Port-Wine, Aqua Vitae, Posca, Brandy and Water mixed together, Oxymel dissolved in Water: or, in the Country where these things cannot be had, in Milk, or Ale warmed: or if need require, they may be taken forth by help of some proper Instrument.  
VIII. But in doing this, you must use no manner of violence at first: neither is all the clotted Blood to be taken forth, especially if a Haemorrhage is feared; for that the clotted Blood does in some manner stop the Orifices of the Vessels, which may grow together under them: but the removing them wholly is to be deferred to the second or third Dressing, when Nature herself will begin to expel whatsoever is extraneous, and be helping and assisting in the case.  
IX. Nor are you to omit cleansing of the Wound with your Probe, armed with Lint; and repeated with fresh Lint, as often as need requires.  
X. Pieces or Splinters of broken Bones likewise, if any such, are to be taken forth, either with your Forceps, or Ravensbil; so also pieces of Fat or Flesh, Membranes, Tendons, Ligaments, or Cartilages, which may stick in the Wound.  
XI. But however in the first dressing, those things only are to be taken forth, that are free and lose; so that they may be taken out of the Wound, without offering any violence to it.  
XII. But as for such small pieces of Bones which stick fast unto the Flesh, or other Bones; you are to wait for Natures help in expelling them: whereby you will see, whether she will unite these Fragments to the rest of the Bone; or make a separation therefrom, and exclude them.  
XIII. As for Sand, Gravel, or Earth, they are to be washed out, and taken away; as we have directed at Sect. 7. above, about clotted Blood.  
FOURTEEN. If pieces of Garments, or Iron, or if Glass is broken in the Wound, they are to be taken forth: and this is also to be done, if any other kind of Matter, or Weapon, or part of a Weapon stick in the Wound.  
XU. But before we assay the Extraction of these things, we are to consider, whether or not the wounded Person is like to live after their taking forth: for if there is no hopes of Life, the Artist aught not to attempt their removal, not of the Weapon itself; jest the Patient dying under his hands, it should be thought that he had hastened his Death.  
XVI. As is oftentimes manifest in Wounds of the Brain, and of the Heart, of the Vena cava, and great Artery; where if the Weapon is left in, the Patient may possibly live for the space of a day: whereas if it be taken forth, a vehement Haemorrhage follows thereupon, and the Patient instantly dies.  
XVII. But where there is hopes of recovery, we aught to endeavour the extraction of the Weapon, or other extraneous Matter: for though pieces of Weapons, and leaden Bullets may sometimes stick very long in the Wound, yet it is a very rare thing, that the Wound should be perfectly healed, without their drawing forth.  
XVIII. However, you are not to assay the drawing out of such Bodies, as cannot but with great difficulty and danger, be taken forth; and which remaining in the Body, the Wound may be cured: as leaden Bullets, and Smallshot, which sticking very deep, in extreme fleshy Parts, or in great Joints, as the Shoulder, Elbow, Knee, etc. where being enclosed with Flesh, the Wound is sometimes healed with them remaining in it.  
XIX. This being said, we now come to show how those other foreign Substances, which are not lose, or cannot be wiped or washed away, may be taken forth; and that is by a twofold means: 1. By the help of Medicaments. 2. By the help of Instruments.  

I By the help of Medicines.  
XX. Medicines for this purpose, are either Simple, or Compound: and the Simple are of three kinds; 1. Such as operate by a Specific Virtue: 2. Such as operate by a Digestive or Putrifactive Virtue: 3. Such as operate by an Attractive Virtue.  
XXI. Specific Simple Medicaments are; Pimpernel, Brooklime, Dittany of Crect, roots of round Birthwort, Anemony, roots of Narcissus, of Gladiol or Corn-flag, and Reed-roots, beaten into a Cataplasm with Honey: Henbane-leaves beaten, and applied in form of a Pultiss: Horned-Poppy-leaves beaten, and used in like manner: and the Heads of Lizards beaten into a mass, and imposed. See Dioscorides, lib. 2. cap. 58. and Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 52.  
XXII. Digestive and Putrifactive Medicaments for this purpose are; Turpentine, Honey, yolks of Eggs, Sheep's and Beef Suet, Bird-lime, old Pigeons dung, Hen's dung, Ducks, Goose and Turkey's dung; leven, and the like.  
XXIII. Attractive Simple Medicaments for this purpose are; Gum Ammoniacum, Assa foetida, Aloes Hepatica, Capivi, Elemi, Euphorbium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Pitch, Pine-Rosin, Propolis, Tar, leaves and roots of Dittany, Garlick, Leeks, Onions, Shelots'; and other like things, hot in the third or fourth degree, of subtle and thin parts.  
XXIV. Out of the substance of these simple things, compound Medicaments are prepared: as, 1. The Emplaster of Avicen. ℞ Leven, Propolis or Honey, A. lbss ss. Bird-lime, oldest Oil, A. ℥ iii Ammoniacum ℥ two. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXV. 2. ℞ Virgin-wax ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ two. Loadstone ℥ jss. Bean-flower ℥ i Deers-suet ℥ ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXVI. 3. Fallopius his Cataplasm. ℞ Propolis, Sagapenum, Dittany-roots fresh gathered, A. ʒiss. Leven, Pigeons-dung, A. ℥ i one Onion boiled, Tar, Honey, A. q.s. beaten all together in a Mortar to a Cataplasm.  
XXVII. 4. Another of Fallopius, stronger. Take fresh Dittany roots, powder of Dittany of Crcet, Assa foetida, Elemi, Sagapenum, Pine-Rosin, A. ℥ i Bird-lime ℥ ss. Sulphur vive ʒi. Euphorbiumʒss. Tar, Honey, A. q.s. mix, and beaten them into a Cataplasm.  
XXVIII. 5. Take Bees Wax lbi lbi. Colophony, yellow Rosin, Oil of yolks of Eggs, A. ℥ iv. Loadstone in powder ℥ v. juice of Citrons ℥ iii Ammoniacum ℥ two. Bdellium ℥ i mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXIX. 6. Take Wax, Turpentine, A. ℥ vi. Ceruse, Roman Vitriol, A. ℥ iv. Oil of Iuniper ℥ jss. Oil of Earthworms, Colophony, Ship-Pitch, Frankincense, Camphir, Mummy, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ i Oil of Eggsʒvi. Mastich, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥ ss. powder of Haematitis or Bloodstone, Loadstone, Oil of Cloves, A. ʒii. make an Emplaster.  
XXX. 7. Take Oil-olive lbjss lbjss. new Wax lbi lbi. melt them together, and add lethargy of Gold lbjss lbjss. boil them; afterwards add Ammoniacum, Bdellium, A. ℥ two. Galbanum, Opopanax, A. ℥ i dissolved first in Vinegar. These things being mixed, add powders of round Birthwort root, Tobacco, Myrrh, Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ two. boil all with a gentle Fire, adding in the end of the boiling, Oil of Bays, Turpentine, A. ℥ v. stir them well together, and pour all into cold Water; and with Oil of Camomile or Turpentine, anointing your Hands, make the Emplaster up into long Rolls.  
XXXI. 8. Take Oil lbii. lbii. lethargy lbi lbi. Colophony lbss ss. Wax ℥ iv. Ammoniacum, round Birthwort roots, A. ℥ two. Galbanum, Frankincense, A. ℥ jss. Gentian ℥ i Propolis, Aloes Hepatica, Verdigrise, burnt Brass, Dittany of Crect, A.ʒvi. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXII. 9 Take bulbous Narcissus roots Nᵒ two. Reed-root ℥ i Gladiol-root ℥ ss. rotten Doves-dung ℥ i Mullein-leaves M.i. roots of the wild Cucumber, of round Birthwort, of white Dittany, Dittany of Crect, meal of Orobus, A. ℥ ss. Honey q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXIII. 10. Take Pine-rosin ℥ two. Stone-pitch ℥ i Ammoniacum, Sagapenum, Elemi, A. ℥ ss. roots of round Birthwort and of white Dittany, Dittany of Crect, A.ʒii. old Oil q.s. mix, and make a Cerat.   

II By the help of Instruments.  
XXXIV. But if by nothing of Medicinal means the extraneous Body can be drawn out, we must than make the attempt by help of Instruments: wherein we must first consider the substance, nature, figure, situation and connexion of the Parts offended, and Parts adjacent. Secondly, the diversity of the Matter to be drawn forth; its substance, magnitude, and figure; that the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, and Tendons may not be torn or violated: for it would be much unbecoming an Artist, that it should be said, that his Hand had done more hurt than the Weapon.  
XXXV. You are also to consider, 1. That the Matter may easily be drawn forth. 2. The fears of an Apostemation, which may corrupt the wounded Part. 3. The fears of the Matter to be drawn out, being poisoned.  
XXXVI. Than in order to this Work, you must consider also; 1. The situation the Body was in, when wounded. 2. The depth of the place where the Matter is lodged. 3. The way by which the Extraneous Matter may be best drawn forth. 4. The Symptoms of the wounded Part; as well those future, as those which are present. For Example sake; if there is great pain, endangering Convulsions, the extraneous Matter is without delay to be extracted: but if a dreadful flux of Blood should ensue after extraction, it is to be deferred, because this latter may sometimes bring present 〈◊〉.  
XXXVII. In 〈◊〉 therefore to the Extractive of these things, four things are to be known: 1. With what Instruments they are to be 〈◊〉 out. 2. The time when it is most fit 〈◊〉 do it. 3. By what ways they are to be taken forth. 4. The form of the Matters to be extracted.  
XXXVIII. 1. As to the Instruments mostly in use in this case, they are chief seven. 1. A sharp, well-set Incision-Knife, smoothly pointed. 2. Two Pair of good Scissors; the one with sharp Points, the other with one Point knobbed. 3. A blunt Steel or Silver Hook; to lift up a Vein, Artery, or Nerve, when a Bullet, etc. is taken out of a Musculous Part. 4. A Pair or two of Forceps, hollow, strong, and of good Steel, to lay hold of the Matter. 5. Goose-bills, round, and hollow at the Points, double and single, to take out Bullets, etc. 6. The Ravens or Crows-Bill of Steel, and very strong; to take out Bones, Splinters, Arrow-heads, etc. 7. Forcipes incisorii; which being dilated, cut on each side, to make the way out wider; and are of use when a Wound is to be incised, for the drawing out any extraneous matter: they aught to be of good Steel, well tempered, and very sharp.  
THIRTY-NINE. 2. As to the Time, when the Work is to be done. If the Pain is vehement, the Matter is immediately to be taken out; yet we are not to add pain to pain, but this being once done, the pain will cease.  
XL. If the Matter is poisoned or cankered, you must not defer the Extraction, though you may be forced to divide the Muscles, Vessels, and Nerves; because the whole Man is more valuable than a part. In this case, you need not fear the Actual Cautery; for Fire destroys Poison, and takes away all fears of a Convulsion.  
XLI. But in some cases, you must forbear the Extraction: as, 1. Where an Hemorrhage endangering Life may ensue; which will be where great Arteries and Veins are placed. 2. Where fearful Symptoms may hap; as vehement Pain, Convulsions, Syncope, sharp Fevers, etc. 3. If the Matter is round, or made of Lead; for which reasons, it may more securely be left in. 4. Where the Orifice of the Wound is made narrow, by Inflammation, Tumour, etc. in which cases, you must defer the Work till those Accidents be removed; jest vehement Pain, Swoonings, Convulsions, Fever, Gangrene, or Sphacelus ensue. 5. When you have not a fit Instrument at hand for the Extraction: for should you than attempt it, you will torment the Patient without any effect; and thereby make him unwilling to undergo the Operation, when you are better provided.  
XLII. 3. The Form of the Matter to be extracted: this is perfectly to be understood and considered; for the knowledge of the Figure or Form of the Matter to be extracted, contributes much to the information of the Artist; as to the way and manner, how the Extraneous Matter is to be taken forth, and whether it will be done with ease, or with difficulty.  
XLIII. 4. The way and manner how the Extraction is to be performed. Now the Matter to be taken forth, is to be taken forth either by Extraction or Expulsion; by extraction, it is taken out the same way it went in: by expulsion, it is taken forth by the opposite way, viz. by the way it tendeth.  
XLIV. If the Matter has not pierced very deep, or has not passed through the great Vessels and Nervous places: if that either right opposite to it, or the way that it tends, it has Bones, Veins, Arteries, or Nerves, Or, if there is no great fear of the wide opening of the Orifice by which it entered: in all these Cases it may be drawn back the same way by which it entered in, and that without any Section at all.  
XLV. But if from the Form of the Matter to be extracted (as rough Arrow-heads) there appears to be danger that the Flesh may be torn, if it is drawn back the same way by which it entered: in this case the Wound is to be dilated, either by Section, with the Forceps incisorius; or else dilated with the Instrument which Celsus, lib. 7. cap. 5. calls Ypsiloeides, or else with a Swans-bill or Storks-bill, or some other dilating Instrument; that the Matter may be the more easily drawn out.  
XLVI. This Ypsiloeides is a kind of steel Instrument, made in the form of a Bill, but so, that if the shanks of the handle are nipped together, the Bill opens, and so dilates the Orifice of the Wound: after which dilatation, the extraneous Matter is to be taken forth with the Hands; or when it sticks deeper, with the Volsella or Puller, or other suchlike Instruments; of which sort are the long Scissors, full of teeth, straight or callaper-fashioned, broad in their extreme part, and likewise round; to which various Names are given, as Crows-bills, Storks-bills, Ducks-bills, Goose-bills; whose Figures you may see in Paraeus, lib. 10. cap. 18. as also in Andraeas à Cruse, Scultetus, and others. The Figure of the Volsella see in Scultetus, Tab. 4. Fig. 1. where it is largely described, with its use.  
XLVII. But in the following cases, it is to be thrust out the contrary way: 1. If it is almost through, chief towards a depending Part; for so the Pain will be lesle, and the Pus flow better from the Wound. 2. If the Figure of the Matter or Body will not suffer it to be extracted the same way, by which it went in; as in barbed Arrow-heads, etc. 3. If there is no fear of cutting of great Arteries, Veins, or Nerves. In all other cases, it is to be drawn out the same way it went in.  
XLVIII. Brittle things, as Glass, Bones, etc. which stick in a Wound, are to be taken forth whole, if possible: but if they cannot be taken out whole, without much Pain, and fear of evil Symptoms to ensue, they are to be broken, and than taken out.  
XLIX. If also the Matter or Body is thrust in between two Bones; the Parts lying next to them are to be widened, and drawn or dilated several ways; that so the space between the Bones may be loser and wider, for the pulling forth of the Matter got in.  
L. But if by no Artificial Means whether of Medicines or Instruments, the extraneous Body can be drawn forth; the whole Busisiness is than to be committed to Nature, which in these cases, does many times do wonders, expelling those preternatural things beyond expectations, which various Histories almost every where confirm.  
LIVELY Hypocrates, Epidem. 5. tells us of one that had an Arrow shot into his Groin, whose head was taken forth six years after. Guil. Fabricius, Cent. 1. Obs. 62. gives relation of one who had a Knife run into the Spina Dorsi, and broke in it, and he took it forth two years after: and Cent. 2. Obs. 74. he gives a relation of a Man wounded in the Pylorus or Colon, with a sharppointed Sword, the point of which was broken of, and left in the Wound; the Wound was healed up, and in about a year after, going to stool, he voided with his Excrements the very point of the Sword which was thrust into him.    

CHAP. VI Of STITCHING WOUNDS.  
I AS to the Stitching up of Wounds, we have said something of it already, in Cap. 1. Sect. 123. and 131. But because what we have there said, is too briefly laid down, (because it was neessary to carry on the Thread of the Discourse) we shall now resume the Argument again, and here do that more explicitly and largely, which there we passed over only with a slender stroke of our Pen.  
II Now the Cure of all sorts of Wounds is performed either by the first Intention, or by the second Intention.  
III The first Intention is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Agglutinatio, the unition of divided or wounded Parts, no other substance concurring, or coming between: and this kind of Union or Healing is performed by the first Intention.  
IV. The second Intention is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Concarnatio, the unition of divided Parts, by the intervention or medium of some other substance, as Flesh, etc. which is to be bred by Incarnating Medicines; and this kind of Union, is the Healing of a Wound by the second Intention. See Chap. 1. Sect. 142, and 143. and Chap. 10. following.  
V We shall first show how Symphysis, or Agglutination is performed; which is a more simple kind of Union, because it is performed without any Medium coming between: also, because it is more speedily performed than Syssarcosis or Concarnation; and because it requires neither such skill, or yet such choice of Medicaments to be applied.  
VI Now whereas in transverse and long Wounds, Swathing alone is not enough; for drawing the lips of the Wound together, and to keep and preserve them in such a close condition: for this cause sake, Stitching was designed.  
VII. To bring this Symphysis to pass, there are four chief Indications. 1. The bringing of the Lips of the Wound together. 2. To hold them together by Stitching. 3. To apply Agglutinative Medicaments. 4. Proper Swathing, Rolling, or Binding up: the two first we shall perform in this Chapter; the two latter we shall treat of in the Chapter following.  
VIII. The first Indication is to be performed by the Hands of the Chirurgeon, wherein he is to bring the Lips of the gaping Wound together; which is to be done, 1. Gently, and by degrees; not violently. 2. They are to be brought equally together, not stretching one part more than another. 3. That their superficies also be even, otherwise the Cicatrix will be unequal and deformed. 4. That if the Lips are stiff through Cold, they are to be fomented with Hydrelaeum; viz: a Mixture of Oil and Water, or Oil and Ale: in dry Bodies, more Oil than Water; in moist Bodies, more Water than Oil. 5. That no Pledget or Dossel be put between the parts wounded, when you intent to consolidate by the first Intention.  
IX. The second Indication, is the keeping of the conjoined parts together by Stitching: and this is twofold; 1. Sutura, Stitching with a Needle. 2. Laqueatio, Dry-stitching, or Lacing.  

I Stitching with the Needle.  
X. Sutura, or Stitching than, is the holding together of the Lips of a Wound, by help of a Needle and Thread: Wherein we are to consider, 1. The Instruments of the Operation. 2. The Kind's of this Stitching. 3. It's Uses. 4. Observations in performing it.  
XI. The Instruments are, Needles, Thread, and the Stitching Quill.  
XII. The Needles aught to be either of Steel or Silver. The steel Needles you may soften by wrapping them in brown wet Paper, and holding them for a while in the flame of a Candle. Those of Silver will bend best; but you aught to have some strait, and some crooked; and their points may be round, flat, or threesquare, which last pierce best.  
XIII. The Thread. We most commonly use white or crimson silk-Thread (black is rotten and frets) but strong white Thread made of Hemp may do as well, or better; because it swells in the Wound, and cuts not as Silk does.  
FOURTEEN. The stitching Quill, called Canaliculus fenestratus: It aught to be of Silver (for Honour's sake) and has two Uses; 1. To keep the Needles in. 2. In stitching, to stay the opposite part of the Wound, that the Needle may the more readily pass.  
XU. The kinds of this Stitching. There is, 1. Sutura Continuata, vel Retentiva, the Glover's Stitch; which is used in Wounds of the Guts, when the Excrements come out of the Wound. As also in the Great Branches of the Aorta & Vena Cava, if we can conveniently come at them. The Spaniards stitch almost all Wounds with this Stitch, and it is called also, The Restrin●eat Stitch.  
XVI. 2. Sutura incarnativa, vel non continuata, The Incarnative Stich. This is done by taking divers stitches, each distant one from another, so far as the largeness of the Wound shall require; and so many as may be able to bring or keep the lips of the Wound in an equality, evenness and smoothness: In every of which stitches, the ends of the thread are to be cut of near the knot, that they may not stick to the Emplaster.  
XVII. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Gastroraphia, Sutura Abdominis; The Belly stitch, which is used when the Great Muscles of the Abdomen, and the Peritonaeum are divided by a large Wound; of which Galen has wrote Anat. Admin. lib. 5. cap. 6. and some others. See cap. 1. sect. 124, 126, 128.  
XVIII. 4. Sutura Conservatrix, The Conserver. This is when the Needles are left in the Wound, passed through the lips; and the lips being brought together, the thread is twisted about both ends of the Needles, as Tailors do when they fasten them to their sleeves. This stitch is used in the Cure of Hare Lips, and when the Oesophagus or Trachea Arteria are wounded: Instead of Needles you may use Silver or Brass Pins, whose ends (after the thread is twisted about) may be cut of with a pair of Shears or Sciffors.  
XIX. The Uses of this stitching. They are threefold, 1. To procure a quick agglutination to the Wound, which is done by the Sutura Incarnativa. 2. To keep the lips of a Wound at a due distance one from another; and this is done by the Sutura Retentiva; which is of use when a Wound cannot be Cured by the first Intention, but by the second: In which the lips are not to be too far asunder, jest the Air cool the Parts too much; nor too near, because the Agglutination is not to be expected without a medium. 3. To stop Bleeding; as when an Artery or Vein is wounded; and this is called, Sutura Suppressiva.  
XX. Observations in performing this Work. 1. In stitching, the lips of the Wound must not be too straight drawn together; for than the flowing of the Quittor will be hindered, and so a Tumour may be induced. On the contrary, If they be left gaping, the inner Parts may be cooled by the Air: But Ligaments cut asunder, are not to be stitched, because they are only united by the second Intention.  
XXI. 2. A sufficient quantity or substance of the lips of the Wound is to be taken hold of by the stitches, otherwise they may break out again, and cause Scars: And withal, you must be sure that your knots are fast; for should they loosen, you will be enforced to stitch a second time, which will be more painful to the Patient than at first.  
XXII. 3. You must also beware of the Nerves and Tendons; for if they be pricked or touched, vehement pain will be caused: But in all parts of the Body the Skin may be stitched, yea, in the Joints, deep Wounds, and Wounds of the Bones, after smoothing with the Rasp; for thereby the Spermatick Parts will be covered, and defended from Air, and the natural heat kept in, whereby the Cure will be the better performed.  
XXIII. 4. In deep Wounds of the fleshy Parts, you must take deep stitches; for if the Skin only be stitched, the Wound will only superficially heal, and the Pus settling in the bottom, may 'cause an Apostem, and cavernous Ulcer; or otherwise the stitches may break out, and make new work again.  
XXIV. 5. In long Wounds, begin from one of the ends; but in short Wounds, as in the Hair-Lip, begin in the middle; for so you will avoid pursing together the lips of the Wound, which will 'cause Inequality and Deformity: And in long Wounds, let the stitches be nearly an inch distant one from another, or above half an inch at lest: If they be too thick, they will 'cause the more pain; if too thin, the Unition will not be so easy and complete.  
XXV. 6. Lastly, In straight Wounds of the Limbs, you may spare stitching; for the lips may be brought together by the Dry Stitch, and Swathing: But if the Wounds are Transverse, stitching is always to be used; because the Flesh, etc. in such Wounds will shrink towards the whole Parts, and so gape very wide.   

II Laqueation, or Dry Stitching.  
XXVI. This is done with pieces of Cloth, which are glued on each side the lips of the Wound; and than being dried, the edges of those Clotheses are stitched, and drawn together, instead of stitching the lips of the Wound itself, whereby the lips of the Wound are also drawn together, as near as you desire.  
XXVII. He that knows how to perform this work well, which may be done in almost all Wounds, and that in the very first Dressing, knows very well how to be without the former ways of stitching with the Needle, which Sennertus says is Cruel, Bloody, and Painful.  
XXVIII. And truly (says he) it would be far better, if Chirurgeons would accustom themselves to this manner of joining the lips of Wounds together; for that in the other ways of stitching with the Needle after a barbarous Fashion, they many times commit many Errors, besides the causing more pain than was caused by the Wound.  
XXIX. For sometimes (the Needles being too thick) more or lesle of the lips is taken up than is necessary, so that the mouth of the Wound is often uneven, pursed up, and as it were pleited, whereby the skin is not close joined to the skin, nor flesh to flesh, but the skin is sewed in the midst of the flesh: Or, if they avoid this, they make another fault as great, which is by taking so little hold, that the Wound is left hollow, and the stitches in a short time break out; all which Errors or Faults are totally avoided by this Laqueation, or dry kind of stitching.  
XXX. But though this stitching may be used in almost all sorts of Wounds, and that also for avoiding of new Pain; yet it is chief used to the face, and other visible Parts, for the avoiding of Scars, as also because stitches are oftentimes broken out before the Agglutination of the Wound; and again in some People, who by reason of their fearfulness, will by no means endure stitching.  
XXXI. This dry Suture therefore is used in three Cases; 1. Where we cannot come conveniently to roll the wounded Part, as in transverse Wounds. 2. When the Beauty is like to be hurt, by making of Scars, as in the Face, and other visible Parts. 3. When the wounded Patient will not admit of stitching in the Skin and Flesh, as Women, and other timorous People.  
XXXII. To perform this rightly, three things are to be considered; 1. The Instruments to perform it withal. 2. The sticking Emplaster. 3. The manner of doing it.  
XXXIII. The Instruments are a Needle and Thread, and pieces of Cloth: The Needle must be one of middle size: The Thread, an even fine waxed brown Thread, or Silk of the same Magnitude.  
XXXIV. The pieces of Cloth must be in number two, one piece for each lip of the Wound: They must be strong, that they may not yield unto the thread, or give way: They must be doubled towards the Wound, and pasted or glued together with the sticking Medicament, and ravelled at the other ends, which are farthest from the Wound. Lastly, they must one answer another, as to form, magnitude and situation.  
XXXV. As to their form, they must be indented towards the lips of the Wound, and backwards, as much as may be, of the form of the wounded Part. If the Part will admit it, they may be Quadrangular, Triangular, or Oval; but the form aught to be such, as is fittest to draw the wounded Parts together. See the Figures here annexed.   depiction of various forms of bandages 
XXXVI. The next thing to be considered is the sticking Emplaster, of which we shall give you several Recipes. 1. Emplastrum Glutinosum Sculteti; which see in Lib. 1. cap. 20. sect. 10. aforegoing of this Work.  
XXXVII. 2. Sennertus prescribes this: ℞ fine Bole, Mastic, Sanguis Draconis, sat Frankincense, A. ʒi. make the three first into fine Powder: Tacamahacca, ʒij. mix them with a hot Pestle, which spread upon the Cloth.  
XXXVIII. 3. ℞ white Starch, Mastic, Gipsum, fine Bole, Aloes, Gum Tragacanth, and Arabic, A. ʒij. make all into a Powder, which mix with the white of an Egg, to the consistence of Honey.  
THIRTY-NINE. 4. ℞ fine Bole, Sarcocol, Mastic, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒij. make all into a Powder, and mix them with the white of an Egg.  
XL. 5. ℞ Olibanum ℥ ss. Frankincense, Bitumen Judaicum, Amber, Mastic, Rosin, A. ʒi. Gum of Juniperʒss. mix, and make a hard Emplaster; which is to be melted at the Fire when it is to be used.  
XLI. 6. ℞ white Starch, or fine Flower, Frankincense, Mastic, A. ʒij. fine Bole, Chalk, Sarcocol, Singuis Draconis, A. ʒiv. all being in fine Powder, mix them with the white of an Egg.  
XLII. 7. ℞ Beatrice white of Eggs into a clear Glare, than gradually sprinkle in unslak'd Lime in very fine Powder, q.s. which stir very well together, till the Whites of the Eggs cease to appear.  
XLIII. 8. ℞ fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, Mastic, Pine-Rosin, A. q.s. make them into Powder, and mix them with whites of Eggs.  
XLIV. 9 Others dissolve Ichthyocolla, or Ising-glass in Vinegar, and by boiling bring it to the consistence of Glue, which they spread upon the Cloth: but being dissolved in Sp. Vini, either this or Joiners Glue, it is much more tenacious and strong, and will not be dissolved by the Humidities of the Wound.  
XLV. 10. ℞ Mastic, Sanguis Draconis, white Starch, Olibanum, Gypsum, Frankincense, (all in fine Powder) Turpentine, Pitch, A. ʒi. Whites of Eggs, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XLVI. 11. Paraeus prescribes this: ℞ Aloes, Wheat-flower, Mastic, Rosin, (all in fine Powder) Ship Pitch, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix and make an Emplaster.  
XLVII. 12. ℞ fine Wheat-flower, Whites of Eggs, A. ℥ ij. Ichthyocolla ℥ iss. Bird-lime, Tragacanth, Frankincense in Powder, A. ʒ vi. Rose-water q.s. mix them.  
XLVIII. This being said, we now come to the manner or way how the work is to be performed. The double Linen Clotheses are first to be glued together, and than they are to be spread over with the said glewing Emplaster (some one of the aforegoing) on that side which is to lie upon the skin; after which they are immediately to be applied to the part, and they are there to be left so long, till the Glue or Emplaster is dried up, and the Clotheses stick fast to the skin, which is commonly in the space of four, five or six hours.  
XLIX. The Clotheses now sticking fast, the Indentures as to be sewed, or tied together, with ae needle and thread; and they are to be drawn so close, and than tied fast one to another, that the lips of the Wound may be rightly united.  
L. And by this means, without any Pain at all, and without any Scar or Deformity (such as is want to caused by the needles) the lips of the Wound will be drawn together, and agglutinated; and being thus brought together, they will be so kept and preserved a longer time, than they can be with sewing or stitching with the needle.  
LIVELY This dry stitching has but one Objection against it, viz. that it is but of little use till 6 or 7 hours after; for sooner it will scarcely be dried, so as to stick fast to the Skin; (for which reason some sew with the needle first, and than apply the dry stitch:) But this delay can bring no damage along with it. For which reason, if any danger should be feared, such an Emplaster may be used, as may stick immediately upon the Application: Of which kind is that at Sect. 37. aforegoing, and some others, among the aforegoing Prescriptions.    

CHAP. VII. Of BINDING up WOUNDS.  
I TO the well binding up of Wounds, two things are necessary, 1. The preparatory Matters for the Dressing; which are vulnerary Lotions, Balsams, Cerots, Emplasters, etc. 2. The preparatory Matters for the binding up; which, are Splenia, Bolsters, Ferulae, swathing Bands, or Roulers.  
II The Vulneraries, or preparative Matters for the Dressing, are twofold; I Simple Vulneraries, which are taken, 1. From Vegetables: 2. From Minerals: 3. From Animals. II Compound Vulneraries, made of the former into Lotions, Oils, Balsams, Ointments, Cerots, and Emplasters.  
III And these are of three special kinds, 1. Digestives, which generate a well digested and laudable Pus. 2. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives, which generate and fill the Wound up with Flesh. 3. Epuloticks, which produce the Cicatrice, dry up, and over the Wound with skin: of all which we have spoken at large in the second Chapter of this present Book. As to the particular Virtues of the Simples, you may see an explicit and complete Discourse of them in Our Seplasium, or Druggist's Shop, lately Published, to which you are referred.  
IV. A Breviate of the binding up Wounds, we have given in Cap. 1. Sect. 132, and 139. We shall here deliver the Method of doing it more at large. Now to this work belongs, 1. The covering Emplaster, or Cerecloth. 2. Splenia. 3. Ferulae. 4. Swaths or Roulers.  
V 1. The covering Emplaster aught to agreed to the Indication of Healing; but for want of such a one, this following may serve in many Cases. ℞ Juices of Tobacco and Melilot, Frankincense, Fir-Rosin, A. lbij. lbij. Bees Wax lbi lbi. Sheep's Suet, Turpentine, Gum-Elemi, A. lbss ss. Powder of Virginia Tobacco ℥ viij. mix, and with a gentle heat evaporate the Juices, and bring it to the consistency of an Emplaster. Or you may use the Empl. Diapalma, è Bolo, Caesaris, or the like, if need require.  
VI 2. Splenia: These are Linnen-Cloths folded together, and so termed from their Figure, being almost in the form of the Spleen. The Ancients called them Pulvilli, from the Resemblance they have to Bolsters: also Plumaceoli, or little Pillows, because they were sometimes made of Feathers.  
VII. But as to the Figures or Form they many times differ, according to the end for which they are intended; for sometimes they are laid upon the part long-ways, sometimes obliquely, and sometimes transversly.  
VIII. Sometimes they are laid single or double; sometimes triple or quadruple; and sometimes more of them, according to their Use, for what they are designed to do, whether for interception of Humours, drinking up of Sanies, or filling up of empty, and hollow places; that there by the whole Bandage may become equal and smooth.  
IX. They are sometimes imposed dry, but most commonly they are soaked or moistened, with some sort of Liquor, whether Lotion, Decoction, Infusion, or Spirit, which may be proper for the disease of the part affected. See Hypocrates de Vuln. lib. 3. Text. 1, 2. and, de Fract. lib. 1. Text. 32. & lib. 3. Text. 21.  
X. 3. Ferulae, or, Splinters. These are for the more convenient binding up of Wounds or Fractures; they aught to be long and smooth, and fitted unto the Bones that are broken, or out of Joint, after such times as they are set again, and reduced to their proper places.  
XI. Hypocrates, and other of the Ancients, made them of the Ligneous Bark of the Ferula (from whence came the name:) but we, for want of that, make them of thin Splinters of Wood, or Barks of Trees, or Paste-boards, either fingle, or glued together.  
XII. But Guilford Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 98. is against the green Barks of Trees; for that when they are throughly dried about a Fracture, they are apt to excite pain, and put the bones out of their places.  
XIII. Hypocrates says, They aught to be smooth, equal, plain, and a little sloaping at the ends, and something shorter than the swathing they lie under, that the part may not be pressed too much beyond the Bandage; and imposed (in Fractures) about an inch distant one from another.  
FOURTEEN. They are to be so placed and fitted, that their ends are not to reach above the heads of the Joints which stick forth; nor that they touch upon the naked Skin, or hurt the Nerves or Tendons nigh unto the Joints. See Hippoc. de Vuln. Tit. 11. & de fract. lib. 1. Text. 4●. & lib. 2. Text. 5, 7, 11, 64, 69, 71. also P. Aegineta, Lib. ●. Cap. 99  
XU. 4. Swathing Bands, or Roulers. These are Bands long and broad, which being rolled up, are afterwards to be swathed about the wounded part. This the Latins call Fasciatio, or deligatio per fascias; by means of which we endeavour to keep the lips of Wounds together, that they may be the sooner, and the more firmly conglutinated.  
XVI. Herein we are to consider, 1. The Matter of Roulers. 2. The Kind's of Rolling or binding up. 3. The way or manner of doing it. 4. The Uses thereof.  
XVII. As to the Matter of which Roulers are made, they aught to be of Linen-Cloth, somewhat worn, clean, smooth, and without seams or knots, that they may be soft and pliable, but so strong that they may not be broken: It is true, they may be made of woollen, or Leather, if necessity require it; but otherwise woollen is not to be chosen, because it is apt to stretch, and cause itching, whereby it cannot bind so fast; and by irritating, may 'cause an attraction of Humours: Nor Leather, because it is not only apt to stretch, being dry, but much more, if by accident it should be moistened with the Humour, and withal, when foul, is not to be washed, but must than be cast away.  
XVIII. The Roulers are than to be made of Linnen-cloth, not too new, jest they be stiff and hard; nor too old, jest they be too weak: The Cloth must not be too thick, jest it is cumbersome, nor too thin, jest it falls into wrinkles: nor too course, jest its unequal Threads should hurt, or press too much upon the Part: nor too fine, jest by the closeness of the Threads it stops the Pores; which being foul, it is also apt to do; so that perspiration being hindered, an Inflammation may be induced.  
XIX. As to the length of the Rouler, it is to be provided, according to the thickness of the part it is applied to, and the number of Circumvolutions, which the Artist shall think convenient, whereby some are longer, some shorter.  
XX. As to their breadth; those for the Trunk of the Body aught to be the broadest; than those provided for the Thighs; next those which are for the brawny part of the Arms: The narrower are for the small part of the Arms, and lower part of the legs; and the narrowest those which are fitted for binding up of Fingers and Toes. See Cap. 1. Sect. 138. aforegoing.  
XXI. The kinds of Rolling are manifold, as Galen says in's Book of those things which are to be done in the Curing of Wounds, Com. 2. Text. 7. But those which serve for Our purpose in this place, are chief four: 1. Fascia Incarnativa: 2. Fascia Retentiva: 3. Fascia Expulsiva: 4. Fascia Aequans.  
XXII. Fascia Incarnativa, is performed with a Rouler, having two ends, wherein you must begin to roll in the sound part, opposite to the Wound, and roll upwards, and so return to the wounded Part with one end; with the other end you must roll downwards, crossing the former, that the lips of the Wound may be neatly brought together.  
XXIII. In this kind of Rolling, the Rouler aught to be about half the breadth of the Wound, for thereby it will draw the lips of the Wound together twice; once rolling upwards, and once rolling downwards.  
XXIV. Authors make another kind of this Fascia Incarnativa, which is performed with one Rouler, which must be broader than the Wound: The middle of it is applied to the sound Part, that the sides of it may meet about the Wound; after which the sides are sewed together with a transverse stitch: But this way is not so ready and convenient as the former, because at every dressing, it requires new sewing.  
XXV. Fascia Retentiva, is a kind of Rolling, which is chief used to keep the Dressing, as Pledgets, Emplasters, Cerots, Bolsters, etc. close to the Wound; for which purpose a single Rouler will serve the turn; and this aught to be done no stricter, than what may be enough to stay the Applications in their proper places; for otherwise it may hinder the Protrusion of the Nutriment to the Part, and so produce either a Mortification, or an Atrophy, at lest, of the Part.  
XXVI. Fascia Expulsiva, is chief to press out of the Cavity of the Wound any Humour, or Matter lodging in it; and also to stop the Influx of Humours, which many times invade the depending Part: For which reason we begin the Rolling in the sound Parts below the Wound, and than proceed to the wounded Part; after which, you may use more or fewer Circumvolutions, as in reason you shall see fit, and so ascend to the sound part above the Wound, where you may use a more close Bandage, to hinder the Defluxion of any Humour: Thus you press out the Matter already in the Wound, and hinder the Afflux of new.  
XXVII. Fascia Aequans, ae swathing Bandage; is that which reduces unequal Parts, some of which are high, some low, to a necessary equality; which is done by applying of Bolsters, with a single Rouler.  
XXVIII. There are also other kinds of Bandages, (but proper to other Parts of Surgery;) as, 1. Fascia prohibitiva Apostematis, a Bandage which hinders Apostems, wherein we begin the Rolling about the Wound, and go upwards to the Joint of the sound Part. 2. Fascia Apostematis factiva, which is a Bandage that causes Apostemation, and is just opposite to the former. 3. Fascia Disjunctiva, a Bandage which keeps Parts asunder. 4. Fascia Directiva, a Bandage which reduces Distorted and Crooked Members to their natural Figure.  
XXIX. The Way and Manner of Binding or Rolling. This is in part declared in the several kinds; but we have these things to add: 1. That the Swathing is to be begun at one end of the Rouler, and sometimes from the middle thereof.  
XXX. 2. Care is to be taken, that the Rouler may not bind or press together the Part too hard, jest by its overgreat Compression, it occasion Pain and Inflammation: And on the contrary, that it be not overloose; for than it will not sufficiently keep the Parts together.  
XXXI. 3. As to the Artist himself, 1. That he carries a light and gentle hand, so as not to hurt the Patient. 2. That he be nimble and quick in the Dispatch, that the Patient be not wearied. 3. That he does his work cleverly and handsomely, so that it may look pleasingly to the eye.  
XXXII. 4. If it is a long Wound, the Bandage is best performed by a narrow Rouler of about three inches broad, and having two heads, viz. that has a double beginning. And in Wounds that are not very long, the middle of the Rouler is first imposed upon the opposite part of the Wound; and the rolling of it about is begun from it, and drawn towards the Wound, and above the Wound it is straitened or strained, whereby the lips of the Wound are rightly drawn together: And than after this, both heads of the Rouler are rolled this way, and that way, that so the lower part thereof may be drawn about the lower part of the Member, and the higher part about the higher part of the same; to the end that the Humours may the better flow out, and be pressed forth, from the part affected.  
XXXIII. 5. In Wintertime the Roulings aught to be the more, by reason of the coldness of the Wether: But in Summer time lesser, jest the Part affected should grow hot and inflamed.  
XXXIV. 6. The knot is to be tied a good distance from the Wound; or rather the heads of the Swath or Rouler may be pinned or sewed together.  
XXXV. 7. That in the Bandage of the greater sort of Wounds, the drawing together of the lips may be made easier by imposing the Plumaceolus, a little Pillow or Bolster, or Linen Clotheses many times doubled, which are called Splenia, (of which we have spoken before:) But in the Opinion of Avicen, lib. 4. sect. 4. Tr. 1. cap. 8. the Triangular Bolsters are the most convenient, two of them being used together, one on each side the lips, according to the length of the Wound, (and therefore they aught to exceed the length thereof) and answer each other; for so the Swath or Rouler being drawn upon the Angle of the Triangular Boster, it forces it forwards, together with the lip lying underneath, to the contrary part, and so puts a force upon the Fissure or Mouth of the Wound, which would not be so effectual if the Bolsters were four square.  
XXXVI. The Uses of Swathing are either Essential, or Accidental. Essentially they contribute to the Cure of the Wound, by bringing and holding together the Parts disjoined, concontracting Parts dilated, and reducing Parts distorted; repelling Humours flowing into the Wound, and pressing them forth which are already in.  
XXXVII. And accidentally they conduce to the Cure, when they are so applied or imposed, that they contain or hold to the Medicaments designed for the Cure; as Hypocrates has signified, where he speaks of Curing Wounds, Lib. 2. Text. 30.31.32.33. & de Fracturis, Com. 1. Text. 21.   

CHAP. VIII. Of a FLUX of HUMOURS.  
I WOunds often hap to People of a Scorbutic, or Cacochymick Habit of Body; and in such People there is great cause to fear, (from the abundance of vicious Humours, which have been long in heaping up) a flux of those Humours to the wounded Part; which may induce great Pain, Inflammation, Apostemation, and many other evil Symptoms: for which reason, we are to do our utmost endeavour, to hinder and prevent this afflux of Humours; and so to strengthen the Part, as to make it able to resist it.  
II Now such a Flux is more especially prevented, by taking care to hinder or remove all those Causes, which may any ways induce the said Flux: as also all those things which may very much, and preternaturally heat the wounded Part, excite Pain therein, or tender the same soft and lose, whereby it is made the more apt to receive the Flux: or may overheat and rarify the Humours, or make them thin, whereby they are made more fit for motion and fluxion.  
III The Diet also of the wounded Part is to be considered, that it be such as may not generate too much Nutriment, nor a great abundance of bad and corrupt Humours.  
IU. And withal, we must assist and comfort the wounded and weak Parts; with things which corroborated and strengthen, by easing of Pain, abating the vehemency of Heat in the Body, lessening the quantity of Blood, if need require, and due evacuation of the vicious Humours.  
V As to Bleeding, we are to consider the strength of the Patient, and whether Blood enough was permitted at making of the Wound. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 16. says, If the Blood flows not forth sufficiently, let a Vein be opened as soon as may be; provided that the Patient has strength enough to bear this loss of Blood.  
VI But this is to be done, 1. In great Wounds chief, in which there may be cause to fear an Hemorrhage, and the Patient is strong. 2. If a great Inflammation has seized the Part, or a Fever invades the Sick. 3. If a sufficient quantity of Blood did not flow out of the Wound, when it was first made.  
VII. But now that this Bleeding may be effectual, ancient Physicians advice that a Vein should be opened, at a good distance from the Part affected, and on the contrary side: but modern Physicians say, you are to open the Veins on the same side; and those must be either of the Arm, or some Vein near to the wounded Part.  
VIII. As if the Head is wounded, they advice to a Vein in the Forehead, or Veins of the Temples, and those under the Tongue; of which Paraeus has written, Lib. 9 cap. 14.  
IX. As to the quantity of Blood, it aught to be according to the plenty of it, which is in the Body, and strength of the Patient: and therefore if much Blood was lost upon making of the Wound, it aught wholly to be omitted; but if little was lost, than you may take away, according to the strength of the Patient, and not otherwise: which you may know by the ●age of the Patient, habit of the Body, time of the Year, and other Circumstances intervening.  
X. The next Intention is Purging, which is either by Vomit, or Purge, or Clyster. If the Stomach is Foul, and the Body full of ill Humours, gentle Vomiting is best, for it makes the greatest of all Revulsions; and it is to be continued every third day, so long till the Stomach is very clear, and easy, and the Humours carried of which may 'cause a Fluxion.  
XI. For this purpose we commend Vinegar or Wine of Squills, Oxymel of Squills; but in the more strong constitutions, Vinum Antimoniale, Vinum Benedictum, Taertarum Emeticum, Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, and other Antimonial Vomits; to be given and repeated, according to the age, strength, and condition of the Patient: for these things carry of vast quantities of vicious Humours, which may not only endanger a Fluxion, but also keep the Wound from a speedy Healing.  
XII. If the Patient is weak, and not able to bear Vomiting, the Body must be emptied of the Morbifick-matter, either by Catharticks or Clysters: for the Wound will be so much the more successfully and speedily cured; by how much the ill constitution of the wounded Part is prevented, and the vicious Humours apt to flow unto the same, are carried of another way.  
XIII. And this is to be done, 1. In great Wounds, where, by reason of Pain, a fluxion of depraved Humours may be feared. 2. In those Wounds where any kind of cutting or dilating is used. 3. Where any Bones are to be made bore of Flesh. 4. And in all Wounds whatsoever, where the pain is more violent than ordinary.  
FOURTEEN. But if the Wounds are small, and not affected with any such vehement Pain, they may be cured without any Vomiting or Purging: but than in this case, if the Belly is bound, you are to loosen and open it with Clysters or Suppositories.  
XU. Catharticks are to be used also if any pain or heaviness afflict the Head, or if a Tumour or Inflammation appear, or the Body is Scorbutic or Cacochymick; and that timely, in the beginning of a Wound, whilst there is strength, absence of a Fever, and before the Humours are in motion, if possible.  
XVI. As to the kinds of Purgers, they oughtnot to be vehemently strong, but gentle, or else to be gradually taken: Cholagogues are said to be most fit for Wounds of the Head; for that Inflammations and Fevers (the Symptoms of Wounds) are said to be the effects of Choler. Our Family Pills may be given, every Night one or two small Pills; because they work very gently the next day, and carry of the Humours with much ease.  
XVII. Pulvis Cornachini is an admirable Cathartick, given twice a Week, à ℈ i add ʒss. also a Decoction of Myrobalans, mixed with Elect. Lenitivum, or de Succo Rosarum, or some other Solutive Purge. You may also give the Infusion of Rhubarb, Sena, and Myrobalans, sweetened with Syrup of Roses, or Manna.  
XVIII. Sennertus says, that Hot, Choleric, and Serous Humours are to be evacuated; because they are more apt for motion and flowing, and make much for generating Inflammations, Erysipela's, and Fevers; and therefore are to be evacuated at first, before any Fluxion is excited, or Fever induced: for if a Fever is present, Purging cannot be permitted, but with some kind of danger.  
XIX. If the Humours are very hot and thin, so as that they cannot be well carried of with Purging, you must come to the use of Opiates; because they thicken the Juices of the whole Body, and so, not only make them fit for an After-expulsion, but also by making them thick, do in a very great measure prevent the Fluxion, which otherwise might fall on the wounded Part.  
XX. The Air aught to be temperate and thick; for a hot and thin Air does thin and melt the Humours, and so make them the more apt for Fluxion; and a cold Air is hurtful for the Brain, Nerves, Bones, etc. and hinders the Healing of the Wound.  
XXI. The Diet is also to be moderate; Wine is not permitted before 12 or 14 days are past, unless fainting or swooning is present. In those Countries where neither Wine nor Beer are to be had, the White Liquor, made of burnt Hartshorn, made pleasant with juice of Lemons and white Sugar, may be of good use: also Barleywater, made pleasant with Oxysaccharum, or Syrup of Lemons, or Citrons, or Syrup of Violets with juice of Lemons, etc.  
XXII. If the Wound is with a Fracture, Flesh nor Fish, are scarcely permitted for the first 8 or 10 days; because they breed plenty of Nourishment, and consequently of Humours, from whence a Fluxion is induced: and therefore Panada and Ptisans are advised, as also some other things according to the Season of the Year, as Asparagus, young Pease, Cabbage, Lettuce, Endive, Succory, stewed Prunes, Raisins; and after Meals things which strengthen and close the Mouth of the Stomach; as Marmalade of Quinces, coddled Apples, baked Apples, Pears baked or stewed, Conserve of Barberries, preserved Damsens, etc. Caraway-comfits, etc.  
XXIII. When Flesh is permitted to be eaten, it aught to be of Chickens, young Pigeons, Veal, Lamb, Kids, Mutton, young Rabbits, Wildfowl, Partridges, Pheasants, Turtle-Doves, Blackbirds, Thrushes, Larks, etc. with Sauces made of things cooling and moistening; as Sorrel, spinach, Succory, Lettuce, Purslane, etc. or else of Verjuice, juices of Sorrel, Mints, Oranges, Lemons, Citrons, Pomegranates, etc.  
XXIV. Sleep is to be procured in the Nighttime, and avoided by Day: and much Watching is to be avoided, because it induces crudity of Humours, heaviness, pain of the Head, disturbance of the Mind, and other ill Symptoms: in this case Opiates prudently given, are proper, and to anoint the Forehead and Temples with Oil of Poppies, Henbane, or Mandrakes, p. 2. mixed with Vinegar p. 1. inwardly you may give Syrup of white Poppies ℥ jss. mixed with Syrup of Lemons, Lettice-water, A. ℥ i for a Dose.  
XXV. Lastly, as to the excretion of Excrements, the Belly aught to be kept soluble, that there may be a continual sinking away of corrupt and vicious Humours: and if Nature is dull, or the Body costive, Evacuation is to be made by Clysters, Suppositories, and the like; and sometimes by a gentle Solutive Medicine taken by the Mouth: but Venery above all things is to be avoided; (especially in Wounds of the Head) because great store of Spirits are contained in a small quantity of Seed; and thereby all the Faculties, but chief the Animal, are weakened and enervated.   

CHAP. IX. Of the SYMPTOMS of WOUNDS.  
I SYmptoms which hap to Wounded People are manifold, but the twelve following are chief; viz. 1. Hemorrhage. 2. Pain. 3. Inflammation. 4. An Erysipelas. 5. Indigestion of Humours. 6. Fever. 7. Fainting and Swooning. 8. Convulsions. 9 Delirium. 10. Palsies. 11. Gangrene, or Sphacelus of the Part. 12. Proud Flesh; which we hinted at in part, in Chap. 1. Sect. 39 of this Book aforegoing.  
II 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Haemorrhagia; is either Essential, which happens upon the first wounding, before binding up; of which we have discoursed at large in Ch. 4. aforegoing: or Symptomical, which is when it breaks forth again some day, or days after the first applications: this is also to be cured after the same manner, and with the same Medicaments, and therefore we shall say no more of it in this place.  
III 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Dolour, Pain; Galen defines or describes Pain to be, Sensatio tristis, a sad or grievous Feeling; but this shows rather how pain is caused, than what it is: Cicero, Tusc. 2. says, Dolour est motus asper in Corpore, à Sensibus alienus: Pain is a sharp commotion or passion in a Body, hurtful to, or disagreeing from the Senses.  
IV. These Descriptions or Definitions answer not exactly the thing: however, it is an uneasy Feeling, or something disagreeable in the Instrument of Feeling, caused by that which makes a Solution of Unity; or like Lightning, penetrates through Nervous and Sensible Bodies.  
V Pain is eased by two sorts of Medicaments, 1. By Anodyns, which the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Assuagers, or Easers of Pain. 2. By Narcoticks, which the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, à Stupore) things which give ease by stupifying the Part.  
VI Anodyns, are such Medicaments as are temperate, and do restore, at lest maintain the natural temper of the Body or Part, open the Pores, and by their subtlety enter into them, resolve the Humours, and make the Parts soft and lose, and so lesle apt to retain the Matter paining: if they exceed a little in heat, they more effectually open the Pores, and discuss the thinner part of the peccant matter, by which the pain is abated.  
VII. These things are not to be applied where the Pain is tolerable, but where it is intolerable; which happens more especially when the Nerves or Nervous Parts are wounded: but they are sometimes excited by Errors committed by the Patient in the course of his Diet; by eating all manner of bad and corrupt Food, as Cabbage, Coleworts, salt Fish, and other salt and pickled Meats: as also by exposing the wounded Part to the cold Air, or overmuch Exercise, etc. Or by the carelessness or unskilfulness of the Chirurgeon, applying things too hot, sharp, or corrosive; too long Tents, too hard Bandage, or leaving pieces of Bones, or Pus, too long in the Wound: and without any of these Causes, the Pain may sometimes be excited, through an internal afflux of Humours.  
VIII. If the pain is induced suddenly, with unwonted coldness and chillness, it is an ill sign, and shows an Inflammation immediately to follow, or a Gangrene nigh at hand: these Pains are also the cause of restlessness, want of Sleep, dejection of strength, and an afflux of Humours to the wounded Part; from whence comes oftentimes Inflammations, Fevers, and sometimes a Gangrene or Sphacelus itself.  
IX. In order therefore to the Cure, you must make a diligent search into the Causes, which are all to be removed, before any thing else is done: as things extraneous are presently to be removed; abundance of Pus retained, is to be brought forth, etc. but if it proceeds from an overgreat afflux of Humours, than Medicaments anodyn and rarifying are to be applied, among which the following are accounted.  
X. Of simple Anodynes, the chief are; Roots, of Lilies, Onions, Garlic, Leeks: Herbs, as Camomile, Dill, Elder, Fennel, Mallows common and marsh, Peniroyal, Walwort: Seeds, Barley, Beans, Wheat, Oatmeal, Fenugreek, Linseed: Oils, of Olives, Almouds, Ben, new Butter: Grease, of Capons, Dueks, Geese, Hogs, Mankind, Vipers: Marrow, of Beef, Lamb, Mutton, Veal: Milk, of Cows, Goats, Womenkind: Gums, Camphir, Rosin, etc. Flowers, Roses, Saffron.  
XI. Out of these, several compound Anodyns may be composed; as, ℞ Oil of Ben, Capons-grease, A. ℥ ss. Oils of Dill and Camomile, A.ʒii. Beef-marrow ℥ i, Camphirʒi. mix them. ℞ Unguentum album camphoratum ℥ i Oil of Elder ℥ ss. Camphir ℈ i mix them. ℞ Roots of Lilies, Onions boiled soft in Water, A. ℥ two. Oil of Dill ℥ i Whitebread, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, etc.  
XII. Among Anodyns, Sennertus commends Oils of Roses, of Earthworms, and of Elder, Paraeus Oil of Whelps; a Cataplasm of leaves of Mallows, roots of Althaea, Barley-meal, Bean-meal, and Bran. ℞ Oil of sweet Almonds, of Roses, of Camomile, A. ℥ i yolk of one Egg, Saffron ℈ i mix them. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ ss. Mallow-leaves, Elder-flowers, A. M.i. boil to softness, and pulp them through a Hair-sieve; to which add powder of Camomil-flowers ℥ ss. Barley-meal ℥ i meals of Beans and Linseed, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make a Cataplasm; to which you may add (if you please) Oil of Camomile, Earthworms, or Roses, q.s. But in extreme Pains, Oils of Poppies and Water-lillies are commended; also a Cataplasm of leaves or roots of Nightshade, made up with Oil of Poppies, or Hogs-lard.  
XIII. Narcoticks take not away the cause of the Pain, but are said to give ease through stupefaction, and these Medicaments are generally cold in third and fourth degree: of which kind are Apple of Peru, Darnel, Hemlock, Henbane, Nightshade the deadly, Mandrake, Opium, Poppies, the black chief, Water-lilles, Poplar-buds, English Tobacco, etc. of which you may make Oils, Ointments, Cataplasms, etc. ℞ Vnguentum Populeon & Album, ana ℥ i Oil of Henbane, or English Tobacco ℥ ss. Tincture of Opium as thick as new Honeyʒijss. mix them.  
FOURTEEN. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Inflammatio, an Inflammation often follows upon Wounds, more especially if the Nerves, or Nervous Parts are wounded; or that the Pain excites an afflux of Hnmors and Blood unto the Part affected; which, when it cannot sufficiently flow forth, putrifies, and easily causes an Inflammation.  
XU. Of this Hypocrates has hinted something in Lib. de Vlceribus: Si statim pro Valetudine Sanguis plus minusve è plaga fluxerit, & ipsum Vulnus, & quae juxtà sunt, minus Inflammatione praemuntur. If Blood flows forth of the Wound, whether more or lesle, so it be in proportion to the strength of the Patient; than both the Wound itself, and parts adjacent to it, will be the lesle troubled and affected with any Inflammation that may possibly follow thereupon.  
XVI. If therefore there is any cause to fear an Inflammation, from the Blood not sufficiently flowing out, than bleeding is to be proposed, which is to be in proportion to the strength of the Sick. But if an Inflammation is already present, than Authors advice Bleeding and Purging too, as the Necessity shall require.  
XVII. If the Inflammation is excited through Pain, that Pain is to be removed by Application of Anodyns or Narcoticks, such as we have enumerated at Sect. 10, 11, 12, and 13. aforegoing: And the Afflux of Humours are to be repressed, according as we have directed in the former Chapter.  
XVIII. Avicen commends a Cataplasm made of a pomegranate boiled in read or astringent Wine, than beaten in a Mortar, and made up into a Consistency. Or a Cataplasm may be made of Flower of Barley, Sea Lentiles, and Mouseear in powder, with Oil of Roses or Lilies: But if these things do not, you must pursue the Cure as we have taught, Lib. 3. Cap. 5. aforegoing; where we have delivered what is necessary to be known in this Matter.  
XIX. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Erysipelas, A cuticular Heat, and pustular Eruption upon the Skin, sometimes follows upon the Wounds; which you may know by the Signs of an Erpsipelas, delivered in the former Book.  
XX. Hypocrates, Lib. de Vlceribus, teaches us, Vbicunque Vlceri supervenerit Erysipelas, purgandum Corpus esse. That whensoever an Erysipelas shall follow upon an Ulcer, that than the Body is to be Purged.  
XXI. If Choler therefore does so much abound, as to endanger an Afflux of Humours to the Wound, it aught wholly to be evacuated with Cholagogues, yet gently, and by degrees.  
XXII. But because many times an Erysipelas has its O●i inal from very thin Blood, either Simple, or mixed with some Choler, Catharticks are to be very mode a ely used, and sometimes not at all; but Sudorificks are to be chosen, as being most useful to open the Pores, and exhale the superabounding hot Humidity of the Blood.  
XXIII. Hypocrates was want to impose upon the place affected the Leaves of Woad, or the Juice thereof mixed with some proper Earth, as Terra Sigillata, Chalk, etc. You may also apply a Cataplasm made of Elder-water, or Juice of Elder, with Barley-meal, etc. and other things which we have directed, Lib. 3. Cap. 17. of this Work aforegoing.  
XXIV. But Authors leave this Prognostic to go along with us, That an Erysipelas (if it is not induced from the Application of too hot external Medicines) coming upon Wounds, Ulcers, Fractures, and Dislocations, is for the most part mortal.  
XXV. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Cruditas, Indigestion in Wounds: This is another thing which hinders healing of Wounds. Now a Wound is said to be Crude or Indigested, when it does not afford a laudable Pus or Quittor, viz. white, smooth, uniform, and not ill scented.  
XXVI. The Cause of this is manifold; 1. Want of Application of fit Medicaments in due time. 2. Being exposed too long in the Cold, or cold Air. 3. From imposing unfit Medicaments, as things cold, and Heterogene to the Parts wounded. 4. By reason of a great Flux of Blood continuing. 5. From the Nature of the Parts, as Nerves, Tendons, deep Wounds in the Joints. 6. From the Instrument making the Wound, whereby it becomes Contused, as Gunshot, etc. 7. From Malignity or Poison. 8. By reason of too strict Bandage.  
XXVII. As to the Cure; That which is the Cause of the Crudity is to be removed; the wounded Parts are to be strengthened, and Digestives are to be applied, accordiug to the Nature of the Parts hurt.  
XXVIII. If there is an Hemorrhage, it is to be stopped, as we have taught in Cap. 4. aforegoing. If the Joints are wounded, Medicaments drying (but not biting) are to be applied to preserve their Temperature. The coldness of the Air is to be corrected; fit Medicaments are to be applied to the wounded Part; an equal and mean Bandage is to be used; Things Comforting and Easing the Nerves and Tendons are to be imposed; and the Contused Flesh, if any be, is to be reduced to Pus.  
XXIX. The Part wounded is to be strengthened and fortified with Repulsives, or Interceptives; and with such things as preserve (in a mean) the Natural Heat.  
XXX. Lastly, the Wound itself is to be brought to Digestion, by the help of Digestives, reasonably applied; an enumeration of which, both Simple and Compound, you have at large.  
XXXI. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Febres; Fevers happening upon Wounds are of many kinds: As, 1. From Disturbance of Humours. 2. From Generating of the Pus, 3. From an Inflammation. 4. From Putridness of Humours. 5. From an ill Preparedness of Humours.  
XXXII. 1. Fevers from Disturbance of Humours, invade from the very beginning, arising from the Motion of the Body, Passion of the Mind, and Disturbance of the Blood and Spirits thereupon: As also from vehement Pain disturbing the Humours, which causing restlessness, sets those Humours on fire.  
XXXIII. They are known from their invading the Patient instantly upon insticting the Wound, and together with it: But a putrid Fever may invade the Patient at the same moment, as well as one of these Ephemerae, which you are to distinguish by their proper Signs.  
XXXIV. These Ephemerae bring with them no danger at all, yet neither can ye promise' Safety; for that the time of Fluxion and Inflammation that are want to follow on the Wound, is not yet passed over.  
XXXV. This Fever requires no special Cure; but if the Sick will submit to the strict Rules of Diet, will vanish of its own accord: But all its Causes (if present, or there is fear of their returning) are to be removed, jest danger ensue. For otherwise about the fourth day Fluxions and Inflammations may hap, and so endanger other Symptoms; in these Cases, this is good, ℞ of Our Aqua Bezoartica ℥ i Guttae Vitae. ℥ ss. Aqua Elementaria ℥ iij. mix: Dose, one spoonful Morning and Evening.  
XXXVI. 2. Fevers from generating the Pus, arise when there is a great abundance of Pus generated, as Hypocrates, Sect. 2. Aph. 47. seems to inculcate: For whatsoever abounds in the wounded Part, and cannot be changed into the substance thereof, putrifies, and causes an Effervescency of the putrid Matter; yet Nature does whatever she can, to convert as much of the superfluous matter into Pus. Now from this Ebullition a heat is engendered in the Blood in the Vessels, which being communicated to the Heart, excites a Fever, which is more like to an Ephemera plurium dierum, rather than to Febris putrida, properly so called.  
XXXVII. It is known, because the Signs of Putridness are absent, and appear not, nor yet the Signs of an Inflammation: And it invades at the time in which the Pus is want to be generated, which is chief about the fourth day: The Heat is much, but easy; Pulse great, swift, and frequent; Urine like that in time of Health, and is always alone, or without any other Symptom joined with it.  
XXXVIII. It is without any danger at all in itself, and soon after ceases many times of its own accord.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Cure is effected by making a passage forth for the Pus, as soon as may be: And if the Pus is contained in a more noble Part, or in a Part that has consent with a more noble Part, the sooner it is let out, the better it is, and the sooner the Fever ends; and withal, you aught to endeavour to hinder the future afflux of any more Humours.  
XL. 3. Fevers from an Inflammation, are caused from the Matter heaped up, and causing the Phlegmon; and they arise from the Spirits growing hot, and communicating this heat to the Heart through the Arteries and Veins, by which the putrid Vapours are transfused, and do penetrate: And these Fevers are sometimes Quotidians, and sometimes Putrid, according to the Matter by which they are induced.  
XLI. They are known, because an Inflammation is always present; the Signs of which we have given you in its proper place: And whether it is a Quotidian, or truly Putrid Fever, you may know by the Signs of them both, as we have declared them in Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 7. to which we refer you. If it is a Quotidian, the Signs of Putridness appear not in the Urine, whereas in Putrid Futrid Fevers they do appear: And the heat in Putrid Fevers is far greater and sharper than in Quotidians; so also the Symptoms are more vehement, and withal there is a greater dejection of Spirits, and of the strength of the Body.  
XLII. They are greater or lesser, according to the Magnitude of the Inflammation, on which they depend; and so likewise they are more or lesle dangerous.  
XLIII. They are Cured by removal of the Cause, viz. of the Phlegmon, like as all other symptomatick Fevers are: And therefore you must by cooling Alteratives endeavour the abatement of the Heat, jest that otherwise a Putridness of the Humours be induced. And if any Putridness is present, you must repress and restrain it with all the speed imaginable.  
XLIV. 4. Fevers from Putridness of Humours, are caused from the Heat which induces the Putrefaction, which are kindled, and increase gradually as the Putridness increases; and this Putridness is in the Wound itself, having an affinity with the Pus, or thick purulent Matter.  
XLV. They are known from the Quantity and Quality of the Excrements flowing out of the Wound, as a great quantity of Sanies, which is rather Putrid or Stinking, than laudable or good Pus, and of a various and evil Colour, and very offensive Smell: And though the Sanies may sometimes be but little, yet it is corrupt and stinking: If the Colour of the, Part is changed, and there is pain and heaviness, it is a Sign of a present vicious Matter, not cast forth, which stirring of a heat with in, causes this Fever to appear, with Signs of Putridness in the Urine.  
XLVI. They are more or lesle dangerous, according as the Putridness is greater or lesser, and in a Part more or lesle noble, and accompanied with more grievous or gentle Symptoms; and as the passage for the vicious and putrid Matter is more difficult or easy for its flowing forth.  
XLVII. The Cure consists in resisting the Putridness, and restraining the Putrid Matter, and that an easy way and passage be made with all speed for its flowing out: For the Putridness being resisted and destroyed, and the putrid Matter removed, the Fever than vanishes of its own accord.  
XLVIII. 5. Fevers from an ill Preparation of the Humours through the whole Body, are easily kindled upon the occasion of a Wound; for if the wounded Body is impure, a Fever, through pain of the Wound, is easily than induced. This may rather be called a Cacochymick Fever, because of the great provision of Vicious and Scorbutic Humours heaped up in all places; and it is caused either from those Humours through the whole Body being inflamed, through the Commotion or Disturbance of the Spirits after receiving of the Wound, or from a Putridness engendered in the wounded Parts, from whence depraved Vapours are communicated to the Veins, where meeting with vicious Humours, a Fever is induced thereupon.  
XLIX. These Fevers are sometimes continued, sometimes intermitting, but for the most part Tertians of either kind, either single or double; very rarely Quotidians, and more seldom Quartans: And they are known by the Heat, by the Urine, and by the Pulse, all showing a Putridness and Cacochymy: If they are caused by a Disturbance and Commotion of the Spirits of the Humours, it is known by its immediately invading the Patient in the beginning, when there is no Putridness in the Wound. But if it is caused from any Putridness in the Wound, than the Fever is not at beginning; but after a short time, when Signs and Tokens of Putridness begin to appear in the Wound. Lastly, The Nature and Quality of the Fever is to be known from its own proper Signs.  
L. The continual are the more dangerous; the intermitting are of themselves altogether voided of Danger: But continual Fevers falling upon Wounds, have all of them some danger, more or lesle, according to the Quality or Condition of the Putridness; for that a Fluxion may be excited upon the Part affected: Or by weakening of the Heat of the Part, many Excrements may be generated therein, from whence many other evil Symptoms may be excited.  
LIVELY As to the Cure of these Fevers, the Putridness must be resisted, by giving internally Our Tinctura Bezoartica, à gut. xxv. ad lx. in some proper Vehicle; and in the Remission, part of the Morbific Cause is to be carried of with Purging, by giving several Doses of Sal Mirabile; and than cooling the Blood with Juice of Citrons, or Oil of Sulphur, or Sal Vitriolatum. The Intermitting are to be Purged in the Intermission; 1. Upwards, with Pulvis Antimonii, or some small Dose of Tartar Emeticum. 2. Downward, with Pulvis Catharticus, or Pulvis Cornachini, or an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, that the Cacochymy may in a good measure be carried of: After which the Fever is to be cured with Pulvis Antifebriticus, or with the Powder, Infusion, or Tincture of Cortex Peruanus.  
LII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Lipothymia & Syncope, Fainting and Swooning: These differ only in degrees. In Lipothymia, or Fainting, the Sick loses not altogether the sense of Feeling, but the Spirits seems to fail, with a cold Sweat breaking forth, chief about the Face, Forehead and Temples.  
LIII. Whereas in a Syncope, or Swooning, Motion and Feeling are taken away together from the Body, so that it lies for a time, seemingly as if it were dead. In handling this Article, we will only treat of a Syncope, as being the greater Disaffection; for that the Cure of it being known; the other cannot be unknown, since that those things, which are beneficial in a Syncope, or the greater evil, must be much more prevalent in a Lipothymia, or the lesser.  
LIU. A Syncope may be caused, 1. From Fear, or over great Joy. 2. From Suffocation of the Spirits, from Crude Humours, or Sulphureous Vapours, as those of Charcoal. 3. From the Sensibility of a Part, as a Nerve, Tendon, Membrane wounded. 4. From the Constitution of the Heart being altered, by the Malignity of some Disease, as the Plague, etc. 5. From a malign Vapour sent to the Heart from some other Part, as from the Womb, in Fits of the Mother. 6. From a malign Matter communicated to the Heart, as in a Sphacelus, or deadly Mortification. 7. From a deficiency of Spirits, there being not matter enough for their generation, as in Famine, great Thirst. 8. From the Spirits being spent by too great Heat, Watching, Grief, Travel, or immoderate Evacuations. 9 By Antipathy to some particular thing, as smelling to sweet Briar, or Wall-flower, seeing or tasting of Shoulder of Mutton, Cheese, etc.  
LU. The Signs of a Syncope are, Paleness of the face, with sometimes cold Sweats; small, slow, and unequal Pulse, dimness of Sight, coldness of Hands and Feet; at last the Pulse wholly ceases, and the Speech, Moving, and Feeling are taken away, the Body lying for a while as though it was dead.  
LVI. As to the Prognostics, you must know, 1. A Syncope proceeding from an inward Cause, is more dangerous than that which proceeds from an outward; and that which seizes one which was before feeble and weak, is accounted dangerous.  
LVII. 2. A Syncope which proceeds from an Oppression of the Spirits, is more easily cured, and lesle dangerous, than that which proceeds from a Dissipation of the same, through Inanition: But where Swooning is often repeated without manifest Cause, the Sick dies at last suddenly, as Hypocrates affirms, Sect. 2. Aph. 41.  
LVIII. 3. In a Syncope, if the Sick comes, or revives not again, by casting cold Water on the face, rubbing them with Rose-water, or Spirit of Wine, or having Wine or strong Waters put into their mouth, or strong sneezing Medicines blown up their Nostrils, or strong Spirit of Sal Armoniac held thereto, it may be accounted mortal.  
LIX. 4. A Syncope caused by immoderate Evacuation of Blood in Wounds (if it is not too great) is not very dangerous, especially if the Sick is of a good Habit of Body; for that by good Diet new Blood may be generated again.  
LX. 5. The Sick coming to themselves again after a Fit; yet if the Pulse and good Colour of the Face returns not, they will immediately relapse again, or fall into another Fit.  
LXI. 6. Lastly, The Syncope, which is the primary Diasaffection of the Heart, is more dangerous than that which happens by consent of other Parts.  
LXII. As to Cure: The means proper in this Case, are either External or Internal.  
LXIII. Externally, Cast in their Faces fair Water, Damask-Rose Water, Orange-flower Water, Mint Water, etc. And let the Temples and Nostrils be bathed or moistened with Spirit of Angelica or Bawm, or Powers of Oranges, Lemons, Lavender, Rosemary, or Amber.  
LXIV. But if it is a Woman, and possibly may be subject to Fits, you must avoid sweet Scents, but cause the Fumes of Spirit or Salt of Hartshorn to go up the Nostrils, Spirit or Tincture of Castor, Volatile Salt, or Spirit of Sal Armoniac, of Urine, or of Blood, etc.  
LXV. Than you must use shaking of the Body, rubbing of the extreme Parts, hollowing in their ears, and pressing the Parts adjacent to the Joints of the lower Jaw, under the Lobes of the Ears; and force into their mouth gr. x. of Our Theriaca Chymica, mixed with a little Spiritus Cordialis, or a drop or two of Oil of Lemons or Lavender.  
LXVI. Internally, you may give a Toast well sopped in Choice Canary, drinking the Wine with the Toast: Or you may dissolve a little choice Juice of Alkermes in Our Spiritus Cordialis, or gr. xuj. of Theriaca Chymica in Our Aqua Bezoartica ℥ i where these things are not at hand, Angelica, Bawm, Cinnamon, and Mint Waters, may be of use, more especially if mixed with an equal quantity of mulled Brandy.  
LXVII. Or you may give this Composition. ℞ Spiritus Cordialis ℥ i. Tinctura Cordialis ℥ ss. Potestates Anisi, Caryophyllorum, Lavendule, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, A. ʒi. Cinnamon-water, Mint-water, A. ℥ ij. Syrup of the Juice of Lemons and Citrons, A. ℥ i Juice of Alkermes ℥ ss. mix them. Dose, one or two Spoonfuls, now and than, as you see occasion.  
LXVIII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Convulsio, a Convulsion, or plucking or shrinking up of the Nerves, Tendons, and Muscles, or parts appointed for voluntary Motion towards their Original, viz. the Brain, or Spinal Marrow, which happens now and than to wounded People; this is a vehement and dangerous Symptom, and of which we should be large here, but that we have treated thereof very explicitly in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 2. Cap. 3. & Lib. 3. Cap. 18. We shall here therefore give you only those things which are proper to be said upon those Convulsions, which are want to follow upon Wounds.  
Lxix A Convulsion in wounded People, is twofold; either Natural or Unnatural: That which is Natural happens when one of two Muscles appointed for Motion is contracted, the other being Transve sly ●ounded; and this may be seen in Wounds of the Head, when one of the Temporal Muscles is cut asunder; and in Wounds of the Fingers: For if the inner Muscle of a Finger is cut asunder transversly, the outward Muscle will be contracted.  
LXX. An Unnatural Convulsion is that which happens, not because one of two Muscles, ordained to perform the same Function or Action, is transversly wounded, but is otherwise hurt, cut in part, or pricked, and this is either Motus Convulsivus, or Convulsio Vera.  
LXXI. Motus Convulsivus is caused from a thin, or vaporous Matter moving up and down, and disturbing the Nerve: Which continues not long; for the Matter being kept in the Part effected, the Brain, and Original of the Nerve are so affected, that they loose their Action; from whence a Palsy is induced on that side: Than a malign Vapour being raised from hence, and passing to the Neurotick Root of the sound Part, not wholly spoiled, the Nerves are shaken; whence comes this Motus Convulsivus, and differs from a true Convulsion only in this, That the Matter is lesle sharp, and the Contraction continues not so long.  
LXXII. A true Convulsion is that which is caused from an abounding Oily Matter stopping the Nerves; or from a Dryness shrinking them up; or by Consent, from an evil or malign Vapour, sent to the Original of the Nerves of the Muscles, and contracting them.  
LXXIII. Convulsions are either General or Particular: The General are threefold, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Emprosthotonos, when not only the Neck, but the rest of the Body also is drawn or contracted forwards, that the Sick cannot stand upright; the Nerves of the Neck and rest of the Spine, which move the Body forwards, being disaffected.  
LXXIV. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Opisthotonos, when the whole Body is bend backwards, so that it cannot be bend forwards; which is caused from the hurt of the Muscles which bend the Body backwards.  
LXXV. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, when all the Muscles of the fore and back Parts are equally Convulsed, or Contracted, and kept so, whereby the Body remains stiff, that it cannot be bended any way.  
LXXVI. Particular Convulsions are twofold, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Spasmus Cynicus seu Oris distortio; which, as Celsus, Lib. 4. Cap. 2. says, Is when the mouth is pulled awry. Now the chief Muscles of the Face are those of the Nostrils, Cheeks, Lips, and lower Jaw, which have Nerves, for the most part, from the third Conjugation.  
LXXVII. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Spasmus flatuosus, seu Flatu abundans; The Cramp, in any other particular Part of the Body, caused from a thin windy Vapour, contracting the Muscles or Nerves, making a hard knotty Tumour, with vehement Pain.  
LXXVIII. Now the Causes of Convulsions upon Wounds are either Essential, or by Consent.  
LXXIX. The Essential Causes are either from a pricking of the Nerves, and a vehement Pain thence arising; or else from some malign or sharp Humour or Vapour twitching some nervous Part, or the Membranes of the Brain; for the Expulsion of which, Nature, by labouring, excites this Contraction, or Convulsive Motions.  
LXXX. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 65. saith, Those that with their Wounds have manifest Tumours, are not much troubled with Convulsion Fits, but they are seized with a sort of Madness: But if these Tumours suddenly vanish, (they happening on the hinder Part) than Cramps and Convulsions hap thereupon.  
LXXXI. And Galen, Arte Medica, Cap. 92. says, That the pricking of a Nerve or Tendon (by reason of the exquisiteness of their Sense, and because they are continued from the Brain) is very apt to excite a Convulsion of the Nerves; but than more especially, when nothing breathes forth outwardly, the wound of the Skin being shut up or closed.  
LXXXII. The Causes of a Convulsion by Consent are threefold, 1. From a malign Vapour offending the Original of the Nerves, as in Poisoned Wounds. 2. When the Nerves draw themselves towards their Original, by reason of the great pain which is felt in the wounded Part. 3. From vehement or immoderate Cold, or cold things making the Nerves stiff.  
LXXXIII. The Signs of a Convulsion, are a Contraction of the Muscles and Nerves towards their Original, against the will of the Sick, and the Member which they move follows this depraved Motion. But in a convulsive Motion, this is not performed at once, and so continuing, but it comes, ceases, and returns often, drawing the flesh several ways.  
LXXXIV. As to the Prognostics: Convulsions or convulsive Motions are very dangerous in Wounds; for Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, If a Convulsion follows upon a Wound, it is mortal; and this is because sharp Humours smite the Nerves and inflame them. And in Sect. 5. Aph. 3. If a Convulsion follows upon an immoderate Flux of Blood, or a Raving, or Sighing, and Sobbing upon the same occasion, it is very evil and dangerous.  
LXXXV. Whoever is taken with a Tetanoes, dies generally within four days; but if they escape these, they recover. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 6. The reason is, because the Disease is perperacute, or very acute, and Nature is not able to endure that horrible pain any longer, caused by the strong Tension of the Nerves, both forward and backward.  
LXXXVI. They who die of a Convulsion, continued hot a long time, because they die stifled, the Muscles appointed for respiration being also contracted or shrunk up: For the Muscles of the Neck distended, the Septum transversum, or Diaphragma, must also be hurt. For Nerves arising from the fourth Vertebra of the Neck are inserted into the Midriff, and so the Neck being convulsed, Respiration is hindered.  
LXXXVII. The Cure of Convulsions we have taught at large in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 18. Sect. 21. and 28. But in Convulsions and convulsive Motions which hap upon Wounds, (whether it is of themselves, or by Consent of some other Part) this is particular, that you must have great regard to the Brain, and Spinal Marrow, and the Nerves which proceed from them.  
LXXXVIII. For which reason you are to anoint the Neck, both before and behind, as also the whole Spinal Marrow, with some powerful Neurotick, such as this: ℞ Cil of Peter, Chemical Oil of Amber, Angelica, Anise, Caraways, Camomile, Cloves, Fennel, Iuniper, Lavender, Lemons, Mace, Nutmegs, Rosemary, Sage, Sassafrass, Savin, Turpentine, A. ʒi. liquid Amber, liquid Storax, Balsams of Chili, Peru and Tolu, A. ʒij. mix them; with which anont two or three times a day.  
LXXXIX. If the Convulsion happens from the Retention of the Pus, or other Recrements, a Passage must be made as soon as may be, for the Excrements both thin and thick to come forth; and by which some Neurotick Oil or Liquor is be dropped into the Wound, that has a power to cleanse and give ease.  
XC. And outwardly, things which have a power to draw from the depth of the Wound are to be applied; which must be Medicaments of an attractive force, and yet Neuroticks withal; of which kind are all sorts of natural Balsams, Turpentines, and the like.  
XCI. The Body, if Costive, is to be kept soluble with Clysters. ℞ fat Broths lbi lbi. Tincture of Sena ℥ ss. brown Sugar ℥ iv. mix them, and exhibit warm. Or you may Purge with a Dose or two of Pulvis Cornachini à gr. xx. adʒ ss. given in a little Syrup of Roses solutive, which works pleasantly and gently.  
XCII. After Purging, Specificks are to be given; as morning and evening Our Theriaca Chymica, Laudanum Specificum, Elixir Antepilepticum, Spiritus Opii, Potestates Lavendulae, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, Succini, & Virtutum, Guttae Vitae, Sal & Spiritus Cornu Cervi, and other things of like kind, with which also outwardly, the Parts affected may sometimes be bathed.  
XCIII. If the Convulsion arises from poisoned Wounds, whether with poisoned Weapons, or bites of poisonous Creatures, etc. you must than dilate the mouth of the Wowd, that the venomous Matter may have free vent; and Cupping-Glasses are to be applied, to stop the ascending of the Vapours.  
XCIV. The Medicines also which you apply to such poisoned Wounds, must be of a thin or liquid substance, that it may the more easily pass to the bottom of the Wound, and they must be of a drying and digestive quality, to resolve and draw out the virulency or poison of the Matter.  
XCV. Such are Ointment of Tobacco, made thin with Oil of Tobacco, Our Theriaca Chymica, or Mithridate dissolved in Spiritus Cordialis: And in this case a little of the Prince's Powder (to be added with the former mixtures, whether of the Ointment or Treacle) will be found of extraordinary use.  
XCVI. If the Convulsion is caused from extremity of Pain, Anodyns are to be applied; as Oil made by expression, out of the Seeds of Hypericon, in which the Flowers of the same Herb are often to be infused, which is commended by Heurnius; also other Anodyns, and Narcoticks, store of which you may found in their proper places.  
XCVII. If the Convulsion is caused through external Cold, or cold things, or Applications; you must than keep the Sick in a warm Room, and anoint with warming or heating Medicaments, such as this: ℞ Ox Gall ℥ two. Oils of Amber, Anise, Sassafrass, and Lemons, A. ʒii. mix them, to anoint withal: Also you may anoint with the Compositum, at Sect. 89. aforegoing.  
XCVIII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Delirium, Dotage, or symptomatical Madness. This Symptom happening upon a Wound, is dangerous; for the mind not being well, it shows the Brain is not well, neither its Membranes, nor the whole nervous System; and therefore it is always a bad Sign.  
XCIX. And if it is accompanied with a continual Fever, and Difficulty of Breathing, it is mortal. Hypocrates, Sect. 4. Aph. 50. And if it follows a great effusion of Blood, it many times shows a Gangrene is present, and that the Patient will infallibly die.  
C. If a Delirium happens in the beginning of a Wound, it shows that some noble Part is hurt, and is more dangerous than if it happens afterwards; for it demonstrates the vehemency of the affect contending with Nature.  
CI. Since wherever this Sympton appears in Wounds, it is for the most part mortal, and declares imminent Death; we shall not say much of the Cure of it: But if notwithstanding that any hope shall appear, 1. Revulsion is to be made with proper Clysters. 2. Derivation is to be made by the Nostrils with proper Errhines, such as Juice of Sweet Marjoram, Beets, Primrose Roots, etc. 3. You must 'cause them to smell often to volatile Salts and Spirits, as of Sal Armoniac, etc. 4. Apply Hypnoticks to the Forehead and Temples. 5. Endeavour as much as may be, to remove any present evil Symptom in the Wound itself. 6. Give Spiritus Opii Compositus in some proper Vehicle, as often as need requires, to compose the Spirits, and bring the Patient to rest; or in place thereof of, you may give a small Dose, as gr. i or two. or three of Our Specific Laudanum, or of Our Volatile Laudanum, or Dr. Gardener's Laudanum Tartarizatum; all which see in their proper Places. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 6.  
CII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Paralysis (à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, which is to be resolved) The Palsy, or Resolution of the Nerves; that is, a resolving or loosening of the Nerve, and Muscle into which the Nerve is inserted, so that they become weakened, and useless for the performing of voluntary Motion. Or, it is a privation of Motion, and sometimes of Motion and Feeling, both from an Obstruction of the Nerves, which puts a stop to the Course of the Animal Spirits, the efficient Causes of voluntary Motion and Feeling.  
CIII. Several Conjugations of Nerves have several Offices, some serve for Motion, some for Feeling, some for Tasting, some for Smelling, some for Seeing, and some for Hearing: Now if the Nerves appointed for Motion only are affected, voluntary Motion only is hurt, not the Feeling: But if the Nerves appointed for Feeling are only hurt, than the Feeling is lost, the Motion remaining. If the Nerves of both kinds are hurt, than both voluntary Motion, and sense of Feeling are hurt together: But if the same Nerve does serve both for Motion and Feeling together, than both are lost together.  
CIV. Thus, in the Tongue, if the third and forth Conjugations of Nerves of the Brain are hurt, the 7th pair being safe, the Taste is hurt, the motion of the Tongue continuing; and contrariwise. In the eye, if the Optic Nerves, the first pair be hurt, the Motory or second pair being safe, the sight will be lost, but the motion of the eye will remain, & è contra.  
CV. Now the proximate Cause of a Palsy is some disaffection of the Nerves inserted into the Parts destinate to Voluntary Motion; because from the Nerve every Muscle has the Faculty of moving, for that it conveys to it the Animal Spirits, the principal efficient Causes of Motion: And this Disaffection is generally a cold and moist distemperature, which relaxes the Nerve, and makes it wholly uncapable to receive, and convey the said Animal Spirits.  
CVI The Nerves are resolved either by external Cold and Moisture, as cold Wether, wet Clotheses, lying in the Snow, or wet Places, immoderate Venery, cold and narcotick Applications; or by Internal Defluxions of cold and moist Humours, too much moistening and cooling the Nerves, and so relaxing them, altering their natural Temperature, and making them unfit to receive and convey the Animal Spirits to the Parts ordained for motion, as aforesaid, viz. the Muscles.  
CVII. Now the Nerve being relaxed, and the Spirits not flowing, but a flux of cold moist Humours filling up and extending in breadth or thickness the Muscle, the Nerves themselves become compressed, and so the passages of the Animal Spirits are made narrower, or closed up; or otherwise they are obstructed with the same flowing Humour, and so they are stopped.  
CVIII. And this may be effected either by Compression, Contusion, Laxation, Luxation, too strict Ligature, Mortification through Cold, or Solution of Continuity, when the Nerve which conveys the said Spirits to the Muscle or Part, is either cut asunder, cut tranversly, obliquely, torn, bruised, or eroded with some corrosive or sharp Humour.  
CIX. The Signs by which a Palsy is known, are the hùrt of Motion, and sometimes of Feeling, and sometimes of both: But the Part primarily affected, is found out by that which is manifest.  
CX. If one side of the face is Paralytic, the rest of the Body being well, the Brain is originally affected: But if the Speech is hindered also, and one side of the Body hurt withal; both the Brain and Medulla Spinalis are grieved.  
CXI. If either side is Paralytic, all the Parts of the Head being well, the Cause is in the same side of the Spinal Marrow; but if both sides are Paralytic, the Head being well, both sides of the Spinal Marrow are hurt.  
CXII. If the Arms only are Paralytic, the fifth, sixth, and seventh Vertebrae of the Neck are affected: If the Thighs, Legs and Feet are affected, than the Cause is in the Vertebrae of the Loins, and Os Sacrum.  
CXIII. If any particular Part is Paralytic only, than the rooted Cause is neither in the Brain, nor Spinal Marrow, but in some Branch or Sprig of a Nerve inserted into that Part. If both sides of the Body are affected, it is than an universal Palsy; but if one side only, it is an Hemiplegia, or Half Palsy.  
FOURTEEN. As to the Prognostics; It is manifest, if the Paralytic Member is actually hot, there is hopes of Cure: So also if a Fever follows after a Palsy, because it warms, discusses and dries the morbific Matter. Or if a Diarrhaea happens naturally, because it discharges the Matter impacted in the Nerves: Or if a Trembling comes after the Palsy, because it shows the Passages for the Spirits are made a little pervious or open.  
CXV. If a Palsy happens after an Apoplexy, it is scarcely cured, for it shows the Vehemency of the Cause: It is scarcely cured if it happens in old Age in the Winter time, because their natural Heat is weak, and Diseases in Winter-are more rebellious: So also if the Paralytic Member is extenuate, and its fresh colour lost, because the Spirits are few, and the natural Heat weak: Or if the eye of the Paralytic side is weak, for it argues a defect both of the natural Heat, and Animal Spirits.  
CXVI. A strong Palsy from an inward Cause, is hard to be cured, because it proceeds from cold, viscous and gross Humours: If both Motion and Feeling are abolished, it is more dangerous than when one of the Symptons' only happens: If the Paralysis follows after a vehement Luxation of the Spina Dorsi, or Backbone, it is dangerous, because the Nerves are generally much bruised, and by reason of Inflammation, are scarcely to be reduced. If it happens from a Nerve being transversly cut asunder, it is incurable. Hippoc. Sect. 6. Aph. 19  
CXVII. The Cure has respect to, 1. Diet: 2. Internals: 3. Externals; all which are to be regulated according to the Constitution of the Patient, and Quality of the Wound afflicting.  
CXVIII. 1. As to Diet: Let their bread be Biscake; their meat, the Flesh of Land, and Mountain wild Foul, as Partidges, Larks, Starlings, Blackbirds, Pheasants, Chickens, roasted with good Sauce: Their Drink, a Decoction of Guajacum, used ordinarily; or Wine in which Cephalick and Neurotick Herbs have been infused.  
CXIX. 2. As to Internals, keep the Body soluble either with proper Clysters; such as the Turpentine Clyster with brown Sugar, or fat Broth, in which Colocynthis has been infused, or a Tincture of Colocynthis, or Scammony, or Aloes has been mixed; than Purge with Tinctura Cathartica, Sal Mirabile, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Antimonii, Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, Electuarium Catharticum, or Pilulae Catharticae, which of these agreed most with the Habit and Constitution of the Body.  
CXX. And in the Intervals of Purging, let the Patient take morning, noon and night 60 or 80 drops of the following mixture in a Glass of Wine. ℞ Potestates Lavendulae, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, Virtutum, A. ʒj. Spiritus salis Armoniaciʒ ss. mix them.  
CXXI. 3. As to Externals or Topics, Bleeding must be avoided, as a thing most pernicious. The Vertebrae, and Parts affected, may be bathed with this: ℞ Pours of Turpentine ℥ iv. Powers of Amber ℥ ij. Powers of Iuniper ℥ j mix them. Or this, ℞ Oil of Peter, Oil of Amber, Oil of Turpentine, A. ℥ i Oil of Lemons and Caraways, A. ℥ ss. mix them. And after some days time, for anointing, you may apply this Emplaster, to attract Heat and Spirits; ℞ Frankincense ℥ viij. Ship Pitch ℥ iv. Balsam Capivii, of Peru, and Turpentine, A. ℥ two. Wax ℥ i melt, mix, and make an Emplaster.  
CXXII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Gangraena & Sphacelus, a Gangrene and Mortification. We shall not say much of these here, because we have very largely discoursed of them in Lib. 3. cap. 11. aforegoing of this Work; yet a short Observation or two we shall give you. If a Gangrene appears, bathe the Part affected with Camphorated Spirit of Wine, simple, or mixed with some Water: Water of Crabs alone is said to be singular; so also Saccharum Saturni infused in Limewater; Fomenting also with Wine mixed with S.U. and Saffron.  
CXXIII. If there is a Mortification, a Fomentation with Wine, in which Wormwood, Rosemary, Hypericon and Aloes have be boiled, and than mixed with Spirit of Wine, and a little Spirit of Sal Armoniac, is commended; so also the Tinctures of Aloes, Euphorbium, and Myrrh made with Camphorated Spirit of Wine, in which Saffron has been infused: Or those Tinctures impregnated with Spirit of Sal Armoniac.  
CXXIV. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hypersarcosis, Carnis Excrescentia, Proud Flesh. This is whenever the Flesh grows forth beyond its due measure, whereby it hinders the Production of the Cicatrize for covering the Wound, or otherwise causes it to be unpleasing to the sight, or deformed.  
CXXV. It is caused mostly for want of Care in the Physician, not applying Medicaments sufficiently drying, and than the Flesh will not be sound and solid, but loose and spongy.  
CXXVI. Or from abundance of Blood flowing unto the Part affected, and than the Flesh will be in a right temper, only there will be too much of it.  
CXXVII. The Cure is by taking away the superfluous-Flesh, that so the Wound may be shut up with a Cicatrize; which that this may be done, the Medicaments must be sufficiently powerful in drying and cleansing, and, if need require, somewhat corroding likewise.  
CXXVIII. If it proceeds from the first Cause, strong Detersives, and such as may produce a Cicatrize, are to be chosen, as Sponge burned, Galls, Aloes, Tutty, burnt Alum, dry Lint; sometimes burned Alum alone will do, or Pulvis ad Hypersarcosm, Read Precipitate, etc.  
CXXIX. This is commended, ℞ Galls, pomegranate Peels, Sponge burnt, A. ℥ ss. burnt Alumʒii. make all into a Powder, to strew thereon. Or, ℞ Galls, pomegranate Peels, Myrrh, burnt Alum, dried Blood, A. ʒii. Dragons-blood, Ceruse, Verdigrise, A. ʒi. Read Precipitateʒss. make a Powder.  
CXXX. This Powder is beyond all, which is called Pulvis Angelicus: ℞ burnt Alum, read Precipitate ground fine, Ana, mix them. Or the Aqua Viridis, Green Water of Sennertus, which takes away the Flesh without any pain at all, and generates the Cicatrize: ℞ Crude Roch-alum, Verdigrise, A. ʒij. Wine ℥ xviij. boil till a quarter is wasted, than filter through brown Paper, and add to it Camphirʒi. dissolved in Spirit of Wine ℥ i dip Clotheses in this, and lay it on the proud Flesh.  
CXXXI. If it proceds from the Second Cause, or abundance of Blood, you may apply some of the former drying Medicaments, and withal, the Patient must use fasting, and a spare Diet.   

CHAP. X. Of Curing by the SECOND INTENTION.  
I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Syssarcosis, Concarnatio; Curing of Wounds by the second Intention, is next to be taught, which is the unition of Parts disjoined by some proper Medium, or middle Substance; which in Wounds of the fleshy Parts is a like substance, or Flesh: but in Wounds of a Bone, it is a Callus, etc.  
II Now when a Wound is to be cured by the second Intention, you may discover by these following Directions: 1. If there is contused Flesh, or loss of substance; whether it is of Flesh, Membrane, Ligament, Cartilege, or Bone. 2. When you cannot conveniently or easily bring the lips of the Wound together, by stitching or rolling; as in Wounds of the Joints, when the great Ligaments are cut asunder. 3. When without it there would be a great and dangerous Hemorrhage; as in Wounds of the Neck, where the internal Jugular Veins, and Soporal Arteries are divided. 4. When we expect the scaling of a Bone, or separation of a piece of a Ligament, or Cartilege. 5. When great store of Pus or Quittor is like to flow to the wounded Part: which you may know,  
III 1. By your not being able to hinder the afflux of Humours by Swathing, as in Wounds of the Armpits and Joints. 2. By the Patient's having a Scirrhus of the Liver or Spleen. 3. By the Body's repletion with cacochymical Humours. 4. By the Patient's having some contagious Diseases; as the Leprosy, French-pox, Itch, etc. In all which cases, the Cure aught to be attempted rather by the second, than by the first Intention.  
IU. Where there is loss of Substance, the Reasons hindering the Cure by the first Intention, are, 1. Pain and Inflammation; which may ensue, by reason of the forcible bringing of the lips of the Wound together. 2. Because of a great Deformity, which may be in the wounded Part, after the Cure is performed. 3. By reason of evil Symptoms which are apt to follow, after the Wound shall seem to be healed; as Pain, Inflammation, Tumour, and a fresh breaking out again.  
V Now to cure a Wound after the second Intention, there are several Indications; as, 1. To stop the Hemorrhage, if any be, and procure Digestion. 2. To cleanse the Wound of the digested Matter by Abstersives. 3. To fill up the Wound with new Flesh, or some other Medium of Unition, by Sarcoticks. 4. To abate or take away the Flesh, if it is proud or superfluous. 5. When the place, if filled up with Flesh, etc. to produce the Cicatrice, with proper Stypticks and Epuloticks.  
VI 1. How the Hemorrhage is to be stopped, we have taught in Chapter 4. aforegoing: some time after which, the Wound is to be brought to yield a Quittor of a white, smooth, equal, and thick substance, which is called Digestion, and is performed with Digestives; which, what they are, see in Chap. 2. aforgoing, of this Book.  
VII. 2. If the Wound is foul, with any ill or stinking Matter, looks black, or ill coloured, it is to be cleansed with Medicamenta detergentia, Mundificatives, or Abstersives; and these Medicaments aught to be according to Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 1. cap. 12. of a drying and penetrating faculty, and are said to be the strongest kind of Sarcoticks.  
VIII. For the slough, or foulness which is united to the Flesh, etc. in a Wound, is united by moisture: wherefore drying Medicines spending the humidity, the evil matter is separated; as in things glued together, if the Glue is too much dried, it loses its strength and hold.  
IX. 3. The filling up of the Wound with Flesh. To do this, four things are required: First, To reduce the whole Body, and especially the Part affected, to a natural Temperament, and to 'cause it to incline to dryness; which if it is, it is to be preserved; if it is not, it is to be induced, by Purging, Vomiting, and Clysters, (according as Nature indicateth) and the regulation of the course of living, in the right ordering of the seven Non-naturals; as we intimate in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 9 and cap. 19 sect. 1. to which places we refer you.  
X. Secondly; the generating of new Blood, agreeable to the temper of the Part wounded: if a Spermatick Part is wounded, the Blood generated aught to be cool, thick, and dry; which is to generate a Medium, for the unition of the Parts separated: but if a fleshy Part is wounded, the Blood is to be hotter, moister, and thinner: this is done by the power or effects of inward Medicines.  
XI. Thirdly, the Chirurgeon aught to be skilful and hardy: he aught to dress his Patient with as much ease as may be; and he aught to be careful that his Applications be neat, soft and smooth, which things add much to the Cure: and he aught to be diligent in dressing the Patient in due time, not neglecting or delaying his duty.  
XII. Fourthly, you aught to have fit Topical Medicaments, called Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives; which what they are, we refer you to Chap. 2. Sect. 31. and 40. aforegoing. These Sarcoticks, or Flesh-breeders, are drying, yet voided of a sharp and biting quality.  
XIII. Now the Differences of these Sarcoticks are taken, 1. From their several degrees, as they respect the first Qualities of Medicines. 2. From their Kind's.  
FOURTEEN. As they respect their first Qualities, they are threefold: 1. Of a mean Operation or Temperature; which are of use when the Pus is laudable, as white, smooth, thick, and equal. 2. Stronger; when the Quittor or Matter flowing from the Wound is thin and ichorous; for than the Desiccatives aught to be stronger, so as to incrassate or thicken the thin Matter. 3. Strongest; when a slough or filth appears in Wounds, and these are truly Abstersives.  
XU. As to their Kind's, they are twofold; 1. Simple. 2. Compound. Which what they are, you may see at large in Chap. 2. aforementioned.  
XVI. The Simple are such as are, 1. Dry in the first degree; as, Meals of Barley, Beans, Spelt-corn, Rice, Mastich, Frankincense, Olibanum, etc. which are to be used to soft and tender constitutions, as Children, young Ladies, etc. 2. Dry in the second degree; as Honey, Gum Elemi, Capivii, all sorts of Rosin, Ship-Pitch, Meal of Cicers, Minium, lethargy, burnt Lead, etc. washed. 3. Dry in the third degree; as Meals of Orobus, Lupins, Orrice, both sorts of Birthworts, powder of Tobacco, Myrrh, Sarcocolla, Lapis Calaminaris, Tutia, Aes ustum, etc. These are fit for Sailors, Rustics, Mechanics, and such as are of a hardy, strong, and firm constitution of Body.  
XVII. Besides, the differing degrees of these Medicaments, are to be applied to several Parts of the Body, according to the nature and quality of the Wound. The lips of Wounds, because they are soft, or softest, may admit of the first degree; the Nerves and Membranes will admit of Medicines of the second degree: and Cartilages and Bones require Medicaments of the third degree.  
XVIII. Out of the simple Sarcoticks, Compounds may be framed, of which we have given you many Examples in the Chapter aforecited, so that we need say no more of them here: but one thing is to be noted, that sometimes Cathereticks (as burnt Alum, Verdigrise, calcined Vitriol) may become the strongest kind of Sarcoticks, if they be mixed in a small quantity, with Sarcotick Compositions.  
XIX. 4. The abating or taking away of Proud-flesh. Thou in a vacancy or loss, we are to procure the growing of new Flesh, yet we must take heed, that it does not overgrow, or grow too fast, or too much; the cause of which is, too much Blood sent unto the Part.  
XX. This is abated, 1. By strict or short Diet, and eating Food which nourishes not too much. 2. By straight Ligature, hindering the flux of Blood to the Wound. 3. By cooling and astringent Medicaments, applied to the sound Parts adjacent to the Wound.  
XXI. It is taken away, 1. By Instrument, as Incision-knife, Scissors, or Razor. 2. By rubbing it with a rough linen Cloth, or applying dry Lint to it. 3. By application of Cathereticks.  
XXII. Such are, burnt Alum, calcined Vitriol, and read Precipitate: if the Patient is of a tender habit of Body apply this. ℞ Vnguentum Basilicon minus ℥ i read Precipitate ground and washed, àʒi. adʒii. mix them. But if the Patient is of a rustic constitution. ℞ Vng. Basilicon ℥ i read Precipitate levigated, burnt Alum, A. ℈ iv. mix them. See more of this matter in Chap. 9 Sect. 125. and 132. aforegoing.  
XXIII. 5. To produce the Cicatrice. This is not to be done till so much Flesh is generated, as it seems to be somewhat higher than the natural Skin; for otherwise the healing up would be hollow, which is a deformity to be avoided.  
XXIV. The Causes of making Skin are threefold: 1. Efficient, which is a faculty resident in the sound Skin, adjacent to the Wound; for that Skinning always gins from the edges of the natural Skin. 2. Material, which is a Membranous Flesh dried. 3. Adjuvant, which are Epuloticks, or Skinning Medicaments.  
XXV. The Faculty of these Medicines is to dry strongly, in the third or fourth degree, that they may consume the present humidity, and stop the influx of more Blood, which might engender yet more flesh: and therefore they aught to be very astringent, so as to be manifestly felt by the Tongue, yet without acrimony, that they might not erode.  
XXVI. These are of two sorts: 1. Stypticks. 2. Epuloticks, purely so called. As to Stypticks, you may found many of them in Our Pharmacopaeia Bateana, as also in Our Pharmacopaeia Chirurgica in this Work; to which add. Dr. Gardner the King's chief Surgeon's Styptic Water, described in Cap. 11. Sect. 13. following: or this, ℞ Colcothar, or Vitriol calcined to redness, after the Spirit and Oil have been drawn of, ℥ i burnt Alum, Sugarcandy, A. ʒvi. Red-wine, Smiths-forge-water, A. ℥ thirty. mix them well; digest in a warm Balneo for a Week, shaking the Glass every day, than letting the Mixture settle; let the Water be kept upon the Ingredients, pouring of the clear, as you have occasion to use it.  
XXVII. Epuloticks are either simple or compound, both which you may see in Chap. 2. often aforenamed: if the wounded Person is of a soft and tender habit of Body, you may use Frankincense, Olibanum, Mastich, bark of the Pine or Frankincense-tree, Oyster-shells calcined and levigated, burnt Led washed, etc.  
XXVIII. If the Patient is of a mean habit of Body, you may use things drying in the third degree; as Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, unripe Grapes, Myrle-berries, Sumach, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Cortex Peruanus, Henbane-seeds, Terra Vmbra, read Ochre, Terra sigillata, fine B●le, etc.  
XXIX. If the Patient is of a very rustic and hard habit of Body; you may use burnt Alum, burnt Brass, Caput mortuum of Vitriol, and other things of like natures.  
XXX. Of Compound Epuloticks, some also are for tender Bodies, as Vngnentum de Minio, Ceratum de Minio, Vnguentum de Tutia. Some are for Bodies of a stronger habit, as Unguent. Tutiae Nostr. Unguent. Album, Emplastr. Diapalmae, Empl. Album, de Minio, etc. And some are for rustic Bodies, as Vnguentum de Bolo, Emplastrum de Bolo, Caesaris, etc. or this, ℞ Vng. Tutiae Nost. ℥ i Colcothar of Vitriol, or burnt Brassʒjss. mix them.   

CHAP. XI. Of WOUNDS of ARTERIES, and VEINS.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Arteriarum & Venarum; in English, Wounds of the Arteries and Veins.  
II The Signs. Wounds of the greater Arteries and Veins have this peculiar unto them, that there is always a very great Hemorrhage present, which oftentimes causes Fainting and Swoonings.  
III Now either a large Artery may be wounded alone, or a large Vein, or they may be both wounded together: and either a great Vein may be wounded, or a lesser; and sometimes one alone, and sometimes many.  
IV. These Wounds are known by sight: for if an Artery is wounded, the Blood comes forth by leaping, and with violence: but if a Vein, it comes forth by an equal flowing, and not by leaping. See Chap. 4. Sect. 8, 9, 10. aforegoing.  
V But now what Artery or Vein it is which is wounded, or whether only one, or more, is to be known by the Anatomy of the Part; which we suppose no experienced Artist to be ignorant of.  
VI The Kind's. The Wound of the Artery or Veins is made either longways, or obliquely, or transversly; and the Vessel is either only wounded, or it is cut quite through: and the Vessels wounded are either internal or external, or lie very deep, or are more superficial.  
VII. The Prognostics. Wounds of the Arteries are more dangerous than Wounds of the Veins; and Wounds of the great Vessels, are more dangerous than Wounds of the lesle: but those Vessels, whether Arteries or Veins, which are cut transversly quite through are lesle dangerous than those which are otherwise wounded, and not cut quite through.  
VIII. The greater the Hemorrhage, the more danger; the lesser, the lesle danger: but if a Convulsion or Delirium be joined with it, or both, the danger is yet so much the greater.  
IX. If the Vessel wounded is internal, or lies deep, it is so much the worse; but if it is internal, or superficiary, so as it may easily be come at, the danger is the lesle.  
X. If an Artery is cut long-ways, or obliquely, or is wholly cut asunder any otherwise than transversly, since that it is moved with a continual Motion of Dilatation and Contraction: by this Motion (especially by the Distension) the Wound is more dilated, and in every Diastole it gapes; by which means the Blood is poured out, and leaps forth with violence and rushing. See Chap. 4. Sect. 11. and 18. aforegoing.  
XI. The Cure. There are two Intentions of Cure; 1. To stop the Hemorrhage; because the Life and well-doing of the Patient depends immediately upon it; which, how that is to be done, we have taught at large in Chap. 4. Sect. 19 to the end of the Chapter: so that no more need be said thereof here. 2. To unite and agglutinate the Vessels; which is the present matter of discourse in this Chapter.  
XII. In the consideration of this Article, we must see whether the Wound is Simple, or Compound: if it is Simple, many times the things stopping the flux of Blood do the Cure also, as to Agglutination; more especially if it is an excellent Styptic, such as that of Dr. Gardner the the King's Chirurgeon, made out of the Colcothar of Vitriol, thus:  
XIII. ℞ Colcothar of Vitriol, or Vitriol calcined to redness, q.u. calcine it again till it comes to blackness, or a reddish black; than extract the Salt by boiling it in fair Water; decant the clear Water, and evaporate it to dryness, which than calcine again with a red-hot heat. This stops the Blood upon the spot, though the Hemorrhage is never so great, and agglutinates a simple Wound, to a Miracle.  
FOURTEEN. Where this Medicament is not to be had, the Agglutination is performed commonly at one dressing, with some Artificial Balsam; made of Frankincense, Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Capivii, Wax, Oil-olive, and Oil of Spike or Juniper-berries: or else with some Natural Balsam, as those of Capivii, Chili, Gilead, Peru, or Tolu; which scarcely ever admit of being twice applied.  
XU. If the Wound is complicated with several accidents, as Contusion, Broken Bones, Loss of Substance, etc. you must first stop the Hemorrhage by the Method delivered in Chap. 4. Sect. 19 etc. aforegoing, letting it so remain for two, three, or four days, as the nature of the Wounds, and Symptoms, if any, will permit.  
XVI. Than opening of it, you must apply Digestives, such as we have enumerated and descrbed in Chap. 2. aforegoing: after which you must cleanse it with Abstersives, to keep the Wound and extravasated Blood (if any be) from putrifying.  
XVII. This done, you must fill up the Wound with Flesh (if it is wanting) by the help of Sarcoticks and Incarnatives; and than lastly, you must produce the Cicatrice with Stypticks or Epuloticks, or both, as in reason you shall see fit.  
XVIII. If the Wound is without loss of substance, or bruised lips, bring the lips and mouths of the Arteries both together and keep them so by suture; passing the Needle with a strong waxed Thread through both of them, making the Glovers-stitch, and apply this. ℞ Fine Bowl ℥ iv. fine Aloes, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, Gum-tragacanth in powder, A. ℥ i Gypsum, white Starch, A. ʒi. Acatia, Hypocistis, Sumach, Catechu, A. ℥ ss. mix, and with the white of an Egg, bring it to the thickness of Honey; which apply, with a Compress over it, squeezed out of Oxycrate, or Red-wine.  
XIX. Than roll it up with the Agglutinative Rowler, beginning on the opposite part, bringing both the heads over the Wound, and taking a turn or two there, roll upwards and downwards, so as to press the Blood upwards, and restrain the Inflammation above: let the Bandage be made for the ease of the Patient, and the Position such as may prevent Pain.  
XX. Wounds of the Arteries are not to be dressed oftener than needs must; once in five or six days (whilst there is danger of an Hemorrhage) may be enough: but if the Blood makes its way through all the Dress, than you must take them of; and if the Stitches are broken, and the lips are not capable of being stitched again, the bleeding Artery is either to be taken up, and tied, and than to be cured by Sarcoticks.  
XXI. Or if it lies so deep that it cannot be tied, than Escaroticks are to be applied to the Vessel, or the Actual Cautery: if Escaroticks, the Wound is to be cleansed of its clotted Blood, and Dossels may be dipped in this Mixture following. ℞ Calcanthum ustum, Gypsum, A. ℥ iii Frankincense in powder ℥ two. Aloes, Gum-arabic in powder, A. ℥ i mix them. Apply this with Lint on the bleeding Artery, and over it Dossels of Lint dipped in the white of an Egg, mixed with the Pulvis Galeni, and so dress up the Wound as before directed; and at next dressing, leave the Escarotick sticking on the Artery, and incarnate with all the speed that may be.  
XXII. But if after all these Endeavours the Artery continues to bleed, you must use the Actual Cautery; which may be conveyed down to the Artery through a Cannula or Pipe, the outside of which may be covered with a Plaster, or a rag dipped in the white of an Egg, that it may not burn through.  
XXIII. Than dress the cauterised Part with Dossels dipped in Mucilage of Quince-seeds, or in the white of an Egg, or some such like thing; and embrocate the Parts about with Oil of Roses, applying Diapalma with juice of Plantain over all: the heat being allayed, you must digest, incarnate, and cicatrize the Wound, as before directed.  
XXIV. An Observation. One wounded in the Artery, between the Thumb and Forefinger, had been dressed three or four days by a Chirurgeon, yet continued to bleed: he came to me late one Night, with Dossels crowded in it; I threw them out, and with a Needle and Thread stitched up the Artery, and the Wound with it: than sprinkling some of my Agglutinative Powders upon the Suture, I dressed it with a Restrictive Plaster and Bandage, and in three or four times dressing he was cured. But afterwards some vehement pulsation appearing under the Cicatrice, from a too lose healing up of the Wound: he was dressed with a Pledget, dipped in a dulcified Tincture of Vitriol, with good Compress and Bandage: at the next dressing it was contracted, so that no more pulsation was observed. Wiseman.  
XXV. Another. One had an Aneurism in the Palm of his Hand, reaching to third and fourth Fingers, which at last broke out, and bled at times for eight or ten days. He was dressed with Tincture of Vitriol aforementioned, once in four or five days; so the Bleeding was stopped, and the Wound firmly cicatrized, that the lest pulsation appeared not under it. Wiseman, Lib. 2. cap. 2. Observe. 3. & 4.   

CHAP. XII. Of WOUNDS of NERVES and TENDONS.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin Wounds of the Nerves and Tendons.  
II Nerves and Tendons maybe wounded many ways, as by bruising, rending, tearing, or cutting, or by puncture; and the Cures of them both are performed by one and the same Method: 'tis true, they are of another nature than Flesh, and therefore require other Medicaments than wounded Flesh doth.  
III The Signs. They have also an ex quisit and quick sense; and therefore if they be hurt they bring great Pains, and many times Convulsions; and these Wounds are known, 1. From the Part hurt; if it has many and great Nerves, etc. passing through it. 2. By the Symptoms; because there will be vehement Pain, Pulsation, Inflammation, and many times Convulsion or Raving.  
IV. If they are cut through, they occasion not new Considerations in Surgery, because they wholly cease from Action, and are irrecoverable; but if they are pricked by a sharppointed Weapon, it is called a Puncture, and this is not to be slighted: but this is to be understood of the great great Nerves and Tendons, and their main bodies, not the small Fibres of them, which are in every Wound of the fleshy Parts.  
V Consider the Place wounded, viz. whether near the Joint, in the inside of the Arm or Leg, or near the end of the Muscle, or in the tendinous parts of the Hand or Foot.  
VI Whether the Wound is in the heads of the Muscles, or in the ends of them; whether above the Joint, or in the Joint itself: for if it is in the head of the Muscle, it shows that the Nerve is wounded; but if in the ends, or near the Joints, it is a sign that the Tendon is wounded.  
VII. If the Nerve or Tendon is cut transversly through, the pain is lesle; but if they are only pricked, there is instantly a vehement Pain, and an Inflammation; by which the Brain being drawn into consent, Convulsions and Delirium's are also excited; yet the sense of a Tendon is not altogether so exquisite, as that of a Nerve.  
VIII. The Prognostics. All Wounds of the Nerves or Tendons are dangerous, but more or lesle, according as they are of use: but whether it be Nerve or Tendon, the transverse Wound is most dangerous, and difficult of cure.  
IX. They are dangerous, because of their exquisite sense, and their consent with the Brain: and yet notwithstanding a Wound by pricking, is more dangerous than that which is made by cutting: and the Wounds of the Tendons, are lesle dangerous than those of the Nerves.  
X. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, that Convulsion which happens upon a Wound, is mortal. This is to be understood without doubt of Wounds of the Nerves and Nervous Parts; and signifies not, that it always and of necessity causes Death, but that it is very dangerous, and oftentimes is the forerunner of Death; especially after too great an effusion of Blood.  
XI. And though commonly a Fluxion and Tumour happens in these kinds of Wounds, unless it is driven back to some more inward, deep, and remote Parts, which is generally dangerous: yet there is always a ground of hope, if even to the seventh or Critical-day, no evil Symptoms shall follow thereupon.  
XII. For so says Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. If to the fifth, or even to the seventh day of the Disease, there is no appearance of a Phlegmon or Inflammation, and that the sick is altogether free from pain; as also that they feel no extension, or stretching in the Part affected, the Patient will always be safe and secure. For it is a sign that Nature has quieted the impetuous motion and violence of the Humours.  
XIII. In Wounds of the Nerves, a putridness is also easily generated, for they contain in themselves but a weak heat, and are of a very dry nature; so that they are easily hurt by things which are cold and moist, as by Water and Oil, which are enemies to the Nerves.  
FOURTEEN. Nor does this putridness contain itself in the wounded Part alone, but communicates itself unto the next adjacent Parts, and sometimes to Parts that are more remote: as if the Hand, or the Finger only were wounded, the pain may ascend to the Arm and Shoulder: or if the Leg or Foot were hurt, the pain may reach to the Thigh or Hip; and not only Pains, but Apostems may hap in those Parts also: and sometimes the malign Symptoms may extend themselves to other Parts also, yea to the opposite side, and sometimes to whole Body, corrupting all the Humours, whence Rheusmatisms, Fevers, Dysenteries, etc. may be excited.  
XU. And yet this you are to take special notice of, that though an Inflammation or Putridness is, or or may be induced, yet that many times no signs of their coming do appear beforehand; and oftentimes there are present no vehement Pains; but that very often they secretly and suddenly (as also Convulsions) invade the wounded Person.  
XVI. The reason is, because the depraved and vicious Matter is thin, and is hiddenly conveyed through the Nerves unto the Brain; as is manifest in the Epilepsy, in which a malign, poisonous Vapour ascends to the Cerebrum from the extreme parts of the Nerves, without any sense of Dolour in those Parts through which it passes; but only a seeming coldness, like that of cold Water, rising up gradually to the Head.  
XVII. And therefore in Wounds of the Nerves, though there shall be no Pain felt, nor any Inflammation appear: yet you are not to trust to this, but you must manage the Cure with all the care, circumspection, diligence, and skill imaginable.  
XVIII. Now the Wounds of the Nerves are truly dangerous, as, 1. Because the Membrane with which they are covered, proceeds from the meanings of the Brain, and that they are filled with plenty of Animal Spirits. 2. Because they act by consent with the Brain and Spinal-Marrow; which as Galen says, De Vsu Partium, lib. 12. cap. 11. are the great Fountain and River, from whence the Nerves as Rivulets only run. 3. By reason of the dreadful Symptoms, (before enumerated) which are apt to ensue.  
XIX. The Cure. Seeing than that in all Wounds of the Nerves, pain and Inflammation are easily induced, we must endeavour that the pain may be mitigated, and the Inflammation prevented: These Authors do, 1. By bleeding and purging out sharp and thin humours. 2. By keeping the Wound also open, that the excrements may the more freely flow forth.  
XX. The chiefest cause of pain in these Wounds, is the excrementitious humour shut up, which being too long kept, degenerates into a malign, or at lest acrimonious quality, by which it bites the Nerves, and at length putrifies them.  
XXI. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 18. says, that every thing that is cold, is an Enemy to the Nerves, Brain, and Spinal Marrow; but that which is warm, is a Friend to them: and the reason is, because the Nerves, etc. are Parts voided of Blood, and have in them but little natural and innate heat; so that they are soon, and easily offended with any thing which is cold, it causing Pain.  
XXII. And Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. says, Let the Oil with which we cherish the Wound be sufficiently hot, jest that it offend the Wounded Part; for as that which is cold is most of all contrary to these kind of Affects, so that which is but bloodwarm, does them but little good: for this reason, (says he) I myself choose rather to make use of a Fomentation of Oil which is sufficiently hot, always shunning that which is but lukewarm; but wholly refusing that which is quite cold.  
XXIII. Yet Galen, in Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 6. seems to say, that if a Nerve is discovered, or made bore, than such things as are but tepid, or lukewarm, are rather to be applied, than such things that are very hot.  
XXIV. Now as to assuaging of the Pain, things hot and somewhat moist, are most fit; yet because those things which moisten the Nerves, do easily putrify them; therefore such Medicaments as are heating, and drying withal, are rather to be chosen, being also of thin parts, and strengthening the weak heat of the Nerves, by consuming and drying up the Excrements.  
XXV. Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. and Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. says, The faculty of the Medicines to be applied to wounded Nerves, aught to be both thin, and also moderately heating, and such as may dry without any sharpness or pain; for that this alone can draw the Sanies from the bottom of the Wound, without either contracting or biting. And a little after he says, The wounded Nerves require such Medicines, which may excite a gentle heat, but may dry strongly; and which from the nature of their own substance, may have the power of Attraction, and be also of thin parts.  
XXVI. Also regard is to be had to the strength of the Patient, and habit of Body: for the stronger Medicines are to be applied to hard and strong Bodies, the weaker Medicines to the more soft and tender Bodies: so also you must consider the Matter to be dried up, and according to the store of Humidities, you are to choose the more drying Medicaments: for the Medicine aught to answer in dryness to the quantity of humidity offending.  
XXVII. Also Medicaments which are drying, but of thin parts, and carry with them a notable heat, with a kind of biting, (which is apt to excite Pain, and a Flux of Humours;) as distilled Spirits, Oils and Balsams, are many times to be mitigated by mixing them with other things of a milder temper. What Medicaments are necessary in this case, we shall show anon, when we come to treat of Punctures, or Prickings of the Nerves.  
XXVIII. Now to ease the Pain, preserve the Temperament of the Part, hinder the Afflux of Humours, and prevent the Inflammation, Medicaments are to be applied upon the Part affected; as also on all the Parts that lie in the midst, from the Wound to the original of the Nerves: and they are to be anointed and cherished with hot Oils, as Oil of Earthworms, of Foxes, of Whelps, of Castor, of Costus, and the like; using these of themselves, or mixing them with Oil of Turpentine.  
XXIX. If the Nerves affected are those of the Neck, than the Arm, from the Wound even to the Armholes and the Neck, is to be anointed: if the Nerves affected are those of the Leg, than the Groins must be anointed, and we must ascend from them by the Backbone, all along up to the Neck and Head.  

XXX. The incision of a Nerve is either straight and direct, or transverse; if it is transverse, it is cut either quite asunder, or but in part: now a Nerve quite divided, is lesle dangerous than that which is only cut in part; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. and Guido, Magn. Chir. Tract. 4. doct. 1. cap. 4. affirms: the reason is, because a Nerve quite cut asunder, cannot 'cause any hurt in the Brain.  
XXXI. Yet being cut quite asunder, it can never be consolidated again, according to the first Intention; as we have hinted at Sect. 4. aforegoing: and so says Hypocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 19 When the Bone is wounded, or the Cartilages, or a Nerve, or the thin part of the Cheek, or the Praeputium, it does not unite, or grow together again.  
XXXII. As to the Cure of these Wounds, Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. & Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 3. advices to Topics which dry with little biting; as Vng. de Calce lota, Vng. Diapompholigos, and the like.  
XXXIII. If the whole Nerve is cut asunder, no Convulsion can ensue, because both ends give way: this kind is cured by Sarcoticks, of which we have wrote abundantly before, in Cap. 2. Sect. 31. and 46. now in this kind of Wound, the motion of the Part into which the Nerve is implanted to move, is abolished.  
XXXIV. If the Nerve is cut asunder, but in part, it is first to be dressed with the Medicaments afore prescribed: but if Pain, Inflammation, Putrefaction, Fever, or Convulsion are like to ensue; the best course is to cut the Nerve or Tendon asunder, rather than by deferring the Incision, to hazard the Life of the Patient.  
XXXV. This being done, you must apply anodyn and drying Medicaments, and the Wound being dressed, apply over the Dossels or Pledgets, Diapalma, or Diachylon simplex, softened with Oil of Myrtles, Quinces or Roses; because the tenderness of the Part will scarcely admit of any stiff Emplaster.  
XXXVI. Than roll up the Part with the Fascia Expulsiva, of which we have treated before in its proper place; that thereby, the Sanies which does gather in the place, and a new afflux of Humours may be prevented.  
XXXVII. If a Nerve, etc. is contused without a Wound, foment it with hot Oil-olive, applying over a Sheep's or Lamb's Skin, new taken of: but if it is with a Solution of Unity, than Medicaments anodyn, drying, and conglutinating are to be imposed; as Ceratum Album, Emplast. Catagmaticum, malaxed with Oil of Hypericon.  
XXXVIII. If the Nerve is distorted by a Fall, or the like, which may hinder the motion of the Part, you may apply Emplastrum Album mixed with Gum Ammoniacum, or Diachylon simplex, or cum Gummis.  
THIRTY-NINE. If afterwards a hardness shall remain, which may 'cause a numbness of the Part, you must mollify with Oil of white Lillys, of Hypericon; or with Goose, or Capons, or Viper's Grease, mixed with Ammoniacum or Bdellium; also with Oil of Sheeps-Trotters, or of Neats-feets, mixed with Mucilage of Fenugreekseed, Lin-seed, or Marshmallow-roots; the Part may also be embrocated with emollient Oils hot; but nothing exceeds golden-coloured Palm-Oil mixed with Oil of Aniseeds, ana: which resolves to a Miracle, so also Spiritus Mirabilis: lastly, you may lay over all Diachylon cum Gummis, mixed with a quarter-part of liquid Storax.  
XL. How the Pain is to be eased, we have already shown at Sect. 28. and 29 aforegoing; we come to show how to resist the Inflammation. This is done by imposing things cooling and drying; for they both abate the Inflammation, and correct the Putrefaction: of which kind are, Barley and Bean flower, meals of Vetches, Chick-Pease, and Indian Maize, boiled with Oxymel q.s. to the consistence of a Cataplasm; which is to be applied after Embrocating with Oil of Elder, mixed with Rose-Vinegar.  
XLI. If a Convulsion affects the Patient, though it is many times mortal, yet something (whilst there is Life) is to be done; you must Embrocate all the Spinal Marrow, from the Head to the Coccyx, with this Mixture, hot: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ vi. Chemical Oils of Lavender, Lemons, Iuniper, Rosemary, Sage, and Savin, A. ʒvi. mix them; upon which apply a Sheepskin newly drawn of, to the Part.  
XLII. Than the Part wounded is to be dressed; and if the Wound is in the Hand, you must Embrocate upwards to the Armpits by which the Nerves pass, and so proceed to the Vertebrae of the Neck and Thorax: but if the Foot is wounded, you must Embrocate upwards from the Wound to the Leg, Thigh, and Os Sacrum, even to the Vertebrae of the Loins; giving inwardly in the mean season this Mixture: ℞ Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialisʒvi. Spiritus Opii compositus, àʒss. adʒi. mix for a Dose.  
XLIII. These things, as to Medicines, whether Topicals or Internals, we have said in short upon the Cure of a Nerve or Tendon cut, or other wounded than by Pricking: we shall next treat of the Cure of a Wound of the Nerves, etc. made by Puncture; out of which, those things which in general seem necessary to be said, concerning the Wounds of the Nerves and Tendons, (of what kind soever) will be plainly and evidently seen.   

II Of the Puncture or Pricking of a Nerve or Tendon.  
XLIV. The Puncture or Pricking of a Nerve or Tendon, is either inconspicuous, not to be discerned by sight, which is called Punctura caeca: or, it is conspicuous, or manifest, and is discernible outwardly, and is called Punctura aperta.  
XLV. The Signs. This disaffection many times happens in letting Blood, as well as by other Accidents: and it may be known by its Symptoms, which are sudden, vehement Pain, defluxion of Humours, Fainting, and Convulsions.  
XLVI. Nor does it terminate presently in Suppuration, but gleets, and will not yield to a simple Anodyn-Cataplasm, made of White-bread and Milk, etc. but will be accompanied with a throbbing Pain, Inflammation, Fever, and Convulsions as aforesaid; which Symptoms do never hap where the Nerve is wholly, and transversly cut asunder; because than the Nerve, etc. not longer continues its commerce with the Brain, nor can it draw the same into a consent with it; whence no vehement Pain, nor Convulsion can be excited.  
XLVII. It is known also, whether it is Cut or Pricked, from the kind of the Weapon itself which made the Wound, and the form and nature of the Wound, as narrow, manifest, or scarcely to be seen.  
XLVIII. The Prognostics. A Puncture is the most dangerous, among all the Wounds of the Nerves or Tendons; for so says Galen, Art Med. cap. 92. as we have cited the Passage in Cap. 9 Sect. 82. aforegoing.  
XLIX. And Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 2. cap. 6. also says, If a Nerve is pricked, Pain must needs invade the Person, greater than the Pain which is in any other Part; and than of necessity a Phlegmon will soon follow thereupon.  
L. If in a Puncture of the Nerves a Tumour appears, and than it suddenly disappears and vanishes again, a Convulsion and Delirium will ensue; as appears out of Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 65.  
LIVELY Also the Pricking of a Nerve or Tendon is so much the more dangerous, by how much the Body it happens to is impure, or 〈◊〉 disposed, viz. Cacochymical, Cachectical, Strumatick, or Scorbutic.  
LII. The Cure. Thou the Indication of unition has place here, as in all other Wounds; yet by reason a Puncture has a greater sense of Pain and Acrimony, with danger of an Inflammation. Therefore the first Intention here, is, by Anodyns to ease the Pain, and that by all means the Inflammation may be prevented.  
LIII. That this may be done, care must be taken that Excrements may not be heaped up in the Wound; which may be hindered, by not permitting the vicious Humours to flow to the wounded place, and Part affected; and by not suffering the Matter already in the Wound to continued there.  
LIU. For which reason, the Skin, as also the Flesh which lies upon the Nerve, must be kept open: but if the Wound is not open enough, you must make it yet wider, by incision of the Skin at right Angles, and of the Flesh, according to the ductus of the Fibres of the Muscle; that so the passage of the Excrements forth, may be the more free.  
LU. The Body is to be purged from vicious Humours, with some Lenitive Cathartick; or with Pulvis Cornachini, or Our Family Pills; one or two small Pills being taken every Night going to Bed, as you shall see fit: or with some proper Purge, as Our Syrupus Catharticus, etc.  
LVI. Now as to Topics, you must consider whether the Nerve or Tendon lies bore, viz. open in view, or is covered with a Skin: if they lie covered under the Skin, or Membrana adiposa, than the Skin is to be opened, that the Medicaments may penetrate to the Puncture.  
LVII. These Medicaments aught not to be cold, nor hot and moist, nor warm Water; for Water, and all cold things are Enemies to the Nerves; and things which are hot and moist, easily excite a putridness in the Nerves, etc.  
LVIII. But we aught to use things which are hot and drying, and of thin and subtle parts; to digest, dry, and resist Putrefaction, but voided of any acrimony or sharpness.  
LIX. And, the Wound (says Barbett) is also to be kept open, till the Cure is absolutely performed; that the Matter may flow freely forth; which if kept in, will increase the Pain, and cause Putrefaction of the Nerve; which if it should hap, the corrupt Part is to be cut of, or removed by an Actual Cautery.  
LX. If the Nerve is bore, warm Medicines only are convenient: but if covered, hotter Medicaments are required, Purging in the mean time not being neglected.  
LXI. Medicines for this purpose are, old Oil-olive, of Earthworms, of Dill, of Rofemary, of Costmary, of Hypericon, of Castor, of Turpentine, of Wax, of Marjoram, of Sage, of Savin, of Sassafras, of Aniseeds, of Caraways, of Juniper-berries, of Lavender, of Oranges, of Lemons, and of Time; most of them Chemically extracted; to to which add Spirit of Wine, Potestates, etc.  
LXII. Of Gums and Balsams; Gum Elemi, Tacamahacca, Bdellium, Camphir, Caranna, Euphorbium, Frankincense, Opobalsamum, Balsam of Sulphur, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, of Gilead, of Peru, of Tolu, and all the kinds of Turpentine, liquid Storax, liquid Amber, Petroleum, etc. are to be chosen.  
LXIII. Be sure to proportionate the Topics to the vehemency of the Symptoms, which you will know by the pleasantness of the Heat; as that of the Sun, in temperate Wether: and by the pleasingness of the Medicine, causing a kind of Itching: if there is no Heat, there can be no Attraction: if it is immoderate, it will draw Humours, and cause Inflammation.  
LXIV. When the Puncture is bore, either by the Wound, or made so, you need not apply Medicines so very hot, dry, and piercing, as when it is hid: in this case, some common Artificial Balsam, or some Natural Balsam, as of Capivii, Chili, Peru, or Turpentine, dropped on warm, will serve the turn; for by their Unctuosity they smooth the Part; and by their Heat, they make Attraction, and ease the Pain, discharging the Place of its Sanies; and lastly, by their Moisture, they both open, and keep open the Orifice.  
LXV. The Medicament (says Wiseman) aught to be hot, dry, and of subtle parts; that it may consume the Ichorous Water, which first affects them, and causes the Putrefaction.  
LXVI. In the beginning, he used Oil of Roses with a little Bay-Salt dissolved in it: this he dropped into the Part scalding-hot, upon which he applied a Pledget spread with Basilicon, dipped in the same Oil; and embrocated the Part about with Oil of Earthworms; and put over it Empl. è Bolo, as a Defensative.  
LXVII. If the Inflammation and Tumour is great, he applies this Cataplasm. ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ iv. powder of Linseed and Fenugrek seeds, A. ℥ i flowers of Red-roses, of Camomile, of Elder, and Wormwood, A.ʒiii. Wine, or common Lixivium, q.s. boil to a consistency, adding Oxymel ℥ two. Oil of Roses ℥ i mix them, and roll up the Part gently.  
LXVIII. If the Wound requires Medicines of more drying and subtle parts, you may use this Mixture: ℞ Chemical Oils of Savin and Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. mix them. Or you may dress it with Turpentine-Balsam of Sulphur, or with Oil of Costus, or of Rue, or of Savin, or of Dill, or of Scorpions, etc. these are all proper Medicines to dress with; but Oil of Roses, and Salt (says Wiseman) have always served my purpose.  
Lxix If there is much pain, you may dress it twice a day with the Cataplasm at Sect. 67 above: if the hardness goes of with the contraction, and the lips of the Wound relax, it is a good Sign.  
LXX. Barbett commends Oils of Wax, Limewater, and Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii, being rightly used: also this following Ointment. ℞ Oil of Hypericon, Venice Turpentine, Tears of the Fir-tree, A. ℥ i Tacamahac, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ ss. Propolisʒvi. Carannaʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXXI. Sennertus says, we aught to use Oils of a thin substance, as that of Earthworms, or of Whelps, or Foxes; if these ease not the pain, to apply a Cataplasm, made of flowers of Barley, Beans, Orobus, and Lupins; adding Betony, Camomil-flowers, and Oil-olive; for this eases Pain, dries, discusses, strengthens the Native Heat, and resists Putrefaction.  
LXXII. But if the Nerves begin to be inflamed, or to putrefy, the Cataplasm is to be made with Oxymel, or with the common Lixivium; and the Wound is to be managed almost in the same manner, as in the Cure of a Gangrene in beginning.  
LXXIII. Oil of Turpentine may be used alone of itself, in Children, Women, and such persons as are of a cold and moist habit of Body; but in such as have drier Bodies, some Euphorbium may be mixed therewith; also Ammoniacum, Galbanum, roots of round Birthwort, and all Roots that are bitter, without Astriction.  
LXXIV. Propolis may also be used alone; or with Sagapenum, or with Oil of Turpentine, or Tears of the Fir-tree, and other Artificial Balsams, which have power to extract the Excrements from the bottom of the Wound; and withal to corroborated and augment the native heat of the Nerves, which of itself (but more especially in wounded Nerves) is very weak.  
LXXV. The Ancients commended Sulphur vive, unslaked Lime, Arsenic, Sandrarcha, Pompholyx, Verdigrise, Chalcitis burned, etc. which are not safe to be used, especially, if the Nerve is bore or naked: we have now found out better things, and Medicines prepared by the Chemical Art, which do their Office without any pain or danger, and which may be safely applied, whether the Nerve, etc. is naked, or otherwise.  
LXXVI. Many of them we have enumerated at Sect. 61 and 62 aforegoing, and other places following them in this Chapter; all which obtain that Faculty which Galen and the Ancients have proposed, and have in them no corroding quality at all, but a true Balsamic Virtue, which those of the Ancients wanted; absterging the Wound from the Excrements, agreeable to the Nerves, and greatly strengthening the Native Heat of the wounded Part.  
LXXVII. If the Medicament is of thin and volatile parts, which may easily be dissipated; as Oil of Turpentine, or Spike, or Savin, etc. than you may mix with it Gum Elemi, Capivii, Turpentine, Tacamahacca, dissolved in Oil of Hypericon, simple, or compound.  
LXXVIII. Caesar Magatus, de Vulner. lib. 2. cap. 5. has given these following Compounds or Mixtures. ℞ Ammoniacum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, (dissolved in warm Water) Propolis, Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Earthworms, made with old Oil-olive ℥ jss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXXIX. ℞ Opopanax, Propolis, Sagapenum; A. ℥ ss. Oil of Turpentine, or Tears of the Figtree ℥ jss. Tacamahacʒiii. Sulphur vive ʒjss. mix them for an Ointment.  
LXXX. ℞ Fir-tree-tears, Opopanax, Propolis, Tacamahac, A.ʒii. Artificial Balsamʒvi. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXXXI. ℞ Diacyhilon cum Gummi ℥ i Carana, Propolis, Rosin of the Pine, Sagapenum, Ship-Pitch, Tacamahac, A. ʒiii. Artificial Balsam ℥ ss. Euphorbium ℈ two. mix, and make a Cerat.  
LXXXII. ℞ Oil of Turpentine, or Tears of the Fir-tree ℥ i Propolis, Sagapenum, A. ℥ ss. Euphorbiumʒi. mix them.  
LXXXIII. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. commends an Emplaster made of Euphorbium, where he takes a great deal of pains, and is very exact and large in treating of Euphorbium in Wounds of the Nerves; the Composition of which is this: ℞ Wax ℥ jss. Turpentine, Pitch, A. ʒvi. Euphorbiumʒ i mix, and make a Cerat.  
LXXXIV. Now you aught to consider whether the Euphorbium is new or old: if it is new, it is to be mixed with a triple quantity of Wax: as ℞ Oil-oliveʒx, orʒxii. Waxʒiii. Euphorbiumʒi. mix, and make a Lineament.  
LXXXV. But if it is old, (which is very hard and dry) it aught to be mixed in somewhat a greater proportion: as, ℞ Oil-Oliveʒ xii. Waxʒiii. Euphorbium, à ʒi, ad ʒiii. (according to its Age, which is much to be minded) mix, and make a Lineament.  
LXXXVI. If at last, the Puncture yields not to a Cure, by such Medicaments as have been proposed the Nerve or Tendon is to be divided, to prevent worse accidents; as Convulsions, Spasms, Gangrenes, etc. after which, the Cure is to be done as in other Wounds; this only requiring more care in the position, and keeping the Member steady, if it is in such a Joint, where there are Nerves and Tendons which move contrariwise.  
LXXXVII. An Observation from Wiseman. A Tendon being pricked in letting Blood in the Saphena, near the Ankle, it was dressed with Oil of Turpentine hot; the Pain increased, and I was consulted, and saw the Chirurgeon ready to apply his hot Oils: but on sight of the Wound, the lips being turgid and dry, and the parts about it inflamed, I shown him his error, and caused it to be dressed with Vng. Basilicon, warm; and to embrocate with Oil of Roses; and to apply over Diapalma, malaxed with some of the same Oil, and to forbear dressing it for some two or three days: during which time, it was cured. The overusing hot Oils, has in some cases been very hurtful and mischievous to many.   

III Contusion of the Nerves, etc.  
LXXXVIII. This is often by a Fall or Blow, the Skin suffering a solution of Unity; whence comes an Ulcer, and many other Symptoms, from the afflux of Humours.  
LXXXIX. If the contused Nerve is not bore, which may be discerned from the more continual Pain, than is usual in a simple Contusion of the Flesh; great care must be taken to resolve the coagulated Blood, as soon as may be.  
XC. For should it suppurate, the Nerve would easily putrify, and other ill Symptoms ensue; so as to force you to cut the Nerve asunder, or do something worse.  
XCI. In such a Contusion of a Nerve therefore let a Cloth be dipped in Oil of Castor, or of Worms, or of Whelps, or of Foxes, of Dill, of Rue, of Camomile, or of Rosemary.  
XCII. Or you may foment the Part very hot with Sponges, dipped in this Fomentation: ℞ Roots of Orrice, Zedoary, A. ℥ i Hyssop, Fetherfew, Margerum, Mint, Southernwood, Tansy, Savery, A. M. ss. Whitewine q.s. boil, and make a Fomentation; to every Pint of which add S.U. ℥ jss.  
XCIII. Or you may apply this Emplaster: ℞ Propolis, Turpentine, Caranna, Opopanax, roots of Showbread in powder, A. ʒiv. Oil of Castoreum, of Hypericon, A. q.s. mix, and make a Plaster. And if Convulsions hap, give inwardly Chemical Oil of Lavender, à gut. two. ad vi. dropped into white Sugar, in a glass of white Port-wine, or Canary.    

CHAP. XIII. Of WOUNDS of the LIGAMENTS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: In Latin, Vulnera Ligamenti pl. Ligamentorum: And in English, Wounds of a Ligament, or Ligaments.  
II The Signs. If they be wounded, it is known by the place or part hurt, which is near some Joint: Besides, the Pain is in no respect to be compared with a Wound of the Nerves or Tendons, for when these are wounded, they produce neither Pain, nor Convulsion.  
III And in regard they are voided of Sense, at leastwise not so sensible as are the Nerves or Tendons, so they never communicate their Affects to the Brain.  
IV. The Prognostics. The wound of that Ligament which goes from one Bone unto another, is most of all free from danger.  
V That Ligament which is inserted into a Muscle, if it is not well or rightly Cured, may bring a great deal more of danger with it; because it is able to draw the Nerves and Tendons into a consent with it.  
VI Because the Ligaments have but a very weak heat in themselves, therefore they do not easily bear Wounds, but are very apt and ready to heap up Excrements, which may contract and induce a putridness, that may excite other Symptoms and Evils.  
VII. The Cure. By reason of the natural coldness, and dryness of the Ligaments, those Medicines which are useful in the Wounds of the Nerves and Tendons, are also useful here, especially those that are most drying.  
VIII. And truly you may safely enough, make use of the strongest of them, for that this part is voided of Sense, and therefore will not be offended with the Acrimony or sharpness of those drying Medicaments.  
IX. And though Medicaments not too hot are to be used to consume the Sanies, jest the Ligament rot; yet in respect that those Medicines must not only dry, but also cherish the weak heat of the Part, and strengthen the same, they aught to have so much heat, as to be able to Corroborated it; which they can scarcely do, unless they be hot in the second or third degree.  
X. In this case you may use the Oil of Mastic, all the kinds of Natural Balsams, Artificial Balsams, of themselves, or mixed with drying Powders; and over all you may apply, Emplastrum de Minio, or Catagmaticum, malaxed with Oil of Mastic.  
XI. Wiseman says, That Wounds of the Ligaments require much one and the same Method with the Tendons, only the Medicaments here are to be more drying, as Euphorbium, Sulphur Vive, Calx lota, or slaked Lime well washed, Lapis Tutia, etc.  
XII. Barbette commends the Restaurative Powder, thus made, ℞ Roots of Comfrey, fine Aloes, Calx Viva, Read Precipitate, a. ℥ ijs Mastich, Myrrh, Mummy, a. ʒij. make each into a fine Powder, and mix them.  
XIII. And at first dressing, the weak heat of the Ligament is much to be considered, because it is apt to give occasion to a plentiful Collection of Humours, and other Vehement Symptoms.   

CHAP. FOURTEEN. Of WOUNDS of the LIMBS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Membri, pl. Membrorum: in English, Wounds of a Limb or Limbs.  
II By Limbs here, we understand the Brawny Parts of the Arms, as also the Hands; also the Thighs, Legs, and Feet.  
III The Kind's. They are Threefold, 1. From the Part, either Superior, as the Arm, Hand; or Depending, as the Leg, and Foot. 2. From the nature of the Wound, viz. it is either Simple, or Complicate, where as well as the Skin and Flesh, the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments, or Bones may be wounded. 3. From the kind of the Weapon wounding, according to which, the Wound is either Contused, a Cut only, or a Puncture. 4. From its being either without or with loss of Substance.  
IV. The Signs. The Part wounded is known by sight: but whether it is Simple or Complicate, must be known by their proper Symptoms.  
V A simple Wound is for the most part made by Cutting, and it is known by being voided of any vehement Pain, a soft and gentle Bleeding, the Capillary Vessels being only hurt, in the Musculous Flesh only, and without any evil Symptoms.  
VI A Complicate Wound, is discovered by the proper Signs of the similar Parts hurt: so if any considerable Vein is wounded, there is a great flux of Blood, but it comes forth easily, smoothly, of a Read Colour, and more thick Substance.  
VII. If an Artery is wounded, the flux of Blood is more considerable, and it comes forth by leaping, as the Pulse beats, of a more yellow Colour, and thinner Substance than that which comes forth from a Vein, and many times with fainting Fits, according to the greatness of the Flux.  
VIII. If both Arteries and Veins are wounded, the flux is yet greater, and the Blood flows variously, and seems to be of two Colours and Substances, like different things not well mixed together; the Pulses grow weak, and if the flux is vehement, or has been of any continuance, fainting and swooning Fits attend the Patient.  
IX. If a Nerve is wounded by Cutting, and not cut asunder, there is vehement Pain felt, which many times induces Inflammation, Fevers, and other dangerous Symptoms: but if the Nerve is cut asunder, there is no pain at all felt, yet the Sense of feeling remains; but the motion of the Part into which the Nerve is inserted, is lost, or taken away.  
X. If a Nerve is pricked, vehement Pains and Convulsions are apt to ensue, with Inflammation, and other Symptoms, because the Brain is drawn into consent.  
XI. If a Tendon is not cut asunder, the pain is like that of a Nerve, but something lesle: but if cut asunder, as it is without pain, so also the motion of the Member, which it is to move, is lost.  
XII. If with the Skin and Musculous Flesh, the Arteries, Veins, and Nerves are all wounded together, than all the Symptoms afore enumerated, are manifest together, which endanger an immediate flux of Humours.  
XIII. If with the Wound, there is a Fracture of the Bone, it is known by feeling, together with the weakness, or falling down of the Part, as being unable to lift itself up.  
FOURTEEN. If there is loss of Substance, it is known by the greatness of the mouth of the Wound, Cavity, or Hollowness, and many times by finding the Matter which is cut out.  
XU. If a Wound is Contused, it is generally made with a blunt Instrument, or with Stones, or a Bullet, or by a Fall: If it is an edged Instrument, it is generally a Cut; but if a pointed Instrument, a Puncture or Pricking.  
XVI. The Prognostics. A Simple Wound is without danger: a Complicate Wound is dangerous, according to the degree of the Complication.  
XVII. If an Artery is wounded, it is more dangerous than if a Vein is wounded; and the greater the Vessel, the greater the danger: if they both be wounded, the danger is yet more; but most of all, if with the Wounds of these Vessels, a Nerve is also hurt by cutting or pricking.  
XVIII. And if withal a Nerve is wounded, and it is long-ways, there is no fear of a Convulsion, for that the Fibres are not so much affected: but if it is wounded transversly, and not cut in two, it may than induce vehement Pains, Inflammations, Convulsions, and Delirium, or Doting, which the pricking of a Nerve also doth: because from the Fibres that are cut asunder, the pain is communicated to those which are not cut in two, whereby the Evil is communicated to the Brain itself.  
XIX. If the Nerve is wholly cut asunder, it brings not with it so much danger, nor is there any fear of a Convulsion: but yet an incurable disaffection follows it, viz. a debility both in Sense and Motion of that Part into which the Nerve is inserted, for that the Animal Spirit can be not more conveyed by the said Nerve into those Parts.  
XX. If a Tendon shall be wounded, but not cut through, it causes a debility in the motion of that Part it usually moved: if it is cut asunder, than the motion of the same Part is wholly taken away, or lost.  
XXI. If there comes forth great store of Sanies, or thin Excrements, it is a sign of the ill Constitution of the Part, and of the Wound, and that it is inflamed, and in very great danger; for the Sanies which flows, is always according to the disposition of the Part affected, sometimes like Water, sometimes like Whey, and sometimes white and milky; but that which flows from the Tendons, is more glutinous, like to the white of an Egg.  
XXII. The Cure. If it is a simple Wound, and made by cutting and priching, it may be Cured by the first Intention; and here Stypticks or balsamics do the Work, and commonly at one dressing.  
XXIII. But if the Wound is complicate, the Indications of healing must be according to the number of Complications, whether it is a hurt of any of the Vessels, or of the Nerves and Tendons, or a Contusion, or with loss of Substance, or all of these together.  
XXIV. In any of these Cases, if any Extraneous thing is in the Wound, it is (if possible) to be taken forth, and the Hemorrhage (if any be) to be stopped, than the Lips of the Wounds are to be stitched up, according to the nature of the Wound, and to be dressed up with proper Anodyns (if the pain is vehement) and digestively, as we have in the proper places of this present Book, before declared.  
XXV. If the Nerves are wounded by a downright cut, whereby they are commonly left naked and bore of Skin, you must preserve them as much as may be from the external Air, which is always an Enemy to the Nerves, and endeavour as much as may be, to cover them with their own proper covering, and the Skin which lies upon it.  
XXVI. If the Nerve is wounded, according to its length you must with a Swath or Rowler draw the Lips of the Wound together, that they may be conjoined: but if the Wound is transverse, and necessity so require, than the conjoining of the Lips is to be done by Suture or Stitching, taking great Care, that in sowing you touch not the Nerve with the Needle; because by the prick of the Needle the same Symptoms may arise, that are otherwise want to hap in a Puncture of the Nerves.  
XXVII. The Wound than is so to be drawn together, that there may be a free passage for the Sanies to run out, which if need so require, may be kept open with a Tent, for that, if the Sanies should be retained or kept in, it might corrupt and putrefy the Nerve.  
XXVIII. And because the Nerves when wounded, do not well bear the stronger Medicines, as Euphorbium, etc. Galen in these kind of Wounds was want to use unslacked Lime often washed, with much Oil of Roses mixed therewith; also Pompholix mixed with the same Oil.  
XXIX. But Modern Physicians have found out better Medicines than these, invented by the means of the Chemical Art, an Enumeration of many of which we have given you in Cap. 12. Sect. 61, 62, and 64. a little aforegoing: and over all, the Wound itself may be covered, with Diacalciteos, or Diapalma, or our Emplastrum Album.  
XXX. And to preserve the natural heat, that thereby a good Suppuration may be made, and the Putridness and Corruption of the Humours may be resisted, as also the Nerve defended from the Cold of the ambient Air, this following Cataplasm may be very useful.  
XXXI. ℞ Flower or Meal of Barley, Beans, and Orobus, Powder of Read Roses and Camomile Flowers, A. ℥ ij. Oil of Turpentine, ʒx. Oxymel simple, Oil of Whelps, or Earthworms, A. q. s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXXII. Where the Nerves are transversly wounded, and not cut asunder, if by the Fibres that are whole, the Brain is drawn into Consent, so that a Convulsion may be excited; you must do all that may be to prevent it, by using the Medicines which we have propounded in Cap. 9 Sect. 89. and 98. aforegoing, if those things suffice not, the whole Nerve is to be cut asunder, that the Convulsion may be removed, as we have admonished in Cap. 12. Sect. 86. above.  
XXXIII. A Wound made by running of a Sword through the Arm or Leg, is not to be stitched up, (because it is apt to be painful, inflamed, and generate a putrid Sanies) but to be dressed up with Astringents or Stypticks, Compress and Bandage: by this means such Wounds in a good habit of Body, do easily agglutinate in a few days; whereas if they be dressed with Tents, they are of longer continuance, and at last become very difficult to be healed.  
XXXIV. In such a Wound, if the Weapon passes not quite through, but you found by probing it, that it wants not much of passing through, if the contrary side is more depending, it will be good to open it on that side, by passing a Seton-needle, or some such like Instrument through it, than to apply Digestives, and to dilate the hole with a Tent for a few Days, that the Matter may pass through and downward, letting the upper part of the Wound heal up: but the Application of Digestives will be needless, if Stypticks be immediately applied, upon the first making the Wound.  
XXXV. If a Person is run through the Arm, Thigh, or Leg, with a broad Sword, you may dress the Wounds with Stypticks, or some Astringent Powders mixed with the white of an Egg, and Pledgets spread with Sarcoticks, making the Application upon both Orifices, and than bring the Lips of the Wound close with Compresses and good Bandage, so will the Wound heal by agglutination, without Pain, Matter, or Tumour, (there being no Nerve hurt) and that in four or five Days.  
XXXVI. But if through some Cause which you could not know, there should be Inflammation with Pain, or Tumour, you must dilate the Orifice most distempered, and keep them both open, especially the more depending, with small short Tents, spread with the common Digestives, and than proceed as in a Body Cacochymick.  
XXXVII. If a Wound is made in the Arm, Thigh, or Leg, by a Sword passing slantingly through, both Orifices aught to be dressed with Astringents, or Stypticks, and good Bandage, so by the help of the Balsam of the Blood, the Wound will be healed in few Days.  
XXXVIII. But if through the Ignorance of the Chirurgeon, being at first ill managed, with Tents, etc. the Patient should be in great pain, the Limb or Member swelled, and the Wound disturbed, whereby it shall seem not to be Cured but by Suppuration: in this Case you may foment the Member with Discutients, keep both Orifices open with small Tents dipped in the common Digestive, Embrocate the Parts about with Oil of Roses mixed with a little Vinegar, and apply over all Empl. è Bolo, or some such like: The third dressing, if need require, apply read Precipitate upon a Dosil, and dress up the Wound as before, etc.  
THIRTY-NINE. If a Wound in Arm or Leg by long ill dressing is become Sinuous, with a Flux of Humours, Inflammation, and Tumour; so that the whole Member becomes Oedematous, or is so weakened that it cannot assimilate its Nutriment, nor yet resist the Crudities which attend it: in this Case the Sinus may be laid open by Incision, and the Wound deterged with Mundificatives, as that of Paracelsus, mixed with Read Precipitate; the Parts about may be Embrocated with Oil of Roses mixed with Vinegar, and Ceratum Galeni, may be applied over the inflamed Tumour.  
XL. The Oedematous Tumour may also be fomented with a Decoction of Wormwood, Scordium, Elder and Camomile Flowers, Read Roses, Balaustians, and Myrtleberries in Read Wine; and a mixture of Emplast. Album, with Sticticum Paracelsi, may be applied over the Swelling with good Bandage, not renewing this dressing above once a Week to give a breathing to it.  
XLI. And wherever you found the Sinus to have penetrated, you must open it, and deterge it with Abstersives, as the former, and with Vng. Diapompholigos, or other Epuloticks, produce the Cicatrize, helping forward the Cure by the use of a Laced Stocking or Compress.  
XLII. An Observation from Wiseman. A Gentleman wounded in the Thigh with a Tuck, was dressed by a young Chirurgeon with Tents reaching to the bottom of the Wound, by which it was much inflamed. I threw out the Tents (says he) and dressed the Wound with a Pledgit of Vng. Basilicon, Embrocated with Oil of Roses, applied over Empl. è Bolo, and than let him Blood. Being Feverish, I also prescribed him a Clyster, and gave him an Anodyn Draught to dispose him to Rest that Night. The next Day, I found him in good Temper, and his Wound inclined to heal; I dressed it, as the Day before, and advised him to keep his Bed three or four Days: about two Days after I visited him again, and taking of the Dress, saw his Wound perfectly Cured; it continued so, and he walked abroad the next Day.   

CHAP. XU. Of WOUNDS of the JOINTS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Artus vel Articuli, pl. Artuum, vel Articulorum: in English, Wounds of a Joint or Joints.  
II These Wounds are made either by a Puncture, or by an Incision or Cut, and they are either in the upper compassing Parts, or else they pierce to the Cavity of the Joint.  
III Wounds of the Joints are much of the same nature with Wounds of the Nerves, and are either without Luxation, or with it: and these are such as hap in the Elbow, Wrist, Knee, Ankle, or Joints of the Fingers and Toes.  
IV. The Prognostics. All Wounds of the Joints are dangerous, 1. For that they are of an Exquisite Sense, by reason of the Nerves, Tendons, and Membranes, whence sharp Pains do ensue, with an afflux of Humours, Inflammations, Fevers, Watch, loathing of Food, Thirst, Weakness, Convulsions, Gangrenes, and sometimes Death.  
V 2. If they are great, whereby they are the more grievous; for great Wounds piercing to the Cavity, are most dangerous, and if they hap in the great Joints, are of Evil Consequence, more especially if that they call the Aqua Articularis, or Joint-water, issues out from them. Of this Water, Celsus, Lib. 5. Cap. 26. has wrote something; also Paraeus, Lib. 9 Cap. 39 Plater. prax. Tom. 2. Cap. 17. Lang. Epist. Lib. 1. Epist. 3. and Sennertus prax. Med. Lib. 5. par. 4. Ch. 15.  
VI This Humour being let out, there follows another Excrementitious Humour, which Celsus says, is either a thin whitish Ichor, or a glutinous Honey-like Humour, which he calls Meliceria: Paraeus says, this Excrement is sometimes thick and white, and sometimes thin: Platerus will have it to be a waterish thin Ichor: Langius likens it to Whey: and Sennertus calls it Sanies, which, says he, our Surgeons call the Joint-water, the flux of which Humour can no ways be stopped, but by restoring the wounded Part to its own natural Temper.  
VII. This Humour is cold and moist, and is caused of the Alimentary Juice which is sent to nourish the Joint; its diversity is from the various Temperatures of the Bodies wounded; and it is corrupted by the weakness and distemperature of the wounded Joint.  
VIII. Wounds of the Joints are very hard to Cure, because being Parts voided of Flesh, and hollow, they are apt to receive fluxions: and Galen, Meth. Med. Lib. 4. Cap. 6. says, That they easily degenerate into Ulcers of an ill and dangerous nature.  
IX. And they are yet more dangerous in an Internal Part, because in those Places the greater Vessels and the Nerves are contained; for which cause more considerable Hemorrhages and Convulsions are easily excited.  
X. Hypocrates also saith, That in Wounds of the Joints, if the Nerve is perfectly cut asunder, the Patient will without doubt be Lame.  
XI. Wounds of the Joints with Luxation, or a loosening of the Joint, are yet more dangerous, for that the Joint cannot be reduced, without apparent danger of the Patient's Life; for that vehement Pains do always accompany these kinds of Wounds.  
XII. So that the Physician by heeding this Prognostic, will do well to save his Credit; for if the Joint being reduced, continued so, it induces Death to the Sick, and that in few Days, which is often seen, even upon a very small Wound.  
XIII. The reason is, because the Nervous Parts about the Joint suffer cruel Pains, whence Fluxions, etc. now if the Joint is brought back again unto its place, the same Parts are again extended, from whence of necessity there is a new afflux of Humours, with Inflammations and Convulsions, which being communicated to the Brain, bring unavoidable Death.  
FOURTEEN. Sometimes also from the afflux of Humours, proceeding from the Pain and Extension, the natural heat is suffocated, from whence there follows a Gangrene and Sphacelus.  
XU. In such a Case therefore the Physician is to acquaint the Bystanders, that if the Joint is reduced, a Fever will succeed, and after that a Convulsion, which will induce the Death of the Patient, as we have hinted at Sect. 12. above; there being but few that live beyond the Seventh Day after the Reduction.  
XVI. And this Hypocrates, Lib. de Articul. Text. 74, 76, and 77, positively affirms in Wounds of the Ankles, Elbows, Wrists, and Knees, where the Bones of the Leg, Arm, Cubit, and Thigh are dislocated, or seem to stick forth, or are fallen out, whether towards the Interior or Exterior Parts, etc. whatsoever they be of these, says he, that upon a Wound are dislocated or loosened, and hereupon stick out, if they shall be put back again into their places, they certainly 'cause Death.  
XVII. But Sennertus is of the Opinion, that the lesser Joints, as those of Fingers, etc. if they be reduced, they do not necessarily bring Death, but many overcome the Pain, and Live: yet Hypocrates, Lib. de Articul. Text. 78. will have it, that they will be in danger of a Convulsion.  
XVIII. And Galen de Fract. Lib. 3. Text. 16. saith, Si verò parvi articuli, quemadmodum circa digites reperiuntur, neque tunc quoque res periculo vacabit, qui tamen, si evadant, plerique ob diligentiam magnam in Cura adhibitam, id consequuntur, viz. If the small Joints, to wit, such as are those of the Fingers, shall hap to be wounded and dislocated, they will not be altogether free from danger; but if notwithstanding they escape, and recover, it follows chief from the great Diligence and Pains which has been taken in the Cure.  
XIX. Now than, as you aught not to reduce the Joint; so that you may not be accused of Ignorance or unskilfulness by the Vulgar, as to have made the Patiented Lame or Maimed; so to preserve your Credit, you must always make use of this Prognostic, foretelling unto the Stander-by, the danger of Death, that by such a Reduction, may ensue to the Distressed Patient.  
XX. The Cure. If it is without Luxation, the Cure is almost the same, as in Wounds of the Nerves, by drawing the Lips together, and keeping them so closed, excepting an Issue or Passage for the Quitter to run out.  
XXI. They are also to be defended from cold Air, or any cold thing, because they have in themselves but little heat; for this purpose, such Oils, Balsams, Ointments, Cerots and Emplasters, as we have directed in Wounds of the Nerves, are to be applied here.  
XXII. If it is a Puncture, it is to be dressed also, as a Puncture of a Nerve or Tendon; the Injuries of cold Air are to be avoided, for Cold nips Wounds, (but these more especially) hardens the Skin, hinders Suppuration, extinguishes Natural Heat, brings Agues, causes Blackness, Gangrenes, Mortification and Convulsions; nor must you use Moistening, Unctuous, or Relaxing Topics, unless by the vehemency of the Pain, you are forced to use Anodyns.  
XXIII. But if the Wound is made by cutting, than the Lips are pretty near one another, or else they gape much; in which latter Case, you must use stitching first of all, but you must only stitch the Skin, in People of ripe Age; in Children, you may stitch the subjacent Parts, because in such they will admit of Unition.  
XXIV. But you aught to leave a small Orifice in the most depending Part, to be kept open with a Tent, that the Quitter may be discharged.  
XXV. If the Wound pierces not to the Cavity of the Joint, you may dress it with some good Natural or Artificial Balsam, mixed with some drying and healing Powder, as, ℞ Balsam of Chili or Peru ℥ ij. Aloes, Catechu, Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒiij. Comfrey-root, Borax, Centory the greater, Sarcocol, A. ʒij. make all these things into a fine Powder, and mix them with the Balsam, and apply it.  
XXVI. Over all you may apply Empl. Album, mixed with a little Oil of Lemons; or this Cataplasm; ℞ Barley, and Bean-flower, A. ℥ iv. Flowers of Camomile, Wormwood, and Melilot, A. p. ij. the Common Lixivium, lbi lbi. Vinegar of Roses, ℥ iv. boil all to the thickness of a Cataplasm, adding in the end, Oils of Rofes and Myrtles, A. ℥ iss. This prevents pain, and assuages it, if present.  
XXVII. Now here is to be noted, That all Applications must be actually hot; because actual heat does Concoct, and discuss Excrementitious Humours in the Joints, and strengthens them.  
XXVIII. If the Wound pierces to the Cavity of the Joint, your Medicaments must be yet more drying. 1. Because the Joints are apt to abound with a thin Quitter. 2. Because the Bones and Ligaments have no feeling, and so may endure very strong Medicaments. 3. Because they are in their own Nature very dry, and therefore require the more drying Medicaments.  
XXIX. For this purpose than you may use this: ℞ Balsam de Chili, or Linimentum Arcei ℥ ij. fine Aloes, Catechu, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒiij. Sarcocol, Henbane-seeds, A. ʒiv. Euphorbiumʒij. all being in Powder, mix them with the Balsam or Lineament, and apply it.  
XXX. The next thing to be done, is to prevent the afflux of Humours, 1. By Purging. 2. By Interception. 3. By a good Position of the Member.  
XXXI. As to Purging, you may do it with Diacassia, an Infusion of Sena alone, or of Sena and Rhubarb, or Diacatholicon, or Tinctura Purgans, or Sal Mirabile, Syrupus Catharticus; Elect. Catharticum, Pulvis Cornachini, or Pilulae Catharticae.  
XXXII. For Interception, you may use. Pulvis Astringens, or Stypticum (some distance above the Wound) over which apply Ceratam Nigrum, Empl. Album, Sticticum Paracelsi, or some such like.  
XXXIII. In the position of the Member, you must be very careful; for an ill position increases the Symptoms, and causes Distortion, Numbness and Contraction, several ways.  
XXXIV. If therefore the Wound is in the upper part of the Shoulder, a large Bolster is to be put under the Armpit, that so it may bear up the Arm, and drive the top of the Shoulder up higher, also 'cause the Lips of the Wound the more easily to consolidate.  
XXXV. If the Wound is in the Elbow, the Arm is neither to be kept strait, nor yet too much bended, but kept in a mean posture between Extension and Contraction, viz. in the form of an Obtuse Angle.  
XXXVI. When the Lips of the Wound begin to unite, you must 'cause the Patient to use a moderate motion of his Arm, that it may prove the more pliable after the Wound is healed.  
XXXVII. If the Wrist, or Joints of the Fingers are wounded, the Hand is to be kept half-bended, and the Fingers also, jest the Hand should be hurt either by Extension or Contraction.  
XXXVIII. If the Joint of the Hip is wounded, the Thighbone must be kept in its Cavity, which may be done by laying the Patient upon his Back, with Pillows under the Hucklebone, applying fit Bolsters and Rulers: but he must sometimes stir and move his Thigh, this way and that way, jest there should be a hurt of the motion.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Knee is wounded, it must be kept extended, if you would not have the Leg Contracted after the Wound is healed, or would prevent Lameness.  
XL. If the Joints of the Toes are wounded, they are to be kept in their natural posture, not bending them inwardly or outwardly, jest it causes stumbling in going.  
XLI. Now that this situation of the Part, may be so preserved, and not altered, either sleeping or waking, it is to be kept in that posture, either by fit and convenient Bandages, or else by wooden Instruments made for that purpose.  
XLII. As to the Cure of great Wounds in the Joints, which pass into the Cavity, though they be Cured, yet the Member will remain stiff.  
XLIII. Now a Wound of the Joints is said to be great, in a fourfold respect. 1. From the greatness of the Solution of Continuity. 2. From the great and vehement Symptoms. 3. From the greatness of the Joint, and nearness thereof to the more principal Parts. 4. From the evil habit of Body in the Person wounded.  
XLIV. And it is said to be Mortal, if vehement and deadly Symptoms do follow upon it; as Convulsions, with frequent Fainting and Swooning, Gangrene and Sphacelus.  
XLV. If the Wound is with a Luxation withal, and in a great Joint, you must not, as we said before, Reduce it; but the Sick is to be told beforehand of the danger, if it is restored; and of an unavoidable Lameness that will follow thereupon, if it is not.  
XLVI. These things being considered, you must stop the Fluxion, as is directed at Sect. 30, 31, 32. etc. aforegoing; and place the Patient and Member in such a posture, as may be most convenient, and cause lest pain to the Patient, as is sufficiently declared in the Sections above: provided always that the Member is not depending, or in a hanging posture; because such a position is apt to add to a Flux of Humours, or to induce it.  
XLVII. This being said, the Wound is to be cured, like as are other Wounds, with proper Balsams, Sarcoticks, and drying Powders: but yet it is not to be bound up, in the same manner as other Wounds are; and great care must be taken, that it is not offended with the Injuries of the ambient and cold Air.  
XLVIII. Cataplasms are also to be imposed, not upon the Wound itself, but upon the near adjacent parts, jest the weight thereof should hurt it.  
XLIX. And in regard that Fluxions are easily excited, the Body aught to be cleansed by manifold Purgations, and that as often as need shall require: and likewise by Sweeting, to be freed from all its vicious and superfluous Humours.   

CHAP. XVI. Of WOUNDS with CONTUSION.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, plu. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus contusum, plu. Vulnera contusa; in English, a Wound or Wounds with Contusion, a Contused Wound or Wounds.  
II A Wound with Contusion is generally made with a Weapon or Instrument which is blunt; whereby, besides the solution of continuity, there is a bruising of the Flesh, or other parts appertaining.  
III The Signs. It is known from the Instrument hurting, the great Pain, and the black and blue colour of the Part.  
IV. Now a Contusion is either without a Wound, or with a Wound: if it is without a Wound, we have already discoursed of that at large in Lib. 3. Cap. 7. aforegoing: if it is with a Wound, wherein it is not only bruised within, but is also externally wounded in the Superficies, it is what we intent to treat of here in this Chapter.  
V The Prognostics. A Wound with a Contusion is more dangerous and difficult to cure, than that without. For the bruised Parts and Blood poured forth, if they be not, or cannot be discussed, must of necessity be turned into Pus, without which the Wound cannot be healed.  
VI And if the contused Flesh, and extravasated Blood gins to putrefy, it may excite and 'cause a Gangrene, or some other dangerous Symptom.  
VII. The Cure. In order therefore to the Cure, you must first have respect unto the Contusion; wherein you must prevent the afflux of Humours, by Revulsion, Defensatives, and Repellers.  
VIII. Than the Blood which is flowed in, must be changed into Quittor or Pus, by Medicaments, (not too moist) unless you think it may be discussed; and Cataplasma Laxativum Schroderi, or Resolutivum Foresti may be applied round about the Wound, where it is bruised, but not on the Wound itself.  
IX. Hypocrates, in Lib. de Vlcerib. says, If any of the Flesh shall be battered and bruised by the Weapon or Instrument, we are than to take care, that (as soon as may be) it be converted into Pus: for as it is lesle dangerous than an Inflammation, so there is also a necessity, that the battered and bruised Flesh should (by being converted into Pus) be wasted and consumed away, that new Flesh may be bred instead thereof.  
X. So that when we shall found that there is no cause to fear an Afflux of Humours, we must endeavour to bring the bruised Flesh and Blood to Pus, which is done by Maturatives and Digestives; which what they are, we have showed, Lib. 3. Cap. 3. Sect. 29, and 32. Cap. 5. Sect. 105, and 108. Sect. 134, and 137. & Sect. 145, and 149. Cap. 6. Sect. 23, 36, 37. & Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 16, and 30.  
XI. But because they are generally hot and moist, you must have a special care in the use of them, that they be not over-moist; for that than they are apt to produce putridness, and a corruption of the Part may easily be excited; for which Reason, Discussives may also be mixed with them: as,  
XII. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ i wild Cucumber roots ℥ ss. Origanum, Dill and Fetherfew tops, A. M. i fat Figs Nᵒ vi. Raisins stoned ℥ i boil in Water to softness, pulp through a Hair-sieve, and add thereto, meal of Lin-seed and Fenugreekseed, powder of Orrice-root and Camomil-flowers, A. ʒ iv. Sanguis draconis ʒiii. Myrrh in powder, Galbanum, liquid Storax, liquid Amber, A. ʒii. Saffronʒi. Oil of Hypericon, golden-coloured Palm-Oil, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; which I impose about the Wound, not on the Wound itself.  
XIII. For so says Hypocrates, lib. de Ulcer. When it seems needful that the Wound be defended with a Cataplasm, it aught not to be laid on the Wound, but upon the parts adjacent to it; that so those things may be softened or dissolved which are not, and the Pus may pass away.  
FOURTEEN. The next thing to be considered, is the Wound itself; upon which you must apply a Digestive, made of Rosin, Turpentine, and the yolks of Eggs; or Triapharmacon, or Vnguentum Basilicon, or some suchlike, out of the things beforementioned.  
XU. The Pus being fully bred, you must than use Abstersives and Glutinatives; healing it up, as you do other Wounds.  
XVI. But if the bruised Flesh will not be converted into Pus, but on the third, fourth, or fifth day, a Tumour arises with Pain, and so increases from day to day, whereby its colour is extinguished, and it becomes yellowish, with signs of a Gangrene near at hand; than the Part must be scarified, and Vnguentum Aegyptiacum is to be applied, ordering the rest of the Cure, as we have taught in Lib. 3. Cap. 7. aforegoing.  
XVII. If with the Flesh, the Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments are bruised, without any contusion of the Skin, they are to be cherished by fomenting the Part with Discussive Oils made hot; such are Oils of Dill, sweet Marjoram, Orrice, Southernwood, Rue, Tansy, etc.  
XVIII. But if the Skin is bruised withal, first lay on the white of an Egg, beaten with Oil of Roses, which will mitigate the pain: and than the pain being somewhat moderated, you may comfort the Part by fomenting it with read Port-wine, and than apply a Cataplasm, made of Bean-meal and Oxymel; or Elm-leaves boiled in Oil; or the ashes of Vine-branches mixed with yellow Palm-oil and Vinegar.  
XIX. If there is vehement pain withal, than take Tar, Oxymel, and Bean-meal, which mix, and boil to a Cataplasm; laying it on as hot as it can be endured.  
XX. If there is more cause of Drying, mix with the former meal of Orobus, powder of Florentine-Orrice root, or root of round Birthwort; anointing the place with Oils of Castor, of Whelps, of Camomile, Dill, Orrice, and Rue: or with an Ointment made of Galbanum and Myrrh.  
XXI. And give inwardly, an Electuary made of powders of Centory the lesle, roots of Birthwort, Elecampane, Gentian, and Orrice, mixed with Ammoniacum, and Mel Juniperinum, or honey-like Extract of Juniper-berries.  
XXII. If at last there remains a hardness on the Nerves or Tendon, whereby numbness and stupidity be excited, than Emollients or Digestives are to be laid on; as roots of Althaea, of white Lilies, Bdellium, Ammoniacum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, Diachylon simple, & cum Gummi; or Palm-Oil, mixed with Chemical Oil of Aniseeds in equal parts, or Balsamum mirabile.  
XXIII. If the Ligaments are bruised, you must apply such things as heal, dry, discuss, and strengthen: such are Oils of Mastic, Juniper-berries, Oranges, Lemons, Caraways, to anoint withal.  
XXIV. And than apply this: ℞ Oils of Mastic, Lavender; and Savin, A. ℥ i Oil of Mace by Expressionʒuj. Bdellium, Ammoniacum, Galbanum, A. ℥ ss. Saffronʒii. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment, or soft Cerate.   

CHAP. XVII. Of WOUNDS made by Biting of VENOMOUS BEASTS.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Morsus Bestiae, pl. Morsus Bestiarum; in English, The Biting or Bite, of a Beast or Beasts.  
II We shall comprehend in this Chapter the Bites and Stinging of all living Creatures, even the Bites of Mankind: not that we think every Creature is Poisonous, yet we are apt to believe, that there is somewhat of Poison or Malignity, more or lesle, in the Bites of all Creatures, Man as well as Beast.  
III And therefore we shall lay down our Considerations in a fivefold order, as they have respect either to Biting or Stinging; the first of which is made by Mankind by Beasts, by Serpents, and by Infects.  
IV. These Wounds than are, 1. By the bites of wild or tamed Beasts and Humankind, not esteemed poisonous. 2. By the bites of Mad-dogs, and Madmen, which require the same order and method of Cure. 3. By the ●…ing of Serpents; as the Viper, Rattle-snake, etc. 4. By the biting of the Tarantula. 5. By the stinging of Scorpions, Hornets, Wasps, Bees, etc. of all which in their order.  

I Of Biting of Wild-Beasts, and Humankind.  
V We intent to treat of those Wounds here which are made by the biting of Humankind, and of Beasts in their own nature not Venomous; as of an Ass, Ape, Baboon, Bear, Cat, Dog, Horse, Leopard, Monkey, Squirrel, Tiger, etc. concerning which, yet Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 27. saith, That all Bites of wild Beasts whatsoever, have in them some certain kind of Venom.  
VI Moreover, these Creatures when they by't, are for the most part enraged; and Wrath or Rage has in it a great power to disturb the Humours, and corrupt them; which viciousness of the Humours is easily communicated into the Hospital, and by the Hospital as easily conveyed into the Wound; which thing is manifestly evident, in such as are bitten by a mad Dog or Man.  
VII. But if it is supposed that such Wounds are altogether free from any Virulency whatever, yet the Contusion itself (for Teeth are seldom so sharp as to wound, and not also bruise) renders all Wounds whatsoever the more dangerous and grievous, and makes them the more difficult to be cured.  
VIII. The Prognostics. These Wounds are dangerous as well in themselves, by reason of the Contusion, as also because the Hospital of the furious and enraged Animal is supposed to have something of Malignity joined with it; but much more dangerous, if the Nervous and Tendinous Parts are bitten or wounded withal.  
IX. And if they are made by one Man's biting of another, they are not without their danger. Guilielmus Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 84. & 85 gives us three Instances. 1. A Merchant, who in his Cups was bitten by another, on the very tip of his right Forefinger; upon which, his whole right Hand become inflamed, and a Gangrene presently began to follow, with Convulsions, a great burning Fever, Swooning, and continual Restlessness. 2. A Physician, who was bit, by putting his Finger to the Mouth of a Woman who had a Frenzy, to feel her Tongue; upon which biting, he was presently taken with a vehement pain, not only in his Finger, but through his whole Arm. 3. Another Man was bitten sorely to the first articular of his Thumb, by another furious and enraged person; upon which he was instantly taken with a vehement pain through the whole Arm, and soon after with a Fever, and Swooning-fits.  
X. The Cure. If the Wound is made by a Beast that hath blunt Teeth, whereby there is a Contusion, the Blood is to be well squeezed or pressed forth, out of the Wound; and Purging-medicines are to be given, (if need so require) to prevent the greater afflux of Humours.  
XI. And to prevent the Evil from being communicated to the more superior, or other adjacent Parts, you must apply Defensatives made with Oxycrate, or some other like thing: and to the Wound itself, for easing the Pain, promoting Suppuration, and keeping the Wound open, some proper Anodyn, maturative or digestive.  
XII. As, ℞ One Egg, Butterʒiv. Oils of Violets and Roses, A. ʒij. Saffronʒss. mix them. Or, ℞ The yolk of one Egg; Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ ss. mix them well together; than add Oil of Roses, or Oil of Benʒiii.  
XIII. And you may (if need require) apply over this Cataplasm. ℞ Althea-roots ℥ i ss. flowers of Camomile and Melilot, A. M.j. Wormwood-tops P.ii. boil all to softness, and beaten them together; to which add the yolk of one Egg, Mithridate ℥ i Oil of Camomile q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
FOURTEEN. If you should fear, that there is Virulency in the Wound, you may apply this. ℞ Unguentum Basilicon, Strasburgh-Turpentine, A. ℥ i yellow Palm-Oil, or Oil of Ben, Mithridate, A. ʒvi. yolk of one Egg.  
XU. And that what is bruised, may be converted into Pus, you must use this Digestive. ℞ Ung. Basilicon, Rosin, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ i yolk of one Egg, mix them. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine, Mastic in powder, A. ℥ i Honey of Roses ℥ jss. yolk of one Egg, mix them.  
XVI. And if any Malignity is feared, you may apply this: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine, Mithridate, A. ℥ i Aloes, round Birthwort-root, Myrrh, Orrice-Florentine, A. ℥ ss. all in fine powder, powder of Zedoary, and Winter's Cinnamon, A. ʒi. mix, and with Honey of Roses, q.s. make a Lineament.  
XVII. The Wound being digested, and well cleansed, you must fill it up with Flesh, with proper Sarcoticks, and at last with Epuloticks produce the Cicatrice.  
XVIII. If a Gangrene is feared, as approaching, you must pursue the Cure, as we have directed in the Chapter of a Gangrene. Or thus: Bath all the adjacent places with Spirit of Wine Camphorated; and upon the Wound apply very hot this following Mixture.  
XIX. ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine Gum Elemi, A. ℥ i yolks of two Eggs; powder of Earthwormsʒii. Frankincense, Camphir, A. ʒi. mix them.  
XX. If the Pain increases, bathe with this: ℞ Pours of Amber, Powers of Iuniper, A. ℥ i Spirit of Sal Armoniackʒii. Guttae Vitae ℥ ss. mix them: and over all, apply some proper Anodyn Cataplasm: after which the Pain being something eased, you may apply Empl. Album, and so Cure it as another bruised Wound.  
XXI. But mean season, or during the whole course of this Cure, give inwardly every Night a Dose of Our Theriaca Chymica; and every Morning fasting this mixture: ℞ Aq. Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialisʒvi. Syrup of Limonsʒiii. Spiritus Opii Compositusʒiss. mix for a Dose.   

II Of the Bites of Mad-dogs, Madmen, etc.  
XXII. Whether the Patient is bitten by a Mad-dog, or by a Madman whose Madness came through the biting of a Mad-dog, the Signs, Symptoms, Prognostics, and Methods of Cure are all one, and therefore in Treating of the one, we Treat of the other also.  
XXIII. This Poison or Venom which causes this Madness, consists not in the first qualities, as Heat, Coldness, Dryness, or Moisture, but in a Specific Property peculiar to this kind of Disease, which is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (aquae metus) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, morbus, quo aliquis à Cane rabioso commorsus aquam timet; also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Hydrophobia, & Rabbis; a Malady in which the Patient is always extremely fearful of Water.  
XXIV. Now it is necessary in the first place, to know whether the Dog which gave the Wound be Mad, or not, which you may know by these Signs. He refuses his Food, and his Water also, (because he is afraid of Water) Slaver or Snivel comes forth from his Mouth and Nostrils, he carries his Tail under his Belly, hangs his Tongue out of his Mouth, which looks either yellow, blackish, or reddish, his Eyes are read and fiery, and he looks wild, becomes lean, and barks but little, and that hoarsly; sometimes he runs swiftly, sometimes he stands still, he knows not his Owner, but runs fiercely upon all Creatures, and oftentimes in running strikes his Head against Posts or Trees, and when in this Condition, other Dogs will eat him.  
XXV. The Signs. If the Madness is beginning, the Patient becomes discontented and angry without any just Cause; he feels a gnawing and heaviness in his Stomach, complains of unreasonable Wether, though it is fair, his Body also becomes heavy and lumpish.  
XXVI. If he sleeps, his sleep is very troublesome, and he is full of fears without any cause; he drinks lesle than usually, and gins to murmur and speak to himself, and desires Candle-light in the Daytime.  
XXVII. In the place wounded, though it is healed, a pain is felt, which ascends towards the Head, whither when it is come, a Vertigo is caused, so that he cannot walk steadily forwards; now when these last Signs appear, you may be sure that Madness is at hand, or not far of.  
XXVIII. If the Madness is present or manifest, the Face than and Body become read, he looks wildly, is very troublesome, and foams at the Mouth, and spits upon those that stand by.  
XXIX. Sometimes they snarl and bark like Dogs, and many times offer to by't; they vehemently hate or are afraid of Water, and all Liquid things, which if proffered to them, or they come near them, they become more fierce, and are more offended.  
XXX. Their Pulses are small and inordinate, their Urine comes away by drops; and the Madness increasing, they Vomit either yellow or black Choler, and become Costive.  
XXXI. Their Limbs become more and more lumpish and heavy, their Voice becomes hoarse, and they are troubled with difficulty of breathing, putting out their Tongues as if they wanted Breath, or Air, or were vehemently hot.  
XXXII. A Day or two before they Die, some of them are troubled with the Hiccough; and a little before Death with Convulsions, and a dreadful gnashing of the Teeth.  
XXXIII. The Prognostics. The Patient being bitten by the Mad-dog, the Poison is received; but it manifests its self in Madness in some sooner, in others later: some grow Mad in a few Days space, as in a Week, more or lesle; some in a longer time.  
XXXIV. But it's general time of manifesting itself, is upon the Revolution of the Moon to the same place of the Zodiac, where she was when the Wound was made, which is a Month's time.  
XXXV. Yet if the Wound was great or deep, or manifold, and the Dog vehemently Mad, the Patient may possibly become Mad, upon the next New or Full Moon; or if they escape the New, upon the next Full; or if they escape the Full, upon the next Change.  
XXXVI. Sometimes the Poison lies dormant for a much longer time, as for a Year or two, before it manifests itself in Madness; but this is caused from the weakness of the Poison first received, or the shallow, remoteness, or hard place where it is lodged; and therefore if it manifests not itself in a Month or two, the Patient is generally supposed secure or perfectly well, more especially if the proper means both Internal and External have been used beforehand.  
XXXVII. If the Wound is not deep, nor has offended a Nerve, Artery, or Vein, there is great hope of Cure, and that the Patient may do well.  
XXXVIII. But if the Person who is bitten, gins to have the fear of Water before him, and becomes Mad, the hope of Recovery is very small; nor did I ever know one such to escape.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Cure. There are three Intentions of Cure; 1. To draw forth the Poison out of the Wound, that it may not get deeper into the Body. 2. To strengthen the principal Parts, that they may be able to resist and repel the Poison. 3. To destroy the power of the Poison itself.  
XL. The first intention is answered in some measure by applying a Ligature, three or four Inches above the Wound: but Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 27. advices, that it be not too straight, jest the Part becomes benumbed.  
XLI. If it is in a place which will not admit of Ligature, than you must apply a Defensative, made of fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, mixed with Whites of Eggs.  
XLII. Than you must scarify the Wound, if it is not large enough already; or apply Cupping-glasses with much Flame and Scarification, to make the stronger Attraction.  
XLIII. If the place is such as cannot be Cupped, yet it is always to be scarified, and the Blood to be drawn by a dry Sponge, not wet in Water: after which you may apply hot Pigeons or Chickens, being first cut asunder.  
XLIV. After these things are done at the first, you must apply other Topics of a very strong Attractive quality, as Cataplasms made of Garlic, Shelots', Leeks, Onions, Mustardseed, Cresses, Rue, Salt, Leven, Honey, Mithridate, Pigeons-dung, Turpentine, Burgundy-Pitch, etc.  
XLV. Galen, de Antidote. lib. 2. cap. 1. very much commends an Emplaster made of Opopanax, Pitch, and Vinegar; and he affirms that he never knew any that died, upon whom this Emplaster was applied: the Composition is this. ℞ Pitch lbi lbi. which melt, and add thereto Opopanax dissolved in the sharpest Vinegar, strained, and reduced to a just consistency ℥ iii mix, and make a Plaster.  
XLVI. Now these Attractive Medicines are to be applied in three or four Days after the Wound is made, otherwise they will be unprofitably used.  
XLVII. Bleeding in this Case is very pernicious, for it strongly draws the Poison into the Blood, and so corrupts the whole Mass, whereby, at length, it seizes both Heart and Brain: Purging, in like manner, is also as deleterious, especially in the beginning, because it draws the Poison from the outward Parts, to the inward.  
XLVIII. But if the Poison has already possessed the inward Parts, Purging will than be necessary, for the evacuating of the empoisoned Humours, or morbific Matter, and it aught often to be repeated, and that with the strongest Emetics, or Catharticks, or both by turns, which aught to be begun after the 20th Day, and before the 40th Day, with Tartarum Emeticum, Vinum Antimoniale, Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, Wine or Vinegar of Squills, Our Family Pills, Pilulae Panchymagoge, Pil. Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, Sal Mirabile, etc.  
XLIX. The second Intention is performed, by giving inwardly Mithridate or Venice Treacle, mixed especially with a proportionable Dose of Volatile Sal Armoniac, or Salt of Hartshorn, or Salt of Amber, giving ʒiss. every Morning fasting, and every Evening at bedtime; but for this purpose Our Theriaca Chymica almost a Thousand times exceeds them, which you may give every Night going to Bed; and every Morning a Dose of Our Tinctura Cordialis, in a Glass of Canary, both which are to be continued for Forty Days at lest together.  
L. In this Case, Galen, de Antidote. lib. 2. cap. 11. and Dioscorides, lib. 6. cap. 37. commends the Antidote de Cancris fluviatilibus, thus made. ℞ Ashes of River Crabsʒii. Gentian in Pouderʒi. generous Wine half a Pint: mix them for a Draught; which is to be taken every Morning for Eleven Days. Galen affirms that none ever died, who rightly used this Powder of Crabs.  
LIVELY The third and last Intention is to destroy the power and force of the Poison itself; and this is done chief by the help of Volatile Alkaliss: Volatile Salt of Beans is an Admirable Thing in this Case, so also the Volatile Salts of Hartshorn and Sal Armoniac, also the Volatile Salt of Vipers: but that which exceeds all other things, is the Volatile Salt of the Livers of Mad-dogs, which radically destroys the Poison, and may be given daily a gr. x. ad ℈ i in any fit Vehicle.  
LII. But because every one cannot attain this, or it is not ready at hand, you may make use of the substances of the Liver and Spleen, by drying them, and reducing them to Powder; of which Powder you may give à ℈ two. ad ℈ iv. in a Glass of Choice Canary in the Morning at Ten a Clock, and in the Afternoon about Five a Clock; this is known to be a Specific.  
LIII. As to the Volatile Salt of the Livers and Spleens of Mad-dogs, because it will be difficult to be gotten in any considerable quantity; you may make it of the Flesh of the Dog, joined with them, which is to be cut into very thin slices, and than dried in the Sun, or an Oven, till they are perfectly dry, and being cut into bits, is to be put into a Glass Retort, and distilled in all respects as you distil Volatile Salt of Vipers.  
LIU. Guil. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 1. Observ. 78. has this following Cure. A Young Man was on the 30th of July, 1602. wounded in the Arm by the By't of a Mad-dog. On the first of August (says he) he came to me; I scarified the By't, applied a Cupping-glass with much Flame, and extracted as much Blood as I could, than I washed the Arm in Posca, in which Venice-Treacle and a little Sea-sait were dissolved; for the slaver of a Mad-dog, if it dries upon any part of the Skin, unless it is quickly and diligently washed and wiped of, may 'cause Madness; and after this he cauterised the By't all over, very deep, with an actual Cautery.  
LU. And by the way he advised Young Surgeons, that they take special Care, that they cauterize not such Bites superficially, but rather to err in the excess of their depth, than in the defect, because as it is a dangerous and desperate Disease, it must have a severe and desperate Cure; and he knew one who had no Benefit by an actual Cautery, because it was not made to enter deep enough.  
LVI. After the Cauterizing, he was not careful to assuage the Pain, because unctuous things, as Butter, Oil, etc. which relax the Eschar, he approved not of, in such Ulcers, they hindering the evaporation of the Poison, and repelling the Blood, and with it the Venom to the Noble Parts: And since Pain, as Galen says, attracts the Blood and Humours, out of the Body to itself, it is probable that if it is moderate, it may do good in such a Case as this is; therefore after the Burning, he applied Cotton dipped in Aqua Vitae, in which Theriatae Andromachi was dissolved, to the Ulcer.  
LVII. Afterwards he laid to it the following Plaster spread upon Cloth. ℞ Onions a little boiled, Leven, Mustard-see, A. ℥ two. Theriaca Andromachi ℥ ss. Rue, Scordium, A. Mss. beaten them together in a Mortar, with a little Honey. The next Day he cut the Eschar every where, as much as he could, and repeated the Applications of the aforesaid Medicines, and so proceeded till the Eschar fell of: afterwards, jest the Lips of the Ulcer should close, he put Pease into it twice a Day, applying the prescribed Plaster, keeping the Ulcer thus open for three Months.  
LVIII. But in the interim, he strewed twice or thrice a Week, the following Powder upon the Ulcer: ℞ Red Precipitate levigated, Powder of Bezoar-stone, and of Angelica-root, A. ʒi. mix them: This, says he, wonderfully attracts the malignity from within to itself: and inwardly he gave Alexipharmicks, as Venice-Treacle, Mithridate, Bezoar, Burned Hartshorn, and the following Powder in Borage and Bugloss Water. ℞ Ashes of River Crabs ℥ v. Gentian-root in Powder ℥ iiss. Olibanum in Powder ℥ ss. mix them. He neither bled, or purged him, jest he should have drawn the Poison inwards, but by this means he was perfectly Cured. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 3. cap. 21.   

III Of the Bites of Serpents, as Vipers, Rattle-snakes, etc.  
LIX. The Signs. When one is bitten by an Adder, Viper, Rattle-snake, or Slow-worm, etc. the Part becomes of a leaden Colour, sometimes reddish, or of a reddish black, and very painful; and if it is not presently Cured, much black and fetid Pus does come forth from the Sore, like as from a filthy Ulcer.  
LX. What we shall say on this Subject, we shall chief deliver from Monsieur Charas out of his new Experiments upon Vipers. 1. A Dog was bitten in his upper Lip by an angry Viper; he was not much moved at it at first, but by little and little grew sad, and his Jaw began to swell; a little while after he vomited up the last Food he had eaten, and discharged by Stool: He refused his Food, and would touch none of it, and lay in a prostrate manner without complaining: the place pricked grew livid, and the lividness extended to the Neck and Breast, as also the Swell, and at length after Forty Hours he died; without nothing was observed but the Tumour and lividness in the Part pricked, and places adjacent; but being opened, in the Trunk of the Vena Cava, a little Blood was found coagulated, and the rest of the Blood in this place, in the Heart, and in all other places, was of a dark Colour, and of an ill Consistence, like Blood in part dissolved and corrupted; the Stomach was of a darkish Colour, but the Mesentery and Guts were darker: The Heart, Liver, Lungs, and Spleen were not altered at all, but of a good Colour, and remained in their natural Condition.  
LXI. A Dog bitten at the Ear. He howled when he felt the biting, and continued howling for half an Hour, than was quiet. The place pricked grew livid, and swelled, as also the Parts adjacent, he vomited not, but voided some Excrements, would neither eat or drink, and died ●n 24 Hours after he was bitten: Outwardly nothing was seen but the lividness and swelling. Being opened, all the inward Parts were in the same Condition with those of the former Dog, save there was found in the Vessels not coagulated Blood, but only it was of an obscure Colour, of an odd consistency, and in a disposition to coagulate.  
LXII. 3. A Dog bitten on the tip of his Nose by an enraged Viper. He howled when he felt himself bitten, but was soon appeased, fell to licking the place pricked, and to seratching it with his Feet or Paws. He lay not down, but continued that exercise for some time. The place bitten become somewhat black and blue, but swelled not; and a little while after the Dog cat and drank, as if nothing ailed him, gradually the lividness disappeared, and he grew as well as ever. In this Case, I suppose the biting of the Viper scarcely pierced through the Cutis, which was the principal reason of the Dog's recovery.  
LXIII. 4. A Puppy seven or eight Days old, bitten on the Leg by an enraged Viper. He howled as soon as bitten, and so continued till he died, which was about an Hour after. The place pricked was swelled and livid; and being opened, nothing was found but some lividness in the Stomach and Guts, and some blackishness and ill-consistency in the Blood, but all the other inward Parts appeared sound.  
LXIV. 5. A Dog bitten on the Belly by an angered Viper. He cried presently, but not long. The place bitten was very livid, and swelled much, the Tumour and lividness reaching over all the Natural Parts: he drank often, but would eat nothing, and was always for two Days in this Condition, without growing worse. (I suppose the Skin was scarcely penetrated). Than he was bitten again, and that twice, near the same place; he howled much, and the Swelling increased, and extended itself over the whole Belly, as also the livid Colour, but it went not farther: The Dog often licked his Wounds, and drank store of Water, and at length fell to eating, and in five or six Days was Cured perfectly, without any other Remedy than that of his Tongue licking the Wound. (Either the Skin was not perfectly penetrated, or else the Attractive Virtue of the Tongue by often licking, drew forth the Poison).  
LXV. 6. A Dog deeply bitten on the Tongue by an enraged Viper. He cried vehemently, so as to be heard a great way, and continued tossing and vexing himself for half an Hour together, and than died. He was opened, his Heart, Liver, Lungs, and Spleen, were found and well; but his Tongue was exceedingly livid: his Mesentery covered all over with black Spots, some of which were blacker than Lentils, under which there was coagulated Blood; the Stomach and Guts were also grown blacker; the Blood very black, and beginning to coagulate in the Heart, and in the Vena Cava, being like Blood curdled and corrupted.  
LXVI. 7. A Pigeon and a Pullet were bitten by an angry Viper, almost at the same time, in the most fleshy Part, viz. under the Breast. Soon after in both there was observed a very swift and extraordinary beating of the Heart, which continued, still increasing, so much, that in lesle than half an Hour they were both dead. They were opened, and in both there was found a little Blood coagulated in the Heart, and Vena Cava, and all the rest of the Blood blackest, and ready to be coagulated, and as it were, to be corrupted; but the Heart, Liver, and all the inward and outward Parts were of a very good Colour, and in a very good Condition, except the lividness which appeared only upon the place bitten.  
LXVII. 8. Another Pigeon bitten on the Leg twice, a little Theriaca being given it beforehand. Upon the first by't, it went too and from in the room, and shown not any sign of Illness: but upon the second by't, it grew Sick by little and little, and died in half an Hour after. The Place which was first hitten, was much more livid than the Place which was bitten the second time.  
LXVIII. When I was in Carolina, I had a Dog bitten by a Rattle-snake upon his Throat. The Dog cried out immediately, presently grew Sick, Vomited up all that was in him, and refused his Food, and than ran home, and laid himself down. He would sometimes cry, sometimes whine, and sometimes groan bitterly; outwardly the place bitten was livid, his whole Neck was extremely swelled, as also his Head, and Eyebrows, which seemed to hung over his Eyes. He died in the space of 24 Hours, but at times, to the last moment groaned vehemently, as if he had been Heartsick, and with frequent Convulsions wondered to behold: Being opened, the Heart, Liver, Lungs and Spleen seemed to be well, the Stomach, Mesentery, and Guts were spotted all over with livid and blackish Spots; and the whole Mass of Blood both in the Heart, Arteries, and Veins was every where coagulated, and looked almost of a black Colour.  
Lxix The Causes. From what has been observed, it appears, that in the biting of a Viper, Rattle-snake, etc. the Poison goes not directly to the Noble Parts, for that no alteration was ever observed therein, but the Cause of Death is from the Poison immediately entering into and working upon the Blood, coagulates it, and corrupting it, separating its Parts, and disturbing its Circulation, thereby hindering the Communication of the Spirits through the whole Body, depriving the Noble Parts of them, and destroying or contaminating them, with its deleterious Gas.  
LXX. The progress of the Poison is from the place bitten; and the swiftness of its motion from the magnitude of the Arteries or Veins, which receive it, or which the Teeth did light on. As in the Tongue of the Dog which was bitten; the Tongue being full of Veins and Arteries, 'tis no wonder that the Poison meeting with them, and finding a large way, and very short, should so soon produce its Effects, and cause Death so much the more speedily, than that which meets with small, slender, long and winding Branches, though in this latter Case, it will not fail to do the Work at last.  
LXXI. The Vomiting and extreme Pains in any Part, chief in the Viscera, proceed either from the coagulated Blood, or its disposition to Coagulation, hindering it in its course of Circulation, for that the Spirits contained in the Circulating Blood, finding their passages stopped by the Congelation, and endeavouring to make way for themselves, do Violence to the Viscera and lateral Parts, and so excite those extreme Pains which the Patient reels; as also Vomitings, by weakening the Tone of the Stomach, etc.  
LXXII. And the Cold Sweats, Fainting, Swoonings, and Convulsions with which such Patients are assaulted, are caused from nothing else, but the defect and diminution of the Spirits, and the obstruction of their concourse to the more Noble Parts, with the weakness and putridness of the Blood, which is destinated as their Vehicle to convey them.  
LXXIII. The Prognostics. The biting of any Poisonous Serpent, as the Viper, Slow Worm, Rattle-snake, etc. is always dangerous; and if it is not immediately provided for, is for the most part Mortal.  
LXXIV. Our Common Vulgar Snake is without danger, though it bites never so deeply: and the biting of the Chicken-snake, or long black Snake of Carolina, is also safe, myself was bitten in the Nighttime upon two of my Fingers, by one of those large black Snakes, making in all five Wounds, which bled, and were sore, but healed of their own accord, without any more than the first pain or trouble.  
LXXV. If the biting of a Viper or Rattle-snake is deep, and in a considerable place, if no Remedy is presently applied, they Kill in a few Hours time. A Rattle-snake bitten a young Man in the Woods in Carolina upon one of his Legs, and no Remedy being ready, he was Dead in about half an Hours space.  
LXXVI. If Remedies be applied both outwardly and inwardly, and not almost immediately upon the receiving of the Wound, they oftentimes prove abortive: and if timely used, yet many times the hazard of Life is not small: and where the Patient recovers, it is sometimes three or four Days before he is fully out of danger.  
LXXVII. The Cure. The Ancients bound Ligatures three or four Inches above the Wound, held up the Member as high as might be, scarified, and if they could, applied Cupping-glasses with Scarification; where they could not be applied they only scarified, and applied Defensatives about the Part.  
LXXVIII. Than they dressed the Wound with Antidotes, Electuaries and Treacles mixed with Oil of Scorpions, Orvietanum, and the like, mixed with Powder of Vipers.  
LXXIX. And inwardly they gave Simple and Compound Antidotes, as you may found in Dioscorides, lib. 7. in Nicander in his Theriaca and Alexipharmaca; in Grevinus, de Veneris, lib. 1. cap. 36, and 37. where he has gathered them together. Petrus de Abano, in lib. de Venenis, cap. 4. commends these following, viz. Hypericon, Swallow-root, Elecampane-root, Radish, Dittany, Birthwort round and long: and these he affirms to be equal in Power and Virtue with Theriaca Andromach; itself against Poison.  
LXXX. But there are many other particular Simples as good or better for the purpose intended, than those before enumerated, as Angelica, Bawm, Bay, and Bay-berries, Contra-yerva, Camomile, Gentian, Germander, Juniper-berries, Lavender, Masterwort, Myrrh, Pyrethrum, Rue, Rosemary, Sage, Savory, Scordium, Southernwood, Saffron, Tansy, Time, Wormwood, Marsh and Roman, Virginian Snake-root, Zedoary, etc. of which you make Powders, Electuaries, Tinctures both Spirituous and Saline, Volatile or Chemical Oils, Spirits and Waters, etc.  
LXXXI. The Ancients, before Mithridate and Treacle were invented, used only the Juices or Powders of the Herbs and Roots inwardly, and applied the same outwardly to the Sores, as the Native Indian's in the Continent of Florida do at this Day, when they make use of the Virginian Snake-root, with which, in this kind of Cure, they do Wonders: After the Invention of Compounds, the Ancient Greeks and Romans used Mithridate, Theriaca Andromachi, Diatessaron, and other the like Compositions.  
LXXXII. The Viper-catchers, if they are bitten, they apply to the Wound the Powder of Vipers, or the Viper's Head beaten to a Mass in a Mortar, and take the same Powder inwardly: others use Troches of Vipers; and others again commend the Powder of Tin as a Specific in this Case, both, or either of which may be mixed with a little Mithridate, and so taken or applied.  
LXXXIII. But after all, the Medicaments that are proposed, I am confident none of them exceeds, nay, comes not up to, the three following Medicaments, with which I have Cured several who have been bitten with Vipers and Rattle-snakes, viz. 1. Our Theriaca Chymica. 2. Volatile Salt of Vipers. 3. Virginian Snake-root.  
LXXXIV. The Theriaca Chymica you may give from ℈ i toʒi. either alone, or dissolved in Angelica-water, or some Syrup or other fit Vehicle; it may be given, 1. Upon receiving the Wound. 2. Morning and Evening daily. 3. If Fainting, Swooning, or Convulsions are induced. 4. If there is present a Vomiting, and it is constantly Vomited up, it is to be repeated till it will stay.  
LXXXV. The Volatile Salt of Vipers or of Rattle-snakes, which is inferior to no other thing in the World, and may be given from ℈ i adʒi. three, four, or six times a Day, or as often as need shall require; or instead thereof the Volatile Spirit of the Viper, etc. which is the Volatile Salt dissolved in the Phlegm, and is made exactly as you make Spirit of Hartshorn. Indeed all Volatile Animal Salts, have a power to resist and destroy the Poison of Serpents of all kinds.  
LXXXVI. The Virginia Snake-root does incredible Cures of this kind: you may give the Powder à ℈ i adʒi. in some fit Vehicles, twice or thrice a Day: or the Tincture thereof extracted with Sp. Vini, à ℥ i add ℥ two. in a Glass of Wine, twice or thrice a Day: or the Elixir thereof extracted with the Powers of Angelica, Rosemary, or Juniper-berries, in the same proportion. I Cured a Dog which was bitten in the Foot with a Rattle-snake, by giving the Powder inwardly, in a strong Decoction of it in Milk, and applying the green Root beaten to a Cataplasm outwardly to the Wound, in lesle than three Days the Dog perfectly recovered.  
LXXXVII. These things being said, we will give you two Histories or Observations of Cures of this kind, performed by two very knowing Men, viz. Ambrose Paraeus, and Monsieur Charas, which are well worth the reading, and so conclude our Discourse upon this Title.  
LXXXVIII. Paraeus, lib. 20. cap. 23. says, A Man was bitten on the Hand (as he was gathering Hops on a He dge) by an Adder or Viper: He sucked the Wound immediately with his Mouth, thereby to ease the Pain, and draw out the Poison; but as soon as the Tongue touched the Wound, presently it so swelled, that he could not speak: His Arm swelled also, even to his Shoulder, and his Pains were so sharp and acute, that he twice Swooned away in the presence of the Chirurgeon.  
LXXXIX. His Countenance was yellowish and livid, like to a Dead Man, so that his Recovery was despaired of: yet his Mouth was washed with Theriaca dissolved in Whitewine, adding to it a little Aqua Vitae; the Arm was scarified with many and deep Scarifications, and the Blood which was waterish, and sanious, was suffered to flow forth plentifully from the Parts about the Sore; and the Scarifications were washed with Mithridate and Theriaca, dissolved in Aqua Vitae.  
XC. The Patient was laid in his warm Bed, and made to sweated, but not suffered to sleep, jest thereby, the Poison should have been drawn into the inward Parts. These means so prevailed, that the next Day, all the malign Symptoms vanished: wherefore to finish the Cure, I (says he) thought good that the Wound should be kept long open and washed with Theriaca Andromachi; nor was I (says he) deceived, for within a few Days after he recovered.  
XCI. Charas in his new Experiments upon Vipers, cap. 1. has this Observation. A certain Man by handling an enraged Viper was bitten on the lateral inside of his right Thumb, with one of the great bend Teeth. The pricking was not more than that of a Pin, it seemed not deep, and on the surface there was only a very small hole, with a very little redness, so that it was not discernible but by its Colour: nor was there either on or about this little hole any sign of the yellow Liquor contained in the Bags about the great Teeth, which is want to be cast upon the Wound when a Viper bites deep.  
XCII. Strong Ligatures were made above the place bitten, the Part wounded was scarified, and an Iron Spatula heat read hot, and often repeated, was held very near to the pricked place, to keep the Pores open, and attract back, and draw out some of the Poison: and Theriac. Androm. ʒii. was given in a Glass of Wine.  
XCIII. In lesle than a quarter of an Hour after the biting, the Patient felt some debility, and called for a Chair, he grew very pale, his Pulse grew quick, low, and almost interrupted: after which followed Convulsive motions, and a kind of Tetanoes, for he had a stiffness of his whole Body, chief of his Neck, and Muscles of his Head.  
XCIV. He than complained of a great pain about his Navel; he was cold in his extreme Parts, and in his Face; which was all over covered with little drops of cold sweat; and his Lips, especially the lower, was also swelled: a while after he went to Stool, and than swooned away.  
XCV. At the same time he Vomited the Treacle before given, and all he had eaten at Dinner, undigested; and he become so weak, that he was not able to get up to his Chamber again, from whence he came down.  
XCVI. And by reason of the quickness, weakness, lowness and inequality of his Pulse, and his frequent swoonings, as well as his cold sweats, Viper Pouderʒi. was given him in Treacle-water and Carduus-water; and a great Cataplasm of Theriaca Androm. was applied upon the Heart and Stomach.  
XCVII. The Mixture he Vomited up presently; Powder of Vipers was than given in some Orvietan; this he also Vomited up: during all this time, he had his Senses, and the use of his Reason. This Vomiting not giving time to the Remedies to be resolved, and communicate their Virtues to the Noble Parts, it was thought proper to have recourse to the Volatile Salt of Vipers, because that being exceeding Subtle, and Volatile, and very quickly transmitted to all the Parts, even the most remote, the Patient might thence feel its Effects with more speed and efficacy, than from all the other gross Medicines, which had been cast up, as soon as they had been taken down, whereby they were made ineffectual, by not imparting their Virtue to the Blood, where the necessity required.  
XCVIII. For this Cause-sake than, there was given of Salt of Vipersʒi. in Treacle and Carduus Waters: and about a Quart of this Mixture was given him: he kept it a little while, and than cast up a part of it, mixed with store of Viscous Phlegm. He took another like quantity of the same Mixture, which he also kept for some time, and than Vomited up as much of it as might be remaining in his Stomach, and therewith much Phlegm.  
XCIX. Moore of the same Composition was still continued to be given him, as fast as he Vomited it up; he had also several Clysters, to mitigate the violent and rebellious Pains, which he felt in his Belly about his Navel.  
C. His Lips remained yet swelled, his Pulse ill, his Sweats cold, and his Fainting continued very long; but persisting in the use of the Volatile Salt of Vipers, his Vomiting at length ceased, and he kept the Eighth Dose in his Stomach, which was given him about Four Hours after he received the Wound.  
CI. From that time the Symptoms lessened, and the coldness began gradually to retire, and give place to the natural Heat, which was manifestly restored about Five Hours after the biting, his Pulse also returned, and was even and strong, but somewhat high.  
CII. I left him not (says Charas) before the Mortal Symptoms ceased, and than he was carried to his Lodgings, whither I accompanied him, and he was put to Bed, and there was given him a Mixture made of Confect. Hyacinth, Confect. Alkermes, A. ʒi. Syrup of Lemons ℥ i Carduus-water ℥ iv. mixed together: it was given him at three times, from Three Hours to Three Honrs.  
CIII. He had also Citrons to smell to, and now and than he took some slices of them with Sugar: he took also good Broths, and drank Ptisan made with Roots of Scorzonera, and Rasping of Hartshorn, made pleasant with Syrup of Lemons: a little Wine was also given him sometimes: and Confectio Alkermes was dissolved sometimes in his Broth, sometimes in his Ptisan.  
CIV. During all the great Accidents or Symptoms, his Finger was not changed, nor any swelling upon it; but that began when those Symptoms ceased: the Pains about his Navel still continued, but a little abated, for which reason Clysters were prescribed: his Belly was a little stiff, but not swelled, his Tongue whitish, not dry, his Eyes faint and wan, his looks pale, and his Lips still tumified.  
CV. The Tumour of the Finger extended itself that Night over the whole Hand, which was often anointed with Matthiolus his Oil of Scorpions, mixed with Hungary-water: but for all this anointing, the Tumour went forwards to the Arm the next Day, with pain and redness, and ascended to the Eye.  
CVI Than Fomentations made of the Roots of Angelica, of Master-wort, of Carline Thistle, and of Birth-wort, with the Tops of Centory, Calamint, Hypericon, Scordium, and Wormwood, boiled in Whitewine, which were continued for some time, with anointings with Oil of Srorpions between while.  
CVII. This was done with great Care, but no great Effect succeeded upon it, and he again Vomited up even his Broth; but this Vomiting continued not, yet the Pain in his Belly remained obstinate, and the swelling, and redness of the Hand and Arm still increased: and from the beginning of the third Day, it seized on the Shoulder of the same side, descending to the Armpit, upon the whole Breast, and all the adjacent Parts, even to the whole Region of the Liver, the continual use of the Fomentation, and Oil of Scorpions doing nothing.  
CVIII. And since the External Remedies proved successless, we had recourse to Internal One's: In the Evening of the third Day, Powder of Contra-yerva adʒi. was given in Cordial Waters, mixed with as much of Confect. Alkermes, for all which, we saw no abatement of the Redness, Tumour, or Pain; but on the contrary, the swelling seemed to seize on the Left side.  
CIX. For this reason, we found it necessary to return to the use of our first inward Remedy, the Volatile Salt of Vipers, which had an apparent good Operation, and struck at the Root of the Mischief: Thus in the Morning of the fourth Day there was given Salt of Vipersʒss. in Carduus-water ℥ iv. he was well covered, and made to Sweat.  
CX. The Dose wrought according to expectation, for the Sick sweat not only abundantly, but found also a great amendment in all the ill Symptoms which remained. His Pain about his Navel was almost insensible, the swelling of his Lips, and that which was in the Region of the Liver, Breast, and Armpits, vanished; the other also of the Shoulder, Arm, and Hand, was much abated, together with the Redness and Pain.  
CXI. Finding the Symptoms thus to abate upon giving the last Dose, the next Morning another like Dose was given him, and all the Symptoms still much more abated, he sweeting powerfully withal. And though the Patient found himself exceedingly amended, yet the next Morning he had such another Dose again, and the Morning following one Dose more, whereby all the Symptoms vanished, and were perfectly taken away.  
CXII. In the interim there was applied to the Finger, a little Emplaster to cicatrize the Scarifications which were at first made, and were healed in a few Days after. Thus in about a Weeks time, the Patient went abroad, and did his usual Business, and was as well as if he had never been bitten of the Viper at all.  
CXIII. From this Observation, which deserves to be kept ad perpetuam rei memoriam, and written in Letters of Gold, the mighty Virtues, Power, and Force of the Volatile Salt of Vipers is manifest, in overcoming the Poison which so violently exercised its fury over the Natural Heat, and all the Noble Parts: and its activity and penetration is manifest, in pursuing the Poison, and expelling it from the remotest parts of the Body, where it had fortified itself, and endeavoured to regain the place it had lost, and where, in the mean time it seemed to despise and profligate, all other the most generous and powerful Remedies.  
CXIV. And now we are speaking of the Volatile Salt of Vipers, (though it is foreign to this present Discourse, yet) we will give you one other Observation of the same Charas, of a certain Man who had such a vehement and continual pain of the Head, upon the Forehead near the Temples, which was even so doubled and redoubled, that he could not chew, nor so much as open his Mouth to swallow a little Broth, but with extreme Pain and Anguish: and though all things were done to him that could be imagined, as Bleeding in the Arm and Foot, Purging often, Frictions of Neck and Shoulders, Vesicatories and Attractives behind the Ears, opening the Temporal Artery, exhibition of powerful Sudorificks, which were continued Morning and Evening for many Days together, by which he sweated very plentifully, pulling out one of his upper Teeth which was sound, thinking thereby to give some vent to the Humour, etc. yet these means were used in vain, and left the Patient as bad as they found him.  
CXV. At length it was resolved, that a Dose of the Volatile Salt of Vipers should be given him, in Wine: this one Dose presently removed all the Pain, which caused as great a wonder in the Assistants and Standards by, as satisfaction to the Patient. And by this so surprising an Effect, with what hath been said aforegoing, the power, force's, efficacy, and virtue of this Salt is better demonstrated, than by all the Rhetoric and powerful Reason imaginable to be offered in the World. Action demonstrates better than Words; and the Effects of things, more than the most florid Harangues.   

IV. Of the Biting of the Tarantula.  
CXVI. The Tarantula is a great overgrown Spider, very frequent in Apulia, called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin Phalangium and Tarantula, from Taranta, an ancient City of Apulia; but they are inhabitants of other places besides Apulia, for I saw several of them in Carolina, a Province of Florida.  
CXVII. The effects of the Biting of the Tarantula might almost seem fabulous, if it were not attested by great Authorities, as Matthiolus and Epiphanius; besides whom Ferdinandus, Kircherus, and the most faithful Gassendus, declare themselvee to be Eye-witnesses thereof: besides, it is a thing not only known, but common in Apulia.  
CXVIII. This kind of Insect is most frequent in Summertime, and many times bites the Countryman, leaving a Venom or Poison behind it: and the Biting is known by sickness at Stomach, a pain immediately coming upon the the bitten Part; with swelling, and itching, which in a little time will be in various parts of the Body.  
CXIX. Presently after the By't, there will be also in various places a numbness and trembling, Convulsions, a loosning of the Members, with other Convulsive Symptoms; a great diminution of strength, and other wondered effects, as Matthiolus and Ferdinandus have related.  
CXX. These Authors have not reported it to be of any great danger, being more troublesome than any thing else: but I have been informed from one who has been an Eye-witness of the Distemper, that one of his Acquaintance, who had been bitten, and had too long neglected the Cure, was afterwards affected with an incurable Trembling and Palsy, which no means that for several Years had been continually tried, could either take of, or relieve.  
CXXI. The Cause. Without controversy, there is a poisonous Infection given with the By't; which affects not only the Bloody Mass and Vital Spirit, but passes withal into the Lympha and Nervous Juice; thereby disturbing the Animal Spirits, by which it is presently conveyed through the whole Human Body, affecting all parts.  
CXXII. This Venom multiplying itself (like Leven in the lump) and flowing every where, the Animal Spirits are presently brought into Confusion; and being irregularly and inordinately moved, they induce Convulsions, or Convulsive Motions; which are accompanied with Pain and Languishing, sometimes with Contractures, and sometimes with Resolutions, or Loosning of the contained Parts, and other Paralytic Disaffections.  
CXXIII. The Cure. In the Country where this is common, the People have an admirable and wondered Remedy which never fails, and this is by Music. Those who are bitten by a Tarantula, though they are very sick, yet as soon as they hear pleasing Music, they are eased of their Pain and Sickness.  
CXXIV. For upon the hearing of the Music, says Matthiolus, they fall a leaping, and begin to dance and jump about; and continued it for a long time, as if they ailed nothing; but if it happens that the Music gives over never so little a time, they immediately fall to the Ground, and return to their former Pains and Sickness, unless by the incessant Music, they dance and leap, till the Poison is wholly shaken of, and vanished.  
CXXV. For this end therefore many Musicians are hired, and they continually play, taking their course by turns; one being weary, another beginning to play; that the noise and Music may be without intermission, and that those who are bitten may Dance so long, till they are perfectly cured.  
CXXVI. And, says Ferdinandus, poor People do waste almost all they have in hiring these Musicians, who scatter themselves up and down all the Country; for this only purpose, to play to such as are thus bitten, where the People leap and dance about the Villages, in public Streets and Fields, for a Day, two, three, or more, yea a Week or more together, till the Cure succeeds; which 'tis probable, may be sooner and better accomplished with some Tunes, than with othersome; as Kircherus and Gassendus have intimated from their own Observation.  
CXXVII. For they assert, that these distempered People are not affected or excited, indifferently with any Music; but with some particular and certain kinds of Tunes; and that they leap and dance more to some Measures, than to several others.  
CXXVIII. And truly good Music, by its Harmony and Sweetness, does congregate and ease, or quiet the dissipated and disturbed, or restless Spirits, (witness that of David to King Saul;) and disposes them in such an order, that instead of tumultuating, whereby Convulsions are induced, they move harmoniously, and give liberty to the poisonous Gas to evaporate and transpire: for by the length and continuity of the motion of the Body, and all its parts, the fury and rage of the Poison is worn out; and the Spirits being much wearied, at length rest themselves, and the Patient wholly shakes of his Madness.  
CXXIX. As to the Medical Cure, you may, as to Externals, use straight Ligature two or three Inches above the Wound if it may be, and Scarification, or Cupping-giasses therewith: also Vesicatories, or red-hot Irons held very near, are useful for extracting the Venom: so also to anoint the Spot with Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur, and Medicaments which are of a vehement, strong, and attractive force, are immediately, and with all speed to be applied.  
CXXX. A Cataplasm made of Phalangium, or Spiderwort, and presently applied upon the By't, is said to be a Specific, and to attract or draw forth the Poison, after an admirable manner: and Authors say, that this Plant is found to be an effectual Cure for the Poison of that kind of Spider called Phalangium, or Tarantula.  
CXXXI. You must avoid Bleeding and Purging, and only give inwardly Sudorificks and volatile Alcalies; as Spirit and volatile Salt of Hartshorn, of Ox and Sheep's Blood, of Urine, of Sal Armoniac, of Ox-horns, and of Vipers; giving àʒss. adʒi. and Sweeting well upon it, and repeating the Dose twice a day, till the Patient is well.  
CXXXII. ℞ Volatile Salt of Hartshorn, or of any other Creature ℈ two. Mithridateʒjss. Saffron gr. xii. mix, and make a Dose, to be given in a Glass of Wine. Where note, that the Salt of Vipers in this case, is beyond compare; and all things which move Sweated, open the Pores, and are Neurotick, are proper to be exhibited.   

V Of the Stinging of Scorpions, Hornets, etc.  
CXXXIII. This Title does not properly belong to this Chapter, yet because it has some affinity with it, in respect to the Malignity that a Sting infuses into a Wound, we thought good to add it by way of Appendix, and to treat of it in this place.  
CXXXIV. The Signs. Stinging may be known by the Sense of Feeling, and the Creature that stings, by the Sight. There is exquisite Pain, more especially if it is done by a Scorpion or Hornet, and the Pain is sometimes so great as to 'cause Inflammation, Tumour, Apostemation, Convulsion, Gangrene, and Mortification, according to the place which may be unhappily stung, and carelessness of looking after it.  
CXXXV. The Prognostics. If a Nerve or Tendon is stung, the pain is the greater, and Convulsions are presently excited, with Inflammation and Tumour, Trembling over the whole Body, Fainting and Swooning, cold Sweats, etc.  
CXXXVI. If an Artery is struck by a Scorpion, it infuses Poison into the Blood; the place looks livid, and without a speedy course is taken, an universal congelation of the Blood follows, and the Patient dies in a few days, sometimes in a few hours. Paraeus says the stinging of a Scorpion is mortal, unless Remedies are applied in time.  
CXXXVII. And this I believe was the case of one whom I knew, who was wounded by the sting of a Scorpion, just upon the Pulse of of the right Wrist: the pain was not extreme at first, but afterwards the Hand and Arm swelled, grew livid and full of pain, which was extended to the Shoulder, Armpit, and Breast, with a vehement Colic, or pain of the Belly. There being no body near which had Skill, nothing was done till the next day; at which time Fainting, cold Sweats, and Convulsions seized the Patient; the Chirurgeon being come, he endeavoured to let the Sick Blood, but in vain; for the Blood was so coagulated, that he could not bleed: he lay in this condition, without any help, (for the same things were applied outwardly, and given inwardly: yet as they were advised without skill, so they were without effect) the Patient continued growing worse and worse, and on the third day in the morning died; being dead, the Body was opened, and all the Blood in the Heart, Vena Cava, and other Vessels was found coagulated, and of a blackish colour, etc.  
CXXXVIII. But this is not general or universal, for many stung with Scorpions live and do well, and it is rare that any one stung by them dies: but it is true, that many great and evil Symptoms oftentimes follow upon their stinging, and sometimes very hazardous accidents ensue.  
CXXXIX. The stinging of a Hornet is lesle dangerous, and yet lesle dangerous are the stingings of Wasps or Bees: to these, if any reasonable means are applied, they recover upon the spot almost, the vehemency of the pain being upon the first making the Wound.  
CXL. The Cause. The Cause of this exquisite Pain and evil Symptoms, arises from the Poison or Malignity contained in the Sting; for the Sting is a kind of hollow Pipe, filled with a malign and acrimonious Liquor, the small end of which seems to be stopped or covered with a small thin Cuticle; or a congelation of its internal Juice; this Sting entering into the Flesh of any Creature, the venomous Juice contained within it, or in the Parts adjacent to it, is ejected through into the place where the Sting enters, and there left in the substance of the Flesh, Nerves, Tendons, Membranes, Arteries or Veins, whence come the Accidents which ensue.  
CXLI. And so according to the dignity and sensibility of the Parts stung, such are the Symptoms, either more or lesle, in number; or greater or lesser in magnitude, sensibility, and danger: if a Nerve or Tendon is hurt, the pain is more acute; if an Artery or Vein, the Blood may be in danger of coagulation, especially if the mischief was done by a Scorpion.  
CXLII. The Cure. If one is stung by a Scorpion, inwardly Sudorificks and Alexipharmicks are to be given; Volatile Animal Salts, as Volatile Salt of Serpents, Vipers, Rattle-snakes, or of the Blood of Beasts, etc. mixed with Mithridate, Our Theriaca Chymica, Juice of Alkermes, Saffron, and other the like things; and Sweeting aught frequently to be provoked.  
CXLIII. Outwardly, Anodyns and strong Attractives are to be applied, and Cupping-glasses, with Scarification: the Pain is eased, and the Stinging cured by taking a Scorpion or Scorpions, beating them, and applying them to the place stung, as Dioscorides saith. The Oil of Scorpions is both an usual and certain Remedy, being anointed upon the place. Snails beaten with their Shells, and laid thereon, presently alloy the Pain. Sulphur vive in powder mixed with Yurpentine and applied, is extraordinary good: so also a Cataplasm of Rue-leaves laid thereto. The Milky Juice of the Figtree-leaves, or unripe Figs may be laid upon the Wound: or a Cataplasm of Calamint, with juice of Rue and Barley-flower. A Cataplasm made of Briony-roots boiled, and mixed with Sulphur and old Oil, is approved; or made of the Herb Scorpioides, with juice of the same Herb, Mithridate and Barley-flower, than which few things are more commended.  
CLXIV. The Cure of the Stinging of Hornets, Wasps and Bees, is more easy: the Sting if it remains in, is to be taken forth; and the Place stung, is to be sucked hard with the Mouth; or Pot-ashes may be mixed with Leven and Oil-olive, and applied: and if it can be conveniently, the Part may be put into Water, as hot as can be endured, for an Hour together, and at last washed with Vinegar, or Salt-brine. The milky juice of unripe Figs mixed with Honey, or Mithridate, is approved of; so also a Cataplasm made of Hornets, Wasps or Bees, beaten in a Mortar, and applied.  
CXLV. A Cataplasm of Cresses, eases the Pain, and discusses the Tumour: so also a Mixture of Ox or Cow dung mixed with Oil, Vinegar, Honey, Mithridate, and Salt, and applied very hot. An Emplaster made with Turpentine, Frankincense, Wax, A. ℥ i Oil of Hornets, Wasps, or Bees, q.s. is a famous thing: and not inferior is a Mixture of Turpentine, Mithridate, and powder of Sulphur vive: Clotheses also also dipped in a Mixture and and Dissolution of Honey, Salt, and Vinegar, and applied exceeding hot, not only ease the pain, and discuss the Tumour, but also perfects the Cure.  
CXLVI. An Observation of the Biting of a Viper, made by James Wass, a Chirurgeon of the City of London. One Samuel Hilden, of Charlton near Greenwich, of about 25 years of age was bitten by a Viper on the eighth of July 1695, it was on the upper part of the Forefingers end. Coming to me (says he) about 3 hours after the Bit was given, I found an Escar upon the place of the Wound, so hard as I could scarcely make an Incision upon it with an Incision-knife: it was opened about an Inch an half, or nearly two Inches in length, from the root of the Nail to the middle Joint; to which I applied a Digestive mixed with a little Venice-Treacle; his Hand and Arm were mightily swelled, as big as the Skin could hold, of a dark purple or livid colour: the Pain was vehement, and general over his whole Body, and the Poison withal mightily affected his Head; his whole Hand and Arm, even above the Shoulder, were well bathed with Camphorated Spirit of Wine; and inwardly a very strong Tincture of Radix Serpentaria was given, a full Spoonful at a time, in a Glass of Canary; which being repeated every four hours, for about forty-eight hours, induced a violent Sweeting, by which the Malignity was fully cast out, so that the very Sheets were stained yellow with the Humour sweated forth; and in a week's time after, he was seen well upon the Exchange, London.    

CHAP. XVIII. Of POISONED WOUNDS.  
I BY Poisoned Wounds, we here only understand, Wounds made with Poisoned Weapons or Instruments; and they are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, plur. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus venenatum, pl. Vulnera venenata: and in English, Poisoned Wound or Wounds, or, Wounds made with Poisoned Weapons.  
II The Signs. There is an extreme great sense of Pain, or sharp Pricking in the wounded place, and a strange kind of Swelling, with Acrimony and Inflammation.  
III The natural colour of the Part is much altered, and becomes of a livid or blackish colour; and instantly thereupon grievous Symptoms (for which no other Reason can be given, than that of Poison) do succeed upon the Wound.  
IV. Through the whole Body also, there is perceived and felt a vehement Heat and Burning; sometimes a kind of Stupidity, and straitness of Breathing, and sometimes a Palpitation of the Heart, Trembling, Fainting, Swooning, Vomiting of Choler, and the Hiccup.  
V And as the Poison takes a deeper possession of the Vitals, the Pulse grows weak, there is a Retention of Urine, Sickness at Heart; and a little before Death, cold Sweats, Coldness of the whole Body, Vomiting, Pain in the Stomach and Bowels, and a frequency of Convulsions.  
VI For immediately upon the Poison being received in, by the Veins and Arteries, it presently diffuses or spreads itself through all the Body, coagulates the Blood and Lympha, and if not stopped in its career, contaminates the whole Human Frame.  
VII. The Prognostics. If the Patient is not tender and fearful, and the Poison has not passed farther than the Part wounded, and it is remote from any principal Part, or great Vessels, there is the greater hope of Cure.  
VIII. But no Wound made by a poisoned Weapon, let it be in what part of the Body soever, can be absolutely secure, or free from danger: for Poison in its own proper nature, is such an absolute Enemy to the nature of Man, that it always threatens destruction.  
IX. A small Wound thus poi●…, oftentimes br●… Death; 〈◊〉 otherwi●… great Wounds 〈◊〉 ●…oisoned, may be healed.  
X. So much the Wound is nearer to the Heart, or Brain, so much the more dangerous it is; the farther of, the lesle danger.  
XI. By so much as the Symptoms are more in number, greater in effects, and more contumacious in not yielding to Remedies, by so much the more dangerous they are, and for the most part mortal.  
XII. But if the Symptoms are few, and those not grievous, but yielding to Remedies, there is so much the greater hopes of Recovery and Safety.  
XIII. If Remedies prevail nothing, but the Symptoms continued; as cold Sweats, Fainting, Swooning, Coldness of the Body, Convulsions, Failing of the Pulse, etc. the hopes of Recovery are past, for Death itself comes galloping.  
FOURTEEN. If after the using of proper Means, and taking of Antidotes, the Patient has ease, and the Symptoms begin to abate, there is hopes that the Poison will be overcome, and that the Sick will recover.  
XU. The Cure. The first Intention of the Cure of Poisoned Wounds is, to hinder the Poison from penetrating inwardly to the the more interior parts. The second Intention is, that its power and strength may be weakened and destroyed by Alexipharmicks; which being done The Third Intention is the Healing it up, as another ordinary Wound.  
XVI. We aught than first carefully to see if any part of the poisoned Weapon remains yet in the Wound; for if so, you must hasten with all possible speed to take it forth by Manual Operation; otherwise all our Attempts of Curing will be in vain.  
XVII. If it cannot be so taken forth, you must apply Attractive Emplasters, Cerats, or Cataplasms mixed; which things have a power in them of drawing forth the Poison, with the extraneous Bodies themselves.  
XVIII. And that the Poison may not penetrate to the more inward parts, especially to the Heart; you must follow the Advice of Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 27. viz. Supra Vulnus id Membrum deligandum est, non tamen nimis vehementer, ne Membrum torpeat. That Member is to be bound up above the Wound, yet notwithstanding it is not to be overhard bound, jest the Part should become numbed, or loose all its sense of Feeling; or that it should be seized with a Gangrene, which many times comes from the unskilfulness of the Artist. After which, you must by Alexipharmick Attractives draw out the Poison to the more external Parts.  
XIX. The Ancients to draw out the Venom, used to 'cause the Wound to be sucked; of which Celsus in the place aforecited thus writes: Si ne id quidem est, (hoc est, si desit Cucurbitula, vel simile quid) Homo adhibendus est, qui Vulnus exsugat. If indeed that is not done, (to wit, if a Cupping-glass, or some suchlike thing is wanting) than a Man is to be gotten, that may suck the Poison out of the Wound.  
XX. But indeed Cupping-glasses with Scarification, draw out the Poison more powerfully: after which, the Wound may be washed with warm Vinegar or Wine, in which Mithridate has been dissolved.  
XXI. If the Poison has not passed farther than the Part wounded, and if the Patient will admit of it, and that it is not Nervous, or in a Nervous Part; the most effectual Remedy is the Actual Cautery: for Fire does by its potency both destroy the Poison, and hinder its penetration into the more internal parts.  
XXII. If the Poison has penetrated deeply into the Body, the Actual Cautery is not to be used; for that would be to add Sorrow to Grief.  
XXIII. If where the Actual Cautery might be applied, the Patient will not admit of it, than the Potential Cautery, or Caustick Medicaments, are to be applied.  
XXIV. These things being done, care is to be taken that the Escar may be made to fall of as soon as may be; which that it may speedily do, you must make deep Scarifications, which may reach even to the sound Part; than you must apply Medicines which may procure the fall thereof, that the Poison may have a Vent to come forth.  
XXV. After which, the Wound is not presently to be healed: but an Onion beaten with Salt, or wild Garlic, or Rue, are to be applied upon the Wound; or Vnguentum Nicotianae, of it itself, or Vng. Basilicon mixed with a sixth or quarter-part of read Precipitate, or Turbith-mineral, and a little of Our Theriaca Chymica, or Mithridate.  
XXVI. To the adjacent Parts, you may apply Oxycroceum; and other Attractive Emplasters made of Gum Elemi, Opopanax and Sagapenum, as Diachylon cum Gummi, etc.  
XXVII. Let the Sick sleep sparingly, and use a slender Diet; eating such Food as is easy of digestion, and yield a good Juice.  
XXVIII. But if the Patient will not admit of Caustick Medicaments, these following things as are to be applied; as Onions, wild Garlic, Rue, Doves-dung, Walnuts, with Garlic, Salt, and Honey; which whether inwardly taken, or outwardly applied, are able to free the Body from Poison.  
XXIX. And to the former things you may add, Angelica-root, root of Masterwort, of Contrayerva, and Virginia Snake-root; roots of Elecampane, Radish, and Birthwort long and round; Hypericon, Swallowort, Dittany, Carduus ben. Scabious, Gentian, Vipers-grass; and all other Simples whatsoever, that have a power and faculty of attracting Poison.  
XXX. It is also to be observed, that Medicaments that are very sharp, are not to be used to Nervous Parts, jest they excite Pain and Convulsions: and therefore such things are to be applied, which only draw forth Poison by the simple property of their substance.  
XXXI. And where sharp Medicines are or may be used, yet they are not to be continued long; but after they have been applied for a day or two, then others more mild are to be chosen. Mithridate, and Theriaca Andromachi, also Our Theriaca Chymica, either alone of themselves, or mixed with Oil of Scorpions, juice of Rue, or juice of Vipers-grass, are of singular use to be applied.  
XXXII. This Ointment or Cataplasm is commended by some. ℞ Oil-olive, Honey, A. ℥ two. Quicklime in fine powder, roots of round Birthwort, Rue dried, Angelica-root, Zedoary, all in fine powder, A. ℥ i mix them, and apply it.  
XXXIII. Or this. ℞ Onions, Garlic, Leeks, A. ℥ two. boil to softness, and beaten them together; to which add Oil of Scorpions, Mithridate, A. ℥ i roots of Dragons, of Masterwort, of round Birthwort, and of Florentine-Orrice, A. ʒii. mix them.  
XXXIV. Or this of Guido. ℞ Assa foetida, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, Myrrh, Pepper, Subphur, A. ℥ jss. Doves-dung, Ducks-dung, A. ℥ two. Calamint, Horse-mint, A. ℥ i dissolve the Gums in Wine, than add the Oil and Honey, with the other things in powder, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXV. Or, ℞ Roots of Dragons, of round Birthwort, A. ℥ i Rue, Scordium, Tobacco, all in fine powder, A. ℥ two. roots of Angelica, and of white Dittany, Dittany of Crect, A. ℥ iii Oil of Turpentine ℥ two. Frankincense, Myrrh, Sulphur vive, A. ℥ ss. Ship-Pitch, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXVI. Or, ℞ Potashes, Quicklime in fine powder, A. ℥ two. pulp of xx Figs, Rue, Tobacco, Wormwood, Southernwood; roots of Angelica, round Birthwort, Zedoary, Garlic, Onions, A. ℥ i in fine powder; Goats-dung in fine powder, Oil of Euphorbium, Oil of Scorpions, A. ℥ iii Wine-vinegar lbi lbi. Honey lbjss lbjss. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXVII. Or, ℞ Propolis, Turpentine, juices of Swallowort and Scordium, A. ℥ two. Tobacco in powder, Zedoary, Orrice, Birthwort, all in fine Powder, read Precipitate, A. ʒii. Oil of Hypericon, of Scorpions, of Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXVIII. Or, ℞ Tops of Hypericon, Rue, A. Mii Carduus Ben. Scordium, Swallow-wort, Tobacco, A. Mj. roots of Dragons, of Angelica, and Bryony, A. ℥ two. beaten all well together in a Mortar, and make a Cataplasm, applying it very hot.  
THIRTY-NINE. Or, ℞ Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Gum Elemi, Galbanum, Liquid Storax, A. ℥ ss. Myrrh, Sulphur Vive, Oil of Hypericon, Oil of Scorpions, A. ʒii. Euphorbium, read Precipitate, A. ℥ i Pitch, Propolis, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cerat.  
XL. The second Intention, is the destreying the Poison by Alexipharmicks, or Counterpoisons which may fortify and defend the Heart; such are the Bezoar-stone, Animal Bezoar, and Bezoar Minerale, Mithridate, Venice Treacle, but chief Our Theriaca Chymica, all Volatile Animal Salts, the chief of which are Salt of Man's Blood, and Salt of Vipers, than which last, nothing is yet known of greater force; these things may be given in their due Dose in some proper Syrup, or Cordial-water, such as are Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spir. Cordialis.  
XLI. And outwardly the Heart may be guarded, by bathing it with Powers of Amber, of Juniper-berries, of Camomile, of Sage, of Lemons, or of Rosemary, laying over it a Plaster of Theriaca Chymica, or Mithridate.  
XLII. The third and last Intention, is the healing up of the Wound, which you may do with this Ointment. ℞ Gum Elemi, Tobacco in Powder, A. ℥ iii Beef Suet, Oil Olive, Wax, Frankincense, Turpentine, A. ℥ iv. Juice of Tobacco ℥ viij. mix, and make an Ointment, S.A. The rest of the Cure, you must perform according to the general Rules.  
XLIII. But if you found from the continuance of the dangerous Symptoms, as Cold Sweats, Fainting, Swoonings, etc. that the Poison has already penetrated to the more inward Parts, especially to the Heart, the wounded Part is not much to be meddled with, but the Cure is by Internal Alexipharmicks and Sudorificks, to defend and save the whole from the Power of the Malignity.   

CHAP. XIX. Of WOUNDS by GUNSHOT in General.  
I THese kinds of Wounds were wholly unknown to the Ancient Greeks and Latins, and therefore they have no proper Names by which we can call them: The Moderns who have wrote in the Latin Tongue, call them Vulnus vel Vulnera Sclopetarum globuli; and we in English, Gunshot Wounds.  
II There has been a great Contention among Authors concerning Gunshot Wounds, and many the Arguments pro and con, whether they are Poisonous, or have any degree of Fire or Burning in them, or not; some maintaining the Affirmative, others the Negative, which the Learned Sennertus in his Med. Pract. lib. 5. par. 4. cap. 20. has Excellently summed up, and given the Decisive Judgement concerning it, adhering to the Negative Voice: The whole Discourse is too long to be here inserted, they that desire to read it, may have recourse to the Author himself, where they may have much Satisfaction.  
III That (says Wiseman) which might be the occasion of their suspecting a Burning and a Poisonous Quality, was the deadly Colour of these Wounds, which in those early Days, when the Invention of Guns was Novel, surprised them, they looking not unlike Poisoned and Burned Wounds.  
IV. Where the Bullet pierces (says he) it extinguishes the Natural Heat, and the Lips of the Wound are livid or blackish; and if they be not rationally dressed, they inflame, and are accompanied with a Tumour; and Blisters frequently rise about them: in this Condition the Wound is commonly the first Day, and so to the seventh; and if not succoured, it Gangrenes, and so the Patient commonly Dyes.  
V In former Times Artists were deceived by the appearance of the Wounds, and so dressed them as Poisonous Wounds, which occasioned them so to writ of them, and in their way of managing of them, it was no wonder that they were so difficult to digest and Cure.  
VI And in Our Times (says Wiseman) though they are not called Poisoned Wounds, yet it is a difficult thing to dissuade many of Our Surgeons, from dressing them with Tinctures of Myrrh, and Honey of Roses, and thrusting in of great Tents; by which way of dressing, these kinds of Wounds have been found undigested on the tenth day.  
VII. These lesser fleshy Wounds being undigested, at last Gangrene, and it is not to be wondered at: I will (says he) show you the Experiment every Day in a Fontanel or Issue made with a Caustick: If you cut through the Escar, and put a Pea in the middle of it, with Tincture of Myrrh, and Honey of Roses, as some dress Gunshot Wounds, and the next two or three days after, when you dress it again, it will be to your sight not unlike a Gunshot Wound: if you continued your dressing with a Pea, and your Tincture of Myrrh, if it does not Gangrene, yet it will be inflamed, and slow in digestion; which is from the improper Applications.  
VIII. For if this Escar had been dressed with Emollients and Digestives, as aught to be done, it would separate with Digestion in the worst habit of Body; and so it will in Gunshot Wounds with little distemper or difficulty, if the Extraneous Bodies be but timely Extracted.  
IX. If therefore Gunshot Wounds be rightly dressed, they will as easily digest and heal, as any Complicated Wound; and what is said of Gunshot Wounds is to be understood, when at Sea, of a Wound by a Splinter; which though it may not have force enough to make a Wound, yet ofttimes bruises the Skin to the Flesh, so forcibly as to extinguish the Natural Heat, and make it black.  
X. In this Case, if it is dressed with Spir. Vini, & Ung. Aegyptiacum, or leapt up with a warm Stuph, it will grow black, dry, and parched, and become an Escar; and the Humours which flow plentifully to it will 'cause an Inflammation, with Tumour; and an Apostemation is the best which can be expected underneath the Escar, and consequently it will terminate in a hollow Ulcer; but for the most part it Corrupts and Gangrenes.  
XI. Whereas if this Contused Escar is dressed with Lenients, according to that Aphorism of Hypocrates, Omne quod contusum, necesse est ut putrescat & in Pus vertatur: viz. All that which is bruised must putrefy, and be converted into Matter: as with Vng. Basilicon cum Oleo Liliorum, etc. and the Parts about Embrocated with Oil of Roses mixed with the white of an Egg and Vinegar, and a Defensative applied over all to prevent defluxion, the Escar would separate as easily as those made by a Caustick in an Issue, and afterwards be incarnated and cicatrized with a great deal of Ease to the Patient.  
XII. By what has been said, it appears what the Nature of these Wounds is, to wit, that they are only with very great Contusion, and Tearing of those Parts through which the Bullet passes. And though the Part at a near distance may be burnt by the Flame of the Gunpowder, yet this belongs not unto the Wound itself, nor is the Part burned within: and though it is granted, that Bullets may possibly be Poisoned, yet this is no ways Essential unto these Wounds, but merely Accidental.  
XIII. Wounds than made by Gunshot, are the most Complicate sort of Wounds; for there is not only a solution of Continuity, but there is conjoined with them, Contusion, Rubbing, Tearing in a vehement manner, and sometimes Fractures of the Bones: to which may be added, sometimes various Accidents, as Hemorrhage, vehement Pain, Inflammation, Erysipelas, Convulsion, Fever, Delirium, Palsy, Fainting and Swooning, Sinuous Ulcers, Gangrenes, and Sphacelus.  
FOURTEEN. The Differences. They are taken, 1. From the magnitude of the Wound, as it is either great or small, deep or superficial.  
XU. 2. From the Part affected, the Skin and Flesh being sometimes only wounded; sometimes the Nerves and Tendons, sometimes the Arteries and Veins, and sometimes the Bones are broken. Or thus; The Wound is made either in the fleshy Parts, or in the fleshy and Spermatick Parts both: The Spermatick Parts as they are called, are either soft or hard, the soft are the Membranes, Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments; the hard are only Cartilages and Bones. The Membranes may be divided and bruised. The Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments may be contused and torn. The Bones may be fractured, by being broken transverse, or by fissure, or into bits; which last is that which Gunshot most produces.  
XVI. 3. From the Modus or Manner; sometimes the whole Body is wounded, sometimes a part only: sometimes the Bullet sticks in the Wound, sometimes it passes quite through: sometimes it penetrates into the Body, sometimes it carries into the Body with it some Extraneous Matter.  
XVII. The Signs. What Parts are wounded, are to be discovered by putting in the Probe, or else from the site of the Wound by Anatomical Deductions: If the Nervous or Tendinous Parts are hurt, there will be manifest and vehement pain: If the great Arteries and Veins, a mighty Hemorrhage; yet sometimes the Part being much contused, the Lips afterwards quickly swell, and oftentimes so much, as to stop in a great measure the flowing of the Blood.  
XVIII. These Wounds are generally Orbicular, and either of a blue or livid Colour, or of a blue mixed with green, or of a Violet Colour: Sometimes the Wound itself is black, and the Parts adjacent to it livid.  
XIX. There is a heat sometimes in the Part, which arises from the quick and vehement passing of the Bullet, making a great Contusion of the wounded Parts.  
XX. There is also a feeling of the Blow, as if a Stone, or some other heavy thing was fling against, or entering into the Part.  
XXI. If the Wound was made by a Poisoned Bullet, the Colour of the Flesh is more wan and livid, than otherwise it would be; there will be a heaviness and sluggishness of the whole Body, a Trembling, a Palpitation of the Heart, Fainting, Swoonings, and sometimes Convulsions, and other like Symptoms to these.  
XXII. The Colour of the Wound and Parts adjacent will be ill, as if tending to Mortification, the pain will be vehement and pricking, there will be Inflammation, and a Fever of the whole Body, and sometimes dotage and raving withal.  
XXIII. If such a Poisoned Wound is slow in maturation, or generating of Pus, if there be an extinguishing of the fresh Colour of the Part, and its inclining to a yellow or livid Colour, if the Pain remits, without any manifest Cause; and if the Part ceases beating, and a stupidity is present, etc. the Wound will degenerate into a Gungren.  
XXIV. The Symptoms. If it is an ordinary Wound, they are chief these, Contusion, Pain, Inflammation, Convulsion, Heat, Palsy, Lividness, and (if the Wound is great, in or near a Joint) sometimes a Gangrene and Mortification.  
XXV. If the Bullet is Poisoned, all these Symptoms will appear, but sooner, and more vehement than if it were not.  
XXVI. The Prognostics. These Wounds for that they are always made with a considerable Contusion, are much more dangerous than those that are made with Sword or Dart, supposing the place to be the same: As to instance, many have recovered of Wounds made with a Sword in the Belly, Guts, and Bladder, whereas scarcely ever any one was Cured of Wounds made in those Parts by Gunshot.  
XXVII. If in a healthful habit of Body, a fleshy Part is only wounded, and in a good Air, the Wound may be Cured without any great hazard or difficulty.  
XXVIII. But if in a Cacochymick habit of Body, the Spermatick Parts are very much lacerated or torn, and it is in a hot and moist Air, viz. the Wind being South, and Signs of Poison do appear, a Gangrene, etc. is to be feared.  
XXIX. Thou a Wound seems desperate, yet it is not to be given over while there is Life; for it has been ofttimes observed, that Nature many times works Miracles, as it were, and that very many, who have seemed to be near to the Grave, have yet notwithstanding recovered and done well.  
XXX. If there are many, and those the more Noble Parts, that are wounded, bruised, and torn, and if withal, any Bones are broken or hurt, the Wound is so much the more dangerous, and the Cure the more difficult.  
XXXI. If the Parts are much torn, the Wound than yields a stinking Sanies; and if a flux of Humours than follows, an extinguishing of the Natural Heat is to be feared.  
XXXII. If these Wounds hap in such Parts, as can easily draw the principal Parts into consent with them, there is much danger. And such are the Joints and great Vessels, from which many times there arises not only Vapours, but corrupt and vicious Humours, which being received and communicated to the Heart, do easily induce Fevers, Fluxes, as Diarrhaea's, Lienteria's, Dysenteria's, Fainting, Swoonings, Convulsions, and the like.  
XXXIII. If such Wounds hap to a Cacochymical Body, they are much more dangerous, than if they hap to a Body of a good Habit; from whence it is, that in Armies and Camps in which Epidemical Diseases rage, most of these that are thus wounded, die of their Wounds. For in Camps the Air is for the most part infected with the nastiness of the Camp; and the Soldiers for want many times of wholesome Meat and Drink, drink filthy and corrupt Waters, and eat bad and corrupt Food coming next to hand, so that 'tis no wonder that such a Constitution is induced, as may tender Gunshot Wounds in such Bodies very dangerous.  
XXXIV. These Wounds come more slowly to Suppuration than others do; not only because the natural heat is much abated; but also because the Spirits are much wasted and dissipated, by reason of the Contusion.  
XXXV. Lastly, If these kind of Wounds are made by a Poisoned Bullet, they are than indeed very dangerous, and for the most part Mortal, and this more especially, if they penetrate into the interior Parts: and sometimes these Wounds, though they are but small to see to, yet they many times destroy and kill the Patient.  
XXXVI. The Cure. The Indications of Cure (I mean of Wounds not Poisoned, for as to the Cure of them we shall refer you to the former Chapter) are chief three, 1. The drawing forth of the Bullet, if it yet sticks in the wounded Part. 2. The converting the bruised Flesh into Pus, or Matter. 3. The Incarnating, or filling the Wound up with Flesh, and than at length cicatrizing it, which is common with all other Wounds.  

I Of Extracting the Bullet.  
XXXVII. The Bullet, or any other Extraneous thing carried into the Wound with the Bullet, is first to be taken forth, and this is to be done either at first dressing; but if it is not than fit to be done, you must do it at some other fit time, during the Cure.  
XXXVIII. The Bullet is to be drawn forth, either the way it went in, or the opposite way, if it lies very deep, is much nearer to the opposite place, and may be felt there through the Skin and Flesh.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Bullet pierces not so deep, than having found it out, by searching with the Probe, etc. being put into the Wound the same way it went in, you must attempt the drawing it out with some fit Instrument.  
XL. Now to take the Bullet out the way it went in, you must place the Patient as near as may be in the posture he was in when he received the shot; or if through weakness he cannot be so posited, let him be placed in a position as near to it as may be, jest some Muscle, Nerve, Tendon or Ligament, lie in the way of its passage; the Sick being thus placed, than search for the Bullet, etc.  
XLI. The largeness of the Wound will in some measure show you the largeness of the Bullet, by which means you may make choice of a fit Instrument for the Extraction.  
XLII. Now in Extracting the Bullet, 1. The way must be sufficiently opened by Instrument. 2. That the Bullet be laid hold of. 3. And being laid hold of, that it be drawn forth by the Chirurgion's Hand.  
XLIII. The Instrument takes hold of the Bullet as a pair of Scissors, or as it fastens itself into the Bullet, either by comprehending it in its Cavity, or by laying hold of it by its Bill, being made like a Saw.  
XLIV. For which reason there is great variety of Instruments; some lay hold on the Bullet and draw it out, as they are fastened into it: Others comprehend the Bullet, having a globular Cavity at the end: Others are notched like Saws, of which some are strait, some crooked, according as the Wound is either strait or obliqne.  
XLV. You must endeavour to found out the Bullet; if you fail of it by searching with the Probe, you must try if you can found it by feeling with your Hands about the wounded Part; for sometimes a Bullet takes such a circular course, that its way is impossible to be followed.  
XLVI. Wiseman gives us Examples of this kind: One who being shot in the Cheek, he cut out the Bullet behind in his Neck. Another (says he) was shot in the outside of the small of one of his Legs, the whole Member swelled, and was inflamed, and no possibility of finding out the Bullet, at last by chance he felt it, in the inside of the Thigh above the Knee. Another wounded in the outside of the Arm, he cut the Bullet out below the Scapula; and in some Cases the Parts extremely pained with Inflammation and Tumour, do sometimes discover the place where the Bullet lies; and sometimes the pain alone will do it, though there be no Tumour, etc.  
XLVII. In the very work of Extracting, you must be cautious that you lay not hold of some Nerve or Tendon, and so pluck them along with the Bullet, for than you will 'cause intolerable Pain, and grievous Accidents; for which reason you must not open or dilate your Instrument, till you take hold of the Bullet therewith, without any of the circumjacent Parts.  
XLVIII. Moreover, if the Bullet can be found, it will be best, to attempt the drawing it forth whilst the Sick is warm (if in heat of Battle) and the Wound fresh, not being altered much by Air or Accidents, by which means lesle pain will follow upon the Extraction; for after the first and second Day the Wound swells, and the adjacent Parts are inflamed, and so changed in their Temperament, that they will hid from your fight the Bullet, and what accompanied it, if any thing, so that the place they lie in will be difficult to be known; or being known, will not be extracted without great hazard, pain, and trouble to the Patient; so that than it may be needful to defer that Work to another time, and by Leniments to hasten the Digestion.  
XLIX. To omit the present drawing forth of a Bullet when lodged in a Joint, may hazard a Mortification, because it is lodged among the Tendons, and will 'cause much pain which will not cease; for which reason, the Wound will not digest.  
L. If the Bullet is lodged in a lesle Noble Part, as in the Musculous Flesh, and it has not been drawn out at first dressing; in this Case you may more safely stay the Extraction till the seventh Day; or till the vehemency of the Accidents are over, and the Wound digested; but than you must be more careful, for the Wound will be the more painful, and the more slow in digestion: If the Bullet carries any Rags with it, so long as they remain in the Wound, it will be very painful, inflamed and vexatious, nor will it digest well, or be cured.  
LIVELY But if the Bullet cannot be found out, by the Probe, or otherwise, as it chances sometimes when Wounds are very deep or obliqne; than the Wound is to be kept open for a long time, and suppurating Medicines are to be made use of; and if possible, the Member is to be so placed, that the Bullet may fall forth by its own weight, or may be expelled by Nature; and therefore in this Case, unto Nature the whole Business is to be committed.  
LII. And though Leaden Bullets may lie long, and be carried about in the Body, yet Iron or Brass Bullets must be taken forth in some considerable time, because the first swells mightily, by its rusting; and the other yields Verdigrease, both which are very painful, and inimical to the healing.  
LIII. If the Bullet is lodged in any Noble Part, or a Part that may easily draw the Noble Parts into consent with it, and that by reason of the Wound itself, the Patient's Life is in any danger; in this Case you aught not to attempt the Extraction, since thereby the Sick can have no Benefit, but that you may probably hasten on that Death, which otherwise the Wound would have infallibly induced, but in a larger space of time.   

II Of Proper Digestive Medicaments.  
LIU. Our first and great Care here must be, that the Contused Substance may be brought to Maturation, and separated from the sound Flesh, and sound Parts; for the bruised Matter easily becomes putrid, and Gangrenes; so that our ordinary and common Digestives and suppurating Medicines, which are made use of in other Wounds and Tumours, have simply here not place; more especially if the Nervous Parts are hurt or bruised, which do not well admit of such kind of moist and simply Oily Medicaments, but require those that are drier.  
LU. Those Medicines than which we are to make use of in these Wounds, must be of that Nature and Quality, that though they will bring the contused Flesh into Pus, yet they will not produce any putridness, but by their Anodyn Property ease and alleviate the Pain.  
LVI. To accomplish this Intention, Quercetan does to every Ounce of any Digestive or Suppurative addʒis. of read Precipitate: Yet this is not to be done rashly, but with some caution, as where there is a present putrioness, and fear of a Gangrene nigh at hand; for in most other Cases, these kind of Wounds may be Cured without any kind of Mercury whatsoever: and in Nervous Places, if Precipitate is used, it may be the cause of very much Pain.  
LVII. Paraeus commends highly his Oil of Whelps thus made: ℞ Oil of white Lilies lbiv lbiv. two young Whelps, which kill, and boil them in the Oil till the Flesh falls from the Bones: add to them Earthworms (washed in Wine) lbii. lbii. boil them together, and let them be strained without any strong pressing; than to that which is strained, add of Venice Turpentine ℥ vi. Spirit of Wine ℥ two. mix, and make an Oil or Balsam. It has an admirable Virtue to ease Pain, and maturate the Pus. If you apply it to Joints or Nervous Parts, there aught to be more of the Turpentine than of the Oil, because these Parts require more drying than the fleshy Parts do.  
LVIII. Barbett commends this: ℞ Venice Turpentine ℥ iv. Calf's Marrow, Oil of Hypericon A. ℥ two. Galbanum ℥ i Venice Treacle ℥ ss. Roots of Scordium, of Scorzonera, A. ʒiii. yolks of four Eggs: mix, and make an Ointment.  
LIX. Sennertus commends this as a thing singularly useful: ℞ Vng. Basilicon ℥ i Oil of Linseed, and of white Lilies, A. ℥ iii mix them.  
LX. Or this: ℞ Oils of Linseed and of Hempseed, A. ℥ iv. Honey ℥ i Alum ℥ ss. mix them.  
LXI. Joubertus commends this: ℞ Hog's Lard, or fresh Butter ℥ viij. read Precipitate washed and levigated ℥ i Camphirʒii. dissolved in Aqua Vitae; mix them well together. Now if instead of Lard you take Arcaeus his Lineament, the Medicine will be much more effectual. The Lard, or Butter, or Lineament, are Suppurative; the Precipitate adds to the force of the Suppuration, causing very little pain, and the Camphir helps Penetration, and resists Putrefaction.  
LXII. ℞ Oil of Hemp ℥ viij. Linseed Oil ℥ two. Juices of Plantain and Nightshade, A. q. s. boil them till the Juices are consumed.  
LXIII. Another of Barbett, more effectual: ℞ Yolks of Eggs-N oh iv. Turpentine, Ung. Aegyptiacum, A. ℥ two. Amber, Euphorbium, Mastich, Mummy, A. ℥ ss. round Birthwort Roots in Pouderʒii. Oil of Elder, q. s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXIV. Sennertus has this: ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed, A. ℥ vi. Sal Armoniac, white Vitriol, A. ℥ iii Mithridate, Theriaca Andromachi, A. ℥ iss. mix them together over the Fire: This is of use, when a putridness is supposed near at hand.  
LXV. If Putridness and a Gangrene is feared, than add some Precipitate, as, ℞ Ung. Basilicon ℥ i fresh Butter ℥ i read Precipitate levigatedʒii. mix them together.  
LXVI. Another of Barbett's, more Excellent than any of the former, which also resists Putrefaction: ℞ Oils of Linseed and Roses, (Hempseed I think is better) Tar, Turpentine, Galbanum, A. ℥ two. Mastich, Frankincese, Nitre, Sal Armoniac, A. ℥ i Oils of Worms, and of Turpentine, Verdigrise, white Vitriol, Camphir, powder of Earthworms, A. ʒi. Alumʒss. mix them together over a gentle Fire. If the Part is not Nervous, in a great Putrefaction, you may add some read Precipitate.  
LXVII. ℞ Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ iii yolks of Eggs Nᵒ vj. boil them with a gentle Fire, to the thickness of a Lineament.  
LXVIII. ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed, A. ℥ iii Oils of Roses and Mastich, A. ℥ i Oil of Camphirʒi. mix them well together by boiling, and use it warm.  
Lxix ℞ Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ iv. round Birthwort root, Aloes, both in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. Alum, Crocus Martis, A.ʒii. mix them.  
LXX. ℞ Unguent. Nicotianae, Ung. Basilicon, A. ℥ iii Gum Elemi, powder of Virginia Tobacco, A. ℥ i mix them.  
LXXI. ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed A. ℥ iv. Ung. Nicotianae ℥ iii Ung. Basilicon ℥ two. Oil of Turpentine ℥ i mix, and melt them together.  
LXXII. ℞ Yolks of Eggs No. two. Turpentine ℥ iv. Oil of Hypericon ℥ two. Frankincense, Mastic, Oils of Linseed, Eempseed, and of Eggs, powder of Tobacco, A. ℥ i mix them.  
LXXIII. If any Putridness is feared near at hand, than you may use some of the following Compositions. ℞ Oils of Hempseed and Linseed, A. ℥ vi. Sal Armoniac, white Vitriol A. ʒii. Gum Sandrach ℥ i ss. mix them over the Fire. Or you may use the Compositions at Sect. 63, 64, 65, and 66 aforegoing.  
LXXIV. Or this. ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed, A. ℥ iii Tar, Turpentine, A. ℥ two. Frankincense, Galbanum, Mastich, Sal Nitre, Sal Armoniac, A. ℥ i Oil of Earthworms ℥ ss. Oil of Turpentineʒii. Alum, powder of Earthworms, Camphir, white Vitriol, Verdigrise, Tobacco, A. ʒi. mix, and melt them over the Fire.  
LXXV. And to prevent the Afflux of Humours, this following Defensative is to be applied. ℞ Fine Bowl, Catechu, Dragons-blood, powder of dried Ox-blood, A. ℥ i Nut-galls in powder, Frankincense, Rosin, Crocus Martis, A. ℥ ss. Vinegar of Rosesʒiii. whites of Eggs q.s. mix them, and apply it over the Wound.  
LXXVI. Or: ℞ Oils of Roses, of Elder-bark, and of Mastic, A. ℥ i fine Bowl, Rosin, Catechu, all in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. Vinegar of Roses, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXXVII. Or this of Barbett: ℞ Powder of read Roses, of Scordium, A. ℥ iii Bean-meal, crumbs of Rye-bread, A. ℥ j (these two boiled in a little Milk) yolks of Eggs No. uj. Oils of Roses and Violets, A. ℥ two. Wax, q.s. mix, melt over a gentle Fire, and make an Emplaster.  
LXXVIII. And over the Wounded Part itself, it will be good to lay the following Cataplasm; which cherishes the Heat of the Part, prevents Putridness, and facilitates the Suppuration. ℞ Roots of Althaea, of Comfrey, A. ℥ i flowers of Camomile, of Hypericon, tops of Wormwood, A. M. ss. boil in Milk to softness, than mash them together, and add of Barley-slower, or else meal of Althea-roots and of Beans, A. ℥ jss. Wine q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.   

III Of Abstersives, or Cleansers.  
LXXIX. If the Wound pierces quite through, some use the Flamula, or Seton; but this both Sennertus and Barbett disapprove of, as not safe, and advice to the use of Tents put into both Orifices; which Penecilli or Tents aught not to be over-thick, jest they hinder the coming forth of the Pus, and cause Pain.  
LXXX. At first, dressing the Wound once a day will be enough; because in Gunshot-Wounds, there is scarcely any thing which requires Evacuation, seldom before the third or fourth day: but whenever the Pus gins to flow, it is than to be opened and dressed twice a day; and when it flows in such abundance, that unless it is often emptied or cleansed, it may 'cause grief and pain, than you must open it, and cleanse it from the Pus or Purulent-matter thrice a day; but the Acrimony of the Matter will direct you best, whether it is to be dressed and cleansed once, twice, or thrice a day.  
LXXXI. But when the Pus gins much to diminish, twice a a day will be enough to open and cleanse the Wound: and when it flows forth very little, and gins to be filled up with Flesh, once a day will be enough, as at first.  
LXXXII. At first we admit Tents, to open a passage for the Sanies; at length Splenia, made of Linnen-rags, four, six, or eight times doubled, or rather Bolsters may be used, and applied to the bottom of the Sinus, (if possible;) that by their means, through a harder Binding, the Sanies may be pressed forth, which will much advance the Cleansing.  
LXXXIII. But if there is a vast quantity of Sanies, and the Sinus is deep and winding, that it cannot all flow or be pressed forth; in this case, the Sinus is to be cut or laid open, that the Wound or Ulcer may be the better cleansed.  
LXXXIV. And whether the Wound or Ulcer seems contumacious or not, Vulnerary-Potions, or Wound-Drinks, are of extraordinary Use in the Cure; for they cleanse the Ulcers, and free them from the filth of the Excrementitious Humours, causing all things in the Wound which are Heterogeneous to be easily, and the sooner cast forth, assisting Nature therein: if they are useful in any other kind of Wounds, than certainly they are most of all necessary in these; variety of which you may see Cap. 3. Sect. 28. add Sect. 43. aforegoing.  
LXXXV. After Concoction or Digestion gins to appear in the Wound, which is scarcely before the third or fourth day; for that by reason of the Contusion, the native Heat was much weakened, and the Spirits exhausted; and that there is neither much Pain, nor any Inflammation; but that the greatest part of the bruised substance is turned into Pus, than the Wound is to be cleansed, and after filled with Flesh; which with what things it is best to be done, we now come to show you.  
LXXXVI. Among the number of Cleansers, that which first offers itself is Vnguentum de Apio, or Ointment of Smallage, both the simple and the compound; nor have Authors commended them in vain.  
LXXXVII. Sennertus has this: ℞ Decoction of Barley, juices of Smallage, Plantain, Agrimony, Centory the lesle, A. ℥ iii boil them, and at the end add Venice Turpentine ℥ ix. Honey of Roses ℥ vi. Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ ss. Saffronʒi. mix them.  
LXXXVIII. Mindererus his Vnguentum Decameron. ℞ fuices of Arsmart, Celandine, Century, Dock sharppointed, D●…es-foot, Groundsel, Hypericon, Plantain, Tobacco, Yarrow, A. lbi lbi. mix, and digest for some days, for the Mixture to settle: decant the clear, and add thereto fresh Butter lbiii lbiii. green Liquorice well bruised, Comfry-roots, Tormentil-roots, Houndstongne, all well bruised; Oil of Myrrh, Deers-suet, A. lbj lbj. boil them all well'till the crackling ceases, and the consumption of the Humidity, than strain hot by Pressing through a strong Canvas-bag; and to the strained Matter add Venice-Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ ix. Wax q.s. melted, so as to bring the whole to the consistence of an Ointment, or very soft Cerat; adding after all to every Ounce of the Ointment ℈ i orʒss. of pure refined Verdigrise.  
LXXXIX. Or, ℞ Meal of Orobus ℥ two. Myrrh, Frankincense, A. ℥ i juice of Smallage, Turpentine, A. ℥ iv. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ i mix, and make an Unguent.  
XC. Or, ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ iii powder of Tobacco ℥ i Gum Elemi ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XCI. Among the number of the Abstersives, nothing has yet been found to exceed Vng. Fuscum Wurizii; the Composition and Preparation of which, see in its proper place.  
XCII. Vnguentum Apostolorum is commended by some, but this may be trusted to: ℞ Aegyptiacum, Apostolorum, A. ℥ jss. Gum Elemiʒvi. powder of Tobaccoʒii. mix them.  
XCIII. Or this: ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ iii powder of Scammony, Tobacco, A. ℥. Gum Elemiʒvi. Honey q.s. mix over a gentle Sand-heat, and make an Ointment.  
XCIV. ℞ Meal of Orobus ℥ iii powder of Florentine Orrice, Frankincense, A. ℥ jss. juice of Smallage ℥ viij. Honey, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment over a gentle Fire, or a gentle Sand-heat.  
XCIV. An Abstersive Powder. ℞ Scammony ℥ iv. fine Aloes ℥ two. Tobacco in fine powder ℥ i round Birthwort-root in powder ℥ ss. mix them, and keep it for use.  
XCVI. ℞ Fine flower or meal of Barley and of Lupins, Honey, A. ℥ two. Turpentine ℥ iv. juices of Smallage and of Wormwood, A. ℥ vi. fine Aloes, Frankincense, Myrrh, Orrice-root in fine powders, A. ℥ i mix, and boil gently to the consumption of the Juices: to which you may add Vng. Aegyptiacum ℥ two. if you use it in a Wound which is very foul.  
XCVII. ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ iv. Unguent. Aegyptiacum ℥ i powders of Aloes, Scammony, Tobacco, A. ʒvi. mix, and make an Ointment; which is inferior to none of all the foregoing Compositions.   

IV. Of Incarnatives, or Flesh-breeders.  
XCVIII. When the Wound is become clean, it is than very necessary that Flesh should be generated or bred: because that when all the bruised Flesh is converted into Pus, the Wound will become empty or hollow, and therefore it aught to be filled up again.  
XCIX. This following Sennertus commends, as useful in these kinds of Wounds. ℞ Betony, Comfrey, Horsetail, Hypericon, Plantain, Tormentil, A. M. ss. Earthworms (washed in Wine,) Oil of Mastic, A. ℥ two. Pine-Rosin, Manna Thuris, or the finest white Frankincense, A. ℥ ss. Wine q.s. boil'till the Wine is consumed, than Strain out by a strong Expression; and add thereto Wax, Goats or Sheep's suet, A. ℥ iv. Aloes, Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
C. We will not trouble you with any more Sarcoticks in this place, having already given you an ample number and Variety of them in Cap. 2. Sect. 31. and 46. aforegoing; in the forms of Oils, Ointments, Balsams, and Emplasters. The Sarcotick or Incarnative being laid upon the Wound or Ulcer, you may cover all with Empl Diapalmae, or Our Empl. Album.   

V Of Gunshot-Wounds, with Fracture of the Bone.  
CI. If with a Wound, there be a Fracture of the Bone, which sometimes is broken into many pieces, wherein for the most part, the Nervous Parts are hurt; when these I say, are to be cleared from these Fragments of Bones, there will be many times sharp and acute Pains, Convulsions, and sometimes a Gangrene itself: which makes some Artists come to Amputation with all the speed that may be; which yet aught not to be done, so long as there is any hopes of a Cure without it; for that Nature oftentimes even in these Wounds, is want to work Miracles as it were.  
CII. The Way of Curing these is the same, as in curing Fractures with a Wound; of which we shall speak more largely, in Lib. 6. Cap. 5, 6, 7, 8 following: and in Cap. 23. of this present Fourth Book: however, we think it fit to say something thereof in general terms in this place.  
CIII. In the first place therefore, it is necessary that the great Fragments of the Bones be restored again into their places, that they may be joined together by a Callus: but in the application of Splinters, you must use great caution, jest by them you excite more pain than otherwise would be; and so 'cause Convulsions, Inflammation or Gangrene, which otherwise by due care, might not have happened.  
CIV. Some apply Glutinating Cataplasms, (which here indeed have no place) which stick so close and fast unto the Part, and bind it so straight together, as to 'cause very much pain, and many times other ill Symptoms: those are not rashly and inconsiderately to be made use of, but in their due time and appointment.  
CV. After therefore that the Bones are set again, or composed, or conjoined; the Member is to be placed either in a thin Plate of Lead, or in a Skin moistened with Wine; or in the hollows of those Chips which are bored out of Pumps and Water-Pipes in making, being first moistened with warm Water.  
CVI For all these things, as they hold the broken Parts together; so they do it in such a manner, and so easily, that they may notwithstanding them, be be bend as much as you please, and prevent any new access, or cause of Pain: but instead of these things, you may lay on some of the following Cerats or Emplasters.  
CVII. ℞ Mucilage of Comfrey-roots, Cherrytree or Plum-tree Gum, or Gum-arabic, A. ℥ vi. juice of Comfrey, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, A. ℥ iii juice of Dovesfoot, powder of Catechu, A. ℥ iv. Turpentine lbj lbj. Oil of Earthworms ℥ vj. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ thirty. or more: mix them.  
CVIII. ℞ Fine Bowl, Catechu, A. ℥ iij. Turpentine, juice of Dovesfoot, or of Comfrey A. ℥ iijss. Rosin, Wax, A. ℥ viij. mix, and make a Cerate.   

VI Of Dressing Gunshot-Wounds.  
CIX. The Bullet, and other extraneous things, as Splinters, Rags, etc. being extracted, you must come to the Dressing up of the Wound; which is to be performed as a Contused Wound, with Oleum Catellorum Paraei; the Recipe of which you have at Sect. 57 aforegoing, which is to be applied hot, as the Part will bear.  
CX. In this case, you are not to heed what any shall say to the the contrary, who object against it, as a Greasy Medicine; not though it be near a Bone (says Wiseman,) for the Gleet (says he) will foul it much more than Greasy Medicaments.  
CXI. If you have not the Oleum Catellorum, you may use this. ℞ Oils of Hempseed and Linseed, A. ℥ iv. Oils of Lilies and Camomile, A. ℥ ij. Turpentine ℥ j mix them. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ iv. Gum Elemi, Frankincense, A. ℥ ij. Oils of Hempseed and Linseed, and of Earthworms, A. ℥ iij. Oil of Elder ℥ jss. Mastich, Olibanum, A. ℥ ss. mix them.  
CXII. Or you may use this: ℞ Linseed-oil, Oil-olive, Turpentine, A. lbss ss. Gum Elemi ℥ iij. purified Verdigriseʒij. mix them. Or this: Take Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, Oils of Linseed and of Hypericon, Spirit of Wine, A. lbss ss. Sanguis Draconis in very subtle powder ℥ j mix them.  
CXIII. Quercetan commends this. Take juices of Coltsfoot and Sorrel, A. ℥ iv. fresh Butter lbss ss. Oleum Visci Pomorum compositum, (which see in Quercetan. rediviv. Tom. 3. pag. 259.) lbj lbj. Larch-Rosin ℥ ij ss. Frankincense, Hens and Goose grease, A. ℥ ij. pulp of xx. fat Figs: put all into a Vessel, which stop close; and boil on a gentle Fire for six hours, than strain out hot, and evaporate to a consistence. Where note, if you cannot get the Oleum Visci, etc. you may use in the place thereof Oils of Linseed, of Earthworms, and of Hypericon, A. ℥ iv.  
CXIV. Or this, of the same Quercetan. Take Oil-olive, or Linseed-oil lbj lbj. new Wax, Rosin, Ship-Pitch, A. ℥ iv. Goats-suet, Veal-marrow, A. ℥ ij. Oesopus ℥ j melt all together, and strain, keeping the Ointment for use; to every Ounce of which he addsʒi. of Precipitate: yet in recent Wounds the Precipitate is not necessary; for by experience we know, that these Wounds will digest and suppurate without it, which frees them from putridness.  
CXV. Now to these Wounds you aught to use a soft Tent, and Pledgets dipped in some Digestive pretty hot, but not so hot as to sealed them: the Parts about you may Embrocate with Oils of Earthworms, of Roses and Myrcles, A. ℥ iij. mixed with Vinegar ℥ i  
CXVI. Let the Applications over the Wound be of that nature or quality, as to refist Defluxions of Humours, and such as may strengthen the weakened Parts. As, Take Bean and Barley flower, A. ℥ vj. Catechu ℥ iij. mucilage of Gum-tragacanth ℥ j which boil in Posca, or Water and read Wine to a Cataplasm, adding at last Eggs Nᵒ ij. Oocymel ℥ iij. or you may add Oil of Roses, and Wax, A. q.s. and make it into the form of a Cerat.  
CXVII. Above the Wound lay this Defensative. Take Terra Sigillata ℥ vj. Catechu ℥ iij. lethargy, Sanguis draconis, juice of Sloes or Acacia in ponder, Comfrey-roots in powder, A. ℥ ij. Oil of Myrtles, Vinegar, A. ℥ xij. mix, and boil to the consistence of a Cerat.  
CXVIII. Or, Take fine Bole, Ceruse, A. ℥ vj. Catechu, lethargy, A. ℥ iij. Oil of Roses omphacin ℥ xij. Vinegar ℥ vj. juice of Plantain and Nightshade, A. ℥ ij. Wax q.s. mix them: apply the Compress dipped in Vinegar, and let the Bandage be equal and gentle, to keep on the Dress, and hinder the Afflux of Humours.  
CXIX. If much Blood has not been lost, Revulsion may be made on the same side, as Galen advises, otherwise not: the Bowels may be emptied with a Clyster made of Mutton-broth or Posset-drink lbj lbj. and brown Sugar or Molosses ℥ iv. giving inwardly now and than a dram or two of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis.  
CXX. The Air aught to be temperate, because Cold is an Enemy to Wounds; the Diet aught to be spare, as thin Mutton-broth, Barley-broth, Water-gruel, Panado, potched Eggs, etc. because it prevents Inflammations; and he aught to rest quietly, for which purpose you may give this this Dose. Take Poppy-water ℥ iij. Angelica-water compound ℥ j Syrupus de Meconio ʒuj. mix them. Or this: Take Guttae Vitae Nostrae ʒj. Spiritus Cordialis ℥ ss. Syrup of Lemons ℥ j mix them.  
CXXI. The second Dressing is next to be considered, wherein a Fomentation is to be provided, made thus. Read Port-Wine lbij. lbij. Spirit of Wine ℥ iij. Powers of Wormwood, Iuniper, and Angelica, A. ℥ ss. Scurvy-grass-water lbj lbj. mix: and being very hot, wring Stuphs out of it, and apply them, which will defend the Wound from the Air.  
CXXII. If the Wound is in a good condition, continued the use of Digestives; but if it is affected with vehement Pain, foment it with this. Take white Port-Wine, Decoction of Althea-roots, A. lbj lbj. Spiritus Anodynus ℥ j ss. Broth of a Sheep's Head lbss ss. mix them: and afterwards apply over all this Cataplasm. Take Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ iv. Orrice-root in powder ℥ ij. Ung. Basilicon, & Nicotianae, A. ℥ jss. Eggs Nᵒ iv. yellow Palm-Oil q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm: it promotes the Suppuration and is Anodyne.  
CXXIII. This being done, it is to be bound up, as before; and this course may be continued to the eighth or tenth day, till the Sloughs are separated, the Wound digested, and a good sort of Pus, (which is white, equal, smooth, and not stinking) is generated.  
CXXIV. If the Pus is wanting in any of these Qualities, you may mix a little Precipitate with your Digestive or Suppurative, or Vng. Apostolorum.  
CXXV. You may cleanse by an Injection, made of the Juices of Smallage, the lesser Centory, Plantain and Agrimony, mixed with Barley-broth and Honey, in which you may dissolve a little Venice-Turpentine; first well mixed with the yolk of an Egg.  
CXXVI. Or you may apply this Unguent. Take juices of Adders-tongue, Agrimony, Centory, Wormwood, Parsley, Plantain, and Smallage, A. ℥ j mucilage of hulled Barley ℥ iij. boil them together, to nearly the consumption of the juice or humidity; than add Venice or Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ iij. Oney ℥ ij. Barley-flower ℥ j Saffronʒss. mix, and make an Abstersive.    

CHAP. XX. Of ACCIDENTS of Gun shot WOUNDS.  
I NOW from the first beginning of the Wound to the eleventh or twelfth Day, these kinds of Wounds may be subject to many and various Accidents or Symptoms, which not only hinder the Cure, but oftentimes destroy the Patient; as, 1. Vehement Pain. 2. Inflammation. 3. Gangrene. 4. Hemorrhage. 5. Fevers. 6. Delirium. 7. Fainting and Swooning. 8. Convulsions. 9 Palsies. 10. A Sinuous Ulcer; of all which we shall discourse briefly, (as these Symptoms may have relation to these kinds of Wounds, having said otherwise enough of them in Chap. 9 aforegoing) that we may lead our young Artist, as it were, by the Hand, through the intricate Labyrinths of the Art of Curing.  

I Vehement Pain.  
II If the Pain is vehement, you must outwardly foment with and apply Anodyns, with which you may sometimes mix Spiritus Opii Compositus, and sometimes a small quantity of the Tincture of Opium, Extracted with equal Parts of Nightshade Water, and Spirit of Wine.  
III And Inwardly give Our Spiritus Opii Compositus in some proper Vehicle, or this following Mixture: ℞ Poppy-water ℥ two. Syrup of Lemons ℥ i Spiritus Opii Compositus ʒiii. mix them. Or, you may give a Dose of Our Theriaca Chymica, which will not fail of giving the due Ease; or Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tartarizatum, or Our Laudanum Specificum; taking which of them is first at hand.   

II Inflammation.  
IV. This proceeds either from an ill habit of Body, or from an ill handling of the Wound in the beginning, which to prevent, you aught to hinder the afflux of Humours, evacuating that which already disaffects the Wound.  
V First, you aught to Purge, and if the habit of the Body, and condition of the Sick will permit it, to bleed, which is in some measure the first Days Work, and if than neglected, to be performed now. Secondly, by Topics; you must ease the pain by Anodyns, which may repress the heat, as is directed in Chap. 9 aforegoing, according as it may be either Phlegmon, or Erysipelas.  
VI In the beginning use Repellers and Refrigeratives; in their state, use moderate Calefactives and Discutients; and lastly, Digestives, which may concoct, or suppurate the Matter.   

III Gangrene.  
VII. This is an attendant upon an Inflammation, and is much to be feared, when the Phlegmon yields not to Discussives, or Suppuratives; for than the natural heat of the Part is suffocated, either through the great afflux of Humours, or application of Topics too Refrigerative, and Repercussive, which obstructed the motion of the Spirit into the Part.  
VIII. It is known by the Gleet and change of Colour, it beginning to look livid; as also by the abating of the Tumour, etc.  
IX. When you see these Symptoms coming on, you must immediately scarify, not only till the Blood comes, but you must cut deep through the Escar to the quick, making it bleed freely, till the Part becomes sensible in its feeling; that thereby you may evacuate that which would suffocate the Natural Heat, and Vital Spirits.  
X. Having thus made way for the entrance of your Medicaments, foment the Part with a good Lixivium of Pot-ashes, mixed with Salt and Vinegar: Or you may make a Decoction of Wormwood, Southernwood, Centory, and Colocynthis in the said Lixivium.  
XI. Bath also all the places both above and below the Wound, or Mortification with Spirit of Wine Camphorated, and lay double Clotheses dipped in the same over them.  
XII. The Gaugren itself being fomented with the Lixivium, etc. wash the Scarifications, and apply to the Wound, Vng. Aegyptiacum mixed with Venice Treacle, dissolved in a little Wine Vinegar, adding also a little calcined Vitriol; and apply a Cataplasm made of the Flower or Meals of Orobus, of Lupins, of Beans, and of Barley, boiled up with some of the aforementioned Lixivium, adding at the end of the boiling a little Oxymel, either simple, or that of Squills, which is better.  
XIII. If in making the Scarification you should cut some Vessel, whereby there should be a flux of Blood, you must be wary not to choke the heat of the Part, by crowding in Dosils, for so the Gangrene may be increased: In this Case, the better way is to use the Actual Cautery, for thereby you not only stop the bleeding, but also resist the Putrefaction; after which, you must dress up the Wound, as if it was made by burning.  
FOURTEEN. You must also be wary in this Work, that while you are ae Curing one Gangrene, you make not another, by the too long use of sharp Medicines; therefore when the Ulcer grows warm, and it ceases gleeting, forbear their use, and than dress it with warm Digestives, as Vng. Basilicon, with Oil of Turpentine hot; after Digestion cleanse it with Abstersives, as Mundificativum ex Apio, etc. according as the removal of the Sloughs require, and than with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks complete the Cure. See more hereof of lib. 3. cap. 11. and cap. 9 of this Book, aforegoing.   

IV. An Hemorrhage.  
XU. It oftentimes happens that in separating of the Contused Parts, that great Hemorrhages succeed, as also after the separating of an Escar: in this Case you must stop the Orifices, by applying some Astringent Powder; some use that of Galen, made of Aloes, Frankincense, and Hares-wooll.  
XVI. Others use Dr. Gardner's Styptic, rolling up the Wound with a good Compress, dipped in some Styptic Liquor, such as this: ℞ Colcothar, Burned Alum, Sugar-candy, A. ℥ i Urine of a young Person, Rose-water, A. ℥ xuj. Plantan-water ℥ xxxii. mix, and stir the Liquor for a long time, than let it settle, keeping it upon the Faeces, and pour of the clear by Inclination, when you have occasion to use it.  
XVII. Bolsters, or double Clotheses, etc. may be dipped in this Water, and laid upon an open Artery, and held close with the Hand, till the Blood stops; also a small Tent, (according as the Wound may be, may be dipped or soaked in it, and put into the Part) this Liquor taken inwardly, stops also the Bloodyflux, and all Hemorrhodial and Menstrual Fluxes, being given àʒss. adʒii. in Knotgrass, or Comfrey water.  
XVIII. Lastly, over all some common Defensive may be laid, and the Wound is not to be opened till three or four Days after. See lib. 3. cap. 15, and 16. and cap. 4. and 9 of this fourth Book.   

V Of a Fever.  
XIX. The Fever is either Continent or Remitting, seldom Intermitting: If it is Continent, such things must be given, as may upon the spot repress the preternatural heat, and hinder the farther putrefaction of Humours, of which kind is Our Tinctura Cordialis, Elixir Proprietatis, Spiritus Sulphuratus, Spiritus Nitratus, Spiritus Vini Basilii, Spiritus Mirabilis, Spiritus Opiatus compositus, Sal Absinthii, Sal Cornu Ceryi Succinatum, Sal Mirabile, Sal Nitrum Nitratum, & Vitriolatum, Sal Vitriolatum, & Sal Prunellae, Antihecticum Poterii, etc.  
XX. If the Fever is Remitting, it is to be considered as in the Fit, and as in the Remission of the Paroxysm: as in the Fit, you may exhibit any of the Medicaments in the aforegoing Section, but chief those which are Saline.  
XXI. As in the Remission of the Paroxysm, the great Medicine which is to be exhibited, is either the Powder, Tincture, or Extract of the Cortex Peruanus: give a Dose of it immediately upon the remission of the Fit, and repeat the Dose every four or six Hours, till the Fit returns, and than forbear it, till the Remission; after which repeat it again as before, continuing its use, till you are sensible the Fever is utterly destroyed by the use thereof.   

VI Of a Delirium.  
XXII. If the Body is Costive, it aught to be opened with Sal Mirabile, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, or some other proper Purge; and afterwards it is to be kept open with Our Laudanum Catharticum, giving two or three Doses of it every Night at Bedtime.  
XXIII. Outwardly let the Head, Forehead, Temples, and Nostrils, be bathed with Spiritus Anodynus, or with Tinctura Opii; and let Clotheses dipped in the same, be laid or bound upon his Temples and Forehead.  
XXIV. And inwardly give this Julep oftentimes in the Daytime: ℞ Poppy-water 〈◊〉 Damask Rose-water, Angelica-●…ater, A. ℥ iii 〈◊〉 of Lemons ℥ iiss. Spiritus Opii compositus ℥ two. mix them; of which give new and than two or three Spoonfuls at a time.  
XXV. And at Bedtime (if you found the Patient does 〈…〉 to 〈◊〉 by what has 〈◊〉 been given) give●●…node●…re Dose of Tinctura Op●… S●rupus de Maeconio, which may 〈◊〉 ●ixed with a little of Our The●…a●a Chymica; I have constantly used this Method for many Years past, and never without Success, in two or three Days times at most; and sometimes, it recovered my Patient from his Dotage in 24 Hours.   

VII. Fainting and Swooning.  
XXVI. You may give the Patiented Our Aqua Bezoartica, ad ℥ i or Spiritus Cordialis, or Angelica-water Compound, mixed with a little Syrup of Lemons, and often repeated, till the Fainting or Swooning goes quite away.  
XXVII. If the Fainting or Swooning Fits follow thick, and that the former Prescription will do no good, you must give this: ℞ Spiritus Cordialis ℥ ss. Aqua Angelicae simplex ℥ iii volatile Salt of Hartshorn ℈ i Tincture of Saffronʒss. mix for a Dose, which repeat as often as you see occasion.  
XXVIII. If this yet prevails not, take this: ℞ Spiritus Cordialis ℥ i volatile Salt of Hartshorn fixed with Spirit of Salt, and evaporated to dryness ℈ i volatile Salt of Amber ℈ i mix, for a Dose, which repeat as often as need requires.   

VIII. Convulsions.  
XXIX. Convulsions in this Case are said to arise from Putrid Vapours, or Acrid Humours offending the Nerves, with which Humours these Wounds do often abound.  
XXX. The Parts affected are frimarily the Nerves in loco; secundarily their Original, or the Brain, by consent, which being irritated, causes an involuntary Contraction or Convulsion, in the Parts affected, as near the Knee or Shoulder, where the Convulsion is only to be discerned by a Trembling, which is the more manifest, the nearer it is to the Joint.  
XXXI. It sometimes follows great Inflammations, especially in the Nervous Parts, and is here for the most part Fatal; a Convulsion upon a Wound, being generally the Prodromos, or Forerunner of Death.  
XXXII. If you will attempt any thing, give inwardly this Mixture: ℞ Potestat. Virtutum ʒi. Spiritus Gordialis ʒiv. Syrup of Citron-peels ℥ i mix them; and at Bedtime give ʒi. of Our Theriaca Chymica.  
XXXIII. Outwardly bathe the Parts with this Mixture: ℞ Pours of Rosemary, Lemons, Iuniper, and Turpentine, A. ʒii. Tinctura Opii, Spiritus Vini Camphorati, A. ʒi. mix them; and apply to the Wound itself this: ℞ Linimentum Arcaei, Ung. Basilicon, Balsam de Chili, Peru, & Tolu, A. ʒii. mix them.   

IX. Palsies.  
XXXIV. Palsies which arise from Wounds, immediately affect the Nerves of that place only; they do not simply take away the Life of the Patient, but do sometimes threaten a Gangrene or Mortification, through a defect of Natural Heat in the Member.  
XXXV. Inwardly give Spirit of Hartshorn, or of Sal Armoniac in some proper Vehicle; and outwardly, foment the Part with this Mixture: ℞ Oil Olive ℥ iii Oils of Amber ℥ two. of Turpentine ℥ iv. mix them, and Embrocate therewith, and round about the adjacent Parts, apply this: ℞ Balsam de Chili, Capivi, Peru, Tolu, A. ℥ i Camphirʒii. mix them, and apply the Mixture with Lint.  
XXXVI. After those things have been applied for ten or twelve Days, or longer, as you see occasion, than apply an Emplaster made of Burgundy Pitch, Ship Pitch, Gum Elemi, Frankincense, A. ℥ i Turpentine, q.s. which will stir up heat in the Member, and attract Life and Spirits into the Part.   

X. Sinuous Ulcers.  
XXXVII. Sometimes after the Separation of the Escar, the Ulcer becomes Sinuous, especially after a great afflux of Humours; and where Bandage cannot be used to preserve the Tone of the Parts, as in the upper Parts of the Thigh and Hip, etc. or from the largeness of the Wound, Contusion of the Flesh, etc. or Laceration of Parts, whereby there is a great loss of Substance, and an Acrid Matter, inducing such a like Ulcer.  
XXXVIII. Sometimes also it becomes Sinuous from a Cacochymical or Scorbutic habit of Body, or may be induced from Lues Venerea being joined with it; in which Cases, you will scarcely ever Cure the Patient, without exhibiting Antifcorbaticks or Antivenereals, etc.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Wound is inflicted on the higher part of a Member, whereby the Pus cannot discharge itself, but may be apt to lie and created a Sinus, you must perforate it through the bottom, either with a Syringotomus, or with a Seton-Needle, retaining a twisted Thread or Silk in the Ulcer, till the lower Orifice is digested, and than drawing out the Silk, to keep it open by a Tent for some time, till the upper part is healed; and than as the Matter diminishes its flowing out of the depending Orifice, the Tents may at length be removed, and the Wound healed up.  
XL. But to prevent Sinuosities, you will do well to enlarge the Orifice at first, and to keep it so wide open, that the Pus may have a free passage out; which if it cannot be by the way the Bullet went in, you must than consider so as to found out the best place to open it, so as it may be discharged, as we have before directed.  
XLI. But before you do this, it would be also well to consider, whether it cannot be done without such an Apertion; as by altering the position of the Part, Compression, Bandage, hollow Tents, etc. and therefore you must endeavour by Stuphs, Sponges, Compresses, and good Bandage to force out the Matter, that the hollow sides may agglutinate.  
XLII. These Stuphs, Sponges, etc. may be dipped and wrung out of an Infusion or Decoction of Baiaustians, read Roses, Sumach, Pomgranate-peels and Catechu, made in read Wine, and that the Matter may the better discharge between while, you aught to dress it the oftener.  
XLIII. And Injections are to be made with a Decoction or Infusion of Roots of round Birthwort, Florentine, Orrice, of Zedoary, Catechu, Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocolla, and Alum in Aqua Calcis, to which Spirit of Wine and Honey of Roses may be added.  
XLIV. If the Orifice is small, and the Sinus lies shallow, as under the Skin, and in a place where it may be safely opened; you may widen it with Crepitus Lupi, Gentian-roots, Elder Pith, or prepared Sponge, and afterwards cut it open with a pair of Probe-Scissars, or with an Incision-knife, the Director being placed within; or you may lay it open by a Caustick.  
XLV. The Sinus being thus divided or opened, you may digest it with Turpentine mixed with yolks of Eggs; or cleanse with some proper Abstersive, variety of which you may see when we come to Treat of Ulcers in General: Afterwards Sarcoticks are to be used, which that they may be made the more drying, Powders of Frankincense, Myrrh, Rosin, and Orrice-roots with Honey, may be added.  
XLVI. If the Sinus runs transverse Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, etc. the best way will be to make the position of the Part, so as its Orifice may be depending, (for Cutting will there be dangerous) and by Digestive, and Abstersive Injections to dress it for some time, and afterwards by Sarcotick and Styptic Injections, with good Bolsters, Compress, and Bandage, keeping the Orifice open with a Tent, and so complete the rest of the Cure according to Art: But if after all your Endeavours the Ulcer grows Fistulous, you must than Cure it, as we shall hereafter teach in lib. 5. cap. 10, 12, and 20.    

CHAP. XXI. Of GUNSHOT WOUNDS of the THORAX.  
I THE Wounds of the Thorax have relation to the Breast, Ribs, and Parts contained within them, as Heart, Lungs, Mediastinum, Aorta, and other Vessels: Sometimes the External Parts are only hurt or wounded, sometimes they pierce through the Ribs and Pleura, in which Case many times the Principal are wounded.  
II If the Wound penetrates not into the Cavity of the Breast, but is only in the Musculous Flesh, it is to be Cured as a Wound in the fleshy Parts.  
III If there is a Fracture of the Ribs, etc. with it, it must be Cured as a Wound with a Fracture; the broken Bones (if any) are also to be taken forth, jest they prick the Pleura, and cause Inflammation.  
IV. The Signs. If there is a deep penetration into the Cavity, it may be discerned by the coming forth of the Air, with noise, also a Flux of Blood following by the Wound, or by the Mouth, or by both; unless the Blood fall down upon the Diaphragmd, and than the difficulty of breathing, and other like Symptoms, will ensue.  
V If the Diaphragma is wounded, besides the difficulty of breathing, there will be a Hoarseness, the Diaphragma will be drawn upwards; the Backbone will be affected, and there will be a great pain about the Bastard-Ribs.  
VI If the Lungs are wounded, there will be a Cough, with difficulty of Breathing, and often sighing: If there is an Effusion of Blood, it will (as it is much or little) flow forth of the Wound, or be coughed up, or both, and the Sick will be much inclined to lie upon the Wound.  
VII. If the Medulla Spinalis is hurt, the Nerves are resolved, and a Palsy ensues; but more especially in the Part under the Wound.  
VIII. If the Aorta, or Vena Cava, or Portae, a very great Hemorrhage follows: If it flows from the Right side, the Vena Cava is hurt; but if from the Left, it is mostly the Artery, which may be known by its leaping and florid Colour.  
IX. If the Heart is wounded, the Blood flows vehemently, and is as it were boiling-hot, there are cold Sweats, with fainting and sinking of the Spirits.  
X. The Prognostics. If the Vena Portae is wounded, the Patient dies immediately; and so he does of most of the Wounds made in the other Vessels.  
XI. If the Heart is wounded, the Patient dies, but he lives longer, being wounded in the Right Ventricle than in the Left: If shot into the Lungs, it is present Death.  
XII. And though almost all these Wounds made by Gunshot are Mortal; yet such as are so wounded, aught not to be left without help; but the Artist aught to use a Courage and Boldness to attempt something, for that he may sometimes happily prolong Life, and sometimes Cure that, which to the Eye may seem uncurable.  
XIII. The Cure. First, the Bullet, or any Extraneous Matter, if present, must be extracted, to give way for the discharge of Blood and Matter contained in the Cavity of the Thorax.  
FOURTEEN. Than the Wound is to be dressed with a Tent dipped in this mixture: ℞ Fine Bowl, burnt Hartshorn, A. ℥ jss. fine Flower ℥ i one whole Egg, Oils of Roses and Elder, A. q.s. mix them. Or this: ℞ Catechu, white Starch, A. ℥ jss. Dragon's Blood, Terra Sigillata, A. ℥ ss. Mastich, Olibanum, A. ʒiii. two whole Eggs, Linseed Oil, q.s. mix them: Spread the Compress with one of these, and apply it over the Wound.  
XU. If the Blood stop not by this, apply the following Mixture: ℞ Catechu ℥ jss. fine Bole ℥ i Alum ℥ ss. Salt extracted out of the Caput mort. of Vitriolʒii. Eggs Nᵒ i or two. fine Flower, q.s. mix them.  
XVI. Or you may inject the following Mixture: ℞ of the Styptic Liquor described in Cap. 20. Sect. 16. aforegoing ℥ vi. Syrup of Comfrey ℥ jss. Spirit of Wine, or rather read Wine ℥ i sweet Caput mort. of Vitriol ℥ ss. mix them.  
XVII. This Method is good, because the Orifice of the Wound is large enough for the Injection to return out again; and here is need not only of Stypticks, but also of Detersives, where for the present Occasion, if the former Mixture is not at hand, Red-Wine itself is an Admirable thing in such bleeding Wounds, being given inwardly by the Mouth, or Injected with a Syringe; but much more, if it is impregnated with the Tincture of Catechu; than it will exceed most things in the World.  
XVIII. Or inwardly you may give Our Tinctura Mirabilis in a Glass of Port-wine, or this following Styptic, which stops bleeding upon the spot. Take Oil of Vitriol ℥ iiss. Oil of Turpentine ℥ i mix perfectly till you have a blackish or purple Colour; being intimately mixed, add to them Spirit of Wine rectified ℥ viij. and keep it for Use. Dose à gut. xx. ad xi. in a Glass of Red-wine. These things will stop bleeding upon the spot.  
XIX. The Blood being stopped, the Wound is to be digested with this, or some such like: Take Strasburgh Turpentine, Balsam of Chili, or Peru, A. ℥ i Powders of Frankincense, Olibanum, of Fenugreekseed, A. ʒi. Oil of Hypericon q.s. mix them: dip short Tents in it, and apply them; and apply over a Pledget spread with some of the same, or with such other Suppuratives as are used in simple Gunshot Wounds.  
XX. Embrocate the Breast with this Mixture: Take Oils of Whelps, and of Earthworms, A. ℥ two. Oil of Ben, yellow Palm-Oil A. ℥ i mix them; and apply over all Diapalma, or Empl. Album, or Diachylon simplex, malaxed with some of the same Oil.  
XXI. After Digestion you must deterge by Abstersives, either with an Injection (if the Matter is so disposed) such as this: Take Extract of Scordium ℥ i Whitewine ℥ xii. mix, and dissolve. Or, Take Extract of Wormwood ℥ i Juice of Smallageʒvi. round Birthwort-root, Orrice-root in fine powder, Scammony in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. mix, and dissolve in Red-wine lbii. lbii. over a gentle heat, adding Honey of Roses ℥ iii If it is too strong, you may weaken it, by adding thereto Damask or Read Rose-water lbss ss. more or lesle.  
XXII. Or you may deterge with an Ointment, such as this: Take Turpentine ℥ iii Barley-flower, Powders of Frankincense, Orrice-root, Olibanum and Scammony, A. ℥ ss. Aloesʒii. Honey of Roses ℥ iv. mix them, with which dress the Wound in the fleshy Parts.  
XXIII. The Wound being thus cleansed, you must fill up the hollow Parts with Incarnatives; and lastly, finish the Cure with Stypticks and Epuloticks.  
XXIV. But this is to be noted in dressing these kinds of Wounds, that you be careful to remove the Sloughs without, jest a stinking Gleet falls from them, upon the Viscera within.  
XXV. Also in order to the Cure, the Body is to be kept open with proper lenient Clysters; and Pectorals are to be given inwardly, to prevent the harshness of the Aspera Arteria; their Diet aught to be sparing, and their Drink medicated Ale or Hydromel; and after the Accidents are over, the Patient may enter into a Milk Diet, drinking either Cow's Milk alone, or Milk sweetened with white Sugar-candy, or Sugar of Roses.   

CHAP. XXII. Of GUNSHOT WOUNDS of the BELLY.  
I THE Abdomen, or Belly, is divided into three Regions, 1. Epigastrium, the upper Region, the sides of which are called Hypochondria: The Right Hypochondrium possesses all the Liver; the Left, the Spleen; between which the Stomach is placed. 2. Regio Vmbilicalis, the Middle Region, in which is the Navel, and round about which dies the Guts; and behind on each side the Reinss or Kidneys. 3. Hypogastrium, the Lowermost or Inferior Region; the sides of which are the Illia, and in the middle the Pecten or Pubes, under which lies the Vesica, or Bladder.  
II The Abdomen consists also of Parts containing and contained.  
III The containing are, 1. Common, which cover the whole Body, as, 1. The Cuticula. 2. Cutis. 3. Pinguedo. 4. Membrana Carnosa. 2. Particular, or peculiar to the Belly, as, 1. The Muscles of the Belly. 2. The Peritonaeum. 3. The Omentum, which has a special relation to the Guts.  
IV. The contained Parts, are, 1. For Nutrition, as Stomach, Small-guts, Mesentery, Vena Portae, Vena Cava, Arteria magna, Coeliaca magna, Liver and Spleen. 2. For Expurgation, as the Gall, Pancreas, all the Guts, but chief the great ones, Reinss, Ureters, and Piss-bladder, also the Vterus, or Womb in Women. 3. For Procreation, as the Vasa praeparantia, & deferentia, Prostatae, & Vterus in women.  
V These Parts both containing and contained are liable to Gunshot, from whence various kinds of Wounds arise, which occasion various Accidents: Some penetrate into the Cavity of the Abdomen, wounding the contained Parts; others pierce not, but only wound or bruise the containing Parts.  
VI If the Bullet penetrates not, but only bruises or scratches a little, yet such a slight hurt may be subject to a Tumour, and therefore lenient Embrocations, as with Oils of Whelps, Earthworms, Hypericon, etc. are to be used, applying over them Empl. de Bolo, or Caesaris.  
VII. If the Skin and Flesh is wounded, and no farther, it is Cured as Gunshot Wounds in fleshy Parts, and all those things may be used, which are applied in simple Gunshot Wounds. But these Wounds, if they hap in a Cacochymical or Scorbutic Habit of Body, because we cannot bind them up, as we can other Parts, by reason of their Figure, Site, and continual Motion, are subject to great defluxions, and the Matter is apt to insinuate itself amongst the circumjacent Muscles, and raise them up, so making sinuous Ulcers, difficult to Cure.  
VIII. If the Bullet penetrates through the Peritonaeum, and wounds the internal Viscera, you are to consider what Parts are hurt, which you may discern from the Place and the Accidents accompanying such Wounds, as also by the proper Symptoms of each Part.  
IX. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, If the Liver is wounded, there is forthwith an effusion of gross Blood: If the Vena Cava, or Portae, are wounded, the Right Hypochondrium is in pain.  
X. If the Artery is wounded, the Blood is florid, and comes forth impetuously, and the Patient makes his exit therewith.  
XI. If the Stomach is wounded, a Singultus, or Hiccough follows, with Vomiting and Nauseousness; the Food with the Chyle comes forth of the Wound; there is also a cold Sweat, with Fainting and Languishing.  
XII. If the Wound is in the Left Hypochondrium, under the short Ribs, the Spleen is wounded, the Blood which flows forth is black, and there is also Tension, and difficulty of Breathing.  
XIII. If the lesser Guts are wounded, there will be Vomiting of greenish Matter, and the Food will come out of the Wound in lesle than half an Hour, and will continued so to do as long as Life lasts: If the great Guts are wounded, the Excrements and stinking Smell will show it.  
FOURTEEN. If a Kidney is hurt, the Wound is in the Region of the Loins, near the Vertebra, under the Diaphragma: There is also a pain going to the Groins and Testicles, with a difficulty in making Water; and what is pissed forth, is either pure Blood, or Urine mixed with Blood: If the Ureters are wounded, the Urine comes forth at the Wound.  
XU. If the Bladder is wounded, there is great pain in the Groin, and the Urine comes forth by the Wound; the Stomach suffers also by consent, and the Part wounded indicateth it.  
XVI. If the Womb is wounded, the Groins and Coxa are pained, and the Blood flows not only by the Wound, but per Vulvam, and are sometimes Frantic, with other Symptoms of Death.  
XVII. The Prognostics. Thou Physicians say, That if the Belly is so wounded that the Excrements come out of the Colon on the Left side, the recovery of such a one is rather a Miracle than a Work of Art; yet this I can say by Experience, that when I was in the West-indieses, I had a stout Negro so wounded by a shot, that his Excrements daily came forth through the Wound; yet notwithstanding that I despaired of his Life, by the Care and Pains I took with him, I perfectly Cured him in a Month's time.  
XVIII. Wounds of the Stomach are sometimes Mortal; but I have lived to see such Wounds Cured, and the Patient to live many Years after them.  
XIX. Celsus determined such like Wounds made with sharp or cutting Weapons, Mortal, how much more than may we judge them so, which are made by Gunshot? Thou it is also true, that sometimes Nature does wonders of this kind.  
XX. If the Wound is only in the Region of the Belly, it is not without danger, more especially if it is in the middle, or Linea Alba: But if it penetrates, there is much more danger, for these Parts once broken seldom recover.  
XXI. The Cure. You must first begin with the Extraction of the Bullet, or any other extraneous Matter which may be carried in with it, jest they induce putridness: than you must reduce the Intestines and Omentum, jest they Inflate and Corrupt. Lastly, you must abate the Inflammation, and hasten Digestion.  

I Gunshot Wounds of Stomach and Guts.  
XXII. To dispose the Guts and Omentum to reduction, you must foment with warm Discutients; and if the Orifice is not large enough, you must make it wider.  
XXIII. If the Omentum is corrupted, make a Ligature beyond the corrupt Part, and cut it of, leaving the ends of the Ligature hanging out, till it is cast of by Digestion.  
XXIV. If there is an Hemorrhage, inject Red-wine mixed with Syrup of dried Roses, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Aloes, Frankincense, and Sanguis Draconis, all in subtle Powder: Or mix the Styptic Liquor (described Cap. 20. Sect. 16.) with Red-wine and Frog-spawn-water, Ana; and inject with it, being indifferent hot.  
XXV. Or you may use the Injection mentioned in Cap. 21. Sect. 16. which is an admirable thing, being cast into the Wound Bloodwarm.  
XXVI. This done, make a Mixture of the subtle Powder of fine Bowl, Catechu, Terra Sigillata, Aloes, Frankincense, Sanguis Draconis, and dried blood, a newlaid Egg, and Oils of Mastic and Whelps, which apply upon a Tent fastened to a Thread: Than spreading the rest upon a Stuph, lay it over all: But if there is no Hemorrhage, you aught to digest as fast as you can.  
XXVII. And inwardly give this: ℞ Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tartarizatum, or Our Laudanum Specificum, gr. iii or iv. Tinctura Mirabilis ʒss. orʒi. of the Styptic (described cap. 21. sect. 18.) gut. xx. Red-wine, read Rose-water, A. q.s. mix, dissolve, and give it for a Dose.  
XXVIII. Fallopius commends this in Wounds of the Stomach and Guts: ℞ Mouseear, Plantain, roots of Comfrey and Tormentil, flowers of Hypericon, which boil in Red-wine, strain out, and add thereto Manna, Frankincense, Rosin of the Fir-tree, Cypress, Turpentine, Saffron, Earthworms in Powder, Oil of Mastic, A. q.s. mix, and make a Sarcotick.   

II Gunshot Wounds of the Reinss or Kidneys.  
XXIX. In Wounds of the Reins you must make an Injection with such things as are abstersive and drying; as, ℞ roots of Aristolochia rotunda, of Comfrey and Orrice, A. ℥ two. Catechu ℥ jss. Red-wine, Chalybeat-water, A. q.s. boil, strain out, and afterwards add Powers of Turpentine ℥ ss. Syrupof dried Roses ℥ iv. mix for an Injection.  
XXX. Or: ℞ Tinctura Mirabilis ℥ i Red-wine ℥ vi. Smith's Forge-water ℥ viij. in whichʒi. of the Vitriol of Mars is dissolved, Honey of Roses ℥ iii mix for an Injection.  
XXXI. Embrocate with Oleum Hyperici mixed with Oleum Catellorum, Ana; and dress up the Wound with a Digestive made of Turpentine, and one whole Egg, mixed with fine Bowl, Mastich and Frankincense in powder; applying over all, Our Emplastrum Album, malaxt with Oil of Hypericon, yellow Palm-Oil, or Oil of Hempseed. Or this Cataplasm: Take Barley, Bean, and Orobus flower, A. ℥ iii Eggs, Nᵒ two. mix them, adding Oxymel ℥ vi. boil to a Consistence, and add Oil of Hypericon, or of Whelps, q.s. mix them, and applyit.   

III Gunshot Wounds of Liver and Spleen.  
XXXII. In these Wounds there is generally a great Hemorrhage, and therefore you may inject with the Mixture described in Cap. 21. Sect. 16. or those at Sect. 29, and 30. aforegoing, which will cleanse and heal.  
XXXIII. Wiseman gives us this: Take Plantain, Cinkfoil, Knotgrass, Yarrow, Myrtles, read Roses, boil all in Chalybeat, or Smith's Forge-water, and sweeten with Syrup of dried Roses, than use it Bloodwarm for an Injection.  
XXXIV. Or you may add to it (says he) Acacia, fine Bole, Dragon's Blood, and Frankincense in Powders, and make it up into the consistency of a Lineament, and apply it upon Tents or Pledgets.   

IU. Gunshot Wounds of the Womb.  
XXXV. Thou these are accounted deadly, yet the Vagina, which some are pleased to call the Womb, being Gangrened, was cut out of the Body of a Butcher's Wife by Dr. Gardner the King's Chirurgeon, without any hazard of Life, and the Woman is yet alive at the writing hereof, though it is many Years since the Operation was done.  
XXXVI. If there is an Hemorrhage, you must endeavour to stop it with Injections, such as we have described at Sect. 24, 25, 29, and 30, aforegoing, or some other proper Styptic Liquor.  
XXXVII. Than Apply Embrocations and Digestives, observing the universal Method of Curing Wounds, application of good Vulneraries and Sarcoticks, keeping the Body cool and empty with Clysters, and giving inwardly proper Traumatick Drinks, such as we have in other places described; together with the Mixture mentioned at Sect. 27. aforegoing.    

CHAP. XXIII. Of GUNSHOT WOUNDS in the LIMBS and JOINTS.  
I THese kinds of Wounds seldom go without Fracture of the Bone; nor is there any of the five various kinds of Fractures which will not be made by Gunshot.  
II The Signs. Now to discover a Fracture of a Bone, it will be well, as Hypocrates advises, to compare the sound Parts with the Parts affected, and to see whether there is any inequality, or not; for if broken, you will feel a Cavity, if you touch or press upon the Parts above or below.  
III There will be a vehemency of Pain, because of the divulsion of the Nerves, and distortion of the Tendinous Bodies, also a pricking pain in the fleshy Parts by the pointed ends, or shivers of the Bone.  
IV. The asperity and inequality of the Bone, also searching with your Probe, and handling the Fractured Member, wherein is perceived a crashing of the Bones one against another: these, with the Impotency of the wounded Member, so that the Patient cannot lean or stand upon it, are all demonstrations that the Bone is broken.  
V The Prognostics. Those Fractures are most dangerous, which are made so deep in the Flesh, that we cannot well come at them with our Hands, to extract the shivered Bones, and place the others right, and retain them so by Bandage, as those of the Pubes, Os Ilium, Os Sacrum, etc.  
VI Those Wounds in which there are many Splinters of Bones, wherein the Bone is generally shattered to pieces, are extremely dangerous, because their sharp points are apt to prick the Nerves, Tendons, etc. whereby vehement Pain, Inflammation, and Convulsions are excited, and many times Death follows, unless the Member is immediately Amputated.  
VII. Thou Amputation is not to be used upon every slight account, yet when the Case is so desperate, that the Cure cannot be done without it, or when it is necessary to be done for preserving the Patient's Lise, it aught to be done at first, even upon the receiving of the Wound, whilst the Patient is heated, furious, and in Mettle, before his Courage decays, Spirits languish, or Pain, flux of Humours, Inflammations, Fevers, or Convulsions, seize him, and not defer it to the next Day, at which time the Patient will choose rather to Die, than to endure the Cruelty of the Operation.  
VIII. If the Bone is broken in the middle, it is lesle dangerous than near the Joint, where it is more hard to be restored; and being restored, more difficult to be kept in its place; besides the great number of Symptoms, which are apt to ensue, which cannot be cured without much difficulty.  
IX. The Agglutination of Bones is more easily, and sooner performed in young People, than in such as are old: so also in such as are of a Sanguine Complexion, rather than in such as are Choleric, Melancholic, or of a Cacochymick, or Scorbutic Habit of Body; because the former has much better Juices, Lympha, and Serum, for the generating of a Callus, than the latter have.  

I The Cure of Gunshot-Wounds in the Limbs.  
X. Clear the Wound from all extraneous things; as Bullets, Rags, Splinters, Weapons, pieces of Bones, etc. and if need be, enlarge the Orifice of it; than dress it with Digestives and lenient Embrocations, afterwards deterge it with Mundificativum Paracelsi; and hasten the Exfoliation of the Bones with Mel Rosarum and Spirit of Wine, or Tincture of Euphorbium, etc.  
XI. The Mundificative of Paracelsus. ℞ Honey ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ two. boil with a gentle heat, to the consistence of a soft Ointment; take it from the Fire, and mix with it the yolk of an Egg, read Precipitate levigated ℥ i stir them till they are well incorporated. It is said to excel all other Abstersives or Mundificatives.  
XII. If the Fracture is near a Joint, there may be many times through the violence of the Blow, a dislocation withal: in this case, you must first restore the Joint, before you meddle with the Fracture: you must also first reduce the Fracture, before you meddle with the Wound.  
XIII. To reduce the Fracture, you must make Extension, and Coaptation, or Reposition, that the Bone may be restored to its proper place, which aught to be done with much steadiness and care; and not with such a force as is necessary in Fractures without a Wound, jest the Musculous or Nervous Parts should suffer vehement Pain, Inflammation, Convulsions, etc.  
FOURTEEN. When you begin the Work, if the Orifice is not large enough, widen it, for the Extraction of the Bullet, broken Bones, and other Extraneous Bodies; so will the Extension be the easier, and lesle subject to an Inflammation, and a small extension will serve to restore the Bones to their former place.  
XU. And indeed these Wounds require more dilatation than any other; that not only the corrupted Blood, and other Excrements may have a free passage out; but that also the Shivers of Bones, with which these kinds of Wounds usually abound, may with lesle trouble be extracted by Instrument, or discharged by Nature.  
XVI. If this Dilatation is not made at first, you may possibly be forced to do it when the Part is afflicted with vehement Pain, Defluxion, and Inflammation; or when the Bones are corrupted by the retention of the Matter; which will be a great disadvantage to the Patient.  
XVII. The Wound being laid open, see whether the Bone is bore, or not; which you may found out either with your Eye, Finger, or Probe: if it is bore, you must apply drying things to it, as dry Lint, powders of Aloes, Birthwort-roots, Frankincense, Myrrh, Orrice-roots, Euphorbium, etc. forbearing all oily and greasy Medicines, because they foul the Bone, and hinder the Callus.  
XVIII. But to the Fleshy Parts you must apply Digestives, because they require Digestion, without which no Cure will succeed: and therefore over the dry things laid upon the naked Bone, you may apply warm Suppuratives, such as we direct to in Simple Gunshot-Wounds.  
XIX. Than lay over the Fractured Part Emplastr. Caesar, or E Bolo; or Catagmaticum malaxed with Linseed-Oil, and Oil of Whelps: or this; Take Empl. Album ℥ iv. Comfrey-roots in powder, Terra sigillata, Catechu, Rosin, all in powder, A. ℥ ss. juice of Plantain ℥ j Oils of Myrtles and of Whelps, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XX. Apply over the Wound a Stuph, or double Clotheses wrung out of a Decoction of Wormwood-tops, Myrtleberries, Sumach, read Roses and Catechu made in Red-Wine; which Compress will serve to keep the lips of the Wound smooth, and defend it from the injury of the Bandage.  
XXI. The next thing to be considered is the Bandage: for unless that is rightly and well done, no Unition, or Healing can be expected: and though in Simple Fractures without a Wound, all kinds of Bandage may be admitted, with many circumvolutions about the Part, and once opening them in a Weeks time may be enough: in these Wounds it is not so, for the Bandage is to be daily loosened, and the Wounds to be opened and dressed, for the discharge of purulent and excrementitious Matter, and exfoliation of carious Bones, which lying, would corrupt those which are sound.  
XXII. But the Bandage aught to be such, as may the lest shake or hurt the fractured Part: for being every day to be opened, the so often rolling the Wound up would 'cause much pain, and hinder the Unition; for which Reason, Authors have invented many kinds of Bandage, to answer all the Intentions of Dressing, and yet keep the Member immovable.  
XXIII. And therefore for this purpose, it aught to be made of soft Linen Clotheses; (broader than those we use in simple Fractures;) yet it may comprehend, or reach over, both the Fracture and the Wound, keep the Lips down and smooth, and not hurt them by its too hard compression.  
XXIV. The Form of the Ligature. Take a soft broad piece of Cloth, folded four times double, to give it the more strength and firmness, and so broad as may reach over both the lips of the Wound, and the fractured Parts, and so long as to come once about the Fracture: it must have three slits, from the ends to the middle; which middle must be undivided underneath, to bear more equally the Member; and the ends must come over one another, with a Compress between or under them, over the Wound, to press the lips thereof equally down, which otherwise would swell or stick out with great brims.  
XXV. The Compress is useful to receive the matter, and fill up the inequality; and the Slits or Straps are to be so fastened, that you may easily open them, and undress and dress the Wound, without disturbing the fractured Member.  
XXVI. Now because through the great shattering of the Bones, and laceration of the fleshy Parts; as also by reason of the largeness of the Wound and Fracture, causing exceeding pain, the Member is made exceeding weak, that it cannot be kept steady by this Bandange, you aught to make use of Ferulae or Splints; but they are not to be used till the Flux of Humours and Inflammation cease, which will be about the seventh day; and till than, you may make use of Splenia, which are folded Linen Clotheses four times double, and cut or made in length and breadth like to the Ferulae.  
XXVII. These Splenia are to be spread with Galen 's Cerat, or any proper Ointment, whereby they may adhere to the Part, till you have put the Bandage over it. They strengthen the Part, and make such an equal compression, as to keep the Bones in their places, press the Serous Humours out of the Wound, and 'cause the Member to lie soft.  
XXVIII. The Pain and Inflammation being thus go of, and the Wound digested, you may (if you think fit) use pliable Pastbords cut into like pieces, to lay over these Splenia. Or, having fastened the Splenia, by the broad Bandage with three Slits, or Straps, cut a piece of Pasteboard, fit to receive the lower part of the Member, and leave a place large enough for dressing of the Wound: and over the other part of the fractured Member you must lay another piece of Pasteboard, to answer to the former; which aught to be wet, that they may be the more pliant.  
XXIX. And about the Pasteboard make a Bandage with three Ligatures, which you are to fasten in the most fit place for the ease of the Patient: if the Splenia also are made wet with whites of Eggs, and so applied, they will very much strengthen the Member, and also keep it steady without those other.  
XXX. You may make the Pasteboard over the first Bandage, to encompass so much of the lower parts, as may support the Fracture, and come within an Inch of the Wound: and over the Wound itself you may fasten a Splenium of Cloth four times double, or a Ferulalike piece of Copper, Pewter, Tin, or Pasteboard, lined as you see the Part can bear it, which may be taken of at each dressing.  
XXXI. The first Bandage next to the Cerate, makes an equal compression, by three Heads, meeting one over another: the lowermost presses the Humours or Recrements from below upwards, and with the help of its next fellow, keeps the Bones in their right places, and forces the Pus out of the Wound; and by the help the middle Bracer has from the uppermost, the matter is pressed out of the upper parts of the Fracture and Wound, to the mouth of the Orifice: it also restrains the Influx of Humours from above, by virtue of the Defensative lying under it.  
XXXII. And in the dressing of these Wounds, you are only to undo the middle Hinder, to come at the Sore; but in doing it up again, you must take great heed, that you make it not too hard nor too slack, but draw it straight in a mean, that it may not in the lest hurt the Patient.  
XXXIII. The convenient Position of the Membeer, is next to be considered; which aught to be so, 1. As it may lie soft and easy; jest the compression should offend the wounded Parts, and cause Pain, or Inflammation. 2. That it may lie equal or smooth; for otherwise the Limb will be distorted, or the Operation ill performed. 3. That it may lie higher than the parts next the Body, especially for the first three or four days: because if it inclines downwards, it may be apt to induce an afflux of Humours. Now how this Position is exactly to be performed, we shall teach in Lib. 6. of Fractures, following.  
XXXIV. The Bones being thus restored, the Wound digested, and the Inflammation or other Accidents go of, which is about the seventh or ninth day, unloose the Bandage, take of your Astringent or Restrictive Applications, and impose Empl. Catagmaticum, or some such like, over the broken Bones.  
XXXV. Or this following. Take Frankincense, Wax, A. lbi lbi. Catechu in fine powder ℥ iv. juice of Comfrey, of Dovesfoot, A. ℥ iij. mix, and melt, reducing it to the consistence of a Cerat.  
XXXVI. Or, Take mucilage of Comfrey-roots, birdlime, juice of Dovesfoot, or Bistort, of Poplar-buds, A. ℥ iv. mucilage of Tragacanth, Osteocolla in fine powder, Catechu in fine powder, A. ℥ iij. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ xx. Turpentine lbjss lbjss. Oil of Whelps ℥ iv. mix, and boil all well; adding afterwards Wax, enough to bring it to the consistency of a Cerat.  
XXXVII. Some use instead of these, Empl. Sticticum Paracelsi ℥ iv. Empl. Album ℥ ij. mixing them together; and over this, or one of the former Emplasters, apply a double Cloth dipped in Decoction of Wormwood, Southernwood, Sumach, and Red-Roses, made with Red-Wine.  
XXXVIII. Which done, fit to the wounded Part the former Bandage again; and over it either some Plates of Tin or Copper, or otherwise Splenia of double Clotheses dipped in whites of Eggs, and wrung out hard: these latter will lie close to the Part, and after they are dry will admirably well strengthen the Member.  
THIRTY-NINE. In about nine days time the Wound will be digested, after which Maturatives or Suppuratives are to be forborn, and Abstersives or Cleansers are to be used; as the Mundisicativum Paracelsi, at Sect. 11. aforegoing; or Vnguentum Nicotianae; or this, Take Tobacco, Perwinkle, A. M. ij. Hypericon Mj. roots of round Birthwort ℥ jss. of Florentine-Orriceʒ vj. Frankincense, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒiii. White-wine q.s. boil, and strain out, and dissolve therein Honey of Roses ℥ iv, vel vi. Inject this with a Syringe, and it will both cleanse, and breed Flesh.  
XL. If there is a caries, or rottenness of the Bone, make a Decoction of Orrice-root, Gentian, Cortex Guajaci, Scordium, Perwinkle, Hog-fennel and Myrrh, in Wine; adding Tincture of Euphorbium to it, Camphorated S.U. or Extract of Scordium.  
XLI. If the Caries will not yield to the former Medicament, touch it now and than with this. Take Oil of Myrrh, distilled per descensum, and acuated with S.U. ʒiv. Oil of Clovesʒi. Oil of Sulphurʒjss. mix them. Or you may use Tinct. Euphorbii, alone: these will in a short time remove the Cariosity; after which, you may pursue the ordinary Method of Cure.  
XLII. While these things are doing outwardly, you may administer inwardly this following Wound-Drink. Take round Birthwort-roots, A. ℥ ss. the Herbs, Angelica, Avens, Bistort, Comfrey, Dovesfoot, Perwinkle, Selfheal, Scordium, Speedwell, Ladies-mantle, A. M. j Wine lbxii lbxii. boil them in a Vessel close stopped for half an hour, or better; strain out, and let the Patient take ℥ iv, ad vi. morning and evening, with Osteocollaʒi. in fine powder, every time. Or you may make a Decoction of Perwinkle in Wine, in which you may give Osteocolla, as before directed.  
XLIII. Now in Dressing these kinds of Wounds, you are to observe, that if the Quittor is but little, it is enough to dress them once in 24 hours' time: but if much Pus flows forth, or there is great Pain, or the Patient is feverish, they aught to be dressed once every 12 hours.  
XLIV. Cooling and Astringent Medicines are not to be used in the first Dressing; because the first extinguish the Natural Heat; the latter keep in putrid Vapours, and may induce a Gangrene.  
XLV. For this cause Anodyns, Emollients, and Suppuratives are convenient; as Oils of Linseed, of Hempseed, of Lilies, of Eggs, of Hypericon, of Elder, of Whelps, of Earthworms, and of Camomile; which may be mixed with yolks of Eggs and Saffron, till the Wound comes to Digestion, which may be about the fourth or fifth day. Or this: Take Crumbs of Bread ℥ iv. Milk ℥ xii. Barley and Bean meal, A. ℥ j flowers of Camomile and Melilot, A. P.ij. boil all to the consistence of a Cataplasm, adding at last yolks of Eggs Nᵒ ij. Oil of Whelps and of Hypericon, A. ℥ jss. mix them.  
XLVI. If Putrefaction is feared, some use Vitriol calcined, and dissolved in Aqua Vitae; though it is not suppurative, because it resists Putrefaction.  
XLVII. Tents, if any are used, may be at first made greater and longer, that the Wound may be sufficiently dilated: but Escaroticks are not to be used, without great necessity; 1. By reason they cause Pain, Inflammation, and Fevers, etc. 2. Because they hinder Suppuration. 3. Because the Escar keeps in putrid Vapours, which may pass from the lesser to the greater Vessels, and so to the Principal Parts, and 'cause a Fever.  
XLVIII. If there is any Burning, than such Medicines which are good against Burning are to be used: as, Take Oils of Linseed and white Lilies, A. ℥ two. Ung. Album ℥ jss. Ung. Nicotianae ℥ i juices of Housleek, of Plantain, of Elder-leaves, and of green Tobacco, A. ℥ two. Saccharum Saturni ʒiv. boil with a gentle Fire to the consumption of the Juices, and add Oil of Whelps ℥ i purified Verdigriseʒj.  
XLIX. If the Contusion is very great, and possesses much of the adjacent Parts, they are to be Scarified, to discharge part of the coagulated Blood, which is apt to putrify.  
L. If by the Signs the Bullet seems to have been poisoned, the brims are to be scarified, Ventoses to be applied, Antidotes are to be inwardly given, and Alexipharmicks applied outwardly. Inwardly give Sal Viperarum, or Our Theriaca Chymica, taking after it a spoonful or two of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis.  
LIVELY And outwardly apply to the Wound this Mixture. Take juices of Scordium, Tobacco, and Angelica, Vinegar of Roses and of Squills, Honey, A. lbss ss. Sal Gem, Alum, A. ℥ i Verdigrise purified ℥ ss. mix, and boil to a consistence; adding at the end of the boiling, Mithridate, Venice Treacle, A. ℥ i or of Our Theriaca Chymica ℥ two. apply this either upon Tents, or Pledgets, or by way of Injection, as you see fit. See more of this Subject in Chap. 18. aforegoing.  
LII. If the softer Spermatick Parts are lacerated, you may apply this. Take Strasburgh or Cypress Turpentine, Oils of Turpentine and Hypericon, A. ℥ two. Turbith-mineralʒss. Calx vive, Euphorbium, Tutty, all in fine powder, A. ʒi. mix them.  
LIII. But if the harder Spermatick Parts, as the Cartilages and Bones are shivered, than, ℞ Of the former Composition ℥ ijss. Oils of Hypericon and Juniper-berries, A. ℥ two. powders of round Birthwort roots, of Cloves, of Tobacco, A. ʒi. mix them, and let it be applied hot: this will procure the Scaling of the Bone, and preserve the sound Part from Cariosity.   

II Of Gunshot-Wounds in the Joints.  
LIU. These Wounds are subject to more grievous and vehement Accidents or Symptoms, than the former: there are Tendons and Ligaments inserted near the Joints, for their motion; and Membranes, to make them of a very exquisite sense: the Trunk of Nerves in every great Joint passes through it, for the use of the Member beyond it; and Joints being exsanguous Parts, the Natural Balsam of the Blood and Lympha is more sparingly supplied, for the help of the Cure.  
LU. The Prognostics. Great Wounds in the greater Joints, are accompanied with more vehement pain, than Wounds out of the Joint; and also with Inflammations, Delirium, Convulsions, and Gangrene, which are for the most part mortal.  
LVI. The Cure. In these, the extraneous Bodies, and Splinters of Bones, are immediately to be taken forth; for which reason, the Orifice, if it be not large enough, is to be made so: but in doing this, in the lower parts in the hollow of the Ham, Arm, Armpit, or Groin, be cautious, because those Parts are subject to great Hemorrhages.  
LVII. The Extraneous Bodies, etc. being removed, you must with all speed hasten Digestion by dropping, or applying warm upon Tents, Dossels, or Pledgets, proper Digestives, such as the following: but Tents are to be used with much caution in these kinds of Wounds.  
LVIII. Take Turpentine washed in S.U. ℥ iv. Oil of Hypericon ℥ two. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Myrrh, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix them.  
LIX. Or, Take Turpentine ℥ two. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. Oils of Scorpions, of Castor, of Earthworms, and of Whelps, A. ℥ ss. Frankincense, Myrrh, Hartshorn burnt, A. ʒiss. mix them.  
LX. But if a stronger Digestive is required; than, Take Oils of Turpentine and of Spike, A. ℥ i Oils of Castor, and of Hypericon with Gums, A. ℥ jss. Euphorbium in pouderʒjss. mix them: this is to be dropped very hot into the Wound, and one of the aforementioned Digestives is to be applied over all.  
LXI. Than the Parts adjacent are to be Embrocated with Oils of Whelps and of Hypericon, over which this Cataplasm may be applied. Take Barley and Bean meals, A. lbj lbj. flowers of Camomile and Melilot, read Roses, tops of Wormwood and Scordium, all in powder, A. ℥ i Broth of a Sheehead, (if you would have it Lenitive, otherwise in Oxymel) q.s. boil to a consistency; adding, Oils of Whelps and Linseed, A.q.s.  
LXII. Or, Take mucilages of Altbea and Comfrey roots, A. ℥ iv. Barley and Bean meals, A. ℥ vi. meals of Linseed and Fenugreekseed, A. ℥ iv. Zedoary in powder ℥ jss. Wine, q.s. boil to a consistency: and add, Oils of Hypericon and Whelps, Honey, A. ℥ two. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. mix them for a Digestive.  
LXIII. Than deterge with this Abstersive. Take Turpentine, Honey, Orobusmeal, A. ℥ two. Orrice-root, Frankincense, round Birthwort-root, A. ℥ jss. juice of Smallage ℥ iii mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXIV. The Wound being cleansed, Inearnate with Sarcoticks: as, Take Beef-suet ℥ iv. Earthworms washed, Oil of Mastic, A. ℥ two. roots of Comfrey and Tormentil, A. ℥ ss. tops of Hypericon, Betony, Horse-tail, Plantain, A. M. ss. Wine, q.s. boil to the consumption of the Wine; strain out by strong expression, and add thereto Wax ℥ iv. Pine-Rosin ℥ i Aloes, Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment. Wiseman.  
LXV. If the pain is violent, and yields not to Anodyns, cut of the affected Tendon, and whatever corrupts, jest it taints the rest: and if the Bone is bore, you must be careful not to foul it by applying greasy Medicines: also in great Wounds of this kind, you aught always to consider first, whether they are curable or not; that by a timely Extirpation, you may save the Life of your Patient.    

CHAP. XXIV. Of BURNINGS and SCALDINGS.  
I THIS kind of Wound is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ambustio; in English, Burning: also, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Pustula, Scalding; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vesicatum Aquis, Scalding with Water; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vesiculatum Oleo, Scalding with Oil; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vesicatum Picis, Scalding with Pitch, etc.  
II Burning or Scalding, is a Solution of Unity; mostly in the fleshy parts, caused by an external burning matter; and always hurting the Cuticula, for the most part the Cutis, and many times the Arteries, Veins, Lymphducts, Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments.  
III The Differences. The Differences are taken, 1. From the Nature and Quality of the Wound. 2. From the Matter or Substance, with which the Burning or Scalding was made.  
IV. From the Nature and Quality of the Wound, it is Fourfold. 1. When heat and pain are only excited in the Wound; and unless that Medicaments are presently applied, the Cuticula will be separated from the Cutis, and so Blisters will be raised, which will contain a clear Water.  
V 2. Sometimes the Cutis itself is burnt; and than a Blister is raised upon the spot, but no Escar or Crust is produced or made; though many times the Skin is contracted together.  
VI 3. Sometimes the Skin itself, and the Flesh which lies under it is burnt, and an Escar produced; so that the Skin is black, and voided of sense, and when the Escar is fallen of, a deep Ulcer is left.  
VII. 4. Sometimes not only the Skin and Flesh are burnt, but the Vessels, as Arteries and Veins; also Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments; which are many times shrunk up, contracted, and burnt, so as to break in sunder by force of the Fire.  
VIII. 2. The Differences are taken from the Matter or Instrument burning; as, 1. With Water, which is called Scalding; which is more or lesle, as it is more or lesle hot.  
IX. 2. With Straw, Stubble, Flax, Chips; which only scald, and raise Blisters, unless the burning is long continued.  
X. 3. With Oils, Fats, Tar, Pitch, Varnish, Honey, Wax; all which scald more than the other things, causing greater Pain, and larger or deeper Blisters.  
XI. 4. Burning with melted Lead, Tin, or Iron red-hot, etc. which are more vehement and intense Burners than the former things, and many times 'cause very deep Ulcers.  
XII. 5. Burning with the actual Fire itself, as also with Gunpowder and Lightning; which cause most vehement Wounds and Ulcers; according to the greatness and length, or time of the Burning.  
XIII. The Prognostics. The lighter the Burning, the more easily it is cured: but by how much the burning is greater, by so much it is harder to cure; and so much the more pernicious Symptoms it brings, as Inflammation, Gangrene, Sphacelus, loss of Motion of the Part, and Ulcers very difficult to be cured.  
FOURTEEN. If the Burn is great and deep, it for the most part leaves a great Deformity, or unseemly Scars behind it.  
XU. Burning by Lightning is dangerous, and for the most part mortal; and if that, or any other kind of Burning penetrates into the Intestines, it is incurable.  
XVI. Burn in Bodies Cacochymical, Scorbutic, or Strumatick, are many times accompanied with an Afflux of Humours, whence arise Inflammations, putrid Ulcers, and other unpleasing Symptoms.  
XVII. If one part is burnt, the danger is lesle than if there were more parts, or the whole surface of the Body burned: in the latter case, the Patient commonly dies miserably, by the very violence or vehemency of the Symptoms.  
XVIII. If the Burning is so deep, as to reach to the greater Arteries, Veins, and Nerves, it is very dangerous; for the Vessels are contracted and shut up, whereby the Blood and Spirits cannot flow unto the Parts affected; whence either an Atrophy, or loss of Sense and Motion, or a Gangrene is induced.  
XIX. If the Abdomen is burnt, it is not cured but with much difficulty: so likewise the Burn of the Groins and Armpits, because those places are moist, and apt to receive an Afflux of Humours.  
XX. The Burn of the Eyes are dangerous; for they produce either Blindness, or a deprivation of Sight; or at lest a diminishing thereof.  
XXI. If the Hairy Parts are much burnt, they remain bald, and the Hair never grows there again: for in such a Part the Cicatrice is hard, and the Pores shut up, so that Hair can never be generated there any more; nor if there were Matter for their Generation, would they be able to penetrate through the closed Pores.  
XXII. The Cure. We shall consider this, as it has relation, 1. To Burning or Scalding in general. 2. To a light or gentle Burning. 3. To Burn with Gunpowder. 4. To Burn from Lightning. 5. To Burn of the second Degree. 6. To Burn of the third degree. 7. To Burn of the Eyes. 8. To Burn of the Joints. 9 To Burn of the Groin. 10. To the preventing of ugly Scars.  

I Of Burning and Scalding, in general.  
XXIII. The First Intention is, to draw out the Fire, which in a light or gentle Burning or Scalding, does preserve the Part from Blistering or Vlcerating: and in a great Burning, it preserves from farther danger: and therefore what is to be applied, is presently to be laid on.  
XXIV. Some Physicians, from that common received Axiom, That Contraries are cured with Contraries, will have it; That Cooling things must be applied to Burns and Scalds: whereas in all Burn and Scaldings, the Particles or Atoms of Fire are communicated to the Part, so that an Empyreuma is produced: in which case, if cold things be applied, the Particles of the Fire which have penetrated into the burnt Part, will be driven farther in: whereas on the contrary, it is the Physician's Business to draw them wholly forth.  
XXV. From hence than, upon the imposing of cold things, the fiery Particles being protruded much lower or deeper into the Flesh; it follows, that the Pain will be very much increased, Inflammations may ensue, a Gangrene may be excited, and even a Sphacelus itself induced.  
XXVI. It is than Heat, and hot things, which are helpful, and call forth the Empyreuma, or Particles of Fire: and therefore in the more gentle Burn, it is not unknown even to the Vulgar, that the burnt Part is to be held near the Fire, or Flame of a Candle, or a red-hot Iron; to be Burned again, (as it were) that thereby the Fire may be drawn forth: Attractionem facit similitudo, atque Ignis externus, intrinsecum Ignem foràs evocat: Similitude and likeness begets attraction, and the external Fire calls forth the internal Fire, as, Paraeus, lib. 11. cap. 9 and Sennertus, Med. pract. lib. 5. par. 2. cap. 18. have truly told us.  
XXVII. Barbett therefore advises, that the hurt Part be held to the Fire, and fomented with warm Water, hot Ink, Lye, or Salt-brine, or Soot may be applied upon it, or an Onion beaten up with Salt.  
XXVIII. Or these following; Roots of white Lilies, Liquorice, Leaves of Beet, Colewort, Hemp; Onions, Leeks, Garlick, Henbane, Tobacco, Hypericon, Flowers of Camomile, Melilot, Elder, Seeds of Quinces, Flax, Camphir, Myrrh, Olibanum, Frankincense, Turpentine, whites of Eggs, Hogs-lard, Oils of Nuts, and of Rape-seed, Sheep's, Pigeons, and Hen's Dung, Nitre, Common Salt, Sal Gem, Vitriol, Alum, Ink, Lye, Salt-Brine, Ceruse, lethargy, Saccharum Saturni, Vng. Album Camphoratum, Empl. de Minio.  
XXIX. An Ointment of Barbetts: Take Juice of Onions, Hogs-lard, A. ℥ two. Venice Soap ℥ iii Oil of Rape-seed, Mucilage of Quince-seed, A. ℥ i washed Lime ℥ ss. Common Saltʒii. Turpentine q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXX. Or this: Take fresh Sage, M. i Plantain, M. two. fresh Butter ℥ vi. white new Hens-dung ℥ iii mix, and fry them together a quarter of an Hour, and press out the Ointment, which keep for Use. This Ointment is admirable in Burn of all sorts, even in the greatest, the burnt Part being often anointed with it in the Day, and a fresh Beet, Colwort, or Plantane-leaf laid over it: By the use of this only thing, 'tis said a Poor Soldier become Rich.  
XXXI. If the Burn is blistered, and yet it is not great, the Blisters aught to be opened the third Day, and not farther to be prolonged, jest the Matter becomes Corrosive: but if the Skin is wrinkled and dried, the Blisters or Pustules are immediately to be opened, and the foregoing Ointment applied, or this following.  
XXXII. Take Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, Meal of Althaea-roots, A. ℥ jss. Oils of white Lilies, of Violets, of sweet Almonds, fresh Butter, Unguentum Basilicon, Roping-soot, A. ℥ i Saffronʒss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXIII. If there is an Escar, it aught to be separated the first or second Day, by the help of some of the former Ointments; but if they will not do, Incision is to be made into the sound Flesh; and when it is separated, the Cure must be done as a Common Ulcer.  
XXXIV. If any tender Part is burnt, you aught to abstain from the use of Onions, Salt, Soap, and such other like sharp Medicaments.   

II Of a light or gentle Burning.  
XXXV. Here you must do all you can to prevent its blistering, which is by the speedy Application of Medicaments to draw out the Fire, whereby the Patient is freed from all the Pain of the Burning: for which purpose (if the Condition of the Member will admit of it) it may be held near to the Fire, or a red-hot Iron may be held near to it; or it may be dipped deep, and held therein for some time in very hot Water, so will the Empyreuma, by reason of the likeness, be Extracted.  
XXXVI. Or, you may apply a Linnen-Cloth dipped in Varnish, or a Cloth dipped in Lie or Water, in which unslaked Lime has been quenched; and than presently a Cataplasm of Garlic and Salt beaten together, is to be applied.  
XXXVII. Or this: Take unslaked Lime often washed in Rose-water, and with Oil of Roses or Hypericon, make a Lineament. Or, Take May-butter, Venice or Castille Soap, Liquid Varnish, Ana, mix them. Or, Take whites of Eggs, Nᵒ iii Oil of Roses ℥ iii Camphir in powder ℥ ss. mix them.  
XXXVIII. Take of raw Onions ℥ iii Castille Soap, Salt, A. ℥ i beaten them in a Mortar to a Pultis, and with Oil of Roses, q.s. make an Ointment. Or, Take whites of Eggs, Nᵒ two. Oils of Linseed, and of Olives, A. ℥ jss. Salt ℥ ss. mix them. Or, Take green inner Bark of Elder, or young Elder-shoots, q.u. beaten them well in a Mortar, than boil in fresh Butter, q.s. and strain out the Oil.  
THIRTY-NINE. Take Juice of young Elder-shoots ℥ iii Linseed Oil; Wax, Ana ℥ i ss. Varnish, Rape-seed Oil, Frankincense in powder, A. ℥ i boil them to the consumption of the Juice.  
XL. Take Castille Soap ℥ iii Linseed Oil, Oil of Eggs, A. ℥ jss. Oils of Ben and Rapeseed, A. ℥ ss. raw Onions, Salt, Mucilage of Quince-seed, A. ℥ i beaten all together, and make an Ointment.  
XLI. Take Linseed Oil ℥ iv. new Wax ℥ two. whites of Eggs, q.s. mix over a gentle Fire, and make an Ointment. Take Craw-fish, q.u. beaten them well in a Mortar, and boil them in new fresh Butter, q.s. till they grow a little read, than strain out by pressing.  
XLII. Paraeus his Ointment. Take choice Lard lbi lbi. yolks of newlaid Eggs, Nᵒ iii mix, and make an Ointment. Or, Take Oil Olive ℥ two. whites of Eggs ℥ iv. shake them together till they become a white Ointment, with which the place is oftentimes a Day to be anointed with a Feather, till it is well.  
XLIII. Ferrarius Arte Med-Infant. lib. 4. cap. 25. commends this as a rare Secret, even where the Burn was Blistered. Take Oil of Roses ℥ two. Rose water ℥ i whites of Eggs, Nᵒ two. mix them well together by shaking; dip a Linnen-cloth therein, and lay it over the Burn, and continually keep it moist with the same; after the fourth Day is over, instead of whites of Eggs, take yolks of Eggs, and continued the use thereof till it is well.  
XLIV. ℞ Juice of the middle rind of Elder ℥ iv. Cream ℥ xii. boil to a Consistency, than add fresh Butter, Mucilage of Quincè-seeds, Juice of Nightshade, Ceruse, A. ℥ j mix, and make an Ointment. Or, ℞ the inner Bark of Elder, q.u. Oil Olive, q.s. boil till it is crisp, strain out, and add Ceruse, p. two. Litharge, burnt Lead, A. p. i mix them well in a Leaden Mortar.  
XLV. Quicklime so often washed in Water, till it is freed from all its Salt, may be made into an Ointment with fresh Butter, Oils of Ben, of Hypericon, of Linseed, or of Roses, which will be very good against Burn; and sometimes you may add thereto the Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, of Quince-seeds, or the white of an Egg, and Bees-wax.  
XLVI. Now observe that no Ointment aught to stick too close or fast to the Part, in these kinds of Wounds, for that than they 'cause much pain; and the Sores are to be cleansed only by putting fine, thin, and soft Linnen-Cloths upon the Part.  
XLVII. If Blisters are raised, they are not properly to be opened, because the Skin will be naked or raw, and so pain will be excited, whereby the Cure will be the longer in doing; but at length on the third Day they are to be cut, when a new Cuticula, or Scarf-skin, gins to be form and bred.   

III Of Burn with Gunpowder.  
XLVIII. In the first place, if any of the Grains of Powder are gotten into the Skin, they are to be picked out, otherwise the blue marks will always remain: This, says Sennertus, may be done with a Needle, or with some other Instrument fit for that purpose; if they cannot all be thus picked out, you must suffer it to blister (if it is not blistered beforehand) for so by this means many more of those Grains will be easily taken forth.  
XLIX. If this is not done at first, and if after the burning is quite healed, some of the Grains remain, there is no other way than, but by applying a Vesicatory, whereby the Grains which are more superficial will be taken away, and the Sore is to be washed from its blackness with a Decoction of Fenugreek and Camomile Flowers. But this by the way.  
L. If the Burn is only superficial, the Cuticula is raised into a Blister: if it goes deeper into the Skin, it makes an Escar; if it burns deeper into the Flesh, there is a hard Crust with a Contraction; in all which there is a vehemency of Pain.  
LIVELY Wiseman advises by Refrigerants to bathe or anoint the Part, till the heat is of, and the Escar separated; and than to digest and cicatrize; or by Calefactives to relax the Skin, resolve and dissipate, which by Accident will assuage the heat and burning.  
LII. Refrigerants are Waters and Juices of Housleek, Henbane, Hemlock, Nightshade, Mandrake, Stramonium, Plantain, Adder's Tongue, etc. as also all cooling Juices, Oils, Ointments, Balsams and Cerats, Vng. Album, Nutritum, Populeum, Rosatum, etc. where note, that all these potentially cold things must be used actually hot, till the heat and pain cease.  
LIII. Calefactives are a read hot Iron, or naked Fire held to the Part, whereby they call forth the Particles of the Fire, and become the Alexiterion: But the Common Remedy is an Onion beaten with Salt; yet this is not to be applied after Blisters are risen, nor by any means where the Part is raw, for so you will exasperated the Pain, and increase the Inflammation.  
LIU. In this Case the Ointment of Sennertus is better. ℞ Gum Elemiʒi. dissolve it in Oils of Eggs, of Roses, and of white Lilies, A. ʒi. Ung. Basilicon ʒiii. unsalted Butter ℥ i mix, and make an Ointment.  
LU. For the easing of the Pain he prescribes this: ℞ Oils of sweet Almonds, and of Roses, white Wax, A. ℥ i melt them together, than add Mucilage of Quince-seeds ℥ ss. Camphirʒi. mix them.  
LVI. Horse-dung fried in Oil of Nuts, and applied, does extinguish the Fire: There are also recommended, unripe Grapes, Elder Bark, and young shoots, Dwarf Elder boiled in Oil, Lime well washed, and mixed with Unguent. Rosatum to a Consistency, which are to be applied, and often renewed, till the Fire and Pain are go.  
LVII. If by these things Blisters are not prevented, you may prick or cut them as they arise, jest they erode and make Ulcers, excite sharp Pains, Inflammations, Fevers, etc.  
LVIII. But if the Burning is to an Escar, or Crust, you must hasten its falling with Emollients, than digest, incarnate, and cicatrize.  
LIX. If there is a Cacochymia of Humours, you may purge by Lenitives often, or rather by more powerful Catharticks, using a spare Diet, rest, quietness and serenity of Mind.  
LX. Some dress the Escar with Mel Saponis, and embrocate the Parts with Oil of Roses mixed with whites of Eggs. Or, they anoint the Escar with Honey mixed with Juice of Onions, and powder of Orrice-roots, and foment the Parts about with Decoction or Juices of Henbane, Nightshade and Plantain, Mallows, Violets, Quince and Fleawort-seeds, adding to it a third part of thick Cream.  
LXI. If the Parts be raw, they may be dressed with fine thin Linen, dipped in the aforesaid Decoction, or Juices, or anointed with a Feather dipped in Ointment of Stramonium mixed with Oils of Eggs or Linseed Oil; by which means places superficially burned, are healed.  
LXII. Parts deeper burnt, when they cast of their Escars, may be digested with Turpentine washed in Juice of Plantain, mixed with the yolk of an Egg, Oil of Linseed, and some fine Barley-flower.  
LXIII. Afterwards you may apply Ung. Diapompholigos, and anoint the Lips with Ung. Album Camphoratum mixed with the white of an Egg, or with Ung. de Stramonio, as the Intention, Place or Necessity shall require.  
LXIV. Or you may dress with this: ℞ Oil of Elder, lbi lbi. Wax ℥ iii Litharge ℥ two. Ceruse, Lime washed, A. ℥ i Frankincense, Sarcocol, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment: and afterwards you may cicatrize with a Decoction of Horse-tail, read Roses, Bramble-tops, Bistort, etc. in which a little white Vitriol or Alum may be dissolved, or with some other Astringent or Styptic, with which you may be provided.   

IV. Of Burning by Lightning.  
LXV. Where Burning by Lightning does not immediately Kill, and that there is hopes of Life, proper Medicaments are to be applied, viz. such as have power to dissolve the Congelation of the Humours which causes Suffocation, and resist Malignity or Poison, for as much as it manifestly appears (from the foetid Smell it carries along with it) that there is a malign and poisonous quality joined therewith, for that it has power to hurt the Body, yea, oftentimes to Kill, even when no visible sign of a Wound or external Hurt does appear.  
LXVI. Such a Patient than under hopes of Recovery, is presently to be put to Bed, and some Alexipharmick and Sudorific Dose is to be given, which may resist the Malignity, and dissolve the Congelation, such as volatile Salts of Hartshorn, of Vipers, of Amber, and of Sal Armonic, Spirit of Hartshorn, and Sal Armoniac, Our Aqua Bezoartica, Spiritus Cordialis, Tinctura Bezoartica, Bezoar Minerale, Theriaca Chymica, Mithridate, and Venice Treacle, also Tinctures of Virginia Snake-root, of Saffron, and Cochinele, Spiritus Opii Compositus, etc.  
LXVII. The Arteries, Temples, Nose, and Tongue, may be smeared with Our Theriaca Chymica, made thin with Our Spiritus Cordialis; and to the Wrists and Region of the Heart Epithems or Cataplasms may be applied, made of Our Theriaca, or the Vulgar Mithridate, mixed with a quarter part of Powder of Virginia Snake-root.  
LXVIII. Outwardly to the place Burned, a Cataplasm made of Onions and Mithridate, or Our Theriaca beaten together in equal quantities: and if an Escar is made, it aught to be as soon as may be, removed with an Incision-knife, after which you may apply this following Ointment.  
Lxix Take Powders of the Roots of Angelica, Swallow-wort, Zedoary, and Contra-yerva, A. ℥ ss. Winter's Cinnamon, Virginia Snake-root, A. ℥ i Rue, Scordium in fine Powder, A. ʒiii. Our Theriaca Chymica ℥ jss. Honey of Roses ℥ iii Tinctura Bezoartica, q.s. mix them. If this cleanses not enough, add to it Scammony in fine Powder ʒvi.  
LXX. The Ulcer being cleansed, it is to be filled up with Flesh, with this Sarcotick Powder: Take Virginia Snake-root, Contra-yerva, Roots of Angelica and Swallow-wort, Zedoary, Aloes, Succotrine, Tobacco all in fine Powder, A. ʒii. Powders of Scordium, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Myrrh, Pine, Rosin, A. ʒjss. Juices of Tobacco raised from Virginia Seed, of Sanicle, A. q.s. mix, and make Troches, which dry in the shade, and reduce into Powder, as you have occasion for them.  
LXXI. If any Bones should be broken, as oftentimes it falls out, you may apply a Cataplasm made of the flower of Barley, of Beans, and of Lupins, with powders of the roots of Angelica, of Bistort, of Comfrey, of Swallow-wort, and of the leaves of Rue and Scordium, with Catechu, all in fine powder, mixed with Mithridate, or Our Theriaca, and a little Tinctura Bezoartica, which is to be renewed Day by Day, till such time as the Malignity is overcome, and the Part in some measure restored to its strength, laying also Defensatives round about, to strengthen the same, and defend it from Symptoms.   

V Of Burn of the second Degree.  
LXXII. If the Burning is so great, that not only Blisters are raised, but also the Cutis, or Skin, is contracted or drawn together, than such Medicaments which only draw forth the Empyreuma, or Particles of Fire will not be enough, but such are likewise to be applied which mollify and soften the Skin; for which reason all the Pustules are immediately to be opened, that the hot and sharp Humours, may freely flow forth, which done, the following, or some such like Medicine may be imposed.  
LXXIII. Take yolks of Eggs, Nᵒ two. Oils of Hypericon, of Ben, and of white Lilies, A. ℥ ss. Ung. Basilicon ℥ i mix them.  
LXXIV. Or, Take Oils of Ben, and of Hypericon, A. ℥ i Oil of Roses, Bees-wax, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Scorpions, Palm Oil, A. ʒii. mix, and melt, than add Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds ℥ i Saffronʒss. mix them.  
LXXV. Or this of Fabricius: Take new fresh Butter ℥ iii Barley-flower ℥ jss. Mucilage of Quince-seeds ℥ i yolks of Eggs, Oils of Violets, and sweet Almonds, A. ℥ ss. Saffron ℈ i Wax, q.s. mix, melt, and make an Ointment.  
LXXVI. ℞ Pulp of roasted Apples ℥ two. Meals of Barley and Fenugreek seed, A. ℥ i Milk, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, to which add Saffron in Pouderʒss.  
LXXVII. ℞ lethargy, Ceruse, A. q.u. Wine Vinegar, q.s. boil, and pass the Vinegar through a filtering Bag; than add Oil of Violets, or Oil of Eggs, q.s. and mix them together.  
LXXVIII. And on the burnt place lay such a Defensative as this: ℞ Catechu, Terra Sigillata, Nut-Galls, Sanguis Draconis, Bistort, Comfrey-roots, all in Powder, A. ℥ i Oil of Hypericon ℥ vi. Wax ℥ iii Vinegar ℥ jss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXXIX. After which, bind up the Member with a Rowler well wetted in Oxycrate, or a Linnen-cloth dipped in the same, that the Pain may be lessened or eased, and the afflux of Humours hindered; these things being done, the Wound is to be digested, cleansed and healed, as another Ulcer.   

VI The Cure of Burn of the Third and Fourth Degrees.  
LXXX. If 〈…〉 the whole Radical Humidi●… consumed, and the Flesh it 〈◊〉 is burnt; and if therewith 〈◊〉 Arteries, Veins, and Muscles are burnt, making great Pustules, or an Escar, whence a Gangrene may be feared, or other ill Symptoms; you must than cut the Pustules, and cleanse them of the Humour contained in them; and you must endeavour to separate the Escar, even the first or second Day, which if it will not be, you are to cut it with an Incision-knife, that a passage may be made for the coming out of the Matter, and intrusion of the Medicines which are to be applied.  
LXXXI. The Escar being opened, Fabricius Hildanus applies some such like as this: ℞ fresh Butter ℥ iii Ung. Basilicon ℥ i Mucilage of Quince-seeds, Oils of sweet Almonds, and white Lilies, A. ℥ ss. yolk of one Egg, mix them.  
LXXXII. Or: ℞ Oils of Ben, and of Hypericon, A. ℥ jss. yolks of two Eggs, Turpentineʒss. mix them. Or: ℞ Mucilage of Fleawort-seed ℥ two. Oils of Hypericon and Linseed, A. ʒvi. Turpentine, or Gum Elemiʒiii. yolk of one Egg, Wax q.s. make a Lineament.  
LXXXIII. And lay over linen Clotheses dipped in this Emulsion: ℞ Melon-seeds hulled ℥ two. Fleawort-seed, Fenugreekseed, A. ʒii. Water lbiv lbiv. make an Emulsion, in which dissolve Castle-Soap ℥ ss. Camphirʒss. first dissolved in a little S.U. mix them.  
LXXXIV. If the Part gins to swell, or a Gangrene is feared, Defensatives are to be avoided, because they hinder Transpiration: but if a Gangrene is already induced, it is to be Cured as we have in several other places declared.  
LXXXV. When the Escar, or the Matter or Flesh which is quite burnt is separated, (which is timely to be done, jest by its putridness, it corrupts the sound Parts) than by Abstersives you must cleanse the Ulcer, afterwards you must Incarnate, and than you must perfect the Cure with Epuloticks, which yet are not to be over dry, jest the Cicatrize is rough and deformed.  
LXXXVI. To produce the Cicatrize you may use this: ℞ Diapalma, or Empl. Album ℥ two. Palm Oil that is yellow, Oil of Ben, or Hypericon, A. ℥ ss. melt them together, and add thereto Alum burnt, Ceruse, lethargy, Lapis Calaminaris, Tutiae, all levigated, A. ʒi. Mucilage of Fleawort-seed, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment, by grinding them in a Leaden Mortar.  
LXXXVII. Fabricius Hildanus used sometimes in this Case, Unguent. Alabastrinum, which softens the Part, eases the Pain, and induces a very fair Cicatrize.  
LXXXVIII. If the Arteries, Veins, and Nerves, are burnt, to prevent an Atrophy, by reason of want of Aliment, and that the Vessels closely shut up by the Fire may be opened, this Ointment following may be used.  
LXXXIX. Take Oils of Whelps, and of Earthworms, yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Ben, Bear's Oil, A. ℥ i Camphir ℥ ss. dissolved in a little S.U. mix, and make an Ointment.   

VII. Of Burn of the Eyes, Face, etc.  
XC. If the Eyelids, Lips, Fingers, etc. which are naturally separated, should be burnt, that they may not grow together, dry Lint, or Linen, or little thin Plates of Lead, or white Paper, are to be put between, and proper Medicines are to be applied.  
XCI. It is not fit to apply to the Face when burned Medicaments made of Onions, Salt, soft Soap, Varnish, etc. jest the Eyes thereby should be hurt; and therefore the Ointment of Ferrarius, or some such like, may be applied, which is thick, and will not spread abroad; as, ℞ Venice or Castille Soap ℥ i Oils of Roses, and of sweet Almonds, A. ℥ ss. mix them.  
XCII. If the Eyes are burnt, Breast-milk is commended to be dropped immediately into them, or any other Milk Bloodwarm, or Milk mixed in equal parts with Water or Juice of Fennel.  
XCIII. Or this Collyrium: ℞ Damask Rose-water, Fennel, and Celandine Waters, A. ℥ jiss. Fleawort-seeds well bruisedʒii. digest twelve Hours, more or lesle, in a warm place, and strain out the clear for use.  
XCIV. If it is a vehement burning, and with an Escar or Crust, take heed that the Eyelid is not drawn back, for that will 'cause a very great Deformity, to Remedy which, you must apply Emollient Fomentations and Unguents, and if need be, the Skin is to be extended oftentimes with your Fingers.  
XCV. ℞ Roots of Althaea, Seeds of common Mallows, A. ℥ jss. Linseed, Fenugreekseed, and Fleawort-seeds, A. ℥ i Mallow-leaves M. j Flowers of Melilot and Elder, A. M. ss. Milk, Water, A. q.s. mix, and make a Decoction, with which foment warm.  
XCVI. Than anoint with this: ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Eggs, and of Whelps, A. ℥ i Man's Fat ℥ iss. Gum Elemi ℥ ss. Saffronʒi. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XCVII. Or anoint with this: ℞ Vipers-grease, Man's Fat, Oils of Hypericon, and of Whelps, A. ℥ i Oil of Earthworms, Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, A. ʒvi. Gum Elemiʒiii. melt, and mix them over a gentle Fire.   

VIII. Of Burn of the Joints.  
XCVIII. As these Parts are almost voided of Flesh, and Nervous, and so endued with an exquisite Sense, so they are easily offended with a flux of Humours, and other grievous Symptoms, for which cause sake, Universal Evacuations aught to be made with Syrupus Catharticus, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, etc.  
XCIX. Topics aught also to be lenient and gentle, mild and anodyn, and not very sharp, as are those of Onions, Garlic, Salts, Soap, Leeses of Wine, etc. and such as may be Emollient to hinder the Contraction of the Nerves, Tendons, or Ligaments.  
C. ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, of Earthworms, A. ℥ i Man's, Bears, and Viper's Grease, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Benʒvi. Gum Elemiʒiii. mix, and make an Ointment.  
CI. You aught also to fit Ferula 's, or other easy Instruments, to the Member, to prevent Contraction: but if there is already a Contraction or Incurvation, than (generals being first premised) the Part affected is to be fomented with an Emollient Decoction, as, ℞ Roots of Althaea, of Briony, of white Lilies, A. ℥ two. Leaves of Mallows, of Alehoof, of Hollihocks, and of Hypericon, Flowers of Camomile and Melilot, A. M. j Seeds of Flax, Fleawort, and Fenugreek, A. ℥ i Water, Milk, A. q.s. mix, boil, and make a Fomentation.  
CII. After fomenting, anoint with this Ointment following: ℞ yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Ben, and Oil of Eggs, Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, and Earthworms, Beef-suet, A. ℥ i Balsam Capivii, or de Chili, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ ss. Balsam de Peruʒii. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
CIII. And upon the Part you may lay Ceratum Nigrum, Emplast. Polychrestum, or Diachylon simplex; extending daily, and by degrees the Contracted Joint, with fit and convenient Instruments.  
CIV. Besides the former at Sect. 102. above, there are other things which are powerful in Resolving Contractions, as, ℞ pure yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Aniseeds, A. ℥ jss. mix, and anoint therewith; and it will be yet more powerful if Oil of Vitriol ℥ ss. is added to it; so also Spiritus Mirabilis in lib. 1. cap. 59 sect. 10. which resolves Contractions to a wonder.   

IX. Of Burn in the Groin.  
CV. These are Parts which are moist, lax, and apt to receive fluxions of Humours, by reason of the Glandules, so that a Gangrene is apt to be induced; for which cause sake, the Medicaments which are to be applied, aught to be of a drier Nature than those which are applied to other Parts.  
CVI If therefore no Blisters arise, these things made of Lilies, Onions, and Soap, are beneficial; but if large Blisters are already raised, than they aught to be speedily and timely opened.  
CVII. Which done, this following Ointment may be applied: Take Ung. Rosatum, Nicotianae, Basilicon, A. ℥ i Oils of Hypericon and Eggs, A. ℥ ss. Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocol, Olibanum, A. ʒi. mix them.  
CVIII. And upon the Ointment, let the whole Part be covered with this Cataplasm: ℞ flowers of Barley, of Beans, and of Orobus, A. ℥ jss. powder of Roses, of Myrtleberries and Catechu, A. ʒvi. Honey of Roses, or Oxymel, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
CIX. But if the Wound or Burning is so great, as may give you the fears of a Gangrene, than Medicaments proper against Gangrenes are to be applied, of which we have spoken already sufficiently in other places.   

X. To prevent a deformed Cicatrize.  
CX. To do this, you must be careful that no Hypersarcosis, or proud Flesh, grow upon the Wound or Ulcer, for thereby the Cicatrice will be deformed; and sometime if great Care be not taken, they will seem to be as it were wenny; and says Wiseman, when they hap upon Woman's Breasts, they have sometimes been supposed Cancerous. In others from ill handling; the lose Flesh (says he) has grown so high and callous, that one of them which came into my Hands, required to be burnt again, in order to the Cure.  
CXI. In the Face therefore, there is a special Care to be had, as also in the Eyes, Neck, and Breasts of the Female Sex: In the Eyes, that they be not daubed with greasy and nasty Medicines; and that the Lids be not dressed with too drying ones, jest they 'cause Contraction, and make a Blearedness.  
CXII. In the Cure of the Eyes than, you may use Breast-milk, or other Milk, Bloodwarm, also Pigeons-blood, Waters of Fennel, Dill, Nightshade, Plantain, and Fumitory; also a Mucilage of Fleawort, Fenugreek, or Quince-seed, Trochisci albi Rhasis, Tutia, Calaminaris, Frankincense, Sarcocol, etc.  
CXIII. If the Ear in this Case should grow to the Scalp, or the Fingers to one another, or the Palm should be Contracted with a hard Callus: in that of the Ear, the Callus must be divided by Incision, and soft Rags dipped in Frog-spawn-water, or some proper Balsam or Ointment, must be put between the unequal Callus rubbed with the Caustick-stone; than the Escar is to be separated, and the Sore to be Cicatrized with the Vitriol-stone, Vng. desiccativum rubrum, or some such like Medicament.  
CXIV. If the Fingers are grown one to another, they are to be cut with Scissors, or an Incision-knife; and than the Cicatrices to be taken of with the Caustick-stone; and afterwards to be healed as another Ulcer.  
CXV. If the Fingers and Palm are shrunk up, and joined close, you must cut asunder each Finger, putting between each a very thin plate of Lead, or other fit Matter; and cause a Rowl of Wood to be placed under the crooked Fingers, which is to be carried with Bars to the inward Parts of the Wrist, and fastened by Screws, to thrust the Rowl gradually forward, till it bears all the Fingers before it, and by a complete extension, restores them to their pristin form.  
CXVI. When therefore after Burning, these deformed Cicatrices are feared, they are to be prevented by timely applying of Emollients, during all the time of the Cure, not at all making use of those things which are too drying, for the production of the Cicatrice; but in the particular use of these Matters, your own Judgement aught to direct you.  
CXVII. Let the Parts where such fear is, be fomented with an Emollient Decoction, such as we have described at Sect. 60, 95, and 101, aforegoing; and afterwards the Part may be anointed with the following Lineament.  
CXVIII. ℞ pure yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Aniseeds, A. ℥ i Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, of Earth worms, A. ℥ ss. Oils of Ben, of Roses, and of Beans, A. ʒii. Oils of Myrrh, and of Eggs, A. ʒi. white Wax, q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.    

CHAP. XXV. Of WOUNDS of the HEAD without the Scull.  
I THese Wounds are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus pl. Vulnera Capitis: and in English, a Wound or Wounds of the Head.  
II Differences. These Wounds are manifold, 1. Of the Containing Parts. 2. Of the Contained Parts. Of the Containing Parts they are also, 1. Wounds of the Hairy Scalp. 2. Wounds of the Temporal Muscles. 3. Wounds of the Cranium; of which last we shall speak when we come to Treat of Fractures.  
III Wounds of the Hairy Scalp are, 1. A Contusion. 2. A Wound. 3. A Wound with a Contusion; of all which we shall Treat in order.  
IV. The Parts affected here, are the Hairy Scalp, the Membrana Carnosa, and the Pericranium.  
V The Hairy Scalp is thinnest on the Vertex, or top of the Head; nor is there any Muscle between it and the Skullin that Part, except the Membrana Carnosa, which some of late call a Muscle, because by it many Men move the whole Scalp: if a Fracture is feared there, you may boldly cut into the Hairy Scalp, because it is of an obtuse Sense, and easily healed again.  
VI But caution aught to be had in making Incision upon the Forehead, where a transverse Wound may 'cause the Eyebrows to fall over the Wound: for which reason, when we make Incision there, we make it upwards or downwards, according to the running of the Fibres; but upon the Temporal Muscles no Incision is to be made, because Convulsions, and other ill Symptoms are apt oftentimes to ensue.  
VII. Under the former lies the Pericranium, which you are to cut through, when you are making your way to the Skull: and the Hairy Scalp, Membrana Carnosa, and Pericranium, are to be all raised together, when the Cranium is made bore, to make way for the Terebra, or Trepan; because the Pericranium arises from the Dura Mater through the Sutures; and therefore if that Membrane is lacerated or torn, Inflammation, Fever, and other Symptoms may follow.  

I Of Wounds of the Head in General.  
VIII. The Prognostics. A Contusion, if there is no Fracture or Fissure of the Cranium, is lesle dangerous than a Wound, or a Wound with Contusion.  
IX. Wounds Contused are more difficultly cured, than Wounds made by Incision; because they require Suppuration.  
X. Wounds of the forepart of the Head are more dangerous than those of the hinder parts: 1. Because the containing parts are thinner in the forepart. 2. Because the forepart has more Sutures than the hinder-part. 3. Because a greater part of the Brain is contained in the forepart. 4. Because in Mortal Wounds of the Head, if it is in the forepart, the Patient Dyes sooner than if it is in any other Part. 5. Because the meanings have Sinuosities in the forepart but not in the hinder-parts, 6. Because more offending Matter is apt to be gathered in thefore-part, which may offend the Brain, than in the hinder-part.  
XI. The smallest Wounds of the Head are not to be neglected though without Fracture of the Skull; for sometimes dreadful Symptoms may ensue, as Fever, Vomiting, faltering of the Tongue, Raving, Convulsion, Palsy of one Arm or Leg, etc. which may be from Concussion of the Brain, or some other internal unknown Cause.  
XII. In Mortal Wounds, the Patiented lives longer in the Winter than in the Summer, because unnatural Heat is not than so prevalent.  
XIII. These Wounds in Children prove sometimes Rebellious, because they are of a hot and moist habit, which is most apt to putridness; and because their habit is thin, whereby they loose more of their Spirits.  
FOURTEEN. Hypocrates, Sect 7. Aph. 2. says, it is an ill sign, if the Flesh of the Brims look livid; for it is a sign of the decay of Natural Heat.  
XU. If the Patient has no Fever, is in his right Mind, sleeps well, has his Body soluble, finds himself well when he takes any thing, if the Wound looks of a fresh and lively Colour, and it yields a good sort of Pus or Matter, there is than no fear of danger.  
XVI. Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 66. says, If the brims in these Wounds tumify not a little, it is an ill sign. And in Sect. 3 Aph. 67. If the Tumefaction is soft, it shows Concoction; and if hard, Crudity.  
XVII. Evil may be presaged, if there is blackness in parts near the Wound; a Convulsion, Palsy, loss of Appetite, much watching, and coldness of the extreme Parts of the Body.  
XVIII. If a Fever invades while Suppuration is procuring, viz. before the seventh day, it is lesle dangerous than that which invades after the seventh day: because about the first Crisis, ill Accidents may ensue.  
XIX. A Wound in or upon a Suture is dangerous: 1. Because the Scull is there parted, and so more apt to open, than a solid Bone. 2. Because in the Suture, there is a Ligament by which the meanings are tied to the Pericranium; whereby a Wound being inflicted there, may easily be communicated to them.  
XX. If Reason fail, Speech ceases, Sight is lost, there is a continual Fever, his Tongue is black and dry, the brims of the Wound blackish and dry: if the Patient suffers an Atrophy or Palsy, with an involuntary excretion of Excrements, or an absolute suppression of them, especially of Urine, or there is a Frenzy, with a Convulsion, 'tis to be feared that Death is near at hand.  
XXI. Symptoms appear sooner in Summer, than in Winter; because in a hot Season, the Humours are sooner apt to putrify than in a cold, the unnatural Heat being more easily excited: for in Summertime we expect them at or before the first or second Crisis, viz. the seventh or fourteenth Day.  
XXII. If the Patient is Cachectick, Scorbutic, has the Pox, Leprosy, Dropsy, Physic, Consumption, or Hectick-Fever, or a Cacochymick Habit of Body; the Wound will be the more difficult to cure, the Blood being corrupt or deficient, and so unfit for Unition.  
XXIII. If a Tumour in these Wounds does suddenly vanish away, it is an ill sign; unless some evacuation has go before, or some discussive Medicine has been applied.  
XXIV. If a Fever, with a previous coldness, does appear on the seventh or fourteenth day, it is dangerous; for it may be feared that a Putridness has possessed the Brain, the meanings, or the Scull; which you may know by a yellowishness of the Wound, and an Ichor like to Water, in which raw Flesh has been washed.  
XXV. The General Cure. It consists in two principal Indications. 1. By Internals, to avert a Flux of Humours. 2. By Topics, to induce the Healing.  
XXVI. The Internals are either Cathartick or Dietetick: the Cathartick is performed, 1. By things given by the Mouth. 2. By Clysters. 3. By Suppositories.  
XXVII. There are three Cases in which Purges are to be given: 1. If the Body is Cacochymical. 2. If a Tumour or Inflammation appears, as Fallopius advises. 3. If there is an Headache, Sleepiness, Drowsiness, or Lethargy.  
XXVIII. And they are to be given, 1. Jest the Fever increase, to prevent it. 2. To divert the Humours as soon as may be from the Head. 3. Before the strength is prostrated.  
XXIX. As to the kind of Purge, it aught to be such as may purge the Humour abounding: yet some Physicians speak absolutely for Chologogues, because Inflammations and Fevers are the Smyptoms most apt to ensue upon these Wounds.  
XXX. But strong and eradicative Medicaments at first are to be avoided; jest by a too vehement commotion of the Humours the Strength becomes prostrate, or Pain, Inflammation, and Fever be induced.  
XXXI. Therefore Infusion or Decoction of Myrobalans are commended, either alone or mixed; Elect. Lenitivum, or De Succo Rosarum, or Diaprunum Solutivum, or Our Syrupus Catharticus.  
XXXII. Some time after the use of these things, you may purge with Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, Electuarium Catharticum, or Pilulae Catharticae; which may be repeated twice a Week, or as you see necessity requires. Arcaeus, lib. 5. cap. 4. is of opinion, that no other Cathartick Medicament but Syrup of Roses solutive aught to be used.  
XXXIII. As to the Dietetick Course, 1. It consists in the use of the Non-naturals. 2. In the use of proper Wound-Drinks.  
XXXIV. As to the Non-naturals, Fallopius in Hippocrat. de Vulner. cap. 11. says it aught to be temperate and thick: for a hot and thin Air does melt the Humours, and make them apt for fluxion; and a cold Air is hurtful to the Brain, Bones, Nerves, and Marrow of the Backbone: and therefore Medicaments aught to be applied bloodwarm.  
XXXV. As to Meat and Drink, Flesh nor Fish are to be permitted for the first seven Days, especially if a Fracture; nor Wine, before the second Crisis, or fourteen Days are past; because in this space of time all the Symptoms usually cease: small Beer or Ale may be permitted for Drink; to weak Stomaches, Oxysaccharum, or Syrup of Violets, or Red-Roses simple, or Syrups of the juice of Lemons or of Citrons, or Syrup of Vinegar, mixed with Milk-water, etc. And their Food may be Panada, Ptisan, stewed Prunes, Raisins, Asparagus, Lettuce, Endive, Succory, or spinach boiled; and after Meals, Marmalade of Quinces, preserved Quinces, Conserve of Barberries, baked Pears and Apples, Saccharum Violatum, Caraway and Coriander-comfits. And when Meat is to be permitted, let it be of Chickens, Pullet's, young Pigeons, Veal, Lamb, Mutton, Kid, Partridges, Pheasants, Turtles, Blackbirds, Thrushes, Larks, etc. with Verjuice-sawce, or juice of Oranges, Lemons, Citrons, Pomegranates, or Sorel and Mint, with white Sugar. If they will eat Fish, let it be of Trout, Whiting, Sols, with the aforenamed Sauces.  
XXXVI. As to Sleep, let it be in the Nighttime, and not by Day, unless an Inflation hath seized the Brain or the meanings, the Signs of which you will have in their proper Chapters: and too much Watching corrupts the Temperature of the Body, causes Crudity, Heaviness and Pain of the Head, and makes the Wounds dry and malign: in which case, you may Embrocate the Forehead, Temples, Ears, and Nostrils, with Oils of Poppy or Poppy seeds, of Henbane-seed, or of Mandrakes, or rather with Our Spiritus Anodynus, or with Tinct. Opii ℥ ss. mixed with Fumitory-water ℥ two. doing it bloodwarm; or rather with the same quantity of Vinegar: and inwardly you may give Tinctura Opii, à gut. vi. ad xii. or more, in some proper Vehicle: or Syrup of Poppies ℥ ss. in Fumitory-water ℥ two. or in place thereof, you may give Our Guttae Vitae, à gut. xx. ad xl. or Our Specific Laudanum, à gr. j ad three in some proper Vehicle.  
XXXVII. Rest and Quietness is very necessary; immoderate Exercise disturbs the Spirits, weakens the Body, and puts the Humours into motion; for which reason, gentle walking about the Room, when he is able, is enough.  
XXXVIII. As to Excretion of Excrements, the Body is to be kept soluble, and if it is not so, Nature is to be provoked with Suppositories, or Clysters: for ordinary use, ℞ Posset-drink, or Mutton-broth lbi lbi. brown Sugar ℥ iv. mix, and give it warm; which repeat so often as you see occasion: if the Body is bound, add to it Tincture of Sena made in Wine ℥ ss. or Aloes ʒss. adʒi. which may be dissolved therein. But Venery is above all other things to be avoided, chief if there is a Fracture withal; for a great store of Spirits are contained in a small quantity of Seed, whereby all the Faculties, but chief the Animal, are resolved and weakened, Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 14. says, that he has known Death to have ensued in small Wounds of the Head, by reason of Venery.  
THIRTY-NINE. Perturbations or disturbances of the Mind, whether from Sorrow or Joy, are wholly to be avoided; because thereby the Spirits, both Animal and Vital, are either contracted, or too much dilated, or dissipated; whereby a great Indisposition may hap to the Body.  
XL. Washing and Bathing, as they add to cleanliness; so being prudently done, they open the Pores, and 'cause a dissipation of dark and fuliginous Vapours, and malign Humours, whose natural course is to the Head; but finding a vent this way, are stopped in their career; whereby the Spirits are cheered and enlivened, and the Matter contributing to evil and malign Symptoms, is in part taken away.  
XLI. The last things which we shall take notice of here, are proper Wound-drinks, of which you have Examples enough in Chap. 3. Sect. 28. and 43. But two things are to be observed: 1. That the Simples of which this Wound-drink is composed, aught to be chief Cephalicks and Neuroticks. 2. That it is not to be given, till all the Symptoms are past; it being mostly used, as an Induction to the Healing.  
XLII. The second Indication, is directed to the application of proper Topics. The first thing is Bleeding, (if so be a sufficient quantity did not flow out of the Wound when it was first inflicted:) which is used chief in great Wounds, and where the Patient has a sufficient strength of Body; or where a great Inflammation or Fever has made an invasion.  
XLIII. If it is incised only, and not contused, Curing by the first Intention is only requisite, and therefore Agglutination is to be induced with what speed may be; as with Linimentum Arcaei, and other Glutinatives: if there is a Contusion withal, you must use Digestives, till the Matter becomes laudable.  
XLIV. If an Inflammation is feared, the following Cataplasm of Hypocrates, which Fallopius in Hippoc. de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 39 commends above all others, is to be applied. Take Barley-flower ℥ iv. Posca ℥ vi. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; adding to it Oil of Roses ℥ two. or instead of Posca, you may use Red-wine ℥ iv. Vinegar ℥ two. either simple, or Vinegar of Roses, which is better; which use to the seventh or fourteenth Day, as you see cause.  
XLV. Or, ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ two. Vinegar of Roses ℥ two. boil them to the consistency of a Cataplasm; adding Oil of Roses ℥ ij. This cools, dries, repels, eases Pain, allays Inflammations, and hinders the afflux of Blood or hot Humours.  
XLVI. Or, ℞ Crumbs of Bread, white or brown, ℥ iv. new Milk ℥ vj. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; adding Ung. Populneum ℥ two. Saffron in pouderʒi. These Cataplasms are to be applied above the Agglutinating Emplaster, or other Medicaments with which the Wound is dressed; the Hair being first shaved of a good compass about the Wound.   

II Of Binding-up Wounds of the Head.  
XLVII. In the Dressing of Wounds of the Head, two things are to be considered: 1. The Covering of the Head. 2. The Rowler or Bandage, for Binding it up.  
XLVIII. The Covering must be a Cap, made of soft Linen Cloth, basted with fine soft Tow, but not quilted; so big, as may encompass the white Head: it aught not to be too thick, too heavy, or too hard; for that the Head requires pliable, light, soft, and easy Applications: not stubborn, as stiff Emplasters, which will 'cause Pain; nor too viscous, which will not be easily removed.  
XLIX. The Rowler is to be made of soft Flaxen Cloth, not of Woollen, because it would be too hot, and cause Itching: it aught not to be new, for than it would be too stiff; nor yet too old, jest it want strength, and be apt to tear: nor yet aught it to be too thick, because than it would not be pliant enough; nor yet too thin, jest it it be too cold.  
L. It aught to be about three Inches broad, somewhat more or lesle, as the necessity may require; and about three Yards long; so as it may be enough to encompass the whole Head, with manifold circumvolutions and rollings, the better to keep on the Topical Medicaments, and make a gentle constriction about the Wounds.  
LIVELY It aught also to have two ends, that when they meet, they may link together; or so cross one another, as to strengthen the Bandage, and keep every thing from slipping.  
LII. It aught to be rolled about, but not too lose, for than it would ill bind the Head, and not hold the Medicaments close: nor aught it to be too straight, for than, 1. The Blood might be driven from the wounded Part to the meanings and Brain, from the outward to the inward parts; whence vehement Symptoms might ensue, as violent Pain, Inflammation, Apostemation, Fever, Convulsion, Palsy, or Apoplexy, and it may be at last Death itself. 2. The Pulsation of the Arteries might be intercepted. 3. And Fuliginous Vapours would be hindered from breaking forth through the Sutures and other Pores.   

III Of a Contusion of the Head.  
LIII. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ecchymosis, seu Contusio Capitis; and in English, A. Bruising of the Head.  
LIU. Contusions when alone, do many times produce grievous Symptoms; sometimes resembling those of Fractures, and sometimes exceeding them.  
LU. They are for the most part accompanied with Concussions of the Brain, and sometimes with Fissure or Fracture, of one or both Tables; in which case, the spongy medullary substance that lies between the two Tables, is oftentimes broken into small crumbs, and squeezed together; whence follows Extravasation of Blood, and other Symptoms: of all which we say nothing here, but refer it to Lib. 6. following, where we treat of Fractures.  
LVI. If with the Contusion there is neither Wound nor Tumour, and yet the Patient has a Palsy of any Part, or is stupefied, or raving, it is certain that the Membranes of the Brain are hurt.  
LVII. All Contusions of the Head are to be suspected, because from them the greatest Symptoms do arise: and if in laying open the Cranium, the Patient recovers not his Senses, an Extravasation of Blood is to be feared, under the Dura Mater; in which case, Life is in great hazard.  
LVIII. The Cure of a Simple Contusion. You are in the first place to shave the Hair of, and than apply this. ℞ The whites of Eggs Nᵒ two. Oil of Myrtles, powder of Catechu, A. ℥ i mix them. Dress twice a day, and use it, till the Part comes to its own temperature.  
LIX. But if there is Pain, Inflammation, or Tumour, you may embrocate the Tumour and Parts about, with Oil of Myrtles mixed with Vinegar, and than apply the former, or this following Cataplasm.  
LX. ℞ Barley and Bean flower ℥ vi. Oil of Myrtles or Roses ℥ vi. whites of Eggs Nᵒ two. Red-roses in powder ℥ i Catechu ℥ ss. fine Bole, Cypress-nuts, Roch-alum, all in powder A.ʒii. Vinegar q.s. make a Cataplasm.  
LXI. The Patient being thus dressed, Wiseman advises to bleed in the Arm or Neck, some hours after to exhibit a Clyster, and at Night to lay him to rest with an Emulsion of the Cold Seeds.  
LXII. The next day repeat the former Dressing, till you have restrained the afflux of Humours; than foment the Tumour in Red-Wine, in which Camomile, Rosemary, Southernwood, and Red-Roses have been boiled.  
LXIII. Than strengthen the Part with this of Paraeus, lib. 12. cap. 4. ℞ Whites of Eggs Nᵒ three Oils of Myrtles and Roses, A. ℥ i fine Bowl ℥ ss. Sanguis draconis, Cypress-nuts, Galls, burnt Alum; A. ʒii. Vinegar of Roses q.s. make a Lineament.  
LXIV. And discuss with this, ℞ Diachylon simple ℥ ss. Empl. de Meliloto, & Oxycroccum, A.ʒii. Oil of Camomile ℥ ss. mix, and make a soft Emplaster.  
LXV. If the Tumour goes not away, but grows hard and painful, threatening an Apostem, foment it with Decoction of tops of Althaea, Mallows, Linseed, and Fenugreekseed, half Wine, half Water; and make a Cataplasm of the Faeces with Barley-flower. If after this, it suppurates, you must treat it as a Phlegmon, or Inflammation.  
LXVI. But if the Pain abates, yet the Tumour continues with Extravasated Blood, you may discuss with this. ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ iii Red-roses. Myrtleberries, A. ℥ i tops of Wormwood, Southernwood, Fetherfew, flowers of Elder, of Camomile, A. ℥ ss. Fennel and Dill seed, A. ʒi. powder, and boil in Red-wine; adding Honey ℥ two. Oil of Camomile q.s. make a Cataplasm.  
LXVII. But if by this means the Humour is not wasted, nor the Tumour discussed, because of the effusion of Blood under the Membrana Masculosa, which makes a separation of the upper parts from the Cranium; discerned by the fluctuation of the Tumour, and a fixed pain in the Part; than make incision, or open it; and if the Scull is sound, digest and finish the Cure by Medicines which mundify and dry, and by a moderate compression; avoiding moist Medicines to the Bones, because they induce cariosity.  
LXVIII. You may apply this, in this case. ℞ Syrup of read dried Roses, of Wormwood, A. ℥ i Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ʒvi. Aloes, Myrrh, Mastic, Orrice-root, Barley-meal, A. ʒss. mix them.  
Lxix If the Scull is not sound, which you may discern partly by sight, it appearing yellowish, livid, or black; and partly by feeling with you Probe, or Finger: by which you will found it rugged and unequal, whereas it should be smooth and slippery: in this case, you must first smooth it with a Raspatory, than scale the Bone, by applying the following Powder.  
LXX. ℞ Roots of round Birthwort, of Gentian, of Orrice, Dittany, Barley-flower, A. ℥ ss. Aloes Hepatica, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Mastich, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒii. Euphorbiumʒi. make all into a fine powder, and mix them.  
LXXI. In great Contusions sometimes Gangrenes are induced, by reason of the extinction of Natural Heat, known by the Part growing of a livid or black colour: in this case, 1. Scarify, with application of Cupping-glasses. 2. Make Fomentations, and other Topical Applications; such as we have directed in their proper places, where we have treated of Gangrenes, amp; c.  
LXXII. If there is a Concussion with the Tumour, first Bleed, and as often as you see occasion; keep the Body soluble by Clysters: and quiet the Ferment in the Blood, by frequent draughts of cooling Emulsions; than shaving of the Hair, embrocate the Head and Neck with Oils of Myrtles and Roses, mixed with Vinegar and whites of Eggs: and apply the Cataplasm at Sect. 66. above, made with Red-Wine, or Oxycrate.  
LXXIII. After the Symptoms are remitted, apply this Cataplasm: ℞ Barley, Wheat, and Lentil meal, A. ℥ two. flowers of Red-roses, Myrtleberries, Nut-galls, Calamus Aromaticus, Cypress-nuts, Catechu, Terra sigillata, all in fine powder, A. ℥ i Orrice-pouder, Zedoary, flowers of Camomile and Melilot, A. ℥ ss. all in fine powder; rough Red-wine q.s. boil all to a Cataplasm: or, with Wax q.s. make it into a Cerat.  
LXXIV. If the Concussion does not terminate by the aforesaid means, you must lay open the Part, and proceed as we have directed at Sect. 67. aforegoing.  
LXXV. If in a very great Contusion where there is no Wound, the Tumour is large, and feels soft and pappy, and increases, notwithstanding all your cooling Applications; it is to be feared, that the quantity of Serum which raises the Tumour, does proceed from within, from some Fissure in the Scull.  
LXXVI. In this case, make Incision into the Tumour, proportionably to its magnitude; and if you found or feel no part of the Scull bore or depressed, dress it with Digestives, and do the Cure as before directed, at Sect. 67. above, if the Humour does abate, and the Wound itself digests.  
LXXVII. But if you found there is a depression, and other ill Symptoms appear, you must lay the Hairy-scalp more open, to make way for a farther inspection, and than proceed to the Cure, as we shall direct in Lib. 6. following.   

IV. Of Wounds of the Head.  
LXXVIII. They are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Capitis; and in English, Wounds of the Head.  
LXXIX. The Kind's. They are of three Kind's: 1. Such wherein the Scull is not made bore. 2. Where the Scull is made bore, but not hurt. 3. Where the Scull is also hurt, but not fractured.  
LXXX. The Signs. When the Scull is not made bore, you may know it by ceiling with the Finger, if the Wound is large enough: and partly by the Probe, if with it you feel no hard substance; and if the Probe slip and slide, meeting with the Pericranium.  
LXXXI. The Cure, where the Cranium is not made bore. These Wounds being made by Incision, dividing the Scalp to the Cranium; yea if it cut the Scull, if there be no Symptoms of an internal Hurt, the lips of the Wound are to be brought close together, and healed by Agglutination.  
LXXXII. Some object against stitching these Wounds, jest the Matter thereby be penned in, and so foul the Bone. To this it is answered, if no evil Symptoms be present, so that the Wound aught to be speedily healed; it may be safely done, (and it is easily done) both abroad in foreign Parts, and with us here at home.  
LXXXIII. But these kinds of Wounds are not to be crowded with Dossels; for thereby you may induce a Fever, and prolong the Cure.  
LXXXIV. The Hair therefore being clipped or shaved of, you may stop the flux of Blood with Pulvis Galeni, or some other good Styptic; and lay over Emplast. è Bolo, or some other Defensative, with Compress and Bandage, bringing the lips close together.  
LXXXV. The day following exhibit a Clyster, and at next Dressing embrocate the Parts about with Oils of Roses and Myrtles mixed with Vinegar, and dress up the Wound with Linimentum Arcaei, upon Pledgets, and it will quickly be well.  
LXXXVI. But if the lips of the Wound were not brought close together at the first Dressing, than Digestives must be applied, such as these of Sennertus. ℞ Turpentineʒvi. Oil of Hypericonʒiij. Frankincense in pouderʒi. yolk of one Egg, mix them. Or this: ℞ Rosinʒvi. yolk of one Egg, mix them. Or: ℞ Pure Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ i ss. Suet ℥ two. Lard ℥ i melt, and mix them.  
LXXXVII. G●…d Pus appearing the third or fourth day, you may add to the Digestive Honey of Roses, for the deterging of the Wound; or simple clarified Honey, or increase the proportion of the Rosin and Frankincense: or you may use this following Ointment. ℞ Venice-Turpentine ℥ two. Syrup of Roses, or Mel Rosarum ℥ i Aloes, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ʒss. mix them: after which, the Cure must be completed with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.  
LXXXVIII. Where the Scull is made bore, but not hurt, the Wound is to be cured two several ways; viz. either by Agglutination, or Incarnation; that is, by the first, or second Intention.  
LXXXIX. If by Agglutination, first stitch the Wound, (if so large as to need stitching) than apply ●uivis Galeni, and Pledgets dipped in the white of an Egg: the next day dress it with Linimentum Arcaei, or some other Balsam; using neither Tents nor Pledgets, because they hinder Consolidation. See Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 1.  
XC. If the Wound yields much Pus, dress it twice a day, until the Quittor abates; and continued this manner of Dressing till the Wound is agglutinated; which is sometimes on the fourth, and sometimes on the sixth day.  
XCI. If you cure by Incarnation, or the Second Intention, which is chief where there is withal a lesle of Substance; 1. Sprinkle the Bone with some Cephalick Powder, or that at Sect. 70. aforegoing: than apply dry Pledgets; and apply to the fleshy Parts some of the former Digestives at Sect. 86. above; after which, fill up the Wound with Flesh by application of Sarcoticks, as Vng. Aureum, Basilicon, or Linimentum Arcaei.  
XCII. Where the Scull is hurt, but not fractured. The Scull is hurt, when being made bore, it is dried, by being exposed to the open Air for two or three Hours; or if the upper Table is separated from the lower; or if both Tables of the Scull are cut through.  
XCIII. In the first of these Cases, (which you may know by it's not bleeding, being rasped with a Raspatory) the upper superficies is to be removed by the Raspatory, that Blood may be made to come from the sound Bone; than the Wound is to be stitched, and the Cure is to be performed by Agglutination.  
XCIV. If only a part of the Cranium separates itself from the rest, and sticks to the Cutis musculosa, it is to be taken away; and the Wound is to be cured either by Agglutination, or Concarnation, as the case may require.  
XCV. If a part of the whole Cranium is broken from the rest, so that the Dura Mater may be seen, you must cure it as we shall direct in Lib. 6. of Fractures, following: yet this we shall say at present, that this part of the Scull sticking to the Cutis musculosa, is not to be separated therefrom, jest the Brain be deprived of its Cover: but it must be reduced into its place, and there kept, by bringing the lips of the Cutis musculosa together, with so may deep and strong Stitches as shall be necessary, and than to be cured as other Wounds of the Hairy-scalp.   

V A Wound of the Head, with Contusion.  
XCVI. It is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus Capitis contusum; and in Latin, A Wound of the Head, with Contusion.  
XCVII. These Wounds are either small, or great: the small or ordinary, are such as are not accompanied with any dangerous Symptoms, and where the Cranium is but a little naked.  
XCVIII. Here you need not stuff in Dossels; for if the contused Flesh is but well digested, the Bone will incarnate underneath, with the Wound, with no great difficulty: and in the very worst habits of Body, they will incarnate by keeping the orifice a little open, by a small Dossel pressed out of S.U. and defending the adjacent parts from fluxion, by proper Medicaments, and good Bandage.  
XCIX. To cure therefore these Wounds, first wash and foment the Wound with S.U. or the Tincture of Frankincense and Myrrh; than if the Wound requires it, stitch it with Needles, (by the lesser it may be done with the dry-suture,) but leave room for the Matter to come forth; for if that should be shut in by your dressing, the Wound would be made more hollow, and the Cure delayed, etc.  
C. Let the Wound be dressed with Linimentum Arcaei, or for want of it, with Turpentine; whose Praises, Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. par. 1. cap. 22. has loudly proclaimed in these words.  
CI. Et omninò hîc utilissimum Medicamentum est Terebinthina, omnibus Vulneribus commoda, praesertim Partium Nervosarum, qualis Pericranium est: praeservat enim Contusa à corruption & putridine, ea corroborat, Dolores sedat, Vlcera mundat, & si acrimoniam aliquam prae se ferat, ea facilè tollicur ablutione Aqua Betonicae; & cum in passivis siccae sit, siccitas temperatur humidis, ut Ovi vitellio, & Olei Rosaceo modico adjecto. Now above all things Turpentine is a most excellent Medicine, fit for the Cure of all sorts of Wounds, but more especially of the Nervous Parts, of which kind is the Pericranium: for it preserves contused Wounds from corruption and putridness, strengthens the Parts, eases Pain, cleanses Ulcers, and if there be any acrimony it carries with it, the same is easily taken away by washing it with Betony-water; and though it is drying in its passive qualities, it is remedied by mixing it with humid things, as the yolk of an Egg, and a little Oil of Roses.  
CII. The same Sennertus prescribes this. ℞ Turpentine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ i Wax ℥ ss. Saffron ℈ ss. mix them: but says he, if an Inflammation is feared, let Barley-flower ℥ ss. be added; and to make it Sarcotick, Frankincense ʒss. may be added.  
CIII. If the Wound is deep, a Tent must be kept in the depending Part, till it yields a good sort of Pus, and than it is to be taken out, and an Emplaster, as Diapalma, Empl. Al●um, or De Meliloto, mixed with Empl. Album, or Diachylon, may be laid on.  
CIV. If the Wound is great, or extraordinary, accompanied with strange and unusual Symptoms; or Inflammation of the whole Head, Neck, and Shoulders; Fever, great Swelling of the lips of the Wound, and they of a livid colour; or that it casts forth a virulent, sharp, and black, and stinking Sanies; or it casts of a slough, and leaves the Cranium much naked, though it be not fouled, either by the Matter or the Air.  
CV. In this case, (by reason the Bone is naturally smooth and slippery, so that the Flesh difficultly grows upon it) you must (as Galen and others advice) rasp the Bone, till you see the Blood ready to come out of it; whereby it will sooner and better be supplied with the Matter for breeding of Flesh.  
CVI But if the Patient will not admit of Rasping, than you must keep Dossels close to the lips of the Wound, and make exfoliation from the edges, that the sound part may cast of the rotten: for neither any inward Medicine, nor Wine applied with Lint, or other Medicaments, to the middle of a Bone, will signify any thing to the Exfoliation of it; that is but trifling; for in the mean time, the Matter from the edges will rot the Bone underneath, and in time pierce through the first Table, and run down between the two Tables, and do much mischief: so that at length you will be forced to use the Terebra or Trepan.  
CVII. The Bone being thus scraped, or exfoliated, dress it with Pledgets dipped in Linimentum Arcaei hot, or some such like Preparation made of Gum Elemi, Balsam Capivii, Cypress-Turpentine, or some of the Natural Balsams: if Digestion is necessary, apply Digestives to the lips; otherwise apply Pledgets wrung out of S.U. simple, or a Tincture of Birthwort, Orrice, and Hog-Fennel roots, etc.  
CVIII. In a Wound made by Incision, where part of the Scull is cut slanting of, or into the second Table; if there are no Symptoms of Concussion, you aught not to lay open the Wound to set on the Trepan; but cleanse and dress it, with a fit Dossel pressed out of S.U. digest the lips of the Wound, and wait for the Exfoliation, and than heal it up: Rasping in this case is needless; for if the Bone be rightly dressed, the Flesh will soon arise, and make Exfoliation, and 'twill Incarnate of its own accord.  
CIX. If there is any Malignity joined therewith, as being made with a Poisoned Weapon, or from the Bites of Malign Creatures, whether Men or Beasts; the lips of the Wound are first to be scarified, and either Leeches or Cupping-glasses may be applied; and than the Wound may be washed and fomented with this following Medicine.  
CX. ℞ Our Theriaea Chymica, or in place thereof, Mithridate ℥ ss. common Angelica or Scordium water ℥ iv. Spiritus Cordialis, or Spiritus Vini, ℥ i Spiritus Universalis ʒ two. mix them.  
CXI. And inwardly you may give this. ℞ Our Theriaca Chymica, or Elect. Antipestilentiale, à ℈ i ad ʒi. Spiritus Cordialis ʒ vi. Aqua Angelicae simplex ℥ iii mix, for a Dose.    

CHAP. XXVI. Of WOUNDS of the TEMPORAL MUSCLES.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus Musculorum Temporum; in English, A Wound of the Temporal Muscles.  
II The Prognostics. Wounds of the Temples are always dangerous: 1. Because the Passage of Hearing is in the Temples; and the Instruments of the Senses are very sensible. 2. Because the Temporal Muscles are placed on the Temples, which are casily offended. 3. Because the Motion of the Joints of the lower Jaw (in Speaking, Eating, or Drinking) does hinder unition. 4. Because considerable Vessels, as the branches of the Jugular Veins, and Soporal Arteries are distributed there.  
III Wounds of the Temporal Muscle, are commonly accompanied with fearful Symptoms; and many times they follow some time after the Wound is made; as Vomitings, deep Slumbering, Convulsions, etc.  
IV. If the Wound is made by Puncture, it is to be accounted dangerous; and many times brings with it very evil Symptoms, as those before named, and other like.  
V If the Temporal Muscle is cut athwart or transversly, it loses its proper action, which is to move and lift up the lower Jaw; than the opposite Temporal Muscle, being whole and sound, and using its strength, the wounded Muscle not being able to act, or make any resistance, it draws the lower Jaw to it; by which the Mouth, and most parts of the Face are drawn awry, and suffer a kind of convulsion towards the sound part, the other being resolved, and falling.  
VI For as often as the Muscles of one kind are equal in number, magnitude, and strength on each side: the resolution or cutting asunder of the one part, causes a convulsion of the other.  
VII. Besides all this, when we eat, drink, or speak, this Muscle is in perpetual motion; so that being once cut, it will very difficultly admit of unition: for this reason, if there should be a Fracture in this Muscle, of the Ossa Petrosa, (joined to the Scull by Sutura Squamosa, or the Scaly Suture) you aught not to be too hasty in dilating it, jest Convulsions or other ill accidents should hap.  
VIII. The Cure. If therefore in a Wound of the Temporal Muscles there should be a fracture of the Bone without ill Symptoms, let the Hair be shaved of, and the Wound dressed with this. ℞ Oils of Whelps, of Earthworms, and of Hypericon, A. ℥ ss. S.U. ʒii. mix them, and use it warm.  
IX. Or, ℞ Balsam of Chili, or of Peru ℥ ss. Oil of Earthwormsʒi. mix them, and dress the Wound therewith.  
X. If the Muscle is cut transversly, than the lips are to be brought together by stitching in the Skin: afterwards it is to be dressed with Linimentum Arcaei, or some other Balsam; or those things which are prescribed in Punctures.  
X. Or you may apply this Unguent of Sennertus. ℞ Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ iii pure Rosin, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ iv. Wax ℥ vi. Ammoniacum ℥ two. make an Ointment.  
XII. Or, ℞ Gum Elemi ℥ iii Opopanax ℥ two. Pine-Rosin ℥ i Bdellium ℥ ss. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XIII. Gum Elemi is an admirable thing, as Conciliator, Different. 181. writes, Attrahit, dolorem mitigat, malam intemperiem, propter familiaritatem quam cum Corpore habet, corrigit, Viz. It attracts or draws, eases pain, and corrects an ill temperature of the Part, from its friendly quality which it has to the Body.  
FOURTEEN. Above these wounds you may apply Sticticum Paracelsi, or Diachylon cum Gummis, brought to the consistence of a Cerat, by mixing it with some Balsam, either Natural or Artificial.  
XU. And though there may be danger of Death, Celsus advises, That we should not altogether leave the miserable Patient comfortless, for that it is better to try a doubtful Medicine, than none at all: and we may avoid scandal, and free ourselves from blame and reproach, by making the probable prognostics to the Friends of the Sick.  
XVI. If the Muscle is wounded only according to the length, you must first stop the Hemorrhage, with some proper Styptic, the chief of which is that of Dr. Gardner' s Preparation: than you must unite the brims by stitching them together, cleansing the Wound first from the grumous or clotted Blood, or other extraneous bodies.  
XVII. Which done, dress the Head or Wound with some of the former Ointments, or Balsams, Cerats, or Emplasters; and so compose him to rest, raising his Head somewhat high with a Pillow.  
XVIII. An Observation, from Wiseman. One wounded transverse the right Temporal Muscle, was bleeding almost to death; I stitched (says he) his Wound, taking the Artery up with the lips; and for want of other Remedies, dressed it with a little Wheat-flower and the white of an Egg, applying over it a Compress, pressed out of Vinegar, with convenient Bandage.  
XIX. The third day after the Dress were taken of, and the lips were found new agglutinated: being better provided with Medicines, the lips of the Wound were sprinkled with powder made of Frankincense and Dragons-blood, and a Pledget applied spread with Linimentum Arcaei, and over it Diapalma.  
XX. The fifth day, or second after the former Dressing, the Stitches were cut, and Epuloticks applied: so that in two or three Dress more he was cured. Wiseman, lib. 5. c. 9 pag. 387.   

CHAP. XXVII. Of WOUNDS of the meanings of the BRAIN.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus, pl. Vulnera Meningium Cerebri; in English, A Wound, or Wounds of the Membranes of the Brain.  
II It follows in order of Nature, to treat of Wounds of the Cranium: but by reason they are chief Fractures, of which our whole Sixth Book following treats, we shall here pass them over, and come immediately to treat of those parts under the Scull, which are the meanings of the Brain, and the Brain itself.  
III The meanings, or Membranes, are the internal containing part of the Head; and they are two, both which compass the Brain; viz. the Dura Mater, and the Pia Mater.  
IV. The Dura Mater is the outermost Membrane, and being very strong, is placed under the Cranium; the wounding of which, is very often attended with Palsies; and in time of the hurt or accident, with Convulsions and other ill Symptoms; the which are the greater, if the Wound is in the middle part of the Head, according to its length; there being many Vessels in that place, which if they chance to be cut, will fill the voided space between the Cranium and Dura Mater, with Blood.  
V The Pia Mater, lies upon the body or substance of the Brain, so close, that a Wound cannot be made into the Pia Mater, and the Brain escape free: and from its many Veins being cut, or broken, a Flux of Blood inevitably follows.  
VI The Signs. A Wound of this Part is known by sight; and is for the most part accompanied with vehement Pain, Hemorrhage, Inflammation, Apostemation, and Discolouration.  
VII. The Prognostics. If drowsiness and sleepiness seizeth the Patient, Death not long after will ensue.  
VIII. If notwithstanding the use of Means there is a Putrefaction, and it will not cease, but still increases and goes on; or a Tumour shall increase and grow above the opening of the Scull, being immovable, black, and dry: if the Eyes of the Sick appear of a fiery colour, bunchout, and are still moving; if they toss and tumble in their Bed, and rave, you may predict Death at hand, and so much the sooner, as these Symptoms continued constant and uniform. And Death must of necessity ensue, because of the extinction of Natural Heat, and the Gangrene of a Noble Part.  
IX. When the Pia Mater is wounded, (because it is very thin, and sticks fast to the Brain) the Brain also must be offended, and therefore such Wounds are for the most part mortal: for the Brain being laid open to the Air, is presently and easily corrupted by the external cold, which extinguishes the weak heat of that Part; as also by the moisture which is contained in its substance, as by that which comes to it by a flux from other places.  

I Wounds of the Dura Mater.  
X. The Cure. In this case presently lay-open the Hairy-scalp, and raise it up with the Bones, that you may in some measure relieve the oppressed Membrane; and if there is a great flux of Blood, cleanse the Membrane with a Sponge dipped, and a little squeezed out of hot Red-wine, or Vinegar.  
XI. If there is a vehement Hemorrhage, the Membrane being wounded, you must immediately make way to come at the wounded Membrane, if the Instrument or Weapon has not made way enough; and than stop it with Galen's Powder, made of Aloes, Frankincense, Mastic, white of an Egg, and down of an Hare; or Dr. Gardner's Styptic, or some such like Medicament.  
XII. As to the first Dressing, Authors something differ; Celsus would have it dressed with Dryers, viz. Cum Aceto acerrimo: his factis, (those things being done, at Sect. 10. above) ea Membrana Aceto acri respergenda est, ut si intus concretus Cruor remanet, discutiatur, etc. The Membrane is to be sprinkled with sharp Vinegar, to prevent the bleeding, and to dissolve the coagulated Blood which remains upon the Dura Mater.  
XIII. But Avicen, and most of the Ancients were for Lenients, as Oil of Roses, that the extravasated Blood lying upon the Dura Mater might be converted into Matter: in which case, you are to be something guided by your Eye.  
FOURTEEN. If there is Sanies or Putrefaction, dress with Mel Rosarum mixed with S.U. and higher Abstersives may be used, as you see the Putrefaction is more or lesle: if a Hemorrhage is feared, Celsus his way may be proper, or the use of some other Styptic. But if neither an Hemorrhage nor Putrefaction are feared, but that the Membrane is fresh, and of its natural colour; you are not to grieve or exasperated the Pain, with the acrimony of Vinegar, or Detergents: the use of Vinegar, or Mel Rosarum with S.U. are contrary to the Indication of Cure, which teaches to digest recent Wounds, before you use Abstersives.  
XU. Therefore Lenients, by the Authority both of Ancients and Moderns, are first to be used. Galen used Pigeons-Blood, or the Blood of Turtles, dropped warm from their Wings. Fallopius and Aquapendens use Oil of Roses, mixed with Rosin of the Fir-tree, afterwards increasing the Rosin, and lessening the Oil: these by their Concoctive quality, perfect the Digestion sooner; and by their Anodyn quality, secure the Part from Inflammation.  
XVI. By this simple Medicament, Wiseman says he never failed of good Digestion, and afterwards by the tempering of it, he has both digested and deterged, never finding the lest prejudice the bore Bone received from it: but this you are also to be cautious of, that you use not Digestives unseasonably, because thereby the Parts may be relaxed: therefore after Digestion, add more Rosin, and lesle Oil.  
XVII. Or you may mix Mel Rosarum with the Rosin, instead of Oil; which will answer the Intentions, both of deterging, and incarnating.  
XVII. Or you may use this, to both purposes. ℞ Balsam Capivii, Gum Elemi, A.ʒii. Strasburgh-Turpentine ℥ i Honey of Roses, Canary, A. ℥ iii Oil of Roses ℥ iv. boil to the consumption of the Wine; than add Cochinel in fine pouderʒiii. Aloesʒi. Saffronʒss. mix them.  
XIX. This you may apply upon the Dura Mater, and a Button of Lint over, to fill up the hollow in the Bone: and the rest of the Bone may be dressed with dry Lint, or Linimentum Arcaei, and the lips of the Wound with a Digestive, with Turpentine, etc. over which apply Diapalma, or Empl. Album, malaxed with Oil of Roses.  
XX. Now one thing is to be noted, that in the Directions at Sect. 10. and 11. above, you take not out more Bones than needs must: for recent Fractures of the Cranium, do easily unite, like those in other Parts; if the Pus or Matter has way made, to be discharged from within: so that having raised up the Bones that are lose, the others may be dressed dry, with Catagmaticks; taking care, that a Hypersarcosis or Proud-flesh come not upon them; and thus they will easily agglutinate.  
XXI. In these Wounds of the Dura Mater, besides those mentioned at Sect. 15, 16, 17, and 18. the Oils of Hypericon and Mastic, mixed with Rosin, are commended: and Archigenes, Galen, and Aquapendens sometimes dressed these Wounds with juice of Calamint, mixed with the flower of Milium.  
XXII. The unition and Incarnating the Lips of the Dura Mater, is performed by a Carneous Substance arising from the Membrane, which afterwards as it increases, does unite them; and overspreading that Part, grows up to the Cranium, and unites with that Callus, (after Exfoliation of the Bone) and becomes one body with it, filling up the vacancy, or place which was perforated, and in some grows more firm than the Bone itself.  
XXIII. You must be careful that your Lenients make not the Flesh too lax and soft, jest a troublesome Fungus springs forth; which you may prevent in its beginning, by using Desiccatives, as read Precipitate, mixed with burnt Alum, Aloes, and powder of Pomgranate-peels, etc. The Vitriol-stone takes this of with little pain, and also disposes the Part to cicatrize, if prudently used and timely. We will have a few words concerning the Accidents or Symptoms, and so shall conclude this Topick.   

II Symptoms in Wounds of the Dura Mater.  
XXIV. 1. Pain. Narcoticks here have no place, for they would stupify the Membrane; nor emollient unctuous Medicines, because they may induce putridness. Oil of Roses, mixed with Gum Elemi a third part, are to be put warm upon the Membrane, till the pain ceases, and the Pus appears; than Honey of Roses may be mixed with Oil of Roses, for better digesting and deterging, etc.  
XXV. 2. Inflammation. It is a read Tumour of the Dura Mater, with distension of its Vessels; so great sometimes, that it sills the hole of the Cranium, and grows above it. This Symptom is dangerous, and therefore they first Bleed, and appoint a slender Diet; than they Foment with a Decoction of Althaea, Linseed, Fenugreekseed, Groundsel and Violet leaves, made in Wine, or in Wine and Water; this being done, they anoint with Oils of Roses, Myrtles, or Quinces: if these things prevail not, and that you see it will Apostemate, you are to dilate the Scull, by taking away more of it.  
XXVI. 3. Apostemation. It is known by the extraordinary whiteness of some part of it, as in Pustules of the Skin; than you must carefully open it, but so as not to touch the Brain; and drying abstersive Medicaments are to be applied, as Mel Rosarum cum S.U. Syrup of dried Roses mixed with a little Turpentine, or Balsam Capivii, or Gum Elemi, and Spirit of Wine, etc.  
XXVII. 4. Discolouration. This may proceed from many Causes; as violence of the Contusion, coagulated Blood, coldness of the Air, application of unfit Medicines, and from a putridness.  
XVIII. If it comes from the Contusion, it seldom lasts above three or four days: in this case use Oleum Rosaceum, or Mel Rosatum, or Oil of Eggs, with a little S.U. mixed with some Cephalick Powder and Saffron.  
XXIX. If it comes from Coagulated Blood, ℞ Powder of Cochenel, of Chermes-berries, A. ʒi. Saffronʒss. Sarcocolʒii. S.U. Honey of Roses, A. ℥ two. mix them; and apply it, till the blackness goes away.  
XXX. If it comes from application of Unfit Medicines, as being too moist, unctuous, or sharp, apply such as are in faculty contrary, viz. drying, as Cephalick Powders mixed with Honey or Oil of Roses: if from sharp things, apply such as are mild and lenient, as Oils of Hypericon, Earthworms, or Whelps, mixed with a little Saffron, and Balsam of Peru.  
XXXI. If it proceeds from Putridness, known by the ill smell of the Sanies, than apply this: ℞ S.U. Whitewine, A. ℥ two. Syrup of Wormwood, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ i Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss. Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocol, Precipitate, A.ʒi. mix.   

III Wounds of the Pia Mater.  
XXXII. Wounds of this Part are most times mortal: partly, for that this Membrane is full of Blood-vessels, and so subject to great Hemorrhages; and partly, because the Brain, being exposed to the Air, is thereby overcooled; and being corrupted, is apt to be pressed forth by the constant Pain they endure from the putrefaction of the Cerebrum, whereby it many times comes forth at the Wound.  
XXXIII. You must make clear and open your way to these Wounds, by removing the lacerated Flesh and Bones, if they will submit: otherwise you must leave it to Nature, jest the Patient dies under your hands, which is a disgrace to an Artist.  
XXXIV. First stop the Haemorrhage with Galen' ss Powder, and Hare's Fur, mixed with the White of an Egg, which use upon Pledgits, to retain the Brain also within its Bounds.  
XXXV. Than the Part is to be cured with Medicaments, drying, warming, and comforting; such as that described at Sect. 18. aforegoing, and other the like things, dressing up the Wound as those in the Dura Mater.  
XXXVI. If any part of the Lips of the Hairy Scalp is lacerated, shattered, or seems to be torn in Rags, cut it of, jest a Gle●… drop from them upon the Membranes or Brain, and so increase the Accidents.  
XXXVII. If the Brain be kept within its Membranes, viz. the Pia & Dura Mater, and they digest and incarnate, than proceed in the rest of the Cure, as we have before directed in the Discourse of the Wounds of the Dura Meninx.  
XXXVIII. Bleeding is also sometimes to be done, as your Prudence shall direct you: And in a Cacochymia, there aught to be due purging to carry of the offending Humours, and serous Blood, which, by reason of its thinness and heat, is apt to fly to the affected part; but this is to be done, according as the Necessity requires, and the Patient's Strength will admit.    

CHAP. XXVIII. Of WOUNDS of the BRAIN.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnus, pl. Vulnera Cerebri; in English, a Wound, or Wounds of the Brain.  
II The Signs. Hypocrates, lib. 6. aphor. 50. saith, If any have the Brain wounded, they will have a Fever and vomiting of Choler. And this Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 4. affirms in a very florid Discourse.  
III Hypocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 58. says, They who have suffered a vehement Concussion of the Brain, immediately become dumb: and in Coacis Prenot. he says, they fall a slumbering.  
IV. There is also Senselesness, Giddiness, and Dimness of Sight: For Fernelius, Pathol. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, If the Substance of the Brain is hurt, the Reason becomes weak, and all the Symptoms increase; and many times a Portion of the Brain comes out, not without Danger of Life.  
V If the Brain is wounded, the Pus, or Quittor, will be thick, round, and like a marrowy Substance.  
VI Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 22. says, If the meanings are divided, and a Substance like Fat comes out, which will neither swim above the Water, nor yet melt with Heat, as Fat will, the Brain may than be said to be wounded.  
VII. The Symptoms. The Symptoms are many and dreadful. 1. What respect the natural Powers, as, foaming at Mouth, darkness of Sight, Vertigo, vomiting of Choler, a Fever, Convulsion, Deafness, and want of Speech.  
VIII. 2. What respects the rational Faculties; as, Stupidity, want of Reason, a Palsy, Lethargy, and last of all an Apoplexy.  
IX. The Prognostics. All Wounds of the Brain are dangerous at lest, 1. Because of the Nobleness of its Parts, and the necessary use of its Functions. 2. Because of its continual motion, considering a wounded part in curing requires rest. 3. From the Substance of the Brain, being soft and humid, and so the more apt to Putridness. 4. Because of the Coldness of the Brain, which generates many Excrements. 5. Because of the Consent of the Nerves, it being their original. 6. Because Medicaments are not so easily conveyed to that part, being wounded.  
X. But that some have had Wounds of the Brain, and even with loss of its Substance who have escaped With Life, Authors have reported, and for which they give us these Reasons; as, 1. The healthy and strong Constitution of the Patient. 2. The Skilfulness of the Artist in dressing of the Wound; for that many recover of great Wounds, being dressed neatly, easily, and according to Art; whereas others die of small Wounds, being negligently or ignorantly dressed. 3. The difference of the part wounded; some parts of the Brain being more dangerous when wounded, than other some.  
XI. Authors are not wanting in giving us Histories of such, who having been wounded in the Br●in, have recovered. Galen on Hypocrates, lib. 6. Aph. 18. says, He saw one cured, who had a considerable Wound in the Brain: And, De Vsu Partium, lib. 10. he tells us of a young Man, who recovered of a Wound received in one of the fore Ventricles of the Brain.  
XII. Andrea's à Cruse, Chirurg. lib. 1. Tract. 2. cap. 14. says, he cured several whose Brains were wounded, and brings Witness of the Truth thereof: And Fr. Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 6. brings four Examples of the Truth of the same.  
XIII. Fallopius de Capitis vulneribus, cap. 45. says, A great Portion of the Brain may come forth, and yet Life be saved: Therefore (says he) forsake not the wounded Patient, for I myself have had great Trial of these things. And Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Observ. 1, 2, 3. gives us four Examples of this kind.  
FOURTEEN. Christoph. à Vega in Hypocrates, lib. 6. Aph. 15. says, That Wounds of the Brain, if they reach to the Ventricles, are not cured: But we have seen (says he) many others cured, which pierced to the Substance of the Brain, and out of which some Portion of the Brain issued. Carpus de Tractatu in fractura Cranii, affirms, That he saw six People who recovered, when a good quantity of the Brain came out of the Wounds.  
XU. Theodoricus Chirurg. lib. 2. cap. 2. assures us, That Wounds of the Membrane, and Substance of the Brain and Ventricles, may be cured. And Horatius Augenius, lib. 9 Epist. 2. says, He saw once the whole Substance of the Brain wounded, and a Portion of the Brain to come out of the Wound, yet that the Patient was cured, and did well.  
XVI. Brassavola in Hippocratis, lib. 6. Aph. 18. reports, That he saw two who were cured, after their Brains were wounded. And Massa, Tom. 2. Epist. 11. takes God to witness, and many yet alive (says he) can witness, that I have cured several, whose Skull is, Membranes and Brain have been wounded; also naming them.  
XVII. Valeriola, lib. 4. Obs. 10. lib. 5. Obs. 9 & lib. 6. Obs. 4. has also several Examples. And Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 1. cap. 24. has given us a famous Example, which was brought to him of a Carpenter who was wounded in the Brain, and there fell out of the Substance of the Brain as much almost as the Quantity of a Walnut, who was cured with an Ointment of Fab. Hildanus.  
XVIII. Paraeus, lib. 10. cap. 22. tells us of a young Man wounded upon the right Bregma into the Brain, so that the quantity of a Hazelnut came forth thereat, which he cut away, and recovered him perfectly, excepting that he continued deaf all his Life after. Wiseman, lib. 5. cap. 9 says, That the Brain itself is insensible; and that the Symptoms which accompany these Wounds proceed from the Pain and Anguish of the Dura and Pia Mater. He tells us of a Patient of his, who was wounded into the Brain, with loss of its Substance, who lived 17 days after: And, (says he) by what I have seen of them heretofore, their Cure consists in dressing them as Wounds of the Dura Mater, and in keeping the Brain within its Membranes, without which no Incarnation can succeed.  
XIX. Cabrolius de periculosissimis Cerebri Vulneribus, Obs. 16, 22, & 24. has some worthy and notable Histories of this kind. And Skenkius, lib. 1. Obs. 40, 42. has collected many, which for their Rarity are worth reading.  
XX. These Authorities being thus alleged, I am unwilling to interpose a Judgement against such a Cloud of Witnesses, most of them being Men of Reputation, Honour and Integrity: All that I will say upon the matter is this, That nothing of this nature ever came within my Cognisance; and though Wounds of this kind, may be thought by me, with others, extremely dangerous, yet I think we aught not to judge their Cure impossible; and therefore believe it the Duty of every Artist, when such Accidents offer themselves, not only to bind up the wounded Patient, but to do all his Endeavours, and exert his greatest Skill and Abilities, in order to the Performance of the Cure; since Nature many times assists us in our Undertake, even beyond all hope.  
XXI. The Causes of the Symptoms. 1. Dimness of Sight. It is caused from a Dissipation of the Animal Spirits, and a Confusion of the Visive Spirits in the Optic Nerves.  
XXII. 2. Loss of Motion. 1. It is caused, 1. By the Violence of that which gives the Wound. 2. By Privation of the Faculty of moving, through the wounding the Instruments of Motion.  
XXIII. 3. Slumbering, or Sleepiness. It is caused from the Dissipation of the Animal Spirits, but greater, and of longer continuance than in Dimness of Sight.  
XXIV. A Fever. It is caused by an Inflammation seizing upon the wounded part, which being communicated to the Heart by the Veins, is from thence by the same Vessels scattered over the whole Body.  
XXV. 5. AVertigo. It is caused from the Circumvolution, or turning round of the Animal Spirits, and from their violent and irregular Motions.  
XXVI. 6. A Vomiting. It is caused from a Communication of Vessels: For the Brain being hurt, the Disaffection is communicated by the Nerves of the sixth Conjugation, which proceeding from the Brain, are dispersed through all the Coats of the Stomach.  
XXVII. 7. A Convulsion. It is caused from malign, putrid, or sharp thin Humours or Vapours, pricking the Original of the Nerves, and so disposing them to Explosions in various parts.  
XXVIII. 8. A Palsy. It is caused by matter obstructed, which piercing the Nerves and musculous Fibres, especially in their Original, as the Brain and Spinal Marrow, causes a Resolution in those Parts to which those Conjugations or Pairs run.  
XXIX. 9 Stupidity. It is caused by putrid Vapours or Humours, abounding in such plenty, as almost to suffocate or put a stop to the Motion of the Animal Spirits, being obstructed in the Brain.  

I The Cure of Wounds of the Brain.  
XXX. Sennertus Med. Pract. lib. 1. par. 1. cap. 24. forbids things cold and moist; also moist Digestives, and all fat, unctuous and oily Medicaments; for the Brain being soft and moist, is by them easily corrupted.  
XXXI. But things drying are to be used; as, Oil of Turpentine, and all the kinds of natural Balsams, (which cannot properly be said to be unctuous or greasy.) Andrea's à Cruse, Chirurg. lib. 1. cap. 14. will have Oil of Turpentine and Sp. Vi. to be applied till the fourteenth day is past, and than to drop into the Wound this following Liquor.  
XXXII. ℞ Generous and strông Wine, as Sherry, ℥ x, Juice of Betony ℥ ij, Juice of Calaminth ℥ i, inspissate Juice of Centory, Seeds of Hypericon, Aloes, Myrrh, Dragon's Blood, Olibanum, A. ℥ ss. bruise and digest all in a Vessel close stopped; than boil gently to the consumption of a third part; strain, and add thereto S.U. ℥ iij. Oil of Turpentine ℥ ij. mix them for use.  
XXXIII. Upon the former apply Pulvis Cephalicus; and cover all with some fit Balsamic Emplaster.  
XXXIV. Sennertus says, Pigeons Blood may be dropped in, or some fine Cloth dipped in Greek (or rather Sherry) Wine, in which Roses and Betony have been infused: In Wintertime, Aqua Vitae may be used; others use the Juice of Catmint; others the Powder of pure Frankincense; even till the 7th day, and till the Flesh gins to grow up.  
XXXV. Fabricius ab Aquapendente Chirurg. lib. 2. cap. 20. uses this following, with good Success. ℞ Meal of Milium ℥ ss. Mithridateʒuj. Aqua Vitaeʒv. Balsam of Peru ʒiij. Oleum Hispanicum ℥ j Oil of Vitriolʒj. ss. mix them.  
XXXVI. And upon that he applies this Emplaster. ℞ Barley-flower ℥ viij. Oil of Mastic ℥ vj. Oxymel simple ℥ v. Powder of Camomile Flowers ℥ iiij. Oil of Roses ℥ iij. Spicknard Scaenanth, Staechas, Betony, all in Powder, A. ℥ ss. Whitewine q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXXVII. The Oleum Hispanum, which he wonderfully commends for the speedy healing of Wounds, is thus prepared. ℞ Seeds of Hypericon ℥ ij, Roots of Carduus Ben. and of Valerian A. ℥ j cut and beaten them well, than infuse in Sherry Wine for two days, after which add Oil Olive ℥ iij, bruised Wheat ℥ jss. boil to the Consumption of the Wine, than strain, and add thereto Venice Turpentine ℥ vj. Frankincense in Powder ℥ ij. give it two or three walms more, and so keep it for use.  
XXXVIII. Andrea's à Cruse commends Oil of Turpentine mixed with Honey of Roses to be applied with fine Linen dipped therein, and than fills up the Wound with this mixture, ℞ Aloes, Mastic, Myrrh, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒij. Turpentine ℥ ij. S.U. ℥ j mix them.  
THIRTY-NINE. Or, ℞ Turpentine washed in Bugle-water ℥ ij. S.U. Syrup of Roses A. ℥ j Powder of Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ʒij. Seeds of Hypericon, Sanguis Draconis, Mummia ex Cranio A. ʒj. mix them.  
XL. The same Andreas á Cruse cured a Girl wounded into the Brain, who had lost a considerable portion thereof, by the Method delivered at Sect. 31, 32, 33. aforegoing, in about fourteen days time.  
XLI. Sennertus commends the natural Balsams as of admirable use: Also the distilled artificial Balsam out of the following Composition. ℞ pure Turpentine lbij. lbij. Pine-Rosin lbss ss. Frnnkincense, Mastic, Myrrh, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ iij. mix, and distil a Balsam according to Art It is inferior to no other Medicine for this purpose in the World: But here I have altered the Proportions, having found these Limitations, by experience, to be much the better.  
XLII. Fallopius, in his Comment on Hypocrates, de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 45. pours into the Wound Oil of Roses mixed with Oil of Turpentine; because the Oil of Roses is Anodyn, and the Oil of Turpentine warming and drying; and this he applies till the seventh day is past; about which time the corrupt part of the Brain separates itself from the sound.  
XLIII. If the Bone is carious, and does not readily exfoliate, you must scrape it, and dress it with Linimentum Arcaei: if that is too relaxing, ℞ S.U. ℥ x. Aloes ℥ jss. Myrrh ℥ j Roots of Birthwort, Hog-Fennel, Catechu, A. ℥ ss. mix them, and apply it upon Dossels.  
XLIV. In dry Constitutions use this: ℞ Aloes, Pumicestone, Pompholix, A. ʒij. Oyster-shells burntʒss. each being in impalpable Powder, mix it with Mel Rosarum and S. Vini, and apply this Emplaster over all. ℞ Led calcined with Sulphur and washed, Litharge A. ℥ ij. Ceruse, Antimony calcined and levigated, A. ℥ j Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and boil to an Emplaster. Or, Take Crocus Martis ℥ j Calx of Egg shells ℥ ss. burnt Alumʒj. mix and make a Powder, which apply.  
XLV. If the Substance of the Brain being wounded, seems to be of a livid Colour, Medicaments which are drying and warming are to be applied. Take Spirit of Wine ℥ ij. Honey and Oil of Roses, A. ℥ j mix them.  
XLVI. As it is an evil sign, if the substance of the Brain is of a livid colour; so if the Portion thereof, which must be separated, look whitish, like to Hailstones, and have not a very stinking Smell, it seems that Nature is strong.  
XLVII. If the Wound comes to yield a laudable Quittor, than the Oil of Roses may be more especially omitted, and only Honey of Roses, and Syrup of Read Roses, or Syrup of Myrtles, mixed with Aqua Vitae, or Spirit of Wine, are to be used. Or this, Take Balsam of Peru, Gum Iuniper, read Oil of Hypericon (made by a manifold Infusion of the Flowers) A. ℥ ss. mix them. It admirably dries, warms, resists Putrefaction, and the Prejudices of the ambient Air.   

II Of the Cure of the Symptoms.  
XLVIII. 1. Apostemation of the Brain. That this may hap, Valeriolus, lib. 3. Obs. 8. Fernelius de Lue, cap. 7. & Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 8. with other's, do affirm. And Sennertus, lib. 1. par. 1. cap. 27. says, an Inflammation may hap to the Brain, and that in time may Apostemate.  
XLIX. Authors accounted this among the most desperate, if not among the mortal Symptoms: But Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 6. gives us a History of one, who having lain desperate seven days of a Wound of the Brain, had on the eighth day three Apostemes broke out, and yet was perfectly cured in the space of four Months.  
L. The Body is to be kept open with Lenients, or Lenitive Clysters are often to be given. Fomentations may be applied to the adjacent parts upon the Head; and, in due time, the Apostemation is to be opened, and cleansed of its Virulency as soon as may be, jest it contaminate the sound parts of the Brain; and than the Cure is to be absolved, according to the usual Method.  
LIVELY 2. Concussion, or Commotion of the Brain. If it is vehement, it is always dangerous, and many times mortal. And Hypocrates, lib. 7. Aph. 58. says, They who have suffered a strong Concussion of the Brain, must of necessity become dumb or speechless.  
LII. It is to be dressed as a Fracture, when the Cuti Musculosa is whole. Parcus draws Blood out of the Vena Cephalica, according to the Strength of the Patient, than he shaves the Head, and applies a Cataplasin made of Barley Flower, Oil of Roses and Oxymel: But Astringents are forbidden, because they hinder the breathing of the Fuliginous Vapours through the Sutures,  
VII. There are many Compositions of this Emplaster; the chief of which we have given you in Cap. 6. Sect. 36. and 47. of this present Book aforegoing. But some Authors commend the following.  
VIII. ℞ Rosin, Ship-pitch, Wax, A. ℥ ij. Turpentine ℥ jss. Taccamahac ℥ ss. White Starch, Calx Vive, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, A. ℥ ijss. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
IX. Or this Powder. ℞ Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Rosin, Sanguis Draconis, Fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Alum, Calx Vive, White Starch A. ℥ j make each into a sine Powder, and mix them. This is to be mixed with the White of an Egg, till it becomes of the thickness of Honey, and than to be applied.  
X. If the soft parts are transversely incised, and the Wound is long, the Lips will gape, being far distant asunder. In this case stitching with Needles is requisite, to bring them close together.  
XI. But when you found the Brims of the Wound agglutinated, and that their Swelling and Inflammation are go, you must remove the Stitches, and apply the dry Suture afore-named, which will be about the third or fourth day; and this must be done to prevent Scars.  
XII. If the transverse Wound is not long, fit or convenient rolling, and dry stitching may suffice for the bringing and keeping the Lips of the Wound together.  
XIII. As to Medicaments for the Cure of these Wounds, Powders are not so fit to be applied, when the Lips are brought together: For in some cases, some small distance must be left, which by Sarcoticks you must incarnate; which Powders, by their Substance and Quality hinder, by their drying too often and too soon, making an ugly Scar.  
FOURTEEN. As to the Substance or Consistence therefore of these Medicines, they aught to be humid and soft, and only drying in their Qualities, whereby Nature will have time enough given her to complete the Agglutination, by which means the Cicatrizing will be the more beneficial.  
XU. Such Medicaments are all Natural and Artificial Balsams; Oil of Hypericon mixed with Turpentine, or with Balsam Capivii, or Gum Elemi, and Arcaeus his Lineament; over which, in Summertime, Empl. Album, or de Minio, may be laid; but in Wintertime Empl. Sticticum, or some other like it; and if they are too hard or stiff, you may soften them with Oil of Hypericon, or Oil of Ben.  
XVI. The Vulnerary Liquor of Schroder is commended, if used by a skilful Hand. Liquor ad Vlcera Schroderi, in Pharm. Med. Chym. lib. 1. cap. 66. b. ℞ Calx vive, Sal Armoniac, A. q.u. levigate them, and than mix them together, and melt them with a very strong Heat, and it will yield a Water, which decant, beaten the mass to Powder; and add to it as much Salt of Bohemian-tartar, which place in a Cellar to melt per deliquium.  
XVII. He commends it for curing Tetters, Ringworms, Fistulous Ulcers, old, running, and malign Sores, Cancers, Serpigo, and break out of the French Pox, and such other like, cleansing and healing them: but being mixed with Wine, or Spirit of Wine, it is said to cure Wounds immediately.  
XVIII. When the Cicatrize or Skinning is almost induced, to prevent the Skarring, Authors advice to anoint the part with Man's Fat or Grease: Bear's Oil is good for this Use, so also Oil of Ben.  
XIX. If both the soft parts and the Bones are cut, you must than have more respect for the Security of the Patient, than for the Beauty of the Face: Here no kind of stitching is to be used if the Wound is large, and the Bone much hurt.  
XX. The Bone is to be scraped with a Raspatory, and the Wound kept open till it scales; after which the Wound is to be incarnated with Sarcoticks, and the rest of the Cure performed as we elsewhere teach.  
XXI. If there is a Solution of Unity in the Jawbone, you must reduce the Bone to its natural Posture, that Bone may answer Bone, and each soft part its fellow; the parts are to be thus kept in their reduced Position with stitching and convenient Bandage, dressing the Wound with such proper Vulneraries, as we have taught in the general Cure of Wounds.    

CHAP. XXX. Of WOUNDS of the EYES.  
I THey are called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Oculi, pl. Oculorum; in English, Wounds of the Eye, or Eyes.  
II In this Chapter we shall treat of Wounds of the Parts about the Eye, as well as of Wounds in the Eye itself; though the Eyebrow and Eyelid are the proper Appendices of the Face, and aught rather to have been treated of in the former Chapter: But in respect to their Affinity to the Eye, and their Name, we rather choose to treat of them here, where we shall discourse, 1. Of the Wounds of the Eyebrows. 2. Of Wounds of the Eyelids. 3. Of Wounds of the Eye itself.  

I Wounds of the Eyebrows.  
III A Wound of the Eyebrow is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnus Supercilii.  
IV. It is either a Contusion, a Burning, or an Incision. An Incision is either simple, or with loss of Substance: And if it is simple, it is either according to the Longitude or Ductus of the Fibres, or Transverse.  
V If it is only bruised, without breaking of the Skin, it contracts a livid, or black and blue Colour, and than you must apply this. Take Whites of Eggs Nᵒ three Wormwood-water ℥ iss. fine Bole, or Terra Sigillataʒi. mix and apply; or anoint the Brow with Vng. album Camphoratum.  
VI The livid colour is taken away with juice of Wormwood mixed, with Honey, or juice of Showbread, or Aloes mixed with Honey, or with a Cataplasm of Anise and Cuminseed made by boiling in Water; or a Cataplasm of Meal and Faenugreek and Beans made with Honey: The Juice of the Root of Solomon's Seal is excellent in this case.  
VII. If the Wound comes by burning, Take Vervain-water ℥ iv. Quince-seedsʒij. Faenugreek-seedʒj. make a Mucitage, which apply; or you may use other things proper against Wounds.  
VIII. If the Wound is caused by a simple Incision, according to the Ductus of the Fibres without loss of Substance, Agglutinatives, Astringents or Stypticks are chief to be used, which having Power to dry without sharpness, may hasten the Unition, and produce the Cicatrize.  
IX. Some commend the use of Whites of Eggs, mixed with fine Bowl, softened in Rose-water, applied upon Pledgets of Tow or Linen Cloth, more especially if a little Saffron and Alom be added thereto.  
X. Afterwards Oil of Hypericon, or some proper Ointment, may be used: Also Diapalma, or Emp. album. to say over the Wound, Sennertus commends Lac Virgins, or an Ointment made of Saccharum Saturni, or this Emplaster. Take Wax, Oil of Melilot A ℥ j Cummin-seed ℥ ss. Camphirʒi. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XI. If the Wound is transverse without loss of substance, you must bring the Lips exactly together, so as to answer one another; for otherwise the Patient will not be able to lift up the Eyelid, without the help of his Finger, but the Eye will still remain shut.  
XI. In this case you must take deep stitches, and as many as you shall see needful: The Lips being thus joined, you must apply Aglutinatives to reunite the parts.  
XIII. If the Wound is with loss of substance, than you must not make too much haste in healing, jest the Scar becomes so hard, as to 'cause the Muscles to draw up too much the Eyelid, whereby the whole Eye will not be covered: Here such Sarcoticks as are soft in Substance or Consistence are to be used, the Natural Balsams, Artificial Balsams, Linimentum Arcaei, etc.  
FOURTEEN. If the Scar becomes so hard, that the Eyelid cannot be wholly brought down to cover the Eye, than you must divide the Cicatrix or Scarborow by a Halfmoon like Incision, according to the Orbicular Ductus of the Fibres of the Muscle of the Eye, which draws down the Palpebra, or Eyelid.  
XU. This semicircular Incision you need not fear to make, for that this Muscle lies within the Orbit of the Eye, near to the Muscles which move the Eye, and so it cannot be hurt by such an Incision: Now the Incision must not reach to the internal Tunicle of the Eyelid, but only to the dividing of the Scar and the round Muscle, for so the Motion will not be taken away by such an Incision.   

II Wounds of the Eyelids.  
XVI. These Wounds are called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnera Palpebrae, pl. Palpebrarum.  
XVII. Each Eyelid has two Muscles which shut them, of a semicircular Figure; the one seated in the upper Eyelid, which draws it down, and is the greater; the other in the lower Eyelid, and pulls it only upwards, and is the lesser.  
XVIII. And the upper Eyelid is opened, or drawn up by a Muscle which arises from the upper part of the Frons, near to the temporal Muscle, where the hairy Scalp ends, and goes directly down, and is inserted into the Eyebrow: Now if this Muscle is transversely cut asunder, the Eyelid cannot well be opened or pulled up, unless it be well agglutinated or united again.  
XIX. The Wounds of this part than are either strait or transverse: The strait reach from one corner of the Eye to the other; for this is the Ductus of the Fibres of the semicircular Muscles of the Eye. Transverse, are only those Wounds which reach directly down from the Supercilium or Eyebrow, towards the Ball or Cavity of the Eye.  
XX. Again, these Wounds either divide the outer Skin and Muscles only, or they also divide the internal Membrane of the Eyelid also, which does immediately touch and cover the Eye.  
XXI. If the external Skin and semicircular Muscle are only divided, you may stitch them together, but with a very small Needle and Thread well waxed; than you must apply Agglutinatives and Sarcoticks, as those things described at Sect. 9, and 10. aforegoing.  
XXII. Or this. ℞ Fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata A.ʒii. Sarcocolla, Sanguis Draconis A. ʒi. mix, and make a fine Powder, which apply on a soft Linen Cloth dipped in the White of an Egg: And above this apply Bolsters dipped in a Tincture of Catechu, made in equal parts of Read Wine, and read Rose-water; which done, let the Eye be rolled or bound up.  
XXIII. If there is need of imbrocating the adjacent parts with Oil of Roses, or some other Oil, take heed that none of it goes into the Eye, because they are apt to do hurt, and 'cause an Inflammation.  
XXIV. If also the internal Membrane of the Eyelid is divided, you must not stitch with Needle and Thread, because the Thread touching the Body of the Eye would offend it, and be apt to induce an Inflammation: In this case the dry Suture is most convenient, after which you are to heal it as other like Wounds, taking heed that the two Lids grow not together.   

III Wounds of the Eye itself.  
XXV. A Wound of the Eye is called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnus Oculi.  
XXVI. The Prognostics. It is of difficult Cure, 1. Because of the exquisite sense of the part. 2. Because of a Flux of Humours to which it is apt to be obnoxious. 3. Because of the Excellency and curious Frame of the Part. 4. Because of the continual Motion of the Arteries. 5. Because of its consent with the Brain, as it has respect to the Optic Nerve, or the Motory, or the Muscles of the Eye, which have many Twigs of Nerves, or Capillaries, from the first, second, third and eighth Pairs.  
XXVII. The Differences. Wounds of the Eye are either superficial or deep: Superficial are such as pass not through the Cornea: The Deep are such as pass through the Cornea to other more inward parts of the Eye.  
XXVIII. The Cure. First, You must forbear all Oils, fat and unctuous things, because they inflame the Eye, and cause Pain.  
XXIX. Secondly, When one Eye only is wounded, you must bind up both Eyes: 1. That Darkness may be procured every way, because Light offends all sore Eyes. 2. That the sound Fie may be kept from Motion. 3. That the Cure may be facilitated; for when one Eye moves, the other of necessity moves also; and so the wounded Eye being moved at the motion of the sound uncovered Eye, the Cure is also hindered, and an Inflammation induced.  
XXX. Thirdly, The Head aught to lie somewhat high, but not so as to bend forwards, for fear of a Flux of Humours.  
XXXI. The Cure of a superficial Wound. You must apply things to ease the Pain, abate the Flux of Humours, and prevent Inflammation, of which kind are Whites of Eggs, Frog Spawn-water, rotten Apples and Pears, Plantain, Purslane, and Nightshade Juices and Waters; Well, Rain, and Snow-waters, Mucilages of Flea-wort and Quince-seed, and of Gum Tragacanth, Emulsions or Decoctions of Poppey and Henbane-seed, Decoction of Cypress-nuts, of Galls, Pomegranate-Peels and Balaustians, Wine of Pomegranates, Woman's Milk, and Milk of all kinds; also the Blood of Pigeons, Turtle-doves, and Chickens or Pullet's, drawn from the Veins under the Wings.  
XXXII. These may be singly applied; or you may make Compositions of them, as you see need require, which you may apply above the Eyelid, the Eye being shut, unless much Pus abound, or a Sanies runs from the Eye; for than it will be necessary to wash the Eye with read Rose-water, Rain, or Plantane-water, or Juice of Fumitory, or some of those Waters in which a little Alom or white Vitriol has been dissolved, or Rose-water mixed with Honey of Roses.  
XXXIII. Than apply Bolsters made of fine soft Rags dipped in Rose-water, in which Sief Album has been dissolved: And if the Pain be great, let it be that with Opium; applying also to the Forehead, Temples and Cheeks, some Anodyn and astringent Cataplasm, as, ℞ rotten Apples, or Pulp of roasted Apples, Pulp of Cassia A. ℥ two, Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds ℥ ss. fine Bole, Catechu, Dragon's Blood, A. ℥ ss. Barley flower q.s. mix, and make a Plaster.  
XXXIV. If both the Eyelid and the Tunica Conjunctiva are wounded, you must have a care that they grow not together; which will hap, if not prevented; which you may do by keeping them asunder with Leaf-Gold, or Leaf-Silver, or Tinfoil.  
XXXV. The Cure of a deep Wound. The Weapon either passes through, about the ends of the Bones of the Orbita, through which the Nerves pass into the Brain; or, it passes not so deep. In the first case, if the Weapon passes into the Brain, than the Wound is mortal; but the Patient aught to be dressed, because the Artist can never see the inward state of the Wound, and so sometimes by accident may save Life.  
XXXVI. If the Wound passes not so deep, than the Humour Aquosus only issues forth, or the Crystalline and Vitreous also.  
XXXVII. If the Aqueous comes out only, than it issues forth either wholly or in part: If it wholly comes out, the Sight will be totally lost. But if a small quantity only comes out, the Prejudice may be retrieved, more especially in Children, whose Moisture will supply the lost Humour; and this Hurt is cured as a superficial Wound.  
XXXVIII. If the Crystalline and Vitreous Humours come forth, the Sight must also of necessity be lost. Here if there is a Flux of Blood, you may stop it with what we have formerly directed, or with this. ℞ Trochisci albi Rhasis, Tutia prepared, fine Aloes, A. ℈ j Mucilages of Fleawort-seed and Tragacanth, A.ʒii. Read Wine ℥ two. Rose and Plantane-water ℥ iv. mix, and make a Collyrium.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Pain is great, use Anodyns, or inject Woman's Breast-milk warm, or Pigeons Blood, Or this, ℞ Breast-milk ℥ iv. Honey ℥ j Whices of Eggs Nᵒ 1. Or add to the Composition in the former Section Opium ℈ j and outwardly apply this Cataplasm, ℞ Rotten Apples ℥ two. Meal of Linseed ℥ ss. Mucilage of Fleawort-seedʒii. Opiumʒss. Yolks of Eggs q.s. mix, and apply it.  
XL. Sennertus Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 7. cap. 20. advices to purge Choler, and to use such things as altar the bilious Humour, and cool the Head. Cùm bilis (dixit ille) aliorum humorum sit ad caput vehiculum.  
XLI. Outwardly to the Eye, he applies Repellers, made of whites of Eggs beaten with Rose-water, to which a little fine Bowl may be added. Or this: ℞ Whites of Eggs Nᵒ two. Rose and Tormentil Water, A. ℥ i beaten them together, adding Alum, Saffron, A. ℈ i  
XLII. Sarcotick Powders, made very subtle, are commended, as Tutia and Calaminaris prepared, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocolla, Gum Sandarachi, Aes ustum.  
XLIII. Sennertus advises to this: ℞ Ceruse, white Starch, A.ʒii. Frankincenseʒjss. Sarcocolla, Tragacanth, A.ʒi. Camphirʒss. infuse in Rose-water in a Vessel close stopped: boil in Balneo, and strain, keeping the Water for use.  
XLIV. Or, Take Gum Arabic dissolved in Rose-waterʒiii. juice of Comfrey-roots ℥ jss. fine powder of Frankincense, and of Aloes-rosata, A. ℈ i mix them.  
XLV. Or, Take Sief album Rhasis sine Opio ʒjss. whites of Eggsʒii. Tutia preparedʒss. Rose-water ℥ jss. mix all in a Leaden Mortar, by much grinding.  
XLVI. After seven days are past, things drying are to be applied; and such also as have a detersive quality, and withal generate Flesh: as, Take Myrrh, Sarcocol, Breast-milk, A. ℥ ss. Tutia preparedʒi. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XLVII. This is wonderfully commended: ℞ Fine Bowl ℥ i Tutia, Dragons-blood, Gum Arabic, A. ℥ ss. Rose-water lbi lbi. boil in B.M. in a Glass close stopped for an Hour; than add juice of Pomegranates ℥ i strain, and keep it for use.  
XLVIII. Or, Take Honey ℥ two. juice of read Roses ℥ iv. fine Verdigriseʒi. Amber in fine pouderʒss. digest in B.M. and strain: of this Liquor you may drop gut. two. or more, often into the Eye.  
XLIX. Oleum Rubrum Saturni is also much commended; so also the Water which is found in the Bladders of the Elm-tree-leaves in the Month of May; which does wonders in curing Wounds of the Eyes, even where the Humour Aqueus, and part of the Vitreus were let forth; as Henricus ab Heer, Obs. Rarior. has experimentally testified.  
L. Lastly, Epuloticks are to be applied, to complete the Cicatrice: and than when the Eye is healed, you may 'cause an Artificial Glass-Eye to be made, which may be put in the place of the Natural, to avoid (as much as may be) deformity.    

CHAP. XXXI. Of WOUNDS of the EARS.  
I A Wound of the Ear is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnus Auris.  
II In Wounds of this Part, the Ear is either wholly cut of from the Temporal-part of the Head, or it is but cut in part.  
III If the Ear is totally cut of, you have nothing more to do, but to produce the Cicatrice with strong Epulotick Medicines; such as the Cephalick Powder, Vng. de Bolo, de Minio, and many other: variety of which you may found in Cap. 2. Sect. 47. and 57 aforegoing.  
IV. If the Wound is such, as that it is not quite cut of, or that the separation is but small, the dry-suture only will do: but if the Wound is large, a Needle and Thread must be used, that the divided parts may be brought and kept together.  
V Than because the Part itself is chief Cartilaginous, strong drying, and somewhat agglutinating Medicaments are to be applied.  
VI In Stitching, the separated parts you are to bring together with the Needle and Thread, the parts of the Skin only, on each side of the Ear, without piercing the Cartilege; for that may induce an Inflammation, and a Gangrene may follow it, as Aquapendens, in Chirur. part. 2. lib. 2. cap. 33. does testify.  
VII. If the Wound reaches to the first Cavity of the Ear, called Meatus Auditorius, you must than keep a Spunge-tent, or some such other like thing in it: which will 1. Prevent spongy or proud Flesh growing in it, which might stop the passage, and so hinder the Hearing. 2. Hinder Pus, Quittor, or Sanies from falling into the Cavity, which if acrimonious, may exulcerate the internal parts, and corrode the Tympanum, and so 'cause an incurable Deasness.  
VIII. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 3. cap. 5. has these words concerning Wounds of the Ears: Vitanda vero in Aurium Vulneribus omnia unctuosa, crassa, gravia, & emplastica, & Ligaturia arctiores: But (says he) in Wonds of the Ears, all things which are unctuous, gross or thick, heavy, and emplastic, are to be avoided, as also too strict Bandage or Ligature.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of WOUNDS of the NOSE.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Nasi vel Naris; and in English, Wounds of the Nose, or Nostrils.  
II The Kind's. A Wound in the Nose, may be made either in the soft part of the Nose, or in the hard: if the hard parts are wounded, it is either in the upper or boney part; and than there is a Wound and a Fracture; or in the lower or cartilaginous part, and than the Gristle must suffer a solution of continuity.  
III The Cure. If the Wound happens in the soft parts, the Dry-suture will do well enough: but in these kinds of Wounds we must do all our endeavour, to procure a fair Cicatrice, that the Scar may be with as little deformity as may be, because the Nose is the most eminent part in the Face, and a small Scar will be much discerned.  
IV. Medicaments dry and astringent are chief to be applied; of which kind are, Vnguentum Album Camphoratum, Vng. de Minio, Desiccativum Rubrum: also Emplastrum de Minio, Diapalma, or Emplastrum Album.  
V If the Wound is with fracture of the Bone, than the Bones must first be rightly set: secondly, the Wound must be consolidated with Sarcoticks or Agglutinatives.  
VI To Reduce the Bones. You must put into the Nose a piece of Wood, so framed or cut, that it may easily go in, to bear up the Bones: than on the outside, you are with your other Hand to reduce the Bones to the best posture you can.  
VII. This done, you must have a Pipe prepared on purpose, made of an Elder-stick, the pith being thrust forth, or of a thin plate of Silver; or for a present necessity, of a Cane, or of a large Goose or Swans Quill; which Pipe is not to be so exactly round, but somewhat narrower above, and broader below, in respect to the natural figure of the Nostril: which Pipe is to be put up into the Nose.  
VIII. Now the Pipe, which is to be wrapped up in soft Linen, is not to be put too far up, jest it causes Sneezing, which will much hinder the agglutination of the Bone, and consolidation of the Wound: and it is to be tied or fastened to the Head with Clotheses or Caps, or other Bandage, that it may not drop out.  
IX. The Use of the Pipe is, 1. To make way for the Breathing. 2. To make way for the Pus or Quittor, if any comes from the Wound that way. 3. To keep the Bones in their Reposition. 4. To make way for a Discharge of the Excrements from the Brain.  
X. The Bones being thus reduced, you must endeavour to bring the soft lips of the Wounds together; either by the Dry-suture, or with a Needle and Thread, as the necessity and occasion shall give indication to you.  
XI. Than you must apply a desiccative Medicament to the Wound itself, as fine powders of fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Chalk, Ochre, or Sanguis Draconis; which are to be mixed with the white of an Egg well beaten, and brought to the consistence or thickness of Honey.  
XII. If the Wound is made transverse, you must apply to each side of the Nose a soft little Bolster, made of soft linen Cloth, nipped or wrung out of astringent read Wine: which Bolsters are to be stayed on with a Rowler or Bandage, having a hole in the middle to give a passage to the Breath, and is to be fastened behind, or sowed on the back parts of the Head.  
XIII. But this Bandage is to be not straighter than needs must, for the keeping of all things in their places; for if it be too straight, it will 'cause the Nose to look upwards.  
FOURTEEN. And near to the Septum of the Nose, another narrow Rowler is to be applied; which is to be wound about backwards, and brought to the Neck, as you did the other.  
XU. If the Wound is in the lower or gristly part, than is that lower part cut quite of, and so requires nothing but cicatrizing: or it is only divided.  
XVI. And than the unition is to be induced, 1. By the Dry-suture, or stitching with Needle and Thread, as the necessity shall require. 2. By the help and use of a Pipe. 3. By application of Drying Medicaments. 4. By proper and fit Bandage, as we have even now directed you in the former.   

CHAP. XXXIII. Of WOUNDS of the MOUTH.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Oris; and in English, Wounds of the Mouth.  
II We consider the Wounds of the Mouth in a threefold respect: 1. As they have respect to the Lips. 2. To the Gums or Jaws. 3. To the Tongue: of all which in order.  

I Wounds of the Lips.  
III These Wounds are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnera Labri: are either in the Skin only, or in the Musculous Parts, or in the Membrane also which covers the Mouth.  
IV. If the Skin is only wounded, ordinary Astringents or Stypticks will do the work alone: and the Cicatrice may be smoothed with the Spanish Balsam, or Oil of Hypericon.  
V If the Musculous Parts be also wounded, than ordinary Stitching is to be made use of, and the application of such Medicaments as are for the consolidation of Wounds made in other parts of the Body.  
VI If the whole substance of the Lip is divided, and does gape, than such Wounds are to be dressed as a Harelip, after that the edges of it are made raw.  
VII. You must pierce each side of the divided Lip with a Needle or Pin, having on each side of it a thin, small Plate of Lead; through both which pieces of Lead, the Needle or Pin is to pass, and than the Thread is to be wound crosswise about both ends of the Needle, etc. nipping of the point thereof with a pair of Steel Nippers well hardened.  
VIII. The Stitch is to be taken somewhat deep, and about the middle of the Wound, that the lips thereof may be the more surely kept together: and the Leads keep the Needle or Pin from breaking through the edges of the Wound.  
IX. If the Wound is large, there must be two ordinary Stitches more; one above the Needle or Pin, the other below it.  
X. Authors say, the Needle may be taken out the fourth, fifth, or sixth day, as you see the conglutination to be made: but in our time, they have been taken out the third day, and sometimes on the second: and if the Dry-suture be applied, it many times is taken away the very next day.  
XI. Than for Consolidation some healing Balsam is to be applied; as Balsam of Peru, de Chili, Balm of Gilead, or Capivii, or some Artificial Balsam. In Winter they may be used alone, but in Summer they may be mixed with the yolk of an Egg: or, Take Oleum Hyperici, Cyperus Turpentine, A. mix them.  
XII. The Oleum Hispanicum described in Cap. 28. Sect. 37. aforegoing, mixed with Gum Elemi, orTurpentine è Chio, is an excellent thing, and causes speedy Agglutination: the parts being agglutinated, remove the Stitches, and induce the Cicatrice by anointing the place with Man's, Bears, or Viper's Grease.   

II Wounds of the Gums or Jaws.  
XIII. These Wounds are either of the Gums only, or of the Teeth and Jaw bones: and the Jawbones are either laid bore only, or broken: they are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnera Gingivarum.  
FOURTEEN. If the Teeth be broken out, they are no more to be restored, unless in young Children: if only loosened by Blows, contusion of the Gums, or the like, they are fastened again by use of Astringents; the chief of which is a Tincture of Catechu made in common Brandy, and mixed with Red-wine: or by holding Scurvigrass constantly for some time between the Gums and the Cheeks.  
XU. If the Gums are wounded, there is commonly a great flux of Blood; this is stopped with Astringent Powders, or with Tincture of Catechu, or Dr. Gardner's Styptic, than which there is no better thing yet known: and the Blood being stopped, the same Styptic which stopped the Blood, commonly performs the Cure.  
XVI. If there is a Contusion, the Gums than for the most part Apostemate; than they are to be opened with a Lancet, or Incision-knife, and emptied of the Matter contained in them: afterwards, they are to be cleansed with Mel Rosarum mixed with Oxymel, and Red-Rose Water, and healed with this Gargoyle or Wash.  
XVII. Take Red-rose-water, Smiths-forge-water filtered, A. ℥ iv. Honey of Roses, Syrup of Mulberries, A. ℥ jss. S.U. ℥ two. Roch Alumʒii. mix, dissolve, and keep it for use.  
XVIII. If the Jawbones are made bore, they aught to be scraped with a Raspatory, and strewed over with a Cephalick Powder, and the Exfoliation hastened, if need requires: after which, you must Incarnate with Sarcotick Powders, and than with proper Stypticks induce the Cicatrice.  
XIX. If the Jawbone is broken, or shattered, the pieces are to be taken forth, (if possible, at first Dressing) the broken parts are to be reposited, and the lips of the Wound to be brought as much as may be together; than to be dressed with Agglutinative Powders, and a Dossel dipped in astringent Wine to be laid over: also outwardly may be applied Emplastrum Catagmaticum, which is to be bound on, as the nature and disposition of the Part does require.   

III Wounds of the Tongue.  
XX. They are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Linguae; and in English, Wounds of the Tongue.  
XXI. If a part of the Tongue is wholly cut of, it is no more to be reunited: but if the Part separated is yet conjoined, though by some small portion, it aught not to be cut of, unless you see it will not unite again, but gins to mortify.  
XXII. Such Wounds are cured with much difficulty; because neither dry-stitching nor binding up can be used, nor yet other Topical Means, as Emplasters, Balsams, etc.  
XXIII. In such a case therefore Stitching with Needle and Thread is to be attempted: the Tongue is to be pulled out as far as may be, and so holden by the Hand in a Linen Cloth; (if it may be) or with a hollow and rugged pair of Forceps armed also with Linen Cloth; and so many deep Stitches are to be taken, as shall seem necessary to hold the parts united, cutting of the Thread near the knots.  
XXIV. We advice to deep Stitches, jest they should break out again, and so make the trouble the more, and the pain the greater: though we know that Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, that the lesle Flesh the Needle takes hold of, the lesle will be the Pain or Inflammation.  
XXV. This done, you may use Astringents; such as Syrup of Myrtles, or of Red-roses mixed with Plantain or Red-rose-water, in which a little Alum has been dissolved: or Syrup of Quinces mixed with a Decoction of Vulnerary Herbs; and Saccharum Rosatum may be mostly held in the Mouth.  
XXVI. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 5. sect. 3. saith, Quia verò Emplastra adhiberi commodè non possunt, Linctus & Linimenta ex Syrupo de Rosis siccis, Mellerojato colato, Syrupis, vel similibus adhibenda: and he prepares the following Decoction, with which the Mouth is often to be washed.  
XXVII. Take bulled Barley M. i boil it in fair Water till it breaks, adding towards the end of the boiling, Myrtle-leaves, tops of Hypericon, Plantan-leaves, Red-roses, A. M ss. Balaustians P.i. boil again and strain out, and dissolve therein a quantity of Honey of Roses.  
XXVIII. If it should degenerate into an Ulcer, or an Ulcer should hap to the Fauces, you may gargoyle with this: Take Plantain, Horsetail, A. M.i. Roses, Balaustians, tops of Wormwood, of Willow, A. P.i. hulled Barley ℥ i Cypress-nuts, Lentils, Sumach, A. ʒiii. boil all in Water ten parts, mixed with Vinegar one part: than strain, and dissolve therein Honey of Roses, Wine of Pomgranats, and Diamorum, A. ℥ two. mix, and make a Gargarism.  
XXIX. Or, Take Plantain and Red-rose-water, A. ℥ iii Diamorum, Honey of Purslan, A.ʒi. Quiddony of Currant, Honey of Rosis, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make a Gargarism.  
XXX. Lastly, let the Diet the Liquid things, Almond-milk ● Milk-pottage, yolks of Eggs, thick Milk, Broths, Jellies, strong Watergruel, Barley-Cream, Panada, and other things of like nature.    

CHAP. XXXIV. Of WOUNDS of the NECK.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Colli.  
II These Wounds are either in Parts common or proper: the common parts are the Cutis, and the Membrana Carnosa: the Parts proper are the Vertebrae, the Vessels, and the Oesophagus and Aspera Arteria; of the Wounds of the Parts common and Vertebrae, we shall treat in this Chapter, of the Wounds of the Vessels in the next, and of the Wounds of the Oesophagus and Trachea Arteria, in the Chapter following.  

I Wounds of the Cutis and Membrana Carnosa.  
III The Wounds which hap to these common Parts, require no particular Discourse; being cured by joining the lips of the parts disjoined together, and applying Agglutinative Medicines.  
IV. The Wound is either simple, without loss of substance; or complicate, with loss of substance: again, if complicate, it is with loss of but a little of the substance, or with great loss of substance.  
V If the Wound is simple, it it is cured by the first Intention: by bringing the lips together, (and stitching them if the Wound is large) and application of Stypticks or Glutmatives: so the work is done in a day, two, three, or four at most.  
VI If the Wound is with loss of substance, and the loss is but small; seeing these Parts are lose and flaggy, you may notwithstanding stitch them, and perform the Cure by the first Intention.  
VII. But if the Wound is with great loss of substance, you must than according to the general Precepts, 1. Stop the Hemorrhage, if it is violent. 2. Bring the Wound to Digestion, by good Digestiives. 3. Than cleanse by Abstersives, such as Mundificativum Paracelsi. 4. Incarnate with Sarcoticks. 5. And lastly, produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks.   

II Wounds of the Vertebrae of the Neck.  
VIII. Sometimes the Wound only divides Museles, and does not pass to the Spinalis Medulla; and than the Wound is to be dressed, and the Cure to be performed, as those Wounds which hap in the fleshy parts.  
IX. If the Bone is also hurt, the Wound is to be dressed as Wounds of the Head, in which there is a Fracture of the Cranium.  
X. If the Spinal Marrow is wounded, it is wholly cut asunder, or but in part only. If it is cut through, than the whole Body is deprived of motion and feeling, breathing will be hindered, and by consequence, death will ensue.  
XI. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That the Spinal Marrow being wounded, a Palsy or Convulsion follows, feeling is lost; and after a while the Sick cannot retain Seed, Urine, or Excrements of the Belly, and sometimes a total suppression of Excrements will ensue.  
XII. Fernelius, Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, If the Spinal Marrow is wounded, the inferior parts become paralytic, their feeling, motion, and functions are lost; so that Seed, Urine, and other Excrement, do sometimes come away involuntarily.  
XIII. If the Nerves of the fifth, sixth, and seventh Vertebrae of the Neck are wounded, Convulsions hap to the Arms: if the the Nerves of the Vertebrae of the Loins and Os Sacrum are wounded, the Thighs and Legs become in like manner affected.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. Since Galen, de Temperament. lib. 3. cap. 3. says, That the Spinal Marrow is of the same nature with the Brain: and the Facult. lib. 3. that it is near to the Brain: de Vsu Partium, lib. 16. cap. 2 that it is derived from the Brain: de Motu Musculor. l. 1. c. 1. that it resembles a compact Brain: and, de Vsu Part. lib. 12. cap. 11. & 15. that it seems to be another Brain under the Head and Neck. It follows, That all Wounds thereof, can be not lesle dangerous than those of the Brain.  
XU. The Reasons are manifest: 1. Because it draws its Original from the Brain. 2. By reason of its Consent with the Brain. 3. Because of its Composition, being covered with the Dura and Pia Mater. 4. Because of the Symptoms attending its being wounded; as Convulsions, Palsy, loss of Motion and Feeling. 5. Because of the Nerves springing from it. 6. Because of its Action and Use, communicating Motion and Feeling to the Parts. 7. Because of its Situation; it lying so deep, that the force of Topical Applications can scarcely reach it.  
XVI. If the Spinal Marrow is not wholly cut asunder, but only wounded, than dreadful Convulsions ensue, which for the most part end in Death.  
XVII. And the Wounds of the Spinal Marrow are sometimes cured, yet Hypocrates, in Coacis Praenot. accounts them mortal; which I interpret, that they are for the most part mortal. See Fallopius de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 2.  
XVIII. If therefore it is wounded in the upper part, or in the beginning of it, Forestus, Chirurg. Obs. lib. 6. cap. 6. says, that Convulsions of the whole Body will follow, and so Death must of necssity ensue.  
XIX. But if it is wounded in the lower part, the Wound is not always mortal, unless it is large, or a Puncture, but Convulsions will always ensue.  
XX. The Cure. It aught to be attempted, how dangerous soever. Sennertus, lib. 2. part. 2. cap. 22. saith, Cum autem Spinalis Medulla quasi Cerebrum oblongatum sit, eadem etiam Medicamenta ei, quae suprà Lib. 1. Part. 1. Cap. 24. de Vulneribus Cerebri proposuimus, adhibenda. In like manner, we say, that the same Medicaments which we have proposed in the Cure of Wounds of the Brain, in Chap. 28. Sect. 30. and 47. aforegoing, are to be used here.  
XXI. The Indications of Cure are, 1. To ease Pain with Anodyns. 2. To resist the Convulsions, with Neuroticks. 3. To induce Digestion, with Digestives' voided of biting and sharpness.  
XXII. ℞ Oil of Hypericon, yolks of Eggs, A. ℥ i Turpentine ℥ ss. Oil of Mace by expression, Mithridate, A. ʒii. Oil of Aniseedsʒss. mix them.  
XXIII. Or, ℞ Oils of Hypericon, and of Whelps, A ℥ two. Gum Elemi, Oil of Nutmegs by expression, A. ℥ ss. Theriaca Chymica, Chio Turpentine, Balsam of Peru, A.ʒii. Oil of Spikeʒi. mix them.  
XXIV. And than anoint the whole Backbone and Head with this: ℞ Oils of Whelps and of Castor, A. ℥ i Oil of Nutmegs by expression ℥ ss. Oil of Rosemary, of Lemons, of Sweet-marjoram, and of Savin, A. ʒii. Camphirʒi. mix them.    

CHAP. XXXV. Of the WOUNDS of the WINDPIPE and GULLET.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Asperae Arteriae, vel Fistulae Spiritalis; in English, Wounds of the Windpipe. Also, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Gulae; and in English, Wounds of the Gullet, or Swallow.  
II These Members or Parts are seated either in the forepart of the of the Neck, or in the backpart of the same: in the forepart of the Neck is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Aspera Arteria, or Windpipe; in the backpart is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Oesophagus, Gula, Swallow, or Mouth of the Stomach.  

I Wounds of the Windpipe.  
III It has three parts: viz. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Larynx, the uppermost part of it. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Bronchus, Caudex, Fistula, the great Pipe itself. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Branchiae, the Branches of the Bronchus, which are spread throughout the substance of the Lungs.  
IV. The Signs. If the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or Aspera Arteria is wounded through, than 1. Wind, or the Breath will come out at the Hole. 2. Blood will come out at the Mouth. 3. The Speech will be hurt. 4. Coughing will come upon, and trouble much the Patient.  
V The Prognostics. Thou Wounds of the Larynx are not mortal of themselves, yet they may be such by accident: 1. Because of its necessary and continual use, it making the Inspiration and Respiration of the Air. 2. Because it it difficult to be cured, for that Medicines cannot ca●…ly be applied or kept to the Part. 3. Because of the fearful Symptoms many times accompanying such Wounds.  
VI For, 1. It is near to the Jugular Veins and Soporal Artery; so that it can hardly be wounded, unless these parts be also hurt. 2. It has several Muscles, and divers Branches of the Recurrent Nerves: so that besides a great flux of Blood, there may be vehement Pain, Inflammation, and Convulsion of the parts, so that Strangling may at last ensue.  
VII. Wounds of the Bronchus, or Pipe itself, though they are not so dangerous as the former, yet they have some danger also: for being made of a double substance, as the Annuli, or Rings, which are cartilaginous; and the Medium of the conjunction of these Rings, which is membranous, they seem to be of difficult cure.  
VIII. For Hypocrates, Lib. 6. Aph. 19 says, A Bone or a Cartilege cut asunder, or a Nerve, it neither grows again, nor is united: viz. we are to understand, that the Medium of Unition is not by a like substance: and this he repeats again, Lib. 7. Aph. 28. to which Galen. Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 7. assents.  
IX. Vidus Vidius, de Curate. Morb. Membr. lib. 8. cap. 6. says, That Wounds which pass through the Windpipe, 'cause most commonly present death; for that the Blood issues out of the Jugular Veins, falls upon the Lungs, and causes suffication.  
X. Forestus, Observe. Chirurg. lib. 6. Obs. 4. says, That large Wounds of the Bronchus, chief those which divide the Cartilaginous substance, are seldom cured, because it is dry, hard, and without Blood; and withal the Patient draws his Breath by the Wound, which hinders consolidation.  
XI. The Cure. The Wound is either transverse, or according to the length of the Bronchus or Windpipe: if it is transverse, than the Patient must bend his Head downwards; but if according to the length, than he must hold his Head upwards, that the lips of the Wound may be brought together.  
XII. Which done, it is to be stitched as firmly as you can possibly do it: some say Needles, as in the stitching of a Harelip, are best, because all sorts of Thread will easily rot.  
XIII. After the Wound is stitched up, Agglutinative Medicaments are to be used: you may apply Balsam de Chili, Balsam de Peru, or Arcaeus his Lineament, or some other good Artificial Balsam: and over all you may apply Diachylon simplex, malaxed with Oil of Ben, or of Myrtles, or of Quinces.  
FOURTEEN. You must beware in dressing, that neither Blood, Sanies, or Pus fall upon the Windpipe, jest it causes Suffocation: but that they be outwardly discharged in a descending Part.  
XU. If after dressing, the Patient breathes with difficulty, there is danger of suffocation: because the cavity of the Larynx or Bronchus is filled with Blood, or Pus, or both, or by reason of great Inflammation.  
XVI. In this case, the Wound is to be dilated, and a Silver Pipe, a little bended towards the point, that it may not hurt, and Wings on the outward end, that it may not fall in, is to be kept in, till the Patient is able to breathe freely, and than to be taken out.  
XVII. And in the time of the Cure, this following Gargarism aught often to be used. Take Barleywater of the second decoction lbiii lbiii. in which Red-roses, Balaustians, and Sumach, A. ʒii. Raisins stoned, and Figs, Liquorice bruised, A. ℥ i have been well boiled: strain it, and add thereto Tincture of Catechu, Syrup of Myrtles and Mel Rosarum, A. ℥ two. and let it be used warm.   

II Wounds of the Oesophagus, or Swallow.  
XVIII. The Signs. Fernelius, Pathol. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, If the Wound is deep, Meat and Drink will come out at it, there is difficulty of swallowing; also the Hiccough, Vomiting of Choler, Fainting, weak Pulse, cold Sweats, with Coldness of the Hands and Feet.  
XIX. And Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, There is a Vomiting of Meat and Drink.  
XX. The Differences. Either the whole Gullet is cut asunder, or it is only cut in part. If it is cut but in part, than it is either wounded near the Stomach, or far from it. It is also wounded either strait, or obliquely.  
XXI. The Prognostics. These Wounds, if small, strait, and remote from the mouth of the Stomach; are lesle dangerous, than if large, deep, and near the mouth of the Stomach.  
XXII. If they are great, deep, transverse, and near the mouth of the Stomach, they are uncurable, as Guido says, Tract. 3. doct. 1. cap. 1. 1. Because the passing of Meat and Drink, does hinder consolidation. 2. Because an Inflammation may easily be communicated to the mouth of the Stomach, which is very nervous. 3. Because, being wholly cut asunder, the Cure is impossible; for that the upper part shrinks upwards, the lower falls downwards.  
XXIII. The Cure. The first Intention is, by stitching to bring the lips of the Wounds together; yet leaving an Orifice in the depending part, to be kept open with a Tent, that the Pus may be discharged, and that the Meat might not stick there, jest an Inflammation ensue.  
XXIV. This done, Agglutinatives are to be applied, such as we have mentioned at Sect. 13. aforegoing: and a great respect is to be had to the Diet of the Patient, because the swallowing is with difficulty: and therefore it aught to be liquid and thin: as strong Broths made of Flesh, Jellies made of Sheeps-trotters, Calves and Ox's feet, Hartshorn, etc. Cows and Goat's Milk sweetened with Saccharum Rosatum, Chicken-broth, and Cordials made with yolks of Eggs, etc.  
XXV. But if the Patient cannot swallow at all, than nourishing Clysters are to be exhibited; (the Excrements being first removed by Purging Clysters, several times administered, till the Bowels are sufficiently cleansed.)  
XXVI. A Purging Clyster. ℞ A Decoction for Clysters, or Mutton-broth ℥ x. brown Sugar ℥ two. Honey of Roses ℥ two. Milk of Scammony ℥ ss. mix them.  
XXVII. A Nourishing Clyster. ℞ Strong Mutton-broth ℥ x. good Brandy ℥ two. white Sugar-candy in powder ℥ i mix for a Clyster. Or, ℞ Jelly of Calves-feets ℥ x. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. white Sugarcandy in powder ℥ i mix them. Or, ℞ Newman Cows-milk ℥ x. (hot enough for a Clyster) yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. Jelly of Hartshorn ℥ jss. white Sugarcandy ℥ i mix them for a Clyster.    

CHAP. XXXVI. Of WOUNDS of the VESSELS of the NECK.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vulnera Vasorum Colli; and in English, Wounds of the Vessels of the Neck.  
II These Vessels are of three kinds: viz. 1. Venae Jugulares, the Jugular Veins. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Arteriae Soporariae, the Soporal Arteries. 3. Nervi Recurrrentes, the Recurrent Nerves.  

II Wounds of the Jugular Veins, and Soporal Arteries.  
III The Signs. The Artery is known to be wounded, 1. Because the Blood comes forth leaping. 2. It is thinner than the Venal. 3. It is of a bright read colour. 4. It is very hot, or much hotter than the Venal.  
IV. The Vein is known to be wounded, 1. Because the Blood comes forth softly and smoothly. 2. It is of a thicker consistence: because, 3. It is cooler than the Arterial Blood. 4. It is of a blacker, or duller colour.  
V The Prognostics. A Wound of the Artery is more dangerous than a Wound of the Vein: 1. Because the Blood of the Artery is thinner, and so more apt to flow, and also fuller of Spirits. 2. Because the Tunicles of the Artery are hard, and the Vessel is in continual motion.  
VI Hypocrates, Pror. lib. 2. says, those Wounds are mortal, where the thick, large, and great Veins of the Neck and Groin are wounded.  
VII. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, Periculosa sunt Vulnera, ubieunque Venae majores sunt: those Wounds are dangerous, wherever great Veins are.  
VIII. Forestus, Observe. Chirurg. lib. 6. cap. 4. says, that if the Jugular Veins have a great Wound made in them, they hardly, and very seldom are cured, because of the great loss of Vital Spirits, and large effusion of Blood; and because these Wounds will not admit of such sufficient Bandage, as is necessary for stopping the Blood.  
IX. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 2. proves this thing by an Example. When an Empiric cut out a Struma in the Neck of a Maid, which had enclosed the Jugular Vein and Recurrent Nerve, so great a flux of Blood followed, that the Maid died in the Operation.  
X. From what has been said, it is manifest, that if the internal Jugular Veins and Soporal Arteries are deeply and largely wounded, the Patient can scarcely escape Death. And the Reasons are, 1. Because the vehemency of the Flux is such, that the Patient for the most part dies before the Chirurgeon can come at him. 2. Because no straight Ligature can be there applied, for so the Patient might also be strangled.  
XI. The Cure. There are two chief Intentions of Cure. 1. To stop the Hemorrhage. 2. To agglutinate the Wound.  
XII. The stoppage of the Hemorrhage is performed either by by deligation, or by application of Medicaments.  
XIII. If by deligation, you must first lift up the Vessel which bleeds from the subjacent and and adjacent parts with a small Hook, made of Silver or Steel, than you are to bind them above and under the Wound strongly, and afterwards cut them asunder between the deligations.  
FOURTEEN. The Medicaments are either Astringent and Styptic, or Escarotick.  
XU. An Astringent may be made after this manner. Take Mummy in fine powder, Mans-blood dried, powder of Toads-flesh, A. ℥ i fine Aloes, Alum, Catechu, Dragons-blood, fine Bole, Umber, A. ℥ ss. Terra sigillata, fine powder of Puff-balls, Mastic, Olibanum, Salt of Vitriol, A.ʒii. make all into a subtle powder, and mix them.  
XVI. A Styptic. Take Caput mortuum of Vitriol ℥ iii Dr. Gardner' s Styptick-salt ℥ i mix them, and apply it.  
XVII. An Escarotick. Take fine Bole ℥ two. Vitriol calcined ℥ i burnt Alum ℥ ss. read Precipitateʒii. Calx vive ʒi. make each into a fine powder, and mix them. Or this: Take of the Powder at Sect. 15. ℥ two. Calx vive, Vitriol calcined, A. ℥ i Auripigmentum, burnt Alum, A. ℥ ss. make all into a fine powder, and mix them.  
XVIII. Any of the aforegoing Powders are to be mixed with the whites of Eggs, to the consistence of Honey, than the down of a Hare is to be added; which being made into Dossels, the Wound is to be filled with them: and above the Dossels, large Pledgets are to be applied, and about the Wound, armed in like manner with the same.  
XIX. But because straight Ligature cannot be used about the Neck, for fear of strangling, you aught to have several Servants in a readinss; that with their hands they may hold the Medicaments on by turns, till the Hemorrhage is stopped: after which, they are to lie upon the Wound for three days.  
XX. Than you may remove them, but when you do that, and are come to the lowermost Dossels in the Wound; if they stick, you are not to remove them, jest a fresh Flux is caused: the others are only to be taken of, and the Wound is to be filled up with some Astringent Powder, or Sarcotick.  
XXI. If you use the Actual Cautery, (which is very cruel) it must be applied red-hot; for than it speedily makes the Escar, and that the thicker.  
XXII. This done, you must do all that may be to Incarnate, jest the Escar should fall of, before the Flesh is generated; and so, the Wound become worse and more dangerous, by a new Hemorrhage.  
XXIII. When you come to Incarnation, about an Artery, you must use Sarcotick Powders, which dry very strongly.  
XXIV. Let the Diet be cooling, vulnerary, and drying: and at Bedtime, this following may be given, to 'cause pleasant rest. ℞ Poppy-water ℥ iii Syrup of white Poppiesʒ vi. Diascordiumʒi. Laudanum liquidum gut. 8. mix for a Dose. Or, ℞ Barleywatèr ℥ iv. of Our Guttae Vitae, àʒss. adʒi. white Sugarcandy q.s. mix.  
XXV. The Hemorrhage being sufficiently stopped, you must consummate the Cure with Agglutinatives and Epuloticks; of which you may found great variety in Cap. 3. aforegoing of this Book.   

II Wounds of the Recurrent Nerves.  
XXVI. These Wounds are also found in the lateral parts of the Neck: and they are called Recurrent, because they come down from the sixth pair of the Nerves, and return again up towards the Muscles of the Larynx: using in the left side the Trunk of the Aorta, and on the right side the Axillar Artery, as Pulleys.  
XXVII. If one of the Recurrent Nerves is cut asunder, the Voice becomes hoarse; but if both are divided, the power of Speaking is wholly taken away, so that the Patient becomes dumb.  
XXVIII. The Cure. If in these Wounds there is any great Hemorrhage, it is first to be stopped; as we have before taught; as also in Chap. 4. aforegoing.  
XXIX. This done, the Wound is to be consolidated with this Balsam of Paraeus, in Lib. 10. cap. 29. viz. ℞ Simplo Oil of Hypericon ℥ iv. fine Gum Elemi ℥ iii Venice Turpentine ℥ vi. mix, and melt them together; to which, when they begin to cool, add fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, A. ℥ i Aloes, Myrrh, Mastic, Orrice-root, all in fine powder, A.ʒi. Aqua Vitae ℥ two. mix them well.  
XXX. Linimeatum Arcaei, or Our Friendly Balsam, are incomparably good for this purpose: so also Balsam de Chili, de Peru, de Tolu, and many other artificial Balsams.  
XXXI. As, ℞ Balsams Capivii, de Chili, and de Peru, A. ℥ two. Gum Elemi, Chio Turpentine, A. ℥ iii Bees-wax, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥ iiii. mix, and make a Balsam.  
XXXII. These Balsams are to be applied warm, and over the Balsam Diapalma, or Empl. album malaxed with Oil of Hyperieon, which will also prevent an Inflammation.    

CHAP. XXXVII. Of WOUNDS of the BRACED and HEART.  
I THey are called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Thoracis; and in English, Wounds of the Breast. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin Vulnera Cordis; and in English, Wounds of the Heart. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Diaphragmatis; in English, Wounds of the Midriff.  
II The Kind's. They do either not penetrate, and than they are to be healed according to the common Method of ordinary Wounds of the fleshy parts; or they do penetrate, and than we must consider the depth, and whether any Wound is inflicted upon any of the parts contained within, or that they are free from any Damage.  
III The Wound is also either in the Mediastinum, in its hollow Cavity in the lower parts of the Breast, or it penetrates into the lower part of the Thorax.  
IV. The Signs. You may know whether the Wound penetrates or not by searching with a Probe, or Searching-Candle, which will enter into the Cavity.  
V And when the Wound penetrates, if the Patient does but hold his Breath, by shutting his Mouth and Nose, the Breath will come forth with a Noise, so as it will move, or extinguish the Light of a Candle.  
VI And sometimes 'tis known by the large quantity of Blood, discharged by the Mouth, or Wound, or both; and the Patient will have also a great difficulty of breathing.  
VII. If the Heart is wounded, much Blood will come forth, the Pulse will be small or fail, the Face will be pale with cold Sweats, and a trembling of all the Members of the Body; the Patient will be troubled with frequent Swoonings; and when the Limbs grow cold, Death is at hand.  
VIII. If the Diaphragma or Midriff is wounded, the Patient has a Heaviness on that part, difficulty of breathing, a sharp pain, a Cough, with a Fever also; and there is a Raving, by reason of the Branches of the Nerves of the sixth Conjugation of the Brain, which are spread through the Body of it; and sometimes the Stomach and Guts will, by the vehemency of breathing, be drawn up into the Capacity of the Thorax, as Paraeus, lib. 10. cap. 30. does seem to affirm.  
IX. If any of these Vessels are wounded, there will be a vehement Hemorrhage, difficulty of breathing, and Fever, which will increase; Blood in abundance will be poured forth into the Cavity of the Thorax; there will be vomiting of Blood; and the Blood being putrified, the Breath will stink, Appetite will be lost; he will be uneasy in sitting up, and subject to often fainting, from noisome Vapours assaulting the Heart, rising from the putrified Blood.  
X. The Prognostics. Wounds which either pierce not into the Cavity; or if they penetrate, hurt not the Vessels nor Bowels, are not mortal, but may be soon and easily cured.  
XI. If they be in the hinder part of the Thorax, they are dangerous, because of the Nerves and Tendons; and if they penetrate that way, there is another great Danger from the great sanguiferous Vessels, which are sooner met withal this way, than when the Wounds are more forward.  
XII. But all wounds of the Breast are dangerous, by reason of the continual motion of the Lungs, and of the Blood which falls down on the Diaphragma, and corrupts it.  
XIII. Hypocrates, Prorrhet. l. 2. and Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. say, That if the great Vessels, whether Veins or Arteries, be wounded, the wound is mortal, by reason of the vast effusion of Blood not easy to be stayed: 1. Because they lie so deep, that no Medicine can be applied to them, nor can they be bound up. 2. Because their Coats are membranous, and so not to be healed by the first Intention.  
FOURTEEN. If an Artery is divided, the wound is yet more dangerous: 1. Because the Blood it contains is more spirituous than that in the Veins. 2. Because their Coats are harder than those of the Veins, and sometimes Cartilaginous. 3. Because of an Aneurism, which often remains after the wounded Artery is cured. 4. By reason of the manner and impetuosity of the flowing of the Blood. 5. Because of the Motion of the Arteries in their Systole and Diastole, which makes their Consolidation difficult.  
XU. In wounds of the Heart, either the Pericardium only is wounded, or the Substance of the Heart also. If the Pericardium only is wounded, the Wound of itself is not mortal, because it is but a subservient and ignoble part, having but sew and small Vessels and Nerves; nor does it cleave to the Heart, but is at such a distance, as to give liberty to the Pulsation of the Heart, and is fitted to contain a waterish Humour.  
XVI. But by accident they may be mortal: 1. If the Wound is great. 2. If all the watery Humour flows out; for than an Hectic Fever seizes upon the Patient, because Nature has ordained that Humour for cooling and moistening of the Heart.  
XVII. If the Substance of the Heart is wounded, the Wound is accounted mortal; as Hypocrates, lib. 5. Aph. 18. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. & Aristotle de Parte Animal. lib. 3. cap. 4. have declared. See also lib. 1. cap. 50. sect. 42, 43, & 44. and lib. 4. cap. 1. sect. 49. of this present Work.  
XVIII. And the chief Reasons seem to be: 1. Because it is the very Store house of vital Blood. 2. Because the Hemorrhage is vastly great, and the Blood falling into the Cavity of the Breast, causes Suffocation. 3. Because it is the very Elaboratory of the Vital Spirits. 4. Because it is a very hot Bowel, and so subject to Inflammation. 5. Because it is the Original of Motion or Pulsation. 6. Because it is in continual Motion, which hinders Consolidation; for that Consolidation requires Rest, as Galen. Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 8. has observed. 7. Because its Substance is compact, hard and dry, which does not easily admit of Agglutination.  
XIX. Superficiary Wounds of the Heart, do not so soon kill as deep Wounds: but a Wound in the left Ventricle sooner terminates Life, than a Wound in the right.  
XX. Wounds of the Diaphragma or Midriff, but chief if they be in the nervous Centre, are said to be mortal; as Hypocrates, lib. 6. Aph. 18. and Galen in his Comment. also Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. do affirm. 1. Because it is membranous, and in continual motion. 2. Because the Wounds thereof are very painful, by reason of the Branches of Nerves it receives from the lower Vertebrae of the Neck. 3. Because the Pericardium is tied to it.  
XXI. And though, if the fleshy Circumference of it be only wounded, whereby some hopes of recovery are afforded; yet even those Wounds are not without great Danger.  
XXII. And the Reasons are: 1. Because some principal parts must suffer also; as, the Brain, from the Nerves which are inserted in it; the Heart, by reason of its Proximity and the Arteriae Phrenicae; and the Liver, because of its Contiguity and Venae Phrenicae. 2. Because the whole part is in continual motion. 3. Because breathing is much hindered. 4. Because the Blood flows forth into the Cavity of the Thorax, which may 'cause Suffocation. 5. Because of the dreadful Symptoms which may ensue; as, difficult breathing, sighing, Cough, Pain of the Back, pulling up of the Heartstrings, Fever, and Raving, from the Affinity which it has with the Heart and Brain. See Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. Fernel. Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. and Forrestus Observe. Chirurg. lib. 6. obs. 47.  
XXIII. The Cure. If the Wound penetrates without hurt of any internal part, the danger is the lesle: and these, for the most part, are left to be cured by Nature, which here (as in some other Cases) does Miracles.  
XXIV. The Patient being laid in his Bed, his Feet stretched out at length, and the Orifice of the Wound downwards; the first thing than to be done is, the stopping of the Haemorrhage with some proper Styptic.  
XXV. Than the extravasated Blood is to be discharged, which is said (by Physicians) to be done three ways: 1. By the Wound. 2. By the Mouth through Expectoration. 3. By Urine.  
XXVI. 1. By the Wound. Tents and Pledgits are here hazardous, jest they should fall into the Cavity of the Thorax, and so do more mischief; for which Reason a Flammula or Seton-string may be used, which may be anointed with this Lineament.  
XXVII. ℞ Oils of Mastic and of Pine-rosin A. ℥ i Gum Elemi ℥ two. Manna of Frankincense ℥ ss. roots of Tormentil, and of Comfrey in Powder, A. ʒii. Saffron, Earthworms in Powder, A. ʒi. Sherry Sack ℥ i mix them, and evaporate to the consumption of the Wine.  
XXVIII. Or, ℞ Turpentine or Balsam of Peru ℥ ss. which mix with the Yolk of one Egg; than add thereto Oil of Hypericon ℥ i and make a Lineament. This Flammula may be continued, if need require, even to the fortieth Day.  
XXIX. Or instead of a Flammula, you may use a silver Pipe, with large Ears or Stays on both sides, such as is used in Paracentesis, that a Thread of reasonable Length may be fastened to it, to keep it in its Posture.  
XXX. The Wound and the Pipe may be anointed with the former Lineament or Balsam, or with Arcaeus his Lineament melted in a Spoon, or with some other artificial Balsam; and over it Diachylon Simplex may be applied.  
XXXI. Where note, That if it is in Wintertime, a Chafing-dish with hot Charcoal may be convenient in time of dressing to hold near the Wound, to preserve the natural Heat, and hinder the Intromission of the cold ambient Air.  
XXXII. Wiseman puts a Question, Whether the wound should be kept open, or agglutinated? They (says he) who are for a speedy Agglutination, do urge it, jest the intromitted Air should corrupt the parts within, and the Heat expire. They that are for keeping it open, do design thereby a readier Discharge of the matter.  
XXXIII. In these Wounds of the Breast (says he) I consider the Wound, how it is capable of discharging the extravasated Blood and Matter. If it is inflicted so, as that the Blood and Matter may be thereby discharged, than it is to be kept open, the Welfare of the Patient depending chief upon the well-dressing and governing of it: but if it does not lie well for Evacuation of that extravasated Blood, than it may do hurt, and so aught to be healed.  
XXXIV. The second way of evacuating the Blood and Matter, is by Expectoration; and than they say, it must first pass (into the Pleura, say some, and so) into the substance of the Lungs, than into the Aspera Arteria, or Windpipe, and from thence it is coughed up, and spit out by the Mouth.  
XXXV. And than Galen advises to further Expectoration by Exhibition of Posca, or Vinegar and Water, warm, because it powerfully dissolves clotted Blood; and if the Sick coughs with Difficulty, Pectorals are to be administered, as Syrup of Vinegar, of Lemons, and of Juice of Citrons, Syrup of Coltsfoot and of Liquorice, Decoctum Pectorale, Pectoral Lohochs, Oxymel, Syrups of Alehoof, of Maidenhair, of Jujubes, etc.  
XXXVI. The third way of evacuating the Blood and Matter is by Urine; and than they say, it passes first into the substance of the Pleura, and than into the Azygos, or Vena sine pari, near to the Diaphragma, by the Spine, whence a Branch comes, through which it passes by a straight Course to the Emulgents, and so to the Kidneys and Bladder, as Aquapendens, part. 2. lib. 2. cap. 42. affirms.  
XXXVII. But if we acknowledge the Circulation of the Blood, this Passage is not allowable; for it is impossible to come to the emulgent Arteries, but by a prior transition through the Heart.  
XXXVIII. However, if the matter of Fact is true, that there is sometimes a discharge of the matter by Urine, than it will be necessary that Diuretics be given, to promote the same; as, Infusisions, Decoctions, Syrups, Essences, etc. of Maidenhair, Betony, Roots of Parsley, of Smallage, of Fennel, of Asparagus, etc. Also Ptisans made with Barley-Cream, Emulsions, Spirit of Sulphur, Liquorice, etc.  
THIRTY-NINE. But says Wiseman, I never saw any that I could say, that passed their Disease by Urine; nor many of them that had a free passage of their Urine, during the time of their lying under these Wounds.  
XL. Nor have I often seen them (says he) who have recovered, to expectorate any such quantity of matter, as might be thought to proceed from the great quantity of Blood extravasated. They coughed fresh Blood most of them, like to what they discharged from their Wounds, but more florid.  
XLI. Arcae●s, lib. 1. cap. 1. administers this Vulnerary Potion. ℞ Juice of Pomegranates, Waters of Scabious and Bugloss, A. ℥ i Rhubarb in Pouderʒss. Madder, Mummy, A. ℈ i Terra Sigillata, ℈ i mix for a Dose.  
XLII. And to 'cause easy breathing, be gives this pectoral Decoction: ℞ Hulled Barley ℥ iiii. Bugloss-roots ℥ iii Liquorice bruised ℥ two. Jnjubes, Prunes, A. Nᵒ xx. Raisins stoned ℥ i Rain-water lbxiv lbxiv. boil to the Consumption of a third part, strain out, and aromatize with Cinnamonʒiii. dulcifying it with Sugar-candy ℥ iiii. Sugar Penids ℥ iii Syrup of Roses simple, and of the two opening Roots, sine Aceto, A. ℥ two. Dose ℥ vi. every fourth hour.  
XLIII. Fambesarius advises, to give Morning and Evening a vulnerary Potion, made of Leaves and Roots of Comfrey, Bugloss, Plantain, boiled in Water with some Vinegar, which being strained, is to be sweetened with Sugar of Roses, dissolving also in it some fine Bole.  
XLIV. And outwardly Injections may be made with Honey of Roses, thus: ℞ Decoct. of Liquorice ℥ iiii. Sugar of Roses ℥ two. Honey of Roses ℥ i mix them. But you must be sure, that all the Injection comes forth again; for if any of it should stay behind, it would putrefy.  
XLV. Lastly, According as the quantity of the Quittor is, lesle or more, so dress it once or twice a day; and when the Patient breathes freely, has but little Pain, finds no Weight towards the Midriff, and there is but small quantity of Pus flowing out of the Wound, and that good, you may than, with all the speed that may be, induce the Healing.   

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of WOUNDS of the BACK, and SPINAL MARROW.  
I THey are called in Greek 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Dorsi; and in English, Wounds of the Back. Also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; in Latin, Vulnera Medullae Spinalis; and in English, Wounds of the Spinal Marrow.  
II The Kind's. These Wounds are either in the fleshy parts only, or the Bone is hurt also: Or there is a Wound of the Marrow of the Backbone.  
III And in this case, the Marrow is wounded but in part, or it is wholly cut asunder.  
IV. The Signs. If the Marrow is only wounded, and not wholly cut asunder, than dreadful Convulsions will of necessity ensue, and so, for the most part, Death.  
V If it is wholly cut asunder, than the whole Body is deprived of moving and feeling; breathing itself will also be hindered, so that of consequence Death must ensue.  
VI Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That a Convulsion or Palsy follows, feeling is lost, and after a while the Patient cannot retain either Seed, Urine, or Excrements of the Belly; and sometimes a total suppression of the Excremnnts will follow.  
VII. And Fernelius, Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, That the inferior parts become paralytic, and that their feeling, moving, and functions are lost. See cap. 34. Sect. 10, 11, 12, 13, aforegoing.  
VIII. The Prognostics. Almost all Wounds of the Spinal Marrow are mortal; if the Patient outlives them, they generally leave a Paralysis of some one Part or other. See the rest of the Prognostics, in Chap. 34. Sect. 14. and 19 of the following Book.  
IX. The Cure. If the Wound is made only in the Fleshy or Musculous Parts, than it is to be dressed and cured as those Wounds which hap in the Fleshy Parts.  
X. If the Spina Dorsi, or Backbone is hurt also, than it is to be dressed as a Wound of the Head, wherein there is a Fracture; of which we shall speak at large in Lib. 6. Chap. 12. and 13. of this Work following.  
XI. If the Spinal Marrow is hurt only, the Sick may by chance escape: but if it be wholly divided, the sense and motion of all the parts under or below the Wound, which receive their Nerves from the lower parts of the Spinal Marrow, will be hurt and taken away: for the Influx of the Animal Spirits into those parts will be wholly obstructed.  
XII. The Indications of Cure, as also the Topical Medicaments are the same with those in Chap. 34. Sect. 20. and 24. aforegoing of this Book; and therefore referring you thither, little more need be said concerning the same here.  
XIII. However, if the Vertebrae are in part divided, this following Lineament is commended. ℞ Yolks of Eggs ℥ two. Gum Elemi, Strasburgh-Turpentine, A. ʒvi. Oil of Hypericon ℥ jss. Oil of Spikeʒii. Saffron in pouderʒi. mix them.  
FOURTEEN. Or, ℞ Balsam de Chili, de Peru, yolks of Eggs, A. ℥ i Oil of Hypericon ℥ jss. Mithridate, S.U. A.ʒii. Oil of Petreʒi. mix them.  
XU. And the whole Spina Dorsi may be anointed with this Mixture: ℞ Oils of Lemons, Lavender, Margerum, Rosemary, Sage, Savin, Sassafras, Amber, A. ʒjss. Oil of Hypericon or of Ben ℥ jss. mix, and anoint therewith.  
XVI. And you may Embrocate the whole Back with this: ℞ Oils of Hypericon and of Whelps, A. ℥ i Oils of Juniper-berries and of Lavender, A. ʒvi. mix them.   

CHAP. THIRTY-NINE. Of WOUNDS of the LUNGS.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Pulmonum; in English, Wounds of the Lungs.  
II The Signs. If the Lungs are wounded, the Blood which comes out of the Wound will be yellow and frothy; the Patient will have a Cough, difficulty of Breathing, and a Pain on the wounded side.  
III The Sick lies more at ease, when lying on the wounded side, but being laid on the contrary side, is than in more pain.  
IV. The Prognostics. If the Wounds of the Lungs are superficiary and small, though part of the substance of the Lungs has been cut of, yet the Patient has sometimes recovered and done well, and lived many Years after it.  
V Forestus, Lib. 5. Obs. 4. says, That if the Lungs are wounded in the fleshy part, wherein there is a remarkable Branch of the Arteria Venalis, than the Patient must of necessity dye: for that he will be suffocated with Blood; and the Blood will be much, black, and frothy.  
VI Horstius, de Morb. Pect. lib. 3. obs. 11. Arcaeus, lib. 2. cap. 1. Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 36. Platerus, Observat. 3. lib. 3. pag. 690. Valeriolus, Observat. Med. lib. 4. Obs. 10. and Glandorpius, Speculo Chirurgico, Observe 24. with several others, have observed, that dangerous Wounds of the Lungs have been cured.  
VII. Out of what has been said, it appears, that though some dangerous Wounds of the Lungs have been cured; yet if the Wound is deep, and with the substance of the Lungs being wounded, the great Vessels are divided also, such a Wound is always mortal.  
VIII. And the Reasons are manifest: 1. Because no Medicine can be so applied, as to come to the bottom of the Wound. 2. Because the Arteria Venalis, and the Vena Arterialis being wounded, a dreadful Hemorrhage will ensue. 3. Because the Lungs being moist, are very subject to inflammation and putrefaction. 4. Because the intromission of fresh Air for cooling of the Lungs, and expiration of fuliginous Vapours, are hindered. 5. Because the Lungs are in continual motion, which hinders consolidation. 6. Because the Heart by its proximity, will be affected by consent. 7. Because the discharging of the Pus or Matter will be difficult, it being done by Expectoration; and also dangerous, for that it is done by Coughing, which irritates the Wound. 8. Because much Blood falling into the capacity of the Thorax, it presses down by its weight the Diaphragma, and so causes difficulty of Breathing: and being turned into Pus, it becomes malign, and so induces a Fever, Frenzy, and Convulsions: and if the Sick continues any time, there will be an Empyema, and after that a Phthisis, which generally ends in Death.  
IX. Wiseman says, If the Lungs are wounded deep among the great Vessels, though they escape the first nine days, yet they commonly terminate in a Phthisis or Fistula.  
X. The Cure. The Hemorrhage is first to be stopped with proper Internals: the Inflammation is to be prevented, or repressed; the Blood which is poured forth into the cavity of the Thorax, is to be evacuated, and than the Wound is to be agglutinated.  
XI. Medicamenta adstringentia & emplastica adhibenda, quae & Sanguinem sistunt, & Inflammationem prohibent, & Vulnus glutinant: Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 2. part. 2. cap. 11. Medicaments astringent or styptic, and emplastic are to be used; which may not only stop the flux of Blood, but also hinder an Inflammation, and consolidate the Wound.  
XII. These Medicaments are either Topics, quae in cavitatem Thoracis indantur, & infundantur; or Internals, quae ore sumuntur, which are given by the Mouth.  
XIII. Those Topics are to be chosen which by't lest, and have no malign quality: all such Metallicks and Salines, which are useful in other Wounds, are in Wounds of the Lungs to be avoided.  
FOURTEEN. But fine Bowl, Terra sigillata, Catechu, Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, Gum Avabick, Tragacanth, Acacia, Balaustians, Pomgranat-peels, and suchlike, are commended.  
XU. A Powder may be made of fine Bowl, Frankincense, and Mastic, Ana; which may be blown into the Wound by a Pipe: or Tent, or Alicant may be injected, especially if diluted with a Decoction made with some Astringents; as Bistort-roots, Cinkfoil, Tormentil, Plantain, Red-roses, and Horstail: but that the Powder may be the better applied, the Patient is to attract up, or breathe forth, as strongly as may be.  
XVI. An Injection. ℞ Roots of Avens, Comfrey, Tormentil, A. ℥ ss. Red-roses ℥ i Catechu ℥ ss. Aloes, Myrrh, A.ʒi. Barleywater q.s. boil, strain, and add to every Pint thereof, Honey of Roses strained ℥ two. Syrup of dried Roses, and of Myrtles, A. ℥ i  
XVII. If there is no Fever, nor Spitting of Blood, or any Weight on the Midriff, drop into the Wound Balsam de Chili, or de Peru, or Linimentum Arcaei, mixed with Oil of Hypericon, or some such like, over which apply Diapalma, or Empl. Album.  
XVIII. If there is much Blood in the cavity, after it is come forth, you may use a Flammula dipped in the white of an Egg, or a Silver Pipe; as we have advised in Chap. 37. Sect. 2●. ad 31. aforegoing; which may be continued 40 days, more or lesle, as you see need requires.  
XIX. When the Wound runs dige●…ed Matter, and but little, the Pipe, etc. may be removed: and if you think it convenient, you may inject a Vulnerary Decoction, bloodwarm.  
XX. During all the time that the Wound runs, (as much as may be) let the Sick be in Bed, with the Wound downwards, for it●s more easy discharge of the Matter: at other times, put in the Pipe, and lay on it a Sponge wrung out of S.U. with keeps the Air out, and extracts the Pus.  
XXI. Afterwards you may lay over the Pipe this Emplaster: ℞ Pure R●sin ℥ vi. Gum Elemi strained ℥ iv. Oils of Bays and Turpentine, A. ℥ i dissolve the Gum and Rosin over a gentle Fire, than mix the Oils. This you may spread upon Leather, and apply; which change once a day in Winter, and twice a a day in Summer.  
XXII. And no way inferior is the Balsam of Peru, mixed with Schroder's Balsamum Nervinum, or Our Balsamum Amicum; or some other like proper Ingredient, to give it a somewhat stronger Body.  
XXIII. Inwardly Astringent and Traumatick Drinks are to be given, made of the leaves of Strawberry, Speedwell, Scabious, Devilsbit, Ladies-mantle, Goldenrod, Sanicle, Woundwort, Perwinkle, Selfheal, Agrimony, Plantain, Red-roses, and other things of like kind. As,  
XXIV. Take Strawbery-leaves, Sanicle, Scabious, Lungwort both sorts, A. M. ss. Ladies-mantle, flowers of Scabious, Red-roses, A. P.ii. Jujubes Nᵒ x. Barleywater q.s. boil, strain, and to each Pint add Julep of Roses ℥ two.  
XXV. Or, Take Woundwort, Perwinkle, Speedwell, Strawbery-leaves, Lungwort, Ladies-bed-straw, Coltsfoot, A. M.i. Devilsbit, Selfheal, Agrimony, Angelica, Scabius, Selfheal, Plantain, A. M. j.ss. roots of Angelica, Bistort, A. ℥ i cut and bruise all, and infuse in Whitewine, Red-wine, Scabious and Angelica Waters, A. lbijss lbijss. boil in B.M. six Hours, strain, and dulcify with fine Sugar ℥ iv. Dose, ℥ iv. or more, Morning and Evening.  
XXVI. If the Wound was made by Gunshot; Take Lungwort M.iii Mugwort, Comfrey, A. M.j. Wine, Water, A. lbjss lbjss. boil in a double Vessel, or in B.M. strain, and sweeten with fine Sugar ℥ iii  
XXVII. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 13 & 14, commends Diaspermaton, which was a thing frequent in use with him, in Wounds of the Breast. Some in place of that Electuary, use Diacodion, which Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 7. says, Does induce Sleep, takes away the sense of Pain, and stop Fluxes of Rheum from the Head, falling upon the Lungs.   

CHAP. XL. Of WOUNDS of the LIVER. and SPLEEN.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Hepatis & Lienis; and in English, Wounds of the Liver and Spleen.  

I Wounds of the Liver.  
II The Kind's. Sometimes the Wound is superficiary, sometimes it penetrates deeply; sometimes the gibbous part, sometimes the caveous part is wounded. In some Wounds the substance of the Liver is only hurt; in others, the Vessels are also cut.  
III Sometimes the Wound is made with a sharp Weapon, and sometimes with a dull or blunt; by which it is rather contused, than cut: sometimes also a part of it is cut of.  
IV. Signs. Whether it is a Wound or a Contusion, may be known by the external violence, and the kind of the Weapon, and the consequent Effects.  
V Wounds in the Liver are most commonly made on the right side; and if any of the larger Vessels are wounded, there is a great flux of Blood on the right side.  
VI The Hpochonders or sides draw towards the Backbone; they often eject Blood, by Stool and Urine: there is a pricking Pa●… up to the Neck and right Souther-blade, the Face is wan, and the Sick desires to lie on his Belly.  
VII. Sometimes there is a Vomiting of Choler, and sometimes an Hemorrhage at the Nostrils; and a heaviness and pain is perceived in the region of the Liver, and parts adjacent. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26.  
VIII. The Prognostics. Hypocrates, lib. 6. aph. 18. says, If the Bladder, or Brain, or Midriff, or Small-gut, or Stomach, or Liver be wounded, it is mortal.  
IX. Yet Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 28. has delivered to us, That upon a Wound of the Liver, even where some part of it has been cut of, the Patient has recovered.  
X. And Gemma Cosmocritic. lib. 1. cap. 6. tells us of a Spanish Youth, who being wounded through the right Flank, had lost a large part of his Liver, and yet was restored to his health. And Bertinius, Medic. lib. 13. cap. 7. gives us another like History: others also have observed the same.  
XI. From whence it follows, that where the Wound is only superficial, or the substance only wounded, without hurt of any of the great Vessels, as the trunks of the Vena Portae, and Vena Cava, the Patient is curable.  
XII. But where the large Vessels are wounded, the Sick cannot escape; because of the immediate large effusion of Blood: for before the Vessel can be agglutinated, the Patient will dye.  
XIII. A Contusion of the Liver is more dangerous than a Wound, and oftentimes degenerates into an Abscess or Apostem.  
FOURTEEN. Th●se Wounds are also more dangerous in a Cachectick Habit of Body, and in Old People, than in such as are of a sound habit, strong, and juvenile. Sennert. Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 6. sect. 1. cap. 7.  
XU. If the Patient, has cold Sweats upon his Forehead and Neck; if he often faints, if the Extremities grow cold, and great weakness attends, than Death is at hand.  
XVI. The Cure. Immediately Astringents and Glutinatives are to be exhibited, such 〈◊〉 we commonly give in Spitting Blood: Sennertus commends Red-roses dried, given adʒii. also Balaustians, fine Bole, Trochsci de Spodio, de Rosis, Rhubarb in Decoction of Hounds-tongue, Cinkfoil, or Plantain.  
XVII. But nothing exceeds Catechu, given in substance ad ʒss. orʒi. or the Tincture thereof made with common Brandy; given from ℥ ss. ad ℥ i in some proper Vehicle.  
XVIII. Some commend Pulvis Dysentericus Croll●i, given in a little Syrup of Roses, strengthening the Viscera with Spices, and Aromaticks, adding also such things as may provoke Urine, and loosen the Belly, if bound, with Emollient Clysters.  
XIX. Where you suspect there is a Concretion of Blood, you must give such things as dissolve the Concretion: of which kind are Rhubarb, Rhapontick, Sperma Ceti, Lacca, Mumia, Sanguis draconis, Crabs-eyes, Amber, powder of Earthworms, Hoglice, Schoenanth, Spicknard, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, roots of Madder, of Tormentil, Chervil, and all Volatile Animal Salts and Spirits; which may be exhibited in Vinegar, or Chervil, or Tormentil Waters, etc.  
XX. ℞ Rhubarbʒjss. Spicknard, Schoenanth, A. gr. xv. Mummyʒss. make a powder. Dose, ʒi. Or, ℞ Pine Boleʒiii. Lacca, Sperma Ceti, A.ʒii. Roubarb ℈ ●i. Mummy ℈ ss. make a powder. Dose, ʒi. or ʒjss. in Vinegar, or Chervil-water.  
XXI. ℞ Rhubarb, Rhapontick, A. ℈ two. Mummy, Sperma Ceti, Crabs-eyes, roots of Avens, of Tormentil, A. gr. xii. make a powder, for two Doses. Or, Take Mummyʒii. Rhubarb, Crabs-eyes, fine Bole, A. ʒ i. Saffron, Sperma Ceti, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒss. make a powder. Dose, ʒi.  
XXII. Let his Diet be thin, and glutinating: let him abstain from Wine, and drink a Decoction of Jujubes or Corianderseeds, sweetened with a little Sugar of Roses.  
XXIII. Outwardly Astringents and Glutinatives are also to be applied: if the Wound gapes, or is open, you may sprinkle in this Powder: ℞ Catechu, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, A.ʒi. powder of Red-rosesʒss. Lapis Haematitis ℈ i white Starchʒ two. make a Powder.  
XXIV. You may also apply this Lineament. ℞ Syrup of Red-roses dried, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ i Pulvis Dysentericus, or Sperniolae Crollii ℥ jss. fine Aloes, fine Bole, A. ℥ i Catechuʒvi. Oil of Wax, q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXV. Sennertus commends an Ointment made of Turpentine, fine Bole, and Mummy, or of Mastic and Frankincense; anointing also the parts adjacent with Oils of Mastic and Roses.  
XXVI. And upon the Region of the Liver this Cataplasm may be applied. ℞ Fresh Violet-leaves, Endive, Succory, A. P.iii. Agrimony, tops of Dill, of Hypericon, A. P.ii. powder of Camomil-flowers, of Melilot, and Red-roses, A. P.i. Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥ jss. Red. Wine q.s. make a Cataplasm, adding at the end, Oil of Roses ℥ jss. It is good to be applied also in a Contusion of the Liver.  
XXVII. In which case also, this following Powder may be given. ℞ White Amber, fine Bole, Dragons-blood, Lacca, Balaustians, Red-roses, Crabs-eyes, A. ℥ ss. make a powder. Dose, ʒi. in Plantan-water ℥ vi. in which Tragacanth ℈ ss. has been dissolved.   

II Wounds of the Spleen.  
XXVIII. The Kind's. It's Wounds are either superficiary, or profound: and it is only wounded, or a part of it may be cut of.  
XXIX. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That black Blood does issue out of the left side; and the side itself, and Stomach do become hard; the Patient is troubled with great Thirst, and the Pain reaches to the Neck.  
XXX. The Prognostics. Celsus, in the place aforecited says, That deep Wounds of the Spleen are for the most part mortal, or that they are scarcely ever cured.  
XXXI. The Reasons of which are, 1. Because of a dreadful Hemorrhage not only of Venal, but Arterial Blood. 2. Because it helps towards the perfecting the Sanguification. 3. Because it is very easy to be inflamed, being full of Blood. 4. Because it has a great consent with the Heart; for that a multitude of Arteries communicate with it.  
XXXII. Thou profound or deep ●ounds of the Spleen may be mortal, yet the whole Spleen may be cut out, and the Party live. And this I have been an Eye-witness of in a Dog, in which, before the Spleen was cut of, it was drawn forth out of the Body, and the Sanguiferous Vessels bound with good Ligature, to prevent the great Hemorrhage which would have ensued; than it was wholly cut away, and the apertion of the Abdomen stitched up, and so left to Nature to heal; the Dog recovered and did well, and lived four or five Years after it, but was very much dispirited; nor could we searcely ever provoke him to bark from that time forth.  
XXXIII. But if the Superficies, or its substance, (not the Vessels) are wounded, it is not (says Sennertus) necessary that such a Wound should be mortal.  
XXXIV. The Cure. It is not performed as in those of the Liver, in which (sometimes in desperate cases) Nature does Wonders: you may exhibit this Vulnerary Potion. ℞ Comfrey-roots ℥ ss. Raisins ℥ i Speedwell M. i Agrimony, Spleenwort, Hypericon, Red-Roses, A. M. ss. Selfheal, Winter-green, A. P.i. Water q.s. make a Decoction, strain, and Aromatize with Cinamonʒiii.  
XXXV. And to prevent an afflux of Matter to the Spleen, an Emollient, or Lenitive Clyster may be given, to keep the Body open: if the Pus seems to be expelled by Urine, Medicines moving Urine (made of Fennel-roots, the Four greater Cold Seeds, read Cicers, and the like) are to be given.  
XXXVI. But by what ways the Pus is carried to the ureters, Authors are scarcely agreed on. Some will have it, that it is carried by the Ramus Splenicus to the Vena Portae, from thence to the Liver, and through the Liver to the Vena Cava, and so at length to the Emulgent Arteries.  
XXXVII. But this, says Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 4. cap. 7. is too long a way, and by too many ambages; a shorter way (says he) is by the Coeliac Artery to the Trunk of the Aorta, or Arteria magna, and so from thence to the Emulgent Arteries.  
XXXVIII. Others say, that the Blood or Pus, which falls into the cavity of the Abdomen, is either discussed by the Natural Heat, or else comes forth by an Apostem in the Groin.    

CHAP. XLI. Of WOUNDS of the STOMACH.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Stomachi; and in English, Wounds of the Stomach.  
II They are twofold: first, Wounds of the Mouth of the Stomach, or lower part of the Oesophagus: secondly, Wounds of the Ventricle, or bottom of the Stomach.  

I Wounds of the Mouth of the Stomach.  
III 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Vulnera Oesophagi, vel Gulae; Wounds of the Gullet or Swallow, have been treated of in some measure already, in Chap. 35. Sect. 18, etc. aforegoing: but to speak truly, we treated of that part of the Gula which was at a farther distance from the Stomach; here we treat of such Wounds of the Gullet as are near the Stomach itself, and are properly Wounds of the very immediate Mouth of the Stomach.  
IV. The Stomach has two parts: 1. The Mouth, which is called Oesophagus. 2. The Bottom, or Belly of the Stomach, which is called Ventriculus.  
V The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That there is a Hiccough, and Vomiting of Choler, Meat and Drink comes presently up again; the Pulse grows feebie, there is Fainting, with cold Sweats, and a Coldness of the Extreme Parts.  
VI The Prognostics. All Wounds of this Part are dangerous: 1. Because they cause difficulty of Breathing. 2 Because it can scarcely be wounded; but the Trachaea Arteria, Soporal Arteries, Jugular Veins, and Recurrent Nerves will be wounded.  
VII. The more remote from the Mouth of the Stomach, they are lesle dangerous: but if they are great, transverse, and near to the Stomach, they are mortal: 1. Because they admit of no consolidation, for that the passage of the Meat and Drink does hinder it. 2. Because Meat and Drink must be discharged by Vomiting; for that it cannot go to the bottom of the Stomach; so that the only necessary Matter for Life being hindered, Death must ensue.  
VIII. Wounds of the Oesophagus or Mouth of the Stomach, are more dangerous than those of the Ventricle: 1. Because it is of a nervous and membranous substance, and so not easily conglutinated. 2. Because it has a great consent with the Brain, it receiving Nerves from the sixth Conjugation. 3. Because Meat and Drink cannot easily pass into the Stomach, without which Life cannot be long continued. 4. Because, as Celsus says, Vomiting of Choler does many times ensue, which irritates and enlarges the Wound. 5. Because the Pain is exceeding acute. 6. Because Topics cannot be conveniently applied, or giving Traumatick Potions; they either come back again by Vomit, or passing town, make no stay at the Wound, or otherwise come out at it. 7. Because Hypocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, Convulsions may be induced, which are mortal.   

II Wounds of the Ventricle, or Stomach itself.  
IX. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Vulnera Ventriculi; Wounds of the Ventricle, or Stomach itself, have the differences with those of the Oesophagus; being either superficiary and small, or deep, and passing into the cavity of it: and they are either straight, or transverse; made by Incision, or laceration.  
X. The Signs. That the Stomach itself is wounded, you may know, 1. By the place of the Wound; as if it is under the Diaphragma, or below the Cartilago mucronata. 2. By the substance coming forth at the Wound; which is either pure Chylus, or Chylus mixed with the Food, unaltered, except by chewing.  
XI. There is also, as Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 1. sect. 1. cap. 26. says, A Hiccough, and Vomiting of Choler, also a Vomiting of Meat and Drink; the Appetite is hurt, nor can the Stomach contain, or rightly digest the Food.  
XII. The Patient also spits Blood, and a Pain is perceived in the Stomach itself: and if the upper part of it is Wounded, the Sick may be afflicted with inflammation of the Part, a Fever, Delirium, Swooning, and many other ill Symptoms.  
XIII. The Prognostics. If the Wound is small and superficiary, it is easily cured; but Wounds which penetrate are accounted mortal. Hippocrat. sect. 6. aph. 18. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 26. that is, they are very dangerous, and may prove mortal, or are mortal for the most part: so we understand Hypocrates.  
FOURTEEN. A Wound penetrating the Ventricle, is not so dangerous, as that which penetrates or divides the Oesophagus: 1. Because the Ventricle is more fleshy, and so more apt to consolidation. 2. Because it is not so principal a Part, the Mouth of the Stomach being the seat of the Appetite. 3. Because it is not of so exquisite a sense as the Mouth of the Stomach. 4. Because Traumaticks or Wound-Drinks, and other Agglutinative-Medicaments, can make a longer stay there.  
XU. But Wounds penetrating are very hard to be consolidated: 1. Because it is of a Membranous substance. 2. Because we cannot long live without the service of its Functions. 3. Because Food, as Meat and Drink, keep open the lips of the Wound. 5. Because it is a sensible part, and so subject to ill Symptoms; as Pain, Afflux of Humours, Inflammation. 5. Because Topics cannot be conveniently applied, to bring and keep the lips together. 6. Because Internal Medicaments pass forth again at the Wound.  
XVI. Yet Wounds penetrating the Stomach are sometimes cured, of which I am an Eye-witness; besides, we have several Authorities for the same, as Julius Alexandrinus, in cap. lib. 6. Therapeut. Meth. Galeni; it a testatur similiter Christoph. à Vega, ad. aph. 18. lib. 6. Hippocrat. and Fallopius, de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 1. tells us, that he cured a Man and a Woman, who were so wounded in the Stomach, that the Chylus came out thereat.  
XVII. The Cure. In the first place we advice, that the Patient may eat and drink very sparingly: for the lips of the Wound will better agglutinate when the Stomach is somewhat empty, because it will be a little wrincled together.  
XVIII. If the Body is Cacochymick, yet Purges and Vomits are to be forborn; jest vicious Humours should be heaped upon the Part affected, but soluble Clysters may sometimes be given.  
XIX. If the Wound penetrates not, the Cure is best to be committed to Nature: but if it penetrates, Tents are not to be used; but you must apply Anodyns and Digestives, which may be made of Turpentine, first mixed with the white of an Egg, and than with Oil of Hypericon: this eases Pain, produces Pus, and is glutinative: over all apply Empastr. è Bolo, or some such like.  
XX. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Whitewine ℥ two. Mastich ℥ two. Oil of Fir, or soft Turpentine ℥ i Manna of Frankincenseʒii. powder of roots of Comfrey and Tormentil, A. ʒi. Earthworms in fine powder ℈ two. Saffron ℈ i boil to the consumption of the Wine.  
XXI. The Stomach outwardly may be embrocated with Oils of Mint, of Myrtles, of Quinces, of Roses, and of Wormwood: and he may drink juices of Pomegranates and Quinces; or a Decoction of Tormentil, Cinkfoil, Comfrey, Horstail, Mousear, and Periwinkle, sweetened with Syrup of Quinces.  
XXII. And you may often give by the Mouth Syrup of Myrtles ' de Rosis, or Syrup of Comfrey, mixed with a quarter-part of Catechu in fine powder; which last is to be preferred in this case, before all other Medicaments whatsoever.    

CHAP. XLII. Of WOUNDS of the BELLY.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Abdominis, Vulnera Ventris & Alvei; in English, Wounds of the Belly.  
II The Differences. These are either superficiary, and so penetrate not, reaching no farther than to the Peritonaeum: or else they penetrate, and than the Peritonaeum is cut through; in which case, if the Wound is large, the Omenmentum or Intestines will slip out.  
III These penetrating Wounds also are either simple, wherein none of the Viscera are hurt: or they are accompanied with the hurt of some of the contained Parts; as the Stomach, Interlines, Reinss, Ureters, Womb, etc.  
IV. The Wound also is either a Pucture, or a Cut; and if a Cut, it is either straight, obliqne or transverse.  
V The Signs. Make trial with a Prob or Wax-candle, and see whether they go directly deep in, than you may conclude that the Wound does penetrate: now in searching, you must see that the Wound is not inflicted obliquely, for than you may thrust in the Probe, etc. a great way between the Muscles, and yet not penetrating the Wound: but you aught also to be sure that the orifice of the Wound is not stopped with any of the adjacent bodies; as the Fat, Membrana carnosa, or the Muscles.  
VI If you make an Injection with warm Wine, if the Wound penetrates, it will be received within the cavity: but if it penetrates not, it will return again.  
VII. If the Omentum or Intestines come forth, the penetration is manifest: but if the Wound is small, you much search it with a Probe, or Wax-candle.  
VIII. Which of the Viscera are wounded, (if any be wounded) you may guests at, by the Place, or external Part hurt, but more certainly by their peculiar Symptoms.  
IX. If any of the Viscera are hurt, there is sometimes inflation of the Belly, Colic, Vomiting, Fainting, Swooning, or Convulsions, or something extraordinary by Urine or Stool, either some, or all of these Symptoms, or some other more vehement, not named, according to the dignity of the Bowel hurt.  
X. The Prognostics. Wounds of the Abdomen not penetrating, are voided of danger, except they be very large: for in such Wounds many parts must suffer a solution of Unity; there will be great Pain, with loss and dissipation of Spirits, and many times fainting and swooning Fits, Convulsions, etc.  
XI. If the wound is made in the middle part of the Belly, it is more dangerous than that which is made in the sides. 1. Because of the nervous Body which lies there, it being more tendinous, and so more sensible. 2. It is more painful to be stitched, and so more difficult to cure. 3. Because the Omentum and Intestines, press most upon that part.  
XII. All penetrating Wounds are accounted dangerous. 1. Because they are commonly large, and always deep. 2. Because the ambient Air is apt to hurt the Guts. 3. Because the Pus is apt to fall into the capacity of the Abdomen.  
XIII. If any of the Viscera, or contained parts are wounded, the danger is very great, and for the most part mortal: concerning which, Celsus says, if the Basis of the Brain, or the Stomach, or the Vena Portae, or Vessels in the middle of the Lungs, or the Jejunum, or the small Guts, or the Reinss or Bladder are wounded, such a Patient cannot escape.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. There are four Intentions of Cure in penetrating Wounds. 1. The Reduction of the Viscera, if started out of their places. 2. The stitching up of the Wound. 3. The Application of fit Topics. 3. The Exhibition of Internals, as Traumaticks, and such things as may either prevent or suppress ill Symptoms.  
XU. 1. Reposition. If the Intestines or Omentum thrust out, you are speedily to reduce them with your hands, jest the former is affected with an Inflation, or the latter cool and corrupt.  
XVI. If the Gout has been so long out, that it is so puffed up, that you cannot reduce it, you must foment it with Read Wine, Milk or Water, in which some or most of these things have been boiled, viz. Betony, Camomile, Dill, Fennel, Fetherfew, Germander, Lavender, Melilot, Mint, Nep, Origanum, Pennyroyal, Sage, Southernwood, tansy, Wormwood; Seeds of Anise, Cumin, Caraways, Dill, Fennel, Bayberries, Juniperberries, etc. which will discuss the Inflammation.  
XVII. If notwithstanding the Fomentation, you cannot make the Reduction, you must enlarge the Wound by Incision, and than put the Intestine into its place.  
XVIII. If the Omentum or Caul is slipped out, and it is fresh and warm, it is to be reduced with your Fingers: but if by reason of the cold ambient Air, it is much cooled or tainted; which you will know by the unnatural hardness of it, or by its being black, or of a livid Colour, than you must make a Ligature near to the warm and sound part, and the corrupt part is to be cut away.  
XIX. Than the Wound is to be stitched up, leaving the thread so as to hung out at the Wound, until the corrupt part separates from the whole, and so casts it of; and than the thread is to be drawn wholly out of the Wound. Now it is necessary to use deligation to the Caul, when any part of it is cut of, because otherwise, much blood would fall into the Cavity of the Abdomen; for that the Caul is composed of a Texture of Veins or Arteries, interlaced with Fat.  
XX. 2. Stitching up the Wound. This stitch is called, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Gastroraphia; and it is to be done in a clear light, where you may have a right view of the Wound; also the Patient must be laid upon the side opposite to the Wound, that the Guts may fall from it, while stitching; and lastly, you must have a Servant, or Attendant, to hold up the parts which you are to stitch.  
XXI. First, You must thrust the Needle through the Skin and Muscles, even to the Peritonaeum, not touching the Peritonaeum on that side: Than the Needle is to be thrust from within outwards, through the Peritonaeum, and Muscles of the opposite side.  
XXII. About an inch distance from the former stitch, the Needle is to be thrust through the Muscles of the same side, leaving the Peritonaeum: Than from within outwards, the Needle is to be thrust through the Peritonaeum and the Muscles.  
XXIII. And in this manner you are to go on, if more stitches are required, sometimes piercing the Peritonaeum, and sometimes omitting it, till the separated parts are sufficiently united. Some make but one Ligature of three or four stitches, tying the ends of it firmly together, and using as many Ligatures as are sufficient.  
XXIV. Or Secondly, You may stitch the Muscles together, and the sides of the Peritonaeum together: In this kind of stitch, the Needle is first to be thrust through the Skin and the Muscles, to the Peritonaeum; than the opposite side of the Peritonaeum, is to be joined to the side lying under the Muscles already pierced.  
XXV. This being done, the opposite Muscles are to be pierced; and this course is to be pursued, till all the lips of the Wound are completely drawn together.  
XXVI. Or Thirdly, It may be stitched, as are other parts of the Body; the Needle is to be thrust through the two sides of the Muscles, and the two sides of the Peritonaeum: And this is to be done so often, till you have taken stitches enough, according to the magnitude of the Wound.  
XXVII. But of all these several ways of stitching, the first way is esteemed best: After stitching, you aught to leave an Orifice in the depending part, to put in a Tent, that the Pus induced by suppuration, may be discharged. And this kind of stitch is used, because the Peritonaeum being a Membrane, will not admit of agglutination without the intercourse of Flesh.  
XXVIII. And if it should be left unagglutinated, a Hernia or incurable Tumour, would be left in the outward parts, the Intestines thrusting themselves out into the Cavities of the Muscles.  
XXIX. This kind of stitch aught to be fortified or strengthened by the dry Suture firmly made, because that in a few days, the Thread will cut asunder the Lips which are stitched, and the stitches will become lose, by reason the Guts do continually butt, or cast themselves upon the Abdomen; for which cause, the dry stitch is as necessary, as in the curing of an Harelip.  
XXX. 3. The Application of fit Topics. These aught to be choice Vulnerary Balsams, as de Chili, de Peru, de Tolu, Gileadense, Capivij, all the forts of Turpentines, Gum Elemi, and divers artificial Balsams made of them, as Balsamum Gummi Elem. Nostrum, Balsamum Vulnerarium Nostrum, Balsamum Amicum nost. Linimentum Arcei, Vng. Basilicon mixed with Vng. Nicotianae.  
XXXI. Over which, are to be laid Agglutinative and Sarcotick Cerats or Emplasters, as Emplast. de Minio, è Bolo, Caesaris, Diapalma, or Album, newly made, or not too dry, if it is in Summer time: or Empl. Sticticum Paracelsi, malaxed with oil of Hypericon, if it be too stiff.  
XXXII. To these you may add Cerates, as Ceratum Album, Ceratum de Galbano, Ceratum Nigrum, and in some cases Ceratum è gummi Elemi.  
XXXIII. Aquapendens, in Chirurg. part. 2. lib. 2. cap. 45. advices to Astringent Powders. This following is of singular use. ℞ fine Aloes, fine Bole, Catechu, Olibanum, Myrtleberries, Sarcocol, Dragon's Blood, Comfry Root, A. ℥ ss. make each into fine Powder, and mix them.  
XXXIV. 4. The exhibition of Internals. These are either in order to Healing, and such are Traumaticks, or Wound-drinks; of which we shall say nothing here, having said enough in its proper Chapter: Or such other Exhibitions, as may either prevent, or suppress any ill Symptoms; which are chief two, viz. extreme Pain, and Pus, or Blood collected into the Cavity of the Abdomen.  
XXXV. For the avoiding of Pain, you may give every night at Bedtime, a Dose of Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tartarisatum, or of our Laudanum Specificum, or Laudanum Volatile, or of our Guttae Vitae, in any convenient Vehicle.  
XXXVI. These things not only ease the Pain, but also by their sudorific and rarifying property, dissolve the collected Matter, and 'cause it in a great measure, to be dissipated and evaporated.  
XXXVII. You may also embrocate all the parts from the Armholes to the Groin, with this mixture. ℞ Oil of Hypericon, ℥ two. Oil of Whelps, ℥ i Oil of Scorpions, ℥ ss. Oil of Spike, Tinctura Opij, A. ℥ ij. mix them. By this means the Pain will be eased, and Inflammation prevented.  
XXXVIII. The second ill Symptom, which is the collection of Pus, or Blood, into the hollowness of the Belly. Give inwardly some of the Medicines at Sect. 36. aforegoing, everynight at Bedtime; and if the Belly is costive, you may instead of them, give our Cathartick Laudanum.  
THIRTY-NINE. When such Matter is collected, you may know, 1. By the weight which is felt there, the pain and tension of the part. 2. By the fluctuating of the Matter from place to place, when you press upon the belly with your hands.  
XL. Now because this Matter cannot be sensibly emptied, by reason Wounds of the Bélly are not to be kept open, jest the Internals be corrupted; you must endeavour to dissipate it by the Medicaments afore-named, and other Rarifiers and Sudorisicks; and you may embrocate the belly, and more especially the Groins, with the Oil at Sect. 37. above, or with this mixture.  
XLI. ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, and of Scorpions, A. ℥ iss. Oils of Euphorbium, of Castor, of Amber, and of Juniper-berries, of each ℥ ss. mix them. After anointing, apply over the part, Empl. de Minio cum Sapone, or Diachylon cum Gummi; if these things do not, an Apostem may possibly break out in the Groin, which must than be opened, through which the Matter may happily discharge.  
XLII. 5. Wounds made by Puncture. If the Wound penetrateing be so small, that neither the Omentum nor Intestine thrust forth, as it often happens, when it is made by a Rapier, etc. you are to consider, whether the Viscera are wounded by the Symptoms which occur; if you found them well, you must heal up the Wound by agglutination.  
XLIII. You are not to dress it with Tents, for that may 'cause disturbance, pain, flux of Humours, and Inflammation; and by exposing it to the external Air, a Colic, or Putridity may ensue.  
XLIV. For which Reasons, these Wounds are to be healed with all possible speed that may be, and the Patient is to keep his bed the mean season: for rising in the day time, the weight of the Guts will press upon the wounded Peritonaeum, and make their way through it.  
XLV. So that though the external wound in the skin, does not give them a passage; yet they will so insinuate, or thrust themselves between it and the Peritonaeum, as to 'cause an incurable Hernia, or Rupture.  
XLVI. To prevent which, you aught to hasten the Cure, and not only to keep the Sick in bed, but to apply good Astringents, Stypticks, or Agglutinatives, with firm compression upon the Wound, that the parts may be united, while the Hurt is recent.   

CHAP. XLIII. Of WOUNDS of the GUTS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin Vulnera Intestinorum: and in English, Wounds of the Guts.  
II The differences. Either the great Guts are wounded, or the small: and in both, the Wound is either superficiary, or it passes to the Cavity.  
III If it passes to the Cavity, the Wound is than either strait or Transverse; and than they are either great or small.  
IV. The Signs. If the Great Guts are wounded, than Excrements will come out at the Wound.  
V If the small Guts are wounded, the Chylus comes out at the Wound, the Flanks swell and become hard, the Patient has Gripe in the Belly, vomits Choler, is troubled with the Hiccough, and is many times affected with cold Sweats, and coldness of the extreme parts.  
VI The Prognostics. 1. Superficiary Wounds of the Guts are not wholly without danger, because all the external parts of the Abdomen are divided.  
VII. 2. Great Wounds of the Guts are for the most part mortal, but more especially when they are transverse: 1. Because Topics cannot be conveniently applied to them. 2. Because they are of a Membranous substance, which has but little Blood. 3. Because they are very sensible, whereby Pain, Inflammations, Fevers, and other ill Symptoms may ensue. 4. Because the Chylus and Excrements do continually pass by them. 5. Because their Office is absolutely necessary for the preservation of life, the small Guts distributing the Chylus, and the great Guts discharging the Excrements. 6. Because their Lips are kept asunder partly by their motion, and partly by their distension by Chylus, Wind, or Excrements.  
VIII. 3. Wounds of the Jejunum are very dangerous, for the most part mortal. 1. Because it has more Mesaraical or bloody Veins than other Guts. 2. Because by its plenty of Blood, it is soon and easily Inflamed. 3. Because it is nearest to the Liver, and so the apt to be Inflamed. 4. Because it is of a more tender or sensible substance than the other Guts. 5. Because it receives immediately the most acid Choler from the Gall; the other Guts receiving it but mediately, its sharpness by being mixed with other Juices, being much abated.  
IX. 4. Wounds of the small Guts are more dangerous than those of the great. 1. Because they are most Nervous and Membranous, and so of a more exquisite sense. 2. Because they are nearer to the Stomach. 3. Because they have more Mesaraical or bloody Veins. 4. Because of their more excellent Office of distributing the Chylus.  
X. 5. Wounds of the great Guts are now more easy to be agglutinated than the small, and so more easily admit Cure. 1. Because they are of a more fleshy substance. 2. Because they are not so sensible. 3. Because the Excrements which they contain, are more solid than the Chylus, and so not being so apt to flow to the Wound, keep not the Lips so long asunder.  
XI. The Cure. There are four intentions of Cure. 1. To stitch the lips of the wounded Gut together with the Glover's stitch; if the Gut is not without the Wound, some Authors advice to draw it out gently, and than to sew it with good thread not waxed, that so swelling, it may not so soon cut the Lips of the Wound asunder.  
XII. But this method, Wiseman in Wounds of the small Guts, likes not: He says, it is a hard task, and when the Gut is found, what (says he) will it signify, but to increase the Accidents? He advises therefore, to follow the method of the Ancients, to embrocate all the Region of the Belly with Oil of Mastic and Earthworms, to dress the Wound with Sarcoticks, and to keep it close and warm with Compress and Bandage.  
XIII. But if the great Guts are wounded; so as the Excrements discharge that way, than you may 〈◊〉 ●pen the Wound, and stitch the Gut with the Glover's stitch, sprinkling it with some agglutinative Powder, than reducing it back, to stitch up the external Wound of the Abdomen.  
FOURTEEN. 2. The Reduction of the Gut. If it has been some time from the making of the Wound, it must be first fomented with read or astringent Wine, pretty warm, and if a little Catechu has been dissolved in it, it will be so much the better. Than an Agglutinative is to be applied to the Wound. ℞ Mastich, Olibanum, Sarcocol, A. ʒij. Comfry root in powder, Myrrh, Borax, A. ʒj. mix, and make a powder; which sprinkle upon the Wound.  
XU. 3. To stitch together the external parts of the Belly. This is to be done as we have taught in the former Chapter; and it is better to stitch them, than to leave them open. 1. Because no more Topics can be applied to the Guts. 2 Because Air will get in, and cause Pain and Gripping. 3. Because the natural Heat being kept in, the Wound of the Gut will be the sooner consolidated.  
XVI. 3. Inward Vulneraries are to be administered; as Wound Drinks, Jelly Broths, which are agglutinating, etc. Wiseman advises to a Vulnerary Decoction made of Plantain, Horse-tail, Burnet, Mousear, Comfry roots, Read Roses, etc.  
XVII. His Food aught to be of moistening Meats; and emollient Clysters made of Chicken or Veal, or Sheepshead or Sheepsfeets Broth, with Yolks of Eggs, Honey or Sugar of Roses; are to be exhibited.   

CHAP. XLIV. Of ULCERS of the REINSS.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Renum: and in English, Wounds of the Reinss.  
II The Kind's. Wounds of the Reinss may be either superficiary, or deep; and the Carunculae Papillares may be only wounded, or it may reach to the Pelvis: and this last may be either without any hurt to the Vein and Artery Emulgent, or they may be wounded also.  
III The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, There will be great pain in the part affected, reaching to the Groin and Testicles, and that clots of Blood will come with the Urine, if the Reinss are wounded to the Pelvis. Fernelius, Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8.  
IV. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 7. sect. 1. cap. 10. says, These Wounds may be known by the place where the Wound is inflicted; There is (says he) either a suppression of Urine, or it is made with difficulty, and it is blood, or bloody: there is a pain felt upon the Region of the Reigns, which reaches down to the Groin; and if the wound is large or great, a watery Blood comes forth from the Wound.  
V If much Blood and Urine do not come forth, the Wound is only superficiary, or the fleshy substance only is hurt: But if much Blood and Water together come from the Wound, the Wound penetrates to the Cavity of the Reinss.  
VI The Prognostics. Wounds of the Reinss, says Sennertus, are very dangerous, and often mortal: and in the first case, they are difficult of Cure, and it is not performed but in a long time: but they are said to be lesle dangerous than Wounds of the Bladder.  
VII. If the Kidneys are wounded through the back, it is for the most part deadly; for the Wound must pierce the Muscle Psooa, so that the Nerves there arising from the Medulla Spinalis, can scarcely be free from hurt.  
VIII. If the Wound is made in the side, piercing only to the Carunculae Papillares; it is possible to be cured, but with much difficulty, because the Muscles of the Abdomen and Peritonaeum must be both wounded.  
IX. If the Wound pierces to the Pelvis, it is for the most part mortal, 1. Because the carrying of the Serum from the Arteries, is absolutely necessary, otherwise agglutination would be hindered, and a Dropsy induced. 2. Because its substance scarcely admits of consolidation, partly from the solidity of its substance; and partly, because it has within its self the Carunculae Papillares, and the Pelvis, which are said to be Spermatick parts.  
X. If the Vein, and Artery Emulgent are wounded, Death may be presaged to ensue, by reason of the dreadful Haemorrhage, which will infallibly be caused thereby.  
XI. The Cure. If the Wound is not deep (universals being premised) the more strong agglutinatives are to be used: and says Sennertus, distilled Oils proper for these Wounds, are to be dropped into them, and than some glutinative Emplaster is to be applied over all.  
XII. If the Wound penetrates to the Cavity, a decoction of Comfrey roots, Knotgrass and Liquorice made in rough Red-Wine is to be injected; or a Cataplasm to be applied made of Dates, White-bread, Acacia, and Hypocistis, boiled in Red-wine.  
XIII. And afterwards, when the Haemorrhage is stopped, agglutinatives are to be injected, and than a glutinative Emplast. to be applied over all: but Sennertus commends as the chief of all, the Vnguentum Sanctum of Joh. Andrea's à Cruse, so called (says he) from its Effects, which you may found described in his Chirurg. lib. 4. tract. 2. Indicatione 13. and is as follows.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ New Pine Rosin, clear and well-scented, ℥ xij. pure Gum Elemi, ℥ ix. the best Turpentine, choice Oil of Bays, A. ℥ ij. first melt the Rosin and Gum over a gentle fire, than a●d the Oil of Bays and Turpentine, which boil a very little, and so complete the Balsam.  
XU. You may exhibit also for the first days, Trochisci de Alkakengi cum Opio, if the pain is great, otherwise sine Opio, or the Carabe, which may be given in new Milk, or decoction of Comfry-roots, sweetened with Saccharum Rosatum.  
XVI. And because the Passages of the Bladder are many times obstructed with clotted Blood, the Share and Groin may be anointed with Oil of Scorpions, or Oil of bitter Almonds, or a Cataplasm may be applied, made of Saxifrage and Pellitory of the Wall.  
XVII. Let his Food be of good Nourishment: an Emulsion of the four greater cold Seeds may be exhibited, a little thickened with white Starch: Ptisan also, and Broths made with White-bread, also rear Eggs, Rice Milk, and Water gruel; Juice of Quinces may be mixed with his Drink, which yet aught to be as little as may be, jest a Flux of Humours falls upon the Reinss.  
XVIII. Whey of Goats and Cow's Milk is good, and Barleywater, in which Liquorice bruised, Jujubes, Sebestens, and the four greater cold Seeds have been boiled: He aught to be quiet, and rest as much as may be; and if costiveness attend, an emollient Clyster made of the Broth of a Sheehead, and sweetened with Honey of Roses, is to be exhibited.   

CHAP. XLV. Of WOUNDS of the BLADDER.  
I THey are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Vesicae: and in English, Wounds of the Bladder.  
II The Kind's. These wounds may be either in the Neck of the Bladder, where is the Sphincter Muscle, which is fleshy: or in the Body of the Bladder itself, and than the Wound is made either in the sides about the Groins, where its Ligaments are, or in the other Membranous parts.  
III The Signs. If the Bladder is wounded, it is known, says Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 8. Sect. 1. cap. 5. by the place where the Wound is inflicted, and a Pain about the share: and the Urine will be either suppressed, or it will come forth with a mixture of Blood.  
IV. Also (says he) Urine will come forth from the wound itself; and the Stomach is drawn into consent, where there is great Sickness, whence comes Vomiting of Choler, or the Hiccough.  
V Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. and Fernelius Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. shows us, that the ' Urine comes in small quantity, and bloody; and if the Body of the Bladder is wounded, the Urine than falling into the Cavity of the Abdomen, the Pain will be communicated to the Groins and Testicles in Men, and an Ascites will be induced.  
VI The Prognostics. Wounds of the Neck of the Bladder, which is the more fleshy part, are not mortal, which is manifest in those who are cut of the Stone.  
VII. Wounds in the lateral parts about the Groin, are curable also; if the Patient is young, and of a good constitution, or habit of Body.  
VIII. Hypocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 18. Wounds in other parts of the Bladder which are Membranous, are uncurable; and Galen in his Comment upon the same place, renders a reason for it, because (says he) the Bladder is Nervous, thin, and has but little Blood in it.  
IX. And yet Skenkins in his Observations, gives us an Example of one who was wounded in the bottom of his Bladder, who was cured: but Spigelius and Aquapendens will have it, that the bottom of the Bladder is not wholly nervous, but that the exterior Membrane is more fleshy, and therefore is to be accounted as a Muscle of the Bladder of a more constringed substance.  
X. Yet says (Sennertus) such wounds of the Bladder are seldom perfectly healed; for though the Sick does not die thereof, yet for the most part, it grows Callous, whereby a Fistula is induced, through which the Urine issues forth.  
XI. The Reasons why wounds made in the Body of the Bladder are so difficult to be healed, are, 1. Because it is a Membranous Part. 2. Because it contains the Urine, whose acrimony and and humidity hinders Consolidation. 3. Because its Wounds are very painful, whence a Flux of Humours and Inflammation, are easily induced. 4. Because dreadful Symptoms commonly follow these Wounds; as Fainting, Watching, Delirium, Hiccough, Nauseousness, and Vomiting, and Convulsions. 5. Because they are apt to gangrene, whence Death infallibly follows.  
XII. The Cure. The Cure aught to be performed by Maturation or Digestion, jest they degenerate into a Fistula; and therefore Glutinatives are to be imposed. And about the place you may anoint with Oils of Roses, white Lilies, and Mastich.  
XIII. And Injections may be made into the Wound, of a Decoction of Comfrey-roots, Myrtle-leaves, Red-roses, and Catechu in Red-wine, to which Honey of Roses may be added, the Sick drinking but little the while.  
FOURTEEN. These Pills given Morning and Evening, are good. Take ashes of Man's Bones, Troches of Alkakengi, A. ʒiii. Catechu, Mummy, A. ʒii. fine Bole, Chalk, A. ʒi. Venice-Turpentine a little boiled, q.s. make a mass for Pills. Dose, à ℈ i adʒss.  
XU. Wound-drinks may also be given, made of Wine, and proper Astringents and Agglutinatives: but they aught not to be given in too great a quantity.  
XVI. Topics anodyn, agglutinative and digestive are to be applied; as Natural and Artificial Balsams made of a due consistence, with powder of Catechu or Comfrey-roots: also Turpentine mixed with the yolk of an Egg, and some Oil of Eggs, or of Hypericon, or of Earthworms.   

CHAP. XLVI. Of WOUNDS of the WOMB.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Matricis, vel Uteri; and in English, Wounds of the Womb.  
II The Womb is an Organical Part, placed in the Abdomen of a Woman, between the Bladder and the Intestinum rectum, which is behind it: it is divided into three parts, viz. the Bottom, the Neck, and the Sheath: it has two broad Ligaments, and two round: it is also of a nervous and fibrous substance, and is of different thicknesses, according to the difference of Age, and Time of going with Child. At the bottom within, there is a cavity whence the Courses flow, and wherein Generation and Conception are also made.  
III If it is made by the Caesarian Birth, it is manifest; but if it is otherwise wounded by chance, it is evident from the site, or place wounded, and a pain which is felt in the Womb.  
IV. There also distils forth from Neck, or inner Mouth of the Womb, a kind of Blood and Sanies: and if the Wound is in the neck of the Womb, the pain is sometimes greater, than if it were in the bottom of the Womb.  
V The Prognostics. Wounds of the Womb are not impossible to be cured; as the Caesarian-Birth does demonstrate.  
VI Yet notwithstanding they are not voided of danger, but are of very dissicult cure; as the many great Symptoms to which they are subject, do show.  
VII. For which, these Reasons are rendered: 1. Because it is membranous, and if the Woman is great with Child, thin of substance. 2. Because it has a great consent with the principal Parts of the Body. 3. Because it is as it were the Sink of the Body, to receive its impurities; for which cause, these Wounds many times become cancerous. 4. Because it has an exquisite sense of feeling; whence Pain, and Inflammation may ensue. 5. Because it is a place perpetually moist.  
VIII. Wounds in the neck of the Womb, are more difficult to be cured than those in the bottom of it; because it is more membranous, and perpetually bedewed with humidities.  
IX. The Cure. It is cured as wounds of the Bladder and other parts are cured: and by reason of its very great moisture, it requires greater Consolidants: the Pain also, if it is great, is to be mitigated.  
X. Those Medicaments are most commodious to be applied to it, which are put up the Privity as a Pessary, or injected by a Womb-Syringe.  
XI. Pessaries are made of Wax and Lint, or some proper Emplaster, which may be anointed with some Vulnerary Ointment, such as these following.  
XII. Take Wax, Turpentine, Oil of Hypericon, yellow Palm-oil, A. ℥ i Oil of Roses, Honey, A. ℥ two. Beef Marrow or Suet ℥ iv. mix, and make an Ointment. Or: Take Wax, yellow Palm-oil, A. ℥ i Oil of Ben, Beef-suet A. ʒvi. Bears-oil ℥ ss. Oil of Roses q.s. mix them.  
XIII. Or: Take Frankincense, Balsam Capivii, Galbanum, Gum Elemi strained, Olibanum, A. ℥ i Balsam de Chili, de Peru, A. ℥ ss. mix them. Or: Take Turpentine, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ i Wax, Oil of Ben, A. ℥ ss. Pompholix, Tutty, Ceruse, A. ʒuj. the three last being levigated, mix with the other things melted, and make an Ointment.  
FOURTEEN. Injections, or Vterine-Clysters, are made of a Decoction of roots of round Birthwort, Cyperus, Catechu, etc. in Chalybeat-water, or rough Red-wine; adding also Agrimony, Angelica, Sanicle, Selfheal, Mugwort, Plantain, Speedwell, Red-roses, and other Vulraries, and sweetening it with Honey of Roses, etc.   

CHAP. XLVII. Of WOUNDS of the YARD.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Penis; and in English, Wounds of the Yard.  
II The Prognostics. They are known by sight; and are not often without danger, more especially if they be accompanied with Hemorrhage, great Pain, Inflammation, and other vehement and dangerous Symptoms.  
III When the Wound is very great, and vehement Symptoms follow upon it, it is many times mortal; yet we have known the Yard wholly cut in some, who have after done very well: but if a Gangrene happens after the Wound, it generally kills the Patient.  
IV. The Cure. The Cure of this here is as in other Wounds, chief in Parts that are Membranous: for which purpose, a Powder may be prepared, and compounded of lethargy, Ceruse washed, Tutia prepared, Sarcocolla, and Tragacanth.  
V The Wound is first to be washed with warm Wine, dried, and than the Powder is to be sprinkled thereon: or it may be laid on, being mixed with Oil of Roses.  
VI This Ointment following is very good for this purpose: ℞ Ceruse washtʒiii. Litharge, Sarcocol, A. ʒii. Tutty, Myrrh, Tragacanth, A. ʒi. Salt extracted out of the Caput mort. of Vitriol, ʒss. Oil of Hypericon, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
VII. If there is an Inflammation withal, it is to be taken away as other Inflammations.  
VIII. If an External Ulcer happens, the Cure must be performed both by internal and external means; jest it should contract a malignity, and degenerate into Sphacelus.  
IX. You may Anoint with this Ointment: ℞ Litharge, burnt Lead, A. ʒiv. Scammony, Quicksilver, A. ʒiii. Aloes, Tutia prepared, flowers of Sulphur, A. ʒii. Lapis Haematitis, Crocus Martis aperiens, A.ʒi. Oil of Hypericon, or of Roses, ℥ ss. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
X. If the Ulcer yields not to this, by reason of its foulness: ℞ Whitewine ℥ iv. Rose, and Plantain Waters, A. ℥ two. S. V ℥ i fine Verdigriseʒss. boil a little, and wash therewith.  
XI. If the Ulcer is yet stubborn, you must strew thereon Scammony in fine powder; and if you please, you may add thereto a little read Precipitate ground soft; or they may be mixed with Basilicon, and so used.  
XII. If it becomes a Sphacelus, it admits of no Cure, but Cutting-off; jest it should creep inwardly, and so kill the Patient.   

CHAP. XLVIII. Of WOUNDS of FINGERS and TOES.  
I THOSE of the Hands are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Vulnera Digitorum Manuum; in English, Wounds of the Fingers.  
II Those of the Feet are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; in Latin, Vulnera Digitorum Pedis; and in English, Wounds of the Toes.  
III The Kind's. They are either great, or small: and in both, the Musculous Parts are only wounded; or with them, the Nerves and Tendons, or both.  
IU. And the Nerves and Tendons are either contused, or lacerated, or pricked only, or cut according to their length, or transverse.  
V The Prognostics. If recent, they are not of difficult cure: if the Tendons are cut asunder, the motion and use of the Part is lost: if the Nerves are cut asunder, a numbness or Paralysis of the extreme Parts is induced.  
VI By ill handling, these Parts are easily to be affected with a Sphacelus: which you may well know, by no Matter appearing in due time; by the lips of the Wound being dry, or yielding but little and thin moisture; the pulsation, redness, and inflammation or heat, which is greater than in the fleshy parts; by the decay, or extinction of the native heat; and by the lips being turned in, and becoming livid, and at length black.  
VII. If they degenerate into Ulcers, they are apt to be foul, and easily foul the Bones, become malign, and so hazard the loss of a Joint or Joints, and by ill management, the loss sometimes of the whole Hand or Foot.  
VIII. The Cure. They are cured as other simple Wounds; but if the Tendons be hurt, care is to be taken, jest a Palsy follows.  
IX. You must not put in the Probe too deep, nor too often; and you must be very careful that the Bandage be not too hard, jest (by reason they are Extream-parts) you extinguish the Native-heat: and when it is bound up, whether it is Hand or Foot, it is to be placed as much as much as may be upright, or parallel to the Horizon, not in a depending posture.  
X. If the Musculous Parts only are wounded, you must apply Astringents, Stypticks, or Glutinatives; which peform the Cure in two days time at farthest, seldom more.  
XI. If the Nerves or Tendons be wounded, you may dress the Wound with Balsam de Chili or Peru; or with some proper Artificial Balsam, equal to them in virtue; which many times do the Cure at once dressing, at lest they prevent any future Symptoms, or ensuing danger.  
XII. Or you may dress the Wound with this Balsam: ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Turpentine, A. ℥ i Balsam Capivii, Cypress-Tupentine, Gum Elemi, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ jss. Oil of Petre, and of Juniper-berries, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒii. mix, and make a Balsam: it commonly cures at once or twice dressing.  
XIII. If it is a Puncture of the Nerve or Tendon, dress the Wound with this Mixture: ℞ Balsam de Chili, or de Peruʒi. Oil of Turpentine, or of Spike, Oil of Lemons, A. ℥ ss. mix them.  
FOURTEEN. If the Tendon is lacerated or broken, so as that it hangs out, it can never be united again: and therefore, so much of it as hangs forth is immediately to be cut of; for otherwise it will prevent the Healing; and than the Cure is to be form according to the former Directions.  
XU. If the Wound grows foul, and it seems to degenerate into an Ulcer, you must than cleanse it with powder of Scammony, which is one of the best, easiest, and safest Medicines you can apply in this case: for it operates effectualy, and yet without any pain, and cleanses even the Bone itself.  
XVI. Afterwards you may heal up the Ulcer with this Ointment. ℞ Basilicon ℥ two. Scammony in fine pouderʒiii. Tobacco in pouderʒjss. Camphirʒss. it powerfully cleanses, incarnates, yet prevents proud flesh, and cicatrizes or heals.  
XVII. If after the Healing, a numbness or Palsy remains upon the Extream-part, it is very doubtful whether it will be recovered to its pristin state, or not: but in this case you may morning, noon and night, or oftener if you so please, anoint the Part with the following Mixture, rubbing it well in.  
XVIII. Take Oils of Amber, of Aniseed, of Lavender, of Lemons, of Turpentine, and of Petre, A. ℥ ss. Oils of Rosemary, and of Spike, A. ʒii. Oil of Camphirʒi. Camphir in pouderʒss. mix them; and anoint therewith.  
XIX. And after the Anointing you may apply this Balsam: Take Balsams of Chili, Peru, and Tolu, A. ℥ ss. Wax, Turpentine, Oil of Amber, A. ʒii. spread it upon Lint, and apply it, binding it gently up.  
XX. If a Gangrene is coming on, you must than apply those things which in the Chapter of Gangrene we have prescribed, either us to prevent, or cure the same: but if a Sphacelus is already induced, you have than no other Remedy but Extirpation, or Cutting-off.   
Explicit Liber Quartus.   

ARS CHIRURGICA. Liber Quintus. OF ULCERS.  
The ARGUMENT.  
I Of Ulcers in General. II Of Medicines appropriated to Ulcers. III An Ulcer simple. IV. An Ulcer with Distemper. V An Ulcer with Pain. VI An Ulcer with Flux of Humours. VII. An Ulcer sordid, foul, and putrid. VIII. An Ulcer with Tumour. IX. An Ulcer with Proud-flesh. X. An Ulcer Callous. XI. An An Ulcer Discoloured. XII. An Ulcer Cavernous or Hollow. XIII. An Ulcer with Worms. FOURTEEN. An Ulcer Varicous. XU. An Ulcer Carious, with foul Bones. XVI. An Ulcer Cacoethick, or Malignant. XVII. An Ulcer Phagedenick, or Eating. XVIII. An Ulcer Cancerous. XIX. An Ulcer by Burning or Scalding. XX. An Ulcer Fistulous, or a Fistula. XXI. An Ulcer Gangrenous. XXII. An Ulcer of the Head. XXIII. An Ulcer of the Eye. XXIV. An Ulcer Fistulous of the Eye; or, Fistula Lachrymalis. XXV. An Ulcer of the Nose, Ozena. XXVI. An Ulcer of the Ear. XXVII. An Ulcer of the Mouth. XXVIII. An Ulcer of the Throat. XXIX. An Ulcer of the Neck. XXX. An Ulcer of the Stomach. XXXI. An Ulcer Fistulous, of the Breast or Thorax. XXXII. An Ulcer of the Back and Loins. XXXIII. An Ulcer of the Womb, and its Neck. XXXIV. An Ulcer of the Bladder, or its Neck. XXXV. An Ulcer of the Groin. XXXVI. An Ulcer in the Yard. XXXVII. An Ulcer Fistulous in the Anus, or Fistula in Ano. XXXVIII. An Ulcer of the Joints. THIRTY-NINE. An Ulcer of the Arms and Hands. XL. An Ulcer of the Thighs, Legs and Feet. XLI. Ulcerated Piles, or Hemorrhoids.  

CHAP. I Of ULCERS in General.  
I THEY are called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ulcus, pl. Ulcera; and in English, an Ulcer, pl. Ulcers.  
II The Definition. An Ulcer in the Solution of Unity, putrified: or thus, An Ulcer is a Wound which is putrified, and sends forth stinking and putrified Matter.  
III Barbett defines an Ulcer to be a Solution of Continuty, with Diminution of Magnitude in the soft Parts, from a corroding matter.  
IV. The Differences. Joel, Chirurg. de Vlcerib. Tom. 6. Sect. 6. Et quanquam utraque affectio, & Vulnus & Vlcus, continuitatis in aliqua parte sit solutio & divisio; differunt tamen, quod continui solutio in Vulnere ab externis causis caesim illatis cum Sanguine eruptione inferatur: Vlcus verò, ut plurimum ab interna causa, erodentibúsque Humoribus producitur; ex quo non Sanguis, ut ex Vulnere, sed, vel sanies, vel pus, vel putrida colluvies emanat: quanquam ab externis quoque causis, ut applicatione Causticorum Remediorum, aut morsu ictuque virulentorum Auimalium, paulatim Vlcera excitari possunt. Here he shows us the difference between a Wound and an Ulcer. Now altho' (says he) both Wounds and Ulcers are a solution and division of continuity in some part; yet notwithstanding they differ; for that a solution of unity in a Wound, comes from external causes, as cutting, attended with a flux of Blood: whereas an Ulcer is for the most part from an internal cause, and is induced from eroding or corrosive Humours; from which Blood comes not as in a Wound; but either sanies, or pus, or a flux of sordid filth: sometimes also it is produced from external causes, as application of Caustics, or bites or stingings of venomous Beasts.  
V 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Greek, Sanies in Latin, a thin, waterish, bloody Gleet or Humour, in English; which yet Blancard will have to be, a thick bloody Humour: but it is truly either thick or thin, according to the Parts from which it issues: Joel says, it for the most part flows from crude Wounds in the beginning of the Cure; chief if the Nerves or Ligaments are hurt, (and than it is always thin:) but if it comes from Wounds of the musculous Flesh, than we say with Blancard, it is thick and bloody. It also flows from many kinds of malign Ulcers, and than (says Joel) Colore vel albo Aquae, vel Sero simili; aut colore rubeo tanquam Aqua Sanguine pauco diluto, quod ut plurimum acre est & erodens, & cum in Vlceribus (tum in Vulneribus) dolores acerbos excitat. In malign Ulcers, it is either of a white watery colour, or like to Whey; and sometimes of a reddish colour, as if a little Blood were diluted with Water.  
VI But this Excrement in malign Ulcers, is not properly called Sanies, but Virus, or Virulentia, as words of a more full, large, and ample signification: and unless this Sanies or Virus is first dried up, or absorbed in Ulcers and Wounds, it is impossible that they should be healed.  
VII. Sanies is also always evil in itself, and by how much it differs from a watery substance or quality, as being of livid colour, stinking smell, and serous substance, by so much it is the worse.  
VIII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Greek, Pus in Latin Matter, in English; is a digested Excrement in Wounds and Ulcers; thicker than the Sanies, but thinner than Sordes; and if it is that which Authors call Pus optimum, & exoptatissimum; or laudable Quittor; it is white in colour, equal and smooth in substance, soft, and not in the lest fetid or stinking.  
IX. Such a kind of Pus bespeaks a happy curing of the Wound or Ulcer to which it happens: whereas on the contrary; if it differs from this description, as being thinner than it aught to be, feculent, of an ash, livid, or black colour, and of a stinking smell, it is said to be very evil.  
X. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in Greek, Sordes in Latin, Corrupted Filth, or, Stinking Matter in English: it is a preternatural Excrement, coming from Wounds and Ulcers: and in Ulcers it is thick, glutinous, and very tenacious; sometimes livid, black, or of various colours, and always stinking.  
XI. When such Recrements come from malign and putrid Ulcers, it shows them to be of difficult cure: the cause of such ill Excrements, as Sanies, and Sordes, is from a weakness or error of the third Concoction, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or right temperature of the Parts affected.  
XII. The Kind's. There are several kinds of Ulcers, arising from several Accidents and Causes. 1. From the Form of the Ulcer. These arise from its figure, magnitude, and the like: some Ulcers are small, others great.  
XIII. Some Ulcers are long, others short: some broad, others narrow: some straight, others obliqne: some equal, in which the Flesh appears in all places alike wasted: other's unequal, in which a greater part is consumed in one place, than in another: some Ulcers creep like a Coney-borough, other are Fistulous: and of those which are fistulous, some have narrow mouths, others broad: some have round lips, others the contrary.  
FOURTEEN. 2. From the Part affected. Some Ulcers are said to be internal, others external; some slight and superficiary, others profound, and difficult to approach to: some are in parts superior, others in parts inferior and depending: some in parts musculous or fleshy, others in parts membranous, nervous, and full of Vessels.  
XU. 3. From Accidents, taken from things without the nature and constitution of the Ulcer: some are recent and new, others are inveterate or old: some are clean, others are foul: some are simple, others complicate.  
XVI. 4. From the easiness, or difficulty of Cure. Those are easy of Cure, which are recent, simple, superficiary, and accompanied with the lest Symptoms, having a laudable Pus.  
XVII. Those are of difficult Cure, which proceed from the more grievous Diseases, or Causes: or which are conjoined with appendent Symptoms; as intemperature, flux of malign Humours, Sanies, Sordes: or if there is a putridity, hardness of the lips, or they breed Worms, or are cavernous, eroding, rotten, or cacoethick.  
XVIII. 5. From Symptoms inherent: some are voided of pain; others are with pain, itching, pricking and burning: some are with distemper of the Part, Inflammation, Gangrene: others are with a Callus, Hypersarcosis, Erosion, Cancer, Worms, and Rottenness of the Bones.  
XIX. 6. From the Causes: come are from Causes internal, as from sharp Humours, having a corroding faculty: and this Humour is generated either without the Part affected, that is in the other parts of the Body, and so comes to the place where the Ulcer is by fluxion: or, it is generated in the very Part affected by itself. Others are from Causes External; as the application of Septick or Caustick Medicaments: the Actual Cautery, also actual Fire itself; for that the Escar which is left remaining, is rather to be accounted among the number of Ulcers, than of Wounds.  
XX. Out of what has been said, it appears that Ulcers differ, 1. In form or figure. 2. As to the Part affected. 3. As to outward Accidents. 4. As to Symptoms inherent. 5. As to the easiness and difficulty of Cure. 6. As to the Causes from which they arise; from which several Differences, those varieties of Ulcers named or expressed in the ARGUMENT of this Book, are said to spring or be derived.  
XXI. Other Authors, as Barbett, takes these kind of Ulcers, 1. From the Form, and so they are either great or little, long or short; broad, narrow; right, transverse; equal, unequal; superficial or deep. 2. From the Part affected, as being sometimes in the Skin only, sometimes in the Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, Vessels, Joints. 3. From the Symptoms, and so it is with Distemper, Pain, Fluxion, Putrid, with Tumour, with proud Flesh, Callous, Discoloured, Cavernous, Verminous, Carious, Cacoethick, Phagedenick, Cancerous, with an Escar, Fistulous or Gangrenous. 4. From the Causes, which are either Internal, from eroding Humours; or External, from outward Injuries.  
XXII. Others make but two Kind's. 1. Those which arise from the nature and constitution of an Ulcer. And so an Ulcer is either simple and without Symptoms, where the consolidation or healing may be immediately attempted: or complicate, and with Symptoms, in which some or all of them must be removed before unition can be procured; and these proceed either from inward Causes, as fretting Ulcers, Nome, Phagedaena, ulcerated Cancers, etc. or from outward Causes, as Contagion, Poison, Burning, etc. 2. Those which are taken from the Part affected; and they are either inward, possessing some of the Viscera, or parts adjacent to them; or else outward, affecting the Skin, Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, Vessels, Joints.  
XXIII. Wiseman divides Ulcers into two several Kind's, or makes them arise from two several Differences; which he will have to be first Essential, from the Form, or from the Efficient Cause. From the Form, 1. From the Figure, as being strait, obliqne, round, crooked. 2. From the Magnitude, as being great, small; superficial, deep; long, short; broad, narrow. 3. From the Equality, in which the Flesh is alike plain, or inequality, in which it is corroded more in one place than in another. 4. From the part affected, as being internal or external, and the latter in the Flesh, Membranes, etc. From the Efficient Cause, which is either inward from some sharp, eroding, malign Humour; or external, from burning, biting, stinging Poison, Contagion, etc. Secondly, Accidental, which arise from induced Symptoms, such as we enumerate at Sect. 21.73. aforegoing.  
XXIV. The Causes. The causes of Ulcers are threefold, viz. 1. External, called Primitive, from Falls, Blows, Burn, Scaldings, Contagion, Poison, unnatural Food, etc. 2. Internal or Antecedent; from sharp and corrosive Humours, as salt Phlegm, Choler, Melancholy, Serum, corrupted Lympha. 3. Near or enjoined; as eroding Matter gathered together in the place, by reason of the aforesaid Gauses.  
XXV. If this eroding Humour proceeds from internal Causes, it than springs from an Excess of acrid Serum, which if mixed with any other Humour, as Blood, Choler, Melancholy, Phlegm, or Lympha, receives its denomination from them.  
XXVI. These Humours when they abound so much, as to recede from a right Temperament, they are apt to separate from the whole Mass, and to be protruded either quite out of the Body by natural Excretions, as Excrements; or else fall, and settle upon some particular Member or Part, and so generate an Ulcer.  
XXVII. Being thus separated, and protruded from the Mass of Blood, they lose their Balsamic Property, and become acrid and eroding, or corrosive: and by how much the longer this Humour has been extravasated or protruded, by so much the more acrimonious and eroding it becomes: degenerating at long run, into those very Excrements voided by the Ulcer itself.  
XXVIII. The External Causes we mentioned first, at Sect. 24. above; where speaking of Contagion; we here say, that those things are to be referred to that Head, which proceed from Psoora, Itch, Leprosy, and contacts with Venereal People; the particles of which Contagion being communicated to the Skin, does slyly insinuate itself into the Pores thereof, and so exulcerating there, begets the like Disease.  
XXIX. From these Diversities of Causes, a diversity of Excrements does flow, viz. Sanies, Pus and Virus; a description of which, we have already, given you at Sect. 5. and 11. aforegoing: yet these few following things are to be noted concerning them.  
XXX. As to Sanies, Celsus will have it to be twofold, 1. Ichor, which is a thin whitish Gleet, incident to ill disposed Ulcers, especially among the Nerves and Tendons: it is generated of a nutritious Serum, degenerated into a sharp virulent Serum. 2. Meliceria, a thick glutinous Humour of a pale or yellowish Colour, not much unlike to Honey, and affecting Ulcers of an ill condition, near and in the Joints, which erodes the Membranes and Joints.  
XXXI. But (says Wiseman) that which we call Sanies, is a thin excrementitious Humour, generated from abundance of Serosity in Ulcers, making them moist: of which Humours some are hot and reddish Coloured, others cold and pale Coloured; and where this Humour is, it is called a Sanious Ulcer.  
XXXII. As to Pus, it is a matter of a middle consistency between thick and thin, for the most part of a whitish Colour, and not of an ill Smell: but if it is of a greenish or yellowish colour, it commonly smells rank, but not stinking. If the Constitution is good, and the Serum well conditioned, than a good sort of Pus is made, which is white, smooth, of equal substance, not thin, and easy to the part; and every day it appears nearer and nearer to the nutritious Juice, till by degrees the Ulcer fills up with flesh, and heals. This is generated of a good Serum, flowing to the part affected for its nutriment, which by the weakness of the part, is not assimilated, but converted into a whitish Substance, called Pus or Matter, and where this is, it is called a Purulent Ulcer.  
XXXIII. Sordes is a thick glutinous Matter, and stinking, differing in kind, as being whitish, sometimes greyish, and sometimes blackish, and than it is most stinking, also unequally coagulated in its Substance. It is generated of much tough matter, which renders the Ulcer foul; or of Blood and Serum grown Phlegmatic, and afterwards gross and slimy, which for want of Heat does still degenerate, and corrupt into Sordes, a thick glutinous stinking matter or filth; and where this is, it is called a Purid Ulcer.  
XXXIV. Sennertus says, That Internal Humours causing Ulcers flow unto the part affected, either by transmission or by attraction; but Modern Authors will not allow of Attraction. We conclude therefore, that they flow by Protrusion; for which (if we could now spare time) we would tender sufficient Reasons.  
XXXV. Sennertus will have referred to the Tule of Contagion, those Atoms and Vapours exhaling from the Lungs of Phthisical People, and by others attracted and drawn in with the Breath, whereby they exulcerate their Lungs, and so cause in them a Phthisis, or Consumption.  
XXXVI. The Signs. We shall consider the Signs of Ulcers, as they have respect, 1. To those which are Internal. 2. As they have respect to those which are External, or in the outward parts of the Body.  
XXXVII. Now an Internal Ulcer is discovered by the Excretion, or kind of Matter which is expelled, whether by the Mouth, Nose, Urine or Stool.  
XXXVIII. If the Urine is purulent, there is danger of an Ulcer in the Reinss or Bladder: if purulent Matter is voided by Coughing, it is probable that the Lungs may be exulcerated.  
THIRTY-NINE. If a great quantity of such Matter has been ejected, and signs of an Apostem have go before, you may conclude, it is an Apostematous Ulcer.  
XL. But if the Purulent Matter has been but little, and no signs of an Inflammation, or an Apostem have go before, than it is a primary Ulcer, proceeding from Erosion through a sharp Humour, dividing the unity of the substance of the Lungs.  
XLI. Pus or Sordes, and Corruption, (says Sennertus) coming forth, is a sure and certain sign of a hidden Ulcer, whether it is by Vomiting, or Coughing, Urine or Stool: but than in what part it is hid, the property of the Pain, the Situation and Action of the Part hurt, must instruct us.  
XLII. If the Pain is pricking, a Nervous part is hurt: but if it is a beating Pain, an Artery is hurt. The seat of the Pain discovers also, the part itself that is exulcerated.  
XLIII. If sense or motion is hurt, the Part ulcerated is Nervous: if after eating, a biting or twinging Pain is felt, the Stomach is exulcerated: if any one has drunk Cantharideses, the Bladder will be exulcerated: if Aqua Fortis, Oil of Vitriol, Corrosive, Sublimate, etc. the Jaws, Throat, and Stomach, will be exulcerated.  
XLIV. As to external Ulcers, their Figures and various differences, together with the help of the Probe, make them known by sight: in a great Ulcer there will be very much Pus, or Purulent Matter, in a lesser Ulcer there will be lesle.  
XLV. The external Causes may be known by the Relation of the Patient, as whether he was hurt by any Blow, or Fall, Bruise, Buring, Scalding, corrosive Medicine, Poison, Contagion, or the like.  
XLVI. The signs of the other Causes are particular; for if the Ulcer has its Original from an afflux of Humours, than there will be present signs of a cacochymy, either in the whole Body; or of a vicious and faulty Constitution in some particular Bowel, as Lungs, Liver, Spleen, Gall, Pancreas, etc.  
XLVII. But if those vicious Signs be wanting, and that on the contrary, there is present a Distemper and Weakness of the Part affected, it is than clear, that the cause of the Ulcer is generated in the part itself.  
XLVIII. But than, what kind of Humour it is, which causes the Ulcer, whether corrupted Lumpha, salt Phlegm, Choler or Melancholy, will appear from the Signs of each particular Viscus, and the Pus or Sordes, which flows forth, as also by the colour of the Ulcer, and the Pain thereof, as pricking, twinging, etc. and the special signs of particular Ulcers.  
XLIX. The times of these Ulcers have also their signs, for when that which first comes forth is thin, waterish, and crude, and that there is great store of it; it is than in its beginning: which very beginning may also be discovered by the Seuses, by the Touch, and by the Sight: as also by the Causes of the Ulcer both external and internal, and by the Pain, Itching, present and subsequent Symptoms.  
L. When the Pus, or filthy Matter gins to be better concocted, and that its great abundance is diminished, than the Ulcer is said to be in its increment or increase.  
LIVELY In the State the Pus is at best; and in the declination of the Ulcer, the Pus is more lessened and diminished.  
LII. And yet notwithstanding these several times are also known by the Itching, the Pain, and the Actions hurt; which if they are augmented, we may conclude the Ulcer is increased; but if they remit, that all things are returning to their natural State, and that the Ulcer is than diminished, and in its declination.  
LIII. The Prognostics. Great care is to be taken in making of right and true Prognostics, when an Ulcer is offered to be cured: for he that undertakes the Cure of an uncurable Disease, discredits his Art, and causes himself to be contemned, by such as are simple and ignorant.  
LIU. An Ulcer in a person of a good habit of Body, who digest his Food well, and sleeps well, is easy to be cured.  
LU. An Ulcer in a Body Cacochymick, or of an evil Constitution, where the Skin is of a Tallowy whiteness, or yellowish, or swarthy, is not so easily cured, because that salt Phlegm, yellow Choler, or feculent Melancholy may abound, which Humours hinder the Regeneration of Flesh.  
LVI. Ulcers which remain uncured a year or more, either rot the Bone, or altar it.  
LVII. Ulcers which are evil coloured and black, are malign, and so for that reason of difficult Cure.  
LVIII. Ulcers in Bodies which are very moist, or very dry, are difficultly cured; the first is evident in aged people, and such as have the Dropsy; for superfluous Humidity hinders Desiccation, and so Healing: the latter is also manifest, in such as have a defect of radical Moisture, which is a great impediment.  
LIX. By how much deeper the Ulcer is, by so much it is the longer in curing: and if an Ulcer cannot be cured in a long time; or when Cicatrized, it breaks out again; the cause is, the Bones being foul under it.  
LX. If an Ulcer (being filled up, and ready to cicatrize,) gins to run again without manifest cause, it is in danger to become Fistulous.  
LXI. Ulcers near to the Nerves, Tendons, Arteries, or Veins, are dangerous; and in Cacochymick Bodies', their Cure is very tedious.  
LXII. Hypocrates saith, That Ulcers having no hair about them, are hard to heal and cicatrize, also such as come from some Disease, as the Dropsy and Cachexia.  
LXIII. Ulcers in Children, by reason of their exceeding humidity, and in Women with Child, where the most excellent and Balsaick part of the Blood is used for the nourishment of the Child, are not easily cured.  
LXIV. If the Matter which comes from the Ulcer is good, viz. of a middle consistence between thin and thick, white, light, equal, and not at all stinking, it gives hopes of an easy Cure: and on the contrary, if the Matter flowing is ill, viz. thin and fluid, pale, livid, and of an ill smell, it is of very difficult cure.  
LXV. Ulcers which hap after critical Apostems in the Spondyls of the Back; or great Joints of the Body, are for the most part mortal; because, after Sickness and Apostemation, Nature must be much weakened, and the natural Heat much abated, and the radical Moisture almost spent.  
LXVI. Hypocrates also saith, that they who have Ulcers accompanied with a Tumour, do neither fall into a Convulsion, Raving nor Frenzy; but if the Tumour goes away without manifest cause, and the Ulcer is in the Back, a Convulsion follows; but, if in the forepart of the Body, a Raving or Frenzy; if in the Breast, an Empyema or Pleurisy.  
LXVII. Old and Inveterate Ulcers (says Barbet) are not cured without danger, except the Body is beforehand well Purged, and a good order of Diet instituted: otherwise Diseases will ensue.  
LXVIII. If the place in which the Ulcer is seated, is blackish, bluish, or greenish, it will be cured with much difficulty; for the Blood and Juices are corrupt, and the Flesh of an ill composition, and degenerate.  
Lxix Vicers accompanied with Varices or Intemperature, or whose Sides or Lips are callous, are hard to heal.  
LXX. Ulcers with around Figure, are cured with difficulty; and the reason is, for that consolidation being made by unition of Parts; the farther the Parts are asunder, the more slowly it is performed: and a round Figure of all others, is, that whose Sides are at farthest distance within the same bounds.  
LXXI. Ulcers in the Extremities of the Muscles of the Arms or Legs, or such as penetrate the Body, are very dangerous, and difficult to heal.  
LXXII. And Ulcers in the Extremities of the Body, as feet and hands, oftentimes created Phlegmons, or other preternatural Tumours, which in the Crisis are difficult to cure.  
LXXIII. Hypocrates also says, If one Sick has an Ulcer, and he dies, the Ulcer will be before he dies, black, blue, or pale, and withal, dried up.  
LXXIV. Painful Ulcers in Children are dangerous, because their Bodies being raw, and their Spirits very subtle, they are easily spent, which much weakening them, induces Death.  
LXXV. Fistula's with many Caverns, are hard to heal: if near to any noble part (as in the Breast) or in the Bladder, Womb, or Bowels, they are dangerous, and sometimes mortal: in the Ribs, Back, Joints, or in Ano, they are dangerous and difficult: and in Cachectick Bodies, they are long in curing.  
LXXVI. All Fistula's are difficult to cure, and some are absolutely uncurable: that which is but newly begun, not deep, in a young and sound Body, the edges not very hard, but somewhat soft with Matter, is more easily cured.  
LXXVII. An Ulcer complicated with another Disease, which maintains or continues it; the Ulcer according to the nature of the Disease, is either of easy or hard cure. So Venereal Ulcers in a humid and strong Body is easily cured; but if the Sick is in a Marasmus, neither the Ulcer, nor the Disease can be cured; because the use of Dryers (which are only profitable in this case) will increase the extenuation of the Body, and hasten Death. In like manner Ulcers in Hectic People, and Hydropicks, are equally dangerous; for in the first, a good Juice flows not sufficiently to the part exulcerated; in the latter, a superfluous humidity hinders the desiccation and consolidation.  
LXXVIII. No Ulcer can be cured whilst the Bone remains foul: if the Caries is near the nervous Parts, or in the Joints, or about the Tendons, Arteries or Veins, it is not easily cured, but for the most part, the Nerves and Tendons are corrupted.  
LXXIX. Soft Tumours in Ulcers are good, because they will yield to Medicaments: but if they are hard, they will not be easily cured, because the Humour is the more Rebellious.  
LXXX. If the Hair falls in places of the Body about the Ulcer, it is an evil Sign: for it shows, 1. Want of Nutrition. 2. Great acrimony and corruption of Humours, as in Quartan Agues, French Pox, Leprosy.  
LXXXI. Inveterateor Old Ulcers, which eject 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Elaeodes, a Pus like unto white Oil, are scarcely ever cured: for it shows a Colliquation of the Part, and a Consumption of the whole Body.  
LXXXII. Inold, deep, and malign Ulcers, the Bone is commonly foul, and unless it be Scaled, no cure can succeed: that the Bone is foul, you may know by these Signs, 1. If the Ulcer is skinned, it breaks out again. 2. It yields thinner and more Matter, than its largeness requires. 3. It's Brims or Lips will not come in. 4. It's Lips become reddish. 5. If the Bone appears to sight, it is rugged, not smooth, and of a blackish or ruddy white Colour.  
LXXXIII. Ulcers of the Bladder are very troublesome, and for the most part uncurable.  
LXXXIV. In an Ulcer where there is cariosity of the Bone, and the colour of the Flesh is livid, the Patient is in danger; for it is a sign of the extinction of natural Heat.  
LXXXV. If an Ulcer casts forth much Sanies, or an Ichorous Matter, which is very thin, and of a pale, livid, or black colour; or if it is glutinous and stinking, fretting the Skin adjacent, it is hard to be cured: for this Humour keeps the Ulcer moist, not can it be easily dried up, even by the most powerful Topics.  
LXXXVI. Ulcers of the Nose are hard to cure; for which, respect must be had to the whole Body.  
LXXXVII. From malign Ulcers, two kinds of Matter flow, 1. Sanies or Ichor, which is thin, which issues from Punctures of the Nerves, and Corruption of the Tendons and Periosteon. 2. Sordes, which is a thick, glutinous, stinking Filthiness.  
LXXXVIII. Hypocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 21. is of opinion, That a Flux of Blood coming upon an Ulcer after strong pulsation, is of an evil consequence; for there must be a great Inflammation, and the Arteries must be much straitened, so that a Gangrene may be feared.  
LXXXIX. Ulcers of the Eyes for the most part leave blindness, especially where the horny Tunicle is throughly corroded, whereby the Watery (and sometimes the crystalline) Humour is sometimes let out.  
XC. If an Erysipelas is present, the Bone being bore; it is (as Hypocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 19 will have it) an evil sign: for Flesh cannot be regenerated where such a sharp Humour is present, that causes so hot a Tumour.  
XCI. Burn from Lightning are generally mortal: from other things, if it hurts the great Vessels, a Gangrene and Sphacelus often times ensue.  
XCII. Burns of the Eyes and Groins, are very dangerous; but of the Intestines always uncurable: Burns great and deep, always leaves Scars behind them: and if an hairy Part is burnt, the Hair never grows again.  
XCIII. Ulcers of the Thighs, are for the most part hard to be cured; more especially, if they be cherished by any Distemper, or default in the Spleen: for than the thick and melancholy Humours, which flow to the Ulcer, do hinder the cure thereof: and indeed, the condition of the Ulcer is of great moment to be considered, both as to the Quantity and Quality of the Humour flowing to it: being in a depending part, and the Body cacochymick, the very multitude of Humours (though otherwise they were not bad) is an impediment great enough of the cure. If also the Quality is amiss, it is the same, though the Quantity is not great. For if there is a dry Intemperature, it will many times elude the force of the Medicament: and it is as bad when the Ulcer has continued so long, as to bring an habitual Discrasy upon the part, as in Nomae, and perannual Ulcers, which are seldom cured; and if cured, it is with danger of the Patient's life. The next worse than these, are Phagedenical Ulcers; and the worst of all, are such as are Cancerous and Sphacelous.  
XCIV. The cure of Ulcers in general. In this general Cure, we shall consider Ulcers only under a twofold respect, 1. As they are simple, consisting in a solution of Unity and Erosion. 2. As they are Complicate or Compounded, having other Symptoms or Accidents joined with them.  
XCV. A simple Ulcer, as to its loss of Substance, requires Incarnation; and as to the Solution of Unity, Union, this is performed by Exsiccation. Hypocrates, libro de Ulceribus, & Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 3. cap. 3. says, That all Ulcers continually required Desiccation.  
XCVI. For so long as an Ulcer continues Sanious or Sordid, it can never heal: in which cases, Digestion and Detersion are requisite: and whether you go about to Incarnate, or to induce the Cicatrice, drying Medicines must still be used.  
XCVII. The loss of Substance is either in the Skin, or in the Flesh: if only the Skin is wanting, the Flesh is than to be so exsiccated with proper Medicaments, as that the Juices flowing to it, may be changed into a Cuticular or Membranous Substance; for that as Authors say, it is a Spermatick Part, and cannot be regenerated.  
XCVIII. If the Flesh is deficient, it must be restored by Incarnatives, assisting Nature, who out of a part of that Blood, designed for the nourishment of the Member, generates new Flesh.  
XCIX. Now in the Generation of Flesh in an Ulcer, there is a twofold Excrement to be separated. 1. One thin, which must be dried up. 2. Another thick, which must be deterged, or cleansed away.  
C. Now in the cure of all sorts of Ulcers, there are four times, or Crises to be observed. 1. Principium, the beginning, wherein the Excrements running out, are waterish, and thin. 2 Augmentum, the increase, in which the Recrements flow lesle, and are thicker. 3. Status, the state, in which no jehor or Sanies flow forth, but only a thinner sort of Pus. 4. Declinatio, when the Pus is laudable, or white, thick, even, and well scented, which shows, the Ulcer is on the mending hand.  
CI. The Cure of complicate or compound Ulcers. Here many Indications offer themselves to be considered, according to the variety of Causes and Symptoms, which do attend them. The first Indication, is the removing of the Antecedent Causes. The second Indication, is that which teaches to remove the proximate Causes, or those which are conjoined.  
CII. The antecedent Causes are foursold, 1. Cacochymia, which is an evil habit of Body, through the abounding of evil Humours; and this is to be removed by Purgation and Evacuation of the abounding Humours, by proper Emetics and Catharticks.  
CIII. 2. Contagium, or Infection, and this is to be overcome and resisted, by the exhibition of proper Alexipharmicks.  
CIV. 3. Venenum, Poison; and this is to be destroyed by the giving of potent and effectual Antidotes, which not only enervate the Malignity, but even destroy its very Nature and Force.  
CV. 4. Intemperies, The Distemperature of the Part, which is removed by things of a contrary quality, which is chief performed by Alteratives, out of which are made proper Diet Drinks, Wound Drinks, and the like.  
CVI The proximate or conjoined Causes, are to be removed by those Topics, or external Applications, which are proper to the four Times or Seasons of the Ulcers, which we ennmerated but even now, at Sect. 100 aforegoing.  
CVII. But in the Cure of these complicate Ulcers, there are many things which oftentimes hinder the Healing, and tender the Cure difficult: As, 1. A cacochymy of Humours, and Impurity of the Blood. 2. A Malignity of Humours. 3. A Defluxion of Humours to the part. 4. A Defect of good Blood, or a dry and consumptive habit of Body. 5. An ill habit in the Air, as being too hot and moist. 6. The foulness and putridness in the Ulcer itself. 7. Soft, proud, or mortified Flesh about the Ulcer. 8. The hardness of the Brims of the Ulcer. 9 A corruption of the Bone under the Flesh or Ulcer. 10. The Application of improper Medicaments.  
CVIII. Now in order to the Cure, all these impediments, or as many of them as do occur, are to be removed, as the Indications opposite shall seem to instruct you.  
CIX. In the beginning therefore of the Ulcer, the Sanies requires Concoction, that it may be made thicker, and turned into good Pus or Matter; and in this case, Suppuratives are of good use: but they are not to be used to putrid Ulcers, for they increase the Putrefaction: and in purulent ulcers, they make the Ulcer more sordid.  
CX. But if the Ulcer is caused merely by the Pain, Suppuratives are of singular use; because by their Sanient and Digestive Virtue, they remove the Cause, and are to be continued, till the Matter is well concocted: and therefore it is, that we use them in the beginning, jest the extravafated Humours should stir up Pain and Inflammation.  
CXI. In the Augment or Increase, when the Matter is lesle in quantity, and thicker, than we are to use Detersives or Cleansers.  
CXII. In the state, or height of the Ulcer, when it is well cleansed, than it is necessary to use Sarcoticks or Incarnatives, that the Ulcer may be filled up with flesh.  
CXIII. In the Declination, when the Ulcer is filled up with new Flesh; the next thing than to be done, is to apply Epuloticks or Cicatrizers, that it may be decently covered over with Skin, and with as little a Scar or Deformity as may be.  
CXIV. Now here, some few things are necessary to be noted; First, That repelling Topics are to be applied to the Parts about the Ulcer, to repel the Humour which may flow to it. 1. Because that Suppuratives by their Heat being apt to draw, the Humours so in duced, may be repercussed. 2. That the Parts may be so strengthened, as to resist the Fluxion. 3. That by repelling the Humour, the Deficcation may be promoted. 4. That the innate Heat of the Part may be strengthened, being thus kept in by the cold of the Repulsive.  
CXV. And this Repulsion is performed by repelling Medicines, commonly called Defensatives, which are restringent and cooling, and rather dry than moist.  
CXVI. Secondly, That if it is in a depending Part, it be raised up, and placed equal with, or higher than the rest of the Body; which will be of great advantage in the Cure: and the Influx is also to be restrained, and the Member strengthened by an expulsive Bandage.  
CXVII. Thirdly, The Diet is to be proportioned to the Nature and Strength of the Patient, to resist and diminish the Humours abounding, whether in the whole Body, or some particular Part, and to contemperate their Acrimony.  
CXVIII. Fourthly, The Evacuating of the superabundant Humours, whether they offend in quantity or quality; and this is done either by Purging or Vomiting, or both.  
CXIX. Fifthly, To resist the Fluxion of Humours, (since most Humours proceed from that Cause.) 1. By Revulsion: by which, the Matter is drawn to parts far distant; and the rectitude of the Parts and Vessels restored: if you respect the rectitude of the Part, and the Ulcer is in the right Leg, the Revulsion is to made in the right Arm: but if the rectitude of the Vessels, the Revulsion is to be made in the left Leg.  
CXX. 2. To resist the Fluxion by Derivation; which is made in the remote Parts by the application of Leeches and Cupping-Glasses, both with and without Scarification, Epispastics or Blistcring-Plasters, Friction, Bandage, etc.  
CXXI. Sixthly, To correct the Humours, and remove the Acrimony: if too serous, to incrassate them; if too thick, to thin them: and this is done by Alteratives of a contrary quality, made in the forms of Diet-Drinks, Wound-Drinks, and the like; as we have hinted at Sect. 105. aforegoing.  
CXXII. Seven, That after the Vlceris well digested, and yields a good sort of Pus, Mundificatives are to be applied: (for if Sarcoticks are used before the Ulcer is well digested and cleansed, than spongy or proud Flesh will grow:) and these Mundifiers must not be too sharp; which Error you will easily found out by the pain in the Part, which the Patient by feeling can inform you of.  
CXXIII. Eighthly, In the curing of the Ulcer, you may know whether you have rightly proceeded, and according to Art, by the Effects of the Medicaments applied: for if they do good, or at lest not hurt, it is a sign that they are proper to the Intention: but if they do harm, by making the Ulcer hotter or colder, drier or moister, or prevent not the corroding of the Humour; than they are to be changed, and others more agreeable are to be applied.   

CHAP. II Of MEDICAMENTS appropriated to ULCERS.  
I BEFORE we set upon the Work of Curing Ulcers in earnest, we thought fit to Arm our young Artist with all such Pharmaceutical Necessaries as are requisite to the performance thereof: and the Medicaments for this purpose are sixfold, viz. 

1. Repercussives, or Repellers.  
2. Helminthicks, or Wormkillers.  
3. Digestives, or Suppuratives.  
4. Abstersers, or Mundificatives: Cleansers.  
5. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.  
6. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.    
II Some of these various sorts of Medicaments we have treated of already, in Lib. 4. Chap. 2. Sect. 16. and 57 as Digestives, Sarcoticks, and Epuloticks: and therefore of those three kinds we shall be very brief here; as only supplying in this place, some few that were wanting there.  

I Repercussives, or Repellers.  
III Simple Repellers are, Fair Water, Nitrated Water, Lettuce, Endive, Succory, Knotgrass, Horstail, Periwinkle, Woodbine, Nightshade, Comfrey, Purslain, Cucumbers, Navelwort, Housleek, Plantain, Yarrow, Vine-leaves, Barberries, unripe Bramble-berries, Sloes, Myrtleberries, Pomgranate-peels, Balaustians, Red-Rose-leaves, Oak-bark, leaves and apples of Mandrakes, Henbane, Thorn-apple-leaves, Poppy of the sorts, white, black, and read; deadly Nightshade, Red-wine, Verjuice, Vinegar, juice of Quinces, Lime-juice, juice of Lemons, Tanners-Woose, before the Leather is put in, etc. Crocus Martis, Caput mortuum of Vitriol, Saccharum Saturni, coagulated Mercury, burnt Lead, etc.  
IV. Sometimes in the Country, where you have not Medicines at hand, you must be forced to use some of the aforementioned Vegetable Simples, either their Juices, or Decoction, or Pulp in Cataplasms: these things you are to apply to the parts adjacent to the Ulcer, in Pledgets of Cotton, Lint, or fine Tow, moistened in their Juices, etc. and above these Stuphs of Linen or Woollen Cloth, or Flanel, dipped in the same and wrung out, according to the Temperature of the Patient, etc.  
V The more cold sort, and such as are Narcotick, must not be too long applied; but must be removed, before the Part becomes livid, or of a leaden colour.  
VI These things being applied, the Part ulcerated is to be conveniently rolled up, the Rulers having been first also moistened in those Juices or Decoctions: and if your Simples are of a watery substance, it will be good to mix other things which have an astringent force with them; for thereby you will the better cool the Part, abate the Inflammation, repress the Fluxion, and more effectually repercuss the Humour.  
VII. Of the former Simples, Compounds may be easily made: as, ℞ Oil of Roses, made of Oil-omphacine; juice of unripe Grapes, juice of Red-roses, A. ℥ two. simmer them over the Fire, till the Juices are consumed.  
VIII. Oils made of pure (not rank) Oil-olive, as of Myrtles, of Quinces, of Mastic, of Henbane, of Poppy, of Mandrakes, by Infusion, etc. Where note, that if an Inflammation is present, than Oily Repercussives are not to be used.  
IX. Cataplasms made of the Juices of some of the former Simples and Barley-flower, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Amber in powder, Catechu, Saccharum Saturni, whites of Eggs, Vinegar and Verjuice, beaten together, adding a little Oil, as you see convenient.  
X. Ointments; as Vnguentum Album, Camphoratum, Populeon, Cosmeticum, Tutiae, Triapharmacon; which may be used either by themselves, or mixed together.  
XI. Emplasters; as Emplastr. Album, De Minio cum Sapone, Mercuriale; Ceratum Album, Ceratum Nigrum, Ceratum Oxylaeum, Refrigerans, Spermatis Ceti, etc. Diapalma, or Empl. Album, made with juices of Plantain, Horstail, Knotgrass, Yarrow, Comfrey, Nightshade, Lettuce, Purslain, Housleek, Periwinkle, etc. adding them by little and little, as the Emplaster comes to a consistence.  
XII. A Defensative of Barbett. ℞ Lignum Guajacum rasped, long Birthwort roots, A. ℥ i Agrimony, Centory the lesle, Wormwood, A. M.i. Wine q.s. boil, and strain out: to every five Ounces of which add, Meal of Orobus ℥ i Myrrh in fine powder ℥ ss. Honey ℥ iv. S.U. ℥ two. Venice-Turpentine q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.   

II Helminthicks, or Wormkillers.  
XIII. Worms many times breed in some ill-conditioned Ulcers; and therefore when you perceive them, they are either to be taken forth with some fit Instrument; or otherwise, if they stick fast in the Flesh, or hid themselves, they are to be killed with some proper Medicaments to be applied.  
FOURTEEN. Simple Helminthicks. Aloes, Cambogie, Scammony, Euphorbium, Myrrh, Rhubarb, Aron-roots, Birthwort-roots, Squills, Onions, Garlic, Centory, Colocynthis, Dittany, Elecampane, Germander, Whorehound, Orobus, Opium, Pepper, Southernwood, Savin, Tansey, Tobacco, wormwood, Bullocks gall, and the Galls of other living Creatures, powder of Earthworms, Saccharum Saturni, Verdigrise, white and read Precipitate, Mercurius dulcis, corrosive Sublimate, Cinnabar Natural and Artificial, Mercury coagulate, or amalgamate; the Prince's Powder, Vitrum Antimonii, Crocus Metallorum, Tartar-Emetick, Sulphur, Vitriol, Nitre, with many other things of like kind: and from the aforegoing Simples you may make the following, and other the like Compounds.  
XU. ℞ Aloes, meal of Lupins, A. ℥ i Myrrh, Verdigrise, A. ℥ ss. Bull's gall ℥ two. Honey q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XVI. ℞ Aloes, Cambogia, Scammony, A. ℥ ss. Euphorbium in fine pouderʒii. Verdigriseʒi. Tobacco ℥ i Colocynthis in fine pouderʒiii. Bull's gall, Honey, A. q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XVII. ℞ Aloes in fine powder, Tobacco finely powdered, A. ℥ i flowers of Sulphur, Mercury coagulate, Coloquintida, A.ʒii. Euphorbium, powder of Earthworms, Verdigrise, A. ʒi. Oil of Hartshornʒss. Oil of Tobacco made by Infusion ℥ jss. Sheeps-suet q.s. mix, and make a Ointment.  
XVIII. ℞ Tobacco in fine powder ℥ i Scammony ℥ ss. Colocynthisʒii. Euphorbiumʒi. white Precipitateʒss. mix, and make a Powder, to strew on.  
XIX. Take fair Water lbii. lbii. corrosive Sublimate in fine powder ℥ ss. put all into an Earthen Pipkin, and dissolve by Boiling; than pour forth, straining it through a Cloth, and affuse thereon Oil of Tartar per Deliquium; so will the Mercury Precipitate of an Orange-tawny colour, which wash in much fair Water, or in S.U. and keep it for use: this Water after Precipitation, kills all sorts of Worms, by washing the Ulcer therewith, and laying double linen Clotheses dipped in the same, over the Ulcer. The Precipitate also kills Worms, being mixed in any proper Ointment to be laid on.  
XX. Take of the former Orangeprecipitateʒi. Scammony in fine pouderʒiv. Tobacco in fine pouderʒviii. mix them; to strew upon the Ulcer full of Worms. Or, you may mix this Powder with Ointment of Tobacco ℥ two. Oxgall ℥ i and so apply it.   

III Digestives, or Suppuratives.  
XXI. Simple Digestives. The greatest part of these we have enumerated already in Lib. 4. Chap. 2. Sect. 16. aforegoing of the Work; but to them there mentioned, these few following may may be added: as, Calves-suet, Capons-fat, Colophony, flowers of white Lilies, Linseed, mucilage of Althea-roots, Rape-oil, Rosin. And these, if there is any callosity or hardness: Bird-lime, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, Burdock, Flowerdeluce-roots, Gum Elemi, Galbanum, Melilot, Pitch, Prince's Powder, Spanish Saffron, Storax, Turbith mineral, new Wax, Wax made from the Myrtle-berry in Carolina and Virginia.  
XXII. Of those mentioned in the place aforecited, and these here added: viz. Of Flower or Meals, Pulps, Mucilages, Juices, Oils, Fats, Suets, Gums, Balsams, and Rosins, compound Digestives may be form, of various kinds and compositions, according to the habit or temperature of the Patient, nature of the Ulcer, and season of the Year.  
XXIII. Tetrapharmacum of the Ancients, commonly called Vnguentum Basilicon minus, made of Pitch, Rosin, Wax, and Oil, melted, and mixed together, is an excellent Digestive. You may see great variety of Compounds, in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 17. and 30. aforegoing.  
XXIV. To those you may add, Dialthea simple, Basilicon the greater, the Golden Ointment, if read Precipitate, or the Prince's Powder rather â ℈ i add ℥ i of the Ointment, be added to them. For the Precipitate, or the Prince's Powder, or Turbith-mineral, do admirably digest and thicken any ichorous Humour.  
XXV. And over these things you may apply Emplastrum Diachylon simplex, if in Summertime; or Diachylon cum Gummi, if in the Wintertime, where the brims of the Ulcer are hard: otherwise Diapalma, or Emplastrum Album, made with Juices, (as directed at Sect. 11. above) may do well enough.  
XXVI. In a callous Ulcer, you may apply this: ℞ Of the pulp of Figs and Raison, A. ℥ i juice of white Lily-flowers, Barley-flower, A. ʒiii. mucilages of Althaea, Linseed, and Fenugreek, A. ʒii. Saffron in powder ℈ i mix them.   

IV. Abstersives, or Mundifiers.  
XXVII. Simple Abstersives. Birthwort roots, both long and round; Whorehound, Smallage-root, Turbith, flower or meal of Orobus, Vetches, Tobacco, roots of Aron, Orrice, Hermodacts, and of white and black Hellebor; juices of Celandine, Carduus, Beets, Coleworts, Gentian, Centory, Scordium, Wormwood, bitter Almonds, Savin; the Ashes of all Vegetables, because of the Salt which is in them; but the ashes of some things are more powerful than of others; as the ashes of Bean-stalks, of Tobacco, Vine-branches, Aloes, Cambogia, Scammony; Cockle and Oyster shells calcined; Arsenic white, Orpiment, Vitriol calcined to redness, Alum burnt, Verdigrise, corrosive Sublimate, white and read Precipitate, the Prince's Powder, Turbith mineral: these two last are as powerful as Arsenic, or corrosive Sublimate, and much more safe; for they sooner dispatch their Operation, are more familiar to the Body of Man, and 'cause not so much Pain, nor so great an Inflammation.  
XXVIII. Now the Time when Mundificatives are to be used is, when the Ulcer is well digested; which is when the Pus comes to be that which they commonly call laudable; the lips of the Ulcer are become soft and well-coloured, and no ill scent or fume seems to rise from the Ulcer: for if Sarcoticks be used, before the Ulcer is mundified or cleansed, nothing but a lose or proud Flesh will arise, which will not admit of Cieatrizing. Of the former Simple Abstersives, you may form various Compound-ones at pleasure, according to the following Examples.  
XXIX. The Abstersive of Paracelsus. ℞ Honey ℥ viij. Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ iv. mix, and boil with a gentle Fire, to the consistence of a soft Ointment; than take it from the Fire; and add thereto read Precipitate levigated ℥ two. (well washed in Rose-water mixed with a little Oil of Bohemian-tartar) and the yolks of two Eggs, stirring them, till they are well incorporated. This is one of the best Abstersives or Mundificatives in the World: but here is to be noted, that the Precipitate need not be added, unless the Ulcer is very foul, inveterate, and rebellious, resisting weaker means.  
XXX. The Mundificative of Fabricius ab Aquapendente. Take Juice of Smallage ℥ jss. Syrup of Roses, or Mel Rosarum ℥ ss. Turpentineʒii. meal or flower of Barley and Lupins, A. q.s. or so much as may bring it to a consistency.  
XXXI. In the Shops you may have Unguentum Apostolorum; which is best for plain, open, and superficial Ulcers; also Unguentum Aegyptiacum, which is good to be injected into the sinuous Ulcers, being mixed with White-Wine, and Mel Rosarum.  
XXXII. You have also Unguentum Aureum, and Unguentum Basilicon; either of which being mixed with burnt Alum, and read Preeipitate levigated, will make Medicaments, which will do two works at once, viz. both Digest and Mundify.  
XXXIII. Take Basilicon ℥ iv. Unguentum Aureum ℥ two. Scammony in fine powder ℥ jss. Tobacco in fine powder ℥ i mix.  
XXXIV. Take Basilicon, Ointment of Tobacco, A ℥ iii Scammony, Tobacco, both in fine powder, A. ℥ i Prince's Pouderʒiii. mix them.  
XXXV. Take read Prcipitate ℥ i. burnt Alum ℥ ss. levigate them together upon a Porphyry-stone, till they become impalpable powder, than add to them Scammony ℥ i Ointment of Tobacco ℥ iii Basilicon ℥ vi. mix them well together, and keep them for use.  
XXXVI. From what hath been said, it appears that Abstersives are to be drying, without astriction, and without any great hot or cold qualities, and of a subtle and penetrating substance; that by reason of their dryness they may suck up, and consume the humidity of the Ulcer, and by their tenuity take away the glutinousness of the Pus; yet they aught not to pass the second degree of siccity, jest they consume the Flesh itself.  
XXXVII. By this it appears, that Abstersion is the removing of the Recrements cleaving to the Ulcer; 1. By drying of it. 2. By dividing the particles of the glutinous matter, which destroys the viscosity by which it cleaves to the Flesh.   

V Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.  
XXXVIII. Simple Sarcoticks, or Flesh-breeders. To those enumerated in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 31. you may add these: Clowns-Woundwort, Adders-tongue, Knotgrass, Solomons-seal, green Tobacco, fresh Galls; new made Butter, powder of Vipers-flesh, powder of Ox-blood, Bones calcined, Hartshorn calcined, Colophony.  
THIRTY-NINE. Incarnatives are not to be used, till the Ulcer is sufficiently cleased; which will be, as Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 20. says, when it appears read, has a quick sense, and looks clean, and neither too dry, nor too moist. If the Ulcer looks pale or whitish, or of a black or livid colour, and is almost insensible, being either too moist or too dry, 'tis maninifest than, that Abstersives are yet to be used.  
XL. But if it is a hidden or sinuous Ulcer, Galen, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, lib. 4. cap. 2. tells us, that we shall judge an hollow or fistulous Ulcer to be clean, when the Part gins to be more sensible of the Abstersives injected, than it was before: and than is the time for the admission of Incarnatives; and such are all those Medicaments, which are endued with these two qualities of Desiccation and Abstersion, in a temperate degree.  
LXI. Now the Incarnating is properly and principally the work of Nature, viz. of the Temperament and Faculty of the Part; yet it is requisite to assist Nature, in the application of such things as may promote the same Intention, by removing the Impediments which may obstruct Nature in her course of operating.  
XLII. For this cause, if you design to cure an Ulcer, you must apply Desiccatives to moist Ulcers, and Abstersives to sordid Ulcers: for in all Solutions of Unity, Nature being intent upon the Regeneration of Flesh where it is wanting; it is evident, that you will err, or not accomplish your end, where Desiccatives and Abstersives (the true qualities of such as we call Incarnatives) are not to be applied.  
XLIII. Out of the simple Sarcoticks, compounds are made; of which we have given you many Examples in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 32. and 46. we shall in this place add only these following.  
XLIV. A Sarcotick from Barbett: Take Turpentineʒvi. Basilicon, Aloes, Colophony, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ʒiv. Unguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, Litharge of Gold, A. ʒiii. Gum Elemiʒii. Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXV. An Incarnative, from Clows. Take pure Turpentine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ vi. Pine-rosin ℥ iv. yellow Wax ℥ iii Gum Elemi ℥ ss. (or rather ℥ two.) mix, and make an Ointment.  
XLVI. Another. Take Rosin, Wax, A. lbss ss. Turpentine ℥ iv. Barley-flower ℥ two. Olibanum, Mastich, Oil of Mastic, Honey of Roses strained, A. ℥ i Myrrh, Sarcocol, ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXVII. Another. Take Rosin, Wax, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ xii. Turpentine ℥ vi. Olibanum ℥ iv. Mastich ℥ two. Saffron ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XLVIII. Another. Take Rosin, Wax, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ vi. Turpentine, ℥ v. Honey of Roses ℥ iv. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sarcocol, A. ℥ ss. Aloes, Saffron, A. ʒii. mix them.  
XLIX. Take Oil-olive lbjss lbjss. Ship-Pitch lbi lbi. Wax, Rosin, A. lbss ss. Beef-Suet ℥ viij. Turpentine ℥ iv. yolks of Eggs Nᵒ iv. mix them. If with either of these three last, red Precipitate q.s. be mixed, they will excellently digest, mundify, and incarnate: but if you mix with them burnt Alum, q.s. they will than adirably mundify, heal, and cicatrize.  
L. Take Oil-olive, Rosin, Turpentine, Lapis Calaminaris, A. lbi lbi. Sheeps-suet, Wax, A. lbss ss. mix, and make an Ointment; it incarnates and cicatrizes Ulcers.  
LIVELY Take Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, Rosin, A. ℥ iv. Wax, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ i juice of green Tobacco raised from Virginia seed lbi lbi. green Tobacco leaves stamped M. two. boil them over a gentle Fire, till the Juice is consumed, than strain, and keep it for use.  
LII. In the Shops you have always ready, Ung. Basilicon and Ung. Aureum, much commmended. But this is to be noted, in making compound Incarnatives: 1. That they be neither too soft, nor too hard: if too soft, the heat of the Part will 'cause them to spread, and fall from the Ulcer, and they will be apt to generate proud Flesh; if too hard, the weaker Parts will hardly have the Benefit of them. 2. That they be smooth and equal; otherwise, they will 'cause pain to the Part. 3. That they exceed not the first degree in drying: especially if the Patient is of a soft and tender Constitution; for in such, the milder Desiccatives are required for the generality of soft Flesh; but if the Patient has a hard and dry Flesh, stronger Desiccatives are to be made choice of. 4. That when the Ulcer is in a place not so fleshy, as in the joints; heads, and tails of the Muscles, your Desiccatives must be forcible. 5. That if the Ulcer is large and moist, more strong Driers are to be used, than in those which are small, and drier.   

VI Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.  
LIII. Simple Epuloticks, or Skin-breeders. To those enumerated in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 47. you may add these following. Roots of Bistort; Sheeps-suet, Beef-suet, Deers-suet; Gumsandarach; Eggshells calcined, Hartshorn calcined white, Ivory calcined white, Cuttlebone calcined; Alabaster in fine powder, Chalk finely powdered, which is done by rubbing it on a broad Tile, and searcing they; unslak'd Lime washed and dried, or Whiteing, Umber in powder, Pumicestone powdered; Cinnabar, Crocus Martis, Regulus of Antimony, Henricus rubeus, or the Caput mortuum of Vitriol washed and dried; an Amalgama of Saturn and Quicksilver in powder, which is thus made: ℞ Lead ℥ iv. melts it in a Crucible, than take it from the Fire, and put into it Quicksilver ℥ iii mix them by stirring, and they will incorporate together, and when cold, beaten and grinned into a powder.  
LIU. These are not be used, till the Ulcer is filled with good Flesh; for it is in vain to attempt the latter till the former is well performed, jest the ulcer be healed up with much deformity. The Skin being lost by any Accident, Nature cannot repair it, for want of the Seminal Matter of which it is generated: so that there is a necessity of supplying this defect by the help of Art; and it is done by thickening and hardening the upper part of the new, or regenerated Flesh, so long till it becomes of the nature of the Skin, and is able to supply its office.  
LU. These Medicaments must be, 1. Cooling; that the thin parts may be coagulated, and the thick parts brought together, as you see in Ice, or the top of a Hasty-pudding when it becomes cold. 2. Drying; to consume the thin parts; and the Cicatrice is nothing but the Flesh thickened, dried, condensed, and made callous. 3. Drying in the third degree; Incarnatives are drying only in the first degree, because they are only to dry superfluous Excrements: Glutinatives are dry in the second degree, because they dry not only the Excrements, but whatever Humour else, though Alimentum, which flows to the Part: Cicatrizers are to be dry in the third degree, for that these dry not Excrements only, and other Humidities flowing to the Ulcer, but they also dry the Humidities, and so have no place here; for they consume not only the Excrements, Humours flowing to the Part, and the Humidities of the Part itself, but the very subjacent Flesh also.  
LVI. Now as some Epuloticks do dry more weakly, some more strongly; so the gentlest are to be used to the more moist and delicate Bodies, the stronger to the more hard and solid: and they are to be applied a little before the Flesh is even with the other Skin, as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 13. cap. 5. has advised; otherwise the Cicatrice will be higher than the natural Skin, which will 'cause deformity.  
LVII. And when the Sore is come to skinning, since the middle is always deeper than the circumference or edges, milder Epuloticks are to be applied to the middle, that the Flesh may not be too soon dried, but have liberty to grow to its full height: for which reason, soft Cerats or Unguents may be applied to the middle, Powders and Cerats to the lips.  
LVIII. Compoud-Epuloticks are made out of the simple, of which you have many very good ones in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 48. and 57 aforegoing; to the number of which, you may add these few following.  
LIX. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ viij. Colophony, Varnish, Wax, Oil-olive, A. ℥ ij. melt all together; than removing them from the Fire, add Calaminaris in fine powder ℥ i lethargy of Gold, Tutia prepared, Caput mort. of Vitriol washed, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make a Cerat.  
LX. Oil-olive, Turpentine, Wax, A. lbiv lbiv. Beef-suet lbii. lbii. Gum Elemi, Frankincense, A. lbi lbi. liquid Storax, lbss ss. pure Verdigrise in fine powder ℥ iii mix, and melt the seven former Ingredients together; than at last put in the Verdigrise, stirring them well together, till almost cold. This Balsam does all the Intentions of Healing; it digests, cleanses, breeds Flesh, and lastly, cicatrizes the Ulcer after an admirable manner.  
LXI. ℞ Oil-olive, Beef-suet, A. lbi lbi. Bees-wax, liquid Storax, A. lbss ss. Oil of Turpentine ℥ iii Camphir, Ceruse in fine powder, Tutty levigated, Olibanum in fine powder, A. ℥ i mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXII. And to make the Cicatrice as little deformed as may be, you may anoint every Night going to Bed, with the following Oil. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ i Oil of Tartar per Deliquium ʒss. Sperma Ceti ʒiii. mix them. Or with this: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ i Sperma Ceti ʒiii. Adeps Rosarum ʒii. mix them. This may serve for the Richer sort of People.    

CHAP. III Of SIMPLE ULCERS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the Latins Ulcus simplex, we in English call A Simple Ulcer.  
II The Kind's. Authors make two kinds of simple Ulcers: 1. One, where the Skin is only wanting. 2. Another, where there is a loss of Flesh also. The first is called planum, a plain Ulcer; the other cavum, a deep Ulcer. We shall consider them in the Cure but as one, for that the Cure of the former is comprehended in the latter.  
III Now a simple Ulcer, which is a solution of Unity in a soft Part, with a dissolution of Magnitude putrified, is that which has neither a Disease, nor a Cause, nor a Symptom adjoined to it, or complicate therewith; besides the solution of Unity, caused by erosion.  
IV. The Kind's. The proximate, or nearest cause of an Ulcer is, a matter which has in it a corroding quality, whether it is bred in the Body, or happens to the Body from without.  
V If this corrosive Humour is bred within the Body, it is generated either without the Part affected, or within the Part affected itself: if without the Part affected, it is either a Choleric Humour, or Atra Bilis, or Melancholy, or a salt Phlegm, or a salt, nitrous, and sharp Serum, which you may know by their particular Signs: these flowing unto any Part, may corrode and exulcerate it.  
VI If the corrosive Humour is generated in the Part affected, it obtains its acrimony in the Part itself, by reason of some distemper in the said Part, through a Blow, or Fall, or Overstraining the Part; whereby the Blood or some other Juice is extravasated; where by its long abode and digestion, it becomes sharp, and so grows sharper and sharper, till it corrupts, putrifies, and becomes corrosive.  
VII. But if its Cause happens to the Body from without, it is from septick, putrifying, or caustick Applications, whether they be Actual, or Potential. Or from Contagion; as in the Venereal Disease, Phthisis, Leprosy, Itch, etc. where the Virus or Poison is communicated by contact, to the Pores of the Skin, where entering them, it exulcerates it, and there generates the like Disease.  
VIII. The Signs. External Ulcers are manifest to sight and touch, so that they may be known without any other Signs: but the internal ones, which lie hidden, are known by the Probe, if way is made to search for them; or by the Excrements flowing from them, the Pain, and hurt of some Action of the Part.  
IX. The Excrements show the Part affected, Pus, corruption or rotten Filth flow forth by the Anus, Urinary Passage, Nostrils, Mouth or Ears.  
X. The Pain shows also the Part affected, and where the Ulcer lies hid: a pricking pain shows, that the Part affected is nervous: a beating pain, that an Artery is hurt.  
XI. The Action hurt, shows also the part: if Sense or Motion is hurt, it shows, that the Nerves are hurt: if after eating, the Concoction is hurt by a vehement gnawing Pain in the Stomach, it is a sign that the Stomach is exulcerated.  
XII External Causes do also give us some Signs: if Cantharideses be taken inwardly (without due proportion and correction the Reinss, Bladder, or Urinary Parts may be ulcerated: if sublimate Corrosive, Aqua Fortis, or Oil of Vitriol, be taken inwardly alone, without mixture or correction, the Throat, Gullet and Stomach, may be exulcerated.  
XIII. The Prognostics. If the Ulcer is only in the skin, or is only superficial, it is the more easily and speedily cured: but the deeper it is, and the more noble the Part, by so much the longer it is in curing.  
FOURTEEN Ulcers in the Extremities of the Muscles, or in Parts subject to much Humidity, are more difficultly cured than those which are in the middle of the Muscle, or in Parts drier.  
XU. Ulcers Internal are more dangerous than Ulcers External, more especially, if any principal Part is drawn into consent or agreement with them, for than they oftentimes end in Death.  
XVI. Ulcers in Cacochymick Bodies are tedious in curing; so also if being cured, they break out again: for than it is much to be feared, that the Bone under is foul.  
XVII. Ulcers near to, or upon Arteries, Veins, Nerves, or Tendons, or any Parts of exquisite Sense, are dangerous; for they are able to draw into consent with themselves other Parts of an exquisite Sense also, or to induce an Inflammation.  
XVIII. Ulcers old and inveterate, are not cured without danger and tediousness, more especially if they succeed other Diseases, unless the Body is well purged, and a good order of Diet be observed.  
XIX. If the Pus or Matter flowing forth is good, which is that of a middle consistence between thin and thick, white, light, equal, and not at all stinking; it gives hopes of an easy Cure: but if it is evil, thin and fluid, ill coloured, livid, and foetid, it shows danger and difficulty in the Cure.  
XX. If the Ulcer is great, because the external Air can work upon it; or if round, because than its lips are hardly united; or, if it tends to look green, or livid, or black, because than, it shows a danger of extinguishing of the natural Heat; in all these cases, there will be either difficulty or danger, or both, in the Cure.  
XXI. The Indications. 1. You must rectify the cacochymy by due Purging, and a fit Diet. 2. You must maturate the unperfect Matter by Digestives. 3. You must cleanse it from its Filth by Abstersives. 4. You must incarnate with Sarcoticks. 5. And lastly, You must produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks.  
XXII. The Cure. In Answer to the first Indication, you must purge with our Family Pills, Pil. Panchymagogae, Catharticae; and if the Ulcer is inveterate, you may mix with the Purge Turpethum Minerale, or the Prince's Powder, gr. two. iv. or vi. after taking of which for three or four times, the Patient may purge again with Our Elixir Vitae, or a strong Tincture of Sena, or of Sena and Rhubarb in S.U. mixed with equal parts of Nitrated Water.  
XXIII. Than the Patient may sweated with Tincture or Diaphoretic of Antimony, or Tincture of Bohemian-tartar and Bezoar Mineral given in fragrant Wine, or in the Sudorific Tincture of Paracelsas. Or (which is best of all) you may sweated with our Liquor Vitae, or with Guttae Vitae, mixed with a few drops of Spirit of Sal Armoniac, or Spirit of Hartshorn, given in a Glass of Sack: giving continually through the whole Cure, for a constant Diet, some proper Traumatick Decoction.  
XXIV. The second Indication, is the perfecting the unperfect Matter with Digestives. But you are to consider, whether it is necessary to use Digestives or not, by considering the temper of the Part ulcerated; for some Ulcers are in so good a condition at first, as to stand in no need of them, and than we immediately apply ourselves to Abstersives for cleansing.  
XXV. But than if we found the Ulcer requires this second Indication, you may apply to it some of the Digestives mentioned in the former Chapter; Or this, ℞ Turpentine ℥ i mixed with the yolk of an Egg: Saffron in Pouderʒss. Wheat-flower, q.s. mix them. This or Basilicon, you may say upon Lint, and apply.  
XXVI. But in drier Bodies, (says Wiseman) you may add to the former, Barley flower, Bean-flower, Colophony, Rosin, Frankincense, Powder of Faenugreek seed, to which sometimes Honey of Roses and Syrup of dried Roses, are added: but (says he) Basilicon is not inferior to any.  
XXVII. These Medicaments aught to be of a moderate consistency, not too liquid, jest they make the flesh to lax; or run of from the Pledgits, making the Sore uneasy; nor yet too hard, jest they comply not with the form of the Ulcer. The deeper Ulcers may admit of the more liquid, that they may reach to the bottom, and they may be applied upon Lint in the form of Pledgits, Dossils' or Tents, over which may be applied some Refrigerative Empl. as Diapalma, Empl. Album, to temper the Heat of the Part.  
XXVIII. They aught also to be of a Lenient Quality, temperately hot and moist, in proportion to the habit of the Body as it is Strong or Weak, and to the temper of the Part they are applied to.  
XXIX. Sennertus thinks, that sometimes it is not good to use Digestives alone; but to mix Abstersives with them, however to vary the Medicine according to the Constitution: in a soft and moist habit, use this: ℞ Turpentine ℥ two. Oil of Roses ℥ i Yolk of one Egg, mix them. In a dry habit this: ℞ Pine Rosin, Oil of Mastic, A. ℥ i Powder of Olibanum, and Mastic, A. ʒiss. mix them.  
XXX. Or this: ℞ Honey of Roses, juice of Smallage, A. ℥ i Turpentineʒvi. Powder of Frankincense, Barley-flower, A. q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXXI. If you anoint the Parts about, with Triapharmacum and Ung. Populeum mixed together, you may prevent Fluxion and Inflammation.  
XXXII. The third-Indication, is the removing of the Pus or Matter, which is done by Abstersives; and this is done by such Medicaments as we have described in chap. 2. sect. 27. ad 36. aforegoing.  
XXXIII. Digestives are not longer to be made use of, than till the Matter is well digested: for being used too long, the Ulcer may be made sordid. In these kind of Ulcers, says Wiseman, I have frequently digested, deterged, and incarned with Vng. Basilicon, mixed with read Praecipitate.  
XXXIV. This Abstersive is also commended. ℞ Oil Olive, Rosin, Wax, A. ℥ vj. Ship Pitch, clear Varnish, A. ℥ iv. Gum Elemi, Beef-suer, Turpentine, A. ℥ iii Mastich, Myrrh, both in Powder, A. ℥ i White Praecipitate, ℥ iss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXV. The fourth Indication is the filling the Ulcer up with Flesh, by the help of Sarcoticks; such as we have described in lib. 4. cap. 2. sect. 31. ad 46. and in cap. 2. sect. 38. ad 52. aforegoing.  
XXXVI. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Turpentine, Frankincense, A. ℥ i Aloes, Colophony, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥ ss. Gum Elemiʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXVII. But you aught to make a choice of such Medicaments as are most fit and convenient for each several and particular Constitution; for the moister the Body is, by so much it requires Medicaments that are lesle drying and Abstersive; and contrariwise, the more drier it is, the stronger and more drying sort of Remedies: if they are weaker than is fitting, great store of Sanies will be generated with a lose and flaggy Flesh: if they be overstrong and drying, the Ulcer will be rendered dry, its lips read, the flesh consumed, and sometimes the Recrements bloody, with a kind of biting in the Part.  
XXXVIII. And therefore the form of the Medicaments are somewhat to be considered, and they are want to be applied either liquid, or soft, or dry: in Bodies hard and dry, and when a harder Flesh is to be generated, Sarcotick Powders are to be sprinkled upon the Ulcer: As,  
THIRTY-NINE. ℞ Frankincense, ʒiv. Colophony, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒii. Mastich, Olibanum, A.ʒi. mix, and make a Powder. ℞ Frankincenseʒvi. Aloesʒiv. Dragon's Blood, Sarcocol, Olibanum, A. ʒiss. make a Powder.  
XL. You are also to consider the season of the Year; for in a hot season, more cooling Applications are required; and in cold weather, the more heating; so that at such times, a thicker Compress is to be applied, and the Rowler to be oftener wound about, than in hot weather.  
XLI. Wiseman has this Sarcotic. ℞ Venice Turpentine ℥ iv. Frankincense ℥ i Aloes, Myrrh, A. ℥ ss. Gum Elemiʒiii. Oil of Hypericon, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. The more drying Sarcoticks (says he) are, Roots of Orrice, round Birthwort, Meal of Lupins, Asafaetida, Sarcocol, made up with clarified Honey.  
XLII. If these Medicaments be well adapted to the nature and disposition of the Ulcer, the Pus or Matter will appear of a good consistence, and in a lesle quantity; and the Flesh will be of a natural colour, firm, and in a healing condition.  
XLIII. The fifth and last Indication teaches, the Cicatrizing of the Ulcer after it is sufficiently Incarnated, and this is done with Sarcoticks, such as we have described in lib. 4. cap. 2. sect. 47. and in cap. 2. sect. 53. and 58. ad 62. of this Book aforegoing.  
XLIV. The Ulcer than being filled with Flesh, it remains now to be covered or clothed; the covering of the flesh is the Skin; and as flesh lost is to be restored, so is the Skin which covers it: but the Skin being said to be a Seminal Part, it being lost, it is no more to be restored, because the Matter of which it is made is wanting: therefore we are forced to found out a Medium, which is called Cicatrix, being a soft kind of a Callus, and is nothing else but the superficies of the flesh so dried, as to tepresent the Skin: and as good blood is the material Cause of good flesh; so good flesh is the material Cause of a good and pleasing Cicatrix.  
XLV. The making of this Cicatrix is the work of Nature, yet it is furthered by the application of proper Epulotick Medicaments: and if the temperament of the Part is healthful or well-disposed, you will observe the Ulcer to begin to skin from the Edges, while it is filling with flesh within.  
XLVI. The milder Epuloticks are, fine Bole, Chalk, Oyster-shells burnt, Dragons-blood, read Roses, Balaustians, Lime washed, or Whiteing, Ceruse, burnt Lead, Tutty, Sumach. A mixture of these may be sprinkled upon the Ulcer, or a Decoct. of them applied upon Lint.  
XLVII. The stronger are Alum, Saccharum Saturni, Vitriol common and Roman, Brass burnt, Chalcitis, scowrings of Brass or Iron, Verdigrise, Crocus Martis Astringens, Sarcocol, any of which being in Powders, may be mixed with Ointments, and applied upon Lint; but beware, that by the use of them, you do not consume the flesh instead of drying it into skin.  
XLVIII. Among Compounds, that of Fallopius is much commended, also Diapalma, or Emplastrum Album: and Heurnius his Cerate mentioned in Meth. ad prax Med. lib. 1. pag. 108. of the Octavo, Rotterdam Impression, which is thus composed: ℞ Oil Olive Omphacine, Hogs-lard, lethargy, A. ℥ iii Wax, Pitch, A. ℥ iss. Rosin ℥ two. Ceruseʒvi. Powder of Lead ℥ i mix, boil over a gentle fire, and make a Cerat.  
XLIX. Sennertus has this Powder: ℞ Roots of Tormentil, Bistort, round Birthwort, Acorn-cups, Eggshells burnt, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ i Lapis Calaminarisʒii. lethargy ℥ ss. make a Powder.  
L. And he used this Empl. with good success. ℞ Empl. Album, or Diapalma, Empl. Gryseum. Vng. Diapompholigos, A. ℥ i Gum Elemi, ʒii. Saccharum Saturniʒi. Wax, q.s. mix them.  
LIVELY The time when these Epuloticks aught to be applied, is when the flesh is grown up, almost to the lips of the Ulcer, before it is wholly filled up, jest before the Cicatrice should be produced, the flesh should receive too great an increase.  
LII. When the Ulcer gins to incarnate, you may dress it two or three days, with dry Lint only; and than two or three days with Ointment, and than with Lint again, laying over it Empl. Album, or Diapalma.  
LIII. You are not to suffer the Ulcer to be round, for so long it will never heal: and if the lips of it grow thick, they are to be scarified with a Lancet, to let out the gross Blood which hinders the Healing.  
LIU. And since good Diet makes and preserves a good habit of Body, and a good temper in the Part, all those meats and drinks which make the Blood too hot, too sharp, too thick, or too thin, are to be shunned; and those only to be chosen which breed good Juice, and are easy of Concoction; and they are to be taken moderately, and at convenient or fit times.  
LU. The Part itself must be kept quiet, for motion heats and disturbs it: if the Ulcer is too moist, enjoin Watching, because Watching dries the Body, and consumes superfluous Humidities: if it is too dry, sleeping moistens the Parts, those chief which are nervous, as Membranes, Tendons and Ligaments.  
LVI. If the Belly is costive, move it with a Clyster, or a Dose of Elect. Lenitivum, or some such like: and let the Mind be kept as much as may be, in tranquillity, and free from perturbations.   

CHAP. IU. Of ULCERS with DISTEMPER.  
I WHat the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latin, Ulcus cum intemperie, we in English call, an Ulcer with Distemper.  
II The Kind's. It is either simple, or compound. The simple is fourfold, viz. hot, cold, moist, dry. The compound are, hot and moist, hot and dry; cold and moist, cold and dry.  
III The Causes. A hot Intemperies or Distemper, may be caused from a fermentation of the Serum in the Blood, which may arise from an ill habit of Body, ill Diet, or the like; or from heat of the Air, or keeping the Part too hot; or from too hard Binding, or too sharp Medicaments.  
IV. A cold Intemperies or Distemper may be caused from the too great quantity of Phlegmatic Humours, or the too much exposing it to the cold Air in dressing; or not defending it in cold and sharp weather, with warm Clotheses and good Bandage; or from applying Medicaments too much cooling.  
V A dry Intemperies or Distemper, may be caused from exhausting of the natural Heat in Chronic Diseases, or in any hectic habit of Body, from too sparing a Diet, want of Drinking, defect of Nourishment in the Part, etc.  
VI A moist Intemperies or Distemper, is caused from a Flux of Humours, or much Humours abounding in the Body, a moist habit of Body, an hydropical Disposition, weakness of the Part affected, from a long continuance of the Ulcer, hard Bandage, or too moist and slabby Medicaments; or from want of Bandage, or moist, wet and foggy weather.  
VII. The Signs. A hot Distemper is known by the heat of the Part exulcerated, of which the Patient complains; the Parts about the Ulcer will be read, hard, and Tumified; the Matter will be sharp, pricking, and sometimes an itching is also felt in the Part: hot Medicaments applied, increase the Heat and Pain, whereas if cold Medicines are used, the Patient is mightily refreshed, and benefited withal.  
VIII. A cold Distemper is known by the pale, and sometimes livid colour of the Ulcer, and Parts about it; the Flesh in the Ulcer is whitish and lose, and the Sick complains also of cold, there being mostly withal, a cold habit of Body: and the Patient finds much good and ease in the application of hot Medicaments.  
IX. A dry Distemper is known from a dry habit of Body, for the most part going before; the colour of the ulcerated Part is ill, and not lively; the Body is lean and dry, and so also the Member or Part diseased; the lips are thin and lank, with little moisture, and in touching the Ulcer, it seems hard and dry, for that little or no Matter flows from it.  
X. A moist Distemper is known from a moist habit of Body, watery Humours abounding, too much humidity in the Ulcer itself, the flesh is luxurious and flaccid; there is a great discharge of Exmentitious Humours, and the Humour which flows is not acrimonious.  
XI. If the Intemperies or Distemperature is compound, the Causes and Signs thereof are found our, and known from the Causes and Signs of the simple Distemper, by laying the Causes and Signs of each together.  
XII. The Prognostics. All Ulcers labouring under an Intemperies, though they be never so well handled, yet they are hard of Cure, and may be truly accounted among such as are stubborn or rebellious.  
XIII. And Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 4. cap. 1. says, That for healing of Ulcers, the Flesh subjacent aught to be wholly temperate; and therefore it is, that Ulcers with distemper of the Part lying next under, are cured with some difficulty.  
FOURTEEN. Ulcers with Distemper, hot, cold, or moist, are cured with lesle difficulty than those with Dryness; for with one and the same labour, with the same Medicines, and at the same time, we may both remove the Distemper, and cure the Ulcer.  
XU. But Ulcers with a dry Distemper, are the hardest of them all to be cured, because the cure of the Ulcer must be for a while neglected and laid aside as it were, and the whole Intention must be first in removal of the dry Intemperies: and the Cure is also long in effecting, because the whole habit of the Body requires humecting and altering, which is a work of time, whereas those distempered with heat, cold or moisture, may be cured, whilst you are removing the Distemper.  
XVI. The cure of an Ulcer with a hot Distemper. The Indications of Cure, are the same with those of a simple Ulcer, save here, you must add, an alteration of the habit of the Body, or of the Ulcer and Part, or of both, as you see need requires.  
XVII. Here you must use Coolers and Anodynes, which you may impose not only upon the Ulcer itself, but upon the Parts adjacent round about. Such are Waters, Juices, Oils, and Ointments of Endive, Myrtles, Nightshade, Plantain, Roses, Sanders, Vinegar, fine Bole, burnt Lead, Saccharum Saturni, Turpentine, Cadmia, Whites of Eggs, Oils of Roses and Violets, Vng. Rosatum, Refrigerans Galeni, Album Camphoratum, of Ceruse, of Nightshade, and of Sanders, etc.  
XVIII. Now though the Ulcer may require drying Medicines, yet since the heat itself, by consuming the Humours, does make the Ulcer the more dry, we must make use of the milder and gentler sort of Dryers, but withal such as are endued with some kind of an Astringent Power, and have also an Anodyn property, because Heat generally induces Pain.  
XIX. Wiseman advises for Topics, Vng. Diapompholygos, Tutiae, Album, è Plumbo, è Calce, Basilicon with Praecipitate, and to apply over the Part affected, Vng. Album Camphoratum, Empl. Diapalma cum succis, Empl. Oxelaeum, Vng. Refrigerans, Nutritum, & Populeon; and over them may be applied, Clotheses dipped in Oxycrate, or Read Wine, or juices of Plantain, of Lettuce, of Purslane, of Shepherd's Purse, mixed with Vinegar or Red-wine, etc.  
XX. Some advice to the use of Aqua Calcis vivae, in which some lethargy has been boiled: also to Snow-water, in which a little Vitriolum Album has been dissolved; Or Epsom-water lbi lbi. with which Vinegar ℥ iv. is commixed.  
XXI. Sennertus advises to this. ℞ Oil of Roses, Turpentine often washed in Rose or Plantant-water, A. ℥ i Barley-flower, q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXII. Or this. ℞ Burnt-lead, Pompholyx (both washed) A. ʒiss. Oils of Roses and Violets, A. ℥ iss. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXIII. Now these cooling Medicaments are to be imposed, not only upon the very Ulcer itself, but also upon the Parts adjacent to it, and round about it. The hot Distemper being thus removed, the Ulcer is to be cured with Sarcoticks, which yet aught to be lesle heating and drying, jest the hot Distemper should return again.  
XXIV. The Cure of an Ulcer with a cold Distemper. Here the Ulcer and Distemper may be cured at one time with Healers or Vulneraries: Barbet commends Oils of Hypericon, Nard, Orrice, Camomile, Rue, Dill, Rosin of the Larch-tree, Plaster of Betony, Spirit of Wine: to these you may add Syrup and Honey of Roses, Rosin of the Pine or Fir, Tar, Pitch, etc.  
XXV. And upon the adjacent Parts, you may use a Fomentation of generous Wine, in which Rosemary, Sage, Rue, Wormwood, Hyssop, Origanu, Mint, Camomile, and Bay-leaves, or Zedoary, have been Decocted, adding a little Spirit of Wine.  
XXVI. And to deterge the Ulcer, Wiseman advises to Mundificativum ex Apio, Mundificativum Paracelsi, Vnguentum Apostolorum: Empl. Diachylon ireatum, de Betonica, Barbarum magnum, Diasulphuris, flos Vnguentorum: after which, you may proceed with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.  
XXVII. In this cold Distemper, a good Diet is to be observed, etc. as in Cold and Oedematous Tumours, with Purgations to carry of the Cacochymia, and alterative Decoctions, to attenuate and rectify the Humours, dressing the Ulcer itself the mean while, with drying, heating, and detersive Medicaments.  
XXVIII. You may apply (after a heating Fomentation,) Basilicon majus & minus, or Arcaeus his Lineament upon Pledgets; and over these Diachylon cum Gummi, or Emp. de Mucilaginibus, or Stipticum Paracelsi; but you aught to observe the Age of the Patient, season of the Year, and magnitude of the Ulcer.  
XXIX. The cure of a moist Distemperature. In these Ulcers, slabby and greasy Medicaments (says Wiseman) are to be forborn, and drying to be used, for that the Part is weakened through too much humidity; and with your Dryers, Corroboratives are to be mixed, of an Astringent Faculty.  
XXX. Barbet advises to Cyprus Roots, Hypericon, Betony, Whorehound, Sage, Wormwood, Mastic, Frankincense, Ceruse, Red-Lead, lethargy, Burnt-lead, calcined Vitriol, Emp. Gryseum, de Minio, and other things which are very drying.  
XXXI. If to this Distemper ature, a flux of Humours is joined, than Catharticks, Repellents, and Intercipients are necessary; Issues are also good if the Ulcer is inveterate; but no fat, or unctuous things are to be applied, only those things which are strongly drying, which aught often to be renewed.  
XXXII. To the former things you may add, Catechu, Dittany, Fetherfew, Hyssop, Mint, Marjoram, Lavender, Southernwood, Time, roots of Tormentil, Cincfoil, Zedoary, Sumach, Bay, and Myrttle-berries, Nutmegs, Winters-Cinnamon, Cyprus Nuts, Balaustians, Red-roses, Frankincense, Mastic, Saccharum Saturni, etc.  
XXXIII. Wiseman advises to this. ℞ Burned Led, Pompholyx washed, A. ℥ i Oil of Myrtles, Wax, q.s. mix them. Also to the use of Vng. Diapompholygos, Tutiae, è Calce, Nutritum, album Camphoratum, and Desiccativum rubrum. Or to this: ℞ Aluminis scissilisʒss. Cadmiaʒiss. Verdigrise, burnt Brass, A. ʒii. New Wax, ℥ v. Sheep's Suet, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXIV. If the Ulcer requires a Fomentation, it aught to be made of hot and drying Herbs, boiled in Wine or Oxycrate, adding after a little Spirit of Wine: if the Ulcer is but a little moist, you may to the stronger sort of the former Dryers, add a little Oil, with Rosin and Wax: but by how much the moister the Ulcer is, by so much the more sorcible, and strongly drying, aught the Remedies to be.  
XXXV. Some advice to the use of Aqua Calcis vivae, in which lethargy has been boiled; and Water mixed with S.U. in which white Vitriol, or the common Copperas made of Iron, has been dissolved. In a Quart of Red-wine you may dissolveʒii. of Roman Vitriol, orʒii. of common Vitriol or Alum: this common Copperas (which is made of Redriffe of Iron) is an excellent Desiccative, and very fit for the Cure not only of common Ulcers, but of those which are in the Eyes, Nose, Mouth, Throat, Bladder, Intestinum Rectum, etc.  
XXXVI. The Cure of an Ulcer with a dry Distemperature. In this you must abstain from drying Medicaments, till the Distemperature is wholly go, and apply yourself to Moisteners. Now this is removed by a twofold, but differing means:  
XXXVII. 1. By Attraction, drawing out the innate humidity to the Part affected, by opening the Passages, which before by reason of the great Dryness, were closed; and this is done, partly by Dropaces, and partly by Friction: but this is of use only when other means will do no good.  
XXXVIII. 2. By humecting or moistening; and this is done, 1. By fomenting with fair Water, lukewarm; which is done with a Sponge, or Flannel, which is the most convenient way of moistening the Part; pouring warm Water on, or bathing in it, is not so proper. 2. By fomenting with Water and Oil; which, (says Sennertus) is far better, being used bloodwarm together; and they are much better, being used thus together, especially in Wintertime.  
THIRTY-NINE. This Mixture of Water and Oil is called by the Ancients 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Hydrelaeum: Take Water two parts, Oil one part, and mix them: or, Take Water, Oil, A.q.s. mixing them: warm them in a Vial-glass, than shake well together till they are mixed, and so apply it to the ulcerate Part, in an Ulcer moderately dry.  
XL. This Topick is of good use in Wintertime; for though warm Water warms the Part, yet it leaves it cold, because it draws out the heat to the superficies: but this Mixture is more excellent; for the Oil stops the Pores, and keeps in the heat.  
XLI. After fomenting, you may apply some Cataplasm, which has a moistening property with it, such as this. ℞ Mallow-leaves boiled to softness ℥ jss. Oil, Barley and Wheat flower, A. ℥ ss. Honey of Rosesʒii. Saffronʒss. Hogs-lard q.s. or, ℞ Juice of Mallows ℥ i Oil-olive ℥ two. white Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment: or you may foment with Oil alone.  
XLII. How long this Fomenting is to be used, you may know by the substance of the Part, and its colour: for when you see the Part a little tumified, soft and moist, and looks ruddy, you are than to give it over, for otherwise the Humour attracted will be discussed.  
XLIII. But if the Part in which the Ulcer is, is under an Atrophy, so that this fomenting with Oil, or Water and Oil, will not do, we must than in the first place endeavour to nourish the Sick with Meats of good Juice, which are easily distributed, that so much Aliment may be sent unto the Part affected.  
XLIV. But if the Habit of the Body is cacochymical, you are before Fomentation, to empty it of those evil Humours by Purgation; jest too much moisture, or corrupt Humours be drawn, which will hinder the Cure of the Ulcer.  
XLV. The Distemper being removed, you may dress the Ulcer with Sarcoticks, yet such as dry but a little; jest otherwise there should be a relapse into the dry Distemper again; as Galen, Method. Med. lib. 4. cap. 1. precautions us against: and therefore to Sarcotick Powders, Oil and Fats are to be added.  
XLVI. As, ℞ Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, A. ʒi. Turpentine ℥ i Oil of Roses ℥ two. Wax q.s. mix, and make a soft Ointment.  
XLVII. Wiseman says it is to be dressed with mild Digestives, or with Basilicon mixed with Precipitate, which is a good Detersive and Sarcotick: or with this: ℞ Frankincense, Mastic, Sarcocol, A. ʒi. Venice-Turpentine ℥ jss. Oil of Hypericon ℥ two. white Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. The Ulcer being incarned, complete the Cure with Epuloticks.   

CHAP. V Of an ULCER with PAIN.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus doloribus vel doloris plenum; we in English call, An Ulcer with Pain.  
II Pain is one of the Symptoms which obstructs the Cure of an Ulcer, whence various Accidents many times arise, as Fainting, Watching, Fever, and the like: for which reason, it aught immediately to be mitigated, jest it attract, or 'cause an Afflux of Humours, or enlarge the Ulcer, or 'cause an Inflammation, or an Erysipelas to arise.  
III The Cause. This Pain for the most part arises from acrid, sharp, and corroding Humours, which gnaw the Ulcer, and heat the circumjacent Parts; proceeding either from a cacochymy of Humours abounding in the Body; or ill-applied Topics, as Digestives not used timely enough, or Abstersives too long.  
IV. The Signs. The Patient's being ill at ease will show the Pain, and the Symptoms the Cause; whether from a cacochymy, and abundance of Humours; or from want of Digestion, or Abstersion, as is usual.  
V The Prognostics. There will be no difficulty of removing of the Pain, if the Cause thereof is rightly apprehended, and that taken away.  
VI But if it continues any long time, it will be apt to induce a Flux of Humours, Inflammation, or other worse Symptoms.  
VII. The Cure. The Indications are twofold: 1. To take away the Antecedent Cause. 2. To remove the conjoined.  
VIII. The Antecedent 'Cause has relation to the Habit of the Body, and how that is in fault; and according as there is a Plethora, or Cacochymia, to make Evacuation, either by Purging, Vomiting, or Bleeding; by some, or all of them, as the condition of the Patient does require: and and than to strengthen and fortify the Body by cooling Juleps, Opiates, and a good Traumatick Diet, which may prevent the fluxion of Humours.  
IX. This done, the proximate or conjoined Cause is next to be considered; which is to remove the Pain by things proper to the Ulcer, and which have power to remove the Symptoms; and herein the Conjoined Cause is to be inquired into.  
X. If the Ulcer is sanious, and the pain proceeds from thence, it wants digestion; and than such things as are digestive, which have a temperate heat in themselves, are to be applied.  
XI. If the Pain is with Inflammation, Lenients are to be used; as the Mucilages of Linseed, Fenugreekseed, Fleawort-seed, Quince-seed, Althaea, extracted in decoction of Mallows, Oils of sweet Almonds, Camomile, Dill, Violets, Hens-fat, Hogs-lard, Saffron, yolks of Eggs, and Barley-flower, which may be made into a Cataplasm or Cerat with Wax: or Vng. Populeon, (if more cooling is required) Vng. Nutritum, Album Caphoratum, Emplast. è Bolo, Ceratum Galeni, may be applied to the parts about the Ulcer.  
XII. And to the Ulcer itself, these Anodyns; as Saffron, Oil of Roses, yolks of Eggs, Turpentine, and Pine-Rosin; out of which Liniments and Ointments may be made, and applied.  
XIII. If the pain arises from hot and acrid Humours fretting the Ulcer, it may be dressed with Vng. Diapompholigos, è Plumbo, Tutiae, simply by themselves, or mixed with Basilicon; with a little read Precipitate, or some of the Prince's Powder; with Compress or Stuphs wrung out of Oxycrate or read Wine, which will alloy the heat, and strengthen the Part, to resist the Influx of Humours.  
FOURTEEN. If the pain is caused by a sordid Matter sticking to the bottom of the Ulcer, and hindering Transpiration, you cannot than (says Wiseman) remove the pain without Detersives; of which, read Precipitate, or the Prince's Powder, or Turpethum Minerale, are the best and mildest.  
XU. If the pain is extreme, you aught to fit the Medicament to the Cause; which being for the most part from hot and sharp Humours, are to be qualified with lenient Cataplasms, or with cooling Medicaments, or with Narcoticks.  
XVI. A Cataplasm. ℞ Mallows and Marshmallows, A. M.i. boil to softness, beaten them, and pulp them through a Hair-sieve; to which add yolks of two Eggs, Saffron ℈ i Barley-flower, Linseed, and Fenugreek, Oils of Camomile and white Lilies, A. ℥ i Mucilage of Althea-seed ℥ jss. Oil of Roses ℥ two. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XVII. Or, ℞ Crumbs of white Bread ℥ two. which soften in Milk, yolk of one Egg, Oil of Roses ℥ jss. Barley-flower, Linseed, A. ℥ i powder of Camomil-flowers, Oil of Water-lilies ℥ ss. Saffron ℈ i mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XVIII. Or, ℞ Flower of Barley, and of Millet, A. ℥ ijss. Milk ℥ viij. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; to which add, pulp of Cassia and of Raisins, pulp of Pippins or Pomwaters, Oils of Roses, of Earthworms, of Eggs, and of Dill, A. ℥ i Saffronʒi. mix, and boil to a consistency.  
XIX. If you are forced by the vehemency of the Pain to use Coolers, these things are commended; Juices of Mallows, Marsh-Mallows, Horstail, Cucumbers, Lettuce, Purslain, Plantain, Water-lilies, etc. to which Barley-flower may be added, with Saccharum Saturni, whites of Eggs, Vnguentum Album, Frog-spawn-water, etc.  
XX. If yet all these things avail nothing, but that the extremity of the pain continues, you must come to the use of Narcoticks; the chief of which are these Simples: Hemlock, Henbane, Housleek, Mandrake, Nightshade, Peru or Thorn Apple, Opium, Poppies: from which you may make distilled Waters, or Juices, or Oils by Infusion; of which, with Henbane and Poppy seed, Extract of Opium, and Barley flower, you may make Cataplasms at pleasure, according as the exigency requires.  
XXI. ℞ Juices of Henbane and Nightshade, A. ℥ two. Barley-flower ℥ two. mix, and boil to a consistency; than add Oil of Poppy-seeds, Ung. Populeon, A. ℥ i Extract of Opiumʒii. powder of Henbane-seed q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXII. You may also dress the Ulcer with Rose-water, wherein a little Roman Vitriol, or some Roch-Alum has been dissolved; applying over all Diapalma, or Empl. Album; renewing the Dressing Morning and Evening, till the Pain is wholly go.   

CHAP. VI Of ULCERS with FLUXION.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Rheumaticum, and Ulcus cum Fluxionibus; we in English call, An Ulcer with Fluxion, or with a Flux of Humours.  
II This is an Ulcer with Distemper, and having also a Flux of Humours joined with it: for it is hardly possible for an Ulcer to be affected with a Flux of Humours, or of Matter, but it must primarily be affected with a Distemperature.  
III The Causes. They are either, 1. By Transmission; the peccant Humour in either quantity or quality, being protruded or sent forth from some other Part through the strength of Nature. 2. By Attraction; wherein the Part affected through heat or pain, draws them. 3. By the natural Motion of the Humour; falling upon that Part by reason of its weakness, or low situation; which makes the descent of the Humour more easy.  
IV. The Excrements which come from the afflux of Humours to the exulcerated Part are manifold, as Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. has declared. Besides Blood, there is Sanies, and Pus, which do issue forth from Wounds and Ulcers.  
V Sanies, (inquit) sit Sanguine tenuior varie crassa, & glutinosa, & colorata. Pus crassissimum, albissimumque, glutinosius & Sanguine & Sanie. Exit Sanguis ex vulnere recenti, aut jam sanescente. Sanies est inter utrumque tempus: Pus ex Vlcere jam ad sanitatem spectante. Rursus & Sanies, & Pus quasdam species Graecis Nominibus distinctas habent. Est enim quaedam Sanies, quae vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ichor; vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Meliceria nominatur. Est Pus, quod 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appellatur. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, tenuis, subalbidus, ex malo Vlcere exit, maximeque ubi Nervo laeso Inflammatio secuta est. Meliceria crassior & glutinosior, subalbidus, Mellique albo subsimilis fertur: haec quoque ex malis Vlceribus, ubi Nervi circa Articulos laesi sunt, & inter haec loca maxime ex Genibus. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, tenue, subalbidum, quasi unctum colore atque pinguitudine, Oleo albo non dissimile, apparet in magnis Vlceribus sanescentibus. Sanies, (says he) is thinner than Blood, yet variously thick, glutinous, and coloured. Pus is most thick and white, and more glutinous than Blood and Sanies. Blood comes forth from a Wound recent, or now upon Healing: Sanies comes forth between these times: Pus comes forth of an Ulcer, just now upon Healing. Again, both Sanies and Pus have certain Species, distinguished by their Greek Names. There is a kind of Sanies which is called Ichor, or Meliceria; and there is a Put which is called Elaeodes, Ichor is thin, somewhat white, and is thicker, more glutinous, and not much unlike Honey; and this comes out of evil Ulcers, when the Nerves near the Joints are hurt, and more especially from the Knees. Elaeodes, which is thin, whitish, and looks fatty, not much unlike to white Oil, comes from great Ulcers when they are nigh healing.  
VI But Pus properly is that Excrement of the Ulcer which has its original from Blood, or from Flesh bruised and dissolved; and it appears in Ulcers voided of all other Excrements.  
VI All the other Excrements which proceed from other Humours, are comprehended under Ichor or Sanies, and Sordes: the thin and watery Excrements they call Sanies, and some call them Virus; from which thin Excrements the Ulcer is rendered moist. The thicker Excrements they call Sordes, from which the Ulcer is made sordid and foul.  
VIII. The Signs. An afflux of Humours, is known by a Tumour or Swelling, which appears not only in the lips of the Ulcer, but also in the near-adjoining Parts; and by the Pain, which is very grievous, especially if the nervous Parts be affected.  
IX. It is also known from the great store of Excrements, greater by far, than what is in proportion to the magnitude of the Ulcer; with an Inflammation according to the quality of the Humour; and there is a great difficulty in the Cure, for that the Humours flowing hinder it.  
X. The Prognostics. All Ulcers with an afflux of Humours, are very hard to cure; in regard that from the afflux, the Ulcer is made moist and painful, and so swells up, and increases thereby.  
XI. And by how much the Fluxion is the greater, and also by how much the flowing Humour is the worse; by so much the more difficult will the Cure of the Ulcer be. And Celsus in the place before cited, gives you signs how you may know the goodness or badness of the Humour causing the Fluxion.  
XII. The Cure. The Indications of Cure, have respect, 1. To the Antecedent Cause. 2. To the Consequent Cause, or Conjoined. 3. To the Healing-up the Ulcer.  
XIII. As to the Antecedent Cause; the Humour abounding and flowing, whether it offends in quantity or quality, or in both, is to be removed by Purging, and Revulsion.  
FOURTEEN. By Purging we must diminish and hinder the generating of the vicious Humour; and if the Fluxion is by any fault of the Liver or Spleen, it must be rectified: for this purpose, the Cathartick must be adapted to the Constitution, and Humour abounding; as we have already, in many other places, declared at large.  
XU. Also you must constantly administer some notable Traumatick Diet or Wound-Drink; or the juice of Pellitory of the Wall, because it carries of the Humidities and Humours by Urine.  
XVI. If the Humour is too fluid, it must be made thicker by Alteratives; as Endive, Succory, Sorrel, Purslain, Lettuce, etc. in Broths; as also with Barley-Cream, Emulsions, Citrons, Raspberries, and the like.  
XVII. And than Revulsion is to be made in some proper Part: of this kind, Issues have the first and chiefest place, being made in the contrary part: and Sennertus says they are very necessary in old and inveterate Ulcers; jest the Ulcer being healed, the Humour should regurgitate into the Veins, and so fall upon the more noble Parts.  
XVIII. The next Indication has respect to the conjoined Cause. And that must be removed, 1. By Interceptives, or Defensatives. 2. By Repercussives, or Repellers.  
XIX. Interceptives or Defensatives, are such as strengthen the Part, and shut up the Vessels; and in some measure drive back the Humour; and they are form out of such things as are dry and astringent.  
XX. Of this kind are, Plantain, Knotgrass, Bramble-tops, and the Berries not fully ripe; Horstail, Elm-bark, Myrtleberries, Acorns, Galls, Cyprus-Nuts, Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, Oils of Myrtles and Roses, astringent Wine, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Cortex Peruanus, Catechu, Opium, Poppies, read Roses, Dragons-blood, Alum, Vitriol, with whites of Eggs, etc.  
XXI. Some of those things may be juiced, other's powdered, and mixed with Ointments; or boiled in Oxycrate or read Wine, and applied with Stuphs.  
XXII. And if the Fluxion is great, and in strong Bodies, Aqua Aluminis, and Aqua Calcis may be used: to the latter of which, (Wiseman says) a few grains of Sublimate may be added.  
XXIII. If with the Fluxion, there is great heat, it is to be removed as we have taught in the Cure of a hot Distemper: if there is great pain, Anodyns and Lenients are to be chosen: and if there is withal a plenitude of Humours, slender Diet must be prescribed, and the Belly kept soluble with Clysters, etc.  
XXIV. Repercussives or Repellers are applied to the Ulcer itself: such are Alum-water, Rose-water, juices of Plantain and Cinkfoil, roots of sweet Cyperus, Unguent. è Bolo, Nutritum, Album Camphoratum, Desiccativum Rubrum, Ceratum Galeni, Emplast. de Minio, è Bolo, etc.  
XXV. But because these Ulcers are frequently affected with sharp Humours impacted in the Pores, which cannot be repelled, and by their acrimony excite Pain and Inflammation; you must have regard to the Ulcer itself, applying, (whil it you outwardly resist the Influx upon the Parts) Digestives' and Detersives, but such as are more drying, than those for simple Ulcers, having but very little acrimony, such as we have enumerated in the cure of a moist Intemperies, in Chap. 4. aforegoing.  
XXVI. And to the middle of the Ulcer, you may apply some drying Powder, made of lethargy, Tutty, Led, Saccharum Saturni, Sanguis Draconis, Catechu, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Chalk, Chalcitis, Vng. Diapompholigos.  
XXVII. The last Intention, is the Healing of the Ulcer, by Sarcoticks and Epuloticks: but here the Sarcoticks aught to be vehement, and of the strongest kind; not moist, oily, or fat, jest they moisten the Part, and loosen more: yet they must be without any acrimony or biting at all, that so no pain may be excited.  
XXVIII. Sennertus has this ℞ Turpentine, burnt Lead, A. ℥ i Beef-suet, Tutty prepared, A. ℥ ss. mix them. But if the Humour is crude and sharp, some Frankincense, or Pine-Rosin, must be added, to farther the Concoction thereof.  
XXIX. And sometimes it happens, that what did good once or twice, may afterwards (the Humour being dried up) prove prejudicial and hurtful, by exciting a mordication or biting: in this case, the Medicine is to be changed, and more gentle ones are to be applied in the place thereof.  
XXX. Lastly, the Ulcer being incarned, the Cicatrice is to be induced by Epuloticks. Guido, m Tract. 4. Doct 1. Cap. 2. advices to lay on a thin Plate of Lead, with a Hole bored through it: for Lead cools it, and is of very good use in suchlike Ulcers, hindering the Influx of the Humour into the Part exulcerated: and it will be yet the more effectual, if it is besmeared with Quickfilver; or you may daily dress it with Vng. Diapompholigos.   

CHAP. VII. Of an ULCER, SORDID and PUTRID.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Ulcus cum sorde & putridine, vel, Ulcus sordidus & putridus; we in English call An Ulcer with filth and putrefaction, or, An Ulcer sordid, or, foul and putrid. But Dioscorides, lib. 3. cap. 6. has 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcus putrescens: and Hypocrates, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcera putrida.  
II The Differences. Ulcers sordid and putrid, differ only in degrees. That is sordid, which (proceeding from the afflux of moist Humours) becomes foul, with a thick and snotty Excrement.  
III That is a putrid Ulcer, when the said Excrements come forth with a noisome smell, like unto that of a dead Carcase; and withal putrifies and corrupts the Flesh which lies under it, and contaminates the softer parts.  
IV. Guido, Tract. 4. Doct 1. Cap. 3. says, These Ulcers differ only in degree, viz. that the one is such in a lesser, the other in a greater degree: for if the Excrements be simply thick and foul, than we call it a Sordid Ulcer; but if they likewise receive a putridity and stink, in so much that they putrify and corrupt the Flesh under it and the softer parts, than we call it a Putrid Ulcer.  
V The Causes. The proximate Causes of this Ulcer are depraved malign Humours, in a Body cacochymick, receiving a putridness from external heat and moisture: or by reason of the too much, or unreasonable use of moist, unctuous, or greasy Medicaments.  
VI Or from the Use of vehement and overstrong Abstersives; which resolve the sound Flesh, and stir up a putrifactive heat in the Ulcer; whereby the Humours become so sharp, that they corrode the parts circumjacent.  
VII. The Antecedent Causes are, excrementitious and gross Humours in a cacochymick Body, from ill Diet, bad Air, Slothfulness and want of stirring, etc. also from malign Fevers, which by means of the Expulsive-virtue stirred up, transmit their malignity outwards.  
VIII. The Signs. A sordid Ulcer is known by sight; there appears in them, a great abundance of viscid and clammy Impurities; the Flesh is soft and flaggy, and the lively colour of the Part is vanished.  
IX. If it proceeds from a fluxion of Humours, whether from the whole Body, or from any one Part thereof, it will be known by the Signs delivered in the former Chapter.  
X. If it proceeds from the weakness and distemperature of of the Part, it may likewise be known by its own signs, and signs of the Distemperature; and there will not than be any appearance of a fresh and lively colour in the Part.  
XI. If it comes from Unctuous Medicaments, it than appears white, and the whiteness goes round about the whole Ulcer, like a border.  
XII. If it is from strong Abstersives, the Ulcer grows hollow, and every day more than other, a small quantity of thin hot Quittor flowing forth.  
XXIII. If it is become putrid, it will be known by the grievous stinking smell, and the discoloured matter.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. If by reason of the great abundance, and the thickness of the Sordes or Impurities, the transpiration is hindered, the Part soon after corrupts; and so of a sordid Ulcer, it afterwards becomes a putrid Ulcer, or depascent, which is an eating Ulcer.  
XU. If the putridity is increased, or be not checked in the Ulcer, at length a Gangrene will succeed, and than a Sphacelation follows.  

I The Cure of a Sordid Ulcer.  
XVI. In this kind of Ulcer, great care is to be taken in the course of Diet; and the Body must be first purged from vicious and corrupt Humours, with Our Family Pills, Pill. Catholicae, Pul. Cornachini, Syrupus Catharticus, Tinctura Purgans, etc. and than a Traumatick Decoction is continually to be exhibited.  
XVII. Outwardly, you must cleanse with Abstersives; as juices of Smallage, and Wormwood, and Centory; and meals of Barley and Orobus, Myrrh, and Honey of Roses, juices of Lemons and Citrons, Aqua mulsa, and Salt-water: but more especially with Wine and S.U. which is of exceeding benefit in cleansing all sordid and putrid Ulcers; and is therefore to be mixed with other Medicaments.  
XVII. If the Ulcer is made sordid by the use of too strong Detergents, Wiseman commends Vng. Basilicon mixed with read Precipitate, also Vng. Diapompholigos, as things proper to dress the Ulcer with: and some cooling Unguent or Cerat, as Refrigerans Galeni, may be applied over it, with a Compress wrung out of Oxycrate.  
XIX. If it is become sordid by the use of Lenients, and is covered thick with the sordes or filth, you need not fear (says Wiseman) to fill the Ulcer with read Precipitate, and apply some mild Abstersive on Pledgets of Lint over it, with a Compress wrung out of Aqua Calcis, or Aqua Aluminosa, and not to dress it till the third day after.  
XX. For thereby the pain will lessen, and the Sordes will come away in a Slough; after which, the Ulcer is to be digested, till it looks more fleshy and natural, and than you are to incarnate with Medicaments of a milder quality, etc.  
XXI. In a common sordid Ulcer: ℞ Vng. Basilicon ℥ i read Precipitateʒiii. mix them. Or you may dress with Vng. Apostolorum, or with Mundificativum Paracelsi, mixed with Alumen ustum.  
XXII. This Lineament is good. ℞ Roots of round Birthwort ℥ i Agrimony, Centory the lesle, Wormwood, A. M. i boil them in Wine: to the straining add, rind of the Frankincense-tree, Scammony, A. ʒiv. boil in the Wine again, than strain out, and add meal of Orobus ℥ ss. powders of Tobacco and of Myrrh, A. ʒii. S.U. ʒi. Honey of Roses ℥ two. Turpentine q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXIV. Or you may wash the Ulcer with this. Take Barleywater lbi lbi. Honey of Roses, S.U. A. ℥ two. mix them.  
XXV. And you may dress it with this. Take Turpentine, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ i flowers of Barley and Orobusʒii. A. powders of Myrrh and of Tobacco, A. ʒi. mix them.   

II The Cure of a Putrid Vleer.  
XXVI. If the Ulcer is putrid, you are to wash it with a good Lixivium of Pot-ashes, in which Centory, Southernwood, Wormwood, Carduus, etc. have been boiled, or with good Brandy, and Vng. Aegyptiacum.  
XXVII. Sennertus advises to wash it with Oxycrate, Lie, Brine; upon which are to be imposed Medicaments made of meal of Orobus, and powder of long or round Birthwort-roots, mixed with a Decoction of Squills, in Wine and Honey.  
XXVIII. Or, Take Honey ℥ two. Turpentine ℥ i Scammony in fine pouderʒvi. Tobacco in pouderʒiii. mix them.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Ulcer is hollow, you must use some cooling Ointment; as of fine Bowl, jest an afflux of Humours should be excited by hot and biting things.  
XXX. If the Ulcer is corrosive, and undermines the lips, making the Flesh soft, or unfit for healing, you are to deal with it, as we shall show in Phagedenick Ulcers.  
XXXI. However, that which is corrupted must be taken quite away, either by Incision, or by Cautery, (whether Actual, or Potential, it matters not much) till at length we come to the sound and quick Flesh.  
XXXII. If you fear it should degenerate into a Gangrene, you must use stronger things; as Balsamum amarum, Oxymel of Squills, Lixivium of Quicklime, round Birthwort-roots, Scammony, Tobacco in ponder, Emphorbium, the Ablution of Mercurius dulcis in Limewater, Flower, or volatile Sal Armoniac, Butter of Antimony, etc.  
XXXIII. But if the Putrefaction shall yet be increased, and the Ulcer tends to a mortification, you must treat it as we have taught, in Our Discourse of Gangrene and Sphacelus.    

CHAP. VIII. Of an ULCER with TUMOUR.  
I WHat the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus cum Tumore, vel Ulcus Tumidum: we in English call, An Ulcer with Tumours, or a Tumid Ulcer.  
II The Cause. The cause of a Tumour in an Ulcer, is the same with that in the afflux of Humours; but according to the nature of the Humour, such is the variety of the Tumour, whether it be Phlegmon, Erysipelas, Oedema, or Cancer.  
III The Signs. The Tumour itself is known by sight; but the kind of the Tumour, you may know by the signs of each particular Tumour, which you may search out in their respective places.  
IV. The Prognostics. An Ulcer with Tumour is more difficult to cure, than one without: and a Phlegmon is more easily cured than any of the other kinds of Tumours: if it is a Cancerous Tumour, it is rendered in the highest nature difficult, and is for the most part uncurable, and only admits of Palliation.  
V The Cure. These kinds of Tumours must be here cured, as we have declared in their several Chapters; but yet, nevertheless, they are so to be managed, that the Ulcer may not in the lest be neglected.  
VI You must first have respect to the vicious Humours, than to the Part affected; you must apply Medicaments which may either discuss the Humour, which is the cause of the Tumour, or bring it to Suppuration.  

I An Ulcer, with a Phlegmon.  
VII. In an Inflammation, you may apply a Cataplasm made of Quinces, boiled with the Powder of Myrtle or Barley-meal, Pomgranate-peels, and Red-roses.  
VIII. In the Augmentation of the Ulcer, you may add powder of Camomil-flowers and Bean-meal: but in the state, Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Meal of Linseed, and Faenugreek-seed. As,  
IX. ℞ Barley-flower ℥ two. powder of Camomil-flowers ℥ i Meals of Linseed and Faenugreek-seed, A. ʒvi. Milk, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
X. If the Tumour tends towards a Suppuration, it is to be helped forward with Maturatives, as a Cataplasm of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Linseed, Faenugreek-seed, Saffron, Wheat, etc. As,  
XI. ℞ Mallows, Marsh-mallows, A. M. j Water, q.s. boil to softness, and bruise them well; to which, add Meals of Linseed and Faenugreek-seed, A. ℥ i Wheat-flower ℥ ss. Colophonyʒii. Saffronʒss. oil of Roses, or yellow Palm-oil ℥ two. mix them.   

II An Ulcer with an Erysipelas.  
XII. If an Erysipelas be in the near adjacent places, you must apply those things which we have directed in the Chapter of an Erysipelas, lib. 3. cap. 17. You may very profitably impose on the external Parts, Waters and Juices of Elder-flowers, and Nightshade.  
XIII. But if you should rashly impose things which stop the Pores, great Blisters would often be excited, with malign and long continuing Ulcers, especially in the Thighs, which many times (by suffocating the natural Heat) degenerate into a Gangrene.  
FOURTEEN. If it should so hap, it will be than requisite, to apply cooling things, Dryers, and Astringents together. As,  
XU. ℞ Plantan-leaves, M. i Red-Roses M. ss. boil in Water to softness: heat and pulp them, and add Barley-flower ℥ iss. powder of Balaustians ℥ ss. oil of Roses, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XVI. But that which is often used here, is Unguentum Diapompholygos, unto which (if you please) you may add a little Saccharum Saturni.   

III An Ulcer with an Oedema.  
XVII. If the Tumour is Oedematous, you may apply this: ℞ Leaves of Althaea, of Mallows, A. M. j boil them in Lie of Pot-ashes to softness; bruise or beaten them well, and add powder of Althea-roots ℥ iss. powder of Camomil-flowers ℥ i powder of Wormwoodʒiii. and of Saffronʒi. oil of white Lilies, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XVIII. Or this: ℞ Pulp of Juniper-berries, Mithridate, A. ℥ two. powders of Camomil-flowers and of Orrice-root, A. ℥ i Colophony ℥ ss. Zedoary in pouderʒii. Saffronʒi. oil of Roses, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.   

IV. An Ulcer with a Cancerous Tumour.  
XIX. Thou the hopes of the cure of this is but small, yet something is to be done; you may dress it with Empl. de Ranis, with triple Mercury, or our Empl. Mercuriale.  
XX. Or you may apply over it, a thin Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, often to be renewed; and you may sometimes wash it with the Water of the Griffen; or a Lixivium of Quicklime, in which a little Sublimate; or at lest Mercurius Dulcis has been dissolved.  
XXI. As to the rest of the Cure, which we might speak to here, we shall refer you to the particular Chapter of Cancers, in lib. 3. cap. 36. where you will see the whole of the matter at large.    

CHAP. IX. Of an ULCER with PROUD FLESH.  
I WHat the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus cum Hypersarcosi; we in English call, An Ulcer with proud Flesh.  
II The Cause. It is said, to come from too much Blood or Humours flowing to the Part affected; or from weakness of the Sarcotick, not being so drying as it should be; in which latter case, the Flesh is lose and spongy.  
III The Signs. It is known by sight, the Flesh is Luxuriant, or higher and more in quantity than it should be, red, light, lose, and spongy, and withal very tender.  
IV. The Cure. If it comes from too much Blood or Humours flowing to the Part, the Sick must than use Fasting and a spare Diet; and to the Ulcer, drying Medicaments are to be imposed.  
V In the Toes sometimes, by reason of the Nails growing in, there is often Luxuriant Flesh; so that a man can neither put on his Shoes, nor go without pain; in this case burnt Alum alone, will take away the said Flesh.  
VI If it proceeds from the use of weak Sarcoticks, you must use a stronger sort of Abstersives, and such as may (if need requires) produce a Cicatrice: even Septicks must be used sometimes, if occasion be.  
VII. But if there is need but of a little Drying, let there than be imposed dry Lint, or Lint, or Linen Clotheses, which have been well wet and soaked in the following Decoction.  
VIII. ℞ Nut Galls, and Rinds of Frankincense, Mastic, A. ʒi. Balaustians, Red-Roses, Rue, A. M. ss. Alumʒii. boil all in Read Port-wine. Or, you may use the first of the Powders described in lib. 4. cap. 9 sect. 129. aforegoing.  
IX. Now the proud Flesh is either but beginning, or else it is come to a great height: if it does only begin to increase, than strong Desiccatives or Dryers will serve. And such are these following:  
X. First, Vegetable Desiccants. Aloes, Avens-roots, Balaustians, Bistort-roots, Birthwort-roots, Comfrey-roots, Frankincense rind, Herb Horse-tail in Powder, Mastic, Myrttle-berries, Nut-galls, Olibanum, Oak-bark, Pomgranate-Peels, Rue in Powder, Sanguis Draconis, Savin in Powder, Sponge burnt, Scammony, Sumach, Tobacco in Powder, Tormentil-roots, Yarrow.  
XI. Secondly, Mineral Desiccants. Alum burnt, Aqua Calcis, (which dries much without pain) Aes ustum, Catechu, Caput mortuum of Vitriol, Ceruse, Crocus Martis, Chalk, Cataminaris, Fine Bole, Flowers of Sulphur, Led calcined with Sulphur, Litharge both of Silver and Gold, Minium, Rust of Iron, Saccharum Saturni, Tutia, Terra Lemnia, Terra Sigillata, Umber, Whiteing.  
XII. Some of these things, you may use either in Powder or Decoction; if in Powder, you may mix with them Ashes of an old Hat, or of Leather burnt, and dried Blood, also burnt Alum, and even read Praecipitate, which in a mixture, Wiseman says, may be reckoned among the milder Medicaments.  
XIII. If you use the most proper of them in Decoction, than you may add a convenient quantity of either Alum, or Roman Vitriol; by which means you will not only suppress the luxuriant or soft and spongy Flesh, which is budding forth, but shall incarnate the Ulcer, and bring it to a healing, and Cicatrization.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ Roots of Bistort, Comfry, and Birthwort, Catechu, Nut-galls, Oak-bark, and pomegranate Peels, A. ℥ i Fair-water lbii lbii ss. or q.s. boil to the one half, and strain out. If you add to the Decoction, Roch-Alum ℥ i it will be of a deep Amber-colour; but if a little Roman-Vitriol, it will be blackish, and will slain the Clouts and Rulers of an unpleasing dirty Colour.  
XU. Yet with the Vitriol it will be more effectual than with the Alum, and chief in malign Ulcers. You may dip Pledgets of Tow or Lint in it being warm, and gently press it out, and so dress the Ulcer therewith morning and evening; you will found in your practice, such a Decoction, much transcending either Ointments or Emplasters.  
XVI. Thou some of the Minerals may be used also in the form of a Decoction, yet other some, and the most of them, are used in the form of a Powder: they are, it is true, more effectual than Vegetables, yet it is not so easy to clean the Sore after them; nor are they so pleasing to the Patient, as when they are made into Ointments or Emplasters.  
XVII. An Ointment. ℞ Ceruse, lethargy, Mininm, A. ℥ two. Burnt-brass, Crocus Martis, A. ℥ iss. Tutiae, Caput mortuum, A. ℥ i Saccharum Saturni, Catechu, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒii. Oil of Roses, ℥ thirty. boil to the consistency of an Ointment, adding Wax ℥ iv. This is of good use where the Ulcer is hollow.  
XVIII. A Powder, from Wiseman. ℞ Nut-galls, Pomg●anate-peels, A. ʒiv. Balaustians, burnt Alum, A. ʒi. make a subtle Powder, and mix them. This (says he) may be sprinkled on the Ulcer thick, and dry Pledgets, with Compress bound over it: or it may be boiled in Red-wine, and Pledgets dipped therein, and applied.  
XIX. If the Proud Flesh is grown to a height, so that it will not yield to Desiccatives, you must than come to stronger Medicaments, which are called Cathereticks, or yet stronger than those, which are called Septicks; or the strongest of all, which are Escaroticks: the difference of which, you may see in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 69. sect. 207.  
XX. Where the Proud-Flesh is soft and spongy, 〈◊〉 ●…he●●…ichs will be of sufficient 〈◊〉, and such are Alum-stone, Alu●…●…nt, Aqua Lapidis Medicamentosi, Aqua Viridis Sennerti, (which see Lil 4. Cap. 9 Sect. 130. aforegoing) Chalcitis, powder of Hermodacts, Prince's ●ouder, read Precipitate, seewing. of Brass, Turpethum 〈◊〉, Verdigrise, Vitriol whi●e, 〈◊〉 stone, Vnguentum Apof●…orum, Vnguentum Aegyptiacum, and a mixture of Apostolorum ℥ i or of Aegyptiacum ℥ i with Basilicon ℥ ss. to which add the Pulvis Angelicus in the place aforecited, Sect. 129.  
XXI. Cathereticks pierce not deep, by reason of their thick substance, as also for their rebated heat; but only superficially corrode the Flesh, and dry, and without any great pain; because their heat is not very intense, unless mixed with some other things.  
XXII. Aqua Calcis is moderately drying, but if a few grains of Sublimate corrosive is added to it, it is much more powerful. The Water of Lapis Medicamentosus and the Aqua Viridis are more strong, but they may be made milder by the addition of a small quantity of Plantan-water.  
XXIII. Read Precipitate, or burnt Alum, do either of them by themselves 'cause no great pain; but if they be used being mixed with other things, they both cause Pain, and a small Escar: yet read Precipitate exceeds most other things, for it operates with small Pain, concocts and thickens Ichorous Humours; and being washed, and mixed in small quantity with Incarnative Ointments, it advances their Operation; and Turpethum Minerale yet exceeds the read Precipitate.  
XXIV. A compound Powder. ℞ Balaustians, Catechu, Nut-galls, A. ʒii. burnt Alum ℥ jss. Ceruse, Dragons-blood, Olibanum, Myrrh, A. ʒi. Verdigrise, Prince's Powder, A. ʒss. mix them.  
XXV. The Vitriol and Alum stones will serve will (says Wiseman) for this purpose, to keep down lose or proud Flesh, and to cicatrize these Ulcers which are most luxuriant; and if they be discreetly used, will perform the work with little pain, and produce a firm Cicatrice.  
XXVI. Fallopius his Catheretical Lint. ℞ Rose, Plantain, and Nightshade waters, A. ℥ iv. Crumbs of Bread ℥ two. corrosive Sublimate in powder ℈ iv. Opium ℈ i boil to the consumption of one half, and strain through a thick Cloth. Take Lint and boil it therein for a little while, than take it out, press it, dry it, and keep it for use.  
XXVII. Sennertus makes it thus. ℞ Plantain and Rose waters, A. ℥ v. corrosive Sublimateʒi. boil, and strain through a thick linen Cloth: in the straining, let the Lint or pieces of linen Cloth be laid to soak, than taken out, dried, and kept for use.  
XXVIII. Of the Ung. Apostolorum and Aegyptiacum, the latter is said to be strongest; but in plain Ulcers it is not so well to be used, because of its spreading, and by touching the sound Part, it causes great pain; but it is good in fretting Sores of the Mouth and Sinuous Ulcers, being dissolved in proper Decoctions, fit for the same purpose.  
XXIX. But the Ung. Apostolorum, though it is a Catheretick in tender Bodies, yet it is only a Mundificative in such as are of a strong and firm habit of Body.  
XXX. If the luxuriant or proud Flesh shall be so firm and compact, as to contemn all Cathereticks, you must than have recourse to such as are yet stronger, viz. either 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Septicks, putrefascientia, corrupting Medicaments; or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Escharoticks, Medicaments producing an Eschar or Crust.  
XXXI. Septicks are not so hot as Escharoticks, but of a more subtle and thin substance, not having so much earthiness and astriction: and so as they more easily pierce, they 'cause lesle pain; which is yet very sharp and pricking, but of no long continuance.  
XXXII. These leave the corrupted Part soft, moist, and of a blackish colour: of the liquid kind are, Aqua Fortis, Aqua Regis, Oils of Vitriol, of Sulphur, and of Salt: of the solid kind are the white Arsenic or Ratsbane, the yellow Arsenic: or Orpiment, the read Arsenic or Realger.  
XXXIII. Unguentum Fallopii. ℞ White and yellow Arse●iak, A. ʒjss. Opiumʒ two. round Birthwort roots, Verdigrise, A.ʒiii. Hogs-lard ℥ iuss. mix, and make an Ointment. This is effectual in correcting and taking away of stubborn proud Flesh; besides which, it is of extraordinary use in curing of Cancers.  
XXXIV. Escharoticks, by reason of their extraordinary great Heat, cause vehement Pain 5 and the reason is, that being of a more earthy substance, they are longer in piercing through the Part; of this kind, these are the chief: 1. Lapis Infernalis. 2. The White Caustick, of Soap and Quicklime. 3. The Silver Caustick. 4. Corrosive Sublimate. 5. Turpethum Minerale, whilst white, before it is washed.  
XXXV. Of all these the Lapis Infernalis is the most effectual, and operates the most speedily, where it can be applied to an upper Part, or can be hindered from spreading.  
XXXVI. The White Caustick is to be applied to the under side of a Part, or a Part depending, and where there is fear of running; because this Escharotick is not so apt to run, as is the Lapis Infernalis. It does the work well enough, but is scarcely so quick in operation, as the Lapis Inf. now mentioned.  
XXXVII. The Silver Caustick is harder, and lesle apt to spread; and therefore is most convenient for the Parts that are depending, and where the Escharotick may be most apt to run.  
XXXVIII. Corrosive Sublimate is by na●means to be used alone, but it may be mixed, and ground with Roman-Vitriol, calcined till it becomes read, or like to read Terra Sigillata.  
THIRTY-NINE. White, or unwashed Turpethum Minerale, is also to be mixed with the same Roman Vitriol calcined: this does work more gently, if mixed with some Narcotick Lineament or Ointment, than if applied without mixture: and it far exceeds corrosive Sublimate, for that it is more familiar to Nature, and causes lesle Pain: and as it is not so volatile and piercing as the Sublimate, so in tender Bodies it assaults not the Heart and Vitals, nor causes Symptomatical Diaries, as the Sublimate is apt to do.   

CHAP. X. Of a CALLOUS ULCER.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. the Latins, Ulcus callosum; we in English call, A Callous Ulcer, or, An Ulcer with a Callus.  
II The Causes. It is derived either from the defluxion of a hot Serum; which is condensed or hardened, either by the overcoolness of the Air, or by Medicaments which cool and dry overmuch.  
III The Signs. The lips of the Ulcer are hard, livid, and wan, and sometimes of a whitish colour: and they are generally Annual, and through length of time contract this callosity or hardness, with a livid colour.  
IV. The Prognostics. From what cause so ever this Callosity happens, the Ulcer is not possible to be cured, or closed up with a Cicatrice; till the hardness is first taken away, and the Ulcer be reduced to its natural state.  
V If the hardness be not great, it may be removed by Emollients and Discussives, with good Compress and Bandage: first, foment with roots and leaves of Althaea, of Lilies, and of Mallows, Linseed and Fenugreekseed; flowers of Camomile, of Melilot, and of Elder; which rarefies the condensed Blood, and removes the lividness.  
VI Than embrocate the hardened lips with Ung. Dialthaeae, Oils of sweet Almonds, of Lillios', and of Earthworms; and apply Ceratum Galeni, Emplastr. è Mucilaginibus, Diaehylon cum Gummi, or de Ranis cum Mercurio, or a Plate of Lead besmeared with Mercury, or a Paste of Ceruse and Calx lota, made into an Ointment with Hogs-lard; and over that, a good Compress and Bandage.  
VII. Sennertus advises to the application of the Mucilages of Linseed and Fenugreekseed, Oils of Almonds, Lilies, and Earthworms, Hens and Ducks fat, etc. Or this, Take Mucilages of Althea-seed and Fenugreek, A. ʒiv. Oils of sweet Almonds and of white Lilies, A. ʒvi. Turpentine ℥ two. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Unguent; over which you may apply the simple Diachylon-Emplaster.  
VIII. But as to the Bandage, Wiseman advises for the Leg, the laced Stocking, which being well made, preserves the other parts from fluxion, better than a Rowler can.  
IX. If these things will not do, Galen, in Meth. Med. lib. 4. cap. 2. is to be advised with: When the lips of the Ulcer (says he) are somewhat discoloured, and made a little harder than ordinary, they are to be cut out, even to the sound Flesh.  
X. Wiseman also says, If the edges of the lips are inverted and callous, or the Ulcer is in such a place, where you cannot make good Bandage; your best way will than be by Caustiek or Knife to remove it, and than to digest and heal the Ulcer.  
XI. But if the Sick will endure neither Incision, nor Burning with an Actuàl Cautery; you must than use Corrosives, such as the Aqua Viridis, (in Lib. 4. Cap. 9 Sect. 130. aforegoing) or the Pulvis Angelicus, mentioned in Cap. 9 Sect. 20. but the strongest of Remedies are, the Oils of Vitriol and Sulphur.  
XII. Yet nevertheless, whether the Work is done by Incision or Corrosion, you must be very cautious in the Nervous Parts; and defensative Medicaments are to be applied to the places adjacent; jest Pain, or an Afflux of Humours be excited.  
XIII. An Observation. One 18 Years old, of an ill habit, had an inveterate Ulcer on the inside of the Ankle, of a round figure, with thick callous lips, the parts about being livid. There was no hopes by Emollients and Bandage; they were therefore rubbed round with a Caustiek-stone, the Ulcer dressed with Basilicon mixed with Precipitate, and Diachylon ireatum was laid over with Compress and Bandage, designing to dispose the lips to unite with the Ulcer. The Eschar separating slowly, the lips skinned underneath, and so disappointed me: but the inverted parts being removed, with the Callus underneath, a Paste made with Calx lota and Lard, applied with good Compress, forced the lips with the Ulcer, and so it was healed with a smooth even Cicatrice. Wiseman, Liu. 2. Cap. 8.  
FOURTEEN. Another. A Maid having such an Ulcer, with livid callous lips, but not inverted; it was digested with Basilicon and Precipitate, and fomented with a Decoction, as above mentioned; than Diachylòn ireatum applied over the parts about, and a Compress, with a laced Stock in, put on over it, thereby digesting the Ulcer, and flatting the lips; and in 3 Weeks time it was incarnated and cicatrized with Vng. Diapompholigos, though it had been more than 3 Years work in other Hands. This speedy Cure I imputed to the Laced-stockin, performing all the Intentions necessary to the curing of such like Ulcers. Wiseman, ibid.   

CHAP. XI. Of an ULCER DISCOLOURED.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus malè coloratum, vel discoloratum; we in English call, an Ulcer evil-coloured, or discoloured.  
II The Cause. It proceds either from an afflux of malign Humours; or for want of natural heat, or from too hard binding; or from the coldness of the Air, or Wether.  
III The Signs. It is known by sight, being discoloured, with a wan, livid, leaden colour, or black coloured; and sometimes with a yellowish colour, according to the nature of the Humours which most predominate.  
IV. The Prognostics. Discolouring of an Ulcer is an evil sign, and foreshews some other worse Symptoms suddenly to ensue, if the cause thereof be not removed.  
V The Cure. If it is from an afflux of Humours in a cacochymick habit of Body, you must make Evacution by Purgation and Vomiting, as also by Diuretics.  
VI And in the intervals of Purging, a good Traumatick Drink is to be taken; which may altar the habit of the Body, and destroy the malignity of the Humour abounding.  
VII. Outmardly, Interceptives and Defensatives are to be applied to the parts adjacent to the Ulcer.  
VIII. And Scarification is to be made upon the very place where the Discolor is most manifest; that the vicious Blood may be drawn forth, which you may dry up with Sponges.  
IX. Than in the next place, you must use strong Disiccatives, having but little sharpness: if these prevail not, you must apply the Aqua viridis beforementioned, in Lib. 4. Cap. 9 Sect. 130. or some such like Medicament, especially such as may have the power of Abstersion and Incarnating together.  
X. Than with Pulvis Astringens, or with some drying Lineament, Ointment, or Plaster, you must produce the Cicatrice, as in other Ulcers.  
XI. If it proceeds from want of natural Heat, Attractives and Pyroticks are to be applied, and such things as have in them a comfortable and spirituous Heat; of which kind are Lixivium's, Spirit of Wine, Euphorbium, and the like.  
XII. If it procceds from coldness of Air or Wether, you must (besides the things named in the former Section) take care to keep it warm by Emplasters, Rulers, and warm Clothing.   

CHAP. XII. Of an ULCER CAVERNOUS, or HOLLOW.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus sinuosum, and Ulcus cavernosum; we in English call An Ulcer sinuous, cavernous, or hollow.  
II A sinuous or cavernous Ulcer, is that which has its mouth straight, and its bottom broad, with many caverns therein, some right, and some obliqne, without any hardness or callosity; and therein it chief differs from a Fistula. These Caverns, by help of a Wax-candle, are easily found out.  
III The Differences. These Ulcers differ one-from another; as the Caverns are either straight or crooked; deep, or lying only under the Skin; or having one, or more Sinus'.  
IV. The Causes. They many times proceed from Apostems, wherein the Sanies or Pus, being long continued, either by his own nature, or by its long continuance becomes sharp and corrosive, whereby it makes or eats a hollowness, not much unlike to Coney-borows, which the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the Latins, Sinus: of a Sinuous Ulcer, from this Cause, we have already treated at large, in Lib. 3. Cap. 4. aforegoing, of this Work.  
V But a sinuous Ulcer is not only bred from Apostems, but oftentimes succeed Wounds, caused thicfly through the ignorance or negligence of the Chirurgeon: and these many times hap in Parts descending; as in the Reinss of the Back, Groin, Thighs, Legs, and Feet.  
VI For in suchlike places, where the Muscles are large, if the Wound is not so ordered, that the Sanies or Pus may be evacuated by the Orifice of the Wound; it than by its weight descends, and according to the ductus or progress of the Muscles, and so makes Cavities, Furrows, and Coney-borows; and this more especially if it is long detained, whereby it becomes sharp and corroding.  
VII. The Antecedent 'Cause is, a Cacochymy or evil habit of Body, in which many evil Humours do abound; occasioned by evil Diet, Excess, Slothfulness, want of Exercise, and a discontented fretful disposition; which sour the Humours so, that when the Sanies or Pus proceeding from them is too long detained, as aforesaid, they become corrosive, and tender the Ulcer sinuous.  
VIII. For unto the Part affected, being now weakened, Excrementitious Humours flow, not only from the Parts adjacent, but from the whole Body also, which makes the Ulcer the more difficult to be cured.  
IX. The Signs. They are known from the preceding Causes; whether it is a translation of Matter from within outwards, or from a Phlegmon, or other Abscess, or a Wound, etc.  
X. It may also be known or found by searching with a Probe, or a Wax-candle, or a Plummet of Lead: and if there are more Orifices than one, they are discovered by Injections; and the largeness may be known, by the quantity of Matter flowing forth.  
XI. The Prognostics. Sinuous Ulcers, if they have been of long continuance, they will be of difficult cure; because of the weakness of the Native Heat of the Part, which makes it unable to assimilate its proper Nutriment, or to resist the afflux of Humours.  
XII. If the Sinus runs upon. or under the Joints, Nerves, or Tendons, where it cannot easily or safely be laid open, it will be of very difficult cure.  
XIII. If it proceeds from a translation of Matter within the Body, the Cure cannot be effected till the diseased Viscera be healed; during which, the Patient will be in great danger of a Marasmos, or very deep Consumption.  
FOURTEEN. But if the sinuous Ulcer discharges but little Pus or Matter, and that well digested, and in à place where it may safely and easily be kept open, the Cure will be in more hopes.  
XU. Cure. There are two ways of curing a sinuous Ulcer: 1. By Injections, without laying them open. 2. By opening them, and dressing them as another Ulcer.  

I The Cure, without laying open the Sinus.  
XVI. There are four Intentions of Cure. 1. That a good Diet be instituted, which may be drying, and not generating a large quantity of Excrementitious Humours: and respect is to be had to the Regulation of all the other six Non-naturals, which are here in other places largely discoursed of.  
XVII. 2. The Cacochymia is to be considered, and the superabundant or excrementitious Humours are to be evacuated, and contemperated: you may purge with Syrupus Cathartious, or an Infusion of Sena, Rhubarb, and Mechoacan; or with Pil. Catharticae, Panchymagogae, or Our Family Pills; or with Palvis Cornachini, which is no despicable Medicament: and if the Stomach is foul, Evacuation must be made by Wine or Syr●p of Squills, or some proper Antimonial.  
XVIII. The Humour must be contemperated, by giving some proper Traumatick Diet-drink, and other Balsamic and Vulnerary Potions, as the nature of the thing requires.  
XIX. 3. The Influx of the Humours into the Sinus is to be prevented; and this is to be done by Revulsion, Interception, and Repercussion; of all which we have discoursed in their proper places.  
XX. The removing of the Conjoined or Proximate Cause: this has respect immediately to the Cure of the Ulcer; by removing the Accidents which attend it, as Pain, Inflammation; Tumour, Sordes, etc. without which, there can be no hope of a Cure.  
XXI. In order to do this, we shall observe the Method of doing it, out of the admirable Franciscus Valeri●la his Observations; who in Lib. 5. Obs. 1. & 7. has in a most excellent manner delivered the true Way and Method of Healing.  
XXII. 1. You must consider the Sinus, how the Matter may be be best discharged; if the Orifice be in the declining part, it is to be enlarged; but if the Sinus runs beneath downwards, it will be necessary to open a Hole in the declining and lowest part of the cavity or hollowness, (either by the Incision-knife or Caustick) that a way and passage may be made in a depending place, for the issuing forth of the Sanies, Pus, or Matter.  
XXIII. But if the Sinus does run under considerable Vessels, Arteries, Veins, Nerves, or be in such a place where you cannot conveniently or safely lay it open; you must than (say 〈◊〉 ●…man) enlarge the Orifice, 〈◊〉 put the Member in such a position, as may dispose the Matter to flow forth, and by Compress and Bandage, contribute your endeavours thereto.  
XXIV. 2. That such a compressive Ligature be used, (to prevent the coming of a Fistula) which may begin from the bottom of the Wound or Ulcer, and end in the orifice thereof: this always provided, that by how much the nearer it comes to the Orifice, by so much the loser it may be.  
XXV. 3. That, way being thus made for the discharge of the Matter, the Ulcer is to be cleansed with Abstersives, according to the degree of its impurity: and that by reason of the foulness of these Sinuous Ulcers, the Spirit of Wine is very fit to be mixed with other Medicaments, because it has an excellent property and virtue, to cleanse and purifyings in such like cases.  
XXVI. For truly great and admirable is the power and force of Aqua Vitae or Spirit of Wine, in cleansing sordid and foul Ulcers, in resisting of a new Flux of Matter, by strengthening of the Part now weakened by the disaffection; in glewing together the parts of the Ulcer disjoined or separated; in producing a soundness and firmness of the Flesh; and in disposing to a speedy healing, especially if the Affect be in Parts nervous and tendinous: so that there is scarcely any thing better for that purpose in the World.  
XXVII. First of all (says Valeriola) after Vniversals, and a special regard had to the whole Body, the Ulcer must be cleansed from its thin ichorous Excrements; without which it can neither be filled up with Flesh, nor agglutinated.  
XXVIII. ℞ Broth of whole Barley lbii. lbii. Honey of Roses ℥ vi. mix, and inject with a Syringe: it cleanses, without any sharpness; but if Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. be added to it, it will be so much the better.  
XXIX. Wiseman says, the most usual Abstersives are, Ung. Apostolorum, Mundificativum Paracelsi, and Mund. ex Apio, especially being used with read Precipitate.  
XXX. If there is a necessity for Injections, you may cast in with a Syringe (says he) some of the following Liquors; (having a care not to stop the Orifice, jest you dilate the Sinus.)  
XXXI. A milder Injection is this. ℞ Decoction of Barley, which mix with Syrup of dried Roses, or else with Honey of Roses. Or this, which is stronger. Take tops of lesser Centory, Agrimony, Horstail, Burnet, A. M. i roots of round Birthwort, of Orrice, A. ℥ two. Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒiii. Water lbii. lbii. boil and strain, and add thereto S.U. ℥ iv. Honey of Roses q.s. mix them.  
XXXII. But if the Ulcer is very deep, you must use strong Cleansers, by mixing with some of the former Injection a fit proportion of Vnguentum Aegyptiacum: and if than after 6. 8, or to days, these following things should do nothing, you may use this following of Valeriola.  
XXXIII. ℞ Rasping, or rather the powder of Guajacum, and and bark of the same in powder, A. ℥ two. bark of Frankincense, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ℥ ss. long Birthwort, Centory the lesle, Agrimony, Horsetuil, Pimpernel, Olive-leaves, the greater Confound, Wormwood, A. M.i. pure Rod-wine lbiv lbiv. clarified Honey ℥ iv. mix, and make a Decoction; and strain out for an Injection.  
XXXIV. But at the very time of using it, add thereto of the best Aqua Vitae or S.U. ℥ i for every dose, or using, as often as you administer the Decoction.  
XXXV. But if together with the aforesaid Decoction, you add of the best Aqua Vitae, or S.U. lbii. lbii. and so distil them in a Glass-Alembick, in B.M. you will have from thence a most admirable Liquor; not only for cleansing all hollow and sordid Ulcers, but also for conglutinating, and closing them safely up; which we have frequently found (says Valeriola) by Experience.  
XXXVI. So●ne cleanse with this. ℞ Wine (in which white Whorehound, lesser Centory, flowers of Hypericon, Carduus Ben. Wormwood have been infused) lbss ss. Unguentum Aegyptiacum ʒ two. Honey of Roses ℥ ss. mix for an Insection. You can scarcely device more effectual Medicaments than these are, for the cleansing of a sinuous or cavernous Ulcer.  
XXXVII. You may easily know when the Ulcer is sufficiently mundified; and that it is not yet clean, if the Quittor or Matter is either stinking, reddish, pale, blackish, or thin and water is.  
XXXVIII. But when the time is come, that it is thought sit to side the Ulcer with Flesh, you may than make use of this next following Injection; the Virtues and Faculties of which are both moderately to cleanse; and also to fill up the cavity with Flesh, and therefore may deservedly be called a Sarcotick Remedy.  
THIRTY-NINE. ℞ Leaves of Plantain M. ●i. of Agrimony, Betony, Cinkfoil, Herb. Robert A. M. i of both Consounds, Ceterach, Horstail, Hypericon, Wormwood, A. M. ss. Water q.s. make a Decoction: at the end of the Decoction, add read Astringent Wine lbii. lbii. Red-roses, Mrrtle-leaves, whole Barley, A. P.ii. boil a little, and strain, of which take lbiv lbiv. and add thereto Bean-meal, Frankincense, Mastic, Myrrh Pine-Rosin, Sarcocol, round Birthwort root, A. ℥ i meal of ●robus, Florentine-Orricè root, A. ℥ ss. Honey of Roses ℥ iv. mix, for an Injection.  
XL. After the Injection, put in Tents (according to the hollowness) dipped in some Sarcotick Ointment, (as the Ointment of lethargy) and within the Ulcer apply this Sarcotick Powder.  
LX. ℞ Fine Aloes ℥ i Florentine-Orrice root, Frankincense, rind of the same Tree, Sarcocol, A. ℥ ss. make a fine powder, and mix them; with which fill up the hollow cavities of the Ulcer.  
XLII. And withal, to encourage the Healing, you may foment the Ulcer and parts adjacent with the Decoction at Sect. 33. above; or with this, ℞ Centory the lesle, Red-roses, A. M. i Myrrh in powder, ʒiii. Roch-Alum ℥ i boil all together in Red-Wine, than strain out for a Fomentantion.  
XLIII. After these things are done, you may use this Epulotick-Injection following. ℞ Leaves of Plantain, green Pvy, Red-roses, A. P.i. Myrtleberries, P. jss. leaves and flowers of Centory the lesle, A. M. ss. Roch-Alum ℥ i Pomgranate-peels ℥ jss. Red-wine q.s. mix, and make a Decoction.  
XLIV. And over all, you may lay Emplastr. de Minio, or Diapalma, or Diapompholigos, or Our Emplastr. Album.  
XLV. And lastly, in the curing of these great and hollow Ulcers, (says Valeriola) after the through cleansing of them, we found by good. Experience, that there was nothing better, nor more available for the Cure, than the applying of Pillows or Bolsters, a little thicker than ordinary, round about the said Ulcers; and so binding them hard on, strongly to press down upon the Flesh lying underneath, that the separated parts might touch one another: and Experience taught that agglutination was most absolutely procured thereby.   

II Of Dressing of these Ulcers.  
XLVI. First, lay over the whole compass of the cavity Emplastrum Album, and than inject with a proper Syringe, your Abstersive Medicament bloodwarm; for for the cleansing the Sanies or Sordes, and making the Ulcer sweet.  
XLVII. And if the Excrements or Impurities be ichorous and thin, you may put in this Ointment, which has an admirable and excellent virtue, in speedily cleansing the Ulcer. ℞ Juice of Smallage lbss ss. (which is a famous thing in cleansing of foul Ulcers) of the best Honey ℥ iv. Barley-flower ℥ two. Turpentine ℥ jss. meal of Orobus ℥ ss. choice Myrrhʒii. mix, boil all together, and make an Ointment. Linen rags may be dipped herein, and put into the cavities of the Ulcer. It cleanses Ulcers excellently, without any biting at all.  
XLVIII. Than put into the Orifice a Leaden Tent or Pipe; but let it be short, hollow, wider in the upper than in the lower part; and having broad lips turned out, that it may be kept from slipping in; and cover the Orifice and upper part of the Tent with Empl. Diapalm. cum Succis, or Empl. Album, or some such like, which let be snipt, to give way to the Matter which may flow out of the Ulcer.  
XLIX. Above the Emplaster you may lay a piece of soft Sponge, moistened with the Decoction with which you dress the Ulcer, and wrung out, which will suck into itself the humidity, and keep the lips of the Orifice dry; and above the Sponge, you may lay a Pledget of fine Tow.  
L. This done, Bolsters must be laid from the lower part of the cavity, or bottom of the Ulcer; over which a double soft linen Cloth is to be put: and than you are to roll it up, beginning the rolling at the bottom, where it must be somewhat straight, to press out the Pus or Matter, bring the Sides of the Ulcer together, and procure agglutination: but let not the Bandage be so hard as to be painful or troublesome, for that would distemper the Part.  
LIVELY As you draw near to the Orifice in rolling, it must be somewhat slack, that the Matter may have room easily to issue forth.  
LII. You may dress it but every second or third day, unless much Sanies, Humidities and Impurities flow forth: and when you do come to the dressing of it, first, lose the Rowler, the turning of which is about the Orifice, and so take away the Sponge and Emplaster, that you may come to cleanse the Ulcer.  
LIII. Than observe, whether Nature is yet intending to agglutinate the parts; which you will easily know, by the Recrements issuing forth, their colour, consistence, and smell: and by the Ulcer itself, whether it is with, or without Pain, or any remarkable Tumour.  
LIU. If the Matter is much, ill-coloured, and stinking, and the Cavity is painful, and a manifest Tumour appears, you may be certain that there is no agglutination; than you must continued to dress the Ulcer in the following manner, till a perfect Unition is accomplished, which you may know by the Signs.  
LU. If the Pus or Matter is but little in the Orifice, there is no Pain felt, and the Cavity is equal without Tumour, than you may conclude that the Agglutination is induced; and now you must come to the use of Epuloticks.  
LVI. If after some time of Dressing, a thin, gleeting Matter shall yet appear, especially when the Ulcer is in or near Parts nervous, tendinous, membranous, or glandulous, you are not to despair, but to continued the Dress on, till the Tone of the parts hurt are in some measure restored.  
LVII. And as to the first Emplaster which is laid over the whole Cavity itself, it is so often to be renewed, as it is souled with the Quittor, or leaves of sticking to the part.  
LVIII. You are also to dress the Ulcer as seldom as may be: for often dressing lets in the cold Air, which is prejudicial to Ulcers, and hinders their unition and healing.  
LIX. And this is the manner of proceeding in these Sinuous Ulcers, if the Excrements have a way to flow from them: which will be, if the Orifice is in a depending Part, or lateral, the Cavity or Sinus being lateral also: for than, such a situation or posture may be ordered, as may farther the evacuation of the Excrements.  
LX. But if by reason of the situation and figure of the Cavity, the Ulcer cannot be discharged of its filth, than no Abstersion, Incarnation, or Agglutination can be expected, till that hindrance is removed, which is only to be do●e either by Incision or Caustick.   

III The Cure, by Opening the Sinus.  
LXI. The Opening of a sinuous Ulcer is considered in a twofold respect: 1. In opening the bottom of the Sinus only, when in a depending Part, it is lowermost. 2. The laying open all the whole cavity or cavities, when the nature and disposition of the Ulcer so requires it.  
LXII. If the Cavity than is lower than the Orifice, whether directly or obliquely, though not very deep; or if it goes deep also, as it does in many sinuous Ulcers; or if it penetrates into the Breast, or Abdomen; or if the hollowness is very broad and capacious; or if it be in a great Joint; or where great Vessels, Nerves, and Tendons are: in all these cases, a new way must be made for the Matter, that it may be discharged downwards.  
LXIII. This is done two ways: viz. either by Caustick, or Incision.  
LXIV. The Caustick is of use, 1. When the Patient is timorous or fearful. 2. When the Cavity is in a Part, wherein a great Scar may 'cause deformity. 3. When there may be fear of a great Flux of Blood. 4. When the Patient is sick also and weak.  
LU. If the Sinus is in the upper side of a Part, apply Lapis Infernalis, for it mortifies soon, deepest, and with the lest pain; nor will it in such a place be so apt by running or spreading, to burn the adjacent parts, or 'cause a greater Wound than is intended.  
LXVI. But if the Sinus is in the lower or under side of a Part, or in a Part depending; than use the white Caustick, made of strong Soap-Lye and unslaked Lime, which will not run.  
LXVII. Some of our late Surgeons use the Caustick-stone, by constant rubbing it on the Part, till it is mortified, and than it is opened with an Incision-knife: but this is not to be done, but when the Skin is thin; because this rubbing gives far greater pain, than the application of it to the Part, being defended.  
LXVIII. When the Escharotick has mortified all to the cavity or Sinus, than you must 'cause the Eschar to fall, by applying to it Unguent, Dialthaeae, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, or some such like thing; and when it is come of, a passage in the lower part will be made for the Matter: after which, you must proceed in the former Methods to complete the Cure.  
Lxix But if the Patient has courage enough to endure it, you may use Incision, which is soon done, is leiss painful, and will sooner be cured: it may be performed either with the Incision-Knife, or with a Syringot●mos, as your reason shall direct you.  
LXX. When you have made Incision, you may arm Dossels and Pledgets, with mundifying and drying Medicaments, such as this. ℞ Vnslakt Limeʒijss. Aloesʒii. Amber, Colophony, Scammony, A. ℥ jss. Catechuʒi. make all into ●ine powder; mix this with the while and yolk of an Egg beaten together; bringing them to the consistency of an Ointment; which apply to the Incision, or filling it well, that the lips may be kept asunder.  
LXXI. Open it not, till the end of the second day; for it will both digest the Wound, and dry the superflous humidities of the Ulcer: after which you may go on with the Cure as before directed.  
LXXII. But when the Sinus is near no great Joint, nor approximate to any great Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, or Glandules; or is not of an extravagant bigness, or like to bring a dangerous Hemorrhage, but lies on the middle of a Limb, or along a great Bone: in all these cases it will be the surest way to lay open the whole cavity the longest way, if it crosses not the Ductus of the Muscular Fibres: and this is done also, either by Caustick, or Incision, as is before declared.  
LXXIII. The Cavities being laid open, the Ulcer is to be cleansed with Abstersives, as Oxymel-simple, or with Squills, Unguen. Apostolorum, Nicotianae, Aegyptiacum, or some of the other things before described in this Chapter: after which, you must apply Sarcoticks to Incarnate, and Epuloticks to complete the Cicatrice.  
LXXIV. If the Ulcer is from an Abscess within the Body, it will not be safe to use Injections, unless a way be found how to be let them out again: in such cases, you must see how you may give Vent to the Matter, for while that is wanting, there can be no hope of cleansing: but that being conveniently made, it may be kept open by a Cannula, or some such like thing; till Nature, through the help of Art, shall be disposed to heal the disaffected Viscera.  
LXXV. But if these kinds of Ulcers prove-rebellious, and difficult to be cured, you must prescribe some Traumatick Decoction, or some Decoction made of Guajacum and its bark, Sarsaparilla, Sassafras, Chin● root. Burdock-roots, Agrimony, Angelina, Avens, Bistort, borage, Bugloss, Comfrey, Confound, Golden-round, Whorehound, Hypericon, Ladies-mantle, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Tormentil, and other the like Vulnerary Herbs; the taking of which may be continued for three Weeks or a Month's time.  
LXXVI. And than wash several times a day, with the Water of the Griffin, by injecting it in with a Syringe; and if the Ulcer is laid open, by washing it with a Sponge, and laying a piece of Sponge, or double Clotheses wet therewith, and keeping them still moist with the Water, this cures speedily, and it were to a Miracle when all other things fail.    

CHAP. XIII. Of an ULCER with WORMS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins Ulcus cum Verminibus; we in English call, An Ulcer with Worms.  
II The Causes. They are caused from great Putrefaction; and foreshow a great declension in the state of the Ulcer, from a healthful habit of the Flesh, and parts about it.  
III But in some nasty People, where Flesh-flies can come at the Sore, they may be caused from Fly-blows, (which in the West Indies I have sometimes seen in Negro's Legs) if they proceed from this cause, the consequence is not so bad as the former.  
IV. The Signs. As they are bred for the most part in Ulcers sordid, and foul; so if the Ulcer is large and wide, they are generally known by sight.  
V Or otherwise, if they cannot be seen, they are known by a biting pricking pain, and a sense of a kind of motion called motus undosus, a wave-like motion; with a certain filthy stink.  
VI The Prognostics. If they proceed from Fly-blows, there is simply no danger in them; but if from Sanies or Sordes, by reason the Ulcer had not been purged or cleansed for a long time, as it shows a great corruption and putrefaction; so it also declares the Ulcer to be of difficult care; and that the Tone of the Part is much depraved.  
VII. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are twofold: 1. To take away and destroy the Worms. 2. To prevent and hinder the putridity of the Ulcer.  
VIII. If the Worms lie open, or in an open Ulcer, so as to be plainly seen, they may be taken forth with Instruments, fitted for the same purpose: but some Authors laugh at this, thinking the pain in doing it will be great, and the labour fruitless; for that possibly you may not be able to take out all; and if you should, yet you leave the corrupt humour, and putridinous heat behind, which bred them, and may also breed more.  
IX. But as these Worms or Maggots are for the most part bred in hollow and sinuous Ulcers, so they lie hid, and cannot be seen, and for the most part stick so fast, that they cannot be drawn forth. These Worms than are first to be killed with Medicaments, which may also have a faculty of taking away the putridity, the corruptive heat, and the overgreat humidity of the Part.  
X. Such Simples as are good for kill Worms in Ulcers, we have enumerated in Chap. 2. Sect. 14. aforegoing of this Book; to which you may add these few following: Aron-roots, Bearsfoot, Fetherfew, Fern-roots, Hellebor white, Hellebor black, Lupins in meal or decoction, Mugwort, Peach leaves and flowers, Quitchgrass, Scordium.  
XI. All, or any of which you may use in Infusion, Decoction, Lixivium, Powder, or Ointment, simple or compound, as the nature and quality of the Ulcer shall most require: among which, those things which shall be prepared from Bearsfoot, the Hellebors, Tobacco, Aloes, and Scammony, may be superior to all other Vegetable-medicaments whatsoever.  
XII. In the place aforecited, from Sect. 15 to 20, we have given you several Compound-Medicaments for this purpose, of extraordinary effects: yet that we might not be wanting, you may also take these following Compounds; which have a power also of destroying the putridity, and drying up the too great humidity.  
XIII. To correct the Putridity. ℞ Centory the lesle, Whorehound, Wormwood, A. M.i. Water q.s. boil and strain; and to lbi lbi. add Honey, Aloes, A ℥ two. Ung. Aegyptiacum ʒiv.  
FOURTEEN. Or this of Sennertus. ℞ Gentian-root ℥ ss. white Helleborʒii. Dittany, Centory the lesle, Wormwood, A. M. ss. Water q.s. boil, and strain: to lbi lbi. thereof add Elixir Proprietatis ℥ i mix them.  
XU. Or this of Riolanus, in Chirurg. de Vlcerib. cap. 8. Take, roots of white Hellebor, of Capers, of Gentian, and of white Dittany, A. ʒii. Centory the lesle, Calamint, Whorehound, Scordium, Wormwood, A. M. ss. Water q.s. boil, and strain: in lbi lbi. thereof dissolve Honey ℥ two. Aegyptiacum ℥ i with this he washed the Ulcer, and over it he laid Vng. Apostolorum.  
XVI. Or, ℞ Vnslaked Lime q.u. extinguish it with Wine-Vinegar; and afterwards mix it well with Oil of Roses q.s. and make a Cataplasm.  
XVII. Fallopius in Lib. de Vlceribus, cap. 2. advices to this, which may be used with a Tent that will reach the bottom. ℞ Ceruse, Polymountain, A. ℥ ss. Tar q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XVIII. Or, ℞ Meal of Lupins ℥ i Bulls-gallʒ vi. Elixir Proprietatis ʒv. Honey q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XIX. Fallopius his Aqua Aluminis Magistralis is commended. ℞ Plantain and Rose waters, A. lbi lbi. Alum, Mercury sublimate, A. ʒii. the Ingredients being in powder, mix, and dissolve in a glass Vessel in a Sand-heat, evaporating away one half of the Water: let it settle a Week, and decant the clear for use: when it is to be used, it is to be mixed with a double, triple, or quadruple quantity of Rose-water.  
XX. To these things add, the Infusions of Crocus Metallorum, or of Vitrum Antimonii; the Ablution of Mercurius dulcis, and of Turpethum Minerale in Limewater, or the Water of the Grissin, which is incomparable; so Vitriol of all sorts dissolved in fair Water, adding a little Spirit of Wine in which a little Camphir is dissolved.  
XXI. But among Vegetables, scarcely any thing exceeds Tobacco; the Juice of the green, or the Decoction or Infusion of the dry; used by Injection, or Pledgets dipped therein, and applied: to this add Vnguentum Nicotianae, either alone, or mixed with a little read Precipitate.   

CHAP. FOURTEEN. Of an ULCER VARICOUS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus varicosum; we in English call, An Ulcer varicous, or, An Ulcer with a Varix.  
II We have already treated of Varix, as it is a Disease of itself, in Lib. 3. Cap. 16. of this Work aforegoing, so that no more need be said of that here: we are now only to consider an Ulcer, as being joined with it.  
III The Causes. What the causes of a Varix are, we have told you in the place cited; and also what the Causes of an Ulcer are, in Cap. 1. Sect. 24, and 35; by joining of which together, you may found out the Cause of an Ulcer varicous.  
IV. The Signs. They are also easily known by sight; by comparing the signs of a Varix with the Signs of an Ulcer, as they are delivered in Cap. 1. Sect. 36, and 52, of the Book aforegoing.  
V The Prognostics. A Varicous Ulcer cannot be healed, unless the Varices be first of all healed; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 4. cap. 2. saith.  
VI And it is to be observed, that if the Varix be very great, that it is scarcely to be removed with the saving of Life; so very great is the danger of Death.  
VII. And a Varix being ulcerated by the acrimony of the Humour, through some Accident or Bruise, Wound, etc. than Pain, Inflammation, and Tumour may succeed.  
VIII. The Cure. Wiseman says, The Cures of these Ulcers are either Real, or Palliative; the Real or Perfect Cure is, the total cutting out of the Varix, as we have taught in Lib. 3. Chap. 16. Sect. 32, and 44. from Paulus Aegineta, Cornelius Celsus, Avicen, and Wiseman.  
IX. But this way (says Wiseman) has not been admitted amongst us; nor have I often seen a Varicous Ulcer could be cured by cutting of the Branch leading to the Ulcer, there being commonly more Veins concerned in it.  
X. The Palliative Cure consists (the necessary Purging and Bleeding having go before) in dressing the Ulcer with Digestives and Detersives, according as the Ulcer is sanious or sordid: and while by good Bandage, or a laced Stockin, (if it is in the Leg) to repress the Humours impacted in the Part; by which Bandage, the lips of the Ulcer will be disposed to cicatrize with the Ulcer: but this lasts no longer than the laced Stockin shall be worn; from whence it is called a Palliative Cure.  
XI. Some advice, that if a Varicous Ulcer contemns the ordinary means, to take up the Varix both above and below, and to open it between the Deligations, according to the Method of Hildanus, in the place aforecited, Sect. 45, and 5., that the Blood may be discharged out of it; which is an Operation of no very great difficulty.  
XII. And if in doing this there should be some unknown way (by some small branches of a Vein, which you had not before hand secured) for the Blood to fall into the Vein again, whereby an Hemorrhage does succeed, you must stop it with Pulvis Astringens and the white of an Egg, or Pulvis Stypticus, or some such like thing, with sitting Bandage; the Swathband being also first wet in Oxycrate, or some Styptic Liquor; and than it is to be healed after the manner of an ordinary Wound.  
XIII. An Observation. A Woman 54 Years old, had a varicous Ulcer on her right Leg, which was much swelled, and somewhat inflamed. It was dressed with Vng. Tutiae, and over it was applied Unguent. Nutritum and Populeon mined together, which was rolled up with Compress and Bandage. A laced Stockin was provided against the next day, which was laced on, and the former Method of Dressing repeated: from that day the pain ceased, the Humours were repressed by virtue of the Bandage, and the Ulceration cicatrized in ten or twelve days.  
FOURTEEN. Another Man had Ulcers in the skin of his Legs in several places among Varices, without Inflammation, but towards night they swollen, and were painful. The Ulcers were dressed with Vng. Diapompholigos, and rolled up: within a day or two laced Stockings were put on, (the Ulcers being dressed) with Compress under them upon the Ulcers, and pieces of velum were laid between, to defend them from the wrinkles of the Stockings: by wearing these, the Humours were restrained, and the Ulcers disposed to Cure; which, with Epuloticks, (an Issue being made in each Leg) was effected in few days.  
XU. Another. A Woman that had a Varicous Ulcer in her Breast, which would not cure; the Varix lying under the skin felt like network: it was hard, without inflammation or discolouring, and discharged a well-digested Matter out of the Nipple, and some small opening near it. The Ulcer was dressed sometimes with Vng. Basilicon, sometimes with Vng. Tutiae and Empl. è Bolo, applied over the Breast, with Bandage to support it; and fine Tow sprinkled with Ceruse, was worn under the Axilla: by which means it was cured in about a Month's time.  
XVI. Another. A Woman had a sordid Varicous Ulcer in one of her Legs. Her Leg was fomented and dressed, as in the former Observations, and by Bandage it was disposed for a laced Stockin. The Ulcers were dressed with Detersives, and with Compress and Bandage rolled moderately straight from the Foot to the Gartering: (for the Varix was from the Ham to the Ankle.) The Pituitous Humours impacted in the Part, thus rarified, and the Ulcer cleansed, the laced Stockin was put on, with Compress upon the Ulcer; which straightened the Blood in its passage, and repressed the Humours; and the lips of the Ulcer were made even, and cicatrized in a few Weeks, without either Purging or Bleeding, and the Leg reduced to its natural state. Wiseman, lib. 2. cap. 11. Observat. 1, 2, 4, 5.   

CHAP. XU. Of an ULCER CARIOUS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus cariosus; we in English call, An Ulcer carious; or, An Ulcer with foulness, or rottenness of the Bones.  
II The Causes. That the Bone which lies underneath the Ulcer, is sometimes foul, and contracts a rottenness, Experience hath oftentimes confirmed: the cause, says Barbett) is either from a long flux of Humours, or from their acrimony and malignity, or from an occult quality, or from a contusion, some way hurting the Bone, or from the use of too sharp Medicines.  
III To these Causes, Sennertus adds, that it often happens from the French Disease, whose malignity and poison makes the very Bones to become carious, the Skin sometimes remaining whole and sound.  
IV. He also adds, that this Cariosity sometimes proceeds also from the nature and quality of the ambient Air, especially when it is too cold; and another cause from an Incision with a sharp Instrument.  
V Other Authors resolve the Causes into External and Internal. The External Causes are, either too great Cold, which destroys the natural heat of the Bone; or too great Heat, which discussing the natural humidities, dries and corrupts the Bone.  
VI The Internal Causes are threefold. 1. A glutinous and superfluous humidity, which first softens, and than corrupts the Bone; oftentimes causing a distorsion of the Member, and a protuberance of the Bone; and this many times not proceeding from any Venereal Cause.  
VII. 2. A sharp and malign Humour or Matter, which by eroding the Periosteum, pierces the Bone, and presently corrupts it: and this happens most commonly in old and inveterate Ulcers. Nor is this a Wonder, since such a like sharp Humour, will corrupt and rot Teeth, and even eat them away, which are the hardest of all Bones.  
VIII. 3. An occult quality in some particular Humour or Juice of a Part, as in the French Pox. For if it did with any manfest power corrupt the Bone, it would first have eroded the Flesh; as being most subject to, and sensible of any manifest quality: and operates here upon its subject the Bones; just with a hidden property as the Loadstone draws Iron, and Amber Wheat-straws.  
IX. Wiseman adds another Cause, which is from the malignity of strumous Ulcers, near the Bones, where the malignity gins in the Bone itself.  
X. The Signs. We consider the Signs, 1. Where the Bone does appear, and are manifest by sight. 2. Where the Bone does not appear, and must be known by conjecture.  
XI. Where the Bones do appear, and lie open to sight, they at first appear of the colour of Fat, than yellow, afterwards black, and unequal; as Celsus says, lib. 8. cap. 2.  
XII. The Bone may be bore of Flesh, and yet covered with a Viscous Matter; this being rubbed of, the Bone appears either white, brown, or black: if the white is porous, the Caries may be deeper, and more dangerous, than if it were black and hard.  
XIII. If also the Bone is felt with the Probe, it finds no resistance; or does not appear smooth, but rugged; if the Probe slip not, being guided to the Bone, the Periosteum must be go; and so the Bone must be more or lesle corrupted, both from the external Air, and from the Pus or Matter fixing upon the Bone.  
FOURTEEN. Where the Bones appear not, but lie hid, the conjectural signs manifest the Cariosity. 1. If a Fistula, or cavernous Ulcer had preceded; or if the Ulcer had been of a long continuance, being rebellious to proper Medicaments: for than the Bone may be thought to be carious, having been long, and much moistened, and made soft by the Matter.  
XU. 2. If the ulcerated Flesh above, is lose, soft, and spongy, or of a pale or livid colour: because when the Bone is carious, the Flesh is made soft and corrupt, that a Probe may be easily thrust through it.  
XVI. 3. If a Tent or Pledget reaching to the Bone should stink the next day, when taken out, the Bone may well be suspected to be curious: so also if the Sanies or Matter flowing from the Ulcer be thin, and stinking, or much; being more than the largeness of the Ulcer should seem to afford.  
XVII. 4. If the Ulcer will admit skinning, and often breaks out again, it is much feared that the Bone is foul: for an Humour still issuing from the corrupt Bone, causes a fresh Inflammation, which makes the Ulcer break out a new. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 10. and Galen, in Com. sect. 6. aph. 45.  
XVIII. 5. If the Matter is very fetid, and the Probe will penetrate into the Bone, it is than very much corrupted; and if the Matter does stink much, or is oily, it is a certain sign of rottenness.  
XIX. Hypocrates, sect. 6. aph. 45. says, Si Vlcera annua, aut etium diusurniora fiant, Ossa corrumpi necesse est: and this is so much the more true, if they be nearer to a Bone, and the Flesh is lax, and white; and it is so made, says Sennertus, by the Sanies that sweats as it were out the Bone.  
XX. The Prognostics. Ulcers with caries, or rottenness of the Bone, are of difficult cure; and are accounted by some, among the number of Ulcers cacoethick or malign.  
XXI. No Ulcer can be cured, while the Bone remains foul; and if the Caries is near great Arteries, or in or about the Joints, especially the greater Joints, as the Shoulders, Elbows, Wrists, Knees or Ankles; or in the heads of the Muscles, or in Parts Nervous or Tendinous, the Ulcer will not be easily cured.  
XXII. Ulcers in the great Joints, as Elbow, Knees, Ankles, with cariosity of the Bone, and loss of the Cartilege, are for the most part incurable; because exciting vehement pain and watching, hurting the Stomach, and spoiling the concoction and digestion of their Food, they generally bring with them an incurable Marasmos.  
XXIII. If any of the Vertebrae of the Spina Dorsi prove foul, the Cure is to be doubted of: for the substance of the Vertebrae being spongy and hollow, it will be affected: and as it is a difficult matter to apply Medicaments thereto, by reason of the Muscles placed above them; so it will be a hard matter to avoid the conjugations of Nerves, which spring from their transverse processes.  
XXIV. Hypocrates, sect. 7. aph. 2. says, That if by reason of the corrupt and rotten Bone, the Flesh becomes blackish, and of a leaden colour, it presages much evil: and Galen, in his Comment on the same Aphorism, says, It signifies no small or mean distemper of the Bones, but an extraordinary corruption of them.  
XXV. If the Sternum or Ribs in Ulcers of the Breast are foal, be not too hasty to undertake the Gure; for the acrimony of the Pus or Matter may easily corrode and pierce through the Intercostal Muscles and the Pleura, and so lay the Vital Parts open to the Air; which in a short time will 'cause an extinction of the Natural Heat, and so induce Death.  
XXVI. In either of the Bones above the Kickshaws, if the Cariosity passes the first Table, it will be very difficult to bring the Ulcer to a Cicatrice: this is true in Wounds, where Solution of Unity is from an external Cause; much more in Ulcers, where the parts are eroded by an internal Humour, which is supplied from the distemperature of some Noble Part.  
XXVII. The Cure. Besides the Indications of the Ulcer, the rottenness of the Bone shows the corrupted Part must be taken away, for what is dead, can by no means be again restored: in the Flesh it is called Sphacelus, Mortification; in the Bone Sapros, Caries, Rottenness.  
XXVIII. The Ulcer is first to be wiped clean, the Bone (if it be yet covered) to be made bore, by cutting of the Flesh, according to the Part, and Ductus of the Fibres; not transverse, or cross-ways.  
XXIX. But yet nevertheless, if there be the greater Arteries, or Veins, heads of Muscles, Nerves, or Tendons, Section or Cutting cannot be admitted: but in this case, the way is to be made, as much as may be, with Gentian or Rape root, or prepared Sponge, or Elder-pith, tenderly conveyed into the Ulcer: and the Flesh likewise which lies upon the Bone, may, where it is safe to be done, be consumed with a Caustick, or Potential Cautery, or Cathereticks, neatly conveyed to the Part, that so the Bone be made bore.  
XXX. If the Caries lies just under some considerable Artery, Vein, or Tendon, you are to consider whether you can remove it, without laying the Bone bore; because Nature, in some strong and healthful habits of Body, is so prompt in the work, that she will easily do it, with some little assistance of Art  
XXXI. But if it is not well to be done, you are to consider the prejudice which may hap to the Patient in the Cutting of those Vessels, etc. comparing it with the good that may succeed thereupon, and so to proceed accordingly.  
XXXII. Incision is not well to be made, if the Bones lie deep; or if not deep, if there are many Tendons above them; as in the Metacarpium, or upper distance between the Wrist and Fingers; and in the Metapedium, or Metatarsus, which are articulate with the Toes.  
XXXIII. Exesion is done with Cathereticks, of which read Precipitate and Turbith-mineral are best; and these are to be used where there is but little Flesh upon the Bones: or with Cauteries Potential, as Lapis Infernalis, the White Caustick, the Silver Caustick, and other things of like nature, where the Flesh is thicker: they are of use in a Cariosity of the Cranium, Vlna, or Tibia; but they are not to be applied where many Tendons or Nerves are, jest they should 'cause Convulsions through Pain, or deprive some Parts of their Motion.  
XXXIV. The Bone being made bore, you must remove what is rotten of it, either by the help of Medicaments, or Surgery: and that by Surgery is performed, 1. By Scraping, Paring, Rasping, or Boreing the Bone. 2. By the Actual Cautery.  

I Of Scaling the Bone by Medicaments.  
XXXV. Desquamatoria, Medicaments Scaling the Bone, or which separate the corrupt part of it from the sound, aught to be very drying, and of a subtle and thin substance, that they may penetrate the Cariosity, and suck up the superfluous humidity in the corrupt Part, and dry the very Bone which is sound: that Nature being assisted and strengthened by such Desiccatives, she may 'cause the Bone to sand forth of itself Flesh, or a Callus; which being increased, thrusts of the rotten Scales from the sound Bone, and so induces the Ulcer to a healing.  
XXXVI. These Desquamatory Medicaments have three degrees of Strength: viz. 1. Mild, or gentle. 2. Stronger. 3. Strongest.  
XXXVII. 1. Mild Desquamatories. Blood dried, Bole-armeny, Catechu, Hog-Fennel roots, Guajacum Gum, Mummey, Myrrh, Orrice-roots, Pinetree-bark, Pomgranate-peels, Dragons-blood, Sarcocolla, Sumach, Sealed-earth, white Briony roots. These will serve, if the cariosity of the Bone is but superficial; and are to be used, where the habit of the Sick is soft and tender.  
XXXVIII. 2. Stronger Desquamatories. Aloes, Alum, Aqua Vitae, Aron-roots, round Birthwort roots, Borax, Chrysocol mineral, Camphir, Dragon-roots, dross of Brass, Guajacum-bark; Oils Chemical of Iuniper, of Lavender, of Lemons, of Marjoram, of Oranges, of Origanum, of Penniroyal, of Rosemary, of Sage, of Savin, of Sassafras, of Turpentine, Pumicestone burnt, Scammony, Spirit of Wine, Tobacco. These may be used when the Cariosity is somewhat deep, and the Patient of a reasonable strong constitution of Body.  
THIRTY-NINE. Strongest Desquamatories. Euphorbium, Figtree-ashes, Lime unwashed, Oil of Cloves, Oil of Camphir, Oil of Pepper, Oil of Petre with Camphir, Oil of Sulphur, Oil of Salt, Oil of Vitriol; Pastilli Andronis, Musae, & Polyidae, Salt of Bohemian-tartar, Spirit of Nitre, Spirit of Salt, Sief de Plumbo, Tinctura exfolians; Vitriol common, Hungarian, and Roman, calcined; Ung. Aegyptiacum, Verdigrise. These are to be used when the Cariosity is very deep, the Constitution very strong, and the Ulcer malign and rebellious: and when these are applied, the fleshy Parts aught to be very well defended, jest much Pain, and Inflammation ensue.  
XL. Of these last beforementioned, Euphorbium is said to be chief, and is so accounted by Fallopius; and he writes, that he himself never found any thing more excellent, or that would sooner take away the corrupted Bone; and Hildanus is of the same opinion.  
XLI. Any of the former (which can be) may be reduced to powder, and than mixed with Honey, Rosin, Wax, Vng. Aegyptiacum, or some such like, and so applied in the form of a Lineament. Or you may make Compounds of them, according to the following Examples.  
XLII. Wiseman says, the Powders may be mixed with Syrup of dried Roses, or Mel Rosatum; or they may be laid dry upon the Bone, with Dossels of Lint over them, to keep the lips of the Wound distended; or they may be used with S.U. or in the form of Injections.  
XLIII. Sennertus' his Powder. ℞ Euphorbium in pouderʒi. Mummey, Sarcocol, A. ʒss. each in powder, mix them.  
XLIV. An Injection, from Barbett. ℞ Juice of Celandine, S.U. A. ℥ ijss. Myrrh, Aloes, A. ʒii. white Vitriol ℈ two. mix, and make an Injection.  
XLV. Another Powder, from Sennertus. ℞ Roots of round Birthwort, of Briony, or Hog-fennel, of Florentine-Orrice, A. ʒi. Euphorbium ℈ i make a Powder; which strew on the Bone.  
XLVI. Take roots of round Birthwort, of Hog-fennel, of Orrice, A. ʒiv. Aloes, Myrrh, bark of the Pine, powder of Earthworms, Agarick, Scammony, A.ʒii. scales of Brass, Euphorbium, A. ʒi. all being in powder, with Honey of Roses, q.s. make a Lineament.  
XLVII. A Powder. ℞ Scammony, Tobacco, A. ʒii. Euphorbiumʒi. make each into a powder, and mix them: or, ℞ Scammony, Tobacco, A.ʒii. Euphorbiumʒiss. Camphirʒi. make a powder, and mix them. Salmon.  
XLVIII. ℞ Roots of Florentine Orrice, bark of Opopanax, and of the Pine, Myrrh, Aloes, scales of Brass, A. ʒii. make a Powder, which mix with Honey, to a Lineament. Avicen.  
XLIX. Wiseman's Injection. ℞ Roots of Comfrey, of Gentian, of the Birthworts, long and round, of Florentine-Orrice, A. ℥ i Balaustians, Red-roses, Sumach, A. ℥ ss. Whitewine q.s. boil & strain: to lbii. lbii. of the Decoction add S.U. ℥ two. Honey of Roses, or Ung. Aegyptiacum q.s. mix them.  
L. Sennertus his Oil. Take yellow Sulphur lbi lbi. melt it by a gentle Fire, to which put pure Salt of Turtar lbss ss. in powder: mix by continual stirring, till they are cold; than powder, and put it into a Cellar or cold moist place, upon a Marble, to run per deliq. with this Oil you are to anoint the corrupted Bone.  
LIVELY A Powder of Fallopius. ℞ Roots of Hog-fennel, of Orrice, A. ℥ j Euphorbiumʒ i. make a Powder: it may be put upon the crumbs of new White-bread cut in thin pieces, and so applied to the corrupted Bone.  
LII. A Tincture. ℞ Birthwort long and round, roots of Briony, of Hog-fennel, of Orrice A. ℥ ss. Contory the lesle, Camphir, A. ʒ ij. Aloes, Euphorbium, Verdigrise, A ʒiss. S.U. q.s. mix, and extract a Tincture.  
LIII. A Cerat, from Sennertus. ℞ Roots of Hog-fennel, of round Birthwort, Euphorbium, Opopanax, A. ʒss. Wax ℥ ss. Turpentine ℥ i mix, and make a Cerat.  
LIU. If Medicaments will not do, (which you may know in the space of 40 or 45 days; for Nature very slowly makes a separation of the corrupted Bones from the sound) you must than have recourse unto Surgery; more especially if the corruption of the Bone is more deep, and not in the superficies.   

II Of Scaling the Bone by Scraping, Rasping, etc.  
LU. If the Caries is in the greater Bones, and lies deep, or is subject to the inflowing of Matter; the readiest way will be by Manual Operation, viz. either by Instrument, or the Actual Cautery.  
LVI. If you can easily come at the Bone to scrape it, as in the Cranium, that way will be most proper: and you are to scrape till you found it firm, and that you discern ruddiness in the Bone, and not only till it looks white, for that is the natural colour of the outward Cortex or Shell.  
LVII. Yet in some it is frequently found porous and carious, whilst it retains that colour; and if you do not rasp, scrape, or pair that away, the Callus will be slow in thrusting out, and putting of the rotten part: and if you do scrape it, the deeper you enter into it, the browner and softer the Bone will be.  
LVIII. But you aught to be cautious in the Work, that you penetrate not to the Marrow of the Bone; when possibly you need not take away more than the external Shell of it.  
LIX. The Bone is to be scraped, (if the corruption of it is small) with an Instrument for that purpose, called the Scraping-Instrument: or, (if the corruption and foulness is great) by rasping it with a Raspatory, or by shaving, or paring it with a Chizel; or else by perforation of it with a Wimble, or Auger, or Terebellum.  
LX. If you do it with the Chizel and Mallet (a Leaden one will be best) the Bone is than to be made smooth and even with a Raspatory: this being done, some of the aforegoing Medicaments, or some drying Sarcotick must be applied, according to the Constitution of the Patient, by which you aught to be guided.   

III Of Scaling the Bones by the Actual Cautery.  
LXI. If the Caries is so deep, that it cannot be scraped, rasped, etc. you must come to the use of the Actual Cautery, to consume the rottenness, which is the chiefest Remedy for consuming of all the excrementitious Humidity.  
LXII. In order to this Work, if the Ulcer is narrow, you must pass it through a Cannula, fitted to go down through the Ulcer to the Bone; which Cannula or Pipe is to be covered with an Emplaster, or a Linen Cloth pasted on, and oiled, that it may pass in the more easily.  
LXIII. And indeed, in applying these Cauteries, you aught to be cautious, jest you burn the Flesh that lies near it; and it aught to be defended some way or other from the heat of the Fire. And if you use these Cannulae or Pipes, you aught to have several of them in a readiness, because they are subject to heat; or you must have a Basin of cold Water, to cool the Pipe, etc.  
LXIV. The carious Bone being first cleansed from the filth or matter which is upon it, with armed Probes you are to place the Cannula upon it; and than pass the Actual Cautery down, through the Pipe to the Bone, so often till you have dried it; pulling out the Cannula after each heat, to cool or change it: by this means you will perform the Operation, without burning the lips of the Ulcer.  
LXV. According as the Bone is rotten, so the Humour will spurt out from it, upon the first application of the Cautery: but upon repeating it, the Bone will be so dry, that you shall not hear it hiss; and you will also feel it firm.  
LXVI. The Actual Cautery is not to be applied to Bones of the Head, jest the Brain should be inflanied: besides, in Ulcers of the Head, it often falls out, that both Tables of the Scull are foul; so that you will be forced to remove a great piece of the Cranium; which is to be performed with the Trepan, Head-law; etc.  
LXVII. Nor is it to be applied to the Vertebrae of the Back (the Spine itself only excepted:) nor will the Sternon, or Ribs admit of the Cautery: the Heel-bone requires also great caution, because it is soft, and rarely exfoliates by rough handling.  
LXVIII. The spongy Bones in Hands or Feet, are to be kept bore by Dossels, according to the length of the Caries: and if the whole Bone is corrupt, it will dry and separate from the Joints in time, and the Ulcer happily cure; but to hasten it, you may dry it with the Actual Cautery.  
Lxix But if the Bone be carious only in one part, as in the middle, or at one end, you may nip it there in pieces with a a pair of Pincers, (to hasten the Cure) and dress it lightly with some of the lighter Desiccatives; so in few days the Caries will cast of, and a Callus come on; and, (if the native heat is preserved) the two ends will be united, as in fractured Bones.  
LXX. Now the chief Places to which the Actual Cautery may be applied, dre where Dilatation is only permitted, not Incision, or the Potential Cautery; and they are the back of the Hand, and top of the Foot, or Instep you may also safely apply it to the Vlna and Tibia, laid bore; and also to the Joints, if the Cartilages be foul, and way be made.  
LXXI. This Practice Paraeus used, when he amputated one in the joint of the Elbow, and the Patient found great ease and comfort by the application of it See Paraeus, lib. 11. cap. 25.  
LXXII. Lastly, this is to be observed, That the Actual Cautery is than chief required; 1. When a flux of superfluous Humours flow to the Bone, known in part by the moist and cold habit of the Body. 2. If after the application of Desquamatories, the Bone still appear soft and moist, not changing its colour.  
LXXIII. There is one passage in Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 2. worthy to be recited. Igitur si caries alti descendit, per Terebram urgenda crebris foraminibus est, quae altit●… dine ●itium; aquent. Tum inoea foramina demittenda candentia Ferramenta sunt, donec inde siccum Os ex: toto fiat. Simul enim post haec & resolvetur ab inferiore Osse quodcunque ●irtatum est, & is sinus: Carne replebitur; & Humour auts nullus passea feretur, aut mediocris. Sin autem nigritie est, aut si 〈◊〉 rises ad al●eram quoque parteni Ossis transit, oportet excidi. Atque idem in carry quoque ad alter a●… partem Ossis penetrante fieri potest● Sed quod torum vitiatum, totum eximendum est. Si inferior pars integra●st, eatenus quod corruptum est, excidi debet. Item sive Capiris, sive Pectoris Os, sive Costa cariosa est, inutilis vitio est, & excidendi necessitas est. If than the rottenness has descended deep, we aught with the Terebel or Wimble to make many holes, as deep as what is corrupted in the Bone. And than red-hot Irons are to be let down into those holes, so long till by this means the Bone is wholly dried. For withal, after this, both whatsoever is vitiated and corrupted will be loosened from the lower part of the Bone; and that Sinus or hollowness will be either none at all, or but very little. But if there is any blackness, or if the rottenness tuns, or spreads to some other part of the Bone, it aught than to be cut out. And this same thing may be done in a rottenness penetrating into some other part of the Bone. But that which is wholly vitiated, is all of it to be taken forth. If the inferior or lower part is whole and sound, than only so far as is corrupted, is to be cut of. Again, whether it be the Cranium, or the Sternum, or a Rib which is rotten, it will be made thereby totally uncapable to be restored to its soundness; for which reason, there will be a necessity of cutting it out.   

IV. Of Dressing and Healing the Ulcer.  
LXXIV. After the Scraping, Rasping, etc. of the Bone, Wiseman advises to the application of the milder sort of Sarcoticks, as this: ℞ Pure Turpentine ℥ iv. Gum Elemi ℥ two. Pine-Rosin, Mastic, A. ʒuj. Frankincense, Sarcocol, A. ʒiij. mix them over the Fire. Apply it warm upon Lint, and in few days you will see the Flesh thrust forth in small Grains, which is Callus; and in a few days more, it will thrust of small Spells from the Bone you scraped.  
LXXV. Where you can safely dilate the Ulcer, you aught to do it; and keep the Bone bore and dry, by filling it up with Dossels; that the lips of the Ulcer grow not upon your Work; jest the Matter dropping from thence, should corrupt the sound Bone under them: for the Work of Exfoliation always gins from the sound edges.  
LXXVI. After Cauterizing the Bone, Sennertus in the first place applies Rose-water in the white of an Egg, to prevent Inflammation, and lessen the Pain: afterwards he applies Oil of Roses with the yolk of an Egg: and than after that, Butter with Mel Rosatum: but to the Bone itself, powder of roots of Birthwort and Hog-fennel mixed with Eupphorbium, or some other of the former Desquamatories, till the Bone scales.  
LXXVII. Fallopius uses Pledgets, moistened with Rose-water and the white of an Egg; to hinder Inflammation for some few Dress: and he applies to the Bone Exfoliating Medicaments.  
LXXVIII. Guido à Canliaco applies after the Cautery, Oil of Roses mixed with the white of an Egg for three days: and the same mixed with the yolk of an Egg for three other days: and afterwards Butter, mixed with Mel Rosatum; and above these some Abstersive, till the Bone scales. After which, he incamates and consolidates with Avicens Powder, at Sect. 48. above.  
LXXIX. Wiseman dresses (after Cauterization) with the writes of Eggs, beaten with the mucilage of Quince-seeds; and the Ulcer and its lips with Vng. Refrigerans Galeni; over which and the neighbouring parts, he lays a Cerat of the same; and continues this way of dressing, till the heat of Urine is mitigated.  
LXXX. Than if the lips are vesicated, he dresses them with Vng. Alhum, ●riae, etc. and the Bone with milder Desquamatories or Exfoliatives, keeping the Ulcer open till the cauterised Bones are cut of; after which he casts away ●he Dossels, and with Incarnatives and Epuloticks completes the Cure.    

CHAP. XVI. Of an ULCER CACOETHICK, or MALIGN.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus cacoethe, & Ulcus malignum; we in English call, An Ulcer evilly disposed, or malignant.  
II This kind of Ulcer the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins from them, Dysepulote; viz. an Ulcer, hard or difficult to be healed.  
III By some Authors, as Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 28. it is called Chironium; so also Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 26. calls this Ulcer both Chironium, and Telephium: and these Terms are derived from Chiron, who first found out or instituted the way and method of Curing it; and from Telephus, the Person who was long affected or troubled with such an Ulcer.  
IV. The Causes. The Antecedent Cause Sennertus will have to be from Atra Bilis; or Melancholy, having some Black Choler mixed with it. Others will have it to be from one or both those Humours, joined with malignity and virulency.  
V The Conjoined Cause of this rebellious Ulcer, is from the distemper of the ulcerated Part, or from an afflux of Humours flowing in: the afflux of Humours is also considered in a twofold respect: 1. As they are bad, and depraved in their quality. 2. As they are excessive in their quantity.  
VI The Signs. Suchlike Ulcers are known; for that they have their lips ill-coloured, and for the most part, they are read and itching; and altho' the Ulcer is never so gently wiped, it is with pain.  
VII. The parts also round about it swell up, and the Ulcer is from day to day dilated, or grows wider: and not only the Skin, but the Flesh which lies under it, is eaten through.  
VIII. The Prognostics. This kind of Ulcer is always contumacious and rebellious; being very difficult to be cured, unless it be with extraordinary Medicaments.  
IX. And if the Humour which feeds or vexes the Ulcer, has gotten into the habit of the Body, or that there is a habit of Breeding it; it will be difficult without regeneration, or totally altering of it, to reduce it to its natural constitution or state, or to hinder or prevent its increase.  
X. The Cure. This is scarcely to be accomplished, except the Cause be first removed, and the whole mass of Blood purified: (this more especially if the Ulcer has been of some years standing, or of a very long continuance.)  
XI. And this must be done by manifold and continued Purging, continued Sweeting, and a constant taking of some; traumatick Diet-drink; that so the Body may be emptied of all its vicious Humours, the Tone of the Viscera rectified, and the whole habit changed.  
XII. Vniversals being thus premised, Sennertus advises to things cooling, drying, and astringent; yet withal discussive, or mixed with Discussives: as Balaustians, Bramble-tops, Bistort, Cyprus-nuts, Cinkfoil, Frankincense-bark, Mastic, Nightshade, Plantain, Pomgranat-Peels, Ceruse, Led burnt, lethargy, Minium, Mercury, or Quicksilver, Sulphur, Vermilion, Vitriol, Vitriol calcined.  
XIII. To these may be added; Vng. Aegyptiacum, Fuscum Wurtzii, Nicotian●e, Diapompholigos.; Empl. de Plumbo, de Min●o, Griseum, de Ranis cum Mercurio, vel Merculiale.  
FOURTEEN. You may therefore first foment the Ulcer with this Decoction. Take Plantan-leaves M. i Balaustians, Rea-rises, Pomgranate-peels, A. ℥ i Myrtleberries, Sumach, burnt Alum, A. ℥ ss. Red-wine q.s. boil, and wash also the Ulcer therewith.  
XU. The Ulcer being washed, lay over it Ung. Diapompholigos, or Ung. Album Camphoratum: or this, ℞ Tutty prepared, fine Bole, A. ℥ ss. burnt Led washed, Ceruse, A. ℥ i juice of Plantain ℥ jss. grinned all in a leaden Mortar to to a Mass, adding Oil of Roses and Wax, as much as suffices to make it into an Ointment.  
XVI. A Decoction of Oak-leaves, Alum, Frankincense, and Myrrh, is commended; imposing over all Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, in double or triple quantity: but nothing is equal to the Water of the Griffin.  
XVII Other Authors, for diminishing the Humour impacted in the Part, advice to do it by catheretick Medicaments; as the Pastilli or Trochisci Andronis, Polyidae, & Musae; the Preparations of which you may see in my Pharmacopoeia Londinensis, lib. 4. cap. 34. sect. 23.38. & 39 which being in powder may be mixed with Vng. Populeon, or some suchlike Ointment.  
XVIII. Or yond may use read Precipitate, ground and washed in a Lixivium of Pot-ashes; or the Prince's Powder; either of which may be mixed with some Sarcotick Oiniment, to be used in Rheumatic Ulcers, and in tender People.  
XIX. Or in stronger Bodies, you may take read Precipitate ℥ two. unwashed, and mixed with burnt Alum ʒi. it is fit to be applied in foul and stinking Ulcers; such as Herpes' exedens, Phagedaena, and Nomae.  
XX. Turpethum Minerale, while white and unmixed, is to be preferred before them all; yea if washed, it exceeds them; and is of mighty use in Venereal and Malign Ulcers, as also in a Venereal Headache; it may be mixed with Paracelsus his Mundificative, ʒi. of the Turpethum, to ℥ i of the Ointment, and so applied: it may be used unwashed to strong Constitutions, but washed to such as are tender and delicate.  
XXI. This Turpethum far surpasseth corrosive Sublimate, or Arsenic; being more safe, and not so painful, or apt to 'cause Inflammations, or Symptomatick-Fevers. It may also be mixed, ʒii. with Alumen ustumʒi. to evacuate the peccant Humour out of the Part affected, in such as have a firm and able Habit of Body: it may be mixed with Vnguentum Nicotianae.  
XXII. The next Indication, is the Healing-up of the Ulcer; which has two Intentions: 1. To to fill up the Flesh, with proper Sarcotioks. 2. To cicatrize it with Epuloticks.  
XXIII. As to the Sarcoticks, they should be such as dry strongly, but have no● Corrosive faculty; this of Paraeus, lib. 6. cap. 84. is good. ℞ Pine-bark ℥ ss. Ceruse, Tutty prepared, A. ℥ i Oil of Roses, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ two. Wax q.s. mix, and make and intment: if a little Saccharum Sarurm, or Minium, or Cinnabat be added, it will be more effectual.  
XXIV. Or, ℞ Vag. Enulatum cum Mercurio ℥ i flowers of Sulphurʒi. mix them. This Paraeus commends as a thing infallible: but if you found the lips of the Ulcer to be more and eroded, you must be obliged to touch them with Spirit of Nitre, Spirit of Salt, Oil of Vitriol, or Oil of Sulphur; by which means, these Ulcers which seem incurable, are often cured.  
XXV. Or you may use this. ℞ Juice of Tobacco ℥ iv. yellow Wax, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ two. Turpentine, Pine-Rosin, Oil of Myrtles, A. ℥ jss. boil to the consumption of the Juice, than add powder of Tobacco ℥ i and where occasion is, you may add to ℥ i of it, of red Precipitate, or yellow Turpethum Minerale ʒi.  
XXVI. The Ulcer being filled up with Flesh, you must produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks; among which Desiccativum Rubrum, and Vng. de Minio, are commended.  
XXVII. Lastly, Aquapendens, part. 2. lib. 1. cap. 28. advices to drinks every day Goats-milk; more especially if the Party is of a thin habit of Body, and in a Hectick-Fever or Consumption: or otherwise, a Decoction of Sursaparillu; the Faculties of which, very few of the Chirurgick-Tribe are ignorant of, especially in the curing of malignant and creeping Ulcers.   

CHAP. XVII. Of an ULCER PHAGEDENICK.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Phagedaenicum; we in English call, A Pagedenick Uler, or, An Eating Ulcer.  
II The Kind's. This Ulcer is twofold: 1. That which the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; and the Latins, in imitation of them, Phagedaena; also Vlcus exedens: and we in English, The Eating, or Sprealing Ulcer. 2. Nomae, also Vlcus depascens, or the Cancerous Ulcer; of which we shall treat in the next Chapter. This Phagedaena is derived 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; ab Edendo, à 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, to Eat: so that it may well be called, An Eating Ulcer.  
III It is an Ulcer with a Tumour; for which reason, some Authors have accounted and treated of it among Tumours, as Galen de Tumoribus, cap. 14. But whereas there is always an Ulcer joined with it, the more modern Authors (whom we here follow) think it more reasonable to be handled in the Discourse of Ulcers.  
IV. The Differences. It diffrain Herpes' exedens; for that corrodes and eats up the Parts lying near round about it; but it corrodes and eats through the Skin only: whereas Phagedaena is a deep and profound Ulcer; and does not eat only through the Skin, but even to the parts underneath; eating through the Flesh also.  
V It differs also from Nomae, or the Cancerous Ulcer: for though that is an eating Ulcer also, yet it is an Ulcer with an eating or devouring putridness, creeping but slowly, and without any Tumour: whereas a Phagedaena is an Ulcer without any putridness, though abounding with matter; eating profoundly through the Flesh, and creeping to the parts adjacent lying round about it; and is always accompanied with a tumour about its lips, by which it is distinguished from Nomae.  
VI The Cause. It is caused generally from adust Choler or Melancholy, or else from yellow Choler with salt Phlegm, and a serous or wheyish Humour, mixed therewith: which Humour is not so thin, as to produce only an Herpes'; nor yet so thick and malign, as to produce a Cancer.  
VII. Now this Humour comes either from some Part affected with a hot and dry Distemper; or else it is made adust, by some preternatural heat and dryness in the Part affected.  
VIII. Wiseman says, in a Cacochimick Habit, an Herpes' exedens often arises on the Nose and Face, from a small Pimple, or fiery Pustle; which being heated by scratching, or picking with their Nails, becomes at length corrosive; and from a Herpes' exedens, becomes phagedenical: this by a farther exasperation, becomes cancerous: these (says he) differing, but only as the Humour becomes lesle or more sierce.  
IX. The Signs. They are known by what was said in the Differences, at Sect. 4. and 5 above: but sometimes the Ulcer takes its original from an Abscess in the Flesh; and sometimes it gins in the Skin, and after eats into the Flesh, spreading into the parts round about, and dissolving the Flesh in the bottom of the Ulcer.  
X. And the Humour causing this Ulcer, by reason of its great abundance, fills the lips of the Ulcer, and causes a swelling to appear: but by reason of its acrimony and malignity, it frets, gnaws, or eats the parts adjacent which are sound.  
XI. The Prognostics. All these kinds of eating Ulcers are difficult to be cured; and if they hap in a Body of a hot and dry temperature, where the Aliment sent to the Part, (though it be good) is made sharp and corrosive; they are so much the more hard of cure.  
XII. They resist the force of ordinary Medicaments; which though they are applied to other Ulcers with good success, yet in this kind of Ulcer they become utterly ineffectual.  
XIII. If this Ulcer happens in a cacochyn ick habit habit of Body, it is yet more rebellious: and here the Constitution of the Body must be altered, before this Evil can be cured, which is a matter of very great difficulty.  
FOURTEEN. If it happens in decrepit Age, or in such as are in a Hectic Consumption, where the natural heat, and radical moisture are almost spent, and only acrid and salted Humours abound, the Ulcer than will scarcely admit of any cure at all.  
XU. If it happens from the French-Pox, it is cured by Specificks for that Disease: but if it comes from either Causes, so (says Wiseman) it is extreme difficult, and does frequently terminate Cancerous.  
XVI. The Cure. There are two chief Indications of Cure: 1. To remove the Antecedent Cause. 2. To destroy the Conjoined Cause.  
XVII. The Cause Antecedent is removed, 1. By Purging; which you may do, first, by Emetics, if the Stomach is foul, and the strength of the Body will bear it; and that may be done with Wine-Vinegar, or Honey, or Oxymel of Squills, or with Bohemian-tartar Emetic, or Infusion of Crocus Metal. or Vinum Antimoniale, or some other Antimonial Emetic.  
XVIII. Secondly, by Purgation, which may be done with an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Catharticus, Tinctura Purgans, Pilulae Catharticae, Family Pills, Pulvis Cornachini; or some Mercurial Purge made with up Prince's Powder, white Precipitate, Turbith Mineral, etc. suited according to the Constitution.  
XIX. 2. By Diet or Wound Drinks, which are to be made of Decoction; of Guajacum, Sarsa, China, Tormentil, Bistort, Burdock, and Comfrey roots; to which Vulneraries, as Agrimony Angelica, Avens, Betony, Bawm Hypericon, Ladies-mantle, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Woundwort, etc. may be added.  
XX. If the Humour flows to the Ulcer in any great quantity, it is to be diverted by Revulsion, Derivation, and Interception, if it is possible. Some commend the Purging with Confectio Hamech, à ℈ i adʒss. mixed with Mercurius dulcis, à gr. 12 ad 24. and this to be repeated twice a Week.  
XXI. The second Indication of Cure is to destroy the Conjoined Cause, which is done by Topics. The virulent Humour affecting the Ulcer requires (says Wiseman) to be dried up; and the Intemperies to be corrected. But because these Ulcers differ much one from another in their corrosive qualities, according to the different habits of Body, the Medicaments therefore must accordingly vary.  
XXI. If the Ulcer wants Digestion, Digestives must be applied, before any thing else can possibly be done: for Digestion has a kind of Fermentative Power, by which it alters and changes the nature of the acrimonious and corrosive Humour, destroying its property, at lest making it more mild and gentle.  
XXIII. Than, if the Intemperies is hot, your applications are to be cold, with some little Astringency, as Ung. Tutiae, è Plumbo, de Calce, de Lithargyro: or you may apply Ung. Populeon, mixed with Album Camphoratum, in equal quantities.  
XXIV. If these things will not do, or answer expectation, you must proceed to stronger: but by the Authority of the Ancients, you aught to scarify these Ulters, or some-ways provoke them to bleed; that the sharp Blood and Humours may be thereby discharged.  
XXV. Aegineta has this Powder. ℞ Vnslakt Lime, Chalcitis, or Vitriol, A. ʒii. Auripigmentum ʒ i make all into a powder. ℞ Unguen. Nicotianae (of Our Prescription) ℥ i of the former Powder ℥ two. mix them, and apply it.  
XXVI. You may wash with the Water of the Griffin, which is a most admirable thing; or with some drying Medicaments, which may repress the afflux of Humours; as Aqua Calcis, Aeruginosa, Aluminosa, or a Decoction of Plantain, Horstail, Bramble-tops, Balaustians, Red-roses, Cyprus-Nuts, Galls, etc. made in Smiths-Forge-Water, or Red-wine, q.s.  
XXVII. After which, the Ulcer may be sprinkled with powders of Tutia, burnt Hartshorn, burnt Ivory, and Oyster-shells, Pomgranate-peels, Catechu: or they may be mixed with Ointments.  
XXVIII. ℞ Ung. Diapompholigos ℥ iii fine Bowl, Sanguis draconis, Balaustians, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Roses, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment; which apply with Compress wet, and wrung out of some Astringent Decoction, over all.  
XXIX. The Ulcer thus dressed, is not to be opened again in three or four days: for the temperament of the Part being weak, the frequent exposing it to the Air, renders it more weak, and the Medicaments lesle effectual.  
XXX. To this purpose Galen, Comp. Med. cap. 4. upon the Medicament of Asclepiades, has these words: For unless the Medicament shall stick somewhat long upon the Skin, it effects but little or nothing; which most Physicians are ignorant of.  
XXXI. And the truth is (says Sennertus) there is commonly a great Error committed in this very point, whilst they think that to be the best course, to wash the Ulcer three or four times a day; when that the Medicament does act nothing at all, unless by the native Heat it is drawn forth into act: and in regard that in long continued Ulcers, the heat of the affected Part is very weak, it needs much time therefore to excite and draw forth the strength and virtue of the Medicine.  
XXXII. For which reason, the Medicament aught to be kept sticking upon the Part for a long while; nor is its action to be disturbed, for that the virtue and strength thereof is not in a little while to be drawn forth by the heat of the Part affected; for which reason, no new or fresh Medicament is presently to be applied: yet if the Humour is very sharp, it is the oftener to be wiped away; jest lying in the ulcerated Part, it should more and more corrupt the same.  
XXXIII. Or you may apply Ung. Fascum Wurtzii, Ung. Nicotianae Nostr. or some such like; till the Ulcer ceases sprending, appears read, is cleansed, and is in a good condition; than you may heal it up with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks, as is usual in other Ulcers.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of an ULCER CANCEROUS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (Ulcus & Ulcera quae in Cancrum vergunt:) also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (Ulcus, & Ulcera serpentia, quae depascunt:) and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉; (Ulcus & Ulcera, quae sunt ejusdem naturae seu qualitatis, ut depascunt;) and the Latins Nome, pl. Nomae; also Ulcus depascens, pl. Ulcera depascentia: we in English call, Consuming, feeding, or cating Ulcer or Ulcers; also Cancerous Ulcer or Ulcers; because they eat like a Cancer ulcerated.  
II The Kind's. Some Authors will have Nome to be the only Cancerous Ulcer; others add also Lupus, the Wolf; and Noli me tangere.  
III Nome is a corrosive or eating Ulcer, without any tumour in the lips; conjoined with malignity, and putrefaction of the Part, and feeding deeply upon the adjacent sound parts, almost after the manner of a Cancer ulcerated.  
IV. Lupus is a most stinking, malign, putrid, and cancerous Ulcer; in the Arms, Sides, Loins, Hips, Thighs, Legs, or any brawny, or very fleshy Part.  
V Noli me tangere, is a malign, putrid, and cancerous Ulcer in the Nose and Face, rebellious, and many times very painful, not much differing from Lupus, but in the place or situation thereof: of these two latter, as they are Tumours, we have already treated in Lib. 3. cap. 34. sect. 31. ad 53. Here we shall a little more consider them, as special kinds of Ulcers.  

VI The Differences. Nome is an eating or devouring putridness, yet an Ulcer which creeps but slowly; and differs from Phagedaena, because it eats with great putrefaction, moving forwards from the diseased and unsound parts, to those which are whole and sound; adding to them malign matter, from the unsound: so that its nature arises not from the substance of the thing declared, but from the matter accessary, which is to feed; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 4. does demonstrate.  
VII. It is distinguished also from Phagedaena; for that as Phagedaena is always with a Tumour, and the corrosion is only from a a malign quality, and acrimony of Humours; whereby it eats through the parts and flesh lying underneath, and that are about it: so Nome is always without a tumour, and the corrosion which eats deeply and profoundly, (though slowly) is from a certain putrified Humour, etc.  
VIII. It differs also from Herpes' exedens; for as that is only a corrosion in the Skin, without putrefaction; so this is a corrosion in and through the Skin, but deeply into the substance of the Flesh also, with putrefaction.  
IX. The Causes. The Causes of all these proceed from vicious and malign Humours abounding in the Body, exalted to such a degree of acrimony as may 'cause putrefaction; partly from simple Choler or salt Phlegm mixed with Atra Bilis, and so dispersed through the whole habit of the Body.  
X. Chemists will have them to proceed from an Arsenical Sulphur, separated from the Natural Balsam, or Juices replenishing the Body, and sent or directed to the Part affected. And indeed, an Arsenical quality best represents the nature of these kinds of Ulcers: for truly like Arsenic, the Humours here protruded, are of a putrifactive quality.  
XI. The Signs. These Ulcers are known by sight; partly from their kinds and differences, and partly from the situation, or place which they affect, being accompanied with putrefaction and eating.  
XII. Nome eats deepest into the Flesh; the other are more superficial, and are sometimes Ulcers upon a Sarcoma, or excrescence of superfluous Flesh, which sometimes eat more, sometimes lesle.  
XIII. The Prognostics. These, like all other eating Ulcers, are very hard to be cured: and if they hap in a Body Cacochymical, they are seldom healed, but last for the most part during the Patient's whole life.  
FOURTEEN. If they be with an afflux of Humours, or near any principal Vein, Artery, Nerve, or Tendon, they are not only so much the more difficult to cure, but also so much the more dangerous.  
XU. If they hap to such as are in Consumptions, or are Hectic, or Asthmatical, they are of evil consequence, and for the most part kill the Patient; by draining away the remaining part of the Radical Moisture which aught to support Nature.  
XVI. The Cure. All these receive much one and the same Method of Cure; and the same Medicines which are generally good for one, good for the other also.  
XVII. The gentler means, and such as we have prescribed in the former Chapter, are first to be attempted, because sometimes they may prevail: but if those things do no good, as it oftentimes falls out, we must be constrained to come to the use of stronger Remedies.  
XVIII. This Powder is commended in a Nome. ℞ White Vitriol ℥ jss. Crocus Martis ℥ vj. Galls ℥ ix. make all into a fine powder, which mix with some convenient Ointment, as Vng-Nicotianae.  
XIX. Or this. ℞ Vnslakt Lime, Orpiment; white Vitriol, A. ℥ i Catechu, Galls, Pomgranate-peels, round Birthwort roots, Tobacco, Alum burnt, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℥ ss. burnt Brass, Crocus Martis, Led calcined, A. ʒvi. make all into a fine powder, and mix it with clarified Honey q.s. and make a Lineament.  
XX. Or, ℞ An Infusion (of Balaustians, Birthwort-roots, Cardus Ben. Centory the lesle, Catechu, Galls, Germander, Pomgranate-peels, Scordium, Southernwood, Wormwood) in Vinegar ℥ viij. purified Verdigrise ℥ iv. Honey ℥ xiv. mix, and boil to a consistency.  
XXI. Wiseman says, you must use Detersives made of Vnguen. Aeg●ptiacum, read Precipitate, Troch. Andronis, Musae; also Caustics, and sometimes the Actual Cautery.  
XXII. To these Applications, Objections (says he) have been made: but if drying Medicaments without erosion will do no good, you must than come to stronger: and where the putrefaction is great, you will found it necessary to use the strongest kinds, as the Actual Cautery, it not being only of use to remove the corrosive Flesh, but to check the malignity, and strengthen the weakened part.  
XXIII. But where the Patient will not admit of that, you must use Caustics, the parts about being in the mean season defended with Refrigerants: after separation of the Eschar, and corrupt Flesh, the Ulcer is to be healed up with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks, as is usual.   

II Of Lupus, the Wolf.  
XXIV. Thou when other things fail, the former Directions may serve in the Cure of this Ulcer; yet some things Countrypeople have observed; that the application of raw Flesh, as of Hen, Chicken, Pigeon, Dog, Whelp, Kitling; raw Beef, Mutton, Lamb, or Veal, being laid to in slices, allays the fury of the Disease, abates the malignty, and stops the eating quality.  
XXV. Others apply this upon Pledgets of Lint. Take burnt Lead, Tutty, Prankincense, A. ℥ iv. Wormwood in powder, Wax, A. ℥ jss. Oil of Roses ℥ vi. juice of Nightshade q.s. mix, and grinned in a leaden Mortar, to the consistence of an Ointment.  
XXVI. Juice of Nightshade is wonderfully commended; and it will be so much the more powerful, if Catechu and Saccharum Saturni be dissolved in it; the juice of Tobacco has also the same effect: a double or fourfold linen Cloth may be dipped in them, and applied, and over that a Pledget of Tow, or piece of Sponge dipped in the same Liquor: Camphir dissolved in a little S.U. may also be mixed with them.  
XXVII. Or you may lay over a green Tobacco-leaf, two or three of them, one over another; because they may be apt to dry; and dress it with them twice a day.  
XXVIII. Or, Take Honey of Mullein ℥ two. Oil of Mace or Nutmegs ℥ i Catechu ℥ ss. Pomgranate-peels ʒii. Minium ʒi. mix them.  
XXIX. Or this of Fallopius. Take Oil of Roses, Oil-omphacin, A. ℥ vi. Oil of Myrtles, Ung. Populeum, A. ℥ iii leaves of Nightshade and Plantain, A. M.ii beaten them well; boil all with a gentle Fire to the consumption of the Juice: strain, and add thereto Wax ℥ iv. which melt, and taking it from the Fire, whilst hot, add moreover, Litharge ℥ vi. Ceruse ℥ two. burnt Led, Tutty, A. ʒijss. grinned all together in a leaden Mortar for two Hours.   

III Of Noli me tangere.  
XXX. Some commend the Sublimate of white Arsenic, because it mortifies in one day Cancers, Fistula's, Nomae, and other strange and malign Ulcers, applying round about Defensatives.  
XXXI. Some commend this Experiment. Take Salt M. i Sorrel M. viij. beaten them well together in a Mortar, to which put Water enough to cover it three Inches over; boil to the consumption of half: strain, and add thereto burnt Alumʒiii. white Vitrol in pouderʒi. dissolve, and wash therewith, twice a day.  
XXXII. Or you may apply Vng. de Lithargyro, de Minio, de Tutia, Desiccativum, and other things of like nature, which are only to be used as Palliatives; though yet sometimes they have cured.  
XXXIII. I commend upon my Own knowledge, Ung. Nicotianae made after my Prescription: the juice of Tobacco, Scammony in powder, and Euphorbium, which scarcely bites at all in an Ulcer.  
XXXIV. This is commended by some. Take Cowdung lbiv lbiv. green Tobacco, or the dry; Housleek, Henbane, Hemlock, Mandrake, Nightshade, Plantain, Purslan, A. M.i. beaten all together, with twenty River-crabs; which done, either press out the Juice and use it; or distil a Water therefrom in a Pewter Still, mixing therewith Camphirʒiii. dissolved in S.U. dip Clotheses therein, and frequently apply them.  
XXXV. And not only in Noli me tangere, but also in Lupus and Nome, and indeed in all kinds of malign and inveterate Ulcers, we commend the use of the Water of the Griffin; than which possibly there is nothing more excellent in Nature, it being able to do more than all other things.  
XXXVI. Lastly, this following Diet, to be given inwardly (is not to be forgotten) in all these kinds of Ulcers, since Experience has confirmed its efficacy and power. ℞ Betony, Fennel, Sanicle, Wintergreen, A. M. iii Fluellin or Paul's Betony, M. vi. Album Graecum ℥ iv. cut, bruise, and put them into a Bag with a Stone in it, which put into four Gallons of new Ale or Beer; let them stand three or four days, and than add volatile Sal Armoniac ℥ iv. of this let the Patient take a Draught, Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XXXVII. If Noli me tangere be in the Lip, and it has not eroded very wide, or spread much, it may be cured by cutting out, after the manner of a Harelip, and that with very little deformity. See Lib. 3. Cap. 34. Sect. 31. and 53. of this Work aforeging.    

CHAP. XIX. Of an ULCER by BURNING or SCALDIING.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus ab ustione, vel Ulcus perustum; we in English call, An Ulcer by Burning; whether it is made by the naked Fire, or by Scalding with Water, Oil, Pitch, Tar, Led, etc.  
II It is an ulcerated solution of Continuity made by Fire, or other very hot things; wherein the Skin is sometimes burnt and exulcerated, and sometimes the Flesh, with the Vessels, Nerves, Tendons, etc.  
III The Causes are manifest; the Signs by which it is known are; 1. An Eschar, where it is not fallen of. 2. An Ulcer abounding with Matter, where it is fallen of.  
IV. The Prognostics. If it is small, and in a bealthy body, it is easily cured: if great and deep, it commonly leaves Scars behind it.  
V If it penetrates into the great Vessels, it generally produces a Gangrene: if it pierces to the Intestines, it is incurable: if it is from Lightning, it is for the most part mortal.  
VI If it is in the Groins; or the Eyes, it is very dangerous: and if a hairy part is burnt, the Hair never grows again there, but the place remains bald:  
VII. The Cure. If the Fire is not out, you must endeavour to take that out; which done, you may come to the cleansing and healing of the Ulcer by Topics.  
VIII. Our Ointment of Tobacco, we commend as most admirable thing: it is excellent in the greatest and a most desperate Burn.  
IX. If there are Blisters, they must be cut and opened, that the hot and sharp Humour may flow forth; and than this Ointment may be applied. ℞ Ung. Basilicon, Oil of Roses, or of Hypericon, A. ℥ i yolks of Eggs Nᵒ two. mix them.  
X. Or this: ℞ Fresh Butter, Hens-grease, A. ℥ i Oil of Lilies, Mucilages of Fleawort and Quince-seeds, Wax, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒ two. Saccharum Saturni, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix them.  
XI. If you please, instead of the mucilages of Fleawort and of Quince-seeds; you may use Barley, or Wheat, or Oatmeal flower.  
XII. If the Pain be very great, you must alleviate it with this Defensative. Take Oil of Roses ℥ two. white Wax ℥ i Camphirʒi. Barley meal or flower, q.s. mix them.  
XIII. Or this. Take fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Ceruse, Catechu, Pomgranate-peels, Red-roses, A. ℥ ss. Wax ℥ two. Oil of Roses ℥ iv. in which let Camphirʒii. be dissolved: moisten the Powder with â little Vinegar, than mix with them the melted Wax and Oil of Roses.  
FOURTEEN. To take out the Fire, and ease the Pain, a Cataplasm made of Onions, Rue, and Mithridate, is much is commended.  
XU. If the Patient is in such violent pain that he cannot sleep, add to either of the former Ointments Opium, àʒss. adʒi. dissolved in S.U. or Vinegar: and use Rulers dipped in Oxycrate, or in a Pickle made with Water, Vinegar, and Salt, (if the Part is capable of Bandage) it will excellently repress the flux of Humours, ease the Pain, and draw out the Fire.  
XVI. If there is an Eschar, it is speedily to be removed with an Incision-knife; and this Ointment following may be applied. Take Oil of Roses, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, A. ℥ i yolks of two Eggs: mix them.  
XVII. Defensatives are not here so convenient, especially, if there is danger of a Gangrene, because they are apt to hinder transpiration.  
XVIII. This of Guilielmus Fabricius, is good. Take Diachalciteos ℥ two. Hens and Goose grease, A. ℥ ss. melt them together, and and add burnt Alum, burnt Lead, Litharge, Lapis Calaminaris, A.ʒi. grinned all together in a Leaden Mortar: add mucilages of Fleawort and Fenugreek seed, A. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XIX. You must labour that the Eschar may be removed the first or second day: if it cannot be by the former Applications, than you must cut it in divers places, with an Incision-knife, that so a passage may be made for the issuing forth of the Humour, and admission of Medicaments to the Affect, such as those at Sect. 15. and 17. aforegoing.  
XX. Now when the Eschar which was burnt shall be separated, the Ulcer is to be cleansed; and after that, you are with Sarcoticks to incarnate, and with Epuloticks to cicatrize; as we have before directed, in the Cure of other Ulcers.  
XXI. Yet you are to take care, that those things which you order in respect of skinning the Sore, be not over-dry; jest the Cicatrice be rough, deformed, or unsightly.  
XXII. Some will have Burn, etc. to be Ulcers; others, (because of their immediate Constitution) to be Wounds: the matter is not great which you take them to be; at first doubtless they are Wounds, afterwards they prove Ulcers: so in respect of the first Consideration we handled them under the Title of Wounds; where we have largely considered them under many Heads; for which Reason we have been very brief here: and therefore request you to supply what is wanting in this place, from the Matter declared there; which you may found in Lib: 4. Cap. 24. aforegoing.   

CHAP. XX. Of an ULCER FISTULOUS, or, of a FISTULA.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fistula ille morbus, & Ulcus fistulosum we in English call purely, A Fistula, Fistulous Ulcer, or, An Ulcer fistulated.  
II The Definition. It is a sinuous or hollow Ulcer, which is narrow, with a callosity or bardness in the inner side of the parts; suffering a solution of Unity, and yielding a stinking and virulent Humour.  
III The Differences. It differs from a sinuous Ulcer only in this, that the sides are callous: whereas a sinuous Ulcer is totally without callosity.  
IV. This Callus, is a thick and infensible heaviness; and it many times becomes so hard, that the sides can by no manner of means be agglutinated or united.  
V Fistula's also differ among themselves; some of them proceed from an Apostem, some from a simple Ulcer, from the Parts affected: some are in Fleshy Parts, others in Tendinous, or in the Bones or Joints: and some enter into the Cavities of the Breast or Belly.  
VI They differ also in their magnitude; for some are greater, some lesser: in their Continuance; for some are inveterate, others recent: in their Figure; for some are straight and narrow, and some deep or shallow; others are winding, or capacious: in the Number of their Sinus'; for some have but one Sinus; others two, or three, or more; which are also either straight or winding, and many times penetrate to the Bone.  
VII. The Causes. Wiseman says, the Callus is hastened, (or made) by the transpiration and resolution of the thin and subtle Humours, and the incrassation of the more pituitous: by the congestion of which, a long Pipe of (hardened or brawny) Skin is made, which branches itself inwards from the Orifice, quite through all the Cavities of the Ulcer.  
VIII. Sennertus says, that Fistula's have their original Causes for the most part from Apostems; in which, either by the impurity of the Body, or the too great abundance of the evil Humour, being long contained, a Callus is bred.  
IX. Or, they may be caused from the unkilfulness of the Artist, not applying proper Medicaments, or delaying the Cure; whereby the Pus, from its corrosiveness, and long detention, makes as it were Coney-burrows, till they become at length very deep, and withal callous, of an insensible brawney hardness.  
X. They are said to proceed also from Phlegm, or adust Melancholy, degenerating into a fetid and virulent Humour.  
XI. The Signs. The edges of a Fistula are white and hard, having little or no pain; and indeed the whole Fistula is generally voided of pain, unless it be in a Joint, or near to, or touches a Nerve, Tendon, or Membrane.  
XII. The Pathognomick Signs of a Fistula are taken from its essence; being of a Pipe-like figure, with callosity.  
XIII. The Accidental Signs are taken from the differences: if the Orifice and Sinus is but one, or single, the Quittor is lesle; but if the Sinus' are manifold, the Pus or Quittor is more in quantity; and it is ever filthy, virulent and stinking, and sometimes may be pressed out through the Orifice of the Fistula: the changing also the position of the Body, or part will show them: for the flowing of the Matter having ceased, if after the changing the position, it runs out again, it shows that there are more Sinuosities.  
FOURTEEN. By a Probe you may search the cavity of a Fistula; but in an obliqne, crooked or winding, you must use a Wax-candle, which is best also to be used when the Fistula is in the fleshy and sensible Parts: the Probe is most convenient, when it penetrates to the Bone.  
XU. If the Fistula is only in the fleshy Parts, that which is touched by the Probe, is soft; and the matter which comes out, is white, equal, and in great quantity.  
XVI. If it penetrates an Artery, that which comes forth is thin, and shining, and comes forth with leaping: but if the cavity joins to a Vein, the matter is like dregss of Claret-wine, but redder and thicker, where the Vein is eroded.  
XVII. If it touches a Nerve, there is puin in probing it to the bottom; and the Pus is as it were fat and oily, but lesle in quantity; and the action of the Part is made uneasy, causing a pricking pain, with a certain numbness.  
XVIII. If it extends to a Bone, what the Probe touches is hard, not yielding, and painful, while the Periosteum is not corroded, not if it is corroded, or consumed, and the Bone is foul, you will found it rough and unequal to the touch, with a thin, stinking, and black matter, and voided of pain.  
XIX. If the Probe being pressed slip, no cariosity has seized upon the Bone, for a sound Bone is smooth and slippery: but if the Probe stay upon it, appearing smooth, it is disposed to cariosity; and if the Bone feel unequal and rough, it is carious.  
XX. If there are more Orifices than one, you may know whether there be more Fistula's than one, by injecting a Liquor with a Syringe into one of the Orifices: for if the Liquor flow forth again by all the Orifices, than it is all but one Fistula; but if it comes not forth at the other Orifices, than there are more Fistula's than one.  
XXI. And this is likewise discovered in part, by the colour of that which comes forth: for if that which flows forth by all the Orifices is of one colour, it is a sign that the Fistula is but one; but if of a different colour, it shows that there are more than one.  
XXII. If by searching, the parts are pained, or if Blood follows your Probe, the Fistula is not confirmed; but if neither happens, 'tis a Fistula beyond all dispute.  
XXIII. The Prognostics. All Fistula's are heard of cure, and some incurable: and it is particularly to be observed, that some certain Fistula's aught not to be cured, viz. such as are old and inveterate, by which the superfluous Humours have for a long time been vented: for such Fistula's as these (in regard they preserve Men from divers Diseases) are by no means to be closed up; because, as Hypocrates, Epidem. lib. 6. sect. 3. saith, that when they are shut up, they 'cause many Maladies. And therefore, on the contrary, if at any time such should chance to be healed, they aught to be opened again.  
XXIV. A recent Fistula in the fleshy parts alone, and not deep, in 〈◊〉 y●ung Body of a good constitution, is more easily cured: but an old, deep Fistula, having many Sinus', or being near any noble or principal Member, or being in an old, or cacochymick, or hectic, or emaciated Body, is of very difficult cure.  
XXV. If the edges are not very hard, but somewhat soft and mattery, they promise' a more speedy cure: but coming in those places where Nature is accustomed to discharge herself of vicious Humours; as the Abdomen, Groins, Buttocks, Cod, Perinaeum, and Fundament, they are of much more difficult cure.  
XXVI. They are also difficultly cured, and for the most part incurable, which touch the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons; and those which are in the heads of the Muscles, or in the Joints, Vertebrae, cavity of the Thorax, Abdomen, Womb, Bladder, or Guts.  
XXVII. Those among the Bones and great Joints, are very difficult to cure; by reason of the sensibility of the parts, which for the most part admit neither of Incision nor Dilatation.  
XXVIII. Those which are in such places, where you may safely lay them open, or remove the Callus, are more easy of cure: so also such as are shallow, passing no deeper than the Membrana carnosa, or at the farthest, than the Membrane of the Muscles or Muscle; because by incision they may easily be cured.  
XXIX. Fistula's winding and turning, and with many Coney-burrows or cavities, require Incision, that Medicaments may be conveyed to other parts; otherwise they admit not of cure: and these are of more difficult cure, than those which have but one Sinus.  
XXX. But indeed no Fistula is of easy cure, because of the unaptness of the Part for conveniently applying of Medicaments: for unless they reach to the very bottom of the Fistula; (which is not easily to be done) no cure succeeds. Besides, the Medicaments which are able to remove a Callosity, are vehemently sharp and biting; causing Pain, symptomatical Fevers, Fainting, etc. and the Humour which causes the Fistula, is oftentimes malign and stubborn, not easily yielding to Medicines; for which reasons the Cure many times succeeds slowly, and ill.  
XXXI. Fistula's ending in the Tunicles of Arteries and Veins, are thought to be incurable, because of Hemorrhages: for if you enlarge the Orifice, or take away the Callosity by sharp Medicaments, the flux of Blood will be renewed or increased. This happens most commonly in Bubo's of the Groin, not speedily cured, and Parotides under the Ear, and in Phlegmons in the Armpits: because these Parts being Emunctories, are near to the divarication of the great Vessels, viz. the Aorta and Vena cava, descending and ascending.  
XXXII. If in a Fistula in the Back, the Spine be carious, 'tis 'tis no prudence to undertake a Cure; for at length an extenuation of the Body will be induced, and the Animal Spirits diminished; and withal they will not be communicated (as they aught to be) to the extremities of the Body, whereby Death will not long after succeed.  
XXXIII. Fistula's in the Joints are dangerous; (for even great Wounds in the Joints in Bodies of a good habit, are pronounced by Hypocrates to be mortal.) For seeing the Joints are framed of very sensible parts, as Nerves, Tendons, Membranes, and Ligaments; and that Corrosives must be applied to remove the Callus, great pain will ensue, which may endanger a Flux of Humours, Inflammation, etc. all which will detard the Cure. Besides, these being depending Parts, and not fleshy, they are lesle able to discuss a Flux of Humours received, by reason of the weakness of the Natural Heat of the Parts.  

I The true or absolute Cure of a Fistula,  
XXXIV. The Cure of a Fistula, is either Real, or Palliative.  
XXXV. The real and true Cure, is that which removes the Callus, and completes the Cure, as in other Ulcers.  
XXXVI. The Palliative Cure, is that which meddles not with the Callus, but only dries the Fistula within, and skins it without, the hollowness nevertheless remaining, commonly continuing some little while closed, but easily breaks forth again, being to be kept under by a regular Diet, Purging, and taking good Wound-drinks.  
XXXVII. In order to the real and true Cure, there are several Indications: 1. To abate the Humour which flows. 2. To correct the vicious Habit of the Body, by Traumaticks. 3. To remove the Callus. 4. To heal up the Ulcer, with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.  
XXXVIII. As to the first Indication, which is to abate the Humour that flows, there are several Intentions: 1. That the Patient keeps a regular and good Diet; eating things sweetening the Juices and Humours of the Body, or at lest breeding sweet Juices, and of a sparing nourishment, (unless the Sick be in a Hectic, or Consumption) that the Sore may not be supplied with a superfluity of Humours: such are Bilket, Meats roasted, (not boiled or baked) Fowls or Birds of Mountain-places, Partridges, etc. of which we have spoken plentifully in other places: he may eat also every Morning fasting, an ounce or better of Greenginger, which strengthens the Stomach, corrects in some measure the evil Habit, and dries up superfluous Humours.  
THIRTY-NINE. 2. To evacuate the evil Humours contained in the Body, which supply the Fistula with Matter and Humour: this is done by Universals; as general Purges and Vomits, which carry of and diminish the Humours, and 'cause a Revulsion of the same.  
XL. For this purpose, you may use Emetics, which empty the Stomach, and 'cause a Revulsion upwards; the chief of which are from Antimonials; as the Infusion of Crocus Metallortun, Vinum Benedictum, Vinum Antimoniale, Bohemian-tartar Emetic, Pulvis Antimonii, Pulvis Rheumaticus, Mercurius Vitae: and among Vegetables, we commend Oxymel Scilliticum; than which there are not many better things: but in using these things, you must consider the strength and habit of the Body, and accordingly make your choice, and pursue them.  
XLI. Emetics having been used their due course, you are next to cleanse the Bowels by proper Catharticks; such as Tinctura Pargans, Sal Mirabile, Mercurius praecipitatus Principis, Aurum Vitae, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, Electuarium Catharticum, Pilulae Catharticae, Pilulae Mirabiles, and Our Family-Pills; choosing out of all these things, those which may most agreed with the Humours of the Body, and comport with the strength or weakness of the Sick.  
XLII. And these things are to be continued for some time; or are to be constantly resumed and made use of, at due intervals of time; as the nature of the Disease requires, and the Body of the Sick can bear.  
LXIII. The second Indication requires to correct the evil Habit of the Body, by Traumatick Diet-Drinks. Now altho' we have, in Lib. 4. Cap. 30. give you many and various Prescriptions of Diet-drinks, out of which you may choose what most agrees with your present occasion; yet we shall for order sake, give you some other Examples in this place, which Authors have very much commended.  
XLIV. Tagaultius prescribes this Diet-drink. ℞ Agrimony M.iii Plantain M. two. Olive-leaves M. i. cut, bruise, and boil in Canary-Wine, q.s. of which let the Sick drink ℥ iii or iv. every day.  
XLV. Or this: ℞ Osmund-royal P. iii Centory the lesle P. i. Wine q.s. boil, and make a Decoction: it corrects the Humours, makes a good Habit of Body, expels and drives forth broken Bones: add in its use, a little Spirit of Wine.  
XLVI. Or this: ℞ Sanicle, Mugwort, Speedwell, Saracens-Consound, Wintergrcen, A. ℥ iv. Horstail ℥ two. Canary-Wine q.s. boil, and make a Decoction.  
LXVII. This, if you would have its Operation yet stronger, you may in drinking of it, add to each Dose, of levigated Crabs-eyes ℈ i for Crabs-eyes and Savin are of singular use, in expelling Pus, and other putrified Matter, in consuming and removing a Callus, and driving forth corrupted Bones.  
XLVIII. Another Dict-drink. ℞ Avens, Carduus ben. Savin, A. ℥ iii Sanicle, Saracens-Consound, Speedwell, A. ℥ two. Tormentil-roots ℥ i Wine q.s. boil, and make a Decoction.  
XLIX. Authors mightily commend the roots of Gentian and round Birthwort; ʒi. of either of them being taken in White-Wine in the Morning, either every day, or every other day, fasting two Hours after it.  
L. The juices also of Agrimony, roots of Bistort, of borage, of Comfrey, of Tormentil, and of Osmund-royal; the juices of Centory the lesle, Goldenrod, and white Whorehound, and of Plantain, Periwinkle, and Horstail, being mixed with Ale and drank every day; sweetened with Saccharum Rosatum, wonderfully contribute towards the healing: so also the Decoction of Guajacum, Sarsaparilla, and Burdock-roots, being given morning and evening for a Month or two together.  
LIVELY ℞ Rasping of Guajacum ℥ vi. Sarsaparilla split ℥ iv. Raisins stoned ℥ iii Liquorice bruised ℥ two. roots of Tormentil, Osmond-royal, Bistort, Comfrey, Coriander and sweet Fennel seeds, A. ℥ i Agrimony, Goldenrod, tops of Hypericon, Solomons-seal, A. M.i. boiling Water ten quarts: infuse for 24 hours, than boil with a gentle Fire, till a Gallon is evaporated; strain, and keep it for use. Dose, half a pint in the Morning fasting, a pint at Dinnertime, half a pint at 4 in the Afternoon, and a pint at Suppertime: if the Patient cannot drink this quantity, let him drink as much as he conveniently can.  
LII. The third Indication of Cure, is the removing of the Callus; which how that is to be performed, and whether by Medicaments or Instrument, or both, we shall anon show under the next Head, where we shall treat of it at large.  
LIII. The fourth Indication of Cure, is the healing-up of the Ulcer. The Callus being removed, or dissolved into a slough, and cast of, you may deterge with this. ℞ Turpentine washed in Aq. Vitae ℥ iii juices of Smallage and of Hounds-tongue, A. ʒvi. Honey of Roses strained ℥ jss. boil to the consumption of the Juice; and add to it powder of round Birthwort root, of Tobacco, Myrrh, meal of Lupins, A.ʒii. Scammonyʒi. mix.  
LIU. And if you add to the former, powder of Orrice, of Frankincense, of Myrrh, and Sarcocol, it will become incarnative; and than you may cicatrize with Vnguentum desiccativum rubrum, etc.  
LU. Or you may wash and cleanse with this. ℞ Plantain and Rose water, A. lbi lbi. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ i white Vitriol ℥ ss. Syrup of dried Roses ℥ v. mix, and dissolve for an Injection.  
LVI. Or: ℞ Plantane-water, or rather Limewater, which is better, lbi lbi. white Vitriol calcined ℥ two. fine Bole ℥ i, S.U. ℥ i ss. in which let Camphirʒvi. be dissolved, mix them. With these, you may wash and cleanse the Fistula; more especially, those into whose bottoms you cannot easily convey other Medicaments.  
LVII. Sennertus also says, you may inject by a Syringe Lixivium, (not very strong) Aqua mulsa, Sea-water, Limewater, and Water of the bot Baths, and Aqua Vitae, or S.U.  
LVIII. Now of how great Virtues Spirit of Wine is, in these kinds of Cures, we have already declared in Cap. 12. Sect. 15. and 16, aforegoing: and here again, we cannot but by the way observe, That if it is mixed with other convenient Medicaments, it is than of admirable use and benefit in cleansing and drying sordid and filthy Ulcers; and will perform ten times more, being mixed with other Medicaments, than they could do, if used alone without it, or if used alone with them; which the industrious Artist, if he pleases to try, may easily prove.  
LIX. If you use cleansing Powders, you may blow them into the Ulcer by a Pipe, its end being put into the Sinus of the Fistula, the Fistula being but a little way within the Flesh: but if it is long, it may be opened on the opposite part, and so on both sides the Medicaments may be cast in.  
LX. And here likewise we cannot but intimate, what we have before said, in the Cure of a Sinus, and of a Cavernous Ulcer; that we must use our utmost endeavour, that the orifice of the Fistula may be open downwards, that so the Humours may the more freely flow forth; or if it be not open, than in that very place it is to be opened, unless there be some weighty reason which may hinder it.  
LXI. Some inject Limewater, in which Mercurius dulcis levigated has been put, and shaken together: or the Ablution of Turpethum Minerale; but scarcely any thing exceeds the Water of the Griffin, which in healing Ulcers does Wonders.  
LXII. Some deterge with this. ℞ Whitewine ℥ viij. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss. S.U. ℥ i mix them; with which you may inject warm once a day, or oftener, if you see occasion.  
LXIII. You may know when the Fistula is sufficiently cleansed, if the Pus or Matter is uniform, equal, smooth, thick, white, and without any ill or stinking smell.  
LXIV. If the Bone be carious, you must consider how far the caries has entered into it, and endeavour the removal of it either by Actual Cautery, or boring with the Trepan, or rasping, shaving, or scraping; than by Desquamatories hasten the exfoliation of the Bone; and so proceed in the rest of the Cure, with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.  
LXV. But if the Fistula is near, or over some noble Part; or if there is a Nerve, Tendon, or Artery near; or if it is deep in the great Bones, or in the Joints, where you cannot proceed by the actual or potential Cautery, and it will not yield to milder Medicaments; you must than come to the palliative Cure, by gentle Purge, Diet-Drinks, Waters, Balsams, and Ointments; which may give a quietness and ease to the Part affected, as we shall anon declare.  
LXVI. The second Intention of this fourth Indication, is to unite and consolidate the Parts disjoined: this is done in part, by continuing the use of traumatick Diet-drinks, or some such Liquor as this. ℞ Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Hyssop, Fetherfew, Mint, Marjoram, Savory, Time, Peniroyal, Savin, A. M. two. Burnet, Centory, Sanicle, Plantain, Knotgrass, Yarrow, Solomons-seàl, A. M. i roots of round Birthwort, of Bistort, Comfrey, Gentian, Tormentil, Zedoary, A. ℥ two. Wine a gallon: put all into a glass Alembick, and draw of in B.M. a quart or three pints of Spirit: the dregss strain out, and the straining clarify with whites of Eggs: to this clarified Liquor put a quarter or more of its weight in Honey, which dissolve, and than add the distilled Spirit to it, and keep it for use. It may be given inwardly, ℥ iii at a time, Morning and Night; and also injected into the Ulcer, to incarnate it; applying incarnative Balsams or Ointments after it.  
LXVII. The third Intention of the fourth Indication is, to produce the Cicatrice; of which we need not say much here, considering we have said so much of it in former places: only this you may note, that you may know when the Ulcer is near whole, and sit for cicatrizing; for that the Humour which flows from it, will be little, thick, and concocted, and the place will be voided of pain and tumour; and when you found it altogether dry and skinned, you may than say that the Fistula is perfectly cured.   

II The Way of removing the Callus.  
LXVIII. We are first to consider whether the Callus can be removed by Medicaments, or not; if it can, whether it can be taken away without laying the Sinus open, or not: if it can, than the first thing to be done; is to widen the mouth thereof, for the better and more easy application of Medicaments thereto.  
Lxix The Callus in the Orifice may be perceived at sight, but the Callus in the Sinus itself, is to be discovered by Instrument: for the Instrument or Probe being put in, if there is little or no pain, and it bleeds not, but a certain hardness itself, there is a Callus.  
LXX. In those who are young, whose Flesh is soft and tender, Emollients and Digestives are sufficient, to dissolve or dissipate the Callus; with which, as you see occasion, you may mix Abstersives.  
LXXI. But the narrow Orifice is first to be dilated, (if it is too strait) which is performed four several ways: 1. By Incision; which is to be used to strong Bodies, if the Fistula is not deep, and runs along only under the Skin, not deeper than the Membrane of a Muscle, and if it is in a fleshy Part.  
LXXII. 2. By things which swell; and these are to be used before Incision, if the Fistula has many sinuosities: of this kind are roots of Briony, wild Rape, Birthwort, Gentian-roots, Elder-pith, Puff-balls prepared and pressed; Sponge twisted, and bound about with Thread very hard, and than kept in a Press for some time: this dilates more than the other things, and imbibes more moisture.  
LXXIII. Some prepare the Sponge by dipping it in simple Melilot-Emplaster, when very hot, the● put between two Trenchers, and pressed strongly in a Press, and after an hour or two, when it is cold, to be taken out; it will be firm, and almost resemble green Sage-Cheese.  
LXXIV. Others dip the Sponge into Glair or Whites of Eggs, and than in like manner, keeping them in the Press 'till they are dry, and so taking them out. Either the former or this may be cut out into Tents, of what form, or fashion, or bigness you please; which being put into the Fistula, will exceedingly dilate it, by sucking to it the humidity.  
LXXV. 3. By the Fistula-Tent: which your may make of fine downy Lint (the Threads being all taken away,) with this down, and the Glair of Eggs, you may make Tents of what bigness and length you please, even to the depth of the sinuosicy. You may do it on piece of Deal-board.  
LXXVI. And you may enlarge the bigness of the Tents, to dilate the Fislula as much as you please: for these Tents being dried, will pierce into any cavity, like a Probe, without bending, (if they are well made) by reason of their stiffness.  
LXXVII. 4. The fourth and last way, is by Hellebor-root; which opens by a kind of Catheretick, or Caustick Property, and is to be prudently used: but is, in truth none of the worse means.  
LXXVIII. The Orifice being thus widened, we may proceed to the removing of the Callus, as directed at Sect. 70. above, with this Ointment. ℞ Juices of Smallage ℥ two, of Celandineʒii. of Onionsʒi. Honey of Roses ℥ two. Turpentive, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LXXIX. ℞ Our Ung. Nicotianae ℥ i Turpethum Minerale ʒi. mix them: and in some very tender Bodies, Vng. Nicotianae may do it alone: if you have not Turpethum Minerale, you may use instead thereof so much read Precipitate.  
LXXX. And of this nature are, Ashes of Fig-branches, mixed with Goose-fat; Pot-ashes or Salt of Bohemian-tartar, mixed with Veal-fat; decoction of Fern-roots, decoction and powder of Tobacco, and Euphorbium, Diachylon mixed with Precipitate, Vnguentum Apostolorum.  
LXXXI. Among the Emollients and Digestives, for resolving and dissipating a Callus, Wiseman enumerates these, viz. roots of Althaea, of Lilies, of Elecampane, of Solomons-seal, wild Cucumbers, seeds● of Line and Fenugreek, all sorts of Marrows, Fats of Hogs, Geese, Cocks and Hens, Mansgrease, Vng. Althaeae cum Ammoniaco & Galbano; of which, says he, you may make Fomentations, Cataplasms, Ointments, Cerats, etc.  
LXXXII. To this purpose also, he recommends Empl. de Ranis, fine, & cum Mercurio, (for Mercury has a mighty power in softening Bones, and Ivory itself) Empl. è Mucilaginibus, Diachylon cum Gummi.  
LXXXIII. But for the most part, stronger Medicaments, to consume and remove the Callus, are requisite: as, the Roots of Spondylium, viz. Meadow or Cow Parsnip, roots of Asphodel, Snakeweed, Briony, decoction of Lupins; but the best of all, are the lesser Centory, and the roots of black Hellebor, put in for 3 days into the Sinus: yet this last will be dangerous, if the Fistula be in any part of the Thorax, or Abdomen.  
LXXXIV. Or, ℞ Honey ℥ iv. juice of blue Flower-de-luce roots, Red-wine, A. ℥ i juice of Celandine ℥ ss. boil a little; than add Scammony in powder, lethargy, A. ʒii. white Vitriol, Tobacco in powder, Aloes, Myrrh, A.ʒi. Turpentine ℥ ss. mix them.  
LXXXV. Take Frankincense, Myrrh, Scammony, A.ʒii. roots of Briony, of round Birthwort, Tobacco, A. ʒi. Verdigriseʒss. Sal Armoniac ℈ i Hogs-lard, Oil-Olives, A.q.s. mix them.  
LXXXVI. If the Callus is somewhat hard, and the Patient in years, you must use things more harsh, and which mundify strongly: as, Take Ung. Apostolorum ℥ i read Precipitateʒi. burnt Alum ℈ two. or instead of read Precipitate, you may use Turbith Mineral, in the same quantity; mix them well together.  
LXXXVII. Or you may use Unguent. Aegyptiacum, with the Precipitate and Alum: as it is stronger, so it causes more pain than the Vng. Apostolorum, but it procures not so good a kind of Pus.  
LXXXVIII. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 49. commends the juice of the roots of Laserpitium, or Elaterium mixed with Turpentine.  
LXXXIX. Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii is a famous thing in this case, if it is reduced by boiling into the form of a Suppository or Tent, and so put into the Fistula.  
XC. Or this of Barbett. Take Agrimony Mss. Scordium, flowers of Hypericon, A. P.ii. French Barley ℥ i Whitewine q.s. boil, and strain; add Virgin-Honey ℥ iv. boil to a thickness, than add Sarcocolʒiii. Olibanum, Mastich, A.ʒii. Myrrhʒiss. white Vitriolʒi. mix them: of this make Suppositories or Tents; he says it is prevalent also against Fistula in Ano.  
XCI. But if the Callus is inveterate, and grown to a very great hardness, so that the former things will do nothing, you must than come to the stronger Remedies, and such as are Caustick; of which also, some are more gentle, others more vehemently fierce.  
XCII. The more gentle are these. ℞ Strong Vinegar ℥ vi. white Vitriol ℥ iv. Alum, Verdigrise, A. ℥ ss. boil, and calcine in a luted Vessel; than make it into a fine powder, and mix it with Ung. Aegyptiacum, with which arm the Tents. Barbett.  
XCIII. The Aqua Viridis, or Green Water, (which we have formerly described) is an excellent thing; being oftentimes cast into the Fistula, with a Syringe.  
XCIV. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 49. has this: Take Verdigriseʒxii. Ammoniacumʒii. dissolve the Ammoniacum in Vinegar, and than mix the Verdigrise with it.  
XCV. Wiseman says, he commonly uses Lapis Causticus, Trochisci de Minio, Arsenic, and Oil of Vitriol: or this: Take Wax, Rosin, A. ℥ i corrosive Sublimate ℈ two. more or lesle; mix them upon a Fire, and dip a Sponge in it, but not too hot, jest you burn it; than press it out, and cut it out into such a form as may serve your purpose.  
XCVI. Guido commends Aqua fortis, some Spirit of Nitre, which is better than A●. fortis, because A.F. is apt to black and foul the Bones, if it should touch them: others commend Oil of Vitriol, others Oil of Sulphur, and some Spirit of Salt.  
XCVII. If you desire rather an Injection, Wiseman says you may make this, or some suchlike. Take Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss. Soap-lees ℥ i Rose-water ℥ two. Plantane-water ℥ iv. Sublimateʒss, Arsenic ℈ i mix, and boil to the consumption, of a third part; of which cast a little of it in with a Syringe for three days together, shutting the Orifice up with Wax, of some Emplaster; so shall you consume all the Callus.  
XCVIII. But, says he, you must consider well the situation of the Fistula; jest by its too far penetrating, it should hurt the Bone, or parts underneath.  
XCIX. Take strong Lie ℥ iv. Honey of Roses strained ℥ jss. Decoction of Lupins ℥ i Alum ℥ ss. mix them: if you would have it yet stronger, you may add thereto read Precipitate ʒss.  
C. Or, Take Orpiment, Sulphur vive and Calx vive, Ana; make them into a fine powder, and mix them. Or, Take burnt Alum ℥ two. Vitriol calcined ℥ i Orpiment, Verdigrise, A. ℥ ss. make all into a fine powder. Or, Take Turbith Mineral not washed, Vitriol calcined, fine Bole, Ana; make all into a fine powder.  
CI. The strongest of all are these. Take corrosive Sublimate, Vitriol calcined, fine Bole, Ana; make them into a fine powder. Or, Take white Arsenic, Orpiment, Calx vive, Ana; make them into a fine powder: or, (if the Fistula is laid open, so that you can easily come to the Callus) you may with a Feather touch it gently with the Butter of Antimony.  
CII. As to the use of the former Powders: if you have dilated the Fistula by Incision, you may sprinkle the Callus with them; but if it is dilated by any other means, than you may mix the Powders with Unguent. Populeum, wherewith a Tent may be armed, and so applied: or you may make Troches of those Powders, which being made into form and dried, may be put in.  
CIII. But this you must observe, that you must not force out either the armed Tent, or Troches, before they force out of their own accord: for so they will bring out the Callus with them whole, the Tent being within the Callus.  
CIV. If there are many Sinuosities, so as that no Tent can pierce to their bottoms: it will be best than to mix these Powders with some Liquor, as Aqua Calcis, a small Lixivium, Alum-water, Vitriol-water, or Whitewine, and so inject with a Syringe.  
CV. But by reason of the Application of these Medicaments, there is usually much pain, and sometimes Inflammation; it will be good to provide against it by some proper Defensative: as, Take Oil of Roses, Whites of Eggs, Ana; mix them well together, and apply it over the Part affected.  
CVI Or, Take Cows-milk lbi lbi. crumbs of White-bread ℥ vi. boil to thickness of a Pultiss; than add Ung. Populeon ℥ two. Henbane-seeds, ℥ ss. Saffron in pouderʒjss. Opium in pouderʒss. mix, and make a Cataplasm, which apply Morning and Evening.  
CVII. And round the adjacent parts, you may apply this corroborating Emplaster. ℞ Powders of Red-roses, of Myrtleberries, A.ʒi. Mastich, Olibanum, Pomgranate-peels, A. ʒii. Orrice-rootʒiii. yellow Wax, Pine-rosin, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥ i mix, and make an Emplaster.  
CVIII. Wiseman, to ease the Pain, and defend the Part, uses these Lenients; Decoctions of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Violet-leaves, Mullein, Henbane, Quince-seeds, Barley; or Oil of Eggs, fresh Butter, Lard, Vng. Basilicon, with Oil of Lilies, Dialthaea, etc. and over them he applies Refrigerants, as Empl. è Bolo, Oxylaeum, Emplast. Album, with Juices.  
CVIX. But if notwithstanding all that has been said, the Fistula will give place to no Rememedies, that have or can be applied; we must betake ourselves to the Incision-knife, or the Actual Cautery itself.  
CX. The whole Sinus is to be laid open; (unless it be in those Fistula's which reach unto the great Arteries, Nerves, Tendons, Membranes, which gird in the Ribs, or other parts of like nature:) which is to be done with the Incision-knife, according to its position and form; or else with the Syringotomus of Fabricius Aquapendens, which is very useful in this cause.  
CXI. The Fistula being laid open, the Callus is to be removed by some of the Medicaments before described; or with the edge of a Penknife or Razor; cutting so far, till you come to the good and sound Flesh; which you may perceive, not only by the colour, but by the Blood, and sense of Pain.  
CXII. If the Callus is extraordinary hard, it will be the best way to remove it with the Actual Cautery, or red-hot Iron; which is done, not only with most speed, but also with lest pain, or sense of feeling; yet this Remedy, by reason of the terror thereof, few People will admit of it.  
CXIII. In the mean while that these things are doing, whether by Caustick Medicaments, the Knife, or red-hot Iron) the Part itself is to be well guarded with some cooling Defenfative and Repeller; jest the great pain should 'cause an Inflammation.  
CXVI. The Callus being thus burnt throughly, you must than apply things to remove the Eschar or Crust; as Oily things, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, Palm-Oil, Vng. Populeon mixed with Vng. Basilicon; to which you may if you please add a little Precipitate.  
CXV. If the Fistula ends in a Bone, you must (so soon as it is discovered by Section) diligently scrape and pair away whatever is black and corrupted in the Bone, which must be in the surface thereof. If the rottenness has corrupted farther, than the scaly part is to be cut forth with some proper Instrument, unless it comes forth of its own accord.  
CXVI. If the rottenness has penetrated to the Marrow, than that which is corrupted is to be taken forth; but if the Bone is wholly putrified, it must be all of it taken out; which may be well enough done in small Bones, but not so in others.  
CXVII. The Bone being now cleansed, you are immediately to apply Incarnatives, and than to heal it after the manner of a simple Ulcer: if the Fistula does not give place to healing, it is a certain sign, that all the corrupted part was not taken away: for which reason, the Fistula is to be opened, and the Bone to be farther scraped and cleansed with all the care imaginable.  
CXVIII. If yet after all this, it will not heal, you may than conclude, that it has penetrated so deep, as it will be scarcely possible to found out its end and bottom; and is than to be left unto Nature, whom we are yet to assist and help with Medicaments: and for this purpose, this Powder of Nicholas the Florentine, is much commended.  
CXIX. ℞ Salt decrepitated, Tartar, Agarick, A. q.s. let them be made into fine powder: this is said to draw forth the Bones which are broken and corrupted, cats through the putrified Flesh, and heals the Ulcer.  
CXX. But this following Powder is better. ℞ Salt decrepitated, Bohemian-tartar calcined, Scammony, Tobacco, all in fine powder, A. ℥ i Euphorbium ℥ ss. mix them.  
CXXI. The Callus being removed and quite taken away, if there be any thing sordid and foul yet remaining, you must make use of detersive and sarcotick Medicaments, such as that at Sect. 53. aforegoing: and for which purpose Centory the lesle, Birthwort-roots, Goldenrod, Pimpernel, and the like are to be used: and than lastly, with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks you must complete the Cure.   

III The Palliative Cure of a Fistula.  
CXXII. When the Palliative Cure is to be used, we have partly showed at Sect. 65. aforegoing: to which we add, that in what part soever it be, and how simple soever, if it proves rebellious, and resists all sorts of Medicaments, as it oftentimes does, in scorbutic, strumatick, and cacochymick Bodies, you must than apply yourself to this Method, as the ultimate of all that is to be done.  
CXXIII. For it dries, and shuts it up for a time with a thin Skin, which so remains, till more Humours are generated, and heaped up in the Part affected, and than it breaks out again.  
CXXIV. The Body is to be well cleansed and evacuated (at due intervals of time) with proper Emetics and Catharticks, such as we have enumerated before at Sect. 40 and 41. above: but as the Purging must be continual, it may be for many Months, or some Years: so a Purging-drink may be thought more expedient; such as this following.  
CXXV. Take fine soft Rasping of Guajacum, mealy Sarfa bruised, choice Sena, Mechoacan bruised, Hermodacts, Carthamus-seeds, A. ℥ vi. Rhubarb, Liquorice, Fennel and Coriander seeds, A. ℥ iii Scammony, Anniseeds, Winter's Cinnamon, Virginian Snake-root, A. ℥ i Agrimony, Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Ladies-mantle, Sanicle, Winter-green, A. M. i all being grossly bruised, put them into a Bag, with a Stone in it, which put into three gallons of new Ale; of which after the second or third day, the Patient may begin to drink; half a Pint fasting every day, and if it is a Body hard to work upon, as much at 4 in the Afternoon.  
CXXVI. And for his constant Drink, he may take this. Take Guajacum rasped, Sassafros rasped, mealy Sarsa, China, Juniper-berries, Burdock-roots, A. ℥ x. round Birthwort root, Zedoary, Winter's Cinnamon, A. ℥ v. Aniseed, Coriander and Fennel seed, Ginger. A. ℥ two. Agrimony, Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Clowns-woundwort, Albeal, Betony, Sage, Hyssop, A. M. i all being grossly bruised, put them into a Bag with a Stone in it; which put into four gallons of new Ale, letting them work together for two days: after which, the Patient may drink it as his ordinary Drink.  
CXXVII. Let his Diet be drying, and very strengthening; because this continual running of the Ulcer will drain the whole Body, and be in danger to induce a Consumption: white Ship-bisket is good, and aught to be his only Bread; his Meat aught to be roasted; and for Restoratives, strong Broths and Jellies are often to be given him.  
CXXVIII. Let the Orifice of the Fistula be open downwards; if it is not so, let it be made by Incision or Cautery, or by the help of the Syringotomos, so that the Humours may freely pass out.  
CXXIX. Than as for Topics, Limewater is good to wash, or inject withal, and sometimes Red-wine, or Red-wine mixed with S.U. or Limewater with S.U.  
CXXX. ℞ Aqua Calcis (in which lethargy has been boiled) ℥ i Spirit of dried Roses, or of Myrtleberries ℥ two. mix them. Or, Take Plantain or Rose water ℥ vi. Spirit of Wine ℥ two. Roman Vitriol in fine pouderʒii. mix, and dissolve. Or, you may inject and and wash daily with the Water of the Griffin, which exceeds all other things in Nature; for that by long using of it, it has many times dissolved the Callus itself.  
CXXXI. In some of these Liquors a Pledget of Lint, or a new Sponge may be dipped, or throughly soaked, and applied to the Fistula, and bound to the place: and over the Lint or Sponge Empl. Album, or Diapalma may be put, to keep it fast on: and it needs to be dressed but every other day only, unless very much Matter flows forth; for than it will require a daily dressing and looking after.    

CHAP. XXI. Of an ULCER GANGRENOUS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Gangraenatum, or Gangraenosum; we in English call, A Gangrenous Ulcer.  
II It is a notable and extraordinary Distemper, tending to a Mortification, which may invade an Ulcer, without any Tumour at all. Yet because it often follows upon Tumours, especially a Phlegmon, we have amply treated thereof in the Book of Tumours, viz. Lib. 3. Cap. 11. aforegoing; in which place you have its various Causes, Signs, Prognostics, and Methods of Curing: here we shall only give you a few words concerning an Ulcer gangrenated, or sphacelated.  
III The Cause. It is whatsoever destroys the Native Heat of the Part; for as much as the Life thereof depends solely thereupon.  
IV. The Native Heat is destroyed, 1. By vehement Cold. 2. By extreme outward Heat. 3. By defect of Nutriment. 4. By Suffocation; the Transpiration being hindered by stopping the Pores, which is many times by too strict Bandage. 5. By a Venomous Quality; as is evident in a Carbuncle, Bites of Vipers, Rattle-snakes, etc. 6. By Septick Medicaments, not prudently and carefully applied.  
V The Signs. There are variety of Signs and Symptoms, according to the variety of its several Causes: however, there is a Pustle or Pustles appear, with a spot in the middle; and if it proceeds from cold, there is a great pricking, and the Part is first pale, than read, than black. If from heat, or stoppage of the Pores, the Pustules yield a gleety Humour, and the redness turns to whiteness. If from too hard Ligature, the Pustules are greater, and full of a thin reddish Humour: if from Poison, etc. under the Pustule a black Spot appears, spreading itself over the whole Part.  
VI If it becomes a perfect Sphacelus or Mortification, the Part looks first pallid, after livid, than black, the Flesh is lose and stinking; the sense, heat, and pulsation is vanished; and the life of the Part is wholly abolished, so that if cut or burnt, it is insensible of pain: the Flesh seems cold, and becomes soft and flaggy; which afterwards dies, and becomes black, hard, and wholly dead, and yields a stink like to that of a dead Carcase.  
VII. The Prognostics. All Gangrenes are dangerous, if they be in moist parts; because that the innate Heat in those Parts is sooner suffocated, from the great store of humidity.  
VIII. But a Sphacelus it far more dangerous; because it can not more be restored to life again, but the Part sphacelated must be cut of, to save the Life of the Patient.  
IX. The Cure. Thou we have so largely handled the Cure in the place aforecited, yet these things following in an Ulcer gangrenated, are farther to be observed.  

I The Cure of an Ulcer Gangrenated.  
X. If it proceeds from Cold, bathe the Part in very cold, or almost frozen Water, so will the inward Heat be roused up, diffuse itself, and be brought again into play: and give inwardly Powers of Rosemary, Iuniper, Lemons or Sassafras, in a Glass of Canary: after which, you may give a Dose of Our New London- Treacle; than being in Bed, induce Sweat, by applying glass or stone Bottles to the sides, full of boiling-hot Water.  
XI. Also let Warming-stones or Bricks be heated, and wrapped up in Napkins, and applied to the soles of the Feet: and if the Gangrene goes on, you must immediately scarify, and foment the Part either with Lixivium of Pot-Ashes, or with Powers of Amber, or camphorated S.U.  
XII. If it proceeds from Suffocation of the Natural Heat, exhibit often volatile Sal Armoniac in a Glass of good Wine, let the place be scarified deep, and emptied by Cupping-glasses, and than Defensatives to be applied to the Part, to which add convenient Purging.  
XIII. The Incision being made, the Part is to be washed with Brine, or Lixivium of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, boiled with meal of Lupins, or Aloes; adding after boiling, a quarter-part of S.U. and a tenth part of Spirit of Sal Armoniac: when the Part is washed, lay on Vng. Aegyptiacum; which here is reputed to be the best of all other things, being a most efficacious Remedy for taking away putridness, and separating the dead Flesh from the sound.  
FOURTEEN. If the putridity be more than ordinary, use this. Take Syrup of Wormwood and Scordium lbi lbi. Vinegar of Squills ℥ vi. Verdigrise ℥ iii juices of Rue and Centory the lesle, A. ℥ two. Alum, Shall Armoniac, A. ℥ ss. boil to a good thickness, than add of Treacle and Mithriddle, A. ℥ ss. Camphirʒi. mix them.  
XU. Or this Water, which has been used with success. Take fresh Urine lbii. lbii. Oil of Tartar per Deliquium lbss ss. Oak-buds, Centory the lesle, A. M. ss. Vitriol ℥ i boil to the Consumption of a third: than add S.U. ℥ iii strain, and add S.U. ℥ iii in which Camphirʒii. has been dissolved. All these things are to be applied blood warm, and continued till the Putridity is removed.  
XVI. If these things do not, you must proceed to Caustics; as the Prince's Powder, read Precipitate, Turbith-mineral, and such other like.  
XVII. The Crust, in what way soever it is produced, must be taken away, as we have formerly taught; not waiting till Nature will do the work: but the highest part of the Crust is with the edge of a Penknife to be cut, even to the sound part, to make way for Medicines; jest waiting till it falls of its own accord, a new Putridity under the Crust should be contracted.  
XVIII. If it be from Malignity or Poison, you must take care to defend the Heart; and expel the Poison by things Expulsive, Sudorisick, and Alexipharmick; as Medicines made of Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Carduus bened. Citron-juice, Dittany of Crèet, Lavender, Mint, Origanum, Pepper, Roses, Rosemary, Rue, Sorel, Wood-sorel, Scordium, Swallowort, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, Our Theriaca Chymica; but principally with volatile Salts, as of Vipers, of Hartshorn, of Urine, and of Sal Armoniac, etc. by which procuring Sweat, the malignity will be driven forth, from the noble Members to the exterior Parts.  
XIX. If the Poison sticks outwardly, you must apply strong Attractives, that it may not spread abroad: and if it is inward, the Matter is to be called forth by Scarifications on the Part affected, Cupping-glasses, etc. washing the Part afterwards with a Decoction of Angelica, Centory the lesle, Dittany, Rue, Scordium, Southernwood, Swallowort, and Wormwood, made either in Wine, or Lixivium, or equal parts of both.  
XX. Or, you may attract it, and consume it; by applying a Cataplasm of Garlic, Onions, etc. roasted, mixed with Leven, Turpentine, and other strong drawers: or the Actual Cautery (which is the most effectual of all) may be applied.  
XXI. The Gangrene being in a fair way of recovery, cleanse the Ulcer with Detersives; made of juice of Smallage and Honey of Roses, mixed (if need be) with a little Spirit of Wine.   

II The Cure, when Sphacelated.  
XXII. But if there is an absolute Sphacelus, you are to consider whether the Member be sphacelated wholly, or in part. If it is totally sphacelated, it is to be ordered as we have directed, Lib. 1. Cap. 32. and Lib. 3. Cap. 11. Sect. 100, to 125.  
XXIII. But if the Sphacelation is in part only, first apply Defensatives upon the sound places adjacent, than make many straight and obliqne Sections, scarify the dead Flesh which lies near the sound; and do this very deep, even to the Bone: and strew upon the Wound burned Alum, Pot-ashes, and unslackt Lime, (avoiding Arsenic, which melts, corrupts, and putrifies the Flesh.)  
XXIV. And the Crust which is over the Part affected, is to be taken away with the Incision-Knife, or a Razor; not waiting till it falls of its own accord: for the dead part will be dried, and so will easily be separated from the sound.  
XXV. Some use the Actual Cautery, burning the putrified Flesh, till pain is perceived in the Part, after which they remove the Eschar: and than they deterge, incarnate, and cicatrize it, in all respects as a simple Ulcer. But Fallopius likes not the Actual Cautery, where there is much Flesh, because the Burning makes a most abominable stink.  
XXVI. If upon removing of the Eschar, any principal Artery or Vein should be hurt, you may stop the Bleeding with such things as we have delivered in Lib. 4. Cap. 4. aforegoing; or with this. ℞ White Starch ℥ iii Catechu ℥ two. Aloes, powder of Toads-flesh, A. ℥ i Dragons-blood, Frankincense, fine Bole, A. ℥ ss. down of a Hare cut small, Sponge torrified, A.ʒii. make all into a powder, and mix them.  
XXVII. Or with this Our Specific. ℞ Powder of Mans-blood, ℥ iii powder of dried Toads, Catechu, A. ℥ two. burnt Alum, ashes of an old Hat, A. ℥ i Salt of Vitriol, Dragons-blood, Sealed-earth, fine Bole, A. ʒv. make of all a fine Powder.  
XXVIII. And over the Powder, you may lay this Emplaster. ℞ Fine Bowl, Sealed-earth, Dragons-blood, white Starch, A. ℥ i Fitch, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XXIX. Or you may lay on this Sparadrap of Fallopius. ℞ Acacia, Aloes, Aloe-wood, Alipta Moschata, Alum, Cuminseed, Gallia Moschata, Myrrh, read Sanders, yellow and white Ana, make a powder. ℞ Ship-Pitch, Pine Rosin, colophony, A. ℥ two. Mastic, liquid Storax, A. ℥ jss. of the former Powder ℥ i Gum Arabic, Tragacauth, A. ℥ ss. let all be melted, and therein dip a Linen Cloth to make a Sparadrap.  
XXX. All things being thus done, cleanse the Ulcer with abstersives, incarnate it with Sarcoticks, and Cicatrize it with Epuloticks, and heal it up in all respects as another Ulcer.    

CHAP. XXII. Of an ULCER of the HEAD.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and the Latins, Vlcus Capitis: we in English call an Ulcer of the Head.  
II The Kind's. There are four several kinds of Ulcers of the Head: 1. Tinea, The Dry Scald Head. 2. Achores, the moist Scald Head with a thin Humour. 3. Favus, the moist Scald Head with a thick or Honey-like Humour. 4. Vleus Simplex, from an Apostem, Tumour or Contusion.  

I Of the Dry Scald Head.  
III It is called by the Greeks (as Aristotle) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: and by the Latins Tinea, or Tineae, but this is while it affects the Hair chief; and of which we have said something already in Lib. 2. Cap. 5. aforegoing: but when it once comes to affect the Skin and Flesh, it may be called Tinea Vlcerosa, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcus aridum, the Dry ●…ald: and of this it is we shall speak here.  
IV. It is a Crusty Ulcer fretting, the Skin like a Moth, with but very little moisture, Corrupting the Roots of the Hair, and making a dry filthy Scab.  
V But Petrus Johannes Faber in Chirurgica Spagyrica, Cap. 15. will have it to be, A peculiar Phagedaenical and Cancerous Ulcer of the Head, arising from a Vitriolic Salt in the Body of Man, which fretting the Skin, produces the Scall, sometimes white, sometimes yellow.  
VI The Causes. And (says he) as Vitriol in the Great World, while it is calcining in the Fire, does coagulate into a Mass, either white, if the calcination is but moderate; or yellow if the Fire is augmented: so Vitriol in the little World, when it is separated from the Balsam of the Body, makes its way towards the Skin of the Head, which it corrodes, and produces a Crusty and Scaly Matter. So that this Vlcus aridum may properly be said to be caused from Rhlegma Vitriolatum, a Vitriolated Phlegma.  
VII. But Avicen, Mercurialis and many others of the Gaienists will have the material cause from Melancholy joined with some acrid Humour, which provoking the Expulsive faculty, is thereby driven out at the Skin of the Head, and so causes this Ulcer; in which opinion there is very little appearance of Truth.  
VIII. The Procatartick causes are: 1. From being Hereditary. 2. Or a fault in the course of the things Nonnatural. 3. Or from the Nurses Milk. 4. Or from Contagion and Infection.  
IX. The Signs. It is known by a filthy dry Crusty Scab, sometimes white, sometimes yellowish, or of an Ash-colour or greenish.  
X. The Prognostics. It is a malign Ulcer difficult to be cured; and the more inveterate, the more malign and hard of Cure; and when cured, many times leaves behind it an Alopecia, or Ophiasis; or the Humour being diverted to some other parts, produces a Morphew or Leprosy.  
XI. And it is yet harder to cure, if the Skin is hard, or of a shelly substance sending forth many Scales or dry Scabs, or makes the Hair fall, by reason of the Acrimony of the Humour vitiating their roots; so if it has been once cured and returns again; for that it seems a seed of the Disease, remains fixed in the part affected.  
XII. The Cure. There are two Indications of Cure: 1. To remove the Causes, Procatartick and Antecedent. 2. To remove the Causes Proximate, by application of proper Topics.  
XIII. The Procatartick causes are removed by rightly ordering the things Nonnatural; in which a good and regular Diet is chief to be minded.  
FOURTEEN. The Antecedent cause is removed by due purgation, and that is performed: 1. By gentle Emetics, which may empty the Stomach without much Violence. 2. By Catharticks, which aught to be Antimonial, but chief Mercurial.  
XU. Paraeus thinks that the means used in curing the French-Pox, are effectual in curing of this Disease; and therefore Mercurius dulcis, Read Precipitate, white Precipitate, the Prince's powder, and Turpethum minerale are commended: also Aurum Vitae.  
XVI. The second Indication has respect to the Proximate or conjoined cause, which has three Intentions: 1. To separate the Scall or Scab. 2. To take away the Hair by the roots. 3. To heal the Ulcer.  
XVII. To 'cause a falling of the Scabs, you may anoint with Oil of Eggs, or of Myrrh, or of Sheep's Trotters, and the mucilages of Althea-roots, Linseed, and Fenugreek, addding some proper Catheretick; but to young and tender Children, you must use soft means only.  
XVIII. To take away the Hair by the roots, you must apply some sticking Emplaster or Paste, as a Plaster made of read or green Wax spread upon Leather, and laid on for 15 or 16 hours, or the Cataplasm ad Porriginem, described in our Doron Medicum, Lib. 3. Cap. 7. Sect. 1. which when it is fastened to the Hairs, is to be forcibly pulled of, all at once, and therewith the Hairs will all come forth by the roots.  
XIX. Than to heal the Ulcers, first foment with a decoction of Centory, Colocynthis, Gentian, Southernwood, and Wormwood; made in read Wine: and anoint with Vnguentum Enulatum cum Mercurio duplicato, or with Valentia Scabiosa, and over it lay Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio Triplicato, or our Emplastrum Mercuriale.  
XX. But Mercurialis applies this Cerate to the part affected. ℞ Juices of Fumitory, of Scabious, of borage and sharp pointed Dock, Vinegar, A. ℥ iii Old Oil lbi lbi. Boil to the Consumption of the Juices: than strew in this Powder. ℞ roots of white and black Hellebor, Sulphur Vive, Vitriol, Auripigment, Calx Vive, Alum, Nut-galls, A. ʒss. Verdigriseʒii. Make all into a powder, and with Tar ℥ jss. Wax, q.s. make a Cerate: where note, that if instead of juice of borage, juice of Tobacco had been put, the Medicament had yet been the better.  
XXI. I have known this cured only with Ointment of Tobacco, and green Tobacco-leaves, laid over the part affected.   

II The Moist Scald Head, with a thin Humour.  
XXII. This Disease is called by the Greeks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: and by the Latins Anchor, and Achores; and by Us, the moist Scald Head with a thin Humour: because a sanious matter called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ichor, does flow from it. See Lib. 2. Cap. 11. aforegoing.  
XXIII. Galen, libro de Tumoribus, says, Anchor is a small Ulcer in the Skin, which may be caused of a Salt and Nitrous Phlegm, out of which flows a sanious matter, not altogether waterish, nor so Viscous and thick as Honey: and in another place, he says the holes in this Ulcer are lesle than those in Favus, out of which flows a thin Humour with clamminess.  
XXIV. Oribasius ad Eunap. Lib. 4. Cap. 4. say also, that Anchor is seated in the Skin of the Head, having but small holes, out of which a thin, and somewhat viscous Sanies does flow.  
XXV. Aetius Lib. 6. Cap. 68 says that Anchor is seated in the Skin of the Head, having but small holes, out of which a thin viscous Sanies does flow: and to this description Actuarius de dignosc. Morb. Lib. 2. Cap. 5. and Aegineta Lib. 3. Cap. 3. assent.  
XXVI. The Causes. The Procatartick or remote causes are evil Nutriment, and Contagion: the Antecedent cause is Atra bilis made sharp, or a sharp Excrementitious Humour, made so either by nature or accident: the proximate or conjoined Cause, is the same Humour impacted in the part affected.  
XXVII. The Signs. They are in part discovered in the description of the Ulcer, which is always with an Itching, and a little Tumour or swelling.  
XXVIII. The Prognostics. This Disease is most incident to Children and Youth, many of whom receive the Original Cause from the Mother's Womb, or the Nurses Milk.  
XXIX. If it has continued long, and has much altered and corroded the Skin, though it be cured, yet it leaves baldness behind it: but if it is hereditary, it is scarcely ever cured.  
XXX. Happening to Children it frees them from the Epilepsy, as Hypocrates says; for the Humour which might 'cause that Disease, is derived from the inner to the outward Parts. The Cure is the same with the next following, and therefore we shall Treat of it under that Title.   

III The Moist Scald Head with a thick Humour.  
XXXI. This is called by the Greeks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and by the Latins, Favus or Favi: and by Us, the moist Scald Head, with a thick Humour.  
XXXII. Galen (in loco citato) speaking of these Ulcers called Favi, says, that it is a certain Tumour or Ulcer having several holes, out of which Matter flows like unto Honey; and in another place, he say that the holes in this Ulcer, or Favi, are larger than these in Anchor.  
XXXIII. Oribasius saith, that Favus is like to Anchor, but that it has greater holes, which contain a Matter like Honey.  
XXXIV. Trallianus, Lib. 1. Cap. 9 says, that Cerion, or Favus, is a Grief like to Anchor, yet differing in magnitude, for the holes out of which the Humour issues, represent an Honeycomb, for which reason it was called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Favus, an Honey Comb.  
XXXV. Aetius (in the place aforementioned) says, that the Malady 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Favus, is like to Anchor, save that in this there are large holes, out of which issues a thick Matter, like unto that which comes out of Honey-Combs, from whence came the Name.  
XXXVI. And-Actuarius, says, that Cerion, or Favus has greater holes than Anchor, which contain an Humour like to Honey: from whence it appears, that Favus is like to Anchor, saving that the holes are much larger, and the Humour much thicker.  
XXXVII. The Causes are the same with the former to which, you are referred; save that in this, as the Humour is thicker, so it is derived from an abundant much grosser Matter, and attended with lesser acrimony, which always thins the Humours.  
XXXVIII. The Signs. They are contained chief in the Description of the Disease, to which add, Tumour, and much Itching.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Prognostics. They also are the same as in the former: but Favus as it seems more digested, and has lesle acrimony in it, so it more easily yields to Remedies.  
XL. The Cure of both these Evils. This we have pretty largely shown in Lib. 2. Cap. 11. Sect. 12. and 23. aforegoing; however these following things we think necessary to be said. 1. As to Diet, strong sweet Wines, and surfeiting Food is to be avoided; as also salt and sharp things, and Fried Meats, and what ever creates a gross and impure Juice.  
XLI. 2. That in case of Purging, a purging Diet Drink, wherein Rasping of Guajacum, and Sassafrass, also crude Antimony are put, is chief to be chosen.  
XLII. 3. That the Head may externally be purged with Errhins and Sternutatories: some make choice of juice of Primrose roots: others of powder of white Hellebor; but Tobacco is accounted the best of them all.  
XLIII. 4. That you endeavour the falling of the Scabs or Scall, and the taking of the Hair (if it cannot be done without it) by some proper depilatory, at leastwise; by the Means directed in Sect. 18. above.  
XLIV. 5. This done, to Kill or Destroy the Humour impacted in the Part, you may apply the Remedies directed in the places afore cited, of this work, or some of these following.  
XLV. Take fresh Butter ℥ vi. Palm Oil ℥ iv. Oil of Scorpions ℥ two. Mercury Coagulate ℥ jss. powders of white and black Hellebor roots, of Elecampane, unslaked Lime, Sulphur Vive, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XLVI. Or, ℞ powder of white and black Hellebor, Soot, Pot Ashes, Galls, Alum, Auripigment, Calx Vive, lethargy, Sulphur Vive, A. ℥ ss. Sulphur of Antimony, white Precipitate, Mercury coagulate, Verdigrise, A. ʒii. powder and boil all in juice of Tobacco ℥ xiv. than add Palm Oil lbi lbi. Tar, Turpentine, A. ℥ i Wax, q.s. mix and make a Lineament.  
XLVII. 6. That in Children and tender Bodies, you use the more gentle Medicaments, as this. ℞ Sulphur Vive of our Hercules, A. ℥ i Alum, Catechu, A. ℥ ss. Juice of Lemons ℥ jss. Turpentineʒvi. Oil of Scorpion's q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XLVIII. Or if they be rebellious, ℞ Sulphur Vive, Hercules, A. ℥ i Scammony Stavesacre, Tobacco both in fine powder, A. ℥ ss. Sulphur of Antimony, Alum: Turpentine, A. ʒii. Oil of Scorpions, q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XLIX. 7. That before the Ointments are applied, the part affected be fomented with Tanner's Woose, or read Wine, with Balaustians, Catechu, Myrtleberries, Pomgranate-peels, and Sumach have been for some hours infused over a gentle Fire.  
L. 8. That the Ulcers be dressed but once in 24 hours (unless they be exceeding moist) with the Ointments; and that over them, some Cerate made chief of Wax, be applied.  
LIVELY 9 That if there should be any danger of an Inflammation, instead of Oily and Greasy Bodies, you are to mix the powders of both Hellebors, Stavesacre, Birthwort and Orrice roots, Sulphur Vive, Scammony, Tobacco, etc. with Oxymel Simplex, making it of the consistency of an Electuary, and so to apply it to the Ulcers, instead of the Ointments or Liniments.   

IV. Of an Ulcer of the Head, from Apostemation, Contusion, etc.  
LII. This is that which is purely called by the Greeks, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and by the Latins, Vlcus Capitis; which is a manifest and open Ulcer, like Ulcers in other parts.  
LIII. If it is foul, it must be cleansed with Abstersives, made of the juice of Smallage: or with this. ℞ Honey ℥ iv. Gum Elemi ℥ two. fine Aloesʒii. mix them.  
LIU. Or you may wash with this. ℞ Canary, white Port-Wine, A. ℥ two. S.U. ℥ jss. Honey ℥ i mix them. Or, ℞ White Port-Wine, juice of Centory, S.U. A. ℥ two. Honey of Roses, Syrup of Mulberries, A. ℥ i mix them, to wash with.  
LU. If the Ulcer is very foul, and runs much, you may dissolve in the aforesaid Liquors, Aloes Succotrina ʒiii.  
LVI. After the Ulcer is washed, dress it with the Abstersive; and lay over it Emplastrum de Meliloto.  
LVII. Purge with some Cathartick Diet-drink, or with an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb in Whitewine, or with Our Family Pills, or Pilulae Catharticae; which may be taken twice a Week, or oftener, if occasion requires.  
LVIII. When you see that the Ulcer is throughly cleansed, perfect the Cure, by dressing it once a day with Arcaeus his Lineament, or with Flos Vnguentorum.  
LIX. But if the Ulcer proves rebellious, and will not easily heal, apply the Seton to the nape of the Neck: for by this means the Humour will be diverted or derived, and the cure will succeed in a short time, without danger of returning again.  
LX. Postscript. In the Cure of Anchor and Favus, (which hap as well in old as young People) the general Method (says Barbett) is by strong Purging, Bleeding, Sweeting, Salivation, Unction, and Pulling-out of the Hairs: but (says he) without using any of those ways, I have often cured these Diseases, with this only Decoction.  
LXI. ℞ Pot-ashes, and with Whitewine make a Lixivium, of a moderate acrimony; in a quart of which boil leaves of Marjoram, Southernwood, A. M. two. Maidenhair M. jss. Rose-leaves M. i and therewith let the Head be well washed and bathed, twice or thrice a Week, very hot: and than let it be dried with hot linen Clotheses; thus doing for a few Weeks, the Patient will be cured: but gentle Purging may sometimes be used.    

CHAP. XXIII. Of an ULCER of the EYE.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Oculi, vel Oculorum; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Eye, or Eyes.  
II The Kind's. They are considered; 1. In respect to the Part. 2. In respect to their Qualities, Natures, or Accidents.  
III In respect to the Part afflicted: the Ulcer possesses either the Coats of the Eyes, as the Adnata or Conjunctiva, Cornea, Wea; of which those in the Conjunctiva or Cornea, are chief: or the fleshy Corner next the Nose. Those of the Cornea are either superficial, or deep.  
IV. In respect to their Natures: some are mild, and these chief possess the Tunicles of the Eye; or malign, and they possess the fleshy part.  
V The malign are also twofold; viz. either not contagious, or contagious: the not contagious are twofold, viz. Vlcus depascens, or Vlcus cancrosum: the contagious are threefold, viz. Carbunculosum, Venereum, and Morbillosum.  
VI So that out of what has been said, we must treat of Ulcers of the Eyes, 1. As they affect the Adnata or Conjunctiva. 2. As they affect the Cornea superficially. 3. As they affect the Cornea deeply. 4. As they affect the fleshy part with Vlcus depascens. 5. As they affect the fleshy part with Vlcus Cancrosum. 6. As they are contagious in the Small Pox. 7. As they are contagious, in the Venereal Disease. 8. And as they are contagious, from a Pestilential Anthrax, or Carbuncle.  
VII. The Causes. The Procactartick Causes, are from Blows, Contusion, or some external Violence. The Antecedent Causes are from a Cacochymy of evil Humours, or a Plethory, if such a thing is in Nature. The Proximate or Conjoined Cause is an Inflammation, or Ophthalmy, or sharp corrosive Humours lodged in the Part.  
VIII. The Signs. These Ulcers are known by sight; from the Part they affect, and the nature and quality of the Ulcer.  
IX. The Prognostics. They are dangerous, and difficult in the Cure; especially those in the Cornea, and Pupilla, where for the most part, they leave Blindness.  
X. If the Cornea is wholly eroded, the Aqueous Humour is let forth; and many times also the Crystalline.  
XI. If there is an Inflammation withal, it is generally very painful; and aught forthwith to be removed, by those things prescribed in an Ophthalmy.  
XII. Ulcers of the Eyes in Per sons of a Cacochymick Habit of Body, if they are cured, (which is always with difficulty) yet they generally leave some blemish, or other weakness upon the Part.  
XIII. If they hap in Children, they are always of difficult cure; because of their froward and untoward, or fearful and uneasy disposition.  
FOURTEEN. The Indications of Cure are threefold. 1. By Vniversals, as by proper Catharticks. 2. By Revulsion and Derivation. 3. By Vulneraries, as Abstersives, Incarnatives, and Cicatrizers.  
XU. An Abstersive Collyrium, from Barbett. ℞ White Amber, read Myrrh, A. ℈ ss. Sugarcandyʒi. Saffron gr. vi. Eyebright-water ℥ ijss. white of one Egg, mix them.  
XVI. Another. ℞ Read Coral prepared, Frankincense, A. ʒss. crude Antimony, Hartshorn burnt, white Troches of Rhasis, A. ℈ i burnt Led, gr. xv. Honey of Roses, q.s. make a Lineament.  
XVII. An Incarnative. Take Celandine-water ℥ iii Gum-tragacanth ℈ i Aloes, Frankincense, Tutty prepared, A. ℈ ss. Glass of Antimony levigated gr. vi. mix them.  
XVIII. A Cicatrizing Collyrium. ℞ Rofe-water ℥ iv. Saccharum Saturni, Sarcocol, white Troches of Rhasis, burnt Lead, A. ℈ ss. mix them, to wash with.  

I Ulcers of the Eye, affecting the Conjunctiva.  
XIX. The Tunica adnata, or Conjunctiva, is derived from the Pericranium, and is common to the Eyelids: and therefore an Ulcer in that is the most simple, and easy of cure; and proceeds (as has been said) mostly from an Ophthalmia.  
XX. An Ophthalmia is said to proceed from two Causes. 1. It may proceed from Inward Causes. 2. From Outward; and than it is either mild, when the Conjunctiva is only inflamed; or vehement, making read, and turning up the Eyelid, wherein the Humour is so sharp, as to 'cause an erosion, or ulceration.  
XXI. First, cleanse with this. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ ss. Goats-milk ℥ ijss. fine Aloes ℈ ss. mix them.  
XXII. Or with this. Take Goats-milk ℥ iii yolk of one Egg, Sugarcandy, Honey, A. ʒi. Myrrh, Aloes, A. ℈ ss. mix them.  
XXIII. Consolidate with this. ℞ Rose-water ℥ iii Gum-tragacanth ℈ i read Coral prepared, burnt Hartshorn, Sarcocol, Dragons-blood, burnt Lead, white Starch, A. ℈ ss. Crocus Metallorum, Saccharum Saturni, A. gr. u mix, and make a Collyrium.   

II Ulcers of the Cornea, superficial.  
XXIV. Some Authors make the superficiary Ulcer to be fourfold. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Caligo, a Mistiness and Dimness of the Sight. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Nubecula, a little Cloud; which is deeper than the former. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcus ad Iridem, an Ulcer growing about the Iris, possessing part of the white, and part of the black of the Eye; by some said to be Albugo, a Pearl in the Eye; which in the Iris appears white, but without it is reddish. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcus simplex Cculi, a simple Ulcer or Erosion of the Cornea in the Eye, which makes it ragged, and of an ash-colour.  
XXV. But of all these, the last, which is a Sore of the Eye caused by Erosion, can only be called an Ulcer; the Cure of which only we shall here treat of; for that those things which cure or help the latter, will certainly cure the former.  
XXVI. A Collyrium, to wash with. ℞ Juices of Celandine, of Fennel, of Rue, of Southern-wood, white Port-wine, A. ℥ iv. Bnlls-gall ℥ two. Aloes, Sarcocol, A. ℥ ss. distil in a Glass-body in B.M. in which infuse Crocus Metallorum levigated ℥ i  
XXVII. ℞ Juices of Fennel and Rue, A. ℥ iv. Honey of Roses strained ℥ i choice Brandyʒii. mix them.  
XXVIII. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ i Rose-water ℥ iv. Aloes finely powdered, Tutty prepared, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℈ i mix; with this or the former, let the Ulcer be dressed daily twice a day, and it will quickly be well.   

III Ulcers deep, or piercing the Cornea.  
XXIX. Of the deep Ulcers some Authors make four sorts: 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Fossula; a hollow, narrow Ulcer of the Eye, without filth, like a round Puncture. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Vlcus cavum; a hollow Ulcer, wider than the former, but not so deep. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Inustio; which is yet deeper, made by Burning; being an impure crusty Ulcer, through which the Humours sometimes come, when cleansed by Abstersive Medicaments. 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Procidentia Weae Tunicae; which is, when the Cornea is corroded quite through, and falls down.  
XXX. This last or fourth kind, which properly is also fourfold: 1. Very small, like the head of a Fly or Pismire. 2. Bigger, being fallen down more, and is equal in bigness to a small Grape. 3. Larger, hanging or sticking forth like a little Apple. 4. When it is grown hard, brawny, and flat, almost nail-like.  
XXXI. These Ulcers of the Cornea, viz. the three first kinds, are not to be slighted, for that they have deeply seized upon the substance of the Membrane; jest corroding through the whole Membrane, the Humour should issue out, and so the Eye sink, causing an incurable Blindness.  
XXXII. The fourth kind, wherein the Cornea is eaten quite through, having four several species, they are all of them said to be incurable: but the grape-like and apple-like, may (if their roots be small) have their deformities in a great measure abated, by binding them: but this deligation will not more restore the Sight, already lost, than it can make a new Eye.  
XXXIII. The Causes. The Material Causes of all these Ulcers, is a Salt and Nitrous Humour, as Aegineta, lib. 3. cap. 22. will have it, which is sharp and corroding; which being in a Cacochymical Habit of Body, renders them always of difficult cure.  
XXXIV. The Cure. This has relation only to the three first kinds, in which Emetics are to be avoided, and such Catharticks as are apt to work upwards, which are always prejudicial to weak Eyes: you are only to use such as are gentle and lenient, by which you may gradually, or by little and little discharge the Humour offending; that that which is good may succeed in its place.  
XXXV. The Body than being gently purged, Nature oftentimes corrects and amends the remaining part of the Juices; by converting that which is benign into Nourishment; and expelling the superfluous, by Stool, Urine, and Sweat.  
XXXVI. To these things add, the right Use of the seven Non-naturals: otherwise, though you may fail of the Cure, yet it may be very much prolonged.  
XXXVII. Renodaeus, Pharm. lib. 5. cap. 11. has this Topick. ℞ Burned Led, Antimony, Tutty washed, burnt Brass, Gum Arabic and Tragacanth, A. ℥ i Opiumʒss. make all into a powder, which with Rose-water form into Troches. Dissolve one of them in Cucumber, Plantain, or Purslane water, and dress the Eye therewith.  
XXXVIII. Heurnius, Meth. and Praxim, lib. 1. pag. 141. (in the Rotterdam Edition in 8º. Printed 1650.) has this: ℞ Calaminaris thrice burnt, and twice quenched in Whitewine, ℈ two. burnt Brass ℈ iv. burnt Led washed, Myrrh, A. ℈ ss. Saffron gr. u Opium gr. two. Decoction of Fenugreek ℥ i grinned all upon a Porphyry-stone, and make a Collyrium. Make the Eyes first clean with a Sponge dipped in Decoction of Fenugreek and Linseed; than with a Pencil dress the Eyes, five or six times a day.  
THIRTY-NINE. The same Heurnius, in the place cited has this also. ℞ The Gall of Partridges, or of a Hare, or of Fishesʒss. juice of Fennelʒss. Sugarcandyʒii. Syrup of Roses q.s. make a Collyrium. The hard whites of Eggs also beaten with a little Vitriol, and and the Liquor dropping therefrom through a linen Cloth, being anointed on the Ulcer, wonderfully cleanses it: the Body in the mean while is to be kept soluble with Lenitive Clysters.  
XL. It has been observed also, that Sows or Wood Lice, being bruised, and infused in Rhenish Wine, Nᵒ. 200. to a quart of Wine; and the Liquor drank every Morning fasting to ℥ iii is excellent to heal Ulcers of all kinds, though malign, as Depascent and Cancerous, and to help dimness of Sight, and cure most Diseases of the Eyes.   

IV. Of the Depaseent, or Eating Ulcer.  
XLI. This is a malign Vleer, which gins at the corners of the Eyes, and sometimes at the white of the Eye, seizing many times, even upon the Horney-Tunicle.  
XLII. The Prognostics. In Cacochymick habits it frets and eats very much, and runs on in such sort, that oftentimes it consumes the adjacent parts, as the Muscles and Lids of the Eye.  
XLIII. It is dangerous, and seldom cured without deformity, and loss of Sight; for which reason the Patient aught to be informed of the event or danger, before the Cure is undertaken.  
XLIV. The Signs. It is known by sight: but it yields a stinking slimy Matter, the pain is vehement, and there is commonly a Symptomatical Fever,  
XLV. The Cure. You may dress the Ulcer with this. ℞ juices of Henbane, Nightshade, Tobacco, and Tarrow, A. ℥ i Honey ℥ iii mix them over a gentle heat. Or, ℞ Juice of Mandrakes, of Nightshades, of Plantain and Purslane, A. ℥ i Honey of Roses strained ℥ iv. mix them over a gentle heat, adding Sacchurum Saturni ℥ i  
XLVI. The Ulcer being drost with the former things, apply over it, this Cataplasm. ℞ Pulp of boiled Quinces ℥ iv. Barley Flower ℥ two. Unguentum, Rosatum ℥ i Saccharum Saturni, Henbone-seeds in powder, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Poppies, q.s. mix them.  
XLVII. If the Ulcer proves very malign and corroding, it must be corrected, by dropping into it some of this mixture. Take Rosewater, Henbane, Housleek, and Nightshade waters, Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, A. ʒii. mix them,  
XLVIII. And if by the use of it the pain is very great, you may appy this Anodyn Cataplasm to it. ℞ Pulp of Quinces ℥ vi. Henbane, Housleek, Mandrake, Nightshade, A. M. i juice of Nightshade lbi lbi. boil till the Quince Flesh is soft: than add, Barley Flower ℥ two. Oil of Poppies ℥ i Saccharum Saturni ℥ ss. Opium ℥ i mix, and boil to a Consistency.   

V Of a Cancerous Ulcer.  
XLIX. This is that which is said to be caused of an Arsenical Salt, wherein, besides the Corrosion, there is a Septick, or putrefactive quality, which alters the form of the Part after a very strange manner.  
L. The Signs. It gins in the black of the Eye; and in it the black and white of the Eye are reddish: the pain is almost continual, and vehement, and a dark-coloured, sharp, corroding, putrefactive, stinking Humour flows from it: and it is the more exasperated by the application of sharp Medicines to it.  
LIVELY The Prognostics. Aeginera, Lib. 3. Cap. 22. says, that this is an Incurable Ulcer: and indeed nothing but a Palliation can be promised, because it resists the most probable Remedies.  
LII. The Cure. Let the Patient's Food be Milk, and Milk-meats, Curds and Whey, Milk-pottage, Custards, Panado's, and Milk boiled thick with Oatmeal, which sweetens the Juices of the Body, nourishes, and is of good Juice, and easy concoction: to which add other Food of easy digestion.  
LIII. As to Topics, you may apply this. ℞ Burned Lead ℥ two. read Lead, Cinnabar levigated, A. ℥ i Mercury coagulated ℥ ss. Palm Oil of a Golden colour, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
LIU. Or, ℞ Mucilages of Line and Fenugreek seeds, extracted with Poppy-water ℥ i white Troches of Rhasis with Opiumʒi. mix them, which apply warm, renewing it morning and evening.  
LU. And over all you may apply this Cataplasm. ℞ Rotten Apples, or Pulp of baked Apples ℥ vi. Cassia newly Extracted, Barley Flower, A. ℥ two. Burned Lead ℥ jss. white of one Egg: juice of Nightshade, q.s. mix them.   

VI Ulcers in the Eyes, from the Smallpox.  
LVI. They generally follow an Inflammation of the Eye, or when any of the Smallpox break out in the Eye, as I have sometimes seen.  
LVII. They are known by either Tumour, or Crust, or erosion with matter issuing out, and much pain.  
LVIII. Let the Eyes be fomented with warm Breast-Milk, or with warm juice of Fennel, or with a Mucilage made of Quince, Fleawort, Fenugreek, or Linseed, with juice of Fennel.  
LIX. After which, anoint them with this gentle Abstersive. ℞ Honey of Roses strained, juice of Smallage, A. ℥ i Breast Milk ℥ ss. Saffron in powder ℈ ss. mix them, and anoint therewith: this Medicament alone will be enough to heal them.   

VII. Ulcers in the Eye, from the French-Pox.  
LX. When these Ulcers proceed from the French-pox, you will found the Cure of them very difficult, unless the Cure of the Disease causing them be attempted at the same time.  
LXI. However outwardly you may apply this. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ i of our Hercules, Cinnabar levigated, A. ʒii. Aloesʒss. mix them.  
LXII. Renodaeus in Pharm. Lib. 5. Cap. 11. has this. ℞ white Wine lbi lbi. Plantain and Rose water, A. ℥ iii Auripigmentʒii. Verdigriseʒi. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ℈ i make the dry ingredients into fine powders, and mix them with the Wines and Waters.  
LXIII. This is yet a more excellent thing. ℞ Whitewine lbi lbi. Honey of Roses strained, Bullocks, Gall, A. ℥ iss. Nightshade, Plantain and Rose waters, A. ℥ i juice of Centory the lesle, of Smallage, of Scordium and of Tobacco, A. ℥ ss. Cinnabar levigated Vitrum Antimonij, Aloes, Myrrh, A. ʒii. mix. digest two days, than use them.   

VIII. Ulcers caused from a Pestilential Carbuncle.  
LXIV. If it is caused from any Pestilential Venom, there arises first a small Tumour in the Eye, which is hot, hard, painful and contagious; arising from a thick, black, burnt and venomous Humour.  
LXV. The heat causes the Burning and fermentation of the Humour; and it is contagious by reason of its Poison and Malignity, which it emits constantly in fumes or vapours: and when it comes to yield matter it stinks, by reason of its putrefaction.  
LXVI. It is accompanied with great thirst, heat, especially internal, watching, and raving: and the Urine is sometimes very read, thick, and troubled.  
LXVII. The Cure. These Symptoms appearing, you are first to give inwardly Antidotes, and Alexipharmicks: the vulgar Physicians give Venice Treacle, Mithridate, and Elect. de Ovo: but we commend our Theriaca Chymica, above all other things in the World.  
LXVIII. For it overturnes the Venom, destroys the Poison, abates upon the spot all the vebement Symptoms, and secures the Life of the Patient.  
Lxix If you perceive a small Pustule on the top of it, open it with a Lancet or Incision Knife, and nbate the vehement heat with Aqua Spermatis Ranarum, or Aqua Solani mixed with a little S.U. in which Camphir is dissolved; or you may do it with Poppy water in which Saccharum Saturni is dissolved, adding a little Camphir in powder, laying a Cloth moistened in the same over it to the Eye.  
LXX. And above it apply this Cataplasm. ℞ Goats or, Cow's Milk, or rather juice of Nightshade lbss ss. Barley Flower, q.s. mix them.  
LXXI. When the Crust is fallen, Mundify with this. Take Honey of Roses, juice of Fennel, Ana, mix them: than incarnate by adding thereto Colophony in powder, a third part.  
LXXII. Lastly, cicatrize the Ulcer with this. ℞ white Port Wine lbi lbi. Aloes, Tutia prepared, Ceruse, A. ℥ ss. Honey, Sugar Candy, A. ℥ iss. Alum, Saccharum Saturni, A. ʒi. mix: digest in a gentle sand-heat, for 48 hours; than keep it upon the Faeces for use.    

CHAP. XXIV. Of a FISTULA of the EYE.  
I WHat the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fistula Lachrymalis: we in English call the Weeping Fistula, or Fistula of the Eye. I know some will have this Ulcer to be called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Aegilops, because it is a hollow or cavernous Ulcer in the Fleshy, or great Corner of the Eye; but Aegilops is no more Fistula Lachrymalis, than a cavernous Ulcer not callous, is a Fistula.  
II The Place. It is seated in the great or innercorner of the Eye, near the Nose: or according to to Barbett, in the Punctum Lachrymale, from which (a hollow Ulcer therein becoming callous) comes the Name of Fistula Lachrymalis.  
III The Causes. It sometimes is caused from Anchylops, or Aegylops, or what produces the like Tumours in other places: sometimes it is made by Fluxion, and appears at first very small, like a Phlegmon or Inflammation.  
IV. Sometimes, and that frequently, it is caused by the French-Pox; and many times from a strumous Humour, in such as are affected with the Kings-Evil. Barbett says, it becomes callous, or degenerates into a Fistula, from a continual flux of Humours.  
V The Signs. It is manifest at sight: for first, the Orifice offers itself to view; than, by compression of the Finger upon the Canthus, the matter issues out; sometimes a mixed matter is discharged, sometimes in a smaller quanrity, and sometimes in a larger; and sometimes it is not unlike to the white of an Egg: also, you may run a Probe to the bottom of the Sinus.  
VI If it is from a Strumous Cause, it is made by Congestion, and the Tubercle is round, without discolouring the Skin: if it is made by Fluxion, there is pain and redness accompanying it, and inflammation all over the Eye.  
VII. The Prognostics, Sometimes this Matter will be so sharp and malign, as to penetrate, rot, and eat quite through the Bone; so that it will discharge itself downwards through the Nose, with a fetid smell.  
VIII. All these kinds of Fistula's of the Eye, are of difficult cure, let them be from what cause soever: for the Part being lose and spongy, the Eye very sensible, and the Part very lax, it makes the Humours apt to soak into it, and penetrate even the Bone itself.  
IX. That which is recent, if it is well opened, is easiest of cure; that which is inveterate, or of long continuance, is for the most part accompanied with an Ulceration of the Gland, and a Caries in the Bone, which makes them subject to a weeping, after they are cured.  
X. The sensibility of the Eye, makes it subject to pain and fluxion; and also unfit to be dressed with sharp Medicaments, such as a Fistula usually requires.  
XI. And if the Ulcer is accompanied with Erosion, it will be apt to terminate Cancerous; (as I once saw one) in which case, the Patient is deplorable.  
XII. If it is become Cancerous, (known by its hard and livid lips, sharp pain, and fetid virulent matter) you are only to use a Palliative Cure, (as in Cancerous Ulcers) for an Absolute Cure will never succeed.  
XIII. If the acrimonious matter has penetrated the Nose, to make a way through the Bone of the Nose from the corner; than the upper Orifice is only to be shut up, without scaling of the Bone; which will be a abour both very painful, and fruitless.  
FOURTEEN. If the Fistula continues long, as a Year, etc. and the Pus passes through the Bone to the Nostril, it will 'cause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Oculi Atrophia, a Consumption of the Eye, which will be incurable.  
XU. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are threefold: 1. To 'cause an evacuation, alteration, diversion, or revulsion of the Humour. 2. To remove the Callus, without which the Cure cannot succeed. 3. To heal up the Ulcer, by Incarnatives and Epuloticks.  
XVI. Due Purging aught to precede, by such things as are most universal, and least apt to cause Vomiting; Syrupus Catharticus, an Infusion of Sena, and Pulvis Cornachini are commendable: to which you may add, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, and Pulvis Catharticus.  
XVII. An alteration of the Humour is to be endeavoured, by such Alteratives as are prescribed in the Cure of Strumae, French-Pox, Scurvy, etc. using a Decoction of Guajacum, Sarsa, etc. for many days, with other Alterative and Vulnerary Diets.  
XVIII. The Matter also aught to be derived from the Head by Errhins, applied to the Nostrils: as, Take Scammony, Guttae Gambae, A.ʒii. Confectio Hamech q.s. mix, and make long Rolls for Errhines.  
XIX. And a diversion of the Humour is to be made, by applying Cupping-glasses, Vesicatories, and Caustics to their proper places: Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 41. says, that instead of a Cautery, he applied a Seton to the Neck, by which means alone he has performed the Cure.  
XX. And some Authors will have a Revulsion to be made by Bleeding; where there is (as they say) a Plethory, or platitude of Blood.  
XXI. Externally, Repellents (says Wiseman) are to be applied to the diseased Part, to prevent Fluxion; made of distilled Waters, or Juices of Horstail, Lettuce, Plantain, Purslane, Nightshade, Frog-spawn, etc. with whites of Eggs, Bole-Armeny, Sealed-Earth, etc.  
XXII. And to intercept the Matter, (says he) we apply to the Temples Gum-mastich, Tacamahacca, Empl. ad Herniam.  
XXIII. But if the Tumour increases with tension and pain, it will than be fit to endeavour a Discussion, by such things as are prescribed in an Ophthalmia; as Elder-flowers, Hypericon, Lentils, Orobus, Rue, Southernwood, Wormwood, Melilot-flowers, Camomile, etc. boiled in Wme, or some weak Lixivium.  
XXIV. The second Indication is, to remove the Callus; in order to which, the Orifice (because it is generally narrow) aught to be dilated with a Tent made of Elder-pith, Gentian-roots, Rope-root, Sponge pressed, etc. according to the proportion of the sinuosity in the beginning.  
XXV. Than you shall yet more enlarge it, by Sponge prepared with Melilot-Emplaster, or Glair of Eggs; as we have formerly taught; by which means you will discern all the corners of the sinuosity.  
XXVI. The Fistula being thus dilated, we must now apply ourselves to the removing of the Callus: Barbett has Phlegm and Spirit of Vitriol, Aqua fortis, Mercury-water, Vng. Aegyptiacum, burnt Alum, blue Vitriol, Verdigrise; but Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii, boiled to the consistency of a Suppository, to be put into the Fistula, he commends above all.  
XXVII. Riverius advises to wash the Ulcer every day with Rue-water, applying after Ung. Apostolorum, which is to be continued for three Weeks; laying over it some convenient Emplaster, and defending the Eye with Rose-water. ℞ Rue-water ℥ iv. Honey ℥ two. Verdigriseʒi. mix them. Inject it warm, with a Syringe.  
XXVIII. If the Callus does not yet waste, use this following Injection. ℞ Rue, Pilewort, Agrimony, A. M. ss. S.U. lbss ss. juice of Tobacco ℥ iv. infuse twentyfour Hours, than strain out.  
XXIX. After the use of which, apply this following upon Dossels. ℞ Wine-Vinegar ℥ iv. Honey of Roses strained ℥ iij. Gingerʒii. Verdigrise ℈ two. mix, and boil to a thickness.  
XXX. But in application of Medicaments this Part, you have not so great a liberty, as in other Fistula's: for fluid and running things, having a great acrimony, are not safe; for passing unto the Adnata, and from thence to the Cornea, they may possibly erode it, whence a new Ulcer may be made, and so the Grief may be doubled.  
XXXI. And even solid things themselves, must be very carefully applied; that they go not farther, nor spread beyond the sinuosity, jest horrible Symptoms be induced, by means of a fluxion, and increase of the acrimony of the Humour, which may hurt the Membranes of the Eye, adjacent to the Part affected.  
XXXII. Some use this. Take water of Elder, or Dwarf-elder flowers lbj lbj. corrosive Sublimateʒii. or better; according to the hardness of the Callus: the proportion you must guests at by the continuance of the Fistula, Habit of Body, and Age of the Patient, making it either weaker or stronger.  
XXXIII. Others use this. Take Plantain or Rose water ℥ vi. Spirit of Nitre ℥ iii mix them. This they accounted excellent, but 'tis very sharp, and must be used with caution, and sparingly applied to the sinuosity, so that no part of them touch the Membranes, jest they should excite vehement Accidents.  
XXXIV. Others like solid Medicaments better; because the force of their operation is more durable, and they are more secure, as being not so apt to spread. In a young, tender, and delicate Body use this. Take read Precipitate, or Turbith-mineralʒii. burnt, Alum ℥ i mix them very well.  
XXXV. Afterwards, take Ung. Populeon ℥ i of the former Powder more or lesle, mix them: with this Mixture arm a Tent, which put into the dilated Fistula, which let remain till it slips out of itself; and continued the use of it, till the Callus is removed: which you may know, if the sinuosity appears soft, and the Pus sticking upon the Tent be laudable.  
XXXVI. If there is a Caries, Wiseman proposes this. Take Vitriol calcined, Cantharideses (their heads and wings cut of) Quicklime, Shall Armoniac, R●…-alum, Ana: mix, and bring them to a body with Boys Urine.  
XXXVII. In applying of these things, the parts about must be defended, and the Fluxion hindered by application of Refrigerants; yet after all, it is a most painful and tedious ways.  
XXXVIII Wiseman proposes the use of the Actual Cautery, which being applied through a Cannula will with one touch waste the Callosity, and destroy the Caries: after which, it is to be dressed up with a Dossel dipped in a mixture of Oil of Roses and the white of an Egg, and a Compress in the same over all: than it is to be digested, and deterged with milder Prescriptions, keeping the Orifice dilated with a Dossel dipped in Tinctura Myrrhae, etc. till the Bone exfoliates.  
THIRTY-NINE. And so Barbett: If (says he) the Os lachrymale, or Zygomaticum be foul, the Skin being divided, an Actual (or Potential) Cautery must be applied, that the Caries may be removed; otherwise, (if that be not taken away) it will be impossible to cure the Fistula.  
XL. All Authors, as with one Voice, subscribe to the Actual Cautery, which must represent in figure an Olive-stone: the parts adjacent must be defended from the Fire, by a Cannula, or hollow Pipe, as Aquapendens and Wiseman direct: you must effectually impress it, to dry the humidity, the sooner to procure the scaling of the Bone.  
XLI. 'Tis true, some Authors prescribe fatty things, to hasten the separation of the Eschar; yet it is better not to use them, because the Part is moist of itself; and so the application of such Medicaments might induce a sordid Ulcer.  
XLII. What I shall advice to, is a Tent dipped into Red-wine, or Tincture of Euphorbium; or a Pledget dipped in the same, laying above all Empl. Album, or Diapalma, or Empl. de Minio simplex, or cum Sapone; the use of these things is to be continued, till the Scaling of the Bone.  
XLIII. But because many People (by reason of the terror) will not admit of the Actual Cautery, it may be performed be Incision, etc. after this manner: first, with a bended Probe, found out the cavity every way, both upwards and downwards; and draw a Line with Ink, between the Glandule of the Eye, and the Trochlea or Pulley; through which the first obliqne Muscle, called superior or mayor, passes, ending obliquely in the uppermost part of the Cornea.  
XLIV. Than divide the fleshy or membranous parts, making Incision to the Os lachrymale or Zygomaticum: the Part incised divide with the Nails of your Forefingers, until the Incision is so much dilated, that it may without any difficulty admit of an indifferent Pledget or Tent.  
XLV. This done, put in a Tent made of Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii; or a small Pastil made of unwashed Turbith-mineral, Vitriol calcined, Sealed-earth, and Vng. Populeon; mixed, and wrought up into a stiff Paste, and dried.  
XLVI. About the Tent or Pastil, apply a Pledget armed with Populeon, over which lay Empl. Album, or Diapalma malaxed with Oil of Poppies or of Henbane, or of Hypericon; than defend the orbit of the Eye with little Bolsters or Pledgets, wet in Frogspawn-water camphorated, and so bind it up; dressing it twice a day with the Tents or Pastils, viz. Morning and Evening, till the Callus falls out of its own accord.  
XLVII. Than view the Bone, and see how much is carious; and thereto apply this, or some such like. Take roots of round Birthwort, of Orrice, of Hog-fennel, Myrrh, Euphorbium, A. ℥ ss. make all into a fine powder, and apply it: this may serve in such as are young, and of a tender habit of Body.  
XLVIII. But if they be of good years, or middle-aged, and of a strong constitution, you may apply the powder of Euphorbium; after the application of which, or of the former Powder, you may fill up the cavity of the Part incised with prepared Sponge, as aforesaid; and about it apply a Pledget armed with Vng. Populeon, which hold fast down with Empl. Album, Bolsters, and Bandage.  
XLIX. This manner of Dressing you must continued till the Scale falls of, or the carious part is separated, which will be in about 20 days, or very little more: than mundify with Mel Rosatum, or Mel Rutaceum, or Syrup of dried Roses, or with this. Take Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. Honey ℥ two. Verdigriseʒi. boil to the consumption of a third part.  
L. Than endeavour the Consolidation, with Syrup of Myrtles, or Syrup of Comfrey: or with this. Take roots of round Birthwort, of Orrice, bark of Frankincense, A. ʒiss. Aloes, Cadmia fossilis, Mastich, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒi. Honey q.s. mix, and make a Lineament. Or: Take Alum, Antimony, Aloes, Balaustians, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, A ʒi. Verdigrise ℈ ss. make a fine powder, which mix with Rue-water q.s. and make a Collyrium, to drop into the Eye, thrice a day, etc. and last of all, cicatrize with some Epulotick Ointment, Cerat, or Emplaster.  
LIVELY If it so chance, that the whole substance of the Bone of the Nose subjacent to the Fistula is carious or corrupted, and a Catarrh be also attending, so that it seems to be often cured, and breaks out again. In this case, you must first dilate again the sinuosity, till the corrupt Bone appears; than you must pierce the Bone of the Nose with a Gimlet, that so the Pus or Matter may flow inward, to the Nostrils; and than cure up the Ulcer or Fistula, as we have taught in other places.  
LII. This, though it is no real Cure, yet outwardly not deformity can be seen, nor shall the Patient himself be able to discern the turning of the Pus, from the outward Glandule to the Nostril inwardly; nor shall he himself perceive any smell which shall offend him: as he who smells continually to a Damask-Rose, shall in a little time perceive no smell at all in it.  
LIII. If you perceive the Fistula to be malign, or seems to degenerate into a Cancer, (known by the Signs at Sect. 12. aforegoing) you must only use a palliative Cure: for which purpose, apply this Medicament of Heurnius. ℞ Lapis Calaminaris thrice heated red-hot, and quenched in Vinegar ℥ i burnt Brass ℥ iv. burnt Led washed, Myrrh, A. ℥ ss. Saffronʒii. Opiumʒi. mucilage of Fenugreek ℥ xxiv. mix them well by grinding together.  
LIU. If you intent to keep it for any time, it will be best to mix it with Sheeps-suet, Oil of Ben, A. ℥ xii. instead of the Mucilage of Fenugreek, because thereby it will be better preserved. It is an excellent Eyesalve, in all Ulcers and Fistula's of the Eyes, whether simple, malign, or cancerous.  
LU. Fabricius Hildanus, Centur. 5. Obs. 23. has this notable Example. A Boy 13 years of age had a Fistula lachrymalis 4 years together in his left Eye, the Bone being carious; the Gland was so eroded, that when he cried, tears trickled out of the Fistula. The Actual Cautery was the best Remedy, yet the Boy refused it: therefore having ordered his Diet, he was Purged, and a Seton was made in his Neck: when the Seton ran, the Potential Cautery was applied, which causes no pain: when the Eschar was fallen, the Fistula was dilated to the Bone, with an escarotick Ointment and prepared Sponge: afterwards good store of Euphorbium in powder was strewed upon it; and upon that a Plaster of Gum Elemi was applied. When these things had been used for some Weeks, the Bone scaled; after the Scale was taken away, half a drop of Balsam of Tolu was applied once a day to the Ulcer, which soon healed up, and continued perfectly well; and a little after the Seton was removed, and the Fistula healed up. In this Cure, Hildanus ascribed most to the E lordship or bium.   

CHAP. XXV. Of an ULCER of the NOSE.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉: and the Latins, Ulcus Narium; we in English call An Ulcer of the Nose: but the Greeks also call it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, and and the Latins Ozaena, Narium Vlcus putridum, (ab humorum acrium defluxu:) a putrid Ulcer of the Nose. It is called Ozaena, from the ill scent thereof.  
II The Cause. It is from a defluxion of sharp, salt, bilious, putrid, and eroding Humours, which sometimes corrupts the Bone itself, but chief the Cartilege or Gristle, whereby the Nose is many times made flat, and the Face deformed.  
III These Humours, if they be only sharp, they produce Ulcers hard to be cured, but not of a vehement smell: but if the Humour is putrid and corruptive, than the Ulcer stinks much.  
IV. The Kind's. It is clear, out of what has been said, that Ozaena is twofold. 1. That which proceeds from a sharp Humour only, and stinks not. 2. That which proceeds from a putrid Humour, having a corrosive faculty; of which Actuarius, lib. 2. cap. 10. speaks.  
V The Signs. The Breath of the Patient always stinks, but more especially, in a strong expiration: and this proceeds from rotten and corrupt Humours gathered together about the Meatus colatorii, or Passages of the Os Ethmoides; whence communicating their malignity and putridity to the adjacent parts, they 'cause an ill smell.  
VI There is also a flux, more or lesle, of a sharp or putrid matter; sometimes, as Celsus says, it is covered with a Crust.  
VII. The Ozaena of the Ancients, was only a malign Ulcer; but most of the Ulcers of the Nose seen with us, are Symptoms of the Pox, and are contagious, and by contact may infect others.  
VIII. For which reason it is, (as I believe) that Gorraeus, definite. Med. lib. 13. affirms, that this Disease is more frequent now in our times, than it was when the ancient Authors lived and practised.  
IX. Aegineta, lib. 3. cap. 24. says, that Ozaena is a carious and rotten Ulcer; bred of sharp Humours flowing to the Nostrils, and eroding them.  
X. Barbett says, that it sometimes spreads itself within the Nose, to the Palate; and than there is great pain, and a sordid Crust; more especially if it proceeds from the French-Pox.  
XI. The Prognostics. If it is recent and simple, there is little or no pain: and if when it is touched it bleeds, and has a black Crust upon it, 'twill be easily cured.  
XII. If it is inveterate or old, it is hard to cure: so also if it proceeds from Polypus, or the French Disease: but if it degenerates into a Cancer, it is incurable.  
XIII. If it proceeds from any other, or precedent Disease, that Disease (whatever it be) must be first removed, or cured, before the Ozaena can be cured.  
FOURTEEN. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 6. says, If the Ulcers be about the Nostril, which have Crusts, and an evil Smell, (which the Greeks call Ozena) you are to know, they will be difficultly cured.  
XU. All these kinds of Ulcers are of difficult cure: 1. Because of the proximity of the Brain, which affords plenty of Humours. 2. Because the Part affected is of a moist temperature. 3. Because Internals being given, loose much of their force and virtue, before they come at the Head.  
XVI. That which is apparent, is easier to be cured, than that which is latent; and if this kind of Ulcer continues long, it takes away the Sense of Smelling.  
XVII. If it is a Symptom of the French-Pox, it is easier cured, than if it is originally of itself: 1. Because when it is of itself, it comes nearer to a cancerous quality, than otherwise. 2. Because we have more certain Medicaments for the cure of the Pox, than for the cure of any thing cancerous.  
XVIII. The Cure. There are three Indications of Cure. 1. That which has respect to the procatartick cause. 2. That which relates to the antecedent cause. 3. That which belongs to the proximate or conjoined cause.  
XIX. The removal of the procatarctick cause, here most respects the Diet: let the Patient avoid all sorts of Meats which are salt, acid, sharp, windy, or hard of digestion, yielding a corrupt or evil juice; and that he feeds very moderately and sparingly, upon that which is good and proper for him.  
XX. A sparing Diet at lest, and sometimes fasting is necessary for the Cure; for it hinders the generation of many ill Humours, especially in cacochymick habits of Body; as it helps concoction and digestion, and causes an appetite, so it also very much dries the habit of the Body.  
XXI. The removal of the antecedent cause is done by purging. Emetics are not so good here, as Catharticks; unless the Stomach is foul, and replenished with corrupt Humours.  
XXII. The Catharticks which we shall make use of it in this Cure, are either vegetable, or mineral: the vegetable may do well enough, where it proceeds from the lesser and milder Causes: but mineral are to be chosen, when it proceeds from the more vehement and rebellious.  
XXIII. Among the vegetable Simples, these are chief; Agarick, Aloes, Cambogia, Colocynthis, Hellebor black, Hemodacts, sallap, Mechoacan, Scammony, and Sena. These may either be used singly, or compounds may be made of them.  
XXIV. Such are, Our Syrupus Catharticus, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, Tinctura purgans, etc. and among the Shop-Medicaments, Pilulae ex duobus, sine quibus; Cochiae minores, de Agarico, Trochisci Athandal, Diacatholicon, Diacarthamum, Caryocostinum, Confectio Hamech, etc.  
XXV. Among Minerals, the chief Preparations are taken from Antimony and Mercury: from Antimony, you have, 1. Pulvis Antimonii. 2. Pulvis Catharticus: both which are very great Medicines, and very extrordinary things; and may be prepared as directed in Lib. 1 ca 68 ss. 1. and 5.  
XXVI. The Preparations of Mercury are more effectual; much more if it proceeds from any Venereal Cause, or if there is any fear of its becoming Cancerous: those which are most convenient for this purpose, are Mercur. dulcis, white Precipitate, the Prince's Powder, Turpethum minerale, Arcanum Coralinum, etc.  
XXVII. The removal of the proximate or conjoined Cause, which is directed by the third Indication of Cure, and whereby the Ulcer comes to be healed up. And here you are first to remove the Scab, which fixes itself in the fore or lower part of the Os Ethmoides, or Os Cribriforme, which hinders the Brain from discharging of the malign Humour which causes the Ulcer, and also hinders Medicaments from coming to to Part affected.  
XXVIII. ℞ Oil of sweet Almonds ℥ two. Sperma Ceti ℥ ss. mix them well over a very gentle Fire. Or, ℞ Neats-foot-oil ℥ two. pure Bears-grease, or Oil ℥ i mix them. Turn the Face upwards, and bend the Head down backwards, and drop it into the Nostrils, till the Patient feels it by the taste in his Throat and Palate.  
XXIX. Or, Take Neats-foot-Oil, or Linseed-oil, and cast it upon the Nostrils with a Syringe; repeating it four or five times a day, till the Crust is loosened; than moisten with this. Take juice of Endive or Smallage ℥ iv. Honey ℥ i mix, and cast it up with a Syringe.  
XXX. Or you may inject this, which is stronger. ℞ Rhenish Wine ℥ vi. juice of Pomegranates ℥ two. Honey ℥ i Lithargeʒii. Red-leadʒi. Mercury dulcifiedʒss. burnt Alum ℈ i boil a little, and strain.  
XXXI. After which, he may snuff up of this Sternutatory. ℞ Tobaccoʒi. roots of white Hellebor, Nigella, A. ʒss. Rosemary, Sage, A. ℈ two. Musk gr. iii make all into a subtle powder.  
XXXII. The crusty Substance or Scab being fallen, you may dress it with this Water. ℞ Waters of black Cherries, Plantain, and of Roses, A. ℥ iv. Spirit of Vitriol ℈ j orʒss. mix them. Or, Take Smiths-forge-water ℥ viij. Alumʒii. mix them well. Or, Take Phlegm or Spirit of Alum, Plantane-water, A. ℥ iv. Mercury dulcifiedʒii. mix them. Or, Take Fallopius his Magistral Alum-Water ℥ iv. Plantain and Rose Waters, A. q.s. to weaken it.  
XXXIII. Or you may wash, and inject with the Ablution of dulcified Mercury in Limewater: or, wash and inject daily the Water of the Griffin, than which few things are better.  
XXXIV. You may also often in the daytime inject some such drying, astringent, and abstersive Decoction: as, Take Red-roses M. i Plantain, Knotgrass, Perwinkle, A. M. ss. Bistort, Tormentil, A.ʒi. Balaustians, unripe Bramble-berries, A. ʒ ss. Water q.s. boil and strain, and to every three ounces, add Mel Rosatum ℥ i.  
XXXV. Than anoint with this of Barbett. ℞ Ung. fuscum Wurtzii ℥ i burnt Led, Ceruse, Tutia prepared, lethargy, bark of Frankincense, Myrrh, round Birthwort roots, Mercurius dulcis, A. ʒjss. Ung. Album Camphoratum, q.s. mix, for a Lineament.  
XXXVI. Or this of Sennertus, in Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 4. cap. 1. ℞ Burned Led, Litharge, Wax, A. ʒi. Oils of Roses and Myrtles, A. ʒjss. Ceruse, fine Bole, Balaustians, A. ʒss. grinned them all in a Leaden Mortar, to an Ointment.  
XXXVII. Or, ℞ Unguent. Album, & de Tutia, A. ℥ i Oil of Myrtles ℥ ss. Scammony, Tobacco in powder, A. ʒi. dulcified Mercuryʒj ss. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXVIII. If none of the former things prevail, you must use this. ℞ Rose or Plantain water, or choice white Port-wine, ℥ viij. Powers of Mercury ℥ ss. orʒvi. mix them; and therewith wash, and inject up the Nostrils.  
THIRTY-NINE. This cleanses and dries, without biting, and oftentimes performs all the Intentions of Healing: it is a Medicine beyond comparison.  
XL. Than heal, and consummate the Cure with Ung. Mirabile; the composition and preparation of which, see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 3. cap. 4. sect. 〈◊〉 for it is a singular thing in the cure of the Ulcer, though it be malign, or should proceed from the French Disease: you may dip Tents into it, and put them up the Nose.  
XLI. Or you may fume the Ulcer (if it yet proves rebellious) with this of Barbett. ℞ Amber, Benjamin, Gum Sandarach, Frankincense, Storax, A. ʒi. Artificial Cinnabarʒiv. make a Powder or Troches, for Fumes. As much as Nutmeg, is enough at a time; which is to be put upon live Coals, and the Fume is to be received up the Nostrils by a Funnel: but it must be cautiously used, as once a day, or not above twice a day at most, jest a Salivation be raised.  
XLII. If the Ulcer proves cancerous, though it is judged uncurable, yet you may dress and palliate it, either with the former Fume of Barbett, or with this Water, or you may make use of both. ℞ Frog-spawn, Snails, A lbii. lbii. Oak-buds, Ground-Ivy, A. ℥ vi. mix, and distil a Water like Rose-water; to which add Camphir calcined, (being mixed with fine Bowl, and so put into a Crucible) ʒi. wash and inject with this, and put up Tents of Lint, or Sponge moistened therewith.  
XLIII. If the Ulcer proves yet rebellious, and will yield to none of the Remedies, you must come to the use of the Actual Cautery: for according to Hypocrates, lib. 1. aph. 6. extreme Remedies must be applied to extreme Griefs or Diseases.  
XLIV. The Intention of apply-the Actual Cautery is, 1. To 'cause an Eschar, by impressing upon the Ulcer: or, 2. To dry the Ulcer by often applying it; but always giving of, before the Patient feels any pain.  
XLV. If you design an Eschar, both ●ends of the Pipe thro' which the Cautery is to pass, must be open: and when the Eschar is produced, the fall of it must be procured by the means directed at Section 28, and 31. and than you must proceed in curing the Ulcer, as is thereafter taught.  
XLVI. But if you intent only desiccation, than the end of the Pipe which you apply to the Ulcer must be shut or closed; and the desiccation will be accomplished by a manifold iteration of the same; after which, you must pursue the Cure as is before directed. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 35. Pag. 505.   

CHAP. XXVI. Of an ULCER of the EAR.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Auris; we in English call An Ulcer of the Ear.  
II The Causes. It is caused either by external Force or Violence; as of a Fall, Blow, Stab, etc. which may hurt and contuse the Part; and from whence Pus, or other sharp Excrements may be bred, which may erode the cavities of the Ear.  
III Or from an antecedent Cause; as sharp Humours, sent from the Brain to the cavity of the Ear, causing Apostems, Ulcers, etc.  
IV. The Signs. It is known by Blood and Matter flowing out, and may be discerned also by pain, noise, and trouble in the Ear; and sometimes if Worms are there, there is felt an intolerable itching, not easy to be abated.  
V The Kind's. These Ulcers are either without an Excrescence of Flesh, or they are with an Excrescence.  
VI The Prognostics. If the Matter is white, and without any ill scent, and the Ear itches much, it is without danger; yet it bespeaks Worms, as aforesaid.  
VII. If the Matter comes out of the Ear, and Pulsation is felt with great Pain; you may judge that a Phlegmon, Abscess, or Inflammation is present.  
VIII. If the cure of these Ulcers is long deferred, there is much danger of Deafness to ensue.  
IX. If a great quantity of Pus comes forth of the Ear, you may safely judge, that it proceeds from a fluxion of Humours from the Brain.  
X. The Cure. The Antecedent 'Cause is first to be removed by proper Purging; for which we commend the Arcanum Jovis, Pulvis Antimonii, Pulvis Catharticus, and Pulvis Cornachini: and in some Constitutions, the Electuarium Catharticum, which makes a good Revulsion.  
XI. As to the Conjoined Cause, if any thing is gotten into Ear, it is to be taken out: and if Humours abound in the Part, a derivation is to be made, by application of Vesicatories, the Seton: or, making an Issue.  
XII. The next thing to be done, is to cleanse the Part with Abstersives: as, ℞ Hydromel lbi lbi. Honey of Roses strained ℥ iv. mix; and inject with a Syringe very warm, than dry it with the Probe armed with Lint.  
XIII. But the Medicaments which are put into the Ear, aught to be neither too hot, nor too cold; for that Part can ill endure any excess, in any of these two qualities.  
FOURTEEN. Put no fat or greasy Medicines into the Ear; for as it is composed of Spermatickparts, (as Physicians speak) so they will be apt to induce a sordid Ulcer.  
XU. Nor let any sharp Medicament be put into the Ear, before the Body is well purged; jest a Fever be procured, and a flux of Humours be moved to the Part.  
XVI. Let all the Medicaments which are put into the Ear, be of a thin and liquid substance; that they may sink down the deeper.  
XVII. And after dressing, let the Patiented lie upon the whole Ear, the disaffected Ear being uppermost, and stopped with some fine Cotton, or Lint, for a pretty while.  
XVIII. Trochisci Andronis dissolved in Elder-Vinegar, are commended for cleansing; so also Crocus Martis boiled in strong Wine-Vinegar, till the Tincture is extracted.  
XIX. The Ulcer being cleansed, you must consolidate and heal with this. ℞ Scurvigrass M. i round Birthwort roots ℥ i Canary-Wine lbss ss. boil, strain, and add thereto Spirit of Wine ℥ two. inject it warm into the Ear.  
XX. Or you may inject into it a Sanative Synup, made of the Vulnerary Herbs; as of Agrimony, Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Comfrey, Horstail, Knotgrass, Ladies-mantle, Mint, Plantain, Scordium, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Selfheal, Winter-green, Yarrow, etc. which is not only good in Ulcers of the Ears, but in all other cavernous or hollow Ulcers.  
XXI. And to these Vulneraries, some few Astringents may be added; as Bistort, Balaustians, Catechu, Myrtleberries, Pomgranate-peels, Oak bark and buds, Red-roses, Sumach, etc.  
XXII. If the Ulcer is foul, or has Worms in it, a Decoction of dry Tobacco in Ale or Wine, will be found an incomparable thing: after injecting, you may dress it with this Lineament. Take Ung. Diapompholigos ℥ i distilled Balsani of Myrrhʒiii. Honey of Rosesʒii. mix, and apply it with Lint.  
XXIII. If these Ulcers yield much pus, or filth, they must be dressed once every day: but if they yield but little matter, it will be enough to dress them once in two days.  
XXIV. If the Ulcer is malign or inveterate, you must cleanse with this. Take Rhenish-Wine lbi lbi. Honey of Roses strained ℥ iii Vinegar ℥ i Verdigriseʒi. burnt Alumʒss. boil, strain, and inject warm to cleanse: than afterwards heal the Ulcer, as directed at Sect. 9, 10, 11 above.  
XXV. But withal, it will be necessary to divert or derive the Humour, by Errhines applied to the Nostrils, and Masticatorics to the Mouth; and the Patient must use a Diet drink made of Guajacum and Sarfa, etc.  
XXVI. If an excrescence of superfluous Flesh does grow in the Ear, (which is many times does, so as to fill up all the cavities of the Ear, and cause Deafness) you must first purge the Patient very well, as before directed.  
XXVII. Than consume the spongy Flesh or Excrescence, by injecting the Composition at Sect. 14. above, and strewing upon it this following Powder. Take Vitriol calcined, Alum burnt, A. ʒi. Auripigment, Verdigrise, A. ʒss. mix them. Or, Take Alum burnt, Vitriol calcined, A. ʒss. read Precipitate, Turbith-mineral not wash, A. ℈ two. fine Bole, Aloes, A.ʒi. mix them.  
XXVIII. And upon every dressing, wash out the Powders with this Injection. Take White-Wine ℥ iii Honey of Roses strained ℥ ss. Ung. Aegyptiacum ʒi. mix them: after injection, strew in some of the former Powders again, and continued this course till the whole Excrescence is wasted.  
XXIX. Which done, heal and cicatrize with the Vulnerary-Syrup, or some suchlike thing, dissolved in Plantain or Rose Water.   

CHAP. XXVII. Of an ULCER of the MOUTH.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins Ulcus Oris; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Mouth: under which the Lips, and insides of the Cheeks and Tongue are comprehended.  
II The Causes. They are either Primary, proceeding either from some external Violence, or a Flux of sharp Humours: or Symptomatical, caused from some malign or contagious Disease; as the Smallpox, French-Pox, Kings-Evil, malign burning Fevers, etc.  
III The Signs. They are known by sight; the Ulcer has generally a whiteness upon it, and is the same with that which the Country People call the Canker.  
IV. The Prognostics. If they be recent, they are the more easily cured: so also if they proceed from the Smallpox, or some malign Fever.  
V Those which are Symptomatical from the French-pox or Kings-Evil, are only to be cured, by curing those Diseases.  
VI If they be malign, or seem to be of a Cancerous nature, they will be of difficult cure, and sometimes prove to be incurable.  
VII. The Cure. There are breakings-out after Fevers and Colds, and Fissurae Labiorum, Chaps of the Lips; which are caused from a salt, sharp, drying Humour; which Ulcers are hot and painful, especially if the Patient speaks, eats, or laughs.  
VIII. These are easily cured by anointing with Vng. Album, or with this. Take Beef or Mutton suet ℥ iv. Oil of Ben, or Oil-Olive ℥ iii white Wax ℥ jss. Sperma Ceti ℥ i Camphirʒii. mix, and make an Ointment; with which anoint Morning and Evening: it will not fail.  
IX. Or, Take Veal-suet from the Kidneys ℥ iv. Oil of Ben ℥ two. white Wax, Rose-water, A. ℥ i Saccharum Saturni ʒvi. Sperma Ceti ʒiii. Camphirʒi. mix them. It heals wonderfully, and if constantly used every Night, preserves the Skin as plump, smooth, full, and fair, (free from all Wrinkles or other Deformities) even to Old-age, if the Party was not much above twenty.  
X. If the Ulcer of the Lips is benign or mild, it may be cured with Ung de Minio, or Desiccativum Rubrum camphuratum; which is effectual even against inveterate or old Ulcers, in what part of the Body soever they be: nor does the Vng. è Solano come much behind it.  
XI. If the Ulcer of the Lips is malign or cancerous, (which you may perceive by its colour, being blackish or livid, and its brims hard, its pain and heat much, and almost continual, and its yielding an ill-smelling Sanies:) or if it is from any strumatick or venereal Cause, you must than purge often, and cleanse the Body with proper Catharticks; and use Sudorific, Antistrumatick, and Antivenereal Medicaments.  
XII. You must wash it with the Ablution of Mercurius dulcis in Limewater, or with the Juice of Tobacco, or with the Water of the Griffin, which is a most excellent thing; or with this. Take Henbane, Hemlock; Housleek, Nightshade, Plantain, Speedwell or Fluellin, A. M. iii Stramonium M.ii whites of Eggs N o. xii. Alum in powder ℥ vi. Camphirʒii. dissolved in S.U. ℥ iv. put all into a Glass-body, and distil in B.M. in the distilled Water dissolve Saccharum Saturni ℥ ss.  
XIII. Afterwards anoint with Vng. Nicotianae, or ad Scabiem; or de Tutia, or with this. Take coagulated Mercury in fine pouderʒvi. Ung. Tutiae ʒiv. Wax, Oil of Ben, or of Poppies, A. ʒii. Turpentineʒi. mix them.  
FOURTEEN. If the Ulcer is rebellious; and will not yield to these Medicines; you must have recourse to more effectual Means, such as we have prescribed in the Cure of Cacoethick, Phagedenick, and Cancerous Ulcers.  
XU. If the Gums, and insides of the Cheeks or Lips are ulcerated, with such an Ulcer as the Common-people call the Cankers; it is to be cured by Abstersives and Driers: for which purpose, Barbett commends this following.  
XVI. Take Oak leaves or buds M. i Balaustians, Roses, A. P.i. Pomgranate-peelsʒii. burnt Alum ℈ two. white Vitriol ℈ ss. Red-wine q.s. boil and strain. To half a Pint of the Liquor, add Honey of Roses, Rob Diamoron, A. ℥ i mix, for a Gargarism.  
XVII. Or, Take common Chalk, fine Bole, A.ʒii. read Lead, burnt Alum, Catechu, A. ʒi. Mercurius dulcis levigatedʒss. Vitriol. ℈ i Whitewine q.s. boil; and to lbj lbj. of the Liquor, add of Fernelius his Syrup of Comfrey ℥ iv. mix them.  
XVIII. Or, Take Scurvigrass M. iii bruise gently, and boil in Rhenish Wine lbii. lbii. strain, and sweeten with Syrup of Mulberries: with which wash the Ulcers daily oftentimes, and keep the Herb Night and Day in the Mouth, upon or against the place affected.  
XIX. If all these things will do no good, you must touch the Ulcers with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, till they are overcome; than cleanse and heal with this Gargarism. Take Plantain or Rose Water, lbii. lbii. Saccharum Saturni ʒii. white Vitriolʒi. Honey ℥ iv. mix, for a Lotion or Gargarism.  
XX. If the Roof of the Mouth is ulcerated, you must take care that your Applications be not loathsome or distasteful, jest the Parts abhor them.  
XXI. If the Skin which covers the Roof is ulcerated, first, (if it is foul) touch it with Aqua Fallopii, allayed with Plantain or Rose Water: or, Take Water of the Griffin, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ two. Frogspawn-water ℥ i Oil of Sulphur or Vitriolʒii. mix them.  
XXII. The Ulcer being touched with the former things, you may dress it with this. Take Syrup of dried Roses, of Myrtleberries, and of juice of Pomegranates, A. ℥ i Syrup of Mulberries ℥ ss. Oil of Vitriol ℈ ss. or gut. xii. mix them: or you may wash it with the Water of the Griffin alone, or dulcified with Honey of Roses: dressing it often in a day.  
XXIII. If the Bone of the Mouth is bore, you must dress it with this. Take Barley-flower, roots of Comfrey, of Orrice, and of Tormentil in powder, A. ℥ ss. Mastich, Olibanum, Sarcocol, Borax, A. ʒss. Syrup of Red-roses, of Mulberries, A. ℥ v. mix them: and if the rough Skin grows again, or unites, you obtain your end.  
XXIV. If the Tongue is ulcerated, and it is benign or mild, let be often dressed or washed with this. Take Pearl-barley ℥ iv. roots of Althaea, Liquorice bruised, A. ℥ two. Water lbvi. lbvi. boil to one half; strain, and add thereto Honey of Roses, Syrup of Mulberries, A. ℥ two. mix, and keep it for use.  
XXV. If the Ulcer proves malign, cacoethick, phagedenick, or cancerous, you must dress it with Aurum Vitae, or the Prince's Powder, or native Cinnabar mixed with Saccharum Saturni; or those things which we have enumerated and declared in those places, where we have treated of the curing of those Ulcers.   

CHAP. XXVIII. Of an ULCER of the THROAT.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Gutturis, seu Laryngis, vel Gurgulionis, vel Gulae; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Throat.  
II And here under this Title, we comprehend, 1. The Ulcers of the Wula, or Gargareon. 2. The Ulcers of the Amygdalae, or Tonsillae. 3. The Ulcers of the Throat, beyond the Wula.  

I Of the Ulcers of the Uuula.  
III 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Ulcus Uuulae, an Ulcer of the Wula, is caused either primarily from a Flux of sharp Humours, occasioned through cold, or some external violence; or symptomatically, from the French-Pox.  
IV. The Signs. It is known by sight, an eating or corroding Humour appearing upon the Part; and sometimes also, an Inflammation: if it is from the French-Pox, the Breath stinks, and the Patient has a great difficulty in swallowing.  
V If the Wula is wholly away, it for the most part causeth an impediment in the Speech; but more especially while the Ulcer is present: but I know a Patient of mine who has wholly lost it, without the lest hurt or defect to their Voice: and the same thing Guilford Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 21. affirms.  
VI The Prognostics. If it is benign or gentle, it is of easy cure; but if malign, or accompanied with a Catarrh, it will be cured with much difficulty: if it is caused from the French-Pox, it is not to be cured, but with the cure of this Disease.  
VII. The Cure. If the Ulcer is benign, it may be cured with some of the milder Medicaments in the former Chapter: or you may first wash the Ulcer with this Gargarism. Take Agrimony, Avens, Centory the lesle, Fluellin, Margerum, Plantain, Scordium, Solomons-seal, A. M. i Whitewine lbii. lbii. Water lbi lbi. boil till lbss ss. is consumed: strain, and dissolve therein Oxymel simple ℥ iv. and keep it for use.  
VIII. Than touch it with this Lineament. Take Honey of Roses strained ℥ jss. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss. Alum in pouderʒss. mix them, and apply it Morning and Evening.  
IX. If it proceeds from the French-Pox, you may use the Ablution of dulcified Mercury, or Turbith-mineral, or read Precipitate, in Limewater; or, the Water of the Griffin, inferior to none of them.  
X. But if with the Ulcer, it is much tumified, or inflamed; or the Patient has a vehement Catarrh, and a tickling Cough, and that it proves rebellious to all the things prescribed; it will than be necessary to cut it wholly of.  
XI. Let the Body be first well purged; and than take notice how much is necessary to be cut of, which is at lest all that is ulcerated. The Operation may be done according to the Examples in Lib. 3. cap. 26. sect. 57, 58, and 59 aforegoing; which are extracted from Wiseman.  
XII. If after cutting of, an Hemorrhage should accidentally hap; you may stop it with some styptic Powders, or a Gargoyle made of Alum, and Catechu, in Red-wine.   

II Of Ulcers of the Almonds.  
XIII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, plur. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Ulcus Amygdali, vel Tonsillarum, an Ulcer of the Almonds of the Ear; may arise from the same Causes, that an Ulcer of the Wula arises from.  
FOURTEEN. The Signs. It is known by sight, the Tongue being pressed down with the Spatula. There is in this case, always a difficulty in swallowing, and for the most part the Gland is very much swelled, and many times out of its place.  
XU. The Prognostics. If it is only from a Cold, and without a Fever, there is the more safety: if it happens in Summertime, it is more apt to spread; if it is inveterate, it is with much difficulty cured; and if it becomes scirrhous, it is scarcely ever cured, but with cutting of, or out.  
XVI. The Cure. These Ulcers, as also every Ulcer of the Mouth, require stronger Desiccatives than the Ulcers of other Parts; because they are always kept moist with Hospital, and are very apt to spread.  
XVII. You may use the Medicaments described in the former Chapter, as also in the Cure of the Wula, to which you may add these following: let the Patient gargarize with a Decoction of Devil-bit; or with this Take Tinctura mirabilis ℥ two. read Port-wine ℥ vi. mix them.  
XVIII. After gargarizing, anoint them with this Lineament of Sennertus, in Med. Pract. lib. 2. cap. 22. Take the lesser Centory, roots of Florentine Orrice, white Dogs-turd, A. ℥ i Honey q.s. mix, and make an Electuary.  
XIX. If these things do no good, gargarize it only with the Water of the Griffin; for if there is any hope or possibility of curing it by Medicaments, this will do it, yea though it proceeds from the French-Pox.  
XX. But yet at last, after all, if it resists all Local Medicaments, you must come to Incision, the manner of doing it we have taught at large, in Lib. 3. Cap. 26. Sect. 45. and 56. of this Work aforegoing, to which you are referred.   

III Of an Ulcer of the Throat, below the Uuula and Tonsillae.  
XXI. Causes. It arises either from a Flux of sharp Humours, or from some Stramatick or Venereal Cause, the which you may discern and distinguish by the Discourse of the Patient.  
XXII. The Signs. It is known by sight, pressing down the Tongue with a Spatula; by pain and difficulty in swallowing, narrowness of the Throat, and (if it comes from the Pox) a vehement stinking Breath.  
XXIII. The Prognostics. If it comes firm the Kings-evil, or French Disease, it is cured by curing them: if it is recent, it is easily cured; if inveterate, with much difficulty: if the Ulcer has eaten and spread largely, and very deep, or if any large Vessels are gnawn asunder, it is for the most part mortal.  
XXIV. The Cure. The Patient may gargarize with this. Take Plantane-water lbi lbi. Waters of the flowers of Oranges, Red-roses, A. ℥ i corrosive Sublimate in fine powder, ʒii. digest in a Sand-heat for an Hour; strain, and keep it in a Glass for for use.  
XXV. If the Patient cannot swallow any solid Food, give this four Mornings together, and you will see a wouderful effect. Take dulcified Mercury levigated, à ℈ i add ʒss. Syrup of Clove-Gilly-flowers, or Honey of Roses ℥ ss. mix them. Or you may give the dulcified Mercury in new Milk.  
XXVI. If these things do not, you must come to the Water of the Griffin, which is admirable, and will cure it (if curable) in a Week or ten Days time: if this does nothing, the Patient must submit to his Fate.    

CHAP. XXIX. Of an ULCER of the NECK.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Colli, vel Cervicis, vel Juguli; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Neck.  
II The Causes, It may be produced from some external violence, as a Wound ill managed, or a Contusion: or it may proceed from a Phlegmon, or an Apostem: or it may be caused from Venereal Contagion, or Poison, or strumatick Tumours, by degeneration.  
III The Signs. The Ulcer itself is manifest at sight; but the Signs of the various Causes, must be learned from the relation or discourse of the Sick, or some who belongs to them.  
IV. The Prognostics. If recent, and not near any of the principal Vessels, or the Spina, it will be the more easily cured.  
V If it is in the Neck behind, and has corrupted the Vertebrae; the Patient is than in a dangerous condition; if it has pierced to the Medulla, Death only can put a period to the poor Patient's misery.  
VI If the Ulcer spreads, and creeps near to the Jugular Veins, or Soporal Arteries, there is great danger: if they once come to be corroded, nothing but a Miracle can preserve Life.  
VII. If it is inveterate, and has otherwise eaten deep, or taken possession of the Glandules, (of which that Part is full) though it touches none of the great Vessels, or recurrent Nerves, yet it will be of very difficult cure.  
VIII. If it becomes fistulous, nothing but a palliative Cure can be expected; and in this last case, keeping the mouth of the Ulcer open, and the Ulcer itself always clean, it may prove (in Strumous cases) an advantage to the Sick.  
IX. If being near the Spina, it should affect some of the conjugations or pairs of Nerves, proceeding from those Vertebrae; the Parts which are replenished with Branches from those pairs of Nerves, will be apt to suffer an incurable Palsy.  
X. The Cure. Let it proceed from what cause soever, it is necessary that Purging precede, or goes hand in hand with the other Operations of the Cure; that the superabundance of the Morbifick-Matter may, as much as possible, be carried of.  
XI. In all the common cases, and where it is primary, vegetable Catharticks may do, or those mixed with dulcified Mercury, or white Precipitate; but if it proceeds from a Strumous or Venereal Cause, (being Symptomatical) it will be necessary to add to them Mercurials; as read Precipitate, the Prince's Powder, Arcanum Corallinum, Turpethum Minerale, Aurum Vitae, Praecipitatum per se, etc.  
XII. This Purging is to be done at first every third or fourth day, for eighteen or twenty days: afterwards for a Month or six Weeks, only twice a Week: and after that time, only once a Week, till the Ulcer is healed up.  
XIII. If it proves inveterate and rebellious, you must in the intervals of Purging give constantly a Diet or Wound Drink, made of Guajacum, Winter's Cinnamon, Sarsa, Sassafras, with addition of the principal Wound-Herbs, and and every Night at Bedtime this following Powder.  
FOURTEEN. ℞ Turpentine reduced to powder by boiling, Crabs-eyes levigated, Goats-blood dried; Ana; make all into a fine powder; of which give ʒss. or ℈ two. going to Bed, in any proper Vehicle. This will 'cause a great part of the Morbific Matter to be carried of by Urine.  
XU. As to Topics, if it wants digestion, (as Ulcers in this Part very often do) you must than dress it with Medicaments proper thereto. This following is good. Take Venice or Strasburgh Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ i yolk of 1 Egg, Mastic in pouderʒii. mix them.  
XVI. After you found the Ulcer is well digested, (which you may know by the kindness of the Ulcer; not being full of pain, red, fretful, or eating, and the good condition of the Pus) you must than cleanse it with Abstersives, as Vng. Nicotianae, Basilicon; or Basilicon mixed with a little Precipitate: or with this. ℞ Unguent. Nicotianae ℥ two. Basilicon ℥ i Aegyptiacumʒiii. mix them; and over all apply Empl. Album, or Diachylum cum Gummi, or Emplastr. Mercuriale, according as the Cause may be.  
XVII. The Ulcer being sufficiently cleansed, you may incarnate with Sarcoticks, as the Linimentum Arcaei, or this. Take Linimentum Arcaei ℥ iii Unguent. Nicotianae ℥ two. Basilicon ℥ i mix them. And if the Ulcer is apt to be over-moist, you may add a little Precipitate thereto; which in this case will keep the Ulcer clean, and also help to incarnate.  
XVIII. And now being filled up with Flesh, you have nothing more to do, but with some proper styptic Water, or astringent and desiccative Powders, Ointments, or Emplasters; to induce the Cicatrice, and perfect Healing.  
XIX. If it is malign, you must often wash it with the Water of the Griffin; and apply such things, as we have directed in cacoethick and malign Ulcers.  
XX. If it is from a Strumatick or Venereal Cause, it will scarcely be perfectly cured, but with such a course as may possibly cure those Diseases.  
XXI. If it seems to be very habitual, or is become fistulous, you will do well to apply yourself to the palliative Cure, (which we have in a former place already delivered:) because Ulcers and Fistula's in this Part cannot be laid open, but with much caution; jest the recurrent Nerves, or the other great Vessels should be hurt, or suffer in the Operation.   

CHAP. XXX. Of an ULCER of the STOMACH.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Stomachi, vel Ventriculi; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Stomach.  
II The Stomach is said to be the Shop or Workhouse of Nature, where the Chylus is prepared; and it is composed of three Tunicles. The outermost is common from the Reritonaeum, and is the thickest; the middlemost is proper to itself, and is fleshy; the innermost is from the Dura Meninx, and is wrinkled.  
III It has Fibres of all sorts, and is crusted over with spongy Flesh; and it is situated in the middle of the Hypogastrium, resting upon the Vertebrae of the Loins: it's left or highest Orifice is called Os, also Stomachus; and its right Orifice, Pylorus; which is joined to the Guts, to convey the Chylous Juice to them.  
IV. The Causes. It may be caused either from a sharp and acrimonious Humour, corroding the Tunicles of the Stomach; or from the breaking out of the ulcerous Pustules of the Smallpox, when they break out inwardly, and than break, or ulcerate.  
V Or it may be caused from a vehement intemperate Heat: by which the Coats of the Ventricle seem as if they were parboiled; after which they break, and the Part becomes raw.  
VI Or it may be caused from the long taking of very acid things; as Juice of Lemons without allay: or from the taking inwardly Oils of Vitriol, Sulphur, or Salt or Aqua fortis, Aqua Regis, or Spirit of Nitre without mixture: or the taking of eroding Poisons, or Caustics, such as Vitriol calcined, Arsenic, corrosive Sublimate, etc.  
VII. The Signs. It is known by the exceeding pain and torment the Sick is almost always in, especially after eating and drinking, and for some hours after, till the Meat or Drink is go of the Stomach; at what time there is some relaxation of their pain, and they seem to be a little at ease again; but immediately after eating and drinking, the pain is renewed, and comes on afresh, as before.  
VIII. The continuation of the Pain, and vehemency of it, makes the Patient almost afraid either to eat or drink, and in a manner destroys the Appetite: by which the Patient looks pale and wan, as if in the Green-sickness; and wastes away, as in a deep Consumption.  
IX. Sometimes, by reason of the vehemency of the pain, (it being a nervous Part, as the Tunicles of the Ventricles are,) the Patient faints, and swoons away, sometimes vomits up his Food again for ease and relief; and by the constancy and continuance of it, is brought into a very faint and feeble condition, as being scarce able to go alone, and they look even like the very Picture of Death.  
X. By reason of this disorder of the Stomach, the Concoction is weakened, the Food not well digested; and the Excrements of the Body, as Ordure and Urine, are crude and raw, looking of a very ill and pale colour.  
XI. The Prognostics. It is a very pernicious Disease, and without timely help, many times kills the Patient: if it is caused by sharp or acrid Humours, it is more easily cured than otherwise.  
XII. If it proceeds from the Smallpox, or the violent heat of a malignant and burning Fever, (known by the great burning in the Stomach, vehement desire of drinking) it is for the most part deadly.  
XIII. If it is caused from taking any quantity of Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur, Spirit of Nitre, etc. it is for the most part mortal: because those vehement things in a very short time bring a mortification upon the Part, and assault and empoison the Vital Spirits.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure. In this Disease the Symptom of Pain is sometimes so vehement, that respect must be had to it, before we attempt to attack the Disease itself. And altho' there may be a foulness in the Ulcer, which aught to be cleansed and taken away; yet sometimes we are forced to do that, after we have first abated the pain.  
XU. If it is such a kind of anguish or dolour, that neither Cordials, Aromaticks, nor Antidotes; things hot, or cold, or temperate; things sweet, as Sugar, Honey, or Liquorice; nor things sour, do any good at all; not nor Opiates, or any kind of Narcotick or Anodyn whatsoever, do give any relief in the lest measure.  
XVI. What is than to be done? truly since the Disease generally proceeds from an overgreat acidity and acrimony of the Juices; it follows, that it can be only abated by things opposite to that quality, to wit, things of an absorbent and alcalious nature.  
XVII. And therefore we advice, that this Medicament be given for four days. ℞ Fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, fine Chalk, A.ʒiii. Crabs-eyes levigated, Pearl prepared, Orient part of Oyster, shells, A. ʒi. make all into fine powder. Dose, ʒss. or ℈ two. Morning and Evening in Goats-Whey, or other Whey, if that be wanting, or in Barleywater.  
XVIII. Than proceed to the cleansing of the Vlter, and evacuation of the peccant Matter, by Lenitives only: for which purpose, Hydromel may be given alone, or mixed with Manna of Frankincense, as Galen advises; or you may give Barleywater with Honey of Roses, or Sugar of Roses, in the beginning in the Morning fasting: avoiding all manner of Vomits, jest they dilacerate the Ulcer more.  
XIX. And giving those things in the Morning, let the aforegoing Powder be constantly given every day, or night going to Bed.  
XX. And if the Ulcer is inveterate or old, you must use Barley-broth, Decoctions of cooling Herbs, Almond-milk, Sugar of Roses: or new Milk, with Sugar, and a little Honey: not forgetting to give every Night a Dose of the aforegoing Powder; without which the Cure will not well succeed.  
XXI. Afterwards you may give Chalybeat-Milk and Iron-Waters, or Smiths-forge-water filtered, for ordinary Drink: or Water in which fine Bowl or Terra Sigillata has been infused, which is excellent: adding (in a great debility of the Stomach) a little rough or austere Wine, for that the heat of the Part may be weak.  
XXII. Give often also some good Tramatick Decoction, as Decoctum Traumaticum Vulnerarium, Cancri, etc. or this: Take juices of Agrimony, Avens, Bugle, Burnet, Sanicle, Scabious, A. ℥ iii clarify, and sweeten with Syrup of dried Roses ℥ iv. give it for five Doses, often to be repeated.  
XXIII. Decoction of Sarsa and China, with Burdock and Comfrey roots, in Chicken-broth, given for twenty or thirty days together, is very good; so also the Mineral-Waters of Vitriol, Alum, or Iron; or Tincture of Iron extracted with Whitewine.  
XXIV. During the whole Cure, keep the Stomach clean, with gentle Purges of Sena, Rhubarb, Mechocan, Myrobalans, Syrup of Roses, Tamarinds, Diacatholicon, etc.  
XXV. Lastly, to heal up the Ulcer, give Pulvis Haly, or this: ℞ Pulvis Haly ℥ two. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, read. Coral, Crabs-eyes, and claws, Bloodstone, Pearl, Oyster-shells, (all levigated) Crocus Martis, A. ℥ ss. native Cinnabar, Sar●ocol, Hypocistis, A.ʒii. make all into a fine powder. Dose, ℈ two. with Sugar of Roses, in Poppy-Water.  
XXVI. Or you may give it with Conserve, or rather Blood of Comfrey roots; or in a weak Tincture of Catechu, with Syrup of Quinces. You may keep or preserve it, by making it up into Troches, with mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, or rather with that of Gum-Tragacanth. Thus have we here given you the Theory and Praxis of a Disease, from our own Experience, in which, we have followed the Footsteps of no Man living.   

CHAP. XXXI. Of an FISTULA of the BREAST.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fistula Thoracis, vel Pectoris; we in English call, A Fistula of the Breast.  
II The Causes. It is either from an External Cause, as from a Wound penetrating into the Breast: or from an internal Cause, from a Phlegmon possessing the Intercostal Muscles, and the Pleura.  
III The Signs. It is discovered at sight, having present the Signs of the other Fistula's: and if the Matter flows into the cavity of the Thorax, there will be shortness of breathing, and a slower motion of the Breast.  
IV. The Difference. It is either with one Orifice, as when it proceeds from a Wound penetrating into the Breast: or with more Orifices than one, when it follows after an Apostem.  
V The Prognostics. If the Patient has an Hectic, or is fallen into a Marasmos, (which this Fistula is apt to induce) the Body growing very thin, and being in an absolute Consumption, the Disease is for the most part incurable: for the drying means which are absolutely necessary for the curing of Ulcers, increase those Diseases, and so hasten on Death.  
VI Celsus also says, that these Fistula's when they have passed the Ribs, sometimes corrupt the Diaphragma or Midriff; (which may be known by the place affected, and the greatness of the Pain:) in which case they are ever uncurable.  
VII. And indeed all Fistula's of the Breast are hard to be cured, 1. Because the parts are in continual motion, by reason of its dilatation and contraction, caused by the intercostal Muscles. 2. Because the Virus of the Fistula does often corrupt the Rib, whose internal substance (being spongy) is apt to lodge the Corrupt or Virulent matter. 3. Because the sinuosity (extending itself between the Pleura and upper Rib, to the distance between it and the lower Rib) is very difficult to be cleansed. 4. Because it is apt to induce a Hectic or Marasinos, which renders it uncurable. 5. Because the Pleura in this case is always Ulcerate, which being membranous, thin, and without Blood, does (like the Bladder) very hardly admit of consolidation. 6. Because the farther end of the Fistula is for the most part lower than the Orifice, which hinders the expurgation of the Pus or matter. 7. Because Medicaments cannot be so well applied in this case, as in Ulcers and Fistula's of other Parts. 8 Because of its proximity to the noble Parts, as the Heart and Lungs, upon which the Life of the Patient depends.  

I The Cure of a Fistula of the Breast.  
VIII. The Cure is performed by the general precepts aforegoing: as, 1. Good and proper Diet. 2. Pectoral Decoctions and Diet-drinks, 3. Proper Topical applications.  
IX. As to the Diet, if there is neither Hectic nor Marasmos, a greater variety of Meats may be permitted; than when these Symptoms are present: but let the Food be easy of Digestion, and which may give good and strong nourishment, of which let the Patient Eat moderately: for Bread, Biscuit is to be chosen, and for Meat the Flesh of Birds, and other Flesh easy of Digestion, which aught always to be dressed by roasting; and let his Drink be some of the following Decoctions, which may sometimes be mixed with a little Wine.  
X. As to the Pectoral Decoctions and Diet-drink, we shall chief furnish you out of Franciscus Arcaeus: but these following Simples are chief commended, out of which you may make a Choice, and form what Diet-drinks you please.  
XI. The chief Vegetable Simples. Agrimony, Alheal, Adder's Tongue, Alkanet-root, Aniseeds, Angelica, Avens; Bawm, Bishopsweed, Bistort-root, Borrage-roots and flowers, Burdock-roots, Burnet; Caraway-seeds, Catmint, Chinaroot, Catechu, Cinkfoil, Clown's Woundwort, Colstfoot-roots and flowers, Comfrey-roots, Corianderseeds, Currants blue; Dead-nettle, Devilsbit, Dill-herb and seed; Elecampane-roots, Eryngo; Fennel-roots and seeds, Figs blue, Fluellin; Germander, Guajacumand bark; Whorehound, Hyssop; Jamaica-pepper, Juniper-berries; Ladies-mantle, Liquorice; Maidenhair, Mint, Mallow-roots and flowers; Origanum; Parsley roots, leaves and seed, Pellitory of the wall; Raisins of the Sun, Rhubarb; Sarsaparilla, Sassafrass, Sanicle, Scabious, Selfheal, Speedwell; tansy garden and wild, Tormentil; Valerian, Violet-leaves; Winter's Cinnamon, Woodbine; Yarrow; Zedoary.  
XII. Franciscus Arcaeus his Pectoral Apozem. ℞ Pearl or hulled Barley, Raisins stoned, Ana. M. iv. Bugloss-roots bruised and cut, M.iii Carduus been. M. two Parsley-roots cut and bruised M. i. Cuminseed ℥ two. Liquorice cleansed and bruised ℥ jss. Jujubes Nᵒ. xx. Damask Prunes, Nᵒ xv. Water lbxiv lbxiv. boil to the consumption of a third part, and strain out strongly: to which add Sugar Penides, Syrup of Roses, Syrup of the two opening Roots without Vinegar, A. ℥ iii white Sugar lbss ss. Cinnamonʒiss. mix, and make an Apozem.  
XIII. Of this he advises to take ℥ xii. two or three times a day, (as Morning, Noon, and Night:) It will, says he, help the difficulty of breathing, (which all these kind of Patients have) for it stops the flowing down of the Humour, corrects and purges the Blood, and does withal sufficiently nourish the Body.  
FOURTEEN. But he advises, that every day the Body be evacuated, either naturally, or by help of some Emollient or Lenitive Clyster, that he eat the Flesh of a Chick or Pullet, boiled with Parsly-roots and Cinnamon, (but Roasting is better) and eat Almonds (blanched) and Raisins stoned, both after Dinner, and after Supper.  
XU. When this Decoction is done, and drunk all up, his Body (says he) may be gently purged with Pil. Aggregativae cum Agarico, that the Humours which are concocted and moved, may be evacuated or cast forth: Afterwards he would have this following Diet-drink prepared, with which he says the Patient will be perfectly cured, and brought to a good habit of Body.  
XVI. The Diet-drink. Take very thin and soft raspings of Guajacum ℥ viij. Bark of the same ℥ x. Liquorice scraped and bruised ℥ two. Aniseeds, Cumin-seeds, A. ℥ jss. Raisins stoned M. j Water lbxii lbxii. Wine lbxii lbxii. mix, and boil till a third part is consumed; add dried read Roses M. j Hermodacts well bruised ℥ two. boil them again a little, than removing the Matter from the Fire, let it cool and stand till the next day; than strain of, first the clear, which keep by itself; the remainder strain out by expression, and keep it in another Vessel by itself.  
XVII. The first straining he is to take instead of Drink at Dinner and Supper: but of the latter straining, which is the thicker, he is to take ℥ vi. every Morning fasting, and every Night going to Bed, cold in the Summer time, but warmed in the Winter. And to the former Jaeces, fresh Water and Wine may be put, of which a second Decoction may be made, for his ordinary Drink.  
XVIII. This Decoction, says he, is able of itself to nourish and maintain, as also to make fat, though the Patient only eats Raisins, yea, though he be in a Continual Fever, or in a Consumptitn: but than he must be utterly forbidden all other Drink, for this Liquor has great strength in itself, and is able to support the Patient.  
XIX. If he is very weak he may eat the Flesh of Birds, or Mutton, or Kid's Flesh, twice a day; otherwise if he be strong, and in a good habit of Body, he may eat Flesh but once a day, and at Night Raisins only and Biscuit; and if he can forbear Flesh, it will be yet better that he eats only Raisins and Almonds, or Bicket at every Meal in the day: this Course he may pursue for 10 or 12 days: and after 30 days are past, he may eat Flesh once or twice a day, as he sees fit, but all the while keeping his Bed, even (if need require) till the fortieth day.  
XX. But if the Fistulous Patient has an Hectic Fever, the former Diet-drink must be wholly forborn; or if it is given, than things which cool and moisten also, must be given with it, as Barley, borage, Bugloss, Cowcumer, Lettuce, Purslane, spinach, Succory, Sorrel, etc. also Emulsions made of Decoction of hulled Barley, or Almond Milk with Almonds, Seeds of Pompions, or Melons, Musk-melons, Citruls, Cucumbers and white Poppies, etc. Philonium Persicum, Syrup of white Poppies, read Poppy-water, with Juices of Citrons, Lemons, etc. mixed with white Sugar.  
XXI. If there be a Marasmus confirmed, which is an immoderate dryness, with a vehement Consumption of the whole Body, (known by the Eyes grown hollow, and hid as it were in their holes, fading of the lively Colour of the Skin, the Forehead dry, and the Skin stretched like the head of a Drum, the Eyelids heavy, and scarcely able to open, Temples hollow, Face thin, with the Jawbones sticking out, the Cheeks consumed, the Lip and Chin thin, as if nothing but Skin covered the Jawbones; the Breast nothing but Skin and Bones, and the Cavities of the Breast and Belly hollow, and as if no Vifcera or Guts were contained in them, the Muscles being so consumed, and the Cavities so drawn in, that nothing but the Fibres and Skin seem to remain, and the whole Man seems only to be a living Skeleton:) in this case the Physician aught to attempt nothing, for the Patient is incurable.  
XXII. But if the Marasmus it only in the beginning, known by the Skin becoming flagey and lose, agility and strength decaying, faintness of the Spirits, with a manifest defect and impotency in all the actions and functions of the Body, Animal, Vital, and Natural: I say, in this case there may be some hopes, and therefore a Restorative Diet is to be appointed, which may repair or restore the wasted Radical Humidity.  
XXIII. Let him have strong Broth and Jellies made of Chickens, Mutton, Veal, Beef, Legs and Knuckles of Pork, Sheep's Trotters, Calves and Neats-feets, wherein Juice of Citrons or Lemons is to be put. Or they may be made with Damask-Prunes, Raisins of the Sun stoned, blue Currants, Pippins, Pearmains, etc. Chicken-broth is also good, or Broth of hulled Barley, and Almond-milk may be made with either of them, of which he may eat between Meals; drinking also Asses, Mares, or Goats-milk, or instead of them Cows-milk, sweetened with Sugar of Roses: And let him now and than eat the Flesh of a Pig, or young Pork, Poached Eggs, Chickens, Lamb, Veal, Mutton, sweet Butter, Cream-cheese, Smelts, Whiting, Perches, Pickrells, Trout, Flounder, Soles, etc. according as his Stomach and Appetite most desires, eating all these things by turns, in a perpetual change of Diet.  
XXIV. As to sopicks, these things (over and above the general method) are to be observed: 1. You may safely ditate the Fistula with a Fistula-Tene, and Sponge: but in removing of the Callus you must be very careful; for if you apply the Pastils or Troches, they must not reach to the Cavity of the Breast, jest the point of it break of or melt, and so full upon the Septum Transversum, which it will erode, and so 'cause an Inflammation, a sharp Fever, a Paraphrenitis, and at last Death itself.  
XXV. 2. That the Tent be armed with Populeon, wherewith the Fistula-pouder is to be mixed, as has been before declared.  
XXVI. 3. That the Callus being removed, the Ulcer is to be deterged with Mel Rosatum, mixed with Aqua Calcis: but you must beware that you inject no Bitter Medicaments, because they are easily drawn in by the Lungs, from whence by the Aspera Arteria, they easily come to Throat and Mouth, by which a vehement Bitterness is felt, as Paraeus lib. 9 cap. 14. twice observed, thereby provoking Vomiting, and hurting the Appetite, both which are obnoxious to this Cure.  
XXVII. 4. The Ulcer being deterged, you must than consolidate, for Sores in this Part are not to be kept open long: You may inject Syrup of dried read Roses mixed with Comfrey, Plantain or Rose Water, laying a Pledger moistened in the Syrup over it, and over that Sticticum Paracelsi, because it draws the Lips together, and skins also.  
XXVIII. But if the bottom of the Fistula is lower than the Orifice, a lower Orifice is to be made by Inciston. The left side is safer than the right; because in this side, the Liver by its Gibbosity, bears up the Diaphragma, and insinuates itself into the Cavity of the Thorax; so that if either of these should be wounded, Death may be supposed suddenly to ensue.  
XXIX. As to the Point itself which is to be opened, it may be about the beginning of the next Rib, and not at the lower end of that Rib, above which the Orifice of the Fistula shows itself, because under it are placed an Artery, a Vein, and a Nerve.  
XXX. First divide the Skin towards the upper part of the lower Rib, than make way through the intercostal Muscles; this done, dry all things with a Sponge, and put into the new Orifice a Tent of prepared Sponge, both to delate it, and to draw to itself the Quittor: If you do thus, not passing any farther than the division of the Pleura, so that neither the Diaphragma, Lungs, or Perlcardium, be touched, you will be safe.  
XXXI. Or you may according to Aquapendens, run a crooked Silver Pipe into the Fistula, so that its end may touch the bottom, through which pass a long Needle threaded with Silk; being drawn through, tie the ends of the Thread together: This Thread you may dress with some Corrosive Water, Lineament, or Ointment, so long till the Callosity is removed; and than you are to Cure it after the manner of a simple Ulcer: But during the whole Cure, the Patient is to drink plentifully of a good Pectoral Diet drink, etc.  
XXXII. And among the Remedies very powerful in this Case, are, Anisated Balsam of Sulphur, Powers of Anise and Fennel-seeds, and Sassafras, Tinctures of Antimony and Coral, Volatile Sal Armoniac, Salt of Hartshorn, Ens Veneris, Spirit of Wine, Balsam de-Chili, etc.  
XXXIII. Scultetus, Tab. 39 Fig. 4. shows us the Incision of a Fistula of the Thorax. It was done suddenly, and almost in a moment, with a Syringotomos, the point of which was wrapped about with a small Ball of Wax, that when it was thrust in, it might not rend, or prick the Flesh.  
XXXIV. This armed Instrument is to be thrust into the Fistula, and when it comes to the bottom of it, it is forced through the Skin and Flesh with the right Hand, so that the Ball of Wax, remaining in the Ulcer, the point of the Knife may come forth by the hole made, which being laid hold on by the Fingers of the left Hand, the distance between both holes is cut asunder at one stroke.  
XXXV. The Syringotomos is a crooked Knife or cutting Instrument, which upon the inside (a) has an edge, under the other side (b) it is blunt, or with a round back, and at the small sharp end (c) it both pricks and cuts.  
XXXVI. This Instrument is chief used in all Parts of Fistula's having but one passage, that the end or bottom of the Fistula may be perforated, and the space between each hole cut asunder, as aforesaid, the point thereof being first armed with a Ball of Wax, that it may go to the bottom without any hindrance or hurt. See Tab. VII. O.P.  
XXXVII. An Observation from Scultetus: The Fistula was in the Right side, and left by the Surgeons of Hailbron as desperate. General's being premised, the narrow Orifice was dilated with Elder-pith prepared, till it would admit of the round Probe, wherewith he felt the Bone rough. To consume the Callus, he put in a Style dipped in this Ointment. ℞ Henbane seeds powdered ℈ i burnt Alum, calcined Vitriol, A. ʒss. Butter washed in Plant ane-water q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XXXVIII. The Callus being removed, he put a Tent into the Fistula, moistened on the top of it with a Decoction, and than sprinkled over with Euphor bium powdered, the rest of it he covered with this Ointment. ℞ Vng. Betonicae ℥ i Aegyptiaci ℥ ss. mix them: This hinders the breeding again of any Callous Substance.  
THIRTY-NINE. After two Months the Ribs threw of Scales, which being taken out, he diminished the Tent every day, and dipped it only in the Ung. Betonicae, till the Ulcer was incarnated; after which it was cicatrized with Ceratum Divinum, the Sick in the mean time taking a Purging Wine.  
XL. Another Observation from the same Scultetus. The Fistula was above the left Clavicle, with a very small Orifice. It was dilated (the Body being prepared and purged several times very well) with a Tent made of prepared Gentian Root, viz. cut into the shape of a Tent, and dried upon a Stone, with a Thread fastened to one end of it.  
XLI. This was put into the hole, and kept in with a Plaster of Diapalma with proper bandage, for 24 hours; than the Tent was drawn out with a pair of Pincers: It was swollen with a bilious Matter, and black at the end; but searching into the Cause, the Bone was rough and movable.  
XLII. It was again Tented with a bigger Root, as aforesaid, (the Parts about being defended against Inflammation) an the third day with another bigger Tent, till the hole was big enough to take out the Bone, which what almost separated.  
XLIII. The sixth day, the Fistula was filled up with Buttons made of Sponge, fastened to a Thread, which did hung out of the hole, over which was put a Plaster, and Breastplate Bandage.  
XLIV. The Sponge-buttons were thus prepared. Take a new Sponge never wetted, and dip it into an equal quantity of Wax and Rosin melted together, than press it strongly in a Press, letting it alone till it is cold; than take it from the Press and dry it in the shade, cutting it out into round Buttons, and fastening them to a Thread.  
XLV. The seventh day, the Sponges were taken out, and the Fistula being very open, the Bone was taken hold of with a pair of Forceps, and drawn forth with very little pain.  
XLVI. The eighth day, the Blood being stopped, there was sprinkled upon the naked sound Bone, this Powder. ℞ Roots of round Birthwort, of Hog-fennel, of Orrice, A. ʒi. Myrrh ℈ two. Euphorbium ℈ i mix them. This was applied with dry Lint, till the Bone was covered over with firm Flesh.  
XLVII. The Ulcer was daily cleansed by sprinkling refined Sugar in powder upon them, which does also mitigate Acrimony, and at length it was Cicatrized with Diapalma.   

II Of an Ulcer in the Lungs.  
XLVIII. Because the Lungs are contained in the Cavity of the Thorax, or Breast, and that they being sometimes externally Wounded, are affected with an Ulcer, we thought good to add as an Appendix to this Chapter, a Discourse of the Ulcers of the Lungs.  
XLIX. The Greeks call this Discase, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. vel, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. And the Latins, Vlcus Pulmonum: And we in English, an Ulcer of the Lungs. But if an Ulcer proceeds from an inward Cause, than both Greeks and Latins call that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Phthisis, which is a Consumption of the Lungs, of which we shall speak nothing in this place.  
L. The Causes. The Causes of such Ulcers, after a Wound inflicted into the Lungs, may be, 1. A solution of unity in the Substance and Vessels of the Lungs, viz. the Arteria Pulmonaris, and Vena Pulmonaria. 2. An Effusion of Blood into the Cavity of the Thorax, which corrupting, ulcerates the substance of the Lungs.  
LIVELY The Signs, The Wounds of the Lungs, and of its Vessels, are known, 1. By a great difficulty of breathing, and a vehement pain of the sides, not felt before.  
LII. 2. By frathy Blood coming forth of the Wound, and also coming forth of the Mouth by Coughing; for this shows that foam of the Vessels must be wounded.  
LIII. 3. The Patient lies easier upon the wounded th●… whole side, so that many times he can easily speak so lying, whereas being turned on the whole side, he speaks with pain and difficulty.  
LIU. When Blood is poured forth into the Cavity of the Thorax, you may know it, 1. By the heavy weight which seems to press down the Midriff. 2. By the Increase of a Fever. 3. By the stinking of the Breath after a while, the Blood being corrupted. 4. By a desire to Vomit, with Fainting and Swooning Fits, from the Blood's putrefying and turning into Pus. 5. From the difficulty of Breathing. 6. From the voiding of Blood by the Mouth. 7. From the Patients being only able to lie upon his Back.  
LU. Now that there is an Ulcer of the Lungs, it is manifest from the length of time, since the inflicting of the Wound: For having dressed the Wound so long a time, as it is reasonable such a Wound may take in Curing, and it is not yet healed, you may than prudently fear that a putrid Ulcer of the Lungs is induced; more especially if no laudable Pus, but a thin Sanies flows out, in very great quantities, exceeding the magnitude of the Wound.  
LVI. The Prognostics. All Ulcers of the Lungs are Cured with great difficulty, 1. Because the Orifice is not depending always, but for the most part higher than the Ulcer. 2. Because the lungs are encompassed with the Pleura, (a Membrane inwardly investing the Ribs) which being accounted a Spermatick Part, and endowed with but little Blood, is not easily united. 3. Because the Muscles of the Breast, Heart, and Lungs, are always in motion, which hinders consolidation. 4. Because Topics cannot easily be applied, and kept to these Ulcers, by Bandage, Bolsters and Emplasters, as they can to Ulcers of the External Parts.  
LVII. If the Patient has no Cough, a sweet Breath, Expectorates easily, Sleeps comfortably, his the Bowels soluble, digests his Food well, the Ulcer yielding a good sort of Pus, or Matter, and his Body wastes or pines not away, nor usually accosted with Sick or Fainting Fits, you may conceive good hopes of Cure.  
LVIII. But if a Cough be present, or a stinking Breath, or the Pus flowing from the Ulcer stinks; if there is a difficulty of Breathing, a linger putrid Fever, exasperated mostly at Night, with Watch, Costiveness of Body, want of Appetite or Digestion; if putrid pieces of the Lungs, or of the Branches of the Windpipe, be expelled through the Mouth, and the Voice is shrill and whistling, as if he spoke through a Pipe, and the whole Body pines and consumes away, the danger of Death is not small.  
LIX. So also if the Hair fall, which is caused by reason of the want of Nourishment, or of the Corruption of it; if the Cheeks and Face comes to be of a leaden Colour, yet after eating seem to be ruddy, and Vapours ascending thither; if the Flesh on the tops or ends of the Fingers seems wasted or consumed, the Nails grow crooked, the Feet begin to swell, the Natural Heat decayed, and Lice increase by reason of the Corruption of the Humours, Death is not far of.  
LX. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are Threefold. 1. The Directing of a proper Diet. 2. The Correcting the Humour, to induce Cleansing and Healing. 3. The Application of proper Topics.  
LXI. As to the Diet, it aught to he of good Juice, nutritive, and easy of Digestion, because the Body it apt to be extenuated and consumed in this Disease. Crabs are much commended in this Malady: So also Snails, but they are of a thick and slimy Substance, and so apt to breed an Excrementitious Juice: However, their Broth boiled in Milk, and sweetened with Sugar, or mingled with other strong Broths, may breed a good Nourishment.  
LXII. But nothing seems better than Jelly of Sheeps-Trotters made by boiling in Milk, and than sweetened with white Sugar-candy: Jelly of Hartshorn is an Incomparable thing; so also Jelly made of Calves and Neat's Feet, of Knuckles of Veal, and Knuckles of Pork. To these things add the Gravies of Buttocks of Beef, of Legs of Mutton, of Fillets of Veal, and of other Meats which yield a plenty of that Liquor.  
LXIII. Milk also is an admirable thing, (if there is no Fever) for it nourishes the Body, generates Blood, and Lympha, and corrects the actimony and sharpness of corrupt Humours: The wheyish part cleanses the Ulcer, cools, and keeps the Body soluble; the curdy part breeds good Blood and Humours, strengthens the whole Body, and consolidates; and the buttery or oily part, moistens, smooth, and makes easy, hindering the desiccation of the Body.  
LXIV. Woman's Breast-milk is the best; many have been Cured of a Phthisis, who have been given over as incurable, merely by sucking of it: Asses Milk is thinner, and so more apt to absterge: Goats Milk is an incomparable thing; because of their Food: And Cow's Milk obtains in the last place; but that they may not corrupt in the Stomach, they aught to be sweetened with Sugar of Roses.  
LXV. Milk is only to be given when the Stomach is empty, and no other Food is to be taken, till that is digested, jest it curdle, and becomes sour or corrupted: let the Patient begin with a little at first, and so increase it gradually every day, according as he finds his Stomach can bear and digest it.  
LXVI. To correct the Humours, and induce a cleansing and healing, good Pectoral Diet-Drinks are to be prescribed. ℞ Roots of Alkanet, Bistort, Burdock, China, Cinkfoil, Comfrey, Guajacum rasped, Liquorice, Orrice, Sarsaparilla, Sassafras rasped, Tormentil, Zedoary, A. ℥ iii leaves of Agrimony, Alheal, Angelica, Avens, Bawni, Bramble-tops, Coltsfoot, Fluellin, Fumitory, Hyssop, Mint, Plantain, Sage, Sanicle, Tansy, Yarrow, A. Mj. seeds of Anise, Caraways, Coriander, Cumin, Fennel, Jumiper-berries A. ℥ iss. Curants, Figs, Raisins stoned, A. ℥ iv. Rain or Spring Water, Wine, A. lbxii lbxii infuse in almost a boiling heat for 24 hours; than boil till a third part is consumed, strain, clarily, and with Honey q.s. dulcisie, and bottle it up for use.  
LXVII. Or, ℞ Roots of Alkanet, China, Comfrey, Elecampane, Guajacum rasped, Liquorice, Orrice, Sarsaparilla, A. ℥ iii Agrimony, Angelica, Avens, Costmary, Coltsfoot, Hyssop, Whorehound, Speedwell, Sage, Sanicle, Savory, A. M.i. seeds of Anise, Caraways, Coriander, Fennel, A. ℥ i Juniper-berries, Winter's Cinnamon, A. ℥ two. Figs, Raisins stoned, A. ℥ iv. Water, Wine, A. lbx lbx. infuse in a scalding heat 24 hours; boil till a third is consumed, than strain, and clarify, and sweeten with Honey q.s. and bottle it up.  
LXVIII. Every morning fasting, and at night going to Bed, let the Patient drink half a pint of one of the former Diet-drinks warm; and afterwards in the daytime, let them drink it as their ordinary Drink, as they are a-thirst, or stand in need of it; and let it be given also at Meals, using no other during the Cure.  
Lxix We come now to the last Indication, which is the application of proper Topics, which are chief Injections, but made of such things as are not bitter, for the Reason urged in Sect. 26. aforegoing.  
LXX. ℞ Barleywater ℥ viij. white Port-wine ℥ iv. Honey of Roses ℥ iv. mix them. Or, Take Decoction of Parsley ℥ viij. White-Wine ℥ iv. Honey ℥ vi. mix them. Or, Take ctarisied juice of Smallage ℥ x. Whitewine. ℥ iii Honey of Scordium ℥ iv. mix them for an Injection.  
LXXI. If the Ulcer is sordid, and yields much matter, you must add to every ℥ iii of the Injection, Vng. Aegyptiacum, àʒss. adʒi.  
LXXII. When you found the Ulcer sufficiently absterged or cleansed, which you may know by the smallness of the quantity of the Matter issuing forth, than you must hasten the Consolidation with all the convenient speed that may be; which may be performed with the following Medicament.  
LXXIII. ℞ Decoctum Pectorale, clarified juice of Comfrey, a. ℥ ijss. Syrup of dried Red-roses ℥ i read Port-Wineʒvi. mix, for an Injection:  
LXXIV. Or, Take Comfrey, Ground-Ivy, Sanicle, Plantain, Solomons-seal, Perwinkle, Adders-tongue, Hypericon, Betony, Bugle, Valerian, Yarrow, A. q.u. beaten all together, and express the juice, which clarify: take of this clarified Juice ℥ viij. read Port-wine ℥ iv. phlegm of Alum ℥ two. Syrup of dried Red-roses, of Myrtles, of Pomegranates, and of Clove-gilly-flowers, A. ℥ jss. mix them, and inject warm.  
LXXV. The Orifice is to be kept open, either with a Tent, or a Silver Pipe: the Tent may be made of fine Tow, (which is better than some other things) because it will stick fast together; or of prepared Sponge, which is best of all; because it not only dilates, and sticks firmly together, but it draws also the Pus, and imbibes it: let it be so made, that it may not slip in; for than it would fall upon the Diaphragma, and putrify there; causing Fainting, Swoonings, and at last Death: for which reason, it would be good to tie a Thread to the end of it, to prevent the worst.  
LXXVI. But a Silver Pipe (made with stays or ears, to hinder its slipping in) is much better: it aught to have (besides the hole at the farther end) several large holes in the sides, near to the end, to make way for the more easy running forth of the Pus or Matter: it aught to be thick, and roundish on the sides at the end; that the Lungs, if they should butt against it, might not be hurt: and its outward end aught to be stopped with a piece of Sponge dipped in Brandy; over which you may apply Emplastrum Album, or de Minio.  
LXXVII. If it runs much, dress it twice a day; if little, but once a day: and when the Ulcer yields but little, or almost nothing of Pus or Matter, remove the Tent or Pipe, and cicatrize with all the speed that may be: for if an Orifice of the Thorax is kept open too long, it will be apt to degenerate into a Fistula.  
LXXVIII. Lastly, if you be so happy as to perform the Cure, 'cause your Patient, that he be circumspect in all his motions; whether walking, leaping, running, or otherwise moving, and that through the course of his whole Life: for though an Ulcer of the Lungs be cured, yet the Cicatrice may be apt to behurt, and rend again from the whole part of the Lungs, by irregular or violent motions, which than may be the cause of an untimely end.    

CHAP. XXXII. Of an ULCER of the BACK.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Ulcus Dorsi, vel Tergi; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Back.  
II The Causes. It is caused either from sharp Humours flowing down upon the Part; or from an Apostem, which follows some other Disease, by translation of the Matter to that Part; or from Struma, or some Tumour not well cured in a superior Part, or from external Violence.  
III The Signs. It is known by sight; being either a plain Exulceration, cavous, cavernous, or apostemous.  
IV. The Prognostic. That in the upper Parts, is mo●… easily cured, than that in the Loins; and that which is recent, than that which is inveterate or old.  
V If it has been of a long standing, and has Coney-borows, as it were, with many turn and wind, it will be of difficult cure: so also if it proceeded from an Apostem, or Tumour, which had been of a long continuance in the Part, before it broke forth into an Ulcer; for than it may be feared, that the Musculous and Nervous Parts are corrupted, or the Vertebrae hurt.  
VI If the Patient is extenuated, or there seems to be an Atrophia or Consumption; it is manifest that the principal Parts are weakened, and that the Patient is in great danger.  
VII. If the Vertebrae be corrupted or foul, which you may easily discern by your Finger, or the Probe, the Patient is very desperate, if not incurable; but if the Marrow is touched, all hopes of Recovery are past.  
VIII. The Cure. The Cure is to be considered according to the Causes and Symptoms present, or which do appear; you must first order a good Diet, and such as may be restorative, because these Patients always seem to be in a wasting condition: among Restoratives, volatil-mimal Salts have not the lowest place.  
IX. I commend volatile Salt of Beef or Pork, or of Sal Armoniac, to be dissolved in Rhenish-Wine, or in a Decoction of Sarza and Burdock-roots: or in a Decoction of Guajacum very thin rasped ℥ ss. to a Gallon of Liquor, with addition of Restoratives.  
X. If an Atrophia is present, a Decoction of Sarsa must be used, Chocolet, or strong Cock-broth, Jelly of Hartshorn, and other Jellies, with Goats and Cow's Milk, all which abound with Volatile Animal Salts.  
XI. Let the Patient now and than Purge with gentle Medicaments; as with Sena infused in Wine; or the Infusion of the Species Hiera picra in half Wine, half Water: Or this, ℞ Electuary Lenitive ℥ ss. Elect. of the Juice of Rosesʒii. Syrup of Roses solutive ℥ i Barleywater ℥ iii mix for a Dose.  
XII. Than if the bottom of the Sinus is lower than the Orifice, open it below either by Incision or Caustick, as that of Lapis Infernalis, the white Caustick, the Silver Caustick, etc. and make an Orifice through the Eschar.  
XIII. Than use an abstersive Injection, till you perceive the Ulcer to be clean, as, ℞ Whitewine lbi lbi. Honey of Roses ℥ iii Vng. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss. mix, and use it warm.  
FOURTEEN. Or if it be only caveous, apply this mundifying Ointment. ℞ Juice of Smallage, Honey, A. ℥ iii Juices of Endive, Hops, Elder, Centory, Scordium, A. ℥ two. Turpentine ℥ iss. mix, and boil to the thickness of an Ointment.  
XU. If any dead Flesh is present, it is to be taken away with the Incision-knife, or Scissors, or with some proper Caustick.  
XVI. The Ulcer being cleansed, you must Incarnate with this, or some such like. Take Rose-water ℥ i Syrup of dried Rosesʒiii. Olibanum, Mastich in powder, A. ʒi. Trochisci albi Rhasisʒi. mix, and inject warm.  
XVII. Or in a caveous Ulcer, dressit with Ung. Nicotianae, or with Arcaeus his Lineament; and apply over all, Empl. de Meliloto, or Diachylon cum Gummi; after which Cicatrize, as is usual in other Ulcers.   

CHAP. XXXIII. Of an ULCER of the WOMB, and its NECK.  
I WHat the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus Matricis, we in English call, an Ulcer of the Womb.  
II And what the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus Vulvae, vel Colli Matricis, we in English call, an Ulcer of the Neck of the Womb.  

I Of an Ulcer of the Womb.  
III The Causes. It is either caused from a flux of Humours to the Womb, an Apostem of the Womb, being broken; or from the Pox, where, in Coition, the Pocky Seed is cast into the Womb, and ulcerates it.  
IU. Or it may be caused from External Violence, or too sharp and corrosive Medicines injected into the Womb, or taken at the Mouth.  
V The Sighs. It is known by the pain and pricking which is felt in the Part, as also by voiding of Sanies, Pus, or filthy stinking Excrements, or a virulent Gonorrhaea, an impure Coition going before.  
VI The Differences. It is either, 1. Simple, wherein the Matter is little, white, and not stinking. 2. Or Malign, wherein the Matter will be greenish, yellowish, livid, and particoloured, coming away with Pain and Stink. 3. Or Venereal, attended with other Symptoms of the Pox. 4. Or Cancerous, attended with a great Tumour, Hardness, continual Pain, and either a bloody, or black stinking Running.  
VII. The Prognostics. All Ulcers of the Womb are Cured with some difficulty; nor, according to Hypocrates, is any Ulcer of that Part to be Highted, because the Womb is a Part very sensible, and as it were the Sink of the Body, to which a Flood of Excrements perpetually flow.  
VIII. If it proceeds from a Venereal Cause, it is not to be perfectly Cured, but by the Methods which are taken for the Cure of that Disease.  
IX. If it is Phagedenick, or Cancerous, it is for the most part incurable, and vexes the Sick all her Life long.  
X. Also, most Ulcers of the Womb, if they be carelessly handled, produce grievous Symptoms, and sometimes a Gangrene.   

II Of an Ulcer of the Neck of the Womb.  
XI. The Causes. It is caused either from a flux of sharp Humours, or from Pustules breaking out; or from impure Coition, the Pocky Venom of the Man hanging or sticking to the Part, and eroding the Cutis: Or from over-heating the Part, from too violent and insatiable Coition: Or lastly, from corrosive and eating Medicaments unskilfully applied.  
XII. The Signs. It is known by sight; the Ulcer abounding with Matter sanious or purulent, and sometimes bloody: There is a Running, with great pain and pricking, both within, and upon the Lips of the Privity.  
XIII. Sometimes the Vlter is with Tumour or Swelling, and sometimes it eats caveous holes, big enough to lay a long Nutmeg in: And it is for the most part accompanied with a heat and scalding of Uring, and a great pain, and sometimes a stoppage in making Water, the Bladder for the most part being drawn into Consent.  
FOURTEEN. The Differences. Some are benign and gentle, yielding little Matter, thick, and not stinking: Others are sordid and malign, yielding much Matter, ill coloured, and with pain.  
XU. Some also are superficial, yielding but little Matter; others are profound, abounding with much filth, and stinking: Some are with Tumour or Swelling, others without.  
XVI. The Prognostics. These are more easily Cured than Ulcers of the Womb, because we can come more easily to apply Medicines to them; and the benign and mild are more easily Cured than those which are putrid and malign.  
XVII. If they proceed from the Pox, or impure Coition, they are Cured with some difficulty; and in this Case, it will be prudent for the Patient to go through the Course of that Cure, especially if they be inveterate.  
XVIII. If they proceed from Condylomata, which have been of long standing, or often returning, they will be of difficult Cure; and when Cured, will be in great hazard of breaking out again, unless a preventive Course be used for some time.  
XIX. If they be with a virulent Gonorrhaea, or an evil-conditioned flux of the Whites, being corrosive, it will be impossible that they should be Cured, unless those Diseases be first taken away. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 75, and 89.   

III The Method of Curing these Ulcers of the Womb, and of its Neck.  
XX. Since they are so nearly related one to another, both in respect to the Parts they affect, and the Causes they proceed from, we shall give you but one singular and direct way of Curing them. Now because these Ulcers are many times crude, undigested, and full of pain, they are first of all to be dressed with Digestives, that they may be made easy, and brought to a good kind of Matter.  
XXI. For the Womb you may make this Digestive Injection. ℞ Turpentine ℥ ss. yolk of one large Egg, grind them together till they are well mixed, than add to them new Milk warm from the Cow lbi lbi mix, and make an Injection, which with a Womb-Syringe cast or inject into the Womb, 3, 4, or 6 time a day: Before you Syringe with the Injection, be sure that you put in first a Syringe full or two of warm Water.  
XXII. But to the Ulcer in the Neck of the Womb, you may apply this. ℞ Turpentine ℥ ss. yolk of one Egg, grind them together, than add thereto Olibanum in pouderʒii. mix them. Warm it, and anoint the Ulcer therewith with a Feather or a Pencil, and apply a Pledget dipped in the same upon the Ulcer, dressing it twice a day.  
XXIII. These things are to be continued so long, till the Patient has some ease, and the Ulcer yields a laudable or good Matter.  
XXIV. Mean season while this is doing, the Antecedent 'Cause is to be removed by proper Emetics and Catharticks: You may make Revulsion with a Dose or two of Tartar Emetic, or with Wine or Vinegar of Squills, or Infusion of Crocus Metallorum.  
XXV. And you may Purge with an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb in Wine and Water ana: Or with Our Tinctura Purgans, or Pulvis Cornachini, or Pulvis Catharticus, or some other Medicament proper to the Constitution of the Body.  
XXVI. And by reason of the moistness of the Parts, and their aptness to receive a flux of Humours, and the humid nature of Ulcers, it will be necessary that a drying Diet-drink be prepared and taken daily for some time, made of Guajacum, etc. as we have directed, Cap. 31. Sect. 16, and 66. and in several other places.  
XXVII. The Ulcer being digested, you must cleanse it with Abstersives, such as this. Take Hydromel ℥ x. Honey ℥ iii mix them. Or, ℞ Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ ss. yolk of one Egg, grinned them together, and than add to them Hydromel, or white Port-wine lbi lbi. mix, and make an Injection.  
XXVIII. ℞ Juice of Smallage and Pellitory of the Wall, A. ℥ vi. Honey of Roses ℥ iv. Whitewine ℥ two. mix them for an Injection. If the Ulcer is foul and putrid, dissolve in the Liquor Vng. Aegyptiacum ℥ ss.  
XXIX. But to Ulcers in the Neck of the Womb, besides the Injection, you may anoint with Vnguentum Nicotianae, or Vng. fuscum Wurtzii: Or apply this following Lineament of Barbett. ℞ Mercurius dulcis levigatedʒiv. Orrice-roots, Litharge of Gold, Flowers of Sulphur, Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii, A. ʒii. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make a Lineament.  
XXX. Or you may inject with this. ℞ Damask Rose-water lbii. lbii. Powers of Mercury ℥ iss. mix them; it cleanses powerfully and safely.  
XXXI. The Ulcer being cleansed you may heal with this. ℞ Rose-water lbi lbi. read Wine lbss ss. Roch Alum in fine pouderʒiii. white Vitriolʒiss. Saccharum Saturniʒi. mix, and inject warm.  
XXXII. Or you may inject with Our Aqua Regulata, or with Aqua Ophthalmica, or with the Water of the Griffin, which is beaten, and not inferior to any other Wash.  
XXXIII. And the Vulva, or Neck of the Womb, may be anointed with this Ointment. Take Vng. Nicotiang, Diapomp holigo, & Populeon, A. ℥ i Mercurius dulcis levigated ℥ ss. Cinnabar levigatedʒi. mix, and apply it.  
XXXIV. If these things do not so perfectly as they should do, you must fume the Womb with these Troches: ℞ Gum of Iuniper ℥ i Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Ainber, A. ʒii. Cinnabar levigatedʒiv. make all into fine powder; and with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth make Troches, weighing eachʒi. One or two of these Troches will be enough for a fuming.  
XXXV. The Fume may be received up into the Privity, by help of a Funnel; and it may be repeated once every day, till Health is recovered: But in case of the French Disease, it may be used sometimes twice a day.    

CHAP. XXXIV. Of an ULCER of the BLADDER.  
I WHat the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus Vesicae, we in English call, an Vlter of the Bladder; in which we include an Ulcer also of its Neck.  
II The Causes. It is caused either from a Wound, or the Stone, or sharp Humours, or Diuretic Medicaments, as Cantharideses, or from sharp Urine, caused by drinking much Wine, or stolen Beer, and eating hot Meats.  
III The Signs. It is known by the continual or constant pain about the Bladder and Pubes; and in the Perinaeum and Vrethra; which pain is most vehement at the beginning and ending of Pissing.  
IV. The Urine also is thick with Matter, and sometimes with Blood, and sometimes with both mixed together, and comes forth many times with an ill smell; however, it stinks much, after it has stood a little while.  
V And whereas in an Ulcer of the Urethra or Perinaeum, the Pus or Matter comes forth first, or before the Urine: In an Ulcer of the Bladder, or its Neck, it comes forth last, or at lest mixed with the Urine, which makes the passage of the Urine difficult, and very hot, sharp, and painful.  
VI The Differences. The chief differences of these Ulcers which we shall observe here, are, 1. In respect to the Cause, as being from the Stone, Sand or Gravel, or from Humours, or Cantharideses. 2. In respect to the Place, as being either in the Bladder itself, or in the Neck of the Bladder.  
VII. The Prognostics. These Ulcers, as they are very troublesome and painful, so they are very difficult to be Cured, and for the most part Incurable, because it is a part Membranous, having but little Blood in it, which causes ●nition and consolidation; and withal constantly washed with the Urine, whose saline Particles are a perpetual Cause of irritation, pain, and corrosion.  
VIII. An Ulcer in the Neck of the Bladder, though it is also very difficult to be Cured, yet sometimes does admit of Healing, because it is more fleshy, and bloody, and lesle, or not simply Membranous, as the Bladder is.  
IX. If recent, and in young People, they are easier Cured than when inveterate, and in old: If they proceed from the Stone, they are impossible to be Cured till the Stone is taken away: If the Ulcer continues long, as it causes vehement pain, so also it causes watch, and wastings, and at length brings the Body into a deep Consumption.  
X. The Cure. The Medicaments to be used in order to this Cure, are either Internals or Externals. The Internals are such things as may be first, Anodyn and Cleansing; secondly, such things as may conglutinate and heal the Ulcer.  
XI. The White Potion is a good Abstersive, thus made: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ i yolks of two Eggs, grind all together till the Turpentine is perfectly dissolved; than take new Goats or Cow's Milk lbiv lbiv. white Sugar ℥ viij. mix and dissolve; mix this sweetened with Sugar with the mixture now made, and keep it for use. It cleanses admirably.  
XII. If the Pain is very great, you may use instead of the Milk, as much Poppy-water: Of this white Potion the Sick may take ℥ iii, or iv. Morning, Noon, and Night.  
XIII. You may also give things smooth, slippery, oleaginous and bealing, as Goats and Cow's Milk, Cream with Sugar, Almond Milk, Mucilage of Quince, and Fleawort, and Faenugreek-seed: Milk mixed with Plantain, Poppy or Rose Water, Emulsions made with Poppy-water, of which the Patient may continually drink, abstaining all the while from all things salt, acid, or any wise sharp.  
FOURTEEN. Chio Turpentine made into Pills with powder of Liquorice, and a little Honey, is an admirable cleanser; so also Balsam of Tolu; also Balsam of Chili, or Peru, made into Pills, or a Bolus with Catechu and powder of Liquorice; and inferior to none of them is Gum Elemi, or Balsam Capivii.  
XU. Or you may take their Tinctures, extracted with S.U. in a gentle Sand-heat, which may be given àʒii. adʒiv. at a time in Whitewine, or in Milk.  
XVI. Paracelsus commends Praecipitatus cum Aqua Ovorum, given à gr. iij. ad seven. and says, that it facilitates the Cure of Fistula's and Ulcers in the Neck of the Bladder, even of such as are accounted uncurable, if injected into the Bladder with a proper Vehitle.  
XVII. If the Pain is violent, you must mix with you Medicines, (whether given by the Mouth, or cast in by Injection) a proportional quantity of Opium corrected by some Month's digestion in rectified S.U. or extracted with Our Spiritus Vniversalis.  
XVIII. No Man can tell the Excellency of Opium, thus prepared; for so it becomes as it were another thing; it is not only altered from its pernicious qualities, wherein it did formerly very much abound; but its Sanative Property is very much augmented and exalted.  
XIX. And if the Body is hot and costive, it will be good to open it with gentle Purgers, such as Cassia new drawn, Manna, Syrup of Roses, Agarick, Rhubarb, Mechoacan, etc. mixed with Mercurius dulcis; or rather with the Prince's Powder, not inferior to any other thing.  
XX. The Ulcer being thus cleansed, you must agglutinate dry, and heal with this. ℞ powder of Turpentine (made by loiling in Water) Catechu, A. ℥ i Crabs Eyes levigated, fine Bole, A. ℥ ss. Alumʒii. Saccharum Saturniʒi. all being in fine powder, with liquid Storax q.s. make Pills, Doses ℈ two. adʒi. every Night at Bedtime: Or you may give the Powder àʒss. ad ℈ two. mixed with Milk.  
XXI. Barbett commends this, as a thing often experienced. ℞ Spanish Juice of Liquorice, Roots of round Birthwort, Comfrey, Osmund-Royal, A. ʒss. Frankincense, Myrrh, Mastic, white Poppy-seeds, Henbane-seeds, A. ℈ i Venice Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make Pills.  
XXII. Or ℞ Troches of Winter Cherries, of Amber, burnt Talc, A. ʒss. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Man's Skull, A. ʒi. Venice Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make a mass of Pills, which make as big as Pease; of either of these Compositions, the Sick may take ● every Morning and Evening.  
XXIII. Blood of Comfrey given in Tinctura Martis made with Whitewine, for several days together, is an Excellent thing: So also Tincture of Catechu given in Poppy-water, and sweetened with Syrup of Comfrey.  
XXIV. As for Externals, you may use this Injection. Take Limewater (but not made too strong) ℥ iii Plantain or Poppy Water ℥ two. white Troches of Rhasisʒi. mix them, and inject twice or thrice a day with a Catheter-Syringe.  
XXV. You may cleanse by an Injection made of Juice of Parsley, or Smallage clarisied; to ℥ viij. of which Mel Rosatum ℥ two. may be added: But for this purpose nothing exceeds Our Aqua Regulata, or Aq. Ophthalmica; to ℥ viij. of which you may add Honey of Roses ℥ two. Spirit of Wine ℥ i which may be injected into the Bladder 3 or 4 times a day. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 38, & 42.   

CHAP. XXXV. Of an ULCER of the GROIN.  
I WHat the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus Inguinis, vel Inguinale, & Fistula Inguinis; we in English call, an Ulcer of the Groin, and a Fistula of the Groin.  

I Of an Ulcer in the Groin, not Fistulated.  
II The Causes. An Ulcer may be caused, 1. From a Wound made by External Violence. 2. From a Bubo, Phlegmon, or Apostem, being broken or opened. 3. From a Flux of sharp Humours. 4. Symptomatically, or from a Crisis, Nature expelling the Morbific Matter that way.  
III The Signs. An Ulcer is manifest at sight: It many times penetrates deep, through the obliqne and transverse Muscles of the Abdomen, and yields for the most part a stinking sort of Quittor.  
IV. The Prognostics. If you perceive such an Ulcer as aforesaid, you may judge it not to be easily Cured, more especially if it falls out after a Venereal Bubo: For, 1. There is a Disease with its Cause joined to it. 2. It corrupts the Fibres of the Muscles. 3. It sometimes corrupts the Vertebrae of the Loins, in which last case, the Disease is Mortal.  
V If it is recent it is more easily Cured than if it is inveterate; and if benign, more easy than if it were malign; and if it continues long, it for the most part induces a Marasmus, or a deep Consumption; because those Parts being as it were the Sink of the Body, are apt to drain all the Juices, even the Radical Moisture out that way.  
VI The Cure. Let the Ulcer come from what Cause soever, upon its first appearing it generally wants digestion, and therefore Digestives aught to be applied for sometime, but not too long, (because of the overgreat moisture of those Parts) for that they are apt to produce a putridity.  
VII. The next thing is to deterge the Vloer with proper Abstersives: Vng. Nicorianae is a good thing, with which if the Ulcer is very foul, you must mix a little Vng. Aegyptiacum: Some use Vng. Apostolorum; but Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii is inferior to none of them.  
VIII. If it is recent, it may be dressed with this. Take Juices of Smallage and of Scordium, A. ℥ iv. Honey of Roses ℥ two. mix for a Potion; after which dress it up with Vng. Nicotianae mixed with equal parts of Apostolorum: If it is very putrid you must dress it with Basilicon mixed with Praecipitate.  
IX. The Ulcer being cleansed, you must induce the healing with proper Incarnatives and Epuloticks, which by reason of the moisture of the Part, are to be drier than ordinary.  
X. If it proceeds from a Venerial or Pestilential Bubo, after they are brought to maturation, you must use the general Means prescribed in the Cure of those Diseases.   

II Of a Fistula in the Groin.  
XI. The Cause. It is for the most part caused from an Ulcer being continued, or from the ill management of its Cure, by application of improper things.  
XII. The Signs. They are known by sight, and proceed for the most part from Venereal Bubo's either neglected, or ill handled: Sometimes they hap in the Emunctories themselves, and sometimes somewhat above the Emunctory, the Matter not reaching it.  
XIII. The reason in this last Case is, either the weakness of the Expulsive Faculty, or the crossing of the Muscles obliqne and transverse, in those Parts.  
FOURTEEN. Nor is it any wonder that Abscesses, ulcers, and Fistula's, often fall out in those places, for that they are the sink, as it were, of the Body, where almost all the impurities flow; so that a perforation of the Guts is sometimes caused, that the Excrements come out at the Orifice of the Fistula.  
XU. And sometimee it so falls out, that the Fistula penetrates many ways, even to the corrupting of the Vertebrae of the Spina, making the Patient very uneasy.  
XVI. The Prognostics. All Fistula's in these Parts, which pierce into the Cavity of the Abdomen, are Cured with much difficulty; 1. Because the sink os the Body is as it were there, a continual flux of Matter is apt to ensue, either from the Liver, or some other Parts. 2. Because that if Incision or Corrosive Medicaments are used, the Fibres of the Muscles, and Branches of the Vena Cava, and Aorta, are in great danger to be hurt.  
XVII. If the Guts are eroded, and the Excrements come out at the Orifice of the Fistula, there is great danger of Death, 1. Because Topics can scarcely be applied to them to induce the Consolidation. 2. Because the Guts are membranous, thin, and have but little blood, which is the medium of Unition. 3. Because we can have but little assistance, either from Hand, or Eye. 4. Because the Fistula is apt to creep between the Muscles, (which in those places are many) viz. the obliqne and transverse, which are placed one above another.  
XVIII. If the Vertebrae of the Spine be corrupted, the Fistula is incurable: And you may easily know when it is foul by the great quantity of stinking Sanies flowing from the same: The Patient also grows daily weaker and weaker, whatever Means is used, and being wonderfully extenuated, at length Dyes of a Marasmus, or deep Consumption.  
XIX. The Cure. If the Fistula is not deep, but superficial, make Incision, and remove the Callus by the help of some Catheretick Powder, or by the ways and means which we have prescribed in Cap. 20. Sect. 78. and 103. and in Cap. 24. Sect. 26. and 35.  
XX. Than Absterge the Ulcer, Consolidate and Cicatrize, according to the Prescriptions delivered in the general Method of Cure, applying proper Abstersives, Sarcoticks, and Epuloticks; all which in Ulcers of these Parts aught to exceed the ordinary Medicaments of these kinds, as to their desiccative or drying Qualities, by reason of the very great moisture of these Parts.  
XXI. If the Guts are perforated, you aught to acquaint the Friends and Relations of the Patient with the Danger; but in your own Breast not to Despair, but to proceed on with Courage, for that Nature does some things (even in this case) almost Miraculous, and many times wonderfully beyond our utmost Expectation.  
XXII. Let his Food be made of things glutinous and consolidative, as Meat prepared of Sheep's and Calf's Feet, Neat's Feet, Knuckles of Veal, and Knuckles of Pork, Jellies of Hartshorn, and Jellies made of the Guts of Calves, Sheep, and Hogs, which Cure by a Specific Virtue.  
XXIII. Rice boiled in Milk is very good; so also Frumety made of Wheat, having plenty of Raisins, and blue Curants in it: Thick Milk made with Wheat-flower, or white Starch, is proper; and very Excellent is Milk boiled thick with Oatmeal, which nourishes much, consolidates, and yet cleanses.  
XXIV. Every Morning and Evening he may drink a good Draught of Alicant, or Spanish read Wine warmed with a Toasted Biscuit sopped in it, eating the Biscuit; for the Spirit of the Wine, and its Styptic Property helps on the Consolidation, and Healing.  
XXV. And inwardly you may give, Morning, Noon, and Night, the Powder of Ox Guts àʒss. ad ʒi. mixed with Blood of Comfrey, or Syrup of Comfreyʒiv. orʒvi. and than given with a Glass of warm Alicant. It is a Specific.  
XXVI. Outwardly inject some Styptic Liquor, or this Mixture. Take Smiths Forge-water filtered ℥ viij. Syrup of Myrtleberries, or of read Roses dried ℥ two. Alum (dissolved in a little Rose-water) ʒii. mix them; and keep the Orifice open with a Sponge till the Gut is consolidated.  
XXVII. The Gut being healed, you must than proceed to the removing of the Callus, after which by Abstersives, Incarnatives, and Cicatrizers, complete and perfect the Cure.  
XXVIII. If the Vertebrae of the Spine are foul, undertake no Cure, but if upon Consideration they will entertain you to dress them, you may inject into the Fistula the following Sanative Potion.  
XXIX. Take Meadow-sweet Water, or rather Smiths Forge-water filtered lbi lbi. Juice of Scordium clarified ℥ vi. Syrup of dried read Roses ℥ iv. Tincture of Aloes, Myrrh, and Saffron, made with S.U. ℥ two. Tincture of Euphorbium ℥ i mix them, and over all lay Our Empl. Album, Diachylon cum Gummi, or Stypticum Paracelsi.    

CHAP. XXXVI. Of an ULCER of the YARD.  

I Of an Ulcer External.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus Penis, vel Virgae, we in English call, an Ulcer of the Yard.  
II The Causes. It may be caused either from external Violence, as Wounds, Bruises, etc. Or, application of Corrosive Medicaments; or, from the Poison, Malignity, and Infection of the French Pox.  
III The Signs. It is known by sight, being a solution of Continuity with Putrefaction: If the Ulcer is sordid, foul, or putrid, it stinks much.  
IV. The Kind's. It is either External, of which we speak here, or Internal, with Caruncles or Carnosities, which are fleshy Excrescencies.  
V The Prognostics. If recent they are easily Cured, if inveterate with more difficulty, especially if they are sordid, malign, virulent, or callous.  
VI If they proceed from the French Pox, they are much more difficult, and sometimes by ill Management degenerate into Gangrene or Sphacelus.  
VII. The Cure. First inwardly take (to purge with) Pilulae Holagogae, or Our Pil. Catharticae, or Panchymagogae, or Our Family Pills: Or you may purge with Tinctura purgans, or Syrupus Catharticus, Electuarium Catharticum, or with Pulvis Antimonii, or Pulvis Catharticus.  
VIII. Than exhibit a Vulnerary Diet, or, if it proceeds from the French Pox, a Diet of Guajacum and Sarsa, whose use is to be continued for at lest thirty days; for as much as these kinds of Ulcers are stubborn and rebellious, and oftentimes return again, or are otherwise apt to degenerate into a Cancerous Ulcer, and sometimes to Sphacelate.  
IX. Outwardly you must for some time apply Digestives, till they yield a good and laudable Quittor, after which they are to be cleansed with Mundificativum Paracelsi, or Vnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, or Vng. Nicotianae mixed with a little white or read Precipitate.  
X. Than anoint with Vng. Mirabile, or Diapampholigos mixed with a little white, Precipitate, or with this. ℞ Lithargeʒiv. burnt Led, Oil of Roses, Quicksilver, A. ʒiii. Tutia preparedʒii. Aloesʒiss. Pomgranate-peelsʒi. Loadstone, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℈ two. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.  
XI. If this prevails not, by reason of the foulness of the Ulcer, you may use this. ℞ Rhenish Wine ℥ vi. Plantain Water ℥ iv. Spirit of Wine ℥ i burnt Alumʒi. Verdigriseʒss. mix, and boil a little; to which if the occasion yet require, you may add a little Precipitate, or Mercurius dulcis levigated, or Powers of Mercuryʒvi.  
XII. Or you may wash with Our Aqua Regulata, or Aqua Ophthalmica, or which is better, and transcends all others, with the Water of the Griffin, for that these things very much hasten the Cure; and if the Ulcer has gotten within the Vrethra, they may be injected with a Syringe.  
XIII. If the Ulcer is Cancerous, you may use this. Take Juice of Bramble tops, or Juice of the Fruit, Vinegar of Roses, A. ℥ two. Juices of Housleek and of Nightshade, A. ℥ iii Aqua Vitae ℥ iv. Malaga Wine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ vi. Litharge of Gold ℥ i Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ ss. Verdiguiseʒiiss. Vitriol, Alum burnt, A. ʒiss. Camphirʒi. powder what are to be powdered, etc. and boil all together (except the Camphir) with a gentle Fire to the Consumption of the Juices, than put in the Camphir, and with Wax q.s. make an Ointment.  
FOURTEEN. If a Sphacelus attends the Part, the only Cure is by cutting of, jest it creep inwards, and perforates either the Bladder or Perinaeum, and so kills the Patient. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 44.   

II Of an Ulcer Internal, with Caruncles.  
XU. This the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Carnositas, Caruncula; and we in English, a Carnosity, or fleshly Excrescence within the Vrethra.  
XVI. The Cause. Thou it is possible they may be caused from an Ulcer of the Part, yet they proceed for the most part from a virulent Gonorrhaea, or the French Pox.  
XVII. The Signs. They are known by the stoppage of the Urine, or a great difficulty in pissing, with heat and pain; as also by searching with the Probe, Catheter, or a Wax Candle, for that the Caruncle will stop their passage into the urethra, and the Urine many times as it comes in small quantity, so it comes forth in a forked stream.  
XVIII. The Prognostics. They are Cured with some difficulty, and scarcely without very drying and Catheretick Medicaments, assiduously applied for some considerable time.  
XIX. The Cure. It is performed by removing the Caruncle, cleansing the Ulcer with Abstersives, consolidating and healing with Epuloticks.  
XX. To remove the Callus you may often inject with this. Take Lime Water ℥ viij. Mercurius du●cis levigated, or rather the Prince's Powder, or Turpethum Minerale, or white Precipitate ℥ ss. Syrup of Roses ℥ i mix them for an Injection.  
XXI. And by the help of a Pipe you may put in upon this Carnosity this Catheretick Powder. Take burnt Alumʒii. read Precipitate, Turpethum Mineraele, white Precipitate, powder of the Griffin, A. ʒss. all being levigated very small, mix them together first by themselves, and than with ung. Basilicon, or Nicotianae, ℥ iss. make an Ointment thereof.  
XXII. The Carnosity being removed, wash with the Water of the Griffin, which will alone heal the Ulcer, without any other Medicament. See more of this Cure in lib. 1. cap. 37. of this Work, where we have handled it more at large; as also in Our said Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 44.    

CHAP. XXXVII. Of a FISTULA of the ANUS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fistula in Ano; we in English call, A Fistula in the Fundament.  
II The Causes. They mostly proceed from Phlegmons, Phymata, and Hemorrhoids, broken, and ill cured, or not cured in a long time; as also from the Wounds made with Horsleeches, not well cured, or leaving some Venom behind in them; which creating a malign and corrosive Juice, insinuates its self farther and farther, making a long Sinus, which in process of time becomes callous.  
III The Signs. Those which are caused by the inward Piles, are made gradually, and pass their Matter, (says Wiseman) which is a thin Gleet, between the Tunicles of the Intestinum rectum, making their way out, near the Verge of the Anus, through a small Pin-hole, as it were.  
IV. These are discovered by the issuing out of a thin Humour, staining the Shirt or Shift, rather than by any Pain they cause; which Discharge is thought to be rather a kind of Sweeting than otherwise; yet it is not a sweeting, but a real issue of thin Matter.  
V This in process of time is accompanied with itching, and is subject to excoriation or galling; from whence sometimes several kinds of Pimples or Pustles do break out; and sometimes Rhagades, Fissurae, or Chaps; and at length the Sinus spreads outwards, and grows callous, and the Orifice hard, and so contracted, that a small Probe will hardly go in.  
VI Those Ulcers which are caused by Phymata, cause their Matter to pass deep among the Interstitia of the Muscles, (as other Abscesses in fleshy parts do) according as they can make their way: sometimes they penetrate through the Intestinum rectum, to the very neck of the Bladder, yea into the Pelvis; or at best, insinuate their Gleet amongst the Musculi glutaei, etc.  
VII. These are very painful, and sand forth a sanious or purulent Matter, proportionable to their hollowness: and in length of time, they make as it were Coney-burrows, and grow callous; being of the worst sort of these Fistula's.  
VIII. If a search is made with a Probe into the Sinus which comes from the Piles, and the while you press your Finger into the Anus, you may feel the Probe run all along between the Tunicles of the Intestine; and it may pass through the Pile which gave it its original.  
IX. Whereas the Sinus' which proceed from another root or spring, have outwardly no external Orifice, but an Orifice inwardly, and discharge their Pus or Matter by Stool: yet possibly in length of time they may make a way externally, and pass their Matter through one or more Orifices outwardly, at a farther or nearer distance from the Anus, according as the Apostem lay in the Intestine.  
X. You may easily found out, whether the Fistula does pass through the Intestinum rectum, or not: for, the Intestine or Gut is penetrated, if an Injection being made by the outward Orifice of the Fistula, it passes within the Anus: or, if after breaking of Wind, part of it makes its way through the Sinus: or, if putting your Forefinger into the Anus, you feel the naked Probe, it being thrust through the Sinus of the Fistula, by the outward Orifice: or, lastly, if the Excrements appear to be mingled with the Pus or Quittor, or if the Quittor smells like the Excrements.  
XI. The Prognostics. No Fistula in Ano is easy to be cured, because this place is as it were the Sink of the Body; and so abounds with plenty of impurities, and much superfluous moisture, which always hinder the Cure.  
XII. Those Fistula's which penetrates deep, beyond the Musculi Any, if they be cured by laying open, the Patient will scarcely after retain their Excrements, but with much difficulty; and if they reach beyond the Sphincter, the retention will be impossible.  
XIII. Simous Ulcers arising from Phymata, if they have been of long continuance, are dangerous, and of difficult cure: Ulcers in Ano, are also hard to be cured, if they discharge a large quantity of Pus, by an opening so far distant, that you cannot safely lay it open; but the nearer to the Anus, the more easy the Cure.  
FOURTEEN. If it proceeds from a Cacochymical Constitution, where the Lungs or any Viscera are weak; it aught never to be healed, but kept open as a Fontanel or Issue, for discharge of Morbific Humours.  
XU. But if it cannot be kept open, with ease to the Patient, a good and sparing Diet is to be prescribed; and the Humours are to be carried of some other way, before the absolute Cure is attempted.  
XVI. In like manner, sinuous Ulcers arising from the Piles, aught to be kept open, so long as they can be continued without pain trouble, or disturbance to the Patient: for by this means the Body will be discharged of many superfluous Humours, and the whole Man kept in health.  
XVII. Sinuous Ulcers in length of time grow callous, and so become Fistulae; and they only differ from sinuous Ulcers as they are callous, which being in the Fundament, are more tedious than in other parts.  
XVIII. If the Fistula does run superficially upwards by the Intestinum rectum, whether it penetrates the Anus, or not, it is without danger, and may easily be cured.  
XIX. But if the Fistula runs higher up, than you can reach it with your Fingers, it will be of difficult cure, because you cannot lay it open the whole length: and if the Humour issues from the remaining Sinus, upon the Part which is opened, it will hinder cicatrizing.  
XX. If the Fistula is become inveterate, runs much, and the Patient is much extenuated, strength decayed, Stomach lost, or debilitated, with faintness, and faint cold Sweats; let the state and condition of the Fistula be what it will, pierce the Intestine, or pierce it not, runs deep or superficial, it signifies not much; for it is to be feared, the hopes of Cure are past.  
XXI. The Cure. It is twofold, viz. 1. Real. 2. Palliative. As to the Real Cure: a good Diet being instituted, and Universals prescribed, as in other Fistula's, we shall come immediately to the Chirurgick Part, which is performed by Deligation, or Incision, and the application of Topics.  

I By Deligation.  
XXII. The Cure by Deligation or Ligature, which was the Operation of the Ancients: but here is to be noted, that Deligation and Incision have place only when the Fistula is shallow; if it be deep, it cannot well be attempted by any of these means.  
XXIII. If therefore the Fistula penetrates into the Intestinum rectum, first, dilate it with a Fistula-Tent or Sponge, and remove the external callus as we have formerly taught; for so the Part which is to be bound will be more thin, and so more easily cut asunder by the Ligature.  
XXIV. Let the Ligature be made of twisted brown Thread, or fine stitching-Silk, to which some put a Horsehair, whereby they are made to do the work the quicker; a twist of three Threads of stitching-Silk may be enough; for if the Ligature is made too thick, it will too much bruise the Flesh in cutting it.  
XXV. Others make it of fine sealing-Thread, which is made of the best Hemp, unboiled and unwhitened; which is exceeding strong, and will not rot before it has done the work a either of these may do, you need not be very curious about the choice.  
XXVI. Where the Fistula has penetrated put one end of the Thread or Ligature into the eye of a small and flexible Probe, made of sina and pliant Silver, or of Lead; than thrust the eye with the Thread through the Sinus into the Intestinum rectum; which done, put into the Anus your Finger, and with it pull the Thread out of the eye of the Probe, and draw it out at the Anus: or having bend the eye of the Probe, bring it without the Anus, and than putting the Thread into the eye, draw that end through the narrow Orifice of the Fistula.  
XXVII. If the Sinus is not very thick and long, you may by one strong deligation bind up all the Sinus: but if the Sinus is thick and long ● you must use several constrictions, tying the ends of the Thread with a running-knot, that it may be the more easily loosed: but some, after one deligation only, more and more draw in the ends of the Thread, with a round piece of a Stick turned about.  
XXVIII. Where the Fistula has not penetrated the Gut, you may make use of a short Probe, making the point sharp, to pass through the Intestine; but it must be very pliant, that it may be the fit for the work.  
XXIX. And in some cases, where the Fistula lies high, and the Sinus is crooked, you may make use of a fit Cannula, for the conveying the Needle up; and to strengthen it in its work, that it does not bend in perforating of the Intestine.  
XXX. When all the Sinus after division by deligatiou, lies open, go forwards in the Cure, as if it had been opened by Incision; by removing the Callus, Abstersion, Incarnating, etc.   

II The Method by Incision.  
XXXI. The laying it open by Incision is thus. The Mouth of the Sinus is to be dilated by a Tent of Sponge, etc. and the exterior Callus is to be removed; if it be troublesome: otherwise immodiately go to the Work, and divide the Sinus with a pair of Scissors; which some Artists approve of, for the speedy division it makes; and indeed, if the Sinus is short, it is the Best way.  
XXXII. But in doing this, you must be careful, jest the folds of the rugous' Coat should fall between; for so you may chance to make two Wounds of one.  
XXXIII. But if the Fistula penetrates the Intestine very deep, the work will be more difficult and bazardous, not only in the cutting, but in the progress of the Cure: for the newly-divided lips will be apt to fall one upon another, and so unite again; which if they do, the Fistula is renewed: and a Dossel or Tent put up the Sinus, will not continued in it, but lie as a Suppository, continually stimulating the Intestine to thrust it forth.  
XXXIV. Whereas the Ligature contuses in some measure the lips, in cutting them; so that they require to be digested before they can unite, in which the Sinus fills up with Flesh, and heals within; so that the Fistula seems to heal, or be cured above, as the Ligature divides below.  
XXXV. The Fistula being thus opened, whether by Deligation or Incision, the Callus is to be removed by Cathereticks, as we have taught in the Cure of a Fistula in general, than to be digested, cleansed, incarnated, and cicatrized.   

III The Application of Topics.  
XXXVI. The Callus being removed by Cathereticks, or Incision, or Canteries, fill up the hollowness with Dossels armed with an astringent Powder, and the white of an Egg, to keep the lips of the incised parts asunder: for if you should endeavour an unition too soon, the cavity may possibly still remain, and induce a Recidivation.  
XXXVII. For which reason, it is necessary that with Incarnatives (not fat or greasy) you should endeavour to engender good and sound Flesh in the bottom: if it is fatty it will generate lose and spongy Flesh, which will put you to more trouble.  
XXXVIII. For this purpose you may make use of this. Take Syrup of dried read Roses, or Syrup of Myrtles, or some other Vulnerary and Sanative Syrup ℥ iv. Pulvis Cephalicus ℥ i mix them.  
THIRTY-NINE. In opening the Fistula by Ligature, there is want to be sometimes heat and Inflammation: in this case, it is usual to apply a Stuph of Tow dipped in austere Red-wine, and Oil of Roses to alloy the heat of the Part.  
XL. And every day (whilst the Ligature is doing its work) after going to Stool, it may be dressed: and if need requires, you may inject a Decoction of hulled Barley with Quince or Fleawort-seeds, and than apply some Lenient or Auodyn, as Vng. Populeon, Rosatum, etc.  
XLI, It is also to be noted, that in opening it by Ligature, the third or fourth day, the knot is to be tied straighter: and so in twice or thrice tying the Ligature, it will cut its way out: or when it is almost through, the remaming part may be cut with a pair of Probe Scissurs.  
XLII. If you use the Cannula, you must first pass it up the Orifice of the Fistula, and place the end of it against your Finger, which (being first anointed with a little fresh Butter) you have put into the Intestinum Rectum; than another holding the Cannula, you may pass your Needle through it into the Gut; and as it is brought out by your Finger there, slip of the Cannula, and hasten the Needle forwards on its way, till you have brought it out with the Ligature: than cutting of the Needle, make the knot upon a bit of Emplaster, to prevent the Ligatures cutting the out side, tying it as straight as the Patient can bear it, and making the second knot with a bow, and place the ends thereof so, as it may not be fouled in going to Stool.  
XLIII. If there are shrivel a Piles or Condylomata, etc. about the Verge of the Anus, cut them of at the same time, or before you make the Ligature or Incision, to prevent the Inflammation, they might be subject to from the pain, which may be caused by the Operation.  
XLIV. If the Sinus runs deep under the Verge of the Anus, so that the Lips are like to lie high, to make as it were a Gutter; it will be best to take them down by application of a Caustick, for it will much hasten the Cure, and make the Cicatrice smooth.  
XLV. But if the Fistula goes so deep inwardly that you cannot convenlently open it, neither by Ligature, nor Incision, you must in this case, dilate the Fistula with a Fistula Tent, and the Sponge: than remove the Callus with some proper Catheretick, as the Fistula Trochisk; the Trochisk being come out, and the Callus wasted away, deterge it with Mel Rosatum mixed with Aqua Calcis, etc.  
XLVI. When it is well digested, and cleansed, and a good Pus comes forth, you must incarnate with some choice Sarcoticks, or with that at Sect. 38. above; which you must put into the Sinus upon Tents, which Tents you are day by day to shorten, till at last the whole Sinus of the Fistula is closed; than cicatrize with Vng. de Minio, Empl. Album, etc.   

IV. The Palliative Cure.  
XLVII. Where Fistulae in Ano cannot be Cured, or are not safe to be Cured, but it is more healthful to keep them open, to help Nature in the discharge of the Morbific or Superfluous Humours, descending by the Haemorrhoidal Vessels, especially when they are without pain, or any great trouble, are small, and terminate in the Orisice of the Anus; in all these Cases, the Palliative Cure is to be chosen.  
XLVIII. If you see that the Orifice of the Fistula swells, and will not keep open; or that by reason of the Contraction of the Callus, the Matter may be straightened; so that it may be in danger of insinuating itself deeper, and make the evacuation troublesome; it will be good to apply a small Caustick upon the Orifice, to remove the Callus.  
XLIX. And after the separation of the Slough, the Orifice may be kept open with much ease, as if it were a Fontanel or Issue: And for receiving the Matter, and preventing Excoriation, the Patient may wear a Pledget of fine Tow, which will sit close without Bandage.  
L. Or it may be spread thin with some softening Ointment, as the necessity may require, and be kept clean without any very great trouble, till some ensuing Symptom shall indicate what is more to be done in it; or till length of time may happily Cureit.  
LIVELY An Observation. A recent Fistula in Ano, coming upon Piles ill Cured, I perfectly Cured by a good Diet drink made of Guajacum, Sarsa, etc. and sitting many times on a Close-stool over the Fumes of Amber.  
LII. Another Patient I had who had a Fistula in Ano, which proceeded from the applying of Leeches; it was a young Woman who had it above Five Years, and was very troublesome to her. I Cured her by a Salivation of 24 days, and a Guajacum Diet-drink, causing her for a considerable time to sit every day on a Close-stool over the Fumes of Amber.  
LIII. Another Patient I had, which I Cured only by sitting for some days, half an Hour, and fometimes an Hour in a day, on a Close-stool, and receiving up his Fundament the Fumes of Cinnabar Artificial, made up into Troches in this manner. Take Winter's Cinnamon in powder, Amber in fine powder, A. ℥ iss. Gum of Iuniper, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥ i Artificial Cinnabarʒvi. all being in fine powder, with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, make Troches, each weighing ʒss. of which he used 4 or 5 at a time. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 57    

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of an ULCER and FISTULA in the JOINTS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus, & Fistula Artus vel Articuli, we in English call, an Ulcer, and a Fistula of a Joint.  

I Of an Ulcer of the Joints.  
II The Cause. It is oftentimes caused by Wounds ill● managed, Contusions, external Violence, defluxions of sharp Humours, Apostems, Kings-Evil, French-Pox; etc.  
III The Signs. It is known by sight; if it is malign, the Sanies running from it will be thin, and evil-coloured, and of no good smell; also the Patient will be in much paln.  
IV. The Prognostics. An Ulcer of the Joints is not very easily Cured; and if it is not well managed at first, it quickly becomes sordid, or malign.  
V If it once becomes inveterate, either a flux of Humours, (which some call the Joint-water) follows it, or it becomes a Fistula.  
VI The Cure. As these Ulcers are commonly very painful, and sometimes vitiated with a flux of thin Humours, or a running Water, so greater Care than ordinary aught to be taken in their Cure: You aught often to purge with Tinctura purgans, or an Infusion in Wine, of Sena and Rhubarb.  
VII. Or, the Patient may purge with Our Panchymagogue Pills, or with Pil. Catharticae, or Pulvis Cornachini, or Pulvis Antimonii, or Pulvis Catharticus Antimonii.  
VIII. During the whole Cure, a drying Diet-drink aught to be taken, made of Guajacum, Sassafras, Sarsa, China, Mechoacan, and Burdock Roots, with the Vulnerary Herbs; without which, and often purging, it will not be easy to stop the flux of sharp Humours: Those who cannot take Pills, may take Our Electuarium Catharticum.  
IX. Than to strengthen the Tone of the Parts affected, the Patient between purging aught to take every Night of Our Volatile or Specijick Laudanum, à gr. ij. ad iv. or vi.  
X. And outwardly, though the Cure differs but very little from the Cure of Ulcers in other Parts, yet the Medicaments to be applied, aught to be much more desiccative, and with as little sharpness as may be; and more powerful Anodyn Cataplasms, for alleviating of the pain, are to be used; because Pain is an inseparable Accident of the Ulcers of these Parts.  
XI. If the Ulcer is without a flux of Humours, you may apply Deficcativum rubrhm, and anoint the Lips with this Ointment, ℞ Vng. Populeon, Album Campheratum, A. ℥ i Oils of Quinces and Poppies, A. ℥ ss. mix them.  
XII. But before you apply the Medicaments, foment the Part with a Decoction made of Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, read Roses dried, Myrtleberries, and Sumach, in read Astringent Wine.  
XIII. But if the Joint-water is present, you must pour warm into the ulcer Our Unguentum Nicotianae, or, Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii, and than lay upon it, Lint dipped in the same, over which lay Emplastrum Paracelfi.  
FOURTEEN. When the flux of Humours is stayed, and the ulcer clean, you must use Incarnatives of the drier sort, as; ℞ Vng. Diapompholigns, Desiccativum rubrum, Ana. mix, and apply it; or you may use that at Sect. 11. aforegoing.  
XU. If any Tumour is approaching, foment with the Tincture of Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, Myrtleberries, Sumach, and Catechu, made in Spirit of Wine.  
XVI. If the ulcer is very deep, so that the Ung. Fuscum cannot come to the bottom of it, make Tents of the Body of the Ointment, being boiled to a thickness, which put into the bottom of the Ulcer, and cover it so, that it may not get out again, over which lay Sticticum Paracelsi, as aforesaid.  
XVII. The Tent will melt in the ulcer, cleanse powerfully, and repercuss any Water or Humour flowing into it; being cleansed, you may perfect the Cure with Balsam of Chili, or Peru, or some Artificial Balsam, with the Emplaster aforenamed.   

II Of a Fistula in the Joints.  
XVIII. These are caused for the most part, either from a flux of Humours falling down from the Part, or from an Apostem, or from an ulcer ill managed, or ill cured; or from the Kings-Evil.  
XIX. The Differences. Some are without Corruption of Bones and Cartilages, and some are with them: Some are without any Tumour of the adjacent Parts, and some are with such a Swelling; so that the Swelling is either hard, or soft, in which some of the Tendons of the Muscles are very often corrupted, as in Fistula's of the Wrists and Ankles.  
XX. In some of these Fistula's, the Joint remains firm and strong; in others it becomes lose and weak, by reason of the relaxation of the Membrane which covers it, and of the Ligaments which confirm and strengthen it.  
XXI. The Prognostics. If in a Fistula of the Instep or Wrist, there be large and hard Tumours in the Feet or Hands, it is said to be incurable; for that the Membranes and Tendons of the Muscies and Bones, are for the most part corrupted.  
XXII. In a Fistula of the Wrist, if the Bones of it, or of the back of the Hand, be carious, the Cure will be very bard to be performed, because these Bones are spongy, and so apt to receive superfluous Humidities, and withal, are not easy to be scaled.  
XXIII. But indeed there is not any Fistula of the Joints, though it is without Corruption of the Cartilages or Bones, easy to be Cured; partly by reason of the pain from the sensibleness of the Part; and partly by reason of the sharpness of those Medicaments, which must be applied to remove the Callus, which always increase that pain, and so are apt to induce Symptomatical Fevers, loss ' of Appetite, Watch, Restlessness, Extenuation or Wasting of the Body, and at last a Hectic and Marasmus.  
XXIV. If one of these Fistula's in the great Joints, is accompanied with an extenuation, or pining, or Hectic Fever, the Case is desperate; for drying things which aught to be exhibited in the Cure, do add infallibly to the Consumption.  
XXV. And for the same Reasons that a Fistula in the Wrist is bard to be Cured, is a Fistula in the Ankle or Instep yet harder; for besides the Cariosity of the Bones, and their sponginess, here is withal a greater danger of a flux of Humours, because it is a more depending Part.  
XXVI. A Fistula in the Elbow or Knee, if it is with Corruption of either Cartilages or Bones, since they are very sensible Parts, there will be a very great pain, and a mighty difficulty in the Cure; and if ever it is performed, it will not be done, but through a great length of time.  
XXVII. The Cure. Vniversals, and a proper Diet, with Wound-drinks being prescribed, as is usual in other Fistula's, we will come immediately to the Topical Cure.  
XXVIII. 1. By reason of the Pain, Anodyn Cataplasms, are to be applied to alleviate it: This of Fallopius is commended. Take Brancha, Flowers of Camomile, Barley Meal, Oesipus, A. ℥ iiss. Oils of Earthworms, of Camomile, and of Dill, A. ℥ two. Alicant Wine ℥ iss. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXIX. 2. Toremove the Calsus, we commend, Arcanum Corallinum, read Precipitate, or unwashed Turpethum-Minerale, as the most Excellent things, and the latter of them as the best: You may mix it (or the others) with fine Bowl, or Terra Sigillata, and Vitriol calcined, which Compositum may be applied in form of Troches, or mixed with Vng. Populeon, and so applied upon a Tent; it produces no vehement Pain, nor inflammation, or other vehement Symptom.  
XXX. But beware that you apply not Arsenic, or Corrosive Sublimate, to remove the Callosity; for they always 'cause vehement Pain, Symptomatick Fevers, and (if the Patient be of a Cacochymick habit of Body) many times a Mortification of the Part: I once saw the application of the latter to a Fistula in the Instep, but it was with a great deal of Horror.  
XXXI. 3. The Callus being, removed either by what is already said, or by Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii, boiled up to a Consistency, so as to be form into Tents; you must mundify, incarnate, and cicatrize, as we have taught in the Cure of other Fistula's; but with this Observation, that here, all your Applications aught to be more desiceative, than in the Fistula's of other Parts.  
XXXII. 4. If there is a Cariosity of the Bones, you must dress them with Tincture of Euphorbium, or with the Powder of the same, it is safe, and without danger.  
XXXIII. 5. If after some trial you perceive the Disease to be incurable, you must come to Amputation or Extirpation, be it Foot or Arm; and this must be, before the Patient grows too weak, or becomes unable to bear it: And this you may more safely do in a young Person, than in such as are aged, or decayed in their Strength; because in the former, the humidum Radical is more easily restored by a good Diet, than in the latter.    

CHAP. THIRTY-NINE. Of an ULCER of ARMS, and HANDS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins; Vlcus Manûs; Vlcus Cubiti; & Vlcus Brachii; we in English call, an Ulcer of the Hand; or of the Elbow; or of the Arm.  
II The Causes. They often proceed from External Violence, Contusions, Tumours, Apostems, Kings-Evil, French Pox, etc.  
III The Prognostics. They are either easy, or difficult of Cure; according as they are either recent or inveterate, simple, or complicated with Symptoms, benign, or malign, etc.  
IV. The Cure. Convenient purging, and often is to be prescribed, with Our Family Pill, Pilulae Catharticae, or Panchymagogae, or Pulvis Cornachini, Pulvis Antimonii, or Pulvis Catharticus.  
V Or you may give Tincture of Sena and Rhubarb, made with Whitewine; or an Infusion of Mechoacan in White-Port-Wine; or Rosin of jalap, mixed with Mercurius dulcis, and powder of Aniseeds or Caraways, or powder of Liquorice, and so exhibited in a little Syrup of Roses.  
VI A good Traumatick Diet-drink is also to be ordered, made of the Famous Vulneraries; and withal, a drying 〈◊〉 drink of Guajacum Sassafras, Sarsa, Antimony crude, etc. as we have in many places taught.  
VII. Than for Topical Applications, if there is a vehemency of Pain, you must apply Anodyns, which may sometimes (as your Prudence shall direct you) be mixed with Narcoticks.  
VIII. Than if the Ulcer is crude, with an undigested Sanies or Matter, you must apply Digestives, or Suppuratives, till such time as the Patient has ease, and the Pus is such as they call laudable.  
IX. The Ulcer being digested, you must cleanse with Abstersives; but you must be cautious that they be not too strong, by reason of the many Tendons, Nerves, etc.  
X. The Juice of Smallage with Honey, or with Honey and Turpentine is excellent; so the Mundificativum Paracelsi, and no ways inferior is Our Vng. Nicotianae, or the Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii, which is admirable, yea, though it be strumous: And some commend Vnguentum Bryoniae.  
XI. If there is a great Tumour withal, you may apply this Discussive Cataplasm. ℞ Wine Vinegar, or Lime-juice ℥ iv. Bean Meal or Flower ℥ two. fine Bole, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ ss. Orrice-root, powder of Tobacco, A. ʒii. boil, and at the end add Oil of Roses ℥ ss. and the yolk of one Egg, mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XII. If there is proud Flesh, you may take it away with Basilicon, mixed with read Precipitate, or with burnt Alum; or with this. ℞ The strongest white Wine Vinegar ℥ iii burnt Alum ℥ two. boil to dryness, and calcine it again.  
XIII. The Ulcer being cleansed, you must Incarnate with Sarcoticks, and than it must be cicatrized with some Styptic Water, or with burnt Alum dissolved in read Wine, which wonderfully dries all sorts of Ulcers; or with proper Epuloticks, Ointments, Cerates, and Emplasters.  
FOURTEEN. If the Ulcer is inveterate or malign, or proceeds from some strumous 'Cause, there is nothing equal to the Water of the Griffin for the healing thereof; for being cleansed of its filth, you may wash the Sore with it 2 or 3 times a day, and keep Linen Clotheses 4, 6, or 8 times double, dipped in the same, and laid upon it, keeping them constantly wet, by often dropping the Water thereon, which sinking through the folded Cloth, will penetrate to the Ulcer, and heal it, yea, in a very short time.  
XU. Sometimes a laced Compress may be of great use in these Ulcers, especially if they be cavernous or hollow; but you must take heed, that you lace it not so hard as to extinguish the Natural Heat, for so a Gangrene and Mortification will be induced; and withal, take heed that you probe not too deep, nor where Tents are needful, that you make them not too long, jest you prolong the Cure, and put the Patient to much Pain.   

CHAP. XL. Of an ULCER of the THIGHS, LEGS, or FEET.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Vlcus Femoris; Vlcus Cruris vel Tibiae; and Vlcus Pedis; we in English call, an Ulcer of the Thighs; or of the Legs or Shins; or of the Feet.  
II The Causes. They may proceed from the same Causes which Ulcers in the Arms, Hands, or other places, may proceed from: Sometimes they may proceed from the Itch, or a great flux of Humours, because they are depending Parts; as also from long and daily standing, in Bodies Cacochymick, where the Patient is of such a Profession, as requires standing for the most part of the time they are exercising it.  
III The Prognostics. Ulcers in these Parts are more difficult to Cure than in the Hands, Arms, or other upper Parts; because they are depending Parts, and therefore the Humours of the Body are more apt, and more easily flow to them than to other Parts.  
IV. If they are recent and benign, without evil Symptoms, they are easy of Cure; but if they are inveterate, malign, or accompanied with evil Symptoms, chief in Bodies Cacochymick, Scorbutic, Strumatick or Pocky, they will be Cured with much difficulty.  
V And those in the Ankles, Insteps, and Feet, are more difficult to be Cured, than those in the Legs or Thighs; because of their being replete with Vessels, Nerves, Tendons, and Bones grisly, or porous, more than the other Parts.  
VI The Cure. In order to the Cure, such Internal Medicaments as are of general tendency, are to be exhibited here, as we have formerly prescribed in simple Ulcers, as also in such as are sordid, malign, carious, or fistulous, or accompanied with other Symptoms; as you see the Nature of the Ulcer shall require, both as to make proper Evacuations by Vomit and Stool; as also for Traumatick and Drying Diet-drinks, for the healing of the Ulcer.  
VII. But in the Cure of the Ulcers in these Parts, besides the Topical application of Digestives, Abstersives, Incarnatives and Epuloticks, there aught to be something more; the Thigh, or Leg is to be rolled from the Foot upwards; and in many Cases a laced Stocking is of extraordinary Service.  
VIII. And the Body aught to be well purged twice a week, which is often to be iterated, but yet always with this caution, not to overdo it, but as you found the Body can bear it: For as the continuation of the Ulcer may consume the Juices of the Body, and produce a Tabes, or Consumption, which is often seen; so also too much Purging may help to induce a Tabisick habit of Body, to the Fatal Damage of the Sick.  
IX. And for change of the Course of Physic, (which is also very necessary) Sweeting aught to be instituted, and to be alternately used, if the Body is strong, and able to bear it, which may be promoted by giving inwardly sudorific Volatile Salts, and other things of like Nature; for that these Operations very much conduce to the drying up of the Ulcer, and wasting of those Humidities, which otherwise might be apt to fall down, and hinder the healing of the Ulcer.  
X. If the Ulcer is crude and undigested, Maturatives and Suppuratives are to be applied for some time; than you may cleanse with Vng. Nicotianae of Our Prescription, or with Apostolorum, or Vnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, which last, (and indeed all of them do in some measure) not only cleanse but incarnate withal, not suffering any proud Flesh or ill Symptom to follow.  
XI. You may incarnate with Linimentum Arcaei, if it is in the Leg or Thigh, or with that Lineament mixed with a little white or read Precipitate; after which you may skin with Vnguentum Diapompholigos, simple or mixed with burnt Alum, or which is better, with Vng. Mirabile, or some Styptic Water, Our Aqua Regulata, or Water of the Griffin, which consummates the Cure to all Intentions.   

CHAP. XLI. Of ULCERATED PILES, or HEMORRHOIDS.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. vel, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Haemorrhoides Vlcerosae, & Vlcus fici in Ano, vel Ficus Vlcerosa; we in English call, Ulcerated Piles or Haemorrhoids, or an Ulcerated Fig in the Fundament.  
II The Differences. These Humours are sometimes Phlegmonous, sometimes Scirrhous, sometimes Cancerous; and many times they are Varicous, Ulcerous, or Fistulons.  
III The Part affected. This is chief the Anus, which is the exterior part of the Intestinum Rectum; in which place it is bound about with a Sphincter-Muscle, which has a contraction and dilatation within itself; by the first of which, it keeps all the Excrements which fall down thither within the Guts, till such time as Nature is excited, by either fullness, sharpness, or some other Accident to expel them; and by the latter of which it voluntarily relaxes, and by the help of several pairs of Muscles, dilates itself, so as to make way for their Excretion.  
IV. These Mascles, and especially the Intestinum Rectum itself, are fed and replenished with several Arteries, as, 1. The Arteria Mesenterica inferior, which (mostly designed for the Intestinum Rectum,) does disperse Branches in a plentiful manner, all over it, and particularly to the Anus. 2. The Arteria Hypogastrica, which also sends Branches to the Anus, but chief to the Muscles belonging to it.  
V These Arteries conveying Blood thither, have a correspondent or fit number of Veins provided for its return, viz. 1. The Haemorrhoidalis externa, which is a Hranch of the Hypogastrick Vein, corresponding with its namesake Artery. 2. The Haemorrhoidalis interna (which is indeed the more principal Vessel) that receives the Blood from all the parts of the Rectum, but more especially about the Anus, unites into a slender Arm or Trunk; and so passing along the Gut, runs by degrees into the Mesentery, and is inserted between the Mesenterical Branches of the Vena Portae, sometimes into the Right, sometimes into the Left, and sometimes into the Trunk of the Portae itself; yet sometimes accidentally, (though rarely) it leaves this Course, and is inserted into the Splenetic Branch, sometimes without, and sometimes within the Spleen.  
VI The Blood than descends hither to the Part affected, chief by the Arteria Mesenterica inferior; by which being let into the middle and inward Tunicles of the Intestinum Rectum, it is carried back, chief by the Vena Haemorrhoidalis interna.  
VII. The Causes. The Procatactick or External Causerie may be from sitting upon cold places, upon Stones, Earth, Snow, etc. bites of Leeches, Blows, Bruises, Priction, or Puncture, application of sh●…p Medicines, etc. taking of Albes, etc.  
VIII. The Antecedent Cause, may be from a Cacochymy, where the shirpness of Humours falling down upon the Part, weakens it, and passing by or near that place from the Guts, do by their acrimony induce the Piles; which Humours, though they may be from Internal Causes in the Blood, yet they externally affect the Anus, in passing out at the same, not much unlike to that of a sharp Clyster.  
IX. So that according to the variety and degeneration of the Humour, variety of Tumours do arise, making several Differences, of which we have spoken a little above.  
X. The Proximate or Conjoined Cause is from the Blood in the Part affected, which easily flows thither, 1. Because it is a depending part. 2. From the weakness of the part, being made so by an afflux of sharp Humours, which prompting Nature to an expulsion, stirs up a Fermentation and boiling in the Blood of the Part, and so causes it to swell. 3. Because the Veins hereabouts being small, and without Valves, and the Blood by its heat and fermentation swelling, it is detained there and stagnates, and by reason of the laxity of the part causes that Tumour which we call the Piles; which still increasing, and the Veins not being sufficient or large enough for its discharge, so as to be taken in by the Arteries, and the Skin thin, at length they break, and so bleed.  
XI. These Tumours being very great (in respect to the part) and very painful with Inflammation, there is many times a Flux of sharp Humours, which cither thrust out spongy Flesh, as Morus, Ficus, Condyloma, Crista, Phyma; or else by their Acrimony erode, and so created an Ulcer, which is either simple, benign, sordid, malign, Cancerous, Cavernous, or Fistulous.  
XII. If it is demanded, why the Blood cannot so easily circulate in this Part, as in others, but must stagnate, and produce the Piles: it is answered, that by the sharpness and thinness of the Humour attendent, Nature is provoked, and the Intestinum Rectum is stimulated to make an Excretion, and is always offering to press or squeeze, and contract itself, and so binds up the Vein, that the Blood cannot ascend, but is by the Violence of the motion kept back, even to the breaking many times of the Vessel.  
XIII. The Morbific Humour is generally lodged within the entrance into the Anus: and very often also on the Muscles near it, where the Piles are hidden, and seldom discover themselves, but only an outward Humour appears, which in length of time, many times apostemates, and at last ends in a Cavernous or Fistulous Ulcer; penetrating (according to the dust of the Vessels which seed it) sometimes into the Gut, and sometimes without it.  
FOURTEEN. The Signs. Your Eye will tell you, whether it is a Vein, i e. the Piles or Hemorroids, or it be some other Tumour: whether it bleeds, or bleeds not; and whether they are Ulcerated, or not Ulcerated.  
XU. In other Tumours, the Figure will discover what it is: if it is Condyloma, it is like a Pensil-wart with a narrow Neck: if it is Ficus, it is flat, almost like a Fig: if it is Morus, it is a rough protuberance, much like that kind of Fruit: if it is Phyma, it is a full read smooth Tumour with heat and pain, like a Phlegmon: if it is Crista, it has a broad Basis: if it is Phlegmonous, Scirrhous, or Cancerous, it is known by their proper Signs.  
XVI. If the Tunicles are thick, or apt to be spongy, than the Parts swell, and the Vessels appear themselves bluish, and in clusters like a small bunch of Grapes; or else Flesh grows about them, making Ficus, Condyloma, etc. but if the Humour is of a Saline nature, it makes Rhagades or Fissurae, which are Ulcers very common.  
XVII. The Kind's, respect, I The Part. It is either, 1. Of the Veins only, and so they are either Haemorrhoides coecae, blind, internal, and which bleed not; Or Haemorrhoides apertae, which are open, external, and bleeding. 2. Or of the Veins with the Muscles of the Anus, generating Phlegmonous, Scirrhous, and Cancerous Tumours.  
XVIII. They respect, II The substance and Figure, and so it is either Blood alone, or a Fleshy matter, called according to its Figure, Morus, Ficus, Condyloma, Crista, as aforesaid.  
XIX. They respect, III The Accidents, and so they are, 1. Not Ulcerated, or Ulcerated. 2. with little pain, or with much pain. 3. They are small or great, and with a narrow or broad basis. 4. They are either Temporary and Symptomatical, or Periodical.  
XX. The Prognostics. Those Haemorrhoids which are the Wales are the mildest, and more gentle: The Morales, are worse, or in a mean between the former, and the next: the Verrucales, are the worst of all.  
XXI. Those Piles which affect that part next the Neck of the Bladder, are more troublesome and painful, because of the consent they have with it; whence Inflammation, Phyma, and Strangury many times hap.  
XXII. If the Haemorrhoides ●oecae be very painful, and not timely remedied, there will be great danger of a Flux of Humours, which may induce Inflammations, Apostems, Erosions, Ulcerations, etc.  
XXIII. If they bleed seasonably and moderately, they ease and purge the Body of gross, and feculent Blood; and so thereby free it from many and dangerous diseases, as Pleurisies, Peripneumonies, Quinsies, Phlegmons, Apoplexies, Epilepsies, pissing Blood, Quartans, etc.  
XXIV. If they bleed immoderately, they 'cause Weakness, Fainting, Cachexia's, Dropsies, Pining, Consumptions, and the like; it their Flux is unadvisedly uppressed, after a long course thereof.  
XXV, If their ulceration it plain, benign, and recent, it may easily be cured; but if cavous, sordid, malign or inveterate, they will be cured with very much difficulty.  
XXVI. If they continued long, are painful, with a Flux of acrimonious or sharp Humours attending them, they will be in danger of growing Cavernous, if not Fistulous.  

I The Cure of Blind Haemorrhoids.  
XXVII The Body if accustomed to be costive, aught always to be kept soluble, with some Lenitive, as Extract of Cassia mixed with Cremor, Tartari, or Extract of Tamarinds: and the Patient's Diet must also be such as may keep it in such a condition, because in this disease they are generally costive, and so avoid their Excrements with much Pain.  
XXVIII. Their Food may be Barley-gruel, Water-gruel boiled full with blue Currants, hulled Barley boiled and buttered, or eaten with new Milk or Cream, and a little Sugar, Pannado, Milk-porrage, Milk thickened with Oatmeal, Buttermilk, Whey-porrage made with Oatmeal, Outmeal Caudle, Veal and Chicken broths boiled with Beets, Borage, Bugloss, Endive, Succory, spinach, etc. And their Drink may be a middling sort of Ale or Beer, but always new, or Water sweetened with Sugar, or Ptisan, or Wine mixed with Water.  
XXIX. Also now and than the Belly may be made soluble with Clysters made of fat Broth, Emollient Decoctions, or new Milk with Sugar, or Posset-drink with Sugar, which may be cast in with a Clyster-syringe, made with a short thick Pipe taper-wise.  
XXX. If they be very great, and the Patient in vehement pain, the only Remedy is to discharge the Blood by application of Leeches, which I have oftentimes done, successfully; but than presently upon their removal, the Part aught to be fomented with read Wine, as hot as can be conveniently endured with Sponges, or double Flanels, and that for half an Hour, or neatly for an Hour together, by which means they are made to bleed the more plentifully.  
XXXI. For want of doing this immediately after the application of Leeches, it has been many times very prejudicial to the Patient, because sometimes they leave a Venom behind them, which oftentimes creates an Ulcer, and sometimes a fistulous Ulcer, by attraction of Humours, which by these means is avoided.  
XXXII. If they be not very great, or the pain not vehement, or if they are but in their beginning I have (I believe) more than five hundred times Cured them by anointing with Oil of Amber, or Powers of Aniseeds. It is a Disease I have been often subject to myself, and it used to afflict me vehemently; but after I had once found out the way of anointing them with Oil of Amber, I soon Cured myself of them; and if I found upon taking cold that they are coming upon me, by their being a little swelled, I immediately apply myself to that Remedy, and so prevent them, by which means I have been kept free from them, for more than these 20 Years last passed.  
XXXIII. But if the Piles are broke or ulcerated, these Medicacaments are by no means to beused; for by reason of their heat, they mightily inflame the raw part, and afflict the Patient with vehement pain.  
XXXIV. Authors use other Medicaments, as this Fomentation, to discuss and dry them up, where they thrust forth with great pain, and are subject to Inflammation. Take Plantain, Bramble-tops, Horsetail, A. M. is. Flowers of Mullein, M.ii Lineseed ℥ two. Catechu ℥ i Balaustians, read Roses, Pomgranate-peels, Myrtleberries, A. ʒvi. Wine, Water, A. q.s. mix, boil, and make a Fomentation.  
XXXV. Having fomented them, apply a Mixture of Ung. Populeon, and burnt Cork, upon Pledgets of soft Tow, Morning and Evening.  
XXXVI. If the Disease is in its state, and the Inflammation and Pain vehement, either apply Leeches, or foment with this. ℞ Mallows, Mullein, A. M. j Flowers of Hypericon, M. ss. Root of Hounds-tongue, and of Henbane, A. ℥ iss. Linseed, Fenugreekseed, A. ʒvi. Seeds of Althaea, and of Quinces, A. ʒiii. boil them in Mutton-broth, for a Fomentation.  
XXXVII. Or, ℞ Barley-meal, Juices of Endive and Lettuce, A. ℥ iii Fleawort-seeds ℥ ss. Oil of Water-lillies ℥ iiss. yolks of Eggs, Nᵒ two. Saffron ℈ two. mix, and make a Cataplasm; but in extremity of pain, anoint with this. Take Oit of Eggs ℥ i Opium gr. x. which dissolve in a little Water or Wine, and mix with the Oil.  
XXXVIII. In the Cure of the Internal Piles, the same Emollient Decoctions, and Anodyns, before-proposed, will be of good use, to be injected by a Clyster-syringe.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the pain proceeds from Cold, or a gross viscid Matter distending them, you must apply things beating and resolving; as Roots of Pilewort, Onions, Garlic, Squills, Figwort, and Ointments made of them; anoint also with Balsam of Sulphur, of Rulandus, or the Terebinthinated, or Anisated Balsam of Sulphur, or sit over the Fumes of Frankincense, or Amber, which is better, often repeating it.  
XI. When you found the Disease in its declination, you must apply things powerfully drying, as Tinctura Mirabilis; or Crocus Martis astringens, Saccharum Saturni, Ceruse, lethargy, burnt Lead, Minium, Chalk, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Aerugo, Catechu, all of them in fine powder, which you may apply either alone, or mixed with a little Honey, or Hogs-lard; washing beforehand with Aqua Calcis, or Alumniosa, or some other Styptic Water; if they yield not to these Applications, but are pendent like a Grape, they are usually cut of; because otherwise, upon every little disorder, or taking cold, they will be apt to swell.   

II The Cure of the Bleeding Hemorrhoids.  
XLI. Whilst they discharge gross and vicious Blood, or are beneficial in removing other Diseases, and withal, that the Patient has strength of Body to bear the Evacuation, they aught not to be stopped, or healed; and so much the more, if they have appeared Monthly, or have been of some Years continuance.  
XLII. In these Cases, they aught rather to be continued in their usual flux, or if stopped, to be provoked thereto; which may be done with Aloes, and Aloetick Medicaments, as Pilulae Ruffi, etc. Scammony, Colocynthis, etc. given inwardly.  
XLIII. But where the Bleeding is recent, or of young standing, especially if it is over-abundant, to the weakening of the Sick, and abatement of their usual Health; or if it induces paleness of Countenance, pining, or a consumptive habit of Body, you aught to use the best means that may be to stop it.  
XLIV. Inwardly you must give such things (whether as Food, or as Medicine) as may Incrassate, and Contemperate the Fermentation of the Blood. As for Food, things temperate, and not salt, so●re, or spicey; all picquant Sauces, Pickles, etc. are to be avoided; Food made of Fruits, Jelly and Conserve of Quinces, baked Wardens and Pe●rs, Purslane, Lettuce, Spinnage, Pompions, Melons, Cowcummers, (not pickled) may be eaten with freedom; Milk-meats, Oatmeal-milk, Milk-porrage, and the like, are of Service in this Case.  
XLV. As for Medicaments, you may give inwardly Syrups made of the Juices of Quinces, Purslane, Lettuce, Plantain, Woodsorrel, of dried Roses, and of Myrtles mixed with some proper Distilled Water, as of Alum, Poppies, etc.  
XLVI. Profitable also in this Case are, fine Bole, Bistort, Catechu, Crocus Martis, Hartshorn burnt, Lapis Haematitis, Sanguis Draconis, Spodium Terra Lemnia, pomegranate Peels, Troches of Amber, Mithridate, Venice Treacle, Diascordium, Our New London Treacle, Out Volatile and Specific Laudanum, Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Samech, Tinctura Mirabilis, etc. for that these things thicken the Blood and Juices, and so put a stop to the Career of the Flux.  
XLVII. ℞ Catechu, Crocus Martis astringent, A. ʒi. Lapis Haematitis, Terra Lemnia, A. ʒss. Cochinele, dried Blood, (either of Man, or Beast) Saccharum Saturni, A. ℈ i Of Our Specific Laudanum gr. 5. with Syrup of white Poppies, make an Electuary for Four Doses.  
XLVIII. Outwardly, Catechu, dried Blood, pomegranate Peels, Cyprus Nuts, Galls, Hypocistis, burnt Lead, Ceruse, lethargy, Saccharum Saturni, Olibanum, Mastich, Sanguis Draconis, etc. may be all made into Powder, and mixed with some proper Ointment, as Vng. Populeon, and applied upon Pledgets of Tow; or with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, they may be either made into Suppositories, and so used; or else mixed with whites of Eggs, and spread upon Pledgets, and so applied.  
XLIX. Or you may foment, if they are External, with the Royal Styptic, or Dr. Gardner's Styptic, or other proper Styptic Water, as you see convement; or you may cast these Stypticks in with a Syringe, applying afterwards upon a Pledget Vng. Diapompholigos.   

III The Cure of ulcerated Hemorrhoids, Ficus, etc.  
L. If the Ulcer is recent, it may be Cured by applying Balsam de Chili, or de Peru, upon Pledgets of Tow, to the Part; first of all anointing it well with a Feather, with the same.  
LIVELY But if the Ulcer is inveterate, Digestives are first to be applied, because there are many crude and unconcocted Humours many times in these Ulcers; afterwards you must deterge with Juice of Smallage boiled up with Honey, or with the Mundificativum Paracelsi.  
LII. If the Ulcer is foul or sordid, you must continued the use of Abstersives the longer, forbearing such as are over sharp; jest they should induce by their sharpness, a great flux of Humours upon the Part, to which it is very subject upon the lest occasion.  
LIII. Every time when you dress it, as soon as you have taken of the former Application, you must foment it with this following Mixture. ℞ Juice of Scordium, and of Parsley clarified, A. ℥ iv. read Port-Wine ℥ viij. mix them, and foment therewith warm for almost half an Hour.  
LIU. Which dane, than dress it up with the Mundificative or Abstersive; and continued this course of fomenting and dressing, till you found the Ulcer to be very well cleaused.  
LU. The Ulcer being cleansed, you must incarnate, if need be, with Sarcoticks: This is good; Take Ung. Diapompholigos ℥ two. Ung. Nicotiana ℥ i Mastich, and Olibanum in powder, A.ʒiii. Balsam of Peruʒii. mix, and apply it.  
LVI. The Ulcer being incarned, you must produce the Cicatrice by anointing with Ung. Diapompholigos' alone, or Ung. de Minio, or some other drying Ointment, or strewing the Sore over with powder of fine Bowl, or Terra Sigillata, or some proper Styptic as powder of Catecha, or Caput Mort. of Vitriol.  
LVII. But before applying these Ointments, or Powders, or upon every dressing, it will be good to wash the Sore with some Styptic Waters, as the Aqua Aluminosa, the Royal Styptic, Doctor Gardner 's Styptic, or some other, as you shall see fit; not omitting the Water of the Griffin.  
LVIII. But if notwithstanding all that can be done, the Ulcer proves rebellious and malign, you must make the Patient fit once or twice a day upon a Close-stool over a Chafing-dish of Coals, to receive from the same the Fumes of these following Troches.  
LIX. The Troches. Take Winter's Cinnamon, Amber, both in fine powder, A. ℥ iss. Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ℥ i Zedoary in powder, Bayberries in powder, A.ʒvi. Artificial Cinnabar ground fine or levigated ℥ i all being in fine powder, with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, make Troches, each weighingʒss. of which (being through dry) use 3.4. or 5 at a time. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicine, lib 5. cap. 54.    
Explicit Liber Quintus.   

ARS CHIRURGIGA. Liber Sextus. OF FRACTURES.  
The ARGUMENT.  
I Of Fractures in General. II Of Catagmatick Instruments. III Of Accidents or Symptoms in Fractures. IV. Of a Fracture Simple. V Of a Fracture with a Wound. VI A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone not bore. VII. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone bore of the Periosteum. VIII. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone sticking forth. IX. A Fracture Distorted, and Ill-set. X. A Fracture with too little, or too great a Callus. XI. A Fracture with Atrophia, or Slenderness and Weakness of the Part. XII. A Fracture of the Skull. XIII. A Fissure and Contrafissure of the Skull. FOURTEEN. A Contusion of the Skull. XU. A Puncture and Incision of the Skull. XVI. A Fracture of the Nose-bone. XVII. A Fracture of the Jawbone. XVIII. A Fracture of the Clavicula, or Collar-bone. XIX. A Fracture of the Shoulderblade. XX. A Fracture of the Humerus, Shoulder, or Arm-bone. XXI. A Fracture of the Cubitus, or Elbow-bone. XXII. A Fracture of the Carpus, or Wrist-bone. XXIII. A Fracture of the Metacarpium, or back of the Hand. XXIV. A Fracture of the Finger-bones. XXV. A Fracture of the Sternon, or Brest-bone. XXVI. A Fracture of the Ribs. XXVII. A Fracture of the Vertebrae of the Spina-Dorsi, or Back bone. XXVIII. A Fracture of the Os Sacrum, or Great Bone. XXIX. A Fracture of the Coccyx, or Rump-bone. XXX. A Fracture of the Os Ilium, or Hipbone. XXXI. A Fracture of the Thighbone. XXXII. A Fracture of the Patella, or Knee-pan. XXXIII. A Fracture of the Leg-bones. XXXIV. A Fracture of the Bones of the Feet.  

CHAP. I Of FRACTURES in General.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fractura; we in English call, A Fracture, which is the Solution of Unity in a Bone.  
II The Kind's. There are said to be Seven several Sorts of Fractures in a Bone, viz. 1. Fractura Transversalis. 2. In Modum Causis. 3. In Modum Raphani. 4. In Modum Fissurae. 5. In Modum Assularum, vel Schidiorum. 6. Os Contritum. 7. Os Contusum.  
III 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Fractura Transversalis, is when the Bone is broken in the midst obliquely overthwart, but not smoothly.  
IV. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Fractura ossis per transversum facta in modum Caulis, when it is broken overthwart into long points like strings, as in the breaking of a Colwort-stalk.  
V 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Fractura Raphani modo facta, Aegineta, lib. 5. cap. 89. when the Bone is smoothly-broken short of, as in the breaking of a Radish-root.  
VI 4. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Fissura, Fractura in modum Fissurae, when the Bone is broken long-ways, but not separated.  
VII. 5. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Scidia, Assulae, Fractura Ossis 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in modum Assutarum vel Schidiorum, when the Bone is broken into Splinters.  
VIII. 6. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Contritum; when the Bone is broken in small bits, as if it were ground.  
IX. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and by Hypocrates 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Contusus totius ossis, Fractura totius ossis in modum contusum, secundum ipsius crassitiem, juxta ipsum Articulum. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. when the Bone is bruised or crushed, and that near to the Joint.  
X. The Causes. They are either External or Internal; the External Causes are either Contusion or Flexure, wherein some external force, assaying to bow or bend them, they not being flexible, are broken.  
XI. And indeed whatever thing may prick, cut, bruise, break, shatter, or bend a Bone, may contribute to its breaking; among which things, falling from an high place may be accounted for one.  
XII. The Internal Causes, are either from the Natural Constitution of the Bones; or from some Accidental Rottenness: From the Natural Constitution of the Bones, it is, when their Substance is so brittle, that it cannot endure the lest Violence.  
XIII. From Accidental Rottenness, it is when they are made weak, or dry, or porous, by reason of the Poison and Virulency of the French Pox, an Exalted Scurvy, or an Inveterate Elephantiasis. We have several Memorable Histories of Rottenness of the Bones, and Fractures occasioned thereby: Memorable is that of Marcellus Donatus in Historia Medic. Mirabilis, lib. 4. cap. 5. of Bones in the Right and Left Arm, which broke of their own accord, from a Rottenness caused by the French Pox.  
FOURTEEN. And Schenkius in lib. 5. Obs. 8. has two parallel Histories from the Observations of Camerarius, of Bones which broke of their own accord, from their supposed Natural brittleness, Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 66. gives another Admirable Relation of a Man troubled with the Gout, who had the Bone of his Right Arm broken, only by endeavouring to pull on a Glove, which being reduced, in a little time after it broke again of its own accord in another place; all which, says he, was from a wondered unwonted frailty and brittleness of the Bones, for that he altogether denied, that he had been at any time troubled with any affect of the Bones; Contracted either from the foul Disease, or proceeding from any other Cause.  
XU. The same Hildanus, in Cent. 2. Obs. 68 has another Famous Observation of this kind, of a Woman, the Bone of whose Arm broke of its own accord, and was Cured; afterwards the Bone of her Right Leg broke, only by endeavouring to put on her Hose, which was also Cured: This poor Woman had several other Fractures of like kind, which made her lie by it in Misery for about two Years, and than she died: These, says he, were not caused either by the French Pox, or from any other Disease, she having not been at any time affected with the one or the other, nor ever in all her Life-time troubled with any such Sickness: but the true Cause was from some occult and secret Poison, proceeding from some extraordinary Corruption of the Humours, which up and down, every where, passing through the whole Substance of the Bones, corrupted or rotten them in this wondered and unexpressible manner.  
XVI. The Signs. A transverse Fracture, or that which is made in an obliqne manner, is easily known, because by the very touch, the Extremities of the sractured Bone are soon discovered; for in the place of the Fracture there is a Cavity or Hollowness found, which is not natural; and withal, the Body, but especially the fractured Member, cannot be moved after the due or wont manner.  
XVII. And there is likewise before the Bones are set, or reduced into their right places again, a most extreme and intolerable pain; for that the Extremities of the broken Bones prick, or press upon the Parts which they touch, being very full of Sense and feeling.  
XVIII. Now that these things may be the better discerned, the Member that is fractured aught to be compared with that which is found; as Arm with Arm, Leg with Leg, etc.  
XIX. It also oftentimes happens, that when a Member is fractured, it is made shorter than it should be, for that the Muscles draw up the inferior part of the Bone that is broken.  
XX. And for the most part a Fracture may be known from the preceding External Violence done to the Part, those Violent Causes having a sufficient power to break the Bone.  
XXI. The Fractures made long-ways in the Bone, are known with more difficulty; but they may be discerned, from the pain of the Part, its inequality, and the preternatural thickness of the Member.  
XXII. Those Fractures which break the Bones into Splinters, are known many times by an Apostemation; for that when all their smaller parts and little pieces could not be reduced, or set in their proper places, the Flesh Corrupts and Apostemates, whereupon the Splinters become naked of Flesh, and so in process of time drop forth.  
XXIII. And this will be known by sight, by the blackness of the Bone, if it lies open to view, or else by the stirring and moving up and down of the Splinters, where they adhere not, or stick not fast to the main Bone.  
XXIV. The Differences. They are taken, 1. A Figura, from their Figure, which is either right, according to the longitude of the Bone; or, transverse, which is cross the thickness of the Bone, and that either directly or obliquely.  
XXV. 2. Ab ossibus ipsis, from the Bones themselves, whether it be in the Head, Neck, Shoulder, Arm, Hand, Thigh, Leg, Foot, etc. which are also either greater or lesser.  
XXVI. 3. Ab Accidentibus, from their Accidents or Symptoms, being either without, or with a Wound, Pain, Inflammation, Apostemation, Ulcer, proud Flesh, Gangrene, Mortification, etc.  
XXVII. The Prognostics. A Fracture of the Bones made according to the length of them, is more easily Cured than that which is made transverse, whether right or obliqne; because there is no such need of any laborious Reposition, it being enough that they be brought close together again.  
XXVIII. And among the transverse Fractures, the right are of easier Cure than the obliqne; and among the obliqne, that is easier to be Cured, and has lest danger in it, which is single, or simple, and equal, and in which the broken Bones are not moved at all out of their places.  
XXIX. There is but little danger in those Fractures, where the heads of the Bones are retuse and blunt; but if they are sharppointed they are the worst, and most dangerous of any; because you cannot easily set them close, there being not any blunt part to rest upon: Besides, as Celsus lib. 5. cap. 7. says, they also hurt and wound the Flesh, Muscles, or Nerves.  
XXX. A Fracture wherein the Bone is shattered into many fragments, is of very difficult Cure; and the more the fragments or small pieces are, so much the more difficult the Cure: So also when there are sharp points of Bones sticking out, which prick and wound the Parts near them.  
XXXI. When two Bones are joined together, as the Ulna and Radius in the Arm, the Tibia and Fibula, viz. the Focile Majus and Focile Minus in the Leg, and they are both broken, the Cure will be more difficult, than if one of those only were broken: For if one of those Bones remain whole, as the Muscles cannot so easily contract themselves, being kept out by the unbroken Bone; so the broken Bone being once set again, the whole Bone is as a prop or stay to that which is fractured, and a greater help to it than either Swaths or Splinters, or both together; whereas if both be broken, they will be much more troublesome and difficult to set; and being set, more troublesome to be kept in their places.  
XXXII. Galen, de Fract. lib. 3. Text. 37. says, That in a Fracture of some of the more eminent Bones, if the Cure is delayed beyond the seventh day, there will be danger of a deadness of the Bones, or of Apostemation.  
XXXIII. Hypocrates, de Fract. lib. 3. Text. 44. says, When the Bones are so broken, that they cannot possibly be restored again, they will Apostemate in a short time, and fall forth; so also if they are naked, or bore of Flesh.  
XXXIV. The thinner the Bones are, the sooner they Apostemate, and are separated, it may be, in lesle than fourteen days time; but the greater and more solid Bones are longer before they Apostemate and separate; because it is a longer time before they can be withered, and driven forth by the Flesh growing underneath, seldom before the fortieth day at soon; sometimes the Apostemation and coming forth, is not before the sixtieth day; and sometimes it is the space of several Months before that Work is accomplished.  
XXXV. A Fracture with Inflammation and Contusion of the Flesh, is dangerous, for that it cannot be perfectly Cured, till the Symptoms are wholly removed.  
XXXVI. So much the greater the Fracture is, and by how much the greater the fractured Bones are, so much the more difficult and slow will the Cure be.  
XXXVII. If the Fracture is recent, it will be easy to be consolidated: But if it has been any considerable time delayed, the Cure will be made the more difficult and tedious; 1. Because there will than be an Inflammation, and than the Part cannot be extended without danger. 2. The Extremities of the Bones become harder, so that they can hardly ever be brought to join again, more especially in Aged People; but in such as are yet growing, the Case is different.  
XXXVIII. If the Bones are so broken and shattered, that they cannot be reduced as they aught, a perfect restoration cannot be promised: For though the Bones may possibly grow together again, yet the Member may be much shorter than before, and so unfit for performance of its former Function or Duty.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Age, Temper, Habit of Body, Course of Living, the Country, Season of the Year, and State of the Heavens, and Air, and whatever else has a power of altering or dispasing of the Natural Strength, so as to increase or diminish it, do all help to make the Cure more or lesle easy to be performed.  
XL. A Fracture in the middle of a Bone, is lighter and lesle dangerous, than that which is nearer to the head of the Bone, whether it he in the higher or lower Part: For near to the upper head there are very many Nerves; and near unto the lower head there are many Tendons, which being hurt, excite the greater Pains, whereby the Cure is made the more difficult and long.  
XLI. If the Fracture is very near to the Joint, it is than the most dangerous of any; for that there are in that place both Nerves and Tendons, as also Ligaments: Besides, there the fractured Bone cannot be so well bound up; and withal, the heat of the place is small, and very weak, because it is in a manner bloodless. And though it may be consolidated, yet it leaves behind it a defect in the motion of that Member or Joint, because of the Callus, which constricts as it were the Muscles and Tendons.  
XLII. If a Wound and Contusion are conjoined with the Fracture, it is than very dangerous; and so much the more perilous, by how much the Wound and Contusion are the greater; more especially if any of the greater Muscles of the Thigh and Shoulder should be wounded; for than vehement Pain and Inflammation may easily hap, and afterwards a Gangrene and Sphacelus: Besides, Splinters, and other Necessaries for keeping the Bones in their places after reduction, cannot so conveniently be applied, for that a hole is to be left open for the better Curing of the Wound.  
XLIII. As for the time of a Fractures consolidation, it is not easily to be presaged, by reason of the differing Ages, habits of Body, Seasons of the Year, and other Circumstances: Youth of a good habit, and observing a good Diet and Order of Living, and in a good Air, are much sooner and easier Cured, than those who are aged, weak, infirm, cacochymick, and keep a disorderly Course of Living.  
XLIV. Lastly, As to the time more particularly, Fractures of the Nose, of the Jawbones, of the Clavicle, of the Breast, of the Shoulderblades, the Ribs, Spines of the Backbone, the Hand, Ankle, Heel, and Sole of the Foot, are conglutinated in 20 or 25 days; those of the Arms and Legs in 35 or 40 days.  
XLV. The Cure. You aught to have in a readiness every Necessary, as a Plaster of Empl. Album, or Diapalma, something broader than will cover the Fracture, and long enough to encompass the Member; two Clotheses thrice double of the same length, three, four, five, or six Ferulae, or Splints, clothed with Tow, a large Cloth to put over them, four or five pieces of broad Tape to bind with, a Junk of Straw to lay the Member in, Bolsters of Cloth and Tow to put in the hollow places that the Part may lie smooth and levelly; lastly, proper Instruments of Extension, etc. of which we shall speak more particularly in the next Chapter.  
XLVI. Than put the Patient into a fit posture to extend the Member, causing one to take the end thereof in both his Hands, extending it, hot hastily, but by degrees, whilst others hold the Sick that he moves not; than let the Artist grasp the Fracture with both his Hands, that as the other extends the Member, he with his Fingers may reduce all the broken Bones to their just places, as in particular Fractures, we shall in the following Chapters Discourse more at large.  
XLVII. This done, lay on the Emplaster, (two Men holding the Part steady) than put on the two folded Clotheses, the one a little above, the other a little below the Fracture, so that their edges may meet.  
XLVIII. Than lay on the Splints or Ferulae, the breadth of a Splint distant one from another, which with the Tapes tie on, not too hard, for fear of a Gangrene; nor yet too slack, jest the Eones fall asunder again.  
XLIX. Than Cover all with a large Cloth to keep the Part warm, (because a temperate heat conntributes to consolidation) and lastly, put the Member into the Junk made of Straw, or Board's, binding it fast on; and putting the Bolsters in the hollow places, lay the Member on a Pillow, as strait and as levelly as may be.  
L. Thus let the Sick rest in his Bed for seven or eight days, unless Pain, or other Accidents or Causes force you to open it; than open it to refresh it, and bind it up again for seven days more, at the end of which you may renew your Emplaster, or apply Catagmaticum, or Sticticum Paracelsi.  
LIVELY I know many Surgeons, even at the very first, do oftentimes apply Empl. Oxycroceum to the Fracture; or if not at first, yet they scarcely ever fail to make use of it within a very few days after the Fracture is made.  
LII. But the application of this, or of any other hot, or drawing Emplaster, cannot be done without much danger; as Fabricius Hildan●…s shows us by an Example: for that this Emplaster heats the Part affected, and so attracts the Blood and Humours; producing either a gentle Itching, or a Pain, with Inflammation, and Gangrene, especially in Choleric and Cacochymick Habits of Body.  
LIII. With a Lenitive Electuary; or Our Syrupus Catharticus, keep the Body soluble; and now and than help him to raise up his Back, to refresh it, jest it excoriate: and to remove his Hips, jest they, or the Leg and Thigh, should grow numbed or dead.  
LIU. If the Fracture is with a Wound, so order the Clotheses and Splints, that you may dress the Wound, and not undress the Part: and be sure you apply no unctuous, fat, or greasy thing near the Bone; jest you thereby foul and corrupt it: but dress it with dry Powders, and other proper things, as we in their respective Places teach.  
LU. And for the first Weeks time, give the Patient three or four times a day, Osteocolla-stone in powder, in Syrup of Comfrey; and sometimes (though but now and than, to refresh him) in a little Alicant-Wine; or give Tinctura mirabilis, in Syrup of Angelica or All-heal; or Powder of Catechu, or Balsam of Salgem, or two spoonfuls of the juice of Knotgrass, or Bistort, or of Solomons-seal, or of Comfrey, in Rhemsh-Wine mixed with Syrup of Comfrey; or in Canary, or Tent, or old Malaga, or Alicant, every Morning.   

CHAP. II Of INSTRUMENTS for REDUCTION.  
I THERE are several Instruments which are used in the Cure of Fractures and Dislocation, which are scarcely used in any other part of Surgery: and seeing that what are generally useful in Dislocations, are also useful in Fractures, and that they must be treated of somewhere, we thought good to treat of them here; since it is necessary that they should be known and understood, before any Cures of this kind are attempted, or undertaken.  
II The chief Instruments for these purposes, are such as have a power to extend the Parts, or otherwise to make way, so as the Bones may be reduced, and put into their natural right places again: and they are in number Six, viz. 1. The Trepan, Modiolus, or Vectis. 2. Hypocrates his Ambi. 3. The Glossocomon of Galen. 4. The Reductive Ladder. 5. The Pulley of Vitruvius. 6. Hypocrates his Table, or Scamnum.  

I Of the Trepan, or Modiolus.  
III This Instrument is called Abaptistum, Modiolus, Vectis, or Trepanum; and is used chief in profound Corruptions, Contusions, Cuts, and Fractures of the Bone.  
IU. But it is not to be applied, but 1. When the splinters, or points and prominences of the Bones prick. 2. When the upper Table is entire, but depressed, and the lower broken. 3. When the Extravasated Blood is either so much in quantity, or so corrupted, as to endanger a Suffocation of the Animal Spirits.  
V The manner of Piercing or Boring therewith, is thus: the Hair is to be shaved of from the Head, than the Skin is to be cut to the Pericranium; avoiding as carefully as may be, the Sutures, and the Muscles of the Temples.  
VI And now the Wound is to be bound up, unless the Hemorrhage is so small, that the Pericranium, or Membrane of the Scull may at the same time be taken of also.  
VII. Than in a few Hours after, you may stop the Ears of the Patient, and take that Instrument which is the Mastuline Modiolus, or Male Trepan; whose point is to be fixed in the Scull, but so far of the Fracture, that it touch it not with its teeth, much lesle the Suture: (though some never avoid the Sutures, and affirm, that they have perforated them as happily, as any other Part.)  
VIII. Than holding the Instrument fast with the left Hand turn it round with the right, till you have cut round a pretty deep Circle.  
IX. After which, take the feminine Modiolus, or female Trepan (which has no point in the middle) and turn this round, as before: in the mean time, you must take away the dust or small particles, which proceed from the perforation or sawing; and moisten the Instrument with Oil and Water, to make it cool, and slippery.  
X. In a little time, Blood will appear; which shows you, that you are go as far as the second Table; to wit, beyond the Scull to the Meninx, or Dura Mater; and than you must press with your Instrument very gently, jest you should unadvisedly hurt the Membrane of the Brain.  
XI. When the Bone gins to be a little lose, you must put something in between the sides of the Wound; to loosen it the more, and than take it out with a pair of Pincers, or Forceps. See Lib. 1. Cap. 3. Sect. 2. and Tab. I Lett. AB, CD, OF, GH, I, M. The Male Trepan OF: the Female GH: the Point of the Male I, the Head of the Trepan AB.   

II Hypocrates his Ambi.  
XII. This Instrument, called Ambi, Ambeen, or Glossocomon of Hypocrates, is designed to restore a Shoulder luxated into the Armpit, or place of the Juncture.  
XIII. It has first an upright Pillar of Wood A, fastened upon a Foot B, which Foot is fastened with Screw-pins CC: that it may not stir or move in the Operation. Secondly, there is fastened a Spatha D, with an Iron Pinnacia E, into the upright Pillar, which may be turned, lifted up, or pressed down at pleasure.  
FOURTEEN. To this Spatha are added three strings FFF, for the binding of the Arm, that it might be kept steady: the Spatha must be four or five Fingers broad, and two Fingers or Inches thick, and about 30 Inches in length, or more.  
XU. The end thereof G, must be round and narrow in that part, but very high, with Ears or Stops, to hold and keep in the top of the Shoulder; and the upper part of the roundness must a little stick out, not to touch the Side, but the top of the Arm. See Tab. XI. Fig. I  
XVI. The Use of the Ambi. Let the Sick sit upon a Seat somewhat lower than the Frame; that so the Spatha which is thrust into the Armpit may be the more forcibly depressed on its longer part, so to force in the head of the Shoulder-bone.  
XVII. The Arm must be bound to the Spatha at length, with its strings; 1. Just below the top of the Shoulder. 2. Next above the Elbow. 3. And lastly, upon the Wrist.  
XVIII. This done, fix the Spatha to the Pillar A, with the Iron Pinnacia E; than the Artist on the outside shall pull the Arm downwards, whilst a Servant on the other side taking hold of the Neck and Shoulders, shall likewise pull down the Patient. See Tab. XI. Fig. II   

III The Glossocomon, or Commander, of Galen.  
XIX. This Instrument is for Fractures of the Thighs and Legs: it has on the lower part the Axis A, to which must be tied the ends of the Strings or Cords which extend divers ways: let the Strings be fastened upon the uppermost part of the Bone to be cured, and make them so, of two Bands, B and C, that both of them may have four ends; two on the right FLETCHER, and as many on the left side G.  
XX. From these ends, those things which are belonging to the lower String B, must be drawn to the Axletree, by the Holes made in the lower part of the Glossocomon D.  
XXI. And those things which belong to the uppermost String, must first proceed to the upper parts; than must they also be p●t through the perforated sides of the Instrument (fitted with Rundles or Pulleys) whereby they are fastened to the Holes of the Screw F.  
XXII. But on both sides, on the outsides of the Glossocomon F and G, the ends of the upper Cord, C must be carried to the Axis: this done, one turning ●…out of the Axis, both Strings ●or Cords will equally extend; that downwards, which is bound to the lower part of the broken part of the broken Bone; the other upwards.  
XXIII. The Axis extends the String or Cord B, in the lower part, by a direct motion: but it extends the String or Cord C in the upper part, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, by a Regressive motion. See Tab. XI. Fig. III   

IV. The Reductive Ladder.  
XXIV. This Instrument is a Ladder, whose uppermost Rundle has a round body upon it E; which is to lie under the Armpit, between the Side and the top of the Shoulder.  
XXV. After this, the Artist draws downwards the Arm out of Joint, but not bound to the Spatha; another laying hold of his Neck, and top of his Shoulder, draws likewise on the side; a third laying hold of the whole Body, draws downwards also.  
XXVI. It may have four Pulleys, (if the Artist so please) FFFF; intimating the Glossocomon or Commander of Galen.  
XXVII. It may serve also for reducing the Thighbone out of Joint, or extending the Thigh, or Leg Bones, if fractured; or for reducing the Hip when dislocated; whether it slip inward, forward, or out●…rd.  
XXVIII. The Ladder is to be fixed either to some Stay, or Beam of the House, or in the Ground; whereupon the Patient is to sit, with his sound Leg extended, and bound about with the best convenience: but to the Leg out of Joint, or fractured G, there is to be hanged a heavy Weight, or a Vessel full of Water. See Galen his Comment upon Hypocrates de Articulis, lib. 4. text. 4.   

V The Pulley of Vitruvius.  
XXIX. It is made like a Pulley, viz. DD, within which there lie three wheels, through whose furrows, or hollows, the Rope runs, which is to be drawn by the Cord H.  
XXX. At the ends of the Pulley are fastened Hooks, the one of which is to fasten the Pulley to a Post; the other is to draw the Part, being fastened to it by ● Ligature.  
XXXI. AA, are the Covers: or Heads of the Cases BB, the Boxes or Cases in which the Pulley is put or enclosed; C, a Screw-pin, made so, that it may screw into a Post; having a hole somewhat lesle than the Screw, first bored by a Gimlet, whereby it may be let in.  
XXXII. This Engine or Pulley, drawn with a small Cord, is taken out of Vitruvius, lib. 10. cap. 4. and is of singular good use in the Extension of Members or Joints, whether it be Fracture or Dislocation.  
XXXIII. The Member or Joint being by this or some of the former means extended, the Bone is with the Hands and Fingers to be rightly conformed, or reduced into its true place: and that it may remain so, after the application of proper Topics, (as we shall hereafter teach) it is than to be well bound up, and well placed. See Tab. X. Fig. I and II   

VI Scamnum, or the Table of Hypocrates.  
XXXIV. The Table A may be seven feet long, and three feet wide; and the thickness A which turns up, will be nine inches: it has also four other Board's, which are round on the upper parts, viz. B, B, which are two at each end, and are called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by Hypocrates.  
XXXV. These 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or Hold-fasts, are perforated with a round Hole in their breadth; through which the Axietrees CC, CC pass, which at the ends DD, DD have Handles, to turn them about.  
XXXVI. The whole Table from end to end, has hollow places EEE, etc. which are four inches distant one from another; whose breadth and depth are equally three inches; in which a round piece of Wood FLETCHER is set: and these Holes which go not quite through, Hypocrates calls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i.e. Fossar, Holes or Prenches.  
XXXVII. This Table or Plank, business the four 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, bar two other Posts or Board's GG in the middle, through which Holes are made, and through which is put the cross-piece of Timber H, which may serve to reduce the Spina-Dorsi.  
XXXVIII. The Table is movable, and may be lifted up, and removed from place to place: it slands upon six feet, which in my opinion would be more useful; if they were so made as to run upon six small Box Rundles, or little Wheels, put upon or fastened into the feet, with Iron Axletrees: to which Wheels Remora's may be fitted, to keep them fixed or unmoveable.  
THIRTY-NINE. The Use of the Table, exemplified in the reduction of the Ancle-bone dislocated. The Anele-bone, whether dislocated inwardly or outwardly, is thus to be reduced. Lay the Patient upon the Table on his Back, the Leg offended being stretched out.  
XL. Upon the Leg (just under the Knee) bind about the Cord or Swath A, AA, after the manner it is bound on the Top-must of a Ship; and extend it equally, and bring the ends of it to the Axletree at the end of the Table, which is above the Head.  
XLI. But on the Ankle he must tie the Cord or Swath B, B, and bind the ends of it to the neither Axletree: and than either draw the Part divers ways; or hold it so, extending from the lower part.  
XLII. And the Strings being drawn as much as needs, redute the Bone into its place conveniently, when it started forth to the inward or outward part; but when it is go to the hinder part, you must make a forcible extension, to make the reduction; without which, it will not be easily done.  
LXIII. And in a fracture of the Shinbone, or Minor Fossile, or both Bones at once, where the Leg cannot be extended enough by the Hands, the Patient is than to placed upon this Table; and the Ligature A being put about the Leg below the Knee; and the Sandal or Swath B, being bound above the Ankle, let the Leg be extended by the Bands drawn divers Ways; than with your Hands reduce the fractured Bones.  
XLIV. The Use of the Table in the extension of the Spina Dorsi, dislocated towards the external part. This may be done, if the middle Posts G G be removed with the Priapiscas FLETCHER, and into the Hole of the right Post A, some hollowed fit piece of Wood B, is put in; bored through with a hole at D, to keep it in with a Pin.  
XLV. Than the Patient being laid on the Table, with his Face downwards; two Cords are to be put about his middle, the one about E, the other below FLETCHER, the bunch on the back being between; and the ends of those Cords must be fastened each of them to their proper Axletrees, which being turned about, may duly extend the Backbone.  
XLVI. And the hollowed Post A, must have at lest three holes, that it may so fitly receive the Cross-bar or Spatha, C, as to be conformed to the greatness, or height of the banch on the Back.  
XLVII. This done, the Spatha, or Cross-bar must be laid over, just upon the bunch, which (at the very moment of time when the Extension is made) is than to be pressed down with a convenient violence, that the dillocated Bone may be forced into its own place. See Tab. X. Fig. III IU. V    

CHAP. III Of ACCIDENTS or SYMPTOMS of FRACTURES.  
I THOUGH the Accidents or Symptoms attending Fractares are manifold, yet these five following are the primary or chief, viz. 1. Pain. 2. Inflammation. 3. Gangrene. 4. Itching. 5. Excoriation.  

I Of Vehement Pain in a Fracture.  
II Pain, whether great or small, ●…ght to be cased and taken away; for by reason thereof, there may be a Flux of Hunters, whereby manifold Evils may be excited.  
III You are to consider the cause, and accordingly to remove it (causa ablata, ●ossitur effectus) and that, if it is possible, immediately.  
IV. If the Pain is from a Bon● that pricks (which is known from ●…ndling the Part) you must ●…osen the Bandage; and than either put the Bone back again into its place; or (if it may not be) take it forth; or else cut it of.  
V For so it is advised by Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10. It will be best (says he) to open it, for there is a necessity of cutting of these sharp pricking and's of the Bones.  
VI If the Pain is from overhard binding (which is known from the swelling which appears in the Extremity of the Part,) than the Ligature is forthwith to be loosened.  
VII. If the Pain comes from an ill situation or posture of the affected Part, you are so to change the situation, or posture, and so often, till the Sick feels himself at ease.  
VIII. If the Pain is from an Afflux of Humours, you must cure it altogether in the same way, as if it were an Inflammation.   

II Of an Inflammation in Fractures.  
IX. An Inflammation proceeds from vehement pain, and an Afflux of Humours, and therefore aught to be opposed in the very beginning, and in that manner as we have expressed under its proper Title.  
X. The Pain (says Scultetus) is to be abated or eased by Fomenting with Water and Oil; or with a Decoction or Broth of a weather's or Sheep's Head, with Camomil-flowers.  
XI. The Inflammation at hand is to be hindered with Anodyn and Repessing Medicaments applied outwardly to the Part: you may foment with Oil of Roses above, or else with Oil of Roses beaten up with the White of an Egg.  
XII. Scultetus commends sharp Wine, Oil of Roses, and the Whites of Eggs mixed in a fit proportion, and beaten together with a Spatula.  
XIII. If the pain is vehement, he leaves out the Whites of Eggs, and mingles the Oil with the Wine in greater quantities; in which Medicament, he also wets his Ligatures, and gently presses them out again.  
FOURTEEN. For so Avicenna, lib. 4. F. 5. Tract. 1. cap. 5. does advice in the cure of a Dislocation; and withal, that we should be careful, that they be not laid on hot and dry: because, if hot, they heat, and attract Humours: if dry, they do not stick well together.  
XU. You may apply this Cataplasm. ℞ Barley-flower ℥ iii Pulp of rotten Apples ℥ two. Powder of Marsh-Mallow-roots, and of Cammomil-flowers, A. ℥ i Boil in sour Wine, or in Vinegar, and fair Water, A. q.s. to the consistence of a Cataplasin.  
XVI. Now, till the Inflammation ceases, the Part is not to be bound up, or at lest it is not to be bound hard; nor Splinters to be imposed, or any other Instrument, unless to uphold the part, and keep the Medicaments close to.   

III Of a Gangrene in Fractures.  
XVII. A Gangrene often happens unto Fractures, especially if there be Contusion withal: and it commonly arises either from taking too much Air, or from Inflammation, or from hard Binding, which how it is to be Cured, you may see in the proper places, in lib. 3. cap. 11. and lib. 4. cap. 9 Sect. 22.  
XVIII. However, the Part aught to be fomented with Lixivium, in which Te●●erfew, Sage, Southernwood, Saxifrage, Scordium, Rue, Tansey and Wormwood have been boiled; mixed also with some Spirit of Wine.  
XIX. Or with Spirit of Wine rectified, with which Spirit of Sal Armoniac ℥ i to lbi lbi. of the S.U. is to be mixed; where note, that if the rectified Spirit is wanting, common Brandy or Spirits may do.  
XX. Or you may foment with this: ℞ Spirit of Wine, impregnated with the Tinctures of Wormwood, Scordium and Saffron, lbi lbi. Camphir ℥ iss. mix, and dissolve: It is a famous thing.  
XXI. But above all things, nothing is more excellent, nothing more safe; nor any thing more speedy to retrieve the Mischief than Powers of Amber, or Powers of Lavender, of Lemons, of Oranges, of Pennyroyal, of Rosemary, of Sage, of Turpentine, or of Wormwood, being fomented upon the Part.  
XXII. Or you may use this: Take Powers of Amber ℥ iii Powers of Turpentine ℥ two. of Rose marry, and of Sassasras, A. ℥ i Camphirʒiiiss. mix them for use.   

VI Of vehement Itching in Fractures.  
XXIII. The most simple thing to alloy itching, is to wash, bathe, or foment the Part often with warm Water; for it is of good use to wash away the ichorous Sanies, and to dissipate the Humour, or call it forth.  
XXIV. And nothing inferior to Water, is Breast-milk, or the Milk of Asses, Mares, Goats, or Cows; or Whey of Goats or Cow's Milk, being often fomented warm, for some small time.  
XXV. Or, Take Rain-water lbii. lbii. Oil of Tartar per Deliquium ℥ i mix them, and foment therewith, as aforesaid, warm; it opens the Pores, draws forth the Humour, and admirably allays the itching.  
XXVI. Or, Take fair Water, somewhat more than Bloodwarm lbii. lbii. Spirit of Wine ℥ iii volatile Sal Armoniackʒiii. mix them, to foment with.  
XXVII. Or, ℞ Juice of Cucumbers lbii. lbii. Juice of Lettuce lbi lbi. Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. Oil of Tartar per deliquium, ℥ i volatile Sal Armoniackʒii. mix, and foment therewith warm.   

V Of Excoriation in Fractures.  
XXVIII. First wash, bathe, or foment the Excoriation very well with warm fair Water, or warm Milk, or Whey, than strew upon it fine powder of white Starch, or white Starch mixed with very fine powder of Rice.  
XXIX. Or you may first wash it with Aqua Aluminosa, warm, and than strew it over with the aforenamed Powder, or with fine Bowl, or Terra Sigillata, or Catechu, in very subtle powder.  
XXX. Some commend Caput Mortuum of Vitriol, Ceruse, or white Lead; but they are more effectual, after the washing with Dr. Gardner's Aqua Styptica, or some other Styptic Water, of like Virtue and Operation.  
XXXI. Some advice to wash first with clarified Juice of Nightshade or Plantain, bloodwarm; and than to anoint with Vng. Album Camphoratum, or desiccativum Rubrum, or Rosatum, or Diapompholigos, etc.    

CHAP. IU. Of a Simple FRACTURE.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fractura Simplex; we in English call, a Simple Fracture, which is a Fracture of a Bone only.  
II The Causes. They are either from External Violence, or from an Internal Sharpness and Malignity of Humours, which making the Bone brittle, or rotting of it, causes it to break.  
III The Signs. If it is without a Wound, it is known, 1. By feeling the pieces of Bones, in handling the Part. 2. In handling, it makes a noise and crackling in the broken Part. 3. There is a violent pain, by reason of the divulsion or straining of the Nerves, or from some sharp parts of the Bone pricking the Nerves. 4. An Impotency in using the fractured Limb, or leaning upon it. 5. Sometimes there is a crookedness or shortness in the Part. 6. Lastly, The Causes of Fractures have go before the foregoing Signs. 7. If split lengthways, it is uneven, and thicker than naturally.  
IV. The Prognostics. No Fracture in the Bone is wholly voided of danger, 1. Because it lies deep, and not easy to be come at; but in a great Bone, they are more difficult than in a small. 2. And so also harder of Cure in an Aged Person, where the Bones have done growing, than in a Young; and more hard, when manifold, than when fingle. 4. And hardest of all, when in or near the Joints.  
V The Cure. This has one only Indication, viz. that what is thus broken and disjoined, must be again united and conglutinated, which is done by the means of a Medium, which Physicians call a Callus.  
VI Now when the broken Bones are fallen out of their places, they are reduced by, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, to wit, Extension. 2. By 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, emendatio vel directio recta, a Conformation, or right replacing of the broken Bones in their own proper places.  
VII. The Member being by some of the former means extended, and rightly conformed, that it may remain so, it is necessary that it may be, 1. Well bound up, with proper Medicaments applied, and good Bandage. 2. That it be well placed, in a convenient and easy posture.  

I Of Extension of the Part.  
VIII. Extension is to be made, either by the Hands of the Artist, in a small part, or where the Bones are not great: Or by Cords on Bands, where the Bones are larger: Or by Instruments, where the Parts or Bones are very great.  
IX. Now because some parts of the fractured Bone may stick out, and others be hollow; or because one part of the Bone may lie upon the other, making the Limb shorter, and so give opportunity to the Muscles to contract themselves, (for they always draw towards their Original) it is necessary that Extension should be made; otherwise the Bones cannot easily be put in their right places again, so as to set (in transverse Fractures chief) their ends one against another.  
X. And though sometimes the broken Bones do not shoot one over another, (as when there are two Bones, and but one broken) yet the Coaptation cannot be made as it aught, without Extension; for otherwise the shivers or points of the fractured Bone would be in danger of breaking of, or of turning round, or of rubbing their ends one against another; and than if the shivers break of, they either fall between the ends. of the Bone, and so hinder Conglutination; or they fall besides the Bones into the Flesh, and prick the Nervous Parts, causing vehement Pain, Inflammation, Apostemation, etc.  
XI. You must endeavour that this Extension be done with no pain at all; or else with as little as may be: And this will be done, if the Part to be extended is placed in such a Figure, as that the Muscles may do nothing at all, but be as it were idle and loosened, that so all their Fibres may be extended directly, and strait forwards; by which means there will be need of the lesle Extension, and the whole Work will be done with little or no pain.  
XII. If a Finger is broken, or other small and tender Member, the Extension may be performed by the help and pains of one alone, who laying his Right Hand on one part, and his Left Hand on the other part, may so draw them one from another.  
XIII. Or it may be done by two together; the one holding part of the fractured Member, the other the other part, and so extending them: Or if the part is greater, it may be necessary that one Person should lay hold on one part, with both his Hands, and another on the other part with both his Hands; so that by drawing both ways, one part from another, the said broken parts may at length close together. In greater parts, it is done either by Bands or Instruments, as at Sect. 8. above.  
FOURTEEN. This Extension is either equal, or unequal; that is equal, in which the whole Member is equally extended from both sides of the fractured Bone; that is unequal, when the Member is more extended on one side than on the other; which is, when only one of the two Bones of the Elbow, or Leg, are broken; for that side is most to be extended, in which the broken Bone is placed.  
XU. But there aught to be a measure in this Extension; for if it is more violent than is necessary, than great pain will be caused, whence Fevers, Convulsions, and Palsies do often arise: And sometimes, as Galen in Com. de Fracturis, lib. 1. text. 1. says, the Muscles have been pulled asunder.  
XVI. Again, if the Extension be too little, the shivers or points of the Bones will rub one against another, and so break; or else the broken ends will not be lodged in their proper places.  
XVII. Great Bones, and large Muscles, such as are in the Shoulder and Arm, the Thigh and Leg Bones, (especially if both the Bones are broken) require violent Extension, because their Muscles draw to their Original very strongly; but the Radius, or upper Bone in the Arm, requires but small Extension, because it has no Muscles to draw upwards.  
XVIII. As to the time of the Extension, if the Artist comes the first day, he may make the more forcible Extersion; but if he comes after the first, he must (according to Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10.) either not extend at all, or else more gently, for fear of Inflammation. Also Children, and such as are of a soft habit of Body, do better bear a more violent or strong Extension, than such as are full grown, or aged.  
XIX. But if the Bone be broken only longways, (which you may know if there be no Cavity or Hollowness perceived, nor any sense of pricking, nor that the Member is shorter than it was before) than in this kind of Fracture, you will not have any need at all for Extension of the Member, or to trouble yourself in the lest with the reducing, and fit joining of the broken Bones or Parts.   

II Of Coaptation or Conformation of the broken Bones.  
XX. The Diorthosis is performed after Extension, the Artist laying hold on both parts with both Hands, and thrusting back to the right part the Part or Bone which is fallen forth to the left; and to the left, that which is fallen forth to the right, or forward; continuing to thrust back the eminencies, or stickings forth, into the cavity or hollowness, till the ends of the Bones are put in their proper places, and the Limb recovers its Natural Figure.  
XXI. But these Bones are not to be thrust in with any violence, jest thereby they should be the more broken, or some bits might break of from them; but they aught to go in (as it were) of their own accord, which done, and their ends placed right one against another, the Extension is gently to be loosened, and they are gently to be joined together.  
XXII. All these things are to be done as soon as may be, before Inflammation hap: But if an Inflammation should be induced, the extending of the Member afterwards, and reduction of the Bones, may easily excite a Convulsion.  
XXIII. If an Inflammation is already begun, so as that you cannot attempt the Extension and Reduction; the Inflammation is than to be removed, as we have taught in the former Chapter, and other places; and with great care the afflux of Humours is to be resisted by Repellents, and position of the Part, so as it may be depending as little as may be, and 'cause the lest pain.  
XXIV. Now Hypocrates de Officin. Med. lib. 3. text. 24. teaches us to know if the Bones are well or rightly placed, which you may know, 1. By the pain ceasing. 2. By the eminencies of the Bones not longer pricking the Part. 3. If no cavity, or sticking out, be perceived. 4. By comparing it with its Fellow which is sound: These things being done, the remaining part of the Cure is to be performed by the two remaining Operations, of Bandage and Posture.   

III Of Binding up the fractured Part.  
XXV. But before we can come to the very action of Binding up the Part, we must be provided with, and have ready to apply, good and proper Medicaments, to ●prevent the afflux of Humours, and Inflammation, and to help forward the generating of the Callus.  
XXVI. Hypocrates used the Ceratum Rosatum: Celsus dipped Clotheses in Oil and Wine, or Juice of Pomegranates: Others use both these: Some use fine Tow, wrung out of Alicant, or other rough read Wine: Others use fine Tow, throughly moistened in Glair of Eggs, and than a little squeezed.  
XXVII. Others make a Cataplasm of equal quantities of fine Bowl, Catechu, Confound or Comfrey Roots, Dragon's Blood, Frankincense, Myrtleberries, Pomgranate-peels, read Roses, Sumach, and Terra Sigillata, mixed with Oil and Wine, to which some add also Glair of Eggs: Others mix all these things in fine powder, only with Glair of Eggs, and make a Medicament as thick as Honey, which they apply upon combed Flax, or fine Tow, applying the same round the fractured Limb.  
XXVIII. These said Medicaments are in all the bindings or dress so long to be continued, till there is no farther fear or Fluxion, or Inflammation.  
XXIX. And afterwards you may apply (if in Summer time) Empl. Album, or Diapalma; but if in Winter time Empl. Barbarum, or some other like Emplaster or Cerate fit for this purpose and occasion.  
XXX. When therefore you are for strengthening the Fracture, (no ill Symptoms being present) those Astringent Pouder● with the white of an Egg, or Astringent Cataplasms, are to be applied.  
XXXI. But if the Patient is in great pain, Ceratum & Oleum Rosatum, and Wine are to be applied: Or this, ℞ Catechu, Dragons, Blood, Linseed in powder, Comfrey-roots in powder, Osteocolla Stone prepared, Oil of Roses, A. ℥ iv. fine Bole, Coruse, A. ℥ i whites of Eggs Nᵒ xv. fine flower q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, which put upon the fractured Part.  
XXXII. Or, ℞ White Starch ℥ vi. Catechu ℥ two. Mastich, Oli-banum, Mummy, fine Bole, A. ℥ i whites of Eggs q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXXIII. Or, ℞ Empl. Albun. ℥ iv. Catechu, fine Bole, Comfrey-roots, read Roses, Osteocolla, Terra Sigillata, A. ℥ i add in fine powder; mix them over a gentle Fire, and with Oil of Roses q.s. make an Emplaster.  
XXXIV. Some of these things being applied, after two days they may be removed; and they may be repeated five times one over after another; binding up, and placing the Part as we shall afterwards direct, laying over the Application a piece of Cloth, wrung out of Wine; and the first and second Rulers may be dipped into and wrung out of rough read Wine.  
XXXV. By the Application of these things, Accidents and Symptoms will be prevented, and the substance of the Part will be kept bound; all which are to be applied before Bandage is made.  
XXXVI. And these things are to be done so long, till the Callus is bred, and the Fracture healed; which in the Thigh may be in about 40 days; in the Shoulder and Ankle in 30; in the Radlus and Elbow about 20; and in the Bones of the Fingers in about 5 or 6 days time: However, the time of Healing much varies, according to the Age, Constitution, and Nature of the Fracture it sent, being Cured much sooner in a young Person, than in one old; and more speedily in the Spring or Autumn, than in Summer or Winter.  
XXXVII. Now we come to the way and manner of binding up, which we shall deliver to you, 1. According to Hypocrates his Method. 2. According to Celsus; though it is certain that some Modern Surgeons, presently take a Rowler, and roll the Fracture to both ends, not valuing much what either Celsus or Hypocrates says.  
XXXVIII. The Method, according to Hypocrates. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, in Greek, Obligatio, vel deligatio, in Latin; Bandage in English, is performed after Hypocrates his way, with Bands or Swaths, which Hypocrates calls 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ligamen vel fascia pl. Ligamina, fasciae.  
THIRTY-NINE. These Fasciae, or Swaths, are three in number, made of Linen, that they might not stretch; not too corpse, jest it hurt the Part; nor to fine, jest it want strength, and so tear.  
XL. The first Rowler, which may be dipped and pressed out of Oxycrate, is to be put over the Fracture, and than rolled round about it upwards, three or four turns, so that much of the sound Part be taken in in Swathing, that so the Bones being reduced, may be kept or held in their places, and the Conflux of Blood and Humours to the Part affected, may be prevented.  
XLI. The second Rowler, which is to be longer than the other by the one half, or rather twice as long, is to be put upon the very Fracture, and rolled about the contrary way once, (viz. if the former was rolled to the Right Hand, this aught to be rolled to the Left) and than some certain times more, which is here to be done downwards; that if the Muscles were drawn too much to one side by the first Rowler, they might be restored by drawing them somewhat the contrary way by this second Rowler: than after 3 or 4 rollings downward, it is to return again upwards over the Fracture to the sound Part, making a Circumvolution over the Fracture itself, and so continuing it upwards till it comes to the end of the first, where it must terminate.  
XLII. Where note, that this Rowler is first rolled about the Fracture, that it may press the Humours from it; for all Bandages whatsoever, have in them a power of pressing forth the Humours out of those Parts, upon which they are first of all cast, into those Parts where they are ended: than it is carried downwards, to stop the Humours which might flow from the lower Parts: And because there may be a fear of a falling down of Humours from the upper Parts, Hypocrates therefore does not end the Rowler downwards, but rowls it upwards, that it may end where the first ended.  
XLIII. But that in the greater Bones the Bandage may be the more stable and firm, Hypocrates puts over the former Bandages, Compresses made of Linen cloth 3 or 4 times double, and narrow, that 5, or 6, or more of them, may be applied lengthways about the Fracture, an Inch or better, one from another, which are to be spread with some sticking Cerate, for their better holding fast: These Modern Authors call Plagulae, and Splenia.  
XLIV. Upon these the third Rowler is to be put to fasten them, making the first turn upon the very Fracture; than one head of the Rowler is to be carried upwards, and the other downwards: And it is to be observed, that the Rulers are to be drawn straighter upon the fractured Part, than any where else, that it may the better be kept from Fluxions.  
XLV. But yet you aught to be cautious, that the Bandage be not too hard, jest it cause pain; nor yet too lose, jest the Bones slip out of their places again; but it aught to be in a Mean, for the Advantage of the Cure.  
XLVI. But because these Splenia are very flexible and yielding, and that they cannot possibly keep the Fracture firm and direct; and that the Bones, when they a●e reduced, may be the bette ●ept in their true places. Hypocrates order Ferulae or Splinters to be put above them, if the nature of the place will allow it; for that being light, they will not press upon the Part to hurt it; and being stiff, they will the more firmly keep the Bones in their right places.  
XLVII. But these Hypocrates used mostly after the seventh day; because before the seventh day, the Intention to prevent Inflammation is more considerable, than that to confirm the Part; but after the seventh day, the contrary.  
XLVIII. On the third day after deligation, Hypocrates unbinds the Rulers, because, 1. They begin to grow slack. 2. An Intolerable Itching affects the Patient under the Bandage, for the Vapours and Humours being detained grow sharp, etc. this Itching you must alloy, as we have taught in Cap. 3. Sect. 23. and 26. aforegoing; after which it is to be bound up as before again.  
XLIX. And the Patient is now to be kept in this condition from the third to the seventh day, and on the seventh it is to be opened again, bathed with warm Water (as before) and hound up again, at what time you are to apply the Ferulae or Splints: We in our time use thin pieces of Wood, cut of of that which they call Scabbard, which are wrapped up in Tow; and some use Splints, or pieces of Hoops of half an Inch thick, or more, whose uses are not only to keep the Bones fixed, but to preserve the Limb strait.  
L. The Method of Binding up according to Celsus, lib. 8. cap 10. Fere vero Fasciis sex opus est, etc. he says, that it is necessary to have six Rulers: But he first applies about the Fracture, a Linnen-cloth dipped in Oil and Wine; than he takes his first Rowler, which is the shortest: Prima brevissima adhibenda, quae circa fracturam ter voluta sursum versum feratur, & quasi in Cochlea serpat, satisque est eam ter hoc quoque modo circuire. The first, which is the shortest, is to be applied, which is to be thrice rolled about the Fracture, and to be carried upwards winding round like a Screw; and to be carried thrice round in this manner, will be enough.  
LIVELY The other Rowler is to be twice as long, and is laid also upon the Fracture, and rolled downwards, and than turning upwards, it must end at the upper part, above the first Rowler. These two Rulers, are the two first of Hypocrates; over these a broad Linnen-cloth spread over with some proper Cerate, is applied to fasten them, and keep them tied.  
LII. And where the Bone sticks out, the Linnen-cloth is to be applied three or four times double, dipped in a Mixture of Oil and Wine, (or in the white of an Egg, if the Fracture is without pain) and over or upon this, the third and fourth Rulers are to be put; but so always, as that the following may be wound the contrary way to that which went before; and the third only to end downwards, three in the upper part.  
LIII. This Bandage is to be continued for three days, which will be good and well done, if nothing ●…rts the Patiented the first day, and it also grows somewhat loser; and yet loser on the second day, and very lose on the third day, as if it were almost undoing.  
LIU. It is than to be bound up again, and than to the other four Rulers, you must add a fifth Rowler; and when that fifth gins to be lose, you are to bind it about with a sixth, the third and the fifth ending downwards, and all the rest, viz. the first, second, fourth and sixth ending upwards.  
LU. Quotiescunque autem solvitur Membrum, calida Aqua fovendum est: sed si juxta Articulum, diu instillandum Vinum est, exigua parte Olei adjecta, eademque omnia facienda donec ab eo Inflammatio solvatur. And as often as it is opened, (says he) the Part is to be fomented with warm Water; but if it is near a Joint, it is to be bathed for a pretty while with Wine, to which a small quantity of Oil is added: And all these things are to be done so long, till it is freed from the danger of an Inflammation.  
LVI. Now if there is but little pain, Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 5. approves most of Hypocrates his Bandage: But if any vehement pain afflict the Part, Celsus his Bandage is better.  
LVII. When the Fracture is bound up so hard, as the Patient can well endure it, it is well: But if he complains that he is in very great pain, the Bandage is speedily to be loosened, jest the too hard binding should 'cause dangerous Symptoms to arise.  
LVIII. But if the Bandage is too lose, and that the Patient says he feels not the binding at all, it is than to be unbound also, and bound harder; for the Bandage, if it is overloose, will make the Member to be depraved or distorted in the place where the Fracture is.  
LIX. If also in the same Day and Night, on which the Fracture was first bound up, the Patient feels the Bandage to press, but yet lightly, and the day following a small and soft Tumour does arise in the Extremity of the Member, (as in the Hand, if the Arm was broke; or in the Foot, if the Leg,) the Bandage is well made; for the smallness and softness of the Swelling shows that there is something pressed forth by the binding, from the Part affected, unto the extremity and utmost part of the Member.  
LX. But if no Swelling at all appears, it shows that the Bandage was not hard enough; but if there is a Swelling, and it is great and hard, so as it will not readily yield to the Touch, it is a sure sign that the Part affected is too hard bound up.   

IV. Of Collocation, and the Posture the Member is to be laid in.  
LXI. The position, or placing of the Member, is the next Consideration; this according to Hypocrates is to be, 1. Soft, jest by pressing or lying hard, it causes Pain and Inflammation. 2. Equal, jest it distorted the Member. 3. High, jest by its depending position, the Humours should descend, because even by their own weight they are apt to fall downwards, and flow to the place affected.  
LXII. Therefore the Patient is to be laid in Bed, and the fractured Part is to be put upon a Pillow, or soft Bed-cloths, stuffed with Flocks or Feathers: Or a Pasteboard may be form into a Case, the inside of which may be lined with Tow for the Arm, and such Parts as do not oblige the Patient to keep his Bed.  
LXIII. But if the Patient is confined to his Bed, nothing can be better than to make a Capsula, or Case of thin Oak, or Deal Board's, and to line or fill it sufficiently with soft Tow or Wool, that the Part may lie easy in it.  
LXIV. As to the posture the Member is to lie in, it aught to be that of a middle figure, in respect both to the Joints, and to the Muscles: And therefore Hippotrates de officin. Med. Text. 3 & 30. advises us to heed these three things, 1. Rest 2. Mean-position. 3. Custom.  
LXV. By Rest, is intended such a posture, as a Man is apt to put the Part into, when being free from Business, he reposes himself for Rest, Ease and Pleasure.  
LXVI. By Mean-position, is meant such a posture, as we naturally lay our Limbs in when we have nothing to do, which is a mean between extreme Distension and close or acute Contraction: The Arm is in such a middle position, when it makes not an acute Angle, nor yet a right in the Elbow, but rather an obtuse Angle, as if it were half way stretched out; for that is the posture when Men are Idle, they hold their Arms in, as being most easy, natural, and free from pain.  
LXVII. By Custom, we mean such a posture as Nature and Custom has given to any Part; for that no habit is so easily born, as that to which Nature and Custom have given preference: And so by this Rule, a straight posture in the Wrist is only to be chosen.  
LXVIII. Hypocrates de Fracturis, lib. 1. adds a fourth, viz. the Course of the Muscle, which is taken from the Ductus of its Fibres: He so figures and places the Muscles, that their Fibres may be direct, and stretched forth in a strait manner.  
Lxix These things being thus all done, and the Patiented easy, the rest of the Work, which is the producing the Callus, is to be committed to Nature: Now it is bred of the Nourishment of the Bone, which issuing out of the edges of the Fracture, coagulates and hardens about the fractured Part.  
LXX. This though it is no Bone, yet it is so hard and strong, that if the Bone should chance to be broken again, it will break rather in another part, than in that where the Callus is.  
LXXI. But though the breeding of the Callus is the Work of Nature, yet the Physician aught to assist and help her in her Operation; and this he may do, if he prevents Inflammations, or other ill Symptoms; and also by drying Medicaments so disposes the Aliment, that it may the sooner be converted into a Callus.  
LXXII. The Food for generating a Callus, aught to be such as is viscid and glutinous, viz. Barley hulled, Rice, and Wheat boiled in Water, and afterwards mixed with Milk, Jelly of Hartshorn, Sheep's Trotters, Knuckles of Pork and Veal, Calf's Feet, Feet and Stomaches of Oxen, boiled soft, and eaten with good Sauce, or made into Jellies, and so taken; also strong Broths made of the Flesh of Fowls; Beef, Mutton, Veal, etc.  
LXXIII. The Internal Medicaments which are given in this Case, are chief the Powder and Juice of Agrimony-roots; Powder of Comfrey-roots, and Syrup, but chief Blood of Comfrey; the levigated Powder of the Osteocolla Stone, which may be given adʒi. Morning and Evening, in Syrup of Comfrey, or Blood of Satyrion; or Parsnip-roots.  
LXXIV. In the beginning, a sparing Diet is to be used, till the danger of the Symptom are over; but when they are over, and the Callus gins to grown, which will be about the twelfth day, than ●…ore plentiful Diet is to be allowed, because it contributes to the more absolute generating of the Callus.  
LXXV. Decoctions or Vulnerary Drinks may be prepared from Wound-herbs, as Bugle, Comfrey Roots, Confound, Dragonwort, Avens, Agrimony, Angelica, Primroses, Sanicle, Savin, Speedwell, Yarrow, etc.  
LXXVI. ℞ Roots of Confound and Dragons, A. ℥ i Roots of Angelica, of Comfrey, A. ℥ ss. Storksbill, Savin, A. M. i Speedwell, Yarrow, Primrose leaves, A. Mss. Galangal, Zedoary, Mace, A. ℥ ss. Nutmegs. ʒii. Wine q.s. boil in B.M. and strain; sweeten with white Sugar, and let the Patiented drink of it twice a day.  
LXXVII. As to Topics, you may make a Cataplasm of white Starch, and whites of Eggs, which may be applied to Women and Children.  
LXXVIII. To Elder People you may apply this of Fabricius Hildanus in Cent. 3. Obs. ●0. ℞ Oil of Earthworms ℥ two. Juice of Earthworms ℥ i Grains of Iuniper ℥ ss. mix them, and make a Lineament, with which anoint the Fracture.  
LXXIX. ℞ Vigo's Plaster for broken Bones, or Catagmaticum, ℥ two. Osteocolla Stone prepared ℥ iss. Powder of Earthworms ℥ i Oxycroceum ℥ ss. Oil of Earthworms q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster, which lay upon the Part affected.  
LXXX. The same Fab. Hildames, to hasten the Callus, gives also internally this Preparation of the Osteocolla. ℞ Osteocolla levigated ℥ i Cinnamon in sine pouderʒiv. white Sugar ℥ iv. mix them. Dose, ʒii. every Morning in strong Broth, made of Meat.  
LXXXI. Where the Callus is bred to confirm it, you may apply this: ℞ Catechu, Terra Sigillata, Aloes, Mastic, Myrrh, Olibanum, Laudanum, Nat-galls, Frankincense, Comfrey-roots, A. ℥ i all being in fine powder, mix it with whites of Eggs, and a little Wheat-flower, and apply it.  
LXXXII. Or, ℞ Wax ℥ iiiss. Oil of Roses ℥ two. Frankincense, Mastic, Olibanum, A. ℥ ss. Catechuʒiii. fine Bole, Cyprus-nuts, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix, and make a Cerate, which spread upon Linen and apply: This, when the Callus is bred, and come to its just magnitude, will very much corroborated and confirm it.  
LXXXIII. If the Callus is generated lesle than it should be, you may know it by its being lesle than it should be, or when touched, very little or no Callus can be felt, and the Part being weak in its motion: It is caused from the Patients using too thin and sparing a Diet, or eating Meats not viscid or thickening enough, or from the Bandage being too strait.  
LXXXIV. In this case the Diet must be more plentiful, and stronger, made of strong Broths, Jellies, etc. The Medicaments must be lesle astringent, the Bandage must be loofer, and the Nourishment must be attracted, by bathing with Water, only Bloodwarm, (not hotter, jest opening the Pores, the Humours should perspire) till the Part looks read, and swells a little.  
LXXXV. If the Callus is too great, (which causes deformity and unaptness for motion) you may know it by handling of it; you will found its magnitude too large; and by pressing the Muscles and nervous Parts it causes pain, and hurts its Function in moving.  
LXXXVI. In this case, the Diet must be more thin and sparing, the Bandage must be straighter; and the Callus must be softened and discussed; you may first foment, or bathe, with Decoction of Betony, Bawm, Pellitory, Scabious, Scordium and Speedwell, so long till the Part first grows read and swells, and than abates again, and corrugates; after which you may anoint with Man's, Vipers or Bear's Grease, and than apply Emplast, de Althaea, è mucilaginibus cum Gummi, de Ranis cum Mercuris, with other things of a resolving and discussive Nature.  
LXXXVII. If an Atrophia happens to the Limb, it is caused from too strait Bandage, and poor or hard keeping, or too thin and spating Diet: Here Food of good and strong Nutriment aught to be given, the Patient must feed plentifully, and of Meats succulent and easy of Digestion; his Meat, he must eat with the bloody or read Gravey in it: The Part must be often fomented with strengthening things; and Dropaces or Pitch spread upon Cloth, must be applied to attract the Juices and Nourishment to the Part; and all these things must be continued so long till you see a manifest recuperation of the Flesh, and restoration of the strength of the Part.    

CHAP. V Of a FRACTURE with a WOUND.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Fractura cum Vulnere; we in English call, A Fracture with a Wound.  
II This comes to pass, when the sharp eminencies or points of the fractured Bones do perforate the Flesh which lies upon them; making thereby the Member shorter than it was before.  
III The Causes are from various things; sometimes these Fractures hap by means of some cutting Weapon, which not only cuts the Flesh, but even the Bone itself.  
IV. The Prognostics. If such a Fracture as this is made, where the Flesh and Skin lying over are still whole and sound, it is more dangerous than where the Wound is open; because in the former a Pain and Inflammation are excited, and the Muscles thus affected, suffer a double Extension, the one from the Inflammation, the other from the Extension in order to the Reduction.  
V And this danger is so much the greater, by how much the Parts fractured are greater, or more noble and principal, as the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons and Muscles.  
VI A Fracture with a Wound made with a cutting Weapon, is dangerous, if the Bone that is cut is great, such as that of the Shoulder, or Thigh; for in these, if the Incision is direct and strait, the Bones will very difficultly be brought to grow together again; partly, because by the Cut the Pores are obstructed, through which the Juice generating the Callus did formerly pass; and partly, because the ends of the Bones being equal and smooth, cannot easily be kept fixed, till the Coalition is perfected.  
VII. A Fracture in the Thigh and Shoulder, with a Wound and falling out of a Bone, is the most dangerous of all; and this in respect to the magnitude of the Part, and greatness of the Vessels.  
VIII. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10. saith, That it is yet more grievous, when unto the Fracture of a Bone, there is added likewise a Wound of the Flesh; and especially if the Muscles of the Thigh, or of the Shoulder be sensible thereof; for these have always much the more dangerous Inflammations, and they have also Gangrenes more apt and ready to seize upon them.  
IX. Hypocrates, de Fracturis lib. 3. text. 47. says, They seldom or never escape, the Bones of whose Arms or Thighs, have fallen out outwardly; for as these Bones are great, and full of Marrow, so there are many other Parts of great moment wounded; as the Muscles, Nerves, Arteries and Veins: whereupon if you reduce them, Convulsions are want to be excited; if you do not reduce them, acute and choleric Fevers are excited, with sighing, and blackness of the place affected; so that these do not yet lesle escape than the other.  
X. But (says he) they are in lesle danger, or more likely, to escape, who have the lower Bone fallen out, than those who have the upper Bone fallen forth outwardly: and they do sometimes escape with Life, who have these Bones reduced or replaced; but this is very rare.  
XI. But if the Bone of the Shoulder or Thigh fall forth, to the inward parts of those Members, the danger is yet more augmented; because in the inner or under parts of those Limbs, there are Vessels of far greater magnitude and account.  
XII. And in Text 41. he says, that if those Bones be reduced, or restored, Convulsions are rather produced, than if they be not reduced, or in a possibility of being restored.  
XIII. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are twofold: 1. That the Bones may be restored to their places, if possible; and exactly joined together again. 2. That the Wound may be healed. But as to this latter Indication, we shall refer you to what we have already written of Wounds.  
FOURTEEN. The replacing of bones here is difficult, because of the Wound, and great pain, which may hazard a Convulsion, if the Parts be extended. Therefore the Extension is immediately to be made, (before an Inflammation has (●era'd the Part) but not with violence.  
XU. If this cannot be done you must have in readiness some strong Iron Levers of different bignesses, out of which one that is convenient is to be chosen; which is to be applied to the lower part of the broken Bone, where pressing upon the lower Bone, it may lift up the upper part, and so slide it into its place.  
XVI. But, says Hypocrates, de Fracturis, lib. 3. text, 12. if the Bone which is fallen forth over another, leaves not any place fit for the Lever to enter; or if it is so sharp, as that it starts away from it; we must with a File take away some of the broken Bone; or make it hollow, till room is made for the Iron Lever, so as to lay hold upon it.  
XVII. But truly these things are are to be done instantly, before any Inflammation arises; for than no extension, or any such putting forth of the Bone can be attempted without danger: but it is to be deferred till the Inflammation is abated and go.  
XVIII. If any small part of the Bone so stick out, that it cannot easily be put back again into its true place; but that one part of it may be a stop to another, and that it seems not fit strongly to extend the soft parts, jest pain and convulsion ensue, because some fragments, or sharp ends of Bones, may by their eduction tear or hurt those parts which lie near them: in all these Cases, you must by the advice of Hypocrates, de Fract. Lib. 3. Text. 4. Cut them of, either with the Cutting-File, or with the Saw, as you shall see most convenient, as may be done with the best opportunity.  
XIX. So likewise, if any part of the Bone break the Flesh, and excite pains; the reduction of them it not to be attempted, because it will induce the highest torture imaginable: but that part of the Bone is to be cut of; but always with this Prognostic to the Bystanders, that that Limb will be shorter than before, or shorter than its fellow; as our Hypocrates, de Fract. Lib. 3. Text. 46. has assured us.  
XX. But in Fracturs with a Wound, the Skin and Flesh being yet fast to them; you must be cautious, that before reduction there is nothing at all sticking between the said broken Bones, for that will hinder their conglutination.  
XXI. If any thing is sticking there, as a small part of a Bone, or Flesh, or any thing else, it is immediately to be taken forth, but without violence; jest vehement Pain, Inflammation, or Convulsions should be induced.  
XXII. But if this is not done at first, even in the very beginning, or it cannot be done without violence and pain, you must defer it; for Nature herself will at length expel whatever is foreign or extraneous; but withal you aught to assist her all you can, by applying proper Attractive Medicaments.  
XXIII. The Fracture being set, or the Bones replaced, the lips of the Wound are to be closed up, and things must be applied to keep the substance of the fractured and wounded Part sound; and which may ease the Pain, and prevent Inflammation, repel a Flux of Humours, dry up what is there already, and press out what is gathered into the Part: and such are Astringents and Glutinatives, of which we have formerly spoken.  
XXIV. If there is Pain in Wintertime, Ceratum Picatum is to be applied, which Hypocrates says, eases Pain; but in Summer, a simple Cerat of Wax, Oil, and Vinegar: if there is no Pain, you must endeavour the strengthening of the Fracture, and prevent Inflammation, by applying fine Tow dipped in whites of Eggs; or a linen Cloth, dipped in and wrung out of a mixture of rough Red-wine and Oil of Roses: Astringent Powders may also be mixed with whites of Eggs.  
XXV. The Bandage, or Way of binding up. The Fracture is to be bound up, as we shown before; but the Rulers aught to be softer, and broader, than in a Fracture without a Wound, that they may reach over the edges of the Wound on each side; and so may close, not press the edges of the Wound.  
XXVI. Nor are the Rulers to be drawn so hard, as in a Fracture without a Wound, jest by squeezing the Wound, Pain and Inflammation should ensue: for which reason, the Ancients, as Hypocrates and Celsus, used many circumvolutions; it being better to wind often about, than to bind too hard.  
XXVII. Some bind this Fracture up, as that without a Wound, so that the Wound may be covered, and they lose this Binding every third day: some roll about the Swaths so, as that the Wound is not at all comprehended within them, but left naked: so that from day to day, all fit means may be used for curing thereof, without frequent binding up, and unbinding the Fracture.  
XXVIII. Others use fewer Swaths, and bind up the Fracture after the usual and ordinary manner; others again use broader, and more Rulers; that so by their number, they may accomplish that which might have been done with fewer, when harder rolled: some use Splints, others slight them: and they that use them, apply them at a good distance from the Wound; some near, or upon the Wound; but it is than with some trouble.  
XXIX. Now though by all these Ways, you may attain to the same desired End; yet Hypocrates, and all the more skilful Artists, will have it as undoubted Truth; That in the first Binding, the Wound aught not to be left naked; but is to be comprehended within the Swath or Rowler.  
XXX. And therefore the Swath is first of all to be put upon the Wound itself, (for otherwise, the Humours will be pressed forth from the upper parts upon the Wound, and many dangerous Symptoms may thence arise:) and what is necessary of the Limb, is to be rolled up within the Swaths; nor from this Bandage need you fear any kind of danger; for that for the first three days, little Sanies or Pus will flow forth.  
XXXI. Now though this Bandage aught not to be too hard, and aught to be somewhat lesle, than if there was no Wound: yet there aught to be a sufficient compression made, so as to retain and keep the Bones together.  
XXXII. And the number of Rulers may in some sort compensate for the more lose and easy binding of them; since it is far more safe to roll about the Swaths oftener, than in the lest to hurt the Part by a too hard comprehension: for which reason, Celsus his. Bandage with Six Rulers, is the most excellent in this kind of Fracture.  
XXXIII. Every third day the Fracture is to unbound, and than it is again to be dressed after the first manner; save that now a Hole may be made or cut through the Emplaster or Cataplasin, which is imposed on the Fracture, and on the Wound: and in the midst also of the very Swaths a Hole is to be left, that so fitting Medicines may be applied unto the Wound, that it may be throughly digested and deterged, without any loosning of the Bandage; as Paraeus, lib. 14. Cap. 18. & 23. has directed.  
XXXIV. As often as the Wound is dressed, it may be covered with a new Rowler, which may contain ●…th, the Medicaments, and the Splenia, to defend the Wound from the external Air; which is to be loosened as often as need shall require: but Ferulae or Splints are here not very profitable, because they are apt to beget Pain and Inflammation; and for that the number of the Rulers may very well supply their places.   

CHAP. VI Of a FRACTURE with a WOUND, the Bone not bore.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Fractura cum Vulnere, Osse non nudato; and in English, à Fracture with a Wound, the Bone not being made bore. viz. not made bore of the Periosteon.  
II Now it may be in a Fracture with a Wound, that no Bone, or part of a Bone, as splinters or bits of Bones may be made bore of the Periosteum; yet we may have great cause to fear, that some broken Bone may apostemate, and be expelled, or come forth; which is done, when in process of time they grow dry and withered, so that they cannot be agglutinated again to the whole or sound Bone: or in a Fracture, when they are so separated from the rest of the Bone, that they cannot be joined with it any more.  
III For Nature endeavours to expel whatever is troublesome to her, and what cannot be united again; nor will she be at rest, till whatever is offensive, is wholly cast forth; though sometimes it is a long time first.  
IV. The Causes. They are either when pieces of Bones are so separated, that they cannot be put together again, than an Apostem is generated; or from corrupt Sanies, which fouls the Bones; or when they are altered by the ambient Air.  
V The Signs. Hypocrates, de Fract. lib. 3. text. 18. gives us the Signs of a Bone in danger of Apostemating, and so to be expelled: 1. There flows forth a much greater quantity of Sanies, than could reasonably be expected, either from the magnitude, or the nature of the Wound.  
VI 2. The lips of the Wound do not meet together; or if they do so; yet they soon are separated; and the Wound putrifies, and is provoked and stirred up to Excretion; the lips becoming lose and spongy, and in the wounded Part, there is a kind of soft motion.  
VII. 3. If you perceive the Bone bore of Flesh, it is a sign of its separation, and dropping forth; for that it may be altered or corrupted by the Air, nor can any longer receive Nutriment from the Veins and Arteries, which used to convey the same.  
VIII. 4. If you manifestly perceive the Bone is broken into many shivers or bits, it is impossible for them to be reposited again; and if not, as they cannot be conglutinated, so they must apostemate, and be expelled; for Nature never heals a Wound, so long as any thing remains within that cannot be assimulated, or agglutinated with the rest.  
IX. The Prognostics. It is a sign of a recession suddenly to follow, if good Flesh breed in the sides of the sound Bone; and also when there is a quick digestion or suppuration in the Wound.  
X. But the time in which the Bones are want to recede and fall forth, is various: for if it is in Youth, and in the Summertime, and the Bone not very great, it may be expelled or thrust forth in 20, or 30, or 40 days.  
XI. But if it is in one of full and ripe Age, and in Wintertime, and the Bone is of the larger kind, it Apostemates not so soon; and it is many times 60 days, before it is separated and thrust forth.  
XII. The Cure. If the displaced piece of Bone sticks in the very Wound, it is presently to be taken forth with the Volsella or Pliers, or Pincers, if it can be done without pain and violence: but otherwise, the whole Work is to be committed to Nature: for if Violence be used, Pain, Inflammation, Fever, and Convulsions may possibly be excited, and a fistulous Ulcer may be induced.  
XIII. You aught also to consider the piece of Bone which is to come away, if it is great, or little; which you may know by the intenseness or remissness of the aforegoing Signs: for if Digestion or Suppuration comes slowly on, and much Sanies appears, and much lose and spongy Flesh is bred, a great piece will be expelled; & è contra.  
FOURTEEN. Now Nature is to be helped by Art, and Medicaments are to be laid upon the Wound; which have in them a power of Attraction, to draw out of the Wound the broken pieces of Bones, and whatever is extraneous to the same.  
XU. If the part of Bone to be extracted is small, you must be sure that the generated Pus, may not stay too long in the Wound, jest it corrupt the sound Bone; but that it may have liberty to be evacuated, (not by pressure of straight Bandage, jest Pain and Inflammation be excited, but rather) of its own accord.  
XVI. Than the recession of the Bone is to be committed to Nature: and you must use lose Bandage, and frequent opening of it, that the Pus may not stop, but freely pass forth: Splints, or Ferulae, are to be avoided, jest they 'cause pain, by their compression; and such things are to be applied, as may soon perfect the Digestion or Suppuration.  
XVII. The Wound also, if it is large, is to he stitched, notwithstanding the recess of the Bone; for Nature will never heal up the Wound, till the pieces of the Bone are come forth; than the Digestive being applied, as you may see occasion, the Fracture is to be bound up loosely, but with many Rulers, as we have already shown.  
XVIII. If the Fragment of the Bone to be extracted is very great, you must, as before, be very careful not to retain the Pus, but that it may run freely forth, and the wounded Part is to be handled with all the gentleness imaginable, as Hippoerates, de Fract. lib. 2. Text. 44. advices.  
XIX. For the Fragments of the Bone, not being replaced as they aught to be, if they be much compressed, they will prick the Parts lying near to them, which are very sensible of pain; for which reason, those straight bindings which are necessary in other Fractures, would here do mischief.  
XX. Now Hypocrates, Text. 21. of the place aforecited, makes no use of the Swath or Rowler, jest the Parts should be pressed together too much; or being forced to lift it up, should excite pain.  
XXI. But having replaced the Bones as well as may be, he applies unto the Wound Ceratum Piceum, Ceratum Rosaceum, or some other like Cerate, fit for green Wounds; for that these things help forwards the Digestion or Suppuration, and prevent Inflammation.  
XXII. If there is much Pain, and danger of Convulsions, he than applies Linnen-cloths dipped in Oil and Wine mixed together.  
XXIII. This done, because of the weakness of the Part, and the imminent danger of a Fluxion of Humours, he uses many Splenia or Plagulae, made of double Linnen-cloth about two Inches or more broad, and so long as to go once and almost half about the wounded Member.  
XXIV. For if they should be shorter, they would not keep the Fracture stable; and if they should be longer, they would not be convenient; because when the Part is unbound to renew the Applications, it must be lifted up and moved; but they aught to be of such a length, that without stirring the Limb, both the heads may be so loosened, that the Wound may fully appear.  
XXV. These Plagulae (so many as are necessary) are to be dipped into black or read austere Wine, to make them stick the better, prevent Inflammation, and preserve the substance of the Part sound; (and Galen keeps them so wet, Night and Day, or else Sponge; dipped in such Wine.)  
XXVI. They are to be so many that no space may be left empty; and they are so to be applied to the Member, that their heads may be drawn by the place affected, not round and circularly, but a little sloping, so as that from the contrary part where they begun, they may be brought together the one to the other, and cross one another, after the manner of the Letter X, by drawing the right head to the left part, and the left head, to the right Part.  
XXVII. These Splenia, for that they are not very long, and may be so opened that the Wound may appear, without lifting up or moving the Limb, are very convenient.  
XXVIII. There may also be applied a binding up, which may be completed with once rolling about, and which may be done with a Swath or Rowler folded together with a twice or thrice folded Linen Cloth, after the manner of a Crosscloth, but so artificially sewed together in the sides, and so broad, that it may cover the whole Wound.  
XXIX. These things performed, the Member is to be laid easily in some proper Capsula, or other like thing, to keep the Fractured Parts in their proper place.  
XXX. When the danger of the Inflammation is over, you must apply things proper for to remove the Receeding Bone, in which work, Nature is to be assisted by Art; for this purpose, Oil Olive mixed with Bees Wax, adding thereto of Euphorbium, j part: of Comfrey ij. parts: and of round Birthwort iij. parts: Avicen commends it, to be used in strong full grown Bodies, and in Winter time: but he used Spurge, instead of Comfrey, which we have put in, instead thereof.  
XXXI. Others commend for the Extraction of Bones, Ammoniacum and Bedellium, disolved in Oil of Lilies: so also powder of Earthworms (some say their Ashes) mixed with Honey: which brings them forth by a specific property.   

CHAP. VII. Of a FRACTURE with a WOUND, the BONE made bore.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. And in Latin, Frastura cum Vulnere Osseque nudato. And in English, A Fracture with a Wound, where the Bone is bore of the Periostenm.  
II The Signs. When such a Fracture as this occurrs, the Fragment or Splinter feels lose; and if it is in sight, so as it can be seen, it may be pulled forth with a pair of Pliers or Foreeps.  
III But sometimes the Bone is made bore of the Periosteon, where no Fragments or Splinters are; and in this case it is known by sight, or feeling.  
IV. The Prognostics. Such a Fracture as this is, is much more difficult to be cured than a Simple Fracture: but not so difficult where there are naked Fragments, as where they are held fast by the Periosteon.  
V Where there is a Fracture, and the Bone naked of the Periosteon, only without any Fragment, it is yet lesle dangerous, and more easy of cure, than where it is broken into shivers.  
VI The greater the Bone or part, the more difficult and hazardous the Cure: the lesser the Bone and Part, the sooner it may be effected.  
VII. The Cure. Where the Fracture is with naked Fragments of Bones, they are to be taken forth with an Instrument, if they can be seen; but if they lie hid in the Flesh, you must apply attractive Medicaments, and wait till Nature expels them; unless by pricking some more noble part, and causing much pain, you be forced to search for them, and take them forth.  
VIII. Than a convenient extension being made, and a good confirmation, the Wound is to be closed up by stitching, or otherwise as you see most convenient; and if there are no great Lacerations or Bruises (the fractured Bones being well set) it may be healed up with Stypticks: as in other places we have taught; Dryers, and Catagmaticks being applied in the mean season, for consolidation of the Bone itself.  
IX. But if it is manifest that the parts are contused, you must apply Digestives, that the Wound being suppurated, it may be cleansed with gentle abstersives, and than healed up according to Art: but in all these applications, beware of things fat and greasy.  
X. But if by reason of the Fracture, the Bone is made naked of the Periosteon without any Fragments or bits broken of, the Fracture is first to be reduced (unless any Inflammation is present) and than, it must be defended from the injuries of the Air, jest it putrefy, and so you be forced to scale it.  
XI You are to cover it, not with Oily Medicaments, nor Emollients, or irritating Abstersives, which may foul or corrupt the Bone, putrefy the Wound, or cause pain; but with its natural covering, to wit, with the Flesh and Skin.  
XII. And than the lips of the Wound are to be drawn together, till they touch, by stitching; after which you must proceed exactly as we have taught in the Cure of a Fracture with a Wound, in cap. 5. aforegoing.  
XIII. In binding up, you must consider whether any part of the Bone will come of, or not: if none, or but a small Fragment is likely to be separated, the Ligature is to be made with three Bands; and the Dress must be as in a Fracture with a simple Wound, wherein there is the separation of some small Bone.  
FOURTEEN. Now if the Bone that was made naked be presently covered with the Skin, there is none of it will come of; but contrariwise, if it be long naked and bore of Flesh, you may expect Excretion: for so the Learned Hypocrates, de Fracturis lib. 3. Text. 44. has taught us. And Nature likewise, will cast out all such Bones as refuse, or cannot be replaced.   

CHAP. VIII. Of a FRACTURE with a WOUND, the Bone sticking out.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura cum Vulnere Osseque prominente: and in English, A Fracture with a Wound, with the Bone sticking out.  
II The Cause is from the greatness of the External violence, by which the Bone is so broken, and thrust forth of its place.  
III The Signs. It is known by sight, because the end of the naked or bore Bone is visible, being thrust out beyond the Wound.  
IV. The Prognostics. It is of more difficult cure than those Fractures whose ends come not forth, because it is exposed to the Air, which corrupts the Bone; more especially if it has been any considerable time in the Air, before the Reduction.  
V The cure is harder to be performed also, by reason of its hanging out or over, for that in making the Reduction, the Extension must be greater; which as it will put the Patient to more pain, so it may endanger an Inflammation, A postem, Convulsions, or other ill Symptoms.  
VI The Cure. If the extremities of the fractured Bone, break through the Flesh, and stick out, through the Skin, you must endeavour their speedy Reduction, that they may not be altered and corrupted by the ambient Air, for than they must of necessity be cut of.  
VII. In order therefore to their replacing, there must be a sufficient Extension, and if occasion be, for their more easy Reduction, you must make use of a strong Iron Leaven; than they must be covered with their natural Clothing, to wit the Flesh and the Skin: after which the Cure of both Fracture and Wound is to be consummated as we have before taught.  
VIII. But if this Reposition cannot be easily done, or not without pain and violence; than of two evils, the lesser is indeed to be chosen: and therefore that the Reduction may be made, the end of the longer Bone is to be cut of with a cutting File, or with a sharp fine Saw, or some other Instrument, that it may be made a little shorter.  
IX. This done, by making a moderate Extension, you may than with your Fingers reduce the Bones to their places: if the Bones were not broken short of, and even; it will than be your best way to cut of the uneven parts of both ends, that they may the more evenly, and better join together.  
X. And truly this manner of Operation is much better to be done, than to leave the Bones not put together; or otherwise by a too great and violent Extension to 'cause vehement pain, and thereby induce an Inflammation, Gangrene, or Sphacelus, and hazard Death itself.  
XI. The ends of the Bones being thus made even, you are than by a moderate Extension, and the help of your Finger, to replace them.  
XII. But if notwithstanding this cutting, you shall yet found a difficulty in their Reduction, by reason you may fear the Effects of a violent Extension; wherein, by reason of the Wound, many Fibres may be hurt, and great pain be caused, so as to endanger an Inflammation, or Convulsion, etc.  
XIII. In this case, you must by the advice of Hypocrates, (a gentle Extension being made) put in a strong Iron Leaver, or a Chizle, or some suchlike Instrument, between the ends of the fractured Bone, and so raise the one, and depress the other, as with a Leaver; by which means, the Bones will be more extended than the Muscles, and so they may with little pain be reposited.  
FOURTEEN. When the Bone is reduced, you must consider whether any part of the Bone will come of, or not: if it be reduced presently, nothing will come of; but if not, something may. If nothing is to come of, bind up the Part (having first laid a suppurative to the Wound) as a Fracture with a simple Wound: but if something is to come of, order the Bandage as for a Fracture with separation of a great fragment of a Bone.  
XU. But because these Wound, are general, great, and contused, they are to be cured by the second Intention, and because they breed plenty of matter, they require often looking to; and you aught also to cut a hole in the Bands and Plasters, just over the Wound, for the Issuing out of the Pus: and because this kind of Fracture forbids to lift up the part often, or to unbind the Ligature, you must take the middle way, which may answer the ends, both of the Wound and the Fracture.   

CHAP. IX. Of a FRACTURE DISTORTED, or ILL SET.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura distorta: and in English, A Fracture distorted, awry, or ill Set.  
II Many times a Fracture being ill Set, the broken Bones grow distorted or awry, by which the function or motion of the Member is much hurt or hindered, so that in the Arms the laying hold of any thing is prejudiced, and in the Leg or Foot, a Lameness or Halting is caused.  
III The Causes. It arises either from a too long delay before the Fracture was Set, because a sufficient Extension could not be easily made, so as to set the Bones right: Or from the inordinate and perverse motions of the Patient.  
IU. Or from that which is generally the chief Cause, viz. either the unskilfulness and Ignorance, or the Neglect of the Chirurgeon: This disaffection is known by sight.  
V The Prognostics. There can be no hope of restoring the Member to its true shape, without breaking of the Callus, so that the Fracture may be set de novo again.  
VI The Cure. We are first to consider, whether the Callus is old or new; if it is already old, and of long continuance, and that it is grown very hard; and that the Patient also is either Cacochymick, Weak, or Aged; than the best way will be not to meddle with it.  
VII. For it is not than to be touched without the approach of dangerous Symptoms, which are usual to follow upon the breaking of the Callus; For which reason it is better of two Evils to choose the lesle, and to be satisfied, though with living deformed, and for many Years so; than by a cruel and dangerous Cure, to hazard the inducing of deadly Symptoms.  
VIII. Nor yet is it a thing possible, if the Callus is old, and extreme hard, to break it; for if you attempt it, the Bone will sooner break in another place, than the place where the Callus is.  
IX. Moreover, there would not only vehement Symptoms be induced, but the deformity or crookedness of the Limb would not in the lest be taken away; since that the crooked Callus could not be broken or amended, so that all this Work would be done in vain.  
X. But where the Callus is recent, or not above six or seven Months old, the Patient of full Age, and strong, and the fractured Bone not great, nor the function or action of the Member much hurt, the Callus may be broken, and the Bones better set together.  
XI. In order than to the breaking of the Callus, and that it may be the more easily done, it is for some days to be fomented with a Decoction of emollient Herbs, and other softening things, as roots and leaves of Althaea, Mallows, fat dried Figs, Raisins stoned, Lilly-roots, etc.  
XII. And afterwards an emollient Cataplasm may be laid on, such as this: In a strong Decoction of Fenugreek, and Linseed, boil roots and leaves of Althaea and Mallows, A. lbss ss. of Lilly-roots, fat Figs and Raisins stoned, A. ℥ iv. flowers of Sulphur ℥ two. boil to a thickness, and beaten all in a Mortar, to which add A tificial Cinnabar levigated ℥ iii Salt of Bohemian-tartar or Pot-ashes ℥ ss. mix, and apply it, renewing it Morning and Evening.  
XIII. But at every dressing, and before application of the Cataplasm, it will be good to foment the Callus for a quarter of an Hour together with this Bath: Take pure Sulphur ℥ iii melt it in an Iron Ladle, to which put Salt of Bohemian-tartar in powder ℥ i stir them together till they are incorporated; than being cold, beaten all into fine powder, and boil it in three Quarts of Water, or more, for half an Hour, and keep it for use, to foment withal.  
FOURTEEN. And those who are at or near Bath, may daily go into the Hot Bath once or twice a day for some Weeks; this has been found by Experience, not only to soften the Callus, but even to waste and dissolve it, so that it may be broken with much ease.  
XU. Or you may anoint with this Ointment: ℞ Ung. Dialthaeae ℥ iss. Mucilages of Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥ i Oils of sweet Almonds, and of Camomile, Veal Marrow, Hens Fat, A. ʒvi. Bdellium, Mastich, Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. Wax, q.s. mix, and make a soft Ointment.  
XVI. Also Empl. è Mucilaginibus cum Gummi, è Cicuta cum Ammoniaco, è Cinnabari, Mercuriale, or de Ranis cum Mercurio, è Galbano crocatum, etc. are of Eminent Use in this Case, because they soften the Callus almost to a Miracle.  
XVII. The Callus being now sufficiently mollified or softened; the Limb is by the help of two strong Assistants, to be drawn this way, and that way; and so by pulling with main strength to be extended, till the Bone seems to separate.  
XVIII. Than the Artist with his Hands and Fingers is to put each Part into its true place, thrusting in that which sticks out by great force: If it will not easily yield to the Hand, he may wrap up in fine Tow, or in a Linnen-cloth, a small Bar of Iron, of an Inch or more broad, which laying upon the Distorsion, he may be strong Bandage force the Bones back again to their due places, in which he is to endeavour to keep them, till the Fracture is perfectly well.  
XIX. Or otherwise, the Extension is to be made till the Bone is perfectly broken: Or fixing the Member against his Knee, he may incline the Bone towards him with both his Hands, till he hears or feels it broken; after which it is rightly to be Set again, and Cured after the manner of a Simple Fracture.   

CHAP. X. Of FRACTURE with a VICIOUS or EVIL CALLUS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura cum Callo malo seu vitioso; and in English, a Fracture with an evil or vicious Callus; that is, in which the Callus is either lesser or greater than it should be.  
II The Causes. When the Callus is generated lesle than it should be, it is from scarcity or want of that thicker Nourishment, with which the Bones are to be nourished, and of which the said Callus is bred: And this scarcity or want, is either from too spare a Diet, or not eating those things which are most fit for the breeding of a Callus.  
III Or it may be from the too strait or hard binding up the fractured Part; or from Medicaments over-astringent, which hinder the affluence of the Nourishment.  
IV. When the Callus is generated larger than it should be, it is either from an overabundance of the thick boney Nourishment; or from the too lose Bandage of the Fracture; or from giving the Osteocolla-Stone too plentifully.  
V For such is the Nature and Property of this Stone, to generate a Callus, which it performs easily and speedily; and therefore if it is given too much, it causes the Callus to overgrow, or exceed its due proportion; and therefore is more fit for elderly or aged People, and such as are of ripe Years, than for such as are very young, or yet in their Youth: For if it is given unto these, it generates (as Fabricius Hildanus observes) a Callus greater than it aught to be.  
VI The Signs. When the Callus is lesle than it aught to be, it is known by touching, wherein it is felt not at all, or but very small; the aforegoing Causes went also before, and the Member is also very feeble or weak, in its motion or action.  
VII. When the Callus is also greater than it should be, it is known also by touching, wherein it is felt tuberous, or greater than it should be; the aforegoing Causes went also before, and there is a pain from the Compression of the Muscles and Nervous Parts, for which reason the Part is rendered lesle useful in its action or motion, especially if the Fracture be near a Joint.  
VIII. The Prognostics. Whether it be ex deficiente, vel ex abundanti, if it is recent, it may be reform and cured; but if it is inveterate, or old, whereby it is grown hard, and the Pores thereof closed, it will be remedied with much more difficulty.  
IX. The Cure, where the Callus is deficient. The Diet must be fuller, and of greater Nutriment, generating a thick and viscid Juice, of what kind are Neats-feets, Calves-feets, Sheeps-trotters, Sheeps-gathers; also Jellies made of them either in Milk or Water, and made savoury and pleasant.  
X. Add to these things strong Broths of all sorts of Flesh both of Beasts and Birds: Pork, if young, is a singular good Food, also knuckles of Pork, and knuckles of Veal; and their Bread may be a white sort of Biscuit.  
XI. The Bandage is to be loosened, and done up slacker, that there may be more room for the affluence of the Nourishment, which that it may be attracted to the Part, it is to be bathed with warm Water till the Part appears read.  
XII. And than attractive or drawing things are to be applied, as Dropacisms, etc. which moderately heat, and draw the Nourishment to the place affected.  
XIII. Inwardly you are also to give the Osteocolla-Stone levigated, ad ʒi. Morning and Evening in Comfrey-water, or rather in strong Meat Broth, or in Alicant; for that as Fabricius Hildanus Cent. 1. Obs. 90. says, it has a singular Virtue in generating a Callus.  
FOURTEEN. The Cure where the Callus is abundant. The Diet is to very sparing, and such as generates not much Nourishment; and such as yields rather a thin, than a thick clammy Juice.  
XU. It must be fomented, and often bathed with emollient and discussive Medicaments, as a Fomentation of hot Water nitrated, or of Emollient Herbs and Roots, as of Althaea, Mallows, Pellitory of the Wall, Beets, flowers of Camomile and Melilot, roots of Briony and Lilies boiled in half Water, half Wine, etc.  
XVI. You may foment also with the Bathwater, and apply the Cataplasms which are described in Cap. 9 Sect. 12, and 13. aforegoing, and you may anoint with the Ointment in Section 15. there following, all which things have a great power to soften and discuss.  
XVII. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Goose, Bears, and Man's Fat, A. ℥ two. juice of Earthworms ℥ i Ammoniacumʒi. mix them. It will be so much the better if Vipers Fat ℥ two. be added to it.  
XVIII. Also this Fomentation: ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ i roots of Briony, of white Lilies, Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥ ss. flowers of Althaea and Mallows, A. M. j flowers of Camomile and Melilot, A. Mss. boil in Water, Vinegar, and wine, for a Fomentation; and of the Mass make a Cataplasm.  
XIX. These Fomentations are to be used, not till the Part grows read and swells only, but also till it falls again, and becomes lank and wrinkled.  
XX. And if the Patient is near Bath, it will be good to bathe daily twice a day, till it is softened, wasted, and much diminished, as we hinted in Cap. 9 Sect. 14. aforegoing.  
XXI. Also the Emplasters or Cerates mentioned in Sect. 16. of the same Chapter, may be here applied, which may be bound fast on, and renewed as you see occasion, till the Callus is sufficiently diminished.   

CHAP. XI. Of a FRACTURE with WASTING of the PART.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fracturacum Atrophia; and in English, A Fracture, with a slenderness, wasting or consumption of the Part.  
II It oftentimes happens that in Curing of a Fracture, the Limb or Member becomes slender or wasted, as if it consumed away, which we call an Atrophia of the Part: This happens both in old and young, but chief in such whose Flesh is soft and tender, and not come to the hardness or firmness of a full or well-grown Body.  
III The Causes. It is caused from the hindering of Nutriment coming to the Part, which is done by the too long and hard binding of the Part; by means of which the Arteries and Veins carrying the Aliment, are nearly closed up.  
IU. Or it may be caused from the Folly or Poverty of the Sick, when he has not Food enough, or what is convenient for him to nourish him withal.  
V And sometimes it is caused by a long-continued rest of the Mèmber or Part, and its cessation from motion; or at lest, this thing may add to the other Causes, to make them more Potent in effecting this disaffection.  
VI The Prognostics. It is known by sight; and therefore if it is recent, and in young, tender and growing Bodies, it is easily Cured: But if it is of long standing, and in a Body done growing, it is Cured with much difficulty: If the Patient is very Aged, it is Incurable.  
VII. The Cure. In order to this Cure, you must endeavour to remove the Cause; you must order a full and nourishing Diet, and such things chief which may agreed with the Stomach of the Patient, and may corroborated or strengthen it: Of which kind are Jellies of all sorts, and strong Broths made savoury, and also a little acid with Juice of Lemons, which gives to the Nutriment a penetrating quality.  
VIII. You must also use and apply those Means which may attract or bring the Aliment into the Part; you must slacken the binding: And when you dress the Fracture, the Part is to be fomented with such things as dissolve Congelations, and withal, may draw the Nutriment into the Member affected.  
IX. You may bathe with the Powers of Amber, of Lemons, Lavender, Rosemary, Savin, or Southernwood; after which you may anoint with this Oil: ℞ Oils of Amber and Aniseed, A. ℥ i Oils of Juniper-berries, of Ben, and of bitter Almonds, A. ℥ ss. mix them.  
X. Or, ℞ Oils of Costus and Camomile, A. ℥ ss. Oils of Castor, and of Neats-feets, Man's Grease, Ung. Martiatum, A. ℥ i mix, and make a Lineament: This is good for broken Bones, which grow not as they should do.  
XI. And over all you may apply Empl. Piceum, or some other powerful Dropacism, or Sinapism, which have a strength in them to attract the Aliment powerfully.  
XII. Also inwardly you must give such things as resolve and open Obstructions, even the most inveterate; among which we commend to you, Spiritus Aperiens, Spiritus Nitratus, volatile Salts of Hartshorn, of Vipers, and of Man's Skull, volatile Sal Armoniac, Ens Veneris, Salt of Bohemian-tartar, of Tamarisk and Wormwood, Salt or Vitriol of Mars, and Tincture of Mars made with Wine grown acid, or with Spirit of Nitre.  
XIII. To these things you may add Powers of Amber, of Aniseed, of Caraways, of Cloves, of Fennel, of Lavender, of Lemons, of Origanum, of Marjoram, of Rosemary, of Sage, of Savin, of Sassafras, of Time, etc. given in a fit Dose in Canary twice or thrice a day.   

CHAP. XII. Of a FRACTURE of the SKULL.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Cranii; and in English, A Fracture of the Skull, or Bone of the Head.  
II The Kind's. Fractures of the Skull are said to be sixfold, viz. 1. A Simple Fracture (of which we Treat in this Chapter only.) 2. A Fissure. 3. A Contrafissure, (both which we Treat of in Chap. 13. following.) 4. A Contusion of the Skull, (Treated of in Chap 14. next after.) 5. An Incision. 6. A Puncture; (both which are Treated of in Chap. 15.)  
III The Definition. Now a Simple Fracture, is that which separates (by breaking) a Part from the whole.  
IV. The Signs. If the Wound is large, the Fracture may be found out by feeling with your Finger, but if small, by the Probe; in both which trials, an inequality, depression, or ruggedness of the Skull, will be felt: But ruggedness may sometimes deceive you, if the Sutures vary either in form, or in place; as if the Sagittal Suture reaches to the Ossa Ethmoides: And that the Suture may sometimes deceive us, Hypocrates, de Capitis vulneribus, Sect. 6. testifies: The Suture, (says he) may deceive us, for that it is rougher than the rest of the Bone.  
V You are to consider the Person inflicting the Wound; if a strong Person, and furiously done; if the Weapon was sharp, or great, or heavy; or if the Patient fell from some high place; if the Head (chief when bore) was struck against any hard Body, Post, or Stone; if the Blow was violent, or the Skull was weak or thin, as in Children, and such as are not yet come to their growth; all these things going before, show the probability of a Fracture.  
VI There are also concomitant or conjunct Symptoms, as, 1. Bleeding at Mouth, Nose, Ears, Eyes. 2. Deafness, or Noise in the Ears. 3. Vertigo, or Swimming of the Head. 4. Falling down suddenly after the Blow. 5. Slumbering after the Wound is received. 6. Vomiting, or Loathing. 7. Swooning away, and often Fainting. 8. Dumbness sometimes, or loss of Speech. 9 Convulsions, Palsy, Fever, and Raving. See Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 2. And Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 18.  
VII. There are also Consequent Symptoms, as, 1. A constant Pain in the wounded Part. 2. A continuing Deafness. 3. A frequent Vomiting of Choler. 4. Hurt or Dulness of the Judgement or Understanding. 5. A Faltering in the Speech. 6. An Hurt of the Memory. 7. A Continual Fever. 8. Convulsions, or Convulsive Motions. 9 Frenzy or Raving. 10. A Palsy in one of the Arms, or Legs. 11. An Apoplexy, either perfect or imperfect.  
VIII. Hypocrates has another Sign, taken from the crashing, which, he says, the Patient feels, if he chews Paper strongly on both sides of his Teeth: Or if he holds a Packthread strongly between his Teeth, and it be strongly struck, the wounded Patient will feel Pain in the Part. But Fallopius, in Hippocr. lib. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 23. makes some doubt of these Signs, not accounting them certain.  
IX. But if the Hair is cut asunder, and sticks up in the Wound, the Skull must than necessarily be hurt; because it could not be cut asunder, without the resistance of the Skull.  
X. The Prognostics. You are to gather these from the Symptoms; yet let a Fracture of the Skull look as fair as may be, it is never without danger; but certainly more perilous, if both Tables are broken; yet more dangerous, if the Dura Mater be hurt; and most of all, if the Pia Mater be affected too.  
XI. And Hypocrates, Prorrhet. lib. 2. advises us, That we carry ourselves prudently in every point of Art, but in the Predictive part chief; calling to mind, that if the Event comes to pass according to our Presages, we shall be admired, or have an Estimation with the Patient; but if we mistake, or presage false, we shall be accounted Ignorant, and Despised; wherefore he advises us to use Discretion in our Prognostics.  
XII. Wounds with a Fracture of the Sinciput, or Forehead-bone, are more dangerous than those of the Occiput. 1. Because they are thinner than those of the Occiput, and weaker. 2. Because there are several Cavities or Vaulting in them, by which the Brain is more easily wounded, if the Fracture pierces both Tables. 3. Because there are many large Blood-vessels in the Forehead, which may endanger the greater Hemorrhage. 4. Because the most of the Brain is contained in the forepart. 5. Because the Skin is thinner in this part, whereby the Skull and meanings may the more easily be hurt. 6. Because the Sutures Coronalis & Sagittalis, are in the forepart of the Head, so that the Skull being there broken, the Dura Mater (which sends filaments through the Sutures to produce the Pericraneum) may easily be hurt.  
XIII. The Ossa Temporum being broken, are next in danger, because these Bones are very thin and weak; and they are replete with remarkable Arteries, Veins and Nerves; also the Pericraneum does embrace the Temporal Muscles, which Muscles have within, in their middle, a Tendon of exquisite sense, so that a Wound and Fracture in this Part may easily, even by consent, offend the meanings, and the Brain, also the Nerves springing from it.  
FOURTEEN. But a Fracture upon the Sutures, with a Wound within the Skull, or without it, is most dangerous, 1. Because the Bones are not of a whole, but divided Substance, and so least able to resist force. 2. Because Pus bred there, may easily fall upon the Dura Mater. 3. Because in the Sutures, the Dura Mater may be affected by consent.  
XU. A Fracture being made, there is first Pain by reason of the solution of Unity. 2. Watching, lesle of Appetite and Weakness. The Pain will 'cause a flux of Humours, the Fluxion will 'cause Inflammation, and the Inflammation will 'cause a Fever, or a Convulsion; sometimes a Gangrene, or a Mortification, if not prevented.  
XVI. In a Fracture of the Skull, you are not to think all the danger to be past, before an hundred days are go over; for Experience has testified, that many have died at the end of that time, even when they thought all things to be perfectly well. Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis cap. 48. Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 13.  
XVII. The Callosity which joins together the broken parts of the Skull, does require 20 or more days to be generated, and after that about 30 or 40 days more, for the hardening and confirming of it; but the Age, Strength, and good Temper of the Sick, have a great force in hastening the Confirmation of the same.  
XVIII. It is very dangerous, if after a Fracture a Fever ensue; if the Head becomes very hot, if the Sick has been subject to a Catarrh; or if he has been often afflicted with an Erysipelas; so also if the Lips of the Wound swell not, or grow flat, there is yet more danger.  
XIX. If the Skull at the very beginning of the Cure becomes or appears blackish, and the Patient (having a Scorbutic, Cachectick, or Cacochymical habit of Body) cannot sleep, but is troubled with much watching, Death is not far away. Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 24.  
XX. If the Flesh about the fractured Skull, is of a black Colour, becomes dry, and affords not Pus enough in proportion to the magnitude of the Wound, it is dangerous, for it is a sign of the Sphacelation of the Part.  
XXI. If the Patient is wholly voided of a Fever, if he digests his Food well, sleeps well, with a good excretion of Excrements of no ill Colour, nor offending in Substance or Consistency, Quantity, Time, or other Qualities, there is great hopes of Recovery.  
XXII. So also if the Wound looks of a fresh and lively Colour, yields a good sort of Pus, or Matter; if its Lips swell a little, and are somewhat soft, and the motion of the Dura Mater is regular, there is great hopes of the Patients doing well. Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 13.  
XXIII. If much Pus appears upon the broken Skull, or there are Pustules upon the Tongue, from an acrid Sanies falling down upon it from the Brain, through the Foramina of the Palate of the Mouth, the hopes of Recovery will be but small; more especially if these Acoidents continued, and cease not; for they show the Brain itself to be ill affected. Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 10.  
XXIV. If the Occiput, Os Petrosum, or stone-like Bone behind the Ears, be wounded or fractured, the danger is the lesle; 1. Because they are lest subject to Injuries. 2. Because the Bone behind does contain only the Cerebellum, which is not so noble as the Brain. 3. Because lesle quantity of Brain is contained in those places, than in other parts of the Cranium. 4. Because those Bones are thicker. 5. Because they are more firmly covered; for the Skin on them is thicker, the Flesh more plentiful, the Ligaments are also strong, to strengthen the Bones.  
XXV. Every Fracture of the Skull, with a Wound in the Head, is dangerous, though no dreadful Symptom does at first, or for many days appear; for the strength of the Patient, the soundness of the Body, cleanness of the Humours, wholesome and moderate Diet, and temperateness of the Air and Clime, do all contribute for the staving of of ill Symptoms, for a pretty long time.  
XXVI. In a Fracture of the Cranium, the Parts above it must suffer a solution of Continuity, except only in a Contrafissure; for in that the solution of Unity is in the opposite place to the Fissure, viz. in the place where the Blow was made.  
XXVII. Hypocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 2. says, That if the Flesh about the fractured Skull appears of a livid or leaden Colour, it is an ill sign; for it is an Argument that the Natural Heat of the Part is extinguished by some malign Humour, which has caused the Putrefaction of it, or by some vehement Inflammation: But if it becomes of a leaden Colour, by reason of the greatness of the Confusion, it is not so dangerous, because the Evil may be prevented by application of Digestive or Suppurative Medicaments.  
XXVIII. If the Memory is impaired, the Reason is hurt, the Tongue falters, the Eyes grow dim, the Ears grow thick of hearing, or deaf; if the Sick cannot move himself, or sinks from the head of the Bed downwards, and a continual Fever with raving is present; if either the Tongue grows black, of Clefts, or Pustules appear upon it; if the Wound grows dry, and yields no Pus or Matter, or becomes of a livid Colour; if the Excrements be suppressed, a Convulsion, Palsy, or Apoplexy do ensue, with a weak Pulse, and often Fainting away; if all, or most of these Symptoms are present, or do appear, you may boldly presage that Death is at hand.  
XXIX. These Symptoms if they appear presently after the Wound is received, bespeak, that the substance of the Brain is hurt; but if they are manifest about fourteen days after, more or lesle, they 'cause an Inflammation and Phlegmon of the Brain, by reason of the great Effusion of putrified Blood upon it. Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 12.  
XXX. Some escape, who have great and dangerous Fractures of the Skull; others again die, where the Fracture is small, and but slight to all appearance; but this is caused, 1. From the strength or weakness of the Body. 2. From the differences of the Parts hurt, some being more Sensible, or full of Vessels, or more Noble than the other. 3. From the diversity of Symptoms, some being more gentle, others more vehement; of which you may see Examples in Hypocrates, Epidem. lib. 7.  

I Of Fractures of the Skull in Children.  
XXXI. The Cure. They are either without a Wound, or with a Wound. If they are without a Wound, nor any fearful Symptom attending; but the Skull is depressed, and an effusion of Blood out of the Veins, does wave up and down under the Skin, when it is compressed, (which falls out sometimes in hard Labour) the Hair is to be shaved of, and a soft Linnen-cloth 3 or 4 times double, and well dipped into a Mixture of Oil of Roses, whites of Eggs, and Vinegar, is to be applied to the Child's Head, and to lie 24 Hours before it is removed.  
XXXII. If it is in the heat of Summer, it is to be applied cold; but in the Winter time, or cold Wether, it must be warm: This will repress or hinder the flux of Humours for the future, and discuss those which are already upon the Part.  
XXXIII. After this, to the twelfth day, this Cataplasm is to be applied warm. ℞ Catechu, Myrtleberries, read Boses, Samach, A. ℥ iss. Barley and Bean flower, Rice-meal, A. ℥ i dried Southernwood, and Wormwood, A. ℥ ss. Caraway and Fennel seeds, A. ʒiss. all being in fine powder, boil them in rough read Wine ℥ xiv. to the consistency of a Cataplasm, adding afterwards Honey ℥ two. Oil of Roses ℥ iss. mix them.  
XXXIV. Apply it large enough to cover some of the adjacent parts; not too little of it, jest it grow dry, nor too much, jest it hurts by its weight; and warm, that it offends not by its coldness, and let it be renewed Morning and Evening.  
XXXV. And from the 12 to the 24 day, you may apply Empl. Album, malaxed with Oil of Roses, adding ℥ i of the Oil to ℥ iv. of the Emplaster. After the 24 day, you may apply Sticticum Paracelsi, malaxed with Oil of Roses in the former proportion, till the Cure is completed.  
XXXVI. Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 5. advices to dress Child's Heads thus: For the first dressing, ℞ Vinegar ℥ two. powder of Myrtleberries ℥ ss. Barley and Bean flower, A. ʒiii. mix, and boil to the consumption of a Cataplasm, adding one Egg, white and yolk beaten together, with Oils of Roses and Myrtles, A. ʒii.  
XXXVII. Afterwards, a Cerate made of Wax, Honey, Lapis Haematitis, Pumicestone, Cumin-seeds, Wormwood, and Wheat-meal, is to be applied; or instead thereof Diachylon malaxed with Oil of Lilies, to be applied as the former.  
XXXVIII. If there is a Wound with the Fracture, but without dangerous Symptoms, if the shivers or fragments of the Cranium stick together, Arcaeus will have them by no means to be taken forth, but the Fracture only to be anointed with his Lineament warmed, and applied with 3 or 4 Feathers, stripped till you come within an Inch of their ends, and tied together with a Thread.  
THIRTY-NINE. If dangerous Symptoms are present, as vomiting of Choler, Fever, Convulsion, Palsy, etc. by which we know the Brain to be affected, the Cranium is than to be opened: Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 47. and Langius, his Epistles, Tom. 1. Epist. 5.  
XL. The Skull being opened, these Wounds and Fractures in Children, are not otherwise to be dressed than those in fullgrown People, which in the following Discourse we shall at large declare.   

II Of Fractures of the Scull, in grown People.  
XLI. In every Fracture of the Skull, we are to consider how it may be Cured: It is either without a Wound, and than we are to consider, whether or not the soft parts above the Skull are to be opened by Section: Or it is with a Wound, and than we are to consider, whether the Skull is to be opened or not; and if it is to be opened, by what Artifice it is best to be done.  
XLII. If the Fracture is small, and no evil Symptoms suddenly follow upon it, but that in a few days the depression of the Skull risea up again of its own accord, without any Inflammation, or other Tumour in the fleshy Parts, the opening may be forborn safely till you see farther; for many times Nature herself, (being assisted with some proper Topics) makes a Consolidation of the Bones.  
XLIII. But if the Fracture is great, or very manifest, with evil Symptoms present, or seeming immediately to follow, there is a necessity than of making an Incision into the fleshy Parts, even to the Skull; and this by the Authority of Hypocrates, Galen, Celsus, and other the Ancient Physicians.  
XLIV. If Blood or Pus falls upon the Meninge, or the Brain, Death will suddenly follow after, if a way is not presently made for their Evacuation, by an Incision of the fleshy Parts, and opening of the Skull; and this daily Experience shows us, through the omission of these Operations.  
XLV. Now the Reasons for this Section or Incision, are, 1. That if dangerous Symptoms are present, the Skull itself may be viewed, whether it be hurt or not. 2. For the removal of such things, as Blood or Pus, which may offend the Membranes, or Brain; also pieces of the Weapon wounding, or Fragments of the Skull itself pricking those Parts.  
XLVI. As to the places where this Incision is to be made. It may be made in all the parts of the Hairy-scalp, the Sutures, and the Temporal-Muscles only excepted.  
XLVII. The Sutures are to be avoided, because the Filaments or Fibres by which the meanings are joined to the Pericranium, are of an exquisite Sense, which being wounded, may be inflamed, and by consent of Parts, communicate the Inflammation to the Membranes of the Brain, and Brain itself. Fallopius, in Hipde Vulner. Capitis, cap. 19  
XLVIII. The Temporal Muscles are to be avoided, 1. Because a Paralysis will be caused on that side the Head, on which the Wound is made, and a Convulsion on the other side, by which an uncomely Distortion of the Face will be made. 2. Because if the Incision is made transverse, (which is the most dangerous) it will scarcely ever be healed; for that it is almost always in motion, when we eat, drink, or speak. 3. Because the Sutura Squammosa lies under it, which is to be avoided for thereason in the former Section. 4. Because many Arteries, Veins, and Nerves are spread throughout it; and if they should be transversly cut, many dangerous Symptoms would ensue, as vehement Pain, Inflammation, Fever, Convulsion, and great Hemorrhage, also Fainting, or Swooning, because of the want and emptiness of the Vessels containing the Vital and Animal Spirits. Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 19 Pallopius, in Hipp. etc. cap. 38.  
XLIX. As to the form of the Incision; the Hair being shaved of, you must make it crosswise, and than with a Chizel, or sharp point of an Incision-knife, and beginning at the points of the Incision, take all up to the Cranium; than the Pericranium is to be separated from the Cranium, either with your Nails, or with some other proper Instrument; and you are to begin the Separation from the points of the Incision.  
L. If the Pericranium is not separated, it will induce great Pain, and an Inflammation, and possibly a Fever, more especially if it is torn with a Raspatory or Trepan. Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 4.  
LIVELY But this is to be considered, that no transverse Incision be made a little above the Eyelids, jest the Frontal Muscle being cut asunder transversly, the Eyelid should not be lift up, or a Palsy should hap to the same; for which reason, in these places the Section must either be straight or obliqne. Fallopius, in Hippoc. etc. cap. 23.  
LII. As to what is to be done after the Incision. Care is to be taken to have all things necessary in a readiness, to stop the bleeding. The Lips of the Wound are to be kept asunder with Dossels and Pledgets of Lint armed with Stypticks or Astringents, if an Hemorrhage is feared; otherwise (according to Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 4.) only with the white of an Egg beaten; or if to ease Pain, with the white and yolk beaten together, according to Fallopius, in Hippoc. etc. cap. 29. and being thus dressed up, it is not to be meddled withal for the space of 24 Hours.  
LIII. In the mean season, you must be sure to give inwardly such things as strengthen the Heart, and fortify the Animal Spirits; for which purpose we commend to you, Tinctures of Coral and 〈◊〉, Syrups of Corals, and Pears, and of the Juice of Citrons or Lemons, Bezoar Stone, Bezoar Animal, volatile Salts of Vipers, of Hartshorn, and of Sal Armoniac, Spirits of Angelica, Anise, Bawm, Caraways, Marjoram, Mint, Lemons, Oranges, Sage, Time, Tinctures of Saffron and Cochinele, Juice of Alkermes, etc. given with Syrup of Juice of Pomegranates, or of Citrons, mixed with Mint-water.  
LIU. These things being done, we now come to the Fracture itself, and to the opening of the Skull, which is to be performed in due time, in a proper part, and with fit justruments, as we are even now going to declare.  
LU. The Reasons why the Skull aught to be opened. 1. That the pieces of the Weapon, or shivers of the Bone may be taken away. 2. That the part of the Skull wholly broken of may be removed; or if yet joined to the rest of the Bone, it pricks or hurts the meanings. 3. That if the fractured Part be only depresied, it may either be reduced or taken away. 4. That if either Blood or Pus be fallen upon the Membranes, through rapture of some Vessel, it may be taken away. 5. That way may be made for the application of fit Medicaments.  
LVI. The time in which the Skull aught to be opened. Fallopius, loco citato, cap. 34. Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 4. and Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 4. say, that it aught to be opened before the fourth day: but it is sometimes opened with good success after the seventh day, both in Summer and Winter.  
LVII. If than you are called to one of these Fractures on the fourth day, you may defer it till the seventh day, yea till the ninth is passed, if ill Symptoms force you not to open it sooner: for on the fourth day the putrefaction of the Humours begin, as also the contest of Nature against the Disease; in which time, it is not good to obstruct Nature, or trouble her in her work: yet if you fear delay may breed danger, you are presently to do it, even on the Critical Day.  
LVIII. The Place, where it aught to be opened. In those Fractures where a part of the fractured Scull is to be taken away, for the discharging of the Blood or Sanies, etc. it is to be done on the depending part; except, 1. The meanings be inflamed, whereby they may be apt to swell above the Cranium. 2. When the Membranes are also wounded, so that the Brain appears: in this case, opening on the depending part is to be avoided; for the Brain being of a soft and fluid substance, it would be apt to fall down to the Hole or Opening, or fall out. Fallop. libro citato, cap. 35.  
LIX. The Quantity of the Scull, which aught or may be taken away. Either the whole fractured piece is to be taken away, or only a part of it. If in a Fissure or Cut with an edged Weapon, the passage is not wide enough, the whole Bone which is seen, is to be removed.  
LX. If the Fracture is in the Scull, as on the Vertex or Crown, where not depending Hole can be made to evacuate the Blood, Sanies, or Pus from the meanings, the whole piece also is to be taken away: and all the shivered or splintred Bones which cleave not together, are also to be removed.  
LXI. Otherwise, so much of the Scull only is to be removed; as covering the Dura Mater becomes black: and so much as may make way for the application of proper Medicaments.  
LXII. The Chief Instruments with which the Skull is to be opened: These are, 1. The Rasp. 2. The Levator. 3. The Headsaw. 4. The Terebellum, or Gimlet. 5. The Trepan.  
LXIII. 1. The Use of the Rasp You may have several sorts of this Instrument, narrow and broad. First, placing the Patient in a good posture, wrap up the Head in folded Clotheses, stop the Ears with Cotton, that the noise may not offend them; and cover the lips of the Wound with rags of Linen Cloth, to defend them from the Air, and keep them from the Instruments touching them.  
LXIV. Than, the Head being laid, and kept immovable, make use first of the broadest Rasp, than of that which is narrower, and lastly of the narrowest: and that they may cut the better, let them be often moistened with Oil of Roses, that they may rasp the easier, and not heat the Scull: if Blood comes upon your Work, use a mixture of Vinegar and Water.  
LXV. They are of use in Fissures or Clefts of the Scull, and in Cuts with an edged Weapon; when the narrow point of the Weapon is left behind in the Bone: now after the Rasps are used, you must make use of the same Applications which are used after the Trepan.  
LXVI. 2. The Use of the Levator. You may have them of several bignesses and strengths, and of divers forms; such as you may see in Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 4, & 5. When you use them, you must be cautious, that you gently and equally lift up the Bone, and every part of it which is to be lifted up: for if any part of it be left depressed, it may hurt the Dura Mater.  
LXVII. 3. The Use of the Headsaw. It is to be used, when there is a Depression, or a Fracture on one side of the Bone: for one side being divided by it, in a straight Line, there will be way made both for the taking away of the Bone, and for the discharge of Blood, Sanies, or Pus, with very little loss of the substance of the Scull: it also serves to cut asunder the distances of the Scull, which are left after the application of the Trepan in several places.  
LXVIII. 4. The Use of the Terebellum, or Gimlet. This is an Instrument which Cooper's use, to raise up the slaves or heads of Vessels: it has a screw-point, which by turning, and pressing upon it as it is turned, fastens into the Bone, and so helps to pull the piece out of it, after it is in part cut by the Trepan; for that it is not safe to cut the whole Cranium through, as in the Bones of the Forehead.  
Lxix It has another use also, which is for reducing, or raising a depressed part of the Scull; by first making a small hole therein with the Pin of the Trepan, and than screwing it in.  
LXX. 5. The Use of the Trepan. The Uses for which it is applied, are threefold: viz. 1. To remove all such things which may hurt the Membranes and the Brain; as Blood, Sanies, Pus, Shivers of the Bone, bits of the Weapon, etc. 2. To raise up a Bone, depressing the meanings and Brain, etc. 3. To make way for the application of Medicaments.  
LXXI. The Places to which the Trepan may be applied. 1. It aught not to be applied upon the Fracture: for it will increase the mischief, especially if there are many fractured Fragments. 2. Nor is it to be put upon a Suture: for so the Neurotick Fibres, as also the Arteries and Veins, by which the Dura Meninx is joined to the Pericranium, and which give nourishment to it, would be lacerated or torn; from whence would come great Pain, Inflammation; and Hemorrhage; which being communicated to the Membranes and Brain, might much hurt them. 3. Nor is it to be applied to the Temples; because of the Temporal Muscles and Sutura Squammosa. 4. Nor to the places a little above the Kickshaws; because it would scarcely ever after heal, or be skinned. 5. Nor to the Sinciput in Children, not above seven years old; for that it is dangerous to apply it there, in such as are of ripe age. 6. Nor yet to the lower parts of the Scull; especially if the Membranes are wounded; left the Brain should press out through the Foramen or Hole.  
LXXII. The Way of applying the Trepan. 1. Take out the Pin, when you are come to the second Table. 2. Let it be moistened with Oil, that it may cut the better. 3. The way the Trepan has made is to be now and than moistened with cold Water, jest by the sawing of the Trepan, the Scull should be healed. 4. You are to wipe away the Blood with a piece of Sponge, that you may see which part is deepest cut, and so lean hardest upon the other side. 5. When the Part cut by the Trepan gins to shake, your safest way will be to lift it up with the Levatòr. 6. If there be any ragged or pointed Fragments, which may hurt the Membranes, they are to be taken away with the Scalptor lenticulatus, or the hollow Scraping. Levatory, (see it, Tab. 6. K.) 7. The Piece being taken out, the Wound and Fracture are to be dressed with proper Topics, as we shall presently teach you. See Lib. 1. Cap. 2. Sect. 3. and 11. of this present Sixth Book.  
LXXIII. Now because the Trepan cannot well be applied, without a true knowledge of the Cranium, we shall here give you a short Description of it. First, the Hairy-Scalp presents itself; in which there is to be considered, its Sense, Thickness, Vessels, and Muscles which lie under it. The Hairy-Scalp is thinnest on the top of the Head, nor is there any Muscle between it, and the Scull on that part; except you will call the Membrana Carnosa a Muscle, which some Anatomists of late do, and it may be not improperly, because by it, many Men move the whole Scalp.  
LXXIV. If a Fracture is to be feared, there, viz. in the Vertex, you may boldly cut into the Hairy-scalp, because it is of a dull Sense, and easily healed up again: but be cautious of making an Incision into the Forehead; where a transverse Wound may 'cause the Kickshaws to fall over the Eyes: for which cause, if you are forced to make an Incision, let it be according to the length of the Fibres: nor make any Incision on the Temporal Muscles, because Convulsions and other ill Symptoms may hap.  
LXXV. Under the Hairy-scalp lies the Pericranium, which you are to cut through, in making way to the Cranium: you are to raise them both together, when you lay the Cranium bore for the use of the Terebra or Trepan: for in tearing this Membrane, great Pain, Inflammation and Fever may follow; as we have before told you.  
LXXVI. Now follows the Cranium itself, which is a concave or hollow Bone, composed of many parts joined together by Sutures; of which there are five which chief concern us, viz. three true ones, the Coronalis, Lambdoides, and Sagittalis; and two false ones, Suturae Nothae; which two, and chief to be regarded, are the Squammosae, that run under the Temporal Muscle on each side, round about the outermost Verge of each Ear.  
LXXVII. Through the Sutures, the Dura Mater passes, and is continued with the Pericranium: the Sutures also divide the Bones so, that if one part of the Scull is broken, the other may be preserved whole or entire, which otherwise would be in much hazard: these Sutures are also weak in resisting of Blows, or great external Force; and between them Pus or Matter may be unhappily retained, and 'cause a Caries, and sooner work through the Dura Mater, than in the other parts of the Scull.  
LXXVIII. Now the way to found these Sutures out, is by drawing a String cross the Head from Ear to Ear; and another from the Nose to the Crown of the Head: the former of these will show the Sutura Coronalis, the latter the Sutura Sagittalis, which usually gins at that Point where these Lines intersect; being the Part where Fontanels or Issues are made, and reaches to the Crown of the Head, joining to the Lambdoides; sometimes beginning just at the Nose.  
LXXIX. The Lambdoides rises at the end of the Sagittalis, and goes forked down the two sides of the Occiput.  
LXXX. Now this is to be observed, that the Cranium is thinnest in the middle part of the Head, thickest in the hinder part, and of a middle thickness in the Forehead: for which reason it is, that Wounds are most dangerous on the Crown of the Head, where the Scull by reason of its thinness, easily communicates its Injuries to the Brain; as also for that the uppermost part of the Brain there, lieth high, as it were embossed; one of the largest cavities being immediately under the Scull, and many Capillary Veins running so close with it, as to make themselves Trenches in the concave parts of the Cranium: for which reason, upon a Blow, Contusion, or Fracture in this place, the Veins may easily be broken, and the Blood extravasated between the Cranium and Dura Mater; whence ill Accidents easily follow.  
LXXXI. The Dura Mater lies next under the Scull, and under that the Pia Mater, upon the substance of the Brain; of which see Lib. 4. Cap. 27. Sect. 4, & 5. under the Pia Mater lies the Brain, in whose Ventricles is lodged the Plexus Choroides, and under whose Basis lie a great number of branches of both Arteries and Veins, which by great blows of the Head are sometimes broken.  
LXXXII. Now the Scull by violence may be broken; which if it is so broken, as that a piece is divided from the rest of the Scull, it is properly called a Fracture: this Fracture consists sometimes but of one piece, sometimes of many pieces; some whereof are depressed upon the Membranes, yea sometimes into the Brain it self; whilst others lie entangled in the Flesh: but this you must observe, that you take not out more Bones than needs must; for recent Fractures of the Cranium, do easily Unite, like those in other parts, if the Pus or Matter has a way made, to discharge its self from within. See lib. 4. cap. 27. Sect. 20.  
LXXXIII. The Cranium being thus perforated by the Modiolus, Terebra, or Trepan, (call it by which Name you please) you are than to come to the Dressing: first wipe of the Sawdust of the Bone, with a bit of soft Sponge, or a little Lint upon your Probe; than come to the dressing, about which Authors somewhat differ.  
LXXXIV. Avicen advises to Lenients: Celsus to driers, and sharp Vinegar: others to Honey of Roses, mixed with Spirit of Wine.  
LXXXV. If there is Putrefaction of the Membrane, than Honey of Roses mixed with Spirit of Wine may be used; and stronger Detersives may be used, as the Putrefaction is more or lesle.  
LXXXVI. If much Blood is extravasated, or you fear a Haemorrhage, Celsus his drying powders or drying Balsams, with sharp Vinegar may be used; but this is to be done when there is a Coagulation of the Blood, and danger of Putrefaction.  
LXXXXVII. But if the Blood is recent, and exceeds not in quantity being caused by some scratch of the Trepan, or some little Splinters of the inner Table, and the Membrane is fresh, and of its natural colour, it is not prudent to grieve the Membrane, now exposed to the Air with Detersives, or with Vinegar, or Honey of Roses with Spirit of Wine; because these things are contrary to the Indications of Cure, which teaches us to digest recent Wounds, before we deterge or cleanse; nor in this case, is there any thing to be cleansed of.  
LXXXVIII. Digestives are therefore to be used: some put down into the hole a long Linen or Silk Rag upon the Dura Mater, which is wet or moistened with hot Oil of Roses, and tied at the end with a Thread, that it may be drawn out at pleasure; that so the matter running out, may be turned into quittor, and the Membranes defended from being hurt by the Bone.  
LXXXIX. After the Rag is put in, they stop the place up with dry Lint, laying dry Lint also upon the naked Bone, and anoint the lips of the Wound with some Digestive, upon which they lay Linimentum Simplex, with a hole in the middle of the Cloth, that the Pus may not be stopped in; and over that a mixture of Wax and Oil; and than bind it up with the Band-Cancer; anointing the Parts adjacent with Repelling Oils or Ointments, to hinder Inflammation.  
XC. Others apply a piece of Satin, or other Silk, moistened in a mixture of Honey of Roses, and Oil of Roses, which is continued till the seventh day: afterwards they use a mixture of Oil of Roses, and Oil of Hypericon; and anoint the Cranium with Linimentum Arcaei melted, filling up the hole with Dosils and Pledgets, and laying over it such Topicals as we have before set down.  
XCI. Wiseman advises to use Lenients, which by the advice of Fallopius and Aquapendens is a mixture of Oil of Roses with Rosin of the Fir-tree, or pure Turpentine, afterwards diminishing the Oil, and increasing the Rosin or Turpentine: this mixture of Oil and Turpentine, by its Emplastic and Digestive qualities, perfects the Concoction sooner than other things; and by its Anodyn quality, secures the Part from Inflammation. See lib. 4. cap. 27. Sect. 15. 16. etc.  
XCII. Or, ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ iv. Honey of Roses, Spanish Wine, A. ℥ iii Venice Turpentine ℥ i Grains of Kermes ℥ ss. Seeds of Hypericonʒi. boil to the Consumption of the Wine, than strain, and add Aloes in fine pouderʒi. mix them.  
XCIII. In the application of Topics, consider the Part, and habit of the Body, and add to, or diminish the Ingredients accordingly as you design to Digest, Deterge, or Incarnate: and though some Authors limit us as to time, to dress with these or other Medicaments; as to use Digestives to the fourth day; Detersives to the seventh day; and Sarcoticks to the fourteenth day: yet herein, you must make use of your own Judgement; always taking care to conserve the native heat.  
XCIV. The Lips of the wounded Scalp you may dress with this. ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ jss. Turpentine washed ℥ i Gum Elemi dissolved and strained ℥ ss. Yolk of an Eggʒi. Saffron in powder ℈ i mix them: by the speedy Digestion of the Wound the cure will be hastened.  
XCV. After Digestion Sp. Vini will be found a thing of singular use, and by reason of its drying quality is most admirable, not only for Wounds of the Hairy-Scalp, and Cranium, but of the meanings also; being used either alone upon Lint, or mixed with Honey of Roses, or Syrup of dried Roses.  
XCVI. Or thus mixed. Take S.U. ℥ vi. fine Aloes ℥ i Myrrh ℥ ss. Frankincense, Sarcocol, A. ʒii. mix them. Or, ℞ S.U. ℥. xxiv. Malago Wine ℥ xuj. Turpentine ℥ vi. Centory the lesle in powder ℥ jss. Flowers of Hypericon in powder ℥ ss. mix, infuse in B.M. and make a Balsam, which apply warm upon the Meninge.  
XCVII. If the Dura Mater has changed its colour, and will not be cleansed with the former things; than, ℞ Turpentine washed in Whitewine ℥ vi. Spirit of Wine ℥ iii Honey of Roses ℥ two. Myrrh, Aloes, white Sugar, A. ℥ ss., mix them.  
XCVIII. If the Wound tends to Putrefaction, Scarify the Lips, and apply this. ℞ Mithridate ℥ jss. Venice Treacle ℥ ss. Vng. Aegyptiacumʒii. Myrrh, Scordium in powder, A. ℈ two. Spirit of Wine, q.s. mix them, and apply it.  
XCIX. When the Putrefaction is removed, you may dress it with this of Johannes Andraeas à Cruse. ℞ Venice Turpentine, Honey of Roses of each equal Parts, mix them; this and the other Medicaments may be applied upon a piece of Silk or fine Linen Cloth cut round, proportional to the hole made in the Skull, which is to be placed under the edges of the Cranium by the Lenticular Instrument, to keep the edges of the perforated Bone from hurting the Dura Mater: A Thread or Silk must be fastened to it in the middle, to pull it out at pleasure: and over it you are to apply Dosils of Lint to fill up the voided space in the Bone, thereby to keep the Dura Mater from rising above it.  
C. And daily, when the Wound is bound up, let the Patient promote the coming forth of the Matter, which is run to the Membranes of the Brain, by Breathing out at the Nose, keeping the Mouth shut: and when you found the Wound Digests, and good Pus to appear upon the Dura Mater, or on the Rag tied to the Thread; you may than absterge with some of the former things, or with Honey of Roses strained only.  
CI. On the Bone lay dry Lint; and upon the Lips, Lint wet, spread with some detersive Digestive; continuing those things as long as you see needful, with Hypocrates his Empl. of Wax and Oil, astringent Oils, and the application of the Band Cancer.  
CII. When the Wound and Membrane are fully cleansed, omitting the Rag and Honey of Roses, or the other Medicaments, you may put into the hole a round gobbet of dry Lint, applying to the Bone this powder. ℞ Orrice-roots, Birthwort-roots, Frankincense, all in powder, A. ʒi. Sanguis Draconis, Catechu, Hartshorn burnt, A. ʒjss. Aloes, Mastic, Myrrh, A. ʒss. make all into a fine powder, which apply upon dry Lint.  
CIII. The Skull will Scale, as Arcaeus lib. 1. cap. 4. says, in about 24. or 25. days, if the Linimentum Arcaei be applied to the Bone; but Paraeus says it will be 40 or 50 days: from whence it appears that a certain set time of the Scaling is hard to be determined.  
CIV. When you dress the Wound, embrocate the adjacent parts of the Head with Oil of Roses warmed, as also the Neck, more especially where the Jugular Veins are; as well to assuage the pain if it is vehement, as to contemperate the heat of the Blood and Humours.  
CV. Dress the lips of the Wound with Linimentum Arcaei, or some other Sarcotick Ointment, over which lay Diapalma, or Empl. Album, with a Triple Linen Cloth, wet in a Cephalick Decoction of Read Wine, and than squeezed out; with these things, and the Linim. Arcaei, let the Bone be covered with good Flesh, and produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks according to Art    

CHAP. XIII. Of a FISSURE or CLOVEN of the SKULL.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fissura vel Rima Cranii: and in English, A Fissure or Cleft of the Skull.  
II The Kind's. There are two kinds of Fissures. 1. Fissura simply so called, which is a Cloven of the Skull upon the very place where the blow was made. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Cranii Contrafissura, a Contrafissure of the Skull; wherein the Cleft is made on the oppofite side or place, to that where the blow was given.  

I Of a Fissure or Cleft of the Skull, in the Part wounded.  
III Rima, or Fissura, is made by a hard and blunt Weapon, sometimes passing but through one of the Tables only, and sometimes through both; and this is accounted one of the simple kinds of Fractures.  
IV. Rima, or Fissura, is also twofold, 1. Conspicua, which is easily to be discerned by the Eye. 2. Inconspicua, which is scarcely to be discerned by the naked Eye, without something of Art is added; and this is called Rima Capillaris, because the Cleft seems to be as small as a Hair.  
V The Signs. Rima, or Fissura Conspicua, if it passes but through the first Table, to the spongy part between the two Tables, it is not only discernible by the Eye; but the Bone being wiped clean and dry, you will found after a little time, a little bloody Juice to issue out thereat.  
VI Fissura Inconspicua, or Rima Capillaris, is not easy to be found out: If therefore you cannot discern it by the naked Eye, or by help of a Microscope, or Magnifying-glass; you must 'cause the Patient to hold in his Breath, and to stretch out his Breast as much as may be, and possibly a thin Sanies or Bloody Humour may issue out, which is a good sign.  
VII. If by this nothing appears, rasp or scrape that part of the Skull most suspected, and than drop a few drops of Ink upon it, and so dress it up; the next dressing dry the Skull, and cleanse it with a wet Rag, or Sponge; and if any Fissure be; you will see the tract thereof by the Ink, which will be sunk into, and remain in the Capillary Cloven thereof.  
VIII. The Prognostics. As no Fracture of the Head is without danger, so that of a Fissure cannot be exempted; for that sometimes, for want of due Care, it carries Death along with it.  
IX. If a Fissure is accompanied with evil Symptoms, there is much danger; and if the Skull be not suddenly opened in such a Case, Fainting, Convulsions, and Death often ensue.  
X. The Cure. If the Cleft or Crack gapes so, that Pus or Matter may come freely forth from it, there is no need to use the Trepan, or to dilate the Wound with an Ineision-knife; and therefore Chalmetaeus says rightly, that those deserve to be Censured and Reprehended, who not only in a small Fissure of the Skull, (though it penetrates not) but also in a great Fissure, are bold to set on the Trepan, by which great Error, the Cure is very much prolonged, to the great damage of the Patient.  
XI. Therefore, when (in this Case) the Trepan is not necessary, you must follow exactly the Cure of a narrow Fissure, as if it were after the use of the Trepan.  
XII. If the Fissure passes not deeper than to the spongy part between the two Tables, it is than so far to be dilated: If it passes through both the Tables of the Skull, than it is to be dilated even to the Dura Mater, or through the first Table at lest, making way through the second also; wherein you are to leave a sufficient opening for the clotted Blood, Sanies, or Pus, and in the depending part of the Head, through the second Table.  
XIII. In the Fissura Inconspicua, after you have besmeared it with Ink, and come to the second dressing, you will see whether any signs of the Ink remains in the Skull, or not; if so, you must continued your rasping until the Ink with the Fissure is wholly go, and the Bone grows somewhat bloody.  
FOURTEEN. After which you may apply this Powder: Take Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Hartshorn burnt, A. ʒiss. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Orrice-roots, Frankincense, Olibanum, A. ʒi. Mastich, Myrrh, A. ʒss. make all into a fine powder.  
XU. If you fear the second Table is cracked also, or that any Blood is fallen down upon the Dura Mater, you must continued the Dilatation, even till you can discover that Membrane; and now you are to make use of the Trepan, or Trafine; though in all sorts of Fissures, these Instruments at first are to be avoided, and Raspatories only are to be made use of, by which the Fissure is to be sufficiently pared; but yet you are not to take away more of the Bone than need requires.  
XVI. After which, the afore-described Powder is to be laid on, or dry Lint, avoiding Digestives, or Ointments, or any fat or greasy thing; and the Lips of the Wound are to be dressed in all respects, as after the application of the Trepan,  
XVII. A Digestive is to be applied to them upon Lint, and upon that Linimentum simplex, or that of Arcaeus, or this Mixture of Hypocrates: ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ two. Wax ℥ i mix them; and you are to bind it up with the Band-Cancer.  
XVIII. When good Pus or Matter appears, mix Detersives with Digestives, till the Wound is perfectly clean, strewing the Bone with the Powder afore-described, and applying dry Lint thereon; but to the Lips Linim. Arcaei, or some Sarcotick Ointment with Diapalma, or Our Empl. Album, and over it a triple Linnen-cloth dipped in astringent Red-wine; lastly, incarnate and eicatrize according to Art   

II Of a Contrafissure of the Skull.  
XIX. A Contrafissure, or a Countercleft, is that which is made (the place struck remaining whole) in the opposite part of the Cranium, or some distant place, from that on which the blow was given: This by some is called Resonitus.  
XX. The Signs. This is hard to found out, yet there are some signs by which it may be discerned; there will be vomiting of Choler, a Fever, and other Symptoms belonging to a Fracture; and the Sick will be often putting his Hand to the place.  
XXI. Some Tumour or Softness will appear in the Cutaneous Part which is directly over the Fracture, which if you found, you may conclude there is a Contrafissure.  
XXII. If the Fracture (not being in the Wound) is at some little distance from the Wound, and not in the opposite part, the Wound will not admit of Cure in that part which is near to the Fracture, but grow ill-conditioned and rebellious.  
XXIII. The Wound will also flow with an ichorous thin Matter, and more plentifully than the magnitude of the Wound can seem to admit; the Flesh also growing pear to the Fracture, will be lose and spongy, not firm; and by the Probe thrust between, you will found the Cutis separated from the Cranium.  
XXIV. If the Contrafissure is very remote, or much distant from the Part wounded, it is either in the selfsame Bone, or in divers Bones. If it is in the selfsame Bone, it may be either laterally, as when the left side of the Os Erontis is struck, and the right side is cleft, and contrariwise; or, perpendicularly, from the upper to the lower part; as when not the upper Table which received the blow is cracked, but the lower Table.  
XXV. If the Contrafissure is in divers ' Bones, than it is either when the right side: Suppose the right Parietal is struck, the cloven or crack will be in the left: Or, if the Os Frontis receive the blow, the Os Occipitis may be cracked.  
XXVI. Now this kind of Fracture happens chief to such, who have either no Sutures at all, or, where they are either very obscure, or very close; for in such the Air being violently compressed, rebounds to the contrary or opposite side, with the greater force; and so not being able to get out, makes a cleft.  
XXVII. This has been often seen in the cracking of great Bells, designed for melting down: Do but bind the Bell round firmly with a Cord, or a Hoop; and than striking very hard upon it with a great Iron Hammer, the sound having not its wont liberty to get forth, or make its way thro', presently splits the Bell in the place opposite to that where the blow was given.  
XXVIII. To discover this kind of Fissure, the signs at Sect. 21. above, are for the most part present; besides, if there is a Tumour or Softness appearing, wherever it is, you may be assured, that there is a Fracture in the Skull subjacent thereto.  
XXIX. The Prognostics. It is difficult to make the proper Prognostics in this case; and if the Patient should die, the Artist is not much to be blamed, because of the difficulty of knowing truly how the Case is.  
XXX. For if the Cranium should by a violent Contusion be depressed, and presently return to its own place, leaving no signs of a Fracture behind; it would be difficult to foreknow the success: So also if the cloven or crack be only capillar, and hard to be seen.  
XXXI. When the second Table of the Skull is broken, the first remaining whole, it is very doubtful to be known, and therefore no presages can be exactly made.  
XXXII. When the Fracture happens in the opposite part to that which is wounded, by reason it is not to be seen, the most Skilful Artist may easily be deceived, and therefore he is cautiously to deliver his Judgement.  
XXXIII. For these Reasons than, if you suspect the Skull to be fractured, the Cutis Musculosa not being broken or divided, you are to inquire, whether the Patient has vomited Choler, whether he lost his sight, or could not speak; whether Blood did come forth of his Nostrils and Ears, or he seemed to be in a Trance; or whether he perceived a Vertigo, or giddiness after the Blow, or a vehement Sickness at Stomach; for if these Symptoms have been, or are present, they indicate a Fracture: And than, though no other Symptoms do manifest themselves, you are farther to inquire, whether the Patient had not formerly the Headache, (for than there is lesle danger) and whether he was struck with a heavy Weapon, or by a strong Hand of one enraged; and whether he felt or heard a noise in the Brain, when the Blow was given; if these signs appear, you are to suspend your judgement as to any good Event, and regulate your presages according to some other succeeding Accidents or Symptoms.  
XXXIV. The Cure. If no Tumour or Softness appear in the opposite part, you are to shave the Head, and apply upon the Part Empl. Cephalicum for 24 Hours; or this, ℞ Ship-pitch, and Wax, A. ℥ iii Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ʒvi. Mastich, Orrice in powder, A. ʒiii. mix, and make an Emplaster, and apply it to the opposice part.  
XXXV. If after the Emplaster is taken away, the Cutis Musculosa appears in any place more moist, soft, or swelled, than the rest of it is, it is very probable that there is a Fracture.  
XXXVI. When the Fracture is found, it is Cured as a Contusion of the Skull, with a Fracture under a whole Skin; viz. by making Incision in the Skin with an Incision-knife, and separating it with the Pericranium from the Bone, and than, (if the crack which penetrates is narrow) perforating the Skull with the Trepan, etc.  
XXXVII. If the second Table is broken, the first remaining whole, than you are to apply the Trepan, as well for this cause, to take away the Splinters which may prick the Dura Mater; as for another cause, to make way for the discharge of Blood, Sanies, Pus, etc.  
XXXVIII. Having found out a Contrafissure, you are first to make Incision through the soft parts above the Cranium, and than with your Rasps to make way for the discharge of the Blood, Sanies, Matter, etc.  
THIRTY-NINE. If the Cranium is cleft, (the Cutis Musculosa, or the soft Parts above the Skull not being broken or wounded) and not fearful Symptoms appear, than you are to shave of the Hair on that part of the Head where the blow was received, and apply Anodyns or Medicaments easing Pain, which may be withal drying and astringent. As,  
XL. Take Barley-flower ℥ xii. powder of read Roses, of Myrtleberries, A. ℥ two. Catechu, Mastich, A. ℥ i Oil of Roses ℥ iii Vinegar, Water, A. q.s. mix, and boil to the Consistence of a Caetaplasm; this for Summer; but if it is Wintertime, instead of the Water, take as much Wine.  
XLI. And now and than gently purge with an Infusion of Sena in half Wine half Water, or with Pulvis Cornachini mixed with Syrup of Roses solutive, or with Syrupus Catharticus.  
XLII. Some open the Cephalick Vein on the same side, or apply Cupping-glasses with Scarification; and withal drop Oil of Sweet Almonds into the Ears, for discharge of the Sanies or Pus, if any is gathered there; also the passages of the Nose are to be made smooth and slippery with Oil or sweet Butter.  
XLIII. On the fourth day you may use a Gargarism, made of a Decoction of hulled Barley, and Elm-bark, which is to be sweetened with Syrup of Mulberries, Mel Rosatum, or Oxymel simplex.  
XLIV. After the seventh day, apply Discussives, as Diachylon simple & cum Gummi, Empl. de Betonica, and such other like; which soften with Oil of Roses, or Camomile.  
XLV. But if after the use of all these means, dreadful Symptoms shall appear, (which may hap, though the Parts above the Skull are not broken or wounded) you must not than defer the Incision of the Cutis Musculosa, and opening the Skull; for indubitably there is Blood, or Matter, or both, fallen upon the Dura Meninx; and this may be known by Blood coming forth from the Ears or Nostrils, after the blow was given; also by the sleepiness of the Patient, stupidity, or heaviness of the Head.    

CHAP. FOURTEEN. Of a CONTUSION or DEPRESSION of the SKULL.  
I IT is first culled in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Cranii depressio, a depression of the Skull: And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Cranium depressum, a Skull depressed.  
II It is also called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Cranii Contusio, a Contusion of the Skull: and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Cranium Contusum, a Contused Skull.  
III A Depression or Contusion of the Skull, is made by a hard and blunt Instrument or Weapon, wherein the Skull is so hurt, that though it appears whole on the outside, yet it is depressed down, or bruised, and is for the most part severed from the whole within.  
IV. Others define a depression of the Skull to be a Solution of Continuity in the Cranium, made by the violence of some external Instrument or Weapon, whereby several parts of it are brought nearer together, than naturally they should be.  
V It is indeed when the Skull is beaten down, or inwards: And it is either of the outward Table only, or of both Tables together; in which latter kind, shivers of the Skull are many times separated from the whole Skull; and sometimes they cleave to the whole in one part, and are separate from it in another.  
VI The Signs. It is known partly by sight, partly by feeling, and partly by relation of the action, or force which was used, and kind of the Weapon giving the blow.  
VII. In its beginning, it is known by the alteration of the Colour of the Skull; for while the Bone is living and sound, it is of a whitish Colour, mixed with a lively ruddiness; but if it is mortified, or dead, it will be white or whitish, without any kind of redness: And if it is carious or rotten, it will be of a livid or blackish Colour.  
VIII. If therefore you meet with such a kind of Fracture, the pleasant or desirable ruddiness of the Bone will be go, and white spots or patches will appear in it, such as are sometimes seen upon the Nails of one's Fingers: If it is left untouched, so that the Disease makes a progress, it will be carious, and of a livid or blackish Colour: In this kind of Fracture you are to take away so much of the Cranium, as is mortified by the Contusion with Raspatories, and than to heal up the Wound with Sarcoticks.  
IX. The Prognostics. If recent, and without evil Symptoms, there is hope: But if evil Symptoms follow, not gradually, but on a heap, and as it were upon the spot, the danger of Death is not small.  
X. If evil Symptoms come on with violence, and go of again, and than come on again, it shows that Nature has had a great contest with the Disease: and though she seems Victrix for a while, yet she is so spent, that at length she is overcome; and that last return of the Symptoms proves fatal, for they never go of any more, but with the Life of the Patient.  
XI. The Cure. A Depression or Contusion is made in Children sometimes without a Fracture, (by reason of the toughness of their Bones:) but there is for the most part the suspicion of a Fracture.  
XII. It is cured, as Scultetus says, with admirable success, with the Skins of Beasts newly killea; especially of a Dog, Cat, Weasel, Rat, Mouse, Lamb, or Sheep; if applied while they are yet hot, and left on for 24 Hours.  
XIII. If the Contusion is not wholly discussed with one Skin, you must apply another; and the Skin of a Lamb, or Sheep, is as powerful as any other.  
FOURTEEN. By this one excellent Remedy, Scultetus affirms that he has cured many; as also, that it never failed him: I have also used it three or four times with the like happy success: and with Scultetus, I advice all young Surgeons, that they never open Contusions, or other Tumours, unless they sinned them to resist the help of Topics.  
XU. If with the said Contusion there is a Fracture, as in a simple Depression of the Scull, the Skin being whole above; if the fractured part cleave to the whole on one side, you are to elevate the other with a Levatory: but if with that it cannot be done, you are than to apply the Trepan, as near to the fractured part as you can, that as little of the Cranium, may be taken away, as may be.  
XVI. Afterwards, you are either to reduce the depressed part to its own place, or wholly remove it, as you shall think most fitting: but in doing these things, you must take great care that the meanings be not hurt by the sharp splinters of the fractured Bones.  
XVII. But in Children this Contusion many times happens without a Fracture, (though scarcely ever in those of ripe age:) and therefore in those little ones the Depression may be raised, as Paraeus, lib. 9 cap. 3. has taught; and that excellently, with a Cupping-Glass, and reduced to its proper place.  
XVIII. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 5. invented two Helps, viz. a Horn-Cup, and an Emplaster; which if they prevail not, he than advises to the raising of the Bone by a Pierce, upon a Triploides: but this is in many things both needless and unprofitable, yea sometimes very dangerous.  
XIX. For that such Depressions in Children, which press upon the Brain, hindering the generating and distributing of the Animal Spirits, are mortal: and in others, not only make work for the Chirurgeon, but oftentimes prove very dangerous; because the Levitor being fastened upon the centre of the Depression, the Pit in the Scull is easily made greater.  
XX. 'Tis true, that Manual Operation being neglected, the Cure, with danger to the Fatient, is often prolonged: yet the prudent. Artist aught rather to omit it, than to lay an Infamy upon the Art  
XXI. The only thing to be applied, is the aforesaid hot Lambskin, for a day or two; with convenient Ligature of the Band-Cancer.  
XXII. When the Tumour is discussed, and no great Symptoms appear, apply under the Lambskin Ceratum Diapalma, or Emplastr. Album, brought to the softness of a Cerat with Oil of Ben; which spread upon a broad Linen Cloth, to corroborated the Part.  
XXIII. If there is a Contusion of the Cutis Musculosa, a Depression of the Scull, with a Fracture of the inner Table, without any Wound in the Flesh or Skin, or any Crack in the outward Table; you must presently cut the Skin with the Incision-Knife, either crosswise, like the Letter X; or triangularly, like the Greek Letter A, or the Greek Letter T.  
XXIV. Than the Skin, Flesh, and Pericranium together, must be parted, or raised from the Scull, and the gaping Wound must be kept open with Pellets; to see whether there is a Chink, Cleft, or Crack with the Depression in the outward Table.  
XXV. But if no such thing is found in that Table, but it appears whole; yet by the ill Symptoms accompanying the Depression, it is feared that the inward Table is broken: the Cranium must than be opened with the Trepan, by the side of the Depression, that the Matter which is fallen down by the secret Fissure of the inward Table, upon the Membranes of the Brain, may have a place to come forth; and the Scull which is depressed or fallen innards, may be raised up, by the help of the Levitor.  
XXVI. But if the Contusion is without a Depression, or Pitting-down, no Manual Operation must be attempted, but only the Lambskins aforementioned, are to be laid upon the place as aforesaid; unless Symptoms showing the Scull to be broken, follow.  
XXVII. But if there is with the Depression, a broad Rife in the middle of the inward Table, or in one side of the Depression, it requires the taking of the Pericranium.  
XXVIII. The Crack in the middle of the Depression, is either broad or narrow: if it is broad, and the Depression not great, the Scull must be raised with the Levitor, in Tab. VI Lett. N, M. But if the Depression is greater than ordinary, you must raise it with a stronger Levitor, as that in Tab. V Lett. L, L.  
XXIX. If with a broad Crack the Scull is go far in, the said Levitors are than of little use; but you must come presently to the use of the Terebra and Triploides.  
XXX. If the Depression has a narrow Crack in the middle, than at the bounds of the Depression, the Scull must be cut away with the Trepan: and the distance between the Holes is to be taken away with a Turning-Saw; (which, if rightly made, with a double Socket, and a firm Screw) is done without the lest danger.  
XXXI. This done, you may raise the Depression with the Levitors, and take away any small fragments of Bones, (which are sometimes parted from the inward Table of the Scull, and prick the Membranes like Thorns) with all the ease imaginable.  
XXXII. If with the Depression there is a Crack, whether broad or narrow, at the side of the Depression, you must (if broad) pray a Levitor under the Scull, to raise it. Or, (if narrow) the Scull must be evenly terebrated on that side which is sound and bore, with the Modiolus or Trepan; and than it must be raised by the help of Levitors.  
XXXIII. If the Levitor let down at one hole, cannot raise the Scull; you must make another hole, and than cut forth the distance between these holes, with the round See; that in what part soever of the Fissure it is needful, the Levitor may be put down, and the Scull raised by it.   

CHAP. XU. Of an INCISION and PUNCTURE of the SKULL.  
I THAT which the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Cranii Incisio; we in English call, An Incision or Cutting of the Scull: but when any piece of the Scull is wholly cut of, than the Greeks call it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Cranii Excisio.  
II That which the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Cranii Punctura; we in English call, A Puncture of the Scull: but when the Weapon sticks so fast, that by pulling it forth, the Scull thereby seems to be pulled up, and to vault forth; the Greeks call it, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Cranii concameratio.  

I Of an Incision of the Scull.  
III An Incision is made by a cutting Instrument; wherein either a part of the Scull is raised up, but is yet fast to the other part: or, a mark of the Cut only remains in the Scull, according to the figure of the Instrument, which they call Sedes, or, the Seat; being the Seat of the Weapon: or, a part of the Scull is cut slopingly through, and quite taken away.  
IV. As to the Sedes, where the Print of the Weapon is only left behind in the Scull; the Wound is to be dilated or opened, and the Skin and Flesh with the Pericranium is to be raised, and the Sedes or Seat of the Weapon is to be immediately pared away with a Knife or Chizel; or it must be scraped with a Scraping-Instrument, and that till the whole Sedes or Incision is go.  
V After the Sedes or Print of the Weapon is pared or scraped away, you must dress it with convenient Medicaments, such as we use in the Cure of a Fissure, or after the rasping of the Scull.  
VI If it passes through both Tables, and splints of Bone prick the meanings; and way enough is made by the Weapon, for the evacuating of the Pus or Matter; not farther apertion is to be made, but the Wound is to be dressed, as after the application of the Trepan.  
VII. But if either splinters of Bones do offend the Dura Mater, or the way out is too narrow for the coming forth of the Sanies or Pus; a farther opening of the Scull is to be made, with such Instruments as you shall think most fit for the Operation.  
VIII. But if the Sedes passes no farther than the first Table, than the Cranium is only to be smoothed with Raspatories; that the Pus or Matter may not settle in the Sedes, and so 'cause a deeper cariosity; and the Wound is to be dressed with Linimentum Arcaei, melted in a Spoon: in these Cases many times, if the Patient is of a good habit of Body, the Cranium casts of no Scales.  
IX. If a part of the Scull is raised up by the Cutting, out yet is fast on the other parts; having dilated the Wound, see whether the Weapon has passed the first Table only, or the first and second, if the first only, the Bone may be rasped away; but if both, there will be a necessity of applying the Trepan, to make way for the Matter.  
X. The lips of the Wound may be kept asunder with Pledgets, or Dossels of fine Tow dipped in whites of Eggs, which will also stop the flux of Blood: the Parts which are adjacent are to be anointed with astringent Oils made hot, to prevent Inflammation, and convenient Ligature is to be applied, which is the Band-Cancer, with a thrice doubled linen Cloth; that the wounded Parts may not be more hurt by the ambient Air, (which is an Enemy to the Wounds of the Head;) and that the Medicaments laid on, may be kept close, and not fall of.  
XI. The following Figure represents the Band-Cancer, which for Wounds of the Head, is the best of all to contain them, and also the most useful and commodious: it is broad in the middle A, and both ways it has four ends; of which two begin from the Temples, and end on the hinder part of the Head; where they must be sewed, as E, E: two arise from the hinder part of the Head, and are bound together on the forepart of the Head, as B, B: two are turned behind the Ears, and fastened under the Chin, as C, C: and two of them come before the Ears, and are fastened as the other also, under the Chin; as D, D.   depiction of the band cancer, a bandage for the head 
The Band Cancer  
XII. The second day, let the Wound be dressed; being cleansed of its Sanies, let some Astringent Powder or dry Lint be laid upon the Bone, and let the lips of the Wound be dressed with some Digestive, which apply upon Lint; and and over that Emplastr. Album, or Diapalma, with a Hole cut in in it for the Pus to issue forth; over which Hole lay Linimentum Arcaei, with a Pledget of Cloth three times doubled: anoint the Parts adjacent with some Astringent Oil beforenamed, than bind it up with the Band-Cancer, and a good Rowler; and continued this course of Dressing, till a good and white sort of Pus, and not stinking, is produced.  
XIII. If the Artist is careful, he will found, where the Bone is only rasped or scraped, that if the Cephalick drying Powders be strewed upon it, and dressed with dry Lent, it will be covered with Flesh the next day: they that will not endure Scraping or Rasping the Bone, (when it is altered) leave it to Nature for the Scaling of it: but such Men prolong the Cure.  
FOURTEEN. The Wound being digested, you must daily apply Detersives, mixed with Digestves, until it is throughly cleansed; continuing the use of the Pledget of Cloth thrice doubled, with the Unctions and Bandage.  
XU. The Wound being cleansed, you must with Sarcotick Ointments, as Linimentum Arcaei, etc. laid upon Lint, to the lips; fill it up with Flesh, (and not use Oil of Roses, as some Ignorants do;) and over that Diapalma, or Emplastr. Album, malaxed with a little Oil; and than a Cloth thrice doubled, wet in Red-wine, or some Astringent Decoction, and pressed out again.  
XVI. The Wound being filled with Flesh, it must at last be covered with a Cicatrice; which is done either with dry Lint only, or else by applying Ceratum Diviaum, or such other like; renewing the Dressing till the Skin is produced.  
XVII. When a part of the Scull is separated, so that the first Table is divided from the second, and sticks close to the Skin, you must first take away the Bone, and than cure the Wound.  
XVIII. If a part of the whole Scull is divided, so that the Dura Mater is seen, you must reduce the Incision, being first cleansed with Canary or S.U. or with them mixed equally together; and so keep it, either by stitching the Lips of the Wound, or rather by fit Bandage.  
XIX. But a smooth Chopping away, or Cutting of a piece of the Skull, requires no Manual Operation; but it aught to be covered with Flesh, by strewing on it some Cephalick astringent Powder, etc. as a Skull newly scraped, or rasped with Rasps.   

II Of a PUNCTURE of the SKULL.  
XX. If the Puncture pierces not both Tables, (as it seldom does) it must be taken of with Piercers, or the Trafine, which must be put just upon the middle.  
XXI. But if it penetrates through both Tables, the Skull must be opened with the Trepan, setting the Pin of the Male-Trepan upon the Point or Puncture, and so turning it round till it make a print, upon which the Female may stand fast.  
XXII. Now that these Operations may be performed quickly, safely, and pleasantly, the Cutis Musculosa and Pericranium must be separated from the Bone: And when the Trepan has done its work, the rest of the Cure must be completed, as we have already taught in Chap. 12. Sect. 83. and 104.  
XXIII. In all Fractures, if they be so large, or well-conditioned, that you can thereby free the Brain, or Place, from Coagulated or Corrupted Blood, or from the prickings of the Splinters; these Operations will be needless.  
XXIV. But if otherwise, there is a necessity, you must use great Care in applying the Instruments; which aught to be done before the Patient is grown too weak, or the Cure of the Disease is become passed hope.  
XXV. It is also to be noted, that if the bore Bone lies open to the ambient Air but for two Hours, the Bone will be altered; but if it lies open longer, it will grow black: In these Cases, if the Weapon (whether sharp-edged, or pointed) pierces not both Tables, or pierces only one, or the Superficies of the first Table, you must than scrape or rasp of all round about, till the Colour is changed, or the Sedes or Puncture is taken totally away; or till Blood comes forth of it, etc.  
XXVI. If there is a Concameratio, or vaulting out of the Skull, made by the plucking out of a pointed Weapon forcibly, whereby an empty space or vacuity is left beneath, and the upper Table is separated from the lower; you have no more to do, but (dilating the Wound by Incision) to rasp or smooth the Skull, and than to heal up the Wound according to the Method before laid down.  
XXVII. But if it passes through the second Table, you must open the Skull in the most depending Part with the Trepan, to make way for the issuing forth of the Sanies or Pus, which of necessity must be lodged in the voided space, if the hole the Weapon has made is large enough to give a passage for the same.  
XXVIII. And if any ruggedness or pointed Splinters prick the Dura Mater, the whole Fracture is to be removed, compassing it with a large head of a Trepan; after which the Wound is to be Cured, as we have formerly taught.   

III Of an Incision or Puncture of the Skull, under the Temporal Muscle.  
XXIX. This is always with a Wound; and the Incision is either transverse, or according to the length of the Muscle: If it is a Puncture, or a transverse Incision, it will be of dangerous Consequence, as we have already proved, and for the most part, Mortal.  
XXX. If the Wound is made longways, it is to be dilated by Dosils or Sponges; and if the Fracture is a Cloven, it is to be removed by Rasps, or some scraping Tool: But if it is a great Fracture, in which the points of the shivers do prick the Membranes, or the depression of the Cranium does press them down; than a triangular Incision is to be made, a little above the Fracture, avoiding the Temporal Muscle.  
XXXI. Which done, the Modiolus or Trepan is to be applied: The Skull being opened, the Splinters which are perfectly separated from the sound part of the Skull, are to be taken away; and the remainder which are not wholly separated, are to be reduced (if possible) to their true places.  
XXXII. And as often as the Patient is dressed, you are to 'cause him to stoop down his Head, and (stopping his Mouth and Nose) to 'cause him to force his Breath strongly, by which means the Sanies will be the better forced out of the Wound.  
XXXIII. This being done, you must make some mundifying. Injection of read Wine, clarified juice of Smallage, and Honey of Roses strained, or with other things as you shall see most fit, to wash out all the Sanies, Pus, or other foulnesses, which otherwise would necessarity lodge there.  
XXXIV. And though Pareaens, lib. 9 cap. 19) advised to keep a leaden Pipe in the Wound, yet this by reason of its hardness and solidity, would not dilate the Section, but cause pain; I should rather advice you to compressed or prepared pieces of Sponge, which is by much the better.  
XXXV. For this as it is soft, it cannot hurt; and as it is porous, so it will dilate itself, and suck up the Impurities; and withal, it will dilate the Wound, and keep, it sufficiently open, till all the Splinters of the Cranium are fully come forth, after which the Wound is to be healed up, as other Wounds of the Head and Skull.    

CHAP. XVI. Of a FRACTURE of the NOSE-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Ossis Nasi; and in English, A Fracture of the Bone of the Nose.  
II Hypocrates, de Articulis, Text. 30, etc. shows, that the Bone of the Nose may be broken many ways; for a part of it may either be broken of, or the ridge of it may be broken down, etc. wherein a Wound generally happens unto the Fracture.  
III The Prognostics. A Fracture of this Part is the easiest set of all; if it is not presently set right and strait, it cannot be set strait at all, but it will always stand awry.  
IV. In this Bone a Callus also is soon bred, and confirmed; and it is healed in ten or twelve days time, unless the Bone is corrupted: Yet some say it is not done in lesle than 18 or 20 days; but this is according to the various habits of Body.  
V The Cure. If the Bone is equally crushed down unto the lower part, and made as it were flat; than something is to be put into the Nostrils that may raise it up again, which may be done with some searching Instrument, or a Spatha; or else it may be lifted up with the Finger, by putting it up into the Nostrils, outwardly also nipping it up on both sides, that so it may be restored to its natural situation and place.  
VI Or wrapping up a little Stick in Cotton, you may put it into the Nostrils as gently as may be; and therewith raise up the Bone, laying the Thumb and Finger of your left Hand on both sides the Nose, to direct, reinstate, and retain the Bones in their proper piaces.  
VII. If the Nose is broken only on one side, it is gently to be set right and straight from that way to which it declines; either by thrusting in the Finger, or by the help of some fit Instrument as aforesaid, directing it also strait outwardly.  
VIII. And that the Bones thus set may be kept in their proper places, Plugs made of Linnen-rags are to be put up the Nostrils; or else Pipes of Lead, anointed with Oil of Turpentine mixed with Spirit of Wine, which may both support the Bones, and facilitate Respiration.  
IX. Some put up Sponges, but they are pernicious, for through the moisture of the Nostrils they will swell much, whereby becoming very thick, and much dilated, they are apt to distend the Part, and to move the Bones out of their places, after they have been well set.  
X. The leaden Pipes which are put up, aught to have leaden Ears or Handles, by which they may be fastened to the Cap, or Head; and if you please, to make them the more healing, they may be covered with some Empastick Medicament, as Manna Thuris, (which is a pure white sort of Frankincense, exsudating of its own accord through the Bark of the Tree, and which in the West-indieses I have often gathered with my own Hands) made up with Mastic, Gum Tragacanth, and Oil of Roses, into a Body.  
XI. If there is no Wound in the Nose, there will be little need of Bandage; but if a Wound is present, you are to apply proper Topics, and to lay upon each side the Nose a kind of triangular Bolster, covered with a small piece of Pasteboard of the same figure.  
XII. This Dressing may be kept on with a kind of Bandage, which has four ends or straps, being a piece of Linnen-cloth about two Inches broad, and two Feet long; it is slit at both ends, and all along, leaving it only in the middle whole, for about three Inches in length.  
XIII. This whole part is to be laid upon the Eracture, causing the upper straps to go round the Nape of the Neck, which are to be brought back again forwards: The lower straps are also to be carried backwards to the Neck, crossing above the Neck upwards, and afterwards to be brought again forwards.  
FOURTEEN. If the Nose, near to the Gristle, is turned away, a glutinative Emplaster with a little Loop is to be applied to the reclining side of the Nose; which being dried firmly on, is afterwards to be straitened as much as is convenient, that so the Note may be set strait again.  
XU. Paraeus uses this: Take fine Bole, Frankincense, Mastic, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ i Pine Rosin, Roch Alum, A. ℥ ss. all being in fine powder, mix them with whites of Eggs well beaten q.s. and make a sticking Emplaster.  
XVI. Or this Emplaster may be put upon a very broad Tape, or a Linen Rowler, which may be so long, that being drawn below the Ear, and so wound about the Head, it may be agglutinated upon the Forehead: After 14 days it may be removed, and a Cerate laid on, to consummate the Cure, and to confirm and strengthen the Bones.  
XVII. If the Bone is shattered into small pieces, they are, as much as may be, to be put all in their places again with fit Instruments; nor must you easily admit the taking of any forth, if it is possible that they may be agglutinated, jest it cause deformity.  
XVIII. Now as some Authors approve of this Bandage, or Binding up of these Fractures, so others wholly disapprove of them, saying, it is more safe wholly to omit them; for that they either perform nothing at all if they be lose, or else draw the Nose awry, or make it flat, if drawn but indifferently close or hard; and that the broken Bones of the Nose may very easily be kept fast in their planes by proper Plasters, without any binding at all.  
XIX. And truly in this Case only is this Bandage convenient, where in the ridge of the Nose, the Flesh is bruised with, and the broken Bones stick forth; so that the Bandage pressing them together, may make them to acquire their own natural form.  
XX. And yet in this very case, Bandage is not altogether necessary or profitable, for that a proper Cerate or Emplastey may sufficiently do the Work without it; But we thought good in the aforegoing Sections, so deliver the Method or Way of doing it, that this our Work might not be thought defective in that particular.   

CHAP. XVII. Of a FRACTURE of the JAWBONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Mandibulae vel Maxillae; and in English, A Fracture of the Jawbone.  
II The Signs. When the lower Jawbone is broken, it is easily known, both by sight and feeling.  
III The Prognostics. If in the Practure there is not an Inflammation from the very beginning, the Cure may be completed in twenty days, the Teeth remaining safe.  
IU. But if the Cure is ill managed, or long delayed, the Teeth may be vitiated, and rendered unuseful.  
V The Cure. It is restored with ones Fingers, used both within and without the Mouth; to press the prominences of the Bones into their proper places.  
VI If they be too weak, than one is to draw the Head backward, and the Artist the Jaw forwards, and so reduce the fractured Bone to its place; and if the Bones pass one over another, a small Extension is to be made.  
VII. If the whole Jawbone is broken in a transverse manner, (which yet seldom happens) let there be an Extension of the Parts, than by compression with the Hand, reduce or set the Bories together.  
VIII. If the Bone is restored rightly, to its place, it will be known by its equality and evenness, and by the Teeth being restored and disposed again to their former natural situation.  
IX. If the Teeth have been moved on ●…sned, they are with a small Gold or Silver Wire, or with a waxed Silk or Thread, to be fustned to the sound Teeth which stand next them.  
X. These things being thus done, some proper Medicament is outwardly to be applied to the Jawbone, that so the broken Bones being set together again, may be firmly fastened in their places; and externally a little Bolster of Leather, or other like thing, may be applied, with convenient Ligature.  
XI. The Bandage may be with a Swath two Inches or more broad, slit at both ends, into straps, or cut longways, that it may on both sides take in and contain the Chin; and therefore there being four Heads of the Swath, thus slit at both ends, the two lower of them are to be brought and drawn along to the top of the Head, and there to be tied together, or sewed to the Nightcap; but the two uppermost are to be drawn to the lowest part of the Head behind, and tied together, or sewed, as aforesaid, to the Nightcap.  
XII. Others lay a piece of Pasteboard, cut to the stupe and size of the Jaw, to the flat side thereof; and than with a Bandage nearly twelve Feet long, and two Inches broad, rolled up with one head, they begin the Application, by making a Circumvolution round about the Head, and passing over the Forehead; than the Band is let down under the Chin, and carried up again upon the Cheek, near the outward corner of the Eye, passing also over the Fracture: Afterwards it is raised up to the Head, and brought down again under the Chin, to hold the Bolster upon the Fracture; thus three or four Circumvolutions being made upon the Fracture, the Band is let down under the Chin, to stay and strengthen its several Circumvolutions, and ends round the Head, in passing over the Forehead.  
XIII. If the Jaw is fractured on both sides, it would be necessary to apply to it a Bolster and Paste-board (perforated at the Chin) of the shape or figure of the whole Jaw; and the Bandage may be 18 or 19 Feet long, and two Inches broad, rolled up with two heads.  
FOURTEEN. The Ligature is to begin at the middle between the two heads, and to be applied under the Chin, from whence it is to be carried up, over the Cheeks to the top of the Head, where they are to cross, and than to be let down again behind the Head, where they cross again, and so being brought under the Chin, they cross there also, and are carried over the Fracture on both sides; afterwards the Bands are passed about three or four times over the same, and rolling upon the Jaws, are turned upon the Chin, and being carried round the Head, end upon the Forehead.  
XU. Let the Patiented lie upon the contrary Jawbone (when but one is broken) viz. upon that which is not fractured, but let him not rest thereupon, but upon his Head, jest the Fracture should renew, or the Bone go awry.  
XVI. And keep the Jaw, is much as may be, immovable, or at rest; let him not speak much, or chew any hard thing, but be nourished with soft and moist Food, till the Callus is hardened; on the third day dress it, and regulate what Symptoms you found appear.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of a FRACTURE of the COLLAR-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Claviculae; and in English, A Fracture of the Channel-bone, or Collar-bone.  
II Hypocrates, de Articulis, Text. 62. reckons up Six Differences of Fractures in this Bone. However, it is broken either transversly, or longways; and these are either in the middle, or near the Brest-bone, or near the Joint of the Shoulder.  
III The Signs. It may be known both by sight and touching, as also by the Pain the Patient endures.  
IV. The Prognostics. If it is broken transversly, it is the more easily Cured; if longways, the more hard: And because it cannot be bound about as other Fractures may, it breeds a Callus, causing a very great desormity.  
V This Bone does easily grow together again, as do all other thin Bones; but in a thin Bone, the Callus always grows greater than in other thicker Bones; and the Cure is performed in twenty, or twentyfour days at the farthest.  
VI The Cure. You must make an Extension by the help of two strong People; there must be one to draw the Arm backwards or sideways, and another to draw the Neck and Shoulders forwards; the Artist himself in the mean time, thrusting or drawing upwards what was fallen down; and thrusting or putting downwards what was raised too high.  
VII. And if a Ball, or some tuberous Body be put under the Armpit, and the Elbow is pressed against the Ribs, the Operation will be the more easy.  
VIII. But if the ends of the broken Bone are so depressed, that they cannot in this manner be brought back again upwards; than the Patient is to be laid flat upon his Back upon a hard Pillow, or Cushion put under his Backbone, between the Shoulderblades.  
IX. Than the Shoulders are by main strength of the Hands lying upon them to be so pressed down, that the ends of the fractured Bones which are depressed may be lifted up so high, as to be reduced to their true places.  
X. If the Bone is shattered into many small pieces, pricking the Flesh, or causing a difficulty of breathing; you must make an Incision into the same Part, and remove them, or cut of the sharp pricks or points of the broken Bones, and than join the Bones together.  
XI. Than drawing the Lips of the Wound close, apply things proper for a Fracture, and such as may withal hinder Inflammation.  
XII. But if there should be many fragments of Bones (the Skin remaining whole) which are not sharppointed nor do at all prick, than a Sprinter of Leather, Pasteboard, or some other convenient Matter; is to be smeared or anointed with some proper Ointment or Balsam, and to be applied to them.  
XIII. Afterwards three cover must be provided, of a fit length and thickness; two to fill up the hollownesses on each side the Bone, and a third to be imposed upon the Fracture sticking forth; all which will keep the broken Bones in their due place.  
FOURTEEN. The Bandage. It is to be well bound up with a Swath four Inches broad, and of a sufficient length, viz. about eight Yards long, rolled up to the middle at both ends, and so making two heads.  
XU. It is bound crosswise in form of the Letter X, which is rather to be often drawn or wound about the place of the Fracture, than that it should be too close, or hard bound; and it is to be so rolled about, that it may draw the Arm unto the hinder parts: which that the Sick may the better endure, Bolsters are to be put under the Armpit, near the Part affected.  
XVI. The Ligature is not to be loosened before the seventh day, unless as Itching, or other Cause require it: but if it is at any time unbound, it is in binding up again, to be drawn a little closer and harder.  
XVII. Or, the Swath being rolled up with two heads to the middle, apply it in the middle to the Fracture: one of its heads is to be let down upon the Breast, whilst the other is carried behind the Back, below the Arm-hole, opposite to the indisposed Arm-hole; and above the Breast, to be carried over the other end of the Band, which is raised up to fix a Bolster upon the Fracture: the other end is to be passed under the affected Arm-hole, and upon that end of the Band which fixed the Bolster; which is again to be elevated by applying another Bolster upon the Part: these Circumvolutions are continued round the Body, and pass over the Clavicle, till it is perfectly covered therewith; and passing over the upper part of the Shoulder near its Head, it is to be carried over the space which lies between the Bolsters, and the Circumvolutions of the Arm, and than is to end, by passing round about the Body.   

CHAP. XIX. Of a FRACTURE of the SHOULDERBLADE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Scapulae; and in English, A Fracture of the Shoulderblade.  
II A Fracture may hap either in its point, or top of the Shoulder, called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 (ex 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 extremus, summus, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, humerus) summitas humeri; or in the body of the Blade-bone itself, properly and more especially called Scapula, or Omoplata.  
III The Signs. If the Acromion is broken, it is known both by sight and feeling, there being a certain unevenness in the Part, especially, if being compared with that which is sound.  
IV. If the Scapula is broken in the middle part, it is known also by the touch, there being a certain Cavity felt: there is also a pricking Pain in the Part, and a numbedness is felt in the whole Arm, more especially if it is stretched directly out.  
V The Prognostics. A Fracture in the Acromion, or top of the Shoulder, is more difficultly Cured, than in any other Part of the Shoulderblade.  
VI If the Blade-bone itself is broken, the Cure is generally performed in about twentyfour days time.  
VII. If the Neck of the Shoulderblade is broken, or the Fracture is in the Dearticulation of the Shoulder, it is scarcely ever Cured.  
VIII. For since near about this Joint, there are the Arteries and Veins of the Armpits; and the Nerves arifing from the Vertebrae of the Neck behind; an Inflammation, and other vehement Symptoms do generally hap.  
IX. The Cure. First examine the Place and Circumstances of the Fracture, and see if the broken Bone does still adhere to the Shoulderblade; if so, you are with your Hands to thrust back the Prominences of the Bones into their proper places.  
X. But if this cannot be done easily, and that there is need of great strength, than a Ball of Linen is to be put under the Arm-hole, and the Assistant is to draw the Shoulder downwards, by drawing about the Elbow unto the Ribs; and the Artist himself is with his Hand to press down the fractured piece of Bone, into its right place.  
XI. If the broken Bone is wholly separated from the Scapula, but hangs by the Periosteum, and the Ligaments; and that no vehement Symptoms are induced by reason of the Pain; you are than to restore it to its place again.  
XII. But if the broken Bone is wholly separated both from the Scapula, the Periosteum, and the Ligaments; or there happens to be any Splinters, which may prick the Nervous Parts, etc. you must than make an Incision in the Skin and Flesh, and those fragments are to be taken out, or their points are to be cut of.  
XIII. But if they prick not, they are than to be left remaining; for Nature will at length expel of her own accord, those things which will not join with the rest; though sometimes it may be a considerable time before it is done.  
FOURTEEN. The Bones being reduced as well as may be, proper Medicines are to be applied upon the Fraction; with convenient Ligature or Bandage.  
XU. A Bolster is to be laid upon the Scapula; and a large piece of Paste-board, of the bigness and Figure of the Bone, over which may be applied a small Bandage, resembling the Band-Cancer, or a Star, with a Swath five Yards long and four Inches broad, rolled up with one Head.  
XVI. This Swath is to be carried behind the Back, one of its ends lying under the Arm-hole opposite to the side affected; but the other is to go under the Shoulder, and afterwards above it, crossing the middle of the Back, and so running under the other Arm-hole; it is brought up to the Shoulder, to run down, and form a second Cross upon the middle of the Back: these Circumvolations are to be continued till the Scapulae are all covered; and Circumvolutions are also to be made round the upper Part of the Humerus or Shoulder, and than the Ligature is to be completed by a Circumvolution round about the Breast or Stomach.  
XVII. If the Acromion is broken, a Linen Ball is than to be bound under the Wing thereof, and the Ligature is not to be loosened before the seventh day, unless some Symptoms urge it.  
XVIII. Lastly, Let the Patient lie on the opposite side, and let the Part affected be kept in as much quietness as may be.   

CHAP. XX. Of a FRACTURE of the ARM.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. In Latin, Fractura Humeri, vel ●ssis Humeri and in English, A Fracture of the Arm, or of the Bone of the Arm.  
II The Signs. It is known partly by sight, partly by feeling, and partly by the weakness of the Part, and complaint of the Sick.  
III The Prognostics. A Fracture of the Os Humeri is more eaily cured than a Fracture in the Bones of the Elbow.  
IV. The Shoulder-Bone being broken, is consolidated in about 40 days; for it being a great Bone, it requires a long time for the generating of the Callus  
V The Cure. To restore the Bones to their proper place, the fractured Part is to be extended; one plucking strongly the upper part, another drawing the lower Bone above the Elbow strait out, and than to reduce it to its place with your Hands, by closing it on all sides.  
VI If this cannot be done by the Hand above, in such as are of full and ripe Age, by reason of the thickness and strength of the Muscles, than it will be necessary to make the Extension by proper Instruments, and Cords, as Hypocrates has taught us, and of which we have sufficiently spoken before.  
VII. In the Extension, let the Sick be kept immovable, whether sitting or lying along, and let the Shoulder be kept in about the upper part of it, and let the broken Bone be drawn this way and that way, till you have truly fixed it in its right place.  
VIII. The broken Bones being thus set right and strait, you are to apply fit Medicaments thereto, such as we have formerly described, and than it is to be bound up with fit Swaths, beginning at the Fracture itself.  
IX. Lay round the Fracture a Bolster dipped in Read Wine, or Oxycrate; than three several Bands are to be taken, 3 or 4 Inches broad, and 5 or 6 Foot long: the first of these is to be laid upon the Fracture, with which you are to make three very strait Circumvolutions; than it is to be carried up with small Rowsings to the top of the Arm, and stayed round the Body.  
X. The second Swath is to be applied to the Fracture, on the opposite side to the first, with which you are to make upon the Fracture two Circumvolutions; so that the same Swath may be carried down along the whole length of the Arm, with many turn about, and at last terminate below the Elbow, which yet it is not to cover.  
XI. This done, four long Bolsters are to be laid round about the Arm, upon the Fracture, which are to be kept close with the third Swath; in the binding of which about, it signifies not much, whether you begin it at bottom, or at top; and so accordingly it may end either round the Body, or below the Elbow.  
XII. The Arm aught also to be encompassed with two thick pieces of Pasteboard, made round at the ends, and of the length of the Arm, which must be applied so as not to cross one another, and than tied on with Tape, or Ferret-Ribband.  
XIII. After which the Arm is to be put in a Scarf made up with a large Napkin, which is first to be applied in the middle under the Arm-hole, the Arm resting upon it, so that the four ends being raised up, may be fastened to the Clotheses of the opposite Shoulder; and the Hand aught to be kept higher than the Elbow.  
FOURTEEN. And you must always be careful to bind up the Member in that figure or posture, in which it aught to remain; so as that the Shoulder-Bone with the Elbow-Bones, may make a Right-angle.  
XU. Hypocrates binds on Splinters the seventh or ninth day, because of the magnitude of the Muscles of the Shoulder: for that in a longer time those Bones would become slender and lose; but you are to be careful, that these Splints touch not the extremity of the Joints.  
XVI. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10. says, That they aught to be very long on the outside of the Arm; somewhat shorter on the brawn of the Arm; and shortest of all under the Arm-hole.  
XVII. If the Splinter be immediately fastened on, at the very first of all (as indeed most of the Moderns now do,) they aught than to be tied on but loosely; and after the seventh or ninth day to be bound harder.  
XVIII. And that the Member may be so placed, that the Shoulder may not be perverted, or turned awry; the broad Bandage which encompasses the Shoulder, should be drawn in a manner round about the Breast.  
XIX. Let the Sick (when in Bed) lie upon his Back, putting his Hand upon his Stomach, and soft Pillows under the Shoulder; and lift up the Elbow by a Scarf put about the Neck, to preserve the orthogonal figure, and that the Angle may not be altered whilst the Patient sleeps.  
XX. After the second or third Dressing, as often as the Patient is dressed, he must stretch out his Arm straight; to the end the Tendons which run from the Arm, and are inserted below the Elbow, (contracting themselves by the long bending of the Elbow) might 'cause a very troublesome stiffness.  
XXI. The shrinking of Tendons (which Barbers, and ignorant Surgeons call the Shrinking of the Nerves or Sinews,) may yet easily be cured in ten or twelve Weeks time, if you 'cause the Patient to carry every day, some fit or proportional Weight.  
XXII. And than withal endeavour to relax and soften the Tendons with emollient Fomentations and Embrocations; (abstaining from all Astringent Medicines) and applying over the Contracture a Cloth dipped in Empl. de Minio, being but a little more than half boiled.  
XXIII. You may also bathe the Contracture twice a day with Spiritus Mirabilis, which softens hard Parts, and restores Contractures, to a Miracle: than anoint with this. ℞ Man's, Ducks, Goose, and Viper's Grease, A. ℥ i Oleum Catellorum, Ung. de Althaea, A. ℥ ss. Oils of Earthworms, of Neats-feets, of Camomile, and of white Lilies, A. ʒii. mix them: and after anointing, apply a Sparadrap of Emplast. de Minio, a little more than half boiled.   

CHAP. XXI. Of a FRACTURE of the ELBOW.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Ossis Cubiti; and in English, A Fracture of the Elbow, or, of the Elbow-Bone.  
II This Part consists of two Bones; of which, the greater, which lies lowermost, is called Cubitus, or Ulna: and the lesser, which lies uppermost, is called Radius. Now sometimes but one of these Bones are broken, and sometimes both.  
III The Prognostics. A Fracture of these Bones, is more easily cured than a Fracture of the Os Humeri: and if one Bone only is broken, the Cure is easier and sooner to be performed, than if both be broken together.  
IU. And if the Radius is only broken, it is easier to be cured, than if the Cubitus is broken; because this latter is the larger Bone, and requires a greater extension: and if this latter is kept whole, whilst the other is broken, it serves as a Prop, or Stay to the other broken Bone, that it may be kept the better in its place.  
V If both the Bones are broken together, the Cure is performed with some difficulty; 1. Because they have no Prop, or any thing to sustain them. 2. Because they need a greater extension, for that the Nerves and Muscles are very much contracted; and when extended, there is nothing to keep them so. 3. Because the Parts adjacent are also the more hurt.  
VI A Fracture of these Bones is generally consolidated in about 30 days, or little more: but in this case, you must have respect to the constitution or habit of Body, the nature, disposition, and age of the Patient: all which things make the punctual time more difficult to be limited.  
VII. The Cure. If the Radius only is broken, there is need of lesle strength or force to reduce it, than when the Cubitus is broken: if both the Bones are broken, a stronger extension is to be made, but yet equal, than if one only were broken: but if one only of the two Bones is broken, the greatest extension is to be on that part or side, where the Bone is broken.  
VIII. For which purpose, a Servant is to be ordered to grasp the Arm above the Elbow, with both his Hands, and another to lay hold of it above the Wrist; whilst the Artist reduces the Bones with the palms of both his Hands; and fixes them so well, as no inequality is felt in any part.  
IX. The broken Bone being thus reduced, the Dressing and Bandage is to be the same with that in the former Chapter, but the Swaths which are carried upwards, are to terminate above the Elbow: and if the Sick keeps his Bed, his Arm is to be laid upon a Pillow, and the Elbow is to be laid a little higher than the Hand.  
X. But Hypocrates, de Fract. Lib. 1. Text. 22. would not have the Hand lower than the Elbow; jest by that means the Blood should flow towards the Fracture, or a flux of Humours should ensue: and yet it is to be so placed, that the Part may be as much as may be, at ease.  
XI. And it is to be placed in that figure, which may not in the lest pervert any of the Muscles, hurt the motion of the Member, or breed pain: for which reason, the Arm is neither to be right-out extended, nor to be wholly bend up, nor to be placed in a supine or prove manner.  
XII. The Arm being thus bound up and placed, it will be necessary that the Patient should keep his Bed for ten days.  
XIII. And when he leaves his Bed, the fractured Arm is to be hung in a broad or soft Scarf or Napkin; which may equally sustain a good part of the Arm within it, with a part of the Palm of the Hand; so that none of the reduced Bones may be in danger to be removed out of their places.  
FOURTEEN. And afterwards, every third or fourth day, the Arm is gently to be stretched out; that the Humours which flow thither, and make a kind of stay there, may not 'cause a concretion in the Bones, or a contraction in the Tendons; nor yet a stiffness in the Arm, not easily afterwards to be remedied.   

CHAP. XXII. Of a FRACTURE of the WRISTBONES.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Carpi Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Wristbones.  
II The Prognostics. There is no great danger or difficulty in this Cure; for the Consolidation of the Bone or Bones is generally completed in about 20 days.  
III The Cure. Two Assistants are to be provided, to make the Extension; one must hold the Arm above the Wrist, and another the Fingers and Hand: and the Extension being made, the Artist is to reduce the broken Bone into its place; so that no inequality or unevenness may appear in the Part.  
IV. When the Bones are reduced, or set right, than some proper Medicaments, such as are usually applied in other Fractures, are to be applied here: and than the Part is to be bound up with a Swath, in the following manner.  
V You are to provide a Swath two Inches broad, and six or seven Yards long, or longer; which is to be rolled up with one Head: with this you are to make three circumvolutions about the Wrist.  
VI The Band is than to be passed over the Hand, between the Thumb and Forefinger; and so by that passage to be directed again to the Wrist, on which a Bolster is to be applied, with a little piece of Pasteboard, of the same figure with the Wrist.  
VII. After this, having made several circumvolutions over the Bolster and Pasteboard, the Swath is to be carried by several circumvolutions to the top of the Elbow, and the Band or Swath is to end above it; which done, the Arm is to be carried in a Scarf.   

CHAP. XXIII. Of a FRACTURE of the BONES of the HAND.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Ossium Metacarpii; and in English, A Fracture of the Hand; or, of the Bones of the Hand.  
II The Prognostics. The Cure is performed without much difficulty, and in no great length of time: the Consolidation of the Fracture being accomplished in the space of about sixteen or eighteen days.  
III The Cure. Two Assistants are to hold the Hand in the same manner as is directed in the former Chapter, in Setting of the Wrist-Bone: which being extended to the fractured Bone or Bones, are to be reduced to their own places by the Hand of the Artist.  
IV. Than proper Catagmaticks are to be applied, such as we have directed to in the Cure of a Simple Fracture: after which, the Hand is to be bound up with proper Swaths.  
V The Swaths are to be about two Inches broad, and five or six Yards long; (because many circumvolutions strengthen the Part, though they are not made very straight;) and to be rolled up with one head.  
VI This Band is to be fastened to the Carpus or Wrist, with a circumvolution; from whence it is to be carried to the Metacarpium, over which it is to pass between the Thumb and the Forefinger.  
VII. From whence it is to cross the Hand, and to form the Letter X, which is to be continued with several circumvolutions, till all the Metacarpium is covered.  
VIII. Than a Bolster and Pasteboard are to be laid upon the Metacarpium; and another Bolster in the Hand, in the shape of the Part: which done, the whole is to be covered as before, with many circumvolutions of the Swath, which are to be continued above the Elbow, where it is to end.   

CHAP. XXIV. Of a FRACTURE of the FINGERS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Ossis, vel Ossium Digiti; and in English, A Fracture of a Bone, or Bones of a Finger.  
II The Prognostics, This Fracture easily consolidates; and if carefully looked after, the Cure is performed in 14 or 16 days time.  
III The Cure. A gentle Extension is to be made on the Fingers, whereby the Bones are to be be reduced to their proper places: after which a small Dressing is to be prepared for the Finger, much like to that of the Arm, but every way lesser.  
IV. The Fingers are to be a little bent, and the inside of the Hand is to be fitted with a Bolster, to retain the Parts in that situation; and the Bolster is also to be stayed with a Bandage.  
V And indeed, if the Fingers should be fractured, they are to be bound fast to those Fingers which are sound, and next to them: that so by them, as it were by Splinters bound on, they may be kept immovable in their places.  
VI After which, the hollow of the Hand is to be filled up with a Ball or Bolster of Linen Rags, as is afore mentioned; not only to retain the Bones in their places, but that the Fingers may also preserve a figure of a middle form.  
VII. Care must also be taken, that no Callus be generated in the Junctures, or places serving for the extension or contraction of the Fingers; for so the Function or Office of the Hand in laying hold of any thing, would be much hurt.  
VIII. Lastly, the Hand is also with the Arm to be hung in a Scarf, or broad Swath, or a Napkin, from the Neck; that so the whole Hand with the Fingers may kept up, and resting upon the same, may be kept easy.   

CHAP. XXV. Of a FRACTURE of the BREST-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Sterni; and in English, A Fracture of the Brest-Bone.  
II This Bone is seated in the middle of the Breast, being joined to the Ribs by Cartilaginous Productions: in Children it is almost wholly Cartilaginous, and consists of seven or eight parts: but after some Years they grow firmly together, and in ripeness of Age, it seems to be composed but of three parts; and this in old Age seems to be but one Bone, but 〈◊〉 distinguished by two transverse Lines, which show the former division.  
III The whole Bone seems to be of a read fungous' substance, the uppermost of which is thickest and broadest: having in each side a long cavity, assisted with a Cartilege, to receive the heads of the Clavicles; and a small sinus or cavity on the inside, to permit a passage for the Windpipe.  
IV. The second Bone is neither so thick, nor so broad, but much longer; joined to the former by a Cartilege, with five or six Sinus', for the inarticulation of so many Ribs: the third Bone is the shortest of all, but broader than the second, and joined to it at its lower end by a Cartilege also, which receives into its sides the rest of the Ribs: to the lower end of this is joined the Cartilago Mucronata, or Ensiformis, which is about an Inch long, and of a triangular form.  
V This Bone thus composed, may be sometimes broken; either by a Blow, or some external violence.  
VI The Signs. It is known by the Pain, but chief from the inequality or unevenness, which is known by touching; for that being touched with the Fingers, it will yield to them, or retire inwardly, and 'cause a kind of crashing.  
VII. Being pressed in where it is broken, it will yield inwardly, and a cavity outwardly may be taken notice of; with pain, coughing, shortness of Breath, and spitting of Blood.  
VIII. The Prognostics. It is very dangerous, by reason of the Pleura- Membrane (which is easily hurt with it) and the noble Parts which lie under it: for which reason, it is apt to 'cause many sad and terrible Symptoms.  
IX. And by reason it is soft, spongy, and thin, it may be consolidated in twenty days, or twentyfour days time.  
X. The Cure. To restore this, the Patient is to be laid upon his Back, on a great convex Stone covered with Cloth, or a convex Bolster: his Shoulders are both of them to be pressed down, or backwards, that the Sternum which is sunk down, may be reduced to its right place.  
XI. Or an Incision may be made upon the Bone to discover it, and the Modiolus or Trepan may be applied thereto very gently, to raise it up into its true place; or it may be done with a proper Levator.  
XII. Sennertus advises to put a Pillow under the Spina or Backbone, right under the Fracture; and than observing the former Directions, the Artist is to press together with his Hands on both sides, till the Bones are brought again to their right places.  
XIII. After this, those Medicaments which are want to be imposed on other Fractures, serving to prevent Inflammation, and for Conglutination, are to be applied here.  
FOURTEEN. And the binding up, is to be done with sit Swaths, above the Shoulders, in the form of the Letter X; which binding aught not to be made too strait or hard, jest it hinder the breathing.  
XU. Or, a Bolster and Paste-board are to be laid upon the Sternon, almost of the same figure with the Part; and the Bandage is to be fitted with a Napkin, and a Breastplate.  
XVI. The Swath is to be four Inches broad, and six Yards or better long, and wound up to the middle with two heads: you are to begin with it under the Arm-hole, and it is to be carried downwards with its two heads, the one before, and the other behind; and passing under the other Arm-hole, the heads are raised, and they cross one another upon the Shoulder, whence they are brought down backwards and forwards, forming an X, both before and behind.  
XVII. Than the Swath is rolled or carried about the Breast, in making Circumvolutions, which are continued till the Swath comes to its ends, which are to terminate by a Circumvolution round the Breast.   

CHAP. XXVI. Of a FRACTURE of the RIBS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Costae pl. Costarum Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of a Rib, or Ribs.  
II The Ribs are sometimes so broken as to decline inwardly, and sometimes to stick forth outwardly; sometimes they are only broken in part, and sometimes wholly broken; and yet than sometimes they are not moved out of their places, and sometimes the Flesh about them is broken or contused withal.  
III The Signs. If the whole Rib is not broken, there follows neither spitting of Blood, nor Fever thereupon, nor any Apostem, or Suppuration, nor any great Pain; yet there will be some Pain felt upon touching of it.  
IV. If the Rib is wholly broken, and yet the broken ends not removed out of their places, neither inwardly nor outwardly; these seldom spit Blood, or have a Fever, or any Apostem in the Thorax or Pleura, but the Part is sore and painful outwardly.  
V But if the broken ends are removed out of their places, than there is an inequality or unevenness, and a hollowness, that may be found both by sight and feeling.  
VI If the Rib is broken innards, there is a very great and grievous Pain, much resembling the Pleurisy, difficulty of Breathing, and a troublesome Cough, with sometimes spitting of Blood; to which a Fever is also adjoined.  
VII. The Flesh lying upon the Ribs is puffed up, which is known both by feeling and sight; and if the place is pressed with the Hand, there is heard a certain noise and sound of Air going out thereof.  
VIII. This, if not timely remedied, proves to be an Inflammation, to which an Apostem succeeds; and sometimes a Corruption of the Bone, or Rib itself.  
IX. The Prognostics. If the Fracture is single, without any Contusion, or bruising of the Parts adjacent, there is little or no danger, and the Ribs will grow together again in about twenty days.  
X. If the fractured Part is driven innards, and there pricks or wounds the Pleura- Membrane, than all those Symptoms accompanying a Pleurisy, are here attending, and the Case than is very dangerous; and if the Cure is accomplished, it is seldom done in lesle than 40 days.  
XI. If there is a Contusion withal, it is yet more dangerous, because of the afore-enumerated Symptoms, and sometimes it is Mortal, of which Hypocrates, de Articulis has wrote.  
XII. The Cure. If it is a simple Fracture, it is Cured by only laying on the Emplastrum Catagmaticum upon the Part. Some apply Cupping-glasses to the place, to reduce the Bone, but they are hurtful.  
XIII. If the Rib stands out, it is to be reduced, or pressed in with one's hand, and than the Catagmatick Emplaster, or some such like, is to be laid thereon.  
FOURTEEN. If the Rib is go innards, let the Sick draw in his Breath, as strongly and as long as he can, thereby to force the Rib outwards; the Artist in the mean time assisting with his Hand.  
XU. But if this succeeds not, let the Patient be laid upon the sound Side, and upon the fractured Rib, let a sticking Emplaster be applied, as a Plaster of Mastic, or this of Paraeus, in lib. 15. cap. 11. ℞ Turpentine, Rosin, black Pitch, Mastic, Aloes, Wheat-flower, A. q.s. mix, and make a Plaster, which spread upon strong new Linnen-cloth, and apply it.  
XVI. When it has stuck some time, pull it suddenly with great violence, and often if need requires, from below upwards; this sometimes reduces the Bone, which is fallen into the Breast, to its place; but it aught to be pulled so often, till such time as the Sick finds ease, and breathes more freely.  
XVII. Sennertus has this: ℞ Fine Wheat-flower, Whites of Eggs, A. ℥ two. Ichthyocolla ℥ iss. Bird-limeʒvi. Frankincense in powder, Tragacanth, A. ʒv. Rose-water (but Poppy-water is better) enough to mix them.  
XVIII. But if these things will not do, the only way left, is to make an Incision therein, and than with your Finger, or a Levatory, to raise it up, and so to put it into its true place.  
XIX. If the Membrane Pleura is pricked by any Fragment of a Bone, the Part must than also be opened with an Incision-knife, that you may take away, or cut of the said Fragment; and than Cure it as a Wound of the Ribs, according to Art  
XX. If the Rib is not wholly broken; or if broken, and not removed out of its place, apply things to consolidate the Fracture, as a Plaster of fine Bowl, Frankincense, Wheat-flower, and the White of an Egg, or some such like.  
XXI. If there is a Contusion or Bruise, give inwardly Spirit of Sal Armoniac in a proper Vehicle, and bathe the Part with this: ℞ Damask Rose-water, or Poppy-water, or Rosemary-water ℥ iii Spirit of Wine ℥ two. volatile Sal Armoniackʒiii. mix, and foment therewith warm.  
XXII. Than apply Discussives, and such things as repress an Inflammation: as, ℞ Aloes, Barley-flower, Catechu, Powder of read Roses, Sumach, Myrtleberries, Cypress-nuts, Galls, Tormentil, and Bistort Roots, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℥ ss. Whites of Eggs, Nᵒ two. Oils of Roses and Camomile, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XXIII. If it Apostemates, you must speedily open it, jest the Matter foul the Bones; after which you must Cure it, as we have in other places of this Book taught you.  
XXIV. In this case it is necessary that the Sick keeps himself as quiet as may be, and composes himself to rest, without Coughing or Sneezing, or much Talking, or Laughing; and withal, that he takes a particular Traumatick Diet-drink; and once in five days purge with some Liquid Cathartick, as Tinctura Purgans, Syrupus Catharticus, etc. See Galen, in Hippocrat. de Articulis, lib. 3. Text. 54. and Paraeus, lib. 14. cap. 12. if these things takes no effect, the Sick falls into a Consumption, and so dies.  
XXV. When the Ribs are reduced, though Nature will indeed generate a Callus, yet Sennertus thinks that this following Emplaster, as one of the best and chiefest, may be imposed to give assistance therein.  
XXVI. ℞ Powder of Myrtles, read Roses, A. ℥ i Barley-flower, Meals of Beans, Lentils, Orobus, Mastich, Acorn-cups, rinds of Cyprus-nuts, Frankincense, Sanguis Draconis, Aloes, Myrrh, Terra Lemnia, A. ʒii. Oils of Myrtles, of Roses, and Oil-omphacine, A. ℥ ix. Wax, Turpentine, A. lbss ss. mix, and make an Emphaster. If Catechu, dried Blood, A. ℥ i be added, the Emplaster will be yet much more powerful.  
XXVII. Lastly, as to the binding up, a Bolster is to be applied to the Fracture, with two little pieces of Pasteboard laid in form of an X, and another Bolster upon the whole Dressing; on which also may be laid a petty large square Pasteboard, covered with a Bolster: and the Bandage is made with a Napkin, made into three folds, which is to be put round the Breast, being sowed to, and supported by a Back and Breastplate, or Scapulary hanging from the Shoulders, whose two ends are fastened both before and behind to the Napkin.   

CHAP. XXVII. Of a FRACTURE of the BACKBONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Fractura Ossium vel Spinarum Dorsi; and in English, A Fracture of the Backbone.  
II The Signs. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 9 says, That if any Process of those Bones is broken, it may be discerned by the touch, because that it may be moved this way, and that way: and indeed it may be known by a Cavity in the place, with a Pain and Pricking.  
III If the Sick lies upon his Fuce, the Pain is so much the greater, because the Skin is extended, and the Flesh bruised and pricked with the fragments of the Bones, as if they were Thorns or Nails.  
IU. But if the Patient stands upright, the fragments of the Bones prick not so much, by reason the Skin is than slackened or loosened.  
V The Prognostics. If an involuntary egestion of Excrements, or a stoppage or suppression of Urine hap in a Fracture of the Vertebrae, the Patient is desperate, and in great danger of his Life.  
VI A Fracture in the Process of the Vertebrae, is easily consolidated and cured; for that those Bones are spongy and thin, unless some ill Symptom should intervene.  
VII. But if the Spinal Marrow is hurt or pressed in, whereby the Arms or Legs of the Sick become senseless, or that he cannot retain his Urine or Excrements, Death commonly follows: and this more especially, if the Fracture happens in the Vertebrae of the Neck; for that with the Spinal Marrow, the Nerves and Membranes are also hurt.  
VIII. If in a Fracture of the Vertebrae of the Neck, the Sick escapes with Life; yet an inourable Falsie of the Arms and Hands follows thereupon.  
IX. If the Fracture happens in the Vertebrae of the Inferior Parts, and Motion and Sense are not altogether abolished, there may be some small hope of Recovery; but than by reason the Nerves are hurt, there follows a Palsy of the Thighs, Legs and Feet: if Motion and Sense are wholly lost, Death infallibly succeeds.  
X. The Cure. The in some of these Cases, there may be but little hopes of a Cure, yet the poor Patient is not altogether to be deserted, but the most proper Means are to be attempted in order to a Cure.  
XI. If the Spinous Apophyses are only broken, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly, and with your Hands you must endeavour to raise up the Bone again, and reduce it to its own proper place.  
XII. Than you may apply to it on each side a small long Bolster, which may be covered with a Pasteboard of the same shape or form, laying also another Bolster upon each Pasteboard: the Bandage may be made with a Napkin, which you may keep fast by a Scapulary falling from the Shoulders.  
XIII. As to Topicals, they are such as are generally applied in Fractures, viz. such as ease Pain, prevent Inflammation, and induce Conglutination.  
FOURTEEN. If the Process is wholly broken of from the Periosteon, and is lose, you must make an Incision, and take it out: so also if fragments of the Vertebrae press upon, or prick the Spinal Marrow, or the Nerves; for otherwise dismal Accidents may hap, and Life itself may be lost: afterwards the Wound is to be healed according to Art   

CHAP. XXVIII. Of a FRACURE of the GREAT BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ossis Sacri Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Os Sacrum, or Great Bone.  
II This Bone is the largest or greatest of all the Bones of the Buck, and does sustain all the other Vertebrae: it is smooth on its inside, and concave; on its outside, convex, and uneven, being almost of a triangular form.  
III It's upper part on each side is very firmly knit to the Ossa Ilia, by an intervening Cartilege; and consists of five or six Bones in Infants, but in grown People scarcely distinguishable.  
IV. These Bones resemble the Vertebrae, and are so called; for each of them had a Body, and Processes, and a large hole for the Spinalis Medulla; the lower part of these Bodies are always lesle than the upper, whereas in other Vertebrae they are always bigger.  
V Their obliqne Processes can scarcely be discerned, except the first: the transverse Processes are pretty long, but so united, that they all seem but one: and the hinder Processes or Spines, are like those of the Loins, but lesser, and still lesser the lower; the lowest having no Process but a Protuberance.  
VI The Prognostics. These, if they shall be so bruised and broken, that thereupon the Spinal Marrow shall be hurt, the Affect is very dangerous, if not mortal; for the Reasons which we shown you in the former Chapter.  
VII. The Cure. A Fracture in this Bone, is reduced as a Fracture in the other Vertebrae; but the Dressing and Bandage are made like a T, with a hole perforated through it, at the Anus or Fundament; or else like the Greek Letter Π, or a double T.  
VIII. It is done with a Swath two Inches broad, and long enough to go round the Body above the Hips; so that to the middle of this Swath, another Swath of the same breadth is fastened, and of a length long enough to pass over the Dressing, as also between the Thighs, to be joined in the forepart, to the first Circumvolution.  
IX. The π, or double T, is made by fastening two Bands at an Inch distance one from another, to the Swath which is rolled round the Body; which Bandage is also supported with a scapulary, hanging down from the Shoulders.  
X. The Topics must be such as are anodyn, prevent Inflammation, and resist a flux of Humours; being also of an Astringent force, and Catagmatick.   

CHAP. XXIX. Of a FRACTURE of the RUMP-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ossis Coccygis Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Rump or Crupper Bone.  
II This Bone is joined by a Cartilege to the Os Sacrum, but somewhat loosely, that it may bend a little backwards; especially in Women in Travail, for the more easy passage of the Foetus.  
III It is composed of four Bones, the first of which has a small cavity or hollowness, which receives the last Vertebra of the Os Sacrum.  
IV. The other three Bones grow each lesle than other, and are joined together by Symphysis or Coalition; and at the end of these, is a small Cartilaginous Substance or Gristle.  
V It is called Os Coccygis, because in its form, it resembles the Cuckow's-bill; and it bends inwards (like it) at its lower end, that it may be a stay to the Intestinum Rectum, and the Sphincter Muscle, which are joined to it.  
VI It's Bones are spongy and soft, but without Marrow, or any Process, or Hollowness; for the Medulla Spinalis descends no lower than to the bottom of the Os Sacrum.  
VII. The Bone is commonly fractured by Falls, and than it sinks inwards, scarcely ever outwards.  
VIII. The Prognostics. Whilst recent, there is not much danger in it; but if it is neglected, it may be of very evil Consequence; and if that Part is hurt and corrupted, to which the Intestinum Rectum and Sphincter Musele are joined, very evil and dangerous Symptoms may follow.  
IX. The Cure. The Cure is to be ordered as that of the Os Sacrum in the former Chapter; but this has something peculiar to itself: for by putting your Fore-finger into the Anus as far as the Fracture, and thrusting it hard against the fractured Bones, you may reduce them to their true situation, the other Hand fixing them in the mean while on the other side.  
X. The Dressing and Bandage are the same with the former, but the Sick must be obliged to lie on one side, and keep his Bed: but if he has a mind to rise, he aught to sit on a Chair, with almost no bottom in it; yet it is best keeping in Bed during the whole time of the Cure, etc.   

CHAP. XXX. Of a FRACTURE of the HIPBONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Ossis Anonymi vel Innominati Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Hipbone.  
II This Bone consists of three Parts or Bones, 1. Os Ilium, The Haunchbone, because it lies under the small Gut, called Ilium: this is the uppermost and broadest, semicircular in its form, convex without, and concave within; and is joined to the Os Sacrum, by a common membranous strong Ligament, and a Cartilege intervening.  
III 2. Os Ischium, or Os Coxendicis, the Hucklebone, (which some call the Hipbone) this is the outer and lower part of the Os Innominatum, containing the Acetabulunt Coxendicis, or large Cavity which receives the round head of the Thighbone, the edges of which are covered with a Cartilege, called Supercilium.  
IV. 3. O. Pubis, or Os Pectinis, the Share-bone; which is the lower, and inner, or forepart of the Os Innominatum; and is joined to its Fellow, on the other side by a Cartilege, which is much thicker, softer and loser in Women than in Men, that it may a little give way to the Foetus in Travail.  
V These three Bones in Men of full growth, are so fast knit and joined together, that they can by no means be separated; but in Children, they may be divided without much ado.  
VI These Bones may be broken (like those of the Shoulderblade) either in their Extremities, or transverse, or longways.  
VII. The Signs. A Fracture of this Bone is known by its painfulness, which is more especially exasperated by the touch and compression; as also by a pricking, a depression or cavity, unevenness, or inequality, and numbedness of the Leg on the same side.  
VIII. The Prognostics. The Fractures of these Bones are usually consolidated in the space of 24 days, especially if they be suddenly set; otherwise you may expect various Accidents.  
IX. The Cure. The Fracture is with all possible speed and diligence to be set, and the Bones are to be reduced into their own places; after which, fit and proper Catagmatick Medicaments are to be applied.  
X. But if there are any fragments of the Bone broken of, which by their continual pricking may excite Pain, and there is withal fears of an Inflammation; some advice to make Incision, and take them out, replacing presently these pieces which have fast hold.  
XI. But whereas these fragments or splinters very rarely lie under the Skin alone, but also under the very Muscles themselves, as also under Arteries, Veins, Nerves and Tendons, or heads of Muscles; for this cause, such a Section or Incision cannot be made without much danger.  
XII. If any one therefore will attempt such an Operation, he aught to be very cautious, that he hurts or wounds none of those Vessels or Parts, especially that very large Nerve, which descends down to the Muscles of the Thigh.  
XIII. The fragments or splinters being taken away, and the Parts not separated from the Periosteon, being reduced with your Fingers, you are to pursue the rest of the Cure, as necessity, and a recent Wound of those Parts may require.   

CHAP. XXXI. Of a FRACTURE of the THIGHBONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Ossis Femoris: and in English, A Fracture of the Thighbone.  
II This Bone, of all the Bones in the whole Human Body, is absolutely the biggest, thickest, and longest, and may be broken either in the middle, or towards the extremities, in any of the kinds of Fractures.  
III The Signs. If the Thighbone is broken near its Head, it will be very difficult to be discovered: but if it is broken more towards the middle or lower part, it may soon be known, because the Bones will tie one over another; also, one Leg will be shorter than another.  
IV. The Prognostics. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10. says, If the Thighbone is broken, it must of necessity be made shorter, because it never more returns into its old place.  
V Peccettus, lib. 4. cap. 24. expounds this Opinion of Celsus to be, when the Part is lesle Extended than need requires, and when the Bones are not well and exactly set together: for we daily see, many having had a Fracture of the Thigh, to walk strait and upright, without any Lameness at all. And this Avicenna, lib. 4. Fen. 5. Tract. 3. cap. 14. Guido Cauliac. Tract. 5. Doct 1. cap. 7. And Andreas, Surgeon, lib. 2. cap. 14. with divers others affirm.  
VI But Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 5. Obs. 86. says, that he never saw nor knew any, that had this kind of Fracture who escaped without a Lameness, except one young Maid only, whom he cured after a new and peculiar manner. But this is chief to be understood, when the Bone is broken near to the Hip; and of this kind of Fracture, the aforequoted Authors are to be understood to Speak.  
VII. But if the Bone is broken towards the Knee, or in the middle, if care and diligence is used in the Cure, it may certainly be healed without Lameness, or any great difficulty: but if the said Bone is broken near to the Hip, Lameness for the most part follows.  
VIII. A Fracture of the Thighbone will be consolidated, or brought to grow together again, in about 50 days, and not sooner; in regard that it is the greatest of all Bones; for which reason, it requires a longer time for the generating of a Callus.  
IX. The Cure. If the Thighbone is broken, and the parts removed out of their places, the Extension must be very strong and forcible; because the Muscles which encompass the Thigh, are greater than all the rest, and therefore being contracted, are the harder to be extended.  
X. This, if it is in one of ripe years will 〈◊〉 be done by the Hands, without some Instrument, 〈◊〉 Engine, for which purpose we commend either the Pulley of Vitruvius in Tab. XI. Fig. III both which two have before described, cap. ●. sect. 19 ad 23. and sect. 29. ad 33.  
XI. Hypocrates approves of Extending this Bone, when it is broken so much, that the greatness of the Extension may be such that the ends of the fragments be somewhat distant asunder, and an Empty space may be left between (for otherwise the Bones will not easily reduce) after which a ligature is to be made.  
XII. But it is not here, as in the Extension of 〈◊〉 Bones; for the Ligature is not in his place of such force alone, 〈…〉 and keep the Bones and Muscles in that State, wherein the Artist shall place them; by reason the Muscles are large and strong, and apt to prevail against the Ligature.  
XIII. Paraeus, lib. 15. cap. 20. advices, therefore, that because the Thighbone is hollowed or crooked on the inside, and gibbous on the outer side, that 〈◊〉 may be kept in its native Figure by putting into the hollowness a Compress, or thick Bolster, with a Plaster or Cerate under it spread with Vng. Rosatum, or some glutinous thing, that it may not fall of; otherwise the Patient would halt, and be Lame all his Life after.  
FOURTEEN. Due Extension being made the Artist is to say his Hands upon the Fleshy parts of the Thigh, and direct his Thumbs to the fractured Bone, and so force it back into its place.  
XU. This done, fit Medicaments are to be applied thereto, with the thick Bolster, as long as its bending is; and than the Fracture is to be bound up with good Ligature.  
XVI. You must provide three Swaths, each of them 4 Inches broad: let the first be four Yards long; the second five Yards long; and the third nearly six.  
XVII. With the first Band, you are to make three Circumvolutions upon the Fracture: carrying it upwards with small Ambages, and making it to end round the Body.  
XVIII. With the second Band you are to make two Circumvolutions upon the Fracture; and this is to be carried down wards with small Ambages, and this is to end above the Knee; or if you think it fit, it may be continued down the Leg, and passing under the Foot, and be carried up again upon the Leg.  
XIX. With the third Swath, you are to bind on Bolsters and Splints: A bolster is to be applied to the lower part of the Thigh, thicker at bottom, than at top, that the Thigh may be every where even; and four Splenia, or long Bolsters are to be added, on which Splints are to be laid of the same length and breadth, which are to be wrapped up in Linen Rags.  
XX. These Splenia and Splints being 〈◊〉 about the feature, the third S●…th it to be 〈◊〉 about them, beginning at 〈◊〉 ●om, and gradnally ascending upwards with many Circumvolutions.  
XXI. Than two large ●…feboards are to be applied, which many embrace the whole Member without crossing one another, which may be tied with three pieces of Tape; a pair of Pumps are to be put under the Foot and Heel, and to be fastened with a small Swath.  
XXII. Semertus Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 5. cap. 11. says it will not be amiss to cut Li●…en Cloth into pieces, of a sufficient length, and to mind them r●…d the Hip, and near the Ilia, as likewise the Groins and Perineum; for by this means, says he, the naked parts will not only be defended against the Splinters, but thereby a Flux of Humours may in a great measure be prevented.  
XXIII. The Placing of the Part is next to be considered, which is to be put into a Junck or Cose● so large or long, as it may take in the whole Thigh, from the very Hip to the Foot; in the end of which, near the foot, there aught to be a hollow for the Heel.  
XXIV. And such in Instrument as this is to be used, because that other sort of Bandage, 〈◊〉 about a Fracture of the 〈◊〉 to hold the Part firm and easy, can by no means be used here.  
XXV. This Case or Truck is to be made of Wood; in making of which, great care is to take for the bottom of the Heel, that it may lie easy, jest by the uneasiness of that part, you disorder the whole Member, and bring upon it a pain, or numbedness.  
XXVI. And herein you must observe; 1. That the Part lies soft; and than nothing which is hard, be immediately applied to it; but that between the wounded Place and this Case or Trunk, some soft Splenia be interposed; or little Cushions or Bolsters may be laid on each side; two below the Knee, and two others below the Ankles, to fill up the cavities: and a thick Bolster is to be laid upon the Leg, all along in length, as also one upon the Thigh.  
XXVII. 2. That the whole Limb may lie smooth and even, and that it may lie rather somewhat higher than the rest of the Body.  
XXVIII. This Case or Junck is to be 〈◊〉 with many Bands; three for the Thigh, and three for the Leg; and on both side Woollen Gloths or Flannels are to be put, that so the Member may not decline either way: all which is to be done, that the Sick may lie free from Pain, or as much as may be, at ease, and that he may not move the Part.  
XXIX. This you must also observe, that if a Swelling arises in the Ham, or parts beneath it, greater th●n 〈◊〉 wight be expected; that than the Ligature is too hard, and the Splints too strongly bound on, whereby the Part is pressed too much; and therefore you aught to loosen the binding.  
XXX. And the Tumour is to be fomented or anointed with such things as are anodyn, digestive, and repercussive; applying to it Cotton or Lint dipped in Oils of Myrtles, Roses, and Whelps.  
XXXI. The Ancients advised, that the Ligature should be loosened every third day, to the tenth day; and from thence every seventh day: but for this there is no certain Rule.  
XXXII. For according as Accidents or Symptoms may arise, so the Sick aught to be dressed sooner or later; more often, or seldomer, renewing the Ligatures with the Dressing.  
XXXIII. If no Symptoms urge, let not the first Dressing be quickly moved, but defer it as long as conveniently may be: because broken Bones have very much need of Rest, for the breeding of the Callus, which gins about the thirteenth or fifteenth day, and may be farthered by applying Catagmatick Emplasters.  
XXXIV. If there is a Wound, with the Fractures or Splinters of Bones, you are to apply (the Fracture being first rightly Set) a proper Suppurative; such as Galen's Teirapharmacum, or Vng-Basilicon; and you must daily wet the Swaths with Wine and Oil, till the fear of an Inflammation is over.  
XXXV. Than, to help Nature in casting forth the Bones, you must inject Decoctum Divinum, or some such like; and lay on Empl. Sacrum Galeni upon the lips of the Wound only, and lay round about the Part affected Empl. Album, or Diapalma: and if it may be without Pain, it is to be bound up with single Splints.  
XXXVI. The Bones being cast forth, the Wound is to be healed with Ceratum Divinum, or some other Consolidative; and being brought to the Cicatrice, the whole Member is to be kept easy, and in rest and quietness; and Ferula's to be placed round about it, to corroborated the Part, and confirm and strengthen the broken Bone.   

CHAP. XXXII. Of a FRACTURE of the KNEE-PAN.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, i.e. Pelvis, vel Patine parvae; in Latin, Fracture Fatellae; and in English, A Fracture of the Knee-pan.  
II This Bone is sometimes broken lengthways in respect to the Thigh, sometimes transverse, and sometimes obliquety: sometimes it is broken into two parts, sometimes, all manner of ways; and sometimes it is with a Wound, and sometimes without.  
III The Signs. It is easily known by feeling; there is a distance between the broken Bones, and the Patient has a weakness and disability in going: it is also known by the cavity, which is in the place where the Fracture is; by its motion; and by the crashing sound, in the handling the roof.  
IV. Prognostics, If 'tis rightly set, and so preserved, it easily grows together again; especially if the Fracture was made in the length thereof.  
V If the Fracture is made transverse or crossways, the Patient proves lame, and for the most part halts all his Life after.  
VI So also if it is broken obliquely; because in both these ways, the concretion of the Callus being produced, the consolidation does hinder the free motion of the Knee.  
VII. If it is broken longways, it is easily reduced, and consolidated, without any fear of a Callus bunching forth, or a Lameness following thereupon: because the extremities of the seventh, eighth, and ninth Muscles, which move the Ankle and Leg, end in that most strong Tendon which is implanted in the Patella; and that the Muscles are want of their own accord to be moved, and to draw towards the place of their original.  
VIII. But Par●…us, lib. 14. cap. 22. says, he never saw any one who had this Bone broken, that was not same, and halted all their Lives after: for that the concretion of the Callus being produced, the consolidation does hinder the free bending of the Knee.  
IX. This indeed, as to the Transverse Fracture, may be granted; yet, says Fabricius Hildanus Cent. 5. Obs. 88 this is not always necessary in the Fracture made longways; because such a Callus so sticking forth, is not of necessity to be bred: and we may see in the coalition of other Bones, that Nature many times breeds a Callus with that nearness, that there scarcely remains the lest sign of any Fracture upon the Part.  
X. And this more especially happens when the Periosteum is whole, or unbroken; for than it keeps in the matter of the Callus, that it cannot grow out overmuch, or bunch, cut too far.  
XI. Again, being broken transversly or obliquely, though all the industry is used that can be, it is not to be cured without Lameness or Halting ever after; because the seventh, eighth, and ninth Muscles, moving the Ankle, draw the one part of the Bone up towards the Hip: but the Tendon that under the Knee is inserted into the Shinbone, draws the other part of the Bone downwards; so that they can hardly by any Art be conglutinated again: whereupon a Callus bunches forth; which hurting the Muscles moving the Leg and Ankle, causes Lameness.  
XII. The Cure. If the Knee-Pan is broken lengthways, no extension is to be made; because the pieces of the Bones remain those ways in their places.  
XIII. If it is broken transversly or obliquely, as the two pieces fly one from another, so here an extension is to be made; and the Artist is at the same time to thrust back the upper part of the Ratella into its true place; and in this posture it is to be kept, during the time of the Cure.  
FOURTEEN. Than a Cataplasm or Emplaster proper to the Fracture is to be laid on; and the hollowness of the Ham is to be filled up with a Bolster, jest the Knee should bend unawares, whereby the fragments of the Patella would fly asunder.  
XU. After which, the Part is to be bound up with a fitting Ligature, if it is broken crosswise, etc. the Swath aught to be four Yards long, and two Inches broad, which may be rolled up, with one or two Heads: it is to be applied above the Knee-pan, making a circumvolution, and crossing under the Knee; than the Swath is to be constantly carried up and down, till the Patella is wholly covered.  
XVI. If the Fracture is long-ways, a Swath like to the former must be used, which must be divided, or cut through in the middle: and is first to be applied under the Knee; and one of the Heads of the Swath is to be passed through the Cut, by which the Bones are to be well closed, with several circumvolutions made upon the Patelia, till it is all covered.  
XVII. Aegineta, de Re Medica, lib. 6. cap. 103. will have the Leg extended, and the Patella joined with the Fingers, and so kept, till the edges of the broken Bone touch one another, and are grown together: this may indeed be advised; but I am afraid, that it is a very hard thing to be performed.  
XVIII. Than with a Junck of Straw, or made of some other fit substance, (as in a Fracture of the Thigh or Leg) the Member is to be kept fixed and immovable, taking care that the Knee is not bended in the lest measure.  
XIX. If sharp fragments of Bones are separated from the rest of the Bone, and prick the Skin; some there are, who advice to make incision, to take them out; but this, if done, aught to be performed with great care and caution; and if any vehement Symptom should succeed, you are timely to oppose it with proper Remedies.   

CHAP. XXXIII. Of a FRACTURE of the LEG.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Cruris Fractura, vel, Fractura Ossis, pl. Ossium Cruris; and in English. A Fracture of the Leg; or, of the Bone, or Bones of the Leg.  
II The Leg, is that part which goes from the Knee to the Foot; and consists of two Bones, viz. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Tibia, the Shinbone; which is the greater, thicker, and upper Bone. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Fibula; which is the lesser, thinner, under, or outward Bone.  
III These Bones are broken, sometimes both of them together, and sometimes but one of them only: and the Fracture is either in the upper, or middle, or neither part.  
IV. The Signs. When both Bones are broken; the Leg may be bended or bowed, many ways.  
V The Fracture of the Shinbone may be known both by sight and touching; there is a sufficient cavity and unevenness, and the Patient is also in much pain, and unable to go.  
VI But if the Fibula only is broken, it is not so easily known because it is covered with much flesh, but for the most part the broken Bones incline inwards.  
VII. The Prognostics. If one Bone only is broken, the Cure is much easier to be performed, than if both be broken; for than one Bone is a support or stay to the other.  
VIII. The Fibula being broken, is more easily cured than the Tibia, for that the Leg in reduction of that Bone, needs lesle extension; and withal the Shinbone, not only supports it, but also sustains the weight of the whole Body.  
IX. But the Tibia or Shinbone being broken, the Cure is done with more difficulty; because as there is need of greater Extension, lbthe lbthe Sick is much longer, before he is able to walk.  
X. As to the Time of the Consolidation of these these Bones, it seldom happens in lesle than forty days; but the Patient aught to put but little stress upon the Leg, till fourscore days are past; and this more especially, if both the Bones are broken.  
XI. The Cure. Whether one, or more Bones are broken, the Legis to be extended, that the Bones may be reduced, and joined together. But so great and strong an Extension is not requisite, when one Bone only is broken, as when both are fractured.  
XII. This is commonly done by two strong People: but if by the Hand it cannot be accomplished, the Reduction must be performed by help of Engines or Instruments, as we have formerly taught.  
XIII. If one Bone only is broken, it aught to be most extended on one side; if both are broken, than it it to be equally extended every way: and whilst the Part is extended by the Assistants, the Artist is with his Hands to reduce the Bones; thrufting the ends of the Bones exactly one against another.  
FOURTEEN. And they will be known to be rightly reduced; because the great Toe will be in its right or natural situation, which otherwise would not be.  
XU. The Bones being thus set right, you must impose proper and convenient Medicaments; and than it is to be rolled about with Swaths, as we have formerly directed; which aught to be both broader and longer than for the Arm.  
XVI. You must prepare three Swaths; one of these three Yards long; the second of four Yards; and the third of five Yards long, and about three Inches broad.  
XVII. The first Swath is to be applied, a Bolster being first imposed, dipped in some Styptic or Catagmatick Liquor; and three straight Circumvolutions are to be made upon the Fracture, and the Swath is to be carried upwards, with several circumvolutions, and to terminate above the Knee.  
XVIII. The second Swath is to begin upon the Fracture, with two circumvolutions; and winding, it is to be brought down, to pass under the Foot, and than afterwards is to be carried up again, and to be terminated above.  
XIX. The third Swath is now to be applied, but first the Leg is to be filled up with a Bolster, thicker at the bottom than at the top; and than you must lay round four Splenia, or long Bolsters, as long as the Leg, and 2 Inches broad, upon which are to be applied Splints made of thin pliable Wood: Upon these Splenia and Splints (wrapped up in Linen Rags) the third Band is to be applied, which may indifferently begin either at top or at bottom, opposite to the former; so that it must be carried in its turn and wind either downwards or upwards, and so accordingly terminate.  
XX. The whole Contexture of this Bandage, is to be encompassed with large Paste-boards, made round at the ends, which are not to cross one another; but they must be straighter at bottom than at top, and tied with three pieces of Tape, beginning at the middle; and the knots are to be tied on the outside.  
XXI. And the Leg is so to be disposed of, that it may not be turned away unto any part, jest the Bones be disordered, which may be done by a Junk of Straw, or a Wooden Case; where care is to be taken for the easy laying of the Heel, as in the Fracture of the Thighbone we have already advised.  
XXII. The Splinters are not to be applied upon the Extremities of the Bones sticking out; nor upon that Tendon which passes along from the Leg to the Foot, and is knit unto the Heel, by reason of its exquisite sense, which will not endure compression.  
XXIII. But Hypocrates, de Fracturis lib. 3. text. 23. etc. advises not to lay on the Ferula's or Splints, till the fear of Inflammation is over, which is generally after the seventh day; and than they are to be applied with the Pledgets and the upper Ligature, and to be bound fast with three Girts. His words are these.  
XXIV. 1. Than at length things necessary being provided, the Fracture being joined (the part being yet extended in a mean Figure) we must bind it with a Linne● Rowler, laying the beginning of the first Band upon the Fracture, so that it may hold it firm, but not yet press it violently.  
XXV. 2. When you have Wound the first Band about the same place, the second and third time, you must carry it upwards, that you may thereby stop the Flux of Blood coming to it: and there it is to end; but this Band is not to be so long 〈◊〉 the second.  
XXVI. 3. The other Band, at the beginning of it, is to be wound about the Fracture once, and than is to be carried downwards, and not pressing so much, it must take a greater distance in rolling of it about, that so it may come to that place, where the first did end.  
XXVII. 4. After these, Pledgets smeared with some proper Cerate, are to be laid on, for so by these means, they will stick the faster, and smother, and these must be bound on with Rulers.  
XXVIII. 5. But a Band with two Heads, will perform the office of three Bands; changing the order so among them, that they may be carried sometimes to the Right Hand, sometimes to the Left Hand, and very much indeed from the lower parts upwards; and sometimes from the upper parts, they must be carried downwards.  
XXIX. 6. But when the fear of Inflammation is past, you must lay on the Ferula's, and they are to be contained with Bands very lose, that they may only be stayed on; and that the putting on of the Ferula's, may not add any pressure to the Part. Thus Hypocrates.  
XXX. Lastly, if need be, or you found that Symptoms are induced, you must sometimes use convenient Purging, with a Vulnerary Diet: let the Sick Eat very sparingly at first, and as much as may be, be at rest and quiet.   

CHAP. XXXIV. Of a FRACTURE of the FOOT.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Fractura Ossis vel Ossium Pedis: and in English, a Fracture of a Bone, or Bones of the Foot.  
II Hypocrates, de Articulis, saith, That the Bones of the Feet, (as also of the Hands) cannot be broken, without a Wound of the Fleshy parts, by something very sharp or heavy: because these Bones are harder th●n ordinary, and therefore cannot suffer without hurt of the adjacent Flesh.  
III Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 106. saith, That the Ancle-bone can by no means be broken, not only by reason of its hardness, but because also, it is guarded and defended round about.  
IV. The Signs. A Fracture of the Bones of the Foot, is found both by sight and touching; because those parts, have but little Flesh about them; for commonly they stick out, upon their breaking.  
V The Prognostics. A Fracture in these parts is not very dangerous, or of difficult cure; yet because the Member is full of Nerves, which are generally bruised and wounded; there are most vehement Pains, Inflammations, and other evil Symptoms excited.  
VI If a violent Flux of Humours falls down upon the Part, the Cure will be exceeding difficult, by reason it is a depending Part.  
VII. Otherwise, if no ill Symptoms occur, these Fractures will, be for the most part consolidated in about twenty days: except the Fracture is near the Ankle; for than a longer time will be required.  
VIII. The Cure. It is nearly the same with that in the Hand: there aught to be a due extension, and than with the Fingers, the broken Bones are to be put in their proper places.  
IX. This will be best done, if the Sick stands with the fractured Foot upon a Table, covered with a Woollen Cloth: than proper Medicaments are to be applied, and the Foot is to be wrapped about with Swaths.  
X. Splinters cannot well be imposed here, therefore Splenia aught to be used to cover the Part, and than the Fracture is to be bound up with Swaths; so the Bones being once put in their right places, they may be kept there.  
XI. You are to have a Swath about two Inches broad, and four Yards long, which is to be rolled up to the middle, with two Heads.  
XII. It is to begin with an Application, and a Circumvolution about the Ankle, and than it must pass on to the Foot, and n● like manner make a Circum. volution round it.  
XIII. This done, with the same Swath, you must cross over the Metatarsus, making some Figures, in form of a Rhombus, or Diamond fashion, as also over the Toes: and than it is to be carried up again, to end above the Ankle.  
FOURTEEN. But some are for carrying the Heads up the Leg, and than to end them above the Knee: this kind of Bandage is called the Sandal, and indifferently serves for any Fracture of the Bones of the Feet.  
XU. The Situation and placing aught to be otherwise than in the Hands, for our Hands being given us to lay hold with upon things, are to be placed in a crooked Figure: but our Feet being given us to stand upon, and to go withal, are to be situated in a strait Figure, jest their Action should be hindered, or depraved.  
XVI. You must also take all imaginable care to hinder as much as may be Inflammation, and prevent defluxion of Humours; for that, if they once have a recourse to those Parts, they seldom or never after, suffer a Revulsion, without great difficulty.  
XVII. Thus much upon Fractures: if you would see more upon this Subject, you must Read the most Learned Books of Hypocrates de Fracturis, and de Articulis, with the admirable Comment of Galen upon them, where possibly you may meet with much satisfaction: and yet we think, that herein, we have omitted nothing, which is absolutely necessary for the Young Artist to know.   
Explicit Liber Sextus   

ARS CHIRURGICA. Liber Septimus. OF DISLOCATIONS.  
The ARGUMENT.  
I Of Dislocations in General. II Dislocation Simple. III Dislocation, with Inflammation and Pain. IV. Dislocation with a Wound. V Dislocation with Fracture. VI Dislocation reduced, with Convulsions following it. VII. Dislocation with a Callus, or an old Luxation. VIII. Dislocation reduced, fallen out again. IX. Dislocation of the Nose-bone. X. Of the Mandible, or Jawbone. XI. Of the Clavicle or Collar-bone. XII. Of the Vertebrae of the Neck. XIII. Of the Spina Dorsi, or Backbone. FOURTEEN. Dislocation of the Backbone from an Internal Cause, or of a Crooked Back. XU. Dislocation, or sinking of the Xiphoides or Sternon. XVI. Dislocation of the Ribs. XVII. Of the Os Sacrum and Rump-bone. XVIII. Of the Shoulder. XIX. Of the Elbow and Radius. XX. Of the Carpus, or Wrist, or Metacarpium, or hand. XXI. Of the Fingers. XXII. Of the Hip, or Thigh bone. XXIII. Of the Patella, or Knee-pan. XXIV. Of the Knee. XXV. Dislocation or Divulsion of the Fibula from the Tibia, or Shinbone. XXVI. Dislocation of the Talus, or Ankle-bone. XXVII. Of the Heel. XXVIII. Of the Tarsus, Metatarsus, and Toes.  

CHAP. I Of DISLOCATIONS in General.  
I WHAT the Greeks call, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, vel, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. the Latins call, Dislocatio, vel Luxatio; and we in English, A Dislocation, or Luxation, or Bone out of Joint.  
II It is the displacing or slipping of the head of some Limb or Bone out of its proper Acetabulum or Sinus, into another place.  
III And it is either complete, when it is wholly out of its place; or incomplete, when it is but a little out, or distorted.  
IV. Now a Joint which is designed for motion, consists of the head of a Bone, and a Sinus or Cavity: in the head, all Bones which have a round head, have all motions, as the Shoulder and Thigh: in the Sinus, all which have a deep Sinus, are not so apt to be thrust out of Joint, as the Os Coxendicis; and contrariwise, where the Sinus is shallow, as in the Scapula.  
V But in order to the full understanding of the Doctrine of Dislocations, it is necessary to know how Bones are joined together, which is, 1. Per Symphysin. 2. Per Arthrosin.  
VI 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Coalescentia, is a close growing of Bones together, and this is either immediate, or mediate.  
VII. Immediate Conjunction of Bones is also threefold; 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Sutura, or indented Conjunction, as in the Bones of the Scull. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Harmonia, when joined in a strait line, without indenting. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Gomphosis, by entering into a Sinus, as a Tooth in its hole or socket.  
VIII. Mediate Conjunction of Bones is also threefold; 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Syssarcosis, when two Bones are joined by a Medium of Flesh; as the joining of the Teeth to the Jaw, by the Gums. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Synneurosis, when the Connexion is made by a Ligament, as the Ossa Pubis in Women: in Articulation, it is either round, as that which joins the head of the Os Femoris to the Coxa: or broad, as the Tendon of the Patella, which unites it to the Os Tibiae. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Synchondrosis, when there is a Union made by Gristles; and by this Medium, the Sternon is joined to the Ribs.  
IX. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Articulatio, a unition by jointing; and this it either, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Diarthrosis, a manifest Articulation; as in the Joints of the Elbow, Thigh, Knee, etc. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Synarthrosis, an obscure Articulation; as in the Conjunction of the Carpus with the Metacarpus, and the Tarsus with the Metatarsus. Both these are divided into three several Species, viz. Enarthrosis, Arthrodia, and Ginglymus.  
X. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Enarthrosis, is where a large round Head enters into Cotyla, a deep or profound Cavity, as the head of Os Femoris into that of the Os C●…: or into Glene, a shallow Cavity, as the head of the Os Humeri into the Scapula.  
XI. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Arthrodia, is where the Cavity is very superficial, as in Diarthrosis, between the head and first Vertebra of the Neck; and in Synarthrosis, between the Carpus and Metacarpus.  
XII. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ginglymus, is where there is a mutual indenting of two Bones in a Joint, into each other's Cavity, as in Diarthrosis, in the juncture of the Elbow: and in Synarthrosis, in the Vertebrae of the Back.  
XIII. It is good for an artist to know all the various kinds of unition of Bones; but notwithstanding all that has been said of that Matter, Diarthrosis and Synarthrosis are the chief subjects upon which this our present Discourse of Luxations is built.  
FOURTEEN. Now jest the Bones should easily slip out of the Joint, they are held fast with Ligaments: some of them are orbicular, which in all Joints encompass round the head and Sinus: others are round, and are only in such Joints, as are made for strong Motions, as in the Thigh and Knee: these out of a deep Cavity, are inserted into the head of the Bone.  
XU. Now the Joints which have both sorts of Ligaments, at lest the orbicular, and are very close, are with much difficulty put out of Joint.  
XVI. The Kind's. There are two kinds of Dislocations, 1. When the ●…d of the Bone slipped totally out of its proper Sinus: and this is that which is specially called Exarthrosis, or Exarthroma, Dislocation.  
XVII. 2. When the head of the Bone starts a little out of the Sinus, but is not quite out; and this is called, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Luxatio, a loosening, or distortion of the Joint: and this may sometimes come to pass, when the Bones are lengthened through a laxity or distension of the Ligaments, from a weakness of the Part, or a flux of Humours. Yet Dislocatio and Luxatio are generally taken in one and the same acceptation.  
XVIII. To these some add a third Species, viz. when such Bones shall gape, which were before joined; and this happens in three places, 1. When the Scapula parts from the Clavicula or Humerus. 2. The Radius from the Cubitus. 3. The Fibula from the Tibia; and this they call a Divulsion or Disjunction, or Disjoining. See Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10.  
XIX. The Differences. They arise first from the Situation and Figure of the Part, as upwards, downwards, forward, backward, to the right side, or left side.  
XX. Secondly, from Accidents or Symptoms attending them, as, vehement Pain, Inflammation, flux of Humours, Wounds, Fractures, etc.  
XXI. The Causes. They are either Procatartick or Antecedent: The Procatartick or External, are Falls, Blows, violent Extension, (in which latter Case, Infants are sometimes hurt by the Hands of the Midwife.)  
XXII. The Antecedent or Internal, are from Humours affecting the Joints, which flowing down upon them, do by their Quantity or Quality either relax the Ligaments; and so 'cause the Bones to slip out of their proper places; or else contract the Tendons, and so pluck them out of their natural seats.  
XXIII. The Signs. A Dislocation is known by the extraordinary Tumour of the Part where the Bone is lodged, emptiness of the place where the Bone was, and privation of Motion, accompanied with Pain; as also by comparing it with its fellow, which is not dislocated: the Member is also rendered longer or shorter, accordingly as the Bone is out of its place.  
XXIV. These things than are to be observed, 1. That as long as the motion of the Member is not lost, though there may be suspicion of a Dislocation, yet there is none. 2. That the Tumour or Swelling is always on that side unto which the Bone is slipped, and the hollowness on that side from whence it is fallen. 3. That the Bone being out of its place, and finding no resistance, the Muscles will draw it upwards, and so make the Limb shorter, 4. That it will be unlike to its fellow, which is not dislocated.  
XXV. A Dislocation may be distinguished from a Luxation, by the intenseness of the signs aforesaid; for if all the motions of the Limb is lost; if it is indeed shorter, and there is a great Eminence and Gavity, and it is very unlike to the found one, it is a Distocation: & 〈◊〉 contrary, it is a Luxation.  
XXVI. If the Part is thicker than it aught to be; if where the Bones should meet, there is a greater, extuberance; and if withal the Bones gape, there is a disjuncture.  
XXVII. That sort of Luxation, wherein the Limb is made longer, is known by these signs, 1. Because the Limb looks as if it were hung on, dangling this way and that way, by reason of the relaxation of the Ligaments, and the Bones not touching one another. 2. When the Bone is reduced to its place, it will not stay there, but fall out presently of its own accord. 3. There is a cavity or hollowness quite round the Joint, so big sometimes, as almost to put one's little Finger into it.  
XXVIII. The signs that the Bone is well set, are the just contrary to these which show it to be dislocated: Avicenna, and others, have another sign also, which is a Crashing noise, or a kind of Snap, which the Bystanders hear, upon the reduction.  
XXIX. But says Wiseman, this is not always a certain sign, nor indeed is it a very good sign: for it may be made by the head of the Bone cubbing against, and breaking the Cartilaginous edges of the Acetabulum or Sinus; part of which may go into the cavity before the Bone, and than no good Reposition can be made, but the Patient will always be lame, because the Head cannot turn round in the Sinus.  
XXX. Or, the noise may come from the head of the Bone striking against the bottom of the Cavity, which sometimes may hazard a bruising of the Cartilages, though many times it is without any such Accident: however this noise is easy to be distinguished from the other, where the Cartilege is broken.  
XXXI. The Prognostics. In Children, and such as have very mayst Bodies, Bones are easiest reduced, but they are with much difficulty retained in their places; and contrariwise in elderly People, and dry Bodies.  
XXXII. A Dislocation not recent, or of song-continuance, is with great difficulty and pain restored: and when restored, it is kept in its place with great trouble, because of the weakness of the Part, and of the Ligaments, the whole growing emaciated.  
XXXIII. A Dislocation of the Vertebrae, occasioned by External Atoi●… or ●…elente, is for the most part Mortal; but if it is caused by Congestion, it is many times Gur●d.  
XXXIV. A Dislocation, with a Wound, is more difficult to be cured than without; so also, if it is with a Fracture: but if it is with Wound and Fracture both it is harder yet to be performed, and with a great deal of trouble and difficulty.  
XXXV. Luxations or Dislocations, in which the edges of the Acetabulum are broken of, are worst of all; for though the Joint is restored to its place, yet it continues not long, but falls out again upon the stightest cause.  
XXXVI. Old Dislocations, which are grown hard with a Callus, and have a clammy or gelly-like Humour filling up the Gavities, are never, or very rarely, cured; for which reason, every Dislocation or Luxation aught presently to be replaced.  
XXXVII. A Dislocation in Childhood, if not reduced, it causes the Member or Limb to grow lesle than the other.  
XXXVIII. A Dislocation or Luxation of the Head from the Vertebrae of the Neck, is Mortal; because it compresses the Spinal Marrow at its Original, or first Rise, and so hinders the Influx of the Animal Spirits.  
THIRTY-NINE. A Dislocation with great Pain, flux of Humours, Insemination, or Wound, is hard to be cured, and is not without danger; nor can it be restored without danger of Convulsions, or Death.  
XL. For which reason, Celsus advises, that if the Bone being reduced, there is an extension of the ●erves (with vehement Pain) It must presently be put out of Joint again.  
XLI. The farther any Bone is fallen forth our of its Sinus, so much the more difficultly will it be restored again; by how much the nearer, by so much the sooner and easier.  
XLII. A Dislocation of long continuance, by how much it is lesle able to be moved by a natural motion; by so much the more it will be extenuated and wasted, and affected with an Atrophia.  
XLIII. And the reason is manifest; for because of the intermission of motion, the native heat of the Part will be dulled, and wasted also: and because the Vessels are compressed by the luxated Bone, the necessary Influx of the Blood and Spirits will be prohibited or hindered.  
XLIV. The Cure. In the Cure of a Dislocation, there are (according to Scultetus) Five Intentions; viz. Extension, Reposition, Deligation, Deposition, and Religation.  
XLV. In Extension, four things are to be considered; viz. 1. The Time. 2. The Instruments. 3. The manner of the Extension. 4. And the Quantity of the Extension.  
XLVI. As to Time, (says Hypocrates) it is to be done presently after it is put out of Joint, whilst the Party is yet hot: but if it cannot be done presently, by reason no Physician (so I call every good or skilful Chirurgeon) is near, it must be done on the second or third day, except Inflammation hinder it.  
XLVII. On the Fourth Day, nothing is to be attempted, because of great paint; for it would not succeed well, but many ill Symptoms would follow: and therefore the Term of the Inflammation must be expected; which is the seventh, eighth, or ninth Day.  
XLVIII. For so Hypocrates, de Articulis, Text. 65. says; unless it can be reduced in the first three days, it is not to be medied withal: nor on the tenth, eleventh, or twelfth day is it safe, because the Callus is bred.  
XLIX. But before Extension, let the Joint be fomented with warm Water and Oil; or Wine and Oil; or a Decoction of Althaea, or Mallows. Spigelius says, that nothing is better than a Bath of fair Water.  
L. The Instruments of Extension are, our Hands, for small Dislocations; Bands, for such as are mean; and Engines or Instruments, for such as are great.  
LIVELY The Bands aught to be strong, soft, and tractable; such as are Buck-skins dressed soft; or, for want of Leather, Linnen-cloth rubbed: you must fasten them on the part which is farthest from the Joint dislocated; jest the Muscles should be bound, or else torn by violent Extension.  
LII. As for the Engines or Instruments, they are such as we have described in Lib. 6. Cap. 2. Sect. 12. add Sect. 47. viz. the Ambi of Hypocrates; the Glossocomon of Galen; the Reductive Ladder; and the Table of Hypocrates.  
LIII. The Manner of Extension. This we have sufficiently taught in the former Book of Fractures; however, it aught to be as strait as possibly it can, viz. in a right line; for so Extension is made with as little pain and difficulty as may be.  
LIU. The Quantity of the Extension: This is known, from the Place where the Dislocation or Lineation is: the Way that the Bone slipped forth: the Place to which it is fallen: and the Place in which it rests.  
LU. When Extension is almost made, the Swooning of the Sick, or of the Standards by, must by no means under the Operation.  
LVI. Reposition. It is done by the Hands of the Artist, which aught to be anointed with Oil of Roses: and it is either made by circumgyration; or by forcing it back, to the opposite part, to which it is fallen.  
LVII. But these Motions are not always necessary: because that sometimes when Extension is made, the Muscles are only relaxed, (not contracted) so that the Joint will slip into its natural placeo, f its own accord.  
LVIII. Now if it is well Set, you may know it by the natural shape of the Member; when neither hollowness for swelilng appears about the Joint, as it did before it was set.  
LIX. Also by the abatement of the Fair, which is always an insepay able sign, that the Bone is reduced; but the Pain may not be ●aded, because the Museles may be very much 〈◊〉 and and sometimes by a crank, or small blow, which the Bone make●, when it falls into its Socket.  
LX. You are to consider, which 〈◊〉 it is stipt out; for by the same way it must be reduce back again, if it slipped to the right side, it must be pressed to the least; if it is luxated forwards, it must be forced backwards.  
LXI. The Shoulder requires one way, the Elbow another, and the Knee or Ankle another: if the Luxation is not recent, or the Muscles be much contracted, you must relax them by Emollient Embrocations of Oil of Ben, Rears Oil, Man's or Viper's Grease; or with Vng. Dialthaeae, jest by too great violence you affect the Nerves, and 'cause a Raralisis.  
LXII. Deligation. This is considered from the Figure of the Part affected, and the Ligature itself; which may preserve the Joint being reduced, and prevent Inflammation.  
LXIII. In the Figure, you must consider the Form both of the Joint reduced and also of the whole Part: some Figures are natural, and without Pain; and some are unnatural, and with Pain.  
LXIV. The Figure of the Arm without pain, is bended; of the Foot, perfect extension: now the figure in which the Part must stand, must be ordered before it be bound up, that the binding may be neither too lose, nor too hard.  
LXV. The Ligature must be made of Linen Swaths or Bands, and soft; that they may 'cause to pain they must be equal, that they may bind equally every where 〈◊〉 and they aught to be white and clean, that the Humours, issuing forth (if any be) may be known by their Colours.  
LXVI. The breadth of the Swath or Rowle● must be according to the Part to be bound up: for the thinner or smaller Parts, they may be the narrower: in the Thigh and Knee they may be near four Inches broad: in the Arm and Hand, about three Inches: in the Fingers, about an Inch, or better.  
LXVII. Galen divides them into inner Bands, to wit, such as bind the Joint under the Plasters; and outward Bands, as those which are put above the Plasters: Hypocrates uses two inward Bands, and two outward; but one may may do, where the Joint is not easy to be slipped out.  
LXVIII. The length of the Swath is various, in respect to the variety of Parts to be bound. Upon the Thighs they must be six Yards in length; for the Shoulder, four Yards and half long; for the Arms and Legs, about two or three Yards in length.  
Lxix Now that the Swaths may hinder Inflammation, they must be wet in sour or astringent Wine, mixed with Oil of Roses; or anointed with Hypocrates his Cataplasm or Cerate, made of Oil of Roses p. two. Wax p. i  
LXX. Some allow not here of Astringent Powders mixed with the white of an Egg; because they either cool, dry, and bind the Joint too much, hindering the bending of the Joint; or prohibit the flowing forth of the Humours which are flowed into it.  
LXXI. Yet Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 1. allows of Astringent Medicaments. First of all, (says he) before binding up, Astringent Medicaments are to be laid on, which hinder a Flux of Humours, and Inflammation, contract the Ligaments relaxed, and withal strengthen the Part.  
LXXII. These may be made of fine Bowl, Dragons-blood, Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, read Roses, Frankincense, fine Flower, and the like, mixed with the white of an Egg. To these things you may add, Acacia, Comfrey-roots, Catechu, Myrtleberries, Saccharum Saturni, Sumach, Crocus Martis, etc.  
LXXIII. If there is great Pain, you may embrocate with Oils of Roses, of Earthworms, of Whelps, or of Mastic. Or you may mix some of those Oils with your Astringents afore-named; and apply over Empl. Album, è Bolo, or de Minio.  
LXXIV. Sennertus commends this Emplaster. ℞ Fine Bowl, Bean-flower, Comfrey-roots in powder, A. ℥ iii mix; steep them in Vinegar, and dry them: to which add lethargy, Wax, Rosin, A. ℥ iii melt these three over the Fire, than add to them the former three things; and with two Ounces of Gum-Tragacanth, make an Emplaster.  
LXXV. Or, ℞ Fine Bole, Comfrey-roots, Dragons-blood, Frankincense, Mastic, A. ℥ ss. fine Wheat-flower ℥ i Sheep-suet ℥ iii Wax q.s. mix, and make a Plaster.  
LXXVI. Or, ℞ Bird-lime, Mastich, Pine-Rosin, A. ℥ ss. new Wax ℥ iii mix, and make a Plaster. Or you may apply Empl. Barbarum, or Catagmaticum, malaxed with a little Oil of Roses Omphacine.  
LXXVII. Or, ℞ fine Bole, Catechu, Dragons-blood, Myrtleberries, pomegranate peels, Sumach, Saccharum Saturni, A ℥ ss. whites of Eggs, q.s. mix, and apply. These things being laid on, the Member must be conveniently bound up with Swaths or Rulers, and Bolsters, in the same manner as we have taught concerning Fractures: and if need be, and the figure and nature of the Part will admit of it, Splints, or such like, made of Paste-board, Leather, etc. may be laid on.  
LXXVIII. Deposition. This is threefold. 1. Alligation; as in a Dislocation of the Shoulder or Arm, where the Arm is bound to the Thorax. 2. Suspension; as when the Arm is hanged by a Scarf or Linnen-cloth, put about the Neck. 3. Collocation; when we place the Part affected in a certain situation or rest: as the Arm upon the Thorax, or in a Capsula, and the Thigh or Leg in a Trunk or Case, of Straw or Wood  
LXXIX. And herein you must note, that the Collocation must be, 1. After the mean Figure of the Part. 2. Soft; that the Sick may lie at ease; therefore is the Case filled with Hurds or Tow. 3. Equal, or rather a little upwards; that the Humours may not so easily flow to the Part affected, and cause Inflammation. 4. At Rest; for which Reason, the Ancients used to make a Hole through the Bed and Blankets, that the Sick in voiding their Excrements, might not be forced to move.  
LXXX. Religation. This is of Use, 1. Where the Part is bound too fast, or too lose. 2. If there is Itching, or Pain.  
LXXXI. If the Ligature is bound too straight, a hard Tumour arisen in the Extreme Parts dislocated: if too lose, there is no Tumour at all: if it is too straight, you must loosen it the second day: but if too lose, you must straiten it the third day.  
LXXXII. If there is Itching or Pain, the Swaths are to be loosened, and fair warm Water to be poured upon the Part; not only to abate the Itching, and discuss the sharp watery Humours, but also that the Ligaments may be corroborated.  
LXXXIII. But unless the Ligature is made ill, or the Itching is troublesome, let the Part remain as it was first bound up, till the seventh day: if there is an Itching, you must loosen it on the third or fourth day, and bathe with fair Water, as aforesaid: but Wiseman says, with Salt-water, or a Decoction of tops of Wormwood, Camomil-flowers, Red-Roses, Balaustians, Myrtleberries, Iuniper and Cypress-Nuts, adding a little S.U.  
XXXIV. On the seventh day, which is the time that the Inflammation should be passed, the Ligature must be let lose again; and lukewarm Water poured on again; (but not too hot, for that loosens the Ligaments: so also all Greasy Medicaments relax the Tendons, and prolong the Cure.)  
XXXV. But the Swaths are no more to be wet, nor to be sineared with the Cerate of Roses, by reason the Inflammation is over: but upon the Joint, Empl. Catagmaticum softened with Cerate of Roses, or Oil of Myrtles, or some of the afore-prescribed Medicaments are to be applied; which may be also applied at first binding-up, if no evil Symptoms are present.  
LXXXVI. After the seventh day, the Ligature aught to be made somewhat straighter than before: and after this second binding-up, the Part aught not to be loosened until the end of the Cure.   

CHAP. II Of a SIMPLE DISLOCATION.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dis-Dislocatio Simplex; and in English, A Simple Dislocation, or, Simply out of Joint.  
II The Signs and Prognostics of a Dislocation or Luxation, you have in the former Chapter at large: but this as a Presage may be said, That if it is a Simple Dislocation or Luxation, it will be so much the sooner and easier cured.  
III We call that a Simple Dislocation or Luxation, which is without Fracture, Wound, or Contusion, or any other ill Accident or Symptom.  
IV. In a Simple Dislocation or Luxation therefore, consider the Place; and put the Sick into a fit posture, and than carefully extend it: as we have taught in the former Chapter.  
V Than with your Fingers or Hands, forcing the dislocated Bone the contrary way, carefully reduce it.  
VI And in young People, foment the Joint with some Astringent Decoction made in Red-wine; but in elder People, where the Joints are confirmed, and the Ligaments hard and firm, you may anoint with Oleum Catellorum, Oil of Earthworms, or Oil of Hypericon.  
VII. After which, you may lay over it Empl. Album, or Diachalciteos, Sticticum Paracelsi, or Emplast. Catagmaticum, a little softened with Oil of Roses Omphacine; than rolling it up well with good Swaths or Bands.  
VIII. But it will be better, if after anointing, for the first Day or two, you apply a Cataplasm of fine Bowl, or of Catechu, mixed up with the white of an Egg.  
IX. If there is a Tumour withal, anoint it well, either with the aforesaid Oils, or with Oil of Elder, or with this. ℞ Golden-coloured Palm-Oil ℥ i Oils of Amber and Rosemary, A. ℥ jss. mix them, and anoint therewith.  
X. Than apply a Cataplasm made of Oatmeal, Linseed, Milk, and Oil of Roses; so will the Tumour discuss: but if it is not of above two or three days standing, by reducing the Bone, it will presently vanish of its own accord.  
XI. If the Luxation is made by Congestion, it requires Emollients, to resolve and discuss the Crude Humours affecting the Joints, Ligaments, and Tendons.  
XII. For which Intention, you may apply this Cataplasm. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ vi. roots of the wild Cucumber ℥ iii tops of Margerum M ji. boil them in Broth made of Calves-feets; which done, bruise or beaten them together; and add thereto powders of Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥ i Oil of Lilies, Man's, or Vipers Fat, A. q. mix, and make a Pultiss.  
XIII. Also, you may apply Emplastr. Diachylon cum Gummi, de Mucilaginibus, de Ranis cum Mercurio, Mercuriale, etc. for so long time as you see convenient, if the Fracture is great and hard.  
FOURTEEN. The Matter being thus resolved, you may than go on to the reducing of the Luxation: and after you have restored it, you must apply such Medicaments to it, as may dry up all the superfluous Humidity, and corroborated the Joint: such as we have directed to in the former Chapter.  
XU. And you must also have some extraordinary Bandage, to keep the Bone in its place: of which we have already discoursed, and shall discourse more particularly hereafter in in the following Chapter of this Book.  
XVI. If the Luxation is old, or of long standing, the former Emollient Cataplasm, and other like things may be used; after which you may use Digestives, such as Ceratum de Betonica, Emplastrum Sacrum, etc.  
XVII. But before the application of the Emplasters, you may immediately Foment with a Decoction of Betony, Camomile, Hyssop, Origanum, and Stoechas, in Wine.  
XVIII. And if the Humours are much, and hard to be discussed, you must use the Fumes of the Stone Pyritis, heated red-hot, and quenched in Vinegar, as Galen has sometimes advised: or a Fomentation made of Roots of Althaea, of wild Cucumber, of Bryony, and of pulp of Colocynthis, boiled in Wine.  
XIX. These by their heat and dryness, will discuss the Matter; and by an innate property, give relief to the Part.  
XX. The luxated Limb may be put also into a Bath of hot Water, and held in the same for some time; for so it digests the Humours: which done, all the rest of the Work is to be performed as in recent Luxations, etc.   

CHAP. III Of a DISLOCATION, with PAIN and INFLAMMATION.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Dolore ac Inflammatione; vel Dislocatio Inflammata cum Dolore: and in English, a Dislocation with Pain and Inflammation, or a Luxation Inflamed, accompanied with Pain.  
II If Pain and Inflammation seizes the Part before the Bone is reduced, you must take heed of extending the Part, or trying to restore the Luxated Joint, till the Pain and Inflammation are allayed; jest by the distension of the Nerves a Convulsion, Gangrene, or some other dangerous Symptoms should be excited.  
III In this Case therefore, the Part is to be placed in a mean posture, which may be lest painful, and than it is to be anointed with this Emollient. ℞ Vng. de Althaeaʒii. Oils of Lilies, of Myrtles, and of Roses, A. ʒi. Hog's Lard ℥ ss. mix them.  
IV. Than you may apply this Discutient. ℞ Cumin and Fennel seeds, A. ʒvi. Colophony, Frankincense, Mastic, Pitch, A. ℥ i Oil of Dil, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
V And Vniversals being premised, the Belly must be kept lose with Clysters: you may also continually pour on the Part warm Water, mixed with Oil of Roses, before application of the former things.  
VI For the hot Water will discuss the Humours, loosen the Parts, and ease the Pain; and the Oil will mitigate the Inflammation, hinder its increase, and repercuss.  
VII. When the Inflammation ceases, the Humours will be somewhat thickened; for which cause sake, we must gently chafe the Part with our Hand, being first anointed with Oil of sweet Almonds.  
VIII. Than lay on this Gataplasm. ℞ Ammoniacum ℥ two. which dissolve in Vinegar: Wax ℥ jss. Hen's Grease ℥ i Saffronʒi. Oil of Roses, q.s. mix and make a Cataplasm: or you may apply Oxycroceum mollified with Oil of Roses.  
IX. The Inflammation being overcome, let the Part be extended, and reduced; and proper things being applied to it, let it be bound up, and placed as it aught to be.  
X. If the Inflammation succeed after Reduction, by reason of the violent Extension, and perpetual Pain, the Ligature must be untied, though it fall out on the first or second day; and lukewarm-water mixed with Oil of Roses, must be poured on the Part, till the Sick finds some ease.  
XI. Than the Part must be bound up somewhat lose, and with fewer Swaths, wet with Water and Oil; which is to be repeated every day, till the Inflammation declines, which happens for the most part on the fifth day.  
XII. Than apply the afore described Cataplasm, or Oxycroceum, to resolve the remainder of the Inflammation, with a Ligature more lose: when the Inflammation is go, you must pursue the remaining part of the Cure, as if it were a Simple Luxation.  
XIII. In the mean season, a slender Diet must be ordered, and revulsive means used, as Purging, Vomiting, Clysters, etc. according to the Age and Strength of the Patient.  
FOURTEEN. If after the Joint is replaced, there is an Itching, the binding must be loosened, and the place sprin●…ed with fair warm Water (Wiseman says, with salt Water) or with some astringent Decoction: that the cause of the Itching may be discussed, and the Itch abated: otherwise we must forbear warm Water, jest the Ligaments should be relaxed.  
XU. And to keep the Patiented easy and quiet, a Dose of our Volatile or Specific Landanum, may be given every night at Bedtime.   

CHAP. IU. Of a DISLOCATION with a WOUND.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Vulnere: and in English, a Dislocation with a Wound.  
II The Prognostics. A Dislocation or Luxation joined with a Wound, is very dangerous; and if the Joint be either uncovered, or a little thrust forth without the Skin, it is for the most part mortal.  
III If it is reduced, the danger is greater, than if it is not: if it is not reduced, Inflammation will come upon it, sometimes Convulsions, and sometimes Death.  
IU. Or there will be a filthy and Incurable Ulcer; which if by chance it is brought to Cicatrize at all; it will easily be dissolved, by reason of its softness.  
V If it is reduced, there will be extreme danger of Convulsion, Gangrene, and of Death, which generally follows it.  
VI Hypocrates, de Articulis Art 4. Text. 16, 17. says, whoso has the Bones of the Leg Luxated with a Wound, so that they hung forth of the Joint, whether inwardly or outwardly, they are not to be reduced; for if they be, and so remain, they shall Die, nor shall they Live many days; for few such pass the seventh day, by reason of a mortal Convulsion; moreover a Gangrene does also hap: and these things you must know will certainly come to pass.  
VII. This Danger, says Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 2. is so much the greater, by how much the Member is greater, and the Nerves and Muscles about it are greater, and by how much the Wound is nearer the Joint.  
VIII. For as much, as because of Distension of the Nerves and Muscles, Pains, Inflammations, Convulsions, acute Fevers, Gangrenes, and a Sphacelus may be induced: and therefore it is that Hypocrates, is against reducing of Luxated Bones, and their Binding up; and orders us to use at the beginning only things which assuage Pain, and takes away Inflammation.  
IX. And he is of Opinion, that no Bones can be safely reduced except those of the Fingers, Hands, and Feet: And in a Finger, (in which there is the lest of danger) the Luxation aught not to be replaced when there is an Inflammation, but either before it comes, or after it is assuaged.  
X. But some fear these kinds of dangers only in the great Joints as, the Shoulder, Arm, Wrist, Thigh, Knee, Ankle; by reason of their strong Tendons, great Ligaments, and considerable Vessels.  
XI. The Cure. If it may be reduced, it must be at first, before Inflammation: but you are to let the Patient and bystanders know the eminent danger, that the Artist may save his Credit, and his Art not be disparaged, if things should not succeed.  
XII. This, says Scultetus, the Chirurgeon must attempt the first, second, eighth, or ninth day, that he may not appear to be ignorant; first looking to the Inflammation, and Convulsion; and than to the Wound and Dislocation.  
XIII. If the Joint is replaced, and an Inflammation or Convulsion should than hap; it must be thrust out of its place again, (if it can be done without violence.)  
FOURTEEN. However, you must endeavour to abate the Inflammation, and than the Cure of the Wound must be ordered, applying to it Lenient Medicaments, as in a Fracture with a Wound; after which you must take Care of the Dislocation.  
XU. But if they possess one place at one time, first respect the Dislocation, than the Wound, applying over all, Sticticum Paracelsi: and see that the Member itself be so placed, that the Sick may lie in as much ease as is possible.  
XVI. When the Joint or Bone cannot be reduced, care must be first taken for Vniversals and Diet: and the Part must be placed in a mean Figure, (without any extension or binding) either hanging from the Shoulder or Neck, or laid down in a Capsula, or in a Junk or Trunk, that the Sick may feel as little Pain as may be.  
XVII. And if vehement Pain is present, or Inflammation and Convulsions may be feared to be near, or at hand, they aught to be prevented or hindered by such things as are anodyn, digestive, a little cooling and repellent.   

CHAP. V Of a DISLOCATION with a FRACTURE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Fractura; and in English, A Dislocation or Disjointing, with a Fracture.  
II The Prognostics. This is always dangerous, and of difficult Cure; for that a Luxation with a Fracture, can scarcely bewithout a Wound.  
III The nearer the Fracture is to the luxated Joint, the more danger; the farther of the Joint, the lesser danger: if attended with evil Symptoms, it is generally Fatal.  
IV. The Cure. If the Fracture is near the Joint, you are to consider whether the Joint is whole, or not; jest whilst you cure the Fracture only, you should neglect the Dislocation.  
V If with the Luxation there is a Fracture, you are to make the Extension the common way; and the luxated Joint must be reduced into its proper place; and than the broken Bones are to be composed and conformed.  
VI Upon each, you must apply fit Medicaments, such as we have already showed in the general Method of Cure of Fractures and Dislocations; after which the Part aught to be conveniently bound up with Swaths.  
VII. But if the Joint cannot be restored to its place, without danger, before the Fracture is cured; than you must first attempt to cure the Fracture; and afterwards when the Callus is generated, and sufficiently confirmed, endeavour the reduction of the luxated Joint.  
VIII. But if you restore the Dislocation first, and than the Fracture, you are to foment with read Wine warm; and than to apply a Cloth dipped into the Mixture of Oxycrate, Oil of Roses, and Whites of Eggs mixed together.  
IX. And it will be so much the better, if you add thereto a small quantity of Catechu, which mightily fixes the Bone which was dislocated, confirms those which were fractured; and strengthens the whole Part.  
X. The Dressing being laid on, you are either with Splints, or without, as you see occasion and necessity to require, to bind up the Wound with Swaths, as we have formerly taught you.  
XI. After it is bound up, it is not to be stirred or opened till the seventh day, except vehement Pain, Inflammation, flux of Humours; or other Symptoms enforce it.  
XII. At what time, it is to be fomented with hot Water, in which Saccharum Saturni, or Lapis Prunellae, has been dissolved; after which, you may proceed by the former Directions, till Health is recovered.  
XIII. And during the whole time of the Cure, you are to give Morning and Evening, the Stone Osteocolla levigated adʒi. in Blood of Comfrey-roots, or in read Port-wine, or choice Alicant.   

CHAP. VI Of a DISLOCATION with CONWLSIONS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Spasmate; and in English, A Dislocation with Convulsion.  
II Convulsions in this case, may hap either before Reduction, or after Reduction: those before Reduction, forbidden the present reducing of the Bone: those after, show that it aught to be put out of Joint again; or at lest, that the Bandage be presently loosened.  
III The Prognostics. If Convulsions accompany the Patient in this case, it is generally very dangerous; but before Reduction, it is lesle dangerous than after it.  
IV. If Convulsions come after it, the Bandage is presently to be loosened, because the Patient is in great hazard: if they cease not upon the loosening of the Bandage, the Sick is in much danger; and the Bone is than to be put out of Joint again, or Death will in short time succeed.  
V The Cure. If the Convulsion is before Reduction; or if it is after, (the Joint being presently loosened) it is for a long time to be well wet, or embrocated with plenty of warm Water, mixed with Oil of Roses.  
VI The Parts adjacent are also to be bathed with S.U. Camphorated, or with Powers of Amber, or of Lemons, Lavender, Rosemary, Marjoram, or Time; as also all the Backbone, from the Cranium to the Rump-bone, and to be repeated at lest twice a day.  
VII. Inwardly you must give Sudorificks, as Spirit of Sal Armoniac, Tinctura Cordialis, Tinctura Opii, Tinct. Salis Tartari, Spiritus Cordialis, Spirit of Hartshorn Compound, Elixir Metallorum, Powers of Lavender, Lemons, Rosemary, or Amber, or Salt of Amber, Laudanum Specificum.  
VIII. Or you may give this Mixture: ℞ Elixir Metallorumʒv. Powers of Lemons, of Lavender, and of Rosemary, A. ʒiv. Powers of Pennyroyal, of Marjoram, and of Time, A. ʒiii. Powers of Savinʒii. Powers of Clovesʒi. Spiritus Cordialis ℥ vi. mix them. Dose, half a Spoonful in a Glass of Canary.  
IX. Or: ℞ Tinctura Antimonii ʒiii. Tinctura Metallorum ʒii. Tincture of Salt of Bohemian-tartar, Spirit of Sal Armoniac, A. ʒi. Tinctura Opii ℈ two. Spiritus Cordialis ℥ two. mix them. Dose. 40 Drops, in a proper Vehicle.  
X. And outwardly apply to the Soles of the Feet, Bricks warmed very hot, and wrapped up in a Cloth, or rather the Warming-stone, which holds heat much better: and to the Sides Bags of Oats, or of Salt made very hot, by frying it dry in a Frying-pan; that you may induce a powerful Sweeting.  
XI. For by these Means, the Joints grow equally hot, and Sympathise together; and withal, the Heart is strengthened and comforted: which is yet farther promoted, by giving now and than in the Sweat Spirit of Angelica, Bawm, or Mint a little dulcified and made pleasant, or Spiritus Cordialis alone by itself.  
XII. After the Sweeting is over, the beginnings of the Nerves, as Nape of the Neck, and all the Vertebrae down to the Hips, as also the Groins and Arm holes are to be bathed with the Medicaments mentioned at Sect. 6. above.  
XIII. Or you may anoint with such Oils and Balsams as are powerful against Convulsions; among which we commend Balsamum Camphorae, Balsamum Sulphuris Rulandi, Elixir Antepilepticum mixed with Balsam of Sulphur, Oils of Amber, of Iuniper, of Lemons, and of Turpentine, Oils of Mace, or Nutmegs, by Expression: or some of these mixed together.  
FOURTEEN. Some commend Balsam of Amber, Balsamum Nervinum Schroderi, Polychrestum Mynsichti, Apoplecticum Horstii, and Balsamum Sacrum, or Balsam of Myrrh; which see in Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 4. Sect. 1, 5, 7, 27.   

CHAP. VII. Of a DISLOCATION with a CALLUS, or an OLD LUXATION.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Luxatio vel Dislocatio cum calo, vel Dislocatio Callosa; and in English, A Dislocation with a Callus.  
II This only happens in old Luxations or Dislocations, joined with a Wound or Fracture; from which Causes, before the Bone can be restored, there is a Callous hardness contracted about the Joint.  
III This is found mostly in those Joints which are not compassed about with much Flesh, as the Elbow, Knee, and Legs: and it is either simply a Calious Flesh or Brawniness; or else it is as hard as a Stone.  
IV. If it is a Callous Flesh only, it is whilst it is young and new; for growing old, it becomes like to a Stone; and it is known by a Tumour about the Part, and the Medicaments previously applied, as also from the impossibility of the Patients moving the Joint, though possibly the Artist may.  
V If it is of a stoney hardness, it is known, first from the dryness and slenderness of the Joint: secondly, from the immobility of the Joint, so that neither the Patient nor the Artist can stir it. Thirdly, from the continued thinness, slenderness, or Atrophia of the Part. Fourthly, from the long continuance of the Malady.  
VI The Prognostics. If the Callus is soft, there is some possibility of Cure: but if the Callus is of a stoney or boney hardness, it is incurable.  
VII. The Cure. First the Body aught to be emptied of evil and gross Humours, by due Purging and Vomiting, and a regular and sparing Diet is to be prescribed.  
VIII. Than the Part is to be fomented with warm Water, or with Water and Oil; or rather, it is first to be bathed or anointed with Spiritus Mirabilis, which admirably softens any callous hardness or contractions, of the Muscles, Nerves or Tendons; and than afterwards foment with the Water and Oil as aforesaid, or some Emollient Decoction.  
IX. And this is to be done every day, twice a day, viz. Morning and Evening, till such time as you perceive apparently the callous Substance is resolved.  
X. After bathing it with the Spiritus Mirabilis, and fomenting with the warm Water and Oil, or un Emollient Decoction, you may anoint with Vng. Dialthaeae, or with this Ointment: ℞ Pure golden-coloured Palm-Oil ℥ iv. Oil of Aniseedsʒvi. mix them, and anoint therewith.  
XI. After the Anointing, you are to apply upon it this Cataplasm: ℞ Roots of Althaea, of Briony, of wild Cucumber, and of Showbread, A. ℥ iii Lilly-roots ℥ two. Leaves of Althaea, Mallows, lettuce, A. M. j Neat's feet-Broth, q.s. boil, and pulp them through a Hair-sieve, and add to them meals of Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥ jss. Oil of sweet Almonds, Hogs-lard, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.  
XII. If the hardness is very great, add to it Gum Ammoniacum, or Galbanum dissolved in Vinegar ℥ two. yellow Palm-Oil ℥ jss. Oil of Aniseeds ℥ ss. mixing them well.  
XIII. The Cataplasm having been used for some days, you may than apply Diachylon Simplex, or cum Gummi, or Empl. de Ammoniaco cum Cicuta, or Galbano Crocatum Mynsichti, or Empl. de Ranis with Triple Mercury, or Our Emplastrum Mercuriale.  
FOURTEEN. When the Part shall be sufficiently mollified, let it be chafed for near half an Hour together, with your Hand anointed with Oil of Roses, or rather with the Mixture of Palm-Oil and Oil of Aniseeds.  
XU. And after chase, lay on Digestives, or the Cataplasm in Cap. 3. Sect. 8. aforegoing; or Oxycroceum malaxed with golden-coloured Palm-Oil, or Man's, or Viper's Grease, or Goose Grease, Empl. de Betonica, or some of the aforenamed Emplasters.  
XVI. Or you may use the Fumes of Vinegar being cast upon Lapis Pyrites, or Molaris, i e. Millstone, a piece of it being heated read fire-hot; or the Patient may bathe often in a Bituminous or Sulphureous Bath.  
XVII. Lastly, When whatsoever was hard is mollified and discussed, the Joint is in convenient manner to be reduced to its place, and the rest of the Work is to be performed according to the general Method of Cure.   

CHAP. VIII. Of a DISLOCATION REDUCED, FALLING OUT again.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocationis reductae abscessio; and in English, A Falling out of the Bone in a Dislocation reduced.  
II It is caused, when after a violent Dislocation, the Joint is ill set, and the Ligaments are not well dried and confirmed.  
III Or, it may be caused from some Tumour which may arise from Inflammation, being ill cured, so that the Joint cannot be contained in its place.  
IU. Or, from an Humour or flux of Humours, running to the Joint; which by their humidities and acrimony, relax the Ligaments, and weaken the Part.  
V The Prognostics. This is of difficult Cure, because of the relaxation of the Ligaments; the Tone of the Joint being also hurt, so that it cannot assimilate as it aught to do, its due Nutriment.  
VI The Cure. If it proceeds from the first Cause, you must use great Driers, as fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Crocus Martis Astringens, Caput Mortuum of Vitriol, Dragons-blood, Nut-galls, Sumach, made into a Cataplasm with Whites of Eggs, and other things of like nature.  
VII. If it proceeds from the Second Cause, you must use Emollients and Discutients, great variety of which, we have formerly enumerated in many places.  
VIII. To which you may add, the Fumes arising from Vinegar poured out upon the Lapis Pyrites red-hot, and continually repeated for some time.  
IX. But if it proceeds from the Third Cause, it is more dangerous, and difficult to be cured: and here you must first well Purge the Body, and order a proper and fitting Diet, which may strengthen the Joints; after which you must use Adustion, than which, nothing is said to be better.  
X. For this Cauterizing consumes all the Moisture by a hard Crust, which makes a hollow Ulcer; this being covered with a Cicatrice, contracts the Part relaxed: for Cauterizing heats, dries, and consumes the Humours.  
XI. But to make the Adustion, it is necessary to know the place, towards which the Bone falls: as if the Shoulder-bone should fall into the Arm-hole; the Burning than must be made in the Arm-hole.  
XII. If the head of the Thigh is out of Joint towards the forepart, the forepart must be burned in many places.  
XIII. But here you must beware, that you burn not the Nervous Parts, nor the Arteries, Veins, Glandules, or Ligaments; because the Fire is an Enemy to them, and causes wondered Convulsions.  
FOURTEEN. The Burning aught to be made with Iron Tools like to Olives, with sharp points, and made read hot; which make no very great Scars.  
XU. Than after the Adustion, the Patient is to be quiet and still, and the Joint is to rest with as little motion as may be, for many days; for if it should slip out again, the Affect would be incurable.  
XVI. But for that many will not be persuaded to the use of the Actual Cautery, by reason of the horror thereof; you must in those cases make use of the Potential Cautery, which may be effectual to the purpose, though not altogether so speedy; after the opening of which, the Ulcer is to be cleansed and healed up with Vng. Fuscum Wurtzii.  
XVII. Which done, the Joint is to be strengthened with this Cataplasm applied for some days: ℞ Catechu in fine powder ℥ iv. Roch-Alum ℥ two. Saccharum Saturni, Salt of Vitriol, A. ℥ i all being in fine powder, make a Cataplasm with Whites of Eggs, and apply it.  
XVIII. Having done with the Cataplasm; after all, the Patient must wear upon the Joint, Empl. Catagmaticum a little softened with Oil of Amber, for strengthening the Part; which Application is to be continued for some Months.   

CHAP. IX. Of a DISLOCATION of the NOSE-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis Nasi; and in English, A Dislocation of the Bone of the Nose.  
II This Bone is joined to the Os Frontis, and Os Cume●forme, by the Sutures called Harmoniae; and is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Os Ethmoeides, and Os Cribriforme (Nasi initium ubi crebra foraminae per quae sternutamentum mucu●que transit, & percolatur.) And in English it is called, The Bone of the Nose, or Sievelike Bone.  
III And the reason is, because it has many holes, by which the Filaments of the Processus Mammillares, or of the Olfactory Nerves pass into the Nostrils.  
IV. It is fixed in the middle Basis of the Os Frontis, at the top of the Nostrils, and is covered with the Dura Meninx, which goes along with the Nervous Filaments aforenamed, through the Foramina or holes.  
V On its upper side, it has growing upon it a Triangular Process like a Cock's Comb, called Crista Galli; and opposite to this on the lower side is the Septum Nasi, which is a thin hard Bone, dividing the Nostrils into two parts.  
VI In the Cavity there are two other Bones called Spongiosae, because full of holes like a Sponge or Pumicestone: these adhere to the former, and therefore are accounted as parts of the Os Ethmoeides, or Cribriforme.  
VII. The Causes. The Bones of the Nose may be disjoined by a fall from some high place, upon some hard thing; or by some violent blow, or the like.  
VIII. The Prognostics. If well set, they easily conjoin again, and become as fast and as strong as ever: but if ill treated by the Artist, so as that they once begin to corrupt, there is a great fear of losing, at lest falling or sinking of the Nose.  
IX. The Cure. In order to set them, the Artist is to lay his Thumb upon the Root of the Nose, than putting up a little stick, or some such like, armed with Cotton, or a fine soft Linen Rag, he may by the help thereof thrust back the Bones into their places.  
X. This done, you must apply the same Medicaments which we have before in lib. 6. cap. 16. prescribed in a Fracture of the Nose-bone, and such like Bandage or Binding-up.   

CHAP. X. Of a DISLOCATION of the JAWBONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin. Dislocatio vel Luxatio Maxillae seu Mandibulae; and in English, A Dislocation of the Jawbone.  
II the low Jawbone being only movable, it is that only which can suffer a Luxation; which yet seldom happens, for that the head of the Jawbone which is contained in the Cavity, is encompassed on every side with Bones.  
III Besides, its straight coarticulation, it has many strong Muscles which keep it in its place, and draw it upwards: and it has two heads, which are not so apt to slip out as one is.  
IU. And on each side it has two Processes in its hinder part, the former of which drawn forwards, being broad and thin, ends in a point: but the latter is carried backwards, and makes a long and transverse head: the former is inserted into the Os Jugale, but the latter is fixed to the second Sinus, which is made in the Temple-bone.  
V The Jawbone (except in young Children) can scarcely be dislocated any other way than forwards; nor can it ever go out of Joint, unless its acute Process slips under the Os Jugale, and so can't get back again.  
VI From which it is manifest, that it cannot be luxated to the hinder part; because the Teat-like Processes of the Os Temporis do hinder it: nor can it be luxated to the Right Hand (especially in those of ripe Age) because the left head of the Jaw hinders it: nor to the Left Hand, because the head of the Jaw, on the right side hinders it.  
VII. Nor can it be luxated upwards, except in a Distortion of the Mouth; nor yet downwards, unless the Mouth gape very wide.  
VIII. The Cause. It may be from a frequent and constant motion of the Jawbone, both in Mastication or Chawing, and Speaking, whereby the Muscles being tired are debilitated, and so make way for the Luxation thereof.  
IX. But the most common Cause, yea, almost the only Cause, says Sennertus, is the too wide opening and gaping of the Mouth, whether it be by gaping, or striving to take some very great thing between the Teeth.  
X. And though sometimes it may be luxated from the laxity of the Ligaments; yet it is seldom caused from a debility of the Muscles; because that from both Processes of the lower Jaw, arise strong and nervous Tendons, with which the Muscles Crotaphitae and Masseteres are enfolded.  
XI. The Signs, It is known by the neither Jaw sticking out foremost, and the Process sticking out by the said Jaw; as also, because the Mouth continues always open, and the Hospital comes forth involuntarily.  
XII. For if the Process resembling a Beak or Bill, falls out of the Os Jugale, it follows, that it must also hung forth, which in one that is not very Fat, is known both by sight and touch.  
XIII. If the Dislocation is but on one side of the Face, it stands awry, and the Chin is turned towards the hurt side, having a prominency withal: the Teeth stand not directly under one another, nor can they be brought together, for which reason the Mouth remains open.  
FOURTEEN. If it is dislocated on both sides of the Face, than does it fall forwards, the Mouth stands open, both the Apophyses are prominent, the lower Teeth stand farther out than the upper, and the Temporal Muscles are distended, stiff, and hard.  
XU. The Prognostics. If it is dislocated but on one side, it is easily restored; but if in both, it is much more difficult to reduce, sometimes very dangerous, and oftentimes mortal, because the Muscles on both sides are distended.  
XVI. And Hypocrates says, that unless it is reduced presently, there will arise Continual Fevers, Sleepiness, Inflammation, Pain, Convulsion, voiding of Choler, and usually on the tenth day Death: and this may be reasonable to be thought, because the Muscles and Nerves (being primarily affected) affect the Brain by consent; Branches of Nerves being derived to those Muscles from the third Conjugation of the Brain.  
XVII. The Cure. Where the Bone is out on one side only, the Reposition must be made by motions contrary to them, which made it slip out of its Cavity: as if it slipped out forwards, it must be thrust backwards: as in opening the Mouth it is drawn downwards, so it must be forced upwards: and as the Muscles draw the acute Process upwards, so the Jawbone must be drawn downwards: which done, at once, with a blow of the Hand upon the luxated Bone, it will be reduced into its natural place.  
XVIII. Being reduced, apply Hypocrates his Ceratum Rosaceum (made of Oil of Roses ℥ two. Wax ℥ i melted together) to the heads of the Jaw and Temple: and if there was a strong Extension, you must apply things to hinder Inflammation.  
XIX. Than a fit Bandage must be made, beginning from the Chin, and passing towards the Crown of the Head, which Binding must not be loosed before the third day, the Sick all this while forbearing to talk, gape, or chew hard things.  
XX. If the Jawbone is out on both sides, let the Sick be placed on a low seat, and let one hold his Head firmly, or let it be held against the Wall, and putting both your Thumbs wrapped up in Linen Rags into the Mouth upon the Grinders, the other Fingers laying hold of the Jaw outwardly, and a couple of small pieces of Wood upon the Grinders on either side, that the Fingers of the Artist may not be hurt, upon the Bones returning to its place; let the Jawbone be extended or drawn first downward: Secondly, thrust backwards: Thirdly, lifted upwards; thus will it be easily and quickly replaced.  
XXI. Or, a Band or Strap may be put under the Chin, and an Assistant having his Knees upon the Patient's Shoulders, he may draw the Strap upwards, to facilitate the Extension; which the Artist does in the mean season make with his Hands, and at the same time thrusting also the Bone again into its place.  
XXII. The Bone being replaced, Medicines must be applied to the heads of the Jawbone, viz. to the Temples, such as Ceratum Rosaceum; and where the Extension was violent, you may interpose Stup●s wet in whites of Eggs, mixed with some Astringent Ponders.  
XXIII. And the whole Temporal Muscle may be anointed with Oil of Roses mixed with Oil of Whelps, or Oil of Earthworms.  
XXIV. Than it is to be bound up after this manner. The Swath must be applied to the Chin, where it m●st be slit a little, that it may take hold on the Chin, on both sides; than on each side the Ears, the Rowler must be slit again, and the Ear must be drawn through; and than the Rowler is to be fastened upon the crown of the Head.  
XXV. The Patient is thus to be kept for two or three days, or till the luxated Part is strengthened; forbearing any Action (as aforesaid) which may hurt or disturb the Operation.  
XXVI. At second Dressing, apply things which may agglutinate, and strengthen the Ligaments: as, ℞ Fine Bole, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, fine Flower, Mastich, Rosin, Pitch, A. ℥ ss. whites of Eggs, enough to make a Cataplasm.  
XXVII. Afterwards you may apply Diapalma, or Empl. Album, malaxed with Oil of Roses; and other things strengthening, as you found the occasion requires.  
XXVIII. If it has been dislocated some few days before it is reduced, you must use emollient and relaxing Medicines: but when the Bone is put into the Joint, you must apply Oil of Roses mixed with whites of Eggs, to ease the Pain; and than put on Clotheses dipped in Oxycrate: after which, you must pursue the Cure according to the Method aforegoing.   

CHAP. XI. Of a DISLOCATION of the COLLAR-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Claviculae; and in English, A a Dislocation of the Collar, or Channel-Bone.  
II The Clavicula is a crooked Bone, made almost like an SAINT; one end of which being thicker, and almost threesquare, is inserted into a cavity, designed by Nature for it, in the Sternum, and tied by a strong Ligamentous Membrane.  
III The other end is broad and flat, and joined to the Acromium; where it not only serves to keep the Shoulder at a due distance from the Sternum; but also assists those several Processes, which are designed to keep the Shoulder-Bone from slipping upwards from its cavity.  
IV. It may be luxated two ways, and that only outwardly: 1. Where it separates from the Sternum, and presses outward, like a hard Lump. 2. At the broad end, near the Acromium; which may also be twofold, viz. upward, and forward; but no other ways, by reason of the adjacent Bones.  
V Yet these Luxations, seldom hap, by reason of the firm connexion of the Clavicula with the Parts aforesaid: but being luxated, it is very difficultly retained when restored, because of the smoothness of his Head, and the small hold they have of the Acromium and Sternon.  
VI The Cause. It is caused by external violence; as of a Blow, or Fall, or Pitching on the Shoulder.  
VII. The Signs. It is easily known, by the Prominence it makes: the Shoulder swells: and in the place where the Clavicula is slipped, there is an apparent cavity.  
VIII. Paraeus, lib. 15. cap. 11. says, he has known many Chirurgeons, who have mistaken a Luxation of the Clavicula, for a Luxation of the top of the Shoulder: but they may be distinguished by their several Signs.  
IX. In this case there is also Pain, and an Inflammation; and an impotency to move and lift up the Arm, or to do other things which are performed by the help of the Shoulder.  
X. The Prognostics. This Bone, as it is seldom luxated, so it is seldom well set; but hangs forth more or lesle from the upper part.  
XI. But unless it is restored, the Sick will fail in some motion of his Arm; nor can he move his Hand, either to his Head or Month.  
XII. The Cure. To reduce the Bone, let the Sick be laid upon some convex body, put between his Shoulders; both which are to be pressed backwards, to raise up the Clavicle: than he is to be set in a Chair, that the Artist strives to press the Clavicle and Acromium, so as to join them.  
XIII. Sennertus says, the Sick may lie upon his Back, with a Stone or hard Cushion under his Shoulder: and the Arm is to be extended, pressing it backwards or forwards, (as the Dislocation requires;) that the Shoulder and Breast may bunch forth outwardly; than with the Palm of your Hand press the Clavicula so raised, into its proper place.  
FOURTEEN. This done, fit Medicines, and many Bolsters must be laid on; and the Part must be bound straight; which but few Men can endure.  
XU. Which end so ever of the Bone is luxated, Wiseman advises Reduction to be made, by drawing the Shoulder backwards, and by pressing the luxated end even with the Acromium; or to the cavity of the Bone of the Sternum, whence it departed.  
XVI. And since neither of the places afford it much room, it will therefore require your greater Care and diligence; for if it is not exactly reduced, it will scarcely hold in, or right, till you have made your Applications.  
XVII. You must have beforehand therefore in a readiness, Calaplasms, Emplasters, Cerates, Compresses, and Swaths for binding: Splints, whether made of Paste-board, Scabbard, or Tin, are sometimes of use.  
XVIII. The Swath or Bandage aught to be made up with two Heads, to come over the Shoulder, and under the Armhole; making so many circumvolutions, as may retain the Dress close.  
XIX. This being well done, the Arm must be kept up with a Scarf, Napkin, or Towel, and the Hand placed under the Breast: nor is it to be loosened, till you think the Bones are united, and the Patient is at ease, and has the free use of his Arm.  
XX. Galen, in Hippocrat. de Articulis, Com. 1. Text. 62. saith, that he himself had a Luxation of this Bone, in the thirtyfifth year of his age; so great, that there was three Inches space between the Shoulderblade and the Throat: and that he suffered so straight and strong a Ligation, that he could perceive the motion of the Arteries under his Throat.   

CHAP. XII. Of a DISLOCATION of the NECK BONES.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossium Colli, vel Cervicis; and in English, A Luxation of the Bones of the Neck.  
II These Bones of the Neck (as also those of the Back) are called by the Greeks, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Vertebra, pl. Vertebrae; of which there can be no perfect Dislocation, but what is mortal: but they may be a little luxated or loomed; and that the Greeks call 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and the Latins, Luxatio Vetebrarum Colli.  
III Each Vertebra is a Bone which is convex forwards, and a little hollow behind, but above and below plain: it is not of a solid and hard substance, but spongy, softish, and reddish of colour.  
IV. It has three kinds of Processes, growing out towards its hinder side: two of which are transverse; four, which are obliqne; and one, Posterior, which is acute, and of a harder substance than the chief Bone itself.  
V It has also a very large Hole in the middle, or rather between it and its Processes, 〈◊〉 is for the progress of the Spina-Marrow: and on its upper and under sides, two small lateral Holes, common to itself, and that next it; which serve for the entrance of the Blood-Vessels into the Spine, and the springing forth of the Nerves, in their several ways.  
VI These Vertebrae of the Neck are seven in number lesle in magnitude, but harder in substance, than those of the Back and Loins, because they are moved: nor are they of a semicircular shape, as the other are, but almost foursquare: and their transverse Processes have each an Hole in them; through which Veins and Arteries pass to the Head, which the other have not.  
VII. The first or upper most Vertebra is called Atlas, because the Head stands upon it, like the Globe of the World, and has no Spine behind it, but only a little blunt Knob: its obliqne Processes, both ascending and descending, have a Sinus in them, the upper receiving the Tubercles' of the Occiput: and the lower, the ascending Processes of the second Vertebra; and upon these the Head is moved forwards and backwards: within on the foreside of its great Hole, it has a semicircular Sinus, lined with a Cartilege, which receives the tooth-like Process of the second Vertebra.  
VIII. The second Vertebra, called Dentata, because out of its upper side, between its two ascending Processes, there comes forth a round, longish, and hard Process, 〈◊〉 shape like a looth; it is in●…ted with a Cartilege, and jointed into the aforesaid Sinus of the first Vertebra; upon which, as upon an Axis, the Head of the first Vertebra turns round.  
IX. And when a Luxation happens there, the Neck is said to be broken: and this tooth-like process in that part, which enters not into the said Sinus, is environed with a Ligament, by which it is tied to the Occiput  
X. The four Vertebrae which lie next under this, are in all things like it; save that their transverse lateral Processes are larger, and divided into two, as well as the hinder Process: the seventh is the largest of all, and is more like to the Vertebrae of the Thorax, than those of the Neck; it's Spine being singular, and not divided into two, as all the other of the Neck are.  
XI. The Signs. The Head leans to one side, and the Face is swelled, and livid; with a difficulty of breathing and speaking; and the Vertebrae are turned a little to the hinder or fore parts.  
XII. The Prognostics. Unless it is speedily helped, it brings Death: for the Spinal Marrow is immediately oppressed, at the very original thereof: and the Nerves thence arising, suffer together therewith, principally those which serve for Respiration; whence comes sudden Inflammation, Stoppage of Breath, and Death.  
XIII. The Cure. The Sick is to be set upon a little low Stool, and the Artist drawing the Head strongly upwards with both Hands, an Assistant must as strongly hold down the Shoulders: mean season, the Artist must with both his Hands turn the Head to and from, from one side to another, with as little violence as may be, till the Luxation is reduced.  
FOURTEEN. And that will be known, by the Pain and other Accidents or Symptoms ceasing; and the Patient's free moving his Head and Neck every way.  
XU. After it is restored, Fomentations must be applied to the Part; and the Patient being laid in his Bed, must have his Head inclined to the part or side opposite to the Luxation, taking care to avoid moving his Head.  
XVI. The Neck must also be bound up about the Dearticulation of the Shoulder, but not too straight; jest it obstruct the passage of the Breathing and Swallowing, and so occasion a Tumour.   

CHAP. XIII. Of a DSLOCATION of the BACK-BONES.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio, seu Luxatio Ossium, vel Vertebrarum Dorsi; and in English, A Dislocation of the Vertebrae, or Bones of the Back.  
II Those Vertebrae which generally make up the Backbone, are those of the Thorax, and Loins: the Vertebrae of the Thorax are for the most part twelve, to which so many Ribs of a side answer; there are seldom thirteen of each, but more seldom eleven: and the Vertebrae of the Loins are always five.  
III Their Spines or hinder Processes, are not divided, as those in the Neck: the transverse are short and blunt, each having a shallow Sinus, for the inarticulation of the Ribs, but are not perforated as those of the Neek; the obliqne Processes, which are two ascending, and two descending, serve for the Articulation of one Vertebra with another.  
IV. The descending are a little hollowed, and receive the protuberant Heads of the ascending Processes of the next Vertebrae below them, successively: and the forepart of their bodies, next to the cavity of the Thorax, are round or convex; the hinder part lunated, or concave; and on each side they have a smooth Sinus, for the reception of the heads of the Ribs: for into these Sinus' they are received, as well as into those of the transverse Processes.  
V This Luxation may be made either innards or outwards, or to the right or left sides.  
VI The Signs. The Dislocation is inwards, when there is a sinking of the Bone inwards, or a depressed cavity in the Spine, it is outwards, when there is a Bunch or Sticking-out on the Back; and it is to the right or left side, when they obliquely bunch out to either side, or the Patient is crooked, leaning to one side.  
VII. The Causes. It is caused either by external Force, from Falls, Blows; or too much, and long, and often Stooping one way: or from Internal Humours, of which in the next Chapter.  
VIII. The Prognostics. The Vertebrae cannot be thrust in without a great deal of violence; because it cannot be without breaking of the Ligaments, for that they will rather break, than suffer so great extension.  
IX. Paraeus, lib. 15. cap. 11. says, that such a Dislocation is mortal; because the Spinal Marrow is exceedingly violated by too straight compression; whence comes loss of sense in the Members lying under: and a Paralysis of those Parts, which receive branches of Nerves from the Conjugations or Pairs of Nerves, from the Vertebrae lying below the Dislocation.  
X. The Cure. Where the Dislocation is inwards, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly; and the Extension is to be made with Napkins put under the Armpits; and upon the Os Ileon: the Artist in the mean season endeavouring to draw the Vertebra back again.  
XI. If this is not sufficient, Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 5. Observ. 59 prescribes a Cure by Cutting. An Incision is to be made upon the Apophysis Spinosa of the Vertebra: so that after having laid open this Process of the Bone, it is to be taken hold of with a pair of Forceps, and pulled up again.  
XII. Than the Wound is to be dressed with Pledgets, and a Plaster, and bound about with a Napkin; and it to be treated and cured as a green Wound: but it is not to be bound too hard, for fear of pressing down again the Spine.  
XIII. If the Luxation is outwards, it is not so dangerous yet it is seldom cured, or not without great difficulty: to reduce this, the Extension must be made as before, the Patient lying in like manner upon his Belly: but in order to thrust back the Vertebra, two little Sticks armed with Linen Cloth or Rags, are to be prepared, and laid along the two sides of the Spine of the Vertebra: but these Sticks aught to be so thick, as to be higher than the Apophysis Spinosa: than a large Wooden Rowler is to be often rolled upon them, which by its often turning or rolling backwards and forwards, may thrust or force the Vertebrae inward: thus when all the Vertebrae are of an equal height, the Reduction is finished.  
FOURTEEN. If the Vertebrae are luxated sideways, the same Extensions are to be made; and the Prominence is to be thrust the contrary way, to be put in its right place again.  
XU. If the way of Extension at Sect. 10. above, be not sufficient, and Man's Arms are not of force enough; you must than do it by the help of Hypocrates his Table, which we have described in Lib. 6. Cap. 2. Sect. 34. and 47. where you have the way and manner of doing the Work, the which you may imitate upon occasion.  
XVI. As to the Dresing, two thin Plates of Lead are to be laid on either side of the Spinous processes of the Vertebrae, to maintain and keep it in its place, and a long Bolster is to be put over them, after which you are to bind it up with Swaths, after the manner we have taught in binding up the fractured Sternon.   

CHAP. FOURTEEN. Of a BUNCHED, or CROOKED BONE.  
I IF the Vertebrae stand forth and make a Bunching out, it is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dorsum vel Tergum recurvam: and in English, A Hunched or Bunched Back.  
II If the Vertebrae are depressed, and make a cavity or hollowness, it is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (Incurvatio Spinae dorsi in anteriora:) in Latin, Dorsum vel Tergum Subsidens: and in English, A Saddle-back.  
III If the Vertebrae are luxated to the Right or Left side, it is called in Greek; 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, (i e. Vermem imitans:) and in English, A Crooked-back.  
IV. The Causes. It is generally from an inward cause; either from a natural Imbecility of the Parts, principally of the Nervous Ligaments, by which all the Vertebrae are bound each to other on their outsides, but not coming to the Spinal Marrow, which Ligaments are encompassed with a tough and glutinous Humour, for the freer motion of the Vertebrae.  
V Or, from Cold, Crude, Gross and Viscous Humours, mixed with the Aliment, which by great Defluxions and Catarrhs, beget a Tumour, which distends the Nerves proceeding out of the holes of the Vertebrae, and also stretches the Ligaments by which they are bound together; by which means they draw together with them the Vertebrae, either innards or outwards, or to the Right or Left side, and so moving them out of their seats, do dislocate them.  
VI Or, from a fluidness and softness of Body, (which is only in Children) being hurt by Nurses, by their too straightly Lacing of them, to make them slender; where by the Breast, Sides, and Innardss, are disturbed in performance of their Actions.  
VII. Or, from the Rickets in Children, in whom sometimes the Rickety Humour sometimes settles upon the Spina Dorsi, and the Nerves and Ligaments belonging to the same, stretching and swelling them, and so forces the Vertebrae out of their places: and indeed upon such Children, it for the most part steals by degrees, and is many times hereditary from the Parents.  
VIII. Or, from a Strumous Humour, in such as have the Kings-Evil; which Humour, almost by a Sympathetick quality, does many times seize upon the Backbone, and its Nerves and Ligaments: and in such, it many times happens to such as are of full stature, which I have three or four times seen:  
IX. The Signs. It is known both by Sight and Feeling. The Ribs grow nothing, or but little in breadth, but run outwards before: the Breast loses its natural latitude, and stands out as it were sharp, or with a point: it is a Defect so well known, that it needs no other Signs.  
X. The Prognostics. These Bunches, having their Original from an Inward Cause, are utterly uncurable; unless they be withstood at first, with care and industry.  
XI. Such as have had them from their Ancestors, are never cured: only Infants, and such as are young and growing, a e to be attempted.  
XII. The Cure. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 5. says, That if there remains any hope of Recovery, you must apply to the Part strengthening Emplasters; on which an Iron Plate is to be laid, which by degrees may force the Vertebrae into their places.  
XIII. Which Plate, or Iron-Bodice, must be full of holes; and be so long and broad, as to comprehend the whole Bunch, that it may press it the stronger: and the inside of it aught to be lined with Cotton closely bombasted, and covered over with Linen; and the Plate must be so sewed to some Bodice, that when it is put on, it may comprehend the Part affected.  
FOURTEEN. This thus ordered, must be tied with Strings, or rather laced; slack in some places, but very straight about the Part affected; that it may compress the bunching-out Vertebrae.  
XU. Under these Bodice, 'tis very requisite to apply the following Emplaster. ℞ Oil lbiv lbiv. Red-Lead lbi lbi. Vinegar lbss ss. Vitriol, lethargy, both in fine powder, A. ℥ vi. which strew in by degrees; than add Pitch ℥ viij. and boil almost to a just thickness; at the end of which add Tacamahacca ℥ vi. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XVI. But before this Emplaster is laid on, Emollients should be applied upon the Vertebrae, for a pretty long season; to loosen the Ligaments, and soften the Part: and these Emollients may be either Oils, Ointments, or Fomentations, or all of them, as you see occasion.  
XVII. Than the aforegoing Plaster is to be laid on, with compression of the Iron-Bodice so long together, till the Vertebrae are forced back into the natural places.  
XVIII. And the weakened Vertebrae are to be strengthened with this Emplaster. ℞ Emplastrum de Minio, Osteocolla levigated, A. ℥ i Wax, Catechu, A. ℥ two. fine B●le, Comfrey-roots, A. ℥ iii Oil of Roses or Mastich q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.  
XIX. An Emollient Ointment, to be used as afore directed, at Sect. 16. ℞ Oil of Whelps, of Earthworms, of Orrice, and of white Lilies, A. ℥ i Bears, Vipers, and Man's Grease, Palm-Oil, Sperma Ceti, A. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.   

CHAP. XU. Of a DISLOCATION or SINKING of the STERNON.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Luxatio Ossis Sterni, vel Mucronati; and in English, A Luxation, or Sinking of the Sternum, or Brest-Bone.  
II A Description of this Bone we have already given you in Lib. 6. Cap. 25. Sect. 2, 3, & 4. aforegoing; so that no more need be said of it as to the matter here: our Business now is to show how it may be luxated, or made to sink.  
III It may be pressed in, and made to sink at the top, where it is joined to the Clavicula: or it may be dislocated from the Ribs on either side; to which it is joined by Arthrodia.  
IV. The Causes. It may be caused by a Fall from a high place, falling upon a Stone, or stump of a Tree; or by a very great Blow or Stroak, with a great Stone; or the end of some great and heavy Stick.  
V The signs. It is known both by Sight and Touch: besides, the Patient has a uchement Pain within, and shortness of Breath, and for the most part a Vomiting, and Spitting of Blood.  
VI There a Fever withal, and the Patient seems to have all the Symptoms of a Peripneumony, or of a Pleurisy: and if it sticks on the top, under the Clavicula, the Sick is as if he were ready to be choked.  
VII. The Prognostics. It is of very evil consequence, and if not soon raised up again into its place, by the vehement Pains which it brings along with it, it will be apt to induce Inflammations, Pleurisies, Convulsions, and a Delirium, with Fainting and Swooning Fits; and if not restored in due time, it certainly induces Death.  
VIII. If it is sunk a little, and not restored, the Patient has always a Pain and Sickness at Stomach, and is apt to Fain● away: and by the continuation of it, it causes at first a Pining only; than it brings into a deep Consumption, which is always mortal.  
IX. The same thing is to be understood, if the Xiphoid Cartilege at the bottom of the Sternon turns its point inward: for if it cannot be reduced, the Patient grows sick and out of order, looks pale like Death, is troubled with Sick and Fainting Fits, and so consumes away, and dies.  
X. The Cure. Whether it be sunk in on the top, or on the side, you must fix to the part or side sunk down, a strong sticking Emplaster; which when it is fast, the Patient is to be laid upon his Back with a convex Body underneath, and two Assistants on each side are to press down the Shoulders or Sides, according as the Luxation or Sinking may be, on each side; and the Artist is forcibly to draw up the Sternum, by the help of the Plaster, which when he sees it is plucked up high enough, the Assistants are to give way to the Clavicula or Ribs, that they may fall into their right places or Sinus' again.  
XI. To raise up the Xiphoid Cartilege, it aught to be Embrocated for some time with Oil of Turpentine, mixed with an equal quantity of Palm Oil; than the Patient is to be laid upon his Back, with a convex Body underneath, and the Shoulders and sides of the Breast, are to be pressed, to lift up the Cartilege.  
XII. If you found that this is not enough to reduce it, you must apply Cupping Glasses without scarification, till the Part is sufficiently drawn up; and than a strengthening Emplaster is to be laid upon it.   

CHAP. XVI. Of a DISLOCATION of the RIBS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Costae, pl. Costarum: and in English, a Dislocation of a Rib, or Ribs.  
II The Ribs are for the most part Twelve in number, of which seven are called Costae verae, True or long Ribs: and five are called Costae nothae or Spuriae, Bastard or short Ribs: their substance is partly Boney, serving for firmness and strength; and partly Cartilaginous, serving for Articulation, and the easier motion of the B●est in Respiration.  
III Within, the Boney part is Spongy and read, and towards the Vertebrae thick, towards the Sternum, flat and thin, ending in a Cartilege, which is joined in the first seven to the Sternon: and by reason of their fungous' substance, they are when broken, more easily joined together by a Callus, than other Bones.  
IV. The long Ribs are articulated, both with the Vertebrae and Sternon: their Cartilaginous ends are received by Arthrodia, into shallow Sinus' in the Brest-bone: and their boney Heads are received by Synarthrosis into the Sinus' of the Vertebrae; and these Heads have also a Tubercle or small Prominence (except the two lowest) which being clothed with a Cartilege, are articulated into the shallow Sinnus' of the Transverse Processes: these Heads of the Ribs are straight tied to the Vertebrae by Ligaments.  
V Of the five Costae nothae, four have their Cartilages bending upwards; and cleaving one to another, are joined before to the lower side of the Cartilege of the seventh long, or true Rib: but the last and lest is lose from the rest, and grows sometimes to the Diaphragma, and sometimes to the Musculus rectus Abdominis, as also does sometimes the next above it.  
VI Behind they are joined by Synarthrosis to the Vertebrae of the back, like as the true Ribs are: only the two lowest, and sometimes the third, are received simply into the Bodies of the Vertebrae, and not into the transverse Processes, which in these places have no Sinus' for their reception.  
VII. The Cause. They may be luxated, and fall from the Vertebrae wherein they are articulated, either by vehement strokes or blows, or a great fall from some high place; and the Dislocation may be either innards, or sideways.  
VIII. The Signs. It is known that it is slipped on one side, by a manifest inequality, which makes a hollowness here, and a bunching forth there.  
IX. But it is a sign that the Rib is driven in, when there is only a depressed Cavity in the place where it was fastened to the Vertebrae.  
X. Such Luxations 'cause a difficulty of Breathing, pain in bowing down, or lifting up the Body, much resembling the pain of the Pleurify; and a rising or putting up of the Musculous Flesh about the Ribs, by a mucous and flatulent Humour there generated.  
XI. The Prognostics. A Rib dislocated, must not remain long out of its place, left more grievous Symptoms should follow, as violent Pain, Inflammation, Gangrene, and Death.  
XII. The Cure. If the upper Ribs are removed out of their Vertebrae upwards, or on the outside, than let the Patient hung by his Arms over the top of a Door, or some high place, and let the Artist press upon the Prominence of the Rib with his Hands, to restore it to its right place.  
XIII. If the lower short Ribs are luxated, the Patient must than bend himself, or stoop, laying his Hand's upon his Knees; and the Prominence of the Bone (moving the Rib to and again) must be pressed in, till it is reduced to its right place.  
FOURTEEN. If the Ribs are dislocated inwards, a sticking Plaster is to be laid on it, and it is often to be pulled away with violence, when it is fast: by this means, such a Luxation is often restored.  
XU. But if the Operation of the sticking Emplaster will do nothing, you must than make an Incision with a Penknife, and the Rib is to be reduced with the Fingers.  
XVI. After Reduction, you may apply some strengthening Emplaster, such as that described in cap. 14. sect. 15. aforegoing; as for all the other Dressing and Bandage, it is the same with that used in a Fracture of the Ribs.   

CHAP. XVII. Of a DISLOCATION of the OS SACRUM, and RUMP-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, & 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Ossis Sacri: & Luxatio Ossis Coccygis: in English, a Luxation of the Great Bone; and of the Rump-bone.  
II What kind of Bones these are, we have described in lib. 6. cap. 28. and 29. and how a Fracture of them is to be cured; we now come to show you how to help them being Luxated: they may be distorted either inwardly or outwardly, but seldom to either side.  
III The Causes. They may be Luxated by some violent External force, either by great and vehement blows upon the Buttocks, or Parts adjacent, or falls from an high place, etc.  
IV. The Signs. If either of these Bones are dislocated, the Patient cannot bring his Heel to his Buttocks: neither unless with much force, can he bend his Knee.  
V He goes to Stool with very much Pain; nor can he sit easily, or without Pain; and if he sits at all, it must be upon a hollow Chair, or a Chair with a hole in its bottom.  
VI The Prognostics. The Cure will scarcely be done or perfected till about twenty days after the Bone is set: during which time, the Patient must not go to Stool, unless sitting upon a hollow Seat, jest the Bone should fall out of its place again.  
VII. The Cure. If the Luxation is outwards, you may reduce it by gently thrusting it back again with your Hand.  
VIII. But if the Luxation is inwards, you must put the forefinger of the Right Hand up into the Anus, to the Part affected, and than strongly raise up the Bone; whilst with your other Hand on the outside, you put than in their true places.  
IX. This done, strengthening Emplasters are to be applied to the dislocared Part, made of fine Bowl, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, Mastic, and Crocus Martis astringens, made up with the Whites of Eggs, etc. And than it is to be bound up, as we have taught in Fractures of these Parts.   

CHAP. XVIII. Of a DISLOCATION of the SHOULDER-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis Humeri; and in English, A Dislocation of the Shoulder, or Arm-bone.  
II The Os Humeri, or Adjutorium, the great Bone of the Arm is never dislocated backwards, seldom upwards or forwards; but for the most part downwards.  
III The Signs. It is therefore luxated, when the head thereof (which is round, inserted into a shallow Cavity, and fenced with a very lose Ligament) slips out of its proper place: and this is for the most part under the Arm-hole, and than something round and hard is felt under the Arm, and a hollowness on the top of the Shoulder: If it should chance to be forwards, than there is in the hinder part a manifest Cavity, and in the forepart a very great Protuberancy, the head of the Humerus being driven towards the Breast.  
IV. If it is dislocated downwards, the Arm is longer than the other, nor can the Sick bring his Hand to his Mouth; but if the Dislocation is forwards, these Signs are wanting.  
V When the Bone is in its natural place, the upper Process of the Scapula appears round, but when out, it appears acute, because the head which made the roundness, is slipped down.  
VI The Arm is carried far from the Ribs, nor can it without much Pain be brought to them, and several other motions also of it are hindered; for as he cannot lift his Hand up to his Head, much lesle can he stretch it upright against a Wall.  
VII. The Causes. They are for the most part external, by some violent force, either by Wrestling, Running, Fall from a Horse, or some high place, or by some forcible Blow upon the top of the Shoulder, by a piece of Timber, etc.  
VIII. If the Luxation is made by a Relaxation of the Tendons, the Patient's complaint will inform you; and the Emaciation or Atrophia of the Arm, will make the aforesaid Symptoms the more apparent.  
IX. The Prognostics. If the Bone is dislocated into the forepart, it is easier to reduce, than if it is fallen into the Armpit: and if it is from an External Cause, it is not very hard to be replaced, if timely taken, especially if it is in Children, and soft Bodies.  
X. But if it is inveterate as old, or is in elderly People, who have hard, tough, and musculous Flesh; or if it has been reduced, and falls out again; in all these Cases, it will be more difficult, and the Cure, and Recovery to the former strength and motion, will come slowly on.  
XI. Sometimes a Paralysis is induced, and than an Atrophia comes after it; but with timely and good means it may be prevented.  
XII. If in the Reduction, or otherwise, any part of the Acetabulum shall chance to be fractured, though the Bone may easily be reduced, yet it will be a very difficult thing to keep it in its place.  
XIII. If the Luxation is made by Fluxion, it may also easily be reduced; but the same Cause which thrust i● out of Joint first, will be apt to do the same thing again.  
FOURTEEN. When the Bone is reduced, if the Parts adjacent are free from Inflammation, the Sick may presently use his Shoulder and Arm without any Pain: but it is not Prudence to do it, jest it fall forth again; and this is true in all other Joints.  
XU. How the Humerus is joined with the Shoulder. Nature has form the Acetabulum of the Scapula shallow, because it was necessary for the variety of motions in that Joint: but by reason of the shallowness, it would easily be thrust out of Joint, had she not otherwise provided for the Security thereof.  
XVI. Upwards it is hindered from being dislocated, by the Acromium, the Proce●…us Anchorocides, and the broad end of the Clavicula, which reaching over the latter to the edge of the former, adds to the strength of the place.  
XVII. There is also a strong Ligament, which reaches transverse from the Processus Anchorocides to the Acromium; and to confirm all, there is placed underneath these, not only a strong Circular Ligament which involves the whole head of the Shoulder, (being indeed a Collection of the Tendons or the Muscles, which lying under and upon the Scapula, serve particularly for the motion of the Humerus; or else lying upon the Humerus, do take their Original from the Scapula:) but also a Tendon of one of the heads of the Biceps, which passing through a peculiar Cavity or Trench of the Humerus, inserts its self into the head of the Scapula.  
XVIII. Over all these Ties the Muscle Deltoides, binding in all so strongly, that if the Elbow should chance to be so pushed, as to force the Os Humeri upon this Fortress, it would sooner break all into bits, than make its way through.  
XIX. Innardss and downwards it is defended from being dislocated, by its pendulous posture, together with the many Muscles which keep it in that posture, chief the Tendons of the Biceps Externus, and of the Subscapularis, with the Rotundus minor.  
XX. But these are not so strong, but that between the Fendon of the Subscapularis, and the Biceps Externus, it is apt to fly out into the Axilla: all other ways are so fenced up with Bones or Tendons, that a Dislocation those ways is very difficult: yet sometimes, though seldom, it has been dislocated forwards, under the Pectoral Muscle.  
XXI. The Cure. Hypocrates, de Articulis, and Galen, upon him, in Art 1. Text. 5. says, That if the Shoulder is fallen into the Axilla, three things must be done, 1. The head of the Shoulder must be forced to the forepart. 2. It must be directed to the upper part. 3. It must be carried to the hinder part, which are the direct contrary ways to those by which the Luxation was made.  
XXII. If the Shoulder is fallen forth forwards, it must be forced the contrary way, viz. backwards; but that it might be freed from the Muscles by which it is held, there must be first an Extension, though it be but little.  
XXIII. Hypocrates, de Articulis, reckons up ten several ways of reducing this Dislocation: but Modern Authors considering the Matter, have reduced them to a smaller number, choosing such as are easiest to be performed, and the most safe: and of these which we here declare, the Artist may use sometimes one, sometimes another, as they are more ready or fit for the Occasion.  
XXIV. The first Way of Reducine this Dislocation. Let a strong Man hold the Patient fast about the hurt Shoulder, and let another draw the Arm downwards; than let the Artist direct or lift up the upper part of the Arm into its cavity, and the Bone will presently be reduced into its place.  
XXV. The second Way, done by one Man alone. Place the Patient in a low Seat; put your Fingers under the Arm-hole; your Knee or Thigh to the outside of his Elbow; and your Head to the point of his Shoulder; so you may by your Fingers strongly bend together, pluck the Bone both forwards and upwards; and by your Knee or Thigh, you will press his Elbow to his side, by which it will be raised up, and brought forward; and by the pressure of your Head, you will keep down the Scapula, that it may not rise with the Bone: But because this Operation is very troublesome to be done by one Man, it is much better to have an Assistant or two. Thus the Elbow is brought quite back to the Spine; which being done, with your other Hand under the Axilla, the head of the Humerus is raised forwards and upwards, whilst another with his Hands presses down the Scapula, to receive the Bone. Wiseman.  
XXVI. A third Way, used only in Children, and such as have lose Ligaments. Let the Artist, whilst with one Hand he circumvolves the Humerus, put his other Hand clenched under the Axilla, so that the middle Knuckles of the Fingers may force the head of the Shoulder into its cavity. By this way, as the Shoulder is easily reduced, so it easily falls back again; nor (says Hypocrates) is it according to Nature, and therefore not so very safe; for while we turn the head of the Shoulder round upon the Scapula, some Membranous or Nervous Bodies or Ligaments may be hurt, and the edges of the Sinus broken; upon which may follow a flux of Humours, Inflammation, etc.  
XXVII. A fourth Way. Get a proper lusty Fellow, on whose Shoulder you must hung the luxated Arm, bringing his Hand over the Fellow's Breast: and if the weight of the Patient is not enough to make the Extension, some other Person may be ordered to hung upon him: in the mean season press the Shoulder downwards, and work the Arm to and from, till it is reduced to its true place.  
XXVIII. A fifth Way. Lay the Patient upon his Back on the Ground, and under the Arm-hole put a Leather Ball, or Ball made of some other soft Matter, of a middle size, fitted to it; than the Artist (being set opposite to the Sick) must apply his right Heel, if it is the Right Shoulder; or the Left Heel, if it is the Left Shoulder, upon the Ball which is put under the Arm-hole, and with both Arms he must draw the Arm towards him; whilst with his Feet he forces the Shoulder at once to the forepart and upwards: lastly, let him force back the head of the Humerus into the cavity of the Blade, towards which Motion, the Muscles themselves do very much help.  
XXIX. A sixth Way, by Bandage. A Ball or Bolster being put under the Axilla, let one with a Swath or Gird draw the Shoulder upwards, towards the Head of the Patient, pressing with his Foot the top of the Shoulder, while the Artist draws the Shoulder downwards; another Man mean season holding the opposite sound Arm; so will the Bone be reduced safely, and without any great labour; because it is done by a way contrary to the falling forth of the Bone, and with Extension, which is almost natural.  
XXX. Or thus. You are to have a Swath or Gird, which is to be placed to a convenient Bolster in the middle, and the ends to be sewed fast together: than the Patient is to be so placed, that part of the Gird with the Bolster being placed under the Arm-hole, the other part may be put over the Surgeon's Neck, that he may thereby, with all his force, raise up the head of the Humerus: which that he may the better do, an Assistant must fit behind, and pull his Arm backwards, with all his strength; than the Artist pressing with his Hands upon the head of the Scapula at the same time, the Bone will be the more easily reduced.  
XXXI. Or thus. Lay the Patient on his Back on the Ground, and the Artist being behind him, let him make Extension with the aforesaid Gird placed under the Axilla, whilst an Assistant lying along by the Patient's side, presses with his Heel upon the aforesaid Bandage and Bolster, and at the same time, taking the Patient by the Hand, pulls his Arm with all his strength: thus the head of the Humerus may be raised and reduced.  
XXXII. The seventh Way, by the Reductive Ladder. The form of the instrument, with its use, we have described in lib. 6. cap. 2. sect. 24, and 28. aforegoing: at the bottom of the Ladder, a Stool is to be placed for the Sick to stand upon; and upon the uppermost round, the Armpit is put, and the luxated Arm is drawn downwards: in the interim, the Shoulder is moved up and down, and the sound Arm is strongly drawn downward at the same time, by a Servant on the opposite side, and the Stool also taken from under his Feet; so by means of the Patients thus hanging on the Ladder, the Shoulder-bone becomes Reduced.  
XXXIII. The eighth Way, by the Ambi of Hypocrates. This is also described in lib. 6. cap. 2. sect. 12, and 18 together with its use, in the Reduction of a Shoulder out of Joint: which being so largely and plainly said there, we need say nothing more of it in this place.  
XXXIV. The ninth Way, by the Poultry of Vitruvius. This we have also described in lib. 6. cap. 2. sect. 29, and 33. its use is thus: let a strong lusty Fellow hold the Sick fast about the luxated Shoulder, and another by a Swath or Gird lift up strongly the Os Humeri, whilst a third extends the Arm, by means of the Poultry fastened into a wooden Post or Pillar at one end, and tied to the Arm with Swaths above the Elbow at the other.  
XXXV. Or thus, which is safer. Have a Colstaff with a bunch in its middle, somewhat Wedgelike, covered with a soft Bolster, in a readiness: than seat the Patient near some Post or Pillar, in which let the Poultry be fastened at the one end, the other end tie fast with Swaths or Bands, above the Elbow; after which let the Colstaff be placed under the Patient's Arm-hole, and supported by a couple of Assistants; let the Artist stand on the contrary side, and with his Hands on each side the Scapula press it downwards, and keep the Patiented firm in his seat whilst he manages the Reduction; taking care that the bunch be placed right, whilst the Extension is making, lost the Bone be broken, or other Mischief be done.  
XXXVI. If the Shoulder is luxated to the forepart, it is reduced almost the same ways by which the former was done, viz. by extending the Shoulder, and drawing its head up and down, there by forcing it up, into its cavity: but herein, the Shoulder being drawn downwards, must be driven to the hinder part; the Artist aught also to beware, that in the Action the Bone falls not into the Arm-hole; which may be prevented by putting a Ball there, and making a Servant with a strong and broad Swath to draw the Bone forcibly upwards.  
XXXVII. The Bone being reduced, you must apply things which hinder Inflammation, and strengthen the relaxed and soft Ligaments, of which we have spoken before in the general Cure both of Fractures and Dislocations, and elsewhere.  
XXXVIII. In Swathing, you must have a Ball made up of Linen, or corpse Flax, and dipped in proper Medicines, to be put under the Armpit, that the head of the Shoulder-bone returns not thither: than let the first Swath be here, afterwards let it be rolled once or twice about the Joint; hence let it be brought to the Shoulderblade, and again descend to the Joint: at length that it may draw the Arm the more upwards, and keep it so, let it tend to the Neck on the other side, and there be bound, not loosening it, till the third or fourth day, unless an Inflammation force it.  
THIRTY-NINE. But the Swath being taken of, Empl. Album, or Diapalma is to be applied, if it is Summertime: Or Empl. Barbarum, or Oxycroceum, or Catag●naticum, malaxed with a little Oil of Roses, if it is Wintertime.  
XL. Only a Ball, etc. being laid under the Axilla, upon that a Bolster may be laid with four heads, which may be crossed upon the Shoulder; as also a Bolster under the sound Arm-hole, that it may not be galled by the Bandage, etc.  
XLI. Or, after Reduction, things being applied to prevent Inflammation, and to strengthen the weakened Ligaments, (as fine Bowl, Catechu, Powder of Comfrey-roots, Dragons-Blood, Frankincense, Myrtleberries, Pomgranate-peels, read Roses, Sumach, Terra Sigillata, etc. all in fine powder, and brought with Whites of Eggs, to the Consistence of Honey; in which Stuphs or Clotheses are to be dipped, and imposed, as also a Ball dipped in the same, and put under the Axilla:) the Part affected is than to be bound up with good and firm Bandage.  
XLII. Laying over all a Cloth wrung out of austere Red-wine, a Rowler must be brought about it, which must keep fast the Ball, and always draw the Arm upwards, or at lest keep it so.  
XLIII. First than, the middle of the Rowler must go over the Ball, and be carried once or twice round the Joint, than both the heads must be carried round the Neck, on the other side.  
XLIV. When three or four days are over, the Bandage may be loosened; and if all fear of Inflammation is not over, or if the Ligaments continued lax, the like Medicine must be renewed, till all fear of Inflammation is over, and the Ligaments are strengthened; after which you may leave of the Rulers or Bandage, and apply over the Joint the Emplaster, named at Sect. 39 aforegoing.  
XLV. If the Humerus is luxated by a Relaxation of the Ligaments and Tendons, it is to be restored to its place by some of the Ways aforementioned; after which it is to be bound up, and retained in its place, with good Bandage, and all other Circumspection imaginable.   

CHAP. XIX. Of a DISLOCATION of the ELBOW BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Cubiti; and in English, A Dislocation of the Elbow.  
II The Elbow consists of two Bones, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. Cubitus, vel Os Cubiti, vel Vlna, the greater and lower Bone of the Elbow. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Radius, the lesser, and upper Bone of the Elbow.  
III The Os Humeri ends towards the Elbow, with a double head; the inward of which is fitted for the reception of the Vlna, the outward for the Radius.  
IV. The inward head is exactly shaped and covered with a Gristle, which makes it smooth, and fit for the motions of the Ulna, which with a suitable Cavity plays about it, inserting upon every Extension of the Arm, its utmost Process called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Ancon, or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Olecranon, in the large cavity which is situated on the backside of the Humerus: and in every bending, it's lesser Protuberance plays into a lesser cavity, in the Exterior part of the said Humerus.  
V In the mean season, the Radius, being round and flat with a very small excavity, does play upon the outward head; both which heads by their respective Processes, make a station for several Muscles: the outward Protuberance giving Original to all the Extensors of the Hand and Fingers, the innermost to all the Flexors of the same.  
VI Or thus: The upper end of the Ulna, or Cubitus is Articulated with the Os Humeri by Ginglymus; for its Process before is received into one of the fore Sinus 's of the Os Humeri, in bending the Elbow-joint: and its hinder Process upon stretching out the Arm, enters into the hinder cavity of the same Bone, behind the Trochlea; by which the Cubit is stayed from a farther Extension than to a strait line, as is intimated at Sect. 3. above.  
VII. At the same end, the Cubit has also two Sinus': the one of which is lateral and external, receiving the head of the Radius: the other, is between its two Processes, and receives one of the Processes of the Os Humeri, which moves in it as a Rope in a Poultry.  
VIII. The Joint itself, besides this Ginglymoide Connexion of the Ulna to the Humerus, is strengthened by a very strong Ligament, and well bound in with Muscles: on the inside it is lined with the strong, thick, and very soft end of the Brachiaeus internus, whose Ligament, though hard and thick enough, has yet a soft Bed of Flesh interposed between it and the Joint, that so the Pressure may not hinder the motion thereof, but rather give way to it: yet the Pressure is strong enough to keep the place firm, being very much corroborated by the accession of the Tendon of the Biceps, Pronator radii teres, & supinator longus, etc.  
IX. On the outside it is well guarded by that great strong Muscle, which is commonly reckoned for two, to ●it, the Biceps, and Brachiaeus externus, which uniting together, have a fleshy soft inside, with a strong broad Ligament, ●ixt on the outside to the Olecranon: as also with the little Muscle Anconeus, which reaching from the end of the Humerus, obliquely transverse, does insert itself into the Vlna, much strengthening the Joint.  
X. The Radius lies on the outside of the Cubit; its upper end is the slenderer, having a round head, one side of which is received by the Ulna, but its tip has a round shallow cavity in it, which receives the outward Process of the Os Humeri by Diarthrosis: its lower end is thicker and broader, and by a sinal Sinus in its side receives the Vlna; and at its end has two other small Sinus' for the reception of the little Bones of the Wrist.  
XI. The Radius is also bound close to the side of the Ulna, and to the Humerus by two remarkable Ligaments, viz. the circular one which involves the Joint; and the broad one, which unites it and the Vlna together: it is also bound down by the neighbouring Muscles, especially by the two Supinators, and the Pronator teres.  
XII. These things being considered, together with the figure of the Ulna, and the great strength by which it is tied to the Humerus, one would think, that it were almost impossible for this Joint to be dislocated; and yet sometimes such a force is put upon it, that, as Authors say, it may be put out four several ways, viz. outwardly, inwardly, and to each side: sometimes the Vlna is dislocated alone, and sometimes the Radius is dislocated with it.  
XIII. The Causes. They are either External, or Internal: The External are from violence and force: the Luxation of the Elbow to the forepart, is for the most part from a violent and sudden Extension of the Arm: but if it is to the hinder part, it is from a violent bending of the Arm. And inwardly or outwardly, it is from a forcible ●…version of the Arm.  
FOURTEEN. The Internal Causes, are from Humours flowering to the Joint, which by degrees filling up the cavities which are made both in the lower part of the Os Humeri, as also in the Ulna and Radius, thrust forth the Cubitus and Radius out of their seats; and this I have several times seen in such as have had the Kings-Evil; and sometimes in young Children who have had the Rickets, a flux of Humours accidentally falling down upon that Joint.  
XU. The Signs. It is easily known, both by sight and touch: if it is luxated to the forepart, the Arm is extended and cannot be bend; and in the forepart there is seen an unusual Tumour, and in the hinder part a Cavity.  
XVI. And contrariwise, if it is luxated to the hinder part, the Arm is crooked, and can by no means be extended; the Tumour appears on the hinder part, and the cavity on the forepart: the same understand, if it is dislocated towards the outside or inside, the Tumour will be in the place to which the Bone is forced, and contrariwise.  
XVII. If the Radius follows the Cubitus or Ulna, it is known by the same signs: but if there is only a divulsion or departing from the Vlna, without a Luxation, a gaping and disjoining demonstrates it, the place is hollow, and the bottom may be found with the Finger.  
XVIII. The Prognostics. A perfect Dislocation of this Joint does seldom hap; if it does, it is restored with much difficulty: the reason why it is not easily dislocated, is, by reason of its fast and firm Coarticulation with the Os Humeri, and its plenty and strength of Ligaments.  
XIX. If with the Dislocation, there is a Fracture of any of the Processes of the Joint, the Case is very deplorable.  
XX. Of all the Luxations which hap in the gibbous part of the Elbow, the most dangerous and painful is that which is to the hinder part, as Paulus Aegineta, de re Medica, lib. 6. cap. 115. does maintain.  
XXI. A Divulsion of the Radius from the Cubitus, is not easily restored: for two Bones so joined together, if once separated, do not easily return to their old place, but the Part becoming swelled, they are soon encompassed with a Callus.  
XXII. If a Luxation of the Elbow is not speedily restored, there will follow great Pains, Inflammations, vomiting Choler, acute Fevers and Convulsions; and sometimes Death itself.  
XXIII. The Cure. If the Cubit is luxated forwards, Extension must be made in a proper figure, not directly, but obliquely; jest you should break the Process or Tip of the Vlna: the Extension must be made so much, that one Bone may not hurt the other in setting.  
XXIV. If the Hands be not strong enough, than bend the luxated Arm about some Pillar, or steadfast Post, and by the help of Swaths or Bandage, extend it, pressing the Bone backwards, till it is reduced.  
XXV. Two People being employed, the one must hold the Humerus, and the other must pull the Arm below, but obliquely: the Artist in the mean season must guide the Elbow so as to keep it bend, and to direct the Bone.  
XXVI. This may be done also by pressing 〈◊〉 ●…lster upon the bent of the Jo●…, or by a Gird, or other Ba●…age pulled behind, or by one in the nature of a Stir●…p, in which the Artist may put his Foot, and make Extension that way: in the mean season, putting his Hands to the Cubit, he must bend it, and press it backwards.  
XXVII. If the Cubit is luxated backwards, Extension must be made obliquely, as before; and than the Artist with his Hands is to direct the Bone to its place.  
XXVIII. Hypocrates, de Fracturis, says, he has sometimes cured the Elbow luxated to the hinder part, only by a sudden and continued Extension of the Arm: which if it suffices not, convenient Extension being made below the Elbow, it is than to be forced innards  
XXIX. If the Cubitus is luxated to the outward or inward Part, it is very easily reduced, if Extension is made, and it be forced from the Part to which it is fallen, into the contrary: this is easily done, if it is not inveterate.  
XXX. The same manner of Reduction is used in replacing the Radius, if it has followed the Luxation of the Elbow; but if it is only a Divulsion, or a departure from it, it must be pressed close with the prominent Parts of the Hands, the Arm being posited in the natural figure.  
XXXI. The Bones being reduced, Medicaments must be applied, to assuage Pain, to prevent Inflammation, to contract the lax, and strengthen the distorted Ligaments.  
XXXII. If there is Pain, you may use Oleum Myrtinum, or Rosaceum, with astringent Powders, as fine Bowl, Catechu, etc. mixed with Whites of Eggs; or Ceratum Rosaceum spread on Linen, and than Stuphs must be applied, dipped in astringent Powders mixed with Whites of Eggs.  
XXXIII. After which it is to be bound up with a Swath six Yards long, and two Inches or better broad, rolled up with one head: in applying of it, begin with a Circumvolution about the lower part of the Shoulder-bone, over the bending of the Arm; than make a Circumvolution about the upper part of the Cubitus; crossing it in the bending: than continued the Circumvolutions upon the Elbow, crossing the inside of the Arm, upwards and downwards, till the Elbow is wholly covered: than the Swath is to be carried up to the top of the Arm with Circumvolutions, and stayed round about the Body; and the Arm is to be hung in a Scarf or Napkin, as in a Fracture of the Arm.   

CHAP. XX. Of a DISLOCATION of the WRIST and HAND.  
I A Dislocation or Luxation of the Wrist-Bone, is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. and in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Carpi.  
II A Dislocation or Luxation of the Bones of the Hand, is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Metacarpii, vel Ossium Metacarpii.  
III The whole Carpus or Wrist is joined to the Elbow-Bones; viz. the Cubitus and Radius by Diarthrosis, or a manifest Motion by Articulation. But the Metacarpium, or Back of the Hand; by Synarthrosis, or Obscure Articulation, in which there is no manifest Motion: and the Metacarpium is joined again by Diarthrosis with the Bones of the Fingers.  
IV. The Carpus is composed of several Bones; one of them lies out of order, the three others of them are joined to the Processes of the Radius and Vlna, and the four to the Metacarpium: all which are bound in by a strong Ligament, by the strength of which, the Joint is made very firm.  
V These Bones may any one of them be thrust out of Joint singly; and they may also be put out all together; and that either inwardly, or outwardly, or to either side.  
VI The Cause, Is from some violent Motion or Force, Blow, Fall, Perversion, Contorsion, or Extension.  
VII. The Signs. They are common with other Luxations: in the place to which the Bone is slipped, a Tumour appears, with a hollowness in the place from whence it is fallen.  
VIII. The Part cannot be bend, nor the Fingers extended, by reason of the compression of the Nerves and Tendons going to them: if the Bones are luxated inwards, the Flexors of those Fingers are so stretched, that the Extensors cannot move them.  
IX. On the contrary, if the Bones are luxated inwards, the Extensors are immovable: and if they are luxated sideways, the Hand leans either to the Thumb, or to the little Finger.  
X. The Prognostics. These Luxations are not dangerous, for as much as they are in Parts remote, and may easily be reduced.  
XI. The Cure. Whether the Luxation of the Wrist is made forwards or backwards, the Hand is to be laid upon a Table, the Back downwards, if the Luxation is made forwards; and the Back upwards, if the Luxation is made backwards: and than Extension is gently to be made by two Servants; the one pulling the Arm, the other the Hand: and whilst Extension is making, the Artist must sprce the luxated Bones the contrary way, with his Hand, in soft and tender Bodies; but with his Heel, in such as are stronger: so will the Bones be reduced.  
XII. Celsus lays a Bolster of Linen Cloth upon the Luxation, where it is to be chief pressed; that so the Intrusion may be the stronger, and the Pain lesle.  
XIII. If the Luxation is outwards or inwards, as the Extension is making, the Artist must also force the Bones the contrary way.  
FOURTEEN. If the Bones of the Metacarpium are luxated, the Hand is to be placed on a Table, with some hard body put under it; than a moderate Extension is to be made: so the Bones are to be thrust into their places, by the Hand or by the Heel, either forwards or backwards.  
XU. A Swath of six or seven Yards long, and two Inches broad, is to be applied to the Luxation, with three circumvolutions; and it is to pass divers times over the inside of the Hand, between the Thumb and Forefinger, crossing upon the Thumb, having made several turns upon the Wrist.  
XVI. Two pieces of Pasteboard are also to be laid upon the sides of the Wrist; which are to be bound on with the same Swath, by rolling it about them: the Hand being kept hollow, with a Ball made of Linen Rags, to keep the Fingers in a mean position: than the Swath is to be passed above, to strengthen it; and carried up, winding, to the whole length of the Cubit, and to terminate just below its upper end.   

CHAP. XXI. Of a DISLOCATION of the FINGERS.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio, vel Luxatio Ossis, vel Ossium Digiti; and in English, A Dislocation, or Luxation of the Bones of a Finger.  
II The Fingers may be Lu●ated all manner of ways; as towards the forepart, and towards the hinder-part, and also to either side.  
III The Signs. The single Luxation of the several Bones, may be demonstrated by their protuberance, by sight and touch, and the complaint of the Patient.  
IV. The Prognostics. If recent, they are easily reduced, nor is there any danger: but if the Luxation is once grown old, it is not to be done without much pain and trouble: because a ●…llous hardness is there easier bred, than in other places.  
V The Jointing of the Bones. The Bones of the Fingers (including the Thumb) are the largest; and their upper Appendices have one round Sinus in them, whereby they receive the round heads of the Bones of the Metacarpium, and this is by Enarthrosis, or by Arthrodia; and by a singular conjunction with the Bones of the Metacarpium, the Fingers have a motion also sideways: their lower Appendices have each two heads, divided by a Sinus, which are received by the double Sinus of the upper Appendix of the next Bone.  
VI The second Bones of the Fingers, have in their upper Appendices Sinus', parted by a small Protuberance; and these Bones are joined to the first aforenamed by Ginglymus; and by these the Fingers are stretched out and contracted: their lower Appendices have also each of them two heads, divided by a Sinus, as the former.  
VII. The third and last Bones of the Fingers, have their Appendices like those of the second, with two Sinus', parted by a small Protuberance, and are joined to the former by Ginglymus also: but these third and last Bones are received by none, being only covered with Flesh and Skin, and fenced with Nails.  
VIII. The Jointings of the Thumb, answer to those of the Fingers, except that its upper Appendix is not joined to any Bone of the Metacarpium, (with which it has no communication) but immediately to the Wrist; and its lower end has but one head; whence the second Bone hath but one Sinus in its upper Appendix, to receive it.  
IX. The Cure. To reduce the Fingers, you must lay them straight upon a Table; and than making Extension by the help of two Servants, you are to press them down; so will the Bone go easily into the Joint, by reason their Sockets are not deep, the Articulation but short, and the Ligaments not so strong, as in other Joints. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 8.  
X. This done, Medicaments hindering Inflammation, and strengthening the Joints, aught to be applied: the common Restrictive may do in this case, with good Bandage, and putting the Fingers into a fitting and easy posture.  
XI. If the Luxation is in the first Articulation of the Joint, the Bandage Spica is to be used; being a Swath rolled up with one head, about an Ell long, and an Inch broad.  
XII. You must begin with Circumvolutions about the Wrist, and than to pass over the Luxation, in in going between the Fingers: these Circumvolutions are to be continued, to form a Spica upon the Luxation, and the Swath is to terminate at the Wrist.  
XIII. If all the Phalanges were dislocated, it would be requisite to make as many upon every Phalanx, and with the same Swath, or Band.   

CHAP. XXII. Of a DISLOCATION of the HIP or THIGH BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio, vel Luxatio Ossis Femoris; and in English, A Dislocation, or Luxation of the Hip; or rather, of the Thighbone.  
II The Thighbone is the largest, or longest and thickest in the whole Body; before it is round, behind a little depressed or hollow: on its upper part it has a round head, with a slender part underneath it, called the Neck; which is pretty long, and obliqne.  
III The Neck is an Apophysis, or Process to the Bone itself; and the round Head an Epiphysis or Appendix to the Neck: this Head is received by the large Acetabulum of the Coxendix, and is detained therein by two strong Ligaments: one which encompasses the lips of the Acetabulum; and another which springs out of its bottom, and is inserted into the tip of this Epiphysis or round Head.  
IV. At the lower end of the Neck, there spring two Prominences from the Bone: which because the Muscles called Rotatores are fastened to them, are called Trochanteres: the hinder and lower is the lesser Trochanter; and the lateral or uppermost, the bigger.  
V The lower end of the Thighbone, grows thicker gradatim, and has two indifferent large Apophyses or Heads; having a Cavity in the middle between them, which receives the Apophysis of the Tibia; which is tied therein by a Ligament; as the upper end, or head of this Bone is tied to the Acetabulum of the Coxendix.  
VI The Acetabulum of the Os Coxendicis (which is a large Cavity, tipped round its Lips with a Cartilege called Supercilium) receives the Apophysis or Head of the Os Femoris, by that kind of Articulation which we call Enarthrosis.  
VII. Now as the Thighbone is joined by Enarthrosis to the Bosom of the Hipbone; so that Sinus is fully large and deep enough to receive its Head: and as it is strongly united to it by a most firm Ligament arising from the bottom of the Hip, which is implanted into the narrow Sinus of the Apophysis of the Os Femoris; so thereby, it is much the more safely, readily and casily extended, turned or moved any way, and will not easily slip forth.  
VIII. The Kind's. The Dislocation of the Thighbone, is either perfect, or imperfect, which is called a Luxation; yet some Authors will not allow of an imperfect Luxation in this Joint.  
IX. To which it is answered, That though Aegineta, de Re Med. lib. 6. cap. 118. will only allow of a perfect Dislocation, and not of a Subluxation; yet this only is to be understood where it is caused from external force and violence.  
X. But if it is caused from a Flux of Humours to the Part, those Humours sometimes so relax and mollify the Ligaments, that they cannot retain the Head of the Thighbone firmly in its Cavity, whence follows a certain Subluxation.  
XI. The Causes. Out of what hath been said it appears, That a Luxation or Subluxation is caused, the first from External Violence, the latter from Fluxion; as in an inveterate Sciatica, where the violence of the Pain induces a Flux of Humours upon the Part; where thickening and concreting, they by degrees thrust the Bone out of its place.  
XII. The Differences. They are drawn from the several Ways by which the Dislocation may be made, 1. Innardss. 2. Outwards. These two hap very often, because at those places the lips of the Acetabulum are lower than in other places. 3. Forward. 4. Backward. These two hap very rarely, because the Lips of the Cavity are in those places higher than in others.  
XIII. The Signs. If the Dislocation is Innardss; the Leg is longer, and moves with difficulty; the Knee, and Foot stand outward, (for if one end of a thing inclines one way, the other end must recline the contrary way:) the Head of the Thighbone may by the Hands be felt under the Groin; but the Thigh itself cannot be bend towards it, because the Musculi Inflexores are straitened and hindered, that they can neither lift up, nor bend the Thigh: and in the Perinaeum, viz. the Region between the Testicles and Anus, a manifest Tumour appears.  
FOURTEEN. If the Dislocation is Outwards; the Leg is made shorter, and the Knee, Leg, and Foot are turned inwards; the Sick can than indeed bend his Leg, but scarcely bring it to the Ground: in the Perinaeum there is a cavity and leanness; and on the contrary, in the Butrocks a certain Tumour: the Heel touches not the Ground, and the Patient when he endeavours to walk, goes on tiptoes.  
XU. If the Dislocation is Forward; the Groin is swelled, for the head of the Thighbone leans to the Pubes; the Buttock is fallen, hollow, and wrinkled; because the whole Thigh with the Processes is slipped forwards: the Leg is neither shorter nor longer; nor can it be bend, but with trouble; because the Musculi Inflexores are hindered, and pressed by the Head of the Thigh: the Urine is stopped also, because the Head of the Thighbone presses upon the Bladder: nor can the Toes of the Foot be easily extended, or turned to the Ground, and the Patient is forced to tread only on the Heel.  
XVI. If the Dislocation is Backward; the Patient can than neither stretch out, nor bend his Leg; because the Musculi Extensores which are behind, are pressed, so that they cannot be drawn towards their proper Principles: he cannot bring his Heel to the Ground; which if he should force himself so to do, he would fall backwards: the Member affected is shorter than the other, because the head of the Bone is got above the Acetabulum: there is a hollowness in the Groins; and if the Buttock is pressed upwards, you will found an unusual Tumour, because the head of the Thighbone sticks out at the Buttock.  
XVII. The Prognostics. These Luxations are never without danger, because they are hardly reduced; and being reduced, are in danger of falling out again. The reason why they are difficult to reduce is, because of the exceeding strength of the the Muscles, which are not easy to be extended.  
XVIII. An inveterate or old Luxation of the Thighbone, which has contracted a Callus, and whose Sinus or Acetabulum is filled up with Humours, or a Jelly, is incurable: and though in this case, the Bone should be reduced, yet it will not stay in its place, but fall out again. See Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 20.  
XIX. The same will come to pass, if that the Ligament in the Cavity is preternaturally relaxed or extended, or by any means is broken.  
XX. If the Luxation is not reduced, the Parts adjacent will waste and consume by degrees; because the Veins and Arteries will be so straitened and compressed, that a free passage for the Blood, Nutriment, Vital and Animal Spirits will be wanting: and because the Part will not have its due motion, its heat will decay; whence an Atrophy or Paralysis may be feared.  
XXI. If the Dislocation is Innardss, it is difficult to reduce, and as easily slips out again; whereby the Part affected is wasted, and the Sick lamed: if it is not reduced, when they go, they wheel about their Thigh outwardly; because it is too long, and they cannot well bend, so that they are forced to wheel it about.  
XXII. If the Dislocaiton is Outwards, if it is not right set, yet the pain will vanish of itself, and the Sick will in time be able to go without Crutches. If it is not well restored in those that are of ripe age, the Flesh into which the head of the Joint falls will grow callous; after which the pain will go away, and he will be able to walk without a Staff.  
XXIII. If the Dislocation is Forward, though it be not rightly set, yet the Patient will in length of time go indifferently well upon it, though oftentimes it is so, that he is forced to trail his Leg after him. But Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 9 says, That though it be not reduced, yet the Sick will be able forthwith to go upright upon it, and perfectly upright, without a Staff: for by reason of the inflexibility of the Groin, they use the whole Thigh more strait in going, than before it was dislocated.  
XXIV. If the Dislocation is Backward, though it be not reduced, yet the pain will vanish in time also; because the part which touches the head of the Bone will grow callous, and the the Leg may be bend again: but it will be shorter, yet straight, for that the Foot will be turned neither innards nor outwards.  
XXV. The Cure. The Way of Reducing the Luxation is almost the same with that of Reducing the Shoulder; and truly the manner of Extension may be common to all the four Species of a dislocated Thigh: but the manner of forcing and restoring the Head of the Thighbone, must be, according to the variety of the places into which it is fallen: for that which is fallen innards, must be forced outwards; and that which is fallen outwards, must be forced innards, etc.  
XXVI. The Thighbone may also be reduced either without Extension, or with it: without Extension it may be done two ways: but not at all, unless the Luxation be recent, and in a Patient who has soft Flesh, and moist Ligaments, and where the Bones stands but a little way from its Sinus, and it be also in a Child's Body.  
XXVII. The first way is to turn round the head of the Thigh, about the Ilium (as we do sometimes when the Arm is out of Joint) and not to separate it, if it gets into the Sinus, or Cavity: But this way is not accounted safe, for fear the head of the Bone should rub against the edges of the Acetabulum.  
XXVIII. The second way is, to bend the Thigh suddenly; for so sometimes it is replaced, as Paulus, lib. 6. cap. 98. has told us. These ways possibly may do in Children, but to reduce the Bone with Extension, is certainly the safest and best way, which we now are a going to teach you.  
XXIX. The General Method. Lay the Patient down upon a Table on the Back, or whole side, for the three first Species; but on the Belly if the Luxation is backwards: than between the Legs put a strong Staff, wound about with Linen, which with Ropes, Reinss, Girts, or some such like, let it be drawn strongly upwards, by one or two Men; or you may do it by Swaths or Bandages above.  
XXX. In the mean season, let another draw out strongly the Leg: and while the Extension is making and made, let the Artist with his Hands put the head of the Bone into its place, thrusting that outwards which is fallen innards, and contrariwise; and that backwards, which is fallen forwards, and contrariwise.  
XXXI. If it cannot be reduced by the former means, you must be forced to make use of Engines or Instruments; as the Reductive Ladder, the Glossocomium of Galen, the Table of Hypocrates, or the Poultry of Vitruvius, all which Instruments, together with their several uses, we have at large described and delivered in lib. 6. cap. 2. of this Work aforegoing.  
XXXII. The Bone being reduced, you must apply proper Medicaments, with fit Bandage and convenient Situation, as we have largely taught in the proceeding Discourse of Fractures: and both Thighs must be bound, that the Luxated Bone may be kept in its place, which must not be loosed before the fourth day: the Patient must also continued long enough in Bed, and not walk too soon, jest straining the Part whilst it is yet weak, it should be put out of the Joint again.  
XXXIII. The particular Methods of Reduction, are as follows. If the Luxation is inwards, let the Patient be laid with his Back upon the Scamnum Hippocratis, or some other Table, in which a thick Wooden Pin, about a Foot long is to be fixed, which is to be set between his Thighs, to detain the Body when the Legs are drawn down: than a Strap or Gird is to be passed above the Joint of the Thigh, to draw the Ischion upwards; and the Thigh is to be drawn downwards, with another Bandage fastened about the Knee: mean season, the Artist is to thrust the Thighbone upwards and outwards, to reduce it to its Acetabulum; upon which, the Extension is to be somewhat slackened, to facilitate the Operation.  
XXXIV. If the Luxation is Outwards, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly, and the Extension is to be made after the same manner, as we have even now shown: in the mean time, the Thighbone is to be forced from the outside inwards, to reduce and set it right in its Sinus.  
XXXV. If the Luxation is Forward, the Patient is to be laid upon the opposite side to that which is dislocated; and the Extension is to be made by drawing upwards and downwards, as before; than the Head of the Bone must be forced strongly with the Knee, a Ball being first laid thereon; and so reduced to its proper place.  
XXXVI. If the Luxation is Backward, the Patient may be laid upon his his Belly, and the double Extension, upwards and downwards, is to be made; and with the Knee, the Bone is to be forced back again into its proper place.  
XXXVII. These things being done, a Bolster or Splenium is to be applied, with strengthening, Balsamic, and Spirituous Medicaments; and it is to be bound up like in inner, as we have taught in the Binding-up of a Dislocated Shoulder.   

CHAP. XXIII. Of a DISLOCATION of the KNEE-PAN.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Patellae; and in English, A Dislocation, or Luxation of the Knee-pan.  
II The Patella, vel Pelvis parva, is a Bone upon the Knee, not joined with any other Bone; it is roundish, about two Inches broad, smooth and convex without, and concave within; and covered with a Cartilege.  
III It is placed before the Thighbone, and the Tibia, to strengthen and defend the Articulation; for otherwise the Os Femoris would be in danger of slipping out forwards, in going down a Hill, or the like.  
IV. It is involved by the thick Tendons of the second, third, and fourth Muscles which extend the Tibia or Leg; and are implanted into its fore-knob, whereby it is fixed in its place or station.  
V It's substance, in those that are newborn, is very soft and also callous, or cartilaginous, and continues so for many Months: but in length of time it becomes hard, and of a boney substance, but full of holes, or porous; as all those Bones are, which are derived originally in their substance from Cartilages.  
VI The Patella may be luxated to the upper, lower, outward, and inward parts: for that it has no obstacle any of those ways, to hinder its Dislocation.  
VII. But it can never be luxated to the hinder parts; because the Bones of the greater Focile and Thigh, which cover it, do hinder such a Dislocation.  
VIII. The Causes. It may be caused either by a Fall from an high place, great Blows, Jumping, or a violent Distension of the Leg.  
IX. The Signs. It is known both by sight and touch: nor can the Knee be rightly or easily bend or moved, as it should be.  
X. The Prognostics. Because this Articulation is more lose, this Bone may easily be restored to its place: and being restored, it is easily put out again, unless great care be taken for some considerable time, till the Part is sufficiently strengthened.  
XI. If the Luxation is old, or of a long standing, it aught not to be reduced; because it is in vain: for though it is put in its place never so well, it can never be kept there long, but will fall fall out of its seat again.  
XII. The Cure. In reducing of it, let the Sick stand upright, and so press it into its place again. The Bone being restored, proper Medicaments must be laid upon it: and on the side to which it was forced away, you must lay a Splint or Bolster; the Ham likewise must be filled up with Bolsters, or else one or more compressing Splints; which must be bound on so fast, that the Patient may not bend his Knee.  
XIII. At last, when you think the danger of falling out again is past, the Patient must by degrees accustom himself to bend the Joint.  
FOURTEEN. Some advice, that the Sick should keep their Bed during the whole time of the Cure; which in my Opinion, is safe and good Advice: and the same Bandage is to be applied, with that which we shall prescribe in the next Chapter, for the Dislocation of the Knee, or Bones of the Leg.   

CHAP. XXIV. Of a DISLOCATION of the KNEE, or BONES of the LEG.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, pl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis, pl. Ossium Cruris; and in English, A Dislocation of the Bone, or Bones of the Leg. It is also called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Genu; and in English, A Dislocation of the Knee.  
II The Thighbone in its lower part has two eminent Apophyses, tending to the hinder part, with a Cavity in the middle, which receives the Apophysis of the Tibia; which Apophysis is tied to that Sinus, by a Ligament arising from the Vertex of that Head: and the Apophyses of the Os Femoris are received by the Cavities (which are not deep, but shalllow ones) of the Os Tibiae: this Articulation is lose, and is of that kind which we call Ginglymus; the forepart of which is called the Knee, and the hindermost the Ham.  
III This Joint is guarded on the forepart by the great and large Muscles, which running to, and beyond the Patella, join it to the Tibia, and bind it down upon the Articulation: and on the hinder-part, it is guarded with the two Hamstrings so called, viz. the Tendon of the Biceps outwardly; and of the Sartorius gracilis, Semimembranosus, and Seminervosus, inwardly: between which, through a little Cavity made for that purpose, all the Great Vessels have their passage to the Legs.  
IV. Now this Joint being thus strengthened, does scarcely admit of of any Luxation forwards, (for that the opposition of the Patella does hinder it) unless the Cause or Force is exceeding violent: but there may be a perfect Luxation, either innards or outwards, which are often seen; and sometimes backwards, but that is very rare: as also a Subluxation, according to the variety of Causes.  
V The Causes. If it be caused by Falls from high places, vehement Blows, Jumping, hard Running, strong Extension, Contraction, or Distortion of the Leg.  
VI It may also be subluxated, through the afflux of Humours, as in the Rickets in Children, (which I once saw) and in the Kings-Evil in elder People; also in an Oedema, of which I knew a Patient to dye.  
VII. The Signs. A Luxation in this Part is known by Sight and Touch, because it is almost a fleshless Part: there appears a Bunching-out of the side to which the Bone is fallen, and a hollowness in the place from whence it is fallen; the figure is depraved, and the motion is weakened and abolished; for the Thigh is extended, and and cannot be bend.  
VIII. The Prognostics. If it is compared with the Elbow, the Knee is oftener dislocated, and more easily reduced: it also lesle dangerous, nor does an Inflammation easily hap, because the Reduction is without any great force.  
IX. The Cure. The Luxation, either innards or outwards, it easy to be restored by a moderate Extension, either with Hands in a new Luxation, and in Child's Body: or with Swaths or Bands in a Luxation not so recent, and in a stronger Body; forcing the Bones with the Hand, into the part from whence they fell.  
X. A Luxation backwards is restored by placing the Sick to lean over a Bench, and putting a Linen Ball into the hollow of the Ham, where the Bone sticks forth; and than strongly forcing the Bone forwards, whilst another takes hold of the lame Leg, and on a sudden so bends it, as to make the he'll touch the Buttock; so will you hear it snap, when it enters into its place.  
XI. Or thus. If the Tibia is luxated Sideways; one Attendant must draw the Thigh upwards, and another must in the mean season draw the Leg below the Knee down towards the Foot; and the Artist the mean while must force the Bone the contrary way: in a grown Person, and a perfect Luxation, there will be need of Swaths, Bands, or Girts; or the use of Engines, to make a sufficient Extension.  
XII. If the Luxation is Backward, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly; than Extension is to be made, and the whilst the Artist is to bend his Leg, by making the he'll approach to the top of the Thigh, or Buttock.  
XIII. These things being done, Embrocate the Joint and Parts affected; and apply Astringent Medicaments in the Ham, with Compress and good Bandage.  
FOURTEEN. You must prepare a Swath four Yards long, and two Inches broad, rolled up to the middle, with two Heads: than a circumvolution is to be made above the Knee, and the Letter X is to be form underneath; than making a circumvolution above it, the Swath is to be carried up again over the Knee; which is to be rolled about, and crossed again underneath, 'til the Knee is perfectly cured.  
XU. If it is a Sublaxation, it is Cured by a very little Extension; upon which, the Bone is to be forced back to the Part from whence it is somewhat removed.   

CHAP. XXV. Of the DIWLSION of the BONES of the LEG.  
I THis kind of Dislocation is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Divulsio Ossium Cruris; and in English, A Divulsion or parting asunder of the Bones of the Leg: That is, a separating or pulling asunder the Fibula from the Tibia.  
II The Leg, strictly so called, is composed of two Bones, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Tibia, Focile majus, the greater Bone, which is almost threesquare, and by its smooth or flat side, and sharp edge before, makes that which we call the Shin. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Fibula, Focile minus, the lesser Bone, which is as long as the former, but much slenderer, and is the outward Bone of the Leg.  
III These two Bones are slightly conjoined to one another near each end; but in their middle they recede one from another; yet so, as they are tied together by a strong Membranous Ligament, which comes between them.  
IV. The Tibia at its upper end has a little head behind, which is below its upper and larger Appendix; this little head enters into the upper Appendix of the Fibula. At its lower end it has an Appendix, which is lesser than its upper. Appendix, which jets out with a notable Process towards the inside of the Foot, making the Malleolus internus, or inner Ankle: it has two Cavities, one lesle, in its side, by which it receives the Fibula; another greater and lower, divided into two by a small Protuberance in the middle, and lined with a Cartilege, which receives the convex head of the Talus that lies under it, as the said Protuberance is received by the shallow Sinus or Cavity in the convex head of the Talus.  
V The Fibula in its upper part has an Appendix, which reaches not so high as the Knee, nor is it joined to the Thighbone, but to the Tibia, as in the former Section is declared. At its lower end it has also an Appendix, which is received by the Sinus of the Tibia, as aforesaid, and extending its Process to the side of the Talus, makes therewith, the Malleolus externus, or outward Ankle.  
VI The Causes. This Divulsion may come from those Causes, from which we said the Knee might be luxated, especially when walking in a slippery place, the Foot treads not firmly, but is wrinched either inwardly or outwardly; as also from heavy Blows, Fall from an high place, etc.  
VII. The Signs. A Tumour appears in the Part to which the Fibula is thrust forth; it is known by sight and touch; the motion also is hurt: and the Fibula may. be drawn from the Shinbone three ways, viz. to the forepart, and on both sides.  
VIII. The Prognostic. It is easily reduced, if it is recent: but if it is so old, (before replacing) that a Callus is bred, it can never be restored.  
IX. The Cure. The sides of the Foot are to be pressed, to draw it back again; and it may be kept close with the Bandage which is ordered in the Fractures of the Tarsus.  
X. Or you may easily bring it back again to its place, by forcing it to the contrary part with your Hands; after which, convenient Emplasters, Bolsters, Ligature, and Placing, must be ordered, with quietness and rest for some Weeks, till the Ligaments are confirmed.   

CHAP. XXVI. Of a DISLOCATION of the ANKLE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Tali vel Mulleoli; and in English, A Dislocation or Luxation of the Ankle, or Ankle-bone.  
II The Talus, Astragalus, or Ankle-bone, is of a various shape; alone, it has a head a little convex, with a shallow Sinus in it, articulating with the Tibia; and by the Process of the Tibia which makes the inner Ankle, it is fenced in as it were on the inside, as it is by that of the Fibula on the outer.  
III Before, it has a long Neck on which grows a round Appendix, which enters into the Sinus of the Os Naviculare, upon which jointing, the Foot is moved sideways. Behind, it is rough, and in its upper part, has a transverse Sinus or Cavity, to receive the Ligament of the Tibia; and in its lower part a little descending Sinus, by which the Tendons of the Muscles of the Foot pass.  
IV. Below, it has a Sinus behind, and a Protuberance before, by which it is articulated with the Os Calcis by Ginglymus: between the Sinus and Protuberance, there is a long and something deep Cavity, and over against it, such another in the Heel-bone.  
V The Bone of the Ankle is articulated by Ginglymus to the Tibia, joined with the Fibula: underneath which lie all the Ossa Tarsi in order, to wit, under the Talus, the Os Calcis, and before it the Os Cymbiforme: outward of that, joining to the Os Calcis, is the Os Cubiforme; and between the Os Cymbiforme, and the Metatarsus, lie the three Ossa Cuneiformia.  
VI This Joint is involved with strong Membranes and Ligaments, and bound in by divers strong Tendons: Behind, by the Tendon of the Gastro●nemius; and yet close underneath in the hollow of the Calcaneum, by the Flexores Pollicis, & Tertii internodii digitorum lateralis: inwards, by the Tibialis Posticus: outwards, by the Preconei: and forwards, by the Tibialis anticus.  
VII. These being joined to the strong Ligaments which every where bind up the Part, and assisted by the figure of the Bones, do make a joint, not easy to be dislocated, without a great weight or force.  
VIII. But from a great weight and force it may suffer four ways, 1. Inward. 2. Outward. 3. Forward. 4. Backward. Both by a perfect and imperfect Luxation.  
IX. The Causes. It is caused commonly by violent Extension, great Blows, or Falls, or by Distortion, or Wring of the Foot.  
X. The Signs. If it is inward, or to the inside, the Sole of the Foot turns outward; if it is luxated outward, or to the outside; the Sole of the Foot is than turned inward.  
XI. If it is luxated to the forepart, than the strong and broad Tendon lying under the Heel, becomes hard and stretched; and the Foot is lesser and shorter; because the Leg and Joint are moved forward, and take up a great part of the Foot.  
XII. If it is luxated to the hinder part, than on the contrary the Heel is almost hid, the Sole of the Foot seems to be greater, and the Foot longer.  
XIII. If these signs are plain and manifest, it is than indeed a perfect Dislocation: but if they are obscure and doubtful, it is than only an imperfect Luxation.  
FOURTEEN. The Prognostics. The Ankle is both easily dislocated, and easily reduced: but because of the multitude of Bones which go to the constitution of the Joint, it is with great difficulty confirmed.  
XU. The Reduction, while recent, is not difficult, yet these Luxations are subject to great Pain, and are many times accompanied with Tumour and Ecchymosis, and the Patient is long lame of them.  
XVI. The Cure. Let the Part be completely extended, either by Man's Hands, one Man holding the Leg, another the Foot; or, with Swaths, Reinss, or Girts; or, with proper Engines or Instruments such as we have formerly described and explained.  
XVII. Than let the Artist force the Joint with his Hands to the contrary part, viz. to that from whence it is fallen, and afterwards apply convenient Medicaments and Bandage.  
XVIII. You may use Astringent Powders made of Aloes, fine Bole, Catechu, Dragons-blood, Caput Mortuum of Vitriol, Crocus Martis astringens, Sumach, Terra Sigillata, etc. mixed with Whites of Eggs, which may be applied about the Joint with Tow: and if there is Pain, Lenients and Anodyns are than required.  
XIX. In this Luxation, the Sick must keep his Bed the longer, for at lest six Weeks, because the Ankle supports the whole Body; and unless that be completely restored, so that the distended Muscles and Ligaments, which are now made more lose, do acquire their pristin Strength; it cannot be imagined that the Cure can be completed; and this is seldom accomplished before the fortieth day is expired.  
XX. Sometimes the Ankle-bone is apt to turn out on either side, by reason of a Relaxation of the Tendons; in such a Case, though you may reduce it, yet it will be ready upon the lest walking upon it, to let the Bones slip out again.  
XXI. Some Years ago (says Wiseman) such a one was brought to me: I reduced it easily, and it as soon slipped out again, whereupon I caused a Shoe to be made, by which the Ankle was kept steady; and at length by the application of Astringents, etc. it recovered its strength.   

CHAP. XXVII. Of a DISLOCATION of the HEEL-BONE.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio, Ossis Calcis vel Calcanei; and in English, A Dislocation or Luxation of the Heel, or Bone of the Heel.  
II 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Os Calcis vel Calcanei, The Heel-bone is the second Bone of the Tarsus, and the greatest of the seven Bones which complete the instep: it lies under the Talus, with which in its upper side it is articulated, being joined thereto by Cartilaginous Ligaments.  
III In its fore-end, it is received by the Os Cubiforme: Behind it receives the great Tendon called Nervus Hectoreus, or that great Chord, which is composed of the Tendons of the three Muscles which extend the Foot.  
IV. On its inside it has a large Sinus or Cavity, by which the Tendons and larger Vessels descend to the under side of the Foot: and on its outside, it is uneven with several Protuberances, for the firmer Connexion of the Ligaments and Tendons.  
V The Causes. The Heel is for the most part luxated from the Ankle, by leaping or falling from an high place, the Patient falling upon the Heel; sometimes also it has been dislocated in Dancing.  
VI The Signs. It is easily known by the great Pain, depraved figure of the Part, and hurt of the Action.  
VII. The Heel-bone lying under the Ankle, is often dislocated, but more especially forward or backward: very seldom to the Sides, whether inward or outward.  
VIII. The Prognostics. A Luxation of the Heel is very dangerous, because the Arteries, Veins, and greater Nerves which it receives, and also the Tendon conjoined with it, are easily drawn into consent; whence may arise acute Fevers, Tremble, Rave, Convulsions, Swoonings, and many other pernicious Symptoms.  
IX. The Cure. It is reduced into its pristin condition by a light Extension, putting with your Fingers the Bone into its right place.  
X. When it is reduced, it must be so bound up, that the Humours abounding may be driven from it to other Parts; and the Sick must so long rest himself, till the Joint is fully confirmed.  
XI. If there is a great Weakness in the Part, or a Flux of Humours, Astringent and Strengthening Topics are to be applied, renewed, and continued so long as you see need shall require.  
XII. And the abundance of Humours flowing to the Part are to be diverted, by a daily and constant giving of proper Emetics and Catharticks, according as the Strength of the Sick will permit; such are Bohemian-tartar Emeticum, Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, Wine and Vinegar of Squills, for Vomiting: and Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, and Our Family or Panchymagoge Pills, for Purging, with other things of like-nature.   

CHAP. XXVIII. Of a DISLOCATION of the BONES of the FOOT.  
I IT is called in Greek, 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis, vel Ossium Pedis; and in English, A Luxation of a Bone, or the Bones of the Foot.  
II Under this general Name we comprehend, 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Luxatio Tarsi, a Luxation of the Instep. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Luxatio Metatarsi, vel Pedis; a Luxation of the top of the Foot, or Foot itself. 3. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, Luxatio Digiti vel Digitorum Pedis, a Luxation of a Toe, or Toes.  
III The Tarsus, or Instep, consists of seven Bones, 1. The Talus. 2. The Os Calcis; of which we have already spoken in the two last Chapters. 3. The Os Naviculare. 4. The Os Cubiforme. 5, 6, 7. The Ossa Cuneiformia of which five last we, shall speak a word or two here.  
IV. The Os Naviculare or Cymbiforme, is so called from its figure: behind it receives the Talus in a large Sinus: before it is convex, with three fattish smooth heads, which are received into the three shallow Sinus' of the Ossa Cuneiformia.  
V The Os Cubiforme is lesle than the former three, and stands in one rank with the third Cuneiformia: it has six sides, and articulates with the Heel-bone behind; is bigger than any of the Cuneiformia, and is seated on the outside of the Foot. On its foreside, it is joined to the fourth and fifth Bone of the Metatarsus: on the inside to the third Bone of the Cuneiformia: but it's other three sides, outer, upper and lower, are joined to none.  
VI The three Cuneiformia, or Wedgelike Bones, (which are thick above, and thinner below) being joined, do all of them represent a Vault; and are convex above, and concave or bending underneath, in which the Muscles and Tendons are placed, so that in going we do not press upon them, and bruise them: These three behind, are joined to the Os Naviculare, and before to the three first Bones of the Metatarsus.  
VII. The Metatarsus, Pedium, or Body of the Foot, has five Bones, each Bone being appointed for the sustaining of a Toe: their Substance is hard, and solid, and hollow within like so many Pipes: that which is articulated with the great Toe is thickest, but longest; the other are almost of an equal thickness, but each shorter than other; their lower ends are round, and inserted into the Sinus' of the first Joints of the Toes: but their upper ends are hollow, to receive the Bones of the Tarsus.  
VIII. The Bones of the Toes are fourteen in number; of which the great Toe has only two, the other four three apiece; they are hard and solid without, hollow within, and articulated like those of the Fingers.  
IX. The Bones of the Tarsus and Pedium never suffer a perfect Dislocation or Dis-jointing: and those of the Toes seldom, because upheld by most strong Ligaments, and many Tendons.  
X. They may be so many ways dislocated or luxated, as may the Bones of the Hands, and as easily reduced as they.  
XI. If the Bones of the Instep or Foot, should be moved upwards, the Patient must tread hard upon a plain place, or a Form, or Table, and the Artist with his Hand must thrust them into their places.  
XII. If any of them should start outwards, you must them press them upwards, and restore each Bone to its place: the same you must do, if they should bear out sideways.  
XIII. If the Toes are dislocated, they are restored altogether by the same Ways and Means as are the Dislocations of the Fingers: but with this note, that when any Bone is dislocated here, the Sick is necessitated to keep his Bed for at lest twenty days, till the dislocated Part is perfectly confirmed.    

The CONCLUSION.  
NOW to the Great and the Holy One, the Just and Eternal Power, a God Glorious in Holiness, Fearful in Praises, Doing Wonders; who taking hold on Judgement has remembered Mercy, and delivered me his Servant out of the Jaws of Cruel Dogs, who for several Years past have been worrying me, and saved me from the Depredations of Beasts of Prey, making me in some measure, even to Triumph over my Adversaries. To the Infinite and Almighty Being, who has been merciful and kind unto me, causing my Lott to fall in a pleasant Ground, and has been pleased to give me the Possession of a Treasure which can never be wasted, and a Substance which can never wax old, nor decay; filling me with full Measures of his Consolations, making my Cups to overflow; and who has given me Wisdom and Understanding to begin, go through, and perfect this great and desirable Work: I say, for these, and all his other Mercies and singular Favours, with which he has daily visited me, a thankful Remembrance of which can never pass from me; my humble Soul, under a deep sense of all this his unspeakable Goodness, pours forth before the Throne of his Grace (as the Sacrifice of a Thankful Heart) all possible Praise and Thanksgiving, to whom be Honour and Glory for Ever. Amen.   
From my House by Black-Friers-stairs, London, Octob. 30. 1697. W. SALMON.  
THE END.   

THE CONTENTS.  

LIBER PRIMUS. Of Instruments and Operations.  

I Of INSTRUMENTS.  

Chap. 1. OF Surgery in General Page 1  
Chap. 2. Of the Small Instruments 3  
Chap. 3. The large Instruments 5  
Chap. 4. The Form of the Chirurgeons Chest 13 

1. The Old Form 13  
2. The New Form 14    
Chap. 5. The Furniture of the Chest 15 

1. Cista Hildani. 16  
2. Woodall's Viaticum 18  
3. Woodall's Epitome 21  
4. Salmon's Repository 22  
5. Salmon's Reform Chest. See the Preface.      

II Of OPERATIONS.  

I SYNTHESIS.  

Chap. 6. Of Fractures 24  
Chap. 7. Dislocations 28  
Chap. 8. Ruptures 30  
Chap. 9 Strutting out of the Eye 34  
Chap. 10. Falling out of the Womb 35  
Chap. 11. Falling out of the Fundament 38    

II DIAERESIS.  

Chap. 12. Opening of a Vein. 39 
FOURTEEN. Propositions concerning Blood-Letting 40   
Chap. 13. Opening an Artery 43  
Chap. 14. Opening the Windpipe 44  
Chap. 15. Opening of the Breast 45 

1. A Dropsy of the Breast 45  
2. An Empyema 46  
3. A Pleurisy 48    
Chap. 16. Opening the Belly, or Paracentesis 49  
Chap. 17. Opening closed Orifices 51 

1. Of Closed Eyes 51  
2. Orifice of the Ears closed 51  
3. The Nostrils closed 52  
4. The Mouth closed 52  
5. The Praeputium closed 52  
6. The Glans not perforated 52  
7. The Anus not perforated 52  
8. Pudenda Virginum closed 53  
9 The Vagina closed 53  
10. Inward Orifice of the Womb closed 54    
Chap. 18. Opening of Apostems. 55 

1. With a Tunicle 55  
2. Without a Tunicle. 56    
Chap. 19 Of Opening of the Skin 56 

1. By Vesicatories or Blistring 57  
2. By Fontanels or Issues 58  
3. By the Seton 59  
4. By application of Leeches 60  
5. By Cupping-Glasses 61  
6. By Scarification 62  
7. By ustion or Burning 62  
8. By the Haemorrhoids 63  
9 The opening of Varix 63    
Chap. 20. The Dividing of closed Parts 63 

1. Hydatis, under the upper Eyelid 63  
2. Hordeolum, under the Eyelid 64  
3. Grando, a hard stoney matter 64  
4. Lagophthalmos, narrow Eyelid. 64  
5. Ectropion, lower lid fallen down 64  
6. Hypopion, under the horny Coat 64  
7. Tongue Tied 65  
8. Cutting Infants Gums 65  
9 Growing together of Fingers, and Toes 65  
10. Cutting of a Wryneck 65    
Chap. 21. The Dividing of Bones 67 

1. Trepaning, or Perforation ib.  
2. Scraping, Filing, and Sawing. 68      

III EXAERESIS.  

Chap. 22. The Birth of a Living Child 69  
Chap. 23. The Birth of a Dead Child 71  
Chap. 24. Extracting the Secundine 73  
Chap. 25. Extracting a Mola 74  
Chap. 26. The Caesarian Birth 75  
Chap. 27. Cutting out the Stone 77 

1. Apparatus minor 79  
2. Apparatus major ibid.  
3. Apparatus Hypogastricus 80    
Chap. 28. Drawing out of Teeth 81  
Chap. 29. Bullets, Arrows, Thorns, etc. 83  
Chap. 30. Urine Stopp'd 84    

IV. APHAERESIS.  

Chap. 31. Couching of Cataracts 89  
Chap. 32. Amputation 92 

1. The Common way 93  
2. That of Aquapendens 95    
Chap. 33. Cutting of Cancers 96  
Chap. 34. Cutting of Wens 98  
Chap. 35. Cutting a Sarcocele 100 
Cutting an Oskeocele 101   
Chap. 36. Cutting out Warts and Corns 103  
Chap. 37. Removing Caruncles 104  
Chap. 38. Removing Humours 105 

1. By Friction 106  
2. By Bathing ibid.  
3. By Sweeting 107  
4. By Fasting ibid.      

V DIARTHROSIS.  

Chap. 39 Crookedness in General 108  
Chap. 40. Crookedness of the Back 110  
Chap. 41. Crookedness of Arms and Legs 112  
Chap. 42. Crookedness of the Fingers 114  
Chap. 43. Crooked Feet and Toes 116    

VI PROSTHESIS.  

Chap. 44. Baldness 119  
Chap. 45. A Harelip 120  
Chap. 46. Parts of the Head supplied 123 

1. The Eyes ibid.  
2. The Nose ibid.  
3. The Ears 124  
4. The Palate ibid.  
5. The Teeth ibid.    
Chap. 47. Artificial Arms and Legs 125    

VII. REPORTS.  

Chap. 48. Of Reports in General 126 

1. Wounds Mortal, Dangerous, Safe 126  
2. Wounds Great 128  
3. Diseases Great or Small, Long or Short, Mortal or not 128  
4. Wounds considered, in respect to the Parts hurt 129  
5. What the Event of Wounds may be 130  
6. In a Dead Person, whether the Wound was made before, or after Death 131    
Chap. 49. Reports, where no Wound appears 132 

1. By Blows, Beating, Falls, etc. 132  
2. By External Suffocation 133  
3. By Internal Suffocation 134  
4. By Thunder and Lightning 135  
5. By Poison 137    
Chap. 50. Reports from the Viscera being wounded 

1. Wounds of the Brain 137  
2. Wounds of the Stomach 138  
3. Wounds of the Liver 139  
4. Wounds of the Lungs 139  
5. Wounds of the Diaphragma 140  
6. Wounds of the Guts 140  
7. Wounds of the Bladder 141  
8. Wounds of the Spinal Marrow 141  
9 Wounds of Arteries and Veins 142  
10. Wounds of the Aspera Arteria 142  
11. Wounds of the Reins 142  
12. Wounds of the Spleen 143  
13. Wounds of the Heart 143    
Chap. 51. Reports from Wounds External 144 

1. Of the Malignity of Wounds 144  
2. Whether a Wound kills, or not 145  
3. How Men Die of Small Wounds 146  
4. Wounds Dangerous 147  
5. Wounds of Nerves and Backbone 149  
6. Wounds of the Head 150  
7. Wounds of the Forehead 151  
8. Wounds of the Cheeks 152  
9 Wounds of the Arms 152  
10. Wounds of the Hands 154  
11. Wounds of the Thighs 154  
12. Wounds of Legs and Feet 155    
Chap. 52. Examples of making Reports 155 

1. Of Death presumed to ensue 155  
2. A Report in a doubtful Case 156  
3. In case of the loss of a Member 156  
4. When Wounds are found in divers Parts 156  
5. When a Woman is Delivered of a Dead Child 157  
6. Of a Wounded Person found Dead. 157      

VIII. EMBALMING.  

Chap. 53. Embalming the Egyptian Ways 158 

1. Salination with Salt alone 159  
2. Salination with Salt, and Juice of Cedar 159  
3. Salination with Salt and Aromaticks 159  
4. Embalming with Aromaticks alone 160    
Chap. 54. Embalming the European Ways 161 

1. Embalming without Dissection, called Encering 161  
2. Embalming with Aromaticks 162  
3. Another Way to do the same 163    
Chap. 55. Embalming the Modern Ways 164 

1. A Special Way of Embalming, very Excellent 164  
2. Timaeus à Guldenklee his Way 165  
3. Gabriel Clauder his Way, at large 167      

IX. MEDICAL STORE, Or, Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica.  

Chap. 56. Of Simple Medicaments 171 

1. Vegetables 172  
2. Minerals 173  
3. Animals 176  
4. What are to be chosen for the Chest 176    
Chap. 57 Of Waters 178 

1. Aqua Elementaria 178  
2. Aqua Antifebritica 178  
3. Aqua Vitrioli 179  
4. Aqua Calcis Vivae 179  
5. Aqua Stomachica 180  
6. Aqua Tartarisata 180    
Chap. 58. Of Tinctures 181 

1. Tinctura Cordialis 181  
2. Tinctura Mirabilis 181  
3. Tinctura Opii 182  
4. Tinctura Purgans 183  
5. Tinctura Exfolians, seu Euphorbii 184  
6. Tinctura Absinthii 185  
7. Tinctura Antimonii Purgans 185  
8. Tinctura Cathartica 185  
9 Tinctura Martis 186  
10. Tinctura Sacra, seu Amara 187  
11. Tinctura, seu Elixir Proprietatis 188  
12. Tinctura Antimonii crudi 188  
13. Tinctura Salis Tartari 189    
Chap. 59 Of Spirits 189 

1. Spiritus Cordialis 189  
2. Spiritus Vini Camphorat. 190  
3. Spiritus Sulphuratus 191  
4. Spiritus Vini Basilii 191  
5. Spiritus Nitri 192  
6. Spiritus Nitratus 193  
7. Spiritus Salis Philosophic. 194  
8. Spiritus Corn. Cervi Compos. 195  
9 Spiritus Salis Armoniaci 196  
10. Spiritus Mirabilis 197  
11. Spiritus Opiatus Composit. 198  
12. Spiritus Sulphuris, vel Ens Primum 199  
13. Spiritus Universalis 200    
Chap. 60. Of Oils Chemical 201 

1. Oleum Anisi 201  
2. Oleum Caryophyllorum 202  
3. Oleum Cerae 203  
4. Oleum Juniperi 204  
5. Oleum Limonum 205  
6. Oleum Macis per Express. 205  
7. Oleum Philosophicum 207  
8. Oleum Rosmarini Compos. 209  
9 Oleum Succini 209  
10. Oleum Sulphuris 211  
11. Oleum Tartari per Deliq. 212  
12. Oleum Terebinthinae 213  
13. Oleum Vitrioli 214    
Chap. 61. Of Balsams Distilled. 216 

1. Balsamum Antimonii 216  
2. Balsamum Salis Tartari 218  
3. Balsamum Camphorae 218  
4. Balsamum Sulphuris Rulandi 219  
5. Balsamum Sulphuris Commune 220  
6. Balsamum Saturni 221  
7. Balsamum Mirabile 222  
8. Butyrum Antimonii 223    
Chap. 62. Of Elixirs 224 

1. Elixir Antepilepticum 224  
2. Elixir Proprietatis 226  
3. Elixir Metallorum 226  
4. Elixir Cranii Humani 227  
5. Elixir Pulmonum 228  
6. Elixir Sanguinis Humani 228  
7. Elixir Viperarum 229  
8. Elixir seu Sanguis Symphiti 229  
9 Elixir seu Sanguis Satyrii & Pastinacae Albae 230    
Chap. 63. Of Powers 231 

1. Potestates Fuliginis Clauderi 231  
2. Potestates Seminum Anisi 232  
3. Potestates Baccarum Juniperi 233  
4. Potestates Lavendulae 233  
5. Potestates Caryophyllorum 234  
6. Potestates Limonum 235  
7. Potestates Pulegii 236  
8. Potestates Rosmarini 237  
9 Potestates Succini 238  
10. Potestates Terebinthinae 238  
11. Potestates Virtutum 238  
12. Potestates Viperarum 239  
13. Potestates Ungulae & Cornu Cervi 240    
Chap. 64. Of Salts 241 

1. Sal Absinthii 241  
2. Sal Aluminis 242  
3. Sal Armoniacum Volatile 242  
4. Sal Ciner. Clavellatorum 243  
5. Sal Cor. Cervi Succinatum 243  
6. Sal Fabarum Volatile 244  
7. Sal seu Lapis Infernalis 245  
8. Sal Martis 246  
9 Sal Mirabile 247  
10. Sal Nitratum 248  
11. Sal Nitrum Catharticum 248  
12. Sal Nitrum Nitratum 249  
13. Sal Nitrum Vitriolatum 249  
14. Sal Polychrestum 250  
15. Sal Prunellae 250  
16. Sal Saturni 251  
17. Sal Succini Volatile 253  
18. Sal Tartari 253  
19 Sal Vitriolatum 254  
20. Ens Veneris 255  
21. Vitriolum Lunae 255    
Chap. 65. Of Flowers 257 

1. Flores Sulphuris 257  
2. Flores Bismuthi & Zinci 257  
3. Mercurius Sublimatus Corrosivus 258  
4. Mercurius Dulcis 259  
5. Cinnabaris Artificialis 261    
Chap. 66. Of Magisteries 262 

1. Arcanum Corallinum 262  
2. Arcanum Jovis 263  
3. Antihecticum Poterii 264  
4. Bezoar Minerale 266  
5. Gryps Mercurii 267  
6. Mercurius Vitae 268  
7. Mercurius Praecipitatus Albus 269  
8. Mercurius Praecipitatus Rubrus 271  
9 Mercurius Praecipitatus Principis 273  
10. Mercurius Praecipitatus Luteus, vel, Turpethum Minerale 273  
11. Mercurius Praecipitatus pierce 274  
12. Mercurius Praecipitatus Solaris, vel, Aurum Vitae 275  
13. Mercurius Praecipitatus Lunaris 276  
14. Tartarum Emeticum 277    
Chap. 67. Of Syrups 279 

1. Syrupus Simplex 279  
2. Syrupus Volatilis 279  
3. Syrupus Limonum 279  
4. Syrupus Antifebriticus 280  
5. Syrupus Catharticus 281  
6. Syrupus de Meconio 281  
7. Mel Rosarum 282  
8. Oxymel Scilliticum 282    
Chap. 68 Of Powders 285 

1. Pulvis Antimonii 285  
2. Pulvis Antifebriticus 285  
3. Pulvis Bezoarticus 216  
4. Pulvis Cachecticus 286  
5. Pulvis Catharticus 287  
6. Pulvis Cornachini 288  
7. Pulvis ad Diabeten 288  
8. Pulvis Emeticus 289  
9 Pulvis Herculeus 290  
10. Pulvis Rheumaticus 290  
11. Pulvis ad Vermes 290    
Chap. 69. Of Electuaties 291 

1. Theriaca Chymica 291  
2. Electuar. Antipestilentiale 292  
3. Electuar. Antihecticum 293  
4. Electuar. Catharticum 293  
5. Electuar. Catarrhale 294  
6. Electuar. Stomachicum 295  
7. Electuar. ad Tussim 295    
Chap. 70. Of Pills 296 

1. Pilulae Catharticae 296  
2. Pilulae ad Luem 296  
3. Pilulae Mirabiles 297  
4. Pilulae Hystericae 297  
5. Laudanum Samech, seu Tartarisatum 298  
6. Laudanum Specificum nost. 299  
7. Laudanum Catharticum nost. 301    
Chap. 71. Of Lotions 302 

1. Aqua Ophthalmica 302  
2. Aqua Styptica 302  
3. Aqua Calcis cum Mercurio 303  
4. Aqua Divina Fernelii 303  
5. Aqua ad Gonorrhaeam 303  
6. Aqua Mercurialis 304  
7. Lac Mercurii 304    
Chap. 72. Of Oils External 305 

1. Oleum Calefaciens 305  
2. Oleum Refrigerans 305  
3. Oleum Anodynum 305  
4. Oleum Paralyticum 306  
5. Oleum Cosmeticum 306  
6. Oleum Diacolocynthidos 306  
7. Oleum ad Vermes 307    
Chap. 73. Of Balsams. 308 

1. Balsamum Vulnerar. nost. 308  
2. Balsam. Anodynum nost. 309  
3. Balsam. Gummi Elemi nost. 309  
4. Mel Saponis 310  
5. Balsam. de Sapone 310  
6. Balsam. Amicum 310  
7. Balsam. Arthriticum 311  
8. Balsam. Polychrestum 311  
9 Balsam. Ophthalmicum 312    
Chap. 74. Of Ointments 313 

1. Ung. Aegyptiacum 313  
2. Ung. Album 313  
3. Ung. Basilicon 314  
4. Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii 314  
5. Ung. Mercuriale 314  
6. Ung. Nicotianae 315  
7. Ung. Populeon 316  
8. Ung. Cosmeticum 317  
9 Ung. ad Scabiem 317  
10. Ung. Tutiae 318    
Chap. 75. Of Powders External 318 

1. Pulvis Mercurii coagulati 318  
2. Pulvis Vitrioli Absters. 319  
3. Pulvis pro Ulceribus 320  
4. Pulvis pro Ulceribus Venereis 321  
5. Pulvis Stypticus 321  
6. Pulvis ad Hypersarcosin 321  
7. Pulvis Sternutatorius 322  
8. Errhina 322    
Chap. 76. Of Cerecloths 323 

1. Ceratum Album 323  
2. Ceratum Viride 324  
3. Ceratum de Galbano 324  
4. Ceratum è Gummi Elemi 325  
5. Ceratum Nigrum 326  
6. Ceratum Oxylaeum 326  
7. Ceratum Refrigerans 326  
8. Ceratum Sperm. Ceti 327  
9 Ceratum ad Tophos 327    
Chap. 77. Of Emplasters 328 

1. Emplastrum Album 328  
2. Emplastrum Diachylon simplex 329  
3. Emplastr. Diachylon cum Gummi 329  
4. Empl. Epispasticum 330  
5. Empl. Febrifugum 331  
6. Empl. de Meliloto 331  
7. Emplastr. de Minio cum Sapone 332  
8. Empl. Mercuriale 332  
9 Empl. Polychrestum 333  
10. Empl. ad Strumam 333  
11. Empl. Vulnerarium 333  
12. Empl. Arthriticum 334        

LIBER SECUNDUS. OF DEFOEDATION.  

I DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of the HAIR.  

Chap. 1. OF Cleaving of the Hair 337  
Chap. 2. Falling of the Hair ibid.  
Chap. 3. A Foxlike Shedding of the Hair 340  
Chap. 4. A Serpentlike Falling of Hair 341  
Chap. 5. The Hair-Worm 344  
Chap. 6. Baldness 346  
Chap. 7. Hoariness 348  
Chap. 8. Elflocks, or Matted Hair 351  
Chap. 9 Lousiness, or Lousy-Evil 356  
Chap. 10. Scurff and Dandruff 359  
Chap. 11. A Scald Head 360    

II DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of the SKIN.  

Chap. 12. Of Sun-burning 363  
Chap. 13. Freckles 365  
Chap. 14. Lentils, or large fixed Freckles 366  
Chap. 15. Mother-Spots 369  
Chap. 16. Red-Gum 370  
Chap. 17. Liver-Spots 371    

III DEFILEMENTS, or ERUPTIONS of the SKIN.  

Chap. 18. Read Pimpels of the Face 374  
Chap. 19 Morphew 377  
Chap. 20. Profound Morphew, or, the Spotted Leprosy 379  
Chap. 21. The Black Scab 381  
Chap. 22. Pimples 382  
Chap. 23. Galling 384  
Chap. 24. The Shingles 386  
Chap. 25. Wildfire 388 
Psydracia, or Pustules of the Head ibid.   
Chap. 26. Worms in the Skin 389    

IV. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of SKIN and FLESH.  

Chap. 27. Of Scabbiness 393  
Chap. 28. The Chin-Scab 400  
Chap. 29. The Ringworm 402  
Chap. 30. The Tettar 404  
Chap. 31. Worms in the Feet 405  
Chap. 32. Warts 408 

1. Verruca, Myrmecia 408  
2. Thymon ibid.  
3. Acrochordon ibid.    
Chap. 33. Corns 410 

A Callus 412  
Cornua, or Horns ibid.      

V Of DEFILFMENTS UNIVERSAL.  

Chap. 34. Of the Itch 414  
Chap. 35. The Leprosy 417  
Chap. 36. Sudamina, or Measles 420  
Chap. 37. The French-Pox 421 

1. Salivation by Internals 431  
2. Salivation by Unction ibid.  
3. Salivation by Fumigation 432    
Chap. 38. A Clap, or Running of the Reins 441  
Chap. 39 Evil Smell of the Body 445    

VI DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of the EYES.  

Chap. 40. Blisters of the Eyes 452  
Chap. 41. Swelling in the Corner of the Eye 453  
Chap. 42. A Running Sore in the Eye 454    

VII. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of TEETH and GUMS.  

Chap. 43. Discoloured, filthy, and stinking Teeth 456  
Chap. 44. Corrosion and Rottenness of the Teeth 458  
Chap. 45. Looseness of the Teeth 459    

VIII. VICES of HANDS, and NAILS.  

Chap. 46. Clefts of the Hands 462  
Chap. 47. Rough and deformed Nails 463  
Chap. 48. Discoloured Nails 465  
Chap. 49. Cleaving and Falling of the Nails 466  
Chap. 50. A Whitloe 467     

LIBER TERTIUS. OF TUMOURS.  

I TUMOURS arising from BLOOD.  

Chap. 1. OF Tumours in general 471  
Chap. 2. Corpulency 478 
An Atrophia 482   
Chap. 3. An Abscess, or an Apostem 486  
Chap. 4. A Sinus in Tumours 492  
Chap. 5. An Inflammation 498  
Chap. 6. A Bubo 520  
Chap. 7. Of a Contusion 524  
Chap. 8. A Carbuncle 530  
Chap. 9 A Tumour behind the Ear 537  
Chap. 10. Phyma, a Tumour of the Glandules 539 

Phyma juxta Anum 542  
Phygethlon, a Tumour under the Jaws 544    
Chap. 11. Gangrene and Sphacelus 545 

1. A Gangrene ibid.  
2. A Sphacelus 557    
Chap. 12. A Felon 561  
Chap. 13. A Push, or Boil 565  
Chap. 14. Chilblains or Kibes 568  
Chap. 15. An Aneurism 570  
Chap. 16. A Varix 576    

II TUMOURS arising from CHOLER.  

Chap. 17. Of an Erysipelas 582  
Chap. 18. Herpes' Miliaris, or Vlcerrous Pustules 589  
Chap. 19 Herpes' Exedens, or Eating-Pustules 592  
Chap. 20. The Smallpox 595 
The Confluent kind 598     

III TUMOURS arising from PHLEGM.  

Chap. 21. Of an Oedema 610  
Chap. 22. The Cystick Tumour 616 

Atheroma ibid.  
Meliceris ibid.  
Steatoma ibid.  
Talpa 617  
Testudo, Topinaria 618  
Natta 618, 621    
Chap. 23. A Wen 622  
Chap. 24. Gums, Nodes, Tophs 627 

The Cure of Gums 629  
The Cures of Nodes 630  
The Cure of Tophs 630    
Chap. 25. Of a Fungus, or Spongy Flesh 633 

1. A True Fungus ibid.  
2. Pterygium of the Eye 635  
3. Condyloma, Ficus, Cristae, Thymi 636    
Chap. 26. Bronchocele, or a Tumour of the Throat 637, 639 

A Ranula 638, 641  
Tonsillae 638, 642  
Cutting of the Uuula 644    
Chap. 27. The Kings-Evil ibid.    

IV. TUMOURS arising from WIND.  

Chap. 28. Of the Windy Tumour 656  
Chap. 29. A Windy Rupture 660 
A Windy Rupture of the Navel ibid.     

V TUMOURS arising from WATER.  

Chap. 30. Of a Watery Rupture 663 

1. Hydrocele ibid.  
2. Hydromphalus 666    
Chap. 31. A Watery Tumour 667  
Chap. 32. A Dropsy 670 

1. Sarcites, or Anasarca 670  
2. Ascites, or Dropsy of the Belly 673  
3. A Tympanites 675  
4. An Hydrocele Derivative 678    
Chap. 33. A Dropsy of the Head ibid.    

VI TUMOURS arising from MELANCHOLY.  

Chap. 34. Of a Polypus in the Nose 681 
A Sarcoma, or Noli me tangere 683   
Chap. 35. A Scirrhus 687  
Chap. 36. A Cancer 693 

1. A Cancer not Ulcerated ib.  
2. A CancerVlcerated 700    
Chap. 37. A Cancer of a Bone 706  
Chap. 38. An Elephantiasis 709  
Chap. 39 The Elephantiasis of a Part 715    

VII. TUMOURS, ex PARTIUM Decidentia.  

Chap. 40. Of Ruptures 717 

1. Hernia Intestinalis 718  
2. Hernia Inguinalis 722  
3. Hernia Omentalis 723  
4. Hernia Humoralis 724  
5. Hernia Seminalis 725  
6. Hernia Carnosa 726  
7. Hernia Umbilicalis 728       

LIBER QUARTUS. OF WOUNDS.  

Chap. 1. OF wounds in general 732 

1. Wounds Simplex 743  
2. Wounds Complex 749    
Chap. 2. Of External Vulneraries 753 

1. Pure Vulneraries 754  
2. Digestives, or Maturatives 755  
3. Sarcoricks, or Incarnatives 756  
4. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers 758    
Chap. 3. Internal Vulneraries, or Wound-Drinks 759 

1. Simples for Wound-Drinks 763  
2. Examples of Wound-Drinks compounded 764    
Chap. 4. Stopping an Hemorrhage in Wounds 766 

1. By Dossels or Pledgets 770  
2. By application of Crepitus Lupi 771  
3. By Deligation of the Vessels 771  
4. By application of Sarcoticks ib.  
5. By application of Astringents and Stypticks 772  
6. By application of Specificks 773  
7. By applying Revulsives, &c  
8. By Cutting through the Vessels 774  
9 By applying Escharoticks ib.  
10. By exhibition of Internals 775    
Chap. 5. Extraneous things in Wounds 777 

1. Drawing them out by Medicines 779  
2. Drawing them out with Instruments 780    
Chap. 6. Stitching Wounds 783 

I Sutura, Stiching with the Needle. 

1. Instruments of Stitching 785  
2. Sutura Retentiva ibid.  
3. Sutura Incarnativa ibid.  
4. Sutura Abdominis, Gastroraphia ibid.  
5. Sutura Conservatrix ibid.  
6. Observations on Stitching 786    
II Laqueatio, Dry-stitching. 

1. Instruments of Dry-stitching 787  
2. The Sticking Emplaster, twelve Forms of it 788  
3. The Way and Manner of performing it 789      
Chap. 7. Of the Binding-up Wounds 790 

I The Materials for Binding, etc. ibid. 

1. The Covering-Emplaster ibid.  
2. Splenia, folded Clotheses, or Bolsters ibid.  
3. Ferulae, Splinters 791  
4. Swathing-Bands, or Rulers ibid.  
5. The Matter of Rulers 792    
II The Kind's and Ways of Rowing or Binding-up ibid. 

1. Fascia Incarnativa ibid.  
2. Fascia Retentiva 793  
3. Fascia Expulsiva ibid.  
4. Fascia Aequans ibid.  
4. The Way and Manner of Binding-up, or Rolling ibid.      
Chap. 8. A Flux of Humours in Wounds 795  
Chap. 9 The Symptoms of Wounds 798 

1. An Hemorrhage 799  
2. Vehement Pain 799 

Anodyns 800  
Narcoticks ibid.    
3. An Inflammation 801  
4. An Erysipelas ibid.  
5. Indigestion of Humours 802  
6. Fevers from Humours disturbed 802  
7. Fevers, from generating Pus 803  
8. Fevers, from Inflammation ib.  
9 Fevers, from Putridness of Humours 804  
10. Fevers, from Ill-preparedness of Humours 805  
11. Fainting and Swooning 806  
12. Convulsions general 807  
13. Convulsions particular 808  
14. Delirium, or Dotage 111  
15. A Palsy 812  
16. Gangrene and Sphacelus 814  
17. Removing of Proud Flesh 815    
Chap. 10. Curing by the Second Intention 816  
Chap. 11. Wounds of Arteries and Veins 820  
Chap. 12. Wounds of Nerves and Tendons 823 

1. Cutting a Nerve or Tendon 827  
2. Pricking a Nerve, or Tendon 829  
3. Contusion of a Nerve, etc. 833    
Chap. 13. Wounds of the Ligaments 834  
Chap. 14. Wounds of the Limbs 835  
Chap. 15. Wounds of the Joints 841  
Chap. 16. Wounds with Contusion 846  
Chap. 17. Wounds, by the Bites of Venomous Beasts 848 

1. The Bites of Beasts, and Humankind 849  
2. Bites of Mad-Dogs 851  
3. Bites of Serpents 855  
4. Bites of the Tarantula 865  
5. The Stinging of Scorpions, Hornets, Wasps, Bees 867    
Chap. 18. Wounds made with Poisoned Weapons 870  
Chap. 19 Wounds made by Gunshot in general 874 

1. Extracting the Bullet 879  
2. Proper Digestives 881  
3. Abstersives or Cleansers 884  
4. Incarnatives 886  
5. Wounds, with Fracture of the Bone ibid.  
6. Dressing Gunshot-Wounds 887    
Chap. 20. Accidents or Symptoms in Gunshot-Wounds 890 

1. Vehement Pain ibid.  
2. Inflammation ibid.  
3. Grangrene 891  
4. An Hemorrhage 892  
5. A Fever 892  
6. A Delirium 893  
7. Fainting and Swooning 893  
8. Convulsions 893  
9 A Palsy 894  
10. A Sinuous Ulcer 894    
Chap. 21. Gunshot-Wounds in the Thorax 896  
Chap. 22. Of Gunshot-Wounds in the Abdomen or Belly 898 

1. Wounds of the Stomach and Guts 901  
2. Wounds of the Reinss or Kidneys 901  
3. Wounds of Liver and Spleen 902  
4. Wounds of the Womb 902    
Chap. 23. Gunshot-Wounds in the Limbs, and Joints 903 

1. The Cure of Gunshot-Wounds in the Limbs 904  
2. The Cure of Gunshot-Wounds in the Joints 910    
Chap. 24. Burn and Scaldings 911 

1. Burn and Scaldings in general 913  
2. Light or gentle Burn 915  
3. Burning with Gunpowder 916  
4. Burning by Lightning 918  
5. Burn of the Second Degree 919  
6. Burn of the Third and Fourth Degrees 920  
7. Burn of the Eyes, Face, etc. 921  
8. Burn in the Joints 921  
9 Burn in the Groin 922  
10. The preventing of ugly Scars 923    
Chap. 25. Wounds of the Head, without the Scull 924 

1. Wounds of the Head in general 925  
2. Binding up Wounds of the Head 929  
3. A Contusion of the Head 930  
4. A Wound of the Head 933  
5. A Wound with Contusion 935    
Chap. 26. Wounds of the Temporal Muscles 237  
Chap. 27. Wounds of the Membranes of the Brain 939 

1. The Wounds of the Dura Mater 940  
2. The Symptoms of those Wounds 942  
3. Wounds of the Pia Mater 943    
Chap. 28. Wounds of the Brain 644 

1. The Cure of Wounds of the Brain 947  
2. The Cure of the Symptoms 949 

1. Apostemation of the Brain 949  
2. Concussion of the Brain 949  
3. Convulsions 950  
4. A Fungus of the Brain 950  
5. A Flatulent Tumour of the Brain 951  
6. Gangrene and Sphacelus 951      
Chap. 29. Wounds of the Face 951  
Chap. 30. Wounds of the Eyes 953 

1. Wounds of the Eyebrows 953  
2. Wounds of the Eyelids 955  
3. Wounds of the Eye itself 956    
Chap. 31. Wounds of the Ears 959  
Chap. 32. Wounds of the Nose 960  
Chap. 33. Wounds of the Mouth 961 

1. Wounds of the Lips 961  
2. Wounds of the Jaws, or Gums 962  
3. Wounds of the Tongue 963    
Chap. 34. Wounds of the Neck 964 

1. Wounds of the Cutis and Membrana Carnosa 965  
2. Wounds of the Vertebrae of the Neck 965    
Chap. 35. Wounds of the Windpipe and Gullet 967 

1. Wounds of the Windpipe 969  
2. Wounds of the Oesophagus or Swallow 669    
Chap. 36. Wounds of the Vessels of the Neck 970 

1. Wounds of the jugalar Veiny, and Soporal Arteries 970  
2. Wounds of the Recurrent Nerves 972    
Chap. 37. Wounds of the Breast and Heart 973  
Chap. 38. Wounds of the Back, and Spinal Marrow 978  
Chap. 39 Wounds of the Lungs 979  
Chap. 40. Wounds of the Liver and Spleen 982 

1. Of the Liver 982  
2. Of the Spleen 985    
Chap. 41. Wounds of the Stomach 986 

1. Wounds of the Mouth of the Stomach 986  
2. Wounds of the Ventricle, or Bottom of the Stomach 287    
Chap. 42. Wounds of the Belly 989 

1. Reduction of the Viscera 990  
2. Stitching up the Wound 991  
3. Application of Topics 992  
4. Exhibition of Internals 992  
5. Wounds made by a Puncture 993    
Chap. 43. Wounds of the Guts 994  
Chap. 44. Wounds of the Reins 996  
Chap. 45. Wounds of the Bladder 998  
Chap. 46. Wounds of the Womb 999  
Chap. 47. Wounds of the Yard 1001  
Chap. 48. Wounds of the Fingers and Toes 1002    

LIBER QUINTUS. OF ULCERS.  

Chap. 1. OF Ulcers in General 1005  
Chap. 2. Medicaments appropriated to Ulcers 1018 

1. Repercussives 1019  
2. Helminthicks, Wormkillers 1020  
3. Digestives or suppuratives 1021  
4. Abstersives or Mundifiers 1022  
5. Sarcoticks or Incarnatives 1023  
6. Epuloticks or Cicatrizers 1025    
Chap. 3. Simple Ulcers 1027  
Chap. 4. Ulcers with Distemper 1033 

1. With a hot Distemper 1034  
2. With a cold Distemper 1035  
3. With a moist Distemper 1036  
4. With a dry Distemper 1036    
5. An Ulcer with Pain 1038  
6. Ulcers with Fluxion 1040  
7. An Ulcer Sordid and Putrid 1044 

1. The Cure of a Sordid Ulcer 1045  
2. The Cure of a Putrid Ulcer 1046    
Chap. 8. An Ulcer with Tumour 1047 

1. With a Phlegmon 1047  
2. With an Erysipelas 1048  
3. With an Oedema 1048  
4. With a Cancerous Tumour 1048    
Chap. 9 An Ulcer with proud Flesh 1049  
Chap. 10. An Ulcer Callous 1053  
Chap. 11. An Ulcer discolored 1055  
Chap. 12. An Ulcer Cavernous or hollow 1056 

1. The Cure without laying open 1057  
2. Dressing these Ulcers. 1060  
3. The Cure by opening the Sinus 1062    
Chap. 13. An Ulcer with Worms 1064  
Chap. 14. An Ulcer Varicous 1066  
Chap. 15. An Ulcer Carious 1068 

1. Scaling the Bone by Medicines 1072  
2. Scaling by Scraping, etc. 1074  
3. Scaling by Cautery 1074  
4. Dressing and Healing the Ulcer 1076    
Chap. 16. An Ulcer Cacoethick 1077  
Chap. 17. An Ulcer Phagedenick 1080  
Chap. 18. An Ulcer Cancerous 1084 

1. Nomae, or Eating Ulcers 1085  
2. Lupus the Wolf 1086  
3. Noli me tangere 1087    
Chap. 19 An Ulcer by Burning or Scalding 1088  
Chap. 20. An Ulcer Fistulous, or of a Fistula 1090 

1. The True or Absolute Cure 1093  
2. Removing the Callus 1097  
3. The Palliative Cure 1103    
Chap. 21. An Ulcer Gangrenous 1104 

1. The Cure of an Ulcer Gangrened 1105  
2. The Cure when Sphacelated 1107    
Chap. 22. An Ulcer of the Head 1108 

1. The Dry Scald Head 1108  
2. The Moist Scald with a thin Humour 1110  
3. The Moist Scald with a thick Humour 1111  
4. An Ulcer from Apostemation, Contusion, etc. 1113    
Chap. 23. An Ulcer of the Eye 1114 

1. Ulcers affecting the Adnata 1115  
2. Ulcers of the Cornea superficial 1115  
3. Ulcers of the Cornea deep 1116  
4. Ulcers Depascent or Eating 1117  
5. Ulcers Cancerous 1118  
6. Ulcers from the Smallpox 1119  
7. Ulcers from the French-Pox 1119  
8. Ulcers from a Pestilential Anthrax 1119    
Chap. 24. A Fistula of the Eye 1120  
Chap. 25. An Ulcer of the Nose 1126  
Chap. 26. An Ulcer of the Ear 1131  
Chap. 27. An Ulcer of the Mouth 1133 

1. Fissurae Labiorum 1133  
2. Ulcers of the Lips, etc. 1134  
3. Ulcers of the Roof 1135  
4. Ulcers of the Tongue 1135    
Chap. 28. An Ulcer of the Throat 1136 

1. An Ulcer of the Uuula 1136  
2. An Ulcer of the Almonds 1137  
3. An Ulcer of the Throat below the Uuula and Almonds 1137    
Chap. 29. An Ulcer of the Neck 1138  
Chap. 30. An Ulcer of the Stomach 1140  
Chap. 31. A Fistula of the Breast 1143 

1. The Cure of a Fistula, etc. 1144  
2. Of an Ulcer of the Lungs 1149    
Chap. 32. An Ulcer in the Back and Loins 1154  
Chap. 33. An Ulcer of the Womb, etc. 1155 

1. Of the Womb Ulcer 1155  
2. Of an Ulcer in the Neck of the Womb 1150  
3. The Method of Curing Ulcers of the Womb, and its Neck 1157    
Chap. 34. An Ulcer of the Bladder 1159  
Chap. 35. An Ulcer in the Groin 1161 

1. An Ulcer not Fistulous 1161  
2. A Fistula in the Groin 1162    
Chap. 36. An Ulcer of the Yard 1164 

1. An Ulcer External 1164  
2. An Ulcer Internal with Caruncles 1166    
Chap. 37. A Fistula in the Anus 1167 

1. The Cure by Deligation 1169  
2. By Incision 1170  
3. Application of Topics 1170  
4. The Palliative Cure 1172    
Chap. 38. An Ulcer and Fistula in the Joints. 1173 

1. An Ulcer in the Joints 1173  
2. A Fistula in the Joints 1174    
Chap. 39 An Ulcer in Hands or Arms 1176  
Chap. 40. An Ulcer of Thighs, Legs, Feet 1178  
Chap. 41. Ulcerated Piles or Hemorrhoids 1179 

1. The Cure of Blind Hemorrhoids 1182  
2. The Cure of Bleeding Hemorrhoids 1184  
3. The Cure of Ulcerated Hemorrhoids, Ficus, etc. 1185      

LIBER SEXTUS. OF FRACTURES.  

Chap. 1. OF Fractures in General 1188  
Chap. 2. Instruments for Reduction 1194 

1. The Trepan, or Modiolus 1195  
2. Hypocrates his Ambi 1196  
3. Galen his Glossocomon 1196  
4. The Reductive Ladder 1197  
5. Vitruvius' his Pulley 1197  
6. Hypocrates his Table 1198    
Chap. 3. Accidents or Symptoms of Fractures 1199 

1. Vehement Pain 1199  
2. An Inflammation 1200  
3. A Gangrene 1200  
4. Vehement Itching 1201  
5. Excoriation 1201    
Chap. 4. A Simple Fracture 1202 

1. Extension of the Part 1203  
2. Coaptation or Conformation 1204  
3. Binding up the Fracture 1205  
4. Placing and Posture of the Part 1209    
Chap. 5. A Fracture with a Wound 1213  
Chap. 6. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone not bore 1217  
Chap. 7. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone made bore 1220  
Chap. 8. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone sticking out 1222  
Chap. 9 A Fracture distorted or ill-set 1223  
Chap. 10. A Fracture with a Vicious Callus 1225  
Chap. 11. A Fracture with Atrophia 1228  
Chap. 12. A Fracture of the Skull 1229 

1. Fractures of the Skull in Children 1233  
2. Fractures of the Skull in grown People 1234    
Chap. 13. A Fissure of the Skull 1244 

1. A Fissure in the Part wounded 1244  
2. A Contrafissure of the Skull 1246    
Chap. 14. A Contusion or Depression of the Skull 1249  
Chap. 15. An Incision and Puncture of the Skull 1252 

1. An Incision of the Skull 1252  
2. A Puncture of the Skull 1255  
3. An Incision or Puncture under the Temperal Muscle 1256    
Chap. 16. A Fracture of the Nose-bone 1257  
Chap. 17. A Fracture of the Jawbone 1259  
Chap. 18. A Fracture of the Collar-bone 1261  
Chap. 19 A Fracture of the Shoulderblade 1263  
Chap. 20. A Fracture of the Arm 1264  
Chap. 21. A Fracture of the Elbow 1267  
Chap. 22. A Fracture of the Wristbones 1268  
Chap. 23. A Fracture of the Hand-bones 1269  
Chap. 24. A Fracture of the Bones of the Fingers 1270  
Chap. 25. A Fracture of the Sternon 1271  
Chap. 26. A Fracture of the Ribs 1272  
Chap. 27. A Fracture of the Backbone 1275  
Chap. 28. A Fracture of the Os Sacrum 1276  
Chap. 29. A Fracture of the Rump-bone 1277  
Chap. 30. A Fracture of the Hipbone 1278  
Chap. 31. A Fracture of the Thighbone 1280  
Chap. 32. A Fracture of the Knee-pan 1283  
Chap. 33. A Fracture of the Leg 1285  
Chap. 34. A Fracture of the Foot 1288    

LIBER SERTIMUS. OF DISLOCATIONS.  

Chap. 1. OF Dislocations in General 1291  
Chap. 2. A Simple Dislocation 1299  
Chap. 3. A Dislocation with Pain and Inflammation 1301  
Chap. 4. A Dislocation with a Wound 1302  
Chap. 5. A Dislocation with Fracture 1304  
Chap. 6. A Dislocation with Convulsions 1305  
Chap. 7. A Dislocation with a Callus, or an Old Location 1306  
Chap. 8. A Dislocation Reduced, falling out again 1308  
Chap. 9 A Dislocation of the Nose-bone 1309  
Chap. 10. A Dislocation of the Jawbone 1310  
Chap. 11. A Dislocation of the Collar-bone 1313  
Chap. 12. A Dislocation of the Neck-bones 1315  
Chap. 13. A Dislocation of the Back-bones 1317  
Chap. 14. A Bunched or Crooked Back 1319  
Chap. 15. A Dislocation of the Sternon 1321  
Chap. 16. A Dislocation of the Ribs 1322  
Chap. 17. A Dislocation of the Os Sacrum and Rump-bones 1324  
Chap. 18. A Dislocation of the Shoulder-bone 1325  
Chap. 19 A Dislocation of the Elbow-bones 1331  
Chap. 20. A Dislocation of the Wrist and Hand Bones 1335  
Chap. 21. A Dislocation of the Fingers 1336  
Chap. 22. A Dislocation of the Thighbone 1338  
Chap. 23. A Dislocation of the Knee-pan 1338  
Chap. 24. A Dislocation of the Bones of the Leg 1344  
Chap. 25. The Divulsion of the Bones of the Leg 1346  
Chap. 26. A Dislocation of the Ankle 1347  
Chap. 27. A Dislocation of the Heel-bone 1349  
Chap. 28. A Dislocation of the Bones of the Foot 1350    
FINIS.   

ARS ANATOMICA. OR, THE ANATOMY OF Human Bodies.  
In Nine Books.  
Containing, a Description 

I Of Parts more Simple; as Skin, Flesh, Membranes, Fibres, Ligaments, Cartilages, Tendons, Fat.  
II Of Parts lesle Simple; as Arteries, Veins, Nerves.  
III Of the Muscles of the whole Body.  
IV. Of the Bones, or Skeleton entire.  
V Of Parts Improper; as Hair, Nails, Juices, Blood.  
VI Of the Upper Ventricle, or Head.  
VII. Of the Middle Ventricle, or Breast.  
VIII. Of the Lower Ventricle, or Belly.  
IX. Of the Limbs, or Extreme Parts.    
REPRESENTING To the Mind or Apprehension, in a Logical Scheme, (as it were) a true and complete Idea of the whole Human Frame.  
EXTRACTED Out of the Write of the most Learned and Accurate Anatomists, both Ancient and Modern; and Reform according to all our more late Discoveries.  
ILLUSTRATED and ADORNED With XLVIII. Tables of Copper Sculpts, and their several Explications.  
The most complete thing of this kind, yet published in the English Tongue.  
By WILLIAM SALMON, M. D. Living at the Great House by Black-Friers-Stairs, LONDON.  
The Book is now in the Press, and will be finished with all the speed that may be.   

 depiction of various surgical instruments, including trepan saw, trephine, crows-bill forceps, and parrots-bill forceps 
Tab. I   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including the trepan of Hildanus, obstetric hooks, scalprum (raspatory), razor knife, and cranes-bill forceps 
Tab. II   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including seton forceps, seton needles, seton cautery, dismembering pincers, gouge or hollow chisel, dismembering chisel, lapidillum, mallet or hammer, and small head saw 
Tab. III   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including catheter, goose-bill spatula, director, bladder hook, goose-bill forceps, file, myrtle-leaf penknife, cataract needle, and seton forceps 
Tab. IU.   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including stitching quill, spatula or speculum linguae, razor knife, head saw, meningophylax or membrane preserver, levatory (elevator), small probe, crows-bill forceps, scissors, and ranula cautery 
Tab. V   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including cauteries, wound needles, incision knife, uvula spoon, goose-bill forceps, crooked forceps, levatory (elevator), spoon catheter, wound hook, and cranes-bill forceps 
Tab. VI   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including head saw, speculum matricis, pliers, dilatator, lenticular, trephine, syringotome, and decussorium 
Tab. VII.   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including cauteries, dismembering chisels, dismembering saw, dismembering knife, hare-lip needle, speculum ani, and speculum oris 
Tab. VIII.   
 depiction of various surgical instruments, including yard syringe, womb syringe, clyster syringe, fistula syringe, dental pincers and forceps, dental scraper, dental levatory (elevator), and dental polychon (pelican) 
Tab. IX.   
 depiction of various surgical apparatus, including the pulley of Vitruvius and the table of Hippocrates (Hippocratic bench) or scamnum 
Tab. X.   
 depiction of various surgical apparatus, including the ambi of Hippocrates, the glossocomium of Galen, reductive ladder, elbow compress, knee compress, and wrist compress 
Tab. XI.   
 depiction of various surgical and bandaging techniques for arm and leg wounds 
Tab. XII.